You are on page 1of 1903

http://vnx.

su
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX
Edition: November 2010
Publication No. SM1E-1ZE0U0 A GENERAL INFORMATION
B ENGINE

C ELECTRIC POWER TRAIN

D TRANSMISSION & DRIVELINE

E SUSPENSION

F BRAKES

G STEERING
H RESTRAINTS

I VENTILATION, HEATER & AIR


CONDITIONER
J BODY INTERIOR

K BODY EXTERIOR, DOORS,


ROOF & VEHICLE SECURITY

L DRIVER CONTROLS

M ELECTRICAL & POWER CONTROL

All rights reserved. No part


of this Service Manual may
be reproduced or stored in a
retrieval system, or transmitted in any form, or by any
means, electronic, mechanical, recording or otherwise,
without the prior written permission of NISSAN MOTOR
CO., LTD.

N DRIVER INFORMATION &


MULTIMEDIA

O CRUISE CONTROL &


DRIVER ASSISTANCE
P MAINTENANCE

GI
EM
LU
CO
EC
FL
EX
STR
HBC
HBB
HBR
EVC
TMS
EVB
VC
HCO
ACC
CL
TM
DLN
FAX
RAX
FSU
RSU
SCS
WT
BR
PB
BRC
ST
STC
SB
SBC
SR
SRC
VTL
HA
HAC
INT
IP
SE
ADP
DLK
SEC
GW
PWC
RF
HD
EXT
BRM
MIR
EXL
INL
WW
DEF
HRN
VSP
PWO
BCS
LAN
PCS
CHG
PG
MWI
WCS
SN
AV
CCS
DAS
DMS
MA

General Information
Engine Mechanical
Engine Lubrication System
Engine Cooling System
Engine Control System
Fuel System
Exhaust System
Starting System
Hybrid Control System
Hybrid Battery System
Hybrid Brake System
EV Control System
Traction Motor System
EV Battery System
Vehicle Charging System
High Voltage Cooling System
Accelerator Control System
Clutch
Transaxle & Transmission
Driveline
Front Axle
Rear Axle
Front Suspension
Rear Suspension
Suspension Control System
Road Wheels & Tires
Brake System
Parking Brake System
Brake Control System
Steering System
Steering Control System
Seat Belt
Seat Belt Control System
SRS Airbag
SRS Airbag Control System
Ventilation System
Heater & Air Conditioning System
Heater & Air Conditioning Control System
Interior
Instrument Panel
Seat
Automatic Drive Positioner
Door & Lock
Security Control System
Glass & Window System
Power Window Control System
Roof
Hood
Exterior
Body Repair
Mirrors
Exterior Lighting System
Interior Lighting System
Wiper & Washer
Defogger
Horn
Approaching Vehicle Sound for Pedestrians (VSP)
Power Outlet
Body Control System
LAN System
Power Control System
Charging System
Power Supply, Ground & Circuit Elements
Meter, Warning Lamp & Indicator
Warning Chime System
Sonar System
Audio, Visual & Navigation System
Cruise Control System
Driver Assistance System
Drive Mode System
Maintenance

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P

http://vnx.su

FOREWORD
This manual contains maintenance and repair procedure for the 2011
NISSAN LEAF.
In order to assure your safety and the efficient functioning of the vehicle,
this manual should be read thoroughly. It is especially important that the
PRECAUTIONS in the GI section be completely understood before starting
any repair task.
All information in this manual is based on the latest product information
at the time of publication. The right is reserved to make changes in specifications and methods at any time without notice.

IMPORTANT SAFETY NOTICE


The proper performance of service is essential for both the safety of
the technician and the efficient functioning of the vehicle.
The service methods in this Service Manual are described in such a
manner that the service may be performed safely and accurately.
Service varies with the procedures used, the skills of the technician
and the tools and parts available. Accordingly, anyone using service
procedures, tools or parts which are not specifically recommended
by NISSAN must first be completely satisfied that neither personal
safety nor the vehicles safety will be jeopardized by the service
method selected.

http://vnx.su

PLEASE HELP MAKE THIS SERVICE MANUAL BETTER!


Your comments are important to NISSAN and will help us to improve our Service Manuals.
Use this form to report any issues or comments you may have regarding our Service Manuals.
Please print this form and type or write your comments below. Mail or fax to:
Nissan North America, Inc.
Technical Service Information
39001 Sunrise Drive, P.O. Box 9200
Farmington Hills, MI USA 48331
FAX: (248) 488-3880
SERVICE MANUAL: Model:

Year:

PUBLICATION NO. (Refer to Quick Reference Index ):


Please describe any Service Manual issues or problems in detail:

Note: Please include a copy of each page, marked with your comments.

Page number(s)

Are the trouble diagnosis procedures logical and easy to use? (circle your answer)

YES

NO

Note: Please include a copy of each page, marked with your comments.

If no, what page number(s)?

Please describe the issue or problem in detail:

Is the organization of the manual clear and easy to follow? (circle your answer)

YES

NO

Please comment:

What information should be included in NISSAN Service Manuals to better support you in servicing or
repairing customer vehicles?

DATE:
DEALER:
CITY:

YOUR NAME:
DEALER NO.:
STATE/PROV./COUNTRY:

POSITION:
ADDRESS:
ZIP/POSTAL CODE:

http://vnx.su

QUICK REFERENCE CHART LEAF


QUICK REFERENCE CHART LEAF
TUNE-UP DATA (EM61)
Motor model

2011
PFP:00000
ELS0003W

EM61

Cooling system leakage testing pressure

kPa

(kg/cm2,

psi)

98 (1.0, 14)

FRONT WHEEL ALIGNMENT

Camber
Degree minute (Decimal degree)

ELS0003X

Minimum

1 10 (1.16)

Nominal

0 25 (0.42)

Maximum
Left and right difference

Caster
Degree minute (Decimal degree)

Total toe-in
Distance
Toe-in
Toe angle (left wheel or right wheel)
Degree minute (Decimal degree)

0 45 (0.75) - 0 45 (0.75)

Minimum

4 05 (4.09)

Nominal

4 50 (4.83)

Maximum
Left and right difference

Kingpin inclination
Degree minute (Decimal degree)

0 20 (0.33)

5 35 (5.58)
0 45 (0.75) - 0 45 (0.75)

Minimum

11 10 (11.17)

Nominal

11 55 (11.92)

Maximum

12 40 (12.66)

Minimum

In 1 mm (0.04 in)

Nominal

In 2 mm (0.08 in)

Maximum

In 3 mm (0.12 in)

Minimum

In 0 02 46 (0.046)

Nominal

In 0 05 28 (0.091)

Maximum

In 0 08 09 (0.136)

Measure value under unladen* conditions.


*: Fuel, engine coolant and lubricant are full. Spare tire, jack, hand tools and mats are in designated positions.

REAR WHEEL ALIGNMENT


Camber
Degree minute (Decimal degree)

Total toe-in
Distance
Toe-in
Toe angle (left wheel or right wheel)
Degree minute (Decimal degree)

ELS0003Y

Minimum

1 59 (1.98)

Nominal

1 29 (1.48)

Maximum

0 59 (0.99)

Minimum

In 1.5 mm (In 0.06 in)

Nominal

In 5.5 mm (In 0.22 in)

Maximum

In 9.5 mm (In 0.37 in)

Minimum

In 0 04 05 (In 0.068)

Nominal

In 0 14 56 (In 0.249)

Maximum

In 0 25 48 (In 0.43)

Measure value under unladen* conditions.


*: Fuel, engine coolant and lubricant are full. Spare tire, jack, hand tools and mats are in designated positions.

http://vnx.su

QUICK REFERENCE CHART LEAF

2011

BRAKE PEDAL
Unit: mm (in.)
Brake pedal height

159.9 - 169.9 (6.30 - 6.69)

Depressed brake pedal height


[Depressing 490 N (50 kg, 110 lb) while set the vehicle to READY]

93.0 (3.661) or more

FRONT DISC BRAKE


Unit: mm (in.)
Item

Limit

Brake pad

Wear thickness

2.0 (0.079)

Disc rotor

Wear thickness

26.0 (1.024)

REAR DISC BRAKE


Unit: mm (in.)
Item

Limit

Brake pad

Wear thickness

2.0 (0.079)

Disc rotor

Wear inner diameter

14.0 (0.051)

REFILL CAPACITIES

ELS00040

UNIT

Liter

US measure

Imp measure

Coolant (With reservoir tank at MAX level

5.8

6-1/8 qt

5-1/8 qt

Reduction gear oil

1.1

2-3/8 pt

1-7/8 pt

0.15

5.07 fl oz

5.28 fl oz

Compressor oil
Air conditioning system

Refrigerant

0.45 kg

1.0 lb

1.0 lb

Heater fluid

2.23

2-3/8 qt

2 qt

http://vnx.su

GENERAL INFORMATION

SECTION

GI

GENERAL INFORMATION

GI

CONTENTS
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL ...................... 3

PRECAUTION .............................................. 25

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL ............................ 3

PRECAUTIONS ................................................. 25

Description ................................................................ 3
Terms ........................................................................ 3
Units .......................................................................... 3
Contents .................................................................... 4
Relation between Illustrations and Descriptions ...... 4
Components .............................................................. 4

Description ...............................................................25
Precaution for Technicians Using Medical Electric....25
Point to Be Checked Before Starting Maintenance
Work ........................................................................25
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" .................................................................25
Precautions Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnection ..............................26
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover....27
Precaution for Removing 12V Battery .....................27
General Precautions ................................................27
Hoses ......................................................................29
Air Conditioning .......................................................29

HOW TO FOLLOW TROUBLE DIAGNOSES ..... 6


Description ................................................................ 6
How to Follow Test Groups in Trouble Diagnosis...... 6
Key to Symbols Signifying Measurements or Procedures ..................................................................... 7

HOW TO READ WIRING DIAGRAMS ................ 9


Connector Symbols ................................................... 9
Sample/Wiring Diagram -Example- ......................... 10
Connector Information ............................................. 12

CAUTIONS AS TO HIGH VOLTAGE ................ 31


How to Cut Off High Voltage ...................................31
High Voltage Precautions ........................................32
High Voltage Warning Label ....................................35
Insulated Protective Wear and Insulating Tools ......35
Handling of Damaged Vehicles ...............................36
Cautions for Scrapping Vehicles .............................40
Handling of a Vehicle with a Dead Battery ..............40

ABBREVIATIONS ..............................................14
Abbreviation List ...................................................... 14

TIGHTENING TORQUE OF STANDARD


BOLTS ................................................................19
Description .............................................................. 19
Tightening Torque Table (New Standard Included) ........................................................................... 19

LIFTING POINT ................................................. 41

RECOMMENDED CHEMICAL PRODUCTS


AND SEALANTS ................................................21

Commercial Service Tools .......................................41


Garage Jack and Safety Stand and 2-Pole Lift .......41
Board-On Lift ...........................................................42

Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants.... 21

TOW TRUCK TOWING ..................................... 43

VEHICLE INFORMATION ............................ 22

Tow Truck Towing ...................................................43


Vehicle Recovery (Freeing a Stuck Vehicle) ...........43

IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION .....................22


Model Variation ....................................................... 22
Information About Identification or Model Code ...... 22
Dimensions ............................................................. 24
Wheels & Tires ........................................................ 24

Revision: 2010 November

PROCEDURE FOR PARK LOCK RELEASE ... 45


PROCEDURE FOR PARK LOCK RELEASE ..........45

BASIC INSPECTION ................................... 47

GI-1

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL


INCIDENT .......................................................... 47
Work Flow ............................................................... 47
Control Units and Electrical Parts ........................... 47
How to Check Terminal .......................................... 48
Intermittent Incident ................................................ 51
Circuit Inspection .................................................... 54

CONSULT/GST CHECKING SYSTEM .............. 59


Description .............................................................. 59
CONSULT Function and System Application*1 ...... 59

Revision: 2010 November

CONSULT/GST Data Link Connector (DLC) Circuit .......................................................................... 60


Wiring Diagram - CONSULT/GST CHECKING
SYSTEM - ............................................................... 61

INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT ................... 67


ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL .................................. 67
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING
BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : Required
Procedure After Battery Disconnection ................... 67

GI-2

LEAF

http://vnx.su

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL


< HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL >

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

GI

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL


Description

INFOID:0000000006825117

This volume explains Removal, Disassembly, Installation, Inspection and Adjustment and Trouble Diagnoses.

Terms

INFOID:0000000006893176

Item

Description

DANGER

To be used to inform an operation which will cause a death or serious personal injury if instructions
are not following.
Example: Touching high voltage components without using the appropriate protective equipment
will cause electrocution.

WARNING

To be used to inform an operation which may cause a death or serious personal injury if instructions
are not following.

CAUTION

To be used to inform an operation which may cause personal injury or component damage if instructions are not following.

NOTE

To be used to inform you helpful information.

Electric shock symbol

Insulated gloves

Give you helpful information.


BOLD STATEMENTS except
Standard value: Tolerance at inspection and adjustment.
DANGER, WARNING and NOTE Limit value: The maximum or minimum limit value that should not be exceeded at inspection and
adjustment.
Symbol

Description

It may cause an electric shock if instructions are not following to be used in caution for an operation.
To be used to describe the removal of component, connector, etc. where high voltage is/might be
present.

Always wear when inspecting or performing service operation of high voltage components.

K
Insulated safety
shoes/Insulated rubber sheet

Always wear when inspecting or performing service operation of high voltage components on lift-up
vehicle.

Safety glasses

Always wear during under the circumstances


During removal/installation or check operation of high voltage terminals and harnessed where
spark might terminal appear by short circuit.
Operation inside battery pack.

Insulated hand tools

Always use when performing high voltage presents operation such as operation inside high voltage
battery pack.

Units

INFOID:0000000006825119

The UNITS given in this manual are primarily expressed as the SI UNIT (International System of Unit), and
alternatively expressed in the metric system and in the yard/pound system.
Also with regard to tightening torque of bolts and nuts, there are descriptions both about range and about the
standard tightening torque.
Example
Range
Outer Socket Lock Nut

Revision: 2010 November

: 59 - 78 Nm (6.0 - 8.0 kg-m, 43 - 58 ft-lb)

GI-3

LEAF

http://vnx.su

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL


< HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL >
Standard
Drive Shaft Installation Bolt

: 44.3 Nm (4.5 kg-m, 33 ft-lb)

Contents

INFOID:0000000006825120

A QUICK REFERENCE INDEX, a black tab (e.g.


) is provided on the first page. You can quickly find the
first page of each section by matching it to the section's black tab.
THE CONTENTS are listed on the first page of each section.
THE TITLE is indicated on the upper portion of each page and shows the part or system.
THE PAGE NUMBER of each section consists of two or three letters which designate the particular section
and a number (e.g. BR-5).
THE SMALL ILLUSTRATIONS show the important steps such as inspection, use of special tools, knacks of
work and hidden or tricky steps which are not shown in the previous large illustrations.
Assembly, inspection and adjustment procedures for the complicated units such as the automatic transaxle
or transmission, etc. are presented in a step-by-step format where necessary.

Relation between Illustrations and Descriptions

INFOID:0000000006825121

The following sample explains the relationship between the part description in an illustration, the part name in
the text and the service procedures.

SAIA0519E

Components

INFOID:0000000006825122

THE LARGE ILLUSTRATIONS are exploded views (see the following) and contain tightening torques, lubrication points, section number of the PARTS CATALOG (e.g. SEC. 440) and other information necessary to
perform repairs.
The illustrations should be used in reference to service matters only. When ordering parts, refer to the appropriate PARTS CATALOG.
Components shown in an illustration may be identified by a circled number. When this style of illustration is
used, the text description of the components will follow the illustration.
Revision: 2010 November

GI-4

LEAF

http://vnx.su

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL


< HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL >
GI

JPFIA0511GB

1.

Cap

2.

Bleeder valve

3.

Cylinder body

4.

Piston seal

5.

Piston

6.

Piston boot

7.

Sliding pin

8.

Sliding pin boot

9.

Bushing

10. Torque member


: Apply rubber grease.

: Apply brake fluid.


: Nm (kg-m, in-lb)

: Always replace after every disassembly

SYMBOLS
J

N
SAIA0749E

Revision: 2010 November

GI-5

LEAF

http://vnx.su

HOW TO FOLLOW TROUBLE DIAGNOSES


< HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL >

HOW TO FOLLOW TROUBLE DIAGNOSES


Description

INFOID:0000000006825123

NOTICE:
Trouble diagnoses indicate work procedures required to diagnose problems effectively. Observe the following
instructions before diagnosing.
Before performing trouble diagnoses, read the Work Flow in each section.
After repairs, re-check that the problem has been completely eliminated.
Refer to Component Parts and Harness Connector Location for the Systems described in each section for
identification/location of components and harness connectors.
When checking circuit continuity, ignition switch should be OFF.
Refer to the Circuit Diagram for quick pinpoint check.
If you need to check circuit continuity between harness connectors in more detail, such as when a sub-harness is used, refer to Wiring Diagram in each individual section and Harness Layout in PG section for identification of harness connectors.
Before checking voltage at connectors, check battery voltage.
After accomplishing the Diagnosis Procedures and Electrical Components Inspection, check that all harness
connectors are reconnected as they were.

How to Follow Test Groups in Trouble Diagnosis

INFOID:0000000006825124

JPAIA0021GB

1.
2.
3.
4.

Test group number and test group title


Test group number and test group title are shown in the upper portion of each test group.
Work and diagnosis procedure
Start to diagnose a problem using procedures indicated in enclosed test groups.
Questions and results
Questions and required results are indicated in test group.
Action
Next action for each test group is indicated based on result of each question.

Revision: 2010 November

GI-6

LEAF

http://vnx.su

HOW TO FOLLOW TROUBLE DIAGNOSES


< HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL >

Key to Symbols Signifying Measurements or Procedures

INFOID:0000000006950543

GI

H
JPAIA0982GB

Revision: 2010 November

GI-7

LEAF

http://vnx.su

HOW TO FOLLOW TROUBLE DIAGNOSES


< HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL >

JSAIA1461GB

Revision: 2010 November

GI-8

LEAF

http://vnx.su

HOW TO READ WIRING DIAGRAMS


< HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL >

HOW TO READ WIRING DIAGRAMS


Connector Symbols

GI
INFOID:0000000006825126

Most of connector symbols in wiring diagrams are shown from the terminal side.
Connector symbols shown from the terminal side are enclosed by
a single line and followed by the direction mark.
Connector symbols shown from the harness side are enclosed by
a double line and followed by the direction mark.
Certain systems and components, especially those related to
OBD, may use a new style slide-locking type harness connector.
For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG section,
Description, HARNESS CONNECTOR.

H
SAIA0257E

Male and female terminals


Connector guides for male terminals are shown in black and
female terminals in white in wiring diagrams.

SGI363

Revision: 2010 November

GI-9

LEAF

http://vnx.su

HOW TO READ WIRING DIAGRAMS


< HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL >

Sample/Wiring Diagram -Example-

INFOID:0000000006825127

Each section includes wiring diagrams.

JCAWA0150GB

Description

Number

Item

Description

Power supply

This means the power supply of fusible link or fuse.

Fuse

/ means the fuse.

Current rating of fusible link/fuse

This means the current rating of the fusible link or fuse.

Number of fusible link/


fuse

This means the number of fusible link or fuse location.

Fusible link

X means the fusible link.

Connector number

Alphabetic characters show to which harness the connector is placed.


Numeric characters show the identification number of connectors.

Switch

This shows that continuity exists between terminals 1 and 2 when the switch is in the A
position. Continuity exists between terminals 1 and 3 when the switch is in the B position.

Circuit (Wiring)

This means the wiring.

Revision: 2010 November

GI-10

LEAF

http://vnx.su

HOW TO READ WIRING DIAGRAMS


< HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL >
Number

Item

Description

GI

Shielded line

The line enclosed by broken line circle shows shield wire.

10

Connectors

This means that a transmission line bypasses two connectors or more.

11

Option abbreviation

This means the vehicle specifications which layouts the circuit between

12

Relay

This shows an internal representation of the relay.

13

Optional splice

The open circle shows that the splice is optional depending on vehicle application.

14

Splice

The shaded circle

15

System branch

This shows that the circuit is branched to other systems.

16

Page crossing

This circuit continues to an adjacent page.

17

Component name

This shows the name of a component.

18

Terminal number

This means the terminal number of a connector.

19

Ground (GND)

This shows the ground connection.

20

Explation of option
description

This shows a explanation of the option abbreviation used on the same page.

C
means the splice.

SWITCH POSITIONS
Switches are shown in wiring diagrams as if the vehicle is in the normal condition.
A vehicle is in the normal condition when:
ignition switch is OFF,
doors, hood and trunk lid/back door are closed,
pedals are not depressed, and
parking brake is released.

SGI860

MULTIPLE SWITCH
The continuity of multiple switch is described in two ways as shown below.
The switch chart is used in schematic diagrams.

Revision: 2010 November

GI-11

LEAF

http://vnx.su

HOW TO READ WIRING DIAGRAMS


< HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL >
The switch diagram is used in wiring diagrams.

JSAIA0017GB

Connector Information

INFOID:0000000006825128

JCAWA0152GB

Description

Number

Item

Description

Connector number

Alphabetic characters show to which harness the connector is placed.


Numeric characters show the identification number of connectors.

Connector type

This means the connector number.

Terminal number

This means the terminal number of a connector.

Revision: 2010 November

GI-12

LEAF

http://vnx.su

HOW TO READ WIRING DIAGRAMS


< HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL >
Number

Item

Description

GI

This shows a code for the color of the wire.

Wire color

BR = Brown
OR or O = Orange
P = Pink
PU or V (Violet) = Purple
GY or GR = Gray
SB = Sky Blue
CH = Dark Brown
DG = Dark Green

B = Black
W = White
R = Red
G = Green
L = Blue
Y = Yellow
LG = Light Green
BG = Beige

When the wire color is striped, the base color is given first, followed by the stripe color as
shown below:
Example: L/W = Blue with White Stripe
5

Connector

This means the connector information.


This unit-side is described by the connector symbols.

Revision: 2010 November

GI-13

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ABBREVIATIONS
< HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL >

ABBREVIATIONS
Abbreviation List

INFOID:0000000006856139

The following ABBREVIATIONS are used:


A

ABBREVIATION

DESCRIPTION

A/C

Air conditioner

A/C

Air conditioning

A/F sensor

Air fuel ratio sensor

A/T

Automatic transaxle/transmission

ABS

Anti-lock braking system

ACCS
ACL
AP

Advance climate control system


Air cleaner
Accelerator pedal

APP

Accelerator pedal position

ATF

Automatic transmission fluid

AV

Audio visual

AWD

All wheel drive

ABBREVIATION

DESCRIPTION

BARO

Barometric pressure

BCM

Body control module

BLSD

Brake limited slip differential

BPP

Brake pedal position

BSI

Blind spot intervention

BSW

Blind spot warning

ABBREVIATION
CKP
CL

DESCRIPTION
Crankshaft position
Closed loop

CMP

Camshaft position

CPP

Clutch pedal position

CTP

Closed throttle position

CVT

Continuously variable transaxle/transmission

ABBREVIATION

DESCRIPTION

D1

Drive range first gear

D2

Drive range second gear

D3

Drive range third gear

D4

Drive range fourth gear

DCA

Distance control assist

DDS

Downhill drive support

DFI

Direct fuel injection system

DLC

Data link connector

DTC

Diagnostic trouble code

Revision: 2010 November

GI-14

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ABBREVIATIONS
< HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL >
E

ABBREVIATION

DESCRIPTION

E/T

Exhaust temperature

EBD

Electric brake force distribution

EC

Engine control

ECL

Engine coolant level

ECM

Engine control module

ECT

Engine coolant temperature

ECV

Electrical control valve

EEPROM

Engine fuel temperature

EGR

Exhaust gas recirculation

EGRT

Exhaust gas recirculation temperature

EGT

Exhaust gas temperature

EOP

Engine oil pressure

Exhaust pressure

EPR

Exhaust pressure regulator

EPS

Electronically controlled power steering

ESP

Electronic stability program system

EVAP canister
EXC

Electrically erasable programmable read only memory

EFT

EP

GI

Evaporative emission canister


Exhaust control

ABBREVIATION
FC
FCW

DESCRIPTION
Fan control
Forward collision warning

FIC

Fuel injector control

FP

Fuel pump

FR

Front

FRP

Fuel rail pressure

FRT

Fuel rail temperature

FTP

Fuel tank pressure

FTT

Fuel tank temperature

ABBREVIATION

DESCRIPTION

GND

Ground

GPS

Global positioning system

GST

Generic scan tool

O
ABBREVIATION
HBMC

DESCRIPTION
Hydraulic body-motion control system

HDD

Hard disk drive

HO2S

Heated oxygen sensor

HOC

Heated oxidation catalyst

HPCM

HYbrid power train control module

Revision: 2010 November

GI-15

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ABBREVIATIONS
< HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL >
I

ABBREVIATION

DESCRIPTION

I/M

Inspection and maintenance

IA

Intake air

IAC

Idle air control

IAT

Intake air temperature

IBA

Intelligent brake assist

IC

Ignition control

ICC

Intelligent cruise control

ICM

Ignition control module

IPDM E/R

Intelligent power distribution module engine room

ISC

Idle speed control

ISS

Input shaft speed

ABBREVIATION
KS

DESCRIPTION
Knock sensor

ABBREVIATION

DESCRIPTION

LBC

Li-ion battery controller

LCD

Liquid crystal display

LCU

Local control unit

LDP

Lane departure prevention

LDW

Lane departure warning

LED

Light emitting diode

LH

Left-hand

LIN

Local interconnect network

ABBREVIATION

DESCRIPTION

M/T

Manual transaxle/transmission

MAF

Mass airflow

MAP

Manifold absolute pressure

MDU

Multi display unit

MI

Malfunction indicator

MIL

Malfunction indicator lamp

ABBREVIATION
NOX

DESCRIPTION
Nitrogen oxides

ABBREVIATION
O2

DESCRIPTION
Oxygen

O2S

Oxygen sensor

OBD

On board diagnostic

OC

Oxidation catalytic converter

OD

Overdrive

OL

Open loop

OSS

Output shaft speed

Revision: 2010 November

GI-16

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ABBREVIATIONS
< HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL >
P

ABBREVIATION

DESCRIPTION

P/S

Power steering

PBR

Potentio balance resistor

PCV

Positive crankcase ventilation

PNP

Park/Neutral position

PSP

Power steering pressure

PTC

Positive temperature coefficient

PTO

Power takeoff

PWM

Pulse width modulation

GI

ABBREVIATION

DESCRIPTION

RAM

Random access memory

RAS

Rear active steer

RH

Right-hand

ROM

Read only memory

RPM

Engine speed

RR

Rear

ABBREVIATION

DESCRIPTION

SAE

Society of Automotive Engineers, Inc.

SCK

Serial clock

SDS

Service Data and Specifications

SRT

System readiness test

SST

Special Service Tools

ABBREVIATION
TC

DESCRIPTION

Transmission control module

TCS

Traction control system

TCU

Telematics communication unit

TP
TPMS

Turbocharger

TCM

Throttle position
Tire pressure monitoring system

TSS

Turbine shaft speed

TWC

Three way catalytic converter

ABBREVIATION
USS

DESCRIPTION
Uphill start support

ABBREVIATION

DESCRIPTION

VCM

Vehicle control module

VDC

Vehicle dynamics control system

VIN

Vehicle identification number

VSS

Vehicle speed sensor

Revision: 2010 November

GI-17

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ABBREVIATIONS
< HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL >
W

ABBREVIATION
WOT

DESCRIPTION
Wide open throttle

ABBREVIATION

DESCRIPTION

11

1st range first gear

12

1st range second gear

1GR

First gear

ABBREVIATION

DESCRIPTION

21

2nd range first gear

22

2nd range second gear

2GR

Second gear

2WD

2-wheel drive

ABBREVIATION
3GR

DESCRIPTION
Third gear

ABBREVIATION
4GR

DESCRIPTION
Fourth gear

4WAS

Four wheel active steer

4WD

Four wheel drive

ABBREVIATION
5GR

DESCRIPTION
Fifth gear

ABBREVIATION
6GR

DESCRIPTION
Sixth gear

ABBREVIATION
7GR

DESCRIPTION
Seventh gear

Revision: 2010 November

GI-18

LEAF

http://vnx.su

TIGHTENING TORQUE OF STANDARD BOLTS


< HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL >

TIGHTENING TORQUE OF STANDARD BOLTS

GI

Description

INFOID:0000000006825130

This vehicle has both new standard based on ISO* and previous standard bolts/nuts. There are some differences between these two types of bolts/ nuts; shape of the head, grade of strength, hexagonal width across
flats and the standard tightening torque.
For guidance in discriminating, refer to GI-19, "Tightening Torque Table (New Standard Included)".
The new standard machine screws and tapping screws have a head of ISO standard torx recess.
If the tightening torque is not described in the description or figure, refer to GI-19, "Tightening Torque Table
(New Standard Included)".
*ISO: International Organization for Standardization

Tightening Torque Table (New Standard Included)

PREVIOUS STANDARD

4T

7T

9T

Hexagonal
width
across flats
mm

Pitch
mm

M6

6.0

10

M8

8.0

12

Tightening torque (Without lubricant)


Hexagon head bolt

Hexagon flange bolt

Nm

kg-m

ft-lb

in-lb

Nm

kg-m

ft-lb

in-lb

1.0

5.5

0.56

49

0.71

62

1.25

13.5

1.4

10

17

1.7

13

1.0

13.5

1.4

10

17

1.7

13

1.5

28

2.9

21

35

3.6

26

1.25

28

2.9

21

35

3.6

26

1.75

45

4.6

33

55

5.6

41

1.25

45

4.6

33

65

6.6

48

M10

10.0

14

M12

12.0

17

M14

14.0

19

1.5

80

8.2

59

100

10

74

M6

6.0

10

1.0

0.92

80

11

1.1

97

1.25

22

2.2

16

28

2.9

21

1.0

22

2.2

16

28

2.9

21

1.5

45

4.6

33

55

5.6

41

1.25

45

4.6

33

55

5.6

41

1.75

80

8.2

59

100

10

74

1.25

80

8.2

59

100

10

74

M8

8.0

12

M10

10.0

14

M12

12.0

17

M14

14.0

19

1.5

130

13

96

170

17

125

M6

6.0

10

1.0

11

1.1

13.5

1.4

10

1.25

28

2.9

21

35

3.6

26

1.0

28

2.9

21

35

3.6

26

1.5

55

5.6

41

80

8.2

59

1.25

55

5.6

41

80

8.2

59

1.75

100

10

74

130

13

96

1.25

100

10

74

130

13

96

1.5

170

17

125

210

21

155

M8

8.0

12

M10

10.0

14

M12

12.0

17

M14

14.0

19

CAUTION:
Revision: 2010 November

Bolt diameter
mm

Bolt
size

INFOID:0000000006825131

CAUTION:
The special parts are excluded.
The bolts/nuts in these tables have a strength (discrimination) number/symbol assigned to the head
or the like. As to the relation between the strength grade in these tables and the strength (discrimination) number/symbol, refer to DISCRIMINATION OF BOLTS AND NUTS.

Grade
(Strength
grade)

GI-19

LEAF

http://vnx.su

TIGHTENING TORQUE OF STANDARD BOLTS


< HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL >
The parts with aluminum or the cast iron washer surface/thread surface are excluded.

NEW STANDARD BASED ON ISO


Grade
(Strength
grade)

4.8
(Without
lubricant)

4.8
(With lubricant)

8.8
(With lubricant)

10.9
(With lubricant)

Bolt diameter
mm

Hexagonal
width
across flats
mm

Pitch
mm

M6

6.0

10

M8

8.0

13

M10

10.0

16

Bolt
size

Tightening torque
Hexagon head bolt

Hexagon flange bolt

Nm

kg-m

ft-lb

in-lb

Nm

kg-m

ft-lb

in-lb

1.0

5.5

0.56

49

0.71

62

1.25

13.5

1.4

10

17

1.7

13

1.0

13.5

1.4

10

17

1.7

13

1.5

28

2.9

21

35

3.6

26

1.25

28

2.9

21

35

3.6

26

1.75

45

4.6

33

55

5.6

41

1.25

45

4.6

33

65

6.6

48

M12

12.0

18

M14

14.0

21

1.5

80

8.2

59

100

10

74

M6

6.0

10

1.0

0.41

35

5.5

0.56

49

M8

8.0

13

1.25

11

1.1

13.5

1.4

10

1.0

11

1.1

13.5

1.4

10

M10

10.0

16

1.5

22

2.2

16

28

2.9

21

1.25

22

2.2

16

28

2.9

21

1.75

35

3.6

26

45

4.6

33

1.25

35

3.6

26

45

4.6

33

M12

12.0

18

M14

14.0

21

1.5

65

6.6

48

80

8.2

59

M6

6.0

10

1.0

0.82

71

10

1.0

89

M8

8.0

13

1.25

21

2.1

15

25

2.6

18

1.0

21

2.1

15

25

2.6

18

M10

10.0

16

M12

12.0

18

M14

14.0

M6

1.5

40

4.1

30

50

5.1

37

1.25

40

4.1

30

50

5.1

37

1.75

70

7.1

52

85

8.7

63

1.25

70

7.1

52

85

8.7

63

21

1.5

120

12

89

140

14

103

6.0

10

1.0

10

1.0

89

12

1.2

106

M8

8.0

13

1.25

27

2.8

20

32

3.3

24

1.0

27

2.8

20

32

3.3

24

M10

10.0

16

M12

12.0

18

M14

14.0

21

1.5

55

5.6

41

65

6.6

48

1.25

55

5.6

41

65

6.6

48

1.75

95

9.7

70

110

11

81

1.25

95

9.7

70

110

11

81

1.5

160

16

118

180

18

133

CAUTION:
1. Use tightening torque with lubricant for the new standard bolts/nuts in principle. Friction coefficient stabilizer is applied to the new standard bolts/nuts.
2. However, use tightening torque without lubricant for the following cases. Friction coefficient stabilizer is not applied to the following bolts/nuts.
Grade 4.8, M6 size bolt, Conical spring washer installed
Paint removing nut (Size M6 and M8) for fixing with weld bolt

Revision: 2010 November

GI-20

LEAF

http://vnx.su

RECOMMENDED CHEMICAL PRODUCTS AND SEALANTS


< HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL >

RECOMMENDED CHEMICAL PRODUCTS AND SEALANTS


Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants

GI
INFOID:0000000006826362

Refer to the following chart for help in selecting the appropriate chemical product or sealant.

Product Description

Purpose

Rear View Mirror Adhesive

Used to permanently remount rear view mirrors to


windows.

Anaerobic Liquid Gasket

For metal-to-metal flange


sealing.
Can fill a 0.38 mm (0.015
inch) gap and provide instant sealing for most powertrain applications.

High Performance
Thread Sealant

Provides instant sealing on


any threaded straight or
parallel threaded fitting.
(Thread sealant only, no
locking ability.)
Do not use on plastic.

Gasket Maker
4

Nissan North America


Part No. (USA)
999MP-AM000P

99998-50505

Medium Strength
Thread Locking Sealant (Blue)

Threadlocker

Threadlocker (service tool


removable)

Permatex 81844

D
999MP-AM001P

99998-50503

Permatex 51813 and


51817

F
999MP-AM002P

999MP-AM002P

Permatex 56521

999MP-AM003P
(Ultra Grey)

99998-50506
(Ultra Grey)

Silicone RTV

High Temperature,
High Strength Thread
Locking Sealant (Red)

Aftermarket Crossreference Part Nos.

Gasket Maker for Maxima/


Quest 5-speed automatic
transmission
(RE5F22A)

Nissan Canada Part


No. (Canada)

999MP-AM004P

999MP-AM005P

Permatex Ultra Grey


82194;
Three Bond
1207,1215, 1216,
1217F, 1217G and
1217H
Nissan RTV Part No.
999MP-A7007

Three Bond 1281B


or exact equivalent in
its quality

999MP-AM004P

Permatex 27200;
Three Bond 1360,
1360N, 1305 N&P,
1307N, 1335,
1335B, 1363B,
1377C, 1386B, D&E
and 1388
Loctite 648

999MP-AM005P

Permatex 24200,
24206, 24240,
24283 and 09178;
Three Bond 1322,
1322N, 1324 D&N,
1333D, 1361C,
1364D, 1370C and
1374

Revision: 2010 November

GI-21

LEAF

http://vnx.su

IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION
< VEHICLE INFORMATION >

VEHICLE INFORMATION
IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION
Model Variation

INFOID:0000000006825132

Destination

Body

Transmission

Axle

Motor

Grade

Model

USA

4-door Hachback

Reduction gear

2WD

EM61

L2

FSDALD9-BUA

Model variation code (Prefix and suffix designations)

JSAIA1454GB

Information About Identification or Model Code

INFOID:0000000006825133

IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

JSAIA1664ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

GI-22

LEAF

http://vnx.su

IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION
< VEHICLE INFORMATION >
1.

Vehicle identification plate

2.

Vehicle identification number


(Chassis number)

4.

Tire placard

5.

FMVSS certification label

3.

Air conditioner specification label

GI

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ARRANGEMENT

G
JSAIA1455GB

IDENTIFICATION PLATE
H

JSAIA1665ZZ

1.

MFR Month/Year

2.

Gross vehicle weight rating

3.

4.

Gross axle weight rating (Rear)

5.

Guarantee description

6.

Vehicle identification number

7.

Body color code

8.

Trim color code

9.

Transmission model

10. Axle model

11. Motor model

Gross axle weight rating (Front)

12. Vin bar code

MOTOR SERIAL NUMBER

: Vehicle front

P
JSAIA1462ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

GI-23

LEAF

http://vnx.su

IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION
< VEHICLE INFORMATION >

Dimensions

INFOID:0000000006856140

Unit: mm (in)

Overall length (with license plate bracket)

4,446.8 (175.1)

Overall width

1,771.4 (69.7)

Overall height

1,549.5 (61.0)

Front tread

1,540 (60.6)

Rear tread

1,535 (60.4)

Wheelbase

2,700 (106.3)

Wheels & Tires

INFOID:0000000006856141

Tire
Conventional

Road wheel
(Alminum)

205/55R16 91V
Size
Offset

Tire
Spare

Revision: 2010 November

Road wheel
(Steel)

16 6-1/2J
40 mm (1.57in)
T125/90D16 98M

Size
Offset

GI-24

16 4T
30 mm (1.18 in)

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >

PRECAUTION

GI

PRECAUTIONS
Description

INFOID:0000000006825136

Observe the following precautions to ensure safe and proper servicing. These precautions are not
described in each individual section.

Precaution for Technicians Using Medical Electric

INFOID:0000000007076757

OPERATION PROHIBITION

WARNING:
Parts with strong magnet is used in this vehicle.
Technicians using a medical electric device such as pacemaker must never perform operation on the
vehicle, as magnetic field can affect the device function by approaching to such parts.

NORMAL CHARGE PRECAUTION


WARNING:
If a technician uses a medical electric device such as an implantable cardiac pacemaker or an
implantable cardioverter defibrillator, the possible effects on the devices must be checked with the
device manufacturer before starting the charge operation.
As radiated electromagnetic wave generated by on board charger at normal charge operation may
effect medical electric devices, a technician using a medical electric device such as implantable cardiac pacemaker or an implantable cardioverter defibrillator must not enter the vehicle compartment
(including luggage room) during normal charge operation.

Precaution at telematics system operation


WARNING:
If a technician uses implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD),
avoid the device implanted part from approaching within approximately 220 mm (8.66 in) from interior/exterior antenna.
The electromagnetic wave of TCU might affect the function of the implantable cardiac pacemaker or
the implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), when using the service, etc.
If a technician uses other medical electric devices than implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator(ICD), the electromagnetic wave of TCU might affect the function of the
device. The possible effects on the devices must be checked with the device manufacturer before
TCU use.

Precaution at intelligent key system operation

WARNING:
If a technician uses implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD),
avoid the device implanted part from approaching within approximately 220 mm (8.66 in) from interior/exterior antenna.
The electromagnetic wave of intelligent key might affect the function of the implantable cardiac
pacemaker or the implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), at door operation, at each request
switch operation, or at engine starting.
If a technician uses other medical electric devices than implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), the electromagnetic wave of intelligent key might affect the function of the device. The possible effects on the devices must be checked with the device
manufacturer before intelligent key use.

Point to Be Checked Before Starting Maintenance Work

Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
GI-25

INFOID:0000000007079500

The high voltage system may starts automatically. It is required to check that the timer air conditioner
and timer charge (during EVSE connection) are not set before starting maintenance work.
NOTE:
If the timer air conditioner or timer charge (during EVSE connection) is set, the high voltage system starts
automatically even when the power switch is in OFF state.

Revision: 2010 November

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >

PRE-TENSIONER"

INFOID:0000000007037021

The Supplemental Restraint System such as AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS AIR BAG and SEAT BELT of this
Service Manual.
WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see SRS AIR BAG.
Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors.

PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS


WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
power switch ON, never use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer.
Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious
injury.
When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the power switch OFF, disconnect
the 12V battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.

Precautions Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnection


INFOID:0000000006825250

CAUTION:
Comply with the following cautions to prevent any error and malfunction.
Before removing and installing any control units, first turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position,
then disconnect both battery cables.
After finishing work, confirm that all control unit connectors are connected properly, then re-connect
both battery cables.
Always use CONSULT to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing
work. If a DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnosis results.
For vehicle with steering lock unit, if the battery is disconnected or discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
cannot be turned.
If turning the steering wheel is required with the battery disconnected or discharged, follow the operation procedure below before starting the repair operation.

OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.

2.
3.
4.
5.

6.

Connect both battery cables.


NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
Turn the ignition switch to ACC position.
(At this time, the steering lock will be released.)
Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released with both battery cables disconnected and the steering wheel can be turned.
Perform the necessary repair operation.
When the repair work is completed, re-connect both battery cables. With the brake pedal released, turn
the ignition switch from ACC position to ON position, then to LOCK position. (The steering wheel will lock
when the ignition switch is turned to LOCK position.)
Perform self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT.

Revision: 2010 November

GI-26

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >

Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover

INFOID:0000000006825251

GI

When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc to prevent damage to
windshield.

D
PIIB3706J

Precaution for Removing 12V Battery

INFOID:0000000006931587

When removing the 12V battery, turn ON/OFF the power switch and check that the charging status indicator
does not blink. The 12V battery must be removed within one hour after checking the indicator lamp.
NOTE:
The automatic 12V battery charge control may start even when the power switch is in OFF state.
The automatic 12V battery charge control does not start within approximately one hour when the power
switch is turned ON/OFF.

General Precautions

INFOID:0000000006825140

Do not operate the engine for an extended period of time without


proper exhaust ventilation.
Keep the work area well ventilated and free of any inflammable
materials. Special care should be taken when handling any inflammable or poisonous materials, such as gasoline, refrigerant gas,
etc. When working in a pit or other enclosed area, be sure to properly ventilate the area before working with hazardous materials.
Do not smoke while working on the vehicle.

SGI285

Before jacking up the vehicle, apply wheel chocks or other tire


blocks to the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving. After jacking up the vehicle, support the vehicle weight with safety stands at
the points designated for proper lifting before working on the vehicle.
These operations should be done on a level surface.
When removing a heavy component such as the engine or transaxle/transmission, be careful not to lose your balance and drop
them. Also, do not allow them to strike adjacent parts, especially
the brake tubes and master cylinder.

N
SGI231

Revision: 2010 November

GI-27

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >
Before starting repairs which do not require battery power:
Turn off power switch.
Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
If the battery terminals are disconnected, recorded memory of
radio and each control unit is erased.

SEF289H

To prevent serious burns:


Avoid contact with hot metal parts.
Do not remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot.
Dispose of drained oil or the solvent used for cleaning parts in an
appropriate manner.
Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle
shuts off automatically.
Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow, resulting in fuel spray
and possibly a fire.
Clean all disassembled parts in the designated liquid or solvent
prior to inspection or assembly.
Replace oil seals, gaskets, packings, O-rings, locking washers,
cotter pins, self-locking nuts, etc. with new ones.
Replace inner and outer races of tapered roller bearings and needle bearings as a set.
Arrange the disassembled parts in accordance with their assembled locations and sequence.
Do not touch the terminals of electrical components which use microcomputers (such as ECM).
Static electricity may damage internal electronic components.
After disconnecting vacuum or air hoses, attach a tag to indicate the proper connection.
Use only the fluids and lubricants specified in this manual.
Use approved bonding agent, sealants or their equivalents when required.
Use hand tools, power tools (disassembly only) and recommended
special tools where specified for safe and efficient service repairs.
When repairing the fuel, oil, water, vacuum or exhaust systems,
check all affected lines for leakage.

SGI233

JPAIA0335ZZ

Before servicing the vehicle:


Protect fenders, upholstery and carpeting with appropriate covers.
Take caution that keys, buckles or buttons do not scratch paint.

SGI234

WARNING:
To prevent ECM from storing the diagnostic trouble codes, do not carelessly disconnect the harness
connectors which are related to the engine control system and TCM (transmission control module)
Revision: 2010 November

GI-28

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >
system. The connectors should be disconnected only when working according to the WORK FLOW of
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES in EC and TM sections.
GI

Hoses

INFOID:0000000006825141

HOSE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION


To prevent damage to rubber hose, do not pry off rubber hose with
tapered tool or screwdriver.

E
SMA019D

To reinstall the rubber hose securely, check that hose insertion


length and orientation is correct. (If tube is equipped with hose
stopper, insert rubber hose into tube until it butts up against hose
stopper.)

I
SMA020D

HOSE CLAMPING
If old rubber hose is re-used, install hose clamp in its original position (at the indentation where the old clamp was). If there is a trace
of tube bulging left on the old rubber hose, align rubber hose at
that position.
Discard old clamps; replace with new ones.

SMA021D

After installing plate clamps, apply force to them in the direction of


the arrow, tightening rubber hose equally all around.

P
SMA022D

Air Conditioning

INFOID:0000000006825142

Use an approved refrigerant recovery unit any time the air conditioning system must be discharged. Refer to
HA section REFRIGERANT for specific instructions.
Revision: 2010 November

GI-29

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >

Revision: 2010 November

GI-30

LEAF

http://vnx.su

CAUTIONS AS TO HIGH VOLTAGE


< PRECAUTION >

CAUTIONS AS TO HIGH VOLTAGE


How to Cut Off High Voltage

GI
INFOID:0000000006918519

HIGH VOLTAGE SHUT-OFF PROCEDURE

Be sure to follow the procedure below and shut off the high voltage before performing inspection or servicing
of the high voltage system.
1. Turn power switch OFF.
CAUTION:
The worker must keep the intelligent key on his/her person.
2. Disconnect 12V battery negative terminal.
3. Remove service plug, following below procedure.
a. Put finger to the notched part (A), and pull of the floor carpet (1).

E
:Vehicle front

G
JSAIA1611ZZ

b.

Remove inspection hole cover installation bolt (A) and take the
inspection hole cover (1) off.

:Vehicle front

K
JSAIA1612ZZ

c.

Remove the service plug.


L

N
JPCIA0060ZZ

DANGER:

Touching high voltage components without using the appropriate protective equipment will
cause electrocution.

WARNING:
Immediately insulate removed high voltage connectors and terminals with insulating tape.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Revision: 2010 November

GI-31

LEAF

http://vnx.su

CAUTIONS AS TO HIGH VOLTAGE


< PRECAUTION >
4. Wait for a minimum of approximately 10 minutes after the service plug is removed.

CONNECTING PROCEDURE
1.
2.

Check that 12V battery negative terminal is disconnected.


Install service plug as per the following steps.

JPCIA0058ZZ

DANGER:
Touching high voltage components without using the appropriate protective equipment will
cause electrocution.

3.

WARNING:
Immediately insulate removed high voltage connectors and terminals with insulating tape.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Connect 12V battery negative terminal.

High Voltage Precautions

INFOID:0000000006918520

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective equipment consisting of glove, shoes and face shield before
beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while the
service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed to do
so in the Service Manual.

HIGH VOLTAGE HARNESS AND EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION


The colors of the high voltage harnesses and connectors are all orange. Orange "High Voltage" labels are
applied to the Li-ion battery and other high voltage devices. Do not carelessly touch these harnesses and
parts.

HANDLING OF HIGH VOLTAGE HARNESS AND TERMINALS


Immediately insulate disconnected high voltage connectors and terminals with insulating tape.

REGULATIONS ON WORKERS WITH MEDICAL ELECTRONICS


WARNING:

Revision: 2010 November

GI-32

LEAF

http://vnx.su

CAUTIONS AS TO HIGH VOLTAGE


< PRECAUTION >
The vehicle contains parts that contain powerful magnets. If a person who is wearing a pacemaker or
other medical device is close to these parts, the medical device may be affected by the magnets. Such GI
persons must not perform work on the vehicle.

PROHIBITED ITEMS TO CARRY DURING THE WORK


Because this vehicle uses components that contain high voltage and powerful magnetism, due not carry any
metal products which may cause short circuits, or any magnetic media (cash cards, prepaid cards, etc.) which
may be damaged on your person when working.

POSTING A SIGN OF DANGER! HIGH VOLTAGE AREA. KEEP OUT

Revision: 2010 November

GI-33

LEAF

http://vnx.su

CAUTIONS AS TO HIGH VOLTAGE


< PRECAUTION >
To call the attention of other workers, indicate "High voltage work in progress. Do not touch!" on vehicles
where work is being performed on the high voltage systems.

JSAIA1600GB

Revision: 2010 November

GI-34

LEAF

http://vnx.su

CAUTIONS AS TO HIGH VOLTAGE


< PRECAUTION >

High Voltage Warning Label

INFOID:0000000006918521

GI

LOCATION TO APPLY HIGH VOLTAGE WARNING LABEL


B

JSAIA1463ZZ

No.

Position to apply

Refer to

Traction motor

TMS-13, "High Voltage Warning Label"

Traction motor inverter

TMS-13, "High Voltage Warning Label"

DC/DC-J/B

EVC-24, "High Voltage Warning Label"

On board charger

Li-ion battery controller

EVB-14, "High Voltage Warning Label"

Li-ion battery

EVB-14, "High Voltage Warning Label"

Service plug

EVB-14, "High Voltage Warning Label"

PTC elements heater

HA-23, "High Voltage Warning Label"

Electric compressor

HA-23, "High Voltage Warning Label"

VC-12, "High Voltage Warning Label"

CAUTION:
At times such as when a part was replaced, or when a label had become peeled, be sure to apply the new product label in the
same position and facing in the same direction.

Insulated Protective Wear and Insulating Tools

INFOID:0000000006918522

PROTECTIVE WEAR CONTROL


Perform an inspection before beginning work, and do not use any items where abnormalities are found.

DAILY INSPECTION
This inspection is performed before and after use, the worker in responsible who will directly use the items
inspects them and checks for deterioration and damage.
Insulated gloves

Revision: 2010 November

GI-35

LEAF

http://vnx.su

CAUTIONS AS TO HIGH VOLTAGE


< PRECAUTION >
Inspect the insulated gloves for scratches, holes, and tears. (Visual check and air leakage test)

JPCIA0061ZZ

A : Hold glove and fold as shown in the figure.


B : Fold three or four more times, preventing air from escaping from the glove.
C : Squeeze glove to check that the glove has no holes.

Insulated safety shoes


Inspect the insulated safety boots for holes, damage, nails, metal pieces, wear or other problems on the
soles. (Visual check)
Insulated rubber sheet
Inspect the insulated rubber sheet for tears. (Visual inspection)

INSULATING TOOLS
When performing work at locations where high voltage is applied (such as terminals), use insulated tools.

HANDLING OF INSULATION RESISTANCE TESTER


CAUTION:
Unlike the ordinary tester, the insulation resistance tester applies 500V when measuring. If used incorrectly, there is the danger of electric shock. If used in the vehicle 12V system, there is the danger of
damage to electronic devices. Read the insulation resistance tester instruction manual carefully and
be sure to work safely.

Handling of Damaged Vehicles

INFOID:0000000007080557

PREPARATION ITEMS
Preparation items
Insulated gloves

Specification

Purpose

Guaranteed insulation performance for 1000V/


300A

Insulated safety shoes

To protect people from high voltage electrical shock.

Safety glasses

ANSI Z87.1

Wrenches

Size: 10mm

To remove the service plug inspection hole cover bolt.


To remove the 12V battery terminal bolt.

Heat proof solvent resistance protection


gloves
Heat proof solvent resistance protection
shoes

Heat proof solvent resistance protection tools.

To utilize when the Li-ion battery electrolytic solution


leaks.

Absorbent mat and


cloth

The same cloth used for internal combustion engine fluids can be used.

To absorb the Li-ion battery electrolytic solution leakage.

Revision: 2010 November

GI-36

LEAF

http://vnx.su

CAUTIONS AS TO HIGH VOLTAGE


< PRECAUTION >
Preparation items

Specification

Purpose

GI

Type ABC
For electrical fire
(Caused by the electrical harness and instrument
etc...), and oil fire (Caused by gasoline, oil)

To extinguish a fire.

VAT Tester

To measure up to 600V.

To measure voltage on damaged harness and operated


parts.

Plastic tape

Insulating.

To cover the damaged harness to protect from electrical shock.

Extinguisher

HOW TO HANDLE THE DAMAGED VEHICLES AT AN ACCIDENT SCENE


High voltage system shut-down procedure
Shut down the high voltage system corresponding to the damage of vehicle. Any of the following procedures
can shut down the high voltage system. The first response operation can be done after shutting down the high
voltage system.
If the vehicle is heavily damaged, for example the Li-ion battery is deformed, broken or cracked, insulating
protective gear must be used the Li-ion battery and high voltage cables must not be touched.
WARNING:

If the EVSE is connected to the vehicle, remove it.


Failure to disable the high voltage electrical system before the emergency response procedures are performed may result in serious injury or death from electrical shock. To prevent from serious injury or death, do not touch high voltage harnesses and components with bare hands.

When contact with high voltage parts or high voltage wiring is unavoidable, or when there is
risk of such contact, be sure to wear insulating protective gear.
CAUTION:

Revision: 2010 November

GI-37

LEAF

http://vnx.su

CAUTIONS AS TO HIGH VOLTAGE


< PRECAUTION >
Before disconnecting the 12V battery terminal, if necessary, lower the windows, unlock the doors, and
open the back door as required. Once 12V battery is disconnected, power controls will not operate.

JSAIA1360GB

WARNING:
Be sure to check the READY to drive indicator lamp on the combination meter, and verify that the
READY to drive indicator lamp is off and the high voltage system is stopped.
There is a possibility of remaining high voltage in the air conditioning system by the remote air conditioning system even when the READY to drive indicator lamp is turned OFF and the air conditioning indicator is turned ON. please ensure that the air conditioning indicator lamp is turned OFF and
the air conditioning system is inactive.
After high voltage system shut down, please wait for 10 minutes to complete discharging the high
voltage condenser. While waiting, do not operate.
The high voltage full discharge takes 10 minutes, but after 5 minutes the voltage has dropped below
60 V.
Remove the 12V battery negative terminal and wait for 3 minutes. Event though the 12V battery negative terminal is disconnected, the supplemental restraint system (SRS) airbag maintains voltage for
3 minutes. There is a possibility of sudden SRS airbag inflation due to harness short circuit or damage and it may cause serious injuries.
Indications the high voltage system is ON

If the READY to drive indicator is ON, the high voltage system is active.
If the air conditioning indicator is ON, the high voltage system is active.
Procedure 1: Turn OFF the Power Switch.
1. Check the READY to drive indicator lamp status. If it is ON, the high voltage system active.
2. Press the power switch once to shut OFF the high voltage system. Then verify whether the READY to
drive indicator lamp is OFF.

Revision: 2010 November

GI-38

LEAF

http://vnx.su

CAUTIONS AS TO HIGH VOLTAGE


< PRECAUTION >
3. Keep the intelligent key at least 5 meters (16 feet) away from the vehicle.
4. Disconnect the negative 12V battery cable. Insulate the negative battery terminal with insulated tape.
GI
5. Wait 10 minutes to complete discharging the high voltage condenser after the power switch has been
turned OFF.
6. Perform the first response action.

Procedure B: Remove the Fuses. (If Power Switch Cannot Be Turned OFF)
1. Open the hood.
2. Remove the IPDM E/R.
3. Remove the following fuses:
Power Switch Control Fuse (IGN 10A)
12V Main Reply Control Fuse (PBW 15A)
VCM Electrical Fuse (VCM 20A)
4. If it cannot identify the above fuses, remove all fuses in the fuse box.
5. Disconnect the negative 12V battery cable. Insulate the negative battery terminal with insulated tape.
6. Wait 10 minutes to complete discharging the high voltage condenser after the power switch has been
turned OFF.
7. Perform the first response action.
WARNING:
Do not turn the power switch ON or READY while fuses are being removed.

To avoid unintended installation and risk of electrical shock, the rescuer should carry the fuses
on his/her person and cover the fuse box with insulated tape.

Procedure 3: Remove the service plug. (When Procedure 1 and Procedure 2 are impossible, and the use of insulating rubber gloves is possible)
H

WARNING:

Do not remove the service plug without wearing protective gear to prevent the responder from
any serious injury or death by electric shock.
Do not turn the power switch ON or READY while removing the service plug.

To avoid unintended installation and risk of electrical shock, the rescuer should carry the service plug on his/her person while work is in progress.

Immediately cover the service plug socket with insulated tape. To avoid electric shock, do not
touch terminals inside the socket.

1.

Put finger to the notched part (A), and pull of the floor carpet (1).
L

: Vehicle front

N
JSAIA1611ZZ

2.

Remove inspection hole cover installation bolt (A) and take the
inspection hole cover (1) off.

: Vehicle front

JSAIA1612ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

GI-39

LEAF

http://vnx.su

CAUTIONS AS TO HIGH VOLTAGE


< PRECAUTION >
3.

Remove the service plug.

4.

Wait 10 minutes to complete discharging the high voltage condenser after the power switch has been
turned OFF.
Perform the first response action.

JPCIA0060ZZ

5.

VEHICLE FIRE
WARNING:
In the case of extinguishing the fire with water, large amounts of water from a fire hydrant (it possible)
must be used. DO NOT extinguish fire with a small amount of water. Small amounts of water will make
toxic gas produced by a chemical reaction between the Li-ion battery electrolyte and water.

LI-ION BATTERY DAMAGE


CAUTION:
Any absorbent mats or cloths used to wipe electrolyte must be disposed of as industrial waste as
required by federal law.
1. In case of electrolyte solution leakage, wear insulating protective gear and wipe with a dry cloth. The used
cloth must be disposed of in accordance to the same disposal method as other organic solvents.
2. The Li-ion battery electrolyte solution is clear color and the same level of viscosity as water. Also, it has a
sweet odor smell. Do not touch the electrolyte solution with bare hands.
3. The Li-ion battery electrolyte solution is flammable. In case of leakage, properly ventilate the accident site.
4. In case electrolyte solution comes in contact with eyes, rinse plenty of running water and see a doctor
immediately.

Cautions for Scrapping Vehicles

INFOID:0000000006918523

The Li-ion battery must be removed from the vehicle before the vehicle is scrapped.
CAUTION:
Insulate the terminals of the removed Li-ion battery with insulating tape.

Handling of a Vehicle with a Dead Battery

INFOID:0000000006918524

For the handling of a vehicle when the battery is dead, refer to GI-43, "Tow Truck Towing".

Revision: 2010 November

GI-40

LEAF

http://vnx.su

LIFTING POINT
< PRECAUTION >

LIFTING POINT

GI

Commercial Service Tools

INFOID:0000000006825143

B
Tool name

Description

C
Board on attachment

D
S-NT001

Safety stand attachment

S-NT002

CAUTION:
Every time the vehicle is lifted up, maintain the complete vehicle curb condition.
Since the vehicle's center of gravity changes when removing main parts on the front side (engine,
transmission, suspension etc.), support a jack up point on the rear side garage jack with a mission
jack or equivalent.
Since the vehicle's center of gravity changes when removing main parts on the rear side (rear axle,
suspension, etc.), support a jack up point on the front side garage jack with a mission jack or equivalent.
Be careful not to smash or never do anything that would affect piping parts.

Garage Jack and Safety Stand and 2-Pole Lift

J
INFOID:0000000006825144

WARNING:
Park the vehicle on a level surface when using the jack. Check to avoid damaging pipes, tubes, etc.
under the vehicle.
Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by the jack. Always use safety stands when
you have to get under the vehicle.
Place wheel chocks at both front and back of the wheels on the ground.
When lifting the vehicle, open the lift arms as wide as possible and ensure that the front and rear of
the vehicle are well balanced.
When setting the lift arm, never allow the arm to contact the brake tubes, brake cable, fuel lines and
sill spoiler.

Revision: 2010 November

GI-41

LEAF

http://vnx.su

LIFTING POINT
< PRECAUTION >

JMAIA0096ZZ

1.

Safety stand point and lift up point (front) 2.

4.

Garage jack point (rear)

Safety stand point and lift up point


(rear)

3.

Garage jack point (front)

CAUTION:
There is canister just behind Garage jack point rear. Jack up carefully.

Board-On Lift

INFOID:0000000006825145

CAUTION:
Check vehicle is empty when lifting.
The board-on lift attachment (A) set at front end of vehicle
should be set on the front of the sill under the front door
opening.
Position attachments at front and rear ends of board-on lift.
: Vehicle front

JMAIA0004ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

GI-42

LEAF

http://vnx.su

TOW TRUCK TOWING


< PRECAUTION >

TOW TRUCK TOWING

GI

Tow Truck Towing

INFOID:0000000006952958

CAUTION:
All applicable State or Provincial (in Canada) laws and local laws regarding the towing operation
must be obeyed.
It is necessary to use proper towing equipment to avoid possible damage to the vehicle during towing operation. Towing instructions are available from a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
Always attach safety chains before towing.
When towing, make sure that the axles, steering system and powertrain are in working condition. If
any unit is damaged, a flatbed must be used.

I
JMAIA0305ZZ

NISSAN recommends that the vehicle be towed with the driving (front) wheels off the ground or that
the vehicle be placed on a flatbed truck as illustrated.

Vehicle Recovery (Freeing a Stuck Vehicle)

INFOID:0000000006825147

FRONT
Securely install the vehicle recovery hook stored with jacking tools.
Check that the hook is properly secured in the stored place after use.
WARNING:
Stand clear of a stuck vehicle.
Never spin your tires at high speed. This could cause them to
explode and result in serious injury. Parts of your vehicle
could also overheat and be damaged.
CAUTION:
Tow chains or cables must be attached only to the vehicle
recovery hooks or main structural members of the vehicle.
Otherwise, the vehicle body will be damaged.
JMAIA0297ZZ
Never use the vehicle tie downs to free a vehicle stuck in
sand, snow, mud, etc. Never tow the vehicle using the vehicle tie downs or recovery hooks.
Always pull the cable straight out from the front of the vehicle. Never pull on the hook at an angle.
Pulling devices should be routed so they never touch any part of the suspension, steering, brake or
cooling systems.
Pulling devices such as ropes or canvas straps are not recommended for use in vehicle towing or
recovery.

REAR

Revision: 2010 November

GI-43

LEAF

http://vnx.su

TOW TRUCK TOWING


< PRECAUTION >
Rear hook is designed as the recovery hook.

JMAIA0298ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

GI-44

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PROCEDURE FOR PARK LOCK RELEASE


< PRECAUTION >

PROCEDURE FOR PARK LOCK RELEASE


PROCEDURE FOR PARK LOCK RELEASE

GI
INFOID:0000000007027273

CAUTION:
If the vehicle must be unavoidably moved with front wheel on the ground or four wheel on the ground,
release the park lock and hold the park lock in the released status (N position). The park lock is activated when power switch is OFF or when 12V battery voltage is low. Always perform the following
work so that the N position status is maintained. If the vehicle is moved without performing the following work, serious accident may be caused. Steering lock does not operate after performing this work.
Be careful that the brake effectiveness is reduced and steering operation becomes heavy.
1. Turn power switch ON (Press power switch twice without depressing brake pedal). At this moment, check
that electric parking brake is operated.
2. Shift selector lever from the P position to the N position (Depress brake pedal while all doors are closed,
and then release the P position).
3. Remove the following fuse.
PBW MTR-1
PBW MTR-2

M
JMAIA0332ZZ

1.

Fuse holder

2.

Fuse holder cover

3.

PBW MTR-2 fuse

4.

PBW MTR-1 fuse

Revision: 2010 November

GI-45

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PROCEDURE FOR PARK LOCK RELEASE


< PRECAUTION >
METER 1

JMAIA0331ZZ

1.

Fuse block

3.

METER 1 fuse

2.

Installment mask LH

4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Release electric parking brake.


Turn power switch OFF. (Release brake pedal)
Move the vehicle while power switch is OFF.
Fix the vehicle after moving. (Using electric parking brake or tire stopper)
Install fuse that is removed.
Turn power switch ON (Press switch twice without depressing brake pedal) and wait for 5 seconds at this
moment, maintain the shift position to the N position. (Charge 12V battery if its voltage is low)
10. Turn power switch OFF. (Wait for 5 seconds)

Revision: 2010 November

GI-46

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT


< BASIC INSPECTION >

BASIC INSPECTION

GI

SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT


Work Flow

INFOID:0000000006825148

WORK FLOW
C

SGI838

STEP

DESCRIPTION
Get detailed information about the conditions and the environment when the incident occurred.
The following are key pieces of information required to make a good analysis:

STEP 1

WHAT

Vehicle Model, Engine, Transmission/Transaxle and the System (i.e. Radio).

WHEN

Date, Time of Day, Weather Conditions, Frequency.

WHERE

Road Conditions, Altitude and Traffic Situation.

HOW

System Symptoms, Operating Conditions (Other Components Interaction).


Service History and if any After Market Accessories have been installed.

STEP 2

Operate the system, road test if necessary.


Verify the parameter of the incident.
If the problem cannot be duplicated, refer to Incident Simulation Tests.

STEP 3

Get the proper diagnosis materials together including:


Power Supply Routing
System Operation Descriptions
Applicable Service Manual Sections
Check for any Service Bulletins
Identify where to begin diagnosis based upon your knowledge of the system operation and the customer comments.

STEP 4

Inspect the system for mechanical binding, loose connectors or wiring damage.
Determine which circuits and components are involved and diagnose using the Power Supply Routing and Harness Layouts.

STEP 5

Repair or replace the incident circuit or component.

STEP 6

Operate the system in all modes. Verify the system works properly under all conditions. Check you have not inadvertently created a new incident during your diagnosis or repair steps.

Control Units and Electrical Parts

INFOID:0000000006825149

Never reverse polarity of battery terminals.


Install only parts specified for a vehicle.
Before replacing the control unit, check the input and output and functions of the component parts.
Do not apply excessive force when disconnecting a connector.

Revision: 2010 November

GI-47

PRECAUTIONS

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT


< BASIC INSPECTION >
Do not apply excessive shock to the control unit by dropping or hitting it.
Be careful to prevent condensation in the control unit due to rapid
temperature changes and do not let water or rain get on it. If water
is found in the control unit, dry it fully and then install it in the vehicle.
Be careful not to let oil to get on the control unit connector.
Avoid cleaning the control unit with volatile oil.
Do not disassemble the control unit, and do not remove the upper
and lower covers.
SAIA0255E

When using a DMM, be careful not to let test probes get close to
each other to prevent the power transistor in the control unit from
damaging battery voltage because of short circuiting.
When checking input and output signals of the control unit, use the
specified check adapter.

SEF348N

How to Check Terminal

INFOID:0000000006825614

CONNECTOR AND TERMINAL PIN KIT


Use the connector and terminal pin kits listed below when replacing connectors or terminals.
The connector and terminal pin kits contain some of the most commonly used NISSAN/INFINITI connectors
and terminals. For detailed connector and terminal pin replacement procedures, refer to the latest NISSAN/
INFINITI CONNECTOR AND TERMINAL PIN SERVICE MANUAL.

Revision: 2010 November

GI-48

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT


< BASIC INSPECTION >
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
(J38751-95NI)
Connector and terminal
pin kit (NISSAN)
(J38751-95INF)
Connector and terminal
pin kit (INFINITI)
(J42992-98KIT)
OBD and terminal repair
kit
(J42992-2000UPD)
OBD-II Connector Kit Update

GI
Description

E
WAIA0004E

WAIA0005E

HOW TO PROBE CONNECTORS


Connector damage and an intermittent connection can result from improperly probing of the connector during circuit checks.
The probe of a digital multimeter (DMM) may not correctly fit the connector cavity. To correctly probe the
connector, follow the procedures below using a T pin. For the best contact grasp the T pin using an alligator clip.
Probing from Harness Side
Standard type (not waterproof type) connector should be probed
from harness side with T pin.
If the connector has a rear cover such as a ECM connector,
remove the rear cover before probing the terminal.
Do not probe waterproof connector from harness side. Damage to
the seal between wire and connector may result.

K
SGI841

Probing from Terminal Side


FEMALE TERMINAL

There is a small notch above each female terminal. Probe each


terminal with the T pin through the notch.
Do not insert any object other than the same type male terminal
into female terminal.

SEL265V

Revision: 2010 November

GI-49

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT


< BASIC INSPECTION >
Some connectors do not have a notch above each terminal. To
probe each terminal, remove the connector retainer to make contact space for probing.

SEL266V

MALE TERMINAL

Carefully probe the contact surface of each terminal using a T


pin.
CAUTION:
Never bend terminal.

SEL267V

How to Check Enlarged Contact Spring of Terminal


An enlarged contact spring of a terminal may create intermittent signals in the circuit.
If the intermittent open circuit occurs, follow the procedure below to inspect for open wires and enlarged contact spring of female terminal.
1. Assemble a male terminal and approx. 10 cm (3.9 in) of wire.
NOTE:
Use a male terminal which matches the female terminal.
2. Disconnect the suspected faulty connector and hold it terminal
side up.

SEL270V

3.

While holding the wire of the male terminal, try to insert the male
terminal into the female terminal.
CAUTION:
Never force the male terminal into the female terminal with
your hands.

SEL271V

Revision: 2010 November

GI-50

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT


< BASIC INSPECTION >
4. While moving the connector, check whether the male terminal
can be easily inserted or not.

GI

C
SEL272V

If the male terminal can be easily inserted into the female terminal, replace the female terminal.
E

G
SEL273V

Waterproof Connector Inspection


If water enters the connector, it can short interior circuits. This may lead to intermittent problems.
Check the following items to maintain the original waterproof characteristics.

RUBBER SEAL INSPECTION

Most waterproof connectors are provided with a rubber seal


between the male and female connectors. If the seal is missing,
the waterproof performance may not meet specifications.
The rubber seal may come off when connectors are disconnected.
Whenever connectors are reconnected, make sure the rubber seal
is properly installed on either side of male or female connector.

WIRE SEAL INSPECTION

The wire seal must be installed on the wire insertion area of a


waterproof connector. Be sure that the seal is installed properly.
L
SEL275V

Terminal Lock Inspection


Check for unlocked terminals by pulling wire at the end of connector.
An unlocked terminal may create intermittent signals in the circuit.

SEL330V

Intermittent Incident

INFOID:0000000006825150

DESCRIPTION
Sometimes the symptom is not present when the vehicle is brought in for service. If possible, re-create the
conditions present at the time of the incident. Doing so may help avoid a No Trouble Found Diagnosis. The fol-

Revision: 2010 November

GI-51

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT


< BASIC INSPECTION >
lowing section illustrates ways to simulate the conditions/environment under which the owner experiences an
electrical incident.
The section is broken into the six following topics:

Vehicle vibration
Heat sensitive
Freezing
Water intrusion
Electrical load
Cold or hot start up
Get a thorough description of the incident from the customer. It is important for simulating the conditions of the
problem.

VEHICLE VIBRATION
The problem may occur or become worse while driving on a rough road or when engine is vibrating (idle with
A/C on). In such a case, you will want to check for a vibration related condition. Refer to the following illustration.
Connector & Harness
Determine which connectors and wiring harness would affect the electrical system you are inspecting. Gently
shake each connector and harness while monitoring the system for the incident you are trying to duplicate.
This test may indicate a loose or poor electrical connection.
Hint
Connectors can be exposed to moisture. It is possible to get a thin film of corrosion on the connector terminals. A visual inspection may not reveal this without disconnecting the connector. If the problem occurs intermittently, perhaps the problem is caused by corrosion. It is a good idea to disconnect, inspect and clean the
terminals on related connectors in the system.
Sensor & Relay
Gently apply a slight vibration to sensors and relays in the system you are inspecting.
This test may indicate a loose or poorly mounted sensor or relay.

SGI839

Engine Compartment
There are several reasons a vehicle or engine vibration could cause an electrical complaint. Some of the
things to check for are:
Connectors not fully seated.
Wiring harness not long enough and is being stressed due to engine vibrations or rocking.
Wires laying across brackets or moving components.
Loose, dirty or corroded ground wires.
Wires routed too close to hot components.
To inspect components under the hood, start by verifying the integrity of ground connections. (Refer to Ground
Inspection described later.) First check that the system is properly grounded. Then check for loose connection
by gently shaking the wiring or components as previously explained. Using the wiring diagrams inspect the
wiring for continuity.
Behind the Instrument Panel
An improperly routed or improperly clamped harness can become pinched during accessory installation. Vehicle vibration can aggravate a harness which is routed along a bracket or near a screw.
Under Seating Areas

Revision: 2010 November

GI-52

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT


< BASIC INSPECTION >
An unclamped or loose harness can cause wiring to be pinched by seat components (such as slide guides)
during vehicle vibration. If the wiring runs under seating areas, inspect wire routing for possible damage or GI
pinching.

HEAT SENSITIVE
B

The customer's concern may occur during hot weather or after car
has sat for a short time. In such cases you will want to check for a
heat sensitive condition.
To determine if an electrical component is heat sensitive, heat the
component with a heat gun or equivalent.
CAUTION:
Never heat components above 60C (140F).
If incident occurs while heating the unit, either replace or properly
insulate the component.

SGI842

FREEZING
The customer may indicate the incident goes away after the car
warms up (winter time). The cause could be related to water freezing somewhere in the wiring/electrical system.
There are two methods to check for this. The first is to arrange for
the owner to leave his car overnight. Check it will get cold enough
to demonstrate his complaint. Leave the car parked outside overnight. In the morning, do a quick and thorough diagnosis of those
electrical components which could be affected.
The second method is to put the suspect component into a freezer
long enough for any water to freeze. Reinstall the part into the car
and check for the reoccurrence of the incident. If it occurs, repair or
replace the component.

SGI843

WATER INTRUSION
The incident may occur only during high humidity or in rainy/snowy
weather. In such cases the incident could be caused by water intrusion on an electrical part. This can be simulated by soaking the car
or running it through a car wash.
CAUTION:
Never spray water directly on any electrical components.

SGI844

ELECTRICAL LOAD
The incident may be electrical load sensitive. Perform diagnosis with
all accessories (including A/C, rear window defogger, radio, fog
lamps) turned on.

P
SGI845

COLD OR HOT START UP


On some occasions an electrical incident may occur only when the car is started cold, or it may occur when
the car is restarted hot shortly after being turned off. In these cases you may have to keep the car overnight to
make a proper diagnosis.
Revision: 2010 November

GI-53

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT


< BASIC INSPECTION >

Circuit Inspection

INFOID:0000000006825151

DESCRIPTION
In general, testing electrical circuits is an easy task if it is approached in a logical and organized method.
Before beginning it is important to have all available information on the system to be tested. Also, get a thorough understanding of system operation. Then you will be able to use the appropriate equipment and follow
the correct test procedure.
You may have to simulate vehicle vibrations while testing electrical components. Gently shake the wiring
harness or electrical component to do this.
OPEN

A circuit is open when there is no continuity through a section of the circuit.


There are two types of shorts.

SHORT

SHORT CIRCUIT

When a circuit contacts another circuit and causes the normal resistance to
change.

SHORT TO GROUND

When a circuit contacts a ground source and grounds the circuit.

TESTING FOR OPENS IN THE CIRCUIT


Before you begin to diagnose and test the system, you should rough sketch a schematic of the system. This
will help you to logically walk through the diagnosis process. Drawing the sketch will also reinforce your working knowledge of the system.

SGI846-A

Continuity Check Method


The continuity check is used to find an open in the circuit. The digital multimeter (DMM) set on the resistance
function will indicate an open circuit as over limit (no beep tone or no ohms symbol). Check to always start with
the DMM at the highest resistance level.
To help in understanding the diagnosis of open circuits, please refer to the previous schematic.
Disconnect the battery negative cable.
Start at one end of the circuit and work your way to the other end. (At the fuse block in this example)
Connect one probe of the DMM to the fuse block terminal on the load side.
Connect the other probe to the fuse block (power) side of SW1. Little or no resistance will indicate that portion of the circuit has good continuity. If there were an open in the circuit, the DMM would indicate an over
limit or infinite resistance condition. (point A)
Connect the probes between SW1 and the relay. Little or no resistance will indicate that portion of the circuit
has good continuity. If there were an open in the circuit, the DMM would indicate an over limit or infinite resistance condition. (point B)
Connect the probes between the relay and the solenoid. Little or no resistance will indicate that portion of the
circuit has good continuity. If there were an open in the circuit, the DMM would indicate an over limit or infinite resistance condition. (point C)
Any circuit can be diagnosed using the approach in the previous example.
Voltage Check Method
To help in understanding the diagnosis of open circuits please refer to the previous schematic.
In any powered circuit, an open can be found by methodically checking the system for the presence of voltage.
This is done by switching the DMM to the voltage function.
Connect one probe of the DMM to a known good ground.
Begin probing at one end of the circuit and work your way to the other end.
With SW1 open, probe at SW1 to check for voltage.
voltage: open is further down the circuit than SW1.
no voltage: open is between fuse block and SW1 (point A).
Close SW1 and probe at relay.

Revision: 2010 November

GI-54

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT


< BASIC INSPECTION >
voltage: open is further down the circuit than the relay.
no voltage: open is between SW1 and relay (point B).
Close the relay and probe at the solenoid.
voltage: open is further down the circuit than the solenoid.
no voltage: open is between relay and solenoid (point C).
Any powered circuit can be diagnosed using the approach in the previous example.

GI

TESTING FOR SHORTS IN THE CIRCUIT


To simplify the discussion of shorts in the system, please refer to the following schematic.

SGI847-A

Resistance Check Method


Disconnect the battery negative cable and remove the blown fuse.
Disconnect all loads (SW1 open, relay disconnected and solenoid disconnected) powered through the fuse.
Connect one probe of the DMM to the load side of the fuse terminal. Connect the other probe to a known
good ground.
With SW1 open, check for continuity.
continuity: short is between fuse terminal and SW1 (point A).
no continuity: short is further down the circuit than SW1.
Close SW1 and disconnect the relay. Put probes at the load side of fuse terminal and a known good ground.
Then, check for continuity.
continuity: short is between SW1 and the relay (point B).
no continuity: short is further down the circuit than the relay.
Close SW1 and jump the relay contacts with jumper wire. Put probes at the load side of fuse terminal and a
known good ground. Then, check for continuity.
continuity: short is between relay and solenoid (point C).
no continuity: check solenoid, retrace steps.
Voltage Check Method
Remove the blown fuse and disconnect all loads (i.e. SW1 open, relay disconnected and solenoid disconnected) powered through the fuse.
Turn the power switch to the ON or START position. Verify battery voltage at the battery + side of the fuse
terminal (one lead on the battery + terminal side of the fuse block and one lead on a known good ground).
With SW1 open and the DMM leads across both fuse terminals, check for voltage.
voltage: short is between fuse block and SW1 (point A).
no voltage: short is further down the circuit than SW1.
With SW1 closed, relay and solenoid disconnected and the DMM leads across both fuse terminals, check for
voltage.
voltage: short is between SW1 and the relay (point B).
no voltage: short is further down the circuit than the relay.
With SW1 closed, relay contacts jumped with fused jumper wire check for voltage.
voltage: short is down the circuit of the relay or between the relay and the disconnected solenoid (point C).
no voltage: retrace steps and check power to fuse block.

GROUND INSPECTION
Ground connections are very important to the proper operation of electrical and electronic circuits. Ground
connections are often exposed to moisture, dirt and other corrosive elements. The corrosion (rust) can
become an unwanted resistance. This unwanted resistance can change the way a circuit works.
Electronically controlled circuits are very sensitive to proper grounding. A loose or corroded ground can
drastically affect an electronically controlled circuit. A poor or corroded ground can easily affect the circuit.
Even when the ground connection looks clean, there can be a thin film of rust on the surface.
When inspecting a ground connection follow these rules:
- Remove the ground bolt or screw.
Revision: 2010 November

GI-55

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT


< BASIC INSPECTION >
- Inspect all mating surfaces for tarnish, dirt, rust, etc.
- Clean as required to assure good contact.
- Reinstall bolt or screw securely.
- Inspect for add-on accessories which may be interfering with the ground circuit.
- If several wires are crimped into one ground eyelet terminal, check for proper crimps. Check all of the wires
are clean, securely fastened and providing a good ground path. If multiple wires are cased in one eyelet
check no ground wires have excess wire insulation.
For detailed ground distribution information, refer to Ground Distribution in PG section.

SGI853

VOLTAGE DROP TESTS


Voltage drop tests are often used to find components or circuits which have excessive resistance. A voltage
drop in a circuit is caused by a resistance when the circuit is in operation.
Check the wire in the illustration. When measuring resistance with DMM, contact by a single strand of wire
will give reading of 0 ohms. This would indicate a good circuit. When the circuit operates, this single strand
of wire is not able to carry the current. The single strand will have a high resistance to the current. This will
be picked up as a slight voltage drop.
Unwanted resistance can be caused by many situations as follows:
- Undersized wiring (single strand example)
- Corrosion on switch contacts
- Loose wire connections or splices.
If repairs are needed always use wire that is of the same or larger gauge.
Measuring Voltage Drop Accumulated Method
Connect the DMM across the connector or part of the circuit you want to check. The positive lead of the
DMM should be closer to power and the negative lead closer to ground.
Operate the circuit.
The DMM will indicate how many volts are being used to push current through that part of the circuit.

Revision: 2010 November

GI-56

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT


< BASIC INSPECTION >
Note in the illustration that there is an excessive 4.1 volt drop between the battery and the bulb.
GI

SGI974

Measuring Voltage Drop Step-by-Step


The step-by-step method is most useful for isolating excessive drops in low voltage systems (such as those
in Computer Controlled Systems).
Circuits in the Computer Controlled System operate on very low amperage.
The (Computer Controlled) system operations can be adversely affected by any variation in resistance in the
system. Such resistance variation may be caused by poor connection, improper installation, improper wire
gauge or corrosion.
The step by step voltage drop test can identify a component or wire with too much resistance.

M
SAIA0258E

CONTROL UNIT CIRCUIT TEST


System Description
When the switch is ON, the control unit lights up the lamp.

CASE 1
P

MGI034A

Revision: 2010 November

GI-57

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT


< BASIC INSPECTION >
INPUT-OUTPUT VOLTAGE CHART

Terminal No.
+

Description
Signal name

Body
ground

Switch

Body
ground

Lamp

Value (Approx.)

In case of high resistance such as single


strand (V) *

Switch ON

Battery voltage

Lower than battery voltage Approx. 8 (Example)

Switch OFF

0V

Switch ON

Battery voltage

Switch OFF

0V

Condition

Input/
Output
Input

Output

Approx. 0
Approx. 0 (Inoperative lamp)
Approx. 0

The voltage value is based on the body ground.


*: If high resistance exists in the switch side circuit (caused by a single strand), terminal 1 does not detect battery voltage. Control unit
does not detect the switch is ON even if the switch does not turn ON. Therefore, the control unit does not supply power to light up the
lamp.

CASE 2

MGI035A

INPUT-OUTPUT VOLTAGE CHART

Terminal No.
+

Description
Signal name

Condition

Input/
Output

Body
ground

Lamp

Output

Body
ground

Switch

Input

Value (Approx.)

Switch ON

0V

Switch OFF

Battery voltage

In case of high resistance such as single


strand (V) *
Battery voltage (Inoperative lamp)
Battery voltage

Switch ON

0V

Higher than 0 Approx. 4 (Example)

Switch OFF

5V

Approx. 5

The voltage value is based on the body ground.


*: If high resistance exists in the switch side circuit (caused by a single strand), terminal 2 does not detect approx. 0 V. Control unit
does not detect the switch is ON even if the switch does not turn ON. Therefore, the control unit does not control ground to light up the
lamp.

Revision: 2010 November

GI-58

LEAF

http://vnx.su

CONSULT/GST CHECKING SYSTEM


< BASIC INSPECTION >

CONSULT/GST CHECKING SYSTEM

GI

Description

INFOID:0000000006856142

When CONSULT/GST is connected with a data link connector (A)


equipped on the vehicle side, it will communicate with the control
unit equipped in the vehicle and then enable various kinds of diagnostic tests.
1

: Instrument lower panel LH

Refer to CONSULT Software Operation Manual for more information.

JSAIA1464ZZ

CONSULT Function and System Application*1

INFOID:0000000006918515

FUNCTION
Mode

Function

All DTC Reading

Display all DTCs or diagnostic items that all ECUs are recording and judging.

Work Support

This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately.

Self Diagnostic Results

Retrieve DTC from ECU and display diagnostic items.

Data Monitor

Monitor the input/output signal of the control unit in real time.

CAN Diagnosis

This mode displays a network diagnosis result about CAN by diagram.

CAN Diagnosis Support Monitor

It monitors the status of CAN communication.

Active Test

Send the drive signal from CONSULT to the actuator.The operation check can be performed.

DTC & SRT confirmation

The status of system monitoring tests and the self-diagnosis status/result can be confirmed.

ECU Identification

Display the ECU identification number (part number etc.) of the selected system.

Configuration

Function to READ/WRITE vehicle configuration.

Special Function

Other results or histories, etc. that are recorded in ECU are displayed.

SYSTEM APPLICATION*1

Configuration

ECU Identification

DTC & SRT confirmation

CAN Diagnosis

Data Monitor

Self Diagnostic Results

Active Test

CAN Diagnosis Support Monitor

AIR BAG

Work Support

System

All DTC Reading

BCM

IPDM E/R

EPS

MULTI AV

HVAC

GI-59

METER / M&A

Revision: 2010 November

LEAF

http://vnx.su

CONSULT/GST CHECKING SYSTEM

All DTC Reading

Work Support

Self Diagnostic Results

Data Monitor

CAN Diagnosis

CAN Diagnosis Support Monitor

Active Test

DTC & SRT confirmation

ECU Identification

Configuration

< BASIC INSPECTION >

ABS

TCU

HV BAT

EV/HEV

CHARGER

MOTOR CONTROL

SHIFT

HEADLAMP LEVELIZER

BRAKE

EHS/PKB

VSP

System

x: Applicable
*1 : If GST application is equipped, functions in accordance with SAE J1979 and ISO 15031-5 can be used.

CONSULT/GST Data Link Connector (DLC) Circuit

INFOID:0000000006856144

INSPECTION PROCEDURE
If the CONSULT/GST cannot diagnose the system properly, check the following items.
Symptom

Check item

CONSULT/GST cannot access


any system.

CONSULT/GST DLC power supply circuit (Terminal 8 and 16) and ground circuit (Terminal 4 and 5)

CONSULT cannot access individual system. (Other systems


can be accessed.)

Power supply and ground circuit for the control unit of the system (For detailed circuit, refer to wiring
diagram for each system.)
Open or short circuit between the system and CONSULT DLC (For detailed circuit, refer to wiring
diagram for each system.)
Open or short circuit CAN communication line. Refer to LAN-15, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".

NOTE:
The DDL1 and DDL2 circuits from DLC pins 12, 13, 14 and 15 may be connected to more than one system. A
short in a DDL circuit connected to a control unit in one system may affect CONSULT access to other systems.
If the GST cannot operate properly, check the circuit based on the information of SAE J1962 and ISO 150313.

Revision: 2010 November

GI-60

LEAF

http://vnx.su

CONSULT/GST CHECKING SYSTEM


< BASIC INSPECTION >

Wiring Diagram - CONSULT/GST CHECKING SYSTEM -

INFOID:0000000006856145

GI

P
JCAWA0254GB

Revision: 2010 November

GI-61

LEAF

http://vnx.su

CONSULT/GST CHECKING SYSTEM


< BASIC INSPECTION >

JCAWA0255GB

Revision: 2010 November

GI-62

LEAF

http://vnx.su

CONSULT/GST CHECKING SYSTEM


< BASIC INSPECTION >
GI

O
JCAWA0256GB

Revision: 2010 November

GI-63

LEAF

http://vnx.su

CONSULT/GST CHECKING SYSTEM


< BASIC INSPECTION >

JCAWA0257GB

Revision: 2010 November

GI-64

LEAF

http://vnx.su

CONSULT/GST CHECKING SYSTEM


< BASIC INSPECTION >
GI

O
JCAWA0258GB

Revision: 2010 November

GI-65

LEAF

http://vnx.su

CONSULT/GST CHECKING SYSTEM


< BASIC INSPECTION >

JCAWA0259GB

Revision: 2010 November

GI-66

LEAF

http://vnx.su

INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT


< BASIC INSPECTION >

INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT


ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : Required Procedure After Battery Disconnection

GI

INFOID:0000000006918518

SYSTEM

ITEM
Temperature setting trimmer

HAC-55, "Temperature Setting Trimmer"

Foot position setting trimmer

HAC-56, "Foot Position Setting Trimmer"

Inlet port memory function


Automatic temperature control

REFERENCE

Inlet port Memory function (FRE)

HAC-56, "Inlet Port Memory Function


(FRE)"

Inlet port Memory Function (REC)

HAC-55, "Inlet Port Memory Function


(REC)"

Gas Sensor Sensitivity Adjustment Function

Auto Intake Switch Interlocking Movement Change

Clean Switch Interlocking Movement Change

Automatic drive positioner

Automatic drive positioner system

Power window control

Power window control system

Sunroof system

Sunroof system

Sunshade system

Sunshade system

Rear view monitor

Rear view monitor predictive course line center position


adjustment

Around view monitor*

Predictive conurse line center position adjustment

Automatic back door system

Automatic back door system

Engine oil level read

Engine oil level read

VCM timer set

VCM timer set

PWC-26, "Description"

EVC-99, "Description"

*: Not equipped.

Revision: 2010 November

GI-67

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ELECTRIC POWER TRAIN

SECTION

EVC

EV CONTROL SYSTEM

EVC

CONTENTS
PRECAUTION ............................................... 7
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 7
Precaution for Technicians Using Medical Electric...... 7
Point to Be Checked Before Starting Maintenance
Work .......................................................................... 7
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 7
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...... 8
Precaution for Removing 12V Battery ....................... 8
High Voltage Precautions .......................................... 8
General Precautions ............................................... 10

PREPARATION ........................................... 13
PREPARATION ..................................................13
Commercial Service Tools ...................................... 13

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ............................. 14


COMPONENT PARTS .......................................14
Component Parts Location ...................................... 14
VCM ........................................................................ 16
M/C Relay ............................................................... 16
F/S Relay ................................................................ 16
F/S CHG Relay ....................................................... 16
SSOFF Relay .......................................................... 17
A/C Relay ................................................................ 17
System Main Relay 1 .............................................. 17
System Main Relay 2 .............................................. 17
Pre-charge Relay .................................................... 17
Reverse Lamp Relay ............................................... 17
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor .......................... 17
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor ................................... 17
Stop Lamp Switch ................................................... 18
ASCD Steering Switch ............................................ 18
ASCD Brake Switch ................................................ 18
DC/DC Junction Box ............................................... 18
Battery Current Sensor (With Battery Temperature Sensor) ............................................................ 19

Revision: 2010 November

Coolant Temperature Sensor ..................................19


Electric Water Pump ................................................20
Cooling Fan Control Module ....................................20
Combination Meter ..................................................20
Warning/Indicator Lamp ..........................................21
ECO Indicator ..........................................................23
Information Display ..................................................23
Approaching Vehicle Sound for Pedestrians
(VSP) .......................................................................24
High Voltage Warning Label ....................................24

SYSTEM ............................................................ 25
ELECTRIC POWER TRAIN SYSTEM .......................25
ELECTRIC POWER TRAIN SYSTEM : System
Description ...............................................................25
ELECTRIC POWER TRAIN SYSTEM : Schematic
....26

EV SYSTEM START UP CONTROL .........................30


EV SYSTEM START UP CONTROL : System Description ...................................................................31

HIGH VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY CONTROL .......33


HIGH VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY CONTROL :
System Description ..................................................34

MOTOR POWER CONTROL .....................................34


MOTOR POWER CONTROL : System Description ...........................................................................35

MOTOR REGENERATION CONTROL .....................36


MOTOR REGENERATION CONTROL : System
Description ...............................................................36

LI-ION BATTERY CHARGE CONTROL ...................36


LI-ION BATTERY CHARGE CONTROL : System
Description ...............................................................36
LI-ION BATTERY CHARGE CONTROL : Normal
Charge Control ........................................................37
LI-ION BATTERY CHARGE CONTROL : Quick
Charge Control ........................................................38

EVC-1

LEAF

http://vnx.su

HIGH VOLTAGE SYSTEM COOLING CONTROL ... 39


HIGH VOLTAGE SYSTEM COOLING CONTROL
: System Description ............................................... 39
AIR CONDITIONER CONTROL ................................ 43
AIR CONDITIONER CONTROL : System Description .................................................................. 43

Work Flow ............................................................... 94


Diagnostic Work Sheet ........................................... 96

ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING


12V BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL ............ 99
Description .............................................................. 99
Work Procedure ...................................................... 99

POWER VOLTAGE VARIABLE CONTROL SYSTEM ........................................................................... 44


POWER VOLTAGE VARIABLE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description ...................................... 44

ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING


VCM .................................................................. 100

AUTOMATIC 12V BATTERY CHARGE CONTROL


... 44
AUTOMATIC 12V BATTERY CHARGE CONTROL : System Description .................................... 45

ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING .............................................. 102

POWER CUT OFF CONTROL .................................. 45


POWER CUT OFF CONTROL : System Description .......................................................................... 45
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)... 46
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Description ....................................... 46
ECO INDICATOR CONTROL ................................... 46
ECO INDICATOR CONTROL : System Description .......................................................................... 47
CAN COMMUNICATION ........................................... 47
CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description ...... 48

OPERATION ...................................................... 49
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)... 49
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : Switch Name and Function ........................... 49

Description ............................................................ 100


Work Procedure .................................................... 100

Description ............................................................ 102


Work Procedure .................................................... 102

LI-ION BATTERY GRADUAL CAPACITY


LOSS DATA CLEAR ........................................ 103
Description ............................................................ 103
Work Procedure .................................................... 103

LI-ION BATTERY JUNCTION BOX DATA


CLEAR .............................................................. 104
Description ............................................................ 104
Work Procedure .................................................... 104

WRITE VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER


DATA ................................................................ 105
Description ............................................................ 105
Work Procedure .................................................... 105

LOAD BATTERY IDENTIFICATION DATA ..... 106


Description ............................................................ 106
Work Procedure .................................................... 106

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ..... 50

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ....................... 107

Diagnosis Description ............................................. 50


Counter System ...................................................... 50
DTC and Freeze Frame Data ................................. 50

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .... 107

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (VCM) ............................ 51


CONSULT Function ................................................ 51

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION .............. 60


VCM ................................................................... 60
Reference Value ..................................................... 60
Fail-Safe ................................................................. 73
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ................................. 76
DTC Index .............................................................. 78

WIRING DIAGRAM ..................................... 82


VCM ................................................................... 82

VCM ......................................................................... 107


VCM : Diagnosis Procedure .................................. 107

U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ........................... 109


Description ............................................................ 109
DTC Logic ............................................................. 109
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 109

U1010 CONTROL MODULE (CAN) ................. 110


DTC Logic ............................................................. 110
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 110

P0603 VCM ....................................................... 111


DTC Logic ............................................................. 111
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 111

Wiring Diagram ....................................................... 82

P0616 READY SIGNAL .................................... 112

BASIC INSPECTION ................................... 94

DTC Logic ............................................................. 112


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 112

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ........ 94


Revision: 2010 November

P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY .................. 114

EVC-2

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DTC Logic ............................................................. 114


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 114

P0A00 COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR


.. 116
DTC Logic ............................................................. 116
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 116
Component Inspection .......................................... 118

P0A08 DC/DC CONVERTER ........................... 119


DTC Logic ............................................................. 119
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 119

Component Inspection ........................................... 143

P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR .......... 145


DTC Logic .............................................................. 145
Component Function Check .................................. 145
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 145
Component Inspection ........................................... 147

P1556, P1557 BATTERY TEMPERATURE


EVC
SENSOR .......................................................... 149
DTC Logic .............................................................. 149
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 149
Component Inspection ........................................... 150

P0A0B HIGH VOLTAGE CONNECTOR INTERLOCK DETECT CIRCUIT .......................... 120

P155A BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR. 151

Description ............................................................ 120


DTC Logic ............................................................. 120
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 120

DTC Logic .............................................................. 151


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 151
Component Inspection ........................................... 152

P0A8D, P0A8E 12V BATTERY POWER SUPPLY ................................................................... 123

P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH ................. 153

DTC Logic .............................................................. 153


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 153
Component Inspection (ASCD STEERING
SWITCH) ............................................................... 154

P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH ...................... 156

DTC Logic ............................................................. 123


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 123

P0A8F 12V BATTERY POWER SUPPLY ....... 124


DTC Logic ............................................................. 124
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 124

P0A94 DC/DC CONVERTER ........................... 125


DTC Logic ............................................................. 125
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 125

P0AA0 SYSTEM MAIN RELAY + .................... 126

DTC Logic .............................................................. 156


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 157
Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch) ....... 160
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) .......... 160

P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR ..... 161

DTC Logic ............................................................. 126


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 126

Description ............................................................. 161


DTC Logic .............................................................. 161
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 161

P0AA1 SYSTEM MAIN RELAY + .................... 128

P1805 BRAKE SWITCH ................................. 162

DTC Logic ............................................................. 128


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 128

DTC Logic .............................................................. 162


Component Function Check .................................. 162
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 162
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) .......... 163

P0AA2 SYSTEM MAIN RELAY + .................... 130


DTC Logic ............................................................. 130
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 130

P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR ......................... 165

DTC Logic ............................................................. 132


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 132

DTC Logic .............................................................. 165


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 165
Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor) ........................................................... 167

P0AA5 SYSTEM MAIN RELAY - ..................... 134

P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR ......................... 168

P0AA4 SYSTEM MAIN RELAY - ..................... 132

DTC Logic ............................................................. 134


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 134

P0AA6 HIGH VOLTAGE SYSTEM ISOLATION ................................................................. 136


Description ............................................................ 136
DTC Logic ............................................................. 136
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 136

P1550, P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT


SENSOR ........................................................... 141
DTC Logic ............................................................. 141
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 141

Revision: 2010 November

DTC Logic .............................................................. 168


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 168
Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor) ........................................................... 170

P2138 APP SENSOR ...................................... 171


DTC Logic .............................................................. 171
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 171
Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor) ........................................................... 172

P3100 EV SYSTEM CAN COMMUNICATION . 173

EVC-3

LEAF

http://vnx.su

Description .............................................................173
DTC Logic ..............................................................173
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................173

P316F ON-BOARD CHARGER ........................ 197

P3101 VCM ...................................................... 175

P3172, P3173 ON-BOARD CHARGER ........... 198

DTC Logic ..............................................................175


Diagnosis Procedure .............................................175

DTC Logic ............................................................. 198


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 198

P3102 LI-ION BATTERY ................................. 176

P3175 VCM ....................................................... 199

Description .............................................................176
DTC Logic ..............................................................176
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................176

DTC Logic ............................................................. 199


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 199

DTC Logic ............................................................. 197


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 197

P311C HIGH VOLTAGE CIRCUIT .................. 177

P3176 TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER CONDENSER ........................................................... 200

DTC Logic ..............................................................177


Diagnosis Procedure .............................................177

DTC Logic ............................................................. 200


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 200

P312A EV SYSTEM CAN COMMUNICATION. 180

P3177 ECU ACTIVATION ERROR .................. 202

Description .............................................................180
DTC Logic ..............................................................180
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................181

DTC Logic ............................................................. 202

P312B EV SYSTEM RESTART ERROR ......... 182

TYPE 1 ..................................................................... 202


TYPE 1 : Diagnosis Procedure ............................. 202

DTC Logic ..............................................................182


Diagnosis Procedure .............................................182

TYPE 2 ..................................................................... 203


TYPE 2 : Diagnosis Procedure ............................. 203

P312C, P3130 TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER CONDENSER DISCHARGE ERROR ........ 184

TYPE 3 ..................................................................... 203


TYPE 3 : Diagnosis Procedure ............................. 203

DTC Logic ..............................................................184


Diagnosis Procedure .............................................184

P3178 ECU ACTIVATION ERROR .................. 205

P312D QUICK CHARGE ERROR ................... 186

DTC Logic ............................................................. 205


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 205

DTC Logic ..............................................................186


Diagnosis Procedure .............................................186

P3179, P317A, P317B TRACTION MOTOR


INVERTER ........................................................ 207

P312E READY OFF ERROR ........................... 187

DTC Logic ............................................................. 207


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 207

DTC Logic ..............................................................187


Diagnosis Procedure .............................................187

P312F CHARGE OFF ERROR ........................ 189


DTC Logic ..............................................................189
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................189

P3131 SYSTEM SHUTOFF ERROR ............... 191


DTC Logic ..............................................................191
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................191

P3137 AIR BAG INFLATION ........................... 193


DTC Logic ..............................................................193
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................193

P315C CHARGE RELAY ................................. 194


DTC Logic ..............................................................194
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................194

P315E ABS/VDC ............................................. 195


DTC Logic ..............................................................195
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................195

P316A MOTOR SPEED ................................... 196


DTC Logic ..............................................................196
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................196

Revision: 2010 November

P317D TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER .......... 208


DTC Logic ............................................................. 208
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 208

P317E, P3180, P3182 LI-ION BATTERY ......... 209


DTC Logic ............................................................. 209
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 209

P3183 LI-ION BATTERY .................................. 210


DTC Logic ............................................................. 210
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 210

P3188 ELECTRIC SHIFT ................................. 211


DTC Logic ............................................................. 211
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 211

P318A ELECTRIC SHIFT ................................. 212


DTC Logic ............................................................. 212
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 212

P318B ELECTRIC SHIFT ................................. 213


DTC Logic ............................................................. 213
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 213

P318D CAN COMMUNICATION ...................... 214

EVC-4

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DTC Logic ............................................................. 214


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 214

P31C0 ON-BOARD CHARGER ...................... 228


DTC Logic .............................................................. 228
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 228

P3191, P319C, P31A7 EV SYSTEM CAN


COMMUNICATION ........................................... 215

P31C1, P31C2 TCU ........................................ 230

DTC Logic ............................................................. 215


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 215

DTC Logic .............................................................. 230


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 230

P3193, P319E, P31A9 EV SYSTEM CAN


COMMUNICATION ........................................... 216
DTC Logic ............................................................. 216
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 216

DTC Logic .............................................................. 231


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 231

P31C5, P31C6, P31C7 VCM ........................... 232


DTC Logic .............................................................. 232
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 232

DTC Logic ............................................................. 217


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 217

P31C8. P31C9 NORMAL CHARGE RELAY .. 233

DTC Logic ............................................................. 218


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 218

P3196, P31A1, P31AE EV SYSTEM CAN


COMMUNICATION ........................................... 219
DTC Logic ............................................................. 219
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 219

P3197, P31A2, P31AD EV SYSTEM CAN


COMMUNICATION ........................................... 220
DTC Logic ............................................................. 220
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 220

P31AF, P31B3 EV SYSTEM CAN COMMUNICATION ............................................................ 221


DTC Logic ............................................................. 221
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 221

P31B0, P31B4 CAN COMMUNICATION ......... 222


DTC Logic ............................................................. 222
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 222

P31B5 CAN COMMUNICATION ...................... 223


DTC Logic ............................................................. 223
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 223

P31B6 CAN COMMUNICATION ...................... 224


DTC Logic ............................................................. 224
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 224

P31B7 CAN COMMUNICATION ...................... 225


DTC Logic ............................................................. 225
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 225

P31B8 EV SYSTEM CAN COMMUNICATION.. 226

DTC Logic .............................................................. 233


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 233
DTC Logic .............................................................. 236
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 236

P31D4 PRE-CHARGE RELAY ....................... 238


DTC Logic .............................................................. 238
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 238

P31D5 PRE-CHARGE RELAY ....................... 239


DTC Logic .............................................................. 239
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 239

P31D6 F/S RELAY .......................................... 241

DTC Logic .............................................................. 241


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 241

P31D7 F/S RELAY .......................................... 242

DTC Logic .............................................................. 242


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 242

P31DB SYSTEM MAIN RELAY + ................... 244

DTC Logic .............................................................. 244


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 244

P31DC SYSTEM MAIN RELAY - .................... 246


DTC Logic .............................................................. 246
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 246

P31DD PRE-CHARGE RELAY ....................... 248


DTC Logic .............................................................. 248
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 248

P31DE SYSTEM MAIN RELAY ...................... 249


DTC Logic .............................................................. 249
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 249

P31E0 HIGH VOLTAGE CIRCUIT INTERLOCK ERROR ................................................. 251

P31B9 CAN COMMUNICATION ...................... 227

Description ............................................................. 251


DTC Logic .............................................................. 251
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 251

Revision: 2010 November

P31CA. P31CB QUICK CHARGE RELAY ..... 236

DTC Logic ............................................................. 226


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 226
DTC Logic ............................................................. 227
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 227

P31C4 VCM TIMER ......................................... 231 EVC

P3194, P319F, P31AA CAN COMMUNICATION ................................................................. 217

P3195, P31A0, P31AB CAN COMMUNICATION ................................................................. 218

EVC-5

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31E1 HIGH VOLTAGE CIRCUIT INTERLOCK ERROR ................................................. 256


Description .............................................................256
DTC Logic ..............................................................256
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................256

P31E2 HIGH VOLTAGE CIRCUIT INTERLOCK ERROR ................................................. 259


Description .............................................................259
DTC Logic ..............................................................259
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................259

P31E7 RESTART INHIBITION ........................ 261


Description .............................................................261

P31E8 WATER PUMP 1 .................................. 262


DTC Logic ..............................................................262
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................262

COOLING FAN ................................................. 277


Component Function Check ................................. 277
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 277
Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor) ......... 279
Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Relay) ......... 280

M/C RELAY ...................................................... 281


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 281
Component Inspection (M/C Relay) ...................... 283

F/S CHG RELAY .............................................. 284


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 284
Component Inspection (F/S CHG Relay) .............. 286

SSOFF RELAY ................................................. 287


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 287
Component Inspection (SSOFF Relay) ................ 289

REVERSE LAMP RELAY ................................. 290

DTC Logic ..............................................................264


Diagnosis Procedure .............................................264

Component Function Check ................................. 290


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 290
Component Inspection (Reverse Lamp Relay) ..... 292

P31EA WATER PUMP 2 ................................. 265

A/C RELAY ....................................................... 294

DTC Logic ..............................................................265


Diagnosis Procedure .............................................265

Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 294


Component Inspection (A/C Relay) ...................... 296

P31EB WATER PUMP 2 ................................. 267

CHARGING STATUS INDICATOR .................. 297

DTC Logic ..............................................................267


Diagnosis Procedure .............................................267

Component Function Check ................................. 297


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 297

P31EC WATER PUMP 1 ................................. 268

IMMEDIATE CHARGING SWITCH .................. 300

DTC Logic ..............................................................268


Diagnosis Procedure .............................................268

Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 300


Component Inspection (Immediate Charging
Switch) .................................................................. 302

P31E9 WATER PUMP 1 .................................. 264

P31ED WATER PUMP 2 ................................. 269


DTC Logic ..............................................................269
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................269

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ........................... 303

P31EE REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR .................................................................. 270

Symptom Table ..................................................... 303

DTC Logic ..............................................................270


Diagnosis Procedure .............................................270

EV CONTROL SYSTEM ................................... 303

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 307


DC/DC-J/B ........................................................ 307

DTC Logic ..............................................................273


Diagnosis Procedure .............................................273

Exploded View ...................................................... 307


Removal and Installation ....................................... 307
Inspection .............................................................. 314

P31F2 AV INFORMATION MISMATCH .......... 275

VCM .................................................................. 315

P31F0 DC/DC CONVERTER ........................... 273

DTC Logic ..............................................................275


Diagnosis Procedure .............................................275

Revision: 2010 November

Exploded View ...................................................... 315


Removal and Installation ....................................... 315

EVC-6

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >

PRECAUTION

PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Technicians Using Medical Electric

INFOID:0000000007071848

OPERATION PROHIBITION
WARNING:
EVC
Parts with strong magnet is used in this vehicle.
Technicians using a medical electric device such as pacemaker must never perform operation on the
vehicle, as magnetic field can affect the device function by approaching to such parts.
D

NORMAL CHARGE PRECAUTION


WARNING:
If a technician uses a medical electric device such as an implantable cardiac pacemaker or an
implantable cardioverter defibrillator, the possible effects on the devices must be checked with the
device manufacturer before starting the charge operation.
As radiated electromagnetic wave generated by on board charger at normal charge operation may
effect medical electric devices, a technician using a medical electric device such as implantable cardiac pacemaker or an implantable cardioverter defibrillator must not enter the vehicle compartment
(including luggage room) during normal charge operation.

Precaution at telematics system operation


WARNING:
If a technician uses implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD),
avoid the device implanted part from approaching within approximately 220 mm (8.66 in) from interior/exterior antenna.
The electromagnetic wave of TCU might affect the function of the implantable cardiac pacemaker or
the implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), when using the service, etc.
If a technician uses other medical electric devices than implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator(ICD), the electromagnetic wave of TCU might affect the function of the
device. The possible effects on the devices must be checked with the device manufacturer before
TCU use.

Precaution at intelligent key system operation


WARNING:
If a technician uses implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD),
avoid the device implanted part from approaching within approximately 220 mm (8.66 in) from interior/exterior antenna.
The electromagnetic wave of intelligent key might affect the function of the implantable cardiac
pacemaker or the implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), at door operation, at each request
switch operation, or at engine starting.
If a technician uses other medical electric devices than implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), the electromagnetic wave of intelligent key might affect the function of the device. The possible effects on the devices must be checked with the device
manufacturer before intelligent key use.

Point to Be Checked Before Starting Maintenance Work

Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"

INFOID:0000000007080038

The Supplemental Restraint System such as AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS

EVC-7

INFOID:0000000007079401

The high voltage system may starts automatically. It is required to check that the timer air conditioner
and timer charge (during EVSE connection) are not set before starting maintenance work.
NOTE:
If the timer air conditioner or timer charge (during EVSE connection) is set, the high voltage system starts
automatically even when the power switch is in OFF state.

Revision: 2010 November

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS AIR BAG and SEAT BELT of this
Service Manual.
WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see SRS AIR BAG.
Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors.

PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS


WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
power switch ON, never use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer.
Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious
injury.
When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the power switch OFF, disconnect
the 12V battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.

Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover

INFOID:0000000006977077

When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc to prevent damage to
windshield.

PIIB3706J

Precaution for Removing 12V Battery

INFOID:0000000006977078

When removing the 12V battery, turn ON/OFF the power switch and check that the charging status indicator
does not blink. The 12V battery must be removed within one hour after checking the indicator lamp.
NOTE:
The automatic 12V battery charge control may start even when the power switch is in OFF state.
The automatic 12V battery charge control does not start within approximately one hour when the power
switch is turned ON/OFF.

High Voltage Precautions

INFOID:0000000006977079

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-8

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >
Be sure to wear insulating protective equipment consisting of glove, shoes and face shield before
beginning work on the high voltage system.
A
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
B
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while the
service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed to do
EVC
so in the Service Manual.

HIGH VOLTAGE HARNESS AND EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION


The colors of the high voltage harnesses and connectors are all orange. Orange "High Voltage" labels are
applied to the Li-ion battery and other high voltage devices. Do not carelessly touch these harnesses and
parts.

HANDLING OF HIGH VOLTAGE HARNESS AND TERMINALS

Immediately insulate disconnected high voltage connectors and terminals with insulating tape.

REGULATIONS ON WORKERS WITH MEDICAL ELECTRONICS


WARNING:
The vehicle contains parts that contain powerful magnets. If a person who is wearing a pacemaker or
other medical device is close to these parts, the medical device may be affected by the magnets. Such
persons must not perform work on the vehicle.

PROHIBITED ITEMS TO CARRY DURING THE WORK


Because this vehicle uses components that contain high voltage and powerful magnetism, due not carry any
metal products which may cause short circuits, or any magnetic media (cash cards, prepaid cards, etc.) which
may be damaged on your person when working.

POSTING A SIGN OF DANGER! HIGH VOLTAGE AREA. KEEP OUT


I

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-9

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >
To call the attention of other workers, indicate "High voltage work in progress. Do not touch!" on vehicles
where work is being performed on the high voltage systems.

JSAIA1600GB

General Precautions

INFOID:0000000006977080

Never disassemble VCM and DC/DC junction box.


If the 12V battery is disconnected, the diagnostic information will be lost within 3 minutes.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-10

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >
When connecting or disconnecting harness connectors into
or from VCM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or
break).
Check that there are not any bends or breaks on VCM pin terminal, when connecting harness connectors.

EVC
PBIB0090E

After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC


confirmation procedure or Component Function Check.
The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC Confirmation
Procedure if the repair is completed. The Component Function Check should be a good result if the repair is completed.

G
JSCIA0026ZZ

When measuring ECU signals with a circuit tester, never allow


the two tester probes to contact.
Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and
damage the ECU power transistor.

N
JMCIA0152GB

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-11

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >
When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure to
observe the following as it may adversely affect electronic
control systems depending on installation location.
- Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic control units.
- Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away
from the harness of electronic controls.
Do not let them run parallel for a long distance.
- Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standing-wave
radio can be kept smaller.
- Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-12

SEF708Y

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PREPARATION
< PREPARATION >

PREPARATION

PREPARATION
Commercial Service Tools

INFOID:0000000006977081

Tool name

Description

Insulated gloves
[Guaranteed insulation performance
for 1000V/300A]

EVC

Removing and installing high voltage components

E
JMCIA0149ZZ

F
Leather gloves
[Use leather gloves that can fasten
the wrist tight]

Removing and installing high voltage


components
Protect insulated gloves

JPCIA0066ZZ

Removing and installing high voltage components

Insulated safety shoes

JPCIA0011ZZ

Removing and installing high voltage


components
To protect eye from the spatter on the
work to electric line

Safety glasses
[ANSI Z87.1]

L
JPCIA0012ZZ

M
Removing and installing high voltage components

Insulated helmet

JPCIA0013ZZ

Insulation resistance tester (Multi


tester)

Measuring voltage and insulation resistance

JPCIA0014ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-13

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
COMPONENT PARTS
Component Parts Location

INFOID:0000000006977082

MOTOR ROOM COMPARTMENT

JSCIA0288ZZ

A.

Radiator assembly

B.

Cooling fan assembly

C:

Front fender protector LH remove


condition

Component Parts Description


No.

Component parts

Function

F/S relay (IPDM E/R)

EVC-16, "F/S Relay"

Battery Current Sensor (With Battery Temperature Sensor)

EVC-19, "Battery Current Sensor (With Battery Temperature Sensor)"

M/C relay

EVC-16, "M/C Relay"

Reverse lamp relay

EVC-17, "Reverse Lamp Relay"

Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit

BR-10, "Electrically-driven Intelligent Brake"

DC/DC-J/B

EVC-18, "DC/DC Junction Box"

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-14

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
No.

Component parts

Function

Traction Motor Inverter

TMS-12, "Traction Motor Inverter"

Electric water pump 1

EVC-20, "Electric Water Pump"

F/S CHG relay

EVC-16, "F/S CHG Relay"

10

A/C relay

EVC-17, "A/C Relay"

11

12V battery

PG-8, "12V Battery"

12

Refrigerant pressure sensor

EVC-17, "Refrigerant Pressure Sensor"

13

SSOFF relay (IPDM E/R)

EVC-17, "SSOFF Relay"

14

Water temperature sensor

EVC-19, "Coolant Temperature Sensor"

15

Cooling fan control module

EVC-20, "Cooling Fan Control Module"

16

Electric water pump 2

EVC-20, "Electric Water Pump"

EVC

BODY COMPARTMENT

JSCIA0289ZZ

A.

Li-ion battery junction box

D.

Accelerator pedal upper part

Revision: 2010 November

B.

Grove box cover is removed.

EVC-15

C:

Brake pedal upper part

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
Component Parts Description
No.

Component parts

Function

On-board charger

VC-9, "On-board Charger"

Li-ion battery controller

EVB-12, "Li-ion Battery Controller"

TCU (telematics communication unit)

AV-143, "TCU"

VSP control unit

VSP-8, "Approaching Vehicle Sound For Pedestrians


(VSP) Control Unit"

Charging status indicator

VC-11, "Charging Status Indicator"

ASCD steering switch

EVC-18, "ASCD Steering Switch"

Combination meter

EVC-20, "Combination Meter"

Immediate charging switch

VC-10, "Immediate Charging Switch"

Electric shift control module

TM-27, "Electric Shift Control Module"

10

A/C auto amp.

HAC-12, "A/C Auto Amp."

11

System main relay 2

EVC-17, "System Main Relay 2"

12

Pre-charge relay

EVC-17, "Pre-charge Relay"

13

System main relay 1

EVC-17, "System Main Relay 1"

14

VCM (vehicle control module)

EVC-16, "VCM"

15

Stop lamp switch

EVC-18, "Stop Lamp Switch"

16

ASCD brake switch

EVC-18, "ASCD Brake Switch"

17

Accelerator pedal position sensor

EVC-17, "Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor"

VCM

INFOID:0000000006977083

VCM (Vehicle control module) judges the vehicle status according to


signals from various sensors and ECUs, and VCM controls EV system in a comprehensive manner. VCM also has a gateway function
for EV system CAN communication and CAN communication, which
enables communication between an ECU performing EV system
CAN communication and an ECU performing CAN communication.

JSCIA0078ZZ

M/C Relay

INFOID:0000000006977084

The M/C (motor control) relay supplies the main power to the EV system. VCM activates the M/C relay and
supplies power to the EV system when the EV system needs to be started.

F/S Relay

INFOID:0000000006977085

The F/S (fail-safe) relay supplies the driving power for the system main relay inside the Li-ion battery. VCM
activates the F/S relay to make the system main relay controllable when the system is set to READY or when
the battery is charged.
When VCM detects a malfunction in the EV system and judges that the system main relay must be deactivated, VCM deactivates the F/S relay to shut off the system main relay driving power.

F/S CHG Relay

INFOID:0000000006977086

The F/S CHG (fail-safe charge) relay supplies the driving power for the quick charge relay inside the DC/DC
junction box. When VCM recognizes a quick charge start, VCM activates the F/S CHG relay to make the quick
charge relay operable. During driving, F/S CHG relay remains OFF so that the quick charge relay is not activated.
Revision: 2010 November

EVC-16

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

SSOFF Relay

INFOID:0000000006977087

The SSOFF (self shutoff) relay supplies power to VCM and the coil of the A/C relay. The SSOFF relay is controlled by VCM so that VCM can shut off VCM power (self shutoff).

A/C Relay

INFOID:0000000006977088

The A/C (air conditioner) relay supplies power to the air conditioner system. VCM activates the A/C relay to
supply power to the air conditioner system when the power is turned on or an air conditioner operation request EVC
signal is received.

System Main Relay 1

INFOID:0000000006977089

The system main relay 1 is integrated in the Li-ion battery and controlled by VCM. The system main relay 1
connects and disconnects the high-voltage circuit (+) side and Li-ion battery.
If the pre-charge to the inverter condenser is complete while high voltage power is supplied, VCM activates
the system main relay 1 to supply power from the Li-ion battery to the EV system. Also when charging, VCM
activates the system main relay 1 to supply power from an external charger to the Li-ion battery.

System Main Relay 2

INFOID:0000000006977090

The system main relay 2 is integrated in the Li-ion battery and controlled by VCM. The system main relay 2
connects and disconnects the high-voltage circuit (-) side and Li-ion battery. When high voltage power is supplied, VCM activates the system main relay 2 to supply power from the Li-ion battery to the EV system. When
charging, power from an external charger is supplied from the system main relay 2 to the Li-ion battery.

Pre-charge Relay

INFOID:0000000006977091

The pre-charge relay is integrated in the Li-ion battery and controlled by VCM. When high voltage power is
required, VCM activates the pre-charge relay before activating the system main relay to prevent abrupt application of high voltage.

Reverse Lamp Relay

INFOID:0000000006977092

When VCM receives a reverse range information from the electric shift control module, VCM activates the
reverse lamp relay to turn on the reverse lamp.

Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor

INFOID:0000000006977093

The accelerator pedal sensor is integrated with the accelerator


pedal. This sensor is a potentiometer that detects the acceleration
pedal stroke, converts it to a voltage signal, and transmits the signal
to VCM. The sensor transmits its signals through dual lines, providing a minimum driving function even if either line malfunctions.
Upon a POWER ON cycle, VCM learns the full close position of the
acceleration pedal from the accelerator pedal position sensor signal.

N
PBIB1741E

Refrigerant Pressure Sensor

INFOID:0000000006977094

The refrigerant pressure sensor is installed at the liquid tank of the air conditioner system. The sensor uses an
electrostatic volume pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. VCM calculates refrigerant

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-17

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
pressure based on the voltage and sends a refrigerant pressure signal to the A/C amp. Furthermore, VCM
uses the voltage signal to the cooling fan control.

PBIB2657E

Stop Lamp Switch

INFOID:0000000006977095

The stop lamp switch is installed to the brake pedal bracket. The
switch detects state of the brake pedal and transmits an ON/OFF
signal to VCM.
The contact of the stop lamp switch is usually open. When the brake
pedal is depressed, it closes and the stop lamp switch signal is
transmitted as a voltage signal.

JSBIA0308ZZ

ASCD Steering Switch

INFOID:0000000006977096

ASCD steering switch has various values of electrical resistance for each button. VCM reads voltage variation
of switch, and determines which button is operated.

ASCD Brake Switch

INFOID:0000000006977097

The ASCD brake switch is installed to the brake pedal bracket. The
switch detects state of the brake pedal and transmits an ON/OFF
signal to VCM.
The contact of the ASCD brake switch is usually closed. When the
brake pedal is depressed, it opens to disconnect the circuit, and shut
off the output voltage. This constitutes an ASCD brake switch signal.

JSBIA0308ZZ

DC/DC Junction Box

INFOID:0000000006977098

The DC/DC junction box integrates a DC/DC converter to supply


electric power to the 12 V power system and charge the 12V battery
in addition to distributing high voltage power from the Li-ion battery
to systems.
The DC/DC junction box has a normal charge relay and a quick
charge relay so that the circuits are changed over according to the
charge mode.
The DC/DC junction box has an internal cooling fin used to cool the
DC/DC converter by water cooling.
JSCIA0079ZZ

DC/DC CONVERTER
Revision: 2010 November

EVC-18

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
The DC/DC converter steps down the high voltage DC current of the Li-ion battery to a 12 V DC current, which
is used to supply power to the 12 V electrical system and charge the 12V battery. In addition, the DC/DC converter changes the output voltage according to VCM signals so that appropriate voltage is supplied depending
on the vehicle condition.

Battery Current Sensor (With Battery Temperature Sensor)

INFOID:0000000006977099

BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR


The battery current sensor is installed to the negative cable of the
battery. The battery current sensor detects the battery charge/discharge current and transmits signals to VCM. VCM judges the battery load based on these signals and controls the power generation
by converting the target generation voltage to a power generation
command signal and transmitting it to the DC/DC converter.
CAUTION:
Never connect the electrical component or the ground wire
directly to the battery terminal. The connection causes the malfunction of the power voltage variable control, and may cause
the battery discharge.

EVC

JPBIA3262ZZ

BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR


Battery temperature sensor is integrated in battery current sensor.
The sensor measures temperature around the battery.
This sensor uses a thermistor and its electrical resistance varies as the temperature varies. VCM detects a
voltage change caused by the change in electrical resistance.

<Reference data>

Temperature [C (F)]

Voltage (V)

Resistance (k)

25 (77)

3.333

1.9 - 2.1

90 (194)

0.969

0.222 - 0.258

K
SEF012P

Coolant Temperature Sensor

INFOID:0000000006977100

The coolant temperature sensor is detects the coolant temperature.


This sensor uses a thermistor that changes its electrical resistance
according to the temperature. VCM detects a voltage change
according to electrical resistance change.

O
JSCIA0285ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-19

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
<Reference value>

Coolant temperature [C (F)]

Voltage (V)

Resistance (k)

10 (14)

4.4

7.0 - 11.4

20 (68)

3.5

2.35 - 2.73

50 (122)

2.2

0.68 - 1.00

90 (194)

0.9

0.236 - 0.260

SEF012P

Electric Water Pump

INFOID:0000000006977101

The electric water pump (1) feeds coolant by pressure, which circulates in the high voltage system cooling circuit. The high voltage system cooling circuit includes two cooling pumps. They are controlled
by VCM independently so that the amount of pressure feed is
adjusted according to the vehicle speed and water temperature.
The electric water pump also integrates an interface circuit that monitors the pump function for any malfunction, and it transmits a malfunction signal to VCM if necessary.

JSCIA0046ZZ

Cooling Fan Control Module

INFOID:0000000006977102

The cooling fan control module is mounted on top of the cooling fan
and drives the cooling fan motor.
The cooling fan control module conducts communication between
VCM via the PWM communication. The cooling fan control module
drives the cooling fan motor so that the cooling fan speed is controlled in accordance with the control signal from VCM.

JSCIA0081ZZ

Combination Meter

INFOID:0000000006977103

JSCIA0068ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-20

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
VCM controls the following items inside the combination meter in addition to the warning lamps and indicator
lamps.

LI-ION BATTERY INFORMATION


Li-ion Battery Capacity Level Gauge (1)
VCM receives the Li-ion battery capacity signal from the Li-ion battery controller, and VCM transmits the signal
to the combination meter to display the maximum capacity of the Li-ion battery. When the capacity of the Li-ion
battery decreases with age and usage, the level of the gauge will also decrease.
Li-ion Battery Available Charge Gauge (2)
VCM receives the Li-ion battery available charge signal from the Li-ion battery controller, and VCM transmits
the signal to the combination meter to display the available Li-ion battery charge to run the vehicle.
Li-ion Battery Temperature Gauge (3)
VCM receives the Li-ion battery temperature signal from the Li-ion battery controller, and VCM transmits the
signal to the combination meter to display the Li-ion battery temperature.
Distance Range (4)
The driving range (km or miles) provides an estimated distance that the vehicle can be driven before recharging is necessary. The driving range is constantly being calculated, based on the amount of available Li-ion battery charge and the actual power consumption average.
VCM calculates average electricity consumption at a specified travel distance, according to total power consumption of the vehicle. Based on the average electricity consumption and a Li-ion battery available charge
signal received from the LI-ion battery, VCM calculates driving range and transmits a driving range signal to
the combination meter.

POWER METER

EVC

Maximum Power (5)


VCM receives a maximum motor output power signal from the traction motor inverter and a maximum regenerative power signal from the Li-ion battery controller. VCM transmits these signals to the combination meter
and displays the upper limit of available output power and regenerative electric power.

Current Motor Power (6)


VCM receives the current motor power signal from the traction motor inverter, and VCM transmits the signal to
the combination meter to display the power currently being output.

Warning/Indicator Lamp

INFOID:0000000006977104

VCM controls the following warning lamps and indicator lamps.

READY TO DRIVE INDICATOR LAMP

The READY to drive indicator lamp indicates that the vehicle is in a


state allowing vehicle travel. VCM transmits a READY to drive indicator lamp request signal to the combination meter via CAN communication to turn ON the READY to drive indicator lamp.
The READY to drive indicator lamp operates as follows.

Condition
A few seconds after operation of POWER ON to
READY.

Illumination status
Blink

READY

ON

Except above

OFF

JSCIA0024ZZ

EV SYSTEM WARNING LAMP

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-21

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
The EV system warning lamp turns ON if a malfunction occurs with
the EV system.
If VCM detects a malfunction or receives an EV system warning
lamp request signal from any of other ECUs, it transmits an EV system warning lamp request signal to the combination meter via CAN
communication.
The EV system warning lamp operates as per the following.
Condition

Illumination status
ON
(bulb check)

2 seconds after turn power switch ON


If malfunction is present in EV system *1

JSCIA0026ZZ

ON

POWER ON just after occurrence of malfunction in


EV system during charging (POWER OFF) *2

ON

Except above

OFF

*1: When the EV system warning lamp turns ON, it remains ON until the power switch is turned OFF. (Depending on diagnosis, the EV
system warning lamp may turns OFF soon after the system returns to normal.)
*2: Because the EV system warning lamp cannot turn ON during charging (POWER OFF), it turns ON at a next POWER ON cycle.

POWER LIMITATION INDICATOR LAMP


The output limit indicator turns on when the vehicle output is limited.
When the vehicle output is limited, VCM sends an output limit indicator ON request signal to the combination meter via CAN communication.
The power limitation indicator lamp operates as per the following.
Condition

Illumination status
ON
(bulb check)

2 seconds after POWER ON


When vehicle power is lowered

ON

Except above

OFF

JSCIA0027ZZ

LOW BATTERY CHARGE WARNING LAMP


The low battery charge warning lamp turns ON when the Li-ion battery remaining energy is lowered. When VCM detects that Li-ion battery remaining energy is approximately 4kWh or less, VCM transmits
a low battery charge warning lamp request signal to the combination
meter via CAN communication.
The low battery charge warning lamp operates as per the following.
Condition
When Li-ion battery remaining energy is Approx.
4kWh or less.
When Li-ion battery remaining energy recovers to
4.5 kWh or more while warning lamp is illuminating
Except above

Illumination status
ON
JSCIA0028ZZ

ON OFF
OFF

PLUG IN INDICATOR LAMP

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-22

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
The plug in indicator lamp turns ON when a charge connector is connected to the normal charge port or the quick charge port. VCM supplies power to the plug in indicator lamp in the combination meter to
turn on the lamp when VCM receives the EVSE connecting signal or
the quick charger connecting signal from on-board charger.
The plug in indicator lamp operates as per the following.
Condition
2 seconds after POWER ON
When charge connector is connected

Illumination status

EVC

ON
(bulb check)
ON

Charging

Blink

Except above

OFF

JSCIA0029ZZ

NOTE:
When the quick charge connector is connected, the indicator lamp is turned ON by turning ON the quick
charger start switch.
When EVSE is connected, the indicator lamp turns ON immediately. The indicator lamp turns OFF after the
lapse of 10 seconds with non-operating state.

12V BATTERY CHARGE WARNING LAMP


When DC/DC converter is malfunctioning, the 12V battery charge
warning lamp turns ON.
NOTE:
If the 12V battery voltage lowers during READY, the READY state
is also canceled.
If VCM judges that the vehicle is running (transmission in a position except P range and parking brake released) when the 12V
battery voltage lowers, it turns on the 12V battery charge warning
lamp and alerts the driver by sounding a buzzer.
The 12V battery charge warning lamp operates as per the following.

J
JSCIA0030ZZ

Condition
When turn power switch ON

Illumination status

ON (bulb
check)OFFON

When 12V battery voltage lowers

ON

Except above

OFF

ECO Indicator

INFOID:0000000006977105

The ECO indicator shows the instantaneous ECO drivability in the


instant ECO indicator (1) and the cumulative ECO drivability during 1
trip in the ECO tree (2).
For information regarding control, refer to EVC-47, "ECO INDICATOR CONTROL : System Description".

P
JSCIA0067ZZ

Information Display

INFOID:0000000006977106

Information necessary to control the information display is transmitted from each relevant control unit and
entered into the combination meter. Based on this information, warnings or information appears on the information display. VCM displays the following items.
Revision: 2010 November

EVC-23

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
Display item

Display content

Cruise set indicator

Displays the setting status of ASCD.

Shift position indicator

Displays the current shift position.

Remove charge connector warning

If a plug is connected to a charge port when a READY operation is


performed, a warning is issued.

DC/DC converter warning

Displays the voltage of 12V battery becomes lower.

Timer setting status

Displays the setting status of timer charge/timer air conditioner


stored in VCM.

Charging time

Displays the expected time till the target charge level is achieved
in VCM timer.

Charging timer setting confirmation

This shows the next scheduled time when timer charging will be
conducted.

A/C heater timer (Climate Ctrl. Timer) setting confirmation

This shows the next scheduled timer air conditioner time.

Approaching Vehicle Sound for Pedestrians (VSP)

INFOID:0000000006977107

VSP informs the user of various information by electronic sounds.


In the following cases, VCM transmits a operation signal to VSP.
Condition

Operation status

EVSE is connected to the normal charge port

Short beep (once)

When normal charging starts

Short beeps in sequence (twice)

High Voltage Warning Label

INFOID:0000000006977108

The high voltage warning label is stuck on the rear side (A) of DC/
DC-J/B.
: Direction of the label

When replacing DC/DC-J/B, make sure to stick it on original position.

JSCIA0131ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-24

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

SYSTEM

ELECTRIC POWER TRAIN SYSTEM


ELECTRIC POWER TRAIN SYSTEM : System Description

INFOID:0000000006977109

CONTROL OUTLINE
EV depends on electric power as the only source of power for system operation.
The power stored in the lithium-ion battery is supplied as high-voltage direct current to the high-voltage system EVC
while also being converted to 13-15 V by the DC/DC converter and supplied to the 12 V power system.
VCM judges the vehicle status from various information and performs various EV system controls in a comprehensive manner.
D
Main Control Contents of EV
Control

Reference

EV system start-up control

EVC-31, "EV SYSTEM START UP CONTROL : System Description"

High voltage power supply control

EVC-34, "HIGH VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY CONTROL : System


Description"

Motor power control

EVC-35, "MOTOR POWER CONTROL : System Description"

Motor regeneration control

EVC-36, "MOTOR REGENERATION CONTROL : System Description"

Li-ion battery charge control

EVC-36, "LI-ION BATTERY CHARGE CONTROL : System Description"

Cooperative Regenerative brake control

BR-12, "System Description"

High voltage system cooling control

EVC-39, "HIGH VOLTAGE SYSTEM COOLING CONTROL : System Description"

Air conditioner control

EVC-43, "AIR CONDITIONER CONTROL : System Description"

Power voltage variable control

EVC-44, "POWER VOLTAGE VARIABLE CONTROL SYSTEM :


System Description"

Automatic 12V battery charge control

EVC-45, "AUTOMATIC 12V BATTERY CHARGE CONTROL :


System Description"

Power cut off control

EVC-45, "POWER CUT OFF CONTROL : System Description"

ASCD (automatic speed control device)

EVC-46, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) :


System Description"

ECO indicator control

EVC-47, "ECO INDICATOR CONTROL : System Description"

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-25

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

ELECTRIC POWER TRAIN SYSTEM : Schematic

INFOID:0000000006977110

JSCIA0358GB

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-26

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
A

EVC

O
JSCIA0359GB

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-27

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

JSCIA0361GB

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-28

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
A

EVC

O
JSCIA0321GB

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-29

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

JSCIA0322GB

EV SYSTEM START UP CONTROL

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-30

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

EV SYSTEM START UP CONTROL : System Description

INFOID:0000000006977111

SYSTEM DIAGRAM
B

EVC

JSCIA0136GB

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART


Output sensor/ECU

Signal name

IPDM E/R

Power ON

BCM

READY signal

Input ECU/actuator
Voltage

Quick charger connecting signal


On-board charger

Signal form

EVSE connecting signal

VCM

EV system activation request signal


TCU

EV system activation request signal

VCM

DC/DC converter activation request

EV system CAN

Voltage
DC/DC converter

PWM

EV SYSTEM START-UP CONTROL


VCM judges the operation mode from signals sent by various sensors, switches and ECUs, and control the
start/stop of the EV system by activating the relays accordingly. VCM also activates the SSOFF relay so that it
can shutoff VCM power when VCM stops (self shutoff).

Power switch ON
L

N
JSCIA0137GB

When the power ON power supply from the IPDM E/R enters VCM, VCM turns on the M/C relay to supply
power to each ECU in the EV system.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-31

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
READY

JSCIA0138GB

When the driver operates the POWER switch while depressing the brake pedal, VCM turns on the M/C relay
to supply power to each ECU in the EV system. Furthermore, VCM activates the F/S relay to start the power
supply to the system main relay.
NOTE:
VCM inhibits the vehicle is set to READY in following conditions:
Charge connector is connected
Li-ion battery remaining energy is too low.
Li-ion battery temperature is too low. [Approximately -25C (-13F)]
In Normal Charging

JSCIA0139GB

If VCM judges that the system is in normal charge mode, VCM turns on the M/C relay to supply power to each
ECU in the EV system and to the normal charge relay in the DC/DC junction box. Furthermore, VCM activates
the F/S relay to start the power supply to the system main relay.
NOTE:
Normal charging does not start with the power switch ON.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-32

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
In Quick Charging
A

EVC

JSCIA0140GB

When VCM judges that the system is in quick charge mode, VCM turns on the M/C relay to supply power to
each ECU in the EV system. VCM also activates the F/S CHG relay to supply power to the quick charge relay
inside DC/DC J/B. Furthermore, VCM activates the F/S relay to start the power supply to the system main
relay.
When Air Conditioner Is Operating (Power OFF)
When VCM receives an air conditioner operation command, VCM turns on the M/C relay to start the EV system. VCM also activates the A/C relay to supply power to the air conditioner system. Furthermore, VCM activates the F/S relay to start the power supply to the system main relay.
When Automatic 12V Battery Charge Control is Operating
When VCM judges that the 12V battery requires automatic charging, VCM turns on the M/C relay to start the
EV system. Furthermore, VCM activates the F/S relay to start the power supply to the system main relay.
Relay Activation Matrix

POWER ON

Condition
Relay

POWER ON

Charging

READY

Normal charge

Quick charge

When 12V battery is charged

Timer A/C

F/S relay

OFF

ON

ON

ON

ON

ON

M/C relay

ON

ON

ON

ON

ON

ON

A/C relay

ON

ON

ON

ON

ON

ON

F/S CHG relay

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

POWER OFF

Condition
Relay

F/S relay

Charging

Normal charge

Quick charge

When 12V battery


is charged

Timer A/C

Remote A/C

ON

ON

ON

ON

ON

M/C relay

ON

ON

ON

ON

ON

A/C relay

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

F/S CHG relay

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

ON*

*: Only during quick charging

HIGH VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY CONTROL

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-33

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

HIGH VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY CONTROL : System Description

INFOID:0000000006977112

SYSTEM DIAGRAM

JSCIA0141GB

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART


Output sensor/ECU
BCM

Signal name

Input ECU/actuator

Power switch operation

Voltage

Quick charger connecting signal


On-board charger

EV system CAN

EVSE connecting signal


EV system activation request signal

TCU

EV system activation request signal

Traction Motor Inverter

High voltage power supply preparation


completion signal
System main relay ON permit signal

Li-ion battery controller

Signal form

Voltage
VCM

EV system CAN

High voltage discharge permit signal


System main relay ON permit signal

DESCRIPTION
VCM activates system main relay 1, system main relay 2, and the pre-charge relay inside the Li-ion battery to
connect the high voltage circuit to the Li-ion battery in response to the READY operation, a driver operation,
like connecting the charge connector to the charging port, or VCM timer function.
Moreover, the high voltage circuit of the EV system has a pre-charge circuit to protect the high voltage circuit
from sudden application of high voltage current.

CONTROL FLOW
To connect the high voltage circuit, VCM first activates the system main relay 2 and precharge relay. As a
result, the high voltage power is supplied to the respective systems via the pre-charge resistor in the precharge circuit. When the condenser inside the drive motor inverter is fully charged by the applied power, the
drive motor inverter transmits a high voltage power supply preparation completion signal to VCM. Receiving
the signal, VCM activates the system main relay 1 and deactivates the pre-charge relay. Then, normal power
is supplied to the respective systems.

MOTOR POWER CONTROL

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-34

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

MOTOR POWER CONTROL : System Description

INFOID:0000000006977113

SYSTEM DIAGRAM
B

EVC

F
JSCIA0142GB

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART


Output sensor/ECU

Signal name

Accelerator pedal position


sensor

Accelerator pedal position

Electric shift

Shift position signal

Input ECU/actuator

Signal form

Voltage

Motor speed signal

Traction Motor Inverter

Motor torque limit signal


VCM

ABS operation signal


ABS actuator and electric
unit (control unit)

J
EV system CAN

VDC operation signal


TCS operation signal

Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit

Target braking force signal

VCM

Target motor torque signal

Traction Motor Inverter

DESCRIPTION
The EV system generates traction force by converting the direct current from the Li-ion battery to an alternating current by the traction motor inverter and operating the traction motor with the alternating current.
VCM calculates target traction force, based on an accelerator pedal position, vehicle speed, and shift position.
After this, VCM adds creep force to the calculated target traction force.
Subsequently, VCM adds torque limitations to the calculated driving force, based on torque down signals
received from each system, to decide a motor torque request signal.
This motor torque request signal is transmitted to the traction motor inverter via EV system CAN communication.
For the operation principle of the motor, refer to TMS-14, "OPERATION DESCRIPTION".

OUTPUT LIMIT AND OUTPUT STOP REQUEST LIST


Request ECU

Traction Motor Inverter

Output limit cause

Power limitation indicator


lamp

Condition

Traction motor temperature high

ON

When the traction motor or traction motor inverter reached


an abnormally high temperature

Input power low

ON

When the high voltage power input to the traction motor inverter is 240 V or less

DTC detected

OFF

Refer to TMS-31, "Fail-Safe".

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-35

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
Request ECU

Li-ion battery
controller

VCM

Output limit cause

Power limitation indicator


lamp

Condition

Li-ion battery remained


energy low

ON

When the Li-ion battery cell voltage has dropped

Li-ion battery temperature high

ON

When the Li-ion battery reached an abnormally high temperature


(Reference value: Approx. 55C)

Li-ion battery temperature low

ON

When the Li-ion battery reached an abnormally low temperature.


(Reference value: Approx. 10C)

DTC detected

OFF

Refer to EVB-29, "Fail-safe".

Acceleration/brake signal
plausibility error

OFF

When the accelerator pedal position sensor signal and stop


lamp switch signal are input at the same time

Power train system protection function

OFF

DTC detected

OFF

Refer to EVC-73, "Fail-Safe".

MOTOR REGENERATION CONTROL


MOTOR REGENERATION CONTROL : System Description

INFOID:0000000006977114

DESCRIPTION
The regenerative brake system is a function that operates the traction motor as a generator during deceleration, not for generating traction force as in normal driving, and converts the kinetic energy from the vehicle
wheels to electric energy that is used to charge the Li-ion battery. At the same time, it utilizes the rotational
resistance from the power generation as a part of the braking force.
For the operation principle, refer to TMS-14, "OPERATION DESCRIPTION".

REGENERATIVE BRAKE CONTROL


When the driver depresses the brake pedal during driving, Electrically-driven Intelligent Brake Unit transmits a
target braking force signal to VCM. VCM calculates a target regenerative torque based on the signal and
transmits a target motor torque signal to the drive motor inverter. Moreover, VCM transmits the current regenerative torque signal to Electrically-driven Intelligent Brake Unit so that the Electrically-driven Intelligent Brake
Unit can control the overall braking force.
For information on the Electrically-driven Intelligent Brake collaborative control, refer to BR-12, "System
Description".

REGENERATION CHARGE CONTROL


VCM determines the regenerative charging amount from the Li-ion battery maximum chargeable power signal
sent from the Li-ion battery. Moreover, VCM determines the energy recovery amount while performing a collaborative control with the electrically-driven intelligent brake system so that a suitable braking force is provided according to the brake pedal operation amount.
After determining the energy recovery amount, VCM transmits a target motor torque signal to the traction
motor inverter and starts regeneration charge.
If the Li-ion battery remaining energy is sufficient, VCM stops the regeneration charge control.
NOTICE:
VCM performs the regenerative charge control constantly at deceleration. However, when the Li-ion battery is
in the fully charged state, VCM stops the regenerative charge control. Accordingly, deceleration may be felt
weak when the accelerator pedal is released during driving.

LI-ION BATTERY CHARGE CONTROL


LI-ION BATTERY CHARGE CONTROL : System Description

INFOID:0000000006977115

CONTROL OUTLINE
VCM starts up the EV system and starts charging the Li-ion battery when a charging plug connection is
detected at either charge port or when the internal timer of VCM demands it. The following charge modes are
available.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-36

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
Methods of charging

Description

Immediate charge
Normal charge

Timer charge

VC-13, "System Description"

Remote charge

Quick charge
EVC-36, "MOTOR REGENERATION CONTROL : System Description"

Regeneration charge

CAUTION:
The cooling fan may operate while charging even when the power switch is OFF, so keep your hands
away from the cooling fan.

LI-ION BATTERY CHARGE CONTROL : Normal Charge Control

EVC

INFOID:0000000006977116

SYSTEM DIAGRAM

I
JSCIA0156GB

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL TABLE


Output sensor/ECU

Signal name

Input ECU/actuator

IPDM E/R

power switch

Immediate charging switch

Immediate charging switch ON

TCU

EV system activation request signal

Electric shift

Shift position signal

Li-ion battery controller

Signal form

Voltage

Li-ion battery chargeable power signal


Li-ion battery charge completion signal

VCM
EV system CAN

On-board charger chargeable power signal

EVSE connecting signal


On-board charger

AC input type signal


EV system activation request signal
Charge current request signal

EVSE
VCM

EVSE

Maximum input current signal


EVSE connector lock

On-board charger

Maximum charge power signal

Voltage
PWM communication

Voltage
EV system CAN

BASIC CONTROL
When VCM judges that the system is in a charge mode, VCM activates the F/S relay and M/C relay to allow
charging operation.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-37

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
Then, VCM determine the charge power based on the Li-ion battery chargeable power signal received from
the Li-ion battery controller and the on-board charger chargeable power signal received from the on-board
charger, and then VCM sends the maximum charge power signal to the on-board charger.
The on-board charger determines a charge power based on the maximum charge power signal and the maximum input current signal sent by the EVSE control box.
Concurrently, the on-board charger activates the normal charge relay and VCM activates the system main
relay 1 and system main relay 2. Consequently Li-ion battery charge starts.

IMMEDIATE CHARGE MODE


When EVSE is connected to the normal charge port, the on-board charger transmits a EV system activation
signal to VCM. Li-ion battery charge then starts immediately.
When the timer charge is set, Li-ion battery charge does not start just after the on-board charger transmits a
EV system activation signal to VCM. When VCM detects an ON signal from the immediate charging switch in
that state, VCM judges that the immediate charge mode is selected and starts charging.
When the charge is finished and VCM receives a Li-ion battery charge completion signal from Li-ion battery
controller, VCM stops the charge control.

TIMER CHARGE MODE


When the set time comes, VCM starts up automatically and starts charging.
When VCM receives a Li-ion battery charge completion signal from Li-ion battery controller or at a set timer
charge finish time, VCM stops the charge control.
NOTE:
When timer charge and the timer air conditioner operate simultaneously, VCM distributes power to the air conditiner system and the charge system according to the priority set on the navigatin screen.

REMOTE CHARGE MODE


When TCU transmits a EV system activation signal to VCM, VCM judges that the remote charge mode is
selected and starts charge control.
When VCM receives a Li-ion battery charge completion signal from Li-ion battery controller, VCM stops the
charge control.

CANCEL CONDITIONS
VCM stops the normal charging when VCM detects the EVSE is disconnected.
In addition, when the following conditions, VCM temporarily stops the normal charging and enters the wait status.
When the AC voltage and PWM communication from the EVSE are interrupted.
When the EVSE connector release switch is pressed.
When the Li-ion battery temperature reaches 60C (140F) or higher.

LI-ION BATTERY CHARGE CONTROL : Quick Charge Control

INFOID:0000000006977117

SYSTEM DIAGRAM

JSCIA0158GB

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL TABLE


Revision: 2010 November

EVC-38

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
Output sensor/ECU

Signal name

IPDM E/R

power switch

Electric shift

Shift position signal

Li-ion battery controller

Input ECU/actuator

Signal form

Voltage

Li-ion battery chargeable power signal


Li-ion battery charge completion signal

VCM

EV system CAN

On-board charger chargeable power signal

EVC

Quick charger connecting signal


On-board charger

EV system activation request signal


Charge current request signal

Voltage
Quick charger

Quick charge permit signal

Quick charger communication

Diagnosis information signal


Quick charger

Charge start switch

On-board charger

Isolation check
VCM

Voltage

Maximum charge power signal

EV system CAN

BASIC CONTROL
When the quick charge connector is connected to the quick charge port and press the start switch of quick
charger, the on-board charger transmits a EV system activation request signal to VCM. VCM then activates
the F/S relay, M/C relay, and F/S CHG relay.
Next, VCM determines the target charge power based on the Li-ion battery chargeable power signal received
from the Li-ion battery controller and the on-board charger chargeable power signal received from the onboard charger. And then VCM sends the maximum charge power signal to the on-board charger.
The on-board charger converts the Maximum charge power signal to a charge current request signal and
transmits it to the quick charger.
Simultaneously, the on-board charger activates the quick charge relay and VCM activates system main relay 1
and system main relay 2. Consequently the quick charge starts.
When the charge amount reaches the prescribed amount and VCM receives the Li-ion battery charge completion signal from the Li-ion battery controller, VCM stops the charging.
NOTE:
Even if the Li-ion battery remaining energy does not reach the predetermined level, VCM may stop the
charge control after a certain period of time.
When the Li-ion battery temperature reaches 60C (140F) or higher, VCM temporarily stops quick charging
and enters the wait status.

HIGH VOLTAGE SYSTEM COOLING CONTROL

HIGH VOLTAGE SYSTEM COOLING CONTROL : System Description

INFOID:0000000006977118

VCM controls the water pump 1, water pump 2, and cooling fan according to information from various sensors
and ECUs.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-39

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
SYSTEM DIAGRAM

JSCIA0362GB

WATER PUMP CONTROL


Control Description
The cooling system includes two pumps. By driving these two pumps individually, VCM controls the coolant
flow rate according to the coolant temperature and vehicle speed. In addition, if one of the pumps malfunctions, VCM increases the rotation speed of the other to prevent a decrease in the coolant flow rate.
VCM controls the water pump as per the following.
Condition

Control status

Pump 1 control duty (%)

Pump 2 control duty (%)

During normal driving

Normal control

73

66

At low vehicle speed

Low vehicle speed and low temperature coolant flow rate control

43

38

Charge mode control

39

44

Charging

NOTE:
VCM performs the low vehicle speed and low temperature coolant flow control at approximately 30 km/h (19
MPH) or less. The low vehicle speed and low temperature coolant flow control is switched to the normal control when vehicle speed becomes approximately 35 km/h (22 MPH) or more.
VCM performs the low vehicle speed and low temperature coolant flow control at less than 30C (86F). The
low vehicle speed and low temperature coolant flow control is switched to the normal control when vehicle
speed becomes 30C (86F) or more.
Fail-Safe
If either water pump malfunctions, VCM controls the water pumps as per the following.
Feedback to VCM
(Feedback duty)

Low pump speed


(4 6 %)

High pump speed


(84 90 %)

Pump speed does not match


VCM command

Revision: 2010 November

Control status

Only one pump malfunctions

Continues normal control for the malfunctioning pump.


For the normally functioning pump, controls the duty to 80 % during driving
or 60 % during charging.

Both pumps malfunction

Continues normal control.

Only one pump malfunctions

For the relevant pump, controls the duty to 10 % (stop command).


For the normally functioning pump, controls the duty to 80 % during driving
or 60 % during charging.

Both pumps malfunction

For the relevant pump, controls the duty to 10% (stop command).

Only one pump malfunctions


Both pumps malfunction

Continues normal control.

EVC-40

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
Feedback to VCM
(Feedback duty)
Input signal error or no input (diagnosis on pump side)

Control status

Only one pump malfunctions


Both pumps malfunction

Operates the pump at the maximum speed (maximum output control triggered
by pump self-diagnosis)

COOLING FAN CONTROL

EVC

Control Description
VCM calculates the required cooling fan speed from the operation status of the air conditioner, coolant temperature, refrigerant pressure, and vehicle speed. VCM transmits the PWM signal to the cooling fan control module according to the calculated value.
During normal driving or Li-ion battery charging, VCM decides a cooling fan speed by selecting the highest
value from a coolant temperature request value and the sum of an air conditioner request value and an evaporator temperature correction value, as shown in the table below.

Coolant temperature request


Unit: %

Vehicle speed (km/h)

Coolant temperature
60.5C or more
57C or more and less than
60.5C
Less than 57 C

0 20

20 50

50 80

80 or more

100

100

100

100

40 85

40 85

40 85

Air conditioner request (MIN)


Unit: %

Vehicle speed (km/h)

Refrigerant pressure

0 20

20 50

50 80

80 or more

1.68 MPa or more

85

100

100

100

1.38 MPa or more and less than


1.68 MPa

65

55

55

1.00 MPa or more and less than


1.38 MPa

65

40

40

Less than 1.38 MPa

65

Air conditioner request (MAX)

L
Unit: %

Vehicle speed (km/h)

Refrigerant pressure

0 20

20 50

50 80

80 or more

1.68 MPa or more

85

100

100

100

1.38 MPa or more and less than


1.68 MPa

85

85

85

1.00 MPa or more and less than


1.38 MPa

65

70

70

Less than 1.38 MPa

65

70

70

Evaporator temperature correction

Target - actual evaporator temperature difference


Less than 2C

2C or more and less than 5C

15

5C or more and less than 8C

35

8C or more

100

Revision: 2010 November

Correction duty (%)

EVC-41

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
During pre-air conditioner mode, VCM decides a cooling fan speed by selecting the highest value from a coolant temperature request value and the sum of an air conditioner request value and an evaporator temperature
correction value, as shown in the table below.
Coolant temperature request

Coolant temperature

Fan duty (%)

62C or more

100

60.5C or more and less than 62C

40 100

Less than 60.5C

Air conditioner request (MIN)

Refrigerant pressure

Fan duty (%)

2.40 MPa or more

75

2.00 MPa or more and less than


2.40 MPa

55

1.38 MPa or more and less than


2.00 MPa

40

1.00 MPa or more and less than


1.38 MPa

40

Less than 1.00 MPa

40

Air conditioner request (MAX)

Refrigerant pressure

Fan duty (%)

2.40 MPa or more

75

2.00 MPa or more and less than


2.40 MPa

55

1.38 MPa or more and less than


2.00 MPa

55

1.00 MPa or more and less than


1.38 MPa

55

Less than 1.00 MPa

55

Evaporator temperature correction

Target - actual evaporator temperature difference

Correction duty (%)

Less than 2C

2C or more and less than 5C

15

5C or more and less than 8C

15

8C or more

15

The cooling fan speed control reduces the cooling fan speed fluctuation by having a range for the operating conditions.

JSCIA0065GB

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-42

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
When the vehicle speed is 10km/h or less, VCM reduces the frequency of ON/OFF cycles by setting a period of time (A) in which the
cooling fan continuously operates after the A/C compressor is turned
OFF.

EVC
JSCIA0066JP

AIR CONDITIONER CONTROL

AIR CONDITIONER CONTROL : System Description

INFOID:0000000006977119

SYSTEM DIAGRAM
F

JSCIA0160GB

DESCRIPTION
In EV, VCM controls the A/C relay so that the air conditioner can operate even in the POWER OFF state. The
remote air conditioner and timer air conditioner functions are enabled by this control. When VCM recognizes a
need of air conditioner activation due to the driver operation, timer air conditioner function, or remote air conditioner function, VCM activates M/C relay to start the EV system. VCM also activates the A/C relay to supply
power to the A/C system.
In addition, VCM calculates the power that can be used by the air conditioning system based on the Li-ion battery status and vehicle status and sends it to the A/C auto amp.
When ECO mode is selected, VCM sends the ECO mode signal to the A/C auto amplifier to control the air
conditioner at a lower rate than normally.
For an overview of air conditioner types, refer to HAC-14, "AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : System Description".

CONTROL DESCRIPTION
Air Conditioner Control During Charging
VCM allows the air conditioner to be used during charging. In this case, the air conditioner stops when charging is completed.
NOTE:
If the Li-ion battery available charge gauge level is lower than Level 2, the A/C does not operate during battery
charge.
Timer Air Conditioning Control
When all of the following conditions are satisfied, VCM activates the timer air conditioner so that the room temperature reaches 25 C (77F) before the scheduled departure time.
Timer air conditioner timer is ON
There is AC power input during charging (or in a state where AC power input is possible).
Regarding the timer air conditioner operation time, VCM starts the EV system 2 hours prior to the scheduled
department time, and the A/C auto amp. determines the necessary operating time in the range of 0 to 2 hrs

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-43

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
based on the outside air temperature and the temperature in the cabin and sends this information to VCM.
VCM back calculates the operation required time from the scheduled department time to determine the timer
air conditioner start time.
Furthermore, when the timer charge function and the timer air conditioner function are in operation at the
same time due to an overlap of the timer setting, either function can be set to be preferentially provided with
electric power.
NOTE:
When turning on the power during timer air conditioning, switch to normal air conditioning control.
When timer charge and the timer air conditioner operate simultaneously, VCM distributes power to the air
conditiner system and the charge system according to the priority set on the navigatin screen.
Remote Air Conditioning Control
When VCM receives the remote air conditioning request signal from the TCU, the air conditioning is operated.
Remote air-conditioner operates as follows.
Condition
Charge connector is not connected.

Operating time (min)


15

When connecting EVSE (with AC input)

15 120

During Quick charge

15 120

NOTE:
When the power is turned on during remote air conditioning, the remote air conditioning is ended.

POWER VOLTAGE VARIABLE CONTROL SYSTEM


POWER VOLTAGE VARIABLE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description

INFOID:0000000006977120

SYSTEM DIAGRAM

JSCIA0161GB

DESCRIPTION
The power voltage variable control system reduces the electric power consumption from the Li-ion battery by
varying the DC/DC converter output in a range from 13 V to 15 V according to the use status of electric equipment and the 12V battery status.

CONTROL DESCRIPTION
The battery current sensor (with battery temperature sensor) measures the battery charge/discharge current
and the battery ambient temperature.
VCM judges the battery status and the use status of electric equipment based on those signals, determines a
target output voltage, and transmits a target DC/DC output power signal to the DC/DC converter.
The DC/DC converter adjusts the output voltage to the target power generation voltage based on the received
target DC/DC output power signal.
In addition, when there is no power voltage signal or when some error is occurred with the variable voltage
control system, the DC/DC converter outputs 14 V.

AUTOMATIC 12V BATTERY CHARGE CONTROL

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-44

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

AUTOMATIC 12V BATTERY CHARGE CONTROL : System Description

INFOID:0000000006977121

SYSTEM DIAGRAM
B

EVC

D
JSCIA0163GB

DESCRIPTION
The automatic 12V battery charge control is a control to reduce the frequency of battery discharge by automatically charging the 12V battery in case the 12V battery voltage is low when the key switch is turned to ON
or the vehicle has been left unattended for a long time.
When VCM recognizes a need of automatic charge, VCM controls the DC/DC converter and the system main
relay and charges the 12V battery using the Li-ion battery power.
NOTE:
When setting the system to "READY" or starting Li-ion battery charge during automatic 12V battery charge,
the automatic 12V battery charge is cancelled.

CONTROL DESCRIPTION
Power ON
VCM monitors the 12V battery voltage during POWER ON cycle and immediately starts charging when VCM
judges that the voltage is lowered.
When Vehicle is Left for a Long Period of Time
VCM measures the time of no operation using its internal timer. If the time of no operation reaches 120 hours,
VCM performs automatic charge for 5 minutes.
VCM resets the no operation status continuous time when the vehicle satisfies one of the following conditions.
The READY has continued for more than 5 minutes.
Normal charge has continued for more than 5 minutes.
Quick charge has continued for more than 5 minutes.
Timer air conditioning or remote air conditioning has continued for more than 5 minutes.
NOTE:
During automatic 12V battery charging, the charging status indicator blinks.
The automatic 12V battery charge control does not start within approximately one hour when the power
switch is turned ON/OFF.

POWER CUT OFF CONTROL


POWER CUT OFF CONTROL : System Description

M
INFOID:0000000006977122

SYSTEM DIAGRAM

JSCIA0171GB

DESCRIPTION
Because EV uses high voltage power, there is a risk of electric shock if the high voltage circuit is shorted to a
body ground during a collision. To avoid such risks, if VCM detects a car crush information signal, VCM deacRevision: 2010 November

EVC-45

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
tivates the system main relay to cut off the Li-ion battery from the high voltage circuit so that the risk of electric
shock is reduced.

AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)


AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Description

INFOID:0000000006977123

SYSTEM DIAGRAM

JSCIA0364GB

BASIC ASCD SYSTEM


Automatic Speed Control Device (ASCD) allows a driver to keep vehicle at predetermined constant speed
without depressing accelerator pedal. Driver can set vehicle speed in advance between approximately 40 km/
h (25 MPH) and 130 km/h (80 MPH).
VCM controls the traction motor to regulate vehicle speed.
Operation status of ASCD is indicated on the information display in the combination meter. If any malfunction
occurs in ASCD system, it automatically deactivates control.
For the switch function, Refer to EVC-49, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : Switch Name
and Function".
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle in a safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws.

CANCEL OPERATION
When any of following conditions exist, cruise operation will be canceled.
CANCEL switch is pressed
More than 2 switches on ASCD steering switch are pressed at the same time (Set speed will be cleared)
Brake pedal is depressed
Selector lever position is N, P or R position
TCS system is operated
When VCM detects malfunction for some self-diagnoses regarding ASCD system, VCM will cancel the cruise
operation and inform the driver by blinking SET indicator lamp quickly.
If ASCD MAIN switch is turned to OFF during ASCD is activated, all of ASCD operations will be canceled and
vehicle speed memory will be erased.

ECO INDICATOR CONTROL

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-46

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

ECO INDICATOR CONTROL : System Description

INFOID:0000000006977125

SYSTEM DIAGRAM
B

EVC

JSCIA0175GB

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART


Output sensor/ECU
Accelerator pedal position sensor

Signal name

Input ECU/actuator

Accelerator pedal position

Signal form
Voltage

H
Ambient temperature signal

A/C auto amp.

Air conditioner ON signal


A/C maximum power signal
PTC maximum power signal

Traction motor inverter


Electrically-driven intelligent
brake unit
VCM

VCM

EV system CAN

Motor speed signal

Regeneration brake torque signal


Target brake force signal

CAN

ECO indicator signal

Combination meter

ECO tree signal

DESCRIPTION
VCM calculates the instantaneous ECO operability based on the driver accelerator operation, brake operation,
vehicle idle time, and air conditioner operation status and displays this in the instant ECO indicator.
Furthermore, VCM samples the instantaneous ECO operability every second and compares it to the map
stored by VCM to calculate the cumulative ECO drivability, and if this value exceeds the set value, then the
ECO tree segment is lit up.
NOTE:
Once the ECO tree segment has lit up, it will not turn off (dim) during the current trip.
NOTICE:
The idle time is the status when not driving in the READY state.
For details regarding the ECO indicator functions, refer to MWI-25, "ECO INDICATOR : System Description".

CAN COMMUNICATION
P

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-47

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description

INFOID:0000000006977126

SYSTEM DIAGRAM

JSMIA0542GB

DESCRIPTION
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle
multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many
electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with
other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected
with 2 communication lines (CAN-H line, CAN-L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with
less wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
VCM includes a gateway function and communicates signals between the CAN communication circuit and
EV system CAN circuit.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-48

LEAF

http://vnx.su

OPERATION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

OPERATION

AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)


AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : Switch Name and Function
INFOID:0000000006977127

SWITCHES AND DISPLAYS


EVC

G
JSCIA0360ZZ

H
1.

Cruise indicator

2.

SET indicator

3.

CANCEL switch

6.

RESUME/ACCEL switch

4.

ASCD MAIN switch

5.

SET/COAST switch

A.

Information display

B.

On the steering wheel

SWITCH OPERATION
Function

When the switch is pressed after the cruise control is cancelled in any method other than
main switch operation, the vehicle speed is reset to the previous speed setting before

Name
ASCD MAIN switch

RESUME/ACCEL switch

SET/COAST switch

CANCEL switch

Turns the ASCD ON/OFF.

cancellation*.

the
When the switch is pressed during cruise control, the setting speed is increased and the
vehicle speed increases.
When the switch is pressed at the preferred vehicle speed, the cruise control starts to
operate.
When the switch is pressed during cruise control, the set speed is reduced and the vehicle speed reduces.

When the switch is pressed, the ASCD control is cancelled.

*: To reset vehicle speed, the vehicle condition must be as follows:

Brake pedal is released


Selector lever position is D or ECO.
Vehicle speed is greater than 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 130 km/h (80 MPH)

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-49

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM


Diagnosis Description

INFOID:0000000006977129

This system is an on-board diagnostic system that detects a malfunction automatically. A malfunction is stored
in ECU memory as a DTC. The diagnostic information can be obtained with CONSULT.

Counter System

INFOID:0000000006977130

In this system, Power switch is turned OFFON is defined as 1 trip. VCM detects malfunctions while saving
the DTC and freeze frame data and continues saving this data for a maximum of 40 trips. In addition, if a DTC
that is the same as the saved DTC is detected again, the counter is reset and the count up starts from 0
again.

DTC and Freeze Frame Data

INFOID:0000000006977131

VCM can save multiple DTC but can only save 1 freeze frame data.
When VCM detects a certain malfunction, if it detects a different malfunction after saving the DTC and freeze
frame data, multiple DTC can be confirmed, but only the freeze frame data that was saved first can be confirmed.
The DTC and freeze frame data are deleted when the self-diagnostic is deleted.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-50

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (VCM)


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (VCM)

CONSULT Function

INFOID:0000000006977132

FUNCTION

Diagnostic test mode

Function

EVC

ECU Identification

VCM part number can be read.

Self-diagnostic result

Self-diagnostic results and freeze frame data can be read and erased quickly.*

Data monitor

Input/Output data in VCM can be read.

Active test

Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT drives some actuators apart from VCM and also shifts some
parameters in a specified range.

Work support

This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the indications on the CONSULT.

Load battery ID

Refer to Li-ion Battery ID Registration Operation Manual.

*: The following diagnosis information is cleared when the VCM memory is erased.

Diagnostic trouble codes


Freeze frame data

WORK SUPPORT MODE

Work Item
H

WORK ITEM

CONDITION

USAGE

SAVE DATA FOR CPU REPLACE

In this mode, the data saved in VCM is stored in CONSULT.

When VCM is replaced.

WRITE DATA AFTER REPLACE


CPU

In this mode, write data stored by SAVE DATA FOR CPU


REPLACE in work support mode to VCM.

When VCM is replaced.

BATTERY GRADUAL CAP LOSS


DATA CLEAR

Li-ion Battery deterioration data stored in VCM is cleard.

Always perform after Li-ion Battery


controller is replaced as new one.

HV BATT J/B DATA CLEAR

System Main Relay cutoff count stored in VCM is cleard.

Always perform after Li-ion Battery


Junction Box is replaced as new
one.

WRITE VIN DATA (MANUAL)

VIN is registered in VCM.

When registering VIN in VCM.

SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE


L

Self Diagnostic Item


Regarding items of DTC, refer to EVC-78, "DTC Index".
How to Erase DTC
If power is continuously in the ON position after a DTC is detected, turn power switch OFF for at least 20
seconds before turning power switch to the ON position again, and then erase DTC.
Check the all self-diagnostic screen to confirm there are no DTCs in other ECUs.
Freeze Frame Data
The Freeze Frame Data shows the state of the vehicle at the time a DTC is detected and is useful in re-creating the circumstances that caused the malfunction.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-51

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (VCM)


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
Freeze Frame Data Item List

Freeze frame data


item

Description

DTC

The item is indicated, but not used.

VCM MODE

Displays VCM status.


0-7: During VCM starts-up
10: Power switch is ON and the charge connector is not connected.
11-29: Mode changing to READY
30: READY
31-68: During system shutdown
109, 110: Power switch is ON and the charge connector is not connected.
111-129: Mode changing to charge mode.
130: During charging
131-144: During system shutdown
211-229: Mode changing to automatic 12V battery charging or remote charging mode without charging connector connection.
230: During automatic 12V battery charging or remote charging mode without charging connector connection.
231-246: During system shutdown

VCM ACTIVAT TRIG

Displays the cause of VCM start-up.

CHG PORT CONNECT

Displays the connection status of the charge connector


1: Quick charge connector is connected.
2: Normal charge connector is connected

VEHICLE SPEED
[km/h] or [mph]

Displays the vehicle speed that is calculated from the motor speed.

SHIFT POSITION

Displays the shift position.

COOLANT TEMP
[degC]

Displays the coolant temperature.

MOTOR SPEED [rpm]

Displays the traction motor speed.

ACCEL OPEN ANGLE [deg]

Displays the accelerator pedal openness.

TRG TORQ [Nm]

Displays the target motor torque.

TRG POWER [N]

Displays the target motor output.

TRG REGE TORQ


[Nm]

Displays the target motor regeneration torque.

HV BATT VOLT [V]

Displays the Li-ion battery voltage.

HV BATT CURRENT
[A]

Displays the Li-ion battery current.

HV BATT TEMP
[degC]

Displays the Li-ion battery temperature.

REGENERABLE
PWR [kW]

Displays the Li-ion battery regenerable power.

CHARGEABLE PWR
MAX [kW]

Displays the Li-ion battery chargeable power.

AVAILABLE HV BAT
PWR [kW]

Displays the Li-ion battery available discharge power.

ERROR TYPE [Ah]

The item is indicated, but not used.

DATA MONITOR MODE


Monitored Item

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-52

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (VCM)


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
MONITOR ITEM

Unit

Description

B/T-LOW
B/T-HI
B LEV
B CAP
MOT-V
MOT-T
##

When the motor power is limited, this shows the reason the power is being limited.
B/T-LOW: Li-ion battery temperature is too low.
B/T-HI: Li-ion battery temperature is too high.
B LEV: The Li-ion battery remaining energy is low.
B CAP: The Li-ion battery capacity is low.
MOT-V: The input voltage to the traction motor or traction motor inverter is low.
MOT-T: Traction motor temperature or traction motor inverter temperature is too
high.
##: No torque limitation.

VEHICLE SPEED

km/h or mph

The vehicle speed computed by the motor speed signal sent from the traction motor
inverter is displayed.

12V BATTERY VOLTAGE

The 12 V power supply voltage of VCM is displayed.

WATER PUMP 1 TRG DUTY

Displays the water pump 1 target rotation command duty.

W/P 1 CRNT SPD DUTY

Displays the water pump 1 actual rotation duty.

WATER PUMP 2 TRG DUTY

Displays the water pump 2 target rotation command duty.

W/P 2 CRNT SPD DUTY

Displays the water pump 2 actual rotation duty.

POWER LIMIT CAUSE

EVC

VCM POWER SUPPLY (ACT)

Displays the 12 V power supply voltage of VCM when VCM is started.

DC/DC CONV TEMP

sec

Displays the DC/DC converter temperature status signal duty.

DC/DC CONV TEMP STATUS

0/1/2/3/7

Displays the DC/DC converter temperature status.


0: The DC/DC converter power is being limited.
1: The DC/DC converter is at a high temperature.
2: The DC/DC converter is at an intermediate temperature.
3: The DC/DC converter is at a low temperature.
7: The DC/DC converter system is malfunctioning.

F/S RELAY VOLT

Displays the voltage on the F/S relay contact side that is being input to VCM.

degC

The coolant temperature (determined by the signal voltage of the coolant temperature sensor) is displayed.

Displays VCM status.


0-7: During VCM starts-up
10: Power switch is ON and the charge connector is not connected.
11-29: Mode changing to READY
30: READY
31-68: During system shutdown
109, 110: Power switch is ON and the charge connector is not connected.
111-129: Mode changing to charge mode.
130: During charging
131-144: During system shutdown
211-229: Mode changing to automatic 12V battery charging or remote charging
mode without charging connector connection.
230: During automatic 12V battery charging or remote charging mode without
charging connector connection.
231-246: During system shutdown

COOLANT TEMP

VCM MODE

TRG MOTOR TORQ 1

Nm

Displays the motor torque demand value VCM is requesting of the traction motor inverter.

VCM ACTIVATION

On/READY

Displays that VCM has the EV system READY.


On: Other than READY
READY: READY control in progress

NEXT GEAR POSITION

R
N/P
D

Displays the position of the selected selector lever.


R: When R range is selected
N/P: When N or P range is selected
D: When D or ECO range is selected

GEAR POSITION

R
N/P
D

Displays the position of the currently selected selector lever.


R: R range
N/P: N or P range
D: D or ECO range

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-53

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (VCM)


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
MONITOR ITEM

Unit

Description

READY LAMP SIGNAL

On/BLINK/
Off

Displays the READY indicator lamp operation request status.


On: This causes the READY indicator lamp to light up.
BRINK: This causes the READY indicator lamp to flash.
Off: No operation request

CHARGE LAMP SIGNAL

On/BLINK/
Off

Displays the 12V battery charge warning lamp operation request status.
On: The causes the 12V battery charge warning lamp to light up.
BRINK: The causes the 12V battery charge warning lamp to flash.
Off: No operation request

EV SYSTEM W/L SIGNAL

On/BLINK/
Off

This displays the EV system warning lamp operation request status.


On: This causes the EV system warning lamp to light up
BRINK: This causes the EV system warning lamp to flash.
Off: No operation request

AVAILABLE MOT OUTPUT


MAX

kW

Displays the maximum value that can currently be output by the traction motor.

MOT REGENERABLE PWR


MAX

kW

Displays the maximum value that is currently regenerable by the traction motor.

POWER CONSUM (MOTOR)

kW

Displays the traction motor estimated power consumption calculated by VCM from
the traction motor torque and vehicle speed.

CHARGE STATUS

100V/200V/
QUICK/NG/
Off

Displays the charging mode.


100V: Charging using AC 100-120 V
200V: Charging using AC 200-240 V
QUICK: During quick charge
NG: When in a state where charging is not possible
Off: Except above

ECO INDICATOR

Displays the number of segments indicated by the instant ECO indicator.

ECO TREE

Displays the number of segments indicated by the ECO tree.

POWER CONSUMPTION (A/C)

kW

Displays the power consumption of the air conditioner system.

POWER CONSUM (AUXS)

kW

Displays the power consumption of the auxiliaries.

GEAR POSITION DISPLAY

P/R/N/D/B

Displays the in-meter gear display request status.


P: When there is a P display request
R: When there is an R display request
N: When there is an N display request
D: When there is a D display request
B: When there is an ECO display request

AMBIENT TEMP

degC

Displays the outside air temperature received from the A/C auto amp.

CHARGE MODE

N/CHG
Q/CHG
Off

Displays the charging mode.


N/CHG: Normal charge
Q/CHG: Quick charge
Off: Not charging

DC/DC CONV STATUS

1/2/3

Displays the status of the DC/DC operation signal being used for communication between VCM and the DC/DC converter.
1: When normal operation
2: VCM is detecting a DC/DC converter error.
3: VCM is prohibiting DC/DC converter operation.

DC/DC CONV REQ VOLT

Displays the power generation request voltage being requested to the DC/DC converter.

COOLING FAN REQ DUTY

Displays the cooling fan operation request duty.

ACCEL OPEN ANGLE

deg

The accelerator pedal opening angle (determined by the signal voltage of the accelerator pedal position sensor) is displayed.

12V BATTERY TEMP

degC

The 12V battery temperature (determined by the signal voltage of the battery temperature sensor) is displayed.

12V BATTERY CURRENT AVG

Displays the average current of 12V battery.

READY COUNT

count

Displays the cumulative READY count from the time the vehicle is new.

INTEG READY TIME

sec

Displays the cumulative READY time from the time the vehicle is new.

QUICK CHG COUNT

count

Displays the cumulative quick charge count from the time the vehicle is new.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-54

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (VCM)


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
MONITOR ITEM

Unit

Description

INTEG Q/CHG TIME

sec

Displays the cumulative quick charge time from the time the vehicle is new.

NORMAL CHG COUNT

count

Displays the cumulative normal charge count from the time the vehicle is new.

INTEG N/CHG TIME

sec

Displays the cumulative normal charge time from the time the vehicle is new.

ACCEL SENSOR 1 VOLT

Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 signal voltage is displayed.

ACCEL SENSOR 2 VOLT

Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal voltage is displayed.

HI SPEC VEHICLE SPEED

km/h or mph

Displays the high accuracy vehicle speed from VEHICLE SPEED

REFRIGERANT PRESS

MPa

The refrigerant pressure (determined by the signal voltage of the refrigerant pressure
sensor) is displayed.

SET VHCL SPD

km/h or mph

The preset ASCD vehicle speed is displayed

N/CHG PORT INTERLOCK

On/HALF/
Off

Displays the normal charge connector engagement state.


On: The normal charge connector is connected correctly.
HALF: The normal charge connector is semi-engaged.
Off: The normal charge connector is not connected.

ENABLE OBC OUT PWR

kW

Displays the power that can be output by the on-board charger.

OBC OUT PWR

kW

Displays the power being output by the on-board charger.

AC POWER TYPE

100V/200V/
NONE

Displays the type of AC power supply that is connected to the normal charge port.
100V: A 100-120 V power supply is connected.
200V: A 200-240 V power supply is connected.
NONE: An AC power supply is not connected.

HV BATT LEVEL (%)

The Li-ion battery remained energy rate is displayed.

HV BATT VOLT

Displays the Li-ion battery voltage received from the Li-ion battery controller.

HV BATT CURRENT

Displays the Li-ion battery current received from the Li-ion battery controller.

HV BATTERY TEMP

C or F

Displays the Li-ion battery temperature received from the Li-ion battery controller.

HV BATT LEVEL

kWh

The Li-ion battery remained energy is displayed.

IR SENSOR SIGNAL P-P

mV

Displays the peak to peak of the signal sent from the on-board isolation resistance
monitoring system.

INVERTER DC INPUT VOLT

Displays the high-voltage power supply voltage being input to the traction motor inverter.

MOTOR PWR LIMIT REQ (INV)

Displays the traction motor output limit value received from the traction motor inverter.

CURRENT MOTOR TORQ

Nm

Displays the traction motor actual output value (estimated value) received from the
traction motor inverter.

MOTOR SPEED

rpm

Displays the traction motor revolution received from the traction motor inverter.

SL TRG VHCL SPD

km/h or mph

The preset speed limiter vehicle speed is displayed

ESTMT PWR CNSM (A/C CMP)

kW

Displays the A/C compressor estimated power consumption.

ESTMT PWR CNSM (PTC HTR)

kW

Displays the PTC elements heater estimated power consumption.

FRONT WIPER

LOW/HIGH/
Off/INVALID

Displays the front wiper operation status received from the IPDM E/R
LOW: Front wiper is operating at low speed
HIGH: Front wiper is operating at high speed
Off: Front wiper is not operating
INVALID: IPDM E/R cannot detect front wiper status.

CLASH DETECT INFO

MID
HEAVY
##

Displays the car crush information received from the air bag diagnosis sensor unit.
MID: A non-serious impact was detected.
HEAVY: A serious impact was detected.
##: When the impact is not detected

POWER SW

On/Off

Displays the POWER switch operation status.


On: When the POWER switch is operated
Off: On: When the POWER switch is not operated

START SIGNAL

On/Off

Displays the BCM start signal status.


On: Start signal input
Off: Start signal does not input.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-55

EVC

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (VCM)


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
MONITOR ITEM

Unit

Description

EV SYS ACT REQ (OBC)

On/Off

Displays the status of the EV system activation request signal received from the onboard charger.
On: When a signal is received
Off: When a signal is not received

IMMEDIATE CHG SW

On/Off

Displays the operation status of the immediate charging switch.


On: When the switch is operated
Off: When the switch is not operated

EV SYS ACT REQ (TCU)

On/Off

Displays the status of the EV system activation request signal received from the
TCU.
On: When a signal is received.
Off: When a signal is not received

HV INTERLOCK (DC/DC)

On/Off

Displays the connection status of the high voltage connector connected to the DC/
DC junction box.
On: The high voltage connector is connected correctly.
Off: Except above.

F/S RELAY

On/Off

Displays the F/S relay operation status.


On: F/S relay is ON
Off: F/S relay is OFF

M/C RELAY

On/Off

Displays the M/C relay operation status.


On: M/C relay is ON
Off: M/C relay is OFF

F/S CHG RELAY

On/Off

Displays the F/S CHG relay operation status.


On: F/S CHG relay is ON
Off: F/S CHG relay is OFF

REVERSE LAMP RELAY

On/Off

Displays the reverse lamp relay operation status.


On: Reverse lamp relay is ON
Off: Reverse lamp relay is OFF

REVERSE LAMP RELAY MONI

On/Off

Displays the status that VCM is operating the reverse lamp relay.
On: Operation voltage is being output by VCM.
Off: Operation voltage is not being output by VCM.

A/C RELAY

On/Off

Displays the A/C relay operation status.


On: A/C relay is ON
Off: A/C relay is OFF

HV P MAIN RLY ACTIV

On/Off

Displays the system main relay (+) operation status.


On: System main relay (+) is ON
Off: System main relay (+) is OFF

HV P MAIN RLY ACTIV MONI

On/Off

Displays the status that VCM is operating the system main relay (+).
On: Operation voltage is being output by VCM.
Off: Operation voltage is not being output by VCM.

HV N MAIN RLY ACTIV

On/Off

Displays the system main relay (-) operation status.


On: System main relay (-) is ON
Off: System main relay (-) is OFF

HV N MAIN RLY ACTIV MONI

On/Off

Displays the status that VCM is operating the system main relay (-).
On: Operation voltage is being output by VCM.
Off: Operation voltage is not being output by VCM.

HV PRE CHG RLY ACTIV

On/Off

Displays the pre-charge relay operation status.


On: pre-charge relay is ON
Off: pre-charge relay is OFF

HV PRE CHG RLY ACTIV MONI

On/Off

Displays the status that VCM is operating the pre-charge relay.


On: Operation voltage is being output by VCM.
Off: Operation voltage is not being output by VCM.

PLUG IN INDI LAMP

On/Off

Displays the plug in indicator lamp operation request status.


On: The plug in indicator lamp is lit.
Off: No operation request

CHARGE STAT INDI 1

On/Off

Displays the charging status indicator 1 operation request status.


On: The charging status indicator 1 is lit.
Off: No operation request

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-56

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (VCM)


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
MONITOR ITEM

Unit

Description

On/Off

Displays the charging status indicator 2 operation request status.


On: The charging status indicator 2 is lit.
Off: No operation request

CHARGE STAT INDI 3

On/Off

Displays the charging status indicator 3 operation request status.


On: The charging status indicator 3 is lit.
Off: No operation request

ASCD MAIN SW

On/Off

Displays the ASCD MAIN switch operation status.


On: When the ASCD MAIN switch is operated
Off: When the ASCD MAIN switch is not operated

ASCD CANCEL SW

On/Off

Displays the CANCEL switch operation status.


On: When the CANCEL switch is operated
Off: When the CANCEL switch is not operated

RESUME/ACC SW

On/Off

Displays the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch operation status.


On: When the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is operated
Off: When the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is not operated

ASCD SET SW

On/Off

Displays the SET/COAST switch operation status.


On: When the SET/COAST switch is operated
Off: When the SET/COAST switch is not operated

ASCD BRAKE SW

On/Off

Displays the ASCD brake switch operation status.


On: The brake pedal is not depressed.
Off: The brake pedal is depressed.

STOP LAMP SW

On/Off

Displays the operation status of the stop lamp switch.


On: The brake pedal is depressed.
Off: The brake pedal is not depressed.

ASCD SET LAMP

On/Off

Displays the SET indicator operation request status.


On: The SET indicator is lit.
Off: No operation request

On/STOP

Displays the status of the operation request sent by VCM to the DC/DC converter.
On: When there is a DC/DC converter operation request
Off: No operation request

On/Off

Displays the power voltage variable control authorization status of VCM.


On: Authorized
Off: Prohibited

KICK DOWN

On/Off

Displays Kick Down decision state.


On: Accelerator pedal is depressed.
Off: Accelerator pedal is fully released

TRG HV BATT CHG LEVEL

100%/80%

Displays the selected Li-ion battery charging level.

REAR DEFOGGER

On/Off

Displays the rear window defogger operation status received from the IPDM E/R.
On: When the rear window defogger is operating
Off: When the rear window defogger is not operating

PWR LIMIT INDICAT LAMP

On/Off

Displays the power limit indicator lamp operation request status.


On: The power limit indicator lamp is lit.
Off: No operation request

A/C SW

On/Off

Displays the A/C switch operation status received from the A/C auto amp.
On: When the A/C switch is operating
Off: When the A/C switch is not operating

EVSE COMM

COMM/
NO COM

Displays the communication status between VCM and the EVSE.

Q/CHG INTERLOCK

On/Off

Displays the quick charger connector engagement status.


On: The quick charger connector is connected correctly.
Off: The quick charger connector is not connected.

Q/CHG RELAY

On/Off

Displays the quick charge relay operation status.


On: Quick charge relay is ON
Off: Quick charge relay is OFF

CHARGE STAT INDI 2

DC/DC CONV STAT

VARIABLE V/CONT PERMIT

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-57

EVC

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (VCM)


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
MONITOR ITEM

Unit

Description

HV CNCTR INTRLCK (OBC)

On/Off

Displays the connection status of the high voltage connector connected to the onboard charger.
On: The high voltage connector is connected correctly.
Off: Except above.

BLOWER FAN ACTIV

On/Off

Displays the operation status of the blower fan received from the A/C auto amp.
On: When the blower fan is operating
Off: When the blower fan is not operating

HEAD LAMP LOW SIG

On/Off

Displays the operation status of the headlamp received from the IPDM E/R.
On: When the low beam is operating
Off: When the low beam is not operating

HEAD LAMP HI SIG

On/Off

Displays the operation status of the headlamp received from the IPDM E/R.
On: When the high beam is operating
Off: When the high beam is not operating

On/Off

Displays the connection status of the high voltage connector connected to the Li-ion
battery pack.
On: The high voltage connector is connected correctly.
Off: Except above.

OK/EMPTY

Displays that the Li-ion battery remaining energy is low.


OK: Normal
EMPTY: When low

HV CNCTR INTRLCK (HV BAT)

HV BATT EMPTY

ACTIVE TEST MODE


Test Item
TEST ITEM

CONDITION

PLUG IN INDICATOR

POWER ON
This turns ON and OFF the indicator used by the ACTIVE TEST.

This confirms the indicator is ON/


OFF.

VCM
Combination meter
CAN communication

CHARGE STAT
INDICATOR 1

POWER ON
This turns ON and OFF the indicator used by the ACTIVE TEST.

This confirms the indicator is ON/


OFF.

Harness and connectors


Bulb and LED
VCM

CHARGE STAT
INDICATOR 2

POWER ON
This turns ON and OFF the indicator used by the ACTIVE TEST.

This confirms the indicator is ON/


OFF.

Harness and connectors


Bulb and LED
VCM

CHARGE STAT
INDICATOR 3

POWER ON
This turns ON and OFF the indicator used by the ACTIVE TEST.

This confirms the indicator is ON/


OFF.

Harness and connectors


Bulb and LED
VCM

REVERSE LAMP
RLY

POWER ON
This turns ON and OFF the reverse lamp relay used by the ACTIVE TEST.

Check that the reverse lamp relay


makes the operating sound.
Check that the reverse lamp is
turned ON.

DC/DC CONV
DUTY

POWER ON
This changes the duty ratio used
by the ACTIVE TEST.

Check that the 12V battery power


supply voltage changes.

Harness and connectors


DC/DC converter
VCM

VOLTAGE CONTROL

POWER ON
This changes the voltage used by
the ACTIVE TEST.

Check that the 12V battery power


supply voltage changes.

Harness and connectors


DC/DC converter
VCM

READY INDICATOR

POWER ON
This turns ON and OFF the indicator used by the ACTIVE TEST.

This confirms the indicator is ON/


OFF.

VCM
Combination meter
CAN communication

POWER LIMITATION INDICATOR

POWER ON
This turns ON and OFF the indicator used by the ACTIVE TEST.

This confirms the indicator is ON/


OFF.

VCM
Combination meter
CAN communication

EV SYSTEM W/L

POWER ON
This turns ON and OFF the indicator used by the ACTIVE TEST.

This confirms the indicator is ON/


OFF.

VCM
Combination meter
CAN communication

Revision: 2010 November

JUDGMENT

EVC-58

CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)

Harness and connectors


Bulb and LED
F/S relay
VCM

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (VCM)


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
TEST ITEM

CONDITION

JUDGMENT

CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)

12V BATTERY
CHARGE W/L

POWER ON
This turns ON and OFF the indicator used by the ACTIVE TEST.

This confirms the indicator is ON/


OFF.

Harness and connectors


VCM
Combination meter

HV BATT TEMP
DISP

POWER ON
This changes the display value
used by the ACTIVE TEST.

Confirm that the Li-ion battery temperature gauge display in the combination meter changes.

VCM
Combination meter
CAN communication

ECO INDICATOR

POWER ON
This changes the display value
used by the ACTIVE TEST.

Confirm that the ECO indicator display in the upper meter changes.

VCM
Combination meter
Upper meter
CAN communication

ECO TREE

POWER ON
This changes the display value
used by the ACTIVE TEST.

Confirm that the ECO tree display in


the upper meter changes.

VCM
Combination meter
Upper meter
CAN communication

WATER PUMP 1

POWER ON
This turns changes the duty ratio
used by the ACTIVE TEST.

Check that the water pump 1 operation speed changes.

Harness and connectors


Water pump 1
VCM

WATER PUMP 2

POWER ON
This turns changes the duty ratio
used by the ACTIVE TEST.

Check that the water pump 2 operation speed changes.

Harness and connectors


Water pump 2
VCM

COOLING FAN

POWER ON
This turns changes the duty ratio
used by the ACTIVE TEST.

Check that the cooling fan operation


speed changes.

Harness and connectors


Cooling fan system
VCM

EVC

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-59

LEAF

http://vnx.su

VCM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION


VCM
Reference Value

INFOID:0000000006977133

VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL


NOTE:
Specification data are reference values.
The displayed data may differ from an actual signal/value/operation, as some of them are calculated by
VCM, based on signals transmitted from VCM-related sensors to VCM.
MONITOR ITEM

POWER LIMIT CAUSE

VEHICLE SPEED
12V BATTERY VOLTAGE

WATER PUMP 1 TRG DUTY

W/P 1 CRNT SPD DUTY

WATER PUMP 2 TRG DUTY

W/P 2 CRNT SPD DUTY


VCM POWER SUPPLY (ACT)

DC/DC CONV TEMP

Revision: 2010 November

CONDITION

Output being limited

Values/Status

Li-ion battery temperature is too


low.

B/T-LOW

Li-ion battery temperature is too


high.

B/T-HI

When the Li-ion battery remaining energy is low

B LEV

When the Li-ion battery capacity


is low

B CAP

When the voltage input to the


traction motor or traction motor
inverter is low

MOT-V

Traction motor temperature or


traction motor inverter temperature is too high.

MOT-T

No torque limitation

##

Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT value with the speedometer indication.

Almost the same speed as


the speedometer indication.

POWER ON (not READY)

11 15 V

READY

13 15 V

Power ON

Pump is stopped

10%

READY

Pump speed 750 rpm 4700rpm

20 80%

Power ON

Pump is stopped

10%

READY

Pump speed 750 rpm 4700rpm

20 80%

Power ON

Pump is stopped

10%

READY

Pump speed 750 rpm 4700rpm

20 80%

Power ON

Pump is stopped

10%

READY

Pump speed 750 rpm 4700rpm

20 80%

Power ON

Power ON

11 15 V
When output over current is limited

1800 2200 sec

DC/DC converter temperature:


High

2400 3000 sec

DC/DC converter temperature:


Middle

3600 4400 sec

DC/DC converter temperature:


Low

7300 8900 sec

When the signal circuit is open or


shorted

##

EVC-60

LEAF

http://vnx.su

VCM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
MONITOR ITEM

DC/DC TEMP STATUS

F/S RELAY VOLT

COOLANT TEMP

CONDITION

Power ON

NEXT GEAR POSITION

GEAR POSITION

READY LAMP SIGNAL

CHARGE LAMP SIGNAL

EV SYSTEM W/L SIGNAL

DC/DC converter temperature:


High

DC/DC converter temperature:


Middle

DC/DC converter temperature:


Low

When the signal circuit is open or


shorted

EVC

11 15 V

READY

12 15 V

After 2 minutes have expired since READY

Above the outside temperature and below 80C


(Value in accordance with
the cooling water temperature)

Charge connector is not connected


Charge connector is connected

VCM MODE

VCM ACTIVATION

When output over current is limited

Power ON

Power ON

TRG MOTOR TORQ 1

Values/Status

10

G
110

READY

30

Charging

130

READY

0 280 Nm
(Depending on accelerator
pedal opening angle)

READY

READY

Except READY

Power ON

Power ON

On
Selector lever: R

Selector lever: N or P

N/P

Selector lever: D or ECO

D position

Selector lever: R

Selector lever: N or P

N/P

Selector lever: D or ECO

D position

READY

On

When READY is started

Blinks

Except above

Off

Power ON

On

READY

Off

Power ON

When VCM has detected an error.

On

Except above

Off

AVAILABLE MOT OUTPUT


MAX

READY

0 90 kW

MOT REGENERABLE PWR


MAX

READY

0 51 kW

POWER CONSUM (MOTOR)

READY

0 90 kW

NEED CHG/T TO FULL (200V)

Power ON

This displays the same value as in the information dis-

play.*1

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-61

LEAF

http://vnx.su

VCM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
MONITOR ITEM
NEED CHG/T TO FULL (100V)

CONDITION

Values/Status
This displays the same value as in the information dis-

Power ON

play.*1
Charging using AC 100-120 V

CHARGE STATUS

100V

Charging using AC 200-240 V

200V

During quick charge

QUICK

When in a state where charging is not possible

NG

Except above

Off

ECO INDICATOR

Displays the same value as in the instant ECO indicator.

ECO TREE

Displays the same value as in the ECO tree.

POWER CONSUMPTION (A/C)

READY
When the air conditioner is used

0 5 kW

Power ON

0 0.6 V

READY

0.2 0.8 V

Charging

0.1 0.7 V

POWER CONSUM (AUXS)

GEAR POSITION

AMBIENT TEMP

CHARGE MODE

DC/DC CONV MONI VOLT

DC/DC CONV STATUS

DC/DC CONV REQ VOLT

DC/DC CONV REQ DUTY

COOLING FAN REQ DUTY

ACCEL OPEN ANGLE

Revision: 2010 November

READY

Selector lever: P Range

Selector lever: R range

Selector lever: N Range

Selector lever: D range

D position

Selector lever: ECO range

Power: ON

Indicates depending on ambient temperature.

During normal charge

N/CHG

During quick charge

Q/CHG

Except above

OFF

Power ON

Power ON

When normal operation

4600 mV or more

When VCM detects a DC/DC


converter error

2100 4,300 mV

When VCM prohibits the DC/DC


converter operation

0 1,000 mV

When normal operation

When VCM detects a DC/DC


converter error

When VCM prohibits the DC/DC


converter operation

Power ON

14,000 mV

READY

13000 15,000 mV

Power ON

DC/DC converter output voltage:


13 V

20%
(Approx.)

DC/DC converter output voltage:


14 V

50%
(Approx.)

DC/DC converter output voltage:


15 V

80%
(Approx.)

READY

Power ON

15 85%
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

80 90 deg

Accelerator pedal: Fully released

0 5 deg

EVC-62

LEAF

http://vnx.su

VCM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
MONITOR ITEM

CONDITION

12V BATTERY TEMP

Power ON

12V BATTERY CURRENT AVG

Values/Status
Indicates depending on motor room air temperature.

READY (at idle*2)


Li-ion battery remained energy: Full
Selector lever: P or N
A/C switch: OFF
Electrical load: No load

B
0 50 A

EVC

READY COUNT

Power ON

This shows the READY cumulative count

INTEG READY TIME

Power ON

This shows the READY cumulative operation time

QUICK CHG COUNT

Power ON

This shows the quick charge


cumulative count

INTEG Q/CHG TIME

Power ON

This shows the quick charge


cumulative operation time

NORMAL CHG COUNT

Power ON

This shows the normal


charge cumulative count

INTEG N/CHG TIME

Power ON

This shows the normal


charge cumulative operation
time

ACCEL SENSOR 1 VOLT

ACCEL SENSOR 2 VOLT

Power ON

Power ON

Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

4.0 4.8 V

Accelerator pedal: Fully released

0.6 0.9 V

Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

3.9 4.8 V

Accelerator pedal: Fully released

0.6 0.9 V
Almost the same speed as
the speedometer indication.

REFRIGERANT PRESS

READY
Both the A/C switch and blower fan switch are ON (A/C compressor is operating)

0.6 2.6 MPa

Normal charge connector is connected.

On

Normal charge connector is half-engaged

HALF

Except above

Off

Power ON

0 3.3 kW

In Normal Charging

0 3.3 kW

In Quick Charging

0 50 kW

When an AC power supply is not connected

OFF

When an AC 100-120 V power supply is connected

100V

When an AC 200-240 V power supply is connected

200V

HV BATT LEVEL

Depending on Li-ion battery remained energy.

0 100%

HV BATT VOLT

Power ON

200 403 V

HV BATT CURRENT

READY (at idle*2)


Electrical load: No load

0 10 A

HV BATTERY TEMP

Power ON

Between the outside air temperature and 60C (140F)

HV BATT LEVEL

Power ON

0 24 kWh

IR SENSOR SIGNAL P-P

Power ON

3150 mV or more

INVERTER DC INPUT VOLT

Power ON

200 403 V

OBC OUT PWR

AC POWER TYPE

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-63

Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT value with the speedometer indication.

ENABLE OBC OUT PWR

HI SPEC VEHICLE SPEED

N/CHG PORT INTERLOCK

LEAF

http://vnx.su

VCM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
MONITOR ITEM

CONDITION

Values/Status

Normal

100%

When output is limited

0 99%

READY

0 280 Nm
(Depending on accelerator
pedal opening angle)

When vehicle speed is 0 km/h

0 rpm

When vehicle speed is 60 km/h

4200 rpm
(Approx.)

ESTMT PWR CNSM (A/C CMP)

READY
A/C switch: ON

0 5 kW

ESTMT PWR CNSM (PTC HTR)

When the air conditioner is operating


Set temperature: HOT side maximum

0 10 kW

MOTOR PWR LIMIT REQ (INV)

CURRENT MOTOR TORQ

MOTOR SPEED

FRONT WIPER

Power ON

Front wiper operation status Low

LOW

Front wiper operation status


High

HIGH

Front wiper operation status Not


operation

OFF

When a non-serious collision is detected

MID

When a serious collision is detected

HEAVY

No collision is detected

##

POWER SW

Power switch operation: ONOFFON

OnOffOn

START SIGNAL

Power switch operation: ONSTARTON

OffOnOn

When the charge gun is inserted/power supply plug is inserted

OnOff

Except above.

Off

CLASH DETECT INFO

EV SYS ACT REQ (OBC)

IMMEDIATE CHG SW

Power ON

Immediate charging switch:


Pressed

On

Immediate charging switch: Released

Off

EV SYS ACT REQ (TCU)

Power switch operation: OFFON

OffOnOff

HV INTERLOCK (DC/DC)

When the DC/DC converter's high voltage connector is engaged correctly

On

Except above

Off

F/S RELAY

Power ON

On

M/C RELAY

Power ON

On

During quick charge

On

Except above

Off

F/S CHG RELAY

REVERSE LAMP RELAY

Power ON

REVERSE LAMP RELAY MONI

Power ON

A/C RELAY

HV P MAIN RLY ACTIV

HV P MAIN RLY ACTIV MONI

HV N MAIN RLY ACTIV

Revision: 2010 November

Selector lever: R range

On

Selector lever: Except R range

Off

Selector lever: R range

On

Selector lever: Except R range

Off

Power ON

On

Power OFF

Off

READY

On

Power ON

Off

READY

On

Power ON

Off

READY

On

Power ON

Off

EVC-64

LEAF

http://vnx.su

VCM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
MONITOR ITEM
HV N MAIN RLY ACTIV MONI
HV PRE CHG RLY ACTIV
HV PRE CHG RLY ACTIV MONI
PLUG IN INDI LAMP

CHARGE STAT INDI 1

CHARGE STAT INDI 2

CHARGE STAT INDI 3

CONDITION
READY

On

Power ON

Off

Immediately after the power OFFREADY operation

OffOnOff

Immediately after the power OFFREADY operation

OffOnOff

Plug in indicator lamp: ON

On

Plug in indicator lamp: OFF

Off

Charging status lamp 1: ON

On

Charging status lamp 1: OFF

Off

Charging status lamp 2: ON

On

Charging status lamp 2: OFF

Off

Charging status lamp 3: ON

On

Charging status lamp 3: OFF

ASCD MAIN SW

Power ON

ASCD CANCEL SW

Power ON

RESUME/ACC SW

Values/Status

Power ON

ASCD SET SW

Power ON

ASCD BRAKE SW

Power ON

On

ASCD MAIN switch: Released

Off

CANCEL switch: Pressed

On

CANCEL switch: Released

Off

RESUME/ACCELERATE
switch: Pressed

On

RESUME/ACCELERATE
switch: Released

Off

SET/COAST switch: Pressed

On

SET/COAST switch: Released

Off

Brake pedal: Fully released

On

Brake pedal: Depressed

Off

Brake pedal: Fully released

Off

Brake pedal: Depressed

On

Power ON

ASCD SET LAMP

After the ASCD MAIN switch has been pressed once, press it again.

OnOff

READY

On

Power ON

STOP

READY
The 12V battery is sufficiently charged
Wiper not operating

On

Except above.

Off

VARIABLE V/CONT PERMIT

Accelerator pedal: Depressed

On

Accelerator pedal: Released

Off

KICK DOWN

Power ON

CLUTCH PEDAL SW

This item is displayed but is not applicable to this model.

TRG HV BATT CHG LEVEL

REAR DEFOGGER

PWR LIMIT INDICAT LAMP

A/C SW

EVSE COMM

Revision: 2010 November

Selected 100% charge

100%

Selected 80% charge

80%

Rear defogger: Operates

On

Rear defogger: Not operate

Off

Power limitation indicator lamp: ON

On

Power limitation indicator lamp: OFF

Off

Power ON

EVC

Off
ASCD MAIN switch: Pressed

STOP LAMP SW

DC/DC CONV STAT

A/C switch: ON

On

A/C switch: OFF

Off

When PWM communication is established between VCM and EVSE

COMM

Except above

NO COM

EVC-65

LEAF

http://vnx.su

VCM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
MONITOR ITEM

CONDITION

Q/CHG INTERLOCK

Q/CHG RELAY

Values/Status

Quick charger connector is connected.

On

Except above

Off

Quick charging

On

Except above

HV CNCTR INTRLCK (OBC)

BLOWER FAN ACTIV

HEAD LAMP LOW SIG

HEAD LAMP HI SIG

HV CNCTR INTRLCK (HV BAT)

HV BATT EMPTY

Off

Power ON

When the on board charger's


high voltage connector is connected correctly

On

Except above

Off

Blower fan: Operates

On

Blower fan: Not operate

Off

When the combination switch's low beam was selected

On

Except above

Off

When the combination switch 's high beam was selected

On

Except above

Off

Power ON

Power ON

When the Li-ion battery's high


voltage connector is connected
correctly

On

Except above

Off

The Li-ion battery remaining energy is sufficient.

OK

The Li-ion battery remaining energy is low.

EMPTY

*1: When the information display indicates ---, this item indicates 2047.
*2: Idle is the state when not driving in the READY state.

TERMINAL LAYOUT

JSCIA0254ZZ

PHYSICAL VALUES
NOTE:
Specification data are reference values.
Terminal No.
(Wire color)
+
1
4

Description

Signal name

Input/
Output

Ground

Ignition relay power supply

Input

Ground

VCM ground

A/C relay

Revision: 2010 November

Output

Value
(Approx.)

Condition

Power switch: ON

12V BATTERY VOLTAGE


(12 - 15 V)

Power switch: ON

0V
(Approx.)

A few seconds after turning power


switch OFF

11 14 V

EVC-66

LEAF

http://vnx.su

VCM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Terminal No.
(Wire color)
+
6

8
9
13

15

18

21

23

25

Description
Signal name

Input/
Output
Always

12V BATTERY VOLTAGE


(11 14 V)

Power switch: ON

0V

More than 20 seconds after turning


power OFF.

12V BATTERY VOLTAGE


(11 14 V)

EV system CAN-H

Input/
Output

EV system CAN-L

Input/
Output

Power switch: ON
Brake pedal: depress

0V

Power switch: ON
Brake pedal: Fully released

12V BATTERY VOLTAGE


(11 14 V)

Power switch: ON
Brake pedal: depress

12V BATTERY VOLTAGE


(11 14 V)

Power switch: ON
Brake pedal: Fully released

0V

Power switch: ON

12V BATTERY VOLTAGE


(11 14 V)

When all the high voltage connectors


are connected

12V BATTERY VOLTAGE


(11 14 V)

When one of the high voltage connectors is disconnected

0V

Ground

Battery power supply

Ground

SSOFF relay

Output

VCM ground

Ground

Ground

ASCD brake switch

Stop lamp switch

Ground

Power ON power supply

Ground

High voltage connector


interlock

Value
(Approx.)

Condition

CAN-H

Input

Input

Input

Input

Input

Input/
Output

EVC

K
Power switch ON
Pump operation duty: 0%

26

JSCIA0323ZZ

Water pump 2 signal

Input

Power switch ON
Pump operation duty: Approx. 70%

O
JSCIA0324ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-67

LEAF

http://vnx.su

VCM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Terminal No.
(Wire color)
+

Description

Signal name

Value
(Approx.)

Condition

Input/
Output

Power switch ON
Pump operation duty: 0%

28

JSCIA0325ZZ

Water pump 1 signal

Input

Power switch ON
Pump operation duty: Approx. 70%

JSCIA0326ZZ

29

33
34

35

35

37

39

38

39

CAN-L

Input/
Output

Sensor power supply


(Refrigerant pressure
sensor)

Output

Power switch: ON

5V

A/C compressor operating.

1.0 4.0 V

Power switch: ON

5V
(Approx.)

Power switch: ON
Accelerator pedal: Fully released

0.45 1.0 V

Power switch: ON
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

4.4 4.8 V

Refrigerant pressure sensor


Sensor ground
(Refrigerant pressure
sensor)
Sensor power supply
(Accelerator pedal position sensor 1)
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1

Input

Output

Input

Sensor ground
(Accelerator pedal position sensor 1)

Shield

41

43

Sensor power supply


(Battery current sensor)

Power switch: ON

5V
(Approx.)

42

43

READY
12V battery is fully charged

2.6 3.5 V

Power switch: ON

5V
(Approx.)

Power switch: ON
Accelerator pedal: Fully released

0.22 0.5 V

Power switch: ON
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

2.1 2.5 V

39

40

43

45

47

46

47

Battery current sensor

Output
Input

Sensor ground
(Battery current sensor)

Sensor power supply


(Accelerator pedal position sensor 2)

Output

Accelerator pedal position


sensor 2

Revision: 2010 November

Input

EVC-68

LEAF

http://vnx.su

VCM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Terminal No.
(Wire color)
+
47

48

50

51

52

Description

Signal name

Input/
Output

Value
(Approx.)

Condition

Sensor ground
(Accelerator pedal position sensor 2)

Shield

43

Battery temperature sensor

Input

READY

0 4.8 V
Output voltage varies with motor room
air temperature.

Coolant temperature sensor

Input

READY

0 4.8 V
Output voltage varies with coolant temperature.

52

Sensor ground
(Coolant temperature
sensor)

EVC

G
DC/DC converter output power: 13 V

H
57

Power voltage variable


control signal

JSCIA0327ZZ

Output

I
DC/DC converter output power: 15 V

JSCIA0328ZZ

Fan duty: 40%

M
59

JSCIA0329ZZ

Cooling fan control signal

Output

N
Fan duty: 100%

O
JSCIA0330ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-69

LEAF

http://vnx.su

VCM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Terminal No.
(Wire color)
+

Description
Signal name

Input/
Output

Condition

Value
(Approx.)

Pump operation duty: 0%

62

JSCIA0331ZZ

Water pump 1 signal

Input

Pump operation duty: Approx. 70%

JSCIA0332ZZ

Pump operation duty: 0%

64

JSCIA0333ZZ

Water pump 2 signal

Input

Pump operation duty: Approx. 70%

JSCIA0334ZZ

DC/DC converter temperature: High

67

DC/DC converter temperature signal

JSCIA0341ZZ

Input

DC/DC converter temperature: Low

JSCIA0342ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-70

LEAF

http://vnx.su

VCM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Terminal No.
(Wire color)
+

70

73

75

77

78

80

81

Description

Ground

Ground

Ground

Ground

Ground

Signal name

DC/DC converter activation signal

F/S relay

F/S CHG relay

F/S relay power supply

M/C relay

Reverse lamp relay

K-Line

Input/
Output

Output

5V
(Approx.)

READY
When VCM has detected an error
in the DC/DC converter

3V
(Approx.)

Power switch: ON

Less than 1 V

Power switch: OFF

12V BATTERY VOLTAGE


(11 14 V)

READY

0V
(Approx.)

During quick charge

0V
(Approx.)

Except above

12V BATTERY VOLTAGE


(11 14 V)

Power switch: OFF

0V

READY

12V BATTERY VOLTAGE


(11 14 V)

Power switch: OFF

12V BATTERY VOLTAGE


(11 14 V)

Power switch: ON

0V
(Approx.)

Power ON
Selector lever: R range

0V
(Approx.)

Power ON
Selector lever: Except R range

12V BATTERY VOLTAGE


(11 14 V)

Output

Output

Output

READY
DC/DC converter is operating normally

Output

Input

Value
(Approx.)

Condition

EVC

84

EV system activation request signal

Input

Power switch: OFFON


NOTE:
When turn power switch OFF to ON,
TCU sends the voltage signal to
check the system for approximately 1
second.

M
JSCIA0343ZZ

85

86

87

Ground

Ground

Ground

Charging status indicator


2

Charging status indicator


1

Plug in indicator lamp

Revision: 2010 November

Charging status indicator 2: ON

0V
(Approx.)

Charging status indicator 2: OFF

12V BATTERY VOLTAGE


(11 14 V)

Charging status indicator 1: ON

0V
(Approx.)

Charging status indicator 1: OFF

12V BATTERY VOLTAGE


(11 14 V)

Plug in indicator lamp: ON

0V
(Approx.)

Plug in indicator lamp: OFF

12V BATTERY VOLTAGE


(11 14 V)

Output

Output

Output

EVC-71

LEAF

http://vnx.su

VCM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Terminal No.
(Wire color)
+

Description
Signal name

Value
(Approx.)

Condition

Input/
Output

EVSE is connected.

88

JSCIA0336ZZ

VSP control signal

Output

Charge start

JSCIA0337ZZ

89

90

91

92

96

Ground

Ground

Ground

Ground

Immediate charging
switch

READY signal

Electric shift warning


lamp

Charging status indicator


3

EV system activation request signal

Input

Input

Output

Immediate charging switch: Pressed

12V BATTERY VOLTAGE


(11 14 V)

Immediate charging switch: Released

0V

Power switch: ON
Selector lever: P or N
Brake pedal: Depressed

12V BATTERY VOLTAGE


(11 14 V)

Power switch: ON
Selector lever: P or N
Brake pedal: Fully released

0V
(Approx.)

Immediately after the power


OFFREADY operation

0V
(Approx.)

Except above (Power ON or READY)

12 V

Charging status indicator 3: ON

0V
(Approx.)

Charging status indicator 3: OFF

12V BATTERY VOLTAGE


(11 14 V)

Output

Input

Power switch: OFFON


NOTE:
When turn power switch OFF to ON,
the on-board charger sends the voltage signal to check the system for approximately 1 second.
JSCIA0343ZZ

104

ASCD steering switch

Revision: 2010 November

Input

Power ON
ASCD steering switch: All OFF

4V
(Approx.)

Power ON
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch:
Pressed

3V
(Approx.)

Power ON
SET/COAST switch: Pressed

2V
(Approx.)

Power ON
CANCEL switch: Pressed

1V
(Approx.)

Power ON
ASCD main switch: Pressed

0V
(Approx.)

EVC-72

LEAF

http://vnx.su

VCM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Terminal No.
(Wire color)
+

105

107

Description

Pre-charge relay

108

110

Input/
Output

Signal name

Output

System main relay 1

Output

ASCD steering switch


ground

System main relay 2

Output

Value
(Approx.)

Condition

Immediately after the power


OFFREADY operation

12V BATTERY VOLTAGE*


(11 14 V)

Except above

0V

During READY or during charging

12V BATTERY VOLTAGE


(11 14 V)

Except above

0V

During READY or during charging

12V BATTERY VOLTAGE


(11 14 V)

Except above

0V

111

VCM ground

112

VCM ground

EVC

*: This signal can be confirmed with oscilloscope.

Fail-Safe

INFOID:0000000006977134

FAIL-SAFE PATTERN

Pattern A: Quick charge prohibited


Pattern B: Normal charge prohibited
Pattern C: READY OFF
Pattern D: High-voltage power supply stop

FAIL-SAFE LIST
:Applicable

DTC

U1010

Pattern
A

Others

TYPE 1
TYPE 2

P0643
P0A8D

P0A8E

P0AA0

P0AA1

P0AA2

P0AA4

P0AA5

P0AA6

Doing READY again is prohibited.

P1564

ASCD operation prohibited

P1572

ASCD operation prohibited

P1574

ASCD operation prohibited

P1610

Start not possible

P1611

Start not possible

P1612

Start not possible

P1613

Start not possible

P1614

Start not possible

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-73

LEAF

http://vnx.su

VCM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
DTC

Pattern
A

Others

P1615

Start not possible

P2122
P2123
P2127
P2128

Traction motor output is limited.


Reduced responsiveness during accelerator operation

TYPE 1
P2138

Traction motor output is limited.


Reduced responsiveness during accelerator operation

TYPE 2

P3100

TYPE 2

TYPE 1
P3101

TYPE 3

No fail-safe.

P3102

Traction motor output is limited.

P312A

P312B

P312C

P312D

P312E

P312F

P3130

P3131

P3137

TYPE 1
P315C

TYPE 2

TYPE 3

TYPE 4

No fail-safe.

P316A
P316F

TYPE 1

TYPE 2

TYPE 1

TYPE 2

TYPE 3

P3170

P3173

Traction motor output is limited.

TYPE 4
TYPE 5

TYPE 6

No fail-safe.

P3175
P3176

P3177

P3178

P3179

P317A
P317B

P317D
P317E

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-74

LEAF

http://vnx.su

VCM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
DTC

Pattern
A

P3182

P3183

P3191

P3193

P3196

TYPE 1
TYPE 2

TYPE 1
TYPE 2
TYPE 1

No fail-safe.

No fail-safe.

TYPE 1

TYPE 2

Traction motor output is limited.

P319C

TYPE 1

TYPE 2

Only driving in creep is possible.

Traction motor output is limited.

P31A7

P31B0

P31B3

P31B4

P31B5

Only driving in creep is possible.

P31AD
P31AE

P31A2

P31A9

Only driving in creep is possible.

TYPE 2

P319E

EVC

Put the gear position in neutral.

P3197

P31A1

P3188
P318B

Others

TYPE 1

TYPE 2

Traction motor output is limited.

TYPE 1

VCM inhibits the timer charge.

TYPE 2

VCM inhibits the timer charge and the pre-air conditioner.

TYPE 3

No fail-safe.

TYPE 1

When the power is turned on and the vehicle is charging, the cooling
fan is operated at a constant speed.

TYPE 2

No fail-safe.

TYPE 1

VCM inhibits the timer charge.

TYPE 2

VCM inhibits the pre-air conditioner.

TYPE 3

No fail-safe.

TYPE 1

ASCD operation prohibited


NOTE:
The ECO meter display value also becomes extremely poor.

TYPE 2

No fail-safe.

P31B6

VCM sets the DC/DC converter output power to a constant 14 V.

P31C5

VCM inhibits the timer charge and the pre-air conditioner.


VCM inhibits the automatic 12V battery charge control.

P31C6

VCM inhibits the timer charge and the pre-air conditioner.


VCM inhibits the automatic 12V battery charge control.

P31C7

VCM inhibits the timer charge and the pre-air conditioner.


VCM inhibits the automatic 12V battery charge control.

P31CA

P31CB

P31D4

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-75

LEAF

http://vnx.su

VCM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
DTC

Pattern
A

Traction motor output is limited.


Vehicle speed is limited. (Approx. 40 km/h)

P31D5
P31DB

P31DC

P31DE

P31E0

P31E1

P31E2

Others

TYPE 1

Traction motor output is limited.

TYPE 2

TYPE 1

TYPE 2
TYPE 1

No fail-safe.

TYPE 2
TYPE 1

No fail-safe.

TYPE 2

No fail-safe.

P31E7

Doing READY again is prohibited.

P31F2

VCM inhibits the timer charge and the pre-air conditioner.

DTC Inspection Priority Chart

INFOID:0000000006977135

If multiple DTC are displayed at the same time, check each of them one at a time in accordance with the following priority table.
Priority

DTC

Detection items

U1000

CAN COMM CIRCUIT

U1010

CAN ERROR

P0603

INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE

P0616

STARTER RELAY

P0643

SENSOR POWER SUPPLY

P0A00

COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

P0A08

DC/DC CONVERTER

P1551, P1552

BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR

P1556, P1557

BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR

P2122, P2123

APP SENSOR D

P2127, P2128

APP SENSOR E

P3101

VCM

P3137

CAR CRASH

P3175

VCM

P318D, P3191, P3193, P3194, P3195, P3196, P3197, P319C,


P319E, P319F, P31A0, P31A1, P31A2, P31A7, P31A9, P31AA,
P31AB, P31AD, P31AE, P31AF, P31B0, P31B3, P31B4, P31B5,
P31B6, P31B7, P31B8, P31B9

COMMUNICATION ERROR

P31C4

VCM TIMER

P31C5, P31C6, P31C7

VCM

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-76

LEAF

http://vnx.su

VCM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Priority

DTC

Detection items

P0A0B

HV SYSTEM INTERLOCK ERROR

P0A8D, P0A8E

14V POWER SUPPLY

P0A94

DC/DC CONVERTER

P0AA0, P0AA1, P0AA2

HYBRID BATT POSITIVE CONTACTOR

P0AA4, P0AA5

HYBRID BATT NEGATIVE CONTACTOR

P1550, P1554

BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR

P155A

BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR

P1564

ASCD SWITCH

P1572

ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

P1574

ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR

P1805

BRAKE SWITCH

P2138

APP SENSOR

P3102

INVALID BATTERY

P315C

CHARGE RELAY

P315E

VDC SYSTEM

P316A

MOTOR SPEED

P3172, P3173

ON BOARD CHARGER SYSTEM

P317A, P317B, P317D

MOTOR SYSTEM

P317E, P3180, P3182, P3183

HV BATTERY SYSTEM

P3188

ELECTRIC SHIFT SYSTEM

P318A, P318B

ELECTRIC SHIFT SYSTEM

P31C0

ON BOARD CHARGER SYSTEM

P31C1, P31C2

TCU

P31C8, P31C9, P31CA, P31CB

ON BOARD CHARGER SYSTEM

P31D4, P31D5

PRE CHARGE RELAY

P31D6, P31D7

F/S RELAY

P31DB

HV BATT MAIN RELAY +

P31DC

HV BATT MAIN RELAY -

P31DD

PRE CHARGE RELAY

P31E8, P31E9, P31EC

WATER PUMP 1

P31EA, P31EB, P31ED

WATER PUMP 2

P31EE

REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR

P31F0

DC/DC CONVERTER COMM LINE

P31F2

AV SET INFORMATION

EVC

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-77

LEAF

http://vnx.su

VCM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Priority

DTC

Detection items

P0A8F

14V POWER SUPPLY

P0AA6

HYBRID BATT VOLT SYS ISOLATION

P3100, P312A

COMMUNICATION ERROR

P311C

HIGH VOLTAGE SYSTEM

P312B

RESTART ERROR

P312C

INVERTER DISCHARGE ERROR

P312D

QUICK CHARGE RELAY

P312E

READY OFF ERROR

P312F

CHARGE OFF ERROR

P3130

INVERTER DISCHARGE ERROR

P3131

SYSTEM SHUTOFF TIMEOUT

P316F

ON BOARD CHARGER SYSTEM

P3176

INVERTER CONDENSER

P3177, P3178

ECU ACTIVATION ERROR

P31DE

HV BATT MAIN RELAY

P31E0, P31E1, P31E2

HV SYSTEM INTERLOCK ERROR

P31E7

RESTART INHIBITION

DTC Index

INFOID:0000000006977136

:Applicable : Not applicable

Items
(CONSULT screen terms)

DTC

EV system warning
lamp

Trip

Reference page

U1000

CAN COMM CIRCUIT

EVC-109

U1010

CAN ERROR

EVC-110

P0603

INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE

EVC-111

P0616

STARTER RELAY

EVC-112

P0643

SENSOR POWER SUPPLY

EVC-114

P0A00

COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

EVC-116

P0A08

DC/DC CONVERTER

EVC-119

P0A0B

HV SYSTEM INTERLOCK ERROR

EVC-120

P0A8D

14V POWER SUPPLY

EVC-123

P0A8E

14V POWER SUPPLY

EVC-123

P0A8F

14V POWER SUPPLY

EVC-124

P0A94

DC/DC CONVERTER

EVC-125

P0AA0

HYBRID BATT POSITIVE CONTACTOR

EVC-126

P0AA1

HYBRID BATT POSITIVE CONTACTOR

EVC-128

P0AA2

HYBRID BATT POSITIVE CONTACTOR

EVC-130

P0AA4

HYBRID BATT NEGATIVE CONTACTOR

EVC-132

P0AA5

HYBRID BATT NEGATIVE CONTACTOR

EVC-134

P0AA6

HYBRID BATT VOLT SYS ISOLATION

EVC-136

P1550

BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR

EVC-141

P1551

BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR

EVC-141

P1552

BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR

EVC-141

P1554

BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR

EVC-145

P1556

BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR

EVC-149

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-78

LEAF

http://vnx.su

VCM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Items
(CONSULT screen terms)

DTC

EV system warning
lamp

Trip

Reference page

P1557

BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR

EVC-149

P155A

BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR

EVC-151

P1564

ASCD SWITCH

EVC-153

P1572

ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

EVC-156

P1574

ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR

EVC-161

P1610

LOCK MODE

SEC-51

P1611

ID DISCORD, IMMU-VCM

SEC-52

P1612

CHAIN OF VCM-IMMU

SEC-53

P1805

BRAKE SWITCH

EVC-162

P2122

APP SENSOR D

EVC-165

P2123

APP SENSOR D

EVC-165

P2127

APP SENSOR E

EVC-168

P2128

APP SENSOR E

EVC-168

P2138

APP SENSOR

EVC-171

P3100

COMMUNICATION ERROR

EVC-173

P3101

VCM

or

EVC-175

P3102

INVALID BATTERY

EVC-176

P311C

HIGH VOLTAGE SYSTEM

EVC-177

P312A

COMMUNICATION ERROR

EVC-180

P312B

RESTART ERROR

EVC-182

P312C

INVERTER DISCHARGE ERROR

EVC-184

P312D

QUICK CHARGE RELAY

EVC-186

P312E

READY OFF ERROR

EVC-187

P312F

CHARGE OFF ERROR

EVC-189

P3130

INVERTER DISCHARGE ERROR

EVC-184

P3131

SYSTEM SHUTOFF TIMEOUT

EVC-191

P3137

CAR CRASH

EVC-193

P315C

CHARGE RELAY

EVC-194

P315E

VDC SYSTEM

EVC-195

P316A

MOTOR SPEED

EVC-196

P316F

ON BOARD CHARGER SYSTEM

EVC-197

P3172

ON BOARD CHARGER SYSTEM

EVC-198

P3173

ON BOARD CHARGER SYSTEM

or

EVC-198

P3175

VCM

EVC-199

P3176

INVERTER CONDENSER

EVC-200

P3177

ECU ACTIVATION ERROR

EVC-202

P3178

ECU ACTIVATION ERROR

EVC-205

P3179

MOTOR SYSTEM

EVC-207

P317A

MOTOR SYSTEM

EVC-207

P317B

MOTOR SYSTEM

EVC-207

P317D

MOTOR SYSTEM

EVC-208

P317E

HV BATTERY SYSTEM

EVC-209

P3180

HV BATTERY SYSTEM

EVC-209

P3182

HV BATTERY SYSTEM

EVC-209

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-79

EVC

LEAF

http://vnx.su

VCM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Items
(CONSULT screen terms)

DTC

EV system warning
lamp

Trip

Reference page

P3183

HV BATTERY SYSTEM

EVC-210

P3188

ELECTRIC SHIFT SYSTEM

EVC-211

P318A

ELECTRIC SHIFT SYSTEM

EVC-212

P318B

ELECTRIC SHIFT SYSTEM

EVC-213

P318D

COMMUNICATION ERROR

EVC-214

P3191

COMMUNICATION ERROR

or

EVC-215

P3193

COMMUNICATION ERROR

or

EVC-216

P3194

COMMUNICATION ERROR

EVC-217

P3195

COMMUNICATION ERROR

EVC-218

P3196

COMMUNICATION ERROR

EVC-219

P3197

COMMUNICATION ERROR

EVC-220

P319C

COMMUNICATION ERROR

EVC-215

P319E

COMMUNICATION ERROR

EVC-216

P319F

COMMUNICATION ERROR

EVC-217

P31A0

COMMUNICATION ERROR

EVC-218

P31A1

COMMUNICATION ERROR

EVC-219

P31A2

COMMUNICATION ERROR

EVC-220

P31A7

COMMUNICATION ERROR

EVC-215

P31A9

COMMUNICATION ERROR

EVC-216

P31AA

COMMUNICATION ERROR

EVC-217

P31AB

COMMUNICATION ERROR

EVC-218

P31AD

COMMUNICATION ERROR

EVC-220

P31AE

COMMUNICATION ERROR

EVC-219

P31AF

COMMUNICATION ERROR

EVC-221

P31B0

COMMUNICATION ERROR

EVC-222

P31B3

COMMUNICATION ERROR

or

EVC-221

P31B4

COMMUNICATION ERROR

EVC-222

P31B5

COMMUNICATION ERROR

EVC-223

P31B6

COMMUNICATION ERROR

EVC-224

P31B7

COMMUNICATION ERROR

EVC-225

P31B8

COMMUNICATION ERROR

EVC-226

P31B9

COMMUNICATION ERROR

EVC-227

P31C0

ON BOARD CHARGER SYSTEM

EVC-228

P31C1

TCU

EVC-230

P31C2

TCU

EVC-230

P31C4

VCM TIMER

EVC-231

P31C5

VCM

EVC-232

P31C6

VCM

EVC-232

P31C7

VCM

EVC-232

P31C8

ON BOARD CHARGER SYSTEM

EVC-233

P31C9

ON BOARD CHARGER SYSTEM

EVC-233

P31CA

ON BOARD CHARGER SYSTEM

EVC-236

P31CB

ON BOARD CHARGER SYSTEM

EVC-236

P31D4

PRE CHARGE RELAY

EVC-238

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-80

LEAF

http://vnx.su

VCM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Items
(CONSULT screen terms)

DTC

EV system warning
lamp

Trip

Reference page

P31D5

PRE CHARGE RELAY

EVC-239

P31D6

F/S RELAY

EVC-241

P31D7

F/S RELAY

EVC-242

P31DB

HV BATT MAIN RELAY +

EVC-244

P31DC

HV BATT MAIN RELAY -

EVC-246

P31DD

PRE CHARGE RELAY

EVC-248

P31DE

HV BATT MAIN RELAY

EVC-249

P31E0

HV SYSTEM INTERLOCK ERROR

EVC-251

P31E1

HV SYSTEM INTERLOCK ERROR

EVC-256

P31E2

HV SYSTEM INTERLOCK ERROR

EVC-259

P31E7

RESTART INHIBITION

EVC-261

P31E8

WATER PUMP 1

EVC-262

P31E9

WATER PUMP 1

EVC-264

P31EA

WATER PUMP 2

EVC-265

P31EB

WATER PUMP 2

EVC-267

P31EC

WATER PUMP 1

EVC-268

P31ED

WATER PUMP 2

EVC-269

P31EE

REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR

EVC-270

P31F0

DC/DC CONVERTER COMM LINE

EVC-273

P31F2

AV SET INFORMATION

EVC-275

EVC

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-81

LEAF

http://vnx.su

VCM
< WIRING DIAGRAM >

WIRING DIAGRAM
VCM
Wiring Diagram

INFOID:0000000006977137

JCCWA0029GB

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-82

LEAF

http://vnx.su

VCM
< WIRING DIAGRAM >
A

EVC

O
JCCWA0030GB

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-83

LEAF

http://vnx.su

VCM
< WIRING DIAGRAM >

JCCWA0031GB

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-84

LEAF

http://vnx.su

VCM
< WIRING DIAGRAM >
A

EVC

O
JCCWA0032GB

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-85

LEAF

http://vnx.su

VCM
< WIRING DIAGRAM >

JCCWA0033GB

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-86

LEAF

http://vnx.su

VCM
< WIRING DIAGRAM >
A

EVC

O
JCCWA0034GB

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-87

LEAF

http://vnx.su

VCM
< WIRING DIAGRAM >

JCCWA0035GB

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-88

LEAF

http://vnx.su

VCM
< WIRING DIAGRAM >
A

EVC

O
JCCWA0036GB

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-89

LEAF

http://vnx.su

VCM
< WIRING DIAGRAM >

JCCWA0037GB

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-90

LEAF

http://vnx.su

VCM
< WIRING DIAGRAM >
A

EVC

O
JCCWA0038GB

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-91

LEAF

http://vnx.su

VCM
< WIRING DIAGRAM >

JCCWA0039GB

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-92

LEAF

http://vnx.su

VCM
< WIRING DIAGRAM >
A

EVC

O
JCCWA0040GB

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-93

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW


< BASIC INSPECTION >

BASIC INSPECTION
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
Work Flow

INFOID:0000000006977138

OVERALL SEQUENCE

JSCIA0318GB

DETAILED FLOW
Revision: 2010 November

EVC-94

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW


< BASIC INSPECTION >

1.GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM

Get the detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment when
the incident/malfunction occurred) using the Diagnostic Work Sheet. (Refer to EVC-96, "Diagnostic Work
Sheet".)

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC

EVC

1.
2.
-

Check DTC.
Perform the following procedure if DTC is displayed.
Record DTC and freeze frame data. (Print them out with CONSULT.)
Erase DTC.
Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC and the symptom described by the customer.
(Symptom Matrix Chart is useful. Refer to EVC-303, "Symptom Table".)
3. Check related service bulletins for information.
Are any symptoms described and any DTCs detected?
Symptom is described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 3.
Symptom is described, DTC is not detected>>GO TO 4.
Symptom is not described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 5.

3.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM

Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer.


Also study the normal operation and fail-safe related to the symptom. Refer to EVC-73, "Fail-Safe".
Diagnosis Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.

>> GO TO 5.

4.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM


Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer.
Also study the normal operation and fail-safe related to the symptom. Refer to EVC-303, "Symptom Table" and
EVC-73, "Fail-Safe".
Diagnosis Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.

>> GO TO 6.

5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for the displayed DTC, and then check that DTC is detected
again.
If two or more DTCs are detected, refer to EVC-76, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" and determine trouble
diagnosis order.
NOTE:
Freeze frame data is useful if the DTC is not detected.
Perform Component Function Check if DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE is not included on Service
Manual. This simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC cannot be detected during
this check.
If the result of Component Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC by DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> Check according to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".

6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM TABLE


Detect malfunctioning system according to EVC-303, "Symptom Table" based on the confirmed symptom in
step 4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptoms.
Is the symptom described?
Revision: 2010 November

EVC-95

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW


< BASIC INSPECTION >
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> Monitor input data from related sensors or check voltage of related VCM terminals using CONSULT. Refer to EVC-60, "Reference Value".

7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE


Inspect according to Diagnosis Procedure of the system.
Is a malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> Monitor input data from related sensors or check voltage of related on-board charger terminals
using CONSULT. Refer to EVC-73, "Fail-Safe".

8.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART


1.
2.
3.

Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.


Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnosis Procedure again after repair and replacement.
Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it.
>> GO TO 9.

9.FINAL CHECK
When DTC was detected in step 3, perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE or Component Function
Check again, and then check that the malfunction have been completely repaired.
When symptom was described from the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 4 or 5, and check that
the symptom is not detected.
Is DTC detected and does symptom remain?
YES-1 >> DTC is detected: GO TO 7.
YES-2 >> Symptom remains: GO TO 4.
NO
>> Before returning the vehicle to the customer, always erase DTC.

Diagnostic Work Sheet

INFOID:0000000006977139

DESCRIPTION
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
EV control system components. A good grasp of such conditions
can make troubleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about symptoms. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a customer complaint.
Utilize the diagnostic worksheet in order to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
NOTE:
Some conditions may cause a DTC to be detected.
SEF907L

DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET
Diagnostic worksheet
Customer
name
Acceptance
Date

Revision: 2010 November

License plate
No.

Date of first
registration

Model
VIN

Mileage

EVC-96

km (mile)

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW


< BASIC INSPECTION >
Question

Group

Vehicle condition at malfunction


occurrence

R/Q/N/O

Information from the customer

A
READY (R)

Quick charge (Q) Normal charge (N)

Others (O)

READY not enabled Poor drivability Shock Vibration


Driving impossible Noise Poor shifting Poor braking
Poor acceleration Low electricity consumption Switch malfunction
Warning lamp ON Others
(

EVC

Details of symptom
R
Information display
indication

Electricity consumption

km (mile)/kW

Li-ion battery remaining energy

Symptom

Charging unable Charging discontinued Slow charging


Poor timer charging Poor remote charging Immediate charging unable
Others
(

F
)

Q, N

Details of symptom
Quick charger monitor indication

A/C inoperative Poor A/C


Others
(

Dead 12V battery


)

Details of symptom

R/O
Location/status of occurrence
Q/N/O

Driving condition

Not applicable Ordinary road Highway Mountain pass


Rough road Level road Uphill Downhill Left/right turn
Others
(
Start of charge During charging After the end of charging
During standby of timer charging During timer charging
At the end of timer charging During remote charging
Others
(

J
)

At the system startup During READY (Vehicle stopped)


At start During acceleration During driving with a constant speed
During coasting During braking Right before stopping Right after stopping
During POWER OFF operation A/C ON During shift change
Others
(
)
Vehicle speed
/8

O
Not applicable
Applicable
(

Location
Quick charger

Model number
Serial number
Setting
Others

Revision: 2010 November

km (MPH)

Accelerator pedal
opening angle
Quick charger maker

EVC-97

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW


< BASIC INSPECTION >
Question

Group

Information from the customer


Not applicable

Applicable

Location
Wall outlet

Voltage

Breaker

Other information
Li-ion battery remaining energy
Shift position/operation

Q/N/O
R

Not applicable
(

Applicable

R N

Not applicable
Weather condition

)
ECO

When operating (

Timing of recovery from malfunction

Applicable

Weather
C (or F)

Temperature
Occurrence frequency

R/Q/N/O

All the time


Others
(

Once Sometimes (

times in the past)


)

POWER OFF Removal of 12V battery terminal


During driving READY
Others
(

Shift lever operation

[MEMO]

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-98

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING 12V BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL


< BASIC INSPECTION >

ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING 12V BATTERY NEGATIVE


TERMINAL
Description

INFOID:0000000006977140

When the 12V battery negative terminal is disconnected, the timer mounted in VCM cannot be controlled normally because timer information stored in VCM is erased. In such case, the timer must be reset to correct time.
NOTE:
EVC
If timer charge setting is previously set to ON, the timer charge ON setting can be cancelled by disconnecting
the 12 V battery negative terminal.

Work Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977141

1.PERFORM VCM TIMER ADJUSTMENT


Perform VCM timer adjustment. Refer to AV-82, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY
NEGATIVE TERMINAL : Work Procedure".

>> END

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-99

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING VCM


< BASIC INSPECTION >

ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING VCM


Description

INFOID:0000000006977142

When replacing VCM, this procedure must be performed.


NOTE:
The necessary operation is different depending on the operation result of VCM data save or write. Always perform the operation according to procedures. Refer to EVC-100, "Work Procedure".

Work Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977143

1.SAVE VCM DATA


1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn off the power and wait at least 45 seconds.


Turn power switch ON.
Select SAVE DATA FOR CPU REPLACE in WORK SUPPORT mode using CONSULT.
Follow the instruction of CONSULT display.
NOTE:
Necessary data in VCM is copied and saved to CONSULT.
Is operation completed successfully?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> GO TO 4.

2.REPLACE VCM
1.
2.

Turn off the power and wait at least 45 seconds.


Replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".
>> GO TO 3.

3.WRITE VCM DATA


1.
2.

Select WRITE DATA AFTER REPLACE CPU in WORK SUPPORT mode using CONSULT.
Follow the instruction of CONSULT display.
NOTE:
The data saved by SAVE DATA FOR CPU REPLACE is written to VCM.
Is operation completed successfully?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> GO TO 5.

4.REPLACE VCM
1.
2.

Turn off the power and wait at least 45 seconds.


Replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".
>> GO TO 5.

5.LI-ION BATTERY ID REGISTRATION


Refer to Li-ion Battery Registration Operation Manual.
>> GO TO 6.

6.PERFORM VCM KEY ID REGISTRATION


Refer to CONSULT Operation Manual NATS-IVIS/NVIS.
>> GO TO 7.

7.WRITE VIN DATA


Perform EVC-105, "Work Procedure".
>> GO TO 8.
Revision: 2010 November

EVC-100

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING VCM


< BASIC INSPECTION >

8.PERFORM ACCELERATE PEDAL CLOSED POSITION LEARNING

Perform EVC-102, "Work Procedure".


>> GO TO 9.

9.SET VCM TIMER


Perform AV-82, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : Work ProEVC
cedure".
>> GO TO 10.

10.CHECK DTC
1.
2.
3.

Turn off the power and wait at least 20 seconds.


Turn power switch ON.
Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it.

>> END

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-101

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING


< BASIC INSPECTION >

ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING


Description

INFOID:0000000006977144

Accelerator Pedal Closed Position Learning is a function of VCM to learn the fully released position of the
accelerator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. This work must be performed each time the harness connector of the accelerator pedal position sensor or VCM harness connector is
disconnected.

Work Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977145

1.START
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Check that accelerator pedal is fully released.


Turn power switch ON.and wait at least 2 seconds.
Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 20 seconds.
Repeat steps 2 and 3 for 4 times.
Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 20 seconds.
>> END

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-102

LEAF

http://vnx.su

LI-ION BATTERY GRADUAL CAPACITY LOSS DATA CLEAR


< BASIC INSPECTION >

LI-ION BATTERY GRADUAL CAPACITY LOSS DATA CLEAR


Description

A
INFOID:0000000006977146

Perform Li-ion Battery Gradual Capacity Loss Data Clear when the Li-ion battery pack assembly or Li-ion bat- B
tery controller is replaced with a new one. VCM saves the Li-ion battery deterioration information sent from the
Li-ion battery controller and manages the Li-ion battery replacement timing. When the Li-ion battery pack
assembly or Li-ion battery controller is replaced with a new one, there is a difference between the Li-ion battery deterioration data stored in VCM and the actual Li-ion battery deterioration level. In this case, VCM will EVC
incorrectly manage the Li-ion battery replacement timing. So perform Li-ion Battery Deterioration Data Clear to
clear the Li-ion battery deterioration data stored in VCM.
CAUTION:
D
Never perform Li-ion Battery Deterioration Data Clear when the Li-ion battery pack assembly or Li-ion
battery controller is not replaced as new one.

Work Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977147

1.LI-ION BATTERY GRADUAL CAPACITY LOSS DATA CLEAR


1.
2.
3.
4.

With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Select BATTERY GRADUAL CAP LOSS DATA CLEAR in WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT.
Touch START and wait a few seconds.
Check that COMPLETE is displayed on CONSULT screen.

>> END

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-103

LEAF

http://vnx.su

LI-ION BATTERY JUNCTION BOX DATA CLEAR


< BASIC INSPECTION >

LI-ION BATTERY JUNCTION BOX DATA CLEAR


Description

INFOID:0000000006977148

Perform Li-ion Battery Junction Box Data Clear when the Li-ion Battery Junction Box is replaced with a new
one. VCM counts the times system main relay is turned off due to a large current and use this information to
manage the system main relay deterioration status. As the system main relay deterioration status progresses,
a DTC P31DE is detected and notification that the Li-ion battery junction box needs to be replaced is given.
When the Li-ion Battery Junction Box is replaced with a new one, there is a difference between the System
Main Relay cutoff count stored in VCM and the actual System Main Relay cutoff count. In this case, VCM will
detect the DTC with incorrect timing. So perform Li-ion Battery Junction Box Data Clear to clear the System
Main Relay cutoff count stored in VCM.

Work Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977149

1.LI-ION BATTERY JUNCTION BOX DATA CLEAR


1.
2.
3.
4.

With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Select LI-ION BATTERY JUNCTION BOX DATA CLEAR in WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT.
Touch START and wait a few seconds.
Check that COMPLETE is displayed on CONSULT screen.
>> END

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-104

LEAF

http://vnx.su

WRITE VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER DATA


< BASIC INSPECTION >

WRITE VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER DATA


Description

A
INFOID:0000000006977150

VIN Registration is an operation to register the VIN in VCM.


NOTE:
If there is an error in the VIN recorded in VCM, the telematrics system may not operate correctly.

Work Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977151

EVC

1.CHECK VIN
Check the VIN of the vehicle and note it. Refer to GI-22, "Information About Identification or Model Code".
>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM VIN REGISTRATION


1.
2.
3.

With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON (not READY).
Select VIN REGISTRATION (MANUAL) in WORK SUPPORT mode.
Follow the instructions on the CONSULT display.

>> END
H

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-105

LEAF

http://vnx.su

LOAD BATTERY IDENTIFICATION DATA


< BASIC INSPECTION >

LOAD BATTERY IDENTIFICATION DATA


Description

INFOID:0000000006977152

Load Battery Identification Data must be performed after the following operation.
Li-ion battery assembly is replaced.
Li-ion battery controller is replaced.
VCM is replaced.
NOTE:
If Load Battery Identification Data is not performed, VCM detects the DTC P3102.

Work Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977153

Refer to Li-ion Battery Registration Operation Manual.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-106

LEAF

http://vnx.su

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


VCM

VCM : Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977154

1.CHECK FUSE

EVC

Check that the following fuse is not fusing.


Power supply

Fuse No.

Battery

43

Power switch ON

55

Is the fuse fusing?


YES >> Replace the fuse after repairing the applicable circuit.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK VCM GROUND CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect VCM harness connector.
Check the continuity between VCM harness connector and ground.

VCM
Connector

Continuity

Terminal

E61

8
111

E63

Ground

Existed

112

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

3.CHECK BATTERY POWER SUPPLY

Check the voltage between VCM harness connector and ground.


M

+
VCM
Connector
E61

Voltage

Ground

12V battery power


supply

Terminal
6

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> GO TO 4.

4.CHECK BATTERY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1.

Check the continuity between VCM harness connector and fuse terminal.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-107

LEAF

http://vnx.su

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
+

Continuity

#43 fuse terminal

Existed

VCM
Connector

Terminal

E61

2. Also check harness for short to ground.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check power supply circuit for battery power supply.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

5.CHECK IGNITION POWER SUPPLY


1.
2.

Turn power switch ON.


Check the voltage between VCM harness connector and ground.
+

Voltage
(Approx.)

Ground

11 14 V

VCM
Connector

Terminal

E61

21

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> GO TO 6.

6.CHECK IGNITION POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
Check the continuity between VCM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
+

VCM

IPDM E/R

Continuity

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E61

21

E15

57

Existed

4. Also check harness for short to ground.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check power supply circuit for battery power supply.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-108

LEAF

http://vnx.su

U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT

Description

INFOID:0000000006977155

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- B
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. EVC
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977156

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


E
DTC No.

U1000

Trouble diagnosis name


(Trouble diagnosis content)
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
(CAN communication line)

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

When VCM is not transmitting or receiving CAN


communication signal or EV system CAN communication for 2 seconds or more.

Harness or connectors
(CAN communication line is open
or shorted)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Turn power switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EVC-109, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

I
INFOID:0000000006977157

Perform the trouble diagnosis for CAN communication system. Refer to LAN-32, "CAN COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM : CAN System Specification Chart".

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-109

LEAF

http://vnx.su

U1010 CONTROL MODULE (CAN)


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

U1010 CONTROL MODULE (CAN)


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977158

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC No.

U1010

Trouble diagnosis name


(Trouble diagnosis content)

CAN COMM CIRCUIT


(CAN communication line)

DTC detecting condition

Detecting error during the initial diagnosis of CAN


controller of VCM.

Possible cause
Harness or connectors
CAN communication line is open
or shorted.
EV system CAN communication
line is open or shorted.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE


1. Turn power switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EVC-110, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977159

1.PERFORM CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN


1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Erase self-diagnostic result.
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to EVC-110, "DTC Logic".
4. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is the DTC detected again?
YES >> Replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Exploded View".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-110

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0603 VCM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P0603 VCM

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977160

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

P0603

Trouble diagnosis name


(Trouble diagnosis content)
INTERNAL CONTROL
MODULE
(Internal control module
RAM error)

DTC detecting condition

VCM back-up RAM system does not function


properly.

Possible cause

EVC

VCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


E

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Turn power switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 20 seconds.
3. Turn power switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for 2 times.
5. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EVC-111, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

H
INFOID:0000000006977161

1.PERFORM CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN

1. Erase DTC.
2. Turn power switch ON.
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again. Refer to EVC-111, "DTC Logic".
4. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is the DTC detected again?
YES >> Replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-111

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0616 READY SIGNAL


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P0616 READY SIGNAL


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977162

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


Trouble diagnosis name
(Trouble diagnosis content)

DTC

STARTER RELAY
(Starter relay circuit low)

P0616

DTC detecting condition

VCM receives READY signal during power switch


is OFF.

Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(READY signal circuit is shorted)
BCM
Power switch

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 45 seconds.
3. Turn power switch ON.
4. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EVC-112, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977163

1.CHECK READY SIGNAL VOLTAGE


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect BCM harness connector.
Check the voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.
+

Voltage

Ground

12V battery power


supply

BCM
Connector

Terminal

M70

97

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-76, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK READY SIGNAL CIRCUIT


1.
2.

Disconnect VCM harness connector.


Check the continuity between VCM harness connector and BCM harness connector.
+

VCM

BCM

Continuity

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E63

90

M70

97

Existed

3. Also check harness for short to ground.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

3.CHECK VCM POWER SUPPLY


Revision: 2010 November

EVC-112

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0616 READY SIGNAL


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Perform trouble diagnosis for VCM power supply and ground. Refer to EVC-107, "VCM : Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

EVC

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-113

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977164

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

P0643

Trouble diagnosis name


(Trouble diagnosis content)

DTC detecting condition

SENSOR POWER SUPPLY


(Sensor reference voltage
A circuit high)

VCM detects that a voltage of power


source for sensor remains 5.6 V or
more.
VCM detects a voltage of power source
for sensor remains less than 4.6 V.

Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(Sensor power supply circuit is shorted.)
Accelerator pedal position sensor
Battery current sensor
Refrigerant pressure sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EVC-114, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977165

1.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE


1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect battery current sensor harness connector.
Turn power switch ON.
Check the voltage between battery current sensor harness connector and ground.
+
Battery current sensor
Connector

Terminal

E66

Voltage
(Approx.)

Ground

5V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK VCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND


Perform trouble diagnosis for VCM power supply and ground. Refer to EVC-107, "VCM : Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

3.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT FOR SHORT


1.
2.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect following sensor harness connector and check harness for short to ground and short to power.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-114

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
VCM
Connector

E62

Sensor

Terminal

Name

Connector

Terminal

41

Battery current sensor

E66

33

Refrigerant pressure
sensor

E49

33

37

Accelerator pedal position sensor

E101

EVC

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Check sensors for short to ground and short to power.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Exploded View".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-115

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0A00 COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P0A00 COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977166

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

P0A00

Trouble diagnosis name


(Trouble diagnosis content)
COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
(Coolant temperature sensor circuit)

DTC detecting condition


VCM detects that coolant temperature
sensor voltage remains less than 0.1 V for
2.5 seconds.
VCM detects coolant temperature sensor
voltage remains more than 4.9 V for 2.5
seconds.

Possible cause

Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Coolant temperature sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Turn power switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EVC-116, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977167

1.CHECK COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY-I


1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
Turn power switch ON.
Check the voltage between coolant temperature sensor harness connector terminals.
Coolant temperature sensor
+

Connector

Voltage
(Approx.)

5V

Terminal

E69

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY-II


Check the voltage between coolant temperature sensor harness connector and ground.
+
Coolant temperature sensor
Connector

Terminal

E69

Voltage
(Approx.)

Ground

5V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> GO TO 5.

3.CHECK COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect VCM harness connector.
Check the continuity between VCM harness connector and coolant temperature sensor harness connector.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-116

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0A00 COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
A

VCM

Coolant temperature sensor

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E62

52

E69

Continuity

B
Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

EVC

4.CHECK VCM GROUND CIRCUIT


D

Check the continuity between VCM harness connector and ground.


+

Coolant temperature sensor


Connector

Continuity

Terminal

E61

Ground

111

E63

Existed

112

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

5.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect VCM harness connector.
Check the continuity between VCM harness connector and coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
+

VCM

Coolant temperature sensor

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E62

51

E69

Continuity

Existed

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

6.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Refer to EVC-118, "Component Inspection".


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO
>> Replace coolant temperature sensor.

7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


P

Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Exploded View".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-117

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0A00 COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

Component Inspection

INFOID:0000000006977168

1.CHECK COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR


1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
Remove coolant temperature sensor.
Check resistance between coolant temperature sensor terminals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure.
Terminals

1 and 2

Condition

Temperature [C (F)]

Resistance
20 (68)

2.35 - 2.73 k

50 (122)

0.68 - 1.00 k

90 (194)

0.236 - 0.260 k

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace coolant temperature sensor.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-118

JMBIA0080ZZ

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0A08 DC/DC CONVERTER


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P0A08 DC/DC CONVERTER

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977169

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


Trouble diagnosis name
(Trouble diagnosis content)

DTC

P0A08

DC/DC CONVERTER
(DC/DC converter status circuit)

DTC detecting condition


VCM detects that coolant temperature sensor voltage remains less than 0.1 V for 2.5
seconds.

Possible cause

EVC

Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
DC/DC converter
VCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1. Turn power switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.


2. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EVC-119, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

G
INFOID:0000000006977170

1.CHECK DC/DC CONVERTER ACTIVATION SIGNAL CIRCUIT

1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect VCM harness connector and DC/DC junction box harness connector.
Check the continuity between VCM harness connector and DC/DC junction box harness connector.
+

VCM

DC/DC J/B

Continuity

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E62

70

F11

10

Existed

4. Also check harness for short to ground.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

2.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


M

Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

3.REPLACE DC/DC JUNCTION BOX


1. Replace DC/DC junction box. Refer to EVC-307, "Exploded View".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to EVC-119, "DTC Logic".
Is the DTC detected again?
YES >> Replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Exploded View".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-119

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0A0B HIGH VOLTAGE CONNECTOR INTERLOCK DETECT CIRCUIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P0A0B HIGH VOLTAGE CONNECTOR INTERLOCK DETECT CIRCUIT


Description

INFOID:0000000006977171

The high voltage connection detecting circuit is integrated into DC/DC junction box and detects the connection
status of the high voltage harness connectors connected to DC/DC junction box.
The high voltage connection detecting circuit is designed so that the power from the M/C relay is supplied to
VCM via all of the high voltage harness connectors connected to DC/DC-J/B. When all of the high voltage harness connectors are connected, this circuit is energized. If one of the high voltage harness connectors is disconnected, the high voltage connection detecting circuit becomes broken. VCM detects the connection status
of the high voltage harness connectors, according to a voltage applied from this circuit.

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977172

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

P0A0B

Trouble diagnosis name


(Trouble diagnosis content)

DTC detecting condition

HV SYSTEM INTERLOCK
ERROR
(High voltage system interlock circuit performance)

When M/C relay is OFF, VCM detects that


high voltage harness connector interlock circuit voltage remains excessively high voltage for 0.5 seconds or more.

Possible cause

Harness or connectors
VCM
Quick charge port
DC/DC-J/B

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 20 seconds.
3. Turn power switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
4. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EVC-120, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977173

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective equipment consisting of glove, shoes and glasses/face shield
before beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
Refer to GI-32, "High Voltage Precautions".
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while the
service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed to do
so in the Service Manual.
CAUTION:
Erase DTC after the work is completed.

1.PRECONDITIONING
Revision: 2010 November

EVC-120

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0A0B HIGH VOLTAGE CONNECTOR INTERLOCK DETECT CIRCUIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
WARNING:
Shut off high voltage circuit. Refer to GI-31, "How to Cut Off High Voltage".
Check voltage in high voltage circuit. (Check that condenser are discharged.)
1. Disconnect high voltage connector from front side of Li-ion battery. Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and
Installation".
DANGER:

Touching high voltage components without using the appropriate protective equipment will
EVC
cause electrocution.

2.

Measure voltage between high voltage harness terminals.


DANGER:

Touching high voltage components without using the


appropriate protective equipment will cause electrocution.

Standard

: 5 V or less

CAUTION:
For voltage measurements, use a tester which can measure to 500V or higher.

JSAIA1362ZZ

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK HIGH VOLTAGE HARNESS CONNECTOR INTERLOCK DETECTING CIRCUIT POWER SUP-

PLY-I
1. Connect 12V battery negative terminal.
2. Remove M/C relay.
3. Check the voltage between VCM harness connector and ground.

K
+
VCM
Connector

Terminal

E61

23

Voltage

Ground

0V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Check M/C relay. Refer to EVC-281, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK HIGH VOLTAGE HARNESS CONNECTOR INTERLOCK DETECTING CIRCUIT POWER SUP-

PLY-II
1. Disconnect quick charge port high voltage harness connector.
2. Check the voltage between VCM harness connector and ground.

+
VCM
Connector

Terminal

E61

23

Voltage

Ground

0V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Check harness between M/C relay and quick charge. If OK, check quick charge port for short to
power.
NO
>> GO TO 4.
Revision: 2010 November

EVC-121

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0A0B HIGH VOLTAGE CONNECTOR INTERLOCK DETECT CIRCUIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

4.CHECK HIGH VOLTAGE HARNESS CONNECTOR INTERLOCK DETECTING CIRCUIT POWER SUPPLY-III
1. Disconnect DC/DC-J/B harness connector (F11).
2. Check the voltage between VCM harness connector and ground.
+
VCM
Connector

Terminal

E61

23

Voltage

Ground

0V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Check harness between VCM and DC/DC-J/B.
NO
>> Check DC/DC-J/B for short to power.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-122

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0A8D, P0A8E 12V BATTERY POWER SUPPLY


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P0A8D, P0A8E 12V BATTERY POWER SUPPLY

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977174

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC

Trouble diagnosis name


(Trouble diagnosis content)

DTC detecting condition

P0A8D

14V POWER SUPPLY


(14 V power module system
voltage low)

VCM detects that a voltage of 12V battery


power supply remains less than 10 V for 10
seconds during READY state.

P0A8E

14V POWER SUPPLY


(14 V power module system
voltage high)

VCM detects that a voltage of 12V battery


power supply remains more than 16 V for
25.5 seconds during READY state.

Possible cause

EVC

Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
DC/DC J/B

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


F

1. Set the vehicle to READY and wait at least 30 seconds.


2. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-123, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977175

1.DC/DC-J/B OUTPUT POWER CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect DC/DC-J/B terminal.
Check the continuity between DC/DC-J/B harness terminal and F/L-A terminal.

J
+

DC/DC-J/B
Connector

Terminal

E202

17

Continuity

K
F/L-A terminal

Existed

4. Also check harness for short to ground.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

2.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace DC/DC-J/B. Refer to EVC-307, "Exploded View".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-123

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0A8F 12V BATTERY POWER SUPPLY


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P0A8F 12V BATTERY POWER SUPPLY


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977176

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name


(Trouble diagnosis content)

DTC detecting condition

P0A8F

14V POWER SUPPLY


(14 V power module system
performance)

When shift is except P range and parking


brake is OFF, VCM detects that a voltage of
12V battery power supply remains less than
12 V for 10 seconds.

Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
DC/DC-J/B

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.

Under the following conditions, and wait at least 30 seconds.

Power switch

READY

Shift position

Except P range

Parking brake

Released

2. Check self-diagnostic result.


Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-124, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977177

NOTE:
DTC may be detected when the following condition lasts for a long time: A range other than P range is
selected and the parking brake is OFF with the system main relay in OFF state, resulted from the power switch
ON state or fail-safe state.

1.DC/DC-J/B OUTPUT POWER CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect DC/DC-J/B terminal.
Check the continuity between DC/DC-J/B harness terminal and F/L-A terminal.
+
DC/DC J/B
Connector

Terminal

E202

17

Continuity

F/L-A terminal

Existed

4. Also check harness for short to ground.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO2.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

2.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace DC/DC-J/B. Refer to EVC-307, "Exploded View".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-124

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0A94 DC/DC CONVERTER


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P0A94 DC/DC CONVERTER

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977178

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


Trouble diagnosis name
(Trouble diagnosis content)

DTC

P0A94

DC/DC CONVERTER

DTC detecting condition


During READY, the following state continues for 2.5 seconds
or more:
The VCM power supply voltage is less than 12.48 V and VCM
detects a malfunction in the DC/DC converter.

Possible cause

EVC

DC/DC-J/B

NOTE:
DTC P0A08 is detected along with DTC P0A94, first diagnose the DTC P0A08.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1. Turn power switch OFF at least 20 seconds.


2. Set the vehicle to READY and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-125, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

H
INFOID:0000000006977179

1.DC/DC-J/B OUTPUT POWER CIIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect DC/DC-J/B terminal.
Check the continuity between DC/DC-J/B harness terminal and F/L-A terminal.

+
DC/DC-J/B
Connector

Terminal

E202

17

Continuity

F/L-A terminal

Existed

4. Also check harness for short to ground.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO2.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

2.CHECK VCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

Check VCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to EVC-107, "VCM : Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace DC/DC-J/B. Refer to EVC-307, "Removal and Installation"
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-125

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0AA0 SYSTEM MAIN RELAY +


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P0AA0 SYSTEM MAIN RELAY +


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977180

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


NOTE:
Since this DTC may be displayed if a malfunction is detected in other systems, check them for malfunction
before performing this diagnosis.
If P0AA0 and any of P0AA5, P31D4, P31DB, or P31DD are detected simultaneously, perform diagnosis of
P0AA0 and applicable DTC (P0AA5, P31D4, P31DB, or P31DD).

DTC

P0AA0

Trouble diagnosis name


(Trouble diagnosis content)

DTC detecting condition

HYBRID BATT POSITIVE


CONTACTOR

The voltage of an input high voltage signal received from the


traction motor inverter remains 240 V or more for 9 seconds or
more while starting the EV system.
The voltage of an input high voltage signal received from the
traction motor inverter is 190 V or more and the voltage does not
decreases to 50 V or less even after waiting for 1 minute or more.

Possible cause

Harness or connectors
Li-ion battery J/B
Traction motor inverter
VCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Clear DTC to maintain power switch OFF state for 30 seconds.
2. Turn power switch ON again and wait for 90 seconds.
3. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is P0AA0 detected?
YES >> EVC-126, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977181

1.DTC CHECK
Perform self-diagnosis of VCM. Refer to EVC-51, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected other than P0AA0?
YES >> Perform detected DTC diagnosis procedure.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF LBC


Perform self-diagnosis of LBC. Refer to EVB-22, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform detected DTC diagnosis procedure.
NO
>> GO TO 3.

3.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER


Perform self-diagnosis of traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-26, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform detected DTC diagnosis procedure.
NO
>> GO TO 4.

4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF ON BOARD CHARGER


Perform self-diagnosis of on board charger. Refer to VC-17, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform detected DTC diagnosis procedure.
NO
>> GO TO 5.

5.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF A/C AUTO AMP.


Revision: 2010 November

EVC-126

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0AA0 SYSTEM MAIN RELAY +


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Perform self-diagnosis of A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-30, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform detected DTC diagnosis procedure.
NO
>> Check whether SYSTEM MAIN RLY 1, SYSTEM MAIN RLY 2 and PRE CHARGE RLY
become the ON state always.

EVC

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-127

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0AA1 SYSTEM MAIN RELAY +


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P0AA1 SYSTEM MAIN RELAY +


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977182

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


NOTE:
Since this DTC may be displayed if a malfunction is detected in other systems, check them for malfunction
before performing this diagnosis.
If P0AA0 and any of P0AA5, P31D4, P31DB, or P31DD are detected simultaneously, perform diagnosis of
P0AA0 and applicable DTC (P0AA5, P31D4, P31DB, or P31DD).

DTC

Trouble diagnosis name


(Trouble diagnosis content)

DTC detecting condition

P0AA1

HYBRID BATT POSITIVE


CONTACTOR

The voltage of the traction motor inverter is 160 V or more and the
voltage does not decreases 100 V or more even after a lapse of the
specified time after starting diagnosis.

Possible cause

Harness or connectors
Li-ion battery J/B
Traction motor inverter
VCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Check that SYSTEM MAIN RLY 1 and PRE CHARGE RLY in BATTERY PACK are in a shutoff state.
2. Clear DTC to maintain power switch OFF state for 60 seconds.
3. Set the vehicle to READY and perform test drive.
4. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 60 seconds.
5. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-128, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977183

1.DTC CHECK
Perform self-diagnosis of VCM. Refer to EVC-51, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected other than P0AA1?
YES >> Perform detected DTC diagnosis procedure.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF LBC


Perform self-diagnosis of LBC. Refer to EVB-22, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform detected DTC diagnosis procedure.
NO
>> GO TO 3.

3.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER


Perform self-diagnosis of traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-26, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform detected DTC diagnosis procedure.
NO
>> GO TO 4.

4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF ON BOARD CHARGER


Perform self-diagnosis of on board charger. Refer to VC-17, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform detected DTC diagnosis procedure.
NO
>> GO TO 5.

5.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF A/C AUTO AMP.


Revision: 2010 November

EVC-128

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0AA1 SYSTEM MAIN RELAY +


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Perform self-diagnosis of A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-30, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform detected DTC diagnosis procedure.
NO
>> Check that SYSTEM MAIN RLY 1 in BATTERY PACK and PRE CHARGE RLY are in a shutoff state.

EVC

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-129

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0AA2 SYSTEM MAIN RELAY +


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P0AA2 SYSTEM MAIN RELAY +


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977184

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

P0AA2

Trouble diagnosis name


(Malfunction type)

DTC detecting condition

HYBRID BATT POSITIVE


CONTACTOR

The monitor signal voltage of the system main relay 1 remains HIGH for 2.5 seconds or more.

Possible cause
Harness or connectors
Li-ion battery J/B
VCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 60 seconds.
2. Turn power switch ON and wait a least 10 seconds.
3. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EVC-130, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977185

1.CHECK HARNESS
1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect VCM harness connector and Li-ion battery harness connector.
Check continuity between VCM harness connector and Li-ion battery harness connector.
+

VCM

Li-ion battery

Continuity

Connector

terminal

Connector

terminal

E63

107

B24

17

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair harness or connector.

2.CHECK SYSTEM MAIN RLY CIRCUIT


Check continuity between Li-ion battery connector terminals.
Li-ion battery

Continuity

terminals
16

17

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

3.CHECK SYSTEM MAIN RLY GROUND CIRCUIT


Check continuity between Li-ion battery harness connector and ground.
+
Li-ion battery
Connector

terminal

16

Ground

Revision: 2010 November

Continuity

Ground

Existed

EVC-130

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0AA2 SYSTEM MAIN RELAY +


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

EVC

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-131

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0AA4 SYSTEM MAIN RELAY < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P0AA4 SYSTEM MAIN RELAY DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977186

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


NOTE:
Since this DTC may be displayed if a malfunction is detected in other systems, check them for malfunction
before performing this diagnosis.
If P0AA0 and any of P0AA5, P31D4, P31DB, or P31DD are detected simultaneously, perform diagnosis of
P0AA0 and applicable DTC (P0AA5, P31D4, P31DB, or P31DD).

DTC

Trouble diagnosis name


(Trouble diagnosis content)

DTC detecting condition

P0AA4

HYBRID BATT POSITIVE


CONTACTOR

During the stop state from READY or charging state, the voltage
of the traction monitor inverter is 100 V or more.
The voltage of the traction motor inverter is 100 V or more when
only the pre-charge relay is ON.

Possible cause

Harness or connectors
Li-ion battery J/B
Traction motor inverter
VCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Clear DTC to maintain power switch OFF state for 60 seconds.
2. Set the vehicle to READY.
3. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 60 seconds.
4. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-132, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977187

1.DTC CHECK
Perform self-diagnosis of VCM. Refer to EVC-51, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected other than P0AA4?
YES >> Perform detected DTC diagnosis procedure.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF LBC


Perform self-diagnosis of LBC. Refer to EVB-22, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform detected DTC diagnosis procedure.
NO
>> GO TO 3.

3.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER


Perform self-diagnosis of traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-26, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform detected DTC diagnosis procedure.
NO
>> GO TO 4.

4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF ON BOARD CHARGER


Perform self-diagnosis of on board charger. Refer to VC-17, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform detected DTC diagnosis procedure.
NO
>> GO TO 5.

5.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF A/C AUTO AMP.


Perform self-diagnosis of A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-30, "CONSULT Function".
Revision: 2010 November

EVC-132

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0AA4 SYSTEM MAIN RELAY < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >


Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform detected DTC diagnosis procedure.
NO
>> Check whether SYSTEM MAIN RLY 2 become the ON state always.

EVC

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-133

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0AA5 SYSTEM MAIN RELAY < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P0AA5 SYSTEM MAIN RELAY DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977188

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

P0AA5

Trouble diagnosis name


(Malfunction type)

DTC detecting condition

HYBRID BATT NEGATIVE


CONTACTOR

The monitor signal voltage remains HIGH for


2.5 seconds or more with the system main relay
2 in OFF state.
The voltage of a monitor signal remains HIGH
for 2.5 seconds or more when the F/S relay is
ON.

Possible cause

Harness or connectors
Li-ion battery J/B
VCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Turn power switch OFF wait at least 60 seconds.
2. Turn power switch ON wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EVC-134, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977189

1.CHECK HARNESS
1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect VCM harness connector and Li-ion battery harness connector.
Check continuity between VCM harness connector and Li-ion battery harness connector.
+

VCM

Li-ion battery

Continuity

Connector

terminal

Connector

terminal

E63

110

B24

14

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair harness or connector.

2.CHECK SYSTEM MAIN RLY CIRCUIT


Check continuity between Li-ion battery connector terminals.
Li-ion battery

Continuity

terminals
13

14

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

3.CHECK SYSTEM MAIN RLY GROUND CIRCUIT


Check continuity between Li-ion battery harness connector and ground.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-134

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0AA5 SYSTEM MAIN RELAY < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >


A

+
Li-ion battery
Connector

terminal

13

Ground

Continuity

Ground

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

EVC

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-135

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0AA6 HIGH VOLTAGE SYSTEM ISOLATION


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P0AA6 HIGH VOLTAGE SYSTEM ISOLATION


Description

INFOID:0000000006977190

Li-ion battery is equipped with the IR (Insulation resistance) sensing system. VCM receives the IR sensor signal sent from Li-ion battery controller and monitors the insulation resistance of the high voltage circuit.

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977191

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC No.

P0AA6

Trouble diagnosis name


(Trouble diagnosis content)

HYBRID BATT VOLT SYS


ISOLATION
(High voltage circuit insulation is low)

DTC detecting condition

VCM detects a insulation resistance calculated


based on IR sensor signal sent from Li-ion battery
is 380 kW or less.

Possible cause

High voltage harness or connectors


Electric compressor
PTC elements heater
Traction motor
On-board charger
Li-ion battery
DC/DC J/B

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 20 seconds.
2. Set the vehicle to READY and wait at least 80 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EVC-136, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977192

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective equipment consisting of glove, shoes and glasses/face shield
before beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
Refer to GI-32, "High Voltage Precautions".
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while the
service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed to do
so in the Service Manual.

1.PRECONDITIONING
WARNING:
Shut off high voltage circuit. Refer to GI-31, "How to Cut Off High Voltage".
Check the voltage in high voltage circuit. (Check that condenser are discharged.)
1. Disconnect the high voltage connector from front side of Li-ion battery. Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and
Installation".
DANGER:
Revision: 2010 November

EVC-136

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0AA6 HIGH VOLTAGE SYSTEM ISOLATION


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Touching high voltage components without using the appropriate protective equipment will
cause electrocution.

2.

Measure voltage between high voltage harness terminals.


DANGER:

EVC

Touching high voltage components without using the


appropriate protective equipment will cause electrocution.
D

Standard

: 5 V or less

CAUTION:
For voltage measurements, use a tester which can measure to 500V or higher.

JSAIA1362ZZ

>> GO TO 2

2.CHECK HIGH VOLTAGE PART

1. Turn power switch OFF.


2. Visually check that there is no damage in each high voltage part.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3
NO
>> Repair or replace the error-detected part.

3.IDENTIFY THE MODE USED AT THE OCCURRENCE OF MALFUNCTION


With CONSULT
Identify the mode used when P0AA6 is detected.
At which mode is P0AA6 detected?
Normal charge mode>>GO TO 4
Other than normal charge mode>>GO TO 7

4.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT-I


With CONSULT
Check if P0AA6 is detected only during normal charge.
Is P0AA6 detected only during normal charge?
YES >> GO TO 5
NO
>> GO TO 7

5.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT-II


N

With CONSULT
1. Erase DTC.
2. Wait for 50 seconds after starting normal charge (charge indicator lamp ON).
3. Check if P0AA6 is detected.
Is P0AA6 detected?
YES >> GO TO 6
NO
>> GO TO 7

6.CHECK INSULATION RESISTANCE OF ON BOARD CHARGER


Check insulation resistance of on board charger. Refer to VC-88, "Component Insulation Check".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO
>> Replace on board charger. Refer to VC-98, "Removal and Installation".
Revision: 2010 November

EVC-137

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0AA6 HIGH VOLTAGE SYSTEM ISOLATION


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

7.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT-III


1.
2.

With CONSULT
Erase DTC.
Wait for 75 seconds with the following conditions satisfied:

Power switch

ON

Selector lever

P range

A/C switch

OFF

3. Check if P0AA6 is detected.


Is P0AA6 detected?
YES >> GO TO 8
NO
>> GO TO 13

8.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT-IV


1. Turn power switch OFF.
2. Turn power switch ON and wait at least 35 seconds.
3. Check if P0AA6 is detected.
Is P0AA6 detected?
YES >> Replace Li-ion battery. Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> GO TO 9

9.CHECK INSULATION RESISTANCE OF LI-ION BATTERY HIGH VOLTAGE HARNESS (DC/DC J/B SIDE)
Check insulation resistance of Li-ion battery high voltage harness (DC/DC J/B side).
Li-ion battery high voltage harness
(DC/DC J/B side)
H3

23

Resistance
Ground

24

1.8M or more

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace Li-ion battery. Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> GO TO 10.

10.CHECK INSULATION RESISTANCE OF ELECTRIC COMPRESSOR


Check insulation resistance of electric compressor. Refer to HAC-125, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO
>> Replace electric compressor. Refer to HA-44, "Removal and Installation".

11.CHECK INSULATION RESISTANCE OF PTC ELEMENTS HEATER


Check insulation resistance of PTC elements heater. Refer to HAC-127, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO
>> Replace PTC elements heater. Refer to HA-66, "Removal and Installation".

12.CHECK INSULATION RESISTANCE OF TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER


Check insulation resistance of traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-112, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace DC/DC-J/B. Refer to EVC-307, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Replace traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-115, "Removal and Installation".

13.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT-V


1.
2.

With CONSULT
Erase DTC.
Wait for 75 seconds with the following conditions satisfied:

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-138

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0AA6 HIGH VOLTAGE SYSTEM ISOLATION


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Power switch

ON

Selector lever

P range

A/C temperature setting

Full cold

3. Check if P0AA6 is detected.


Is "P0AA6" detected?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO
>> GO TO 18.

EVC

14.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT-VI


D

With CONSULT
1. Erase DTC.
2. Wait for 70 seconds with the following conditions satisfied:
Power switch

ON

Selector lever

P range

A/C switch

OFF

3. Check if P0AA6 is detected.


Is "P0AA6" detected?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO
>> GO TO 15.

15.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT-VII


1.
2.

With CONSULT
Erase DTC.
Wait for 75 seconds with the following conditions satisfied:

Power switch

ON

Selector lever

P range

A/C temperature setting

Full cold

3. Check if P0AA6 is detected.


Is "P0AA6" detected?
YES >> GO TO 16.
NO
>> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".

16.CHANGE REFRIGERENT
Change refrigerant gas and compressor oil.

>> GO TO 17.

17.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT-VIII


1.

With CONSULT
Wait for 70 seconds with the following conditions satisfied:

Power switch

ON

Selector lever

P range

A/C temperature setting

Full cold

2. Check if P0AA6 is detected.


Is "P0AA6" detected?
YES >> Replace electric compressor. Refer to HA-44, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-139

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0AA6 HIGH VOLTAGE SYSTEM ISOLATION


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

18.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT-IX


1.

With CONSULT
Wait for 75 seconds with the following conditions satisfied:

Power switch

ON

Selector lever

P range

A/C temperature setting

Full hot

2. Check if P0AA6 is detected.


Is "P0AA6" detected?
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO
>> GO TO 20.

19.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT-X


1.
2.

With CONSULT
Erase DTC.
Wait for 75 seconds with the following conditions satisfied:

Power switch

ON

Selector lever

P range

A/C switch

OFF

3. Check if P0AA6 is detected.


Is "P0AA6" detected?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO
>> GO TO 22/

20.PERFORM DRIVING TEST


1. Continue driving for 35 seconds or more at 11 km/h (7 MPH).
2. Check if P0AA6 is detected.
Is "P0AA6" detected?
YES >> GO TO 21.
NO
>> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".

21.CHECK INSULATION RESISTANCE OF TRACTION MOTOR


Check insulation resistance of traction motor. Refer to TMS-110, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO
>> Replace the traction motor. Refer to TMS-123, "Removal and Installation".

22.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT-13


1.

With CONSULT
Wait for 70 seconds with the following conditions satisfied:

Power switch

ON

Selector lever

P range

A/C temperature setting

Full hot

2. Check if P0AA6 is detected.


Is "P0AA6" detected?
YES >> Replace PTC elements heater. Refer to HA-66, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-140

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P1550, P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P1550, P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR


DTC Logic

A
INFOID:0000000006977193

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P1550 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to
EVC-114, "DTC Logic".
EVC
DTC No.

P1550

P1551

P1552

Trouble diagnosis name


(Trouble diagnosis content)

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR


(Battery current sensor circuit
range/performance)

The output voltage of the battery current


sensor remains within the specified
range during READY or charging.

BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR


(Battery current sensor circuit
low input)

An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to VCM.

BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR


(Battery current sensor circuit
high input)

An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to VCM.

E
Harness or connectors
(Battery current sensor circuit is open
or shorted.)
Battery current sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I


1. Turn power switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II


1.
2.

Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 20 seconds.


Set the vehicle to READY and wait under following condition at least 60 seconds.

Selector lever

P range

Brake pedal

Fully released

Ambient air temperature

10C (50F) or more

3. Check self-diagnostic result.


Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EVC-141, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

N
INFOID:0000000006977194

1.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY-I


1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect battery current sensor harness connector.
Turn power switch ON.
Check the voltage between battery current sensor harness connector terminals.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-141

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P1550, P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Battery current sensor
+

Connector

Voltage
(Approx.)

5V

Terminal

E66

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY-II


Check the voltage between battery current sensor harness connector and ground.
+

Voltage
(Approx.)

Ground

5V

Battery current sensor


Connector

Terminal

E66

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> GO TO 5.

3.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect VCM harness connector.
Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and VCM harness connector.

+
Battery current sensor

VCM

Continuity

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E66

E62

43

Existed

4. Also check harness for short to power.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

4.CHECK VCM GROUND CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect VCM harness connector.
Check the continuity between VCM harness connector and ground.
+
VCM
Connector
E61

E63

Continuity

Ground

Existed

Terminal
4
8
111
112

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

5.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


Revision: 2010 November

EVC-142

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P1550, P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
1. Turn power switch OFF.
2. Disconnect VCM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between VCM harness connector and battery current sensor harness connector.

Battery current sensor

VCM

B
Continuity

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E66

E62

41

EVC

Existed

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

6.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

Check harness connector for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
VCM
Connector

Terminal

E62

Sensor
Name

Connector

Terminal

33

Refrigerant pressure sensor

E49

37

Accelerator pedal position sensor

E101

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

7.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect VCM harness connector.
Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and VCM harness connector.
+

Battery current sensor

VCM

Continuity

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E66

E62

42

Existed

4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts

8.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR


N

Check the battery current sensor. Refer to EVC-143, "Component Inspection".


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO
>> Replace battery battery current sensor. Refer to PG-106, "Removal and Installation".

Component Inspection

INFOID:0000000006977195

1.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR


1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch OFF.


Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
Disconnect battery negative cable.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-143

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P1550, P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
4. Install jumper cable between battery negative terminal and body
ground.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
6. Check the voltage between VCM harness connector terminals.
VCM
+

Connector
E62

Voltage
(Approx.)

43

2.5 V

Terminal
42
(Battery current sensor signal)

JPBIA3286ZZ

Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-99, "How to Handle 12V Battery".

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace battery battery current sensor. Refer to PG-106, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-144

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977196

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P1554 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to
EVC-114, "DTC Logic".
EVC
DTC

P1554

Trouble diagnosis name


(Trouble diagnosis content)

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR


(Battery current sensor performance)

The output voltage of the battery current


sensor is lower than the specified value
while the battery voltage is high enough.

Harness or connectors
(Battery current sensor circuit is open
or shorted.)
Battery current sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK

Perform component function check. Refer to EVC-145, "Component Function Check".


NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the battery current sensor circuit. During this
check, a DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Proceed to EVC-145, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Component Function Check

INFOID:0000000006977197

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 12.8 V while
power switch ON.
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that all load switches and A/C switch are turned
OFF.

>> GO TO 2.
L

2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK


1.
2.

Turn power switch ON.


Check the voltage between VCM harness connector terminals.

VCM
+

Terminal

Terminal

42
(Battery current sensor signal)

43

Connector
E62

Voltage

Above 2.3 V at
least once

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Proceed to EVC-145, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Diagnosis Procedure

P
INFOID:0000000006977198

1.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY-I


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect battery current sensor harness connector.
Turn power switch ON.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-145

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
4. Check the voltage between battery current sensor harness connector terminals.
Battery current sensor
+

Connector

Voltage
(Approx.)

5V

Terminal

E66

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY-II


Check the voltage between battery current sensor harness connector and ground.
+

Voltage
(Approx.)

Ground

5V

Battery current sensor


Connector

Terminal

E66

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> GO TO 5.

3.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect VCM harness connector.
Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and VCM harness connector.
+

Battery current sensor

VCM

Continuity

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E66

E62

43

Existed

4. Also check harness for short to power.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

4.CHECK VCM GROUND CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect VCM harness connector.
Check the continuity between VCM harness connector and ground.
+
VCM
Connector
E61

E63

Continuity

Ground

Existed

Terminal
4
8
111
112

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-146

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

5.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect VCM harness connector.
Check the continuity between VCM harness connector and battery current sensor harness connector.

Battery current sensor

VCM

Continuity

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E66

E62

41

EVC

Existed

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

6.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


F

Check harness connector for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
VCM
Connector

Sensor
Terminal

E62

Name

Connector

Terminal

33

Refrigerant pressure sensor

E49

37

Accelerator pedal position sensor

E101

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

7.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect VCM harness connector.
Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and VCM harness connector.
+

Battery current sensor

VCM

K
Continuity

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E66

E62

42

L
Existed

4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts

8.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR

Check the battery current sensor. Refer to EVC-147, "Component Inspection".


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO
>> Replace battery battery current sensor. Refer to PG-106, "Removal and Installation".

Component Inspection

INFOID:0000000006977199

1.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR


1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch OFF.


Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
Disconnect battery negative cable.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-147

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
4. Install jumper cable between battery negative terminal and body
ground.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
6. Check the voltage between VCM harness connector terminals.
VCM
+

Connector
E62

Voltage
(Approx.)

43

2.5 V

Terminal
42
(Battery current sensor signal)

JPBIA3286ZZ

Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-99, "How to Handle 12V Battery".

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace battery battery current sensor. Refer to PG-106, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-148

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P1556, P1557 BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P1556, P1557 BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977200

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P1556 or P1557 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Refer to EVC-114, "DTC Logic".
EVC
DTC No.

P1556

P1557

Trouble diagnosis name


(Trouble diagnosis content)

DTC detecting condition

BATTERY TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
(Battery temperature sensor circuit low input)

Signal voltage from Battery temperature


sensor remains 0.16V or less for 5 seconds or more.

BATTERY TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
(Battery temperature sensor circuit high input)

Signal voltage from Battery temperature


sensor remains 4.84V or more for 5 seconds or more.

Possible cause

D
Harness or connectors
[Battery current sensor (Battery temperature sensor) circuit is shorted.]
Battery current sensor (Battery temperature sensor)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1. Turn power switch ON at least 10 seconds.


2. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EVC-149, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

I
INFOID:0000000006977201

1.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY

1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect battery current sensor harness connector.
Turn power switch ON.
Check the voltage between battery current sensor harness connector and ground.

Voltage
(Approx.)

Ground

5V

Battery current sensor


Connector

Terminal

E66

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch OFF.


Disconnect VCM harness connector.
Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and VCM harness connector.

+
Battery current sensor

4.

VCM

Continuity

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E66

E62

50

Existed

Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-149

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P1556, P1557 BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

3.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch OFF.


Disconnect VCM harness connector.
Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and VCM harness connector.
+

Battery current sensor

VCM

Continuity

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E66

E62

43

Existed

4. Also check harness for short to power.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

4.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR


Check the battery temperature sensor. Refer to EVC-150, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO
>> Replace battery battery current sensor. Refer to PG-106, "Removal and Installation".

Component Inspection

INFOID:0000000006977202

1.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect battery current sensor.
Check the resistance between battery current sensor connector terminals.
Battery current sensor

Condition

Resistance

Terminal
2

Temperature: 25C (77F)

1.9 2.1 k

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace battery battery current sensor. Refer to PG-106, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-150

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P155A BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P155A BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977203

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P1556 or P1557 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Refer to EVC-114, "DTC Logic".
EVC
DTC No.

P1556

P1557

Trouble diagnosis name


(Trouble diagnosis content)

DTC detecting condition

BATTERY TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
(Battery temperature sensor circuit low input)

Signal voltage from Battery temperature


sensor remains 0.16V or less for 5 seconds or more.

BATTERY TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
(Battery temperature sensor circuit high input)

Signal voltage from Battery temperature


sensor remains 4.84V or more for 5 seconds or more.

Possible cause

D
Harness or connectors
[Battery current sensor (Battery temperature sensor) circuit is shorted.]
Battery current sensor (Battery temperature sensor)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1. Turn power switch ON at least 10 seconds.


2. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EVC-151, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

I
INFOID:0000000006977204

1.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY

1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect battery current sensor harness connector.
Turn power switch ON.
Check the voltage between battery current sensor harness connector and ground.

Voltage
(Approx.)

Ground

5V

Battery current sensor


Connector

Terminal

E66

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch OFF.


Disconnect VCM harness connector.
Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and VCM harness connector.

+
Battery current sensor

4.

VCM

Continuity

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E66

E62

50

Existed

Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-151

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P155A BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

3.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch OFF.


Disconnect VCM harness connector.
Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and VCM harness connector.
+

Battery current sensor

VCM

Continuity

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E66

E62

43

Existed

4. Also check harness for short to power.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

4.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR


Check the battery temperature sensor. Refer to EVC-152, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO
>> Replace battery battery current sensor. Refer to PG-106, "Removal and Installation".

Component Inspection

INFOID:0000000006977205

1.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect battery current sensor.
Check the resistance between battery current sensor connector terminals.
Battery current sensor

Condition

Resistance

Terminal
2

Temperature: 25C (77F)

1.9 2.1 k

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace battery battery current sensor. Refer to PG-106, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-152

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977206

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


Trouble diagnosis name
(Trouble diagnosis content)

DTC

P1564

ASCD SWITCH
(ASCD steering switch)

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

An excessively high voltage signal from the ASCD


steering switch is sent to VCM.
VCM detects that input signal from the ASCD
steering switch is out of the specified range.
VCM detects that the ASCD steering switch is
stuck ON.

Harness or connectors
(The switch circuit is open or
shorted.)
ASCD steering switch
VCM

EVC

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.
2.
3.

Turn power ON and wait at least 10 seconds.


Press CANCEL switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
Press RESUME/ACCELERATE switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Press SET/COAST switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EVC-153, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977207

1.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH CIRCUIT


With CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Select ASCD CANCEL SW, RESUME/ACC SW and ASCD SET SW in DATA MONITOR mode with
consult.
3. Check each item indication under the following conditions.
Monitor item

Condition

CANCEL SW

CANCEL switch

RESUME/ACC SW

RESUME/ACCELERATE
switch

SET SW

SET/COAST switch

Indication
Pressed

ON

Released

OFF

Pressed

ON

Released

OFF

Pressed

ON

Released

OFF

2.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

Turn ignition switch OFF.


Disconnect VCM harness connector.
Disconnect combination switch harness connector.
Check the continuity between combination switch and VCM harness connector.

Revision: 2010 November

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> GO TO 2.
1.
2.
3.
4.

EVC-153

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Combination switch

VCM

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

M302

16

E63

108

Continuity
Existed

5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> GO TO 3.

3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following.
Combination switch (spiral cable)
Harness for open and short between VCM and combination switch
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.

Check the continuity between combination switch and VCM harness connector.
Combination switch

VCM

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

M302

13

E63

104

Continuity
Existed

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> GO TO 5.

5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART


Check the following.
Combination switch (spiral cable)
Harness for open and short between VCM and combination switch
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH


Refer to EVC-154, "Component Inspection (ASCD STEERING SWITCH)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO
>> Replace ASCD steering switch. Refer to SR-11, "Exploded View".

Component Inspection (ASCD STEERING SWITCH)

INFOID:0000000006977208

1.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH-I


1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch OFF.


Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector.
Check the continuity between combination switch harness connector terminals under the following condition.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-154

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Combination switch
Connector

Terminals

A
Condition

35 and 36

Speed limiter MAIN switch

35 and 37

ASCD MAIN switch

M303

Continuity
Pressed

Existed

Released

Not existed

Pressed

Existed

Released

Not existed

EVC

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace ASCD steering switch. Refer to SR-11, "Exploded View".

2.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH-II


Check resistance between combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector terminals under the following
conditions.
Combination switch
Connector

M302

Terminals

13 and 16

Condition

Resistance ()

CANCEL switch: Pressed

Approx. 250

SET/COAST switch: Pressed

Approx. 660

RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed

Approx. 1,480

All ASCD steering switches: Released

Approx. 4,000

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace ASCD steering switch. refer to SR-11, "Exploded View".

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-155

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977209

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

P1572

Trouble diagnosis name


(Trouble diagnosis content)

DTC detecting condition

A)

When the vehicle speed is above 30 km/h (19


MPH), ON signals from the stop lamp switch
and the ASCD brake switch are sent to the
VCM at the same time.

B)

ASCD brake switch signal is not sent to VCM


for extremely long time while the vehicle is being driven.

ASCD BRAKE SWITCH


(ASCD brake switch)

Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The stop lamp switch circuit is
shorted.)
Harness or connectors
(The ASCD brake switch circuit is
shorted.)
Stop lamp switch
ASCD brake switch
Incorrect stop lamp switch installation
Incorrect ASCD brake switch installation
VCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I


NOTE:
The procedure for malfunction B is not described. It takes an extremely long time to complete the procedure
for malfunction B. By performing the procedure for malfunction A, the condition that causes malfunction B can
be detected.
1. Turn power switch ON (ESP switch OFF).
2. Select VEHICLE SPEED and GEAR POSITION in DATA MONITOR mode.
3. Press MAIN switch and check that CRUISE lamp illuminates.
4. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following conditions.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
VEHICLE SPEED

More than 30 km/h (19 MPH)

GEAR POSITION

D or R

5. Check self-diagnostic result.


Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EVC-157, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II


1.

Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following conditions.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle.
If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.

VHCL SPEED SE

More than 30 km/h (19 MPH)

GEAR POSITION

D or R

Driving location

Depress the brake pedal for more than 5


seconds so as not to come off from the
above-mentioned vehicle speed.

2. Check self-diagnostic result.


Is DTC detected?
Revision: 2010 November

EVC-156

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> Proceed to EVC-157, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

A
INFOID:0000000006977210

1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I


1.
2.
3.

With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Select ASCD BRAKE SW in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT.
Check ASCD BRAKE SW indication under the following conditions.
Monitor item

Condition

ASCD BRAKE
SW

Brake pedal

EVC

Indication

Slightly depressed

OFF

Fully released

ON

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY


1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
Turn power switch ON.
Check the voltage between ASCD brake switch harness connector and ground.

+
ASCD brake switch
Connector

Terminal

E112

Voltage

Ground

Battery voltage

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Pull out #3 fuse.
Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch harness connector and fuse terminal.

+
ASCD brake switch
Connector

Terminal

E112

Continuity

#3 fuse terminal

Existed

4. Also check harness for short to ground.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check power supply circuit for ignition power supply.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

4.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL


1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn power switch OFF.


Reconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
Disconnect VCM harness connector.
Turn power switch ON.
NOTE:
Brake pedal is fully released.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-157

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
5. Check the voltage between VCM harness connector and ground.
+

Voltage

Ground

Battery voltage

VCM
Connector

Terminal

E61

15

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO
>> GO TO 5.

5.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch OFF.


Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch harness connector and VCM harness connector.
+

ASCD brake switch

VCM

Continuity

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E112

E61

15

Existed

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

6.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH


Refer to EVC-160, "Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch)"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO
>> Replace ASCD brake switch. Refer to BR-211, "Exploded View".

7.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II


With CONSULT-III
Select STOP LAMP SW 1 and check indication under the following conditions.
Monitor item

Condition

STOP LAMP
SW 1

Brake pedal

Indication

Slightly depressed

ON

Fully released

OFF

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO
>> GO TO 8.

8.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
Check the voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground.
+
Stop lamp switch
Connector

Terminal

E102

Voltage

Ground

Battery voltage

Is the inspection result normal?


Revision: 2010 November

EVC-158

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO
>> GO TO 9.

9.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.

Pull out #38 fuse.


Check the continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector and fuse terminal.

Connector

Terminal

E102

EVC

Continuity

#38 fuse terminal

Existed

Stop lamp switch

3. Also check harness for short to ground.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check power supply circuit for battery power supply.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

10.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH SIGNAL


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Turn power switch OFF.


Reconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
Disconnect VCM harness connector.
Depress the brake pedal.
Check the voltage between VCM harness connector and ground.

H
+

Voltage

Ground

Battery voltage

VCM
Connector

Terminal

E61

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO
>> GO TO 11.

11.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1.
2.

Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.


Check the continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector and VCM harness connector.
+

Stop lamp switch

VCM

Continuity

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E112

E61

Existed

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

12.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH


P

Refer to EVC-160, "Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)"


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO
>> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-211, "Exploded View".

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-159

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch)

INFOID:0000000006977211

1.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH-I


1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch OFF.


Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals under the following conditions.
Terminals

Condition

Continuity

Fully released
1 and 2

Brake pedal

Slightly depressed

Existed
Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH-II


1.
2.

Adjust ASCD brake switch installation. Refer to BR-212, "Inspection and Adjustment".
Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals under the following conditions.
Terminals

Condition

Continuity

Fully released
1 and 2

Brake pedal

Slightly depressed

Existed
Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace ASCD brake switch. Refer to BR-211, "Exploded View".

Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)

INFOID:0000000006977212

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-I


1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch OFF.


Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions.

Terminals
1 and 2

Condition
Brake pedal

Fully released
Slightly depressed

Continuity
Not existed
Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-II


1.
2.

Adjust stop lamp switch installation. Refer to BR-212, "Inspection and Adjustment".
Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions.

Terminals
1 and 2

Condition
Brake pedal

Fully released
Slightly depressed

Continuity
Not existed
Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-211, "Exploded View".

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-160

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR


Description

A
INFOID:0000000006977213

The VCM receives two vehicle speed sensor signals via CAN communication. One is sent from the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit, and the other is from the traction motor inverter (motor speed signal). The
VCM uses these signals for ASCD control. Refer to EVC-46, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE
(ASCD) : System Description" for ASCD functions.

DTC Logic

P1574

Trouble diagnosis name


(Trouble diagnosis content)
ASCD VEHICLE SPEED
SENSOR
(ASCD vehicle speed sensor)

EVC

INFOID:0000000006977214

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

E
The difference between the two vehicle speed signals
is out of the specified range.

Electrically-driven intelligent
brake unit
Traction motor
VCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.
2.
3.

Set the vehicle to READY.


Push the ESP OFF switch to stop the ESP control.
Drive the vehicle at more than 40 km/h (25 MPH).
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
4. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EVC-161, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

J
INFOID:0000000006977215

1.CHECK DTC IN TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER

Check DTC in traction motor inverter.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Check the DTC. Refer to TMS-35, "DTC Index".

2.CHECK DTC IN ELECTRICALLY-DRIVEN INTELLIGENT BRAKE UNIT

Check DTC in electrically-driven intelligent brake unit.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Check the DTC. Refer to BR-27, "DTC Index".

3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-161

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P1805 BRAKE SWITCH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P1805 BRAKE SWITCH


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977216

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

P1805

Trouble diagnosis name


(Trouble diagnosis content)
BRAKE SWITCH
(Brake switch)

DTC detecting condition

Stop lamp signal is not sent to VCM for extremely long time while the vehicle is driving.

Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(Stop lamp switch circuit is open or
shorted.)
Stop lamp switch

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


NOTE:
Since this DTC is difficult to be confirmed, check component function to judge the normality.
>> Proceed to EVC-162, "Component Function Check".

Component Function Check

INFOID:0000000006977217

1.CHECK BRAKE SWITCH FUNCTION


1.
2.
3.

With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Select STOP LAMP SW 1 in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT.
Check STOP LAMP SW 1 indication under the following conditions.
Monitor item

STOP LAMP SW 1

Condition
Brake pedal

Indication

Slightly depressed

ON

Fully released

OFF

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Proceed to EVC-162, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977218

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH OPERATION


1.
2.

Turn power switch OFF.


Check the stop lamp when depressing and releasing the brake pedal.
Brake pedal

Stop lamp

Fully released

Not illuminated

Slightly depressed

Illuminated

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY


1.
2.

Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.


Check the voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-162

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P1805 BRAKE SWITCH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
A

Voltage

Ground

Battery voltage

Stop lamp switch


Connector

Terminal

E102

3. Also check harness for short to ground.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> GO TO 3.

EVC

3.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1.
2.
3.

Pull out #38 fuse.


Check that the fuse is not fusing.
Check the continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector and fuse terminal.
+

Continuity

#38 fuse
terminal

Existed

Stop lamp switch


Connector

Terminal

E102

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check power supply circuit for battery power supply.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

4.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH

Check stop lamp switch. Refer to EVC-163, "Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-211, "Exploded View".

5.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT

1.
2.
3.

Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.


Disconnect VCM harness connector.
Check the continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector and VCM harness connector.
+

Stop lamp switch

VCM

Continuity

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E102

E61

Existed

4. Also check harness for short to ground.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)

INFOID:0000000006977219

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH


1.
2.
3.
4.

Adjust stop lamp switch installation. Refer to BR-212, "Inspection and Adjustment".
Turn power switch OFF.
Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-163

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P1805 BRAKE SWITCH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Terminals
1 and 2

Condition
Brake pedal

Continuity

Fully released

Not existed

Slightly depressed

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-211, "Exploded View".

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-164

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977220

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P2122 or P2123 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Refer to EVC-114, "DTC Logic".
EVC
DTC

Trouble diagnosis name


(Trouble diagnosis content)

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

P2122

APP SENSOR D
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1 circuit low input)

An excessively low voltage from the accelerator


pedal position sensor 1 is sent to VCM.

P2123

APP SENSOR D
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1 circuit high input)

An excessively high voltage from the accelerator


pedal position sensor 1 is sent to VCM.

Harness or connectors
(APP sensor 1 circuit is open or
shorted.)
Accelerator pedal position sensor
1

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


G

1. Turn power switch ON for 1 second.


2. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EVC-165, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977221

1.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY-I


1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector.
Turn power switch ON.
Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector terminals.

APP sensor
+

Connector

Voltage
(Approx.)

5V

Terminal

E101

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY-II


Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.

O
+
APP sensor
Connector

Terminal

E101

Voltage
(Approx.)

Ground

5V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK APP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


Revision: 2010 November

EVC-165

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
1. Turn power switch OFF.
2. Disconnect VCM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and VCM harness connector.
+

APP sensor

VCM

Continuity

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E101

E62

37

Existed

4. Also check harness for short to ground and snort to power.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check power supply circuit for SSOFF relay power supply. Refer to EVC-287, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

4.CHECK APP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect VCM harness connector.
Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and VCM harness connector.
+

APP sensor

VCM

Continuity

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E101

E62

39

Existed

4. Also check harness for snort to power.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

5.CHECK VCM GROUND CIRCUIT


Check the continuity between VCM harness connector and ground.
+

Continuity

Ground

Existed

VCM
Connector

Terminal
4

E61

8
111

E63

112

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

6.CHECK APP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect VCM harness connector.
Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and VCM harness connector.
+

APP sensor

VCM

Continuity

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E101

E62

38

Revision: 2010 November

Existed

EVC-166

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
4. Also check harness for short to ground and snort to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

7.CHECK APP SENSOR

Refer to EVC-167, "Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor)".


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO
>> Replace Accelerator pedal. Refer to ACC-4, "Removal and Installation".

Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor)

EVC

INFOID:0000000006977222

1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR


1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn power switch OFF.


Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Turn power switch ON.
Check the voltage VCM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.

VCM
Connector

Terminal

Terminal

38 (APP sensor 1)
E62

141
46 (APP sensor 2)

Voltage (V)

Fully released

0.45 - 1.0

Fully depressed

4.4 - 4.8

Fully released

0.22 - 0.5

Fully depressed

2.1 - 2.5

Condition

Accelerator pedal

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace accelerator pedal. Refer to ACC-4, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-167

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977223

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


Trouble diagnosis name
(Trouble diagnosis content)

DTC

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
Accelerator pedal position sensor 2

P2127

APP SENSOR E
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2 circuit low input)

An excessively low voltage from the APP sensor 2 is


sent to VCM.

P2128

APP SENSOR E
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2 circuit high input)

An excessively high voltage from the APP sensor 2 is


sent to VCM.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Turn power switch ON for 1 second.
2. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EVC-168, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977224

1.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY-I


1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector.
Turn power switch ON.
Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector terminals.
APP sensor
+

Connector

Voltage
(Approx.)

5V

Terminal

E101

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY-II


Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.
+
APP sensor
Connector

Terminal

E101

Voltage
(Approx.)

Ground

5V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK APP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect VCM harness connector.
Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and VCM harness connector.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-168

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
A

APP sensor

VCM

Continuity

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E101

E62

45

B
Existed

4. Also check harness for short to ground and snort to power.


EVC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check power supply circuit for SSOFF relay power supply. Refer to EVC-287, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
D
CHECK APP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT

4.
1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect VCM harness connector.
Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and VCM harness connector.

APP sensor

VCM

Continuity

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E101

E62

47

G
Existed

4. Also check harness for snort to power.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

5.CHECK VCM GROUND CIRCUIT

Check the continuity between VCM harness connector and ground.


J
+

VCM
Connector

Continuity

Terminal
4

E61

Ground

111

E63

Existed

112

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

6.CHECK APP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT

1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect VCM harness connector.
Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and VCM harness connector.
+

APP sensor

VCM

P
Continuity

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E101

E62

46

Existed

4. Also check harness for short to ground and snort to power.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
Revision: 2010 November

EVC-169

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

7.CHECK APP SENSOR


Refer to EVC-170, "Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO
>> Replace Accelerator pedal. Refer to ACC-4, "Removal and Installation".

Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor)

INFOID:0000000006977225

1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR


1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn power switch OFF.


Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Turn power switch ON.
Check the voltage VCM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.
VCM
Connector

Terminal

Terminal

Condition

38 (APP sensor 1)
E62

141
46 (APP sensor 2)

Accelerator pedal

Voltage (V)

Fully released

0.45 - 1.0

Fully depressed

4.4 - 4.8

Fully released

0.22 - 0.5

Fully depressed

2.1 - 2.5

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace accelerator pedal. Refer to ACC-4, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-170

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P2138 APP SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P2138 APP SENSOR

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977226

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P2138 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to
EVC-114, "DTC Logic".
EVC
DTC

Trouble diagnosis name


(Trouble diagnosis content)
APP SENSOR
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor circuit range/performance)

P2138

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

D
VCM detects abnormal signal of APP sensor 1 and
APP sensor 2 at a time.

Harness or connectors
(APP sensor 1 or 2 circuit is
open or shorted.)
APP sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1. Turn power switch ON for 1 second.


2. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EVC-171, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

H
INFOID:0000000006977227

1.CHECK VCM GROUND CIRCUIT

1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect VCM harness connector.
Check the continuity between VCM harness connector and ground.
+
VCM
Connector
E61

E63

Continuity

Ground

Existed

Terminal
4

8
111
112

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

2.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT


1.
2.

Disconnect APP sensor harness connector.


Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector terminals

APP sensor
Connector
E101

Continuity

Existed

Terminal
3

3. Also check harness for short to ground and snort to power.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
Revision: 2010 November

EVC-171

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P2138 APP SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

3.CHECK APP SENSOR


Refer to EVC-172, "Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO
>> Replace Accelerator pedal. Refer to ACC-4, "Removal and Installation".

Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor)

INFOID:0000000006977228

1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR


1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn power switch OFF.


Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Turn power switch ON.
Check the voltage VCM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.
VCM
Connector

Terminal

Terminal

Condition

38 (APP sensor 1)
E62

141
46 (APP sensor 2)

Accelerator pedal

Voltage (V)

Fully released

0.45 - 1.0

Fully depressed

4.4 - 4.8

Fully released

0.22 - 0.5

Fully depressed

2.1 - 2.5

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace accelerator pedal. Refer to ACC-4, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-172

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3100 EV SYSTEM CAN COMMUNICATION


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P3100 EV SYSTEM CAN COMMUNICATION

Description

INFOID:0000000006977229

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- B
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. EVC
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977230

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC No.

P3100

Trouble diagnosis name

COMMUNICATION ERROR

DTC detecting condition


VCM cannot receive CAN communication signal from LBC
and traction motor inverter for 5 seconds or more when
VCM starts-up.

Possible cause

Harness or connectors
LBC
Traction motor inverter
VCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 1 minutes.
2. Turn power switch ON and wait at least 20 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-173, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 2

1. Turn power switch OFF.


2. Charge status indicator OFF condition and wait at least 1 minutes.
3. Connect EVSE and wait at least 20 seconds.
4. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-173, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO (without quick charge)>>INSPECTION END
NO (with quick charge) >>GO TO 3.

3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 3

1. Turn power switch OFF.


2. Charge status indicator OFF condition and wait at least 1 minutes.
3. Connect quick charge connector.
4. Start the quick charge and wait at least 20 seconds.
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-173, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

INFOID:0000000006977231

1.DTC CHECK
Perform self-diagnosis of VCM. Refer to EVC-51, "CONSULT Function".
Is P3191 or P3193 detected?
YES >> Perform P3191 diagnosis procedure. Refer to EVC-215, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Perform P3193 diagnosis procedure. Refer to EVC-216, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: 2010 November

EVC-173

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1

Diagnosis Procedure

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3100 EV SYSTEM CAN COMMUNICATION


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF VCM


Check power supply of VCM. Refer to EVC-107, "VCM : Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-174

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3101 VCM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P3101 VCM

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977232

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

P3101

Trouble diagnosis name


(Trouble diagnosis content)

DTC detecting condition

VCM
[Engine control module (Pro- VCM calculation function is malfunctioning.
cessor)]

Possible cause

EVC

VCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1. Turn power switch ON wait at least 10 seconds.


2. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EVC-175, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977233

1.PERFORM CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN

1. Erase DTC.
2. Turn power switch ON.
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again. Refer to EVC-175, "DTC Logic".
4. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is the DTC detected again?
YES >> Replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-175

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3102 LI-ION BATTERY


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P3102 LI-ION BATTERY


Description

INFOID:0000000006977234

Li-ion Battery ID Registration must be performed if the Li-ion battery controller or VCM is replaced.

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977235

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


CAUTION:
This DTC may be detected when the Li-ion battery is replaced. If this DTC is detected, check that the
Li-ion battery is replaced by using the correct parts and method.
DTC

B3102

Trouble diagnosis name

INVALID BATTERY

DTC detecting condition

Detects invalid Li-ion battery ID.

Possible cause
Improper replacement
of Li-ion battery or Li-ion
battery controller.
Li-ion battery
Li-ion battery controller

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 20 seconds.
2. Turn power switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EVC-176, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977236

1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT OF LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER


With CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check self-diagnostic result of the HV BAT.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to EVB-34, "DTC Index".
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.LI-ION BATTERY VISUALLY CHECK


CAUTION:
This DTC may be detected when the Li-ion battery is replaced. If this DTC is detected, check that the
Li-ion battery is replaced by using the correct parts and method.
Visually check Li-ion battery for malfunction.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform Li-ion Battery ID Registration.
NO
>> Check Li-ion battery.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-176

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P311C HIGH VOLTAGE CIRCUIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P311C HIGH VOLTAGE CIRCUIT

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977237

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name


(Trouble diagnosis content)

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

EVC

Remains all of following condition for 0.2 seconds.


Li-ion battery current: 5.5 A or more
Input voltage to traction motor inverter: 24 V or less
Pre-charge impossible

P311C

HIGH VOLTAGE SYSTEM


(High voltage system malfunction)

Remains all of following condition for 0.5 seconds.


Li-ion battery current: less than 5.5 A
Input voltage to traction motor inverter: 24 V or less
Pre-charge impossible

D
High voltage circuit
Li-ion battery J/B

Remains all of following condition for 0.5 seconds.


Difference between Li-ion battery voltage and input voltage to traction motor inverter 100 V or more.
Pre-charge impossible

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 60 seconds.
2. Set the vehicle to READY.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-177, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977238

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective equipment consisting of glove, shoes and glasses/face shield
before beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
Refer to GI-32, "High Voltage Precautions".
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while the
service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed to do
so in the Service Manual.

1.PRECONDITIONING
WARNING:
Shut off high voltage circuit. Refer to GI-31, "How to Cut Off High Voltage".
Check voltage in high voltage circuit. (Check that condenser are discharged.)
1. Disconnect high voltage connector from front side of Li-ion battery. Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and
Installation".
Revision: 2010 November

EVC-177

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P311C HIGH VOLTAGE CIRCUIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
DANGER:
Touching high voltage components without using the appropriate protective equipment will
cause electrocution.

2.

Measure voltage between high voltage harness terminals.


DANGER:
Touching high voltage components without using the
appropriate protective equipment will cause electrocution.

Standard

: 5 V or less

CAUTION:
For voltage measurements, use a tester which can measure to 500V or higher.

JSAIA1362ZZ

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC
Check other DTC detects.
Are any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to EVC-78, "DTC Index".
NO
>> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT IN LI-ION BATTERY


Check self-diagnostic result in HV BAT.
Are any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to EVB-34, "DTC Index".
NO
>> GO TO 4.

4.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT IN TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER


Check self-diagnostic result in MOTOR.
Are any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to TMS-35, "DTC Index".
NO
>> GO TO 5.

5.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT IN ON-BOARD CHARGER


Check self-diagnostic result in CHARGER.
Are any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to VC-24, "DTC Index".
NO
>> GO TO 6.

6.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT IN A/C AUTO AMP.


Check self-diagnostic result in HVAC.
Are any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to HAC-40, "DTC Index".
NO
>> GO TO 7.

7.CHECK SERVICE PLUG FUSE


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect service plug.
Check service plug fuse fusing.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-178

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P311C HIGH VOLTAGE CIRCUIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is the fuse is fusing?
YES >> Replace service plug.
NO
>> GO TO 8.

8.REPLACE LI-ION BATTERY JUNCTION BOX

1. Replace Li-ion battery junction box. Refer to EVB-143, "Exploded view".


2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again. Refer to EVC-177, "DTC Logic".
Is the DTC detected again?
YES >> Replace DC/DC J/B. Refer to EVC-307, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

EVC

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-179

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P312A EV SYSTEM CAN COMMUNICATION


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P312A EV SYSTEM CAN COMMUNICATION


Description

INFOID:0000000006977239

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977240

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC No.

P312A

Trouble diagnosis name

COMMUNICATION ERROR

DTC detecting condition

CAN communication of the EV system CAN connecting


unit does not stop for 25.5 seconds or more immediately
before the VCM self shut OFF.

Possible cause

Harness or connectors
LBC
Traction motor inverter
On board charger
Electric shift control
module
A/C auto amp.
TCU
VCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1


1. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 1 minutes.
2. Turn power switch ON and wait at least 20 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-181, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 2


1. Turn power switch OFF.
2. Charge status indicator OFF condition and wait at least 1 minutes.
3. Connect EVSE and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Disconnect EVSE and wait at least 1 minutes.
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-181, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO (without quick charge)>>INSPECTION END
NO (with quick charge) >>GO TO 3.

3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 3


1. Turn power switch OFF.
2. Charge status indicator OFF condition and wait at least 1 minutes.
3. Connect quick charge connector.
4. Start the quick charge and wait at least 1 minutes.
5. Stop the quick charge and wait at least 1 minutes.
6. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-181, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-180

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P312A EV SYSTEM CAN COMMUNICATION


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977241

1.CHECK VCM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

Select the DATA MONITOR item POWER SW of VCM with CONSULT. Refer to EVC-51, "CONSULT FuncB
tion".
Is indicate ON?
YES >> GO TO 2.
EVC
NO
>> Repair VCM power ON power supply circuit. Refer to EVC-107, "VCM : Diagnosis Procedure".

2.CHECK TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER POWER SUPPLY (POWER ON) CIRCUIT


1. Disconnect traction motor inverter harness connector F13.
2. Perform confirmation procedure. Refer to EVC-180, "DTC Logic".
Is P3131 detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Check traction motor inverter power supply (POWER ON) circuit for short to power.

3.CHECK LBC POWER SUPPLY (POWER ON) CIRCUIT


F

1. Disconnect LBC harness connector B24.


2. Perform confirmation procedure. Refer to EVC-180, "DTC Logic".
Is P312A detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Check LBC power supply (POWER ON) circuit for short to power.

4.CHECK ON BOARD CHARGER POWER SUPPLY (POWER ON) CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect on board charger harness connector B26.


2. Perform confirmation procedure. Refer to EVC-180, "DTC Logic".
Is P312A detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Check on board charger power supply (POWER ON) circuit for short to power.

5.CHECK A/C AUTO AMP. POWER SUPPLY (POWER ON) CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect A/C auto amp. harness connector M50.


2. Perform confirmation procedure. Refer to EVC-180, "DTC Logic".
Is P312A detected?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> Check A/C auto amp. power supply (POWER ON) circuit for short to power.

6.CHECK TCU POWER SUPPLY (POWER ON) CIRCUIT


1. Disconnect TCU harness connector M2.
2. Perform confirmation procedure. Refer to EVC-180, "DTC Logic".
Is P312A detected?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> Check TCU power supply (POWER ON) circuit for short to power.

7.CHECK ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE POWER SUPPLY (POWER ON) CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect electric shift control module harness connector M59.
2. Perform confirmation procedure. Refer to EVC-180, "DTC Logic".
Is P312A detected?
YES >> Replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Check electric shift control module power supply (POWER ON) circuit for short to power.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-181

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P312B EV SYSTEM RESTART ERROR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P312B EV SYSTEM RESTART ERROR


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977242

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC No.

P312B

Trouble diagnosis name

RESTART ERROR

DTC detecting condition


Immediately before restarting VCM, the traction motor inverter and the on board charger cannot be ready for restart
for 15 seconds.

Possible cause

Harness or connectors
Traction motor inverter
On board charger
VCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1


1. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 1 minutes.
2. Turn power switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 1 minutes.
4. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-182, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 2


1. Turn power switch OFF.
2. Charge status indicator OFF condition and wait at least 1 minutes.
3. Connect EVSE and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Disconnect EVSE and wait at least 1 minutes.
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-182, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO (without quick charge)>>INSPECTION END
NO (with quick charge) >>GO TO 3.

3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 3


1. Turn power switch OFF.
2. Charge status indicator OFF condition and wait at least 1 minutes.
3. Connect quick charge connector.
4. Start the quick charge and wait at least 1 minutes.
5. Stop the quick charge and wait at least 1 minutes.
6. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-182, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977243

1.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF VCM


Perform self-diagnosis of VCM. Refer to EVC-51, "CONSULT Function".
Is P3191, P31A7 and P319C detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure of detected DTC.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF VCM


Check power supply of VCM. Refer to EVC-107, "VCM : Diagnosis Procedure".
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
Revision: 2010 November

EVC-182

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P312B EV SYSTEM RESTART ERROR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

3.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER

Perform self-diagnosis of traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-26, "CONSULT Function".


Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure of detected DTC.
NO
>> GO TO 4.

4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF ON BOARD CHARGER

EVC

Perform self-diagnosis of on board charger. Refer to VC-17, "CONSULT Function".


Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure of detected DTC.
NO
>> GO TO 5.

5.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF VCM

Perform self-diagnosis of VCM. Refer to EVC-51, "CONSULT Function".


Is DTC detected other than P312B?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure of detected DTC.
NO
>> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-183

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P312C, P3130 TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER CONDENSER DISCHARGE ERROR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P312C, P3130 TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER CONDENSER DISCHARGE


ERROR
DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977244

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC No.
P312C

Trouble diagnosis name


INVERTER DISCHARGE ERROR

DTC detecting condition


Traction motor inverter voltage is 54 V or more for 14 seconds during stop of READY or charge

Possible cause
Li-ion battery J/B
Traction motor inverter
VCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1


1. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 1 minutes.
2. Set the vehicle to READY and test drive.
3. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 1 minutes.
4. Turn power switch ON and wait at least 1 minutes.
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-184, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 2


1. Turn power switch OFF.
2. Charge status indicator OFF condition and wait at least 1 minutes.
3. Connect EVSE and wait at least 1 minutes.
4. Disconnect EVSE and wait at least 1 minutes.
5. Turn power switch ON and wait at least 1 minutes.
6. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-184, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO (without quick charge)>>INSPECTION END
NO (with quick charge) >>GO TO 3.

3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 3


1. Turn power switch OFF.
2. Charge status indicator OFF condition and wait at least 1 minutes.
3. Connect quick charge connector.
4. Start the quick charge and wait at least 1 minutes.
5. Stop the quick charge and wait at least 1 minutes.
6. Turn power switch ON and wait at least 1 minutes.
7. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-184, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977245

1.CHECK DTC
Perform self-diagnosis of VCM. Refer to EVC-51, "CONSULT Function".
Is P0AA0 or P0AA1 detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure of detected DTC.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER


Revision: 2010 November

EVC-184

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P312C, P3130 TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER CONDENSER DISCHARGE ERROR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Perform self-diagnosis of traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-26, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure of detected DTC.
NO
>> GO TO 3.

3.PERFORM CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

Perform confirmation procedure. Refer to EVC-184, "DTC Logic"


Is DTC detected other than P312C or P3030?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure of detected DTC.
NO
>> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".

EVC

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-185

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P312D QUICK CHARGE ERROR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P312D QUICK CHARGE ERROR


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977246

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC No.
P312D

Trouble diagnosis name


QUICK CHARGE RELAY

DTC detecting condition


Immediately before starting quick charge, the quick charger cannot be ready for 60 seconds.

Possible cause
Harness or connector
On board charger
VCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Turn power switch OFF.
2. Charge status indicator OFF condition and wait at least 1 minutes.
3. Connect quick charge connector.
4. Start the quick charge and wait at least 2 minutes.
5. Turn power switch ON.
6. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-186, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977247

1.CHECK DTC
Perform self-diagnosis of VCM. Refer to EVC-51, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected other than P312D?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure of detected DTC.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF ON BOARD CHARGER


Perform self-diagnosis of on board charger. Refer to VC-17, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure of detected DTC.
NO
>> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-186

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P312E READY OFF ERROR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P312E READY OFF ERROR

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977248

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC No.

P312E

Trouble diagnosis name

READY OFF ERROR

DTC detecting condition


During the shutdown from READY, 10 seconds pass without satisfying the following conditions:
Battery current is 5.5 A or less.
Traction motor inverter is ready for discharge.

Possible cause

Harness or connector
LBC
Traction motor inverter
A/C auto amp.
DC/DC-J/B
VCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 60 seconds.
2. Set the vehicle to READY.
3. Operate the automatic air conditioning system.
4. Turn power switch OFF as automatic air conditioning system ON condition
5. Wait at least 60 seconds.
6. Turn power switch ON.
7. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-187, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

EVC

INFOID:0000000006977249

1.CHECK DTC
J

Perform self-diagnosis of VCM. Refer to EVC-51, "CONSULT Function".


Is P317A detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure of P317A. Refer to EVC-207, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC
L

Check DTC of VCM.


Is P3191, P31A7 or P319C detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure of detected DTC.
NO
>> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK DTC
Check DTC of VCM.
Is P0A08 detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure of P0A08. Refer to EVC-119, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> GO TO 4.

4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF A/C AUTO AMP.


Perform self-diagnosis of A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-30, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure of detected DTC.
NO
>> GO TO 5.

5.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER.


Perform self-diagnosis of traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-26, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected?
Revision: 2010 November

EVC-187

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P312E READY OFF ERROR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure of detected DTC.
NO
>> GO TO 6.

6.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF LBC


Perform self-diagnosis of LBC. Refer to TMS-26, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure of detected DTC.
NO
>> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-188

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P312F CHARGE OFF ERROR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P312F CHARGE OFF ERROR

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977250

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC No.

P312F

Trouble diagnosis name

CHARGE OFF ERROR

DTC detecting condition


During the shutdown from charging, 10 seconds pass without satisfying the following conditions:
Battery current is 5.5 A or less
Traction motor inverter is ready for discharge.
Quick charge relay OFF

Possible cause

Harness or connector
LBC
Traction motor inverter
A/C auto amp.
DC/DC-J/B
On board charger
VCM

EVC

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1


F

1. Turn power switch OFF.


2. Charge status indicator OFF condition and wait at least 60 seconds.
3. Connect EVSE and wait at least 60 seconds.
4. Disconnect EVSE and wait at lease 60 seconds.
5. Turn power switch ON.
6. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-189, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 2

1. Turn power switch OFF.


2. Charge status indicator OFF condition and wait at least 60 seconds.
3. Connect quick charge connector.
4. Start quick charge and wait at least 60 seconds.
5. Stop quick charge and wait at lease 60 seconds.
6. Turn power switch ON.
7. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-189, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

L
INFOID:0000000006977251

1.CHECK DTC
Perform self-diagnosis of VCM. Refer to EVC-51, "CONSULT Function".
Is P317A detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure of P317A. Refer to EVC-207, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC

Check DTC of VCM.


Is P3191, P31A7 or P319C detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure of detected DTC.
NO
>> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK DTC
Check DTC of VCM.
Is P3196, P31AE or P31A1 detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure of detected DTC.
Revision: 2010 November

EVC-189

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P312F CHARGE OFF ERROR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
NO
>> GO TO 4.

4.CHECK DTC
Check DTC of VCM.
Is P0A08 detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure of P0A08. Refer to EVC-119, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> GO TO 5.

5.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF A/C AUTO AMP.


Perform self-diagnosis of A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-30, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure of detected DTC.
NO
>> GO TO 6.

6.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF ON BOARD CHARGER


Perform self-diagnosis of on board charger. Refer to VC-17, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure of detected DTC.
NO
>> GO TO 7.

7.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER.


Perform self-diagnosis of traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-26, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure of detected DTC.
NO
>> GO TO 8.

8.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF LBC


Perform self-diagnosis of LBC. Refer to TMS-26, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure of detected DTC.
NO
>> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-190

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3131 SYSTEM SHUTOFF ERROR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P3131 SYSTEM SHUTOFF ERROR

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977252

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC No.

P3131

Trouble diagnosis name

SYSTEM SHUTOFF TIMEOUT

DTC detecting condition

When before shutdown all of the following conditions are


fulfilled
READY signal is OFF
Either of EV system CAN connection unit is not shutdown

Possible cause

Harness or connectors
LBC
Traction motor inverter
On board charger
Electric shift control
module
A/C auto amp.
TCU
VCM

EVC

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1

1. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 1 minutes.


2. Turn power switch ON and wait at least 35 minutes.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-191, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 2


I

1. Turn power switch OFF.


2. Charge status indicator OFF condition and wait at least 1 minutes.
3. Connect EVSE and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Disconnect EVSE and wait at least 35 minutes.
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-191, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO (without quick charge)>>INSPECTION END
NO (with quick charge) >>GO TO 3.

3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 3

1. Turn power switch OFF.


2. Charge status indicator OFF condition and wait at least 1 minutes.
3. Connect quick charge connector.
4. Start the quick charge and wait at least 1 minutes.
5. Stop the quick charge and wait at least 35 minutes.
6. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-191, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

O
INFOID:0000000006977253

1.CHECK VCM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

Select the DATA MONITOR item POWER SW of VCM with CONSULT. Refer to EVC-51, "CONSULT Function".
Is indicate ON?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair VCM power ON power supply circuit. Refer to EVC-107, "VCM : Diagnosis Procedure".

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-191

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3131 SYSTEM SHUTOFF ERROR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

2.CHECK TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER POWER SUPPLY (POWER ON) CIRCUIT


1. Turn power switch OFF.
2. Disconnect traction motor inverter harness connector F13.
3. Perform confirmation procedure. Refer to EVC-191, "DTC Logic".
Is P3131 detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Check traction motor inverter power supply (POWER ON) circuit for short to power.

3.CHECK LBC POWER SUPPLY (POWER ON) CIRCUIT


1. Disconnect LBC harness connector B24.
2. Perform confirmation procedure. Refer to EVC-191, "DTC Logic".
Is P3131 detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Check LBC power supply (POWER ON) circuit for short to power.

4.CHECK ON BOARD CHARGER POWER SUPPLY (POWER ON) CIRCUIT


1. Disconnect on board charger harness connector B26.
2. Perform confirmation procedure. Refer to EVC-191, "DTC Logic".
Is P3131 detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Check on board charger power supply (POWER ON) circuit for short to power.

5.CHECK A/C AUTO AMP. POWER SUPPLY (POWER ON) CIRCUIT


1. Disconnect A/C auto amp. harness connector M50.
2. Perform confirmation procedure. Refer to EVC-191, "DTC Logic".
Is P3131 detected?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> Check A/C auto amp. power supply (POWER ON) circuit for short to power.

6.CHECK TCU POWER SUPPLY (POWER ON) CIRCUIT


1. Disconnect TCU harness connector M2.
2. Perform confirmation procedure. Refer to EVC-191, "DTC Logic".
Is P3131 detected?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> Check TCU power supply (POWER ON) circuit for short to power.

7.CHECK ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE POWER SUPPLY (POWER ON) CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect electric shift control module harness connector M59.
2. Perform confirmation procedure. Refer to EVC-191, "DTC Logic".
Is P312A detected?
YES >> Replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Check electric shift control module power supply (POWER ON) circuit for short to power.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-192

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3137 AIR BAG INFLATION


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P3137 AIR BAG INFLATION

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977254

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC No.

P3137

Trouble diagnosis name

CAR CLASH

DTC detecting condition

VCM received car crash information signal from air bag diagnosis
sensor unit

Possible cause
Air bag inflated
CAN communication
signal
Air bag diagnosis sensor unit
VCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


Check air bag inflated?
Is the air bag inflated?
YES >> Refer to SR-5, "FOR FRONTAL COLLISION : When SRS is activated in a collision".
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 20 seconds.
2. Turn power switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
Check air bag inflated?
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-193, "Diagnosis Procedure"
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

EVC

I
INFOID:0000000006977255

1.CHECK CAR CRASH INFORMATION SIGNAL


Select CLASH DETECT INFO in DATA MONITOR mode of VCM using CONSULT.
Is indicate ##?
YES >> Replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-193

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P315C CHARGE RELAY


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P315C CHARGE RELAY


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977256

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

P315C

Trouble diagnosis name

CHARGE RELAY

DTC detecting condition

VCM detected P31C8, P31C9, P31CA or P31CB.

Diagnosis Procedure

Possible cause

Harness or connectors
Normal charge relay
Quick charge relay
On-board charger
INFOID:0000000006977257

Perform diagnosis of P31C8, P31C9, P31CA or P31CB.


Refer to EVC-233, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Refer to EVC-236, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-194

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P315E ABS/VDC
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P315E ABS/VDC

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977258

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC No.

P315E

Trouble diagnosis name

VDC SYSTEM

DTC detecting condition

VCM detected torque request signal error for 2 seconds

Possible cause
CAN communication
signal
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

EVC

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 60 seconds.


2. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-195, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

G
INFOID:0000000006977259

1.CHECK DTC

Perform self-diagnosis of VCM. Refer to EVC-51, "CONSULT Function".


Is DTC detected other than P315E?
YES >> Replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-152, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-195

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P316A MOTOR SPEED


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P316A MOTOR SPEED


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977260

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC No.
P316A

Trouble diagnosis name


MOTOR SPEED

DTC detecting condition


VCM received motor speed invalid value from traction motor inverter

Possible cause
Traction motor inverter

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1


1. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 20 seconds.
2. Set the vehicle to READY and wait at least 60 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-196, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> GO TO2.

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 2


1. Perform test drive.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-196, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977261

1.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER


Perform self-diagnosis of traction motor. Refer to TMS-26, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC (P325B, P325C, P325D, P325E or P325F) detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure of detected DTC.
NO
>> Replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-196

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P316F ON-BOARD CHARGER


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P316F ON-BOARD CHARGER

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977262

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC No.
P316F

Trouble diagnosis name


ON BOARD CHARGER
SYSTEM

DTC detecting condition


The charge electricity of the on board charger is less than 0.1KW

Possible cause
Harness or connector
on board charger
VCM

EVC

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1


1. Perform normal charge and wait at least 10 minutes.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-197, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO (Without quick charger)>>INSPECTION END
NO (With quick charger)>>GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 2

1. Perform quick charge and wait at least 10 minutes.


2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-197, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977263

1.CHECK ON BOARD CHARGER OUTPUT POWER

1. Perform normal charge.


2. Turn power switch ON.
3. Select OBC OUT PWR in DATA MONITOR of EV/HEV using CONSULT.
Is value 0kW?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".

2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF ON BOARD CHARGER


Perform self-diagnosis of on board charge. Refer to VC-17, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure of detected DTC.
NO
>> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-197

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3172, P3173 ON-BOARD CHARGER


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P3172, P3173 ON-BOARD CHARGER


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977264

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC No.
P3172
P3173

Trouble diagnosis name


ON BOARD CHARGER
SYSTEM

DTC detecting condition


VCM detects an error signal that is received from on board charger
via CAN communication.

Possible cause
Traction motor inverter

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977265

Perform the self-diagnosis of traction motor inverter. Refer to VC-17, "CONSULT Function".

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-198

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3175 VCM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P3175 VCM

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977266

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC No.
P3175

Trouble diagnosis name


VCM

DTC detecting condition


VCM detects a CAN error signal that is received from electric shift
control module via CAN communication for 0.1 seconds or more.

Possible cause

EVC

VCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 20 seconds.
2. Turn power switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-199, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

F
INFOID:0000000006977267

1.REPLACE VCM
1. Replace the VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform confirmation procedure. Refer to EVC-199, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Replace the VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Replace the electric shift control module. Refer to TM-130, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-199

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3176 TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER CONDENSER


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P3176 TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER CONDENSER


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977268

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC No.

P3176

Trouble diagnosis name

INVERTER CONDENSER

DTC detecting condition

Immediately before READY or the start of charge, pre-charging


cannot be performed for 5 seconds or more.

Possible cause

Harness or connectors
Li-ion battery J/B
LBC
DC/DC-J/B
Traction motor inverter
VCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1


1. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 60 seconds.
2. Set the vehicle to READY and wait at least 15 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-200, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 2


1. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 60 seconds.
2. Connect EVSE and wait at least 15 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-200, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO (Without quick charger)>>INSPECTION END
NO (With quick charger)>>GO TO 3.

3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 2


1. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 60 seconds.
2. Connect quick charge connector and wait at least 15 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-200, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977269

1.CHECK DTC
Check DTC of VCM.
Is P317D detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure of detected DTC.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC
Check DTC of VCM.
Is P31D7 detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure of P31D7. Refer to EVC-242, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK DTC
Check DTC of VCM.
Is P31D4 or P31DD detected?
Revision: 2010 November

EVC-200

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3176 TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER CONDENSER


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure of P31D7 or P31DD. Refer to EVC-242, "Diagnosis Procedure"
(P31D7) or EVC-248, "Diagnosis Procedure" (P31DD).
NO
>> GO TO 4.

4.CHECK DTC
B

Check DTC of VCM.


Is P317A detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure of P317A. Refer to EVC-207, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> GO TO 5.

EVC

5.CHECK DTC
D

Check DTC of VCM.


Is P3191, P31A7 or P319C detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure of DTC. Refer to EVC-215, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> GO TO 6.

6.CHECK DTC
Check DTC of VCM.
Is P3191, P31A7 or P319C detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure of DTC. Refer to EVC-215, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> GO TO 7.

7.CHECK DTC
Check DTC of VCM.
Is P0A08 or P0A94 detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure of P0A94. Refer to EVC-119, "Diagnosis Procedure" (P0A08) or
(P0A94).
NO
>> GO TO 8.

8.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER


Perform self-diagnosis of traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-26, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure of DTC.
NO
>> GO TO 9.

9.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF A/C AUTO AMP.


Perform self-diagnosis of A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-30, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure of DTC.
NO
>> GO TO 10.

10.CHECK DTC
Check DTC of VCM.
Is P311C detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure of P311C. Refer to EVC-177, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> GO TO 11.

11.CHECK DTC

Check DTC of VCM.


Is P3176 detected?
YES >> Replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Visually check high voltage harness and connector.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-201

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3177 ECU ACTIVATION ERROR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P3177 ECU ACTIVATION ERROR


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977270

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


Trouble diagnosis name
(Trouble diagnosis content)

DTC

P3177

ECU ACTIVATION ERROR


(EV system start error)

DTC detecting condition

When EV system starts up, on-board charger or traction


motor inverter does not permit EV system activation.

Possible cause

Charging system
Traction motor system
EVSE
Quick charger
External input

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-TYPE 1


1. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 20 seconds.
2. Set the vehicle to READY and wait at least 200 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EVC-202, "TYPE 1 : Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-TYPE 2


1. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 20 seconds.
2. Make sure that the charging status indicator does not illuminate.
3. Connect normal charge connector (with AC power input) and wait at least 200 seconds.
4. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EVC-203, "TYPE 2 : Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> GO TO 3.

3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-TYPE 3


1. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 20 seconds.
2. Make sure that the charging status indicator does not illuminate.
3. Connect quick charge connector.
4. Start quick charging and wait at least 200 seconds.
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EVC-203, "TYPE 3 : Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

TYPE 1
TYPE 1 : Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977271

1.CHECK DTC
Check other DTC detected.
Are any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to EVC-78, "DTC Index".
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT IN TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER


Check self-diagnostic result in MOTOR.
Are any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to EVC-78, "DTC Index".
NO
>> GO TO 3.
Revision: 2010 November

EVC-202

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3177 ECU ACTIVATION ERROR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

3.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT IN ON-BOARD CHARGER

Check self-diagnostic result in CHARGER.


Are any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to VC-24, "DTC Index".
NO
>> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".

TYPE 2
EVC

TYPE 2 : Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977272

1.CHECK CONDITION

Check and study the following items:


No interruption in the indoor power and EVSE.
EVSE is within the specification.
The charger remains cold.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

2.CHECK DTC
G

Check other DTC detected.


Are any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to EVC-78, "DTC Index".
NO
>> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT IN TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER


Check self-diagnostic result in MOTOR.
Are any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to EVC-78, "DTC Index".
NO
>> GO TO 4.

4.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT IN ON-BOARD CHARGER


Check self-diagnostic result in CHARGER.
Are any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to VC-24, "DTC Index".
NO
>> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".

TYPE 3
TYPE 3 : Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977273

1.CHECK CONDITION
Check and study the quick charger to see that it is within the specification.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Erase DTC. (Quick charger malfunction)

2.CHECK DTC
Check other DTC detected.
Are any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to EVC-78, "DTC Index".
NO
>> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT IN TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER


Check self-diagnostic result in MOTOR.
Are any DTC detected?
Revision: 2010 November

EVC-203

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3177 ECU ACTIVATION ERROR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to EVC-78, "DTC Index".
NO
>> GO TO 4.

4.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT IN ON-BOARD CHARGER


Check self-diagnostic result in CHARGER.
Are any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to VC-24, "DTC Index".
NO
>> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-204

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3178 ECU ACTIVATION ERROR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P3178 ECU ACTIVATION ERROR

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977274

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

P3178

Trouble diagnosis name


(Trouble diagnosis content)
ECU ACTIVATION ERROR
(EV system start error)

DTC detecting condition


When EV system starts up, Li-ion battery or traction motor
inverter does not permit EV system activation.

Possible cause

EVC

Harness or connectors
Li-ion battery system
Traction motor system

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


NOTE:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that 12V battery voltage is more than 11 V.

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I


1. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 60 seconds.
2. Set the vehicle to READY and wait at least 200 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EVC-205, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II

1. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 60 seconds.


2. Make sure that the charging status indicator does not illuminate.
3. Connect normal charge connector (with AC power input) and wait at least 20 seconds.
4. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EVC-205, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> GO TO 3.

3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-III


K

1. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 60 seconds.


2. Make sure that the charging status indicator does not illuminate.
3. Connect quick charge connector.
4. Start quick charging and wait at least 20 seconds.
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EVC-205, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

M
INFOID:0000000006977275

1.CHECK DTC
Check other DTC detected.
Are any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to EVC-78, "DTC Index".
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT IN TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER


Check self-diagnostic result in MOTOR.
Are any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to EVC-78, "DTC Index".
NO
>> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT IN LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER


Revision: 2010 November

EVC-205

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3178 ECU ACTIVATION ERROR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Check self-diagnostic result in HV BAT.
Are any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to EVB-34, "DTC Index".
NO
>> Check high voltage harness connector installation condition.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-206

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3179, P317A, P317B TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P3179, P317A, P317B TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977276

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC No.

Trouble diagnosis name

B
DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

EVC

P3179
P317A

MOTOR SYSTEM

VCM detects an error signal that is received from traction motor inTraction motor inverter
verter via CAN communication for 0.01 seconds or more.

P317B

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977277

Perform the self-diagnosis of traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-26, "CONSULT Function".

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-207

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P317D TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P317D TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977278

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC No.

P317D

Trouble diagnosis name

MOTOR SYSTEM

DTC detecting condition


The estimated torque value from the traction motor inverter to
VCM remains greater/smaller than the torque command value
from VCM to the traction motor inverter for the specified time.
The difference between the estimated power consumption calculated based on a torque value from VCM to the traction motor
inverter and the actual power consumption calculated based on
a high voltage battery voltage and current is 20 kW or more.

Possible cause

Traction motor inverter

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1


1. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 20 seconds.
2. Set the vehicle to READY and then test drive. (High speed as possible).
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-208, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977279

1.ERASE DTC
1. Erase DTC.
2. Perform confirmation procedure again. Refer to EVC-208, "DTC Logic".
3. Check DTC again.
IS P317D detected?
YES >> Replace traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-115, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Check intermittent incident. Refer GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-208

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P317E, P3180, P3182 LI-ION BATTERY


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P317E, P3180, P3182 LI-ION BATTERY

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977280

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC No.

Trouble diagnosis name

B
DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

EVC

P317E
P3180

HV BATTERY SYSTEM

VCM detects an error signal that is received from LBC via CAN
communication for 0.02 seconds or more.

LBC

P3182

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977281

Perform the self-diagnosis of traction motor inverter. Refer to EVB-22, "CONSULT Function".

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-209

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3183 LI-ION BATTERY


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P3183 LI-ION BATTERY


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977282

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC No.
P3183

Trouble diagnosis name


HV BATTERY SYSTEM

DTC detecting condition


After a lapse of 0.3 seconds from M/C RELAY ON, the following
state remains for 2.8 seconds or more: LBC's calculation result to
the VCM-set example question is incorrect.

Possible cause
CAN communication
LBC
VCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Turn power switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-210, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977283

1.ERASE DTC
Erase DTC and perform confirmation procedure. Refer to EVC-210, "DTC Logic".
Is P3183 detected?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".

2.REPLACE LBC
Replace LBC. Refer to EVB-155, "LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER : Disassembly and Assembly".
Is P3183 detected?
YES >> Replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-210

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3188 ELECTRIC SHIFT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P3188 ELECTRIC SHIFT

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977284

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC No.
P3188

Trouble diagnosis name


ELECTRIC SHIFT SYSTEM

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

VCM receives a DTC detection signal sent from electric shift


control module.

Electric shift control module

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 20 seconds.
2. Turn power switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-211, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

EVC

F
INFOID:0000000006977285

Perform self-diagnosis of electric shift. Refer to TM-35, "CONSULT Function".


H

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-211

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P318A ELECTRIC SHIFT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P318A ELECTRIC SHIFT


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977286

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name


(Trouble diagnosis content)

DTC detecting condition

P318A

ELECTRIC SHIFT SYSTEM


(Shift position signal invalid)

Difference between target shift position signal and current


shift position signal for 1.2 seconds.

Possible cause
Electric shift system
VCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


NOTE:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 10 V or more.

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 20 seconds.
2. Turn power switch ON.
3. Shift selector lever in N range and wait at least 20 seconds.
4. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-212, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977287

1.CHECK DTC
CHECK other DTC detects.
Are any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to EVC-78, "DTC Index".
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT IN ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE


Check self-diagnostic result in SHIFT.
Are any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to TM-44, "DTC Index".
NO
>> GO TO 3.

3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN


1. Erase DTC.
2. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 20 seconds.
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again. Refer to EVC-212, "DTC Logic".
Is the DTC detected again?
YES >> Replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-212

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P318B ELECTRIC SHIFT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P318B ELECTRIC SHIFT

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977288

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

P318B

Trouble diagnosis name


(Trouble diagnosis content)

ELECTRIC SHIFT SYSTEM


(Electric shift malfunction)

DTC detecting condition


VCM detects invalid signal of shift position signal sent
from electric shift control module.
VCM receives abnormal shift position signal for 0.2 seconds or more.
VCM receives abnormal shift position signal for 10 seconds or more.

Possible cause

EVC

Electric shift system


VCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


NOTE:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that 12V battery voltage is 10 V or more.

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I


1. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 1 minute.
2. Turn power switch ON and wait at least 20 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EVC-213, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II


I

1. Shift selector lever in R, N and D range.


2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EVC-213, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977289

1.CHECK DTC
CHECK other DTC detects.
Are any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to EVC-78, "DTC Index".
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT IN ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE


Check self-diagnostic result in SHIFT.
Are any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to TM-44, "DTC Index".
NO
>> GO TO 3.

3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN


1. Erase DTC.
2. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 20 seconds.
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again. Refer to EVC-213, "DTC Logic".
Is the DTC detected again?
YES >> Replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-213

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P318D CAN COMMUNICATION


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P318D CAN COMMUNICATION


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977290

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC No.
P318D

Trouble diagnosis name


COMMUNICATION ERROR

DTC detecting condition


When VCM is not transmitting CAN communication signal for
2 seconds or more.

Possible cause
Harness connector
(CAN communication)
VCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Turn power switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-214, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977291

1.ERASE DTC
Erase DTC and perform self-diagnosis of VCM. Refer to EVC-214, "DTC Logic".
Is P318D detected?
YES >> Replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-214

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3191, P319C, P31A7 EV SYSTEM CAN COMMUNICATION


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P3191, P319C, P31A7 EV SYSTEM CAN COMMUNICATION


DTC Logic

A
INFOID:0000000006977292

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC No.

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

EVC

P3191
P319C

COMMUNICATION ERROR

When VCM detects an error signal that is received from traction


motor inverter via CAN communication

Traction motor inverter


VCM

P31A7

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.


2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-215, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977293

1.CHECK DTC
H

Perform self-diagnosis of VCM. Refer to EVC-51, "CONSULT Function".


Is DTC detected other than P3191, P319C and P31A7?
YES >> Replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Replace traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-115, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-215

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3193, P319E, P31A9 EV SYSTEM CAN COMMUNICATION


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P3193, P319E, P31A9 EV SYSTEM CAN COMMUNICATION


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977294

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC No.

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

P3193
P319E

COMMUNICATION ERROR

When VCM detects an error signal that is received from LBC via
CAN communication

LBC
VCM

P31A9

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Turn power switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-216, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977295

1.CHECK DTC
Perform self-diagnosis of VCM. Refer to EVC-51, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected other than P3193, P319E and P31A9?
YES >> Replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Replace LBC. Refer to EVB-155, "LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER : Disassembly and Assembly".

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-216

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3194, P319F, P31AA CAN COMMUNICATION


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P3194, P319F, P31AA CAN COMMUNICATION


DTC Logic

A
INFOID:0000000006977296

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC No.

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

When VCM detects an error signal that is received from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN communication

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


VCM

P3194
P319F

COMMUNICATION ERROR

P31AA

EVC

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1. Turn power switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.


2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-217, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977297

1.CHECK DTC
Perform self-diagnosis of VCM. Refer to BRC-38, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected other than P3194, P319F and P31AA?
YES >> Replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-152, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-217

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3195, P31A0, P31AB CAN COMMUNICATION


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P3195, P31A0, P31AB CAN COMMUNICATION


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977298

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC No.

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

When VCM detects an error signal that is received from electrically-driven intelligent brake unit via CAN communication

Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit


VCM

P3195
P31A0

COMMUNICATION ERROR

P31AB

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Turn power switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-218, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977299

1.CHECK DTC
Perform self-diagnosis of VCM. Refer to EVC-51, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected other than P3195, P31A0 and P31AB?
YES >> Replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Replace electrically-driven intelligent brake unit. Refer to BR-20, "CONSULT Function".

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-218

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3196, P31A1, P31AE EV SYSTEM CAN COMMUNICATION


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P3196, P31A1, P31AE EV SYSTEM CAN COMMUNICATION


DTC Logic

A
INFOID:0000000006977300

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC No.

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

EVC

P3196
P31A1

COMMUNICATION ERROR

When VCM detects an error signal that is received from on board


charger via CAN communication

On board charger
VCM

P31AE

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1. Turn power switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.


2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-219, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977301

1.CHECK DTC
H

Perform self-diagnosis of VCM. Refer to EVC-51, "CONSULT Function".


Is DTC detected other than P3196, P31A1 and P31AE?
YES >> Replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Replace on board charger. Refer to VC-17, "CONSULT Function".

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-219

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3197, P31A2, P31AD EV SYSTEM CAN COMMUNICATION


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P3197, P31A2, P31AD EV SYSTEM CAN COMMUNICATION


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977302

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC No.

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC detecting condition

P3197
P31A2

COMMUNICATION ERROR

When VCM detects an error signal that is received from electric


shift control module via CAN communication

P31AD

Possible cause
Electric shift control
module
VCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Turn power switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-220, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977303

1.CHECK DTC
Perform self-diagnosis of VCM. Refer to EVC-51, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected other than P3197, P31A2 and P31AD?
YES >> Replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Replace electric shift control module. Refer to TM-130, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-220

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31AF, P31B3 EV SYSTEM CAN COMMUNICATION


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P31AF, P31B3 EV SYSTEM CAN COMMUNICATION


DTC Logic

A
INFOID:0000000006977304

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC No.
P31AF
P31B3

Trouble diagnosis name


COMMUNICATION ERROR

DTC detecting condition


When VCM detects an error signal that is received from A/C auto
amp. via CAN communication

Possible cause

EVC

A/C auto amp.


VCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Turn power switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-221, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

F
INFOID:0000000006977305

1.CHECK DTC
Perform self-diagnosis of VCM. Refer to EVC-51, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected other than P31AF and P31B3?
YES >> Replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-134, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-221

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31B0, P31B4 CAN COMMUNICATION


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P31B0, P31B4 CAN COMMUNICATION


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977306

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC No.
P31B0
P31B4

Trouble diagnosis name


COMMUNICATION ERROR

DTC detecting condition


When VCM detects an error signal that is received from AV control
unit via CAN communication

Possible cause
AV control unit
VCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Turn power switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-222, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977307

1.CHECK DTC
Perform self-diagnosis of VCM. Refer to EVC-51, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected other than P31B0 and P31B4?
YES >> Replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-119, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-222

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31B5 CAN COMMUNICATION


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P31B5 CAN COMMUNICATION

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977308

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC No.
P31B5

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC detecting condition

COMMUNICATION ERROR

VCM detects an error signal that is received from combination


meter via CAN communication

Possible cause
Combination meter
VCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Turn power switch OFF.
2. Turn power switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-223, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

EVC

F
INFOID:0000000006977309

1.CHECK DTC
Perform self-diagnosis of VCM. Refer to EVC-51, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected other than P31B5?
YES >> Replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-89, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-223

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31B6 CAN COMMUNICATION


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P31B6 CAN COMMUNICATION


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977310

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC No.
P31B6

Trouble diagnosis name


COMMUNICATION ERROR

DTC detecting condition


When VCM detects an error signal that is received from IPDM E/R
via CAN communication

Possible cause
IPDM E/R
VCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Turn power switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-224, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977311

1.CHECK DTC
Perform self-diagnosis of VCM. Refer to EVC-51, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected other than P31B6?
YES >> Replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-28, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-224

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31B7 CAN COMMUNICATION


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P31B7 CAN COMMUNICATION

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977312

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC No.
P31B7

Trouble diagnosis name


COMMUNICATION ERROR

DTC detecting condition


When VCM detects an error signal that is received from air bag diagnosis sensor unit via CAN communication

Possible cause
Air bag diagnosis sensor unit
VCM

EVC

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Turn power switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-225, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

F
INFOID:0000000006977313

1.CHECK DTC
Perform self-diagnosis of VCM. Refer to EVC-51, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected other than P31B7?
YES >> Replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-225

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31B8 EV SYSTEM CAN COMMUNICATION


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P31B8 EV SYSTEM CAN COMMUNICATION


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977314

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC No.
P31B8

Trouble diagnosis name


COMMUNICATION ERROR

DTC detecting condition


When VCM detects an error signal that is received from TCU via
CAN communication

Possible cause
TCU
VCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Turn power switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-226, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977315

1.CHECK DTC
Perform self-diagnosis of VCM. Refer to EVC-51, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected other than P31B8?
YES >> Replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Replace TCU. Refer to AV-211, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-226

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31B9 CAN COMMUNICATION


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P31B9 CAN COMMUNICATION

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977316

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC No.
P31B9

Trouble diagnosis name


COMMUNICATION ERROR

DTC detecting condition


When VCM detects an error signal that is received from electric
parking brake control module via CAN communication

Possible cause
Electric parking brake
control module
VCM

EVC

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Turn power switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-227, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

F
INFOID:0000000006977317

1.CHECK DTC
Perform self-diagnosis of VCM. Refer to EVC-51, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected other than P31B9?
YES >> Replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Replace electric parking brake control module. Refer to PB-83, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-227

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31C0 ON-BOARD CHARGER


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P31C0 ON-BOARD CHARGER


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977318

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC No.
P31C0

Trouble diagnosis name


ON BOARD CHARGER
SYSTEM

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

The voltage of a starting signal received from the charger remains


HIGH for 5 seconds or more.

Harness or connectors
On board charger
VCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 20 seconds.
2. Turn power switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-228, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977319

1.CHECK ELECTRIC VEHICLE SYSTEM ACTIVATION REQUEST


1.
2.
3.
4.

Select EV SYS ACT REQ (OBC) in DATA MONITOR using CONSULT.


Turn power switch OFF.
Turn power switch ON.
Check the state remain ON for 5 seconds or more after turning power switch from OFF to ON.
NOTE:
Normal is 2 seconds or less.
Is indicate ON 5 seconds or more?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".

2.CHECK HARNESS
1.
2.

Disconnect VCM harness connector and on board charger harness connector.


Check continuity VCM harness connector E63 and on board charger harness connector B26.
VCM

On board charger

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E63

96

B26

18

Continuity
Existed

3. Also check harness for short to ground and power.


Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

3.CHECK VOLTAGE OF VCM


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Connect on board charger harness connector B26.
Check the voltage on board charger harness connector and ground.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-228

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31C0 ON-BOARD CHARGER


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
+

VCM
Connector

Condition

Value

Terminal

E63

96

Ground

EVC

Turn power switch from OFF to ON

JSCIA0343ZZ

Is inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace on board charger. Refer to VC-98, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-229

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31C1, P31C2 TCU


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P31C1, P31C2 TCU


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977320

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC No.

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

VCM detects the EV system activation request signal (from TCU)


is Approx. 5 V for 5 seconds.

P31C1
TCU

VCM detects the EV system activation request signal (from TCU)


is 0 V for 3 seconds after power switch OFF ON.

P31C2

Harness
VCM
TCU

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 20 seconds.
2. Turn power switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-230, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977321

1.CHECK HARNESS
1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect VCM harness connector and TCU harness connector.
Check the continuity between VCM harness terminal and TCU harness terminal.
+

VCM

TCU

Continuity

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E63

84

M2

11

Existed

4. Also check harness for short to ground.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair harness or connector.

2.CHECK VCM INPUT SIGNAL


1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect TCU connector.
Check the voltage between VCM harness terminal and ground.
Turn power switch ON.
+

VCM
Connector

Terminal

E63

84

Ground

Condition

After power switch


OFF ON

Voltage

0V5V0V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation"
NO
>> Replace TCU. Refer to AV-211, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-230

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31C4 VCM TIMER


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P31C4 VCM TIMER

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977322

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC No.

P31C4

Trouble diagnosis name

VCM TIMER

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

When VCM starts, the setting of timer charge time is cleared even
when it is stored.

Harness or connectors
VCM power supply circuit
12V battery

EVC

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

Perform 4 times of following procedure and check DTC.


1. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 20 seconds.
2. Turn power switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-231, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

G
INFOID:0000000006977323

1.CHECK VCM POWER SUPPLY

Check VCM power supply (battery power). Refer to EVC-107, "VCM : Diagnosis Procedure"
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-231

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31C5, P31C6, P31C7 VCM


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P31C5, P31C6, P31C7 VCM


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977324

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC No.

Trouble diagnosis name

P31C5

VCM

P31C6

VCM

P31C7

VCM

DTC detecting condition

VCM malfunction is detected

Possible cause

VCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1


1. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 20 seconds.
2. Turn power switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-232, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 2


1. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 20 seconds.
2. Turn power switch ON and wait at least 6 seconds.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-232, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> GO TO 3.

3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 3


1. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 20 seconds.
2. Turn power switch ON and wait at least 60 seconds.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-232, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977325

1.ERASE DTC AND PERFORM CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Erase DTC.
2. Perform confirmation procedure. Refer to EVC-232, "DTC Logic".
Is P31C5, P31C6 or P31C7 detected?
YES >> Replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-232

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31C8. P31C9 NORMAL CHARGE RELAY


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P31C8. P31C9 NORMAL CHARGE RELAY


DTC Logic

A
INFOID:0000000006977326

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
P31C8
P31C9

Trouble diagnosis name


(Malfunction type)
ON BOARD CHARGER
SYSTEM

DTC detecting condition


VCM received normal charge relay (-) stuck signal
from on board charger.
VCM received normal charge relay (+) stuck signal from on board charger.

Possible cause

EVC

Harness or connectors
Normal charge relay
On-board charger

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


E

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1


1. Erase DTC.
2. Turn power switch OFF wait at least 30 seconds.
3. Set the vehicle to READY and wait at least 180 seconds.
4. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EVC-233, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 2

1. Turn power switch OFF wait at least 30 seconds.


2. Start normal charge and wait at least 180 seconds.
3. Turn power switch ON.
4. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EVC-233, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO (with quick charge)>>GO TO 3.
NO (without quick charge)>>INSPECTION END

3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 2

1. Turn power switch OFF wait at least 30 seconds.


2. Start quick charge and wait at least 180 seconds.
3. Turn power switch ON.
4. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EVC-233, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977327

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective equipment consisting of glove, shoes and glasses/face shield
before beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
Revision: 2010 November

EVC-233

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31C8. P31C9 NORMAL CHARGE RELAY


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Refer to GI-32, "High Voltage Precautions".
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while the
service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed to do
so in the Service Manual.
CAUTION:
Erase DTC after the work is completed.

1.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF ON BOARD CHARGER


Perform self-diagnosis of on board charger. Refer to VC-17, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure of detected DTC.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC OF VCM


Perform self-diagnosis of VCM. Refer to EVC-51, "CONSULT Function".
Is P3101 detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure of P3101. Refer to EVC-175, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> GO TO 3.

3.PRECONDITIONING OF HIGH VOLTAGE OPERATION


WARNING:
Shut off high voltage circuit. Refer to GI-31, "How to Cut Off High Voltage".
Check voltage in high voltage circuit. (Check that condenser are discharged.)
1. Disconnect high voltage connector from front side of Li-ion battery. Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and
Installation".
DANGER:
Touching high voltage components without using the appropriate protective equipment will
cause electrocution.

2.

Measure voltage between high voltage harness terminals.


DANGER:
Touching high voltage components without using the
appropriate protective equipment will cause electrocution.

Standard

: 5 V or less

CAUTION:
For voltage measurements, use a tester which can measure to 500V or higher.

JSAIA1362ZZ

>> GO TO 4.

4.CHECK NORMAL CHARGE RELAY


1.
2.
3.

Disconnect DC/DC-J/B harness connectors H4 and H7.


Turn power switch ON.
Check continuity between DC/DC-J/B terminals 25 and 28.
DC/DC J/B

Continuity

Terminals
25

28

Revision: 2010 November

Not existed

EVC-234

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31C8. P31C9 NORMAL CHARGE RELAY


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
4. Check continuity between DC/DC-J/B terminals 27 and 27.
A
DC/DC J/B

Continuity

Terminals
24

27

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace DC/DC-J/B. Refer to EVC-307, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".

EVC

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-235

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31CA. P31CB QUICK CHARGE RELAY


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P31CA. P31CB QUICK CHARGE RELAY


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977328

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
P31CA
P31CB

Trouble diagnosis name


ON BOARD CHARGER
SYSTEM

DTC detecting condition


VCM received quick charge relay (-) stuck signal
from on board charger.
VCM received quick charge relay (+) stuck signal
from on board charger.

Possible cause
Harness or connectors
Quick charge relay
On-board charger

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 30 seconds.
2. Start quick charge and wait at least 30 seconds.
3. Stop quick charge.
4. Turn power switch ON.
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EVC-236, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977329

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective equipment consisting of glove, shoes and glasses/face shield
before beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
Refer to GI-32, "High Voltage Precautions".
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while the
service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed to do
so in the Service Manual.
CAUTION:
Erase DTC after the work is completed.

1.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF ON BOARD CHARGER


Perform self-diagnosis of on board charger. Refer to VC-17, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure of detected DTC.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC OF VCM


Perform self-diagnosis of VCM. Refer to EVC-51, "CONSULT Function".
Is P3101 detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure of P3101. Refer to EVC-175, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> GO TO 3.
Revision: 2010 November

EVC-236

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31CA. P31CB QUICK CHARGE RELAY


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

3.PRECONDITIONING OF HIGH VOLTAGE OPERATION

WARNING:
Shut off high voltage circuit. Refer to GI-31, "How to Cut Off High Voltage".
Check voltage in high voltage circuit. (Check that condenser are discharged.)
1. Disconnect high voltage connector from front side of Li-ion battery. Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and
Installation".
DANGER:

EVC

Touching high voltage components without using the appropriate protective equipment will
cause electrocution.
D

2.

Measure voltage between high voltage harness terminals.


DANGER:

Touching high voltage components without using the


appropriate protective equipment will cause electrocution.

Standard

: 5 V or less

CAUTION:
For voltage measurements, use a tester which can measure to 500V or higher.

JSAIA1362ZZ

>> GO TO 4.

4.CHECK NORMAL CHARGE RELAY


1.
2.
3.

DC/DC J/B

28

Continuity

Terminals

4.

Disconnect DC/DC-J/B harness connectors H7 and H11.


Turn power switch ON.
Check continuity between DC/DC-J/B terminals 28 and 33.

L
33

Not existed

Check continuity between DC/DC-J/B terminals 27 and 34.


M
DC/DC J/B

Continuity

Terminals
27

N
34

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace DC/DC-J/B. Refer to EVC-307, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-237

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31D4 PRE-CHARGE RELAY


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P31D4 PRE-CHARGE RELAY


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977330

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

P31D4

PRE CHARGE RELAY

DTC detecting condition


After operating the power switch from OFF to
READY, the voltage of a pre-charge relay monitor
signal remains HIGH for 0.2 seconds or more.

Possible cause
Harness or connectors
Li-ion battery J/B
VCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 60 seconds.
2. Turn power switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EVC-238, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977331

1.CHECK HARNESS
1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect VCM harness connector E63 and Li-ion battery harness connector B24.
Check continuity between VCM harness connector and Li-ion battery harness connector.
VCM

Li-ion battery

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E63

105

B24

11

Continuity
Existed

4. Also check harness for short to ground and power.


Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

2.CHECK HARNESS
Check continuity between Li-ion battery harness connector and ground.
Li-ion battery
Connector

Terminal

B24

10

Ground

Continuity

Ground

Existed

Is inspection result normal?


YES >> Repair or replace error-detected parts of Li-ion battery inside.
NO
>> Repair harness or connector.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-238

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31D5 PRE-CHARGE RELAY


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P31D5 PRE-CHARGE RELAY

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977332

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
Since this DTC may be displayed if a malfunction is detected in other systems, check them for malfunction
before performing this diagnosis.
EVC
If P0AA0 and any of P0AA5, P31D4, P31DB, or P31DD are detected simultaneously, perform diagnosis of
P0AA0 and applicable DTC (P0AA5, P31D4, P31DB, or P31DD) first.

DTC

P31D5

Trouble diagnosis name


(Trouble diagnosis content)

PRE CHARGE RELAY

DTC detecting condition


The voltage of the traction motor inverter is 100 V or more immediately before starting charging or immediately before READY.
The voltage of the traction motor inverter is 100 V or more when
only the system main relay 2 is ON.

Possible cause

Harness or connectors
Li-ion battery J/B
Traction motor inverter
VCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Check that SYSTEM MAIN RLY 1 and PRE CHARGE RLY in BATTERY PACK are in a shutoff state.
2. Clear DTC to maintain power switch OFF state for 60 seconds.
3. Set the vehicle to READY.
4. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-239, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977333

1.DTC CHECK
Perform self-diagnosis of VCM. Refer to EVC-51, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected other than P31D5?
YES >> Perform detected DTC diagnosis procedure.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF LBC

Perform self-diagnosis of LBC. Refer to EVB-22, "CONSULT Function".


Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform detected DTC diagnosis procedure.
NO
>> GO TO 3.

3.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER

Perform self-diagnosis of traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-26, "CONSULT Function".


Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform detected DTC diagnosis procedure.
NO
>> GO TO 4.

4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF ON BOARD CHARGER

Perform self-diagnosis of on board charger. Refer to VC-17, "CONSULT Function".


Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform detected DTC diagnosis procedure.
NO
>> GO TO 5.

5.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF A/C AUTO AMP.


Perform self-diagnosis of A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-30, "CONSULT Function".
Revision: 2010 November

EVC-239

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31D5 PRE-CHARGE RELAY


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform detected DTC diagnosis procedure.
NO
>> Check that SYSTEM MAIN RLY 1 and PRE CHARGE RLY in BATTERY PACK are in a shutoff state when power switch OFF.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-240

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31D6 F/S RELAY


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P31D6 F/S RELAY

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977334

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
P31D6

Trouble diagnosis name


F/S RELAY

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

EVC

Harness or connectors
IPDM E/R
VCM

VCM detected the F/S relay stuck

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 20 seconds.
2. Turn power switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EVC-241, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977335

1.CHECK HARNESS
1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect VCM harness connector E62 and IPDM E/R harness connector E15.
Check continuity between VCM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

I
VCM
Connector

IPDM E/R
Terminal
73

E62

77

Connector
E15

Terminal
60
55

Continuity

J
Existed

4. Also check harness for short to ground and power.


Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

2.CHECK HARNESS
Check the voltage between VCM harness connector and ground.
VCM
Connector

Terminal

E62

77

Ground

Voltage

Ground

0V

Is inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-28, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-241

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31D7 F/S RELAY


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P31D7 F/S RELAY


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977336

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
P31D7

Trouble diagnosis name


F/S RELAY

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause
Harness or connectors
IPDM E/R
VCM

VCM detected the F/S relay open

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 20 seconds.
2. Set the vehicle to READY and wait at least 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EVC-242, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977337

1.CHECK VOLTAGE OF VCM


1.
2.

Turn power switch OFF.


Check voltage between VCM harness connector and Ground.
+
VCM
Connector

Terminal

E62

73

Voltage

Ground

12V battery voltage


(11 14)

Is inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK HARNESS
1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect VCM harness connector E62 and IPDM E/R harness connector E15.
Check continuity between VCM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
VCM

IPDM E/R

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E62

73

E15

60

Continuity
Existed

4. Also check harness for short to ground and power.


Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit (#64 fuse circuit).
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

3.CHECK HARNESS
1.

Check continuity between VCM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-242

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31D7 F/S RELAY


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
VCM

IPDM E/R

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E62

77

E15

55

Continuity
Existed

2. Also check harness for short to ground and power.


Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-28, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

EVC

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-243

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31DB SYSTEM MAIN RELAY +


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P31DB SYSTEM MAIN RELAY +


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977338

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC No.
P31DB

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

HV BATT MAIN RELAY +

The monitor signal voltage of the system main relay 1 remains Lo


for 2.5 seconds or more.

Harness or connectors
Li-ion battery J/B
VCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 60 seconds.
2. Set the vehicle to READY.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-244, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977339

1.CHECK HARNESS
1.
2.
3.

4.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect VCM harness connector and Li-ion battery harness connector.
Check continuity between VCM harness connector and Li-ion battery harness connector.
+

VCM

Li-ion battery

Continuity

Connector

terminal

Connector

terminal

E63

107

B24

17

Existed

Check continuity between Li-ion battery harness connector and ground


+
Li-ion battery
Connector

terminal

B24

17

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair harness or connector.

2.CHECK SYSTEM MAIN RLY CIRCUIT


1.

Check continuity between Li-ion battery connector terminals.


Li-ion battery

Continuity

terminals
16

2.

17

Existed

Check continuity between Li-ion battery connector terminal and ground.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-244

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31DB SYSTEM MAIN RELAY +


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
A

+
Li-ion battery

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

terminals
17

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

EVC

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-245

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31DC SYSTEM MAIN RELAY < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P31DC SYSTEM MAIN RELAY DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977340

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC No.
P31DC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

HV BATT MAIN RELAY

The monitor signal voltage of the system main relay 2 remains Lo


for 2.5 seconds or more.

Harness or connectors
Li-ion battery J/B
VCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 60 seconds.
2. Set the vehicle to READY.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-246, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977341

1.CHECK HARNESS
1.
2.
3.

4.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect VCM harness connector and Li-ion battery harness connector.
Check continuity between VCM harness connector and Li-ion battery harness connector.
+

VCM

Li-ion battery

Continuity

Connector

terminal

Connector

terminal

E63

110

B24

14

Existed

Check continuity between Li-ion battery harness connector and ground


+
Li-ion battery
Connector

terminal

B24

14

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair harness or connector.

2.CHECK SYSTEM MAIN RLY CIRCUIT


1.

Check continuity between Li-ion battery connector terminals.


Li-ion battery

Continuity

terminals
13

2.

14

Existed

Check continuity between Li-ion battery connector terminal and ground.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-246

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31DC SYSTEM MAIN RELAY < DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >


A

+
Li-ion battery

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

terminals
13

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

EVC

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-247

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31DD PRE-CHARGE RELAY


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P31DD PRE-CHARGE RELAY


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977342

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


Trouble diagnosis name
(Trouble diagnosis content)

DTC

PRE CHARGE RELAY


(Pre-charge relay circuit
range/performance)

P31DD

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

The monitor signal voltage of the pre-charge relay remains


Lo for 2.5 seconds or more.

Harness or connectors
(Pre-charge relay drive circuit is shorted)
Pre-charge relay

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 60 seconds.
2. Set the vehicle to READY.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EVC-248, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977343

1.CHECK PRE-CHARGE RELAY DRIVE CIRCUIT-I


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect VCM harness connector.
Check the continuity between VCM harness connector and ground.
+

VCM
Connector

Terminal

E62

105

Ground

Indicates Approx. 0 ?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".

2.CHECK PRE-CHARGE RELAY DRIVE CIRCUIT-II


1.
2.

Disconnect Li-ion battery harness connector.


Check the continuity between VCM harness connector and ground.
+
VCM
Connector

Terminal

E62

105

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Check Li-ion battery internal pre-charge relay drive circuit.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-248

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31DE SYSTEM MAIN RELAY


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P31DE SYSTEM MAIN RELAY

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977344

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC No.

P31DE

Trouble diagnosis name

HV BATT MAIN RELAY

DTC detecting condition


The number of shutoffs is no less than 3 and no more than 5
when a battery current values at the system main relay shutoff
are added up and the integrated value is substituted for the number of shutoffs at battery current 200 A or more.
The number of shutoffs is 5 or more when a battery current values at the system main relay shutoff are added up and the integrated value is substituted for the number of shutoffs at battery
current 200 A or more.

Possible cause

EVC

Li-ion battery J/B


LBC
A/C auto amp.
DC/DC-J/B
Traction motor inverter
VCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1. Erase DTC.
2. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 30 seconds.
3. Turn power switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-249, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

H
INFOID:0000000006977345

1.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF VCM


Perform self-diagnosis of VCM. Refer to EVC-51, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected other than P31DE?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure of detected DTC and then replace Li-ion battery J/B. Refer to EVB149, "BATTERY JUNCTION BOX : Disassembly and Assembly".
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF LBC


Perform self-diagnosis of LBC. Refer to TMS-26, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure of detected DTC and then GO TO 6.
NO
>> GO TO 3.

3.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER


Perform self-diagnosis of traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-26, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure of detected DTC and then GO TO 6.
NO
>> GO TO 4.

4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF ON BOARD CHARGER


Perform self-diagnosis of on board charger. Refer to VC-17, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure of detected DTC and then GO TO 6.
NO
>> GO TO 5.

5.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF A/C AUTO AMP.


Perform self-diagnosis of on board charger. Refer to HAC-30, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected?
Revision: 2010 November

EVC-249

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31DE SYSTEM MAIN RELAY


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure of detected DTC and then GO TO 6.
NO
>> GO TO 6.

6.REPLACE LI-ION BATTERY J/B


Replace Li-ion battery J/B. Refer to EVB-149, "BATTERY JUNCTION BOX : Disassembly and Assembly".
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-250

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31E0 HIGH VOLTAGE CIRCUIT INTERLOCK ERROR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P31E0 HIGH VOLTAGE CIRCUIT INTERLOCK ERROR


Description

A
INFOID:0000000006977346

The high voltage connector connection detecting circuit monitors the connection status of the high voltage B
connector.
The high voltage connector connection detecting circuit is composed of 2 circuits: the input side and output
side. When the high voltage connector is connected, the input side and outputs side are connected via the
EVC
contacts inside the high voltage connector, forming the circuit.

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977347

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name


(Trouble diagnosis content)

P31E0

HV SYSTEM INTERLOCK
ERROR
(High voltage harness connection detecting circuit low
input)

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

VCM detects an excessively low voltage of the high voltage


harness connection detecting circuit for 2.5 seconds during
READY.

Harness or connectors
(High voltage harness connection detection circuit is
open or shorted.)
High voltage harness connectors
Quick charge port

VCM detects an excessively low voltage of the high voltage


harness connection detecting circuit for 0.5 seconds during
power switch ON.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I

1. Turn power switch ON at least 5 seconds.


2. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

2.PERFORM CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II


1. Set the vehicle to READY at least 10 seconds.
2. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EVC-251, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

L
INFOID:0000000006977348

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective equipment consisting of glove, shoes and glasses/face shield
before beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
Refer to GI-32, "High Voltage Precautions".
CAUTION:

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-251

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31E0 HIGH VOLTAGE CIRCUIT INTERLOCK ERROR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while the
service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed to do
so in the Service Manual.

1.PRECONDITIONING
WARNING:
Shut off high voltage circuit. Refer to GI-31, "How to Cut Off High Voltage".
Check voltage in high voltage circuit. (Check that condenser are discharged.)
1. Disconnect high voltage connector from front side of Li-ion battery. Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and
Installation".
DANGER:
Touching high voltage components without using the appropriate protective equipment will
cause electrocution.

2.

Measure voltage between high voltage harness terminals.


DANGER:
Touching high voltage components without using the
appropriate protective equipment will cause electrocution.

Standard

: 5 V or less

CAUTION:
For voltage measurements, use a tester which can measure to 500V or higher.

JSAIA1362ZZ

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK HIGH VOLTAGE HARNESS CONNECTOR INSTALLATION CONDITION


Check high voltage harness connectors installation condition visually and tactually.
CAUTION:
When reconnecting the high voltage harness connector, insert it slowly and directly.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

3.CHECK FUSE
Pull out #73 fuse and check that the fuse is not fusing.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 (With quick charge port)>>GO TO 4.
YES-2 (Without quick charge port)>>GO TO 8.
NO
>> Replace the fuse after repairing the applicable circuit.

4.CHECK CONNECTION DETECTING CIRCUIT POWER SUPPLY-I


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Insert the fuse which pulled out.


Disconnect quick charge port harness connector (+) side.
Reconnect 12V battery cable.
Turn power switch ON.
Check the voltage between quick charge port and ground.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-252

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31E0 HIGH VOLTAGE CIRCUIT INTERLOCK ERROR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
A

Voltage

Ground

12V battery
power supply

Quick charge port


Connector

Terminal

H13

12

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> GO TO 5.

EVC

5.CHECK CONNECTION DETECTING CIRCUIT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Remove M/C relay.
Check the continuity between quick charge port harness connector and M/C relay harness connector terminal.
+

Quick charge port

M/C relay

Connector

Terminal

Terminal

H13

12

Continuity

Existed

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check M/C relay routing circuit. Refer to EVC-281, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

6.CHECK QUICK CHARGE PORT HARNESS

1.
2.

Disconnect quick charge port harness connector (-) side.


Check the continuity between quick charge port harness connectors.

+
Quick charge port

Continuity

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

H13

13

H14

15

Existed

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

7.CHECK CONNECTION DETECTING CIRCUIT-I


1.
2.

Disconnect DC/DC junction box harness connector.


Check the continuity between quick charge port harness connector and DC/DC junction box harness connector.

Quick charge port

DC/DC J/B

Continuity

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

H14

16

F11

P
Existed

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
Revision: 2010 November

EVC-253

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31E0 HIGH VOLTAGE CIRCUIT INTERLOCK ERROR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

8.CHECK CONNECTION DETECTING CIRCUIT POWER SUPPLY-II


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Insert the fuse which pulled out.


Disconnect DC/DC junction box harness connector.
Reconnect 12V battery cable.
Turn power switch ON.
Check the voltage between DC/DC junction box and ground.
+

Voltage

Ground

12V battery
power supply

DC/DC J/B
Connector

Terminal

H13

12

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 10.
NO
>> GO TO 9.

9.CHECK CONNECTION DETECTING CIRCUIT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Remove M/C relay.
Check the continuity between DC/DC harness connector and M/C relay harness connector terminal.
+

DC/DC J/B

M/C relay

Connector

Terminal

Terminal

F11

Continuity

Existed

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check M/C relay routing circuit. Refer to EVC-281, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

10.CHECK CONNECTION DETECTION CIRCUIT-II


1.
2.

Disconnect VCM harness connector.


Check the continuity between VCM harness connector and DC/DC junction box harness connector.
+

VCM

DC/DC J/B

Continuity

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E61

23

F11

Existed

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

11.CHECK HIGH VOLTAGE HARNESS CONNECTOR


1.
2.

Disconnect high voltage harness connectors from DC/DC junction box.


Check the continuity between following connector terminals.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-254

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31E0 HIGH VOLTAGE CIRCUIT INTERLOCK ERROR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
High voltage harness

Harness

Connector

To A/C compressor

H2

22

23

Continuity

Terminal

To Li-ion battery

H4

38

39

To on-board charger

H7

40

41

To PTC elements heater

H9

42

43

To Quick charge port

H11

44

45

To traction motor inverter

H15

46

47

EVC

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace DC/DC junction box. Refer to EVC-307, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Replace malfunctioning high voltage harness.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-255

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31E1 HIGH VOLTAGE CIRCUIT INTERLOCK ERROR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P31E1 HIGH VOLTAGE CIRCUIT INTERLOCK ERROR


Description

INFOID:0000000006977349

VCM receives high voltage harness connector connection malfunction information via EV system CAN communication sent from Li-ion battery controller. When Li-ion battery controller detects the connection malfunction of high voltage harness or detects the connection detecting system malfunction, Li-ion battery controller
sends a high voltage harness connector connection malfunction information to VCM.

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977350

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name


(Trouble diagnosis content)

DTC detecting condition

P31E1

HV SYSTEM INTERLOCK
ERROR
(High voltage harness connection malfunction)

VCM receives the connection malfunction signal via EV


system CAN communication sent from Li-ion battery controller.

Possible cause
Harness and connector
(Conneciton detecting circuit within Li-ion battery)
High voltage harness
Service plug

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I


1. Turn power switch ON at least 5 seconds.
2. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

2.PERFORM CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II


1. Set the vehicle to READY at least 10 seconds.
2. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EVC-256, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977351

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective equipment consisting of glove, shoes and glasses/face shield
before beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
Refer to GI-32, "High Voltage Precautions".
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while the
service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed to do
so in the Service Manual.

1.PRECONDITIONING
Revision: 2010 November

EVC-256

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31E1 HIGH VOLTAGE CIRCUIT INTERLOCK ERROR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
WARNING:
Shut off high voltage circuit. Refer to GI-31, "How to Cut Off High Voltage".
Check voltage in high voltage circuit. (Check that condenser are discharged.)
1. Disconnect high voltage connector from front side of Li-ion battery. Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and
Installation".
DANGER:

Touching high voltage components without using the appropriate protective equipment will
EVC
cause electrocution.

2.

Measure voltage between high voltage harness terminals.


DANGER:

Touching high voltage components without using the


appropriate protective equipment will cause electrocution.

Standard

: 5 V or less

CAUTION:
For voltage measurements, use a tester which can measure to 500V or higher.

JSAIA1362ZZ

>> GO TO 2.
I

2.CHECK HIGH VOLTAGE HARNESS CONNECTOR INSTALLATION


Check high voltage harness connectors installation condition visually and tactually.
CAUTION:
When reconnecting the high voltage harness connector, insert it slowly and directly.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

3.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT IN LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER


L

Check self-diagnostic result in HV BAT.


Are any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to EVB-34, "DTC Index".
NO
>> GO TO 4.

4.CHECK SERVICE PLUG


Check service plug connector terminals.

Service plug
Terminal

Continuity

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Replace service plug.

5.CHECK HIGH VOLTAGE HARNESS CONNECTOR


1.
2.

Disconnect high voltage harness connector from Li-ion battery.


Check the continuity between high voltage harness connector terminals.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-257

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31E1 HIGH VOLTAGE CIRCUIT INTERLOCK ERROR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
High voltage harness
Connector
H3

Continuity

Existed

Terminal
1

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Check a circuit within the battery.
NO
>> Replace high voltage harness.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-258

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31E2 HIGH VOLTAGE CIRCUIT INTERLOCK ERROR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P31E2 HIGH VOLTAGE CIRCUIT INTERLOCK ERROR


Description

A
INFOID:0000000006977352

VCM receives high voltage harness connector connection malfunction information via EV system CAN communication sent from on-board charger. When on-board charger detects the connection malfunction of high
voltage harness or detects the connection detecting system malfunction, on-board charger sends a high voltage harness connector connection malfunction information to VCM.

DTC Logic

EVC

INFOID:0000000006977353

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC

Trouble diagnosis name


(Trouble diagnosis content)

DTC detecting condition

P31E2

HV SYSTEM INTERLOCK
ERROR
(High voltage harness connection malfunction)

VCM receives the connection malfunction signal via EV


system CAN communication sent from on-board charger.

Possible cause

E
High voltage harness
On-board charger
VCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I

1. Turn power switch ON at least 5 seconds.


2. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

2.PERFORM CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II

1. Set the vehicle to READY at least 10 seconds.


2. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EVC-259, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

K
INFOID:0000000006977354

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective equipment consisting of glove, shoes and glasses/face shield
before beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
Refer to GI-32, "High Voltage Precautions".
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while the
service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed to do
so in the Service Manual.

1.PRECONDITIONING
WARNING:
Revision: 2010 November

EVC-259

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31E2 HIGH VOLTAGE CIRCUIT INTERLOCK ERROR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Shut off high voltage circuit. Refer to GI-31, "How to Cut Off High Voltage".
Check voltage in high voltage circuit. (Check that condenser are discharged.)
1. Disconnect high voltage connector from front side of Li-ion battery. Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and
Installation".
DANGER:
Touching high voltage components without using the appropriate protective equipment will
cause electrocution.

2.

Measure voltage between high voltage harness terminals.


DANGER:
Touching high voltage components without using the
appropriate protective equipment will cause electrocution.

Standard

: 5 V or less

CAUTION:
For voltage measurements, use a tester which can measure to 500V or higher.

JSAIA1362ZZ

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK HIGH VOLTAGE HARNESS CONNECTOR INSTALLATION


Check high voltage harness connectors installation condition visually and tactually.
CAUTION:
When reconnecting the high voltage harness connector, insert it slowly and directly.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

3.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT IN ON-BOARD CHARGER


Check self-diagnostic result in on-board charger.
Are any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to VC-24, "DTC Index".
NO
>> GO TO 4.

4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN


1. Erase DTC.
2. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 20 seconds.
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again. Refer to EVC-259, "DTC Logic".
Is the DTC detected again?
YES >> Replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-260

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31E7 RESTART INHIBITION


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P31E7 RESTART INHIBITION

Description

INFOID:0000000006977355

DTC P3127 is detected with DTC P0AA6. If DTC P3127 detected, Perform trouble diagnosis for P0AA6.
Refer to EVC-136, "Description".

EVC

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-261

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31E8 WATER PUMP 1


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P31E8 WATER PUMP 1


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977356

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC No.

P31E8

Trouble diagnosis name

WATER PUMP 1

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

Electric water pump 1 feedback duty keeps either of the following


conditions for 30 seconds.
Less than 2%
98% or more
Between 13% and 17%

Harness or connectors
Electric water pump 1
VCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 60 seconds.
2. Set the vehicle to READY and wait at least 60 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-262, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977357

1.CHECK DTC
Perform self-diagnosis of VCM. Refer to EVC-51, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected other than P31E8?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure of detected DTC.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK HARNESS
1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect electric water pump 1 harness connector E67 and VCM harness connectors E61 and E62.
Check continuity between electric water pump 1 harness connector and VCM harness connector.
Electric water pump 1
Connector
E67

4.

VCM

Terminals

Connector

Terminals

E62

62

E61

28

Continuity

Existed

Check continuity between VCM harness connector and ground.


VCM
Connector

Terminals

E61

28

E62

62

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair harness or connector.

3.CHECK WATER PUMP 1 TARGET DUTY


1. Connect VCM and electric water pump 1 harness connectors.
2. Set the vehicle to READY.
3. Select WATER PUMP 1 TRG DUTY in DATA MONITOR mode of VCM using CONSULT.
Is value between 20% and 80%?
Revision: 2010 November

EVC-262

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31E8 WATER PUMP 1


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Replace VCM.

4.CHECK WATER PUMP 1 CURRENT SPEED DUTY


Select W/P 1 CRNT SPD DUTY in DATA MONITOR mode of VCM using CONSULT.
Is value between 20% and 80%?
YES >> Replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Replace electric water pump 1. Refer to HCO-22, "Removal and Installation".

EVC

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-263

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31E9 WATER PUMP 1


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P31E9 WATER PUMP 1


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977358

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC No.
P31E9

Trouble diagnosis name


WATER PUMP 1

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

Electric water pump 1 feedback duty keeps between 83% and 91%
for 30 seconds.

Harness or connectors
Electric water pump 1
VCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 60 seconds.
2. Set the vehicle to READY and wait at least 60 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-264, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977359

1.CHECK DTC
Perform self-diagnosis of VCM. Refer to EVC-51, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected other than P31E9?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure of detected DTC.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK WATER PUMP 1 CURRENT SPEED DUTY


Select W/P 1 CRNT SPD DUTY in DATA MONITOR mode of VCM using CONSULT.
Is value between 83% and 91%?
YES >> Replace electric water pump 1. Refer to HCO-22, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-264

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31EA WATER PUMP 2


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P31EA WATER PUMP 2

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977360

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC No.

P31EA

Trouble diagnosis name

WATER PUMP 2

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

Electric water pump 2 feedback duty keeps either of the following


conditions for 30 seconds.
Less than 2%
98% or more
Between 13% and 17%

Harness or connectors
Electric water pump 2
VCM

EVC

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 60 seconds.


2. Set the vehicle to READY and wait at least 60 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-265, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977361

1.CHECK DTC
Perform self-diagnosis of VCM. Refer to EVC-51, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected other than P31EA?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure of detected DTC.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK HARNESS

1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect electric water pump 2 harness connector E68 and VCM harness connectors E61 and E62.
Check continuity between electric water pump 2 harness connector and VCM harness connector.
Electric water pump 2
Connector

Terminals

E68

4.

VCM
Connector

Terminals

E62

64

E61

26

Continuity

Existed

Check continuity between VCM harness connector and ground.


N

VCM
Connector

Terminals

E61

26

E62

64

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair harness or connector.

3.CHECK WATER PUMP 2 TARGET DUTY


1. Connect VCM and electric water pump 2 harness connectors.
2. Set the vehicle to READY.
3. Select WATER PUMP 2 TRG DUTY in DATA MONITOR mode of VCM using CONSULT.
Is value between 20% and 80%?
Revision: 2010 November

EVC-265

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31EA WATER PUMP 2


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Replace VCM.

4.CHECK WATER PUMP 2 CURRENT SPEED DUTY


Select W/P 2 CRNT SPD DUTY in DATA MONITOR mode of VCM using CONSULT.
Is value between 20% and 80%?
YES >> Replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Replace electric water pump 2. Refer to HCO-22, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-266

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31EB WATER PUMP 2


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P31EB WATER PUMP 2

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977362

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC No.
P31EB

Trouble diagnosis name


WATER PUMP 2

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

Electric water pump 2 feedback duty keeps between 83% and 91%
for 30 seconds.

Harness or connectors
Electric water pump 2
VCM

EVC

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 60 seconds.
2. Set the vehicle to READY and wait at least 60 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-267, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977363

1.CHECK DTC
H

Perform self-diagnosis of VCM. Refer to EVC-51, "CONSULT Function".


Is DTC detected other than P31EB?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure of detected DTC.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK WATER PUMP 2 CURRENT SPEED DUTY


Select W/P 2 CRNT SPD DUTY in DATA MONITOR mode of VCM using CONSULT.
Is value between 83% and 91%?
YES >> Replace electric water pump 2. Refer to HCO-22, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-267

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31EC WATER PUMP 1


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P31EC WATER PUMP 1


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977364

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC No.
P31EC

Trouble diagnosis name


WATER PUMP 1

DTC detecting condition


Electric water pump 1 feedback duty keeps between 3% and 7%
for 30 seconds.

Possible cause
Harness or connectors
Electric water pump 1
VCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 60 seconds.
2. Set the vehicle to READY and wait at least 60 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-268, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977365

1.CHECK DTC
Perform self-diagnosis of VCM. Refer to EVC-51, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected other than P31EC?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure of detected DTC.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK WATER PUMP 1 CURRENT SPEED DUTY


Select W/P 1 CRNT SPD DUTY in DATA MONITOR mode of VCM using CONSULT.
Is value between 3% and 7%?
YES >> Replace electric water pump 1. Refer to HCO-22, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-268

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31ED WATER PUMP 2


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P31ED WATER PUMP 2

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977366

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC No.
P31ED

Trouble diagnosis name


WATER PUMP 2

DTC detecting condition


Electric water pump 2 feedback duty keeps between 3% and 7%
for 30 seconds.

Possible cause
Harness or connectors
Electric water pump 2
VCM

EVC

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 60 seconds.
2. Set the vehicle to READY and wait at least 60 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EVC-269, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977367

1.CHECK DTC
H

Perform self-diagnosis of VCM. Refer to EVC-51, "CONSULT Function".


Is DTC detected other than P31ED?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure of detected DTC.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK WATER PUMP 2 CURRENT SPEED DUTY


Select W/P 2 CRNT SPD DUTY in DATA MONITOR mode of VCM using CONSULT.
Is value between 3% and 7%?
YES >> Replace electric water pump 2. Refer to HCO-22, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-269

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31EE REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P31EE REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977368

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


NOTE:
If DTC P31EE is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to
EVC-114, "DTC Logic".
DTC

P31EE

Trouble diagnosis name


(Trouble diagnosis content)
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit range/performance)

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

Signal voltage from refrigerant pressure sensor remains


Approx. 0 V for 2.5 seconds or more
Signal voltage from refrigerant pressure sensor remains
Approx. 4.7 V or more for 2.5 seconds or more

Harness or connectors
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Refrigerant pressure sensor
VCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 20 seconds.
2. Turn power switch ON at least 20 seconds.
3. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EVC-270, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977369

1.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY-I


1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector.
Turn power switch ON.
Check the voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector terminals.
Refrigerant pressure sensor
+

Connector

Voltage
(Approx.)

5V

terminal

E49

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY-II


Check the voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ground.
+
Refrigerant pressure sensor
Connector

Terminal

E49

Voltage
(Approx.)

Ground

5V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> GO TO 3.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-270

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31EE REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

3.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect VCM harness connector.
Check the continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor and VCM harness connector.
+

Refrigerant pressure sensor

VCM

Continuity

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E49

E62

33

EVC

Existed

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check power supply circuit for sensor power supply. Refer to EVC-114, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

4.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect VCM harness connector.
Check the continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor and VCM harness connector.

G
+

Refrigerant pressure sensor

VCM

Continuity

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E49

E62

35

H
Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

5.CHECK VCM GROUND CIRCUIT

Check the continuity between VCM harness connector and ground.


K

VCM
Connector
E61

E63

Continuity

Terminal

4
8
111

Ground

Existed

112

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

7.REPLACE REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR


1. Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. Refer to HAC-139, "Removal and Installation".
2. Reconnect all harness connector disconnected.
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again. Refer to EVC-270, "DTC Logic".
Is the DTC detected again?
Revision: 2010 November

EVC-271

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31EE REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> Replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-272

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31F0 DC/DC CONVERTER


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P31F0 DC/DC CONVERTER

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977370

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC

Trouble diagnosis name


(Trouble diagnosis content)

P31F0

DC/DC CONVERTER
COMM LINE
(DC/DC converter signal error)

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

VCM detects abnormal signal of DC/DC converter temperature for 2.5 seconds or more.

Harness or connectors
(DC/DC converter temperature signal circuit)
VCM

EVC

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 20 seconds.


2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EVC-273, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

G
INFOID:0000000006977371

1.CHECK DC/DC CONVERTER TEMPERATURE SIGNAL CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect VCM harness connector.
Disconnect DC/DC junction box harness connector.
Check the continuity between VCM harness connector and DC/DC junction box harness connector.

J
+

VCM

DC/DC J/B

Continuity

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E62

67

F11

K
Existed

5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

2.CHECK VCM GROUND CIRCUIT


Check the continuity between VCM harness connector and ground.

N
+
VCM
Connector
E61

E63

Continuity

Ground

Existed

Terminal
4
8
111

112

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
Revision: 2010 November

EVC-273

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31F0 DC/DC CONVERTER


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

3.CHECK DC/DC JUNCTION BOX GROUND


1.
2.
3.

Visually and tactually check DC/DC junction box negative terminal.


Disconnect DC/DC junction box negative terminal.
Check the continuity between DC/DC junction box negative terminal and ground.
+
DC/DC J/B

Continuity

Ground

Existed

Terminal
Negative terminal

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-274

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31F2 AV INFORMATION MISMATCH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P31F2 AV INFORMATION MISMATCH

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006977372

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

P31F2

Trouble diagnosis name


(Trouble diagnosis content)

AV SET INFORMATION
(Timer malfunction)

DTC detecting condition


VCM detects a difference between VCM timer information and AV control unit timer information for 250 seconds.
Setting of timer charge does not succeed for 5 seconds
after VCM receives a timer charge set signal.

Possible cause

EVC

AV control unit
VCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I


1. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 20 seconds.
2. Turn power switch ON.
3. Change the timer charge setting 1 on navigation display and wait at least 6 minutes.
4. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EVC-275, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II

1. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 20 seconds.


2. Turn power switch ON.
3. Change the timer charge setting 2 on navigation display and wait at least 6 minutes.
4. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EVC-275, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> GO TO 3.

3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-III

1. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 20 seconds.


2. Turn power switch ON.
3. Change the timer air conditioner setting 1 on navigation display and wait at least 6 minutes.
4. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EVC-275, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> GO TO 4.

4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-IV


N

1. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 20 seconds.


2. Turn power switch ON.
3. Change the timer air conditioner setting 2 on navigation display and wait at least 6 minutes.
4. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EVC-275, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

P
INFOID:0000000006977373

1.REPLACE AV CONTROL UNIT


1. Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-119, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again. Refer to EVC-275, "DTC Logic".
Is the DTC detected again?
Revision: 2010 November

EVC-275

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31F2 AV INFORMATION MISMATCH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> Replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-276

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COOLING FAN
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

COOLING FAN

Component Function Check

INFOID:0000000006977374

1.CHECK COOLING FAN FUNCTION

WITH CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Perform COOLING FAN in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT.
3. Check that cooling fan speed varies according to the percentage.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Proceed to EVC-277, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Diagnosis Procedure

EVC

INFOID:0000000006977375

1.CHECK COOLING FAN CONTROL MODULE POWER SUPPLY


1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch OFF.


Disconnect cooling fan control module harness connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check the voltage between cooling fan control module harness connector and ground.

+
Cooling fan control module
Connector

Terminal

E19

Voltage

Ground

12V battery voltage

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 10.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK BATTERY POWER SUPPLY


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Remove cooling fan relay.
Check the voltage between cooling fan relay harness connector and ground.

L
+
Cooling fan relay
Connector

Voltage

Ground

12V battery voltage

Terminal

E18

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Check power supply circuit for battery power supply.

3.CHECK M/C RELAY OUTPUT VOLTAGE-I

1.
2.

Turn power switch ON.


Check the voltage between cooling fan relay harness connector and ground.

+
Cooling fan relay
Connector

Terminal

E18

Revision: 2010 November

Voltage

Ground

12V battery voltage

EVC-277

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COOLING FAN
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> GO TO 4.

4.CHECK FUSE
1. Turn power switch OFF.
2. Pull out #73 fuse.
3. Check that the fuse is not fusing.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Replace the fuse after repairing the applicable circuit.

5.CHECK M/C RELAY OUTPUT VOLTAGE-II


1.
2.

Turn power switch ON.


Check the voltage between fuse harness connector and ground.
+

Voltage

#73 fuse terminal

Ground

12V battery voltage

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> GO TO 6.

6.CHECK M/C RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Remove M/C relay.
Check the continuity between M/C relay harness connector terminal and fuse harness connector.
+
M/C relay
Connector

Terminal

E65

Continuity

#73 fuse terminal

Existed

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check M/C relay routing circuit. Refer to EVC-281, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

7.CHECK COOLING FAN CONTROL MODULE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.

Turn power switch OFF.


Check the continuity between cooling fan relay harness connector and fuse harness connector.
+
Cooling fan relay
Connector

Terminal

E18

Continuity

#73 fuse terminal

Existed

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

8.CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY GROUND CIRCUIT


1.

Turn power switch OFF.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-278

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COOLING FAN
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
2. Check the continuity between cooling fan relay harness connector and ground.
A
+

Continuity

Ground

Existed

Cooling fan relay


Connector

Terminal

E18

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 9.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

EVC

9.CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY

Refer to EVC-280, "Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Relay)".


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO
>> Replace cooling fan relay.

10.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR 1 AND 2

Check cooling fan motor. Refer to EVC-279, "Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO
>> Replace malfunctioning cooling fan motor. Refer to HCO-18, "Exploded View".

11.CHECK COOLING FAN CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT


1.
2.

Disconnect VCM harness connector.


Check the continuity between cooling fan control module harness connector and VCM harness connector.
I

+
Cooling fan control module

VCM

Continuity

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E19

E62

59

J
Existed

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

12.REPLACE COOLING FAN CONTROL MODULE


1. Replace cooling fan control module. Refer to HCO-18, "Exploded View".
2. Erase the DTC.
3. Perform component function check. Refer to EVC-277, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".

Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor)

INFOID:0000000006977376

1.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect cooling fan control module harness connectors.
Supply cooling fan control module harness connector terminals with battery voltage as per the following,
and check operation.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-279

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COOLING FAN
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Cooling fan control module
Motor

Connector

1
2

Terminal
+

E301

E302

Operation

Cooling fan operates.

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace malfunctioning cooling fan motor. Refer to HCO-18, "Exploded View".

Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Relay)

INFOID:0000000006977377

1.CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Remove cooling fan relay.
Check the continuity between cooling fan relay terminals under
the following conditions.

Terminals
3 and 5

Conditions

Continuity

12 V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2

Existed

No current supply

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace cooling fan relay.
MBIB0057E

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-280

LEAF

http://vnx.su

M/C RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

M/C RELAY

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977378

1.CHECK M/C RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Remove M/C relay.
Check the voltage between M/C relay harness connector terminals.

EVC

M/C relay
+

Connector

Voltage

0V

Terminal

E65

4.
5.

Turn power switch ON.


Check the voltage between M/C relay harness connector terminals.
F
M/C relay

Connector

Voltage

Terminal

E65

12V battery voltage

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 9.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK BATTERY POWER SUPPLY-I


Check the voltage between M/C relay harness connector and ground.

J
+

Voltage

Ground

12V battery voltage

M/C relay
Connector

Terminal

E65

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK FUSIBLE LINK


1. Remove #G fusible link.
2. Check that the fusible link is not fusing.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Replace the fusible link after repairing the applicable circuit.

4.CHECK BATTERY POWER SUPPLY-II


Check the voltage between fusible link harness connector and ground.
+

Voltage

#G fusible link terminal

Ground

12V battery voltage

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 5.
Revision: 2010 November

EVC-281

LEAF

http://vnx.su

M/C RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
NO
>> Check power supply circuit for battery power supply.

5.CHECK BATTERY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I


1.

Check the continuity between M/C relay harness connector and fusible link harness connector.

M/C relay

Continuity

Connector

Terminal

E65

#G fusible link
terminal

Existed

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

6.CHECK M/C RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect VCM harness connector.
Check the continuity between M/C relay harness connector and VCM harness connector.
+

M/C relay

VCM

Continuity

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E65

E62

78

Existed

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

7.CHECK VCM GROUND CIRCUIT


Check the continuity between VCM harness connector and ground.
+
VCM
Connector
E61

E63

Continuity

Ground

Existed

Terminal
4
8
111
112

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

9.CHECK BATTERY POWER SUPPLY-III


Check the voltage between M/C relay harness connector and ground.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-282

LEAF

http://vnx.su

M/C RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
A

Voltage

Ground

12V battery voltage

M/C relay
Connector
E65

Terminal

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 11.
NO
>> GO TO 10.

EVC

10.CHECK BATTERY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II


1.

Check the continuity between M/C relay harness connector and fusible link harness connector.
E

M/C relay

#G fusible link
terminal

Continuity

Connector

Terminal

E65

F
Existed

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

11.CHECK M/C RELAY


Refer to EVC-283, "Component Inspection (M/C Relay)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace M/C relay.

Component Inspection (M/C Relay)

INFOID:0000000006977379

1.CHECK M/C RELAY

1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Remove M/C relay.
Check the continuity between M/C relay terminals under the following conditions.

Terminals
3 and 5

Conditions

Continuity

12 V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2

Existed

No current supply

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace M/C relay.
MBIB0057E

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-283

LEAF

http://vnx.su

F/S CHG RELAY


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

F/S CHG RELAY


Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977380

1.CHECK F/S CHG RELAY POWER SUPPLY-I


1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn power switch OFF.


Remove F/S CHG relay.
Turn power switch ON.
Check the voltage between F/S CHG relay harness connector and ground.
+

Voltage

Ground

12V battery voltage

F/S CHG relay


Connector

Terminal

E64

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK F/S CHG RELAY POWER SUPPLY-II


Check the voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.
+

Voltage

Ground

12V battery voltage

IPDM E/R
Connector

Terminal

E15

55

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Check F/S relay routing circuit. Refer to EVC-242, "Diagnosis Procedure".

3.CHECK F/S CHG RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
Check the continuity between F/S CHG relay harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
+

F/S CHG relay

IPDM E/R

Continuity

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E64

E15

55

Existed

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

4.CHECK BATTERY POWER SUPPLY-I


Check the voltage between F/S CHG relay harness connector and ground.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-284

LEAF

http://vnx.su

F/S CHG RELAY


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
A

Voltage

Ground

12V battery voltage

F/S CHG relay


Connector

Terminal

E64

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> GO TO 5.

EVC

5.CHECK FUSE

1. Turn power switch OFF.


2. Pull out #33 fuse.
3. Check that the fuse is not fusing.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> Replace the fuse after repairing the applicable circuit.

6.CHECK BATTERY POWER SUPPLY-II


Check the voltage between #33 fuse harness connector and ground.
+

Voltage

#33 fuse terminal

Ground

12V battery voltage

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> Check power supply circuit for battery power supply.

7.CHECK BATTERY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.

Check the continuity between F/S CHG relay harness connector and #33 fuse harness connector.

F/S CHG relay


Connector

Terminal

E64

#33 fuse terminal

Continuity

Existed

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

8.CHECK F/S CHG RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT

1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect VCM harness connector.
Check the continuity between F/S CHG relay harness connector and VCM harness connector.
+

F/S CHG relay

VCM

Continuity

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E64

E62

75

Existed

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
Revision: 2010 November

EVC-285

LEAF

http://vnx.su

F/S CHG RELAY


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

9.CHECK VCM GROUND CIRCUIT


Check the continuity between VCM harness connector and ground.
+

Continuity

Ground

Existed

VCM
Connector
E61

E63

Terminal
4
8
111
112

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 10.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

10.CHECK F/S RELAY


Refer to EVC-280, "Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Relay)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO
>> Replace F/S CHG relay.

11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Component Inspection (F/S CHG Relay)

INFOID:0000000006977381

1.CHECK F/S CHG RELAY


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Remove F/S CHG relay.
Check the continuity between F/S CHG relay terminals under
the following conditions.

Terminals
3 and 5

Conditions

Continuity

12 V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2

Existed

No current supply

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace F/S CHG relay.
MBIB0057E

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-286

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SSOFF RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

SSOFF RELAY

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977382

1.CHECK FUSE

1. Turn power switch OFF.


2. Pull out #43 fuse.
3. Check that the fuse is not fusing.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace the fuse after repairing the applicable circuit.

EVC

2.CHECK BATTERY POWER SUPPLY-I


1.
2.

Insert the fuse.


Check the voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.

Connector

Terminal

E14

41

Voltage

Ground

Battery voltage

IPDM E/R

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK BATTERY POWER SUPPLY-II


Check the voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.

Voltage

Ground

Battery voltage

IPDM E/R
Connector

Terminal

E9

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> GO TO 4.

4.CHECK FUSIBLE LINK


1. Remove #D fusible link.
2. Check that the fusible link is not fusing.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check power supply circuit for battery power supply.
NO
>> Replace the fusible link after repairing the applicable circuit.

5.CHECK SSOFF RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect VCM harness connector.
Check harness for short to ground between IPDM E/R harness connector and VCM harness connector.

P
+

IPDM E/R

VCM

Continuity

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E14

41

E61

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-28, "Removal and Installation".
Revision: 2010 November

EVC-287

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SSOFF RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

6.CHECK SSOFF RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL


1.
2.

Turn power switch ON.


Check the voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.
+

Voltage
(Approx.)

Ground

0V

IPDM E/R
Connector

Terminal

E14

41

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 10.
NO
>> GO TO 7.

7.CHECK SSOFF RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect VCM harness connector.
Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and VCM harness connector.
+

IPDM E/R

VCM

Continuity

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E14

41

E61

Existed

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

8.CHECK VCM GROUND CIRCUIT


Check the continuity between VCM harness connector and ground.
+
IPDM E/R
Connector
E61

E63

Continuity

Ground

Existed

Terminal
4
8
111
112

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 9.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

10.CHECK SSOFF RELAY OUTPUT VOLTAGE


Check the voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-288

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SSOFF RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
A

Voltage

Ground

12V battery voltage

IPDM E/R
Connector
E14

Terminal

36

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-28, "Removal and Installation".

Component Inspection (SSOFF Relay)

EVC

INFOID:0000000006977383

1.CHECK SSOFF RELAY


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Remove SSOFF relay.
Check the continuity between SSOFF relay terminals under the
following conditions.

Terminals
3 and 5

Conditions

Continuity

12 V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2

Existed

No current supply

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace SSOFF relay.

H
MBIB0057E

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-289

LEAF

http://vnx.su

REVERSE LAMP RELAY


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

REVERSE LAMP RELAY


Component Function Check

INFOID:0000000006977384

1.CHECK REVERSE LAMP RELAY FUNCTION


1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Shift the selector lever in R position.
3. Check that the reverse lamp turns on.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Proceed to EVC-290, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977385

1.CHECK REVERSE LAMP RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn power switch OFF.


Remove reverse lamp relay.
Turn power switch ON.
Check the voltage between reverse lamp relay harness connector terminals.
Reverse lamp relay
+

Connector

Voltage

0V

Terminal

E27

5.
6.

Shift the selector lever in P position.


Check the voltage between reverse lamp relay harness connector terminals.
Reverse lamp relay
+

Connector

Voltage

12V battery voltage

Terminal

E27

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 9.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK IGNITION POWER SUPPLY-I


Check the voltage between reverse lamp relay harness connector and ground.
+
Reverse lamp relay
Connector

Terminal

E27

Voltage

Ground

12V battery voltage

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK IGNITION POWER SUPPLY-II


Check the voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-290

LEAF

http://vnx.su

REVERSE LAMP RELAY


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
A

Voltage

Ground

12V battery voltage

IPDM E/R
Connector

Terminal

E15

58

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> GO TO 4.

EVC

4.CHECK FUSE

1. Turn power switch OFF.


2. Pull out #56 fuse.
3. Check that the fuse is not fusing.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check power supply circuit for ignition power supply.
NO
>> Replace the fuse after repairing the applicable circuit.

5.CHECK IGNITION POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
Check the continuity between reverse lamp relay harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

Reverse lamp relay

IPDM E/R

Continuity

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E27

E15

58

I
Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

6.CHECK REVERSE LAMP RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT

1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect VCM harness connector.
Check the continuity between reverse lamp relay harness connector and VCM harness connector.
+

Reverse lamp relay

VCM

Continuity

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E27

E62

80

Existed

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

7.CHECK VCM GROUND CIRCUIT


P

Check the continuity between VCM harness connector and ground.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-291

LEAF

http://vnx.su

REVERSE LAMP RELAY


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
+

Continuity

Ground

Existed

VCM
Connector

Terminal
4

E61

8
111

E63

112

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

9.CHECK IGNITION POWER SUPPLY-III


Check the voltage between reverse lamp relay harness connector and ground.
+

Voltage

Ground

12V battery voltage

Reverse lamp relay


Connector

Terminal

E27

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 11.
NO
>> GO TO 10.

10.CHECK IGNITION POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
Check the continuity between reverse lamp relay harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

+
Reverse lamp relay

IPDM E/R

Continuity

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E27

E15

58

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

11.CHECK REVERSE LAMP RELAY


Refer to EVC-292, "Component Inspection (Reverse Lamp Relay)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace reverse lamp relay.

Component Inspection (Reverse Lamp Relay)

INFOID:0000000006977386

1.CHECK REVERSE LAMP RELAY


Revision: 2010 November

EVC-292

LEAF

http://vnx.su

REVERSE LAMP RELAY


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
1. Turn power switch OFF.
2. Remove reverse lamp relay.
3. Check the continuity between reverse lamp relay terminals
under the following conditions.

B
Terminals
3 and 5

Conditions

Continuity

12 V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2

Existed

No current supply

EVC

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace reverse lamp relay.

D
MBIB0057E

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-293

LEAF

http://vnx.su

A/C RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

A/C RELAY
Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977387

1.CHECK A/C RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Remove A/C relay.
Check the voltage between A/C relay harness connector terminals.
A/C relay
+

Connector

Voltage

0V

Terminal

E52

4.
5.

Turn power switch ON.


Check the voltage between A/C relay harness connector terminals.
A/C relay
+

Connector

Voltage

12V battery voltage

Terminal

E52

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK SSOFF RELAY POWER SUPPLY-I


Check the voltage between A/C relay harness connector and ground.
+
A/C relay
Connector

Terminal

E52

Voltage

Ground

12V battery voltage

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK SSOFF RELAY POWER SUPPLY-II


Check the voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.
+
IPDM E/R
Connector

Terminal

E14

36

Voltage

Ground

12V battery voltage

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Check SSOFF relay routing circuit. Refer to EVC-287, "Diagnosis Procedure".

4.CHECK A/C RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-294

LEAF

http://vnx.su

A/C RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
3. Check the continuity between A/C relay harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
A
+

A/C relay

IPDM E/R

Continuity

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E52

E14

36

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

EVC

5.CHECK A/C RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT

1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect VCM harness connector.
Check the continuity between A/C relay harness connector and VCM harness connector.
+

A/C relay

VCM

Continuity

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E52

E61

Existed

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

6.CHECK VCM GROUND CIRCUIT

Check the continuity between VCM harness connector and ground.


J

IPDM E/R
Connector
E61

E63

Continuity

Terminal

4
8
111

Ground

Existed

112

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

8.CHECK BATTERY POWER SUPPLY


1.
2.

Turn power switch OFF.


Check the voltage between A/C relay harness connector and ground.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-295

LEAF

http://vnx.su

A/C RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
+
A/C relay
Connector

Voltage

Ground

12V battery voltage

Terminal
3

E52

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 11.
NO
>> GO TO 9.

9.CHECK FUSE
1. Turn power switch OFF.
2. Pull out #32 fuse.
3. Check that the fuse is not fusing.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO
>> Replace the fuse after repairing the applicable circuit.

10.CHECK BATTERY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


Check the continuity between A/C relay harness connector and fuse harness connector.
+
A/C relay
Connector
E52

Continuity

#32 fuse terminal

Existed

Terminal
3
6

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

11.CHECK A/C RELAY


Refer to EVC-296, "Component Inspection (A/C Relay)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace A/C relay.

Component Inspection (A/C Relay)

INFOID:0000000006977388

1.CHECK A/C RELAY


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Remove A/C relay.
Check the continuity between A/C relay terminals under the following conditions.
Conditions

12 V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2

No current supply

Terminals
35
67
35
67

Continuity
Existed

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace A/C relay.
Revision: 2010 November

PBIB0077E

EVC-296

LEAF

http://vnx.su

CHARGING STATUS INDICATOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

CHARGING STATUS INDICATOR

Component Function Check

INFOID:0000000006977389

1.CHECK CHARGING STATUS INDICATOR FUNCTION

With CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Perform CHARGE STAT INDICATOR 1 of ACTIVE TEST mode in VCM with CONSULT.
3. Activate the charging status indicator 1 and check that the indicator lights up.
4. Check charging status indicator 2 and 3 in the same way.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Proceed to EVC-297, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Diagnosis Procedure

EVC

INFOID:0000000006977390

1.CHECK CHARGING STATUS INDICATOR CONTROL CIRCUIT

With CONSULT
1. Disconnect charging status indicator.
2. Check the voltage between charging status indicator harness connector terminals.

Charging status indicator


Items

Connector

0V

Terminal

Charging status indicator 1

Charging status indicator 2

M101

Charging status indicator 3

3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Voltage

Turn power switch ON.


Perform CHARGE STAT INDICATOR 1 of ACTIVE TEST mode in VCM with CONSULT.
Activate the charging status indicator 1.
Check the voltage between charging status indicator harness connector terminals.
Check charging status indicator 2 and 3 in the same way.

Charging status indicator


Items

Connector

Voltage

Terminal

Charging status indicator 1

Charging status indicator 2

M101

Charging status indicator 3

M
Battery voltage

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace charging status indicator. Refer to VC-114, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK CHARGING STATUS INDICATOR POWER SUPPLY


Check the voltage between charging status indicator harness connector and ground.

P
+

Voltage

Ground

12V battery voltage

Charging status indicator


Connector

Terminal

M101

Is the inspection result normal?


Revision: 2010 November

EVC-297

LEAF

http://vnx.su

CHARGING STATUS INDICATOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK FUSE
1. Turn power switch OFF.
2. Pull out #11 fuse and check that the fuse is not fusing.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Replace the fuse after repair the applicable circuit.

4.CHECK CHARGING STATUS INDICATOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.

Check the continuity between charging status indicator and the fuse terminal.
+
Charging status indicator
Connector

Terminal

M101

Continuity

#11 fuse terminal

Existed

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check power supply circuit for battery power supply.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

5.CHECK CHARGING STATUS INDICATOR GROUND CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect VCM harness connector.
Check the continuity between charging status indicator harness connector and VCM harness connector.

+
Items

Charging status indicator


Connector

Terminal

Charging status indicator 1


Charging status indicator 2

VCM
Connector

1
M101

Charging status indicator 3

Continuity
Terminal
86

E63

85

Existed

92

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to battery.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

6.CHECK VCM GROUND CIRCUIT


Check the continuity between VCM harness connector and ground.
+
VCM
Connector

Continuity

Ground

Existed

Terminal
4

E63

8
111
112

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
Revision: 2010 November

EVC-298

LEAF

http://vnx.su

CHARGING STATUS INDICATOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

EVC

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-299

LEAF

http://vnx.su

IMMEDIATE CHARGING SWITCH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

IMMEDIATE CHARGING SWITCH


Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006977391

1.CHECK IMMEDIATE CHARGING SWITCH ILLUMINATION FUNCTION


1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Turn ON the headlamp.
3. Check that the immediate charging switch illumination lights up.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK IMMEDIATE CHARGING SWITCH ILLUMINATION POWER SUPPLY


Check the voltage between immediate charging switch and ground.
+
Immediate charging switch
Connector

Terminal

M65

Voltage

Ground

Battery voltage

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK FUSE
1. Turn power switch OFF.
2. Turn OFF the headlamp.
3. Pull out #47 fuse.
4. Check that the fuse is not fusing.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Replace the fuse after repair the applicable circuit.

4.CHECK IMMEDIATE CHARGING SWITCH ILLUMINATION POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.

Disconnect immediate charging switch harness connector.


Check the continuity between immediate charging switch harness connector and fuse harness connector.
+
Immediate charging switch
Connector

Terminal

M65

Continuity

#47 fuse terminal

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Check power supply circuit.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

5.CHECK IMMEDIATE CHARGING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn power switch OFF.


Turn OFF the headlamp.
Disconnect immediate charging switch harness connector.
Check the continuity between immediate charging switch harness connector and ground.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-300

LEAF

http://vnx.su

IMMEDIATE CHARGING SWITCH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
A

+
Immediate charging switch
Connector

Terminal

M65

Continuity

Ground

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace immediate switch. Refer to VC-113, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

EVC

6.CHECK IMMEDIATE CHARGING SWITCH POWER SUPPLY


1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn power switch OFF.


Turn OFF the headlamp.
Disconnect immediate charging switch harness connector.
Check the voltage between immediate charging switch and ground.

+
Immediate charging switch
Connector

Terminal

M65

Voltage

Ground

Battery voltage

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 9.
NO
>> GO TO 7.

7.CHECK FUSE
1. Pull out #13 fuse.
2. Check that the fuse is not fusing.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> Replace the fuse after repair the applicable circuit.

8.CHECK IMMEDIATE CHARGING SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


Check the continuity between immediate charging switch harness connector and fuse harness connector.

+
Immediate charging switch
Connector

Terminal

M65

Continuity

#13 fuse terminal

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Check power supply circuit.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

9.CHECK IMMEDIATE CHARGING SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT


1.
2.

Disconnect VCM harness connector.


Check the continuity between immediate charging switch harness connector and VCM harness connector.
+

Immediate charging switch

VCM

P
Continuity

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

M65

E63

89

Existed

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.


Is the inspection result normal?
Revision: 2010 November

EVC-301

LEAF

http://vnx.su

IMMEDIATE CHARGING SWITCH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

10.CHECK IMMEDIATE CHARGING SWITCH


Perform component inspection. Refer to EVC-302, "Component Inspection (Immediate Charging Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace immediate charging switch. Refer to VC-113, "Removal and Installation".

Component Inspection (Immediate Charging Switch)

INFOID:0000000006977392

1.CHECK IMMEDIATE CHARGING SWITCH


1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch OFF.


Disconnect immediate charging switch harness connector.
Check the continuity between immediate charging switch terminals under the following conditions.
Terminals
1 and 2

Condition
Immediate
charging switch

Continuity

Released

Not existed

Pressed

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace immediate charging switch. Refer to VC-113, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-302

LEAF

http://vnx.su

EV CONTROL SYSTEM
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS

EV CONTROL SYSTEM
Symptom Table

INFOID:0000000006977393

NOTE:
Perform the self-diagnoses with CONSULT before performing the symptom diagnosis. If DTC is detected, perEVC
form the corresponding diagnosis.
Symptom

Possible cause
READY signal from BCM is not input to
VCM.

VCM judges except P or N range.


Does not become READY.

Charging connector is connected.


Li-ion battery remaining energy is low.
Steering lock is not canceled.

VCM judges P or N range.


Accelerator pedal is not depressed.

Motor does not output power.


Cannot driving.

Brake pedal is depressed.

VCM receives the torque limit request signal sent from ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit).

VCM receives the motor torque limit signal


sent from the traction motor inverter or Liion battery controller.

Parking brake operating


Motor outputs power.

Brake is on

Parking gear locking


Low tire pressure
Running resistance too high.

Incorrect tire size

Brake is on.
Poor electricity consumption

Set temperature is low


Too much power consumption of A/C.

Set temperature is high


Manual mode is selected.

Too much power consumption of auxiliary.

Installed some electric equipment


TCU continues to transmit the EV activation
request signal.
On-board charger continues to transmit the
EV activation request signal.

Cannot power OFF

Immediate charging switch stuck ON


SSOFF relay stuck ON

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-303

LEAF

http://vnx.su

EV CONTROL SYSTEM
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
Symptom

Possible cause
VCM receives power limit request signal
sent from the traction motor inverter.

Li-ion battery temperature is too high or too


low.
VCM receives power limit request signal
from the Li-ion battery controller.

Regeneration control does not operate.

Characteristic malfunction of Li-ion battery


temperature sensor.
Bus bar (installed Li-ion battery module) is
open.
Li-ion battery is charged enough.

VCM receives the torque limit request signal sent from ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit).

Vehicle speed is low.

Accelerator pedal is depressed.

During braking hard

Brake is ON and making a sharp turn.


VCM receives power limit request signal
sent from the traction motor inverter.
Li-ion battery temperature is too lower too
high.
Characteristic malfunction of Li-ion battery
temperature sensor.
Bus bar (installed Li-ion battery module) is
open.

Decelerating force changes

Li-ion battery is charged enough.


VCM receives the torque limit request signal sent from ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit).
Accelerator pedal is depressed.
Brake is ON and making a sharp turn.

Normal charging does not start

Power switch is ON.

Timer charge is set.

Quick charge connector is connected.

External AC power does not input.

EVSE malfunction
Li-ion battery temperature is too low or too
high.

Li-ion battery controller does not permit.

Li-ion battery gradual capacity loss


Li-ion battery is charged enough.

Li-ion battery temperature is too low or too


high.

Too much power consumption during


charging

VCM does not receive remote charge request.

The vehicle is outside the communication


service area.

External power stoppage

Immediate charging switch circuit is open.

Poor installation of charging connector

Li-ion battery is not charged fully.

Li-ion battery charging level is difference


from set level.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-304

LEAF

http://vnx.su

EV CONTROL SYSTEM
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
Symptom

Possible cause

VCM judges except P range.

Power switch is ON.

VCM does not receives the EV system activation request signal sent from TCU.

The vehicle is outside the communication


service area.

EVC

Communication error between a cellar


phone and Nissan CARWINGS Data Center.

Remote charge does not start.


Timer charge does not start.

Quick charge connector is connected.

External AC power malfunction


Li-ion battery temperature is too low or too
high.

Li-ion battery controller does not permit.

Li-ion battery gradual capacity loss


Li-ion battery is charged enough.

Immediate charge does not start.

VCM judges except P range.

Power switch is ON.

Immediate charging switch circuit is open


or shorted.

Quick charge connector is connected.

External AC power malfunction


Li-ion battery temperature is too low or too
high.

Li-ion battery controller does not permit.

Li-ion battery gradual capacity loss


Li-ion battery is charged enough.

Quick charge does not start.

VCM judges except P range.

Power switch is ON.

Quick charge connector is not connected.

Normal charge connector is connected.


Li-ion battery temperature is too low or too
high.

Li-ion battery controller does not permit.

Li-ion battery gradual capacity loss


Li-ion battery is charged enough.

Timer air conditioner does not operate.

Revision: 2010 November

A timer is not set.

Remote air conditioner is operating.

Power switch is ON.

VCM judges except P range.

Normal charge connector is not connected.

Both of quick charge connector and normal


charge connector are connected.

External AC power malfunction

EVSE malfunction

EVC-305

LEAF

http://vnx.su

EV CONTROL SYSTEM
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
Symptom

Remote air conditioner does not operate.

Revision: 2010 November

Possible cause

The vehicle is outside the communication


service area.

Communication error between a cellar


phone and Nissan CARWINGS Data Center.

Power switch is ON.

VCM judges except P range.

Normal charge connector is not connected.

Both of quick charge connector and normal


charge connector are connected.

External AC power malfunction

EVSE malfunction

EVC-306

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DC/DC-J/B
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

DC/DC-J/B
Exploded View

INFOID:0000000006977394

EVC

JSCIA0353GB

1.

DC/DC-J/B

2.

Traction motor inverter high voltage


connector

3.

Electric compressor high voltage


connector

4.

PTC elements heater high voltage


connector

5.

Quick charge port high voltage connector

6.

On board charger high voltage connector

7.

Li-ion battery high voltage connector 8.

High voltage warning label

: Vehicle front
: Nm (kg-m, ft-lb)

Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006977395

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective equipment consisting of glove, shoes and glasses before
beginning work on the high voltage system.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-307

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DC/DC-J/B
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
Refer to GI-32, "High Voltage Precautions".
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while the
service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed to do
so in the Service Manual.

REMOVAL
WARNING:
Shut off high voltage circuit. Refer to GI-31, "How to Cut Off High Voltage".
1. Check voltage in high voltage circuit. (Check that condenser are discharged.)
a. Remove Li-ion battery under cover.
WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulating protective gear before beginning
work on the high voltage system.

b.

Disconnect high voltage connector from front side of Li-ion battery.


DANGER:
Touching high voltage components without using the appropriate protective equipment will
cause electrocution.

c.

Measure voltage between high voltage harness terminals.


DANGER:
Touching high voltage components without using the
appropriate protective equipment will cause electrocution.

Standard

: 5 V or less

CAUTION:
For voltage measurements, use a tester which can measure to 500V or higher.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

JSAIA1362ZZ

Drain coolant from radiator. Refer to HCO-9, "Draining and Refilling".


Drain heater fluid. Refer to HA-41, "Draining and Refilling".
Remove traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-115, "Removal and Installation".
Remove cowl top extension. Refer to EXT-17, "Exploded View".
Disconnect water hoses from the locations indicated below.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-308

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DC/DC-J/B
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
a. Disconnect water hose (1) below the floor.
WARNING:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulating


protective gear before beginning work on the high voltage
system.

EVC

CAUTION:
Take care that coolant does not contact the high voltage
JSCIA0195ZZ
harness connectors.
To prevent performance degradation, if coolant contacts a high voltage harness connector,
immediately dry the high voltage connector completely with an air blow gun.
b.

Disconnect water hose (1) at DC/DC-J/B IN side (top left).


WARNING:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulating


protective gear before beginning work on the high voltage
system.

CAUTION:
Take care that coolant does not contact the high voltage
JSCIA0196ZZ
harness connectors.
To prevent performance degradation, if coolant contacts a high voltage harness connector,
immediately dry the high voltage connector completely with an air blow gun.
c.

Disconnect water hose (1) between electric water pump 2 and


water pipe.
WARNING:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulating


protective gear before beginning work on the high voltage
system.

CAUTION:
JSCIA0197ZZ
Take care that coolant does not contact the high voltage
harness connectors.
To prevent performance degradation, if coolant contacts a high voltage harness connector,
immediately dry the high voltage connector completely with an air blow gun.
7.
8.

Remove the 2 water pipe mounting screws so that water pipe is free. Refer to HCO-21, "Exploded View".
Disconnect 12V system connector and harness clips (A).
WARNING:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulating


protective gear before beginning work on the high voltage
system.

JSCIA0133ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-309

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DC/DC-J/B
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
9. Disconnect 14V output terminal.
WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulating
protective gear before beginning work on the high voltage
system.

JSCIA0198ZZ

10. Disconnect high voltage connector from the following 5 locations at DC/DC-J/B.
a. From below the vehicle, disconnect high voltage harness connector (1) from Li-ion battery.
WARNING:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulating protective gear before beginning work on the high
voltage system.

To prevent shock hazards, immediately wrap insulating


tape around disconnected high voltage connector terminals.
High voltage harness connector from Liion battery

b.

: 3 step type

Disconnect high voltage harness connector (1) for vehicle leftside on board charger.
WARNING:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulating protective gear before beginning work on the high
voltage system.

To prevent shock hazards, immediately wrap insulating


tape around disconnected high voltage connector terminals.
High voltage harness connector for on
board charger

c.

JSCIA0199ZZ

JSCIA0200ZZ

: 3 step type

Disconnect high voltage harness connector (A) for vehicle frontside electric compressor, high voltage harness connector (B) for
PTC elements heater, and high voltage harness connector (C)
for quick charge port.
WARNING:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulating protective gear before beginning work on the high
voltage system.
JSCIA0201ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-310

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DC/DC-J/B
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
To prevent shock hazards, immediately wrap insulating tape around disconnected high voltage
connector terminals.

i.

High voltage harness connector for


electric compressor

: 2 step type

High voltage harness connector for


PTC elements heater

: 3 step type

High voltage harness connector for


quick charge port

: 3 step type

EVC

When disconnecting high voltage harness connector for electric


compressor, disconnect it by inserting a suitable tool into inspection hole in traction motor inverter member.
WARNING:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulating protective gear before beginning work on the high
voltage system.

F
JSCIA0202ZZ

To prevent shock hazards, immediately wrap insulating


tape around disconnected high voltage connector terminals.
ii.

For high voltage harness connector for PTC elements heater and high voltage harness connector for
quick charge port, check their positions from the inspection hole and remove by reaching in and feeling
with your hand.
WARNING:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulating protective gear before beginning
work on the high voltage system.

To prevent shock hazards, immediately wrap insulating tape around disconnected high voltage
connector terminals.
Follow steps shown below to remove a 2-step type high voltage connector.

N
JPCIA0037ZZ

Follow steps shown below to remove a 3-step type high voltage connector.
O

JPCIA0035ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-311

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DC/DC-J/B
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
11. Disconnect 2 brake tubes (1). Refer to BR-214, "FRONT :
Exploded View".
WARNING:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulating protective gear before beginning work on the high
voltage system.

Protect the terminals of disconnected high voltage harness connector with insulation tape so that they are not
exposed.

JSCIA0203ZZ

12. Disconnect heater hose (1) and move it out of the way to left
side of vehicle.
CAUTION:
Take care that coolant does not contact the high voltage
harness connectors.
To prevent performance degradation, if coolant contacts a
high voltage harness connector, immediately dry the high
voltage connector completely with an air blow gun.

JSCIA0204ZZ

13. Remove DC/DC-J/B fastening nut (A) and fastening bolt (B).

:Vehicle front

WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulating
protective gear before beginning work on the high voltage
system.
JSCIA0205ZZ

14. Move DC/DC-JB to rear of vehicle. Then remove DC/DC-J/B, keeping the side on left of vehicle raised so
that it does not contact high voltage harness connector for quick charge port or inverter member.
WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulating protective gear before beginning
work on the high voltage system.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-312

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DC/DC-J/B
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
A

EVC

F
JSCIA0206ZZ

INSTALLATION

Pay attention to the following and install by following the procedure for removal in the reverse order.
H

WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulating protective gear before beginning work on
the high voltage system.

CAUTION:
Be sure to reinstall high voltage harness clips in their original positions. If a clip is damaged, replace
it with a new clip before installing.
Be sure to perform correct air bleeding after adding coolant. Refer to HCO-9, "Draining and Refilling".
If DC/DC-J/B was replaced, apply high voltage warning label at
position (A), with the top facing in the direction of the arrow.
- Before applying label, verify that there is no dust or dirt on surface
of DC/DC-J/B.

N
JSCIA0131ZZ

Follow the procedure below and connect the 2-step type high voltage harness connector.

JPCIA0038ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-313

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DC/DC-J/B
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
Follow the procedure below and connect the 3-step type high voltage harness connector.

JPCIA0036ZZ

After all parts are installed, be sure to check the equipotential.


- DC/DC-J/B: Refer to EVC-314, "Inspection".
- Traction motor inverter: Refer to TMS-121, "Inspection".

Inspection

INFOID:0000000006977396

INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION


After installing DC/DC-J/B, measure resistance between DC/DC-J/B (aluminum part) and body (ground bolt)
and check equipotential.
WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulating protective gear before beginning work on
the high voltage system.

Between DC/DC-J/B Body


ground

: 0.1 or less

If result deviates from standard values, check that no paint, oil, dirt, or other substance is adhering to bolts or
conductive mounting parts. If any such substance is adhering, clean the surrounding area and remove the
substance.

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-314

LEAF

http://vnx.su

VCM
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

VCM

Exploded View

INFOID:0000000006977397

EVC

F
JSCIA0315GB

1.

VCM

2.

VCM bracket

Vehicle front

Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006977398

REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 20 seconds.


Disconnect the 12V battery negative terminal.
Remove the glove box cover assembly. Refer to IP-12, "Exploded View".
Disconnect VCM harness connector.
Remove VCM mounting nuts.
Remove VCM.
Remove VCM bracket mounting bolts.
Remove VCM bracket.

INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Must be perform additional service when replacing VCM. Refer to EVC-100, "Work Procedure".

Revision: 2010 November

EVC-315

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ELECTRIC POWER TRAIN

SECTION

TMS

TRACTION MOTOR SYSTEM

TMS

CONTENTS
PRECAUTION ............................................... 4
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 4
Precaution for Technicians Using Medical Electric...... 4
Point to Be Checked Before Starting Maintenance
Work .......................................................................... 4
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 4
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...... 5
High Voltage Precautions .......................................... 5
Precaution for Removing 12V Battery ....................... 7
General Precautions ................................................. 8

PREPARATION ............................................ 9
PREPARATION ................................................... 9
Commercial Service Tools ........................................ 9

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ............................. 10


DESCRIPTION ...................................................10
Description .............................................................. 10
Specifications (Traction Motor) ............................... 10

COMPONENT PARTS .......................................11


Component Parts Location ...................................... 11
Traction Motor Inverter ............................................ 12
Traction Motor ......................................................... 12
High Voltage Warning Label ................................... 13

TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER : Protection


Control .....................................................................24
MOTOR POWER CONTROL .....................................24
MOTOR POWER CONTROL : System Description ...........................................................................24
MOTOR POWER CONTROL : Operating Principle ............................................................................24
MOTOR REGENERATION CONTROL .....................25
MOTOR REGENERATION CONTROL : System
Description ...............................................................25
MOTOR REGENERATION CONTROL : Operating Principle .............................................................25

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (TRACTION MOTOR


INVERTER) ....................................................... 26
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION ......................................26
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : System Description
....26
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : DTC and Freeze
Frame Data ..............................................................26
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Counter System ......26
CONSULT Function .................................................26

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION .............. 30


TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER ....................... 30

Structural Drawing ................................................... 14


OPERATION DESCRIPTION ................................. 14

Reference Value ......................................................30


Fail-Safe ..................................................................31
Protection Control ....................................................33
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ..................................33
DTC Index ...............................................................35

SYSTEM .............................................................16

WIRING DIAGRAM ...................................... 37

TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER ............................... 16


TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER : System Description ................................................................... 16
TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER : Schematic ........ 18
TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER : Fail-Safe ........... 23

TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER ....................... 37

STRUCTURE AND OPERATION .......................14

Revision: 2010 November

Wiring Diagram ........................................................37

BASIC INSPECTION ................................... 40


DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ....... 40

TMS-1

LEAF

http://vnx.su

Work Flow ............................................................... 40


Question sheet ....................................................... 41

DTC Logic ............................................................... 63


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 63

RESOLVER WRITE ........................................... 43

P0AF0 DRIVE MOTOR INVERTER TEMP


SEN A ................................................................ 64

Description .............................................................. 43
Work Procedure ...................................................... 43

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ......................... 45


P0A1B DRIVE MOTOR A CONTROL MODULE .................................................................... 45
DTC Logic ............................................................... 45
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 45

P0A2C DRIVE MOTOR A TEMP SENSOR ....... 46


DTC Logic ............................................................... 46
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 46
Component Inspection (Traction Motor Temperature Sensor) ............................................................ 47

P0A2D DRIVE MOTOR A TEMP SENSOR ....... 48


DTC Logic ............................................................... 48
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 48
Component Inspection (Traction Motor Temperature Sensor) ............................................................ 49

DTC Logic ............................................................... 64


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 64

P0BE6 D-MOTOR A PHASE U CURRENT


SEN .................................................................... 65
DTC Logic ............................................................... 65
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 65

P0BEA D-MOTOR A PHASE V CURRENT


SEN .................................................................... 66
DTC Logic ............................................................... 66
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 66

P0BEE D-MOTOR A PHASE W CURRENT


SEN .................................................................... 67
DTC Logic ............................................................... 67
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 67

P0BFD D-MOTOR A PHASE UVW CURRENT


SEN .................................................................... 68

P0A2F DRIVE MOTOR A OVER TEMPERATURE .................................................................. 50

DTC Logic ............................................................... 68


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 68

DTC Logic ............................................................... 50


Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 50
Component Inspection (Traction Motor Temperature Sensor) ............................................................ 52
Component Inspection (Traction Motor Stator
Coil) ........................................................................ 52

P0C79 DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER VOLTAGE ................................................................... 69

P0A3C DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER OVER


TEMP ................................................................. 54
DTC Logic ............................................................... 54
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 54

P0A3F DRIVE MOTOR A POSITION SENSOR .................................................................... 55


DTC Logic ............................................................... 55
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 55
Component Inspection (Traction Motor Resolver)... 56

P0A44 DRIVE MOTOR A OVER SPEED .......... 58


DTC Logic ............................................................... 58
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 58
Component Inspection (Traction Motor Resolver)... 59

P0A78 DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER ............... 61


DTC Logic ............................................................... 61
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 61

P0A8D 14VOLT POWER VOLTAGE ................ 62


DTC Logic ............................................................... 62
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 62

P0AEF DRIVE MOTOR INVERTER TEMP


SEN A ................................................................ 63
Revision: 2010 November

DTC Logic ............................................................... 69


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 69

P318E CAN ERROR .......................................... 71


DTC Logic ............................................................... 71
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 71

P3193 CAN ERROR .......................................... 72


DTC Logic ............................................................... 72
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 72

P3197 CAN ERROR .......................................... 73


DTC Logic ............................................................... 73
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 73

P3199 CAN ERROR .......................................... 74


DTC Logic ............................................................... 74
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 74

P319E CAN ERROR .......................................... 75


DTC Logic ............................................................... 75
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 75

P31A2 CAN ERROR ......................................... 76


DTC Logic ............................................................... 76
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 76

P31A4 CAN ERROR ......................................... 77


DTC Logic ............................................................... 77
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 77

P31A9 CAN ERROR ......................................... 78

TMS-2

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DTC Logic ............................................................... 78


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 78

P31AD CAN ERROR ..........................................79


DTC Logic ............................................................... 79
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 79

P3240 DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER CRNT


CONT ..................................................................80

P3252 DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER IGBT .... 102


DTC Logic .............................................................. 102
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 102

P325A CAN ERROR ....................................... 103


DTC Logic .............................................................. 103
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 103
DTC Logic .............................................................. 104
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 104

P3241 DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER CRNT


CONT ..................................................................83

P325C DRIVE MOTOR A POSITION .............. 105

P3244 DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER ................85


DTC Logic ............................................................... 85
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 85

P3245 DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER ................87


DTC Logic ............................................................... 87
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 87

P325D DRIVE MOTOR A POSITION .............. 106


DTC Logic .............................................................. 106
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 106
DTC Logic .............................................................. 107
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 107

U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ......................... 109

DTC Logic ............................................................... 91


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 91

P3249 DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER ................92


DTC Logic ............................................................... 92
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 92

P324A DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER VOLTAGE ....................................................................93


DTC Logic ............................................................... 93
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 93

P324D DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER IGBT ......95


DTC Logic ............................................................... 95
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 95
Component Inspection (Traction Motor Stator
Coil) ......................................................................... 97

P324F DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER IGBT .......98


DTC Logic ............................................................... 98
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 98
Component Inspection (Traction Motor Stator
Coil) ....................................................................... 100

Revision: 2010 November

P325F DRIVE MOTOR A POSITION .............. 108

DTC Logic ............................................................... 88


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 88

P3248 DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER ................91

P325E DRIVE MOTOR A POSITION .............. 107

DTC Logic .............................................................. 108


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 108

DTC Logic ............................................................... 90


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 90

DTC Logic .............................................................. 105


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 105

P3246 DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER VOLTAGE ....................................................................88

P3247 DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER ................90

P325B DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER ............. 104 TMS

DTC Logic ............................................................... 80


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 80

DTC Logic ............................................................... 83


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 83

Description ............................................................. 109


DTC Logic .............................................................. 109
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 109

TRACTION MOTOR INSULATION RESISTANCE CHECK ............................................... 110

Component Inspection ........................................... 110

TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER INSULATION RESISTANCE CHECK .......................... 112


Component Inspection ........................................... 112

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 114


ELECTROMAGNETIC SOUND IS AUDIBLE . 114

DESCRIPTION ...................................................... 114

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 115

TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER ..................... 115


Exploded View ....................................................... 115
Removal and Installation ....................................... 115
Inspection .............................................................. 121

UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION .... 123


TRACTION MOTOR ........................................ 123
Exploded View ....................................................... 123
Removal and Installation ....................................... 123
Inspection .............................................................. 127

TMS-3

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >

PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Technicians Using Medical Electric

INFOID:0000000007071845

OPERATION PROHIBITION
WARNING:
Parts with strong magnet is used in this vehicle.
Technicians using a medical electric device such as pacemaker must never perform operation on the
vehicle, as magnetic field can affect the device function by approaching to such parts.

NORMAL CHARGE PRECAUTION


WARNING:
If a technician uses a medical electric device such as an implantable cardiac pacemaker or an
implantable cardioverter defibrillator, the possible effects on the devices must be checked with the
device manufacturer before starting the charge operation.
As radiated electromagnetic wave generated by on board charger at normal charge operation may
effect medical electric devices, a technician using a medical electric device such as implantable cardiac pacemaker or an implantable cardioverter defibrillator must not enter the vehicle compartment
(including luggage room) during normal charge operation.

Precaution at telematics system operation


WARNING:
If a technician uses implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD),
avoid the device implanted part from approaching within approximately 220 mm (8.66 in) from interior/exterior antenna.
The electromagnetic wave of TCU might affect the function of the implantable cardiac pacemaker or
the implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), when using the service, etc.
If a technician uses other medical electric devices than implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator(ICD), the electromagnetic wave of TCU might affect the function of the
device. The possible effects on the devices must be checked with the device manufacturer before
TCU use.

Precaution at intelligent key system operation


WARNING:
If a technician uses implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD),
avoid the device implanted part from approaching within approximately 220 mm (8.66 in) from interior/exterior antenna.
The electromagnetic wave of intelligent key might affect the function of the implantable cardiac
pacemaker or the implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), at door operation, at each request
switch operation, or at engine starting.
If a technician uses other medical electric devices than implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), the electromagnetic wave of intelligent key might affect the function of the device. The possible effects on the devices must be checked with the device
manufacturer before intelligent key use.

Point to Be Checked Before Starting Maintenance Work

INFOID:0000000007079410

The high voltage system may starts automatically. It is required to check that the timer air conditioner
and timer charge (during EVSE connection) are not set before starting maintenance work.
NOTE:
If the timer air conditioner or timer charge (during EVSE connection) is set, the high voltage system starts
automatically even when the power switch is in OFF state.

Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"

INFOID:0000000007080034

The Supplemental Restraint System such as AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
Revision: 2010 November

TMS-4

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
A
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS AIR BAG and SEAT BELT of this
Service Manual.
WARNING:
B
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
TMS
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see SRS AIR BAG.
D
Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors.
E

PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS


WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
power switch ON, never use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer.
Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious
injury.
When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the power switch OFF, disconnect
the 12V battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.

Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover

H
INFOID:0000000006998321

When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc to prevent damage to
windshield.

PIIB3706J

High Voltage Precautions

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective equipment consisting of glove, shoes and face shield before
beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while the
service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed to do
so in the Service Manual.

Revision: 2010 November

INFOID:0000000006998322

TMS-5

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >
HIGH VOLTAGE HARNESS AND EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION
The colors of the high voltage harnesses and connectors are all orange. Orange "High Voltage" labels are
applied to the Li-ion battery and other high voltage devices. Do not carelessly touch these harnesses and
parts.

HANDLING OF HIGH VOLTAGE HARNESS AND TERMINALS


Immediately insulate disconnected high voltage connectors and terminals with insulating tape.

REGULATIONS ON WORKERS WITH MEDICAL ELECTRONICS


WARNING:
The vehicle contains parts that contain powerful magnets. If a person who is wearing a pacemaker or
other medical device is close to these parts, the medical device may be affected by the magnets. Such
persons must not perform work on the vehicle.

PROHIBITED ITEMS TO CARRY DURING THE WORK


Because this vehicle uses components that contain high voltage and powerful magnetism, due not carry any
metal products which may cause short circuits, or any magnetic media (cash cards, prepaid cards, etc.) which
may be damaged on your person when working.

POSTING A SIGN OF DANGER! HIGH VOLTAGE AREA. KEEP OUT

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-6

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >
To call the attention of other workers, indicate "High voltage work in progress. Do not touch!" on vehicles
where work is being performed on the high voltage systems.

TMS

JSAIA1600GB

Precaution for Removing 12V Battery

INFOID:0000000006998323

When removing the 12V battery, turn ON/OFF the power switch and check that the charging status indicator
does not blink. The 12V battery must be removed within one hour after checking the indicator lamp.
NOTE:
The automatic 12V battery charge control may start even when the power switch is in OFF state.
Revision: 2010 November

TMS-7

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >
The automatic 12V battery charge control does not start within approximately one hour when the power
switch is turned ON/OFF.

General Precautions

INFOID:0000000006998324

CAUTION:
If the traction motor inverter or traction motor was replaced, be sure to perform writing of the traction
motor resolver offset. Refer to TMS-43, "Description".
Take care when handling the traction motor inverter so that dust, dirt, and other substances do not enter into
the inside from the opening.

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-8

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PREPARATION
< PREPARATION >

PREPARATION

PREPARATION
Commercial Service Tools

INFOID:0000000007080639

Tool name

Description

Insulated gloves
[Guaranteed insulation performance
for 1000V/300A]

TMS

Removing and installing high voltage components

E
JMCIA0149ZZ

F
Leather gloves
[Use leather gloves that can fasten the
wrist tight]

Removing and installing high voltage


components
Protect insulated gloves

JPCIA0066ZZ

Removing and installing high voltage components

Insulated safety shoes

JPCIA0011ZZ

Removing and installing high voltage


components
To protect eye from the spatter on the
work to electric line

Safety glasses
[ANSI Z87.1]

L
JPCIA0012ZZ

M
Removing and installing high voltage components

Insulated helmet

JPCIA0013ZZ

Insulation resistance tester (Multi


tester)

Measuring voltage and insulation resistance

JPCIA0014ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-9

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DESCRIPTION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
DESCRIPTION
Description

INFOID:0000000006998326

The traction motor contains a compact, lightweight, high output, high efficiency Interior Permanent Magnet
Synchronous Motor (IPMSM).
The traction motor inverter is a device which converts DC power from the Li-ion battery to AC power, and
drives the traction motor. Because the AC power frequency and voltage can be varied when the DC power is
converted to AC power, it provides control performance with a high degree of freedom.

Specifications (Traction Motor)

INFOID:0000000006998327

Max torque

280 Nm

Max output

80 kW

Max speed

10,390 rpm

Cooling system

Revision: 2010 November

Water cooling type

TMS-10

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

COMPONENT PARTS

Component Parts Location

INFOID:0000000006998328

TMS

I
JPCIA0079ZZ

A.

Motor room

Component Description
No.

Item

VCM

Electric shift control module

Traction motor inverter

Traction motor

Revision: 2010 November

Function

Transmits mainly the following signals toVCM via EV system CAN.


Motor speed signal
Motor torque limit signal
Motor discharge status signal
High voltage power supply preparation completion signal
Input high voltage signal
Receives mainly the following signal from VCM via EV system CAN.
Target motor torque signal
Pulse signal OFF signal
High voltage power supply status signal
System cut off signal
Vibration control switching signal
Motor charge preparation request signal
Motor discharge request signal
Regenerative torque command signal
Shift position signal

Receives mainly the following signal from electric shift control module via EV
system CAN.
- Shift position signal
TMS-12, "Traction Motor Inverter"
TMS-12, "Traction Motor"

TMS-11

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

Traction Motor Inverter

INFOID:0000000006998329

NOTE:
Control of the traction motor and control of EV system CAN communications with other control modules is
actually performed by the motor controller. However because the motor controller is installed inside the traction motor inverter, the motor controller is here referred to as the traction motor inverter.
The traction motor inverter is composed of the motor controller, driver, smoothing condenser, 3 current sensors, and power module.
The traction motor inverter controls the traction motor based on the target motor torque signal transmitted by
EV system CAN from the VCM.
Traction motor inverter drives traction motor accurately based on resolver detection signal and current sensor detection signal.
The traction motor inverter performs charging judgment for the high voltage circuit and also discharges the
voltage inside the circuit.
The traction motor inverter performs vibration control in order to improve accelerator response and provide
good acceleration while driving.

MOTOR CONTROLLER
The motor controller receives the rotor rotation angle from the traction motor resolver and the traction motor
current value from the current sensor, and creates the pulse signal for driving the IGBT.
The motor controller detects the traction motor temperature by means of the traction motor temperature sensor, and limits the output torque (protection control) according to the level of heat in the traction motor.

DRIVER
The driver converts the pulse signal (12V) from the motor controller to a high voltage signal (300V) and drives
the IGBT.

POWER MODULE
The power module is composed of 6 power semiconductor IGBT (Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor).
An IGBT is a semiconductor switch that is capable of switching ON/OFF at high speed.
An IGBT uses the IGBT drive signal from the driver to perform switching, converting the Li-ion battery DC
power to AC power and supplying AC power to the traction motor.

SMOOTHING CONDENSER
The smoothing condenser controls the voltage ripple which occurs as a result of IGBT switching.

CURRENT SENSORS
One sensor each is installed at the U-phase, V-phase, and W-phase. They detect the current supplied to the
traction motor and send the current values as feedback to the motor controller.

DISCHARGE RESISTER
The discharge resistor discharges the high voltage in case the traction motor inverter is unable to discharge
the remaining high voltage in the high voltage circuit due to a malfunction.

Traction Motor

INFOID:0000000006998330

The traction motor contains an Interior Permanent Magnet Synchronous Motor (IPMSM). A permanent
magnet is embedded inside the rotor core, and the rotating magnetic field generated by the stator coil is
used to generate rotational torque.
The traction motor is able to generate torque even when the vehicle is stopped, and outputs maximum drive torque when the vehicle starts moving in order to provide good initial acceleration.

JPCIA0033GB

TRACTION MOTOR RESOLVER

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-12

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
The traction motor resolver is located coaxially with the traction motor, and detects the rotor rotation angle.
The rotation angle is sent to the motor controller.
CAUTION:
If the traction motor inverter or traction motor was replaced, be sure to perform writing of the traction
motor resolver offset. Refer to TMS-43, "Description".

TRACTION MOTOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR


The traction motor temperature sensor detects the temperature of the stator inside the traction motor, and
sends that temperature information to the motor controller.
TMS

High Voltage Warning Label

INFOID:0000000006998331

High voltage warning label is stuck on each component parts below.


When replacing component parts make sure to stick it on original position.

TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER


E

The label (A) is stuck on the top of traction motor inverter.


: Vehicle front

: Direction of the label

JSCIA0100ZZ

TRACTION MOTOR
The label (A) is stuck on the right side of traction motor.

: Direction of the label

JSCIA0132ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-13

LEAF

http://vnx.su

STRUCTURE AND OPERATION


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

STRUCTURE AND OPERATION


Structural Drawing

INFOID:0000000006998332

MOTOR MECHANISM (DIAGRAM)

JPCIA0072ZZ

1.

Stator core

2.

Coil

3.

4.

Rotor core

5.

Permanent magnet

OPERATION DESCRIPTION

Shaft

INFOID:0000000006998333

OPERATION PRINCIPLE

JPCIA0034GB

When 3-phase AC current is applied to the stator coil, a rotating magnetic field is generated. This rotating
magnetic field pulls on the permanent magnet inside the rotor core, generating rotational torque that is synRevision: 2010 November

TMS-14

LEAF

http://vnx.su

STRUCTURE AND OPERATION


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
chronized with the rotating magnetic field. The generated torque is approximately proportional to the current,
and the rotating speed depends on the frequency of the 3-phase current.
In order to generate optimal rotor rotation, judgments regarding the position (angle) of the permanent magnet within the rotor core and the timing of current application to the coil are necessary. For this purpose, the
traction motor resolver and current sensor are used in order to continually detect the rotating position of the
rotor and control the timing of current application to the coil.

TMS

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-15

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

SYSTEM
TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER
TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER : System Description

INFOID:0000000006998334

The traction motor inverter controls the traction motor based on the target motor torque signal transmitted by
EV system CAN from the VCM.
Traction motor inverter converts DC power from Li-ion battery to AC power, and drives traction motor accurately based on resolver detection signal and current sensor detection signal.
At deceleration, traction motor is used as generator. It converts kinetic energy generated by rotary motion of
tires (AC power) to electric energy (DC power) and charges Li-ion battery.
If malfunction is detected, the system enters fail-safe mode. Refer to TMS-31, "Fail-Safe".

SYSTEM DIAGRAM

JPCIA0029GB

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-16

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
Item

VCM

Electric shift control module

Signal name

Transmits mainly the following signals toVCM via EV system CAN.


Motor speed signal
Motor torque limit signal
Motor discharge status signal
High voltage power supply preparation completion signal
Input high voltage signal
Receives mainly the following signal from VCM via EV system CAN.
Target motor torque signal
Pulse signal OFF signal
High voltage power supply status signal
System cut off signal
Vibration control switching signal
Motor charge preparation request signal
Motor discharge request signal
Regenerative torque command signal
Shift position signal

TMS

Receives mainly the following signal from electric shift control module via EV system CAN.
- Shift position signal

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-17

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER : Schematic

INFOID:0000000006998335

JSCIA0358GB

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-18

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
A

TMS

O
JSCIA0359GB

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-19

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

JSCIA0361GB

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-20

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
A

TMS

O
JSCIA0321GB

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-21

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

JSCIA0322GB

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-22

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER : Fail-Safe

INFOID:0000000006998336

A
DTC

P0A1B

Vehicle behavior

Either of following status is observed.


No impact to vehicle behavior
Stops drive control of traction motor
Stops drive control of traction motor, and requires system main relay OFF to VCM
Limits the maximum torque of traction motor to 10%

P0A2C

Limits the maximum torque of traction motor to 40%

P0A2D

Limits the maximum torque of traction motor to 40%

P0A2F

Stops drive control of traction motor

P0A3C

Stops drive control of traction motor

P0A3F

Stops drive control of traction motor

P0A44

Stops drive control of traction motor

P0A78

Stops drive control of traction motor

P0A8D

Stops drive control of traction motor, and requires system main relay OFF to VCM

P0AEF

Stops drive control of traction motor

P0AF0

Stops drive control of traction motor

TMS

P0BE6

Stops drive control of traction motor

P0BEA

Stops drive control of traction motor

P0BEE

Stops drive control of traction motor

P0BFD

Stops drive control of traction motor

P0C79

Stops drive control of traction motor, and requires system main relay OFF to VCM

P318E

It can stop the drive control of traction motor

P3193

P3197

Either of following status is observed.


Stops drive control of traction motor
Limits the maximum torque of traction motor to 0%

P3199

It can stop the drive control of traction motor

P319E

P31A2

Either of following status is observed.


Stops drive control of traction motor
Limits the maximum torque of traction motor to 0%

P31A4

It can stop the drive control of traction motor

P31A9

P31AD

Either of following status is observed.


Stops drive control of traction motor
Limits the maximum torque of traction motor to 0%

P3240

Stops drive control of traction motor

P3241

Stops drive control of traction motor

P3244

P3245

P3246

Stops drive control of traction motor, and requires system main relay OFF to VCM

P3247

Stops drive control of traction motor

P3248

Stops drive control of traction motor, and requires system main relay OFF to VCM

P3249

Stops drive control of traction motor, and requires system main relay OFF to VCM

P324A

Stops drive control of traction motor, and requires system main relay OFF to VCM

P324D

Stops drive control of traction motor, and requires system main relay OFF to VCM

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-23

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
DTC

Vehicle behavior

P324F

Stops drive control of traction motor, and requires system main relay OFF to VCM

P3252

Limits the maximum torque of traction motor to 50%

P325A

P325B

P325C

P325D

Limits the maximum torque of traction motor to 10%

P325E

P325F

U1000

TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER : Protection Control

INFOID:0000000006998337

When temperature of traction motor inverter or traction motor components rises, the traction motor inverter
temporarily enters a protective control state in order to protect the system. It automatically returns to the normal status if the safety is secured.
Condition
Traction motor is overheated
IGBT high temperatures seen
when traction motor speed is
extremely low

Navigation display

Control

Exists

Traction motor output torque is limited according to the traction motor temperature.

Traction motor temperature


drops

IGBT switching frequency is reduced.


NOTE:
Traction motor electromagnetic noise increases.

IGBT temperature drops


Traction motor speed increases

Does not exist

Normal return condition

IGBT is overheated

Exists

Traction motor output torque is limited according to the IGBT temperature.

IGBT temperature drops

Smoothing condenser is overheated

Exists

Traction motor output torque is limited according to the smoothing condenser temperature.

Smoothing condenser temperature drops

MOTOR POWER CONTROL


MOTOR POWER CONTROL : System Description

INFOID:0000000006998338

The traction motor inverter applies AC power to the traction motor according to the target motor torque signal
calculated by VCM in order to generate drive force.

MOTOR POWER CONTROL : Operating Principle

INFOID:0000000006998339

Flow of energy

JPCIA0040GB

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-24

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
When the traction motor inverter receives the target motor torque signal from the VCM via EV system CAN.

(4)

(3)

The drive torque from the


traction motor is output as
kinetic energy.

The AC power from the


traction motor inverter is
converted to magnetic energy and a rotating magnetic field is created in
order to generate drive
torque.

(2)

The traction motor inverter (IGBT) switches in order to convert


the DC power from the Li-ion
battery to AC power.

(1)

The DC power from the


Li-ion battery is input to
the traction motor inverter.

TMS

MOTOR REGENERATION CONTROL


MOTOR REGENERATION CONTROL : System Description

INFOID:0000000006998340

During deceleration, the traction motor inverter drives the traction motor to function as a generator based on
the regenerative torque command signal sent via EV system CAN from the VCM, converting the kinetic torque
generated by rotation of the tires into electrical energy. The converted electrical energy charges the Li-ion battery.
The regenerative torque that is generated when the traction motor is driven as a generator can be used as
braking force, acting similar to engine braking and reducing the burden on the service brakes.

MOTOR REGENERATION CONTROL : Operating Principle

INFOID:0000000006998341

Flow of energy

JPCIA0039GB

When the traction motor inverter receives the regenerative torque command signal from the VCM via EV system CAN.

(1)
The kinetic energy generated by rotation of the tires
operates the traction motor
as a generator.

(2)

(3)

Rotation of the traction motor generates AC power.

The traction motor inverter


(IGBT) switches in order to
convert the AC power from the
traction motor to DC power.

(4)

The DC power regenerated by the traction motor inverter is used to charge


the Li-ion battery.

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-25

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER)


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER)


DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : System Description

INFOID:0000000006998342

This is an on-board trouble diagnosis system which automatically detects malfunction. Detected malfunction is
memorized in ECU as DTC. Diagnosis information can be confirmed using CONSULT.

DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : DTC and Freeze Frame Data

INFOID:0000000006998343

NOTE:
Operate the power switch from OFF to ON. This operation is defined as 1 trip.
DTC (P0A1B, P0A8D, P0C79, etc.) is specified by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
Traction motor inverter memorizes DTC and freeze frame data when malfunction is detected.
Traction motor inverter can memorize plural DTCs but only 1 set of freeze frame data.
Freeze frame data is not updated even if a different DTC is detected in another trip. The first memorized data
is kept as freeze frame data.
The procedure to erase DTC from traction motor inverter memory is described in How to Erase DTC. Refer
to TMS-26, "CONSULT Function".

DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Counter System

INFOID:0000000006998344

Counter system counts up at every operation of power switch from OFF to ON under condition that the same
malfunction is not detected. On the other hand, if the same DTC as memorized one is detected again, the
count is reset and the counter system counts up again from 0.

CONSULT Function

INFOID:0000000006998345

APPLICATION ITEM
Item

Function

All DTC Reading

Display all DTCs or diagnostic items that all ECUs are recording and judging.

Work Support

This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately.

Self Diagnostic Results

Retrieve DTC from ECU and display diagnostic items.

Data Monitor

Monitor the input/output signal of the control unit in real time.

CAN Diagnosis

This mode displays a network diagnosis result about CAN by diagram.

CAN Diagnosis Support Monitor

It monitors the status of CAN communication.

ECU Identification

Display the ECU identification number (part number etc.) of the selected system.

WORK SUPPORT
Item

Description

RESOLVER WRITE

Performs writing of traction motor resolver offset.

CLEAR OUTPUT LIMIT REASON

Resets output limit history of traction motor and traction motor inverter.
NOTE:
Resets OUTPUT LIMIT MOTOR TEMP and OUTPUT LIMIT INV TEMP values of data
monitor.

SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS


Display Item List
Refer to TMS-35, "DTC Index".
How to Read DTC
DTC is displayed on Self Diagnostic results of CONSULT.
When DTC is currently detected, CRNT is displayed. If PAST is displayed, it shows a malfunction occurred
in the past.The trip number of drive without malfunction of concerned DTC can be confirmed with IGN
counter inside FFD.

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-26

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER)


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
How to Erase DTC
NOTE:
If the power switch is kept ON after repair operation, operate the power switch to OFF. Operate the power
switch to ON again after waiting at least 10 seconds.
1. Touch MOTOR CONTROL of CONSULT.
2. Touch Self Diagnostic Result.
3. Touch Erase. (DTC memorized in electric traction motor inverter is erased.)

IGN Counter
TMS
IGN counter is displayed in FFD. It displays the number of operations of power switch from OFF to ON after
DTC recovery to normal.
If malfunction (DTC) is currently detected, 0 is displayed.
The displayed number counts up at each operation of power switch from OFF to ON after recovery to nor- D
mal, such as 1 2 3...38 39.
When the number reaches to 40, DTC is erased.
NOTE:
E
The counter display of 40 cannot be checked.
FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)
The following vehicle status is recorded when DTC is detected and is displayed on CONSULT.
Monitored item (Unit)

Remarks

DTC
12V POWER VOLTAGE

Displays the DTC which caused FFD memory


(V)

Displays 12V battery power voltage input to traction motor inverter

CODE IN INVERTER

Displays the trouble code inside traction motor inverter

RESOLVER OFFSET VALUES (1st and


2nd symbols)

Displays 1st and 2nd symbols of traction motor resolver offset value written in
traction motor inverter

RESOLVER OFFSET VALUES (3rd


and 4th symbols)

Displays 3rd and 4th symbols of traction motor resolver offset value written in
traction motor inverter

RESOLVER OFFSET VALUES (5th and


6th symbols)

Displays 5th and 6th symbols of traction motor resolver offset value written in
traction motor inverter

RESOLVER OFFSET VALUES (7th and


8th symbols)

Displays 7th and 8th symbols of traction motor resolver offset value written in
traction motor inverter

RESOLVER OFFSET VALUES (9th and


10th symbols)

Displays 9th and 10th symbols of traction motor resolver offset value written in
traction motor inverter

VIBRATION COMMAND TORQUE

(Nm)

Displays if DTC detection mode is started

DPA REQUEST

Displays the request status of DPA


(%)

Displays the output torque limit rate

(Nm)

Displays the torque limitation (upper) signal value from VCM via EV system
CAN

TORQUE LIMIT (LOWER)

(Nm)

Displays the torque limitation (lower) signal value from VCM via EV system
CAN

MOTOR TEMPERATURE

(C or F)

Displays the temperature of traction motor

MAX MOTOR TEMPERATURE

(C or F)

Displays the highest temperature of traction motor detected

MIN MOTOR TEMPERATURE

(C or F)

Displays the lowest temperature of traction motor detected

Displays the number of times that traction motor temperature exceeds the
standard value

No. OF MOTOR OVER HEAT


INVERTER TEMPERATURE 2

(C or F)

Displays the inside temperature of traction motor inverter

MAX INV TEMPERATURE

(C or F)

Displays the highest temperature of traction motor inverter detected

MIN INV TEMPERATURE

(C or F)

Displays the lowest temperature of traction motor inverter detected

Displays the number of times that traction motor inverter temperature exceeds
the standard value

No. OF INV OVER HEAT 2

Revision: 2010 November

TORQUE LIMIT (UPPER)

INVERTER TEMPERATURE 5

Displays the vibration control torque

DIAGNOSIS START HISTORY

TORQUE LIMIT RATE

(C or F)

Displays the inside temperature of traction motor inverter

TMS-27

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER)


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
Monitored item (Unit)

Remarks

MAX INV TEMPERATURE 5

(C or F)

Displays the highest temperature of traction motor inverter detected

MIN INV TEMPERATURE 5

(C or F)

Displays the lowest temperature of traction motor inverter detected


Displays the number of times that traction motor inverter temperature exceeds
the standard value

No. OF INV OVER HEAT 5


INVERTER TEMPERATURE 4

(C or F)

Displays the inside temperature of traction motor inverter

MAX INV TEMPERATURE 4

(C or F)

Displays the highest temperature of traction motor inverter detected

MIN INV TEMPERATURE 4

(C or F)

Displays the lowest temperature of traction motor inverter detected


Displays the number of times that traction motor inverter temperature exceeds
the standard value

No. OF INV OVER HEAT 4


INVERTER TEMPERATURE 1

(C or F)

Displays the inside temperature of traction motor inverter

INVERTER TEMPERATURE 3

(C or F)

Displays the inside temperature of traction motor inverter

INV INPUT HIGH VOLTAGE

(V)

Displays high voltage input to traction motor inverter

Li-ion BAT TOTAL VOLTAGE

(V)

Displays the Li-ion battery voltage from Li-ion battery controller via EV system
CAN

COMMAND TORQUE

(Nm)

Displays the torque command value from VCM via EV system CAN

INSIDE COMMAND TORQUE

(Nm)

Displays the torque command value in motor controller

MOTOR SPEED

(rpm)

Displays the traction motor speed

COMMAND MTR d CURRENT

(A)

Displays the command value of current (d-axis) of traction motor

MOTOR d CURRENT

(A)

Displays the detected value of current (d-axis) of traction motor

COMMAND MTR q CURRENT

(A)

Displays the command value of current (q-axis) of traction motor

MOTOR q CURRENT

(A)

Displays the detected value of current (q-axis) of traction motor

COMMAND MTR d VOLTAGE

(V)

Displays the command value of voltage (d-axis) of traction motor

COMMAND MTR q VOLTAGE

(V)

Displays the command value of voltage (q-axis) of traction motor

3 PHASE SUM

(A)

Displays the sum of detected values of current (U-phase, V-phase, and Wphase) of traction motor

U PHASE CURRENT

(A)

Displays the U-phase current detected value

V PHASE CURRENT

(A)

Displays the V-phase current detected value

W PHASE CURRENT

(A)

Displays the W-phase current detected value

PHASE ANGLE

(deg)

Displays the turning angle position of rotor

SEQUENCE MODE

Displays the sequence number in motor controller

CARRIER FREQUENCY

Displays the carrier frequency

IGBT HIGH TEMP DETECT

Displays the status of high temperature detection of IGBT

FAIL-SAFE STATUS

Displays the fail safe status of traction motor inverter

DISCHARGE STATUS

Displays that high voltage circuit is under discharge

MOTOR CONTROL STATUS

Displays the set status of traction motor control

CHARGE JUDGE

Displays the charge status of high voltage circuit

CHARGE PERMIT

Displays the charge permission status

RESTART

Displays the restart status of traction motor inverter

HIGH VOLTAGE SUPPLY

Displays the high voltage supply status from VCM via EV system CAN

START/STOP REQUEST

Displays the start/stop request status from VCM via EV system CAN

CHARGE RELAY READY REQ

Displays the start request status of charge judgement of high voltage circuit
from VCM via EV system CAN

SHIFT POSITION (VCM)

Displays the shift position from VCM via EV system CAN

SHIFT POSITION (E-SHIFT)

Displays the shift position from electric shift control module via EV system
CAN

PWM OFF REQUEST

Displays the pulse signal off request status from VCM via EV system CAN

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-28

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER)


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
Monitored item (Unit)

Remarks

SYSTEM CUT OFF COMPLETE

Displays the system cut off status from VCM via EV system CAN

DISCHARGE REQUEST

Displays the discharge request status from VCM via EV system CAN

VIBRATION CONT REQUEST

Displays the vibration control switching request status from VCM via EV system CAN

DIAG PROHIBIT

Displays the CAN diagnosis inhibition status from VCM via EV system CAN

WAKE UP SLEEP COMMAND

Displays the wake up/sleep request status from VCM via EV system CAN

TMS

DATA MONITOR
Monitored item (Unit)

Remarks

NUMBER OF DTC

Displays the number of DTCs detected

MOTOR TEMPERATURE

(C or F)

Displays the temperature of traction motor

INVERTER TEMPERATURE 2

(C or F)

Displays the inside temperature of traction motor inverter

INVERTER TEMPERATURE 4

(C or F)

Displays the inside temperature of traction motor inverter

12V POWER VOLTAGE

(V)

Displays 12V battery power voltage input to traction motor inverter

INV INPUT HIGH VOLTAGE

(V)

Displays high voltage input to traction motor inverter

COMMAND TORQUE

(Nm)

Displays the torque command value from VCM via EV system CAN

MOTOR SPEED

(rpm)

Displays the traction motor speed

SEQUENCE MODE

Displays the sequence number in motor controller

OUTPUT LIMIT MOTOR TEMP

Displays presence of output limit due to traction motor temperature increase


after last deletion of output limit history
Values can be reset using CLEAR OUTPUT LIMIT REASON of work support

OUTPUT LIMIT INV TEMP

Displays presence of output limit due to temperature increase inside traction


motor inverter after last deletion of output limit history
Values can be reset using CLEAR OUTPUT LIMIT REASON of work support

CARRIER FREQUENCY

Displays the carrier frequency

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-29

LEAF

http://vnx.su

TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION


TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER
Reference Value

INFOID:0000000006998346

CONSULT DATA MONITOR STANDARD VALUE


Monitor item

Condition

READY (stop the vehicle)

During driving

The value changes along with acceleration/deceleration.

READY (stop the vehicle)

Almost same as coolant temperature after temperature saturation. [approximately within 10 C (50 F) of coolant
temperature]

During driving

The value changes along with acceleration/deceleration.

READY (stop the vehicle)

Almost same as coolant temperature after temperature saturation. [approximately within 10 C (50 F) of coolant
temperature]

During driving

The value changes along with acceleration/deceleration.

MOTOR TEMPERATURE

INVERTER TEMPERATURE 2

INVERTER TEMPERATURE 4

12V POWER VOLTAGE

Power switch ON

INV INPUT HIGH VOLTAGE

READY (stop the vehicle) and during driving

COMMAND TORQUE

During driving

9 16 V

SEQUENCE MODE
OUTPUT LIMIT MOTOR TEMP

OUTPUT LIMIT INV TEMP


CARRIER FREQUENCY

240 403 V
The value changes along with acceleration/deceleration.

READY (stop the vehicle)


MOTOR SPEED

Value / Status (Approx.)


Almost same as coolant temperature after temperature saturation. [approximately within 10 C (50 F) of coolant
temperature]

0 rpm
The value changes along with acceleration/deceleration.

During driving
READY (stop the vehicle)
When the vehicle has history of output limit
When output limit is reset
When the vehicle has history of output limit

11
Yes
None
Yes

When output limit is reset

None

READY (stop the vehicle)

5k

TERMINAL LAYOUT

JPCIA0071ZZ

PHYSICAL VALUES
CAUTION:
Revision: 2010 November

TMS-30

LEAF

http://vnx.su

TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Check them with vehicle side harness connector, removing traction motor inverter connector. Never
touch terminals of traction motor inverter side connector at this operation.
If power switch is pushed ON with traction motor inverter connector removed, other control modules
might detect malfunction of traction motor inverter.

Terminal No.
(Color)

Description
Condition

Value (Approx.)

Signal name

Input/
Output

1
(B)

6
(W)

Traction motor resolver


signal (S1 S3)

Input

2
(B)

Ground

Ground

4
(G)

Ground

Power supply (BAT)

8
(B)

Ground

Ground

10
(G)

Ground

Power supply (BAT)

12
(L)

EV system CAN-H

Input/
Output

19
(G)

EV system CAN-L

Input/
Output

20
(L)

27
(P)

Traction motor resolver


signal (S2 S4)

TMS
27 49

Power switch OFF

Input

Always

0V

Power switch ON

9 16 V

Always

0V

Power switch ON

9 16 V

27 49

Power switch OFF

Within 50% of temperature characteristics diagram

J
31
(O)

32
(B/P)

Traction Motor Temperature Sensor

Input

Power switch OFF

JPCIA0030GB

33
(LG)

Ground

34
(R)

35
(G)

Power supply (IGN)


Traction motor resolver
signal (R1 R2)

Output

Power switch ON

9 16 V

Power switch OFF

0V

Power switch OFF

13 23

Fail-Safe
Vehicle behavior

P0A1B

Either of following status is observed.


No impact to vehicle behavior
Stops drive control of traction motor
Stops drive control of traction motor, and requires system main relay OFF to VCM
Limits the maximum torque of traction motor to 10%

P0A2C

Limits the maximum torque of traction motor to 40%

P0A2D

Limits the maximum torque of traction motor to 40%

P0A2F

Stops drive control of traction motor

P0A3C

Stops drive control of traction motor

Revision: 2010 November

INFOID:0000000006998347

DTC

TMS-31

LEAF

http://vnx.su

TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
DTC

Vehicle behavior

P0A3F

Stops drive control of traction motor

P0A44

Stops drive control of traction motor

P0A78

Stops drive control of traction motor

P0A8D

Stops drive control of traction motor, and requires system main relay OFF to VCM

P0AEF

Stops drive control of traction motor

P0AF0

Stops drive control of traction motor

P0BE6

Stops drive control of traction motor

P0BEA

Stops drive control of traction motor

P0BEE

Stops drive control of traction motor

P0BFD

Stops drive control of traction motor

P0C79

Stops drive control of traction motor, and requires system main relay OFF to VCM

P318E

It can stop the drive control of traction motor

P3193

P3197

Either of following status is observed.


Stops drive control of traction motor
Limits the maximum torque of traction motor to 0%

P3199

It can stop the drive control of traction motor

P319E

P31A2

Either of following status is observed.


Stops drive control of traction motor
Limits the maximum torque of traction motor to 0%

P31A4

It can stop the drive control of traction motor

P31A9

P31AD

Either of following status is observed.


Stops drive control of traction motor
Limits the maximum torque of traction motor to 0%

P3240

Stops drive control of traction motor

P3241

Stops drive control of traction motor

P3244

P3245

P3246

Stops drive control of traction motor, and requires system main relay OFF to VCM

P3247

Stops drive control of traction motor

P3248

Stops drive control of traction motor, and requires system main relay OFF to VCM

P3249

Stops drive control of traction motor, and requires system main relay OFF to VCM

P324A

Stops drive control of traction motor, and requires system main relay OFF to VCM

P324D

Stops drive control of traction motor, and requires system main relay OFF to VCM

P324F

Stops drive control of traction motor, and requires system main relay OFF to VCM

P3252

Limits the maximum torque of traction motor to 50%

P325A

P325B

P325C

P325D

Limits the maximum torque of traction motor to 10%

P325E

P325F

U1000

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-32

LEAF

http://vnx.su

TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >

Protection Control

INFOID:0000000006998348

When temperature of traction motor inverter or traction motor components rises, the traction motor inverter
temporarily enters a protective control state in order to protect the system. It automatically returns to the normal status if the safety is secured.
Condition
Traction motor is overheated
IGBT high temperatures seen
when traction motor speed is
extremely low

Navigation display

Control

Exists

Traction motor output torque is limited according to the traction motor temperature.

Traction motor temperature


drops

IGBT switching frequency is reduced.


NOTE:
Traction motor electromagnetic noise increases.

IGBT temperature drops


Traction motor speed increases

Does not exist

Normal return condition

TMS

IGBT is overheated

Exists

Traction motor output torque is limited according to the IGBT temperature.

IGBT temperature drops

Smoothing condenser is overheated

Exists

Traction motor output torque is limited according to the smoothing condenser temperature.

Smoothing condenser temperature drops

DTC Inspection Priority Chart

INFOID:0000000006998349

If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the priority as per thefollowing list.

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-33

LEAF

http://vnx.su

TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Priority

Detected items (DTC)

Reference

P0A2C DRIVE MOTOR A TEMP SENSOR

TMS-46

P0A2D DRIVE MOTOR A TEMP SENSOR

TMS-48

P0A2F DRIVE MOTOR A OVER TEMPERATURE

TMS-50

P0A3C DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER OVER TEMP

TMS-54

P0A3F DRIVE MOTOR A POSITION SENSOR

TMS-55

P0A44 DRIVE MOTOR A OVER SPEED

TMS-58

P0A78 DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER

TMS-61

P0A8D 14VOLT POWER VOLTAGE

TMS-62

P0AEF DRIVE MOTOR INVERTER TEMP SEN A

TMS-63

P0AF0 DRIVE MOTOR INVERTER TEMP SEN A

TMS-64

P0C79 DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER VOLTAGE

TMS-69

P318E CAN ERROR

TMS-71

P3193 CAN ERROR

TMS-72

P3197 CAN ERROR

TMS-73

P3199 CAN ERROR

TMS-74

P319E CAN ERROR

TMS-75

P31A2 CAN ERROR

TMS-76

P31A4 CAN ERROR

TMS-77

P31A9 CAN ERROR

TMS-78

P31AD CAN ERROR

TMS-79

P3241 DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER CRNT CONT

TMS-83

P3244 DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER

TMS-85

P3245 DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER

TMS-87

P3246 DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER VOLTAGE

TMS-88

P3247 DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER

TMS-90

P3248 DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER

TMS-91

P3249 DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER

TMS-92

P324A DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER VOLTAGE

TMS-93

P324D DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER IGBT

TMS-95

P3252 DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER IGBT

TMS-102

P325A CAN ERROR

TMS-103

P325B DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER

TMS-104

P325C DRIVE MOTOR A POSITION

TMS-105

P325D DRIVE MOTOR A POSITION

TMS-106

P325E DRIVE MOTOR A POSITION

TMS-107

P325F DRIVE MOTOR A POSITION

TMS-108

U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT

TMS-109

P0A1B DRIVE MOTOR A CONTROL MODULE

TMS-45

P0BE6 D-MOTOR A PHASE U CURRENT SEN

TMS-65

P0BEA D-MOTOR A PHASE V CURRENT SEN

TMS-66

P0BEE D-MOTOR A PHASE W CURRENT SEN

TMS-67

P0BFD D-MOTOR A PHASE UVW CURRENT SEN

TMS-68

P3240 DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER CRNT CONT

TMS-80

P324F DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER IGBT

TMS-98

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-34

LEAF

http://vnx.su

TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >

DTC Index

INFOID:0000000006998350

NOTE:
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the priority as per the
following list. Refer to TMS-33, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart".
DTC*

Items
(CONSULT screen terms)

CONSULT
P0A1B

DRIVE MOTOR A CONTROL MODULE

P0A2C
P0A2D

EV system warning lamp

Reference

TMS
Can illuminate

TMS-45

DRIVE MOTOR A TEMP SENSOR

TMS-46

DRIVE MOTOR A TEMP SENSOR

TMS-48

P0A2F

DRIVE MOTOR A OVER TEMPERATURE

ON

TMS-50

P0A3C

DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER OVER TEMP

ON

TMS-54

P0A3F

DRIVE MOTOR A POSITION SENSOR

ON

TMS-55

P0A44

DRIVE MOTOR A OVER SPEED

ON

TMS-58

P0A78

DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER

ON

TMS-61

P0A8D

14VOLT POWER VOLTAGE

ON

TMS-62

P0AEF

DRIVE MOTOR INVERTER TEMP SEN A

ON

TMS-63

P0AF0

DRIVE MOTOR INVERTER TEMP SEN A

ON

TMS-64

P0BE6

D-MOTOR A PHASE U CURRENT SEN

ON

TMS-65

P0BEA

D-MOTOR A PHASE V CURRENT SEN

ON

TMS-66

P0BEE

D-MOTOR A PHASE W CURRENT SEN

ON

TMS-67

P0BFD

D-MOTOR A PHASE UVW CURRENT SEN

ON

TMS-68

P0C79

DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER VOLTAGE

ON

TMS-69

P318E

CAN ERROR

Can illuminate

TMS-71

P3193

CAN ERROR

TMS-72

P3197

CAN ERROR

Can illuminate

TMS-73

P3199

CAN ERROR

Can illuminate

TMS-74

P319E

CAN ERROR

TMS-75

P31A2

CAN ERROR

Can illuminate

TMS-76

P31A4

CAN ERROR

Can illuminate

TMS-77

P31A9

CAN ERROR

TMS-78

P31AD

CAN ERROR

Can illuminate

TMS-79

P3240

DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER CRNT CONT

ON

TMS-80

P3241

DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER CRNT CONT

ON

TMS-83

P3244

DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER

TMS-85

P3245

DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER

TMS-87

P3246

DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER VOLTAGE

ON

TMS-88

P3247

DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER

ON

TMS-90

P3248

DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER

ON

TMS-91

P3249

DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER

ON

TMS-92

P324A

DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER VOLTAGE

ON

TMS-93

P324D

DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER IGBT

ON

TMS-95

P324F

DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER IGBT

TMS-98

P3252

DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER IGBT

TMS-102

P325A

CAN ERROR

TMS-103

P325B

DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER

TMS-104

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-35

LEAF

http://vnx.su

TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
DTC*

Items
(CONSULT screen terms)

CONSULT

EV system warning lamp

Reference

P325C

DRIVE MOTOR A POSITION

ON

TMS-105

P325D

DRIVE MOTOR A POSITION

TMS-106

P325E

DRIVE MOTOR A POSITION

TMS-107

P325F

DRIVE MOTOR A POSITION

TMS-108

U1000

CAN COMM CIRCUIT

TMS-109

*: These numbers are prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-36

LEAF

http://vnx.su

TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER


< WIRING DIAGRAM >

WIRING DIAGRAM

TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER


Wiring Diagram

INFOID:0000000006998351

TMS

JCCWA0041GB

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-37

LEAF

http://vnx.su

TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER


< WIRING DIAGRAM >

JCCWA0042GB

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-38

LEAF

http://vnx.su

TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER


< WIRING DIAGRAM >
A

TMS

O
JCCWA0043GB

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-39

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW


< BASIC INSPECTION >

BASIC INSPECTION
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
Work Flow

INFOID:0000000006998352

1.OBTAIN INFORMATION ABOUT SYMPTOM


Refer to TMS-41, "Question sheet" and interview the customer to obtain the malfunction information (conditions and environment when the malfunction occurred) as much as possible when the customer brings in the
vehicle.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC
1.
2.
-

Before checking the malfunction, check whether any DTC exists.


If DTC exists, perform the following operations.
Record the DTC and freeze frame data. (Print out the data using CONSULT and affix them to the Work
Order Sheet.)
Erase DTCs.
Check the relationship between the cause that is clarified with DTC and the malfunction information
described by the customer.
3. Check the information of related service bulletins and others also.
Do malfunction information and DTC exist?
Malfunction information and DTC exists. >>GO TO 3.
Malfunction information exists, but no DTC. >>GO TO 4.
No malfunction information, but DTC exists. >>GO TO 5.

3.REPRODUCE MALFUNCTION SYMPTOM


Check any malfunction described by a customer, except those with DTC on the vehicle.
Also investigate whether the symptom is a fail-safe or normal operation. Refer to TMS-31, "Fail-Safe".
When a malfunction symptom is reproduced, the question sheet is effective. Refer to TMS-41, "Question
sheet".
Verify the relationship between the symptom and the conditions in which the malfunction described by the customer occurs.
>> GO TO 5.

4.REPRODUCE MALFUNCTION SYMPTOM


Check the malfunction described by the customer on the vehicle.
Also investigate whether the symptom is a normal operation. Refer to TMS-33, "Protection Control".
When a malfunction symptom is reproduced, the question sheet is effective. Refer to TMS-41, "Question
sheet".
Verify the relationship between the symptom and the conditions in which the malfunction described by the customer occurs.
>> GO TO 7.

5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE of the appropriate DTC to check if DTC is detected again.
Refer to TMS-33, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" when multiple DTCs are detected, and then determine the
order for performing the diagnosis.
NOTE:
If no DTC is detected, refer to the freeze frame data.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> Check according to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".

6.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PARTS


Revision: 2010 November

TMS-40

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW


< BASIC INSPECTION >
Repair or replace the detected malfunctioning parts.
Reconnect parts or connector after repairing or replacing, and then erase DTC if necessary.

>> GO TO 7.

7.FINAL CHECK

Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again to make sure that the repair is correctly performed.
Check that malfunctions are not reproduced when obtaining the malfunction information from the customer,
TMS
referring to the symptom inspection result in step 3 or 4.
Is DTC or malfunction symptom reproduced?
YES >> GO TO 2.
D
NO
>> Before delivering the vehicle to the customer, make sure that DTC is erased.

Question sheet

INFOID:0000000006998353

DESCRIPTION
By understanding those conditions properly, a quick and exact diagnosis can be achieved.
In general, customers have their own criteria for a problem. Therefore, it is important to understand the symptom and status well
enough by asking the customer about the concerns carefully. In
order to systemize all the information for the diagnosis, prepare the
question sheet referring to the question points.

H
SEF907L

WORKSHEET SAMPLE
Question Sheet
Customer name
MR/MS

Symptoms

Motor No.

Inverter No.

Incident Date

VIN

Model & Year

In Service Date

Trans.

Mileage

K
km/mile

Does not to READY

EV system warning lamp is on

Power limitation indicator


lamp is on

Water leak*

Noise*

Vibration*

Shock*

Gear noise*

Non driving*

Poor acceleration*

Poor torque*

Radio noise*

Does not charge

Other*

*: If applied, enter in detail

Detailed symptom

N
Onomatopoeia

Frequency

All the time

Weather
conditions

Not affected

Once

Sometimes (

times a day)

Weather

Fine

Clouding

Raining

Snowing

Other (

Temp.

Hot

Warm

Cool

Cold

Temp. [Approx.
(
F)]

Humidity

High

Middle

Low

Humidity (Approx.

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-41

Other

)
C

%)

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW


< BASIC INSPECTION >
Question Sheet
Road conditions

Not affected

In town

Freeway

Flat road

While turning (Right / Left)

Bump

R position

D position

Deplorable
road

Off road (Up / Down)

Other
Shift position

Not affected
P position

Driving conditions

N position

ECO mode

Not affected
Power switch ON OFF

Power switch OFF ON

READY (stop the vehicle)

While cruising

Just before
stopping

D position (stop the vehicle)

While decelerating

While recharging
Vehicle speed [

Just after stopping

Other
km/h (

MPH)]

Accelerator pedal (

/ 8)

Battery level (Low / Middle / High)


Moments when malfunction disappears

Disappears while driving

Disappears when stopped

Disappears with select operation

Disappears when power switch


is pushed OFF

Disappears when battery charge is


stopped

Does not disappear

Other
Other

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-42

LEAF

http://vnx.su

RESOLVER WRITE
< BASIC INSPECTION >

RESOLVER WRITE

Description

INFOID:0000000006998354

If the work listed below was performed, it is necessary to perform writing of the traction motor resolver offset to B
the traction motor inverter.
Replacement of traction motor
Replacement of traction motor inverter
TMS
Replacement of traction motor and traction motor inverter

Location of traction motor resolver offset stamp


NOTE:
Because the traction motor resolver offset stamp is located on the lower side of the traction motor, it is necessary to remove the under cover in order to check it.

I
JPCIA0041ZZ

Work Procedure

INFOID:0000000006998355

CAUTION:
If the traction motor inverter was replaced, then the EV system warning lamp illuminates when the
power switch is turned ON, and DTC P325C is detected. Therefore after writing of the traction motor
resolver offset is completed, verify that the EV system warning lamp has turned off and erase DTC
P325C.

1.CHECK BEFORE PERFORMING WRITING OF THE TRACTION MOTOR RESOLVER OFFSET

Check the replaced parts.


Which parts were replaced?
Traction motor>>GO TO 2.
Traction motor inverter>>GO TO 3.
Traction motor and traction motor inverter>>GO TO 3.

2.WRITING OF THE TRACTION MOTOR RESOLVER OFFSET


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON.
2. Select Work Support in MOTOR CONTROL.
3. Select RESOLVER WRITE.
4. Enter the traction motor resolver offset.
5. Touch WRITE.
Is Writing is completedisplayed?
YES >> 1. Power switch OFF.
2. Power switch ON and wait 2 seconds or more.
3. Power switch OFF to complete the work.
NO
>> Perform again STEP 2.

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-43

LEAF

http://vnx.su

RESOLVER WRITE
< BASIC INSPECTION >

3.WRITING OF THE TRACTION MOTOR RESOLVER OFFSET


With CONSULT
Power switch ON.
NOTE:
EV system warning lamp turns on.
2. Select Work Support in MOTOR CONTROL.
3. Select RESOLVER WRITE.
4. Enter the traction motor resolver offset.
5. Touch WRITE.
Is Writing is completedisplayed?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Perform again STEP 3.
1.

4.STEPS AFTER WRITING OF THE TRACTION MOTOR RESOLVER OFFSET


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

With CONSULT
Power switch OFF.
Power switch ON and wait 2 seconds or more.
Verify that the EV system warning lamp is off.
Select Work Support in MOTOR CONTROL.
Select RESOLVER WRITE.
Confirm the value is changed according to the correction value input.
Perform Self Diagnostic Results in MOTOR CONTROL.
Erase the DTC P325C.
Power switch OFF.
>> END

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-44

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0A1B DRIVE MOTOR A CONTROL MODULE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS

P0A1B DRIVE MOTOR A CONTROL MODULE


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006998356

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


TMS
DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

Malfunction detected condition

P0A1B

Drive Motor A Control Module

A malfunction is detected in the traction motor inverter (motor controller)

Possible causes
Traction motor inverter

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING

If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always power switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
F

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION

With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC.
Is P0A1B detected?
YES >> Go to TMS-45, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

I
INFOID:0000000006998357

1.REPLACE TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER

Replace the traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-115, "Removal and Installation".
K

>> END

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-45

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0A2C DRIVE MOTOR A TEMP SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P0A2C DRIVE MOTOR A TEMP SENSOR


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006998358

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

Malfunction detected condition

P0A2C

Drive Motor A Temperature Sensor Circuit Low

If the value detected for the traction motor


temperature is too low

Possible causes
Harness or connectors
(Each circuit is open or shorted.)
Traction motor
Traction motor Inverter

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always power switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC.
Is P0A2C detected?
YES >> Go to TMS-46, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006998359

1.CHECK TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER HARNESS CONNECTOR


1. Power switch OFF.
2. Check the connection conditions of the traction motor inverter harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

2.CHECK TRACTION MOTOR HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the connection conditions of the traction motor harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3.CHECK TRACTION MOTOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT


1.
2.

Disconnect the traction motor inverter harness connector.


Check the resistance between traction motor inverter vehicle side harness connector terminals and
ground.
Traction motor inverter vehicle side harness connector
Connector
F13

Terminal
31
32

Ground

Resistance

Ground

200 k or more

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-46

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0A2C DRIVE MOTOR A TEMP SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

4. CHECK TRACTION MOTOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT


1.
2.

Traction motor inverter vehicle side harness connector


Connector

Traction motor vehicle side harness connector

Terminal

Connector

31

F13

3.

Disconnect the traction motor harness connector.


Check the resistance between traction motor inverter vehicle side harness connector terminals and traction motor vehicle side harness connector terminals.

F14

32

Resistance

TMS

Terminal
4

1 or less

Check the harness for short.

Traction motor inverter vehicle side harness connector


Connector

Traction motor vehicle side harness connector

Terminal

Connector

31

F13

F14

32

E
Resistance

Terminal
3

100 k or more

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

5.CHECK TRACTION MOTOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Check the traction motor temperature sensor. Refer to TMS-47, "Component Inspection (Traction Motor Temperature Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-115, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Replace the traction motor. Refer to TMS-123, "Removal and Installation".

Component Inspection (Traction Motor Temperature Sensor)

INFOID:0000000006998360

1. CHECK TRACTION MOTOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR


K

Check the resistance between traction motor connector terminals.


Traction motor connector

Resistance

Terminal

Within 50% of temperature characteristics diagram

N
3

JPCIA0030GB

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace the traction motor due to malfunction in the traction motor temperature sensor. Refer to
TMS-123, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-47

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0A2D DRIVE MOTOR A TEMP SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P0A2D DRIVE MOTOR A TEMP SENSOR


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006998361

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

Malfunction detected condition

P0A2D

Drive Motor A Temperature Sensor Circuit High

If the value detected for the traction motor


temperature is too high

Possible causes
Harness or connectors
(Each circuit is open or shorted.)
Traction motor
Traction motor Inverter

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always power switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC.
Is P0A2D detected?
YES >> Go to TMS-48, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006998362

1.CHECK TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER HARNESS CONNECTOR


1. Power switch OFF.
2. Check the connection conditions of the traction motor inverter harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

2.CHECK TRACTION MOTOR HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the connection conditions of the traction motor harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3.CHECK TRACTION MOTOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT


1.
2.

Disconnect the traction motor inverter harness connector.


Check the resistance between traction motor inverter vehicle side harness connector terminals and
ground.
Traction motor inverter vehicle side harness connector
Connector
F13

Terminal
31
32

Ground

Resistance

Ground

200 k or more

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-48

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0A2D DRIVE MOTOR A TEMP SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

4. CHECK TRACTION MOTOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT


1.
2.

Traction motor inverter vehicle side harness connector


Connector

Traction motor vehicle side harness connector

Terminal

Connector

31

F13

3.

Disconnect the traction motor harness connector.


Check the resistance between traction motor inverter vehicle side harness connector terminals and traction motor vehicle side harness connector terminals.

F14

32

Resistance

TMS

Terminal
4

1 or less

Check the harness for short.

Traction motor inverter vehicle side harness connector


Connector

Traction motor vehicle side harness connector

Terminal

Connector

31

F13

F14

32

E
Resistance

Terminal
3

100 k or more

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

5.CHECK TRACTION MOTOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Check the traction motor temperature sensor. Refer to TMS-49, "Component Inspection (Traction Motor Temperature Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-115, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Replace the traction motor. Refer to TMS-123, "Removal and Installation".

Component Inspection (Traction Motor Temperature Sensor)

INFOID:0000000006998363

1. CHECK TRACTION MOTOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR


K

Check the resistance between traction motor connector terminals.


Traction motor connector

Resistance

Terminal

Within 50% of temperature characteristics diagram

N
3

JPCIA0030GB

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace the traction motor due to malfunction in the traction motor temperature sensor. Refer to
TMS-123, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-49

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0A2F DRIVE MOTOR A OVER TEMPERATURE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P0A2F DRIVE MOTOR A OVER TEMPERATURE


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006998364

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

Malfunction detected condition

P0A2F

Drive Motor A Over Temperature

If traction motor temperature is too high

Possible causes
Traction motor inverter
Traction motor
High voltage cooling system

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always power switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
1. Set the vehicle to READY and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Drive during 20 minutes for warm-up.
3. Repeat driving of 0 km/h (0 MPH) 60 km/h (37 MPH) with full acceleration 10 times without interval.
4. Stop the vehicle.
5. Check DTC.
Is P0A2F detected?
YES >> Go to TMS-50, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006998365

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective equipment consisting of glove, shoes and glasses/face shield
before beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
Refer to GI-32, "High Voltage Precautions".
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while the
service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed to do
so in the Service Manual.

1.CHECK DTC HIGH VOLTAGE COOLING SYSTEM


1. Power switch ON and wait 10 seconds or more.
2. Perform Self Diagnostic Results in EV/HEV.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check DTC detected item. Refer to EVC-78, "DTC Index".
Revision: 2010 November

TMS-50

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0A2F DRIVE MOTOR A OVER TEMPERATURE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK COOLANT WATER

Check the coolant level and check for coolant leakage. Refer to HCO-9, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3.CHECK COOLANT HOSE

TMS

Check for clogging of fluid paths and twisting of hoses in traction motor inverter, traction motor, DC/DC-J/B,
and on board charger. Refer to HCO-5, "High Voltage Cooling System".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4.PRECONDITIONING

WARNING:
Shut off high voltage circuit. Refer to GI-31, "How to Cut Off High Voltage".
Check the voltage in high voltage circuit. (Check that condenser are discharged.)
1. Disconnect the high voltage connector from front side of Li-ion battery. Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and
Installation".
DANGER:
Touching high voltage components without using the appropriate protective equipment will
cause electrocution.

2.

Measure voltage between high voltage harness terminals.


DANGER:

Touching high voltage components without using the


appropriate protective equipment will cause electrocution.

Standard

: 5 V or less

CAUTION:
For voltage measurements, use a tester which can measure to 500V or higher.

JSAIA1362ZZ

>> GO TO 5.

5.CHECK TRACTION MOTOR INSULATION RESISTANCE

CAUTION:
Unlike the ordinary tester, the insulation resistance tester applies 500V when measuring. If used incorrectly, there is the danger of electric shock. If used in the vehicle 12V system, there is the danger of
damage to electronic devices. Read the insulation resistance tester instruction manual carefully and
be sure to work safely.
1. Disconnect the 3-phase harness from the traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-115, "Removal and Installation".
2. Using an insulation resistance tester (500V range), measure the resistance according to the value in the
table below.
CAUTION:
Be sure to set the insulation resistance tester to 500V when performing this test. Using a setting
higher than 500V can result in damage to the component being inspected.
NOTE:

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-51

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0A2F DRIVE MOTOR A OVER TEMPERATURE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
As each harness (U-phase, V-phase, and W-phase) contacts to each other inside the traction motor,
check resistance of a phase.
3-phase harness
Terminal

Ground

Resistance

Ground

10 M or more

U-phase
V-phase
W-phase

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> Remove the traction motor. Refer to TMS-123, "Removal and Installation".

6.CHECK TRACTION MOTOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR


Check the traction motor temperature sensor. Refer to TMS-52, "Component Inspection (Traction Motor Temperature Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> Remove the traction motor. Refer to TMS-123, "Removal and Installation".

7.CHECK RESISTANCE OF TRACTION MOTOR STATOR COIL


Check the resistance of traction motor stator coil. Refer to TMS-52, "Component Inspection (Traction Motor
Stator Coil)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> 1. Replace the traction motor. Refer to TMS-123, "Removal and Installation".
2. If DTC "P0A2F" is still detected after traction motor replacement, replace the traction motor
inverter. Refer to TMS-115, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Replace the traction motor. Refer to TMS-123, "Removal and Installation".

Component Inspection (Traction Motor Temperature Sensor)

INFOID:0000000006998366

1. CHECK TRACTION MOTOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR


Check the resistance between traction motor connector terminals.
Traction motor connector

Resistance

Terminal

Within 50% of temperature characteristics diagram

JPCIA0030GB

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace the traction motor due to malfunction in the traction motor temperature sensor. Refer to
TMS-123, "Removal and Installation".

Component Inspection (Traction Motor Stator Coil)

INFOID:0000000006998367

1.CHECK RESISTANCE OF TRACTION MOTOR STATOR COIL


Revision: 2010 November

TMS-52

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0A2F DRIVE MOTOR A OVER TEMPERATURE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Using a milliohmmeter and check the resistance traction motor stator coil.
CAUTION:
As resistance of stator coil is affected by temperature, check it at least 8 hour after removal of service
plug.

3-phase harness

Resistance*

Terminal
U-phase

V-phase

V-phase

W-phase

W-phase

U-phase

TMS
11.6 14.3 m

*: The value is at 20 C (68 F). Calculate the resistance standard value based on actual ambient temperature
at operation based on the below calculation formula.

Calculating formula

R20=R/[1+ 0.00393 (T20)]


- R20: Resistance value (m) at 20 C (68 F)
- R: Resistance value (m) at actual ambient temperature at operation
- T: Actual ambient temperature [C (F)] at operation
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace the traction motor due to malfunction in the stator coil. Refer to TMS-123, "Removal and
Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-53

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0A3C DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER OVER TEMP


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P0A3C DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER OVER TEMP


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006998368

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

Malfunction detected condition

P0A3C

Drive Motor A Inverter Over Temperature

If smoothing condenser temperature is too


high

Possible causes
Traction motor inverter
High voltage cooling system

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always power switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
1. Set the vehicle to READY and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Drive during 20 minutes for warm-up.
3. Repeat driving of 0 km/h (0 MPH) 60 km/h (37 MPH) with full acceleration 10 times without interval.
4. Stop the vehicle.
5. Check DTC.
Is P0A3C detected?
YES >> Go to TMS-54, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006998369

1.CHECK DTC HIGH VOLTAGE COOLING SYSTEM


1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Perform Self Diagnostic Results in EV/HEV.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check DTC detected item. Refer to EVC-78, "DTC Index".
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK COOLANT WATER


Check the coolant level and check for coolant leakage. Refer to HCO-9, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3.CHECK COOLANT HOSE


Check for clogging of fluid paths and twisting of hoses in traction motor inverter, traction motor, DC/DC-J/B,
and on board charger. Refer to HCO-5, "High Voltage Cooling System".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-115, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-54

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0A3F DRIVE MOTOR A POSITION SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P0A3F DRIVE MOTOR A POSITION SENSOR

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006998370

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

P0A3F

Trouble diagnosis name

Drive Motor A Position Sensor


Circuit

B
Malfunction detected condition

Possible causes

If there is an abnormality in the traction motor


resolver detection circuit

Harness or connectors
(Each circuit is open or shorted.)
Traction motor
Traction motor inverter

TMS

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always power switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC.
Is P0A3F detected?
YES >> Go to TMS-55, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006998371

1.CHECK TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER HARNESS CONNECTOR


K

1. Power switch OFF.


2. Check the connection conditions of the traction motor inverter harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

2.CHECK TRACTION MOTOR HARNESS CONNECTOR

Check the connection conditions of the traction motor harness connector.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3.CHECK TRACTION MOTOR RESOLVER CIRCUIT


1.
2.

Disconnect the traction motor inverter harness connector.


Check the resistance between traction motor inverter vehicle side harness connector terminals and
ground.

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-55

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0A3F DRIVE MOTOR A POSITION SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Traction motor inverter vehicle side harness connector
Connector

Terminal

Ground

Resistance

Ground

100 k or more

1
6
20

F13

27
34
35

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4. CHECK TRACTION MOTOR RESOLVER CIRCUIT


1.
2.

Disconnect the traction motor harness connector.


Check the resistance between traction motor inverter vehicle side harness connector terminals and traction motor vehicle side harness connector terminals.

Traction motor inverter vehicle side harness connector


Connector

Terminal

3.

Connector

8
7

F14

27

Resistance

Terminal

20

F13

Traction motor vehicle side harness connector

34

35

1 or less

Check the harness for short.


Traction motor inverter vehicle side harness connector
Connector

F13

Resistance

Terminal
1

20

27

34

35

100 k or more

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

5.CHECK TRACTION MOTOR RESOLVER


Check the traction motor resolver. Refer to TMS-56, "Component Inspection (Traction Motor Resolver)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-115, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Replace the traction motor. Refer to TMS-123, "Removal and Installation".

Component Inspection (Traction Motor Resolver)

INFOID:0000000006998372

1.CHECK TRACTION MOTOR RESOLVER


1.
2.

Disconnect the traction motor connector.


Check the resistance between traction motor connector terminals.

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-56

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0A3F DRIVE MOTOR A POSITION SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Traction motor connector

Resistance

Terminal
1

27 49

13 23

27 49

Is the inspection result normal?


TMS
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace the traction motor due to malfunction in the traction motor resolver. Refer to TMS-123,
"Removal and Installation".
D

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-57

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0A44 DRIVE MOTOR A OVER SPEED


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P0A44 DRIVE MOTOR A OVER SPEED


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006998373

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

P0A44

Drive Motor A Position Sensor Circuit Overspeed

Malfunction detected condition

If the value detected for motor speed at the


traction motor resolver is too high

Possible causes
Harness or connectors
(Each circuit is open or shorted.)
Traction motor
Traction motor inverter

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always power switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
1. Set the vehicle to READY and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Accelerate to 60 km/h (37 MPH).
3. Stop the vehicle.
4. Check DTC.
Is P0A44 detected?
YES >> Go to TMS-58, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006998374

1.CHECK TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER HARNESS CONNECTOR


1. Power switch OFF.
2. Check the connection conditions of the traction motor inverter harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

2.CHECK TRACTION MOTOR HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the connection conditions of the traction motor harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3.CHECK TRACTION MOTOR RESOLVER CIRCUIT


1.
2.

Disconnect the traction motor inverter harness connector.


Check the resistance between traction motor inverter vehicle side harness connector terminals and
ground.

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-58

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0A44 DRIVE MOTOR A OVER SPEED


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Traction motor inverter vehicle side harness connector
Connector

Ground

Terminal

Resistance

6
20

F13

Ground

27

100 k or more

TMS

34
35

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4. CHECK TRACTION MOTOR RESOLVER CIRCUIT


1.
2.

Disconnect the traction motor harness connector.


Check the resistance between traction motor inverter vehicle side harness connector terminals and traction motor vehicle side harness connector terminals.

Traction motor inverter vehicle side harness connector


Connector

Terminal

3.

Connector

8
7

F14

27

Resistance

Terminal

20

F13

Traction motor vehicle side harness connector

34

35

H
1 or less

Check the harness for short.


Traction motor inverter vehicle side harness connector
Connector

F13

Terminal
1

20

27

34

35

Resistance

100 k or more

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

5.CHECK TRACTION MOTOR RESOLVER

Check the traction motor resolver. Refer to TMS-59, "Component Inspection (Traction Motor Resolver)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-115, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Replace the traction motor. Refer to TMS-123, "Removal and Installation".

Component Inspection (Traction Motor Resolver)

INFOID:0000000006998375

1.CHECK TRACTION MOTOR RESOLVER


1.
2.

Disconnect the traction motor connector.


Check the resistance between traction motor connector terminals.

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-59

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0A44 DRIVE MOTOR A OVER SPEED


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Traction motor connector

Resistance

Terminal
1

27 49

13 23

27 49

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace the traction motor due to malfunction in the traction motor resolver. Refer to TMS-123,
"Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-60

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0A78 DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P0A78 DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER


DTC Logic

A
INFOID:0000000006998376

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

P0A78

Drive Motor A Inverter Performance

B
Malfunction detected condition
A malfunction is detected in the traction motor inverter (motor controller)

Possible causes

TMS

Traction motor inverter

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always power switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
F

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC.
Is P0A78 detected?
YES >> Go to TMS-61, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

H
INFOID:0000000006998377

1.REPLACE TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER


Replace the traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-115, "Removal and Installation".

>> END
K

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-61

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0A8D 14VOLT POWER VOLTAGE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P0A8D 14VOLT POWER VOLTAGE


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006998378

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

P0A8D

Malfunction detected condition

14 Volt Power Module System


Voltage Low

If the 12V battery voltage is too low

Possible causes
Harness, fuse, or connectors
(Each circuit is open or shorted.)
Traction motor inverter
M/C relay

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always power switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait 10 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC.
Is P0A8D detected?
YES >> Go to TMS-62, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006998379

1.CHECK TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER HARNESS CONNECTOR


1. Power switch OFF.
2. Check the connection conditions of the traction motor inverter harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.
4.

Disconnect the traction motor inverter harness connector.


Check the 10A fuse (# 74).
Power switch ON.
Check the voltage between traction motor inverter vehicle side harness connector terminals.
traction motor inverter vehicle side harness connector
Connector

F13

Terminal

Voltage

10

9 16 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace the traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-115, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Check the M/C relay. Refer to EVC-281, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-62

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0AEF DRIVE MOTOR INVERTER TEMP SEN A


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P0AEF DRIVE MOTOR INVERTER TEMP SEN A


DTC Logic

A
INFOID:0000000006998380

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

P0AEF

Drive Motor Inverter Temperature Sensor A Circuit Low

B
Malfunction detected condition
If the value detected by the smoothing condenser
temperature sensor is too low

Possible causes

TMS

Traction motor inverter

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always power switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
F

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC.
Is P0AEF detected?
YES >> Go to TMS-63, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

H
INFOID:0000000006998381

1.REPLACE TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER


Replace the traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-115, "Removal and Installation".

>> END
K

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-63

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0AF0 DRIVE MOTOR INVERTER TEMP SEN A


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P0AF0 DRIVE MOTOR INVERTER TEMP SEN A


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006998382

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
P0AF0

Trouble diagnosis name

Malfunction detected condition

Drive Motor Inverter Temper- If the value detected by the smoothing condenser
ature Sensor A Circuit High temperature sensor is too high

Possible causes
Traction motor inverter

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always power switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC.
Is P0AF0 detected?
YES >> Go to TMS-64, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006998383

1.REPLACE TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER


Replace the traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-115, "Removal and Installation".
>> END

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-64

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0BE6 D-MOTOR A PHASE U CURRENT SEN


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P0BE6 D-MOTOR A PHASE U CURRENT SEN


DTC Logic

A
INFOID:0000000006998384

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

Malfunction detected condition

P0BE6

Drive Motor A Phase U Current Sensor Circuit Range/


Performance

If the value detected by the traction motor U-phase


current sensor is abnormal

Possible causes

TMS
Traction motor inverter

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always power switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC.
Is P0BE6 detected?
YES >> Go to TMS-65, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006998385

1.REPLACE TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER


J

Replace the traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-115, "Removal and Installation".
>> END

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-65

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0BEA D-MOTOR A PHASE V CURRENT SEN


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P0BEA D-MOTOR A PHASE V CURRENT SEN


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006998386

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
P0BEA

Trouble diagnosis name

Malfunction detected condition

Drive Motor A Phase V CurIf the value detected by the traction motor V-phase
rent Sensor Circuit Range/
current sensor is abnormal
Performance

Possible causes
Traction motor inverter

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always power switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC.
Is P0BEA detected?
YES >> Go to TMS-66, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006998387

1.REPLACE TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER


Replace the traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-115, "Removal and Installation".
>> END

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-66

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0BEE D-MOTOR A PHASE W CURRENT SEN


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P0BEE D-MOTOR A PHASE W CURRENT SEN


DTC Logic

A
INFOID:0000000006998388

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
P0BEE

Trouble diagnosis name


Drive Motor A Phase W
Current Sensor Circuit
Range/Performance

Malfunction detected condition


If the value detected by the traction motor W-phase
current sensor is abnormal

Possible causes

TMS
Traction motor inverter

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always power switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC.
Is P0BEE detected?
YES >> Go to TMS-67, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006998389

1.REPLACE TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER


J

Replace the traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-115, "Removal and Installation".
>> END

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-67

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0BFD D-MOTOR A PHASE UVW CURRENT SEN


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P0BFD D-MOTOR A PHASE UVW CURRENT SEN


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006998390

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
P0BFD

Trouble diagnosis name


Drive Motor A Phase U-VW Current Sensor Correlation

Malfunction detected condition


If the current sensor offset is abnormal

Possible causes
Traction motor inverter

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always power switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
1. Set the vehicle to READY and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Fully open the accelerator and accelerate the vehicle to 60 km/h (37 MPH).
3. Stop the vehicle.
4. Check DTC.
Is P0BFD detected?
YES >> Go to TMS-68, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006998391

1.REPLACE TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER


Replace the traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-115, "Removal and Installation".
>> END

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-68

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0C79 DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER VOLTAGE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P0C79 DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER VOLTAGE

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006998392

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

P0C79

Trouble diagnosis
name

Drive Motor A Inverter


Voltage Too Hight

Malfunction detected condition

If the high voltage DC voltage is too high

Possible causes

TMS

Traction motor inverter


High voltage harness or connector
Li-ion battery
High voltage parts except for traction motor inverter

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.

1.PRECONDITIONING

If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always power switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
G

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION

With CONSULT
1. Set the vehicle to READY and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Accelerate to 60 km/h (37 MPH).
3. Stop the vehicle.
4. Check DTC.
Is P0C79 detected?
YES >> Go to TMS-69, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006998393

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective equipment consisting of glove, shoes and glasses/face shield
before beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
Refer to GI-32, "High Voltage Precautions".
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while the
service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed to do
so in the Service Manual.

1.CHECK DTC HIGH VOLTAGE SYSTEMS


1.
2.

Power switch ON and wait 10 seconds or more.


Check DTC of the high voltage systems.

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-69

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0C79 DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER VOLTAGE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Were there any detected DTC related to a high voltage systems other than the traction motor inverter?
YES >> Check DTC detected item.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.PRECONDITIONING
WARNING:
Shut off high voltage circuit. Refer to GI-31, "How to Cut Off High Voltage".
Check the voltage in high voltage circuit. (Check that condenser are discharged.)
1. Disconnect the high voltage connector from front side of Li-ion battery. Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and
Installation".
DANGER:
Touching high voltage components without using the appropriate protective equipment will
cause electrocution.

2.

Measure voltage between high voltage harness terminals.


DANGER:
Touching high voltage components without using the
appropriate protective equipment will cause electrocution.

Standard

: 5 V or less

CAUTION:
For voltage measurements, use a tester which can measure to 500V or higher.

JSAIA1362ZZ

>> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER HIGH VOLTAGE HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the connection conditions of the traction motor inverter high voltage harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4.CHECK HIGH VOLTAGE HARNESS


Check for an open circuit or short circuit between DC/DC-J/B and Li-ion battery. Refer to TMS-18, "TRACTION
MOTOR INVERTER : Schematic".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-115, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-70

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P318E CAN ERROR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P318E CAN ERROR

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006998394

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
P318E

Trouble diagnosis name


CAN data error

Malfunction detected condition


If traction motor inverter detects CAN data error

Possible causes

TMS

VCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING

If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always power switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION

With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 5 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC.
Is P318E detected?
YES >> Go to TMS-71, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

H
INFOID:0000000006998395

1.REPLACE VCM

Replace the VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".


J

>> END
K

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-71

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3193 CAN ERROR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P3193 CAN ERROR


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006998396

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
P3193

Trouble diagnosis name


CAN data error

Malfunction detected condition


If traction motor inverter detects CAN data error

Possible causes
Li-ion battery controller

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always power switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 5 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC.
Is P3193 detected?
YES >> Go to TMS-72, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006998397

1.REPLACE LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER


Replace the Li-ion battery controller. Refer to EVB-143, "Exploded view".
>> END

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-72

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3197 CAN ERROR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P3197 CAN ERROR

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006998398

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
P3197

Trouble diagnosis name


CAN data error

Malfunction detected condition


If traction motor inverter detects CAN data error

Possible causes

TMS

Electric shift control module

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING

If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always power switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION

With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 5 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC.
Is P3197 detected?
YES >> Go to TMS-73, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

H
INFOID:0000000006998399

1.REPLACE ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE

Replace the electric shift control module. Refer to TM-130, "Removal and Installation".
J

>> END
K

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-73

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3199 CAN ERROR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P3199 CAN ERROR


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006998400

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
P3199

Trouble diagnosis name


CAN data error

Malfunction detected condition


If traction motor inverter detects CAN data error

Possible causes
VCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always power switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 5 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC.
Is P3199 detected?
YES >> Go to TMS-74, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006998401

1.REPLACE VCM
Replace the VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".
>> END

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-74

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P319E CAN ERROR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P319E CAN ERROR

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006998402

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
P319E

Trouble diagnosis name


CAN data error

Malfunction detected condition


If traction motor inverter detects CAN data error

Possible causes
Li-ion battery controller

TMS

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING

If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always power switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
E

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION

With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 5 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC.
Is P319E detected?
YES >> Go to TMS-75, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

H
INFOID:0000000006998403

1.REPLACE LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER

Replace the Li-ion battery controller. Refer to EVB-143, "Exploded view".


J

>> END
K

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-75

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31A2 CAN ERROR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P31A2 CAN ERROR


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006998404

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
P31A2

Trouble diagnosis name


CAN data error

Malfunction detected condition


If traction motor inverter detects CAN data error

Possible causes
Electric shift control module

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always power switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 5 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC.
Is P31A2 detected?
YES >> Go to TMS-76, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006998405

1.REPLACE ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE


Replace the electric shift control module. Refer to TM-130, "Removal and Installation".
>> END

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-76

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31A4 CAN ERROR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P31A4 CAN ERROR

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006998406

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
P31A4

Trouble diagnosis name


CAN data error

Malfunction detected condition


If traction motor inverter detects CAN data error

Possible causes

TMS

VCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING

If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always power switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION

With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 5 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC.
Is P31A4 detected?
YES >> Go to TMS-77, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

H
INFOID:0000000006998407

1.REPLACE VCM

Replace the VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".


J

>> END
K

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-77

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31A9 CAN ERROR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P31A9 CAN ERROR


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006998408

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
P31A9

Trouble diagnosis name


CAN data error

Malfunction detected condition


If traction motor inverter detects CAN data error

Possible causes
Li-ion battery controller

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always power switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 5 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC.
Is P31A9 detected?
YES >> Go to TMS-78, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006998409

1.REPLACE LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER


Replace the Li-ion battery controller. Refer to EVB-143, "Exploded view".
>> END

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-78

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31AD CAN ERROR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P31AD CAN ERROR

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006998410

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
P31AD

Trouble diagnosis name


CAN data error

Malfunction detected condition


If traction motor inverter detects CAN data error

Possible causes

TMS

Electric shift control module

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING

If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always power switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
E

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION

With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 5 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC.
Is P31AD detected?
YES >> Go to TMS-79, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

H
INFOID:0000000006998411

1.REPLACE ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE

Replace the electric shift control module. Refer to TM-130, "Removal and Installation".
J

>> END
K

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-79

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3240 DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER CRNT CONT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P3240 DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER CRNT CONT


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006998412

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

P3240

Trouble diagnosis name

Drive Motor A Inverter Performance/Motor Current Control Error

Malfunction detected condition

Possible causes

If the traction motor inverter output voltage is abnormal

Traction motor inverter


Traction motor
High voltage harness or connector
Li-ion battery
High voltage parts except for traction motor inverter

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always power switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
1. Set the vehicle to READY and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Fully open the accelerator and accelerate the vehicle to 60 km/h (37 MPH).
3. Stop the vehicle.
4. Check DTC.
Is P3240 detected?
YES >> Go to TMS-80, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006998413

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective equipment consisting of glove, shoes and glasses/face shield
before beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
Refer to GI-32, "High Voltage Precautions".
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while the
service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed to do
so in the Service Manual.

1.CHECK DTC HIGH VOLTAGE SYSTEMS


1.
2.

Power switch ON and wait 10 seconds or more.


Check DTC of the high voltage systems.

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-80

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3240 DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER CRNT CONT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Were there any detected DTC related to a high voltage systems other than the traction motor inverter?
YES >> Check DTC detected item.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK TRACTION MOTOR RESOLVER OFFSET DATA

B
Use CONSULT to read the traction motor resolver offset, and record the result.
NOTE:
Work support - RESOLVER WRITE can be used to check the traction motor resolver offset that is curTMS
rently stored by the traction motor inverter.
2. Remove the under cover and record the traction motor resolver offset that is stamped on the traction
motor.
NOTE:
D
For the location of traction motor resolver offset stamping, refer to TMS-43, "Description".
3. Check whether or not the value read with CONSULT matches the value which was stamped on the traction motor.
E
Do the values match?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Write the traction motor resolver offset to the traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-43, "Work ProF
cedure".

1.

3.PRECONDITIONING
WARNING:
Shut off high voltage circuit. Refer to GI-31, "How to Cut Off High Voltage".
Check the voltage in high voltage circuit. (Check that condenser are discharged.)
1. Disconnect the high voltage connector from front side of Li-ion battery. Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and
Installation".
DANGER:
Touching high voltage components without using the appropriate protective equipment will
cause electrocution.

2.

Measure voltage between high voltage harness terminals.


DANGER:

Touching high voltage components without using the


appropriate protective equipment will cause electrocution.

Standard

: 5 V or less

CAUTION:
For voltage measurements, use a tester which can measure to 500V or higher.

JSAIA1362ZZ

>> GO TO 4.

4.CHECK THE CONNECTION CONDITIONS OF THE TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER U-V-W TERMINALS
Remove the high voltage safety cover and 3-phase harness cover from the traction motor inverter, and check
the 3-harness connection conditions. Refer to TMS-115, "Exploded View".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Tighten the 3-phase harness to the specified torque. Refer to TMS-115, "Exploded View".

5.CHECK DISCONNECTION TRACTION MOTOR STATOR COIL


1.

Disconnect the 3-phase harness from the traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-115, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-81

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3240 DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER CRNT CONT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
2. Check for an open circuit in the traction motor stator coil.
3-phase harness

Resistance

Terminal
U-phase

V-phase

V-phase

W-phase

W-phase

U-phase

1 or less

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> Remove the traction motor. Refer to TMS-123, "Removal and Installation".

6.CHECK TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER HIGH VOLTAGE HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the connection conditions of the traction motor inverter high voltage harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

7.CHECK HIGH VOLTAGE HARNESS


Check the following items. Refer to TMS-18, "TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER : Schematic".
Check for an open circuit or short circuit between DC/DC-J/B and Li-ion battery.
Check for an open circuit or short circuit between DC/DC-J/B and A/C inverter compressor.
Check for an open circuit or short circuit between DC/DC-J/B and PTC element heater.
Check for an open circuit or short circuit between DC/DC-J/B and on board charger.
Check for an open circuit or short circuit between DC/DC-J/B and quick charge port.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-115, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-82

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3241 DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER CRNT CONT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P3241 DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER CRNT CONT


DTC Logic

A
INFOID:0000000006998414

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

P3241

Drive Motor A Inverter Performance/AC Error Detection

B
Malfunction detected condition
If no current is being applied to 1 phase of
the traction motor

Possible causes
Traction motor inverter
Traction motor
High voltage harness or connector

TMS

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.

1.PRECONDITIONING

If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always power switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION

With CONSULT
1. Set the vehicle to READY and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Fully open the accelerator and accelerate the vehicle to 10 km/h (6 MPH).
3. Stop the vehicle.
4. Check DTC.
Is P3241 detected?
YES >> Go to TMS-83, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006998415

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective equipment consisting of glove, shoes and glasses/face shield
before beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
Refer to GI-32, "High Voltage Precautions".
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while the
service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed to do
so in the Service Manual.

1.PRECONDITIONING
WARNING:
Shut off high voltage circuit. Refer to GI-31, "How to Cut Off High Voltage".
Check the voltage in high voltage circuit. (Check that condenser are discharged.)
1. Disconnect the high voltage connector from front side of Li-ion battery. Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and
Installation".
Revision: 2010 November

TMS-83

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3241 DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER CRNT CONT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
DANGER:
Touching high voltage components without using the appropriate protective equipment will
cause electrocution.

2.

Measure voltage between high voltage harness terminals.


DANGER:
Touching high voltage components without using the
appropriate protective equipment will cause electrocution.

Standard

: 5 V or less
JSAIA1362ZZ

CAUTION:
For voltage measurements, use a tester which can measure to 500V or higher.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK THE CONNECTION CONDITIONS OF THE TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER U-V-W TERMINALS
Remove the high voltage safety cover and 3-phase harness cover from the traction motor inverter, and check
the 3-phase harness connection conditions. Refer to TMS-115, "Exploded View".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Tighten the 3-phase harness to the specified torque. Refer to TMS-115, "Exploded View".

3.CHECK DISCONNECTION TRACTION MOTOR STATOR COIL


1.
2.

Disconnect the 3-phase harness from the traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-115, "Removal and Installation".
Check for an open circuit in the traction motor stator coil.
3-phase harness

Resistance

Terminal
U-phase

V-phase

V-phase

W-phase

W-phase

U-phase

1 or less

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace the traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-115, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Remove the traction motor. Refer to TMS-123, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-84

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3244 DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P3244 DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006998416

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

P3244

Trouble diagnosis name

Drive Motor A Inverter Voltage


Sensor Performance

Malfunction detected condition

If the value detected by the high voltage


DC voltage sensor is abnormal

Possible causes

Traction motor inverter


High voltage harness or connector
Li-ion battery
High voltage parts except for traction motor inverter

TMS

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always power switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


H

With CONSULT
1. Set the vehicle to READY and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Accelerate to 60 km/h (37 MPH).
3. Stop the vehicle.
4. Check DTC.
Is P3244 detected?
YES >> Go to TMS-85, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

J
INFOID:0000000006998417

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective equipment consisting of glove, shoes and glasses/face shield
before beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
Refer to GI-32, "High Voltage Precautions".
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while the
service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed to do
so in the Service Manual.

1.CHECK DTC HIGH VOLTAGE SYSTEMS


1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC of the high voltage systems.
Were there any detected DTC related to a high voltage systems other than the traction motor inverter?
Revision: 2010 November

TMS-85

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3244 DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> Check DTC detected item.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.PRECONDITIONING
WARNING:
Shut off high voltage circuit. Refer to GI-31, "How to Cut Off High Voltage".
Check the voltage in high voltage circuit. (Check that condenser are discharged.)
1. Disconnect the high voltage connector from front side of Li-ion battery. Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and
Installation".
DANGER:
Touching high voltage components without using the appropriate protective equipment will
cause electrocution.

2.

Measure voltage between high voltage harness terminals.


DANGER:
Touching high voltage components without using the
appropriate protective equipment will cause electrocution.

Standard

: 5 V or less

CAUTION:
For voltage measurements, use a tester which can measure to 500V or higher.

JSAIA1362ZZ

>> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER HIGH VOLTAGE HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the connection conditions of the traction motor inverter high voltage harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4.CHECK HIGH VOLTAGE HARNESS


Check the following items. Refer to TMS-18, "TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER : Schematic".
Check for an open circuit or short circuit between DC/DC-J/B and Li-ion battery.
Check for an open circuit or short circuit between DC/DC-J/B and A/C inverter compressor.
Check for an open circuit or short circuit between DC/DC-J/B and PTC element heater.
Check for an open circuit or short circuit between DC/DC-J/B and on board charger.
Check for an open circuit or short circuit between DC/DC-J/B and quick charge port.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-115, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-86

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3245 DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P3245 DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER


DTC Logic

A
INFOID:0000000006998418

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

Malfunction detected condition

P3245

Drive Motor A Inverter Voltage Sensor Circuit

If there is an abnormality in the high voltage DC voltage sensor

Possible causes

TMS

Traction motor inverter

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always power switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
F

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC.
Is P3245 detected?
YES >> Go to TMS-87, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

H
INFOID:0000000006998419

1.REPLACE TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER


Replace the traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-115, "Removal and Installation".

>> END
K

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-87

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3246 DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER VOLTAGE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P3246 DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER VOLTAGE


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006998420

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

P3246

Trouble diagnosis name

Drive Motor A Inverter Voltage Too


Low

Malfunction detected condition

If the high voltage DC voltage is too low

Possible causes

Traction motor inverter


High voltage harness or connector
Li-ion battery
High voltage parts except for traction motor inverter

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always power switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
1. Set the vehicle to READY and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Accelerate to 60 km/h (37 MPH).
3. Stop the vehicle.
4. Check DTC.
Is P3246 detected?
YES >> Go to TMS-88, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006998421

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective equipment consisting of glove, shoes and glasses/face shield
before beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
Refer to GI-32, "High Voltage Precautions".
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while the
service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed to do
so in the Service Manual.

1.CHECK DTC HIGH VOLTAGE SYSTEMS


1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC of the high voltage systems.
Were there any detected DTC related to a high voltage systems other than the traction motor inverter?
Revision: 2010 November

TMS-88

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3246 DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER VOLTAGE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> Check DTC detected item.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.PRECONDITIONING
WARNING:
B
Shut off high voltage circuit. Refer to GI-31, "How to Cut Off High Voltage".
Check the voltage in high voltage circuit. (Check that condenser are discharged.)
1. Disconnect the high voltage connector from front side of Li-ion battery. Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and
TMS
Installation".
DANGER:
Touching high voltage components without using the appropriate protective equipment will
cause electrocution.

2.

Measure voltage between high voltage harness terminals.


DANGER:

Touching high voltage components without using the


appropriate protective equipment will cause electrocution.
G

Standard

: 5 V or less

CAUTION:
For voltage measurements, use a tester which can measure to 500V or higher.

JSAIA1362ZZ

>> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER HIGH VOLTAGE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Check the connection conditions of the traction motor inverter high voltage harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4.CHECK HIGH VOLTAGE HARNESS

Check the following items. Refer to TMS-18, "TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER : Schematic".
Check for an open circuit or short circuit between DC/DC-J/B and Li-ion battery.
Check for an open circuit or short circuit between DC/DC-J/B and A/C inverter compressor.
Check for an open circuit or short circuit between DC/DC-J/B and PTC element heater.
Check for an open circuit or short circuit between DC/DC-J/B and on board charger.
Check for an open circuit or short circuit between DC/DC-J/B and quick charge port.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-115, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-89

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3247 DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P3247 DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006998422

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
P3247

Trouble diagnosis name

Malfunction detected condition

Drive Motor A Inverter DrivIf the IGBT drive circuit power does not start up
er Power Supply

Possible causes
Traction motor inverter

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always power switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC.
Is P3247 detected?
YES >> Go to TMS-90, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006998423

1.REPLACE TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER


Replace the traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-115, "Removal and Installation".
>> END

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-90

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3248 DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P3248 DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER


DTC Logic

A
INFOID:0000000006998424

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

P3248

Drive Motor A Inverter Driver Power Supply Performance

B
Malfunction detected condition
If there is overcurrent or overvoltage in the IGBT
drive circuit power

Possible causes

TMS
Traction motor inverter

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always power switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC.
Is P3248 detected?
YES >> Go to TMS-91, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006998425

1.REPLACE TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER


J

Replace the traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-115, "Removal and Installation".
>> END

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-91

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3249 DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P3249 DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006998426

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

P3249

Drive Motor A Inverter Driver Signal

Malfunction detected condition

Possible causes

If the IGBT drive current circuit voltage is too low

Harness, fuse, or connectors


(Each circuit is open or shorted.)
Traction motor inverter
M/C relay

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always power switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC.
Is P3249 detected?
YES >> Go to TMS-92, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006998427

1.CHECK TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER HARNESS CONNECTOR


1. Power switch OFF.
2. Check the connection conditions of the traction motor inverter harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.
4.

Disconnect the traction motor inverter harness connector.


Check the 10A fuse (# 74).
Power switch ON.
Check the voltage between traction motor inverter vehicle side harness connector terminals.
traction motor inverter vehicle side harness connector
Connector

F13

Terminal

Voltage

10

9 16 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace the traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-115, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Check the M/C relay. Refer to EVC-281, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-92

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P324A DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER VOLTAGE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P324A DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER VOLTAGE

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006998428

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

P324A

Trouble diagnosis name

Drive Motor A Inverter Charge


Error

Malfunction detected condition

If the high voltage DC circuit is not


charged

Possible causes

Traction motor inverter


High voltage harness or connector
Li-ion battery
High voltage parts except for traction motor inverter

TMS

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always power switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


H

With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC.
Is P324A detected?
YES >> Go to TMS-93, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006998429

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective equipment consisting of glove, shoes and glasses/face shield
before beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
Refer to GI-32, "High Voltage Precautions".
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while the
service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed to do
so in the Service Manual.

1.CHECK DTC HIGH VOLTAGE SYSTEMS


1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC of the high voltage systems.
Were there any detected DTC related to a high voltage systems other than the traction motor inverter?
YES >> Check DTC detected item.
NO
>> GO TO 2.
Revision: 2010 November

TMS-93

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P324A DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER VOLTAGE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

2.PRECONDITIONING
WARNING:
Shut off high voltage circuit. Refer to GI-31, "How to Cut Off High Voltage".
Check the voltage in high voltage circuit. (Check that condenser are discharged.)
1. Disconnect the high voltage connector from front side of Li-ion battery. Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and
Installation".
DANGER:
Touching high voltage components without using the appropriate protective equipment will
cause electrocution.

2.

Measure voltage between high voltage harness terminals.


DANGER:
Touching high voltage components without using the
appropriate protective equipment will cause electrocution.

Standard

: 5 V or less

CAUTION:
For voltage measurements, use a tester which can measure to 500V or higher.

JSAIA1362ZZ

>> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER HIGH VOLTAGE HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the connection conditions of the traction motor inverter high voltage harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4.CHECK HIGH VOLTAGE HARNESS


Check the following items. Refer to TMS-18, "TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER : Schematic".
Check for an open circuit or short circuit between DC/DC-J/B and Li-ion battery.
Check for an open circuit or short circuit between DC/DC-J/B and A/C inverter compressor.
Check for an open circuit or short circuit between DC/DC-J/B and PTC element heater.
Check for an open circuit or short circuit between DC/DC-J/B and on board charger.
Check for an open circuit or short circuit between DC/DC-J/B and quick charge port.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-115, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-94

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P324D DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER IGBT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P324D DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER IGBT


DTC Logic

A
INFOID:0000000006998430

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

P324D

Drive Motor A Inverter IGBT


Over Load (Over Current/Over
Temperature)

B
Malfunction detected condition
If an over current has occurred in the
IGBT energizing current
If IGBT temperature is too high

Possible causes

TMS

Traction motor inverter


Traction motor
High voltage cooling system

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.

1.PRECONDITIONING

If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always power switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION

With CONSULT
1. Set the vehicle to READY and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Drive during 20 minutes for warm-up.
3. Repeat driving of 0 km/h (0 MPH) 60 km/h (37 MPH) with full acceleration 10 times without interval.
4. Stop the vehicle.
5. Check DTC.
Is P324D detected?
YES >> Go to TMS-95, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006998431

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective equipment consisting of glove, shoes and glasses/face shield
before beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
Refer to GI-32, "High Voltage Precautions".
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while the
service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed to do
so in the Service Manual.

1.CHECK DTC HIGH VOLTAGE COOLING SYSTEM


1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Perform Self Diagnostic Results in EV/HEV.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check DTC detected item. Refer to EVC-78, "DTC Index".
Revision: 2010 November

TMS-95

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P324D DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER IGBT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK COOLANT WATER


Check the coolant level and check for coolant leakage. Refer to HCO-9, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3.CHECK COOLANT HOSE


Check for clogging of fluid paths and twisting of hoses in traction motor inverter, traction motor, DC/DC-J/B,
and on board charger. Refer to HCO-5, "High Voltage Cooling System".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4.PRECONDITIONING
WARNING:
Shut off high voltage circuit. Refer to GI-31, "How to Cut Off High Voltage".
Check the voltage in high voltage circuit. (Check that condenser are discharged.)
1. Disconnect the high voltage connector from front side of Li-ion battery. Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and
Installation".
DANGER:
Touching high voltage components without using the appropriate protective equipment will
cause electrocution.

2.

Measure voltage between high voltage harness terminals.


DANGER:
Touching high voltage components without using the
appropriate protective equipment will cause electrocution.

Standard

: 5 V or less

CAUTION:
For voltage measurements, use a tester which can measure to 500V or higher.

JSAIA1362ZZ

>> GO TO 5.

5.CHECK TRACTION MOTOR INSULATION RESISTANCE


CAUTION:
Unlike the ordinary tester, the insulation resistance tester applies 500V when measuring. If used incorrectly, there is the danger of electric shock. If used in the vehicle 12V system, there is the danger of
damage to electronic devices. Read the insulation resistance tester instruction manual carefully and
be sure to work safely.
1. Disconnect the 3-phase harness from the traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-115, "Removal and Installation".
2. Using an insulation resistance tester (500V range), measure the resistance according to the value in the
table below.
CAUTION:
Be sure to set the insulation resistance tester to 500V when performing this test. Using a setting
higher than 500V can result in damage to the component being inspected.
NOTE:

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-96

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P324D DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER IGBT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
As each harness (U-phase, V-phase, and W-phase) contacts to each other inside the traction motor,
check resistance of a phase.
3-phase harness
Terminal

Ground

Resistance

Ground

10 M or more

U-phase
V-phase

TMS

W-phase

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> Replace the traction motor. Refer to TMS-123, "Removal and Installation".

6.CHECK RESISTANCE TRACTION MOTOR STATOR COIL


Check the resistance traction motor stator coil. Refer to TMS-97, "Component Inspection (Traction Motor Stator Coil)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-115, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Replace the traction motor. Refer to TMS-123, "Removal and Installation".

Component Inspection (Traction Motor Stator Coil)

INFOID:0000000006998432

Using a milliohmmeter and check the resistance traction motor stator coil.
CAUTION:
As resistance of stator coil is affected by temperature, check it at least 8 hour after removal of service
plug.

1.CHECK RESISTANCE OF TRACTION MOTOR STATOR COIL

3-phase harness

Resistance*

Terminal

U-phase

V-phase

V-phase

W-phase

W-phase

U-phase

11.6 14.3 m

*: The value is at 20 C (68 F). Calculate the resistance standard value based on actual ambient temperature
at operation based on the below calculation formula.
L
Calculating formula

R20=R/[1+ 0.00393 (T20)]


- R20: Resistance value (m) at 20 C (68 F)
- R: Resistance value (m) at actual ambient temperature at operation
- T: Actual ambient temperature [C (F)] at operation
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace the traction motor due to malfunction in the stator coil. Refer to TMS-123, "Removal and
Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-97

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P324F DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER IGBT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P324F DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER IGBT


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006998433

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

P324F

Drive Motor A Inverter IGBT


Over Current / Over Temperature /Over Voltage

Malfunction detected condition

Possible causes

If an over current has occurred in the IGBT


energizing current
If IGBT temperature is too high
If there is overvoltage in the high voltage DC
voltage

Traction motor inverter


Traction motor
High voltage harness or connector
High voltage cooling system
Li-ion battery
High voltage parts except for traction motor inverter

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always power switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
1. Set the vehicle to READY and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Drive during 20 minutes for warm-up.
3. Repeat driving of 0 km/h (0 MPH) 60 km/h (37 MPH) with full acceleration 10 times without interval.
4. Stop the vehicle.
5. Check DTC.
Is P324F detected?
YES >> Go to TMS-98, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006998434

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective equipment consisting of glove, shoes and glasses/face shield
before beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
Refer to GI-32, "High Voltage Precautions".
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while the
service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed to do
so in the Service Manual.

1.CHECK DTC HIGH VOLTAGE SYSTEMS


Revision: 2010 November

TMS-98

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P324F DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER IGBT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
1. Turn power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC of the high voltage systems.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check DTC detected item.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK COOLANT WATER


Check the coolant level and check for coolant leakage. HCO-9, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

TMS

3.CHECK COOLANT HOSE


Check for clogging of fluid paths and twisting of hoses in traction motor inverter, traction motor, DC/DC-J/B,
and on board charger. Refer to HCO-5, "High Voltage Cooling System".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4.PRECONDITIONING
WARNING:
Shut off high voltage circuit. Refer to GI-31, "How to Cut Off High Voltage".
Check the voltage in high voltage circuit. (Check that condenser are discharged.)
1. Disconnect the high voltage connector from front side of Li-ion battery. Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and
Installation".
DANGER:

Touching high voltage components without using the appropriate protective equipment will
cause electrocution.

2.

Measure voltage between high voltage harness terminals.


DANGER:

Touching high voltage components without using the


appropriate protective equipment will cause electrocution.

Standard

: 5 V or less

CAUTION:
For voltage measurements, use a tester which can measure to 500V or higher.

JSAIA1362ZZ

>> GO TO 5.

5.CHECK TRACTION MOTOR INSULATION RESISTANCE

CAUTION:
Unlike the ordinary tester, the insulation resistance tester applies 500V when measuring. If used incorrectly, there is the danger of electric shock. If used in the vehicle 12V system, there is the danger of
damage to electronic devices. Read the insulation resistance tester instruction manual carefully and
be sure to work safely.
1. Disconnect the 3-phase harness from the traction motor inverter. TMS-115, "Removal and Installation".
2. Using an insulation resistance tester (500V range), measure the resistance according to the value in the
table below.
CAUTION:
Revision: 2010 November

TMS-99

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P324F DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER IGBT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Be sure to set the insulation resistance tester to 500V when performing this test. Using a setting
higher than 500V can result in damage to the component being inspected.
NOTE:
As each harness (U-phase, V-phase, and W-phase) contacts to each other inside the traction motor,
check resistance of a phase.
3-phase harness
Terminal

Ground

Resistance

Ground

10 M or more

U-phase
V-phase
W-phase

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> Remove the traction motor. Refer to TMS-123, "Removal and Installation".

6.CHECK RESISTANCE TRACTION MOTOR STATOR COIL


Check resistance traction motor stator coil. Refer to TMS-100, "Component Inspection (Traction Motor Stator
Coil)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> Remove the traction motor. Refer to TMS-123, "Removal and Installation".

7.CHECK TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER HIGH VOLTAGE HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the connection conditions of the traction motor inverter high voltage harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

8.CHECK HIGH VOLTAGE HARNESS


Check for an open circuit or short circuit between DC/DC-J/B and Li-ion battery. Refer to TMS-18, "TRACTION
MOTOR INVERTER : Schematic".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-115, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Component Inspection (Traction Motor Stator Coil)

INFOID:0000000006998435

1.CHECK RESISTANCE OF TRACTION MOTOR STATOR COIL


Using a milliohmmeter and check the resistance traction motor stator coil.
CAUTION:
As resistance of stator coil is affected by temperature, check it at least 8 hour after removal of service
plug.
3-phase harness

Resistance*

Terminal
U-phase

V-phase

V-phase

W-phase

W-phase

U-phase

11.6 14.3 m

*: The value is at 20 C (68 F). Calculate the resistance standard value based on actual ambient temperature
at operation based on the below calculation formula.
Calculating formula

R20=R/[1+ 0.00393 (T20)]


- R20: Resistance value (m) at 20 C (68 F)
- R: Resistance value (m) at actual ambient temperature at operation
Revision: 2010 November

TMS-100

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P324F DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER IGBT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
- T: Actual ambient temperature [C (F)] at operation
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace the traction motor due to malfunction in the stator coil. Refer to TMS-123, "Removal and
Installation".

TMS

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-101

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3252 DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER IGBT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P3252 DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER IGBT


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006998436

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

P3252

Drive Motor A Inverter IGBT High


Temperature

Malfunction detected condition


If IGBT temperature is too high

Possible causes
Traction motor inverter
High voltage cooling system

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always power switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
1. Set the vehicle to READY and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Drive during 20 minutes for warm-up.
3. Repeat driving of 0 km/h (0 MPH) 60 km/h (37 MPH) with full acceleration 10 times without interval.
4. Stop the vehicle.
5. Check DTC.
Is P3252 detected?
YES >> Go to TMS-102, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006998437

1.CHECK DTC HIGH VOLTAGE COOLING SYSTEM


1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Perform Self Diagnostic Results in EV/HEV.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check DTC detected item. Refer to EVC-78, "DTC Index".
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK COOLANT WATER


Check the coolant level and check for coolant leakage. Refer to HCO-9, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3.CHECK COOLANT HOSE


Check for clogging of fluid paths and twisting of hoses in traction motor inverter, traction motor, DC/DC-J/B,
and on board charger. Refer to HCO-5, "High Voltage Cooling System".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-115, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-102

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P325A CAN ERROR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P325A CAN ERROR

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006998438

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
P325A

Trouble diagnosis name


CAN data error

Malfunction detected condition


If traction motor inverter detects CAN data error

Possible causes

TMS

VCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING

If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always power switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION

With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 5 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC.
Is P325A detected?
YES >> Go to TMS-103, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

H
INFOID:0000000006998439

1.REPLACE VCM

Replace the VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Removal and Installation".


J

>> END
K

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-103

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P325B DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P325B DRIVE MOTOR A INVERTER


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006998440

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

P325B

Drive Motor A Inverter


TEMP-M Circuit

Malfunction detected condition

Possible causes

If the IGBT high temperature detection signal is


stuck

Harness, fuse, or connectors


(Each circuit is open or shorted.)
Traction motor inverter
M/C relay

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always power switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC.
Is P325B detected?
YES >> Go to TMS-104, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006998441

1.CHECK TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER HARNESS CONNECTOR


1. Power switch OFF.
2. Check the connection conditions of the traction motor inverter harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.
4.

Disconnect the traction motor inverter harness connector.


Check the 10A fuse (# 74).
Power switch ON.
Check the voltage between traction motor inverter vehicle side harness connector terminals.
traction motor inverter vehicle side harness connector
Connector

F13

Terminal

Voltage

10

9 16 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace the traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-115, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Check the M/C relay. Refer to EVC-281, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-104

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P325C DRIVE MOTOR A POSITION


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P325C DRIVE MOTOR A POSITION


DTC Logic

A
INFOID:0000000006998442

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

P325C

Drive Motor A Position Value


Unrecorded

B
Malfunction detected condition

Possible causes

When correction value memorized by traction


motor inverter is the initial value

The traction motor resolver offset


has not been written to the traction
motor inverter

TMS

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always power switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
1. Power switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
3. Check DTC.
Is P325C detected?
YES >> Go to TMS-105, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

I
INFOID:0000000006998443

1.RECORDING THE TRACTION MOTOR RESOLVER OFSET THAT IS STAMPED ON THE TRACTION MO-

TOR
1. Power switch OFF.
2. Remove the under cover and record the traction motor resolver offset that is stamped on the traction
motor.
NOTE:
For the traction motor stamp location, refer to TMS-43, "Description".

>> GO TO 2.

2.WRITING OF TRACTION MOTOR RESOLVER OFFSET

Write the traction motor resolver offset to the traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-43, "Work Procedure".
N

>> GO TO 3.

3.READING AND CHECKING TRACTION MOTOR RESOLVER OFFSET


O

1. Power switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more.


2. Power switch ON.
3. Use CONSULT to read the traction motor offset that is written to the traction motor inverter.
4. Check whether or not the read value matches the value which is stamped on the traction motor.
Do the values match?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> GO TO 1.

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-105

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P325D DRIVE MOTOR A POSITION


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P325D DRIVE MOTOR A POSITION


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006998444

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

P325D

Drive Motor A Position Offset Value Error

Malfunction detected condition


If the traction motor resolver angle data stored by
the traction motor inverter is abnormal

Possible causes
Traction motor inverter

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always power switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC.
Is P325D detected?
YES >> Go to TMS-106, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006998445

1.REPLACE TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER


Replace the traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-115, "Removal and Installation".
>> END

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-106

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P325E DRIVE MOTOR A POSITION


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P325E DRIVE MOTOR A POSITION


DTC Logic

A
INFOID:0000000006998446

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

P325E

Drive Motor A Position Value Error 1

B
Malfunction detected condition
If the traction motor resolver offset stored by the
traction motor inverter is abnormal

Possible causes

TMS

Traction motor inverter

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always power switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
F

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC.
Is P325E detected?
YES >> Go to TMS-107, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

H
INFOID:0000000006998447

1.REPLACE TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER


Replace the traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-115, "Removal and Installation".

>> END
K

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-107

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P325F DRIVE MOTOR A POSITION


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P325F DRIVE MOTOR A POSITION


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006998448

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

P325F

Drive Motor A Position Value Error

Malfunction detected condition


If the traction motor resolver offset stored by the
traction motor inverter is abnormal

Possible causes
Traction motor inverter

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always power switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC.
Is P325F detected?
YES >> Go to TMS-108, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006998449

1.REPLACE TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER


Replace the traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-115, "Removal and Installation".
>> END

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-108

LEAF

http://vnx.su

U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT

Description

INFOID:0000000006998450

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real-time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- B
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent malfunction detection ability.Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and
linkswith other control units during operation (not independently). In CAN communication, control units are
connected with 2 communication lines (CAN-H line, CAN-L line) allowing a high rate of information transmis- TMS
sion with less wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006998451

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
U1000

Trouble diagnosis name


CAN communication line

Malfunction detected condition

Possible causes

If CAN communications signals continuously cannot be transmitted

Harness or connectors
(CAN communication line is open or shorted.)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING

If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always power switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
H

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION

With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 5 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC.
Is U1000 detected?
YES >> Go to TMS-109, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

K
INFOID:0000000006998452

For the diagnosis procedure, refer to LAN-15, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-109

LEAF

http://vnx.su

TRACTION MOTOR INSULATION RESISTANCE CHECK


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

TRACTION MOTOR INSULATION RESISTANCE CHECK


Component Inspection

INFOID:0000000006998453

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective equipment consisting of glove, shoes and glasses/face shield
before beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
Refer to GI-32, "High Voltage Precautions".
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while the
service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed to do
so in the Service Manual.

1.PRECONDITIONING
WARNING:
Shut off high voltage circuit. Refer to GI-31, "How to Cut Off High Voltage".
Check the voltage in high voltage circuit. (Check that condenser are discharged.)
1. Disconnect the high voltage connector from front side of Li-ion battery. Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and
Installation".
DANGER:
Touching high voltage components without using the appropriate protective equipment will
cause electrocution.

2.

Measure voltage between high voltage harness terminals.


DANGER:
Touching high voltage components without using the
appropriate protective equipment will cause electrocution.

Standard

: 5 V or less

CAUTION:
For voltage measurements, use a tester which can measure to 500V or higher.

JSAIA1362ZZ

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK TRACTION MOTOR INSULATION RESISTANCE


WARNING:
Unlike the ordinary tester, the insulation resistance tester applies 500V when measuring. If used incorrectly, there is the danger of electric shock. If used in the vehicle 12V system, there is the danger of
damage to electronic devices. Read the insulation resistance tester instruction manual carefully and
be sure to work safely.
Revision: 2010 November

TMS-110

LEAF

http://vnx.su

TRACTION MOTOR INSULATION RESISTANCE CHECK


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
1. Disconnect the 3-phase harness from the traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-115, "Removal and Installation".
A
2. Use 500V range of insulation resistance tester to measure insulation resistance. Wait for 30 seconds until
the value becomes stable.
CAUTION:
B
Be sure to set the insulation resistance tester to 500V when performing this test. Using a setting
higher than 500V can result in damage to the component being inspected.
NOTE:
As each harness (U-phase, V-phase, and W-phase) contacts to each other inside the traction motor, TMS
check resistance of a phase.
3-phase harness
Terminal

Ground

Resistance

Ground

10 M or more

U-phase
V-phase
W-phase

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace the traction motor. Refer to TMS-123, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-111

LEAF

http://vnx.su

TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER INSULATION RESISTANCE CHECK


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER INSULATION RESISTANCE CHECK


Component Inspection

INFOID:0000000006998454

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective equipment consisting of glove, shoes and glasses/face shield
before beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
Refer to GI-32, "High Voltage Precautions".
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while the
service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed to do
so in the Service Manual.

1.PRECONDITIONING
WARNING:
Shut off high voltage circuit. Refer to GI-31, "How to Cut Off High Voltage".
Check the voltage in high voltage circuit. (Check that condenser are discharged.)
1. Disconnect the high voltage connector from front side of Li-ion battery. Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and
Installation".
DANGER:
Touching high voltage components without using the appropriate protective equipment will
cause electrocution.

2.

Measure voltage between high voltage harness terminals.


DANGER:
Touching high voltage components without using the
appropriate protective equipment will cause electrocution.

Standard

: 5 V or less

CAUTION:
For voltage measurements, use a tester which can measure to 500V or higher.

JSAIA1362ZZ

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER INSULATION RESISTANCE


WARNING:
Unlike the ordinary tester, the insulation resistance tester applies 500V when measuring. If used incorrectly, there is the danger of electric shock. If used in the vehicle 12V system, there is the danger of
damage to electronic devices. Read the insulation resistance tester instruction manual carefully and
be sure to work safely.
1. Remove the traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-115, "Removal and Installation".
Revision: 2010 November

TMS-112

LEAF

http://vnx.su

TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER INSULATION RESISTANCE CHECK


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
2. Use 500V range of insulation resistance tester to measure insulation resistance. Wait for 30 seconds until
the value becomes stable.
CAUTION:
Be sure to set the insulation resistance tester to 500V when performing this test. Using a setting
higher than 500V can result in damage to the component being inspected.
Traction motor inverter
Item
High voltage connector

Terminal

Resistance

TMS

37
38
U-phase

3-phase harness jack

Ground

Traction motor inverter case

14 M or more

V-phase
W-phase

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace the traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-115,
"Removal and Installation".

H
JSDIA2636ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-113

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ELECTROMAGNETIC SOUND IS AUDIBLE


< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
ELECTROMAGNETIC SOUND IS AUDIBLE
DESCRIPTION

INFOID:0000000006998455

The electromagnetic noise of the traction motor may become more noticeable when accelerating on a steep
slope (large output torque).
This occurs when the IGBT switching frequency is lowered by the traction motor inverter due to high temperature of the IGBT inside the traction motor inverter. This does not indicate a problem with the traction motor
inverter characteristics or control.
This phenomenon is one of the protective controls. Refer to TMS-33, "Protection Control".

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-114

LEAF

http://vnx.su

TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER


Exploded View

INFOID:0000000006998456

TMS

JSCIA0355GB

1.

Inverter member

2.

High voltage safety cover

3.

3-phase harness

4.

High voltage safety cover

5.

3-phase harness cover

6.

Gasket

7.

Traction motor inverter

8.

High voltage warning label

: Vehicle front

: Always replace after every disassembly.


: Nm (kg-m, in-lb)
: Nm (kg-m, ft-lb)

Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006998457

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective equipment consisting of glove, shoes and glasses/face shield
before beginning work on the high voltage system.
Revision: 2010 November

TMS-115

LEAF

http://vnx.su

TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
Refer to GI-32, "High Voltage Precautions".
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while the
service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed to do
so in the Service Manual.

REMOVAL
WARNING:
Shut off high voltage circuit. Refer to GI-31, "How to Cut Off High Voltage".
1. Check voltage in high voltage circuit. (Check that condenser are discharged.)
a. Remove Li-ion battery under cover.
WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulating protective gear before beginning
work on the high voltage system.

b.

Disconnect high voltage connector from front side of Li-ion battery.


DANGER:
Touching high voltage components without using the appropriate protective equipment will
cause electrocution.

c.

Measure voltage between high voltage harness terminals.


DANGER:
Touching high voltage components without using the
appropriate protective equipment will cause electrocution.

Standard

: 5 V or less

CAUTION:
For voltage measurements, use a tester which can measure to 500V or higher.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

JSAIA1362ZZ

Remove front under cover. Refer to EXT-21, "FRONT UNDER COVER : Exploded View".
Drain coolant from radiator. Refer to HCO-9, "Draining and Refilling".
Remove 12V battery. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Move fuse box.
Remove ground cable from DC/DC-J/B.
WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulating
protective gear before beginning work on the high voltage
system.

JSCIA0090ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-116

LEAF

http://vnx.su

TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
7.

Remove motor room harness clip and water hose clip which are attached to traction motor inverter.
WARNING:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulating protective gear before beginning
work on the high voltage system.

8.

TMS

Turn traction motor inverter harness connector (1) of traction


motor inverter counterclockwise to remove it.

: Vehicle front

WARNING:
E

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulating


protective gear before beginning work on the high voltage
system.

F
JSCIA0091ZZ

9.

Remove brake reservoir tank together with bracket, and move it in order to secure work space needed to
remove traction motor inverter.
10. Remove degas tank, and move it in order to secure work space needed to remove traction motor inverter.
11. Disconnect water hose from OUT side of traction motor inverter.
: Vehicle front

WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulating
protective gear before beginning work on the high voltage
system.

K
JSCIA0092ZZ

CAUTION:
Take care that coolant does not contact the high voltage harness connectors.
To prevent performance degradation, if coolant contacts a high voltage harness connector,
immediately dry the high voltage connector completely with an air blow gun.
12. Disconnect water hose (1) at DC/DC-J/B OUT side.
WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulating
protective gear before beginning work on the high voltage
system.

CAUTION:
Take care that coolant does not contact the high voltage
JSCIA0093ZZ
harness connectors.
To prevent performance degradation, if coolant contacts a high voltage harness connector,
immediately dry the high voltage connector completely with an air blow gun.

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-117

LEAF

http://vnx.su

TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
13. Remove torx bolts (A), and then remove high voltage safety
cover (1).
: Vehicle front

WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulating
protective gear before beginning work on the high voltage
system.
JSCIA0094ZZ

14. Remove 3-phase harness cover mounting bolts and remove 3phase harness cover.
: Vehicle front

WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulating
protective gear before beginning work on the high voltage
system.
JSCIA0095ZZ

15. Remove 3-phase harness mounting bolts and remove 3-phase


harness.
: Vehicle front

WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulating
protective gear before beginning work on the high voltage
system.
JSCIA0096ZZ

CAUTION:
When removing 3-phase harness mounting bolts, take care not to drop them into traction motor
inverter.
Bolts cannot fall into the traction motor inverter until 3-phase harness is pulled downwards.
Therefore if bolts look likely to fall, be sure to collect them with a magnet or other means before
pulling 3-phase harness out downwards.
If a bolt falls into traction motor inverter, do not invert traction motor inverter. (If inverted, bolt
may contact PCB inside traction motor inverter, causing damage.)
Incline so that 3-phase harness bolt insertion hole faces down in order to recover the fallen bolt.
16. Remove 3-phase harness grommet mounting bolts and pull 3phase harness out downwards.
: Vehicle front

WARNING:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulating protective gear before beginning work on the high
voltage system.
JSCIA0098ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-118

LEAF

http://vnx.su

TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
A

Protect the terminals of disconnected high voltage harness connector with insulation tape so
that they are not exposed.

17. Remove high voltage connector (3 step type) that is connected


to DC/DC-J/B.
TMS
: Vehicle front

WARNING:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulating protective gear before beginning work on the high
voltage system.

E
JSCIA0210ZZ

Protect the terminals of disconnected high voltage harness connector with insulation tape so
that they are not exposed.

Follow steps shown below to remove a 3-step type high voltage connector.

JPCIA0035ZZ

18. Remove traction motor inverter fastening bolts, then remove


traction motor inverter.
K
: Vehicle front

WARNING:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulating


protective gear before beginning work on the high voltage
system.

M
JSCIA0097ZZ

CAUTION:
When removing and transporting traction motor inverter, grasp part (A) shown in figure.
O

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-119

LEAF

http://vnx.su

TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
Do not grasp the high voltage connector (B), cooling bulge (C), or 12V system connector (D).

JSCIA0099ZZ

: Vehicle front

INSTALLATION
Pay attention to the following and install by following the procedure for removal in the reverse order.
WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulating protective gear before beginning work on
the high voltage system.

CAUTION:
Be sure to reinstall high voltage harness clips in their original positions. If a clip is damaged, replace
it with a new clip before installing.
Be sure to perform correct air bleeding after adding coolant. Refer to HCO-9, "Draining and Refilling".
If traction motor inverter was replaced, apply high voltage warning
label at position (A), with top facing in the direction of arrow.
- Before applying label, verify that there is no dust or dirt on surface
of traction motor inverter.
: Vehicle front

NOTE:
Place the ornament (NISSAN and Zero Emission) in place.

JSCIA0100ZZ

Follow the procedure below and connect the 3-step type high voltage harness connector.

JPCIA0036ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-120

LEAF

http://vnx.su

TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
When installing 3-phase harness, take care packing does not
become displaced while inserting harness into inverter.

: Vehicle front

TMS
JSCIA0101ZZ

To tighten 3-phase harness cover bolt, temporarily tighten bolt (A)


and (B) shown in the figure for positioning purpose before tightening two center bolts (C). After this, tighten four remaining bolts.

: Vehicle front

G
JSCIA0104ZZ

CAUTION:
To install, align gasket tab (A) as shown in the figure.
Gasket of the 3-phase harness cover is not reusable. Be
sure to replace it with a new part.

: Vehicle front

K
JSCIA0305ZZ

After all parts are installed, be sure to check equipotential. Refer to TMS-121, "Inspection".
If traction motor inverter was replaced, perform resolver write. Refer to TMS-43, "Work Procedure".

Inspection

INFOID:0000000006998458

INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION


After installing traction motor inverter, measure resistance between traction motor inverter (A) and body (B),
and check equipotential.
WARNING:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulating protective gear before beginning work on
the high voltage system.

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-121

LEAF

http://vnx.su

TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

JSCIA0130ZZ

: Aluminum part on top of traction motor inverter

: Motor room ground bolt

Traction motor inverter Ground : 0.1 or less


If result deviates from standard values, check that no paint, oil, dirt, or other substance is adhering to bolts or
conductive mounting parts. If any such substance is adhering, clean the surrounding area and remove the
substance.

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-122

LEAF

http://vnx.su

TRACTION MOTOR
< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

TRACTION MOTOR
Exploded View

INFOID:0000000006998459

TMS

JSCIA0356GB

1.

Water outlet

2.

O-ring

3.

High voltage warning label

4.

Motor mounting RH bracket

5.

O-ring

6.

Water inlet

7.

Motor mounting RH

8.

Drain bolt

9.

Gasket

10.

Traction motor

11.

O-ring

12.

Reduction gear

13.

Gasket

14. Drain plug

15

Motor mounting LH bracket

16.

Motor mounting LH

17. Filler plug

18.

Motor mounting rear bracket

19.

Motor mounting rear

20. Breather hose

A.

Shaft spline

B.

Inside of input shaft (inside of spline)

: Nm (kg-m, in-lb)
: Nm (kg-m, ft-lb)

: Always replace after every disassembly.


: Apply lithium-based grease including molybdenum disulphide.

Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006998460

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Revision: 2010 November

TMS-123

LEAF

http://vnx.su

TRACTION MOTOR
< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective equipment consisting of glove, shoes and glasses/face shield
before beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
Refer to GI-32, "High Voltage Precautions".
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while the
service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed to do
so in the Service Manual.

REMOVAL
WARNING:
Shut off high voltage circuit. Refer to GI-31, "How to Cut Off High Voltage".
1. Check voltage in high voltage circuit. (Check that condenser are discharged.)
a. Remove Li-ion battery under cover.
WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulating protective gear before beginning
work on the high voltage system.

b.

Disconnect high voltage connector from front side of Li-ion battery.


DANGER:
Touching high voltage components without using the appropriate protective equipment will
cause electrocution.

c.

Measure voltage between high voltage harness terminals.


DANGER:
Touching high voltage components without using the
appropriate protective equipment will cause electrocution.

Standard

: 5 V or less

CAUTION:
For voltage measurements, use a tester which can measure to 500V or higher.
2.

JSAIA1362ZZ

Drain coolant. Refer to HCO-9, "Draining and Refilling".

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-124

LEAF

http://vnx.su

TRACTION MOTOR
< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
3. Remove drain bolt (A) of traction motor to drain coolant.
WARNING:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulating


protective gear before beginning work on the high voltage
system.

TMS
JSCIA0306ZZ

4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Remove traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-115, "Removal and Installation".


Drain reduction gear oil. Refer to TM-11, "Draining and Refilling".
Remove traction motor and reduction gear from vehicle together as suspension member assembly. Refer
to FSU-21, "Removal and Installation".
Remove reduction gear from suspension member. Refer to TM-17, "Removal and Installation".
Attach slinger to traction motor, and prepare to lift up with hoist.
WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulating protective gear before beginning
work on the high voltage system.

JSCIA0226ZZ

: Motor slinger (rear)

: Motor slinger (front)

Tightening torque for mounting bolts


9.

: 28.0 N-m (2.9 kg-m, 21ft-lb)

Remove right motor mounting bolt, then lift up traction motor


with hoist and separate it from suspension member.
WARNING:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulating


protective gear before beginning work on the high voltage
system.

P
JSCIA0253ZZ

INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
WARNING:

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-125

LEAF

http://vnx.su

TRACTION MOTOR
< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulating protective gear before beginning work on
the high voltage system.

CAUTION:
Be sure to reinstall high voltage harness clips in their original positions. If a clip is damaged, replace
it with a new clip before installing.
Be sure to perform correct air bleeding after adding coolant. Refer to HCO-9, "Draining and Refilling".
If traction motor was replaced, perform resolver correction value learning. Refer to TMS-43, "Work
Procedure".
If traction motor was replaced, apply high voltage warning label at
position (A), with the top facing in the direction of the arrow.

JSCIA0132ZZ

Before installing reduction gear and traction motor, apply grease to full periphery of shaft spline (A), and also
inject grease [minimum 8.5 g (0.3 oz), maximum less than 20 g (0.7 oz)] into reduction gear input shaft
(inside spline) (B). Take care to prevent damage to O-ring (1) when installing.
CAUTION:
Clean the grease applying area to remove old grease and abrasion powder before applying grease.

JSDIA2307ZZ

Follow the procedure below and connect the 3-step type high voltage harness connector.

JPCIA0036ZZ

When all parts are installed, be sure to check equipotential of traction motor, electric compressor, and traction motor inverter.
- Traction motor: Refer to TMS-127, "Inspection".
Revision: 2010 November

TMS-126

LEAF

http://vnx.su

TRACTION MOTOR
< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
- Electric compressor: Refer to HA-49, "Inspection".
- Traction motor inverter: Refer to TMS-121, "Inspection".

Inspection

A
INFOID:0000000006998461

INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION

After installing traction motor, measure resistance between traction motor (aluminum part) and body (ground
bolt), and check equipotential.
TMS
WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulating protective gear before beginning work on
the high voltage system.

Traction motor Ground

: 0.1 or less

If result deviates from standard values, check that no paint, oil, dirt, or other substance is adhering to bolts or
conductive mounting parts. If any such substance is adhering, clean the surrounding area and remove the
substance.

Revision: 2010 November

TMS-127

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ELECTRIC POWER TRAIN

SECTION

EVB

EV BATTERY SYSTEM

EVB

CONTENTS
PRECAUTION ............................................... 4

EV BATTERY SYSTEM .................................... 24

PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 4

Reference Value ......................................................24


Fail-safe ...................................................................29
DTC Index ...............................................................34

Normal Charge Precaution ........................................ 4


Point to Be Checked Before Starting Maintenance
Work .......................................................................... 4
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 4
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...... 5
Precaution for Removing 12V Battery ....................... 5
High Voltage Precautions .......................................... 5

PREPARATION ............................................ 7
PREPARATION ................................................... 7
Special Service Tools ................................................ 7
Commercial Service Tools ........................................ 8

WIRING DIAGRAM ...................................... 40


VCM ................................................................... 40

BASIC INSPECTION ................................... 52


Work Flow ................................................................52
Question sheet ........................................................53

ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING


LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER .................... 55

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ............................. 11


COMPONENT PARTS .......................................11

MODULE CHARGE BALANCE ........................ 56

SYSTEM .............................................................16
System Description ................................................. 16
Circuit Diagram ....................................................... 18

HANDLING PRECAUTION ................................21


EV Battery System .................................................. 21

Description ...............................................................56
Work Procedure .......................................................56

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ......................... 58

P0A0D HV SYSTEM INTERLOCK ERROR ..... 58


DTC Logic ................................................................58
Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................58

P0A1F BATTERY ENERGY CONTROL MODULE .................................................................... 60

DTC Logic ................................................................60


Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................60
P

P3030 CELL CONTROLLER LIN ..................... 61

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (LBC) .............................22

DTC Logic ................................................................61


Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................61

CONSULT Function ................................................ 22

P3031-P303C CELL CONTROLLER ASIC ...... 62

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION .............. 24

DTC Logic ................................................................62


Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................62

Revision: 2010 November

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ....... 52

Description ...............................................................55
Work Procedure .......................................................55

Component Parts Location ...................................... 11


Li-ion Battery ........................................................... 12
Li-ion Battery Controller .......................................... 12
Module .................................................................... 13
Battery Temperature Sensor ................................... 14
Battery Junction Box ............................................... 14
Service Plug ............................................................ 14
High Voltage Warning Label ................................... 14

Wiring Diagram ........................................................40

EVB-1

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P303D-P3048 CELL CONTROLLER ASIC ....... 63

P318E COMMUNICATION ERROR .................. 83

DTC Logic ............................................................... 63


Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 63

DTC Logic ............................................................... 83


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 83

P3049-P3054 CELL CONTROLLER ASIC


VOLTAGE .......................................................... 64

P3191 COMMUNICATION ERROR .................. 84

DTC Logic ............................................................... 64


Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 64

DTC Logic ............................................................... 84


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 84

P3196 COMMUNICATION ERROR .................. 85

P3055-P3060 CELL CONTROLLER ASIC


VOLTAGE .......................................................... 65

DTC Logic ............................................................... 85


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 85

DTC Logic ............................................................... 65


Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 65

P3199 COMMUNICATION ERROR .................. 86

P3061 CELL BATTERY VOLTAGE .................. 66


DTC Logic ............................................................... 66
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 66

P3062 BYPASS SWITCH .................................. 67


DTC Logic ............................................................... 67
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 67

P308B-P3096 CELL CONTROLLER ASIC


OPEN ................................................................. 68
DTC Logic ............................................................... 68
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 68

P3097-P30A2 CELL CONTROLLER ASIC


OPEN ................................................................. 71
DTC Logic ............................................................... 71
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 71

P30F3 TOTAL VOLTAGE SENSOR ................. 74


DTC Logic ............................................................... 74
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 74

P30F4 TOTAL VOLTAGE SENSOR ................. 75


DTC Logic ............................................................... 75
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 75
Component Inspection ............................................ 76

P30F5 TOTAL VOLTAGE SENSOR ................. 77


DTC Logic ............................................................... 77
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 77

P30FC OVER CURRENT .................................. 78


DTC Logic ............................................................... 78
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 78

DTC Logic ............................................................... 86


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 86

P319C COMMUNICATION ERROR .................. 87


DTC Logic ............................................................... 87
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 87

P31A4 CAN ERROR VCM ................................ 88


DTC Logic ............................................................... 88
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 88

P31A7 CAN ERROR INV/MC ............................ 89


DTC Logic ............................................................... 89
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 89

P3300 TOTAL VOLTAGE OVER ...................... 90


DTC Logic ............................................................... 90
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 90

P3302-P330D CELL OVER VOLTAGE ............. 91


DTC Logic ............................................................... 91
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 91
Component Inspection ............................................ 93

P330E-P3319 CELL OVER VOLTAGE ............. 94


DTC Logic ............................................................... 94
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 94
Component Inspection ............................................ 96

P331A-P3325 CELL OVER VOLTAGE ............. 97


DTC Logic ............................................................... 97
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 97
Component Inspection ............................................ 99

P3326-P3331 CELL OVER VOLTAGE ............ 100

P30FD TOTAL VOLTAGE MONITOR


SWITCH ............................................................. 79

DTC Logic ............................................................. 100


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 100
Component Inspection .......................................... 102

DTC Logic ............................................................... 79


Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 79

P3373 TOTAL VOLTAGE OVER DISCHARGE ........................................................... 103

P30FE 12V BATTERY VOLTAGE ..................... 80

DTC Logic ............................................................. 103


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 103

DTC Logic ............................................................... 80


Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 80

P318D COMMUNICATION ERROR .................. 82


DTC Logic ............................................................... 82
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 82

Revision: 2010 November

P3375-P3380 CELL OVER DISCHARGE ........ 104


DTC Logic ............................................................. 104
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 104
Component Inspection .......................................... 106

EVB-2

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3381-P338C CELL OVER DISCHARGE ....... 107

Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 129

DTC Logic ............................................................. 107


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 107
Component Inspection .......................................... 109

P33E7 CELL CONTROLLER .......................... 130

P338D-P3398 CELL OVER DISCHARGE ....... 110


DTC Logic ............................................................. 110
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 110
Component Inspection .......................................... 112

P3399-P33A4 CELL OVER DISCHARGE ....... 113

DTC Logic .............................................................. 130


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 130

P33ED BATTERY PARALLEL DIAGNOSIS .. 131


DTC Logic .............................................................. 131
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 131

EVB

U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ......................... 132

DTC Logic ............................................................. 113


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 113
Component Inspection .......................................... 115

Description ............................................................. 132


DTC Logic .............................................................. 132
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 132

P33D4 BATTERY DETERIORATION DIAGNOSIS ............................................................... 116

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .. 133

DTC Logic ............................................................. 116


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 116

UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION .... 136

P33D5 CURRENT SENSOR ............................ 117


DTC Logic ............................................................. 117
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 117

P33D6 CURRENT SENSOR ............................ 119


DTC Logic ............................................................. 119
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 119

P33D7, P33D9, P33DB, P33DD TEMPERATURE SENSOR ................................................ 121


DTC Logic ............................................................. 121
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 121
Component Inspection .......................................... 122

P33DF BAT VOLTAGE ISOLATION SEN ....... 123


DTC Logic ............................................................. 123
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 123

P33E0 BAT VOLTAGE ISOLATION SEN ....... 124


DTC Logic ............................................................. 124
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 124

P33E1 BAT VOLTAGE ISOLATION SEN ....... 125


DTC Logic ............................................................. 125
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 125

P33E2 BATT PACK OVER TEMP ................... 126


DTC Logic ............................................................. 126
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 126

P33E4, P33E5 TEMPERATURE SENSOR ...... 127


DTC Logic ............................................................. 127
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 127
Component Inspection .......................................... 128

P33E6 CELL CONTROLLER ........................... 129

Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 133

LI-ION BATTERY ............................................ 136


Exploded View ....................................................... 136
Removal and Installation ....................................... 136
Inspection .............................................................. 141

UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY . 143


H

LI-ION BATTERY ............................................ 143


Exploded view ....................................................... 143
BATTERY JUNCTION BOX .................................... 149
BATTERY JUNCTION BOX : Disassembly and
Assembly ............................................................... 149
BATTERY JUNCTION BOX : Inspection ............... 153
LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER ........................... 155
LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER : Disassembly
and Assembly ........................................................ 155
LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER : Inspection ..... 159
FRONT MODULE STACK ....................................... 161
FRONT MODULE STACK : Disassembly and Assembly ................................................................... 161
FRONT MODULE STACK : Inspection ................. 167
REAR MODULE STACK ......................................... 169
REAR MODULE STACK : Disassembly and Assembly ................................................................... 169
REAR MODULE STACK : Inspection .................... 182

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS


(SDS) .......................................................... 185

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS


(SDS) ............................................................... 185

Li-ion Battery ......................................................... 185

DTC Logic ............................................................. 129

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-3

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >

PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Normal Charge Precaution

INFOID:0000000007081704

WARNING:
If a technician uses a medical electric device such as an implantable cardiac pacemaker or an
implantable cardioverter defibrillator, the possible effects on the devices must be checked with the
device manufacturer before starting the charge operation.
As radiated electromagnetic wave generated by on board charger at normal charge operation may
effect medical electric devices, a technician using a medical electric device such as implantable cardiac pacemaker or an implantable cardioverter defibrillator must not enter the vehicle compartment
(including luggage room) during normal charge operation.

Point to Be Checked Before Starting Maintenance Work

INFOID:0000000007081705

The high voltage system may starts automatically. It is required to check that the timer air conditioner
and timer charge (during EVSE connection) are not set before starting maintenance work.
NOTE:
If the timer air conditioner or timer charge (during EVSE connection) is set, the high voltage system starts
automatically even when the power switch is in OFF state.

Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"

INFOID:0000000007005864

The Supplemental Restraint System such as AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS AIR BAG and SEAT BELT of this
Service Manual.
WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see SRS AIR BAG.
Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors.

PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS


WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
power switch ON, never use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer.
Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious
injury.
When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the power switch OFF, disconnect
the 12V battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-4

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >

Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover

INFOID:0000000007005712

When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc to prevent damage to
windshield.

EVB

D
PIIB3706J

Precaution for Removing 12V Battery

INFOID:0000000007005861

When removing the 12V battery, turn ON/OFF the power switch and check that the charging status indicator
does not blink. The 12V battery must be removed within one hour after checking the indicator lamp.
NOTE:
The automatic 12V battery charge control may start even when the power switch is in OFF state.
The automatic 12V battery charge control does not start within approximately one hour when the power
switch is turned ON/OFF.

High Voltage Precautions

INFOID:0000000007005713

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective equipment consisting of glove, shoes and face shield before
beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while the
service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed to do
so in the Service Manual.

HIGH VOLTAGE HARNESS AND EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION


The colors of the high voltage harnesses and connectors are all orange. Orange "High Voltage" labels are
applied to the Li-ion battery and other high voltage devices. Do not carelessly touch these harnesses and
parts.

HANDLING OF HIGH VOLTAGE HARNESS AND TERMINALS


O

Immediately insulate disconnected high voltage connectors and terminals with insulating tape.

REGULATIONS ON WORKERS WITH MEDICAL ELECTRONICS


WARNING:
The vehicle contains parts that contain powerful magnets. If a person who is wearing a pacemaker or
other medical device is close to these parts, the medical device may be affected by the magnets. Such
persons must not perform work on the vehicle.

PROHIBITED ITEMS TO CARRY DURING THE WORK


Because this vehicle uses components that contain high voltage and powerful magnetism, due not carry any
metal products which may cause short circuits, or any magnetic media (cash cards, prepaid cards, etc.) which
may be damaged on your person when working.
Revision: 2010 November

EVB-5

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >
POSTING A SIGN OF DANGER! HIGH VOLTAGE AREA. KEEP OUT
To call the attention of other workers, indicate "High voltage work in progress. Do not touch!" on vehicles
where work is being performed on the high voltage systems.

JSAIA0091GB

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-6

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PREPARATION
< PREPARATION >

PREPARATION

PREPARATION
Special Service Tools

INFOID:0000000007063820

Tool name
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)

EVB

Description

D
Battery location guide pin
KV99111300
(J-50306)

Installing high voltage components


2 piece/set

JPCIA0023ZZ

Air leak checker


KV99111400
()

Air leak check after battery pack is resolved

JSCIA0257ZZ

I
Module terminal cover
KV99111500
()

Protect module terminals (for LEAF)


24 pieces/set

J
JPCIA0069ZZ

K
Module charge balancer

(J-50346)

Module voltage adjustment

JPCIA0070ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-7

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PREPARATION
< PREPARATION >

Commercial Service Tools

INFOID:0000000007063822

Tool name

Description

Insulated gloves
[Guaranteed insulation performance
for 1000V/300A]

Removing and installing high voltage components

JMCIA0149ZZ

Leather gloves
[Use leather gloves that can fasten
the wrist tight]

Removing and installing high voltage


components
Protect insulated gloves

JPCIA0066ZZ

Removing and installing high voltage components

Insulated safety shoes

JPCIA0011ZZ

Removing and installing high voltage


components
To protect eye from the spatter on the
work to electric line

Safety glasses
[ANSI Z87.1]

JPCIA0012ZZ

Removing and installing high voltage components

Insulated helmet

JPCIA0013ZZ

Insulation resistance tester (Multi


tester)

Measuring voltage and insulation resistance

JPCIA0014ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-8

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PREPARATION
< PREPARATION >
Tool name

Description

Removing and installing high voltage components

Stacker

EVB
JPCIA0015ZZ

D
Removing and installing high voltage components

Insulated hand tools

E
JPCIA0067ZZ

F
Removing and installing high voltage components

Insulated torque wrench

JPCIA0068ZZ

Removing and installing battery module


stack
NOTE:
D: 8.0 mm (0.31 in)
L: 74.0 mm (2.91 in)
S: 10.0 mm (0.39 in)
W: 22.5 mm (0.89 in)

Carabineer [small]

JPCIA0016ZZ

Removing and installing battery module


stack
NOTE:
D: 14.0 mm (0.55 in)
L: 204.0 mm (8.03 in)
S: 47.0 mm (1.85 in)
W: 105.0 mm (4.13 in)

Carabineer [large]

JPCIA0017ZZ

M
Removing and installing battery module
stack
Length: 2.0 m (0.787 ft)

Belt slinger

JPCIA0021ZZ

P
Removing and installing high voltage components

Insulated cover sheet

JPCIA0018ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-9

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PREPARATION
< PREPARATION >
Tool name

Description

Removing and installing battery module


stack

Mobile floor crane

JPCIA0020ZZ

Battery lift table

Removing and installing Li-ion battery

JPCIA0024ZZ

Removing and installing high voltage components

Insulated rubber sheet

JPCIA0019ZZ

Removing and installing battery rear module stack

Lashing belt

JPCIA0022ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-10

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

COMPONENT PARTS
Component Parts Location

INFOID:0000000007005717

EVB

JPCIA0064ZZ

A.

Center of rear seat legroom

B.

Center of battery pack right side

C.

Center of battery pack front side

D.

Center of battery pack left side

E.

Back of battery pack left side

F.

Back of battery pack

: Vehicle front

No.

Component

1.

Li-ion battery

EVB-12, "Li-ion Battery"

2.

Service plug

EVB-14, "Service Plug"

3.

Front module stack RH

EVB-13, "Module"

4.

Battery temperature sensor (Front RH)

EVB-14, "Battery Temperature Sensor"

5.

Battery junction box

EVB-14, "Battery Junction Box"

6.

Front module stack LH

EVB-13, "Module"

7.

Battery temperature sensor (Front LH)

EVB-14, "Battery Temperature Sensor"

8.

Li-ion battery controller

EVB-12, "Li-ion Battery Controller"

Revision: 2010 November

Function

EVB-11

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
No.

Component

Function

9.

Rear module stack

EVB-13, "Module"

10.

Battery temperature sensor (Rear center)

EVB-14, "Battery Temperature Sensor"

11.

Battery temperature sensor (Rear RH)

EVB-14, "Battery Temperature Sensor"

Li-ion Battery

INFOID:0000000007005718

A Li-ion battery with flat construction is placed under floor.


The battery pack is equipped with necessary devices, such as Liion battery controller, battery junction box, and service plug in addition to a battery storing electricity.

JSCIA0272ZZ

Four cells are integrated into a single module. The Li-ion battery consists of forty-eight modules placed in
series.

JPCIA0083ZZ

Li-ion Battery Controller

INFOID:0000000007005719

Li-ion battery controller (LBC) is included in the battery pack and


installed on the left surface of the rear module stack.

JSCIA0071ZZ

The Li-ion battery controller is the core of battery control. This Li-ion battery controller detects the voltage
and current of the assembled battery, the temperature of each module, and the voltage of each cell to judge
SOC (state of charge) and calculates possible input/output values, meter indication value, and chargeable
value to send these data to VCM (vehicle control module). VCM controls the vehicle, according to the battery
state.

Main Role of Li-ion Battery Controller


1.

Li-ion battery state check


SOC (state of charge)
Possible output value
Possible input value
Temperature

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-12

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
2. Optimization of Li-ion battery voltage
3. Prevention of overvoltage and overcurrent
4. Prevention of overheat
5. Detection of decrease in insulation resistance of high-voltage circuit
6. Detection of a fit of high voltage harness connector and service plug

Module

B
INFOID:0000000007005720

EVB

Four laminated cells are integrated into one module.


The Li-ion battery is equipped with forty-eight modules.
There are two kinds of modules, according to the location of positive and negative terminals.
Positive terminal

: Red

Negative terminal

: Black

F
JSCIA0273ZZ

Module layout
G

JPCIA0084GB

NOTE:
The highest potential is module (MD) 1 and the lowest is module (MD) 48.
M

Cell
These are thin laminated cells with excellent cooling performance.
N

P
JSCIA0274ZZ

The Features of laminated cell


Large surface area with excellent cooling performance reduces heat load to the battery and improves battery life.
The light and thin structure increases the flexibility in layout.

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-13

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

Battery Temperature Sensor

INFOID:0000000007005721

Four battery temperature sensors mounted in the battery pack


measures the temperature.
Right and left front module stacks have one battery temperature
sensor, respectively, and the rear module stack has two.

JSCIA0275ZZ

The sensor integrated with thermistor decreases electric resistance as temperature increases.

JPCIA0295GB

Battery Junction Box

INFOID:0000000007005722

The battery junction box is installed to the front side in the battery
pack.
The battery junction box includes:
System main relay to provide/cut off DC current sent from Li-ion
battery.
Pre-charge relay to protect the high voltage circuit from a high
current immediately after power switch ON.
Current sensor to calculate battery capacity.
Installed to both positive side and negative side, the system main
relay provides DC current to each high voltage part. In addition, the
system main relay provides DC current to the Li-ion batter during
JSCIA0276ZZ
motor regeneration or charge.
When an error occurs in the system, the system main relay is tuned OFF and the Li-ion battery is shut off to
ensure the safety, based on a command from VCM (Vehicle control module).

Service Plug

INFOID:0000000007005723

The service plug is included in the Li-ion battery to securely shut


off the high voltage during high voltage part inspection and maintenance.
The service plug is installed on the upper surface of the battery
pack. The plug can be removed when the legroom-mounted service plug cover is removed.
WARNING:
Always use insulating protective equipment when removing
and installing service plug
JSCIA0277ZZ

High Voltage Warning Label

INFOID:0000000007005724

High voltage warning label is stuck on each component parts below.


Revision: 2010 November

EVB-14

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
When replacing component parts make sure to stick it on original position.
A

Li-ion Battery
The label is affixed on the rear end of Li-ion battery.

EVB

D
JSCIA0319ZZ

E
: Vehicle front

The label is affixed on the body panel near the high voltage harness connector.

JPCIA0168ZZ

Li-ion Battery Controller


The label is affixed on the main body of controller.
J

L
JSCIA0111ZZ

Service Plug
The label is affixed on the inspection hole cover.

P
JPCIA0158ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-15

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

SYSTEM
System Description

INFOID:0000000007005725

SYSTEM DIAGRAM

JPCIA0082GB

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL ITEM


Input Signal Item
Transmit unit
VCM

Signal name
EV system CAN

Target Li-ion battery remained energy signal

Output Signal Item


Transmit unit

Signal name
High voltage discharge permit signal
Li-ion battery main relay cut request signal
Li-ion battery connector interlock signal
Li-ion battery voltage signal
Li-ion battery current signal
Li-ion battery available charge signal

VCM

EV system CAN

Li-ion battery chargeable power signal


Li-ion battery dischargeable power signal
Li-ion battery chargeable completion signal
Li-ion battery remained signal
Li-ion battery capacity signal
Li-ion battery gradual capacity loss signal
Insulation resistance signal

Description
The Li-ion battery controller performs control as follows:
Monitors the battery state and transfers chargeable/dischargeable power to VCM (vehicle control module) to
prevent an error, such as overvoltage, over discharge, overcurrent, and an excessive temperature rise in the
battery.
Detects an error (overvoltage, over discharge, overcurrent, or excessive temperature rise) immediately at
the time of error occurrence and requests the system main relay shutoff to VCM to shut off the discharge/
charge line.
Revision: 2010 November

EVB-16

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
Maintains the optimum battery state constantly with a cell capacity adjustment function to prevent a reduction in charging/discharging capacity caused by cell capacity variations.
Detects the connector fit state with the function to detect the fit of the high voltage harness connector and
transfers the detected state to VCM so that the vehicle does not start with an unsteady state.
Detects the insulation resistance state with the function to detect the insulation resistance between high and
low voltage and transfers the detected state to VCM so that the vehicle does not start with an unusual state.
Estimates a battery charge state and low battery state, based on the data obtained with the battery state
detection function, and reflects on the battery capacity meter.
The Li-ion battery has a voltage range capable of charge/discharge. If charged/discharged exceeding the
range, excessive low capacity or malfunction may be caused. To prevent this, the Li-ion battery controller
detects voltage of each cell and requests the control of charging/discharging energy to VCM so that the cell
voltage stays within the voltage range.

Overvoltage/overcurrent protection

Control

Operating condition

Charging energy control

Gradual control of charging energy as the cell voltage approaches the upper limit of the voltage capable of charging.

System main relay cut

Cell voltage exceeds the voltage judged as overvoltage and


maintains the voltage for more than the specified time.

Discharging energy control

Gradual control of discharging energy as the cell voltage approaches the lower limit of the voltage capable of discharging.

System main relay cut

Cell voltage exceeds the voltage judged as over discharge and


maintains the voltage for more than the specified time.

Charging/discharging energy
control

Gradual control of charging/discharging energy as a Li-ion battery temperature approaches the upper limit of the temperature
capable of use.

System main relay cut

Li-ion battery temperature exceeds the temperature judged as


excessive temperature rise and maintains the temperature for
more than the specified time.

Over discharge protection

Excessive temperature rise protection

EVB

BATTERY PROTECTION

Control item

HOW TO ADJUST CELL CAPACITY

Cell capacity adjustment means the adjustment of cell capacity to a target capacity by estimating the capacity
of each cell from the no-load voltage at system startup. The voltage of each cell is detected by the Li-ion battery controller and the bypass switch is turned ON to perform the discharge of a cell with the high capacity.
Accordingly, the utilization of the capacity of each cell is maximized by adjusting the capacity with the Li-ion
battery controller.

JPCIA0094GB

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-17

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

Circuit Diagram

INFOID:0000000007005726

JSCIA0371GB

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-18

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
A

EVB

JPCIA0088GB

Harness Layout
J

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-19

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

JPCIA0089GB

: Vehicle front

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-20

LEAF

http://vnx.su

HANDLING PRECAUTION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

HANDLING PRECAUTION

EV Battery System

INFOID:0000000007005727

To improve the Li-ion battery life, never perform quick charge heavily.
Use the method of nighttime normal charge or timer-controlled charge.
Never perform rapid acceleration/deceleration.
Never place EV battery at an area exposed to direct sunlight or under high temperature conditions.

EVB

Battery keeping at workshop


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Always right side up.


Never double stack.
Never place directly on floor.
NOTE:
Place on palette or rubber sheet.
Always put cover sheet over.
Always cover service plug basement and each connector by insulating tape.
Always place caution label with the name of person in charge.
Always put away from water.
Make sure nothing around Li-ion battery to fall on the Li-ion battery.
Always place Li-ion battery away from direct sunshine and good breathability. (Never leave it at outside)

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-21

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (LBC)


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (LBC)


CONSULT Function

INFOID:0000000007005728

APPLICATION ITEM
CONSULT performs the following functions via CAN communication with Li-ion battery controller (LBC).
Item

Function

Work Support

Adjusts the components or systems quickly and exactly.

Self-diagnosis results

Receives the self-diagnosis result of the control unit is received and displays the malfunction system.

Data Monitor

Receives, displays, and records the input/output signals from control unit.

CAN Diagnosis

Displays the CAN diagnosis results.

CAN Diagnosis Support MonDisplays the CAN communication status.


itor
ECU Identification

Displays control unit part number or identification number.

WORK SUPPORT
Work item

CONDITION

USAGE

SAVE BATTERY INFORMATION


DATA

In this mode, the data saved in the LBC is stored in CONSULT.

When Li-ion battery and LBC are


replaced.

WRITE BATTERY INFORMATION DATA

In this mode, write data stored by "SAVE BATTERY INFOR- When Li-ion battery and LBC are
MATION DATA" in work support mode to LBC.
replaced.

CLEAR BATTERY RADUAL CAPACITY LOSS DATA

Li-ion battery radual capacity loss data stored in LBC is


cleard.

When all modules of Li-ion battery replaced.

CLEAR BATT CHARGE/DISCHARGE INFORMATION DATA

Li-ion battery charge/discharge information data stored in


LBC is cleared.

When all modules of Li-ion battery replaced.

ECU IDENTIFICATION
Part number of LBC can be checked.

SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT
Self Diagnostic Item
Regarding items of DTC, refer to EVB-34, "DTC Index".
How to Erase DTC
1. Select HV BATwith CONSULT.
2. SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT.
3. Touch ERASE. (DTC in LBC will be erased.)
FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)
The following vehicle status is recorded when DTC is detected and is displayed on CONSULT.
Monitored item (Unit)

Remarks

DTC
BATT ELECTRIC CURRENT

Displays the DTC which caused FFD memory


A

Displays the Li-ion battery current value

12V BATTERY VOLTAGE

mV

Displays 12V battery power supply voltage

IR SEN SHORT PULSE

mV

Displays the maximum to minimum difference of voltage magnitude of the onboard isolation resistance monitoring system

SERVICE PLUG INTERLOCK


CELL VOLTAGE 01 - 96

OPEN /
CLOSE
mV

TOTAL BATTERY VOLTAGE

BATTERY TEMPERATURE 1

degC

Revision: 2010 November

Displays the OPEN/CLOSE state of the service plug


Displays each cell voltage
Displays the total voltage of the Li-ion battery
Displays the temperature calculated with a signal voltage from battery temperature 1

EVB-22

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (LBC)


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
Monitored item (Unit)

Remarks

BATTERY TEMPERATURE 2

degC

Displays the temperature calculated with a signal voltage from battery temperature 2

BATTERY TEMPERATURE 3

degC

Displays the temperature calculated with a signal voltage from battery temperature 3

BATTERY TEMPERATURE 4

degC

Displays the temperature calculated with a signal voltage from battery temperature 4

BATT ELECTRIC CURRENT

Unit
A

Remark

Displays the Li-ion battery current value

12V BATTERY VOLTAGE

mV

Displays 12V battery power supply voltage

IR SEN SHORT PULSE

mV

Displays the maximum to minimum difference of voltage magnitude of the onboard isolation resistance monitoring system

SERVICE PLUG INTERLOCK


CELL VOLTAGE 01 - 96

EVB

DATA MONITOR
Monitored item

OPEN /
CLOSE
mV

Displays the OPEN/CLOSE state of the service plug

Displays each cell voltage

TOTAL BATTERY VOLTAGE

Displays the total voltage of the Li-ion battery

MAXIMUM CELL VOLTAGE

mV

Displays the maximum cell voltage value

MINIMUM CELL VOLTAGE

mV

Displays the minimum cell voltage value

BATTERY TEMPERATURE 1

degC

Displays the temperature calculated with a signal voltage from battery temperature 1

BATTERY TEMPERATURE 2

degC

Displays the temperature calculated with a signal voltage from battery temperature 2

BATTERY TEMPERATURE 3

degC

Displays the temperature calculated with a signal voltage from battery temperature 3

BATTERY TEMPERATURE 4

degC

Displays the temperature calculated with a signal voltage from battery temperature 4

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-23

LEAF

http://vnx.su

EV BATTERY SYSTEM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION


EV BATTERY SYSTEM
Reference Value

INFOID:0000000007005729

VALUE ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL


NOTE:
Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item

Condition

BATT ELECTRIC CURRENT

READY

12V BATTERY VOLTAGE

READY

Stop the vehicle

Values / Status
Approx. (10) - (+20) A
Approx. 1,100 1,400 mV

IR SEN SHORT PULSE

READY

SERVICE PLUG INTERLOCK

READY

Connect service plug

REQ

READY

Disconnect service plug

NOT REQ

CELL VOLTAGE 01

READY

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

CELL VOLTAGE 02

READY

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

CELL VOLTAGE 03

READY

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

CELL VOLTAGE 04

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 05

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 06

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 07

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 08

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 09

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 10

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 11

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 12

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 13

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 14

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 15

READY

Revision: 2010 November

Approx. 4,100 4,300 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

EVB-24

LEAF

http://vnx.su

EV BATTERY SYSTEM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Monitor item

Condition

CELL VOLTAGE 16

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 17

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 18

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 19

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 20

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 21

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 22

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 23

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 24

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 25

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 26

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 27

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 28

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 29

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 30

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 31

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 32

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 33

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 34

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 35

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 36

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 37

READY

Revision: 2010 November

Values / Status

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

EVB-25

EVB

LEAF

http://vnx.su

EV BATTERY SYSTEM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Monitor item

Condition

CELL VOLTAGE 38

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 39

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 40

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 41

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 42

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 43

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 44

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 45

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 46

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 47

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 48

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 49

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 50

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 51

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 52

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 53

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 54

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 55

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 56

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 57

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 58

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 59

READY

Revision: 2010 November

Values / Status

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

EVB-26

LEAF

http://vnx.su

EV BATTERY SYSTEM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Monitor item

Condition

CELL VOLTAGE 60

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 61

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 62

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 63

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 64

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 65

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 66

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 67

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 68

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 69

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 70

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 71

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 72

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 73

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 74

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 75

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 76

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 77

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 78

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 79

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 80

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 81

READY

Revision: 2010 November

Values / Status

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

EVB-27

EVB

LEAF

http://vnx.su

EV BATTERY SYSTEM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Monitor item

Condition

CELL VOLTAGE 82

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 83

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 84

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 85

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 86

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 87

READY

Values / Status

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,200 - 3,400 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 300 - 350 V

SOC 95 %

Approx. 370 - 420 V

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,300 - 3,500 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

SOC 5 %

Approx. 3,300 - 3,500 mV

SOC 95 %

Approx. 4,000 - 4,200 mV

CELL VOLTAGE 88

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 89

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 90

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 91

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 92

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 93

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 94

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 95

READY

CELL VOLTAGE 96

READY

TOTAL BATTERY VOLTAGE

READY

MAXIMUM CELL VOLTAGE

READY

MINIMUM CELL VOLTAGE

READY

BATTERY TEMPERATURE
1

READY (Stop the


vehicle)

Ambient temperature: 25C

20 - 30C
[Equivalent to air temperature around
rear module stack]

BATTERY TEMPERATURE
2

READY (Stop the


vehicle)

Ambient temperature: 25C

20 - 30C
[Equivalent to air temperature around
front RH module stack]

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-28

LEAF

http://vnx.su

EV BATTERY SYSTEM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Monitor item

Condition

BATTERY TEMPERATURE
3

READY (Stop the


vehicle)

BATTERY TEMPERATURE
4

READY (Stop the


vehicle)

Values / Status

Ambient temperature: 25C

20 - 30C
[Equivalent to air temperature around
rear module stack]

Ambient temperature: 25C

20 - 30C
[Equivalent to air temperature around
front LH module stack]

Fail-safe

INFOID:0000000007005730

When Li-ion Battery Controller (LBC) detects a malfunction of the Li-ion battery, it enters the control mode that
protects the battery by stopping or restricting the output/charging from/to the battery.
The fail-safe mode differs depending on the contents of the detected malfunction.

EVB

FAIL-SAFE PATTERN

Pattern A: No driving and Charge stop


Pattern B: Driving output power limit, and Charge stop
Pattern C: Driving output power limit, and Charge limit
Pattern D: EV system warning lamp illuminate

FAIL-SAFE LIST
DTC

CONSULT screen items

P0A0D

HV SYSTEM INTERLOCK ERROR

P0A1F

BATTERY ENERGY CONTROL MODULE

P3030

CELL CONT LIN

P3031

CELL CONT ASIC1

P3032

CELL CONT ASIC2

P3033

CELL CONT ASIC3

P3034

CELL CONT ASIC4

P3035

CELL CONT ASIC5

P3036

CELL CONT ASIC6

P3037

CELL CONT ASIC7

P3038

CELL CONT ASIC8

P3039

CELL CONT ASIC9

P303A

CELL CONT ASIC10

P303B

CELL CONT ASIC11

P303C

CELL CONT ASIC12

P303D

CELL CONT ASIC13

P303E

CELL CONT ASIC14

P303F

CELL CONT ASIC15

P3040

CELL CONT ASIC16

P3041

CELL CONT ASIC17

P3042

CELL CONT ASIC18

P3043

CELL CONT ASIC19

P3044

CELL CONT ASIC20

P3045

CELL CONT ASIC21

P3046

CELL CONT ASIC22

P3047

CELL CONT ASIC23

P3048

CELL CONT ASIC24

Revision: 2010 November

Pattern

EVB-29

LEAF

http://vnx.su

EV BATTERY SYSTEM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
DTC

CONSULT screen items

Pattern
A

P3049

CELL CONT ASIC1 VOLT

P304A

CELL CONT ASIC2 VOLT

P304B

CELL CONT ASIC3 VOLT

P304C

CELL CONT ASIC4 VOLT

P304D

CELL CONT ASIC5 VOLT

P304E

CELL CONT ASIC6 VOLT

P304F

CELL CONT ASIC7 VOLT

P3050

CELL CONT ASIC8 VOLT

P3051

CELL CONT ASIC9 VOLT

P3052

CELL CONT ASIC10 VOLT

P3053

CELL CONT ASIC11 VOLT

P3054

CELL CONT ASIC12 VOLT

P3055

CELL CONT ASIC13 VOLT

P3056

CELL CONT ASIC14 VOLT

P3057

CELL CONT ASIC15 VOLT

P3058

CELL CONT ASIC16 VOLT

P3059

CELL CONT ASIC17 VOLT

P305A

CELL CONT ASIC18 VOLT

P305B

CELL CONT ASIC19 VOLT

P305C

CELL CONT ASIC20 VOLT

P305D

CELL CONT ASIC21 VOLT

P305E

CELL CONT ASIC22 VOLT

P305F

CELL CONT ASIC23 VOLT

P3060

CELL CONT ASIC24 VOLT

P3061

CELL BATTERY VOLT

P3062

BYPASS SW

P308B

CELL CONT ASIC1 OPEN

P308C

CELL CONT ASIC2 OPEN

P308D

CELL CONT ASIC3 OPEN

P308E

CELL CONT ASIC4 OPEN

P308F

CELL CONT ASIC5 OPEN

P3090

CELL CONT ASIC6 OPEN

P3091

CELL CONT ASIC7 OPEN

P3092

CELL CONT ASIC8 OPEN

P3093

CELL CONT ASIC9 OPEN

P3094

CELL CONT ASIC10 OPEN

P3095

CELL CONT ASIC11 OPEN

P3096

CELL CONT ASIC12 OPEN

P3097

CELL CONT ASIC13 OPEN

P3098

CELL CONT ASIC14 OPEN

P3099

CELL CONT ASIC15 OPEN

P309A

CELL CONT ASIC16 OPEN

P309B

CELL CONT ASIC17 OPEN

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-30

LEAF

http://vnx.su

EV BATTERY SYSTEM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
DTC

CONSULT screen items

Pattern
A

P309C

CELL CONT ASIC18 OPEN

P309D

CELL CONT ASIC19 OPEN

P309E

CELL CONT ASIC20 OPEN

P309F

CELL CONT ASIC21 OPEN

P30A0

CELL CONT ASIC22 OPEN

P30A1

CELL CONT ASIC23 OPEN

P30A2

CELL CONT ASIC24 OPEN

P30F3

TOTAL VOLT SENSOR

P30F4

TOTAL VOLT SENSOR

P30F5

TOTAL VOLT SENSOR

EVB

P30FC

OVER CURRENT

P30FD

TOTAL VOLTAGE MONITOR SWITCH

P30FE

12V BATTERY VOLTAGE

P318D

COMMUNICATION ERROR

P318E

COMMUNICATION ERROR

P3191

COMMUNICATION ERROR

No fail-safe

P3196

COMMUNICATION ERROR

No fail-safe

P3199

COMMUNICATION ERROR

P319C

COMMUNICATION ERROR

P31A4

CAN ERROR VCM

P31A7

CAN ERROR INV/MC

P3300

TOTAL VOLTAGE OVER

P3302

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE1

P3303

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE2

P3304

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE3

P3305

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE4

P3306

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE5

P3307

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE6

P3308

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE7

P3309

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE8

P330A

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE9

P330B

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE10

P330C

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE11

P330D

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE12

P330E

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE13

P330F

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE14

P3310

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE15

P3311

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE16

P3312

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE17

P3313

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE18

P3314

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE19

P3315

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE20

P3316

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE21

Revision: 2010 November

No fail-safe

No fail-safe

No fail-safe

EVB-31

LEAF

http://vnx.su

EV BATTERY SYSTEM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
DTC

CONSULT screen items

Pattern
A

P3317

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE22

P3318

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE23

P3319

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE24

P331A

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE25

P331B

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE26

P331C

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE27

P331D

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE28

P331E

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE29

P331F

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE30

P3320

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE31

P3321

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE32

P3322

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE33

P3323

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE34

P3324

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE35

P3325

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE36

P3326

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE37

P3327

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE38

P3328

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE39

P3329

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE40

P332A

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE41

P332B

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE42

P332C

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE43

P332D

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE44

P332E

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE45

P332F

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE46

P3330

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE47

P3331

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE48

P3375

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE1

P3376

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE2

P3377

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE3

P3378

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE4

P3379

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE5

P337A

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE6

P337B

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE7

P337C

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE8

P337D

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE9

P337E

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE10

P337F

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE11

P3380

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE12

P3381

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE13

P3382

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE14

P3383

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE15

P3384

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE16

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-32

LEAF

http://vnx.su

EV BATTERY SYSTEM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
DTC

CONSULT screen items

Pattern
A

P3385

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE17

P3386

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE18

P3387

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE19

P3388

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE20

P3389

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE21

P338A

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE22

P338B

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE23

P338C

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE24

P338D

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE25

P338E

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE26

P338F

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE27

P3390

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE28

P3391

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE29

P3392

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE30

P3393

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE31

P3394

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE32

P3395

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE33

P3396

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE34

P3397

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE35

P3398

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE36

P3399

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE37

P339A

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE38

P339B

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE39

P339C

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE40

P339D

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE41

P339E

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE42

P339F

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE43

P33A0

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE44

P33A1

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE45

P33A2

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE46

P33A3

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE47

P33A4

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE48

P33D4

BATTERY INTERNAL RESISTANCE DIAG

P33D5

CURRENT SENSOR

P33D6

CURRENT SENSOR

P33D7

TEMPERATURE SENSOR

No fail-safe

P33D9

TEMPERATURE SENSOR

No fail-safe

P33DB

TEMPERATURE SENSOR

No fail-safe

P33DD

TEMPERATURE SENSOR

No fail-safe

P33DF

BATT VOLTAGE ISOLATION SEN

P33E0

BATT VOLTAGE ISOLATION SEN

P33E1

BATT VOLTAGE ISOLATION SEN

P33E2

BAT PACK OVER TEMP

Revision: 2010 November

EVB

EVB-33

LEAF

http://vnx.su

EV BATTERY SYSTEM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
DTC

Pattern

CONSULT screen items

P33E4

TEMPERATURE SENSOR

No fail-safe

P33E5

TEMPERATURE SENSOR

No fail-safe

P33E6

CELL CONTROLLER

P33E7

CELL CONTROLLER

P33ED

BATTERY PARALLEL DIAGNOSIS

U1000

CAN COMM CIRCUIT

DTC Index

INFOID:0000000007005731

: Applicable : Not applicable

DTC

CONSULT screen items

EV system
warning
lamp

Trip

Reference

P0A0D

HV SYSTEM INTERLOCK ERROR

EVB-60

P0A1F

BATTERY ENERGY CONTROL MODULE

EVB-60

P3030

CELL CONT LIN

EVB-61

P3031

CELL CONT ASIC1

EVB-62

P3032

CELL CONT ASIC2

EVB-62

P3033

CELL CONT ASIC3

EVB-62

P3034

CELL CONT ASIC4

EVB-62

P3035

CELL CONT ASIC5

EVB-62

P3036

CELL CONT ASIC6

EVB-62

P3037

CELL CONT ASIC7

EVB-62

P3038

CELL CONT ASIC8

EVB-62

P3039

CELL CONT ASIC9

EVB-62

P303A

CELL CONT ASIC10

EVB-62

P303B

CELL CONT ASIC11

EVB-62

P303C

CELL CONT ASIC12

EVB-62

P303D

CELL CONT ASIC13

EVB-62

P303E

CELL CONT ASIC14

EVB-62

P303F

CELL CONT ASIC15

EVB-62

P3040

CELL CONT ASIC16

EVB-62

P3041

CELL CONT ASIC17

EVB-62

P3042

CELL CONT ASIC18

EVB-62

P3043

CELL CONT ASIC19

EVB-62

P3044

CELL CONT ASIC20

EVB-62

P3045

CELL CONT ASIC21

EVB-62

P3046

CELL CONT ASIC22

EVB-62

P3047

CELL CONT ASIC23

EVB-62

P3048

CELL CONT ASIC24

EVB-62

P3049

CELL CONT ASIC1 VOLT

EVB-64

P304A

CELL CONT ASIC2 VOLT

EVB-64

P304B

CELL CONT ASIC3 VOLT

EVB-64

P304C

CELL CONT ASIC4 VOLT

EVB-64

P304D

CELL CONT ASIC5 VOLT

EVB-64

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-34

LEAF

http://vnx.su

EV BATTERY SYSTEM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
DTC

CONSULT screen items

EV system
warning
lamp

Trip

Reference

P304E

CELL CONT ASIC6 VOLT

EVB-64

P304F

CELL CONT ASIC7 VOLT

EVB-64

P3050

CELL CONT ASIC8 VOLT

EVB-64

P3051

CELL CONT ASIC9 VOLT

EVB-64

P3052

CELL CONT ASIC10 VOLT

EVB-64

P3053

CELL CONT ASIC11 VOLT

EVB-64

P3054

CELL CONT ASIC12 VOLT

EVB-64

P3055

CELL CONT ASIC13 VOLT

EVB-64

P3056

CELL CONT ASIC14 VOLT

EVB-64

P3057

CELL CONT ASIC15 VOLT

EVB-64

P3058

CELL CONT ASIC16 VOLT

EVB-64

P3059

CELL CONT ASIC17 VOLT

EVB-64

P305A

CELL CONT ASIC18 VOLT

EVB-64

P305B

CELL CONT ASIC19 VOLT

EVB-64

P305C

CELL CONT ASIC20 VOLT

EVB-64

P305D

CELL CONT ASIC21 VOLT

EVB-64

P305E

CELL CONT ASIC22 VOLT

EVB-64

P305F

CELL CONT ASIC23 VOLT

EVB-64

P3060

CELL CONT ASIC24 VOLT

EVB-64

P3061

CELL BATTERY VOLT

EVB-66

P3062

BYPASS SW

EVB-67

P308B

CELL CONT ASIC1 OPEN

EVB-68

P308C

CELL CONT ASIC2 OPEN

EVB-68

P308D

CELL CONT ASIC3 OPEN

EVB-68

P308E

CELL CONT ASIC4 OPEN

EVB-68

P308F

CELL CONT ASIC5 OPEN

EVB-68

P3090

CELL CONT ASIC6 OPEN

EVB-68

P3091

CELL CONT ASIC7 OPEN

EVB-68

P3092

CELL CONT ASIC8 OPEN

EVB-68

P3093

CELL CONT ASIC9 OPEN

EVB-68

P3094

CELL CONT ASIC10 OPEN

EVB-68

P3095

CELL CONT ASIC11 OPEN

EVB-68

P3096

CELL CONT ASIC12 OPEN

EVB-68

P3097

CELL CONT ASIC13 OPEN

EVB-68

P3098

CELL CONT ASIC14 OPEN

EVB-68

P3099

CELL CONT ASIC15 OPEN

EVB-68

P309A

CELL CONT ASIC16 OPEN

EVB-68

P309B

CELL CONT ASIC17 OPEN

EVB-68

P309C

CELL CONT ASIC18 OPEN

EVB-68

P309D

CELL CONT ASIC19 OPEN

EVB-68

P309E

CELL CONT ASIC20 OPEN

EVB-68

P309F

CELL CONT ASIC21 OPEN

EVB-68

P30A0

CELL CONT ASIC22 OPEN

EVB-68

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-35

EVB

LEAF

http://vnx.su

EV BATTERY SYSTEM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
DTC

CONSULT screen items

EV system
warning
lamp

Trip

Reference

P30A1

CELL CONT ASIC23 OPEN

EVB-68

P30A2

CELL CONT ASIC24 OPEN

EVB-68

P30F3

TOTAL VOLT SENSOR

EVB-74

P30F4

TOTAL VOLT SENSOR

EVB-75

P30F5

TOTAL VOLT SENSOR

EVB-77

P30FC

OVER CURRENT

EVB-78

P30FD

TOTAL VOLTAGE MONITOR SWITCH

EVB-79

P30FE

12V BATTERY VOLTAGE

EVB-80

P318D

COMMUNICATION ERROR

EVB-82

P318E

COMMUNICATION ERROR

EVB-83

P3191

COMMUNICATION ERROR

EVB-84

P3196

COMMUNICATION ERROR

EVB-85

P3199

COMMUNICATION ERROR

EVB-86

P319C

COMMUNICATION ERROR

EVB-87

P31A4

CAN ERROR VCM

EVB-88

P31A7

CAN ERROR INV/MC

EVB-89

P3300

TOTAL VOLTAGE OVER

EVB-90

P3302

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE1

EVB-91

P3303

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE2

EVB-91

P3304

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE3

EVB-91

P3305

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE4

EVB-91

P3306

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE5

EVB-91

P3307

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE6

EVB-91

P3308

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE7

EVB-91

P3309

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE8

EVB-91

P330A

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE9

EVB-91

P330B

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE10

EVB-91

P330C

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE11

EVB-91

P330D

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE12

EVB-91

P330E

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE13

EVB-91

P330F

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE14

EVB-91

P3310

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE15

EVB-91

P3311

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE16

EVB-91

P3312

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE17

EVB-91

P3313

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE18

EVB-91

P3314

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE19

EVB-91

P3315

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE20

EVB-91

P3316

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE21

EVB-91

P3317

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE22

EVB-91

P3318

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE23

EVB-91

P3319

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE24

EVB-91

P331A

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE25

EVB-91

P331B

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE26

EVB-91

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-36

LEAF

http://vnx.su

EV BATTERY SYSTEM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
DTC

CONSULT screen items

EV system
warning
lamp

Trip

Reference

P331C

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE27

EVB-91

P331D

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE28

EVB-91

P331E

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE29

EVB-91

P331F

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE30

EVB-91

P3320

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE31

EVB-91

P3321

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE32

EVB-91

P3322

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE33

EVB-91

P3323

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE34

EVB-91

P3324

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE35

EVB-91

P3325

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE36

EVB-91

P3326

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE37

EVB-91

P3327

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE38

EVB-91

P3328

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE39

EVB-91

P3329

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE40

EVB-91

P332A

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE41

EVB-91

P332B

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE42

EVB-91

P332C

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE43

EVB-91

P332D

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE44

EVB-91

P332E

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE45

EVB-91

P332F

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE46

EVB-91

P3330

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE47

EVB-91

P3331

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE48

EVB-91

P3373

TOTAL VOLTAGE OVER DISCHARGE

EVB-103

P3375

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE1

EVB-104

P3376

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE2

EVB-104

P3377

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE3

EVB-104

P3378

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE4

EVB-104

P3379

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE5

EVB-104

P337A

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE6

EVB-104

P337B

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE7

EVB-104

P337C

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE8

EVB-104

P337D

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE9

EVB-104

P337E

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE10

EVB-104

P337F

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE11

EVB-104

P3380

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE12

EVB-104

P3381

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE13

EVB-104

P3382

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE14

EVB-104

P3383

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE15

EVB-104

P3384

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE16

EVB-104

P3385

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE17

EVB-104

P3386

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE18

EVB-104

P3387

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE19

EVB-104

P3388

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE20

EVB-104

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-37

EVB

LEAF

http://vnx.su

EV BATTERY SYSTEM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
DTC

CONSULT screen items

EV system
warning
lamp

Trip

Reference

P3389

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE21

EVB-104

P338A

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE22

EVB-104

P338B

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE23

EVB-104

P338C

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE24

EVB-104

P338D

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE25

EVB-104

P338E

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE26

EVB-104

P338F

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE27

EVB-104

P3390

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE28

EVB-104

P3391

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE29

EVB-104

P3392

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE30

EVB-104

P3393

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE31

EVB-104

P3394

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE32

EVB-104

P3395

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE33

EVB-104

P3396

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE34

EVB-104

P3397

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE35

EVB-104

P3398

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE36

EVB-104

P3399

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE37

EVB-104

P339A

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE38

EVB-104

P339B

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE39

EVB-104

P339C

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE40

EVB-104

P339D

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE41

EVB-104

P339E

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE42

EVB-104

P339F

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE43

EVB-104

P33A0

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE44

EVB-104

P33A1

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE45

EVB-104

P33A2

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE46

EVB-104

P33A3

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE47

EVB-104

P33A4

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE48

EVB-104

P33D4

BATTERY INTERNAL RESISTANCE DIAG

EVB-116

P33D5

CURRENT SENSOR

EVB-117

P33D6

CURRENT SENSOR

EVB-119

P33D7

TEMPERATURE SENSOR

EVB-121

P33D9

TEMPERATURE SENSOR

EVB-121

P33DB

TEMPERATURE SENSOR

EVB-121

P33DD

TEMPERATURE SENSOR

EVB-121

P33DF

IR VOLTAGE

EVB-123

P33E0

BATT VOLTAGE ISOLATION SEN

EVB-124

P33E1

BATT VOLTAGE ISOLATION SEN

EVB-125

P33E2

BAT PACK OVER TEMP

EVB-126

P33E4

TEMPERATURE SENSOR

EVB-127

P33E5

TEMPERATURE SENSOR

EVB-127

P33E6

CELL CONTROLLER

EVB-129

P33E7

CELL CONTROLLER

EVB-130

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-38

LEAF

http://vnx.su

EV BATTERY SYSTEM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
DTC

CONSULT screen items

EV system
warning
lamp

Trip

Reference

P33ED

BATTERY PARALLEL DIAGNOSIS

EVB-131

U1000

CAN COMM CIRCUIT

EVB-132

EVB

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-39

LEAF

http://vnx.su

VCM
< WIRING DIAGRAM >

WIRING DIAGRAM
VCM
Wiring Diagram

INFOID:0000000007005732

JCCWA0029GB

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-40

LEAF

http://vnx.su

VCM
< WIRING DIAGRAM >
A

EVB

O
JCCWA0030GB

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-41

LEAF

http://vnx.su

VCM
< WIRING DIAGRAM >

JCCWA0031GB

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-42

LEAF

http://vnx.su

VCM
< WIRING DIAGRAM >
A

EVB

O
JCCWA0032GB

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-43

LEAF

http://vnx.su

VCM
< WIRING DIAGRAM >

JCCWA0033GB

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-44

LEAF

http://vnx.su

VCM
< WIRING DIAGRAM >
A

EVB

O
JCCWA0034GB

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-45

LEAF

http://vnx.su

VCM
< WIRING DIAGRAM >

JCCWA0035GB

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-46

LEAF

http://vnx.su

VCM
< WIRING DIAGRAM >
A

EVB

O
JCCWA0036GB

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-47

LEAF

http://vnx.su

VCM
< WIRING DIAGRAM >

JCCWA0037GB

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-48

LEAF

http://vnx.su

VCM
< WIRING DIAGRAM >
A

EVB

O
JCCWA0038GB

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-49

LEAF

http://vnx.su

VCM
< WIRING DIAGRAM >

JCCWA0039GB

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-50

LEAF

http://vnx.su

VCM
< WIRING DIAGRAM >
A

EVB

O
JCCWA0040GB

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-51

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW


< BASIC INSPECTION >

BASIC INSPECTION
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
Work Flow

INFOID:0000000007005733

DETAILED FLOW

1.GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM


Get the detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment when
the incident/malfunction occurred) using the Question sheet. (Refer to EVB-53, "Question sheet".)
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC
1.
2.
-

Check DTC.
Perform the following procedure if DTC is displayed.
Record DTC and freeze frame data. (Print them out with CONSULT.)
Erase DTC.
Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC and the symptom described by the customer.
(Symptom Matrix Chart is useful. Refer to EVC-303, "Symptom Table".)
3. Check related service bulletins for information.
Are any symptoms described and any DTCs detected?
Symptom is described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 3.
Symptom is described, DTC is not detected>>GO TO 4.
Symptom is not described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 5.

3.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM


Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer.
Also study the normal operation and fail-safe related to the symptom. Refer to EVC-303, "Symptom Table" and
EVB-29, "Fail-safe".
Diagnosis Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
>> GO TO 5.

4.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM


Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer.
Also study the normal operation and fail-safe related to the symptom. Refer to EVC-303, "Symptom Table" and
EVB-29, "Fail-safe".
Diagnosis Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
>> GO TO 6.

5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for the displayed DTC, and then check that DTC is detected
again.
NOTE:
Freeze frame data is useful if the DTC is not detected.
Perform Component Function Check if DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE is not included on Service
Manual. This simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC cannot be detected during
this check.
If the result of Component Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC by DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> Check according to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
Revision: 2010 November

EVB-52

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW


< BASIC INSPECTION >

6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM TABLE

Detect malfunctioning system according to EVC-303, "Symptom Table" based on the confirmed symptom in
step 4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptoms.
Is the symptom described?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> Monitor input data from related sensors using CONSULT.

7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

EVB

Inspect according to Diagnosis Procedure of the system.


Is a malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> Monitor input data from related sensors using CONSULT.

8.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART


1.
2.
3.

Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.


Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnosis Procedure again after repair and replacement.
Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it.
>> GO TO 9.

9.FINAL CHECK
When DTC was detected in step 3, perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE or Component Function
Check again, and then check that the malfunction have been completely repaired.
When symptom was described from the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 4 or 5, and check that
the symptom is not detected.
Is DTC detected and does symptom remain?
YES-1 >> DTC is detected: GO TO 7.
YES-2 >> Symptom remains: GO TO 4.
NO
>> Before returning the vehicle to the customer, always erase DTC.

Question sheet

INFOID:0000000007005734

DESCRIPTION
By understanding those conditions properly, a quick and exact diagnosis can be achieved.
In general, customers have their own criteria for a problem. Therefore, it is important to understand the symptom and status well
enough by asking the customer about the concerns carefully. In
order to systemize all the information for the diagnosis, prepare the
question sheet referring to the question points.

N
SEF907L

WORKSHEET SAMPLE

O
Question Sheet

Customer name
MR/MS

Incident Date

VIN

Model & Year

In Service Date

Trans.

Mileage

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-53

P
km/mile

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW


< BASIC INSPECTION >
Question Sheet
Symptoms

Does not to READY

EV system warning lamp is on

Power limitation indicator


lamp is on

Water leak*

Noise*

Vibration*

Shock*

Gear noise*

Non driving*

Poor acceleration*

Poor torque*

Radio noise*

Does not charge

Other*

*: If applied, enter in detail

Detailed symptom

Onomatopoeia

Frequency

All the time

Once

Sometimes (

Charging condition

Full

Medium

Low

Weather
conditions

Not affected

times a day)

Other

Weather

Fine

Clouding

Raining

Snowing

Other (

Temp.

Hot

Warm

Cool

Cold

Temp. [Approx.
(
F)]

Humidity

High

Middle

Low

Humidity (Approx.

Not affected

In town

Freeway

Off road (Up / Down)

Flat road

While turning (Right / Left)

Bump

R position

D position

Road conditions

)
C

%)
Deplorable
road

Other
Shift position

Not affected
P position

Driving conditions

N position

ECO mode

Not affected
Power switch ON OFF

Power switch OFF ON

READY (stop the vehicle)

While cruising

Just before
stopping

D position (stop the vehicle)

While decelerating

While recharging
Vehicle speed [

Just after stopping

Other
km/h (

MPH)]

Accelerator pedal (

/ 8)

Battery level (Low / Middle / High)


Moments when malfunction disappears

Disappears while driving

Disappears when stopped

Disappears with select operation

Disappears when power switch


is pushed OFF

Disappears when battery charge is


stopped

Does not disappear

Other
Other

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-54

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER


< BASIC INSPECTION >

ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER


Description

INFOID:0000000007005735

When an Li-ion Battery Controller (LBC) or Li-ion battery (battery pack) is replaced, it is necessary to save the
battery information stored in LBC to the new LBC.
EVB

Whenever any of the following work is performed, make sure to perform the above operation.

Replace LBC
Replace Li-ion battery (Battery pack: Module, LBC, Battery junction box)
D

Work Procedure

INFOID:0000000007005736

1.SAVE THE LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER (LBC) INTERNAL INFORMATION

With CONSULT
1. Select SAVE BATTERY INFORMATION DATA in WORK SUPPOTRT mode.
2. Save the LBC internal information.

>> GO TO 2.

2.REPLACE LI-ION BATTERY OR LBC

Replace Li-ion battery or LBC. Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and Installation" (Li-ion battery) or EVB-155, "LIION BATTERY CONTROLLER : Disassembly and Assembly" (LBC).

>> GO TO 3.

3.WRITE THE LBC INTERNAL INFORMATION


1.
2.

With CONSULT
Select WRITE BATTERY INFORMATION DATA in WORK SUPPOTRT mode.
Write the information that has been read out before LBC replacement.

>> GO TO 4.

4.WRITE THE LBC INTERNAL INFORMATION TO VCM

Refer to Li-ion Battery Regiatration Operation Manual.


L

>> END
M

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-55

LEAF

http://vnx.su

MODULE CHARGE BALANCE


< BASIC INSPECTION >

MODULE CHARGE BALANCE


Description

INFOID:0000000007005737

If a malfunction such as abnormal voltage occurs with a cell of the Li-ion battery, replace the module containing the malfunctioning cell.When replacing the module, calculate the adjustment voltage value from the maximum cell voltage of other normal cells and adjust the replacement module to that adjustment voltage value.

Work Procedure

INFOID:0000000007005738

1.CHECK ADJUSTMENT VOLTAGE VALUE


1.
2.
3.
4.

With CONSULT
Power switch ON.
Select DATA MONITOR mode.
Check MAXIMUM CELL VOLTAGE.
Double the MAXIMUM CELL VOLTAGE and use that value as the module adjustment value.
Adjustment voltage value : MAXIMUM CELL VOLTAGE 2
Example: 3.925 V (MAXIMUM CELL VOLTAGE) 2 = 7.850 V (Adjustment voltage value)
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK MODULE VOLTAGE


CAUTION:
This operation must be performed in an ambient temperature of 0 to 40C.
For details on the module charge balancer operation, refer to the adjuster operation manual.
1. Set the new module to the module charge balancer.
2. Measure module voltage and compare it with adjustment voltage value confirmed in STEP1.
Module voltage is lower than adjustment voltage value>>GO TO 4.
Module voltage is higher than adjustment voltage value>>GO TO 3.

3.DISCHARGE OF MODULE VOLTAGE


CAUTION:
This operation must be performed in an ambient temperature of 0 to 40C.
For details on the module charge balancer operation, refer to the adjuster operation manual.
Discharge the module to 5.0 V using module charge balancer.
Discharge voltage

: 5.0 V

>> GO TO 4.

4.MODULE VOLTAGE ADJUSTMENT


CAUTION:
This operation must be performed in an ambient temperature of 0 to 40C.
For details on the module charge balancer operation, refer to the adjuster operation manual.
1. Enter the adjustment voltage value in the module charge balancer.
Adjustment voltage value
2.

: MAXIMUM CELL VOLTAGE 2

Start the voltage adjustment.


>> After module voltage adjustment, GO TO 5.

5.CHECK MODULE VOLTAGE


1.
2.

Remove the module from the module charge balancer.


Using a circuit tester, check that the module voltage is within the specified range.

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-56

LEAF

http://vnx.su

MODULE CHARGE BALANCE


< BASIC INSPECTION >
Standard

: Adjustment voltage value 10 mV

>> GO TO 6.

6.CHECK CELL VOLTAGE


1.
2.
3.
4.

With CONSULT
After adjusting the voltage, install the module to the vehicle.
EVB
Select DATA MONITOR mode.
Check CELL VOLTAGE of install module.
Check that the difference from the MAXIMUM CELL VOLTAGE confirmed in Step1 is within the specified
D
range.
Standard

: MAXIMUM CELL VOLTAGE 33 mV

>> INSPECTION END


F

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-57

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0A0D HV SYSTEM INTERLOCK ERROR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
P0A0D HV SYSTEM INTERLOCK ERROR
DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007005739

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
P0A0D

Trouble diagnosis name


HV SYSTEM INTERLOCK
ERROR

DTC detecting condition


Self diagnosis program of Li-ion battery controller detects a malfunction in the CPU.

Possible causes
Li-ion battery controller

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of HV BAT using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is P0A1F detected?
YES >> Refer to EVB-58, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007005740

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective gear consisting of glove, shoes and glasses/face shield before
beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
Refer to EVB-5, "High Voltage Precautions".
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while the
service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed to do
so in the Service Manual.

1.PRECONDITIONING
WARNING:
Shut off high voltage circuit. Refer to GI-31, "How to Cut Off High Voltage".
1. Remove Li-ion battery. Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove battery pack upper case. Refer to EVB-149, "BATTERY JUNCTION BOX : Disassembly and
Assembly", see Step-1 to Step-3.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK LI-ION BATTERY INTERLOCK DETECTIONG CIRCUIT FOR SHORT-1


1.
2.
3.

Disconnect Li-ion battery controller (LBC) harness connector.


Disconnect interlock detecting switch (high voltage harness connector) harness connector.
Check the continuity between Li-ion battery controller harness connector and ground.

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-58

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0A0D HV SYSTEM INTERLOCK ERROR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
A

LBC
Connector

Terminal

LB9

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace Li-ion battery vehicle communication harness.

EVB

3.CHECK LI-ION BATTERY INTERLOCK DETECTIONG CIRCUIT FOR SHORT-2


1.
2.

Disconnect interlock detecting switch (service plug) harness connector.


Check the continuity between Li-ion battery controller harness connector and ground.
LBC
Connector

Terminal

LB9

21

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Replace Li-ion battery vehicle communication harness.

4.CHECK LI-ION BATTERY INTERLOCK DETECTIONG CIRCUIT FOR SHORT-3

Check the continuity between interlock detecting switch (service plug) harness connector and ground.
H
Interlock detecting switch
(Service plug)
Connector

Terminal

LB6

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace Li-ion battery controller.
NO
>> Replace Li-ion battery vehicle communication harness.

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-59

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0A1F BATTERY ENERGY CONTROL MODULE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P0A1F BATTERY ENERGY CONTROL MODULE


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007005741

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

P0A1F

BATTERY ENERGY CONTROL MODULE

DTC detecting condition


Self diagnosis program of Li-ion battery controller detects a malfunction in the CPU.

Possible causes
Li-ion battery controller

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of HV BAT using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is P0A1F detected?
YES >> Refer to EVB-60, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007005742

When this DTC is detected, replace Li-ion battery controller. Refer to EVB-155, "LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER : Disassembly and Assembly".

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-60

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3030 CELL CONTROLLER LIN


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P3030 CELL CONTROLLER LIN

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007005743

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
P3030

Trouble diagnosis name


CELL CONT LIN

DTC detecting condition


A malfunction occurs with the communication function in
Li-ion battery controller.

Possible causes

EVB

Li-ion battery controller


Module
Harness or connector

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


E

With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of HV BAT using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is P3030 detected?
YES >> Refer to EVB-61, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

G
INFOID:0000000007005744

1.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER

With CONSULT
1. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of HV BAT using CONSULT.
2. Confirm self diagnosis result if P30F3 is detected.
Is P30F3 detected?
YES >> Replace Li-ion battery. Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Replace Li-ion battery controller. Refer to EVB-155, "LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER : Disassembly and Assembly".

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-61

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3031-P303C CELL CONTROLLER ASIC


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P3031-P303C CELL CONTROLLER ASIC


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007005745

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

P3031

CELL CONT ASIC1

P3032

CELL CONT ASIC2

P3033

CELL CONT ASIC3

P3034

CELL CONT ASIC4

P3035

CELL CONT ASIC5

P3036

CELL CONT ASIC6

P3037

CELL CONT ASIC7

P3038

CELL CONT ASIC8

P3039

CELL CONT ASIC9

P303A

CELL CONT ASIC10

P303B

CELL CONT ASIC11

P303C

CELL CONT ASIC12

DTC detecting condition

A malfunction occurs with the communication function


in Li-ion battery controller.

Possible causes

Li-ion battery controller

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of HV BAT using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to EVB-62, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007005746

1.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER


With CONSULT
1. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of HV BAT using CONSULT.
2. Confirm self diagnostic result if P3030 is detected.
Is P3030 detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected P3030. Refer to EVB-61, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> Replace Li-ion battery controller. Refer to EVB-155, "LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER : Disassembly and Assembly".

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-62

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P303D-P3048 CELL CONTROLLER ASIC


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P303D-P3048 CELL CONTROLLER ASIC


DTC Logic

A
INFOID:0000000007005747

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

P3031

CELL CONT ASIC1

P3032

CELL CONT ASIC2

P3033

CELL CONT ASIC3

P3034

CELL CONT ASIC4

P3035

CELL CONT ASIC5

P3036

CELL CONT ASIC6

P3037

CELL CONT ASIC7

P3038

CELL CONT ASIC8

P3039

CELL CONT ASIC9

P303A

CELL CONT ASIC10

P303B

CELL CONT ASIC11

P303C

CELL CONT ASIC12

DTC detecting condition

Possible causes

EVB

A malfunction occurs with the communication function


in Li-ion battery controller.

Li-ion battery controller

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of HV BAT using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to EVB-63, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007005748

1.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER

With CONSULT
1. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of HV BAT using CONSULT.
2. Confirm self diagnostic result if P3030 is detected.
Is P3030 detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected P3030. Refer to EVB-61, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> Replace Li-ion battery controller. Refer to EVB-155, "LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER : Disassembly and Assembly".

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-63

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3049-P3054 CELL CONTROLLER ASIC VOLTAGE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P3049-P3054 CELL CONTROLLER ASIC VOLTAGE


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007005749

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

P3049

CELL CONT ASIC1 VOLT

P304A

CELL CONT ASIC2 VOLT

P304B

CELL CONT ASIC3 VOLT

P304C

CELL CONT ASIC4 VOLT

P304D

CELL CONT ASIC5 VOLT

P304E

CELL CONT ASIC6 VOLT

P304F

CELL CONT ASIC7 VOLT

P3050

CELL CONT ASIC8 VOLT

P3051

CELL CONT ASIC9 VOLT

P3052

CELL CONT ASIC10 VOLT

P3053

CELL CONT ASIC11 VOLT

P3054

CELL CONT ASIC12 VOLT

DTC detecting condition

Possible causes

The AD converter in Li-ion battery controller is malfunctioning.

Li-ion battery controller


Module
Harness or connector

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of HV BAT using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to EVB-64, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007005750

1.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER


With CONSULT
1. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of HV BAT using CONSULT.
2. Check DTC.
Is any DTC detected?
P3302-P3331 is detected in addition to P3049-P3054>>Perform diagnosis on the detected P3302-P3331.
Refer to EVB-91, "Diagnosis Procedure" (P3302-P330D), EVB-94, "Diagnosis Procedure"
(P330E-P3319), EVB-97, "Diagnosis Procedure" (P331A-P3325) or EVB-100, "Diagnosis Procedure" (P3326-P3331).
P3375-P33A4 is detected in addition to P3049-P3054>>Perform diagnosis on the detected P3375-P33A4.
Refer to EVB-104, "Diagnosis Procedure" (P3375-P3380), EVB-107, "Diagnosis Procedure"
(P3381-P338C), EVB-110, "Diagnosis Procedure" (P338D-P3398), or EVB-113, "Diagnosis Procedure" (P3399-P33A4).
Just P3049-P3054 is detected>>Replace Li-ion battery controller. Refer to EVB-155, "LI-ION BATTERY
CONTROLLER : Disassembly and Assembly".

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-64

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3055-P3060 CELL CONTROLLER ASIC VOLTAGE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P3055-P3060 CELL CONTROLLER ASIC VOLTAGE


DTC Logic

A
INFOID:0000000007005751

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

P3049

CELL CONT ASIC1 VOLT

P304A

CELL CONT ASIC2 VOLT

P304B

CELL CONT ASIC3 VOLT

P304C

CELL CONT ASIC4 VOLT

P304D

CELL CONT ASIC5 VOLT

P304E

CELL CONT ASIC6 VOLT

P304F

CELL CONT ASIC7 VOLT

P3050

CELL CONT ASIC8 VOLT

P3051

CELL CONT ASIC9 VOLT

P3052

CELL CONT ASIC10 VOLT

P3053

CELL CONT ASIC11 VOLT

P3054

CELL CONT ASIC12 VOLT

DTC detecting condition

Possible causes

EVB

The AD converter in Li-ion battery controller is malfunctioning.

Li-ion battery controller


Module
Harness or connector

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of HV BAT using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to EVB-65, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007005752

1.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER

With CONSULT
1. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of HV BAT using CONSULT.
2. Check DTC.
Is any DTC detected?
P3302-P3331 is detected in addition to P3049-P3054>>Perform diagnosis on the detected P3302-P3331.
Refer to EVB-91, "Diagnosis Procedure" (P3302-P330D), EVB-94, "Diagnosis Procedure"
(P330E-P3319), EVB-97, "Diagnosis Procedure" (P331A-P3325) or EVB-100, "Diagnosis Procedure" (P3326-P3331).
P3375-P33A4 is detected in addition to P3049-P3054>>Perform diagnosis on the detected P3375-P33A4.
Refer to EVB-104, "Diagnosis Procedure" (P3375-P3380), EVB-107, "Diagnosis Procedure"
(P3381-P338C), EVB-110, "Diagnosis Procedure" (P338D-P3398), or EVB-113, "Diagnosis Procedure" (P3399-P33A4).
Just P3049-P3054 is detected>>Replace Li-ion battery controller. Refer to EVB-155, "LI-ION BATTERY
CONTROLLER : Disassembly and Assembly".

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-65

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3061 CELL BATTERY VOLTAGE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P3061 CELL BATTERY VOLTAGE


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007005753

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
P3061

Trouble diagnosis name


CELL BATTERY VOLT

DTC detecting condition


An open circuit diagnosis detection circuit in Li-ion battery controller is malfunctioning.

Possible causes
Li-ion battery controller

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of HV BAT using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is P3061 detected?
YES >> Refer to EVB-66, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007005754

When this DTC is detected, replace Li-ion battery controller. Refer to EVB-155, "LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER : Disassembly and Assembly".

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-66

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3062 BYPASS SWITCH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P3062 BYPASS SWITCH

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007005755

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
P3062

Trouble diagnosis name


BYPASS SW

B
DTC detecting condition
A malfunction of the bypass switch in Li-ion battery controller is detected.

Possible causes

EVB

Li-ion battery controller


Module
Harness or connector

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


E

With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of HV BAT using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is P3062 detected?
YES >> Refer to EVB-67, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

G
INFOID:0000000007005756

1.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER

With CONSULT
1. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of HV BAT using CONSULT.
2. Confirm Self Diagnostic Result if P3375-P33A4 is detected.
Is P3375-P33A4 detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected P3375-P33A4. Refer to EVB-104, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> Replace Li-ion battery controller. Refer to EVB-155, "LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER : Disassembly and Assembly".

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-67

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P308B-P3096 CELL CONTROLLER ASIC OPEN


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P308B-P3096 CELL CONTROLLER ASIC OPEN


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007005757

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

P308B

CELL CONT ASIC1 OPEN

P308C

CELL CONT ASIC2 OPEN

P308D

CELL CONT ASIC3 OPEN

P308E

CELL CONT ASIC4 OPEN

P308F

CELL CONT ASIC5 OPEN

P3090

CELL CONT ASIC6 OPEN

P3091

CELL CONT ASIC7 OPEN

P3092

CELL CONT ASIC8 OPEN

P3093

CELL CONT ASIC9 OPEN

P3094

CELL CONT ASIC10 OPEN

P3095

CELL CONT ASIC11 OPEN

P3096

CELL CONT ASIC12 OPEN

DTC detecting condition

Self diagnosis program of Li-ion battery controller detects an open circuit in the cell voltage detection line.

Possible causes

Li-ion battery controller


Harness or connector

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of HV BAT using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is P308B-P30A2 detected?
YES >> Refer to EVB-68, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007005758

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective equipments consisting of glove, shoes and glasses/face shield
before beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
Refer to EVB-5, "High Voltage Precautions".
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while the
service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed to do
so in the Service Manual.

1.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS


1.

With CONSULT
Perform All DTC Reading with CONSULT.

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-68

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P308B-P3096 CELL CONTROLLER ASIC OPEN


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
2. Confirm self diagnostic result of HV BAT if either P3049-P3060 (CELL CONT ASIC VOLT related
codes) or P3375-P33A4 (CELL OVER DISCHARGE related codes) is detected.
A
3. Check DTC.
Is P3049-P3060 or P3375-P33A4 detected?
P3049-P3060 is detected>>Perform diagnosis on the detected P3049-P3060. Refer to EVB-64, "Diagnosis B
Procedure" (P3049-P3054), or EVB-65, "Diagnosis Procedure" (P3055-P3060).
P3375-P33A4 is detected>>Perform diagnosis on the detected P3375-P33A4. Refer to EVB-104, "Diagnosis
Procedure" (P3375-P3380), EVB-107, "Diagnosis Procedure" (P3381-P338C), EVB-110, "DiagEVB
nosis Procedure" (P338D-P3398), or EVB-113, "Diagnosis Procedure" (P3399-P33A4).
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.PRECONDITIONING

WARNING:
Shut off high voltage circuit. Refer to GI-31, "How to Cut Off High Voltage".
1. Remove Li-ion battery. Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove battery pack upper case. Refer to EVB-149, "BATTERY JUNCTION BOX : Disassembly and
Assembly", see Step-1 to Step-3.

>> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK CONNECTION STATUS


1. Power switch OFF.
2. Check connection status of Li-ion battery controller harness connector and module harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Recover the connection status.

4.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER AND MODULE


1.
2.

P308B

P308C

P308D

P308E

P308F

P3090

P3091

P3092

P3093

Module
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18

Module
Connector
LB9

LB9

LB9

LB9

LB9

LB9

LB9

LB10

LB10

Revision: 2010 November

Li-ion battery controller


Terminal
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
26
27
28
29
30
31
45
46
36
37

Connector
LB13

LB13

LB13

LB13

LB13

LB13

LB13

LB14

LB14

EVB-69

Terminal
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
77
78
80
81

Disconnect Li-ion battery controller harness connector and Module harness connector.
Refer to below table and continuity between Li-ion battery controller and Module, according to detected
DTC.

DTC

Continuity

Existed

L
Existed

Existed

Existed

Existed

O
Existed

P
Existed

Existed

Existed

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P308B-P3096 CELL CONTROLLER ASIC OPEN


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
DTC

P3094

P3095

P3096

Module
No.
19
20
21
22
23
24

Module
Connector
LB10

LB10

LB10

Li-ion battery controller


Terminal
38
39
52
53
54
55

Connector
LB14

LB14

LB14

Terminal
82
83
84
85
86
87

Continuity

Existed

Existed

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace Li-ion battery controller. Refer to EVB-155, "LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER : Disassembly and Assembly".
NO
>> Repair harness or connector.

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-70

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3097-P30A2 CELL CONTROLLER ASIC OPEN


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P3097-P30A2 CELL CONTROLLER ASIC OPEN


DTC Logic

A
INFOID:0000000007005759

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

P308B

CELL CONT ASIC1 OPEN

P308C

CELL CONT ASIC2 OPEN

P308D

CELL CONT ASIC3 OPEN

P308E

CELL CONT ASIC4 OPEN

P308F

CELL CONT ASIC5 OPEN

P3090

CELL CONT ASIC6 OPEN

P3091

CELL CONT ASIC7 OPEN

P3092

CELL CONT ASIC8 OPEN

P3093

CELL CONT ASIC9 OPEN

P3094

CELL CONT ASIC10 OPEN

P3095

CELL CONT ASIC11 OPEN

P3096

CELL CONT ASIC12 OPEN

DTC detecting condition

Possible causes

EVB

Self diagnosis program of Li-ion battery controller detects an open circuit in the cell voltage detection line.

Li-ion battery controller


Harness or connector

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of HV BAT using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is P308B-P30A2 detected?
YES >> Refer to EVB-71, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007005760

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective equipments consisting of glove, shoes and glasses/face shield
before beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
Refer to EVB-5, "High Voltage Precautions".
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while the
service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed to do
so in the Service Manual.

1.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS


1.

With CONSULT
Perform All DTC Reading with CONSULT.

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-71

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3097-P30A2 CELL CONTROLLER ASIC OPEN


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
2. Confirm self diagnostic result of HV BAT if either P3049-P3060 (CELL CONT ASIC VOLT related
codes) or P3375-P33A4 (CELL OVER DISCHARGE related codes) is detected.
3. Check DTC.
Is P3049-P3060 or P3375-P33A4 detected?
P3049-P3060 is detected>>Perform diagnosis on the detected P3049-P3060. Refer to EVB-64, "Diagnosis
Procedure" (P3049-P3054), or EVB-65, "Diagnosis Procedure" (P3055-P3060).
P3375-P33A4 is detected>>Perform diagnosis on the detected P3375-P33A4. Refer to EVB-104, "Diagnosis
Procedure" (P3375-P3380), EVB-107, "Diagnosis Procedure" (P3381-P338C), EVB-110, "Diagnosis Procedure" (P338D-P3398), or EVB-113, "Diagnosis Procedure" (P3399-P33A4).
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.PRECONDITIONING
WARNING:
Shut off high voltage circuit. Refer to GI-31, "How to Cut Off High Voltage".
1. Remove Li-ion battery. Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove battery pack upper case. Refer to EVB-149, "BATTERY JUNCTION BOX : Disassembly and
Assembly", see Step-1 to Step-3.
>> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK CONNECTION STATUS


1. Power switch OFF.
2. Check connection status of Li-ion battery controller harness connector and module harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Recover the connection status.

4.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER AND MODULE


1.
2.

Disconnect Li-ion battery controller harness connector and Module harness connector.
Refer to below table and continuity between Li-ion battery controller and Module, according to detected
DTC.

DTC

P308B

P308C

P308D

P308E

P308F

P3090

P3091

P3092

P3093

Module
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18

Module
Connector
LB9

LB9

LB9

LB9

LB9

LB9

LB9

LB10

LB10

Revision: 2010 November

Li-ion battery controller


Terminal
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
26
27
28
29
30
31
45
46
36
37

Connector
LB13

LB13

LB13

LB13

LB13

LB13

LB13

LB14

LB14

EVB-72

Terminal
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
77
78
80
81

Continuity

Existed

Existed

Existed

Existed

Existed

Existed

Existed

Existed

Existed

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3097-P30A2 CELL CONTROLLER ASIC OPEN


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
DTC

P3094

P3095

P3096

Module
No.
19
20
21
22
23
24

Module
Connector
LB10

LB10

LB10

Li-ion battery controller


Terminal
38
39
52
53
54
55

Connector
LB14

LB14

LB14

Terminal
82
83
84
85
86
87

Continuity

Existed

B
Existed

EVB
Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace Li-ion battery controller. Refer to EVB-155, "LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER : Disassembly and Assembly".
NO
>> Repair harness or connector.

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-73

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P30F3 TOTAL VOLTAGE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P30F3 TOTAL VOLTAGE SENSOR


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007005761

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
P30F3

Trouble diagnosis name


TOTAL VOLT SENSOR

DTC detecting condition


A malfunction occurs with the communication function in
Li-ion battery controller.

Possible causes
Li-ion battery controller
Module
Harness or connector

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of HV BAT using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is P30F3 detected?
YES >> Refer to EVB-74, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007005762

1.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER


With CONSULT
1. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of HV BAT using CONSULT.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected P3030. Refer to EVB-61, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> Replace Li-ion battery controller. Refer to EVB-155, "LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER : Disassembly and Assembly".

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-74

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P30F4 TOTAL VOLTAGE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P30F4 TOTAL VOLTAGE SENSOR

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007005763

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

P30F4

Trouble diagnosis name

TOTAL VOLT SENSOR

DTC detecting condition


When the voltage recognized by total voltage sensor in
Li-ion battery controller is excessively high or low.

Possible causes

EVB

Li-ion battery controller


Bus bar between stack
Service plug (fuse)
Module

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of HV BAT using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is P30F4 detected?
YES >> Refer to EVB-75, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

G
INFOID:0000000007005764

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective gear consisting of glove, shoes and glasses/face shield before
beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
Refer to EVB-5, "High Voltage Precautions".
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while the
service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed to do
so in the Service Manual.

1.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER

2.CHECK FUSE
1. Power switch OFF.
2. Check fuse of service plug.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace Li-ion battery controller.
NO
>> Replace service plug.

EVB-75

With CONSULT
1. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of HV BAT using CONSULT.
2. Check if any DTC is detected in Self Diagnostic Result.
Is any DTC detected?
P3030 is detected in addition to P30F4 (Cannot be monitored)>>GO TO 3.
Just P30F4 is detected>>GO TO 2.

Revision: 2010 November

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P30F4 TOTAL VOLTAGE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

3.PRECONDITIONING
WARNING:
Shut off high voltage circuit. Refer to GI-31, "How to Cut Off High Voltage".
1. Remove Li-ion battery. Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove battery pack upper case. Refer to EVB-149, "BATTERY JUNCTION BOX : Disassembly and
Assembly", see Step-1 to Step-3.
>> GO TO 4.

4.CHECK CONNECTION STATUS STACK AND BUS BAR.


Check connection status between each stack and connection status of each bus bar.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Recover the connection status.

5.CHECK MODULE VOLTAGE


Check the voltage of all modules.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace Li-ion battery controller. Refer to EVB-155, "LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER : Disassembly and Assembly".
NO
>> Replace the corresponding module. Refer to EVB-143, "Exploded view".

Component Inspection

INFOID:0000000007005765

1.CHECK MODULE VOLTAGE


Check voltage of module.
A
B

: + terminal (Red)
: - terminal (Black)
Terminals
(+)

(-)

Voltage
(Approx.)

- terminal (Black)

5.0 - 8.5 V

Module
+ terminal (Red)

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace module. Refer to EVB-143, "Exploded view".

JSCIA0338ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-76

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P30F5 TOTAL VOLTAGE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P30F5 TOTAL VOLTAGE SENSOR

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007005766

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

P30F5

Trouble diagnosis name

TOTAL VOLT SENSOR

DTC detecting condition


When the voltage recognized by total voltage sensor in
Li-ion battery controller is excessively high or low.

Possible causes

EVB

Li-ion battery controller


Bus bar between stack
Service plug (fuse)
Module

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of HV BAT using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is P30F5 detected?
YES >> Refer to EVB-77, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

G
INFOID:0000000007005767

1.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER


With CONSULT
1. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of HV BAT using CONSULT.
2. Check if P30F4 is detected in Self Diagnostic Result.
Is any P30F4 detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected P30F4. Refer to EVB-75, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> Replace LI-ion battery controller. Refer to EVB-155, "LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER : Disassembly and Assembly".

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-77

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P30FC OVER CURRENT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P30FC OVER CURRENT


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007005768

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
P30FC

Trouble diagnosis name


OVER CURRENT

DTC detecting condition


When the temperature of the entire battery pack estimated from the current value is excessively high.

Possible causes
Battery current sensor
Other systems malfunction

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of HV BAT using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is P30FC detected?
YES >> Refer to EVB-78, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007005769

1.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS


With CONSULT
1. Perform "All DTC Reading" with CONSULT.
2. Check Self diagnostic result of systems other than HV BAT if any DTC is detected.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> After performing trouble diagnosis of detected DTC, GO TO 2.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR


With CONSULT
Using FFD, check the values of four temperature sensors when DTC is detected.
Monitor item

Condition

Limit

Battery temperature sensor 1


Battery temperature sensor 2
Battery temperature sensor 3

Power switch ON

55C (131F) or less

Battery temperature sensor 4

Is there temperature increase?


Temperature increase is seen>>Replace Li-ion battery. Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and Installation".
Temperature increase is not seen>>Replace battery junction box. Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-78

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P30FD TOTAL VOLTAGE MONITOR SWITCH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P30FD TOTAL VOLTAGE MONITOR SWITCH


DTC Logic

A
INFOID:0000000007005770

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

P30FD

Trouble diagnosis name


TOTAL VOLTAGE MONITOR SWITCH

DTC detecting condition


Total voltage detection switch in Li-ion battery controller is malfunctioning.
Self diagnosis malfunction of total voltage detection
circuit stop function in Li-ion battery controller.

Possible causes

EVB
Li-ion battery controller

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of HV BAT using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is P30FC detected?
YES >> Refer to EVB-79, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

G
INFOID:0000000007005771

When this DTC is detected, replace Li-ion battery controller. Refer to EVB-155, "LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER : Disassembly and Assembly".
I

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-79

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P30FE 12V BATTERY VOLTAGE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P30FE 12V BATTERY VOLTAGE


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007005772

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
P30FE

Trouble diagnosis name


12V BATTERY VOLTAGE

DTC detecting condition


12V battery voltage lowers to less than 9 V.

Possible causes
12V battery
Harness

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of HV BAT using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is P30FE detected?
YES >> Refer to EVB-80, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007005773

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective gear consisting of glove, shoes and glasses/face shield before
beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
Refer to EVB-5, "High Voltage Precautions".
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while the
service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed to do
so in the Service Manual.

1.CHECK VOLTAGE OF 12V BATTERY


Check the voltage of 12V battery using circuit tester.
Is output more than 9V?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace 12V battery. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".

2.CHECK FUSE
1. Power switch OFF.
2. Check 20A fuse [No.43].
NOTE:
Refer to PG-83, "Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement" for fuse layout.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> After eliminating the cause of flame cutting, replace the fuse.

3.CHECK LI-ION BATTERY POWER SUPPLY


Revision: 2010 November

EVB-80

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P30FE 12V BATTERY VOLTAGE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
1. Disconnect Li-ion battery vehicle communication harness connector.
2. Check voltage between Li-ion battery harness connector and ground.

Voltage

Ground

Battery
voltage

EVB

Li-ion battery
Connector

Terminal

B24

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair harness or connector.

4.PRECONDITIONING
WARNING:
Shut off high voltage circuit. Refer to GI-31, "How to Cut Off High Voltage".
1. Remove Li-ion battery. Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove battery pack upper case. Refer to EVB-149, "BATTERY JUNCTION BOX : Disassembly and
Assembly", see Step-1 to Step-3.

>> GO TO 5.

5.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN LI-ION BATTERY AND LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER


1.
2.

Disconnect Li-ion battery harness connector and Li-ion battery controller harness connector.
Check continuity between Li-ion battery harness connector and Li-ion battery controller harness connector.
Li-ion battery

Li-ion battery controller

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

LB1

LB11

12

I
Continuity
Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace Li-ion battery controller. Refer to EVB-155, "LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER : Disassembly and Assembly".
NO
>> Repair harness or connector.

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-81

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P318D COMMUNICATION ERROR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P318D COMMUNICATION ERROR


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007005774

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
P318D

Trouble diagnosis name


COMMUNICATION ERROR

DTC detecting condition


When no CAN communication signal is received continuously.

Possible causes
CAN communication line
Li-ion battery controller
VCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of HV BAT using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is P318D detected?
YES >> Refer to EVB-82, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007005775

For the diagnosis procedure, refer to LAN-15, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-82

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P318E COMMUNICATION ERROR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P318E COMMUNICATION ERROR


DTC Logic

A
INFOID:0000000007005776

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
P318E

Trouble diagnosis name


COMMUNICATION ERROR

DTC detecting condition


When no CAN communication signal is received from
VCM continuously.

Possible causes

EVB

VCM
Li-ion battery controller
CAN communication line

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


E

With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of HV BAT using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is P318E detected?
YES >> Refer to EVB-83, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

G
INFOID:0000000007005777

When this DTC is detected, replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Exploded View".

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-83

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3191 COMMUNICATION ERROR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P3191 COMMUNICATION ERROR


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007005778

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
P3191

Trouble diagnosis name


COMMUNICATION ERROR

DTC detecting condition


When no CAN communication signal is received from
traction motor inverter continuously.

Possible causes
Traction motor inverter
Li-ion battery controller
CAN communication line

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of HV BAT using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is P3191 detected?
YES >> Refer to EVB-84, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007005779

When this DTC is detected, replace traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-115, "Exploded View".

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-84

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3196 COMMUNICATION ERROR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P3196 COMMUNICATION ERROR

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007005780

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
P3196

Trouble diagnosis name


COMMUNICATION ERROR

DTC detecting condition


When no CAN communication signal is received from onboard charger continuously.

Possible causes
On board charger
Li-ion battery controller
CAN communication line

EVB

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


E

With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of HV BAT using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is P3196 detected?
YES >> Refer to EVB-85, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

G
INFOID:0000000007005781

When this DTC is detected, replace on board charger. Refer to VC-98, "Exploded View".

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-85

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3199 COMMUNICATION ERROR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P3199 COMMUNICATION ERROR


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007005782

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
P3199

Trouble diagnosis name


COMMUNICATION ERROR

DTC detecting condition


When a CRC error from VCM is detected.

Possible causes
VCM
Li-ion battery controller

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of HV BAT using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is P3199 detected?
YES >> Refer to EVB-86, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007005783

When this DTC is detected, replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Exploded View".

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-86

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P319C COMMUNICATION ERROR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P319C COMMUNICATION ERROR

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007005784

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
P319C

Trouble diagnosis name


COMMUNICATION ERROR

DTC detecting condition


When a CRC error from traction motor inverter is detected.

Possible causes
Traction motor inverter
Li-ion battery controller

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

EVB

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of HV BAT using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is P319C detected?
YES >> Refer to EVB-87, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007005785

When this DTC is detected, replace traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-115, "Exploded View".
H

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-87

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31A4 CAN ERROR VCM


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P31A4 CAN ERROR VCM


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007005786

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
P31A4

Trouble diagnosis name


CAN ERROR VCM

DTC detecting condition


If the CAN data from VCM has not change from the value
which was previously received.

Possible causes
VCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of HV BAT using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is P31A4 detected?
YES >> Refer to EVB-88, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007005787

When this DTC is detected, replace VCM. Refer to EVC-315, "Exploded View".

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-88

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P31A7 CAN ERROR INV/MC


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P31A7 CAN ERROR INV/MC

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007005788

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
P31A7

Trouble diagnosis name


CAN ERROR INV/MC

DTC detecting condition


If the CAN data from traction motor inverter has not
change from the value which was previously received.

Possible causes

EVB

Traction motor inverter

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of HV BAT using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is P31A7 detected?
YES >> Refer to EVB-89, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007005789

When this DTC is detected, replace traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-115, "Exploded View".
H

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-89

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3300 TOTAL VOLTAGE OVER


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P3300 TOTAL VOLTAGE OVER


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007005790

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

P3300

Trouble diagnosis name

TOTAL VOLTAGE OVER

DTC detecting condition


When total voltage exceeds the allowable working voltage range.

Possible causes

Li-ion battery
Li-ion battery controller
VCM
Traction motor inverter

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of HV BAT using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is P3300 detected?
YES >> Refer to EVB-90, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007005791

1.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS


With CONSULT
1. Perform "All DTC Reading" with CONSULT.
2. Check Self Diagnostic Result of systems other than HV BAT if any DTC is detected.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> After performing trouble diagnosis of detected DTC, GO TO 2.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER


With CONSULT
1. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of HV BAT using CONSULT.
2. Confirm Self Diagnostic Result if P3302-P3331 is detected.
Is P3302-P3331 detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected P3302-P3331. Refer to EVB-91, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> Replace Li-ion battery controller. Refer to EVB-155, "LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER : Disassembly and Assembly".

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-90

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3302-P330D CELL OVER VOLTAGE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P3302-P330D CELL OVER VOLTAGE


DTC Logic

A
INFOID:0000000007005792

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

P3302

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE1

P3303

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE2

P3304

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE3

P3305

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE4

P3306

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE5

P3307

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE6

P3308

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE7

P3309

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE8

P330A

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE9

P330B

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE10

P330C

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE11

P330D

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE12

DTC detecting condition

Possible causes

EVB

When cell voltage exceeds the allowable


working voltage range.

Overcharge caused by traction


motor inverter/VCM malfunction
Module
Li-ion battery controller
Bus bar
Harness or connector

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of HV BAT using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to EVB-91, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007005793

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective gear consisting of glove, shoes and glasses/face shield before
beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
Refer to EVB-5, "High Voltage Precautions".
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while the
service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed to do
so in the Service Manual.

1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS


With CONSULT
Perform All DTC Reading with CONSULT.

Revision: 2010 November

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.

EVB-91

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3302-P330D CELL OVER VOLTAGE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
2. Check Self Diagnostic Result of systems other than HV BAT if any DTC is detected.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> After performing trouble diagnosis of detected DTC, GO TO 2.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.PRECONDITIONING
WARNING:
Shut off high voltage circuit. Refer to GI-31, "How to Cut Off High Voltage".
1. Remove Li-ion battery. Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove battery pack upper case. Refer to EVB-149, "BATTERY JUNCTION BOX : Disassembly and
Assembly", see Step-1 to Step-3.
>> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN MODULE AND LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER


1.
2.

Disconnect module harness connector and Li-ion battery controller harness connector.
Refer to below table and check the continuity between corresponding module and Li-ion battery controller.

DTC

Module
No.

Module
Connector

Li-ion battery controller


Terminal

Connector

17
P3302

P3303

P3304

P3305

P3306

P3307

LB9

LB9

LB9

LB9

LB9

LB9

LB13

34

18

34
LB13

P3309

P330A

LB9

LB9

LB9

35

19

35

LB13

52

20

36

20

36

LB13

53

21

37

21

37

LB13

54

22

38

22

38

LB13

55

56
40

24

40
LB13

57

25

42

25

42

26

Existed

Existed

Existed

Existed

Existed

39
LB13

24

Existed

39

LB13

11

Revision: 2010 November

51

19

23
7

50

18

Continuity

33

23

P3308

Terminal

58

Existed

Existed

Existed

43

EVB-92

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3302-P330D CELL OVER VOLTAGE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Module
No.

DTC

Module
Connector

Li-ion battery controller


Terminal

Connector

11
P330B

10

P330C

P330D

11

12

LB9

27

LB9

LB13

59
44

12

44
LB13

60

13

45

13

45

29

Continuity

Existed

Existed

EVB

43

12

28

LB9

Terminal

LB13

14

61

D
Existed

46

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair harness or connector.

4.CHECK MODULE VOLTAGE

Check voltage of corresponding module. Refer to EVB-93, "Component Inspection".


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace Li-ion battery controller. Refer to EVB-155, "LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER : Disassembly and Assembly".
NO
>> Replace corresponding module. Refer to EVB-143, "Exploded view".

Component Inspection

INFOID:0000000007005794

1.CHECK MODULE VOLTAGE

Check voltage of module.


A
B

: + terminal (Red)
: - terminal (Black)

K
Terminals
(+)

(-)

Voltage
(Approx.)

Module
+ terminal (Red)

- terminal (Black)

5.0 - 8.5 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace module. Refer to EVB-143, "Exploded view".

JSCIA0338ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-93

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P330E-P3319 CELL OVER VOLTAGE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P330E-P3319 CELL OVER VOLTAGE


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007005795

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

P3302

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE1

P3303

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE2

P3304

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE3

P3305

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE4

P3306

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE5

P3307

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE6

P3308

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE7

P3309

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE8

P330A

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE9

P330B

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE10

P330C

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE11

P330D

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE12

DTC detecting condition

When cell voltage exceeds the allowable


working voltage range.

Possible causes

Overcharge caused by traction


motor inverter/VCM malfunction
Module
Li-ion battery controller
Bus bar
Harness or connector

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of HV BAT using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to EVB-100, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007005796

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective gear consisting of glove, shoes and glasses/face shield before
beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
Refer to EVB-5, "High Voltage Precautions".
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while the
service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed to do
so in the Service Manual.

1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS


1.

With CONSULT
Perform All DTC Reading with CONSULT.

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-94

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P330E-P3319 CELL OVER VOLTAGE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
2. Check Self Diagnostic Result of systems other than HV BAT if any DTC is detected.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> After performing trouble diagnosis of detected DTC, GO TO 2.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.PRECONDITIONING

WARNING:
Shut off high voltage circuit. Refer to GI-31, "How to Cut Off High Voltage".
EVB
1. Remove Li-ion battery. Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove battery pack upper case. Refer to EVB-149, "BATTERY JUNCTION BOX : Disassembly and
Assembly", see Step-1 to Step-3.
D
>> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN MODULE AND LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER


1.
2.

Disconnect module harness connector and Li-ion battery controller harness connector.
Refer to below table and check the continuity between corresponding module and Li-ion battery controller.
F
DTC

Module
No.

Module
Connector

Li-ion battery controller


Terminal

Connector

17
P3302

P3303

P3304

P3305

P3306

P3307

P3308

P3309

P330A

LB9

LB9

LB9

LB9

LB9

LB9

LB9

LB9

LB9

LB13

50

18

34

18

34

LB13

51

19

35

19

35

LB13

52

20

36

20

36

LB13

53

21

37

21

37

LB13

54

22

38

22

38

LB13

55

23

39

23

39

LB13

56

24

40

24

40

LB13

57

25

42

25

42

26

Continuity

33

LB13

11

Revision: 2010 November

Terminal

58

Existed

H
Existed

Existed

Existed

L
Existed

M
Existed

N
Existed

O
Existed

Existed

43

EVB-95

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P330E-P3319 CELL OVER VOLTAGE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Module
No.

DTC

Module
Connector

Li-ion battery controller


Terminal

Connector

11
P330B

10

P330C

P330D

11

12

LB9

27

LB9

LB13

59
44

12

44
LB13

60

13

45

13

45

29

Continuity

43

12

28

LB9

Terminal

LB13

14

61

Existed

Existed

Existed

46

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair harness or connector.

4.CHECK MODULE VOLTAGE


Check voltage of corresponding module. Refer to EVB-115, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace Li-ion battery controller. Refer to EVB-155, "LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER : Disassembly and Assembly".
NO
>> Replace corresponding module. Refer to EVB-143, "Exploded view".

Component Inspection

INFOID:0000000007005797

1.CHECK MODULE VOLTAGE


Check voltage of module.
A
B

: + terminal (Red)
: - terminal (Black)
Terminals
(+)

(-)

Voltage
(Approx.)

- terminal (Black)

5.0 - 8.5 V

Module
+ terminal (Red)

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace module. Refer to EVB-143, "Exploded view".

JSCIA0338ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-96

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P331A-P3325 CELL OVER VOLTAGE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P331A-P3325 CELL OVER VOLTAGE


DTC Logic

A
INFOID:0000000007005798

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

P3302

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE1

P3303

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE2

P3304

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE3

P3305

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE4

P3306

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE5

P3307

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE6

P3308

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE7

P3309

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE8

P330A

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE9

P330B

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE10

P330C

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE11

P330D

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE12

DTC detecting condition

Possible causes

EVB

When cell voltage exceeds the allowable


working voltage range.

Overcharge caused by traction


motor inverter/VCM malfunction
Module
Li-ion battery controller
Bus bar
Harness or connector

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of HV BAT using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to EVB-100, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007005799

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective gear consisting of glove, shoes and glasses/face shield before
beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
Refer to EVB-5, "High Voltage Precautions".
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while the
service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed to do
so in the Service Manual.

1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS


With CONSULT
Perform All DTC Reading with CONSULT.

Revision: 2010 November

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.

EVB-97

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P331A-P3325 CELL OVER VOLTAGE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
2. Check Self Diagnostic Result of systems other than HV BAT if any DTC is detected.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> After performing trouble diagnosis of detected DTC, GO TO 2.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.PRECONDITIONING
WARNING:
Shut off high voltage circuit. Refer to GI-31, "How to Cut Off High Voltage".
1. Remove Li-ion battery. Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove battery pack upper case. Refer to EVB-149, "BATTERY JUNCTION BOX : Disassembly and
Assembly", see Step-1 to Step-3.
>> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN MODULE AND LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER


1.
2.

Disconnect module harness connector and Li-ion battery controller harness connector.
Refer to below table and check the continuity between corresponding module and Li-ion battery controller.

DTC

Module
No.

Module
Connector

Li-ion battery controller


Terminal

Connector

17
P3302

P3303

P3304

P3305

P3306

P3307

LB9

LB9

LB9

LB9

LB9

LB9

LB13

34

18

34
LB13

P3309

P330A

LB9

LB9

LB9

35

19

35

LB13

52

20

36

20

36

LB13

53

21

37

21

37

LB13

54

22

38

22

38

LB13

55

56
40

24

40
LB13

57

25

42

25

42

26

Existed

Existed

Existed

Existed

Existed

39
LB13

24

Existed

39

LB13

11

Revision: 2010 November

51

19

23
7

50

18

Continuity

33

23

P3308

Terminal

58

Existed

Existed

Existed

43

EVB-98

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P331A-P3325 CELL OVER VOLTAGE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Module
No.

DTC

Module
Connector

Li-ion battery controller


Terminal

Connector

11
P330B

10

P330C

P330D

11

12

LB9

27

LB9

LB13

59
44

12

44
LB13

60

13

45

13

45

29

Continuity

Existed

Existed

EVB

43

12

28

LB9

Terminal

LB13

14

61

D
Existed

46

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair harness or connector.

4.CHECK MODULE VOLTAGE

Check voltage of corresponding module. Refer to EVB-115, "Component Inspection".


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace Li-ion battery controller. Refer to EVB-155, "LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER : Disassembly and Assembly".
NO
>> Replace corresponding module. Refer to EVB-143, "Exploded view".

Component Inspection

INFOID:0000000007005800

1.CHECK MODULE VOLTAGE

Check voltage of module.


A
B

: + terminal (Red)
: - terminal (Black)

K
Terminals
(+)

(-)

Voltage
(Approx.)

Module
+ terminal (Red)

- terminal (Black)

5.0 - 8.5 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace module. Refer to EVB-143, "Exploded view".

JSCIA0338ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-99

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3326-P3331 CELL OVER VOLTAGE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P3326-P3331 CELL OVER VOLTAGE


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007005801

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

P3302

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE1

P3303

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE2

P3304

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE3

P3305

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE4

P3306

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE5

P3307

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE6

P3308

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE7

P3309

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE8

P330A

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE9

P330B

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE10

P330C

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE11

P330D

CELL OVER VOLTAGE MODULE12

DTC detecting condition

When cell voltage exceeds the allowable


working voltage range.

Possible causes

Overcharge caused by traction


motor inverter/VCM malfunction
Module
Li-ion battery controller
Bus bar
Harness or connector

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of HV BAT using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to EVB-100, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007005802

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective gear consisting of glove, shoes and glasses/face shield before
beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
Refer to EVB-5, "High Voltage Precautions".
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while the
service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed to do
so in the Service Manual.

1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS


1.

With CONSULT
Perform All DTC Reading with CONSULT.

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-100

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3326-P3331 CELL OVER VOLTAGE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
2. Check Self Diagnostic Result of systems other than HV BAT if any DTC is detected.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> After performing trouble diagnosis of detected DTC, GO TO 2.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.PRECONDITIONING

WARNING:
Shut off high voltage circuit. Refer to GI-31, "How to Cut Off High Voltage".
EVB
1. Remove Li-ion battery. Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove battery pack upper case. Refer to EVB-149, "BATTERY JUNCTION BOX : Disassembly and
Assembly", see Step-1 to Step-3.
D
>> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN MODULE AND LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER


1.
2.

Disconnect module harness connector and Li-ion battery controller harness connector.
Refer to below table and check the continuity between corresponding module and Li-ion battery controller.
F
DTC

Module
No.

Module
Connector

Li-ion battery controller


Terminal

Connector

17
P3302

P3303

P3304

P3305

P3306

P3307

P3308

P3309

P330A

LB9

LB9

LB9

LB9

LB9

LB9

LB9

LB9

LB9

LB13

50

18

34

18

34

LB13

51

19

35

19

35

LB13

52

20

36

20

36

LB13

53

21

37

21

37

LB13

54

22

38

22

38

LB13

55

23

39

23

39

LB13

56

24

40

24

40

LB13

57

25

42

25

42

26

Continuity

33

LB13

11

Revision: 2010 November

Terminal

58

Existed

H
Existed

Existed

Existed

L
Existed

M
Existed

N
Existed

O
Existed

Existed

43

EVB-101

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3326-P3331 CELL OVER VOLTAGE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Module
No.

DTC

Module
Connector

Li-ion battery controller


Terminal

Connector

11
P330B

10

P330C

P330D

11

12

LB9

27

LB9

LB13

59
44

12

44
LB13

60

13

45

13

45

29

Continuity

43

12

28

LB9

Terminal

LB13

14

61

Existed

Existed

Existed

46

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair harness or connector.

4.CHECK MODULE VOLTAGE


Check voltage of corresponding module. Refer to EVB-115, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace Li-ion battery controller. Refer to EVB-155, "LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER : Disassembly and Assembly".
NO
>> Replace corresponding module. Refer to EVB-143, "Exploded view".

Component Inspection

INFOID:0000000007005803

1.CHECK MODULE VOLTAGE


Check voltage of module.
A
B

: + terminal (Red)
: - terminal (Black)
Terminals
(+)

(-)

Voltage
(Approx.)

- terminal (Black)

5.0 - 8.5 V

Module
+ terminal (Red)

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace module. Refer to EVB-143, "Exploded view".

JSCIA0338ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-102

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3373 TOTAL VOLTAGE OVER DISCHARGE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P3373 TOTAL VOLTAGE OVER DISCHARGE

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007005804

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

If DTC P3373 is displayed with DTC P30F4, first perform the trouble diagnosis for P30F4. Refer to EVB-75,
"DTC Logic".
EVB
DTC

P3373

Trouble diagnosis name

TOTAL VOLTAGE OVER


DISCHARGE

DTC detecting condition

When total voltage lowers below the allowable working


voltage range.

Possible causes

Li-ion battery controller


Module
Bus bar
Service plug fuse
Overcharge caused by traction
motor inverter/VCM malfunction
Harness or connector

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS

With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of HV BAT using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is P3373 detected?
YES >> Refer to EVB-103, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007005805

1.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS


J

With CONSULT
1. Perform All DTC Reading with CONSULT.
2. Select Self Diagnostic Result of systems other than HV BAT if any DTC is detected.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> After performing trouble diagnosis of detected DTC, GO TO 2.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSISSOF LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER

With CONSULT
1. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of HV BAT using CONSULT.
2. Confirm Self Diagnostic Result if P3375-P33A4 is detected.
Is P3375-P33A4 detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected P3375-P33A4. Refer to EVB-104, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> Replace Li-ion battery controller. Refer to EVB-155, "LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER : Disassembly and Assembly".

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-103

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3375-P3380 CELL OVER DISCHARGE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P3375-P3380 CELL OVER DISCHARGE


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007005806

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

P3375

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE1

P3376

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE2

P3377

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE3

P3378

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE4

P3379

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE5

P337A

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE6

P337B

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE7

P337C

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE8

P337D

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE9

P337E

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE10

P337F

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE11

P3380

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE12

DTC detecting condition

When cell voltage lowers below the allowable


working voltage range.

Possible causes

Overcharge caused by traction motor inverter/VCM malfunction


Module
Li-ion battery controller
Bus bar
Harness or connector

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of HV BAT using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to EVB-104, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007005807

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective gear consisting of glove, shoes and glasses/face shield before
beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
Refer to EVB-5, "High Voltage Precautions".
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while the
service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed to do
so in the Service Manual.

1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS


1.

With CONSULT
Perform All DTC Reading with CONSULT.

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-104

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3375-P3380 CELL OVER DISCHARGE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
2. Check Self Diagnostic Result of systems other than if any DTC is detected.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> After performing trouble diagnosis of detected DTC, GO TO 2.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.PRECONDITIONING

WARNING:
Shut off high voltage circuit. Refer to GI-31, "How to Cut Off High Voltage".
EVB
1. Remove Li-ion battery. Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove battery pack upper case. Refer to EVB-149, "BATTERY JUNCTION BOX : Disassembly and
Assembly", see Step-1 to Step-3.
D
>> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN MODULE AND LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER


1.
2.

Disconnect module harness connector and Li-ion battery controller harness connector.
Refer to below table and check the continuity between corresponding module and Li-ion battery controller.
F
DTC

Module
No.

Module
Connector

Li-ion battery controller


Terminal

Connector

17
P3375

P3376

P3377

P3378

P3379

P337A

P337B

P337C

P337D

LB9

LB9

LB9

LB9

LB9

LB9

LB9

LB9

LB9

LB13

50

18

34

18

34

LB13

51

19

35

19

35

LB13

52

20

36

20

36

LB13

53

21

37

21

37

LB13

54

22

38

22

38

LB13

55

23

39

23

39

LB13

56

24

40

24

40

LB13

57

25

42

25

42

26

Continuity

33

LB13

11

Revision: 2010 November

Terminal

58

Existed

H
Existed

Existed

Existed

L
Existed

M
Existed

N
Existed

O
Existed

Existed

43

EVB-105

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3375-P3380 CELL OVER DISCHARGE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Module
No.

DTC

Module
Connector

Li-ion battery controller


Terminal

Connector

11
P337E

10

P330F

11

P3380

12

LB9

27

LB9

LB13

59
44

12

44
LB13

60

13

45

13

45

29

Continuity

43

12

28

LB9

Terminal

LB13

14

61

Existed

Existed

Existed

46

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair Harness or connector.

4.CHECK MODULE VOLTAGE


Check voltage of corresponding module. Refer to EVB-93, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace Li-ion battery controller. Refer to EVB-155, "LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER : Disassembly and Assembly".
NO
>> Replace corresponding module. Refer to EVB-143, "Exploded view".

Component Inspection

INFOID:0000000007005808

1.CHECK MODULE VOLTAGE


Check voltage of module.
A
B

: + terminal (Red)
: - terminal (Black)
Terminals
(+)

(-)

Voltage
(Approx.)

- terminal (Black)

5.0 - 8.5 V

Module
+ terminal (Red)

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace module. Refer to EVB-143, "Exploded view".

JSCIA0338ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-106

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3381-P338C CELL OVER DISCHARGE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P3381-P338C CELL OVER DISCHARGE


DTC Logic

A
INFOID:0000000007005809

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

P3375

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE1

P3376

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE2

P3377

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE3

P3378

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE4

P3379

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE5

P337A

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE6

P337B

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE7

P337C

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE8

P337D

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE9

P337E

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE10

P337F

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE11

P3380

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE12

DTC detecting condition

Possible causes

EVB

When cell voltage lowers below the allowable


working voltage range.

Overcharge caused by traction motor inverter/VCM malfunction


Module
Li-ion battery controller
Bus bar
Harness or connector

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of HV BAT using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to EVB-113, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007005810

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective gear consisting of glove, shoes and glasses/face shield before
beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
Refer to EVB-5, "High Voltage Precautions".
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while the
service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed to do
so in the Service Manual.

1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS


With CONSULT
Perform All DTC Reading with CONSULT.

Revision: 2010 November

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.

EVB-107

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3381-P338C CELL OVER DISCHARGE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
2. Check Self Diagnostic Result of systems other than if any DTC is detected.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> After performing trouble diagnosis of detected DTC, GO TO 2.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.PRECONDITIONING
WARNING:
Shut off high voltage circuit. Refer to GI-31, "How to Cut Off High Voltage".
1. Remove Li-ion battery. Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove battery pack upper case. Refer to EVB-149, "BATTERY JUNCTION BOX : Disassembly and
Assembly", see Step-1 to Step-3.
>> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN MODULE AND LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER


1.
2.

Disconnect module harness connector and Li-ion battery controller harness connector.
Refer to below table and check the continuity between corresponding module and Li-ion battery controller.

DTC

Module
No.

Module
Connector

Li-ion battery controller


Terminal

Connector

17
P3375

P3376

P3377

P3378

P3379

P337A

LB9

LB9

LB9

LB9

LB9

LB9

LB13

34

18

34
LB13

P337C

P337D

LB9

LB9

LB9

35

19

35

LB13

52

20

36

20

36

LB13

53

21

37

21

37

LB13

54

22

38

22

38

LB13

55

56
40

24

40
LB13

57

25

42

25

42

26

Existed

Existed

Existed

Existed

Existed

39
LB13

24

Existed

39

LB13

11

Revision: 2010 November

51

19

23
7

50

18

Continuity

33

23

P337B

Terminal

58

Existed

Existed

Existed

43

EVB-108

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3381-P338C CELL OVER DISCHARGE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Module
No.

DTC

Module
Connector

Li-ion battery controller


Terminal

Connector

11
P337E

10

P330F

11

P3380

12

LB9

27

LB9

LB13

59
44

12

44
LB13

60

13

45

13

45

29

Continuity

Existed

Existed

EVB

43

12

28

LB9

Terminal

LB13

14

61

D
Existed

46

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair Harness or connector.

4.CHECK MODULE VOLTAGE

Check voltage of corresponding module. Refer to EVB-115, "Component Inspection".


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace Li-ion battery controller. Refer to EVB-155, "LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER : Disassembly and Assembly".
NO
>> Replace corresponding module. Refer to EVB-143, "Exploded view".

Component Inspection

INFOID:0000000007005811

1.CHECK MODULE VOLTAGE

Check voltage of module.


A
B

: + terminal (Red)
: - terminal (Black)

K
Terminals
(+)

(-)

Voltage
(Approx.)

Module
+ terminal (Red)

- terminal (Black)

5.0 - 8.5 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace module. Refer to EVB-143, "Exploded view".

JSCIA0338ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-109

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P338D-P3398 CELL OVER DISCHARGE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P338D-P3398 CELL OVER DISCHARGE


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007005812

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

P3375

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE1

P3376

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE2

P3377

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE3

P3378

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE4

P3379

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE5

P337A

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE6

P337B

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE7

P337C

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE8

P337D

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE9

P337E

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE10

P337F

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE11

P3380

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE12

DTC detecting condition

When cell voltage lowers below the allowable


working voltage range.

Possible causes

Overcharge caused by traction motor inverter/VCM malfunction


Module
Li-ion battery controller
Bus bar
Harness or connector

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of HV BAT using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to EVB-113, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007005813

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective gear consisting of glove, shoes and glasses/face shield before
beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
Refer to EVB-5, "High Voltage Precautions".
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while the
service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed to do
so in the Service Manual.

1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS


1.

With CONSULT
Perform All DTC Reading with CONSULT.

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-110

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P338D-P3398 CELL OVER DISCHARGE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
2. Check Self Diagnostic Result of systems other than if any DTC is detected.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> After performing trouble diagnosis of detected DTC, GO TO 2.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.PRECONDITIONING

WARNING:
Shut off high voltage circuit. Refer to GI-31, "How to Cut Off High Voltage".
EVB
1. Remove Li-ion battery. Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove battery pack upper case. Refer to EVB-149, "BATTERY JUNCTION BOX : Disassembly and
Assembly", see Step-1 to Step-3.
D
>> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN MODULE AND LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER


1.
2.

Disconnect module harness connector and Li-ion battery controller harness connector.
Refer to below table and check the continuity between corresponding module and Li-ion battery controller.
F
DTC

Module
No.

Module
Connector

Li-ion battery controller


Terminal

Connector

17
P3375

P3376

P3377

P3378

P3379

P337A

P337B

P337C

P337D

LB9

LB9

LB9

LB9

LB9

LB9

LB9

LB9

LB9

LB13

50

18

34

18

34

LB13

51

19

35

19

35

LB13

52

20

36

20

36

LB13

53

21

37

21

37

LB13

54

22

38

22

38

LB13

55

23

39

23

39

LB13

56

24

40

24

40

LB13

57

25

42

25

42

26

Continuity

33

LB13

11

Revision: 2010 November

Terminal

58

Existed

H
Existed

Existed

Existed

L
Existed

M
Existed

N
Existed

O
Existed

Existed

43

EVB-111

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P338D-P3398 CELL OVER DISCHARGE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Module
No.

DTC

Module
Connector

Li-ion battery controller


Terminal

Connector

11
P337E

10

P330F

11

P3380

12

LB9

27

LB9

LB13

59
44

12

44
LB13

60

13

45

13

45

29

Continuity

43

12

28

LB9

Terminal

LB13

14

61

Existed

Existed

Existed

46

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair Harness or connector.

4.CHECK MODULE VOLTAGE


Check voltage of corresponding module. Refer to EVB-115, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace Li-ion battery controller. Refer to EVB-155, "LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER : Disassembly and Assembly".
NO
>> Replace corresponding module. Refer to EVB-143, "Exploded view".

Component Inspection

INFOID:0000000007005814

1.CHECK MODULE VOLTAGE


Check voltage of module.
A
B

: + terminal (Red)
: - terminal (Black)
Terminals
(+)

(-)

Voltage
(Approx.)

- terminal (Black)

5.0 - 8.5 V

Module
+ terminal (Red)

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace module. Refer to EVB-143, "Exploded view".

JSCIA0338ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-112

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3399-P33A4 CELL OVER DISCHARGE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P3399-P33A4 CELL OVER DISCHARGE


DTC Logic

A
INFOID:0000000007005815

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

P3375

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE1

P3376

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE2

P3377

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE3

P3378

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE4

P3379

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE5

P337A

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE6

P337B

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE7

P337C

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE8

P337D

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE9

P337E

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE10

P337F

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE11

P3380

CELL OVER DISCHARGE MODULE12

DTC detecting condition

Possible causes

EVB

When cell voltage lowers below the allowable


working voltage range.

Overcharge caused by traction motor inverter/VCM malfunction


Module
Li-ion battery controller
Bus bar
Harness or connector

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of HV BAT using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to EVB-113, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007005816

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective gear consisting of glove, shoes and glasses/face shield before
beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
Refer to EVB-5, "High Voltage Precautions".
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while the
service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed to do
so in the Service Manual.

1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS


With CONSULT
Perform All DTC Reading with CONSULT.

Revision: 2010 November

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.

EVB-113

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3399-P33A4 CELL OVER DISCHARGE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
2. Check Self Diagnostic Result of systems other than if any DTC is detected.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> After performing trouble diagnosis of detected DTC, GO TO 2.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.PRECONDITIONING
WARNING:
Shut off high voltage circuit. Refer to GI-31, "How to Cut Off High Voltage".
1. Remove Li-ion battery. Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove battery pack upper case. Refer to EVB-149, "BATTERY JUNCTION BOX : Disassembly and
Assembly", see Step-1 to Step-3.
>> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN MODULE AND LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER


1.
2.

Disconnect module harness connector and Li-ion battery controller harness connector.
Refer to below table and check the continuity between corresponding module and Li-ion battery controller.

DTC

Module
No.

Module
Connector

Li-ion battery controller


Terminal

Connector

17
P3375

P3376

P3377

P3378

P3379

P337A

LB9

LB9

LB9

LB9

LB9

LB9

LB13

34

18

34
LB13

P337C

P337D

LB9

LB9

LB9

35

19

35

LB13

52

20

36

20

36

LB13

53

21

37

21

37

LB13

54

22

38

22

38

LB13

55

56
40

24

40
LB13

57

25

42

25

42

26

Existed

Existed

Existed

Existed

Existed

39
LB13

24

Existed

39

LB13

11

Revision: 2010 November

51

19

23
7

50

18

Continuity

33

23

P337B

Terminal

58

Existed

Existed

Existed

43

EVB-114

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P3399-P33A4 CELL OVER DISCHARGE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Module
No.

DTC

Module
Connector

Li-ion battery controller


Terminal

Connector

11
P337E

10

P330F

11

P3380

12

LB9

27

LB9

LB13

59
44

12

44
LB13

60

13

45

13

45

29

Continuity

Existed

Existed

EVB

43

12

28

LB9

Terminal

LB13

14

61

D
Existed

46

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair Harness or connector.

4.CHECK MODULE VOLTAGE

Check voltage of corresponding module. Refer to EVB-115, "Component Inspection".


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace Li-ion battery controller. Refer to EVB-155, "LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER : Disassembly and Assembly".
NO
>> Replace corresponding module. Refer to EVB-143, "Exploded view".

Component Inspection

INFOID:0000000007005817

1.CHECK MODULE VOLTAGE

Check voltage of module.


A
B

: + terminal (Red)
: - terminal (Black)

K
Terminals
(+)

(-)

Voltage
(Approx.)

Module
+ terminal (Red)

- terminal (Black)

5.0 - 8.5 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace module. Refer to EVB-143, "Exploded view".

JSCIA0338ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-115

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P33D4 BATTERY DETERIORATION DIAGNOSIS


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P33D4 BATTERY DETERIORATION DIAGNOSIS


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007005818

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
P33D4

Trouble diagnosis name


BATTERY INTERNAL RESISTANCE DIAG

DTC detecting condition


When the battery charge lowers.
(The internal resistance of the battery increases.)

Possible causes
Li-ion battery

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of HV BAT using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is P33D4 detected?
YES >> Refer to EVB-116, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007005819

When this DTC is detected, replace Li-ion battery. Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-116

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P33D5 CURRENT SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P33D5 CURRENT SENSOR

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007005820

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

P33D5

Trouble diagnosis name

CURRENT SENSOR

DTC detecting condition


Deviation in characteristics of battery current sensor signal voltage.
(Battery current sensor signal voltage is too high or too
low.)

Possible causes

EVB

Li-ion battery controller


Current sensor
System main relay
Harness or connector

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of HV BAT using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is P33D5 detected?
YES >> Refer to EVB-117, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

G
INFOID:0000000007005821

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective gear consisting of glove, shoes and glasses/face shield before
beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
Refer to EVB-5, "High Voltage Precautions".
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while the
service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed to do
so in the Service Manual.

1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS OF VCM

2.PRECONDITIONING
WARNING:
Shut off high voltage circuit. Refer to GI-31, "How to Cut Off High Voltage".
1. Remove Li-ion battery. Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove battery pack upper case. Refer to EVB-149, "BATTERY JUNCTION BOX : Disassembly and
Assembly", see Step-1 to Step-3.

EVB-117

With CONSULT
1. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of EV/HEV using CONSULT.
2. Confirm self diagnostic result if P0AA0, P0AA1 or P0AA4 is detected.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected DTC. Refer to EVC-78, "DTC Index".
NO
>> GO TO 2.

Revision: 2010 November

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P33D5 CURRENT SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
>> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK CONNECTION STATUS


Check connection status of Li-ion battery controller harness connector and battery junction box (current sensor) harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Recover the connection status.

4.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN BATTERY JUNCTION BOX (CURRENT SENSOR) AND LI-ION BATTERY
CONTROLLER
Check continuity between battery junction box (current sensor) harness connector and Li-ion battery controller
harness connector.
Battery junction box (Current
sensor)
Connector

Terminal

LB3

Li-ion battery controller


Connector

Continuity

Terminal

10
LB11

10

Exited

17

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Repair Harness or connector.

5.CHECK CURRENT SENSOR


Check resistance of current sensor.
Battery junction box (Current sensor)
Connector
LB3

Terminal

Terminal

10

10

Resistance value
1 k10 M

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> Replace current sensor.

6.CHECK LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER


Check resistance of Li-ion battery controller.
Li-ion battery controller
Connector

Terminal

Terminal

Resistance value (k)

LB11

10

17

Approx. 4.7

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace battery junction box. Refer to EVB-149, "BATTERY JUNCTION BOX : Disassembly and
Assembly".
NO
>> Replace Li-ion battery controller. Refer to EVB-155, "LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER : Disassembly and Assembly".

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-118

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P33D6 CURRENT SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P33D6 CURRENT SENSOR

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007005822

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
P33D6

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC detecting condition


Deviation from the specified voltage characteristics of
battery current sensor.

CURRENT SENSOR

Possible causes

EVB

Li-ion battery controller

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of HV BAT using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is P33D6 detected?
YES >> Refer to EVB-119, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007005823

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective gear consisting of glove, shoes and glasses/face shield before
beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
Refer to EVB-5, "High Voltage Precautions".
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while the
service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed to do
so in the Service Manual.

1.PRECONDITIONING
WARNING:
Shut off high voltage circuit. Refer to GI-31, "How to Cut Off High Voltage".
1. Remove Li-ion battery. Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove battery pack upper case. Refer to EVB-149, "BATTERY JUNCTION BOX : Disassembly and
Assembly", see Step-1 to Step-3.
>> GO TO 2.
DIsconnect Li-ion battery controller harness connector.
Check the resistance of current sensor from Li-ion battery controller side.
Li-ion battery controller
Connector

Revision: 2010 November

Terminal

2.CHECK CURRENT SENSOR


1.
2.

Resistance value

EVB-119

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P33D6 CURRENT SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
LB11

10

17

1 k10 M

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace Li-ion battery controller. Refer to EVB-155, "LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER : Disassembly and Assembly".
NO
>> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER AND BATTERY JUNCTION BOX (CURRENT SENSOR)
1. DIsconnect Battery junction box harness connector.
2. Check continuity between li-ion battery controller and Battery junction box (current sensor).
li-ion battery controller
Connector

Terminal

Battery junction box


(Current sensor)
Connector

Terminal

LB3

10
LB11

9
17

Continuity

9
Existed

10

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace battery junction box. Refer to EVB-149, "BATTERY JUNCTION BOX : Disassembly and
Assembly".
NO
>> Repair Harness or connector.

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-120

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P33D7, P33D9, P33DB, P33DD TEMPERATURE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P33D7, P33D9, P33DB, P33DD TEMPERATURE SENSOR


DTC Logic

A
INFOID:0000000007005824

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

P33DB

DTC detecting condition

Possible causes

EVB

Battery temperature sensor rear center signal voltage is


too high or too low.

P33D7
P33D9

TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Battery temperature sensor front RH signal voltage is


too high or too low.
Battery temperature sensor rear RH signal voltage is
too high or too low.

Battery temperature sensor 1


Li-ion battery controller
Harness or connector

Battery temperature sensor front LH signal voltage is


too high or too low.

P33DD

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of HV BAT using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to EVB-121, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007005825

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective gear consisting of glove, shoes and glasses/face shield before
beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
Refer to EVB-5, "High Voltage Precautions".
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while the
service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed to do
so in the Service Manual.

1.PRECONDITIONING
WARNING:
Shut off high voltage circuit. Refer to GI-31, "How to Cut Off High Voltage".
1. Remove Li-ion battery. Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove battery pack upper case. Refer to EVB-149, "BATTERY JUNCTION BOX : Disassembly and
Assembly", see Step-1 to Step-3.
>> GO TO 2.

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-121

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P33D7, P33D9, P33DB, P33DD TEMPERATURE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

2.CHECK HARNESS
1. Power switch OFF.
2. Check a connection state of harness connector of Li-ion battery controller.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Recover the connection status.

3.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR


Refer to EVB-122, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Replace battery temperature sensor.

4.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND GROUND


1.
2.

Disconnect Li-ion battery controller harness connector.


Check continuity between battery temperature sensor harness connector and ground.

Battery temperature sensor

Connector

Terminal

Rear center

LB17

Front RH

LB5

Rear RH

LB17

Front LH

LB4

Continuity

Ground

No existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace Li-ion battery controller. Refer to EVB-155, "LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER : Disassembly and Assembly".
NO
>> Repair harness or connector.

Component Inspection

INFOID:0000000007005826

1.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR


1.
2.

Remove battery temperature sensor. Refer to EVB-143, "Exploded view".


Check resistance between battery temperature sensor terminals.

Battery temperature sensor

Terminals

Rear RH & Front RH

1 and 2

Rear center & Front LH

3 and 4

Condition

Temperature C (F)

Resistance (k)
10 (50)

Approx. 7.4

25 (77)

Approx. 4.0

40 (104)

Approx. 2.3

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace battery temperature sensor.

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-122

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P33DF BAT VOLTAGE ISOLATION SEN


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P33DF BAT VOLTAGE ISOLATION SEN


DTC Logic

A
INFOID:0000000007005827

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
P33DF

Trouble diagnosis name


BAT VOLTAGE ISOLATION SEN

DTC detecting condition


Signal voltage of the on-board isolation resistance monitoring system is too high.

Possible causes

EVB

Li-ion battery controller

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of HV BAT using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is P33DF detected?
YES >> Refer to EVB-123, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007005828

When this DTC is detected, replace Li-ion battery controller. Refer to EVB-155, "LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER : Disassembly and Assembly".

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-123

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P33E0 BAT VOLTAGE ISOLATION SEN


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P33E0 BAT VOLTAGE ISOLATION SEN


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007005829

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
P33E0

Trouble diagnosis name


BATTERY VOLTAGE ISOLATION SENSOR

DTC detecting condition

Possible causes

Signal Voltage of the on-board isolation resistance monLi-ion battery controller


itoring system is too low.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of HV BAT using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is P33E0 detected?
YES >> Refer to EVB-124, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007005830

When this DTC is detected, replace Li-ion battery controller. Refer to EVB-155, "LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER : Disassembly and Assembly".

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-124

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P33E1 BAT VOLTAGE ISOLATION SEN


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P33E1 BAT VOLTAGE ISOLATION SEN


DTC Logic

A
INFOID:0000000007005831

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
P33E1

Trouble diagnosis name


BATTERY VOLTAGE ISOLATION SENSOR

DTC detecting condition


Signal voltage of the on-board isolation resistance monitoring system exhibits no amplitude variation.

Possible causes

EVB

Li-ion battery controller

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of HV BAT using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is P33E1 detected?
YES >> Refer to EVB-125, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007005832

When this DTC is detected, replace Li-ion battery controller. Refer to EVB-155, "LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER : Disassembly and Assembly".

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-125

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P33E2 BATT PACK OVER TEMP


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P33E2 BATT PACK OVER TEMP


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007005833

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
P33E2

Trouble diagnosis name


BATTERY PACK OVER
TEMPERATURE

DTC detecting condition


When the battery (battery pack) temperature is excessively high.

Possible causes
Overcharge caused by traction
motor inverter/VCM malfunction

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of HV BAT using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is P33E2 detected?
YES >> Refer to EVB-126, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007005834

1.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER


With CONSULT
1. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of HV BAT using CONSULT.
2. Confirm self diagnostic result if P33E4 or P33E5 is detected.
Is P33E4 or P33E5 detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected P33E4 or P33E5. Refer to EVB-127, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR


With CONSULT
Using FFD, check the values of four temperature sensors when DTC is detected.
Monitor item

Condition

Limit

Battery temperature sensor 1


Battery temperature sensor 2
Battery temperature sensor 3

Power switch ON

55C (131F) or less

Battery temperature sensor 4

Is there temperature increase?


Temperature increase is seen>>Replace Li-ion battery. Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and Installation".
Temperature increase is not seen>>Replace battery temperature sensors. Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and
Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-126

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P33E4, P33E5 TEMPERATURE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P33E4, P33E5 TEMPERATURE SENSOR


DTC Logic

A
INFOID:0000000007005835

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

P33E4
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
P33E5

DTC detecting condition


Deviation in characteristics of Battery temperature sensor
rear center or front RH.
Deviation in characteristics of Battery temperature sensor
rear RH or front LH.

Possible causes

EVB
Battery temperature sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of HV BAT using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is P33E4 or P33E5 DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to EVB-127, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007005836

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective gear consisting of glove, shoes and glasses/face shield before
beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
Refer to EVB-5, "High Voltage Precautions".
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while the
service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed to do
so in the Service Manual.

1.PRECONDITIONING

WARNING:
Shut off high voltage circuit. Refer to GI-31, "How to Cut Off High Voltage".
1. Remove Li-ion battery. Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove battery pack upper case. Refer to EVB-149, "BATTERY JUNCTION BOX : Disassembly and
Assembly", see Step-1 to Step-3.

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK BATTERY TEMPARETURE SENSOR


Refer to EVB-128, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace both battery temperature sensor.
Revision: 2010 November

EVB-127

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P33E4, P33E5 TEMPERATURE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
NO
>> Replace malfunction battery temperature sensor.

Component Inspection

INFOID:0000000007005837

1.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR


1.
2.

Remove battery temperature sensor. Refer to EVB-143, "Exploded view".


Check resistance between battery temperature sensor terminals.

Battery temperature sensor

Terminals

Rear RH & Front RH

1 and 2

Rear center & Front LH

3 and 4

Condition

Temperature C (F)

Resistance (k)
10 (50)

Approx. 7.4

25 (77)

Approx. 4.0

40 (104)

Approx. 2.3

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace battery temperature sensor.

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-128

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P33E6 CELL CONTROLLER


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P33E6 CELL CONTROLLER

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007005838

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
P33E6

Trouble diagnosis name


CELL CONTROLLER

DTC detecting condition

Possible causes

The maximum to minimum difference of the battery cell


voltage with no load in a power on cycle exceeds the allowable cell variation range.

EVB

Li-ion battery controller


Module

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


E

With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of HV BAT using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is P33E6 detected?
YES >> Refer to EVB-129, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007005839

1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS OF LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER

With CONSULT
1. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of HV BAT using CONSULT.
2. Confirm self diagnostic result if P3062or P30FD is detected.
Is P3062 or P30FD detected?
YES >> After replacing Li-ion battery controller, identify malfunctioning module using FFD, and perform
voltage adjustment.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK FFD

Max - Min voltage

With CONSULT
Check FFD to identify if there is a cell voltage which largely differ from the others.
NOTE:
If an abnormal cell is not detected, adjust the total voltage to any voltage in the table by charging or discharging.
Check the voltage difference between maximum and minimum cells to see if the voltage difference exceeds
the reference value corresponding to the total value.
If the voltage difference exceeds the reference value, either maximum or minimum cell voltage is abnormal.
Total voltage

(V)
(mV)

Approx. 360

Approx. 380

Approx. 390

230

140

135

>> Replace corresponding Module. Refer to EVB-143, "Exploded view".


P

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-129

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P33E7 CELL CONTROLLER


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P33E7 CELL CONTROLLER


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007005840

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
P33E7

Trouble diagnosis name


CELL CONTROLLER

DTC detecting condition


The AD converter in Li-ion battery controller is malfunctioning.

Possible causes
Li-ion battery controller

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of HV BAT using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is P33E7 detected?
YES >> Refer to EVB-130, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007005841

When this DTC is detected, replace Li-ion battery controller. Refer to EVB-155, "LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER : Disassembly and Assembly".

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-130

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P33ED BATTERY PARALLEL DIAGNOSIS


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P33ED BATTERY PARALLEL DIAGNOSIS

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007005842

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
P33ED

Trouble diagnosis name


Battery Parallel Diagnosis

DTC detecting condition


When an abrupt voltage change for module is detected.

Possible causes

EVB

Module

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHARGE/DISCHARGE OPERATION
1.
2.

Discharge absolutely Li-ion battery.


Charge Li-ion battery to 100% with normal charging.

>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Select Self Diagnostic Result mode of HV BAT using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is P33ED detected?
YES >> Refer to EVB-131, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007005843

1.CHECK DATA MONITOR OR FFD


With CONSULT
1. Select DATA MONITOR or FFD using CONSULT.
2. Check if there is a cell voltage which largely differ from the others.
Is there any abnormal cell?
YES >> Replace corresponding Module. Refer to EVB-143, "Exploded view".
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE OPERATION


1.
2.

If abnormal cell is not identified, perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to EVB-131, "DTC Logic".
Check cell voltage again using DATA MONITOR or FFD to identify malfunctioning cell.
M

>> Replace corresponding Module. Refer to EVB-143, "Exploded view".


N

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-131

LEAF

http://vnx.su

U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT


Description

INFOID:0000000007005844

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time applications. It is an on-vehicle multiplexcommunication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Modern
vehicle is equipped with many electronic control units, and each control unit shares information and links with
other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected
with 2 communication lines (CAN-H, CAN-L) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads the required data only.
CAN communication signal chart. Refer to LAN-33, "CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM : CAN Communication Signal Chart".

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007005845

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
U1000

Trouble diagnosis name


CAN COMM CIRCUIT

DTC detecting condition


When no CAN communication signal is received continuously for 2 seconds or more.

Diagnosis Procedure

Possible causes
CAN communication system

INFOID:0000000007005846

For the diagnosis procedure, refer to LAN-15, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-132

LEAF

http://vnx.su

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


Diagnosis Procedure

A
INFOID:0000000007005847

WARNING:
B
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
EVB
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person D
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective gear consisting of glove, shoes and glasses/face shield before
beginning work on the high voltage system.
E
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
F
Refer to EVB-5, "High Voltage Precautions".
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while the
service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed to do G
so in the Service Manual.

1.CHECK FUSE
H

Check that the following fuse is not fusing.


Power supply

Fuse No.

Battery

43
55

Power switch ON

74

Is the fuse fusing?


YES >> Replace the fuse after repairing the applicable circuit.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER GROUND CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect Li-ion battery vehicle communication harness connector.
Check the continuity between Li-ion battery vehicle communication harness connector and ground.

Li-ion battery
Connector

Continuity

Terminal

6
B24

Ground

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

3.CHECK BATTERY POWER SUPPLY


Check the voltage between Li-ion battery vehicle communication harness connector and ground.

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-133

LEAF

http://vnx.su

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
+

Voltage

Ground

12V battery power


supply

Li-ion battery
Connector

Terminal

B24

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> GO TO 4.

4.CHECK BATTERY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.

Check the continuity between Li-ion battery vehicle communication harness connector and fuse terminal.
+

Continuity

No.43 fuse terminal

Existed

Li-ion battery
Connector

Terminal

B24

2. Also check harness for short to ground.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check power supply circuit for battery power supply.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

5.CHECK IGNITION POWER SUPPLY


1.
2.

Turn power switch ON.


Check the voltage between Li-ion battery vehicle communication harness and ground.
+

Voltage
(Approx.)

Ground

11 14 V

Li-ion battery
Connector

Terminal
4

B24

21

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> GO TO 6.

6.CHECK IGNITION POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-1


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
Check the continuity between Li-ion battery vehicle communication harness and IPDM E/R harness connector.
Li-ion battery

IPDM E/R

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

B24

E15

57

Continuity
Existed

4. Also check harness for short to ground.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

7.CHECK IGNITION POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-2


1.

Check the continuity between Li-ion battery vehicle communication harness and fuse terminal.

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-134

LEAF

http://vnx.su

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
A

Li-ion battery
Connector

Terminal

B24

21

Continuity

No.74 fuse terminal

Existed

2. Also check harness for short to ground.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check power supply circuit for battery power supply.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

EVB

8.PRECONDITIONING

WARNING:
Shut off high voltage circuit. Refer to GI-31, "How to Cut Off High Voltage".
1. Remove Li-ion battery. Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove battery pack upper case. Refer to EVB-149, "BATTERY JUNCTION BOX : Disassembly and
Assembly", see Step-1 to Step-3.

>> GO TO 9.

9.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN LI-ION BATTERY AND LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER


1.

Check the continuity between Li-ion battery vehicle communication harness connector and Li-ion battery
controller harness connector.

H
LBC
Connector

LB11

Li-ion battery
Terminal

Connector

Terminal

21

21
3

LB1

Continuity

15

16

Existed

2. Also check harness for short to ground.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-135

LEAF

http://vnx.su

LI-ION BATTERY
< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION


LI-ION BATTERY
Exploded View

INFOID:0000000007005848

JPCIA0005GB

1.

Bonding plate (Stamp No.6)

2.

Li-ion battery pack

3.

Bonding plate (Stamp No.4)

4.

Bonding plate (Stamp No.2)

5.

Battery under cover (center)

6.

Battery under cover (front)

7.

Clip

8.

Battery under cover (rear)

9.

Battery mounting bracket LH

10. Battery mounting bracket RH


: Nm (kg-m, ft-lb)

Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000007005849

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the vehicle is handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective equipment before beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them. Refer to
EVB-5, "High Voltage Precautions".
Revision: 2010 November

EVB-136

LEAF

http://vnx.su

LI-ION BATTERY
< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while the
service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed to do
so in the Service Manual.

REMOVAL

WARNING:
Perform high voltage system work preparation. Refer to GI-31, "How to Cut Off High Voltage".
1. Lift up the vehicle and remove the battery under covers (front, center, rear).
2. Disconnect high voltage harness connector (A) from Li-ion battery.
WARNING:

EVB

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective gear.

To prevent shock hazards, immediately wrap insulating


tape around disconnected high voltage connector terminals.

JPCIA0062ZZ

Follow the procedure below to disconnect the high voltage harness connector.
H

J
JPCIA0035ZZ

3.

Disconnect the Li-ion battery vehicle communication harness


connector (A) while turning it counterclockwise.
WARNING:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective

gear.

M
JPCIA0063ZZ

4.

Remove the bonding plates.


1.

: Stamp No.2

2.

: Stamp No.4

3.

: Stamp No.6

: Vehicle front

WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective
gear.

Revision: 2010 November

JSCIA0176ZZ

EVB-137

LEAF

http://vnx.su

LI-ION BATTERY
< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
NOTE:
The bonding plate shape differs depending on the location of installation.
5.

Remove the Li-ion battery mounting bolts (A).


: Vehicle front

WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective
gear.

CAUTION:
Never remove the 4 bolts (B) shown in the figure.
6.

JSCIA0177ZZ

Set the pallet onto the lifter table.


Align center mark (A) of pallet (1) with center mark (B) of battery lift table (2).
C.

: Front

D.

: Side

JSCIA0178ZZ

7.

Set the pallet (1) onto the Li-ion battery.


CAUTION:
Set the palette and Li-ion battery with transportation fixing
bolts.

JSCIA0179ZZ

8.

Remove the Li-ion battery mounting bolts (4 bolts).

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-138

LEAF

http://vnx.su

LI-ION BATTERY
< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
A

EVB
JSCIA0180ZZ

D
B.

: Front

C.

: Rear

WARNING:
E

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective gear.


F

9.

Lower the pallet and remove the Li-ion battery (1) from the vehicle.
WARNING:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective

gear.

I
JSCIA0181ZZ

INSTALLATION
1.
a.
b.
c.
2.

When replacing the Li-ion battery with a new one, perform the following procedure.
Enter the date of replacement on the EV battery traceability seal packaged with the new part.
Cut the EV battery traceability seal in two and affix each seal to the Li-ion battery and Li-ion BATTERY
REPLACEMENT RECORD.
Fill in the Li-ion BATTERY REPLACEMENT RECORD.
Install 2 locating pins (1) at the positions on the vehicle body shown in the figure.

JSCIA0182ZZ

: Vehicle front

3.

Install the Li-ion battery onto the vehicle body.

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-139

LEAF

http://vnx.su

LI-ION BATTERY
< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
Align the Li-ion battery (1) and the locating pin (2).
WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective gear.

JSCIA0183ZZ

4.

Tighten mounting bolts (4 bolts) (A) and remove pallet from Li-ion battery.

JSCIA0180ZZ

B.

: Front

C.

: Rear

WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective gear.

5.

Remove the locating pins from the body.


If the locating pins (1) are tight and cannot be removed, use a
spanner to remove them.
WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective gear.

JSCIA0185ZZ

6.

Install the Li-ion battery mounting bolts (A).


: Vehicle front

WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective
gear.

JSCIA0177ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-140

LEAF

http://vnx.su

LI-ION BATTERY
< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
7. Check the stamp No. of the bonding plate, and install it at the
position shown in the figure.
1.

: Stamp2

2.

: Stamp4

3.

: Stamp6

: Vehicle front

EVB

WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective

JSCIA0176ZZ

gear.

8.
9.

After installing the bonding plate, check the equipotential. Refer to EVB-141, "Inspection".
Turn the vehicle communication harness connector (A) clockwise to install.
WARNING:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective

gear.

JPCIA0063ZZ

10. Install the high voltage harness connector (A).


WARNING:
J

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective


gear.
K

L
JPCIA0062ZZ

Follow the procedure below to install the high voltage harness connector.

JPCIA0036ZZ

11. Install the under covers (front, center, rear).


12. Install the service plug. Refer to GI-31, "How to Cut Off High Voltage".

Inspection

INFOID:0000000007005850

EQUIPOTENTIAL TEST
Revision: 2010 November

EVB-141

LEAF

http://vnx.su

LI-ION BATTERY
< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
After installing the Li-ion battery, measure the resistance between the body of the battery pack (A) and the
vehicle body (B).
WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective gear.

Standard

: 0.1 or less

If the result deviates from the standard values, perform the below inspection and correct the abnormal location.
Connection conditions of bonding plates
Corrosion on bonding plate mounting surfaces
Paint, oil, dust, or other substance on bonding plate mounting surfaces

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-142

LEAF

http://vnx.su

LI-ION BATTERY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >

UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

LI-ION BATTERY
Exploded view

INFOID:0000000007005851

LI-ION BATTERY
EVB

JSCIA0363GB

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-143

LEAF

http://vnx.su

LI-ION BATTERY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
1.

Service plug

2.

Service plug switch

3.

Battery pack upper case

4.

Seal

5.

Bus bar

6.

Front module stack RH

7.

Bus bar

8.

Bus bar

9.

Service plug switch bracket

10. Bus bar

11. Front module stack LH

12. Battery junction box cover

13. Battery junction box

14. Battery junction box bracket

15. Battery member pipe

16. Drain plug washer

17. Drain plug

18. High voltage harness connector

19. Bonding plate

20. Seal

21. Vehicle communication harness connector

22. Snap ring

23. Battery pack lower case

24. Harness bracket

25. High voltage harness

26. High voltage harness

27. Rear module stack

28. Seal

29. Breather

30. Vehicle communication harness

31. Retainer

32. High voltage warning label

: Always replace every disassembly


: Nm (kg-m, in-lb)
: Nm (kg-m, ft-lb)

FRONT MODULE STACK


Removal
NOTE:
Figure indicates front RH.

JPCIA0007GB

1.

Battery temperature sensor (RH


front)

2.

Front module stack

4.

Bus bar cover

5.

Bus bar cover

3.

Bus bar

: Nm (kg-m, in-lb)
: Nm (kg-m, ft-lb)

Disassembly
NOTE:
Figure indicates front RH.

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-144

LEAF

http://vnx.su

LI-ION BATTERY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
A

EVB

JPCIA0008GB

1.

End plate (front)

2.

Module B

3.

Spacer (back side)

4.

Spacer (terminal side)

5.

Module A

6.

End plate (rear)

7.

Sub flame

: Nm (kg-m, in-lb)

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-145

LEAF

http://vnx.su

LI-ION BATTERY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
Module Layout

JPCIA0084GB

LH front module stack


Module No.

Module name

RH front module stack


Cell No.

Module No.

Module name

Cell No.

MD25

Module B

49 & 50

MD37

Module B

73 & 74

MD26

Module B

51 & 52

MD38

Module B

75 & 76

MD27

Module A

53 & 54

MD39

Module A

77 & 78

MD28

Module A

55 & 56

MD40

Module A

79 & 80

MD29

Module A

57 & 58

MD41

Module B

81 & 82

MD30

Module A

59 & 60

MD42

Module B

83 & 84

MD31

Module B

61 & 62

MD43

Module A

85 & 86

MD32

Module B

63 & 64

MD44

Module A

87 & 88

MD33

Module A

65 & 66

MD45

Module A

89 & 90

MD34

Module A

67 & 68

MD46

Module A

91 & 92

MD35

Module B

69 & 70

MD47

Module B

93 & 94

MD36

Module B

71 & 72

MD48

Module B

95 & 96

REAR MODULE STACK


Removal

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-146

LEAF

http://vnx.su

LI-ION BATTERY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
A

EVB

H
JPCIA0009GB

1.

Rear module stack

2.

Bus bar

3.

Bus bar cover

4.

Harness bracket

5.

Control bracket

6.

Li-ion battery controller

7.

Battery temperature sensor (rear)

: Nm (kg-m, in-lb)

Disassembly
K

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-147

LEAF

http://vnx.su

LI-ION BATTERY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >

JPCIA0191GB

1.

Through bolt

2.

LH end plate

3.

Module A

4.

Mounting plate (back side)

5.

Mounting plate (terminal side)

6.

Module B

7.

Support plate (back side)

8.

Support plate (terminal side)

9.

Rear stack member

10.

Front stack member

11.

RH end plate

: Always replace every disassembly


: Nm (kg-m, in-lb)

Module Layout

JPCIA0084GB

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-148

LEAF

http://vnx.su

LI-ION BATTERY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
A

Rear module stack


Module No.

Module name

Cell No.

Module No.

Module name

Cell No.

MD1

Module B

1&2

MD13

Module B

25 & 26

MD2

Module A

3&4

MD14

Module A

27 & 28

MD3

Module B

5&6

MD15

Module B

29 & 30

MD4

Module A

7&8

MD16

Module A

31 & 32

MD5

Module B

9 & 10

MD17

Module B

33 & 34

MD6

Module A

11 & 12

MD18

Module A

35 & 36

MD7

Module B

13 & 14

MD19

Module B

37 & 38

MD8

Module A

15 & 16

MD20

Module A

39 & 40

MD9

Module B

17 & 18

MD21

Module B

41 & 42

MD10

Module A

19 & 20

MD22

Module A

43 & 44

MD11

Module B

21 & 22

MD23

Module B

45 & 46

MD12

Module A

23 & 24

MD24

Module A

47 & 48

EVB

BATTERY JUNCTION BOX

BATTERY JUNCTION BOX : Disassembly and Assembly

INFOID:0000000007005852

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective equipment before beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
Refer to EVB-5, "High Voltage Precautions".
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while the
service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed to do
so in the Service Manual.

WORK ENVIRONMENT FOR DISASSEMBLY OF LI-ION BATTERY


1.

2.

3.

4.

Must be an indoor environment.


The work environment must be able to be isolated from the outside by shutters or other means to prevent the intrusion of rain, snow, sand, and other substances.
The environment must prevent the entry of sweat during work, and also prevent condensation from
occurring as a result of high temperature and humidity.
No entry of foreign materials.
In addition to being indoors, the environment must not permit the entry during disassembly work of
metal powders, oil, or foreign substances resulting from causes such as servicing of other vehicles.
If there is any risk of the above, use a plastic curtain or other means to block off the work area, or take
other necessary steps.
The floor must be dry.
The floor must not become wet as a result of causes such as vehicles entering when it is raining or
snowing.
Work space
Space approximately the size of one vehicle must be secured as the disassembly space.

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-149

LEAF

http://vnx.su

LI-ION BATTERY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
A sign indicating that disassembly is in progress or other measures must be taken so that persons other
than the workers do not enter the work space.

DISASSEMBLY
1.
2.

Clean any contamination and dust from the battery pack.


Remove service plug retainer (1).
WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective
gear.

JSCIA0143ZZ

3.

Remove mounting bolts (A), (B) and mounting nuts (C), then remove battery pack upper case.

JSCIA0144ZZ

: Vehicle front

WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective gear.

4.

Disengage pawls and remove battery junction box cover (1).


: Pawl

WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulated protective gear and use insulated tools.

JSCIA0264ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-150

LEAF

http://vnx.su

LI-ION BATTERY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
5. Remove terminal mounting nut (A) of high voltage harness connector.
DANGER:

Touching high voltage components with using the


appropriate protective equipment will cause electrocution.

EVB

WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, immediately wrap insulating
tape around disconnected high voltage connector terminals.
6.

JSCIA0265ZZ

Remove mounting nut (A) and mounting bolt (B), then remove
bonding plate (1).
WARNING:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulated protective gear and use insulated tools.

JPCIA0169ZZ

7.

Remove mounting nuts (A), then disconnect high voltage harness connector (1) from battery pack.
WARNING:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulated protective gear and use insulated tools.

K
JPCIA0170ZZ

8.

Remove mounting nuts (A), then remove high voltage harness


(1) and bus bar (2) from battery junction box.
DANGER:

Touching high voltage components with using the


appropriate protective equipment will cause electrocution.
N

WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, immediately wrap insulating
tape around disconnected high voltage connector terminals.

JSCIA0267ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-151

LEAF

http://vnx.su

LI-ION BATTERY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
9. Remove mounting nut (A) and remove battery junction box (1).
WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulated protective gear and use insulated tools.

JSCIA0268ZZ

ASSEMBLY
1.

Install battery junction box.


WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulated protective gear and use insulated
tools.

2.

Install high voltage harness connector.


WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulated protective gear and use insulated
tools.

3.
a.

Follow the procedure below and install battery pack upper case.
Tighten mounting nuts and bolts in numerical order as shown in the figure.

JPCIA0140ZZ

: Vehicle front

WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective gear.

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-152

LEAF

http://vnx.su

LI-ION BATTERY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
b. Install ground bolt (A).
A

EVB

F
JPCIA0141ZZ

: Vehicle front

WARNING:
H

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective gear.

4.

Install service plug retainer.


WARNING:
J

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective gear.


K

CAUTION:
Perform the LI-ION BATTERY JUNCTION BOX DATA CLEAR when battery junction box is replaced.
Refer to EVC-104, "Work Procedure".
Check the following items after installing battery pack: Refer to EVB-153, "BATTERY JUNCTION BOX
: Inspection".
AIRTIGHTNESS TEST
ELECTRIC EQUIPOTENTIAL TEST

BATTERY JUNCTION BOX : Inspection

INFOID:0000000007005853

AIR TIGHTNESS INSPECTION


1.

Remove drain plug and install chuck [SST: KV99111400] (A).


WARNING:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective


gear.

JPCIA0124ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-153

LEAF

http://vnx.su

LI-ION BATTERY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
2. Install gauge [SST: KV99111400] (A).
WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective
gear.

CAUTION:
Handle the gauge carefully so that it will not drop.
JPCIA0125ZZ

3.

Install service lock out plug or service plug.


DANGER:
Touching high voltage components with using the
appropriate protective equipment will cause electrocution.

JPCIA0127ZZ

4.

Use vinyl tape (A) or similar means to seal the breather so that
air does not enter it.
WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective
gear.

JPCIA0128ZZ

5.

Perform airtightness test by applying 1.6 kPa (0.016 bar, 0.0163 kg/cm2, 0.23 psi) of pressure inside the
battery pack for approximately 1 minute.
CAUTION:
When applying pressure, operate the air pump slowly.
Do not apply any pressure exceeding 1.6 kPa (0.02 bar, 0.0163 kg/cm2, 0.29 psi).
Repair limit

6.

: 1.4 kPa (0.02 bar, 0.0204 kg/cm2, 0.29 psi)

If the pressure rises above the limit value, use soapy water and check for leakage points.
WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective gear.

CAUTION:
Never allow soapy water to contact the service plug.

Electric Equipotential Test

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-154

LEAF

http://vnx.su

LI-ION BATTERY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
After installing the battery pack, measure the resistance between the ground bolt mating surface (A) and the
high voltage harness connector flange (B).

EVB

F
JPCIA0190ZZ

WARNING:
G

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective gear.

Standard

: 0.1 or less
I

If the result deviates from the standard value, check the following items and repair malfunctioning parts
Connection condition of ground bolts
Rust on the mounting surface of ground bolts
Paint, oil, and dust on the mounting surface of ground bolts

LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER


LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER : Disassembly and Assembly

INFOID:0000000007005854

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the vehicle is handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective equipment before beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them. Refer to
EVB-5, "High Voltage Precautions".
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while the
service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed to do
so in the Service Manual.

WORK ENVIRONMENT FOR DISASSEMBLY OF LI-ION BATTERY


1.

Must be an indoor environment.


The work environment must be able to be isolated from the outside by shutters or other means to prevent the intrusion of rain, snow, sand, and other substances.
The environment must prevent the entry of sweat during work, and also prevent condensation from
occurring as a result of high temperature and humidity.

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-155

LEAF

http://vnx.su

LI-ION BATTERY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
2. No entry of foreign materials.
In addition to being indoors, the environment must not permit the entry during disassembly work of
metal powders, oil, or foreign substances resulting from causes such as servicing of other vehicles.
If there is any risk of the above, use a plastic curtain or other means to block off the work area, or take
other necessary steps.
3. The floor must be dry.
The floor must not become wet as a result of causes such as vehicles entering when it is raining or
snowing.
4. Work space
Space approximately the size of one vehicle must be secured as the disassembly space.
A sign indicating that disassembly is in progress or other measures must be taken so that persons other
than the workers do not enter the work space.

DISASSEMBLY
1.
2.

Remove Li-ion battery. Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and Installation".


Remove service plug retainer (1).
WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective
gear.

JSCIA0143ZZ

3.

Remove mounting bolts (A), (B) and mounting nuts (C), then remove battery pack upper case.

JSCIA0144ZZ

: Vehicle front

WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective gear.

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-156

LEAF

http://vnx.su

LI-ION BATTERY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
4. Disconnect Li-ion battery controller harness connector (A).
WARNING:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective


gear.

EVB
JSCIA0145ZZ

5.

Remove Li-ion battery controller mounting bolts (A).


WARNING:
E

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulated protective gear and use insulated tools.

G
JSCIA0147ZZ

6.

Remove harness connector and harness clip, then remove Li-ion battery controller.
WARNING:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective gear.

To prevent shock hazards, immediately wrap insulating tape around disconnected high voltage
connector terminals.
NOTE:
Remove together with controller bracket.

ASSEMBLY
Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly.
1. Install Li-ion battery controller.
WARNING:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulated protective gear and use insulated

tools.
N

2.
a.

Follow the procedure below and install battery pack upper case.
Tighten mounting nuts and bolts in numerical order as shown in the figure.

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-157

LEAF

http://vnx.su

LI-ION BATTERY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >

JPCIA0140ZZ

: Vehicle front

WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective gear.

b.

Install ground bolt (A).

JPCIA0141ZZ

: Vehicle front

WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective gear.

3.

Install service plug retainer.


WARNING:

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-158

LEAF

http://vnx.su

LI-ION BATTERY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective gear.

B
CAUTION:
Perform the ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER when Liion battery controller is replaced. Refer to EVB-55, "Work Procedure".
Check the following items after installing battery pack: Refer to EVB-159, "LI-ION BATTERY CON- EVB
TROLLER : Inspection".
AIRTIGHTNESS TEST
ELECTRIC EQUIPOTENTIAL TEST
D

LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER : Inspection

INFOID:0000000007063698

AIR TIGHTNESS INSPECTION


1.

Remove drain plug and install chuck [SST: KV99111400] (A).


WARNING:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective


gear.
G

H
JPCIA0124ZZ

2.

Install gauge [SST: KV99111400] (A).


WARNING:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective


gear.

CAUTION:
Handle the gauge carefully so that it will not drop.
JPCIA0125ZZ

3.

Install service lock out plug or service plug.


DANGER:

Touching high voltage components with using the


appropriate protective equipment will cause electrocution.

O
JPCIA0127ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-159

LEAF

http://vnx.su

LI-ION BATTERY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
4. Use vinyl tape (A) or similar means to seal the breather so that
air does not enter it.
WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective
gear.

JPCIA0128ZZ

5.

Perform airtightness test by applying 1.6 kPa (0.016 bar, 0.0163 kg/cm2, 0.23 psi) of pressure inside the
battery pack for approximately 1 minute.
CAUTION:
When applying pressure, operate the air pump slowly.
Do not apply any pressure exceeding 1.6 kPa (0.02 bar, 0.0163 kg/cm2, 0.29 psi).
Repair limit

6.

: 1.4 kPa (0.02 bar, 0.0204 kg/cm2, 0.29 psi)

If the pressure rises above the limit value, use soapy water and check for leakage points.
WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective gear.

CAUTION:
Never allow soapy water to contact the service plug.

Electric Equipotential Test


After installing the battery pack, measure the resistance between the ground bolt mating surface (A) and the
high voltage harness connector flange (B).

JPCIA0190ZZ

WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective gear.

Standard

: 0.1 or less

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-160

LEAF

http://vnx.su

LI-ION BATTERY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
If the result deviates from the standard value, check the following items and repair malfunctioning parts
Connection condition of ground bolts
Rust on the mounting surface of ground bolts
Paint, oil, and dust on the mounting surface of ground bolts

FRONT MODULE STACK

FRONT MODULE STACK : Disassembly and Assembly

INFOID:0000000007005856

EVB
WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and D
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
E
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective equipment before beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not F
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
Refer to EVB-5, "High Voltage Precautions".
G
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while the
service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed to do
H
so in the Service Manual.

WORK ENVIRONMENT FOR DISASSEMBLY OF LI-ION BATTERY


1.

2.

3.

4.

Must be an indoor environment.


The work environment must be able to be isolated from the outside by shutters or other means to prevent the intrusion of rain, snow, sand, and other substances.
The environment must prevent the entry of sweat during work, and also prevent condensation from
occurring as a result of high temperature and humidity.
No entry of foreign materials.
In addition to being indoors, the environment must not permit the entry during disassembly work of
metal powders, oil, or foreign substances resulting from causes such as servicing of other vehicles.
If there is any risk of the above, use a plastic curtain or other means to block off the work area, or take
other necessary steps.
The floor must be dry.
The floor must not become wet as a result of causes such as vehicles entering when it is raining or
snowing.
Work space
Space approximately the size of one vehicle must be secured as the disassembly space.
A sign indicating that disassembly is in progress or other measures must be taken so that persons other
than the workers do not enter the work space.

DISASSEMBLY
1.

Remove battery junction box. Refer to EVB-155, "LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER : Disassembly and
Assembly".

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-161

LEAF

http://vnx.su

LI-ION BATTERY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
2. Remove bus bar (1) that connects service plug switch and left
front module stack.
DANGER:
Touching high voltage components with using the
appropriate protective equipment will cause electrocution.

WARNING:
After removing, close bus bar cover.
3.

JSCIA0269ZZ

Remove mounting bolts (A) and nuts (B) of service plug switch
bracket (1).
WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulated protective gear and use insulated tools.

JSCIA0270ZZ

4.

Disconnect high voltage harness (A) and connector (B) on


reverse side of service plug switch bracket, then remove service
plug switch bracket (1).
DANGER:
Touching high voltage components with using the
appropriate protective equipment will cause electrocution.

WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, immediately wrap insulating
tape around disconnected high voltage connector terminals.
5.

JSCIA0271ZZ

Remove harness bracket (1).


WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulated protective gear and use insulated tools.

JSCIA0307ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-162

LEAF

http://vnx.su

LI-ION BATTERY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
6. Remove bus bar (1) that connects left and right front module
stacks.

: Vehicle front

DANGER:
Touching high voltage components with using the
appropriate protective equipment will cause electrocution.

EVB
JSCIA0258ZZ

WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, immediately wrap insulating tape around disconnected high voltage
connector terminals.

7.

Remove battery temperature sensor (1) from module (2).


F

H
JSCIA0259ZZ

I
A.

: Front module LH

B.

: Front module RH

WARNING:
J

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulated protective gear and use insulated
tools.
K

8.

Remove battery member pipe (1).


WARNING:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulated protective gear and use insulated tools.

JSCIA0260ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-163

LEAF

http://vnx.su

LI-ION BATTERY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
9. Remove vehicle communication harness connector.
A.

: Front module LH

B.

: Front module RH
: Vehicle front

WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective
gear.
JSCIA0261ZZ

10. Remove front module stack mounting bolts (A).


1.

: Front module LH

2.

: Front module RH

WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulated protective gear and use insulated tools.

JSCIA0262ZZ

11. Place front module stack (1) onto work bench.


WARNING:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective gear.

Be sure to place an insulating rubber sheet on the work


bench.
NOTE:
Figure indicates front RH.

JSCIA0263ZZ

12. Follow the procedure below and remove bus bar from front module stack.
a. Remove bus bar (1).
DANGER:
Touching high voltage components with using the
appropriate protective equipment will cause electrocution.

WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, immediately wrap insulating
tape around disconnected high voltage connector terminals.

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-164

JSCIA0184ZZ

LEAF

http://vnx.su

LI-ION BATTERY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
b. Remove bus bar cover and remove module terminal mounting bolts (A).
A

EVB
JSCIA0186ZZ

DANGER:

Touching high voltage components with using the appropriate protective equipment will
cause electrocution.

c.

Work alone. Failure to do this may cause shock hazards.

Remove voltage detection terminal mounting screws (A) and remove bus bar (1) from front module stack.

JSCIA0252ZZ

DANGER:

Touching high voltage components with using the appropriate protective equipment will
cause electrocution.

d.

Work alone. Failure to do this may cause shock hazards.


M

Attach module terminal covers [SST: KV99111500] (A) to all module terminals.

JPCIA0123ZZ

WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective gear.

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-165

LEAF

http://vnx.su

LI-ION BATTERY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
13. Remove end plate and disassembly front module stack.
WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulated protective gear and use insulated
tools.

ASSEMBLY
Note the following, assemble in the reverse order of disassembly.
WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulated protective gear and use insulated tools.

CAUTION:
Perform the MODULE CHARGE BALANCE when module is replaced. Refer to EVB-56, "Work Procedure".
EV Battery Traceability Seal
When replacing the module with a new one, perform the following procedure.
1. Enter the date of replacement on the EV battery traceability seal packaged with the new part.
2. Cut the EV battery traceability seal in two and affix each seal to the module and Li-ion BATTERY
REPLACEMENT RECORD.
3. Fill in the Li-ion BATTERY REPLACEMENT RECORD.
Front Module Stack
Check that terminal of front module stack is arranged as shown in the figure.

JSCIA0308ZZ

A.

Right side

B.

Left side

: Vehicle front

Tighten mounting bolts in numerical order as shown in the figure.

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-166

LEAF

http://vnx.su

LI-ION BATTERY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
A

EVB

E
JPCIA0150ZZ

A.

Right side

B.

Left side

: Vehicle front

DANGER:

Touching high voltage components with using the appropriate protective equipment will
cause electrocution.
H

Work alone. Failure to do this may cause shock hazards.

CAUTION:
Check the following items after installing battery pack: Refer to EVB-167, "FRONT MODULE STACK :
Inspection".
AIRTIGHTNESS TEST
ELECTRIC EQUIPOTENTIAL TEST

FRONT MODULE STACK : Inspection

INFOID:0000000007063699

AIR TIGHTNESS INSPECTION


1.

Remove drain plug and install chuck [SST: KV99111400] (A).


WARNING:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective


gear.
N

O
JPCIA0124ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-167

LEAF

http://vnx.su

LI-ION BATTERY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
2. Install gauge [SST: KV99111400] (A).
WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective
gear.

CAUTION:
Handle the gauge carefully so that it will not drop.
JPCIA0125ZZ

3.

Install service lock out plug or service plug.


DANGER:
Touching high voltage components with using the
appropriate protective equipment will cause electrocution.

JPCIA0127ZZ

4.

Use vinyl tape (A) or similar means to seal the breather so that
air does not enter it.
WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective
gear.

JPCIA0128ZZ

5.

Perform airtightness test by applying 1.6 kPa (0.016 bar, 0.0163 kg/cm2, 0.23 psi) of pressure inside the
battery pack for approximately 1 minute.
CAUTION:
When applying pressure, operate the air pump slowly.
Do not apply any pressure exceeding 1.6 kPa (0.02 bar, 0.0163 kg/cm2, 0.29 psi).
Repair limit

6.

: 1.4 kPa (0.02 bar, 0.0204 kg/cm2, 0.29 psi)

If the pressure rises above the limit value, use soapy water and check for leakage points.
WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective gear.

CAUTION:
Never allow soapy water to contact the service plug.

Electric Equipotential Test

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-168

LEAF

http://vnx.su

LI-ION BATTERY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
After installing the battery pack, measure the resistance between the ground bolt mating surface (A) and the
high voltage harness connector flange (B).

EVB

F
JPCIA0190ZZ

WARNING:
G

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective gear.

Standard

: 0.1 or less
I

If the result deviates from the standard value, check the following items and repair malfunctioning parts
Connection condition of ground bolts
Rust on the mounting surface of ground bolts
Paint, oil, and dust on the mounting surface of ground bolts

REAR MODULE STACK


REAR MODULE STACK : Disassembly and Assembly

INFOID:0000000007005858

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective equipment before beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
Refer to EVB-5, "High Voltage Precautions".
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while the
service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed to do
so in the Service Manual.

WORK ENVIRONMENT FOR DISASSEMBLY OF LI-ION BATTERY


1.

Must be an indoor environment.


The work environment must be able to be isolated from the outside by shutters or other means to prevent the intrusion of rain, snow, sand, and other substances.

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-169

LEAF

http://vnx.su

LI-ION BATTERY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
The environment must prevent the entry of sweat during work, and also prevent condensation from
occurring as a result of high temperature and humidity.
2. No entry of foreign materials.
In addition to being indoors, the environment must not permit the entry during disassembly work of
metal powders, oil, or foreign substances resulting from causes such as servicing of other vehicles.
If there is any risk of the above, use a plastic curtain or other means to block off the work area, or take
other necessary steps.
3. The floor must be dry.
The floor must not become wet as a result of causes such as vehicles entering when it is raining or
snowing.
4. Work space
Space approximately the size of one vehicle must be secured as the disassembly space.
A sign indicating that disassembly is in progress or other measures must be taken so that persons other
than the workers do not enter the work space.

DISASSEMBLY
1.
2.

Clean any contamination and dust from the battery pack.


Remove service plug retainer (1).
WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective
gear.

JSCIA0143ZZ

3.

Remove mounting bolts (A), (B) and mounting nuts (C), then remove battery pack upper case.

JSCIA0144ZZ

: Vehicle front

WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective gear.

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-170

LEAF

http://vnx.su

LI-ION BATTERY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
4. Remove vehicle communication harness connector (A) on rear
module stack.
WARNING:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulated protective gear and use insulated tools.

EVB

To prevent shock hazards, immediately wrap insulating


tape around disconnected high voltage connector terminals.
5.

JSCIA0146ZZ

Disconnect Li-ion battery controller harness connector (A).


WARNING:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective gear.


F

To prevent shock hazards, immediately wrap insulating


tape around disconnected high voltage connector terminals.
6.

G
JSCIA0145ZZ

Remove Li-ion battery controller mounting bolts (A).


WARNING:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulated protective gear and use insulated tools.

JSCIA0147ZZ

7.

Disconnect harness connector and remove Li-ion battery controller.


WARNING:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective gear.


M

8.

To prevent shock hazards, immediately wrap insulating tape around disconnected high voltage
connector terminals.

Disconnect battery temperature sensor harness connector (A)


from bracket.
WARNING:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulated protective gear and use insulated tools.

JSCIA0238ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-171

LEAF

http://vnx.su

LI-ION BATTERY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
9. Remove harness clip (A) from harness bracket and move vehicle communication harness (1) to the position without the hindrance for work.
WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulated protective gear and use insulated tools.

JSCIA0149ZZ

10. Remove mounting nuts (A) and remove high voltage harness from rear module stack.

JSCIA0150ZZ

DANGER:
Touching high voltage components with using the appropriate protective equipment will
cause electrocution.

WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, immediately wrap insulating tape around disconnected high voltage
connector terminals.
11. Remove rear module stack (1) mounting bolts (A).
WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulated protective gear and use insulated tools.

JPCIA0129ZZ

12. Follow the procedure below and remove rear module stack from battery pack.
a. Attach a carabiner to the position (A) in the figure and connect a
lashing belt to it.
WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective
gear.

JSCIA0251ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-172

LEAF

http://vnx.su

LI-ION BATTERY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
b. Use mobile floor crane (A) to lift up rear module stack (1).
WARNING:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective


gear.

CAUTION:
Do not move engine crane while rear module stack is
hoisted up.

EVB
JPCIA0130ZZ

c.

Move the battery pack and place work bench underneath rear module stack.
WARNING:
E

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective gear.

CAUTION:
Place removed battery pack upper case onto battery pack for storage.
d.

Place rear module stack onto work bench.


WARNING:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective gear.

Be sure to place an insulating rubber sheet on the work bench.


13. Remove harness bracket (1) from rear module stack.
WARNING:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulated protective gear and use insulated tools.

JSCIA0153ZZ

14. Follow the procedure below and remove bus bars from rear module stack.
a. Remove central bus bar cover and remove module terminal
mounting bolts (A).
DANGER:

Touching high voltage components with using the


appropriate protective equipment will cause electrocution.

Work alone. Failure to do this may cause shock haz-

JSCIA0154ZZ

ards.
CAUTION:
Remove all bus bar covers at the same time, and do not remove module terminal mounting bolts.
Revision: 2010 November

EVB-173

LEAF

http://vnx.su

LI-ION BATTERY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
b. Remove right-side bus bar cover and remove module terminal
mounting bolts (A).
DANGER:

Touching high voltage components with using the


appropriate protective equipment will cause electrocution.

Work alone. Failure to do this may cause shock haz-

JSCIA0148ZZ

ards.
c.

Remove left-side bus bar cover and remove module terminal


mounting bolts (A).
DANGER:

Touching high voltage components with using the


appropriate protective equipment will cause electrocution.

Work alone. Failure to do this may cause shock haz-

JSCIA0155ZZ

ards.
d.

Remove voltage detection terminal mounting screws (A), and


then remove bus bar from rear module stack.
DANGER:

Touching high voltage components with using the


appropriate protective equipment will cause electrocution.

Work alone. Failure to do this may cause shock haz-

JSCIA0191ZZ

ards.
e.

Attach module terminal covers [SST: KV99111500] (A) to all


module terminals.
WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective
gear.

JSCIA0192ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-174

LEAF

http://vnx.su

LI-ION BATTERY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
15. Remove battery temperature sensor (1) from rear module stack.
WARNING:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulated protective gear and use insulated tools.

EVB
JSCIA0193ZZ

16. Remove front stack member (1).


WARNING:
E

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulated protective gear and use insulated tools.

G
JPCIA0126ZZ

17. Remove rear stack member (1).


WARNING:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulated protective gear and use insulated tools.

JSCIA0239ZZ

18. Use lashing belt (A) to fix rear module stack (1) in place.
WARNING:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective


gear.
M

N
JSCIA0240ZZ

19. Remove through bolt nut (A) and disassemble rear module stack
(1).
WARNING:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulated protective gear and use insulated tools.

NOTE:
JPCIA0131ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-175

LEAF

http://vnx.su

LI-ION BATTERY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
When through bolt is removed, the spacer between the modules will fall out and it will be difficult to return
it to its original position. Therefore pull the through bolt out only to the position necessary for the module
that will be removed.

ASSEMBLY
CAUTION:
Perform the MODULE CHARGE BALANCE when module is replaced. Refer to EVB-56, "Work Procedure".
1. When replacing the module with a new one, perform the following procedure.
a. Enter the date of replacement on the EV battery traceability seal packaged with the new part.
b. Cut the EV battery traceability seal in two and affix each seal to the module and Li-ion BATTERY
REPLACEMENT RECORD.
c. Fill in the Li-ion BATTERY REPLACEMENT RECORD.
2. Follow procedure below and assemble rear module stack.
a. Assemble rear module stack, and provisionally fasten it in place with the through bolt.
WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulated protective gear and use insulated
tools.

Check that terminal of module is arranged as shown in the figure.

JSCIA0309ZZ

Check that mounting plate (1) is located at position shown in the figure.

JPCIA0132ZZ

b.

Use lashing belt (A) and apply pressure to rear module stack (1).
WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective
gear.

JSCIA0240ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-176

LEAF

http://vnx.su

LI-ION BATTERY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
c. Inspect the module installation condition, and correct it if it is incorrectly installed or a large distortion is
found.

EVB

JSCIA0313ZZ

WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulated protective gear and use insulated
tools.

d.

Tighten to the specified torque the mounting nuts for the through bolt that is attached tentatively.
To tighten rear module stack, fix the tip of through bolt to
tighten mounting nuts.
WARNING:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulated protective gear and use insulated tools.

I
JSCIA0347ZZ

3.
a.

Follow procedure below and assemble rear module member.


Temporarily install rear module stack member (1) to rear module
stack.
WARNING:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulated protective gear and use insulated tools.

M
JSCIA0239ZZ

b.

Using the scale (A), inspect the module installation condition.


WARNING:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective


gear.

If the rear module stack is excessively distorted, loosen the


through bolt of rear module stack and correct the condition.
JSCIA0314ZZ

c.

Tighten to the specified torque the mounting nuts for the rear stack member.

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-177

LEAF

http://vnx.su

LI-ION BATTERY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
4. Install front stack member (1).
WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulated protective gear and use insulated tools.

JPCIA0126ZZ

5.

Install battery temperature sensor (rear) (1) in the figure.

JPCIA0133ZZ

WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective gear.

Position module where sensor (1) will be installed so that it is


aligned with concave part (A) of rear stack member.
Position module where clip (2) will be installed so that it is
aligned with concave part (B) of rear stack member.

JPCIA0134ZZ

6.

Remove module terminal cover [SST: KV99111500].


WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective gear.

7.
a.

Follow the procedure below and install bus bars onto rear module stack.
Install bus bars onto rear module stack.
WARNING:

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-178

LEAF

http://vnx.su

LI-ION BATTERY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective gear.

b.

Use an insulated torque driver (A) and tighten the voltage detection terminal mounting screws.
DANGER:

EVB

Touching high voltage components with using the


appropriate protective equipment will cause electrocution.

JPCIA0135ZZ

Work alone. Failure to do this may cause shock hazards.

c.

Tighten module terminal mounting bolts in numerical order as shown in the figure.
When bolts 1 16 have been tightened, install left side bus bar cover.
When bolts 17 32 have been tightened, install right side bus bar cover.
When bolts 33 48 have been tightened, install center bus bar cover.

J
JPCIA0136ZZ

DANGER:

Touching high voltage components with using the appropriate protective equipment will
cause electrocution.

d.

Work alone. Failure to do this may cause shock hazards.


Install bus bar cover (1).

JPCIA0137ZZ

WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective gear.

CAUTION:
Revision: 2010 November

EVB-179

LEAF

http://vnx.su

LI-ION BATTERY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
Be sure not to install with up/down sides facing in wrong directions.
After installation, verify that the joined part does not disconnect.
8.

Install harness bracket (1) at position of cut-out (A) in the figure.


WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulated protective gear and use insulated tools.

JPCIA0138ZZ

9.
a.

Follow procedure below and install rear module stack (1) onto battery pack.
Use mobile floor crane (A) to lift up rear module stack (1).
WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective
gear.

CAUTION:
Do not move engine crane while rear module stack is
hoisted up.
b.
c.

JPCIA0130ZZ

Move work bench so that battery pack is underneath rear module stack.
Install rear module stack onto battery pack.
WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective gear.

CAUTION:
Align position of locating pin.
10. Tighten rear module stack mounting bolt (A).
WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulated protective gear and use insulated tools.

JPCIA0129ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-180

LEAF

http://vnx.su

LI-ION BATTERY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
11. Tighten mounting nuts (A) and connect high voltage harness to rear module stack.
A

EVB
JSCIA0150ZZ

DANGER:

Touching high voltage components with using the appropriate protective equipment will
cause electrocution.

CAUTION:
Be sure to close terminal cover.
12. Install vehicle communication harness.
WARNING:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective gear.


H

13. Install Li-ion battery controller.


WARNING:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulated protective gear and use insulated
tools.

14. Follow the procedure below and install battery pack upper case.
a. Tighten mounting nuts and bolts in numerical order as shown in the figure.
L

JPCIA0140ZZ

: Vehicle front

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-181

LEAF

http://vnx.su

LI-ION BATTERY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective gear.

b.

Install ground bolt (A).

JPCIA0141ZZ

: Vehicle front

WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective gear.

15. Install service plug retainer.


WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective gear.

CAUTION:
Check the following items after installing battery pack: Refer to EVB-182, "REAR MODULE STACK :
Inspection".
AIRTIGHTNESS TEST
ELECTRIC EQUIPOTENTIAL TEST

REAR MODULE STACK : Inspection

INFOID:0000000007063700

AIR TIGHTNESS INSPECTION

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-182

LEAF

http://vnx.su

LI-ION BATTERY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
1. Remove drain plug and install chuck [SST: KV99111400] (A).
WARNING:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective


gear.

EVB
JPCIA0124ZZ

2.

Install gauge [SST: KV99111400] (A).


WARNING:
E

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective


gear.

CAUTION:
Handle the gauge carefully so that it will not drop.

G
JPCIA0125ZZ

3.

Install service lock out plug or service plug.


DANGER:

Touching high voltage components with using the


appropriate protective equipment will cause electrocution.

JPCIA0127ZZ

4.

Use vinyl tape (A) or similar means to seal the breather so that
air does not enter it.
WARNING:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective


gear.

N
JPCIA0128ZZ

5.

Perform airtightness test by applying 1.6 kPa (0.016 bar, 0.0163 kg/cm2, 0.23 psi) of pressure inside the
battery pack for approximately 1 minute.
CAUTION:
When applying pressure, operate the air pump slowly.
Do not apply any pressure exceeding 1.6 kPa (0.02 bar, 0.0163 kg/cm2, 0.29 psi).
Repair limit

6.

: 1.4 kPa (0.02 bar, 0.0204 kg/cm2, 0.29 psi)

If the pressure rises above the limit value, use soapy water and check for leakage points.
WARNING:

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-183

LEAF

http://vnx.su

LI-ION BATTERY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective gear.

CAUTION:
Never allow soapy water to contact the service plug.

Electric Equipotential Test


After installing the battery pack, measure the resistance between the ground bolt mating surface (A) and the
high voltage harness connector flange (B).

JPCIA0190ZZ

WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to wear protective gear.

Standard

: 0.1 or less

If the result deviates from the standard value, check the following items and repair malfunctioning parts
Connection condition of ground bolts
Rust on the mounting surface of ground bolts
Paint, oil, and dust on the mounting surface of ground bolts

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-184

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)


< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)


Li-ion Battery

INFOID:0000000007005860

Items

Specification

Type

EVB

Li-ion battery

Structure

48 modules (192 cells)

Rated voltage

(v)

Weight

Approx. 360

[kg (ib)]

Approx. 300 (661.5)

L
JPCIA0065ZZ

External dimension

[mm (in)]

1188.0 (46.77)

[mm (in)]

1007.0 (39.65)

[mm (in)]

264.9 (10.43)

[mm (in)]

1570.5 (61.83)

Revision: 2010 November

EVB-185

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ELECTRIC POWER TRAIN

SECTION

VC

VEHICLE CHARGING SYSTEM

VC

CONTENTS
PRECAUTION ............................................... 4

DTC and Freeze Frame Data ..................................16

PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 4

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (OBC) ........................... 17

Precaution for Technicians Using Medical Electric...... 4


Point to Be Checked Before Starting Maintenance
Work .......................................................................... 4
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 4
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...... 5
Precaution for Removing 12V Battery ....................... 5
High Voltage Precautions .......................................... 5

CONSULT Function .................................................17

PREPARATION ............................................ 8
PREPARATION ................................................... 8

COMPONENT PARTS ........................................ 9


Component Parts Location ........................................ 9
On-board Charger ..................................................... 9
Immediate Charging Switch .................................... 10
Charge Port ............................................................. 10
EVSE ....................................................................... 10
Charging Status Indicator ........................................ 11
High Voltage Warning Label ................................... 12

SYSTEM .............................................................13

ON BOARD CHARGER .................................... 19


Reference Value ......................................................19
Fail-Safe ..................................................................23
DTC Index ...............................................................24
DTC Sub Type Index ...............................................25

ON BOARD CHARGER .................................... 26

Wiring Diagram ........................................................26

BASIC INSPECTION ................................... 33

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ....... 33


Work Flow ................................................................33
Diagnostic Work Sheet ............................................35

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ........................ 38

CHARGE PORT ................................................ 38


Inspection ................................................................38

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ......................... 39


POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .... 39

STRUCTURE AND OPERATION .......................14

U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION ....................... 41

On-board Charger ................................................... 14

Description ...............................................................41
DTC Logic ................................................................41
Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................41

Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................39

HANDLING PRECAUTION ................................15


ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ......16

U1008, U100B QUICK CHARGER COMMUNICATION ......................................................... 42

Diagnosis Description ............................................. 16


Counter System ...................................................... 16

Description ...............................................................42
DTC Logic ................................................................42

Revision: 2010 November

WIRING DIAGRAM ...................................... 26

System Description ................................................. 13


System Diagram ...................................................... 13

Li-ion Battery Charging System .............................. 15

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION .............. 19

Commercial Service Tools ........................................ 8

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .............................. 9

VC-1

LEAF

http://vnx.su

Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 42

U100A CAN COMMUNICATION ....................... 45


Description .............................................................. 45
DTC Logic ............................................................... 45
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 45

U1010 CONTROL MODULE (CAN) .................. 46


DTC Logic ............................................................... 46
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 46

B2801 QUICK CHARGE CONNECTOR ........... 47


DTC Logic ............................................................... 47
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 47

B2802 QUICK CHARGER ................................. 50


DTC Logic ............................................................... 50
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 50

B28A0 NORMAL CHARGING CONNECTOR


INTERLOCK ...................................................... 71
Description .............................................................. 71
DTC Logic ............................................................... 71
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 71

B28B0 NORMAL CHARGE HIGH VOLTAGE


CIRCUIT ............................................................. 74
Description .............................................................. 74
DTC Logic ............................................................... 74
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 74

B2900, B2902 ON-BOARD CHARGER ............ 76


DTC Logic ............................................................... 76
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 76

B2980 QUICK CHARGE PORT ........................ 77

DTC Logic ............................................................... 53


Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 53

Description .............................................................. 77
DTC Logic ............................................................... 77
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 77
Component Inspection (Quick Charge Port) ........... 79

B2813 NORMAL CHARGE RELAY .................. 54

B29A0 NORMAL CHARGE PORT .................... 80

B2803 QUICK CHARGER ................................. 53

DTC Logic ............................................................... 54


Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 54

B2814 QUICK CHARGE RELAY ...................... 55


DTC Logic ............................................................... 55
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 55

B2820 QUICK CHARGER ................................. 56

DTC Logic ............................................................... 80


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 80
Component Inspection (Normal Charge Port) ......... 83

B29C1 EVSE ..................................................... 84


DTC Logic ............................................................... 84
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 84

DTC Logic ............................................................... 56


Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 56

ON BOARD CHARGER .................................... 88

B2821 12V POWER SUPPLY ........................... 57

CHARGING STATUS INDICATOR ................... 90

DTC Logic ............................................................... 57


Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 57

Component Insulation Check .................................. 88


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 90

IMMEDIATE CHARGING SWITCH ................... 91

B2827 NORMAL CHARGE RELAY .................. 58

Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 91

DTC Logic ............................................................... 58


Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 58

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 92

B2830 QUICK CHARGE VOLTAGE SENSOR... 60


Description .............................................................. 60
DTC Logic ............................................................... 60
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 60
Component Inspection (Quick Charge Voltage
Sensor) ................................................................... 62

ON BOARD CHARGER .................................... 92


Symptom Table ....................................................... 92

NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ................ 93


Symptom Table ....................................................... 93

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION .............. 98

B2840 ON-BOARD CHARGER ......................... 64

ON BOARD CHARGER .................................... 98

DTC Logic ............................................................... 64


Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 65

Exploded View ........................................................ 98


Removal and Installation ......................................... 98
Inspection .............................................................. 102

B2850 ON-BOARD CHARGER ......................... 66


Description .............................................................. 66
DTC Logic ............................................................... 66
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 66

B2880 F/S RELAY ............................................. 67


DTC Logic ............................................................... 67
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 67

Revision: 2010 November

QUICK CHARGE PORT ................................... 103


Exploded View ...................................................... 103
Removal and Installation ....................................... 103
Disassembly and Assembly .................................. 106

NORMAL CHARGE PORT ............................... 108


Exploded View ...................................................... 108

VC-2

LEAF

http://vnx.su

Removal and Installation ....................................... 108


Disassembly and Assembly .................................. 110

Removal and Installation ....................................... 113

CHARGING STATUS INDICATOR ................. 114

IMMEDIATE CHARGING SWITCH .................. 113

Removal and Installation ....................................... 114


B

VC

Revision: 2010 November

VC-3

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >

PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Technicians Using Medical Electric

INFOID:0000000007071850

OPERATION PROHIBITION
WARNING:
Parts with strong magnet is used in this vehicle.
Technicians using a medical electric device such as pacemaker must never perform operation on the
vehicle, as magnetic field can affect the device function by approaching to such parts.

NORMAL CHARGE PRECAUTION


WARNING:
If a technician uses a medical electric device such as an implantable cardiac pacemaker or an
implantable cardioverter defibrillator, the possible effects on the devices must be checked with the
device manufacturer before starting the charge operation.
As radiated electromagnetic wave generated by on board charger at normal charge operation may
effect medical electric devices, a technician using a medical electric device such as implantable cardiac pacemaker or an implantable cardioverter defibrillator must not enter the vehicle compartment
(including luggage room) during normal charge operation.

Precaution at telematics system operation


WARNING:
If a technician uses implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD),
avoid the device implanted part from approaching within approximately 220 mm (8.66 in) from interior/exterior antenna.
The electromagnetic wave of TCU might affect the function of the implantable cardiac pacemaker or
the implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), when using the service, etc.
If a technician uses other medical electric devices than implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator(ICD), the electromagnetic wave of TCU might affect the function of the
device. The possible effects on the devices must be checked with the device manufacturer before
TCU use.

Precaution at intelligent key system operation


WARNING:
If a technician uses implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD),
avoid the device implanted part from approaching within approximately 220 mm (8.66 in) from interior/exterior antenna.
The electromagnetic wave of intelligent key might affect the function of the implantable cardiac
pacemaker or the implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), at door operation, at each request
switch operation, or at engine starting.
If a technician uses other medical electric devices than implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), the electromagnetic wave of intelligent key might affect the function of the device. The possible effects on the devices must be checked with the device
manufacturer before intelligent key use.

Point to Be Checked Before Starting Maintenance Work

INFOID:0000000007079402

The high voltage system may starts automatically. It is required to check that the timer air conditioner
and timer charge (during EVSE connection) are not set before starting maintenance work.
NOTE:
If the timer air conditioner or timer charge (during EVSE connection) is set, the high voltage system starts
automatically even when the power switch is in OFF state.

Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"

INFOID:0000000007080039

The Supplemental Restraint System such as AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
Revision: 2010 November

VC-4

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
A
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS AIR BAG and SEAT BELT of this
Service Manual.
WARNING:
B
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
VC
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see SRS AIR BAG.
D
Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors.
E

PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS


WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
power switch ON, never use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer.
Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious
injury.
When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the power switch OFF, disconnect
the 12V battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.

Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover

H
INFOID:0000000006987695

When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc to prevent damage to
windshield.

PIIB3706J

Precaution for Removing 12V Battery

When removing the 12V battery, turn ON/OFF the power switch and check that the charging status indicator
does not blink. The 12V battery must be removed within one hour after checking the indicator lamp.
NOTE:
The automatic 12V battery charge control may start even when the power switch is in OFF state.
The automatic 12V battery charge control does not start within approximately one hour when the power
switch is turned ON/OFF.

High Voltage Precautions

INFOID:0000000006987697

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.

Revision: 2010 November

INFOID:0000000006987696

VC-5

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >
Be sure to wear insulating protective equipment consisting of glove, shoes and face shield before
beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while the
service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed to do
so in the Service Manual.

HIGH VOLTAGE HARNESS AND EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION


The colors of the high voltage harnesses and connectors are all orange. Orange "High Voltage" labels are
applied to the Li-ion battery and other high voltage devices. Do not carelessly touch these harnesses and
parts.

HANDLING OF HIGH VOLTAGE HARNESS AND TERMINALS


Immediately insulate disconnected high voltage connectors and terminals with insulating tape.

REGULATIONS ON WORKERS WITH MEDICAL ELECTRONICS


WARNING:
The vehicle contains parts that contain powerful magnets. If a person who is wearing a pacemaker or
other medical device is close to these parts, the medical device may be affected by the magnets. Such
persons must not perform work on the vehicle.

PROHIBITED ITEMS TO CARRY DURING THE WORK


Because this vehicle uses components that contain high voltage and powerful magnetism, due not carry any
metal products which may cause short circuits, or any magnetic media (cash cards, prepaid cards, etc.) which
may be damaged on your person when working.

POSTING A SIGN OF DANGER! HIGH VOLTAGE AREA. KEEP OUT

Revision: 2010 November

VC-6

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >
To call the attention of other workers, indicate "High voltage work in progress. Do not touch!" on vehicles
where work is being performed on the high voltage systems.

VC

JSAIA1600GB

Revision: 2010 November

VC-7

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PREPARATION
< PREPARATION >

PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Commercial Service Tools

INFOID:0000000007079182

Tool name

Description

Insulated gloves
[Guaranteed insulation performance
for 1000V/300A]

Removing and installing high voltage components

JMCIA0149ZZ

Leather gloves
[Use leather gloves that can fasten
the wrist tight]

Removing and installing high voltage


components
Protect insulated gloves

JPCIA0066ZZ

Removing and installing high voltage components

Insulated safety shoes

JPCIA0011ZZ

Removing and installing high voltage


components
To protect eye from the spatter on the
work to electric line

Safety glasses
[ANSI Z87.1]

JPCIA0012ZZ

Removing and installing high voltage components

Insulated helmet

JPCIA0013ZZ

Insulation resistance tester (Multi


tester)

Measuring voltage and insulation resistance

JPCIA0014ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

VC-8

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

COMPONENT PARTS
Component Parts Location

INFOID:0000000006987699

VC

J
JSCIA0316ZZ

No.

Component

Reference

EVSE

VC-10, "EVSE"

On-board charger

VC-9, "On-board Charger"

Charging status indicator

VC-11, "Charging Status Indicator"

Charge port

VC-10, "Charge Port"

Immediate charging switch

VC-10, "Immediate Charging Switch"

On-board Charger

M
INFOID:0000000006987700

The on-board charger (1) converts external AC power to DC power


(260 410 V) and charges the Li-ion battery. When charging, the onboard charger communicates with VCM, LBC, EVSE control box and
quick charger, and starts charging corresponding to the charge type.
Furthermore, a noise filter (2) is installed in the on-board charger to
prevent the noise generated by the vehicle from affecting the external power supply side.

JSCIA0291ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

VC-9

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

Immediate Charging Switch

INFOID:0000000006987701

The immediate charging switch is a switch that can be used to start


charging immediately when timer charging is set.

JSCIA0292ZZ

Charge Port

INFOID:0000000006987702

The charge port is installed at the front of the vehicle and is equipped
with a normal charge port (1) and a quick charge port (2). For charging, connect the EVSE or quick charge connector to the charge port
according to the type of charging, and then start charging. The
charge port integrates an connection detecting circuit. If a malfunction is found in the connection, it can be detected with the on-board
charger.

JSCIA0293ZZ

EVSE

INFOID:0000000006987703

The EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) is manufactured based on the specifications prescribed in
SAE-J1772, and is an optional part for charging by connecting a commercial power source to the vehicle. The
EVSE consists of a socket, cable, control box, and a charging connector and supplies power to the vehicle
using commercial power. By conducting PWM communication with the on-board charger, the EVSE performs
the safe and suitable charging for the vehicle.
The charging connector is equipped with a release switch to maintain the connection between the normal charging port and the charging connector. In addition, a circuit for detecting the hold status is
incorporated into the release switch, which stops the charging temporarily if the release switch is pressed during charging.

JSCIA0294GB

The control box is equipped with an indicator that can be used to check the charging status and malfunction
detection status. The indicator operates in the following cases when a commercial power supply is connected
to the EVSE.
<List of Operations>

Vehicle condition

Illumination status
Power

Charge

Fault

When there is AC power supply input and the EVSE can


communicate with the vehicle charger (when not charging)

ON

OFF

OFF

Charging

ON

ON

OFF

When there is no AC power supply input

OFF

OFF

OFF

Revision: 2010 November

VC-10

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
Vehicle condition

Illumination status
Power

Charge

Fault

When the EVSE is not operating

OFF

OFF

OFF

When the EVSE detects electric leakage

ON

OFF

Blink

When the AC power supply voltage drops

ON

OFF

Blink

When the EVSE detects a malfunction in itself

ON

OFF

ON

VC

Charging Status Indicator

INFOID:0000000006987704

Charge indicator lamp is mounted at the upper part of the instrument


panel. It indicates the charge status of the Li-ion battery.
1

: Charge indicator lamp 1

: Charge indicator lamp 2

: Charge indicator lamp 3

JSCIA0059ZZ

Charge indicator lamp illuminates and blinks as per the following:

Indicator illuminating pattern

O
JSCIA0375GB

Revision: 2010 November

VC-11

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

High Voltage Warning Label

INFOID:0000000006987705

The high voltage warning labels (1) are stuck on the front side of
on-board charger and top of noise filter.
: Direction of the label

After replacing on-board charger, check that the labels are stuck
on the original position.

JSCIA0340ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

VC-12

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

SYSTEM

System Description

INFOID:0000000006987706

DESCRIPTION

On-board charger uses a 2-converter system which consists of the PFC circuit and the DC/DC converter. It
improves charging efficiency, full-charge accuracy and service life of the Li-ion battery. On-board charger
judges if external power supply is 100 V or 200 V, and automatically switches to the charging appropriate for VC
the power supply.
NOTE:
PFC (Power Factor Correction) circuit is a power factor improvement circuit. It is a device for converting AC
D
power (input from external source) to DC power efficiently.

DESCRIPTION OF CHARGE CONTROL


For information about charge control, refer to EVC-36, "LI-ION BATTERY CHARGE CONTROL : System
Description".

Charge Mode
Charge mode

Normal
charge mode

Remaining charge level

Immediate charge

100%

Timer charge

80% or 100% (selectable)

Remote charge

100%

Time required for charge


(at 25C)
AC 200 V: Approx. 8 hours
AC 100 V: Approx. 28 hours
(Charging from Li-ion battery avail-

able charge level low*1 to 100%)

Remaining battery at the start of charging is less than


90%*2

Quick charge mode

50%:
Remaining battery at the start of charging is 50 % or
more: 100%
NOTE:
When the specified time lapses, charging stops if
charge level is not sufficient.

Approx. 30 minutes
(Charging from Li-ion battery available charge level low*1 to 100%)

*1: Low battery charge lamp illuminates.


*2: After charging stops, additional charging by quick charge is possible.

Normal Charge Mode (Immediate Charge)


Normal charge mode (immediate charge) immediately starts charging when EVSE is connected. When timer
charge is not set, charging is immediately started when the charge connector is connected to the charge port.
When timer charge is set, immediate charge mode is selected after the immediate switch is pressed.
Normal Charge Mode (Timer Charge)
Normal charge mode (timer charge) starts/stops charging by the timer set in VCM. Charge level can be set to
80% or 100%.

Normal Charge Mode (Remote Charge)


Normal charge mode (remote charge) starts charging by remote control with mobile tool.
Quick Charge Mode
Quick charge mode performs charging with quick charger. Maximum charge level varies depending on the
remaining level of the Li-ion battery at the start of charging. When charging is not completed and the charge
time set on the quick charger or the time out (approximately 60 minutes) set on the vehicle elapses, charging
stops.
NOTE:
If charging stops before charging is complete, additional charging by quick charge can be performed again.

System Diagram

INFOID:0000000006987707

For information regarding the circuit diagram, refer to EVC-26, "ELECTRIC POWER TRAIN SYSTEM : Schematic".

Revision: 2010 November

VC-13

LEAF

http://vnx.su

STRUCTURE AND OPERATION


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

STRUCTURE AND OPERATION


On-board Charger

INFOID:0000000006987708

OPERATION PRINCIPLE

JSCIA0009GB

1.
2.
3.
4.

AC power which is externally given is rectified to DC power with rectifier circuit 1.


The voltage of the rectified DC power is boosted during the power factor improvement in the PFC circuit.
The voltage-boosted DC power is converted back to AC power with the inverter.
The AC power from the converter is boosted by the insulated transformer and is rectified to high-voltage
DC power by rectifier circuit 2.
5. The rectified high-voltage DC power is output by the output circuit.
NOTE:
PFC (Power Factor Correction) circuit is a power factor improvement circuit. It is a device for converting AC
power (input from external source) to DC power efficiently.

Revision: 2010 November

VC-14

LEAF

http://vnx.su

HANDLING PRECAUTION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

HANDLING PRECAUTION

Li-ion Battery Charging System

INFOID:0000000006987709

HANDLING OF CHARGE CABLE, CHARGE PORT AND CHARGE CONNECTOR

Never touch metal terminals of the charge port or the charge connector.
Never modify or disassemble charge cable, charge connector, or charge port.
Never apply excessive force to the charge cable.
Never pull.
Never twist.
Never drag.
Never place a heavy item on charge cable.
Never place near a heating device (heater, etc.).
Never drop or subject to strong impact.

VC

PRECAUTIONS FOR CHARGING


Use genuine NISSAN EVSE only.
Check that there is no foreign material such as water or dust in the charge port or the charge connector.
WARNING:
Since there may be risk of electric shock, never touch the charge gun or charge port if they contain
foreign material.
Since there may be risk of electric shock or electric leakage, never connect the charge gun or
charge port if they contain foreign material.
Check that there is no rust, corrosion or damage on the charge port or charge gun. Check that there is no
loosening at the time of connection.
WARNING:
Since electric leakage, electric shock, short-circuit or fire may occur, never charge if any problem is
found.
Never perform charging when the connection is heavily exposed to water.
Never perform charging with the body cover attached.
Never perform charging when there may be risk of lightning.
Stop charging immediately when an unusual odor or smoke is found during charging.
Never place hand near the cooling fan during charging.
NOTE:
The cooling fan may automatically start operation during charging when the power switch is turned OFF.
After charging, securely close the cover and lid of the charge port to prevent entry of water or dust.
To turn on READY after charging, operate it after disconnecting the charge connector from the charge port.
NOTE:
When the charge connector is connected to the charge port, READY is disabled.
To prevent electric shock or fire arising from electric leakage, use a waterproof plug with grounding connected to the ground fault interrupter.
For charging with AC 100 V, use 15 A rating or more plug. For charging with AC 200 V, use 20 A rating or
more plug.
WARNING:
If a plug with a low current rating is used or if a plug adapter is installed and used in combination
with an other device, the plug may cause abnormal heating, resulting in a fire.
For charging, never use a generator or any other power source other than specified.
NOTE:
Charging may not be performed correctly or a malfunction may occur.
When quick charging is performed, be sure to use a quick charger compatible with the vehicle.

Revision: 2010 November

VC-15

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM


Diagnosis Description

INFOID:0000000006987710

This system is an on board diagnostic system that detects a malfunction automatically. A malfunction is stored
in ECU memory as a DTC. The diagnostic information can be obtained with CONSULT.

Counter System

INFOID:0000000006987711

In this system, Operating power switch OFFON is defined as 1 trip. When a malfunction is detected, the
VCM saves the DTC and freeze frame data and continues saving it up to a maximum of 40 trips. In addition, if
a DTC that is the same as the saved DTC is redetected, the counter is reset and the count-up starts from 0
again.

DTC and Freeze Frame Data

INFOID:0000000006987712

The VCM can save multiple DTC but can only save one freeze frame data.
After the VCM has detected a malfunction and saves the DTC and freeze frame data, if a different malfunction
is detected, multiple DTC are confirmed, but only the freeze frame data that is saved first can be confirmed.
The DTC and freeze frame data can be deleted when the self-diagnostic is deleted.

Revision: 2010 November

VC-16

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (OBC)


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (OBC)

CONSULT Function

INFOID:0000000006987713

FUNCTION

Diagnostic test mode

Function

VC

ECU Identification

VCM part number can be read.

Self-diagnostic result

Self-diagnostic results and freeze frame data can be read and erased quickly.*

Data monitor

Input/Output data in the VCM can be read.

*: The following diagnosis information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
Diagnostic trouble codes
Freeze frame data

SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE


Self Diagnostic Item
Regarding items of DTC, refer to VC-24, "DTC Index".
Regarding items of DTC sub type, refer to VC-25, "DTC Sub Type Index".

Freeze Frame Data


The Freeze Frame Data shows the status of the vehicle when the DTC is detected and is useful for recreating
the status when the malfunction occurred.
Freeze Frame Data Item List

Freeze frame data item

Description

Q/CHG CONNECT DETECT

Displays the connection status of the quick charge connector.

Q/CHG START/STOP SIG 1

Displays the input status of the charge start/stop signal 1 from the quick charger.

Q/CHG START/STOP SIG 2

Displays the input status of the charge start/stop signal 2 from the quick charger.

QUICK CHARGE PERMIT

Displays the transmitting status of the charge start permission signal being sent to the quick charger.

N/CHG RELAY +

Displays the control status of the normal charge relay (+).

N/CHG RELAY -

Displays the control status of the normal charge relay (-).

Q/CHG RELAY +

Displays the control status of the quick charge relay (+).

Q/CHG RELAY -

Displays the control status of the quick charge relay (-).

EVSE SIGNAL PULSE


WIDTH [s]

Displays the pulse width of the PWM signal being sent from the EVSE.

PWM SIGNAL

Displays the reception status of the PWM signal being sent from the EVSE.

N/CHG CONNECT DETECT V [V]

Displays AC input power voltage.

N/CHG CONNECT STATUS

Displays the engagement detection status of the EVSE charge connector.

Q/CHG RLY VOLT SEN [V]

Displays the signal voltage of the quick charge voltage sensor.

ON BOARD CHARGER
TEMP [degC]

Displays the on-board charger internal temperature.

Q/CHG PORT TEMP

Displays the quick charge port temperature status.

VCM ACTIVAT REQ

Displays the send status of the EV system activation request signal to the VCM.

12V POWER SUPPLY [V]

Displays 12V battery power supply voltage.

CHG CONNECT DETECT


V [V]

Displays the signal voltage of the engagement detection circuit of the EVSE charge connector.

TIME

Displays the number of DTC detected trips.

ELAPSED TIME

Displays the time elapsed since the detection of the DTC.

Monitored Item

VC-17

DATA MONITOR MODE

Revision: 2010 November

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (OBC)


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
MONITOR ITEM

Unit

Description

Q/CHG CONNECT DETECT

CNCT/DISCNCT

Displays the connection status of the quick charge connector.


CNCT: The quick charge connector is connected.
DISCNCT: The quick charge connector is not connected.

Q/CHG START/STOP SIG 1

OPEN/HIGH

Displays the input status of the charge start/stop signal 1 from the quick charger.
OPEN: Charge start button OFF
HIGH: Charge start button ON

Q/CHG START/STOP SIG 2

OPEN/LOW

Displays the input status of the charge start/stop signal 2 from the quick charger.
OPEN: Isolation check with a quick charger is NG or not completed.
LOW: Isolation check with a quick charger completed normally.

LOW/OPEN

Displays the transmission status of the charge start permission signal being sent to
the quick charger.
LOW: Allow quick charge start
OPEN: Quick charge start is not allowed

QUICK CHARGE PERMIT

N/CHG RELAY +

On/Off

Displays the normal charge relay (+) control status.


On: Normal charge relay (+) is ON.
Off: Normal charge relay (+) is OFF.

N/CHG RELAY -

On/Off

Displays the control status of the normal charge relay (-).


On: Normal charge relay (-) is ON.
Off: Normal charge relay (-) is OFF.

Q/CHG RELAY +

On/Off

Displays the control status of the quick charge relay (+).


On: Quick charge relay (+) is ON.
Off: Quick charge relay (+) is OFF.

Q/CHG RELAY -

On/Off

Displays the control status of the quick charge relay (-).


On: Quick charge relay (-) is ON.
Off: Quick charge relay (-) is OFF.

EVSE SIGNAL PULSE WIDTH


PWM SIGNAL
N/CHG CONNECT DETECT V

N/CHG CONNECT STATUS

Q/CHG RLY VOLT SEN


ON BOARD CHARGER TEMP

s
OK/NONE
V
NONE/
CNCT/
INPUT
V
degC

VCM ACTIVAT REQ

LOW/HIGH

Q/CHG PORT TEMP

OK/NG

12V POWER SUPPLY


CHG CONNECT DETECT V

Revision: 2010 November

Displays the pulse width of the PWM signal being sent from the EVSE.
Displays the reception status of the PWM signal being sent from the EVSE.
OK: Communicating normally.
NONE: Not communicating
Displays AC input power voltage.
Displays the engagement detection status of the EVSE charge connector.
NONE: The charge connector is not engaged or there is no PWM communication
from the EVSE.
CNCT: There is no AC input in the charge connector connected status.
INPUT: There is AC input in the charge connector connected status.
Displays the signal voltage of the quick charge voltage sensor.
Displays the on-board charger internal temperature.
Displays the send status of the EV system activation request signal to the VCM.
HIGH: EV system start is being requested.
LOW: EV system start is not being requested.
Displays the quick charge port temperature status.
OK: Normal
NG: Temperature is high

Indicates 12V battery power supply voltage.

Displays the signal voltage of the engagement detection circuit of the EVSE charge
connector.

VC-18

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ON BOARD CHARGER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION

ON BOARD CHARGER
Reference Value

INFOID:0000000006987714

VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL


Specification data represents reference values.
VC
NOTE:
The displayed data may differ from an actual signal/value/operation, as some of them are calculated by on
board charger, based on signals transmitted from on board charger-related sensors to on board Charger.
Charging does not start in the POWER ON status. Start charging before POWER ON when it is necessary to D
be in the POWER ON status and the charging status.
MONITOR ITEM

QUICK CHG PORT

QUICK CHARGER START SIG

CONDITION

POWER ON

POWER OFF

Values/Status

Quick charging connector: Connected

CNCT

Quick charging connector: Not


connected

DISCNCT

Quick charger charge start button: Not pressed

OPEN

Quick charger charge start button: Pressed

HIGH

POWER OFF
No malfunction in the charging system
Immediately after charging button operation

LOWHIGH

QUICK CHARGE PERMIT

POWER OFF
No malfunction in the charging system
Immediately after charging button operation

LOWHIGH

Normal charging in progress

On

Not normal charging

Off

Normal charging in progress

On

Not normal charging

Off

Quick charging in progress

On

Not quick charging

Off

Quick charging in progress

On

Not quick charging

Off

AC power: 12 A

220 s
(Approx.)

AC power: 16 A

250 s
(Approx.)

AC power: 30 A

500 s
(Approx.)

Normal charging in progress

OK

Except above

OFF

N/CHG RELAY -

Q/CHG RELAY +

Q/CHG RELAY -

EVSE SIGNAL PULSE WIDTH

PWM SIGNAL
N/CHG INTRLCK DETECT V
N/CHG INTRLCK STATUS

Q/CHG RLY VOLT SEN

Revision: 2010 November

QUICK CHARGE ACTIV SIG

N/CHG RELAY +

Indicates AC input power voltage.


Normal charging in progress

INPUT

When the EVSE charge connector is not connected

OFF

Power switch: ON

0V

During quick charging

4V
(Approx.)

VC-19

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ON BOARD CHARGER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
MONITOR ITEM

CONDITION

ON BOARD CHARGER TEMP

Depending on the on board charger temperature.

EV SYS W/L REQ

POWER ON

F/S REQ

POWER ON

VCM ACTIVAT REQ

POWER OFF

Q/CHG PORT TEMP

12V POWER SUPPLY

CHG CONNECT DETECT V

Values/Status
40 215C
Indicates depending on the
on board charger temperature.

EV system warning lamp: ON

On

Except above

Off

During fail-safe mode

On

Except above

Off
On
Off

When the quick charge port is abnormally hot

NG

Except above

OK

POWER ON (not READY)

11 14 V

READY

13 14 V

When the EVSE charge connector is connected

0.747 2.129 V

When the EVSE charge connector is not connected

3.629 4.780 V

TERMINAL LAYOUT

JSCIA0296ZZ

*: With quick charge port

PHYSICAL VALUES
NOTE:
Specification data are reference values.
Terminal No.
(Wire color)

Description

22

Quick charge activation


signal

22

Quick charger isolation


check signal

Input

22

Quick charge engagement signal

Input

4
5
6
7

Signal name

Input/
Output

Value
(Approx.)

Condition

During quick charging

6.5 V or more*1

Except above

0V

After turning ON the quick charge


start button.

6.5 V or more*10 V

Quick charge connector is connected.

1.5 V or less

Quick charge connector is not connected.

12V battery voltage

During quick charging

0V

Input

22

Quick charge permit signal

Ground

Quick charger communication-H (CAN)

Input/
Output

Quick charger communication-L (CAN)

Input/
Output

Revision: 2010 November

Output

VC-20

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ON BOARD CHARGER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Terminal No.
(Wire color)
+

Description
Signal name

Input/
Output

Immediately after normal charge connector is connected.

Value
(Approx.)

Condition

12 V 9 V
(Approx.)

VC
9

22

EVSE communication
(PWM)

Input
During normal charging

D
JSCIA0345ZZ

10

11
12
13
14

15

16

17

18

22

EVSE engagement signal

Input

Normal charge connector is normally


connected.

0.747 2.129 V

Normal charge connector is not connected.

3.629 4.780 V

Ground

Battery power supply

Input

Always

12V battery voltage

Ground

Battery power supply

Input

Power switch: ON

12V battery voltage

Ground

POWER ON power supply

Input

Power switch: ON

12V battery voltage

Ground

Normal charge relay (+)


power supply

Output

Ground

Normal charge relay (-)


power supply

Output

Ground

Quick charge relay (+)


power supply

Output

Ground

Quick charge relay (-)


power supply

Output

22

EV system activation signal

Output

Normal charge relay: Operating


Except above

M/C relay power supply

Normal charge relay: Operating


Except above

M/C relay power supply

Quick charge relay: Operating

Less than 1 V

Except above

M/C relay power supply

Quick charge relay: Operating

Less than 1 V

Except above

M/C relay power supply

Power switch: OFFON


NOTE:
When turn power switch OFF to ON,
the on-board charger sends the voltage signal to check the system for approximately 1 second.

M
JSCIA0343ZZ

19
20
21

22
25

EV system CAN-H

EV system CAN-L

Charging connector is connected.

3V
(Approx.)

Charging connector is not connected.

12V battery voltage

Quick charge port temperature: 24C

0.26 0.49 V

Quick charge port temperature: 50C

0.32 0.68 V

Quick charge port temperature: 24C

0.26 0.49 V

Quick charge port temperature: 50C

0.32 0.68 V

Ground

Plug in signal

Ground

22

Quick charge port temperature sensor*2 signal 1

26

22

Quick charge port temperature sensor*2 signal 2

Revision: 2010 November

Output

Input

Input

VC-21

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ON BOARD CHARGER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Terminal No.
(Wire color)

Description

Signal name

Input/
Output

27

22

Quick charge voltage sensor signal-L

Input

28

22

Sensor power supply


(Quick charge voltage

Output

During quick charging

0.5 V or less

Except above

2.5 V
(Approx.)

In Quick Charging

5V
(Approx.)

During quick charging

4.5 V or more

Except above

2.5 V
(Approx.)

*3

sensor )
29

Sensor ground
(Quick charge voltage

Value
(Approx.)

Condition

sensor*3)
30

40

22

Ground

Quick charge voltage sensor signal-H

Input

High voltage harness connection detecting circuit


power supply

Output

Power switch: ON

JSCIA0346ZZ

41

Ground

High voltage harness connection detecting circuit


signal

Input

When the high voltage harness of normal charge port is connected.

JSCIA0346ZZ

When the high voltage harness of normal charge port is not connected.

43

Ground

High voltage harness connection detecting circuit


power supply

Output

2.5 V
(Approx.)

Power switch: ON

JSCIA0346ZZ

44

Ground

High voltage harness connection detecting circuit


signal

Input

When the high voltage harness (DC


side) is connected.

JSCIA0346ZZ

When the high voltage harness (DC


side) is not connected.

2.5 V
(Approx.)

*1: The voltage changes depending on Quick charger.


*2: Quick charge port temperature sensor is built into the quick charge port.
*3: Quick charge voltage sensor is built into the DC/DC converter.

Revision: 2010 November

VC-22

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ON BOARD CHARGER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >

Fail-Safe

INFOID:0000000006987715

FAIL-SAFE
When there is a malfunction with the on board charger, charging is stopped as a fail-safe.
B

FAIL-SAFE LIST
:Applicable : Not applicable

Items
(CONSULT screen terms)

DTC

Sub type
(CONSULT screen terms)

Fail-safe

SIGNAL INVALID

SIGNAL STUCK LOW

SIGNAL STUCK HIGH

Q/CHG PERMIT SIGNAL ERROR

SIGNAL STUCK LOW

B2813

ON BOARD CHARGER

SIGNAL STUCK LOW

B2814

ON BOARD CHARGER

SIGNAL STUCK HIGH

B2820

QUICK CHARGER

SIGNAL STUCK LOW

SIGNAL STUCK HIGH

B2801

Q/CHG ACTIVATION SIG ERROR

B2802

Q/CHG ISOLATION SIGNAL ERROR

B2803

B2821

12V POWER SUPPLY

B2827

NORMAL CHARGE RELAY

SIGNAL STUCK LOW

B2830

QUICK CHARGE VOLTAGE SENSOR

CMPNENT INTERNAL MLFNCTN

ELECTRICAL MALFUNCTION

PARAMETRIC

CMPNENT INTERNAL MLFNCTN

COMPONENT/SYS OVER TEMP

SIGNAL STUCK HIGH

SIGNAL INVALID

SIGNAL STUCK LOW

SIGNAL STUCK HIGH

B2840

B2850

ON BOARD CHARGER

OBC TEMP SENSOR

B2880

F/S RELAY

B28A0

NORMAL CHARGE INTERLOCK (AC)

SIGNAL STUCK HIGH

B28B0

NORMAL CHARGE INTERLOCK (DC)

SIGNAL STUCK HIGH

PROGRAM MEMORY ERROR

DATA MEMORY ERROR

MEMORY ERROR

SIGNAL STUCK HIGH

COMPONENT/SYS OVER TEMP

SIGNAL STUCK HIGH

SIGNAL INVALID

SIGNAL STUCK LOW

SIGNAL STUCK HIGH

SIGNAL INVALID

NO SIGNAL

UNEXPECTED OPERATION

MISSING MESSAGE

ERRATIC

MISSING MESSAGE

ERRATIC

MISSING MESSAGE

B2900

ON BOARD CHARGER

B2902

ON BOARD CHARGER

B2980

QUICK CHARGE PORT TEMP

B29A0

N/CHG PORT ENGAGEMENT ERROR

B29C1

EVSE

U1000

CAN COMM CIRCUIT

U1008

QUICK CHARGER COMM

U100A

CAN COMM ERROR

Revision: 2010 November

VC-23

VC

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ON BOARD CHARGER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Items
(CONSULT screen terms)

DTC

Sub type
(CONSULT screen terms)

Fail-safe

U100B

QUICK CHARGER COMM

MISSING MESSAGE

U1010

ON BOARD CHARGER

INTERNAL ELECTRIC MALFNCTN

DTC Index

INFOID:0000000006987716

:Applicable : Not applicable

DTC

Items
(CONSULT screen terms)

Sub type
(CONSULT screen terms)

EV system
warning lamp

Trip

Reference page

MISSING MESSAGE

VC-41

ERRATIC

VC-41

MISSING MESSAGE

VC-42

ERRATIC

VC-42

U1000

CAN COMM CIRCUIT

U1008

QUICK CHARGER COMM

U100A

CAN COMM ERROR

MISSING MESSAGE

VC-45

U100B

QUICK CHARGER COMM

MISSING MESSAGE

VC-42

U1010

ON BOARD CHARGER

INTERNAL ELECTRIC
MALFNCTN

VC-46

B2801

Q/CHG ACTIVATION SIG ERROR

SIGNAL INVALID

VC-47

B2802

Q/CHG ISOLATION SIGNAL ERROR

SIGNAL STUCK LOW

VC-50

SIGNAL STUCK HIGH

VC-50

B2803

Q/CHG PERMIT SIGNAL ERROR

SIGNAL STUCK LOW

VC-53

B2813

ON BOARD CHARGER

SIGNAL STUCK LOW

VC-54

B2814

ON BOARD CHARGER

SIGNAL STUCK HIGH

VC-55

B2820

QUICK CHARGER

VC-56

B2821

12V POWER SUPPLY

SIGNAL STUCK LOW

VC-57

SIGNAL STUCK HIGH

VC-57

B2827

NORMAL CHARGE RELAY

SIGNAL STUCK LOW

VC-58

B2830

QUICK CHARGE VOLTAGE SENSOR

CMPNENT INTERNAL
MLFNCTN

VC-60

ELECTRICAL MALFUNCTION

VC-64

PARAMETRIC

VC-64

CMPNENT INTERNAL
MLFNCTN

VC-64

COMPONENT/SYS OVER
TEMP

VC-64

SIGNAL STUCK HIGH

VC-66

SIGNAL INVALID

VC-66

SIGNAL STUCK LOW

VC-67

SIGNAL STUCK HIGH

VC-67

B2840

ON BOARD CHARGER

B2850

OBC TEMP SENSOR

B2880

F/S RELAY

B28A0

NORMAL CHARGE INTERLOCK


(AC)

SIGNAL STUCK HIGH

VC-71

B28B0

NORMAL CHARGE INTERLOCK


(DC)

SIGNAL STUCK HIGH

VC-74

B2900

ON BOARD CHARGER

PROGRAM MEMORY ERROR

VC-76

DATA MEMORY ERROR

VC-76

B2902

ON BOARD CHARGER

MEMORY ERROR

VC-76

SIGNAL STUCK HIGH

VC-77

B2980

QUICK CHARGE PORT TEMP

COMPONENT/SYS OVER
TEMP

VC-77

Revision: 2010 November

VC-24

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ON BOARD CHARGER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
DTC

Items
(CONSULT screen terms)

B29A0

N/CHG PORT ENGAGEMENT ERROR

B29C1

Sub type
(CONSULT screen terms)

EVSE

EV system
warning lamp

Trip

Reference page

SIGNAL STUCK HIGH

VC-80

SIGNAL INVALID

VC-80

SIGNAL STUCK LOW

VC-84

SIGNAL STUCK HIGH

VC-84

NO SIGNAL

VC-84

or

VC-84

UNEXPECTED OPERATION

DTC Sub Type Index


Items
(CONSULT screen terms)

VC

INFOID:0000000006987717

DTC sub type name

ELECTRICAL MALFUNCTION

General Electrical Malfunction

SIGNAL STUCK LOW

Signal Stuck Low

SIGNAL STUCK HIGH

Signal Stuck High

SIGNAL INVALID

Signal Invalid

NO SIGNAL

No Signal

MEMORY ERROR

General Memory Error

DATA MEMORY ERROR

Data Memory Error

PROGRAM MEMORY ERROR

Program Memory Error

INTERNAL ELECTRIC
MALFNCTN

Internal Electronic malfunction

INCRRCT COMPNT INSTALLED

Incorrect Component Installed

OVER TEMPERATURE

Over Temperature

Remarks

Alive / Sequence Counter Incorrect / Not Updated

Value of Signal Protection Calculation Incorrect

This sub type is used by the control module to


indicate, that a message was processed with
an incorrect protection (checksum) calculation.

MISSING MESSAGE

Missing Message

This sub type is used for malfunctions where


one (or more) expected message(s) is not received.

ERRATIC

Erratic

This sub type is used for malfunctions where


the serial data, is momentarily implausible or
discontinuous.

PARAMETRIC

Parametric

NO OPERATION

No Operation

UNEXPECTED OPERATION

Unexpected Operation

CMPNENT INTERNAL
MLFNCTN

Component Internal malfunction

COMPONENT/SYS OVER
TEMP

Component or System Over Temperature

SIG PRTCTN CLCLTN INCRCT

Revision: 2010 November

This sub type is used by the control module to


indicate that a signal was received without the
corresponding rolling count value being properly updates.

ALIV/CNT INCRCT/NOT
UPDAT

VC-25

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ON BOARD CHARGER
< WIRING DIAGRAM >

WIRING DIAGRAM
ON BOARD CHARGER
Wiring Diagram

INFOID:0000000006987718

JCCWA0044GB

Revision: 2010 November

VC-26

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ON BOARD CHARGER
< WIRING DIAGRAM >
A

VC

O
JCCWA0045GB

Revision: 2010 November

VC-27

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ON BOARD CHARGER
< WIRING DIAGRAM >

JCCWA0046GB

Revision: 2010 November

VC-28

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ON BOARD CHARGER
< WIRING DIAGRAM >
A

VC

O
JCCWA0047GB

Revision: 2010 November

VC-29

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ON BOARD CHARGER
< WIRING DIAGRAM >

JCCWA0048GB

Revision: 2010 November

VC-30

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ON BOARD CHARGER
< WIRING DIAGRAM >
A

VC

O
JCCWA0049GB

Revision: 2010 November

VC-31

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ON BOARD CHARGER
< WIRING DIAGRAM >

JCCWA0050GB

Revision: 2010 November

VC-32

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW


< BASIC INSPECTION >

BASIC INSPECTION

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW


Work Flow

INFOID:0000000006987719

OVERALL SEQUENCE
VC

JSCIA0368GB

DETAILED FLOW
Revision: 2010 November

VC-33

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW


< BASIC INSPECTION >

1.GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM


Get the detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment when
the incident/malfunction occurred) using the Diagnostic Work Sheet. (Refer to VC-35, "Diagnostic Work
Sheet".)
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC IN VCM


1. Check DTC in VCM.
2. Check related service bulletins for information.
Are any DTCs detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to EVC-78, "DTC Index".
NO
>> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK DTC IN ON-BOARD CHARGER


1.
2.
-

Check DTC in on-board charger.


Perform the following procedure if DTC is displayed.
Record DTC and freeze frame data. (Print them out with CONSULT.)
Erase DTC.
Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC and the symptom described by the customer.
(Symptom Matrix Chart is useful. Refer to EVC-303, "Symptom Table".)
3. Check related service bulletins for information.
Are any symptoms described and any DTCs detected?
Symptom is described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 4.
Symptom is described, DTC is not detected>>GO TO 5.
Symptom is not described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 6.

4.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM


Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer.
Also study the normal operation and fail-safe related to the symptom. Refer to EVC-303, "Symptom Table" and
VC-23, "Fail-Safe".
Diagnosis Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
>> GO TO 6.

5.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM


Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer.
Also study the normal operation and fail-safe related to the symptom. Refer to EVC-303, "Symptom Table" and
VC-23, "Fail-Safe".
Diagnosis Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
>> GO TO 7.

6.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for the displayed DTC, and then check that DTC is detected
again.
NOTE:
Freeze frame data is useful if the DTC is not detected.
Perform Component Function Check if DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE is not included on Service
Manual. This simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC cannot be detected during
this check.
If the result of Component Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC by DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 8.
Revision: 2010 November

VC-34

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW


< BASIC INSPECTION >
NO
>> Check according to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".

7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM TABLE

Detect malfunctioning system according to EVC-303, "Symptom Table" based on the confirmed symptom in
step 4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptoms.
B
Is the symptom described?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> Monitor input data from related sensors or check voltage of related on-board charger terminals
VC
using CONSULT. Refer to VC-19, "Reference Value".

8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE


D

Inspect according to Diagnosis Procedure of the system.


Is a malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO
>> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".

9.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART


1.
2.
3.

Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.


Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnosis Procedure again after repair and replacement.
Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it.

>> GO TO 10.

10.FINAL CHECK

When DTC was detected in step 3, perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE or Component Function
Check again, and then check that the malfunction have been completely repaired.
When symptom was described from the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 4 or 5, and check that
the symptom is not detected.
Is DTC detected and does symptom remain?
YES-1 >> DTC is detected: GO TO 8.
YES-2 >> Symptom remains: GO TO 5.
NO
>> Before returning the vehicle to the customer, always erase DTC.

Diagnostic Work Sheet

INFOID:0000000006987720

DESCRIPTION
L

There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of


charging system components. A good grasp of such conditions can
make troubleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about symptoms. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a customer complaint.
Utilize the diagnostic worksheet in order to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
NOTE:
Some conditions may cause a DTC to be detected.

SEF907L

DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET
P

Diagnostic worksheet
Customer
name
Acceptance
Date

Revision: 2010 November

License plate
No.

Date of first
registration

Model
VIN

Mileage

VC-35

km (mile)

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW


< BASIC INSPECTION >
Question

Group

Vehicle condition at malfunction


occurrence

R/Q/N/O

Information from the customer


READY (R)

Quick charge (Q)

Normal charge (N)

Others (O)

READY not enabled Poor drivability Shock Vibration


Driving impossible Noise Poor shifting Poor braking
Poor acceleration Low electricity consumption Switch malfunction
Warning lamp ON Others
(

Details of symptom
R
Information display
indication
Electricity consumption

km (mile)/kW

Li-ion battery remaining energy

Symptom

Charging unable Charging discontinued Slow charging


Poor timer charging Poor remote charging Immediate charging unable
Others
(

Q, N
Details of symptom
Quick charger monitor indication

A/C inoperative
Others
(

Poor A/C

Dead 12V battery


)

Details of symptom

R/O
Location/status of occurrence
Q/N/O

Driving condition

Not applicable Ordinary road Highway Mountain pass


Rough road Level road Uphill Downhill Left/right turn
Others
(

Start of charge During charging After the end of charging


During standby of timer charging During timer charging
At the end of timer charging During remote charging
Others
(

At the system startup During READY (Vehicle stopped)


At start During acceleration During driving with a constant speed
During coasting During braking Right before stopping Right after stopping
During POWER OFF operation A/C ON During shift change
Others
(
)
Vehicle speed

km (MPH)

Accelerator pedal
opening angle
Quick charger maker

/8
Not applicable
Applicable
(

Location
Quick charger

Model number
Serial number
Setting
Others

Revision: 2010 November

VC-36

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW


< BASIC INSPECTION >
Question

Group

Information from the customer


Not applicable

Applicable

Location
Wall outlet

Voltage

Breaker

Other information
Li-ion battery remaining energy
Shift position/operation

Q/N/O
R

Not applicable
(

Applicable

P R

Not applicable
Weather condition

VC
)

ECO

When operating (

Timing of recovery from malfunction

Applicable

Weather
C (or F)

Temperature
Occurrence frequency

R/Q/N/O

All the time Once


Others
(

Sometimes (

times in the past)

POWER OFF Removal of 12V battery terminal Shift lever operation


During driving READY
Others
(

[MEMO]

Revision: 2010 November

VC-37

LEAF

http://vnx.su

CHARGE PORT
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
CHARGE PORT
Inspection

INFOID:0000000006987721

Inspection method
1.

Visually check for the items listed below:


Cracks in the packing of quick charge port

JSCIA0211ZZ

2.

Dust and foreign matter in the quick charge port and standard charge port
Damage in the quick charge port and normal charge port
Malfunction in opening/closing the charge port caps and looseness when closed and locked.
Check the inside of rubber cap.
Blow air to the normal charge port to check that air exits through
the rubber cap hole located on the back of the port.
NOTE:
This inspection must be performed without disconnecting the
normal charge port.
The rubber cap hole is located on the lower part of the cap.

JSCIA0212ZZ

Handling of charge port


Cleaning of charge port
If the charge port becomes dirty, clean the port with an air blow gun.
Handling of damaged cap
Perform the following procedure if the cap becomes damaged:
Replace charge port cap if the charge port cap becomes damaged
Replace charge port if the packing of quick charge port becomes cracked.
Replace charge port if the terminal of quick charge port or standard charge port becomes damaged.
Cleaning of the inside of rubber cap
At Step 2, if air does not exit through the rubber cap hole, remove the rubber cap from the port and clean the
inside so that air exits through the rubber cap hole.

Revision: 2010 November

VC-38

LEAF

http://vnx.su

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006987722

1.CHECK FUSE
Check that the following fuse is not fusing.
Power supply

VC
Fuse No.

33

Battery

74

POWER switch ON

Is the fuse fusing?


YES >> Replace the fuse after repairing the applicable circuit.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK ON-BOARD CHARGER GROUND


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect on-board charger harness connector.
Check the continuity between on-board charger harness connector and ground.

+
On-board charger
Connector

terminal

B26

22

Continuity

Ground

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

3.CHECK BATTERY POWER SUPPLY


1.

Check the voltage between on-board charger harness connector and ground.
+

On-board charger
Connector

terminal

B26

11

Voltage

Ground

12V battery voltage

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> GO TO 4.

4.CHECK BATTERY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.

Check the continuity between on-board charger harness connector and fuse terminal.
P

+
On-board charger
Connector

terminal

B26

11

Continuity

#33 fuse terminal

Existed

2. Also check harness for short to ground.


Is the inspection result normal?
Revision: 2010 November

VC-39

LEAF

http://vnx.su

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> Check power supply circuit for battery power supply.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

5.CHECK BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (M/C RELAY)


1.

Check the voltage between on-board charger harness connector and ground.
+
On-board charger
Connector

terminal

B26

12

Voltage

Ground

12V battery voltage

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> GO TO 6.

6.CHECK BATTERY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.

Check the continuity between on-board charger harness connector and fuse terminal.
+
On-board charger
Connector

terminal

B26

12

Continuity

#74 fuse terminal

Existed

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check M/C relay routing circuit. Refer to EVC-281, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

7.CHECK POWER ON POWER SUPPLY


1.
2.

Turn power switch ON.


Check the voltage between on-board charger harness connector and ground.
+
On-board charger
Connector

terminal

B26

13

Voltage
(Approx.)

Ground

11 14 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> GO TO 8.

8.CHECK POWER ON POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.

Turn power switch OFF.


Check the continuity between on-board charger harness connector and fuse terminal.
+
On-board charger
Connector

terminal

B26

13

Continuity

#3 fuse terminal

Existed

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check power supply circuit for POWER ON power supply.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
Revision: 2010 November

VC-40

LEAF

http://vnx.su

U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION

Description

INFOID:0000000006987723

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- B
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. VC
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006987724

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

U1000

Trouble diagnosis name


(Malfunction type)
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
(Missing message)
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
(Erratic)

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

When on-board charger is not transmitting or receiving EV


system CAN communication signal for 2 seconds or more.

Harness or connectors
(EV system CAN communication line is open or shorted)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


H

1. Turn power switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.


2. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to VC-41, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006987725

Perform the trouble diagnosis for CAN communication system. Refer to LAN-15, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow
Chart".

Revision: 2010 November

VC-41

LEAF

http://vnx.su

U1008, U100B QUICK CHARGER COMMUNICATION


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

U1008, U100B QUICK CHARGER COMMUNICATION


Description

INFOID:0000000006987726

Quick charger communication is a serial communication line for real time application. It is a multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. On-board charger and
quick charger are connected with two communication lines (quick charger communication H-line and quick
charger communication L-line) and transmit/receive data.

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006987727

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


CAUTION:
This DTC may be detected if there is a malfunction in the quick charger. Check that the quick charger
is normal when this DTC is detected.
DTC

U1008

U100B

Trouble diagnosis name


(Malfunction type)

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

When on-board charger is not transmitting or receiving a quick charger communication signal for
2 seconds or more.

Harness or connectors
(Quick charger communication line
is open or shorted)
Quick charger
Quick charge port
On-board charger

QUICK CHARGER COMM


(Missing message)
QUICK CHARGER COMM
(Erratic)
QUICK CHARGER COMM
(Missing message)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Perform quick charging at least 5 seconds.
2. Turn power switch ON.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to VC-42, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006987728

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective equipments consisting of glove, shoes and glasses/face shield
before beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
Refer to VC-5, "High Voltage Precautions".
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while
the service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed
to do so in the Service Manual.
Erase DTC after the work is completed.

1.PRECONDITIONING
WARNING:
Revision: 2010 November

VC-42

LEAF

http://vnx.su

U1008, U100B QUICK CHARGER COMMUNICATION


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Shut off high voltage circuit. Refer to GI-31, "How to Cut Off High Voltage".
Check voltage in high voltage circuit. (Check that condenser are discharged.)
1. Disconnect high voltage connector from front side of Li-ion battery. Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and
Installation".
DANGER:
Touching high voltage components without using the appropriate protective equipment will
cause electrocution.oltage might remain/is present on terminals.

2.

Measure voltage between high voltage harness terminals.


DANGER:

VC

Touching high voltage components without using the


appropriate protective equipment will cause electrocution.oltage might remain/is present on terminals.

Standard

: 5 V or less

JSAIA1362ZZ

CAUTION:
For voltage measurements, use a tester which can measure to 500V or higher.
H

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK QUICK CHARGER

CAUTION:
This DTC may be detected if there is a malfunction in the quick charger. Check that the quick charger
is normal when this DTC is detected.

>> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK QUICK CHARGE PORT CONDITION


Check for any adhering foreign substances, cracking, or damage on the quick charge port.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Clean or replace the quick charge port.

4.CHECK QUICK CHARGER COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect quick charge port harness connector and on-board charger harness connector.
Check the continuity between quick charge port harness connector and on-board charger harness connector.

On-board charger

Quick charge port

Connector
E70

Terminal
6
7

Connector
B25

Continuity

Terminal
6
7

Existed

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
Revision: 2010 November

VC-43

LEAF

http://vnx.su

U1008, U100B QUICK CHARGER COMMUNICATION


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

6.REPLACE QUICK CHARGE PORT


1. Replace quick charge port. Refer to VC-103, "Exploded View".
2. Erase self-diagnostic result.
3. Perform confirmation procedure again. Refer to VC-42, "DTC Logic".
4. Check the self-diagnostic result.
Is the DTC detected again?
YES >> Replace on-board charger. Refer to VC-98, "Exploded View".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

VC-44

LEAF

http://vnx.su

U100A CAN COMMUNICATION


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

U100A CAN COMMUNICATION

Description

INFOID:0000000006987729

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- B
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. VC
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006987730

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

U100A

Trouble diagnosis name


(Malfunction type)
CAN COMM ERROR
(Missing message)

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

When on-board charger is not transmitting or receiving EV


system CAN communication signal for 2 seconds or more.

Harness or connectors
(EV system CAN communication line is open or shorted)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


H

1. Turn power switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.


2. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to VC-45, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006987731

Perform the trouble diagnosis for CAN communication system. Refer to LAN-15, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow
Chart".
K

Revision: 2010 November

VC-45

LEAF

http://vnx.su

U1010 CONTROL MODULE (CAN)


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

U1010 CONTROL MODULE (CAN)


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006987732

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name


(Malfunction type)

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

U1010

ON BOARD CHARGER
(Internal Electronic malfunction)

When on-board charger is not transmitting or receiving EV


system CAN communication signal for 2 seconds or more.

Harness or connectors
(EV system CAN communication line is open or shorted)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Turn power switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to VC-46, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006987733

1.PERFORM CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN


1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Erase self-diagnostic result.
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to VC-46, "DTC Logic".
4. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is the DTC detected again?
YES >> Replace on-board charger. Refer to VC-98, "Exploded View".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

VC-46

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B2801 QUICK CHARGE CONNECTOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B2801 QUICK CHARGE CONNECTOR


DTC Logic

A
INFOID:0000000006987734

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CAUTION:
This DTC may be detected if there is a malfunction in the quick charger. Check that the quick charger
is normal when this DTC is detected.
VC
DTC

B2801

Trouble diagnosis name


(Malfunction type)

Q/CHG ACTIVATION SIG


ERROR
(Signal invalid)

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

Disconnection of the charging connector is detected while the quick charge start button signal is being received from the quick charger.

Harness or connectors
(Quick charge port circuit is open or
shorted)
Quick charger
Quick charge port
On-board charger

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Turn power switch OFF.
2. Connect the quick charge connector to quick charge port.
3. Push the start button of quick charger and wait at least 1 minute.
4. Turn power switch ON.
5. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to VC-47, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

I
INFOID:0000000006987735

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective equipments consisting of glove, shoes and glasses/face shield
before beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
Refer to VC-5, "High Voltage Precautions".
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while
the service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed
to do so in the Service Manual.
Erase DTC after the work is completed.

1.PRECONDITIONING

WARNING:
Shut off high voltage circuit. Refer to GI-31, "How to Cut Off High Voltage".
Check voltage in high voltage circuit. (Check that condenser are discharged.)
1. Disconnect high voltage connector from front side of Li-ion battery. Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and
Installation".
DANGER:
Revision: 2010 November

VC-47

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B2801 QUICK CHARGE CONNECTOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Touching high voltage components without using the appropriate protective equipment will
cause electrocution.oltage might remain/is present on terminals.

2.

Measure voltage between high voltage harness terminals.


DANGER:
Touching high voltage components without using the
appropriate protective equipment will cause electrocution.oltage might remain/is present on terminals.

Standard

: 5 V or less

JSAIA1362ZZ

CAUTION:
For voltage measurements, use a tester which can measure to 500V or higher.

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK QUICK CHARGER


CAUTION:
This DTC may be detected if there is a malfunction in the quick charger. Check that the quick charger
is normal when this DTC is detected.
>> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK QUICK CHARGE PORT CONDITION


Check for any adhering foreign substances, cracking, or damage on the quick charge port.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Clean or replace the quick charge port.

4.CHECK QUICK CHARGE PORT CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect quick charge port harness connector and on-board charger harness connector.
Check the continuity between quick charge port harness connector and on-board charger harness connector.
+

On-board charger

Quick charge port

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E70

B25

Continuity

Existed

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
Revision: 2010 November

VC-48

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B2801 QUICK CHARGE CONNECTOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

6.REPLACE QUICK CHARGE PORT

1. Replace quick charge port. Refer to VC-103, "Exploded View".


2. Erase self-diagnostic result.
3. Perform confirmation procedure again. Refer to VC-50, "DTC Logic".
4. Check the self-diagnostic result.
Is the DTC detected again?
YES >> Replace on-board charger. Refer to VC-98, "Exploded View".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

VC

Revision: 2010 November

VC-49

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B2802 QUICK CHARGER


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B2802 QUICK CHARGER


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006987736

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


CAUTION:
This DTC may be detected if there is a malfunction in the quick charger. Check that the quick charger
is normal when this DTC is detected.
DTC

B2802

Trouble diagnosis name


(Malfunction type)

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

Q/CHG ISOLATION SIGNAL ERROR


(Signal stuck high)

When quick charge is started, the isolation check


completion signal that is sent from the quick
charger could not be received.

Q/CHG ISOLATION SIGNAL ERROR


(Signal stuck low)

When quick charge is started, the isolation check


completion signal that is sent from the quick
charger by an abnormal timing.

Harness or connectors
(Quick charge port circuit is open or
shorted)
Quick charger
Quick charge port
On-board charger

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Turn power switch OFF.
2. Connect the quick charge connector to quick charge port.
3. Push the start button of quick charger and wait at least 1 minute.
4. Turn power switch ON.
5. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to VC-50, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006987737

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective equipments consisting of glove, shoes and glasses/face shield
before beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
Refer to VC-5, "High Voltage Precautions".
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while
the service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed
to do so in the Service Manual.
Erase DTC after the work is completed.

1.PRECONDITIONING
WARNING:
Shut off high voltage circuit. Refer to GI-31, "How to Cut Off High Voltage".
Check voltage in high voltage circuit. (Check that condenser are discharged.)
1. Disconnect high voltage connector from front side of Li-ion battery. Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and
Installation".
Revision: 2010 November

VC-50

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B2802 QUICK CHARGER


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
DANGER:
A

Touching high voltage components without using the appropriate protective equipment will
cause electrocution.oltage might remain/is present on terminals.
B

2.

Measure voltage between high voltage harness terminals.


DANGER:

VC

Touching high voltage components without using the


appropriate protective equipment will cause electrocution.oltage might remain/is present on terminals.

Standard

: 5 V or less

JSAIA1362ZZ

CAUTION:
For voltage measurements, use a tester which can measure to 500V or higher.

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK QUICK CHARGER

CAUTION:
This DTC may be detected if there is a malfunction in the quick charger. Check that the quick charger
is normal when this DTC is detected.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> INSPECTION END (quick charger malfunction)

3.CHECK QUICK CHARGE PORT CONDITION


Check for any adhering foreign substances, cracking, or damage on the quick charge port.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Clean or replace the quick charge port.

4.CHECK QUICK CHARGE PORT CIRCUIT


1.
2.

Disconnect quick charge port harness connector and on-board charger harness connector.
Check the continuity between quick charge port harness connector and on-board charger harness connector.

+
On-board charger
Connector
E70

Terminal
2
3

Quick charge port


Connector
B25

Continuity

Terminal
2
3

O
Existed

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
Is inspection result normal?
Revision: 2010 November

VC-51

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B2802 QUICK CHARGER


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

6.REPLACE QUICK CHARGE PORT


1. Replace quick charge port. Refer to VC-103, "Exploded View".
2. Erase self-diagnostic result.
3. Perform confirmation procedure again. Refer to VC-50, "DTC Logic".
4. Check the self-diagnostic result.
Is the DTC detected again?
YES >> Replace on-board charger. Refer to VC-98, "Exploded View".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

VC-52

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B2803 QUICK CHARGER


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B2803 QUICK CHARGER

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006987738

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC

Trouble diagnosis name


(Malfunction type)

DTC detecting condition

B2803

QUICK CHARGE SYSTEM


(Signal stuck low)

The quick charge start signal which is sent from the quick
charger is received for 1 second or more.

Possible cause

VC

Quick charger

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


E

1. Perform quick charging at least 5 seconds.


2. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to VC-53, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006987739

NOTE:
When this DTC is detected, the cause may not be in the vehicle. Therefore after erasing the self-diagnosis
result, charge using a different quick charger than the quick charger which is used when the malfunction is
detected.

Revision: 2010 November

VC-53

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B2813 NORMAL CHARGE RELAY


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B2813 NORMAL CHARGE RELAY


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006987740

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


Trouble diagnosis name
(Malfunction type)

DTC

ON BOARD CHARGER
(Signal stuck low)

B2813

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

Control circuit voltage of 9 V or more for 3 seconds or more when the normal charge relay is operating.

Harness or connectors
(On-board charger ground circuit is
open)
On-board charger

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Perform normal charging at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn power switch ON.
3. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to VC-54, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006987741

1.CHECK ON-BOARD CHARGER GROUND CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect on-board charger harness connector.
Check the continuity between on-board charger harness connector and ground.
+
On-board charger
Connector

Terminal

B26

22

Continuity

Ground

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

2.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace on-board charger. Refer to VC-98, "Exploded View".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: 2010 November

VC-54

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B2814 QUICK CHARGE RELAY


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B2814 QUICK CHARGE RELAY

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006987742

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name


(Malfunction type)

DTC

ON BOARD CHARGER
(Signal stuck high)

B2814

DTC detecting condition


Control circuit voltage of 9 V or more for 3 seconds or more when the quick charge relay is operating.

Possible cause

VC

Harness or connectors
Quick charge relay
On-board charger

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1. Perform Quick charging at least 10 seconds.


2. Turn power switch ON.
3. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to VC-55, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

G
INFOID:0000000006987743

1.CHECK ON-BOARD CHARGER GROUND CIRCUIT

1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect on-board charger harness connector.
Check the continuity between on-board charger harness connector and ground.
+
On-board charger
Connector

Terminal

B26

22

Continuity

Ground

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

2.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace on-board charger. Refer to VC-98, "Exploded View".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: 2010 November

VC-55

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B2820 QUICK CHARGER


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B2820 QUICK CHARGER


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006987744

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

B2820

Trouble diagnosis name


(Malfunction type)

QUICK CHARGER
(No sub type)

DTC detecting condition


A quick charger malfunction signal is received from the
quick charger.
A voltage detected by the quick charger differs from the
one detected by the Li-ion battery controller.
A current output from the quick charger is abnormally
more than the target voltage.

Possible cause

Quick charger
Li-ion battery controller
(voltage sensor)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Perform quick charging at least 10 seconds.
2. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to VC-56, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006987745

1.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF LI-ION BATTERY CONTROLLER


With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for HV BAT.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for the DTC. Refer to EVB-34, "DTC Index".
NO
>> When this DTC is detected, the cause may not be in the vehicle. Therefore after erasing the selfdiagnosis result, charge using a different quick charger than the quick charger which is used when
the malfunction is detected.

Revision: 2010 November

VC-56

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B2821 12V POWER SUPPLY


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B2821 12V POWER SUPPLY

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006987746

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name


(Malfunction type)

DTC detecting condition

12V POWER SUPPLY


(Signal stuck high)

While the on-board charger is stopped (sleep state), the


power circuit voltage that is supplied from the M/C relay is
9 V or more for 60 seconds or more.

12V POWER SUPPLY


(Signal stuck low)

While the on-board charger is operating, the power circuit


voltage that is supplied from the M/C relay is less than 1 V
for 3 seconds or more.

B2821

Possible cause

VC

Harness or connectors
(M/C relay power supply circuit is open or shorted.)
M/C relay routing circuit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


SIGNAL STUCK HIGH
F

1.PERFORM CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Turn power switch ON and wait for at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn power switch OFF and wait at least 90 seconds.
3. Turn power switch ON.
4. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to VC-57, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

SIGNAL STUCK LOW

1.PERFORM CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Turn power switch ON and wait for at least 10 seconds.
2. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to VC-57, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

K
INFOID:0000000006987747

1.PERFORM TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. Refer to VC-39, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: 2010 November

VC-57

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B2827 NORMAL CHARGE RELAY


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B2827 NORMAL CHARGE RELAY


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006987748

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


Trouble diagnosis name
(Malfunction type)

DTC

NORMAL CHARGE RELAY


(Signal stuck low)

B2827

DTC detecting condition


The normal charge relay control circuit voltage is
less than 1 V for 1 second or more while the normal charge relay is operated.

Possible cause
Harness or connectors
Normal charge relay
On-board charger

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Set the vehicle to READY and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn power switch ON.
3. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to VC-58, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006987749

1.CHECK FUSE
1. Turn power switch OFF.
2. Pull out #74 fuse and check that the fuse is not fusing.
Is the fuse fusing?
YES >> Replace the fuse after repairing the applicable circuit.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK NORMAL CHARGE RELAY DRIVE VOLTAGE-I


1.
2.
3.

Insert the fuse which pulled out.


Turn power switch ON.
Check the voltage between on-board charger harness connector and ground.
+
On-board charger
Connector

Voltage
(Approx.)

Ground

11 14 V

terminal
14

B26

15

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK NORMAL CHARGE RELAY DRIVE VOLTAGE-II


1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect DC/DC junction box harness connector.
Turn power switch ON.
Check the voltage between DC/DC junction box harness connector and ground.
+
DC/DC J/B
Connector

terminal

F11

Revision: 2010 November

Voltage
(Approx.)

Ground

11 14 V

VC-58

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B2827 NORMAL CHARGE RELAY


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Check power supply circuit for M/C relay power supply.

4.CHECK NORMAL CHARGE RELAY DRIVE CIRCUIT


1.

Check the continuity between DC/DC junction box harness connector and on-board charger harness connector.

VC

DC/DC J/B

On-board charger

Connector

terminal
4

F11

Connector

Continuity

terminal
14

B26

Existed

15

2. Also check harness for short to ground.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

5.CHECK NORMAL CHARGE RELAY


G

Check the resistance between DC/DC junction box connector terminals.


DC/DC J/B
Item

Normal charge relay +


Normal charge relay -

Connector

F11

Condition C (F)]

Resistance
(Approx.)

DC/DC J/B temperature: 40


80 (40 176)

10 70

Terminals
3

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO
>> Replace DC/DC junction box. Refer to EVC-307, "Exploded View".

6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace on-board charger. Refer to VC-98, "Exploded View".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: 2010 November

VC-59

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B2830 QUICK CHARGE VOLTAGE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B2830 QUICK CHARGE VOLTAGE SENSOR


Description

INFOID:0000000006987750

The quick charge voltage sensor is installed in the DC/DC junction box. It detects the voltage between the high
voltage circuit (+) side and () side on the upstream side of the quick charge relay (side where the quick
charge port is located). The on-board charger uses this signal to monitor the status of the quick charge relay.

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006987751

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


CAUTION:
This DTC may be detected if there is a malfunction in the quick charger. Check that the quick charger
is normal when this DTC is detected.
Trouble diagnosis name
(Malfunction type)

DTC

B2830

QUICK CHARGE VOLTAGE SENSOR


(Component internal malfunction)

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

Before quick charging is started, the high voltage system


voltage sent from the quick charge voltage sensor is 200 V
or more for 10 second or more.

Harness or connectors
Quick charge voltage sensor
DC/DC J/B
Quick charge relay
High voltage cable installation malfunction

During quick charging, the high voltage system voltage


sent from the quick charge voltage sensor is less than 200
V for 10 seconds or more.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Perform quick charging at least 30 seconds.
2. Turn power switch ON.
3. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to VC-60, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006987752

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective equipments consisting of glove, shoes and glasses/face shield
before beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
Refer to VC-5, "High Voltage Precautions".
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while
the service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed
to do so in the Service Manual.
Erase DTC after the work is completed.

1.PRECONDITIONING
WARNING:
Revision: 2010 November

VC-60

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B2830 QUICK CHARGE VOLTAGE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Shut off high voltage circuit. Refer to GI-31, "How to Cut Off High Voltage".
Check voltage in high voltage circuit. (Check that condenser are discharged.)
1. Disconnect high voltage connector from front side of Li-ion battery. Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and
Installation".
DANGER:
Touching high voltage components without using the appropriate protective equipment will
cause electrocution.oltage might remain/is present on terminals.

2.

Measure voltage between high voltage harness terminals.


DANGER:

VC

Touching high voltage components without using the


appropriate protective equipment will cause electrocution.oltage might remain/is present on terminals.

Standard

: 5 V or less

JSAIA1362ZZ

CAUTION:
For voltage measurements, use a tester which can measure to 500V or higher.
H

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK QUICK CHARGER

CAUTION:
This DTC may be detected if there is a malfunction in the quick charger. Check that the quick charger
is normal when this DTC is detected.

>> GO TO 3.

3.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS FOR VCM


Perform self-diagnosis for VCM.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for the DTC. Refer to EVC-78, "DTC Index".
NO
>> GO TO 4.

4.CHECK QUICK CHARGE RELAY ROUTING CIRCUIT


Perform trouble diagnosis for quick charge relay routing circuit. Refer to VC-67, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

5.CHECK QUICK CHARGE VOLTAGE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect DC/DC junction box harness connector and on-board charger harness connector.
Check the continuity between DC/DC junction box harness connector and on-board charger harness connector.

Revision: 2010 November

VC-61

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B2830 QUICK CHARGE VOLTAGE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
+

DC/DC J/B

On-board charger

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

13
14

F12

15

Continuity

27
28

B27

29

16

Existed

30

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

6.CHECK QUICK CHARGE VOLTAGE SENSOR


Perform component inspection. Refer to VC-62, "Component Inspection (Quick Charge Voltage Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> Replace DC/DC junction box. Refer to EVC-307, "Removal and Installation".

7.CHECK QUICK CHARGE PORT CONDITION


Check for any adhering foreign substances, cracking, or damage on the quick charge port.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> Clean or replace the quick charge port.

8.CHECK HIGH VOLTAGE HARNESS


1.
2.

Disconnect the high voltage harness connector from the quick charge port and DC/DC junction box.
Check the continuity between DC/DC junction box harness connector and quick charge harness connector.
+

DC/DC J/B

Quick charge port

Connector
H11

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

33

H14

14

34

H13

13

Continuity

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 9.
NO
>> Replace the high voltage harness.

9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace DC/DC junction box. Refer to EVC-307, "Exploded View".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Component Inspection (Quick Charge Voltage Sensor)

INFOID:0000000006987753

1.CHECK QUICK CHARGE VOLTAGE SENSOR


1.
2.
3.

Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.


Turn power switch ON.
Check the voltage between on-board charger harness connector terminals.

Revision: 2010 November

VC-62

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B2830 QUICK CHARGE VOLTAGE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
A

On-board charger
Connector

+
Terminal
30

B27

Voltage

27
30

B
29

2.201 2.787 V

27

0.046 0.046 V

VC

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace DC/DC junction box. Refer to EVC-307, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

VC-63

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B2840 ON-BOARD CHARGER


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B2840 ON-BOARD CHARGER


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006987754

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


CAUTION:
Never use extension cables to charge the battery.
NOTE:
DTC B2840 may be detected by the use of extension cables for charging the battery.
DTC

Trouble diagnosis name


(Malfunction type)

DTC detecting condition

ON BOARD CHARGER
(General electrical malfunction)

During normal charging, the PFC output voltage in the


on-board charger is 434 V or more, or 345 V or less, for
11 seconds or more.
During normal charging (100 V), the on-board charger
DC output current is 10A or more for 5 seconds or more.
During normal charging (200 V), the on-board charger
DC output current is 18 A or more for 5 seconds or more.
During normal charging (100 V), the on-board charger
DC output current is abnormally lower than the on-board
charger command current value for 5 seconds or more.
During normal charging, the DC voltage output by the
on-board charger is 440 V or more, or 240 V or less for
5 seconds or more.
During normal charging, the PFC in the on-board charger operated however an abnormal status is continued for
1 second or more.

ON BOARD CHARGER
(Component internal malfunction)

When normal charging is started, a DC voltage output by


the on-board charger of 460 V or more is detected.
During normal charging, the DC voltage output by the
on-board charger is 200 V or less for 10 seconds or
more.
During normal charging, the AC voltage input into the onboard charger is 293 V or more for 5 seconds or more.
During normal charging, a malfunction is detected in an
on-board charger internal circuit.
During normal charging, the AC current input into the onboard charger is 22 A or more for 5 seconds or more.

ON BOARD CHARGER
(Component or system over
temperature)

During normal charging, abnormal high temperature of an


on-board charger internal circuit is continued for 100 seconds or more.

ON BOARD CHARGER
(Parametric)

Ripple amplitude in output voltage of the on-board charger


remains extremely large for 5 seconds or more during normal charge.

B2840

Possible cause

On-board charger

AC power supply
EVSE
On-board charger

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


EXCEPT COMPONENT OR SYSTEM OVER TEMPERATURE

1.PERFORM CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Perform normal charging at least 15 seconds.
2. Turn power switch ON.
3. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to VC-65, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
COMPONENT OR SYSTEM OVER TEMPERATURE

1.PERFORM CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.

Perform normal charging at least 2 minutes.

Revision: 2010 November

VC-64

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B2840 ON-BOARD CHARGER


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
2. Turn power switch ON.
3. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to VC-65, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

B
INFOID:0000000006987755

VC

EXCEPT PARAMETRIC

1.PERFORM CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN


D

1. Turn power switch ON.


2. Erase self-diagnostic result.
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to VC-64, "DTC Logic".
4. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is the DTC detected again?
YES >> Replace on-board charger. Refer to VC-98, "Exploded View".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

PARAMETRIC

1.CHECK EVSE INDICATOR ON/OFF STATUS-I


1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn power switch ON.


Erase self-diagnostic result.
Connect the EVSE to the vehicle and the AC power.
Check the EVSE indicator ON/OFF status.
EVSE indicator

Condition

Power

ON

Charge

OFF

Fault

OFF

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK EVSE INDICATOR ON/OFF STATUS-II


Check the EVSE ON/OFF status, and verify that there are no abnormalities in the AC power. Refer to VC-10,
"EVSE".
Were there no abnormalities in the AC power?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Erase the DTC and explain to the customer that there is an abnormality in the AC power.

3.PERFORM CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch ON.


Erase self-diagnostic result.
Perform the confirmation procedure again using a EVSE other than the one that is used for the initial confirmation procedure. Refer to VC-64, "DTC Logic".
Is the DTC detected again?
YES >> Replace on-board charger. Refer to VC-98, "Exploded View".
NO
>> Check external input.

Revision: 2010 November

VC-65

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B2850 ON-BOARD CHARGER


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B2850 ON-BOARD CHARGER


Description

INFOID:0000000006987756

The on-board charger contains 3 temperature sensors, and monitors the temperatures of the charging circuit
and control circuit board.
The on-board charger also compares the signals from each sensor and detects malfunctions of sensor characteristic.

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006987757

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name


(Malfunction type)

OBC TEMP SENSOR


(Signal stuck high)
B2850

OBC TEMP SENSOR


(Signal invalid)

DTC detecting condition


During normal charging, the signal voltage of power device temperature sensor 1 in the on-board charger is
0.17 V or less, or 3.21 V or more, continuously for 3 seconds or more.
During normal charging, the signal voltage of power device temperature sensor 2 in the on-board charger is
0.24 V or less, or 3.21 V or more, continuously for 3 seconds or more.

Possible cause

On-board charger

During normal charging, a deviation in the signals of the


temperature sensors in the on-board charger is continued
for 100 seconds or more.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


SIGNAL STUCK HIGH

1.PERFORM CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Perform normal charging at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn power switch ON.
3. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to VC-66, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
SIGNAL INVALID

1.PERFORM CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Perform normal charging at least 2 minutes.
2. Turn power switch ON.
3. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to VC-66, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006987758

1.PERFORM CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN


1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Erase self-diagnostic result.
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to VC-66, "DTC Logic".
4. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is the DTC detected again?
YES >> Replace on-board charger. Refer to VC-98, "Exploded View".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: 2010 November

VC-66

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B2880 F/S RELAY


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B2880 F/S RELAY

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006987759

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name


(Malfunction type)

DTC

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

F/S RELAY
(Signal stuck low)

During quick charging, the voltage of a quick


charge relay control circuit is less than 1 V for 3
seconds or more.

F/S RELAY
(Signal stuck high)

During quick charging, the voltage of a quick


charge relay control circuit is 9 V or more for 3
seconds or more.

B2880

Harness or connectors
Quick charge relay
On-board charger
F/S CHG relay
F/S relay
Harness or connectors
F/S CHG relay
F/S relay
On-board charger

VC

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Perform Quick charging at least 15 seconds.
2. Turn power switch ON.
3. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to VC-67, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006987760

SIGNAL STUCK LOW

1.CHECK F/S CHG RELAY ROUTING CIRCUIT

Check F/S CHG relay power supply circuit. Refer to EVC-284, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

2.CHECK QUICK CHARGE RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn power switch OFF.


Remove F/S CHG relay.
Disconnect DC/DC junction box harness connector.
Check the continuity between F/S CHG relay harness connector and DC/DC junction box harness connector.

N
+

F/S CHG relay

DC/DC J/B

Continuity

terminal

Connector

terminal

F12

12

O
Existed

5. Also check harness for short to ground.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

3.CHECK QUICK CHARGE RELAY DRIVE CIRCUIT


1.

Turn power switch OFF.

Revision: 2010 November

VC-67

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B2880 F/S RELAY


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
2. Check the continuity between DC/DC junction box harness connector and on-board charger harness connector.
+

DC/DC J/B

On-board charger

Connector

terminal

Connector

F11

terminal
17

B26

Continuity

Existed

16

3. Also check harness for short to ground.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

4.CHECK QUICK CHARGE RELAY


Check the resistance between DC/DC junction box connector terminals.
DC/DC J/B
Item

Connector

Quick charge relay +


Quick charge relay

Resistance
(Approx.)

Terminals

F11

12

10 70

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Replace DC/DC junction box. Refer to EVC-307, "Exploded View".

5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace on-board charger. Refer to VC-98, "Exploded View".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

SIGNAL STUCK HIGH

1.CHECK QUICK CHARGE RELAY DRIVE VOLTAGE


1.
2.

Turn power switch ON.


Check the voltage between on-board charger harness connector and ground.
+
On-board charger
Connector
B26

Voltage
(Approx.)

Ground

0V

terminal
16
17

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK QUICK CHARGE RELAY POWER SUPPLY


1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect DC/DC junction box harness connector.
Turn power switch ON.
Check the voltage between DC/DC junction box harness connector and ground.

Revision: 2010 November

VC-68

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B2880 F/S RELAY


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
A

+
DC/DC J/B
Connector

terminal

F11

12

Voltage
(Approx.)

Ground

0V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> GO TO 3.

VC

3.CHECK QUICK CHARGE RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect F/S CHG relay.
Turn power switch ON.
Check the voltage between DC/DC junction box harness connector and ground.

+
DC/DC J/B
Connector

terminal

F11

12

Voltage

Ground

0V

5. Also check harness for short to power.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

4.CHECK DC/DC JUNCTION BOX TERMINAL VOLTAGE

Check the voltage between DC/DC junction box connector and ground.
+

DC/DC J/B
Connector

Voltage

Ground

0V

terminal
2

F11

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Replace DC/DC junction box. Refer to EVC-307, "Exploded View".

5.CHECK QUICK CHARGE RELAY DRIVE CIRCUIT


1.

Check the voltage between on-board charger harness connector and ground.
N

+
On-board charger
Connector
B26

Voltage
(Approx.)

terminal
16
17

O
Ground

0V

2. Also check harness for short to power.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
Revision: 2010 November

VC-69

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B2880 F/S RELAY


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace on-board charger. Refer to VC-98, "Exploded View".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: 2010 November

VC-70

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B28A0 NORMAL CHARGING CONNECTOR INTERLOCK


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B28A0 NORMAL CHARGING CONNECTOR INTERLOCK


Description

A
INFOID:0000000006987761

The high voltage connector connection detecting circuit monitors the connection status of the high voltage B
connector.
The high voltage connector connection detecting circuit is composed of 2 circuits: the input side and output
side. When the high voltage connector is connected, the input side and outputs side are connected via the
VC
contacts inside the high voltage connector, forming the circuit.
On-board charger outputs monitor voltage to the output of the high voltage connector connection detecting circuit, and monitors the high voltage connector connection status from the input voltage on the input side.
D

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006987762

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name


(Malfunction type)

B28A0

NORMAL CHARGE INTERLOCK (AC)


(Signal stuck high)

E
DTC detecting condition

During normal charging, the input voltage of the interlock


detecting circuit is 0.8 V or less for 3 seconds or more.

Possible cause
On-board charger
(Interlock detecting circuit)
High voltage harness
Normal charge port

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1. Perform normal charging at least 10 seconds.


2. Turn power switch ON.
3. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to VC-71, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

J
INFOID:0000000006987763

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective equipments consisting of glove, shoes and glasses/face shield
before beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
Refer to VC-5, "High Voltage Precautions".
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while
the service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed
to do so in the Service Manual.
Erase DTC after the work is completed.

1.PRECONDITIONING
WARNING:
Shut off high voltage circuit. Refer to GI-31, "How to Cut Off High Voltage".
Check voltage in high voltage circuit. (Check that condenser are discharged.)
Revision: 2010 November

VC-71

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B28A0 NORMAL CHARGING CONNECTOR INTERLOCK


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
1. Disconnect high voltage connector from front side of Li-ion battery. Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and
Installation".
DANGER:
Touching high voltage components without using the appropriate protective equipment will
cause electrocution.oltage might remain/is present on terminals.

2.

Measure voltage between high voltage harness terminals.


DANGER:
Touching high voltage components without using the
appropriate protective equipment will cause electrocution.oltage might remain/is present on terminals.

Standard

: 5 V or less

JSAIA1362ZZ

CAUTION:
For voltage measurements, use a tester which can measure to 500V or higher.

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK INTERLOCK DETECTING CIRCUIT POWER SUPPLY


1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect Normal charge port high voltage harness connector.
Turn power switch ON.
Check the voltage between normal charge port high voltage harness connector and ground.
+

Voltage
(Approx.)

Ground

5V

Normal charge port


Connector

Terminal

H8

10

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK INTERLOCK DETECTING CIRCUIT (OUTPUT SIDE)


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect on-board charger high voltage harness connector.
Check the continuity between on-board charger harness connector and normal charge port harness connector.
+

On-board charger

Quick charge port

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

H6

40

H8

10

Continuity

Existed

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
Revision: 2010 November

VC-72

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B28A0 NORMAL CHARGING CONNECTOR INTERLOCK


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

4.CHECK ON-BOARD CHARGER POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

Check on-board charger power supply and ground circuit. Refer to VC-39, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace on-board charger. Refer to VC-98, "Exploded View".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

5.CHECK NORMAL CHARGE PORT


1.
2.

VC

Turn power switch OFF.


Check the continuity between normal charge port connector terminals.

Normal charge port


Terminal

Continuity

10

11

E
Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> Replace normal charge port.

6.CHECK INTERLOCK DETECTING CIRCUIT (INPUT SIDE)


1.
2.

Disconnect on-board charger high voltage harness connector.


Check the continuity between on-board charger harness connector and normal charge port harness connector.
+

On-board charger

Quick charge port

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

H6

41

H8

11

Continuity

Existed

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


L

Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".


Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace on-board charger. Refer to VC-98, "Exploded View".
NO
>> Repair or replace the error-detected parts.

Revision: 2010 November

VC-73

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B28B0 NORMAL CHARGE HIGH VOLTAGE CIRCUIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B28B0 NORMAL CHARGE HIGH VOLTAGE CIRCUIT


Description

INFOID:0000000006987764

The high voltage connector interlock detecting circuit monitors the connection status of the high voltage connector.
The high voltage connector interlock detecting circuit is composed of 2 circuits: the input side and output side.
When the high voltage connector is connected, the input side and outputs side are connected via the contacts
inside the high voltage connector, forming the circuit.
The ECU outputs monitor voltage to the output of the high voltage connector interlock detecting circuit, and
monitors the high voltage connector connection status from the input voltage on the input side.

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006987765

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name


(Malfunction type)

DTC detecting condition

B28B0

NORMAL CHARGE INTERLOCK (DC)


(Signal stuck high)

During normal charging, the input voltage of the interlock


detecting circuit is 0.8 V or less for 3 seconds or more.

Possible cause
On-board charger
(Interlock detecting circuit)
High voltage harness

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Perform normal charging at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn power switch ON.
3. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to VC-74, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006987766

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective equipments consisting of glove, shoes and glasses/face shield
before beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
Refer to VC-5, "High Voltage Precautions".
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while
the service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed
to do so in the Service Manual.
Erase DTC after the work is completed.

1.PRECONDITIONING
WARNING:
Shut off high voltage circuit. Refer to GI-31, "How to Cut Off High Voltage".
Check voltage in high voltage circuit. (Check that condenser are discharged.)

Revision: 2010 November

VC-74

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B28B0 NORMAL CHARGE HIGH VOLTAGE CIRCUIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
1. Disconnect high voltage connector from front side of Li-ion battery. Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and
Installation".
DANGER:
Touching high voltage components without using the appropriate protective equipment will
cause electrocution.oltage might remain/is present on terminals.

VC

2.

Measure voltage between high voltage harness terminals.


DANGER:
D

Touching high voltage components without using the


appropriate protective equipment will cause electrocution.oltage might remain/is present on terminals.

Standard

: 5 V or less

JSAIA1362ZZ

CAUTION:
For voltage measurements, use a tester which can measure to 500V or higher.

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK HIGH VOLTAGE HARNESS CONNECTOR


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect on-board charge high voltage harness connector.
Check the continuity between high voltage harness connector terminals.

J
Normal charge port
Terminal

Continuity

42

43

K
Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace high voltage harness.

3.CHECK ON-BOARD CHARGER POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

Check on-board charger power supply and ground circuit. Refer to VC-39, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".


Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace on-board charger. Refer to VC-98, "Exploded View".
NO
>> Repair or replace the error-detected parts.

Revision: 2010 November

VC-75

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B2900, B2902 ON-BOARD CHARGER


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B2900, B2902 ON-BOARD CHARGER


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006987767

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

B2900

B2902

Trouble diagnosis name


(Malfunction type)

DTC detecting condition

ON BOARD CHARGER
(Program memory error)

On-board charger ROM is malfunctioning.

ON BOARD CHARGER
(Data memory error)

On-board charger RAM is malfunctioning.

ON BOARD CHARGER
(General memory error)

On-board charger EEPROM is malfunctioning.

Possible cause

On-board charger

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Turn power switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to VC-76, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006987768

1.PERFORM CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN


1. Erase self-diagnostic result.
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to VC-76, "DTC Logic".
3. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is the DTC detected again?
YES >> Replace on-board charger. Refer to VC-98, "Exploded View".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

VC-76

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B2980 QUICK CHARGE PORT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B2980 QUICK CHARGE PORT

Description

INFOID:0000000006987769

The quick charge port contains a temperature sensor, and the quick charge port temperature signal is sent as
a voltage signal to the on-board charger.

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006987770

VC

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name


(Malfunction type)

QUICK CHARGE PORT


TEMP
(Signal stuck high)
B2980
QUICK CHARGE PORT
TEMP
(component or system over
temperature)

DTC detecting condition


During quick charging, the quick charge port
temperature sensor signal voltage is 4.6V or
more for 3 seconds or more.
During quick charging, the quick charge port
temperature sensor signal voltage is less than
0.15 V for 3 seconds or more.
During quick charging, the quick charge port temperature sensor signal voltage is 4.4V or more
and less than 4.6V for 3 seconds or more.

Possible cause

E
Harness or connectors
(Quick charge port is open or shorted)
Quick charge port
Quick charger

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1. Perform quick charging at least 10 seconds.


2. Turn power switch ON.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to VC-77, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

J
INFOID:0000000006987771

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective equipments consisting of glove, shoes and glasses/face shield
before beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
Refer to VC-5, "High Voltage Precautions".
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while
the service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed
to do so in the Service Manual.
Erase DTC after the work is completed.

1.PRECONDITIONING
WARNING:
Shut off high voltage circuit. Refer to GI-31, "How to Cut Off High Voltage".
Revision: 2010 November

VC-77

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B2980 QUICK CHARGE PORT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Check voltage in high voltage circuit. (Check that condenser are discharged.)
1. Disconnect high voltage connector from front side of Li-ion battery. Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and
Installation".
DANGER:
Touching high voltage components without using the appropriate protective equipment will
cause electrocution.oltage might remain/is present on terminals.

2.

Measure voltage between high voltage harness terminals.


DANGER:
Touching high voltage components without using the
appropriate protective equipment will cause electrocution.oltage might remain/is present on terminals.

Standard

: 5 V or less

JSAIA1362ZZ

CAUTION:
For voltage measurements, use a tester which can measure to 500V or higher.

>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch ON.


Erase self-diagnostic result.
Perform the confirmation procedure again using a quick charger other than the one that is used for the initial confirmation procedure. Refer to VC-77, "DTC Logic".
Is the DTC detected again?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> INSPECTION END (quick charger malfunction)

3.CHECK QUICK CHARGE PORT CONDITION


Check for any adhering foreign substances, cracking, or damage on the quick charge port.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Clean or replace the quick charge port.

4.CHECK QUICK CHARGE PORT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect on-board charger harness connector.
Check the continuity between quick charge port harness connector and on-board charger harness connector.
+

On-board charger

Quick charge port

Connector
E70

Terminal
9
10

Connector
B27

Continuity

Terminal
25
26

Existed

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
Revision: 2010 November

VC-78

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B2980 QUICK CHARGE PORT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

5.PERFORM COMPONENT INSPECTION

Perform component inspection. Refer to VC-79, "Component Inspection (Quick Charge Port)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> Replace quick charge port. Refer to VC-103, "Exploded View".

6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

VC

Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".


Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace on-board charger. Refer to VC-98, "Exploded View".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Component Inspection (Quick Charge Port)

INFOID:0000000006987772

1.QUICK CHARGE PORT (TEMPERATURE SENSOR)


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect engine quick charge port harness connector.
Check the resistance between quick charge port terminals.

G
Terminals
9 and 10

Condition
Temperature [C (F)]

Resistance ()
40 50
(40 122)

5 50

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace quick charge port. Refer to VC-103, "Exploded View".

Revision: 2010 November

VC-79

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B29A0 NORMAL CHARGE PORT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B29A0 NORMAL CHARGE PORT


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006987773

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name


(Malfunction type)

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

N/CHG PORT ENGAGEMENT ERROR


(Signal stuck high)

When normal charging is started or during


charging, the EVSE interlock detecting circuit
signal voltage is approximately 4.3 V or more,
or approximately 0.8 V or lower for 3 seconds or
more.
During normal charging, the EVSE interlock detecting circuit signal voltage is 3.3 V or more for
3 seconds or more.

Harness or connectors
(Normal charge port is open or
shorted)
Normal charge port
EVSE
On-board charger

N/CHG PORT ENGAGEMENT ERROR


(Signal invalid)

During normal charging, the EVSE interlock detecting circuit signal voltage is approximately 2 V
or more and 3.3 V or less for 100 seconds or
more.

Harness or connectors
(Quick charge port is open or shorted)
Quick charge port

B29A0

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


SIGNAL STUCK HIGH

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Perform normal charging at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn power switch ON.
3. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to VC-80, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
SIGNAL INVALID

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Perform normal charging at least 2 minutes.
2. Turn power switch ON.
3. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to VC-80, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006987774

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective equipments consisting of glove, shoes and glasses/face shield
before beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
Refer to VC-5, "High Voltage Precautions".
CAUTION:
Revision: 2010 November

VC-80

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B29A0 NORMAL CHARGE PORT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while
the service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed
to do so in the Service Manual.
Erase DTC after the work is completed.

SIGNAL STUCK HIGH

1.PRECONDITIONING
WARNING:
VC
Shut off high voltage circuit. Refer to GI-31, "How to Cut Off High Voltage".
Check voltage in high voltage circuit. (Check that condenser are discharged.)
1. Disconnect high voltage connector from front side of Li-ion battery. Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and
D
Installation".
DANGER:
Touching high voltage components without using the appropriate protective equipment will
cause electrocution.oltage might remain/is present on terminals.

2.

Measure voltage between high voltage harness terminals.


DANGER:

Touching high voltage components without using the


appropriate protective equipment will cause electrocution.oltage might remain/is present on terminals.

Standard

: 5 V or less

JSAIA1362ZZ

CAUTION:
For voltage measurements, use a tester which can measure to 500V or higher.

>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch ON.


Erase self-diagnostic result.
Perform the confirmation procedure again using a EVSE other than the one that is used for the initial confirmation procedure. Refer to VC-80, "DTC Logic".
Is the DTC detected again?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace EVSE.

3.CHECK EVSE INTERLOCK DETECTING CIRCUIT POWER SUPPLY


1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect normal charge port harness connector.
Turn power switch ON.
Check the voltage between normal charge port harness connector and ground.

+
Normal charge port
Connector

Terminal

E71

Voltage
(Approx.)

Ground

5V

Is the inspection result normal?


Revision: 2010 November

VC-81

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B29A0 NORMAL CHARGE PORT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> GO TO 4.

4.CHECK EVSE INTERLOCK DETECTING CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect on-board charger harness connector.
Check the continuity between normal charge port harness connector and on-board charger harness connector.
+

Normal charge port

On-board charger

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E71

B25

10

Continuity

Existed

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

5.CHECK EVSE INTERLOCK DETECTING CIRCUIT GROUND CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect on-board charger harness connector.
Check the continuity between quick charge port harness connector and on-board charger harness connector.

+
Normal charge port

On-board charger

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

H8

H6

35

Continuity

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

6.CHECK NORMAL CHARGE PORT


Perform component inspection. Refer to VC-83, "Component Inspection (Normal Charge Port)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> Replace normal charge port. Refer to VC-108, "Removal and Installation".

7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace on-board charger. Refer to VC-98, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

SIGNAL INVALID

1.PRECONDITIONING
WARNING:
Shut off high voltage circuit. Refer to GI-31, "How to Cut Off High Voltage".
Check voltage in high voltage circuit. (Check that condenser are discharged.)
1. Disconnect high voltage connector from front side of Li-ion battery. Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and
Installation".
DANGER:

Revision: 2010 November

VC-82

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B29A0 NORMAL CHARGE PORT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Touching high voltage components without using the appropriate protective equipment will
cause electrocution.oltage might remain/is present on terminals.

2.

Measure voltage between high voltage harness terminals.


DANGER:

VC

Touching high voltage components without using the


appropriate protective equipment will cause electrocution.oltage might remain/is present on terminals.

Standard

: 5 V or less

JSAIA1362ZZ

CAUTION:
For voltage measurements, use a tester which can measure to 500V or higher.

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK EVSE RELEASE SWITCH STATUS


Check that there are no operation malfunctions caused by dust or a foreign substance on the EVSE release
switch.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or clean.

3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN


Turn power switch ON.
Erase self-diagnostic result.
Use an EVSE which is different from the EVSE used for the first DTC confirmation procedure, and perform
the DTC confirmation procedure again.
Is the DTC detected again?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO
>> Replace EVSE.

INFOID:0000000006987775

1.NORMAL CHARGE PORT


1.
2.
3.
4.

1.
2.
3.

Component Inspection (Normal Charge Port)

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect EVSE.
Disconnect normal charge port harness connector.
Check the resistance between normal charge port terminals.

O
Terminals

Resistance (k)

2 and 5

2.43 2.97

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace normal charge port. Refer to VC-108, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

VC-83

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B29C1 EVSE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B29C1 EVSE
DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006987776

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name


(Malfunction type)

DTC detecting condition

EVSE
(No signal)

During normal charging, although the AC power is


being input, the PWM communication signal from
EVSE is interrupted.

EVSE
(Signal stuck low)

When normal charging, AC power is not input


even though the on-board charger permits charging start.

EVSE
(Unexpected operation)

When normal charging is started, AC power is input even though the EVSE communication does
not start.

EVSE
(Signal stuck high)

After charging is complete, AC power continues to


input even though the on-board charger stops
charging.

B29C1

Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(Normal charge port is open or
shorted)
Normal charge port
EVSE
On-board charger

EVSE
On-board charger
Harness or connectors
(Normal charge port is shorted)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


EXCEPT SIGNAL STUCK HIGH

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.

Perform normal charging for the time listed below.


Malfunction type

No signal

Time
1 minute or more.

Signal stuck low

10 seconds or more.

Unexpected operation

10 seconds or more.

2. Turn power switch ON.


3. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to VC-84, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
SIGNAL STUCK HIGH

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1. Perform normal charging until charging is completed.
2. Turn power switch ON.
3. Check self-diagnostic result.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to VC-84, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006987777

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.

Revision: 2010 November

VC-84

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B29C1 EVSE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
A
Be sure to wear insulating protective equipments consisting of glove, shoes and glasses/face shield
before beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
B
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
Refer to VC-5, "High Voltage Precautions".
VC
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while
the service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed
to do so in the Service Manual.
D
Erase DTC after the work is completed.

SIGNAL INVALID, NO SIGNALand SIGNAL STUCK LOW

1.PRECONDITIONING

WARNING:
Shut off high voltage circuit. Refer to GI-31, "How to Cut Off High Voltage".
Check voltage in high voltage circuit. (Check that condenser are discharged.)
1. Disconnect high voltage connector from front side of Li-ion battery. Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and
Installation".
DANGER:

Touching high voltage components without using the appropriate protective equipment will
cause electrocution.oltage might remain/is present on terminals.

2.

Measure voltage between high voltage harness terminals.


DANGER:

Touching high voltage components without using the


appropriate protective equipment will cause electrocution.oltage might remain/is present on terminals.

Standard

: 5 V or less

JSAIA1362ZZ

CAUTION:
For voltage measurements, use a tester which can measure to 500V or higher.

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT IN VCM


1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check self-diagnostic result in VCM.
Is any DTC is detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to EVC-78, "DTC Index".
NO
>> GO TO 3.

3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN-I


1.
2.

Erase self-diagnostic result.


Perform the confirmation procedure again using a EVSE other than the one that is used for the initial confirmation procedure. Refer to VC-84, "DTC Logic".
Is the DTC detected again?
Revision: 2010 November

VC-85

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B29C1 EVSE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Replace EVSE.

4.CHECK HIGH VOLTAGE HARNESS


1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect normal charge port harness connector and on-board charger harness connector.
Turn power switch ON.
Check the voltage between normal charge port harness connector and on-board charger harness connector.
+

Normal charge port

On-board charger

Connector

Terminal

Connector

4
H8

1
2

Terminal
34

H6

6
E71

Continuity

35
36

B25

Existed

9
10

5. Also check harness for short to ground and check for short circuits between wires.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN-II


1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Erase self-diagnostic result.
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to VC-84, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC B29C1-signal stuck low detected?
YES >> Replace on-board charger (fuse is fusing). Refer to VC-98, "Exploded View".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

UNEXPECTED OPERATION and SIGNAL STUCK HIGH

1.PRECONDITIONING
WARNING:
Shut off high voltage circuit. Refer to GI-31, "How to Cut Off High Voltage".
Check voltage in high voltage circuit. (Check that condenser are discharged.)
1. Disconnect high voltage connector from front side of Li-ion battery. Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and
Installation".
DANGER:
Touching high voltage components without using the appropriate protective equipment will
cause electrocution.oltage might remain/is present on terminals.

Revision: 2010 November

VC-86

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B29C1 EVSE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
2. Measure voltage between high voltage harness terminals.
DANGER:

Touching high voltage components without using the


appropriate protective equipment will cause electrocution.oltage might remain/is present on terminals.

VC

Standard

: 5 V or less

JSAIA1362ZZ

CAUTION:
For voltage measurements, use a tester which can measure to 500V or higher.

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK EVSE SPECIFICATIONS

Check whether or not the EVSE conforms to the SAE-J1772 standard.


Is the correct EVSE being used?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Explain to the customer that the correct EVSE must be used.

3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch ON.


Erase self-diagnostic result.
Use an EVSE which is different from the EVSE used for the first DTC confirmation procedure, and perform
the DTC confirmation procedure again.
Is the DTC detected again?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Replace EVSE.

4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace on-board charger. Refer to VC-98, "Exploded View".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: 2010 November

VC-87

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ON BOARD CHARGER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

ON BOARD CHARGER
Component Insulation Check

INFOID:0000000006987778

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective equipments consisting of glove, shoes and glasses/face shield
before beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
Refer to VC-5, "High Voltage Precautions".
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while
the service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed
to do so in the Service Manual.
Erase DTC after the work is completed.

1.PRECONDITIONING
WARNING:
Shut off high voltage circuit. Refer to GI-31, "How to Cut Off High Voltage".
Check voltage in high voltage circuit. (Check that condenser are discharged.)
1. Disconnect high voltage connector from front side of Li-ion battery. Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and
Installation".
DANGER:
Touching high voltage components without using the appropriate protective equipment will
cause electrocution.oltage might remain/is present on terminals.

2.

Measure voltage between high voltage harness terminals.


DANGER:
Touching high voltage components without using the
appropriate protective equipment will cause electrocution.oltage might remain/is present on terminals.

Standard

: 5 V or less

JSAIA1362ZZ

CAUTION:
For voltage measurements, use a tester which can measure to 500V or higher.

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK INSULATION RESISTANCE OF ON-BOARD CHARGER


1.
2.

Disconnect high voltage harness connector H5.


Check the resistance between on-board charger connector terminal and ground.
CAUTION:

Revision: 2010 November

VC-88

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ON BOARD CHARGER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
A tester has a polarity. Be sure to check polarity and connect the tester in the forward direction
to the circuit.
If the inspection result shows that there is no continuity, check that the parts are mounted correctly.

B
+
On-board charger

Resistance

VC

Terminal
31
32

Ground

20 M or more

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace on-board charger. Refer to VC-98, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

VC-89

LEAF

http://vnx.su

CHARGING STATUS INDICATOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

CHARGING STATUS INDICATOR


Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006987779

Refer to EVC-297, "Component Function Check".

Revision: 2010 November

VC-90

LEAF

http://vnx.su

IMMEDIATE CHARGING SWITCH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

IMMEDIATE CHARGING SWITCH

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006987780

Refer to EVC-300, "Diagnosis Procedure".

VC

Revision: 2010 November

VC-91

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ON BOARD CHARGER
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
ON BOARD CHARGER
Symptom Table

INFOID:0000000006987781

Refer to EVC-303, "Symptom Table".

Revision: 2010 November

VC-92

LEAF

http://vnx.su

NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION


< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >

NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION

Symptom Table

INFOID:0000000006987782

B
Symptoms

Immediate charge cannot be performed.

Check items

Solution

There is no power coming from the outlet.

Confirm that there has not been a power


failure. Make sure the breaker is on. If an
outlet with a timer device installed is used,
power will only be available at the time set
by the timer.

The outlet plug is not connected correctly.

Confirm the outlet plug is connected correctly.

The charge connector is not connected correctly.

Confirm the charge connector is connected correctly.

Power switch is in the ON position.

Before charging, place power switch in the


OFF position.

Both the normal charge connector and the quick


charge connector are connected.

Disconnect a connector of normal charge


connector or quick charge connector.
NOTE:
Normal charge and quick charge cannot
perform at the same time.

Timer charge has been set.

Push immediate charging switch.

The Li-ion battery is already fully charged.

No action.
NOTE:
Charging can not be performed if the Li-ion
battery is already fully charged. Charging
automatically stops if the Li-ion battery is
fully charged.

The temperature of the Li-ion battery is too hot or too


cold to charge.

Confirm the Li-ion battery temperature in


combination meter.
NOTE:
If the meter indicates the Li-ion battery is
too hot (red zone) or too cold (blue zone),
charging is not performed.

The 12V battery is discharged.

Charge the 12V battery.

The vehicle has a malfunction.

Check self-diagnostic result in on-board


charger.

VC

Revision: 2010 November

VC-93

LEAF

http://vnx.su

NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION


< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
Symptoms

Check items

There is no power coming from the outlet.

Confirm that there has not been a power


failure. Make sure the breaker is on. If an
outlet with a timer device installed is used,
power will only be available at the time set
by the timer.

The outlet plug is not connected correctly.

Confirm the outlet plug is connected correctly.

The charge connector is not connected correctly.

Confirm the charge connector is connected correctly.

Power switch is in the ON position.

Before charging, place power switch in the


OFF position.

Both the normal charge connector and the quick


charge connector are connected.

Disconnect a connector of normal charge


connector or quick charge connector.
NOTE:
Normal charge and quick charge cannot
perform at the same time.

The Li-ion battery is already fully charged.

No action
NOTE:
Charging cannot be performed if the Li-ion
battery is already fully charged. Charging
automatically stops if the Li-ion battery is
fully charged.

The temperature of the Li-ion battery is too hot or too


cold to charge.

Confirm the Li-ion battery temperature in


combination meter.
NOTE:
If the meter indicates the Li-ion battery is
too hot (red zone) or too cold (blue zone),
charging is not performed.

The 12V battery is discharged.

Charge the 12V battery.

The vehicle has a malfunction.

Check self-diagnostic result in on-board


charger.

The EVSE is not connected.

Connect the EVSE.

Charging does not start because the timer charge


start time and end time are set and the current time
is before the set start time.

Confirm when the timer charge time is set


to start charging. Change the timer charge
setting to the desired charge time.

Charging does not start because only the timer


charge start time is set and the current time is after
the set start time.

Confirm when the timer charge time is set


to start charging. Change the timer charge
setting to the desired charge time.

Charging does not start because only the timer


charge end time is set and the current time is after
the set end time.

Confirm when the timer charge time is set


to start charging. Change the timer charge
setting to the desired charge time.

Charging does not start because the charge amount


has been set to 80% and the Li-ion battery is already
charged to more than 80%.

Confirm the charge percentage set in the


timer charge. Change the charging percentage the desired charge setting.

The time on the clock is wrong.

Confirm that the date and time shown on


the timer charge screen are the same as
the clock on the navigation display.
NOTE:
If the 12V battery terminal is disconnected,
the time setting must be updated. There
must be a GPS signal to adjust the timer
setting clock.

The immediate charging switch has been pressed.

Check immediate charging switch.

Timer charge has not been set.

Set the timer charge schedule.

Timer charge cannot be performed.

Revision: 2010 November

Solution

VC-94

LEAF

http://vnx.su

NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION


< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
Symptoms

Check items

There is no power coming from the outlet.

Solution
Confirm that there has not been a power
failure. Make sure the breaker is on. If an
outlet with a timer device installed is used,
power will only be available at the time set
by the timer.

The outlet plug is not connected correctly.

Confirm the outlet plug is connected correctly.

The charge connector is not connected correctly.

Confirm the charge connector is connected correctly.

Power switch is in the ON position.

Before charging, place power switch in the


OFF position.

Both the normal charge connector and the quick


charge connector are connected.

Disconnect a connector of normal charge


connector or quick charge connector.
NOTE:
Normal charge and quick charge cannot
perform at the same time.

The Li-ion battery is already fully charged.

No action
NOTE:
Charging can not be performed if the Li-ion
battery is already fully charged. Charging
automatically stops if the Li-ion battery is
fully charged.

Remote charge cannot be performed.

The temperature of the Li-ion battery is too hot or too


cold to charge.

Confirm the Li-ion battery temperature in


combination meter.
NOTE:
If the meter indicates the Li-ion battery is
too hot (red zone) or too cold (blue zone),
charging is not performed.

The 12V battery is discharged.

Charge the 12V battery.

The vehicle has a malfunction.

Check self-diagnostic result in on-board


charger.

The EVSE is not connected.

Connect the EVSE.

Communication with the vehicle cannot be established.

Confirm that there is a cellular signal in


your location. Remote charge can not be
started unless the web enabled smart
phone can connect to the intenet.
Confirm that there is a cellular signal at the
vehicle location.

The vehicle is left standing for long time.

NOTE:
If the power switch is in the OFF position
for more than 2 weeks, the remote charge
is not performed.

VC

Revision: 2010 November

VC-95

LEAF

http://vnx.su

NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION


< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
Symptoms

Check items

There is no power coming from the outlet.

Confirm that there has not been a power


failure. Make sure the breaker is on. If an
outlet with a timer device installed is used,
power will only be available at the time set
by the timer.

The EVSE has been disconnected.

Check that the EVSE has not been disconnected.

The release switch has been pressed.

Release the release switch.


NOTE:
If the charge connector button is pressed
for a long period of time, charging will be
stopped.

Timer charge end time has been reached.

perform normal charge (immediate


charge).
NOTE:
When timer charge is set and the charge
end time is reached, charging will be
stopped, even if the Li-ion battery is not fully charged.

The temperature of the Li-ion battery is too hot or too


cold to charge.

Confirm the Li-ion battery temperature in


combination meter.
NOTE:
If the meter indicates the Li-ion battery is
too hot (red zone) or too cold (blue zone),
charging is not performed.

The vehicle has a malfunction.

Check self-diagnostic result in on-board


charger.

The charge connector is not connected correctly.

Check that the charge connector is connected correctly and that it is locked.

The self-diagnostic function of the quick charger detects a isolation error.

VC-50

Power switch is in the ON position.

Before charging, place power switch in the


OFF position.

Both the normal charge connector and the quick


charge connector are connected.

Disconnect a connector of normal charge


connector or quick charge connector.
NOTE:
Normal charge and quick charge cannot
perform at the same time.

The Li-ion battery is already fully charged.

No action
NOTE:
Charging can not be performed if the Li-ion
battery is already fully charged. Charging
automatically stops if the Li-ion battery is
fully charged.

The temperature of the Li-ion battery is too hot or too


cold to charge.

Confirm the Li-ion battery temperature in


combination meter.
NOTE:
If the meter indicates the Li-ion battery is
too hot (red zone) or too cold (blue zone),
charging is not performed.

The 12V battery is discharged.

Charge the 12V battery.

The vehicle has a malfunction.

Check self-diagnostic result in on-board


charger.

The power switch of the quick charger is off.

Check the power switch of the quick


charger.

Normal charge stops in the middle


of charging.

Quick charge cannot be performed.

Revision: 2010 November

Solution

VC-96

LEAF

http://vnx.su

NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION


< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
Symptoms

Check items

Solution

Both the normal charge connector and the quick


charge connector are connected.

Disconnect a connector of normal charge


connector or quick charge connector.
NOTE:
Normal charge and quick charge cannot
perform at the same time.

The temperature of the Li-ion battery is too hot or too


cold to charge.

Confirm the Li-ion battery temperature in


combination meter.
NOTE:
If the meter indicates the Li-ion battery is
too hot (red zone) or too cold (blue zone),
charging is not performed.

The vehicle has a malfunction.

Check self-diagnostic result in on-board


charger.

Quick charge stops in the middle of


charging
Charging is stopped by the quick charge timer.

Perform quick charge again (as needed).


NOTE:
Charging will stop depending on the timer
function setting of the quick charger.
Perform quick charge again (as needed).
NOTE:
Charging will stop depending on the timer
of the vehicle.

Charging stops at 90% capacity.

Perform quick charge again (as needed).


NOTE:
When charging has been started when the
Li-ion battery remaining energy is less
than half, charging will stop when the energy reaches 90%.

The power supply for the quick charger is off.

Check whether the power supply for the


quick charger is off.

VC

Revision: 2010 November

VC-97

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ON BOARD CHARGER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION


ON BOARD CHARGER
Exploded View

INFOID:0000000006987783

JSCIA0354GB

1.

Grounding plate

4.

High voltage harness

2.

On board charger

3.

High voltage warning label

: Vehicle front
: Nm (kg-m, ft-lb)

Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006987784

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective equipment consisting of glove, shoes and glasses/face shield
before beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
Refer to VC-5, "High Voltage Precautions".
Revision: 2010 November

VC-98

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ON BOARD CHARGER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while the
service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed to do
so in the Service Manual.

REMOVAL

WARNING:
Shut off high voltage circuit. Refer to GI-31, "How to Cut Off High Voltage".
1. Check voltage in high voltage circuit. (Check that condenser are discharged.)
a. Remove Li-ion battery under cover.
WARNING:

VC

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulating protective gear before beginning
work on the high voltage system.
E

b.

Disconnect high voltage connector from front side of Li-ion battery.


DANGER:

Touching high voltage components without using the appropriate protective equipment will
cause electrocution.

c.

Measure voltage between high voltage harness terminals.


DANGER:
I

Touching high voltage components without using the


appropriate protective equipment will cause electrocution.
J

Standard

: 5 V or less

CAUTION:
For voltage measurements, use a tester which can measure to 500V or higher.
2.
3.
4.

JSAIA1362ZZ

Remove rear under cover. Refer to EXT-21, "REAR DIFFUSER : Exploded View".
Drain coolant from radiator. Refer to HCO-9, "Draining and Refilling".
Disconnect water hoses (1) from on board charger.
WARNING:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulating


protective gear before beginning work on the high voltage
system.

JSCIA0227ZZ

5.
6.
7.

Remove rear seatback. Refer to SE-24, "SEATBACK : Removal and Installation".


Remove seat cushion. Refer to SE-23, "SEAT CUSHION : Removal and Installation".
Remove luggage floor upper finisher. Refer to INT-34, "LUGGAGE FLOOR UPPER FINISHER : Removal
and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

VC-99

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ON BOARD CHARGER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
8. Remove luggage floor front finisher. Refer to INT-34, "LUGGAGE FLOOR FRONT FINISHER : Removal
and Installation".
9. Disconnect high voltage harness connector (A) of on board
charger, and high voltage harness connector (B) of noise filter.
WARNING:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulating protective gear before beginning work on the high
voltage system.

Protect the terminals of disconnected high voltage harness connector with insulation tape so that they are not
exposed.
On board charger high voltage connector

: 3 step type

Noise filter high voltage connector

: 2 step type

JSCIA0228ZZ

Follow steps shown below to remove a 2-step type high voltage connector.

JPCIA0037ZZ

Follow steps shown below to remove a 3-step type high voltage connector.

JPCIA0035ZZ

10. Disconnect 12V system connector (A) of on board charger.


WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulating
protective gear before beginning work on the high voltage
system.

JSCIA0229ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

VC-100

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ON BOARD CHARGER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
11. Remove grounding plate (1) of on board charger.
WARNING:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulating


protective gear before beginning work on the high voltage
system.

VC
JSCIA0230ZZ

12. Remove on board charger mounting bolt (A).


: Vehicle front

WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulating
protective gear before beginning work on the high voltage
system.

G
JSCIA0231ZZ

13. Move on board charger toward vehicle left side while avoiding
right side trim, then remove on board charger by tilting it toward
the front while avoiding tower bar.

: Vehicle front

WARNING:
J

Be sure to put on insulating protective gear before


beginning work on the high voltage system.
JSCIA0232ZZ

CAUTION:
Take care that coolant does not contact the high voltage harness connectors.
To prevent performance degradation, if coolant contacts a high voltage harness connector,
immediately dry the high voltage connector completely with an air blow gun.

INSTALLATION

Pay attention to the following and install by following the procedure for removal in the reverse order.
WARNING:
Be sure to put on insulating protective gear before beginning work on the high voltage system.

CAUTION:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulating protective gear before beginning work
on the high voltage system.
Be sure to perform correct air bleeding after adding coolant. Refer to HCO-9, "Draining and Refilling".

Revision: 2010 November

VC-101

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ON BOARD CHARGER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
If on board charger was replaced, apply high voltage warning label
at position (A), with top facing in the direction of arrow.

JSCIA0225ZZ

Follow the procedure below and connect the 2-step type high voltage harness connector.

JPCIA0038ZZ

Follow the procedure below and connect the 3-step type high voltage harness connector.

JPCIA0036ZZ

After all parts are installed, be sure to check equipotential. Refer to VC-102, "Inspection".

Inspection

INFOID:0000000006987785

INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION


After installing on board charger, measure resistance between on board charger (aluminum part) and body
(ground bolt) and check equipotential.
WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulating protective gear before beginning work on
the high voltage system.

Between On board charger Body ground

: 0.1

If result deviates from standard values, check that no paint, oil, dirt, or other substance is adhering to bolts or
conductive mounting parts. If any such substance is adhering, clean the surrounding area and remove the
substance.

Revision: 2010 November

VC-102

LEAF

http://vnx.su

QUICK CHARGE PORT


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

QUICK CHARGE PORT

Exploded View

INFOID:0000000006987786

REMOVAL

VC

G
JSCIA0376GB

1.

Harness protector

4.

Charge port bracket

2.

Quick charge port

3.

ormal charge port

: Nm (kg-m, ft-lb)

DISASSEMBLY
J

JSCIA0188ZZ

1.

Quick charge port

2.

Clip

3.

Spring

4.

Port cap

5.

Damper

6.

Pin

7.

Lever

8.

Spring

Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006987787

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are hanRevision: 2010 November

VC-103

LEAF

http://vnx.su

QUICK CHARGE PORT


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
dled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective equipment consisting of glove, shoes and glasses/face shield
before beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
Refer to VC-5, "High Voltage Precautions".
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while the
service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed to do
so in the Service Manual.

REMOVAL
WARNING:
Shut off high voltage circuit. Refer to GI-31, "How to Cut Off High Voltage".
1. Check voltage in high voltage circuit. (Check that condenser are discharged.)
a. Remove Li-ion battery under cover.
WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulating protective gear before beginning
work on the high voltage system.

b.

Disconnect high voltage connector from front side of Li-ion battery.


DANGER:
Touching high voltage components without using the appropriate protective equipment will
cause electrocution.

c.

Measure voltage between high voltage harness terminals.


DANGER:
Touching high voltage components without using the
appropriate protective equipment will cause electrocution.

Standard

: 5 V or less

CAUTION:
For voltage measurements, use a tester which can measure to 500V or higher.
2.

JSAIA1362ZZ

Remove radiator upper grille. Refer to DLK-144, "RADIATOR CORE SUPPORT UPPER : Removal and
Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

VC-104

LEAF

http://vnx.su

QUICK CHARGE PORT


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
3. Remove quick charge port connector (1) inside motor room.
A
: Vehicle front

WARNING:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulating protective gear before beginning work on the high
voltage system.

VC
JSCIA0164ZZ

Protect the terminals of disconnected high voltage harness connector with insulation tape so
that they are not exposed.
4.

Remove connector clip (A), and then remove interlock detecting


circuit connector.

: Vehicle front

WARNING:
G

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulating


protective gear before beginning work on the high voltage
system.

H
JSCIA0165ZZ

5.

Remove quick charge port mounting bolts, and pull quick charge port out from front of vehicle to remove it.
WARNING:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulating protective gear before beginning
work on the high voltage system.

INSTALLATION
To install, pay attention to the following and follow procedure for removal in reverse order.
CAUTION:
Be sure to reinstall high voltage harness clips in their original positions. If a clip is damaged, replace it
with a new clip before installing.

Harness Protector Installation Procedure


N

Revision: 2010 November

VC-105

LEAF

http://vnx.su

QUICK CHARGE PORT


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
Set the protector at the position (A), wind vinyl tape for wire harness around (B) in the manner of half-lap to fix
the harness protector.

JSCIA0377ZZ

Disassembly and Assembly

INFOID:0000000006987788

DISASSEMBLY
Cover Side

1.

Use a suitable tool (A) to remove the clip (1) that is attached to
the pin.

JSCIA0213ZZ

2.

Pull out pin (1) of charge port cover.


CAUTION:
When pin is pulled out, the spring will also jump out. Take
care not to lose it.

JSCIA0214ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

VC-106

LEAF

http://vnx.su

QUICK CHARGE PORT


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
3. Remove damper (1) from charge port cover.
A

VC
JSCIA0215ZZ

Lever Side

1.

Use a suitable tool (A) to remove the clip (1) that is attached to
the pin.

G
JSCIA0216ZZ

2.

Press while removing pin (2) to ensure that spring (1) does not
jump out, then remove lever.

K
JSCIA0217ZZ

ASSEMBLY

Note the following, and assemble in the reverse order of disassembly.


CAUTION:
Never reuse the clips.
Pay attention to direction that cover side damper is facing.
Pay attention to direction that spring is facing.

P
JSCIA0218ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

VC-107

LEAF

http://vnx.su

NORMAL CHARGE PORT


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

NORMAL CHARGE PORT


Exploded View

INFOID:0000000007070943

REMOVAL

JSCIA0376GB

1.

Harness protector

4.

Charge port bracket

2.

Quick charge port

3.

ormal charge port

: Nm (kg-m, ft-lb)

DISASSEMBLY

JSCIA0189ZZ

1.

Normal charge port

2.

Clip

3.

Lever

4.

Spring

5.

Pin

6.

Spring

7.

Port cap

8.

Damper

:Always replace every disassembly

Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006987790

WARNING:
Revision: 2010 November

VC-108

LEAF

http://vnx.su

NORMAL CHARGE PORT


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are han- A
dled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
B
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective equipment consisting of glove, shoes and glasses/face shield VC
before beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or sim- D
ilar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
Refer to VC-5, "High Voltage Precautions".
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while the E
service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed to do
so in the Service Manual.
F

REMOVAL
WARNING:
Shut off high voltage circuit. Refer to GI-31, "How to Cut Off High Voltage".
1. Check voltage in high voltage circuit. (Check that condenser are discharged.)
a. Remove Li-ion battery under cover.
WARNING:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulating protective gear before beginning
work on the high voltage system.
I

b.

Disconnect high voltage connector from front side of Li-ion battery.


DANGER:

Touching high voltage components without using the appropriate protective equipment will
cause electrocution.

c.

Measure voltage between high voltage harness terminals.


DANGER:

Touching high voltage components without using the


appropriate protective equipment will cause electrocution.
N

Standard

: 5 V or less

CAUTION:
For voltage measurements, use a tester which can measure to 500V or higher.
2.

JSAIA1362ZZ

Remove radiator upper grille. Refer to DLK-144, "RADIATOR CORE SUPPORT UPPER : Removal and
Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

VC-109

LEAF

http://vnx.su

NORMAL CHARGE PORT


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
3. Remove normal charge port connector (1) inside motor room.
: Vehicle front

WARNING:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulating protective gear before beginning work on the high
voltage system.

JSCIA0167ZZ

Protect the terminals of disconnected high voltage harness connector with insulation tape so that they are not exposed.
4.

Remove connector clip (A), and then remove interlock detecting


circuit connector.
: Vehicle front

WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulating
protective gear before beginning work on the high voltage
system.
JSCIA0168ZZ

5.

Remove normal charge port mounting bolts, and pull normal charge port out from front of vehicle to
remove it.
WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulating protective gear before beginning
work on the high voltage system.

INSTALLATION
To install, pay attention to the following and follow procedure for removal in reverse order.
CAUTION:
Be sure to reinstall high voltage harness clips in their original positions. If a clip is damaged, replace it
with a new clip before installing.

Disassembly and Assembly

INFOID:0000000006987791

DISASSEMBLY
Cover Side

1.

Use a suitable tool (A) to remove the clip (1) that is attached to
the pin.

JSCIA0219ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

VC-110

LEAF

http://vnx.su

NORMAL CHARGE PORT


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
2. Pull out pin (1) of charge port cover.
CAUTION:
When pin is pulled out, the spring will also jump out. Take
care not to lose it.

VC
JSCIA0220ZZ

3.

Remove damper (1) from charge port cover.


E

G
JSCIA0221ZZ

Lever Side

1.

Use a suitable tool (A) to remove the clip (1) that is attached to
the pin.

K
JSCIA0222ZZ

2.

Press while removing pin (2) to ensure that spring (1) does not
jump out, then remove lever.

N
JSCIA0223ZZ

ASSEMBLY
Note the following, and assemble in the reverse order of disassembly.
CAUTION:
Never reuse the clips.
Pay attention to direction that cover side damper is facing.

Revision: 2010 November

VC-111

LEAF

http://vnx.su

NORMAL CHARGE PORT


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
Pay attention to direction that spring is facing.

JSCIA0224ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

VC-112

LEAF

http://vnx.su

IMMEDIATE CHARGING SWITCH


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

IMMEDIATE CHARGING SWITCH

Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006987792

REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.

Remove instrument lower panel LH. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation".
Remove switch panel assembly from instrument lower panel LH.
Remove immediate charging switch from switch panel using a
suitable tool.

VC

F
JSCIA0256ZZ

INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: 2010 November

VC-113

LEAF

http://vnx.su

CHARGING STATUS INDICATOR


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

CHARGING STATUS INDICATOR


Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006987793

REMOVAL
1.

Insert a removal tool between instrument panel and charge status indicator, and lift up tool to remove charge status indicator.
: Pawl
: Metal clip

CAUTION:
Wrap tool with protective tape so that it does not scratch
instrument panel or charge status indicator.
Apply shop cloth or take similar steps at location of tool fulcrum, and take care that no scratches or dents are made.

JSCIA0172ZZ

INSTALLATION
Position clips, and then press each into the instrument panel to fasten clips in place.

Revision: 2010 November

VC-114

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ELECTRIC POWER TRAIN

SECTION

HCO

HIGH VOLTAGE COOLING SYSTEM

HCO

CONTENTS
PRECAUTION ............................................... 2

COOLANT .......................................................... 9

PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 2

Inspection ................................................................. 9
Draining and Refilling ............................................... 9

Precaution for Technicians Using Medical Electric...... 2


Point to Be Checked Before Starting Maintenance
Work .......................................................................... 2
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 2
Precaution for Removing 12V Battery ....................... 3

PREPARATION ............................................ 4
PREPARATION ................................................... 4
Commercial Service Tools ....................................... 4

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .............................. 5


SYSTEM .............................................................. 5

DEGAS TANK CAP .......................................... 12

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............... 13


Exploded View .........................................................13
Removal and Installation .........................................14
Inspection ................................................................17

COOLING FAN .................................................. 18

Exploded View .........................................................18


Removal and Installation .........................................18
Disassembly and Assembly .....................................20

BASIC INSPECTION .................................... 7

Exploded View .........................................................21


Removal and Installation .........................................22

RADIATOR .......................................................... 7

WATER HOSE AND PIPING ............................ 23

Inspection .................................................................. 7

Exploded View .........................................................23

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................... 8

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS


(SDS) ............................................................ 25

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE .......................... 9

RADIATOR ........................................................ 13

WATER PUMP .................................................. 21

Troubleshooting Chart ............................................... 8

Degas Tank Cap Inspection ....................................12

High Voltage Cooling System ................................... 5

OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS .................. 8

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS


(SDS) ................................................................. 25
Periodical Maintenance Specification ......................25
Radiator ...................................................................25

Revision: 2010 November

HCO-1

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >

PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Technicians Using Medical Electric

INFOID:0000000007072236

OPERATION PROHIBITION
WARNING:
Parts with strong magnet is used in this vehicle.
Technicians using a medical electric device such as pacemaker must never perform operation on the
vehicle, as magnetic field can affect the device function by approaching to such parts.

NORMAL CHARGE PRECAUTION


WARNING:
If a technician uses a medical electric device such as an implantable cardiac pacemaker or an
implantable cardioverter defibrillator, the possible effects on the devices must be checked with the
device manufacturer before starting the charge operation.
As radiated electromagnetic wave generated by on board charger at normal charge operation may
effect medical electric devices, a technician using a medical electric device such as implantable cardiac pacemaker or an implantable cardioverter defibrillator must not enter the vehicle compartment
(including luggage room) during normal charge operation.

Precaution at telematics system operation


WARNING:
If a technician uses implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD),
avoid the device implanted part from approaching within approximately 220 mm (8.66 in) from interior/exterior antenna.
The electromagnetic wave of TCU might affect the function of the implantable cardiac pacemaker or
the implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), when using the service, etc.
If a technician uses other medical electric devices than implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator(ICD), the electromagnetic wave of TCU might affect the function of the
device. The possible effects on the devices must be checked with the device manufacturer before
TCU use.

Precaution at intelligent key system operation


WARNING:
If a technician uses implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD),
avoid the device implanted part from approaching within approximately 220 mm (8.66 in) from interior/exterior antenna.
The electromagnetic wave of intelligent key might affect the function of the implantable cardiac
pacemaker or the implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), at door operation, at each request
switch operation, or at engine starting.
If a technician uses other medical electric devices than implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), the electromagnetic wave of intelligent key might affect the function of the device. The possible effects on the devices must be checked with the device
manufacturer before intelligent key use.

Point to Be Checked Before Starting Maintenance Work

INFOID:0000000007079397

The high voltage system may starts automatically. It is required to check that the timer air conditioner
and timer charge (during EVSE connection) are not set before starting maintenance work.
NOTE:
If the timer air conditioner or timer charge (during EVSE connection) is set, the high voltage system starts
automatically even when the power switch is in OFF state.

Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"

INFOID:0000000007014520

The Supplemental Restraint System such as AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
Revision: 2010 November

HCO-2

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
A
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS AIR BAG and SEAT BELT of this
Service Manual.
WARNING:
B
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
HCO
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see SRS AIR BAG.
D
Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors.
E

PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS


WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
power switch ON, never use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer.
Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious
injury.
When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the power switch OFF, disconnect
the 12V battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.

Precaution for Removing 12V Battery

INFOID:0000000007053706

When removing the 12V battery, turn ON/OFF the power switch and check that the charging status indicator
does not blink. The 12V battery must be removed within one hour after checking the indicator lamp.
NOTE:
The automatic 12V battery charge control may start even when the power switch is in OFF state.
The automatic 12V battery charge control does not start within approximately one hour when the power
switch is turned ON/OFF.

Revision: 2010 November

HCO-3

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PREPARATION
< PREPARATION >

PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Commercial Service Tools

INFOID:0000000006917760

Tool name

Description

Radiator cap tester

Cooling system leakage test

PBIC1982E

Radiator cap tester adapter

Adapting radiator cap tester to radiator cap


and radiator filler neck
a: 28 (1.10) dia.
b: 31.4 (1.236) dia.
c: 41.3 (1.626) dia.
Unit: mm (in)

S-NT564

Revision: 2010 November

HCO-4

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

SYSTEM
High Voltage Cooling System

INFOID:0000000006917761

High voltage cooling system is a system which cools high voltage components below:
Traction motor
Traction motor inverter
DC/DC-J/B
On board charger
Coolant is circulated by electric water pump, which is controlled by VCM (vehicle control module).

HCO

HIGH VOLTAGE COOLING SYSTEM


E

JSCIA0056GB

Revision: 2010 November

HCO-5

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
HIGH VOLTAGE COOLING SYSTEM SCHEMATIC

JSCIA0057GB

Revision: 2010 November

HCO-6

LEAF

http://vnx.su

RADIATOR
< BASIC INSPECTION >

BASIC INSPECTION

RADIATOR
Inspection

INFOID:0000000006917762

Check radiator for mud or clogging. If necessary, clean radiator as follows.


CAUTION:
HCO
Be careful not to bend or damage radiator fins.
When radiator is cleaned without removal, remove all surrounding parts such as radiator cooling fan
assembly and horns. Then tape harness and harness connectors to prevent water from entering.
D
1. Apply water by hose to the back side of the radiator core vertically downward.
2. Apply water again to all radiator core surfaces once per minute.
3. Stop washing if any stains no longer flow out from radiator.
E
4. Blow air into the back side of radiator core vertically downward.
Use compressed air lower than 490 kPa (5 kg/cm2, 71 psi) and keep distance more than 30 cm (11.81
in).
F
5. Blow air again into all the radiator core surfaces once per minute until no water sprays out.
G

Revision: 2010 November

HCO-7

LEAF

http://vnx.su

OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS


< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS
Troubleshooting Chart

INFOID:0000000006917763

Symptom

Check items

Water pump malfunction

Poor heat transfer

Dust contamination or paper clogging

Damaged fins

Physical damage
Clogged radiator cooling
tube

Excess foreign material


(rust, dirt, sand, etc.)

Cooling fan does not operate


Reduced air flow

High resistance to fan rotation

Fan assembly

Damaged fan blades


Cooling system parts
malfunction

Damaged radiator shroud

Improper coolant mixture


ratio

Poor coolant quality

Coolant viscosity
Cooling hose
Water pump

Loose clamp
Cracked hose
Poor sealing

Reservoir tank cap


Insufficient coolant

Coolant leakage

Loose
Poor sealing
O-ring for damage, deterioration or improper fitting

Radiator

Cracked radiator tank


Cracked radiator core

Reservoir tank
Blocked bumper

Cracked reservoir tank

Installed car brassiere

Except cooling system


parts malfunction

Blocked radiator grille


Blocked or restricted air
flow

Blocked radiator
Blocked condenser
Installed large fog lamp

Revision: 2010 November

HCO-8

Mud contamination or paper


clogging

Blocked air flow

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COOLANT
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE

COOLANT
Inspection

INFOID:0000000007014056

COOLANT AMOUNT INSPECTION


When coolant temperature is low (about 50C or less), confirm that
the coolant level of the reservoir tank is in the range from MIN (B)
to MAX (A).
A
B

HCO

: MAX
: MIN

Adjust level if it is outside the range.


CAUTION:
Refill genuine NISSAN coolant or equivalent in its quality
mixed with water (distilled or demineralized).
Make sure not to dilute it with water.
Confirm that the reservoir tank cap is tightened.

JPBIA0102ZZ

LEAKAGE CHECK

Apply pressure to the cooling system using radiator cap tester (A)
(commercial service tool). Check system for coolant leakage.
Maximum pressure

: Refer to HCO-25, "Radiator".

CAUTION:
Remove the degas tank cap when coolant temperature is
low.
Perform the inspection with the radiator filled with water.
Use hose adapter (B) (commercial service tool) between
radiator cap tester (A) (commercial service tool) and the
filler neck so that the degas tank filler neck is not deformed.
Be sure to observe the maximum pressure standards. Otherwise, radiator may be damaged.
If there is a malfunction, repair and replace applicable part.

Draining and Refilling

J
PBIC5121J

K
INFOID:0000000007014057

CAUTION:
Do not put additive such as waterleak preventive, since it may cause cooling waterway clogging.
When refilling use genuine NISSAN coolant or equivalent in its quality mixed with water (distilled or
demineralized).

DRAIN
CAUTION:
Be sure to drain when coolant temperature is cold.
This should be performed so that coolant does not come in contact with surrounding parts.
1. Remove undercover, radiator drain plug (1) and degas tank cap
and drain coolant.
1

: Radiator drain plug

: Vehicle front

2.

Remove reservoir tank and drain the coolant as per the following
procedure.
1. Remove radiator upper grille cover.
2. Remove reservoir tank hose and reservoir tank mounting
bolts.

Revision: 2010 November

HCO-9

JSCIA0042ZZ

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COOLANT
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >
3. Pull out the lower reservoir tank toward vehicle front. Remove the insertion area and raise the tank for
removal.

REFILLING
1.
2.

Install reservoir tank. (Install in the reverse order of removal.)


Install radiator drain plug.
CAUTION:
Be sure to clean drain plug and install with new O-ring.
Tightening torque

3.
4.

: Refer to HCO-13, "Exploded


View".

Check tightening of hose clamp.


Remove bleeder plug (1) of the on board charger.

JSCIA0040ZZ

5.

Fill cooling water to line (A) from the degas tank cap.

JSCIA0043ZZ

6.

Remove the hose joint (1) at the traction motor inverter front and
bleed air. Check water flow visually and reconnect the hose.

JSCIA0041ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

HCO-10

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COOLANT
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >
7. Fill cooling water to line (A) from the degas tank cap.
A

HCO
JSCIA0043ZZ

8. Close the bleeder plug of the on board charger and close the degas tank cap.
9. Set the vehicle to READY and operate the electric water pump.
10. When the degas tank level is low, open the degas tank cap and
refill the tank with cooling water to line (A).

JSCIA0043ZZ

11. When the level is not lowered, close the degas tank cap and turn OFF the power switch (stop the electric
water pump).
NOTE:
If the electric water pump is stopped with the degas tank open, LLC may be spilled.
12. Refill coolant to "MAX" line of reservoir tank.

CHECK WATER FLOW SOUND


CAUTION:
Prior to check, be sure to close windows, doors, and hood, and turn off audio system and other electrical loads.
1. Operate the electric water pump for 1 minute.
2. Check if water flow sound can be heard from the back of the compartment (near the on board charger).
3. If water flow sound is heard, operate the electric water pump until it cannot be heard.
4. When water flow sound cannot be heard, fill the reservoir tank up to "MAX" line.
CAUTION:
Insufficient coolant may cause low power or stop of vehicle due to insufficient cooling of the traction
motor inverter. Be sure to bleed air thoroughly.
Never operate the electric water pump without coolant.

Revision: 2010 November

HCO-11

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DEGAS TANK CAP


< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >

DEGAS TANK CAP


Degas Tank Cap Inspection

INFOID:0000000007014058

Visually check packing (A) of the degas tank cap for dirt and damage.

JSCIA0301ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

HCO-12

LEAF

http://vnx.su

RADIATOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

RADIATOR
Exploded View

INFOID:0000000006917767

HCO

JSCIA0060GB

1.

Clamp

2.

Adapter

3.

Reservoir tank hose

4.

Reservoir tank cap

5.

Reservoir tank

6.

Mounting rubber (upper)

7.

Radiator

8.

Mounting rubber (lower)

9.

O-ring

10. Drain plug

11. Water Drain tube

13. Radiator hose (lower)

14. Radiator cooling fan assembly

15. Adapter

16. Clamp

17. Water hose

18. Degas tank

12. Clamp

19. Degas tank cap

20. Clamp

21. Radiator hose (upper)

22. O-ring

23. Water temperature sensor

24. Degas tank hose

A:

B:

C:

Degas tank (to heater)

To traction motor

To electric water pump 1

: Nm (kg-m, in-lb)
: Always replace after every disassembly.

Revision: 2010 November

HCO-13

LEAF

http://vnx.su

RADIATOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006917768

REMOVAL
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap if a high voltage part including traction motor is hot. Hot liquid may
spray out from the radiator, causing serious injury.
1. Drain coolant from radiator drain plug. Refer to HCO-9, "Draining and Refilling".
2. Radiator core support upper: Refer to DLK-144, "RADIATOR CORE SUPPORT UPPER : Removal and
Installation".
3. Remove radiator hoses (upper, lower) and reservoir tank hose.: Refer to HCO-13, "Exploded View".
4. Remove cooling fan shroud with the following procedure.
a. Disconnect the harness between cooling fan and vehicle body at fan control module.
b. While pressing left and right pawls (1) of the radiator, raise the radiator cooling fan assembly in upward
direction ( ), and separate fitting of the radiator and the radiator cooling fan assembly.

JSCIA0047ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

HCO-14

LEAF

http://vnx.su

RADIATOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
c. Pull out and remove the cooling fan shroud with the left side of radiator cooling fan assembly (1) facing
upward.

HCO

F
JSCIA0048ZZ

5.
a.

CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage radiator core.
Remove radiator assembly with the following procedure.
Remove air conditioner pipe from clip (1). (2 positions)

J
JSCIA0049ZZ

b.

While pressing left and right pawls (1) of the radiator, raise the condenser upward, and separate fitting of
the radiator and the condenser.

P
JSCIA0050ZZ

CAUTION:
Since the piping of air conditioner may be bent, never lift condenser more than necessary.

Revision: 2010 November

HCO-15

LEAF

http://vnx.su

RADIATOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
c. Pull out and remove the radiator with the left side of radiator (1) facing upward.

JSCIA0051ZZ

INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Be sure to perform the air bleeding. HCO-9, "Draining and Refilling".
When the radiator is installed, insert the fitting area securely as shown by the arrow (

) in the figure.

JSCIA0052ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

HCO-16

LEAF

http://vnx.su

RADIATOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
When the radiator cooling fan assembly is installed, insert the fitting area securely as shown by the arrow
( ) in the figure.

HCO

F
JSCIA0053ZZ

Inspection

INFOID:0000000006917769

INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION


Check that the reservoir tank cap and the degas tank cap are tightened.
With a radiator cap tester (commercial service tool), check that there is no leakage of coolant. HCO-9,
"Inspection".
Start the electric pump, and check the joints for coolant leakage.

Revision: 2010 November

HCO-17

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COOLING FAN
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

COOLING FAN
Exploded View

INFOID:0000000006917770

JSCIA0062GB

1.

Cooling fan (RH)

2.

Cooling fan (LH)

3.

Fan shroud

4.

Fan motor (LH)

5.

Cooling fan control module

6.

Fan motor (RH)

A:

Apply on fan motor shaft


: Apply high strength thread locking
sealant or equivalent.
: Nm(kg-m, in-lb)
: Always replace after every disassembly.

Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006917771

REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
a.

Radiator core support upper. Refer to DLK-144, "RADIATOR CORE SUPPORT UPPER : Removal and
Installation".
Remove water hose bracket from front side of traction motor inverter. Refer to HCO-21, "Exploded View".
Remove radiator cooling fan assembly with the following procedure.
Disconnect the harness between cooling fan and vehicle body at fan control module.

Revision: 2010 November

HCO-18

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COOLING FAN
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
b. While pressing left and right pawls (1) of the radiator, raise the radiator cooling fan assembly in upward
direction, and separate fitting of the radiator and the radiator cooling fan assembly.

HCO

H
JSCIA0047ZZ

c.

Pull out and remove the cooling fan shroud with the left side of cooling fan shroud (1) facing upward.

JSCIA0048ZZ

CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage radiator core.
O

INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: 2010 November

HCO-19

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COOLING FAN
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
When the radiator cooling fan assembly is installed, insert the fitting area securely as shown by the arrow
( ) in the figure.

JSCIA0053ZZ

Disassembly and Assembly

INFOID:0000000006917772

DISASSEMBLY
1.
2.

3.
4.

Disconnect sub-harness from fan motor and cooling fan control module.
Remove cooling fan control module from fan shroud.
CAUTION:
Handle cooling fan control module carefully and never subjecting it to impact.
Remove fan mounting nuts, and then remove the fan.
Remove fan motor.
Identify installation position of each valve. Arrange removed valves so that they cannot be mixed up.

ASSEMBLY
Note the following, and assemble in the reverse order of disassembly.
CAUTION:
RH and LH cooling fans are different. Be careful not to misassemble them.
If fan motor is reused, install in its original position.
Install each fan in the following position.
Right side
Left side

: 9 blades
: 11 blades

Apply thread locking adhesive to the threads of the fan motor shaft and tighten fan mounting nuts.
Secure the sub-harness tightly to the fan shroud to prevent it from interfering with the fan rotation area.

Revision: 2010 November

HCO-20

LEAF

http://vnx.su

WATER PUMP
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

WATER PUMP

Exploded View

INFOID:0000000006917773

HCO

M
JSCIA0063GB

N
1.

Water hose

2.

Bracket

3.

Hose clip

4.

Bracket

5.

Clamp

6.

Adapter

7.

Clamp

8.

Water hose

9.

Hose clip

11.

Mounting rubber

12.

Pump bracket

10. Electric water pump 2


13. Bracket

14.

Clamp

15.

Water hose

16. Adapter

17.

Clamp

18.

Water hose

19. Bracket

20.

Hose clip

21.

Clamp

22. Water pipe

23.

Clamp

24.

Water hose

25. Clamp

26.

Water hose

27.

Water pipe

28. Water hose

29.

Clamp

30.

Bracket

31. Hose clip

32.

Clamp

33.

Water hose

34. Adapter

35.

Water hose

36.

Clamp

Revision: 2010 November

HCO-21

LEAF

http://vnx.su

WATER PUMP
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
37. Water hose

38.

Clamp

39.

Bracket

40. Clamp

41.

Water hose

42

Pump bracket

43. Mounting rubber

44.

Electric water pump 1

45.

Degas tank

46. Clamp

47.

Water hose

A.

To traction motor inverter

B.

To traction motor

C.

To radiator

To on board charger

E.

To DC/DC-J/B

D.

: Vehicle front

Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006917774

CAUTION:
Replace the electric water pump if it has been dropped or sustained an impact.

REMOVAL
Water Pump 1 (Right)

1.

2.

3.

Drain coolant from radiator. Refer to HCO-9, "Draining and Refilling".


CAUTION:
Perform the operation when the motor is cold.
Remove the connector and water hose of the water pump.
CAUTION:
Take care that coolant does not contact the high voltage harness connectors.
If coolant contacts a high voltage harness connector, immediately use an air blow and fully
remove the liquid.
Remove bolts, and remove the electric water pump together with bracket.
CAUTION:
Take care that coolant does not contact the high voltage harness connectors.
If coolant contacts a high voltage harness connector, immediately use an air blow and fully
remove the liquid.

Water Pump 2 (Left)

1.
2.

3.
4.
5.

Remove the left fender protector. Refer to EXT-19, "FENDER PROTECTOR : Removal and Installation".
Drain coolant from radiator. Refer to HCO-9, "Draining and Refilling".
CAUTION:
Perform the operation when the motor is cold.
Remove the connector of the water pump.
Remove the connector and water hose of the water pump.
Remove bolts, and remove the electric water pump together with bracket.

INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
When installing the water hose to electric water pump, be sure to hold the electric water pump by
hand.
Be sure to perform the air bleeding. Refer to HCO-9, "Draining and Refilling".

Revision: 2010 November

HCO-22

LEAF

http://vnx.su

WATER HOSE AND PIPING


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

WATER HOSE AND PIPING

Exploded View

INFOID:0000000006917775

HCO

M
JSCIA0063GB

N
1.

Water hose

2.

Bracket

3.

Hose clip

4.

Bracket

5.

Clamp

6.

Adapter

7.

Clamp

8.

Water hose

9.

Hose clip

11.

Mounting rubber

12.

Pump bracket

10. Electric water pump 2


13. Bracket

14.

Clamp

15.

Water hose

16. Adapter

17.

Clamp

18.

Water hose

19. Bracket

20.

Hose clip

21.

Clamp

22. Water pipe

23.

Clamp

24.

Water hose

25. Clamp

26.

Water hose

27.

Water pipe

28. Water hose

29.

Clamp

30.

Bracket

31. Hose clip

32.

Clamp

33.

Water hose

34. Adapter

35.

Water hose

36.

Clamp

Revision: 2010 November

HCO-23

LEAF

http://vnx.su

WATER HOSE AND PIPING


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
37. Water hose

38.

Clamp

39.

Bracket

40. Clamp

41.

Water hose

42

Pump bracket

43. Mounting rubber

44.

Electric water pump 1

45.

Degas tank

46. Clamp

47.

Water hose

A.

To traction motor inverter

B.

To traction motor

C.

To radiator

To on board charger

E.

To DC/DC-J/B

D.

: Vehicle front

Revision: 2010 November

HCO-24

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)


< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)


Periodical Maintenance Specification

INFOID:0000000006917776

COOLANT CAPACITY (APPROXIMATE)


Unit:

Coolant capacity (With reservoir tank at MAX level)

6.6 (7, 5-6/8)

Reservoir tank coolant capacity (At MAX level)

0.8 (7/8, 6/8)

(US qt, Imp qt)

HCO

Radiator

INFOID:0000000006917777

Unit: kPa (kg/cm2, psi)

Leakage testing pressure

32 (0.3, 5)

Revision: 2010 November

HCO-25

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ELECTRIC POWER TRAIN

SECTION

ACC

ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM

ACC

CONTENTS
PRECAUTION ............................................... 2

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ................ 4

PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 2

ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM .............. 4

Precaution for Technicians Using Medical Electric...... 2


Point to Be Checked Before Starting Maintenance
Work .......................................................................... 2
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 2

Exploded View .......................................................... 4


Removal and Installation .......................................... 4
Inspection ................................................................. 4

Revision: 2010 November

ACC-1

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >

PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Technicians Using Medical Electric

INFOID:0000000007072464

OPERATION PROHIBITION
WARNING:
Parts with strong magnet is used in this vehicle.
Technicians using a medical electric device such as pacemaker must never perform operation on the
vehicle, as magnetic field can affect the device function by approaching to such parts.

NORMAL CHARGE PRECAUTION


WARNING:
If a technician uses a medical electric device such as an implantable cardiac pacemaker or an
implantable cardioverter defibrillator, the possible effects on the devices must be checked with the
device manufacturer before starting the charge operation.
As radiated electromagnetic wave generated by on board charger at normal charge operation may
effect medical electric devices, a technician using a medical electric device such as implantable cardiac pacemaker or an implantable cardioverter defibrillator must not enter the vehicle compartment
(including luggage room) during normal charge operation.

Precaution at telematics system operation


WARNING:
If a technician uses implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD),
avoid the device implanted part from approaching within approximately 220 mm (8.66 in) from interior/exterior antenna.
The electromagnetic wave of TCU might affect the function of the implantable cardiac pacemaker or
the implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), when using the service, etc.
If a technician uses other medical electric devices than implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator(ICD), the electromagnetic wave of TCU might affect the function of the
device. The possible effects on the devices must be checked with the device manufacturer before
TCU use.

Precaution at intelligent key system operation


WARNING:
If a technician uses implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD),
avoid the device implanted part from approaching within approximately 220 mm (8.66 in) from interior/exterior antenna.
The electromagnetic wave of intelligent key might affect the function of the implantable cardiac
pacemaker or the implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), at door operation, at each request
switch operation, or at engine starting.
If a technician uses other medical electric devices than implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), the electromagnetic wave of intelligent key might affect the function of the device. The possible effects on the devices must be checked with the device
manufacturer before intelligent key use.

Point to Be Checked Before Starting Maintenance Work

INFOID:0000000007079398

The high voltage system may starts automatically. It is required to check that the timer air conditioner
and timer charge (during EVSE connection) are not set before starting maintenance work.
NOTE:
If the timer air conditioner or timer charge (during EVSE connection) is set, the high voltage system starts
automatically even when the power switch is in OFF state.

Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"

INFOID:0000000007014765

The Supplemental Restraint System such as AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
Revision: 2010 November

ACC-2

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
A
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS AIR BAG and SEAT BELT of this
Service Manual.
WARNING:
B
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
ACC
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see SRS AIR BAG.
D
Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors.
E

PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS


WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
power switch ON, never use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer.
Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious
injury.
When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the power switch OFF, disconnect
the 12V battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.

Revision: 2010 November

ACC-3

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION


ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM
Exploded View

INFOID:0000000007014762

JSCIA0304GB

1.

Accelerator pedal assembly

2.

Brake pedal bracket

A.

Locating hook

B.

Locating pin

: Nm (kg-m, in-lb)

Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000007014763

REMOVAL
1.
2.

Disconnect accelerator pedal position sensor harness connector.


Loosen mounting bolts, and remove accelerator pedal assembly.
CAUTION:
Never disassemble accelerator pedal assembly. Never remove accelerator pedal position sensor
from accelerator pedal assembly.
Avoid impact from dropping etc. during handling.
Be careful to keep accelerator pedal assembly away from water.

INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
Insert the locating pin while inserting the locating hook in to the break pedal bracket. Tighten mounting bolts
to accelerator pedal assembly.
CAUTION:
Never squeeze the locating hook into the break pedal bracket when inserting the locating pin into the
hole on the brake pedal bracket side.

Inspection

INFOID:0000000007014764

INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION


Revision: 2010 November

ACC-4

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
Check accelerator pedal moves smoothly within the whole operation range when it is fully depressed and
released.
Check accelerator pedal securely returns to the fully released position.
For the electrical inspection of accelerator pedal position sensor. Refer to EVC-167, "Component Inspection
(Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor)".
CAUTION:
When harness connector of accelerator pedal position sensor is disconnected, perform ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING. Refer to EVC-102, "Work Procedure".

ACC

Revision: 2010 November

ACC-5

LEAF

http://vnx.su

TRANSMISSION & DRIVELINE

SECTION

TM

TRANSAXLE & TRANSMISSION

TM

CONTENTS
REDUCTION GEAR

REDUCTION GEAR .......................................... 17


Exploded View .........................................................17
Removal and Installation .........................................17

PRECAUTION ............................................... 4
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 4
Precaution for Technicians Using Medical Electric...... 4
Point to Be Checked Before Starting Maintenance
Work .......................................................................... 4
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 4
High Voltage Precautions .......................................... 5
Precaution for Removing 12V Battery ....................... 7

PREPARATION ............................................ 8
PREPARATION ................................................... 8

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS


(SDS) ............................................................ 21
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS) ................................................................. 21
General Specifications .............................................21
Earth Brush ..............................................................21

PRECAUTION .............................................. 22

PRECAUTIONS ................................................. 22

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ......................... 11

Precaution for Technicians Using Medical Electric....22


Point to Be Checked Before Starting Maintenance
Work ........................................................................22
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" .................................................................22
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover....23
Precaution for Removing 12V Battery .....................23
General Precautions ................................................23

REDUCTION GEAR OIL ....................................11

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ............................. 25

Inspection ................................................................ 11
Draining and Refilling .............................................. 11

DESCRIPTION .................................................. 25

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .............................. 9


STRUCTURE AND OPERATION ........................ 9
Sectional View ........................................................... 9
Power Transfer Diagram ......................................... 10

N
Description ...............................................................25

COMPONENT PARTS ...................................... 26

EARTH BRUSH ..................................................12


Exploded View ........................................................ 12
Removal and Installation ......................................... 12
Inspection ................................................................ 14

BREATHER HOSE .............................................15


Exploded View ........................................................ 15
Removal and Installation ......................................... 15

UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ...... 17


Revision: 2010 November

ELECTRIC SHIFT

Commercial Service Tools ........................................ 8

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............... 12

TM-1

Component Parts Location ......................................26


Electric Shift Control Module ...................................27
Parking Actuator ......................................................27
Electric Shift Power Supply Relay ...........................27
Parking Actuator Relay A ........................................27
Parking Actuator Relay B ........................................28
Electric Shift Warning Lamp ....................................28
Electric Shift Selector ..............................................28
Electric Shift Sensor ................................................28

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P Position Switch .................................................... 28


Selector Indicator .................................................... 29
Shift Position Indicator ............................................ 29

STRUCTURE AND OPERATION ...................... 30


Operating Principle ................................................. 30

SYSTEM ............................................................. 31
System Description ................................................. 31
Schematic ............................................................... 32
Fail-Safe ................................................................. 33
Protection Control ................................................... 34

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ELECTRIC SHIFT) ....... 35


DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION ..................................... 35
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : System Description
... 35
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : DTC ........................ 35
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Counter System ..... 35
CONSULT Function ................................................ 35

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION .............. 38


ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE ........... 38
Reference Value ..................................................... 38
Fail-Safe ................................................................. 42
Protection Control ................................................... 43
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ................................. 44
DTC Index .............................................................. 44

Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 66

P1722 VEHICLE SPEED ................................... 67


DTC Logic ............................................................... 67
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 67

P1802 CONTROL MODULE ............................. 68


DTC Logic ............................................................... 68
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 68

P1803 CONTROL MODULE ............................. 69


DTC Logic ............................................................... 69
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 69

P1804 CONTROL MODULE ............................. 70


DTC Logic ............................................................... 70
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 70

P1811 ELECTRIC SHIFT POWER SUPPLY


RELAY ............................................................... 71
DTC Logic ............................................................... 71
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 71
Component Inspection (Electric Shift Power Supply Relay) ................................................................ 72

P1895 MOTOR SPEED ..................................... 74


DTC Logic ............................................................... 74
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 74

P1896 SHIFT POWER SUPPLY ....................... 75

WIRING DIAGRAM ..................................... 47

DTC Logic ............................................................... 75


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 75

ELECTRIC SHIFT SYSTEM .............................. 47

P1897 ENCODER ERROR ................................ 79

Wiring Diagram ....................................................... 47

DTC Logic ............................................................... 79


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 79

BASIC INSPECTION ................................... 55


DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ........ 55

P1899 MOTOR A ............................................... 81

Diagnosis Flow ....................................................... 55


Question sheet ....................................................... 56

DTC Logic ............................................................... 81


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 81
Component Inspection (Motor Coil A) ..................... 82

P POSITION LEARNING VALUE CLEAR ........ 57

P189A MOTOR A .............................................. 83

Description .............................................................. 57
Work Procedure ...................................................... 57

DTC Logic ............................................................... 83


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 83
Component Inspection (Parking Actuator Relay A)
... 85
Component Inspection (Motor Coil A) ..................... 85

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ......................... 58


P0571 BRAKE SWITCH A ................................ 58
DTC Logic ............................................................... 58
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 58

P0705 TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR A ... 60


DTC Logic ............................................................... 60
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 60

P0706 TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR A ... 63


DTC Logic ............................................................... 63
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 63

P0780 SHIFT ERROR ........................................ 66


DTC Logic ............................................................... 66

Revision: 2010 November

P189B MOTOR B .............................................. 87


DTC Logic ............................................................... 87
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 87
Component Inspection (Motor Coil B) ..................... 88

P189C MOTOR B .............................................. 89


DTC Logic ............................................................... 89
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 89
Component Inspection (Parking Actuator Relay B)
... 91
Component Inspection (Motor Coil B) ..................... 91

P189D BACK UP VOLTAGE ............................ 93

TM-2

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DTC Logic ............................................................... 93


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 93

P18AC PARKING ACTUATOR RELAY A ...... 118


DTC Logic .............................................................. 118
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 118
Component Inspection (Parking Actuator Relay A)
.. 119

P189E ACTUATOR LOCK .................................95


DTC Logic ............................................................... 95
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 95

P189F ANGLE SENSOR 1 .................................96

DTC Logic .............................................................. 120


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 120
Component Inspection (Parking Actuator Relay B)
.. 121

P18A0 ANGLE SENSOR 2 ................................98

P18AE STUCK IN SHIFT ................................ 122


DTC Logic .............................................................. 122
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 122

P18A1 ANGLE SENSOR 1 .............................. 100


DTC Logic ............................................................. 100
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 100

DTC Logic .............................................................. 123


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 123
DTC Logic .............................................................. 124
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 124
DTC Logic .............................................................. 125
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 125
Component Function Check .................................. 126
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 126

SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR CIRCUIT ........ 128


Component Function Check .................................. 128
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 128

P18A7 SHIFT SIGNAL OFF ............................. 108


DTC Logic ............................................................. 108
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 108

ELECTRIC SHIFT WARNING LAMP .............. 129

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 130


Exploded View ....................................................... 130
Removal and Installation ....................................... 130

ELECTRIC SHIFT SELECTOR ....................... 131


Exploded View ....................................................... 131
Removal and Installation ....................................... 131
Disassembly and Assembly ................................... 132
Inspection .............................................................. 133

P18AA P POSITION LEARNING ERROR ....... 115


DTC Logic ............................................................. 115
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 115

P18AB IGNITION SWITCH .............................. 116


DTC Logic ............................................................. 116
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 116

Revision: 2010 November

ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE ........ 130

P18A9 PARKING ACTUATOR FUNCTION ..... 114


DTC Logic ............................................................. 114
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 114

Component Function Check .................................. 129


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 129

P18A8 P POSITION SWITCH .......................... 112


DTC Logic ............................................................. 112
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 112
Component Inspection (P Position Switch) ........... 113

SELECTOR INDICATOR CIRCUIT ................. 126

P18A6 WAKE UP SIGNAL .............................. 106


DTC Logic ............................................................. 106
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 106

U1086 CAN ERROR ....................................... 125

P18A4 CONTROL MODULE ............................ 105


DTC Logic ............................................................. 105
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 105

TM

U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) ....................... 124

P18A3 CONTROL MODULE ............................ 104


DTC Logic ............................................................. 104
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 104

U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ......................... 123

P18A2 ANGLE SENSOR 2 .............................. 102


DTC Logic ............................................................. 102
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 102

P18AD PARKING ACTUATOR RELAY B ...... 120

DTC Logic ............................................................... 96


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 96
DTC Logic ............................................................... 98
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 98

SELECTOR INDICATOR ................................ 134

TM-3

Exploded View ....................................................... 134


Removal and Installation ....................................... 134
Inspection .............................................................. 134

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
[REDUCTION GEAR]

< PRECAUTION >

PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Technicians Using Medical Electric

INFOID:0000000007072231

OPERATION PROHIBITION
WARNING:
Parts with strong magnet is used in this vehicle.
Technicians using a medical electric device such as pacemaker must never perform operation on the
vehicle, as magnetic field can affect the device function by approaching to such parts.

NORMAL CHARGE PRECAUTION


WARNING:
If a technician uses a medical electric device such as an implantable cardiac pacemaker or an
implantable cardioverter defibrillator, the possible effects on the devices must be checked with the
device manufacturer before starting the charge operation.
As radiated electromagnetic wave generated by on board charger at normal charge operation may
effect medical electric devices, a technician using a medical electric device such as implantable cardiac pacemaker or an implantable cardioverter defibrillator must not enter the vehicle compartment
(including luggage room) during normal charge operation.

Precaution at telematics system operation


WARNING:
If a technician uses implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD),
avoid the device implanted part from approaching within approximately 220 mm (8.66 in) from interior/exterior antenna.
The electromagnetic wave of TCU might affect the function of the implantable cardiac pacemaker or
the implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), when using the service, etc.
If a technician uses other medical electric devices than implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator(ICD), the electromagnetic wave of TCU might affect the function of the
device. The possible effects on the devices must be checked with the device manufacturer before
TCU use.

Precaution at intelligent key system operation


WARNING:
If a technician uses implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD),
avoid the device implanted part from approaching within approximately 220 mm (8.66 in) from interior/exterior antenna.
The electromagnetic wave of intelligent key might affect the function of the implantable cardiac
pacemaker or the implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), at door operation, at each request
switch operation, or at engine starting.
If a technician uses other medical electric devices than implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), the electromagnetic wave of intelligent key might affect the function of the device. The possible effects on the devices must be checked with the device
manufacturer before intelligent key use.

Point to Be Checked Before Starting Maintenance Work

INFOID:0000000007079400

The high voltage system may starts automatically. It is required to check that the timer air conditioner
and timer charge (during EVSE connection) are not set before starting maintenance work.
NOTE:
If the timer air conditioner or timer charge (during EVSE connection) is set, the high voltage system starts
automatically even when the power switch is in OFF state.

Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"

INFOID:0000000007080036

The Supplemental Restraint System such as AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
Revision: 2010 November

TM-4

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
[REDUCTION GEAR]
< PRECAUTION >
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
A
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS AIR BAG and SEAT BELT of this
Service Manual.
WARNING:
B
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
C
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see SRS AIR BAG.
TM
Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors.
E

PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS


WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
power switch ON, never use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer.
Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious
injury.
When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the power switch OFF, disconnect
the 12V battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.

High Voltage Precautions

INFOID:0000000007014522

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective equipment consisting of glove, shoes and face shield before
beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while the
service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed to do
so in the Service Manual.

HIGH VOLTAGE HARNESS AND EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION


The colors of the high voltage harnesses and connectors are all orange. Orange "High Voltage" labels are
applied to the Li-ion battery and other high voltage devices. Do not carelessly touch these harnesses and
parts.

HANDLING OF HIGH VOLTAGE HARNESS AND TERMINALS


Immediately insulate disconnected high voltage connectors and terminals with insulating tape.

REGULATIONS ON WORKERS WITH MEDICAL ELECTRONICS


WARNING:
The vehicle contains parts that contain powerful magnets. If a person who is wearing a pacemaker or
other medical device is close to these parts, the medical device may be affected by the magnets. Such
persons must not perform work on the vehicle.

PROHIBITED ITEMS TO CARRY DURING THE WORK


Revision: 2010 November

TM-5

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
[REDUCTION GEAR]
< PRECAUTION >
Because this vehicle uses components that contain high voltage and powerful magnetism, due not carry any
metal products which may cause short circuits, or any magnetic media (cash cards, prepaid cards, etc.) which
may be damaged on your person when working.

POSTING A SIGN OF DANGER! HIGH VOLTAGE AREA. KEEP OUT


To call the attention of other workers, indicate "High voltage work in progress. Do not touch!" on vehicles
where work is being performed on the high voltage systems.

JSAIA1600GB

Revision: 2010 November

TM-6

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
[REDUCTION GEAR]

< PRECAUTION >

Precaution for Removing 12V Battery

INFOID:0000000007014523

When removing the 12V battery, turn ON/OFF the power switch and check that the charging status indicator
does not blink. The 12V battery must be removed within one hour after checking the indicator lamp.
NOTE:
The automatic 12V battery charge control may start even when the power switch is in OFF state.
The automatic 12V battery charge control does not start within approximately one hour when the power
switch is turned ON/OFF.

TM

Revision: 2010 November

TM-7

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PREPARATION
[REDUCTION GEAR]

< PREPARATION >

PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Commercial Service Tools

INFOID:0000000007005922

Tool name
(Specific)

Description

Insulated gloves
[Guaranteed insulation performance
for 1000V/300A]

Removing and installing high voltage components

JMCIA0149ZZ

Removing and installing high voltage


components
Protect insulated gloves

Leather gloves
[Use leather gloves that can fasten the
wrist tight]

JPCIA0066ZZ

Removing and installing high voltage components

Insulated safety shoes

JPCIA0011ZZ

Removing and installing high voltage


components
To protect eye from the spatter on the
work to electric line

Safety glasses
[ANSI Z87.1]

JPCIA0012ZZ

Removing and installing high voltage components

Insulated helmet

JPCIA0013ZZ

Insulation resistance tester (Multi


tester)

Measuring voltage and insulation resistance

JPCIA0014ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

TM-8

LEAF

http://vnx.su

STRUCTURE AND OPERATION


[REDUCTION GEAR]

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

STRUCTURE AND OPERATION


Sectional View

INFOID:0000000007005923

TM

JSDIA2039ZZ

1.

Input gear

2.

Brush cover

3.

Earth brush

4.

O-ring

5.

Main gear

6.

Final gear

Revision: 2010 November

TM-9

LEAF

http://vnx.su

STRUCTURE AND OPERATION


[REDUCTION GEAR]

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

Power Transfer Diagram

INFOID:0000000007005924

JSDIA2303ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

TM-10

LEAF

http://vnx.su

REDUCTION GEAR OIL


[REDUCTION GEAR]

< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE

REDUCTION GEAR OIL


Inspection

INFOID:0000000007005925

FLUID LEAKAGE
Check reduction gear surrounding area (oil seal, drain plug, and filler plug etc.) for fluid leakage.

FLUID LEVEL
Remove filler plug (1) and gasket. Then check that fluid is filledup
from mounting hole for the filler plug.
Set a new gasket onto filler plug, and install it on reduction gear
and tighten to the specified torque.
CAUTION:
Never reuse gasket.
If foreign matter, such as gear abrasion powder, is on the
magnet of the filler plug, wash it free of adherents before
installation.

TM

F
JSDIA2121ZZ

Draining and Refilling

INFOID:0000000007005926

DRAINING

1.
2.
3.

Remove filler plug.


Remove drain plug (1) and drain gear oil.
Set a gasket on drain plug (1) and install it to reduction gear and
tighten to the specified torque. Refer to TM-17, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
Never reuse gasket.
If foreign matter, such as gear abrasion powder, is on the
magnet of the drain plug, wash it free of adherents before
installation.

K
JSDIA2124ZZ

REFILLING
1.

Remove filler plug (1). Fill with new gear oil until oil level reaches
the specified level near filler plug mounting hole.
Oil grade
Oil capacity

2.

: Refer to MA-9, "Fluids and Lubricants"


: Refer to TM-21, "General Specifications"

After refilling oil, check oil level. Set a gasket to filler plug
(1),then install it to reduction gear. Refer to TM-17, "Exploded
View".
JSDIA2121ZZ
CAUTION:
Never reuse gasket.
If foreign matter, such as gear abrasion powder, is on the magnet of the filler plug, wash it free of
adherents before installation.

Revision: 2010 November

TM-11

LEAF

http://vnx.su

EARTH BRUSH
[REDUCTION GEAR]

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION


EARTH BRUSH
Exploded View

INFOID:0000000007005927

JSDIA2102GB

1.

Reduction gear

4.

Brush cover

2.

Earth brush

3.

O-ring

: Vehicle front
: Always replace after every disassembly.
: Nm (kg-m, in-lb)
: Nm (kg-m, ft-lb)

Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000007005928

REMOVAL
1.

Disconnect breather hose (1) from brush cover (2), then remove
3 brush cover bolts (A) and remove brush cover.

JSDIA2106ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

TM-12

LEAF

http://vnx.su

EARTH BRUSH
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
2. Remove O-ring (1). Remove ground terminal fixing screw (A)
and brush fixing bolts (B), then remove brush.
CAUTION:
Carefully remove brush, because the spring in the brush
pushes out the brush.
Take care that your hands and fingers do not contact head
part of brush.

[REDUCTION GEAR]
A

C
JSDIA2107ZZ

TM

INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Degrease shaft surface (A) (brush contact surface), and verify
that there is no dust or other substance on it, then install the
brush.
Degrease brush contact surface, and verify that there is no
dust or other substance on it, then install the brush.
Never reuse O-ring.
Do not apply oil to O-ring. Verify that there is no oil on it, then
install O-ring.
Take care that your hands and fingers do not contact brush
when installing it.

H
JSDIA2108ZZ

Assembly of brush

1.

Install ground terminal, taking care that your hands do not contact brush (A).
J

L
JSDIA2449ZZ

2.

Be sure that hands do not contact brush (A), press brush (2) onto shaft (1) and fasten with brush fixing
bolt.

P
JSDIA2357ZZ
1.

When Replacing With New Part


NOTE:
A new brush includes a stopper for preventing brush pop-out. Install with stopper attached.

Revision: 2010 November

TM-13

LEAF

http://vnx.su

EARTH BRUSH
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
When installing a new brush, pull out stopper after installation, allowing brush to contact shaft.
CAUTION:
Before installation, degrease the stopper surface (shaft side)
and check that the surface is free of foreign matter.

[REDUCTION GEAR]

JSDIA2109ZZ

Inspection

INFOID:0000000007005929

INSPECTION OF REDUCTION GEAR MAIN SHAFT


Check that there is no oil, dust, or other substance on main shaft surface (A), and that no corrosion has occurred.
CAUTION:
If oil, dust, or other substance is adhering, degrease shaft surface (brush contact surface) and remove dust or other adhering substance before installing.
If there is corrosion on shaft surface, remove corrosion
before installing.

JSDIA2108ZZ

INSPECTION FOR BRUSH WEAR


Remove brush and measure amount of protrusion (A). If it is at or
below limit value, replace brush.
Limit

: TM-21, "Earth Brush"

CAUTION:
When reassembling with original parts, take care that oil does
not contact brush. Refer to TM-14, "Inspection".

JSDIA2358ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

TM-14

LEAF

http://vnx.su

BREATHER HOSE
[REDUCTION GEAR]

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

BREATHER HOSE

Exploded View

INFOID:0000000007005930

TM

G
JSDIA2126ZZ

1.

Inverter member

2.

Reduction gear

3.

Breather hose

4.

Connector

5.

Breather hose

6.

Breather

7.

Clip

8.

Clip

9.

Clip

: Vehicle front

: Always replace after every disassembly.

Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000007005931

REMOVAL
1.

Use a suitable tool and remove clip, then pull breather hose off of reduction gear tube.

INSTALLATION
1.

Face white paint on breather hose toward left side of vehicle,


then fit breather hose (2) over reduction gear tube (1).

JSDIA2127ZZ

NOTE:
P

Revision: 2010 November

TM-15

LEAF

http://vnx.su

BREATHER HOSE
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
As shown in figure, fit breather hose onto reduction gear tube all
the way to its base.

[REDUCTION GEAR]

JSDIA2129ZZ

2.

Install clips (1) into inverter member holes and clip (2) into
reduction gear bolt hole.
CAUTION:
Since resin clip (hose clip) of breather hose is not reusable,
never reuse it.

JSDIA2128ZZ

3.

Face breather opening in direction (A) shown in figure.


: Vehicle front
(1)

: Inverter member

JSDIA2130ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

TM-16

LEAF

http://vnx.su

REDUCTION GEAR
[REDUCTION GEAR]

< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

REDUCTION GEAR
Exploded View

INFOID:0000000007005932

TM

JSCIA0356GB

1.

Water outlet

2.

O-ring

3.

High voltage warning label

4.

Motor mounting RH bracket

5.

O-ring

6.

Water inlet

7.

Motor mounting RH

8.

Drain bolt

9.

Gasket

10.

Traction motor

11.

O-ring

12.

Reduction gear

13.

Gasket

14. Drain plug

15

Motor mounting LH bracket

16.

Motor mounting LH

17. Filler plug

18.

Motor mounting rear bracket

19.

Motor mounting rear

20. Breather hose

A.

Shaft spline

B.

Inside of input shaft (inside of spline)

: Nm (kg-m, in-lb)
: Nm (kg-m, ft-lb)

: Always replace after every disassembly.


: Apply lithium-based grease including molybdenum disulphide.

Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000007005933

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Revision: 2010 November

TM-17

LEAF

http://vnx.su

REDUCTION GEAR
[REDUCTION GEAR]
< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective equipment consisting of glove, shoes and glasses/face shield
before beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
Refer to TM-5, "High Voltage Precautions".
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while the
service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed to do
so in the Service Manual.

REMOVAL
WARNING:
Shut off high voltage circuit. Refer to GI-31, "How to Cut Off High Voltage".
1. Check voltage in high voltage circuit. (Check that condenser are discharged.)
a. Remove Li-ion battery under cover.
WARNING:
To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulating protective gear before beginning
work on the high voltage system.

b.

Disconnect high voltage connector from front side of Li-ion battery.


DANGER:
Touching high voltage components without using the appropriate protective equipment will
cause electrocution.

c.

Measure voltage between high voltage harness terminals.


DANGER:
Touching high voltage components without using the
appropriate protective equipment will cause electrocution.

Standard

: 5 V or less

CAUTION:
For voltage measurements, use a tester which can measure to 500V or higher.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

JSAIA1362ZZ

Drain coolant from radiator. Refer to HCO-9, "Draining and Refilling".


Remove traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-115, "Removal and Installation".
Drain reduction gear oil from reduction gear. Refer to TM-11, "Draining and Refilling".
Remove traction motor and reduction gear from vehicle together as suspension member assembly. Refer
to FSU-21, "Removal and Installation".
Remove left and right front drive shafts. Refer to FAX-19, "LEFT SIDE : Removal and Installation" (LH)
and FAX-20, "RIGHT SIDE : Removal and Installation" (RH).
Install motor slinger onto traction motor, then lift traction motor with hoist so that traction motor does not
become displaced when motor mounting and mounting bracket are removed.

Revision: 2010 November

TM-18

LEAF

http://vnx.su

REDUCTION GEAR
[REDUCTION GEAR]

< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >


WARNING:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulating protective gear before beginning
work on the high voltage system.
B

TM

E
JSCIA0226ZZ

: Motor slinger (rear)

: Motor slinger (front)

Tightening torque for mounting bolts


8.

: 28.0 N-m (2.9 kg-m, 21 ft-lb)

Remove motor mounting rear bracket.


WARNING:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulating


protective gear before beginning work on the high voltage
system.

J
JSDIA2290ZZ

9.

Remove motor mounting LH bracket.


WARNING:

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulating


protective gear before beginning work on the high voltage
system.

10. Remove mounting bolts of traction motor and reduction gear,


then remove reduction gear.
WARNING:

N
JSDIA2291ZZ

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulating protective gear before beginning
work on the high voltage system.

INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
WARNING:

Revision: 2010 November

TM-19

LEAF

http://vnx.su

REDUCTION GEAR
[REDUCTION GEAR]

< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

To prevent shock hazards, be sure to put on insulating protective gear before beginning work on
the high voltage system.

CAUTION:
Be sure to reinstall high voltage harness clips in their original positions. If a clip is damaged, replace
it with a new clip before installing.
Be sure to perform correct air bleeding after adding coolant. Refer to HCO-9, "Draining and Refilling".
Before installing reduction gear and traction motor, apply grease to full periphery of shaft spline (A), and also
inject grease [minimum 8.5 g (0.3 oz), maximum less than 20 g (0.7 oz)] into reduction gear input shaft
(inside spline) (B). Take care to prevent damage to O-ring (1) when installing.
CAUTION:
Clean the grease applying area to remove old grease and abrasion powder before applying grease.

JSDIA2307ZZ

Follow the procedure below and connect the 3-step type high voltage harness connector.

JPCIA0036ZZ

When all parts are installed, be sure to check equipotential of traction motor, electric compressor, and traction motor inverter.
- Refer to TMS-127, "Inspection". (Traction motor)
- Refer to HA-49, "Inspection". (Electric compressor)
- Refer to TMS-121, "Inspection". (Traction motor inverter)

Revision: 2010 November

TM-20

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)


[REDUCTION GEAR]

< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)


General Specifications

INFOID:0000000007005934

Reduction gear model

RE1F61A

Gear ratio

Number of teeth

7.937
Input gear

17

Main gear (IN / OUT)

TM

31 / 17

Final gear

74

Oil capacity (Approx.)

(US pt, lmp pt)

1.1 (2-3/8, 1-7/8)

Earth Brush

E
INFOID:0000000007005935

Unit: mm (in)

Item
Earth brush

Limit

Protrusion length

4.0 (0.157)

Revision: 2010 November

TM-21

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< PRECAUTION >

PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Technicians Using Medical Electric

INFOID:0000000007071849

OPERATION PROHIBITION
WARNING:
Parts with strong magnet is used in this vehicle.
Technicians using a medical electric device such as pacemaker must never perform operation on the
vehicle, as magnetic field can affect the device function by approaching to such parts.

NORMAL CHARGE PRECAUTION


WARNING:
If a technician uses a medical electric device such as an implantable cardiac pacemaker or an
implantable cardioverter defibrillator, the possible effects on the devices must be checked with the
device manufacturer before starting the charge operation.
As radiated electromagnetic wave generated by on board charger at normal charge operation may
effect medical electric devices, a technician using a medical electric device such as implantable cardiac pacemaker or an implantable cardioverter defibrillator must not enter the vehicle compartment
(including luggage room) during normal charge operation.

Precaution at telematics system operation


WARNING:
If a technician uses implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD),
avoid the device implanted part from approaching within approximately 220 mm (8.66 in) from interior/exterior antenna.
The electromagnetic wave of TCU might affect the function of the implantable cardiac pacemaker or
the implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), when using the service, etc.
If a technician uses other medical electric devices than implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator(ICD), the electromagnetic wave of TCU might affect the function of the
device. The possible effects on the devices must be checked with the device manufacturer before
TCU use.

Precaution at intelligent key system operation


WARNING:
If a technician uses implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD),
avoid the device implanted part from approaching within approximately 220 mm (8.66 in) from interior/exterior antenna.
The electromagnetic wave of intelligent key might affect the function of the implantable cardiac
pacemaker or the implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), at door operation, at each request
switch operation, or at engine starting.
If a technician uses other medical electric devices than implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), the electromagnetic wave of intelligent key might affect the function of the device. The possible effects on the devices must be checked with the device
manufacturer before intelligent key use.

Point to Be Checked Before Starting Maintenance Work

INFOID:0000000007079412

The high voltage system may starts automatically. It is required to check that the timer air conditioner
and timer charge (during EVSE connection) are not set before starting maintenance work.
NOTE:
If the timer air conditioner or timer charge (during EVSE connection) is set, the high voltage system starts
automatically even when the power switch is in OFF state.

Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"

INFOID:0000000007080037

The Supplemental Restraint System such as AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
Revision: 2010 November

TM-22

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
[ELECTRIC SHIFT]
< PRECAUTION >
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
A
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS AIR BAG and SEAT BELT of this
Service Manual.
WARNING:
B
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
C
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see SRS AIR BAG.
TM
Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors.
E

PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS


WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
power switch ON, never use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer.
Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious
injury.
When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the power switch OFF, disconnect
the 12V battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.

Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover

H
INFOID:0000000007005938

When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc to prevent damage to
windshield.

PIIB3706J

Precaution for Removing 12V Battery

When removing the 12V battery, turn ON/OFF the power switch and check that the charging status indicator
does not blink. The 12V battery must be removed within one hour after checking the indicator lamp.
NOTE:
The automatic 12V battery charge control may start even when the power switch is in OFF state.
The automatic 12V battery charge control does not start within approximately one hour when the power
switch is turned ON/OFF.

General Precautions

INFOID:0000000007005940

Never turn the power switch ON while the selector lever is in the D or R position. Otherwise, the vehicle may
start abruptly resulting in an accident.
Never shift the selector lever to the R position while the vehicle is moving forward, or to the D position while
moving backward, or press the P position switch while the vehicle is in motion. Otherwise, excessive force
may be applied to the drive system causing damage.
Never allow the vehicle to coast backward while the selector lever is in the D position or forward while the
selector lever is in the R position.

Revision: 2010 November

INFOID:0000000007005939

TM-23

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >
Part A shown in the figure contains a strong magnet. Persons with
an electro-medical apparatus should keep away from this area.
Otherwise, the magnet may cause the electro-medical apparatus
to malfunction.
Keep magnetic objects, such as magnetic cards, and metal products (e.g. watches) away from the area surrounding the magnet.

[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

JSDIA2207ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

TM-24

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DESCRIPTION
[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

DESCRIPTION
Description

INFOID:0000000007005941

Instead of the conventional mechanical shift mechanism, the electric shift system is adopted which electrically detects shifting operation and locks/unlocks the parking mechanism by operating the parking actuator.
C
The momentary-type selector lever is adopted for mouse-like fine shift operability.
The automatic P position function, which automatically shifts the gear to the P position if the power switch is
turned OFF in the R, N, or D position, is adopted.
For improved functionality and operability, the P position switch, which allows direct switching to the P posi- TM
tion at the touch of the switch, is provided on the top of the selector lever.
E

Revision: 2010 November

TM-25

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COMPONENT PARTS
[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

COMPONENT PARTS
Component Parts Location

INFOID:0000000007005942

JSDIA2047GB

A.

Finisher

B.

Electric shift selector

D.

Center console, under

E.

Reduction gear, upper

C.

Motor room

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
No.

Name

Function

VCM

Switches the driving condition, according to a shift position signal received


from the electric shift control module.

Combination meter

Sounds a buzzer, according to a command sent from the electric shift control
module when the shift reject function is activated.

Shift position indicator

Electric shift warning lamp

P position switch

TM-28, "P Position Switch"

Selector indicator

TM-29, "Selector Indicator"

Electric shift selector

TM-28, "Electric Shift Selector"

Electric shift sensor

TM-28, "Electric Shift Sensor"

Revision: 2010 November

TM-29, "Shift Position Indicator"


TM-28, "Electric Shift Warning Lamp"

TM-26

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COMPONENT PARTS
[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >


No.

Name

Function

Electric shift power supply relay

10

Parking actuator relay A

TM-27, "Parking Actuator Relay A"

11

Parking actuator relay B

TM-28, "Parking Actuator Relay B"

12

Electric shift control module

13

Parking actuator

TM-27, "Electric Shift Power Supply Relay"

TM-27, "Electric Shift Control Module"


TM-27, "Parking Actuator"

Electric Shift Control Module

INFOID:0000000007005943

The electric shift control module is started by the power switch signal and wake-up signal transmitted from
TM
BCM.
The electric shift control module determines the shift position based on the shift position data (ON/OFF signal) from the electric shift sensor, and transmits the shift position data to VCM via EV system CAN.
The electric shift control module operates the parking actuator based on the signal from the P position E
switch.

Parking Actuator

INFOID:0000000007005944

The parking actuator is installed above the reduction gear.


The parking actuator is operated by the signal from the electric shift control module and locks/unlocks the
parking mechanism in the reducer.
The parking actuator consists of the motor, encoder, angle sensor, and actuator reduction gear.

MOTOR
H

A dual 3-phase SR motor is used.


Two different types of coils are placed on the stator core around
the motor and the current that passes through the coils in
sequence generates the rotating force for the inner rotor core.

JSDIA2057GB

ENCODER
The Hall IC type rotation angle sensor is used for higher accuracy in the detection of the rotor rotation angle.
It detects the rotor rotation angle and outputs pulse signals to the electric shift control module.
The electric shift control module controls the timing of the current feed to the coils optimally based on the
signal from the encoder.

ANGLE SENSOR
The Hall IC type angle sensor is used for higher accuracy in the detection of the manual plate angle.

ACTUATOR REDUCTION GEAR


The actuator reduction gear consists of a cycloidal gear and includes a motor with its torque amplified for
secure operation under high torque-requiring conditions.

Electric Shift Power Supply Relay

INFOID:0000000007005945

The electric shift power supply relay is turned ON by the electric shift control module when the power switch is
turned ON and supplies a system voltage to the electric shift control module.

Parking Actuator Relay A

INFOID:0000000007005946

The parking actuator relay A is turned ON by the electric shift control module when the power switch is turned
ON and supplies power to the motor coil A located in the parking actuator.

Revision: 2010 November

TM-27

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COMPONENT PARTS
[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

Parking Actuator Relay B

INFOID:0000000007005947

The parking actuator relay B is turned ON by the electric shift control module when the power switch is turned
ON and supplies power to the motor coil B located in the parking actuator.

Electric Shift Warning Lamp

INFOID:0000000007005948

The electric shift warning lamp illuminates if a malfunction occurs in the electric shift system.
When the power switch is turned ON, the electric shift warning lamp illuminates for approximately 2 seconds
for a bulb check and then turns OFF.

Electric Shift Selector

INFOID:0000000007005949

The electric shift selector consists of the selector lever, electric shift sensor, P position switch and others.
Shift position

Operation/Function

H
(Home position)

The selector lever automatically moves back to


the home position after it is operated.

P
(P position switch)

Completely stop the vehicle and push the P position switch on the top of the selector lever while
depressing the brake pedal.

While depressing the brake pedal, slide the selector lever forward along the gate.

While depressing the brake pedal, slide the selector lever to the left and hold it for approx. 1 second.

D/ECO

While depressing the brake pedal, slide the selector lever backward along the gate.
If the selector lever is slid backward again while
driving in the D position, the vehicle switches to
ECO mode.
To switch from ECO mode to the D position driving, slide the selector lever backward again.

JSDIA2053ZZ

NOTE:
Shifting is not possible when the power switch is OFF or ACC.
Buzzer sounds and shifting is not possible when the selector lever is shifted from the P position to another
position without depressing the brake pedal while the power switch is ON.
The gear always shifts to the N position when selector lever is shifted from the P position to another position
while depressing the brake pedal while the power switch is ON.
Direct shifting to the ECO mode from the P position is not possible.

Electric Shift Sensor

INFOID:0000000007005950

The electric shift sensor integrates 6 non-contact sensors (Hall IC) and transmits ON/OFF signals to the
electric shift control module.
The electric shift control module determines the shift position from the combination of the ON/OFF signals.
Electric shift control
module recognition
position

Selector lever
position

P position
SW

Electric shift sensor

P position SW

No. 1

No. 2

No. 3

No. 4

No. 5

No. 6

No. 7

No. 8

No push

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

Push

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

OFF

No push

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

No push

OFF

ON

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

No push

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

P Position Switch

INFOID:0000000007005951

The P position switch allows direct one-touch switching to the P position from any position while the vehicle
is stopped.
Revision: 2010 November

TM-28

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COMPONENT PARTS
[ELECTRIC SHIFT]
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
The P position switch does not have a function to cancel the P position.
The P position switch transmits the ON/OFF signals of 2 contact switches to the electric shift control module.
Electric shift control
module recognition
position

Selector lever
position

P position
SW

Electric shift sensor

P position SW

No. 1

No. 2

No. 3

No. 4

No. 5

No. 6

No. 7

No. 8

No push

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

Push

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

OFF

No push

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

No push

OFF

ON

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

No push

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

Selector Indicator

TM

INFOID:0000000007005952

The selector indicator is located in the finisher area and the lamp for the currently selected shift position illuminates.

Shift Position Indicator

INFOID:0000000007005953

The shift position indicator is located in the combination meter.


The shift position indicator indicates the currently selected shift position.
The shift position indicator turns OFF if a malfunction occurs in the electric shift system.

Revision: 2010 November

TM-29

LEAF

http://vnx.su

STRUCTURE AND OPERATION


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

STRUCTURE AND OPERATION


Operating Principle

INFOID:0000000007005954

PARKING MECHANISM
The parking mechanism consists of the manual shaft, manual plate, detent spring, parking rod, parking pawl
and parking gear, and it is locked/unlocked by the operation of the parking actuator.
If the parking actuator is operated by the signal from the electric shift control module, the manual shaft and
manual plate that is mechanically connected to the parking actuator rotates sliding the parking rod. The sliding parking rod pushes up the parking pawl, which engages with the parking gear locking the parking mechanism.

JSDIA2144GB

Revision: 2010 November

TM-30

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

SYSTEM

System Description

INFOID:0000000007005955

The electric shift system detects each shift position electrically. In addition, in P position, the electric shift
system activates the parking actuator, according to electrical signals received from the P position switch and
brings the vehicle into the parking state.
In the event of a malfunction in the electric shift system, the shift position indicator (in the combination meter)
turns OFF and only the selector indicator (in the electric shift selector area) indicates the shift position.
In the event of a malfunction in the electric shift system, the system enters fail-safe mode. Refer to TM-42,
"Fail-Safe".

TM

SYSTEM DIAGRAM

JSDIA2409GB

Revision: 2010 November

TM-31

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

Schematic

INFOID:0000000007005956

JSDIA2412GB

Revision: 2010 November

TM-32

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

Fail-Safe

INFOID:0000000007005957

A
DTC

Vehicle behavior

P0571

P0705

When shifting to the R position and the D position, the reaction becomes slower and it takes approximately 1 second to complete shifting

P0706

Shifting to the R position, N position and D position is prohibited

P0780

Malfunction in P position

Shifting from the P position to another position is prohibited

Malfunction in position other than P

Shifting to the P position is prohibited

P1722
P1802

P1803

TM

Malfunction in P position

Shifting from the P position to another position is prohibited

Malfunction in position other than P

Shifting to the P position is prohibited

Malfunction in P position

Shifting from the P position to another position is prohibited

Malfunction in position other than P

Shifting to the P position is prohibited

P1804
P1811

Automatic P position system is disabled

P1895

P1896

When shifting to the R position and the D position, the reaction becomes slower and it takes approximately 1 second to complete shifting

P1897

P1899

P189A

P189B

P189C

P189D

P189E

Malfunction in P position

Shifting from the P position to another position is prohibited

Malfunction in position other than P

Shifting to the P position is prohibited

P189F

P18A0

P18A1

P18A2

P18A3

P18A4

Malfunction in P position

Shifting from the P position to another position is prohibited

Malfunction in position other than P

Shifting to the P position is prohibited

Malfunction in P position

Shifting from the P position to another position is prohibited

Malfunction in position other than P

Shifting to the P position is prohibited

P18A6

P18A7

Shifting operation is prohibited

P18A8

Pushing the P position switch does not switch the to the P position

P18A9

Malfunction in P position

Shifting from the P position to another position is prohibited

Malfunction in position other than P

Shifting to the P position is prohibited

P18AA

Shifting from the P position to another position is prohibited

P18AB

Automatic P position system may be disabled

P18AC

P18AD

P18AE

Revision: 2010 November

TM-33

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >


DTC
U1000
U1010

Vehicle behavior
EV system CAN with VCM blocked

Shifting to the R position and the D position is prohibited

Other than the above

Shifting to the R position and the D position is prohibited

U1086

Protection Control

INFOID:0000000007005958

If shifting from the P position to another position and shifting from another position to the P position are
repeated within a short period of time, it may become impossible to shift from the P position to another position
and from another position to the P position for system protection. In this case, the system automatically
returns to the normal state allowing shifting after approximately 10 seconds.

Revision: 2010 November

TM-34

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ELECTRIC SHIFT)


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ELECTRIC SHIFT)

DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : System Description

INFOID:0000000007005959

This is an on-board trouble diagnosis system which automatically detects malfunction. Detected malfunction is
memorized in ECU as DTC. Diagnosis information can be confirmed using CONSULT.

DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : DTC

INFOID:0000000007005960

DTC (P0571, P0705, P0780, etc.) is specified by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.


Electric shift control module memorizes DTC when malfunction is detected. It can memorize plural DTCs.

DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Counter System

TM

INFOID:0000000007005961

Counter system counts up at every operation of power switch from OFF to ON under condition that the same
malfunction is not detected. On the other hand, if the same DTC as memorized one is detected again, the
count is reset and the counter system counts up again from 0.

CONSULT Function

INFOID:0000000007005962

APPLICABLE ITEMS
G
Mode

Function description

All DTC Reading

Display all DTCs or diagnostic items that all ECUs are recording and judging

Work Support

This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately.

Self Diagnostic Results

Retrieve DTC from ECU and display diagnostic items.

Data Monitor

Monitor the input/output signal of the control unit in real time.

CAN Diagnosis

This mode displays a network diagnosis result about CAN by diagram.

CAN Diagnosis Support Monitor

It monitors the status of CAN communication.

ECU Identification

Display the ECU identification number (part number etc.) of the selected system.

WORK SUPPORT
K
Item name
P POSITION LEARNING VALUE
CLEAR

Description
Erase the P position stored in the electric shift control module. Refer to TM-57, "Work Procedure".

SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS


Display Item List
Refer to TM-44, "DTC Index".

How to Read DTC


DTC is displayed on Self Diagnostic results of CONSULT.
When DTC is currently detected, CRNT is displayed. If PAST is displayed, it shows a malfunction occurred
in the past.The trip number of drive without malfunction of concerned DTC can be confirmed with IGN
counter inside FFD.
How to Erase DTC
NOTE:
If the power switch is kept ON after repair operation, operate the power switch to OFF. Operate the power
switch to ON again after waiting at least 10 seconds.
1. Touch SHIFT of CONSULT.
2. Touch Self Diagnostic Result.
3. Touch Erase. (DTC memorized in electric shift control module is erased.)
IGN Counter
IGN counter is displayed in FFD. It displays the number of operations of power switch from OFF to ON after
DTC recovery to normal.

Revision: 2010 November

TM-35

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ELECTRIC SHIFT)


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
If malfunction (DTC) is currently detected, 0 is displayed.
The displayed number counts up at each operation of power switch from OFF to ON after recovery to normal, such as 1 2 3...38 39.
If the number of operation exceeds 39, the displayed number will be fixed at 39 until the self diagnosis
result is erased.

DATA MONITOR
Monitored item (Unit)

Remarks

SHIFT SENSOR 1

Displays the signal value of electric shift sensor No. 1

SHIFT SENSOR 2

Displays the signal value of electric shift sensor No. 2

SHIFT SENSOR 3

Displays the signal value of electric shift sensor No. 3

SHIFT SENSOR 4

Displays the signal value of electric shift sensor No. 4

SHIFT SENSOR 5

Displays the signal value of electric shift sensor No. 5

SHIFT SENSOR 6

Displays the signal value of electric shift sensor No. 6

P POSITION SWITCH 1

Displays the signal value of P position switch No. 7

P POSITION SWITCH 2

Displays the signal value of P position switch No. 8

BRAKE SWITCH

Displays the signal value of the stop lamp switch.

PARKING ACTUATOR RELAY A

Displays the command value from the electric shift control module to parking actuator relay A

PARKING ACTUATOR RELAY B

Displays the command value from the electric shift control module to parking actuator relay B

P/N POSITION CONDITION

Displays the P position and N position status recognized by the electric shift control module

NOT P POSITION CONDITION

Displays a status other than the P position recognized by the electric shift control
module

IGNITION SWITCH

Displays the input status of the power switch

BRAKE SWITCH (CAN)

Displays the signal value of the stop lamp switch received from VCM

P POSI LEARNING STATUS

Displays the P position learning status

BACK UP POWER VOLTAGE

(V)

Monitors the voltage value of the memory backup power supply and displays the
monitored value

MAIN POWER VOLTAGE

(V)

Monitors the voltage value of the main power supply for the electric shift control
module and displays the monitored value

MOTOR A U VOLTAGE

(V)

Displays the motor A U-phase terminal voltage A/D converted value

MOTOR A V VOLTAGE

(V)

Displays the motor A V-phase terminal voltage A/D converted value

MOTOR A W VOLTAGE

(V)

Displays the motor A W-phase terminal voltage A/D converted value

MOTOR B U VOLTAGE

(V)

Displays the motor B U-phase terminal voltage A/D converted value

MOTOR B V VOLTAGE

(V)

Displays the motor B V-phase terminal voltage A/D converted value

MOTOR B W VOLTAGE

(V)

Displays the motor B W-phase terminal voltage A/D converted value

ANGLE SENSOR 1 VOLTAGE

(V)

Displays the input voltage value of angle sensor 1

ANGLE SENSOR 2 VOLTAGE

(V)

Displays the input voltage value of angle sensor 2

RANGE POSITION

Displays the position recognized by the electric shift control module

SHIFT POSITION JUDGMENT

Displays the shift input position recognized by the electric shift control module

TARGET SHIFT POSITION

Displays the target shift position recognized by the electric shift control module

ECO MODE REQUEST

Displays the ECO mode status recognized by the electric shift control module

ACTUAL P POSITION

Displays the P position status recognized by the electric shift control module

VEHICLE SPEED (VDC)

(km/h or
mph)

Displays the signal value of the vehicle speed received from ABS actuator control
unit

VEHICLE SPEED (VCM)

(km/h or
mph)

Displays the vehicle speed signal value received from VCM

Revision: 2010 November

TM-36

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ELECTRIC SHIFT)


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >


Monitored item (Unit)

Remarks

E-SHIFT WARNING LAMP

Displays the electric shift warning lamp signal status transmitted from the electric
shift control module

E-SHIFT WARNING MSG

Displays the master warning message status transmitted from the electric shift
control module

TM

Revision: 2010 November

TM-37

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION


ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE
Reference Value

INFOID:0000000007005963

CONSULT DATA MONITOR STANDARD VALUE


Monitor item
SHIFT SENSOR 1

SHIFT SENSOR 2

SHIFT SENSOR 3

SHIFT SENSOR 4

SHIFT SENSOR 5

SHIFT SENSOR 6

P POSITION SWITCH 1

P POSITION SWITCH 2

Condition

Value / Status (Approx.)

Selector lever is held in R position

ON

Other than the above

OFF

Selector lever is held in R and N positions

ON

Other than the above

OFF

Selector lever is held in H (Home) and N positions

ON

Other than the above

OFF

Selector lever is held in N and D positions

ON

Other than the above

OFF

Selector lever is held in D position

ON

Other than the above

OFF

Selector lever in H (Home) position

ON

Other than the above

OFF

P position switch is pushed

ON

Other than the above

OFF

P position switch is pushed

OFF

Other than the above

ON

Brake pedal is depressed

ON

Brake pedal is released

OFF

PARKING ACTUATOR RELAY A

Power switch is ON

ON

PARKING ACTUATOR RELAY B

Power switch is ON

ON

Selector lever in P and N positions

ON

Other than the above

OFF

Selector lever in P position

OFF

Other than the above

ON

Power switch is ON

ON

Brake pedal is depressed

ON

Brake pedal is released

OFF

BRAKE SWITCH

P/N POSITION CONDITION

NOT P POSITION CONDITION


IGNITION SWITCH
BRAKE SWITCH (CAN)

P POSI LEARNING STATUS

P position learning is completed

COMP

P position learning is not completed

INCOMP

Power switch is ON

9 16 V

MAIN POWER VOLTAGE

Power switch is ON

9 16 V

MOTOR A U VOLTAGE

No shifting

9 16 V

MOTOR A V VOLTAGE

No shifting

9 16 V

MOTOR A W VOLTAGE

No shifting

9 16 V

MOTOR B U VOLTAGE

No shifting

9 16 V

MOTOR B V VOLTAGE

No shifting

9 16 V

MOTOR B W VOLTAGE

No shifting

9 16 V

BACK UP POWER VOLTAGE

Revision: 2010 November

TM-38

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >


Monitor item

ANGLE SENSOR 1 VOLTAGE

ANGLE SENSOR 2 VOLTAGE

RANGE POSITION

SHIFT POSITION JUDGMENT

TARGET SHIFT POSITION

ECO MODE REQUEST

ACTUAL P POSITION

Condition

Value / Status (Approx.)

Selector lever in P position


(Manual plate: P position)

1.42 2.20 V

Other than the above


(Manual plate: Not P position)

2.85 3.56 V

Selector lever in P position


(Manual plate: P position)

1.42 2.20 V

Other than the above


(Manual plate: Not P position)

2.85 3.56 V

Selector lever in P position

Selector lever in R position

Selector lever in N position

Selector lever in D position

Selector lever in P position

Selector lever in R position

Selector lever in N position

Selector lever in D position

Selector lever in P position

Selector lever in R position

Selector lever in N position

Selector lever in D position

During ECO mode driving

ECO

Other than the above


Selector lever in P position
Other than the above

TM

NORML

P
NOT P

VEHICLE SPEED (VDC)

During driving

Almost same as the


speedometer display

VEHICLE SPEED (VCM)

During driving

Almost same as the


speedometer display

E-SHIFT WARNING LAMP

Electric shift warning lamp: ON

ON

Electric shift warning lamp: OFF

OFF

Warning message is not displayed

E-SHIFT WARNING MSG

MSG1

Warning message:
T/M system malfunction visit dealer

MSG2

Warning message:
Check position of shift lever

MSG3

Warning message:
When Parked Apply Parking Brake

TERMINAL LAYOUT
O

JSDIA2349ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

TM-39

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >


PHYSICAL VALUES
Terminal
(Wire color)

Item
Signal name

Condition

Input/
Output

Value (Approx.)

1
(L)

Ground

MOTOR COIL A UPHASE

Output

2
(W)

Ground

MOTOR COIL A VPHASE

Output

3
(B)

Ground

GND

Always

0V

4
(B)

Ground

GND

Always

0V

5
(V)

Ground

MOTOR COIL A WPHASE

6
(B)

Ground

GND (MOTOR)

7
(W)

Ground

MAIN POWER SUPPLY


1

Input

8
(R)

Ground

BACK UP POWER
SUPPLY

Input

9
(BR)

Ground

POWER SW 1

Input

10
(Y)

Ground

ANGLE SENSOR 1
POWER SUPPLY

11
(L)

Ground

ANGLE SENSOR 1
SIGNAL

12
(W)

Ground

P POSITION SIGNAL

Output

READY

13
(R)

Ground

P/N POSITION SIGNAL

Output

READY

14
(P)

Ground

STOP LAMP SWITCH

Input

Power
switch ON

15
(LG)

Ground

ENCODER SIGNAL B

Input

Parking actuator is operated

Output

Power switch ON

9 16 V

Power switch OFF

0V

Power switch ON

9 16 V

Power switch OFF

0V

Power switch ON

9 16 V

Power switch OFF

0V

Input

Always

0V

Power switch ON

9 16 V

Power switch OFF

0V

Always

9 16 V

Power switch ON

9 16 V

Power switch OFF

0V

Power switch ON

5V

READY

Selector lever is P position


(Manual plate: P position)

1.42 2.20 V

Other than the above


(Manual plate: Not P position)

2.85 3.56 V

Selector lever is P position

0V

Other than the above

9 16 V

Selector lever is P and N positions

9 16 V

Other than the above


Brake pedal is depressed
Brake pedal is released

0V
9 16 V
0V

JSDIA2351GB

16
(R)

Ground

ENCODER POWER
SUPPLY

17
(V)

Ground

ELECTRIC SHIFT
POWER SUPPLY RELAY

Output

18
(SB)

Ground

PARKING ACTUATOR
RELAY A

Revision: 2010 November

Power switch ON

5V

Power switch ON

0V

Power switch OFF

9 16 V

Power switch ON

0V

Power switch OFF

9 16 V

TM-40

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >


Terminal
(Wire color)
+

Item

Signal name

19
(P)

Ground

ELECTRIC SHIFT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY


1

20
(LG)

Ground

21
(GR)
22
(L)
23
(G)

A
Condition

Input/
Output

Value (Approx.)

Power switch ON

5V

WAKE UP SIGNAL

Input

Power switch ON

9 16 V

Ground

ANGLE SENSOR 1
GND

Ground

N POSITION OUTPUT
(SELECTOR INDICATOR)

Ground

ENCODER GND

Always

0V

TM
Selector lever is N position
Output

READY

Other than the above

1 V or less
9 16 V

Always

0V

F
24
(W)

Ground

ENCODER SIGNAL A

Input

Parking actuator is operated

JSDIA2351GB

25
(B)

Ground

GND (MOTOR)

26
(R)

Ground

D POSITION OUTPUT
(SELECTOR INDICATOR)

Output

27
(BR)

Ground

MOTOR COIL B UPHASE

Output

28
(GR)

Ground

MOTOR COIL B VPHASE

Output

29
(R)

Ground

MOTOR COIL B WPHASE

Output

30
(Y)

Ground

R POSITION OUTPUT
(SELECTOR INDICATOR)

Output

31
(L)

Ground

EV SYSTEM CAN-H

Input/
Output

32
(G)

Ground

EV SYSTEM CAN-L

Input/
Output

33
(GR)
34
(B)

Ground

PARKING ACTUATOR
RELAY B

Ground

ELECTRIC SHIFT SENSOR NO. 1

35
(L)

Ground

36
(R)

Ground

Selector lever is D position


READY

Other than the above

Input

Input

ELECTRIC SHIFT SENSOR NO. 3

Input

0V
1 V or less

9 16 V

Power switch OFF

0V

Power switch ON

9 16 V

Power switch OFF

0V

Power switch ON

9 16 V

Power switch OFF

0V

READY

Other than the above

9 16 V

Power switch ON

Selector lever is R position

ELECTRIC SHIFT SENSOR NO. 2

Revision: 2010 November

Always

1 V or less
9 16 V

Power switch ON

0V

Power switch OFF

9 16 V

READY

READY

READY

Selector lever is held in R position

0V

Other than the above

5V

Selector lever is held in R and


N positions

0V

Other than the above

5V

Selector lever is held in H


(Home) and N positions

0V

Other than the above

5V

TM-41

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >


Terminal
(Wire color)

Item

Signal name

Input/
Output

37
(Y)

Ground

ELECTRIC SHIFT SENSOR NO. 4

Input

38
(B)

Ground

P POSITION OUTPUT
(SELECTOR INDICATOR)

39
(LG)

Ground

ANGLE SENSOR 2
POWER SUPPLY

40
(P)

Ground

ANGLE SENSOR 2
SIGNAL

41
(BR)

Ground

ELECTRIC SHIFT SENSOR GND 1

42
(G)

Ground

POWER SW 2

Input

43
(W)

Ground

MAIN POWER SUPPLY


2

Input

44
(W)

Ground

ELECTRIC SHIFT SENSOR NO. 5

Input

45
(G)

Ground

46
(R)

Ground

Condition

READY

Selector lever is held in N and


D position
Other than the above
Selector lever is P position

Output

Input

READY

Other than the above

Power switch ON

READY

Input

P POSITION SWITCH
NO. 7

Input

0V
5V
1 V or less
9 16 V
5V

Selector lever is P position


(Manual plate: P position)

1.42 2.20 V

Other than the above


(Manual plate: Not P position)

2.85 3.56 V

ELECTRIC SHIFT SENSOR NO. 6

Value (Approx.)

Always

0V

Power switch ON

9 16 V

Power switch OFF

0V

Power switch ON

9 16 V

Power switch OFF

0V

READY

READY

READY

Selector lever is held in D position

0V

Other than the above

5V

Selector lever in H (Home) position

0V

Other than the above

5V

P position switch is pushed

5V

Other than the above

0V

P position switch is pushed

0V

Other than the above

5V

47
(B)

Ground

P POSITION SWITCH
NO. 8

48
(SB)

Ground

ELECTRIC SHIFT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY


2

49
(G)

Ground

ANGLE SENSOR 2
GND

Always

0V

50
(LG)

Ground

ELECTRIC SHIFT SENSOR GND 2

Always

0V

Input

READY

Power switch ON

5V

Fail-Safe

INFOID:0000000007005964

DTC

Vehicle behavior

P0571

P0705

When shifting to the R position and the D position, the reaction becomes slower and it takes approximately 1 second to complete shifting

P0706

Shifting to the R position, N position and D position is prohibited

P0780

Malfunction in P position

Shifting from the P position to another position is prohibited

Malfunction in position other than P

Shifting to the P position is prohibited

P1722

Revision: 2010 November

TM-42

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >


DTC
P1802

P1803

Vehicle behavior
Malfunction in P position

Shifting from the P position to another position is prohibited

Malfunction in position other than P

Shifting to the P position is prohibited

Malfunction in P position

Shifting from the P position to another position is prohibited

Malfunction in position other than P

Shifting to the P position is prohibited

P1804
P1811

Automatic P position system is disabled

P1895

P1896

When shifting to the R position and the D position, the reaction becomes slower and it takes approximately 1 second to complete shifting

P1897

P1899

P189A

P189B

P189C

P189D

P189E

Malfunction in position other than P

Shifting to the P position is prohibited

P18A0

P18A1

P18A2

P18A4

Shifting from the P position to another position is prohibited

Malfunction in position other than P

Shifting to the P position is prohibited

Malfunction in P position

Shifting from the P position to another position is prohibited

Malfunction in position other than P

Shifting to the P position is prohibited

Shifting operation is prohibited

P18A8

Pushing the P position switch does not switch the to the P position
Malfunction in P position

Shifting from the P position to another position is prohibited

Malfunction in position other than P

Shifting to the P position is prohibited

P18AA

Shifting from the P position to another position is prohibited

P18AB

Automatic P position system may be disabled

P18AD

P18AE

EV system CAN with VCM blocked

P18AC

U1010

P18A7

U1000

Malfunction in P position

P18A6

P18A9

Shifting from the P position to another position is prohibited

P18A3

Malfunction in P position

P189F

TM

Shifting to the R position and the D position is prohibited

Other than the above

Shifting to the R position and the D position is prohibited

U1086

Protection Control

P
INFOID:0000000007005965

If shifting from the P position to another position and shifting from another position to the P position are
repeated within a short period of time, it may become impossible to shift from the P position to another position
and from another position to the P position for system protection. In this case, the system automatically
returns to the normal state allowing shifting after approximately 10 seconds.
Revision: 2010 November

TM-43

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >

DTC Inspection Priority Chart

INFOID:0000000007005966

If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the priority as per the
following list.
Priority

Detected items (DTC)

Reference

P0706 TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR A

TM-63

P0780 SHIFT ERROR

TM-66

P1802 CONTROL MODULE

TM-68

P1803 CONTROL MODULE

TM-69

P1897 ENCODER ERROR

TM-79

P189E ACTUATOR LOCK

TM-95

P18A3 CONTROL MODULE

TM-104

P18A4 CONTROL MODULE

TM-105

P18A7 SHIFT SIGNAL OFF

TM-108

P18A8 P POSITION SWITCH

TM-112

P18A9 PARKING ACTUATOR FUNCTION

TM-114

P18AA P POSITION LEARNING ERROR

TM-115

P18AB IGNITION SWITCH

TM-116

P0571 BRAKE SWITCH A

TM-58

P0705 TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR A

TM-60

P1722 VEHICLE SPEED

TM-67

P1804 CONTROL MODULE

TM-70

P1811 ELECTRIC SHIFT POWER SUPPLY RELAY

TM-71

P1895 MOTOR SPEED

TM-74

P1896 SHIFT POWER SUPPLY

TM-75

P1899 MOTOR A

TM-81

P189A MOTOR A

TM-83

P189B MOTOR B

TM-87

P189C MOTOR B

TM-89

P189D BACK UP VOLTAGE

TM-93

P189F ANGLE SENSOR 1

TM-96

P18A0 ANGLE SENSOR 2

TM-98

P18A1 ANGLE SENSOR 1

TM-100

P18A2 ANGLE SENSOR 2

TM-102

P18A6 WAKE UP SIGNAL

TM-106

P18AC PARKING ACTUATOR RELAY A

TM-118

P18AD PARKING ACTUATOR RELAY B

TM-120

P18AE STUCK IN SHIFT

TM-122

U1000 CAN COMM CIRC

TM-123

U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)

TM-124

U1086 CAN ERROR

TM-125

DTC Index

INFOID:0000000007005967

NOTE:
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the priority as per the
following list. Refer to TM-44, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart".
Revision: 2010 November

TM-44

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >

: ON
*

DTC

CONSULT

Item name
(CONSULT screen terms)

Electric shift warning


lamp

Master warning
Yellow

A
Reference

Red

P0571

BRAKE SWITCH A

TM-58

P0705

TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR A

TM-60

P0706

TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR A

P0780

SHIFT ERROR

P1722

VEHICLE SPEED

P1802

CONTROL MODULE

TM-68

P1803

CONTROL MODULE

TM-69

P1804

CONTROL MODULE

P1811

ELECTRIC SHIFT POWER SUPPLY RELAY

P1895

MOTOR SPEED

P1896

SHIFT POWER SUPPLY

P1897

ENCODER ERROR

P1899

MOTOR A

P189A

(Vehicle stopped)

(During driving)

(After stop)

TM-63
TM-66

TM

TM-67

TM-70

F
(After power
switch OFF)

TM-71

TM-74

TM-75

(After power
switch OFF)

TM-79

TM-81

MOTOR A

TM-83

P189B

MOTOR B

TM-87

P189C

MOTOR B

TM-89

P189D

BACK UP VOLTAGE

TM-93

P189E

ACTUATOR LOCK

P189F

ANGLE SENSOR 1

TM-96

P18A0

ANGLE SENSOR 2

TM-98

P18A1

ANGLE SENSOR 1

TM-100

P18A2

ANGLE SENSOR 2

TM-102

P18A3

CONTROL MODULE

TM-104

P18A4

CONTROL MODULE

TM-105

P18A6

WAKE UP SIGNAL

P18A7

SHIFT SIGNAL OFF

P18A8

P POSITION SWITCH

P18A9

PARKING ACTUATOR FUNCTION

TM-114

P18AA

P POSITION LEARNING ERROR

TM-115

(After power switch


OFF)

(During driving)

H
(After power switch
OFF)

(During driving)

TM-95

Revision: 2010 November

(Vehicle stopped)

(During driving)

(After stop)

(Vehicle stopped)

(During driving)

(After stop)

TM-45

TM-106
TM-108

TM-112

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >


DTC*
CONSULT

Item name
(CONSULT screen terms)

Electric shift warning


lamp

Master warning
Yellow

Red

(During driving)

(After stop)

Reference

P18AB

IGNITION SWITCH

P18AC

PARKING ACTUATOR RELAY A

TM-118

P18AD

PARKING ACTUATOR RELAY B

TM-120

P18AE

STUCK IN SHIFT

TM-122

U1000

CAN COMM CIRC

TM-123

U1010

CONTROL UNIT (CAN)

TM-124

U1086

CAN ERROR

TM-125

(Vehicle stopped)

TM-116

*: These numbers are prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.

Revision: 2010 November

TM-46

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ELECTRIC SHIFT SYSTEM


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< WIRING DIAGRAM >

WIRING DIAGRAM

ELECTRIC SHIFT SYSTEM


Wiring Diagram

INFOID:0000000007005968

TM

JCDWA0744GB

Revision: 2010 November

TM-47

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ELECTRIC SHIFT SYSTEM


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< WIRING DIAGRAM >

JCDWA0745GB

Revision: 2010 November

TM-48

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ELECTRIC SHIFT SYSTEM


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< WIRING DIAGRAM >

TM

O
JCDWA0746GB

Revision: 2010 November

TM-49

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ELECTRIC SHIFT SYSTEM


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< WIRING DIAGRAM >

JCDWA0747GB

Revision: 2010 November

TM-50

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ELECTRIC SHIFT SYSTEM


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< WIRING DIAGRAM >

TM

O
JCDWA0748GB

Revision: 2010 November

TM-51

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ELECTRIC SHIFT SYSTEM


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< WIRING DIAGRAM >

JCDWA0749GB

Revision: 2010 November

TM-52

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ELECTRIC SHIFT SYSTEM


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< WIRING DIAGRAM >

TM

O
JCDWA0750GB

Revision: 2010 November

TM-53

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ELECTRIC SHIFT SYSTEM


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< WIRING DIAGRAM >

JCDWA0751GB

Revision: 2010 November

TM-54

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< BASIC INSPECTION >

BASIC INSPECTION

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW


Diagnosis Flow

INFOID:0000000007005969

Refer to TM-56, "Question sheet" and interview the customer to obtain the malfunction information (conditions
and environment when the malfunction occurred) as much as possible when the customer brings in the vehicle.

1.OBTAIN INFORMATION ABOUT SYMPTOM

TM

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC
1.
2.
-

Before checking the malfunction, check whether any DTC exists.


If DTC exists, perform the following operations.
Record the DTC and freeze frame data. (Print out the data using CONSULT and affix them to the Work
Order Sheet.)
Erase DTCs.
Check the relationship between the cause that is clarified with DTC and the malfunction information
described by the customer.
3. Check the information of related service bulletins and others also.
Do malfunction information and DTC exist?
Malfunction information and DTC exists. >>GO TO 3.
Malfunction information exists, but no DTC. >>GO TO 4.
No malfunction information, but DTC exists. >>GO TO 5.

3.REPRODUCE MALFUNCTION SYMPTOM

Check any malfunction described by a customer, except those with DTC on the vehicle.
Also investigate whether the symptom is a fail-safe or normal operation. Refer to TM-42, "Fail-Safe".
When a malfunction symptom is reproduced, the question sheet is effective. Refer to TM-56, "Question sheet".
Verify the relationship between the symptom and the conditions in which the malfunction described by the customer occurs.

>> GO TO 5.

4.REPRODUCE MALFUNCTION SYMPTOM


Check the malfunction described by the customer on the vehicle.
Also investigate whether the symptom is a fail-safe or normal operation. Refer to TM-42, "Fail-Safe".
When a malfunction symptom is reproduced, the question sheet is effective. Refer to TM-56, "Question sheet".
Verify the relationship between the symptom and the conditions in which the malfunction described by the customer occurs.
>> GO TO 7.

5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE of the appropriate DTC to check if DTC is detected again.
Refer to TM-44, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" when multiple DTCs are detected, and then determine the
order for performing the diagnosis.
NOTE:
If no DTC is detected, refer to the freeze frame data.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> Check according to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".

6.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PARTS


Repair or replace the detected malfunctioning parts.
Reconnect parts or connector after repairing or replacing, and then erase DTC if necessary.
Revision: 2010 November

TM-55

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< BASIC INSPECTION >


>> GO TO 7.

7.FINAL CHECK
Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again to make sure that the repair is correctly performed.
Check that malfunctions are not reproduced when obtaining the malfunction information from the customer,
referring to the symptom inspection result in step 3 or 4.
Is DTC or malfunction symptom reproduced?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Before delivering the vehicle to the customer, make sure that DTC is erased.

Question sheet

INFOID:0000000007005970

DESCRIPTION
By understanding those conditions properly, a quick and exact diagnosis can be achieved.
In general, customers have their own criteria for a problem. Therefore, it is important to understand the symptom and status well
enough by asking the customer about the concerns carefully. In
order to systemize all the information for the diagnosis, prepare the
question sheet referring to the question points.

SEF907L

WORKSHEET SAMPLE
Question Sheet
Customer name

MR/MS

Motor No.

Manuf. Date

Incident Date

VIN

Model & Year

In Service Date

Mileage

km / Mile

Vehicle does not move

Symptoms

( Any position Particular position

Does not shift P position


Does not shift R, N and D positions
Others

Frequency

All the time

Weather conditions

Not affected
Weather

Fine

Under certain conditions

Sometimes (

Clouding

Snowing

Other (

Cold

Temp.
[Approx.

Raining

times a day)

Temp.

Hot

Warm

Cool

Humidity

High

Middle

Low

In suburbs

Freeway

While idling

While engine racing

At racing

While accelerating

While decelerating

While turning (Right / Left)

Vehicle speed [

km/h (

Road conditions

F)]

Not affected
In town

Driving conditions

C (

Off road (Up / Down)

Not affected
At starting

While cruising

MPH)]

Other conditions

Revision: 2010 November

TM-56

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P POSITION LEARNING VALUE CLEAR


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< BASIC INSPECTION >

P POSITION LEARNING VALUE CLEAR


Description

A
INFOID:0000000007005971

The electric shift control module memorizes the P position. Therefore, it is necessary to clear the P position
learning value and perform the relearning of the P position after the electric shift control module and the parking actuator (reduction gear) are removed and installed or replaced.

Work Procedure

INFOID:0000000007005972

1.P POSITION LEARNING VALUE CLEAR


TM

With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON.
2. Select Work Support in SHIFT.
3. Select P POSITION LEARNING VALUE CLEAR.
4. Touch CLEAR.

>> GO TO 2.

2.P POSITION LEARNING


1.
2.
3.
4.

Power switch OFF.


Power switch ON. (Selector lever in P position.)
Wait 5 seconds or more.
CAUTION:
Never shift change.
Check that the master warning is OFF and no warning message is displayed.

>> END

Revision: 2010 November

TM-57

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0571 BRAKE SWITCH A


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
P0571 BRAKE SWITCH A
DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007005973

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

P0571

Brake Switch A Circuit

DTC detection condition

Possible cause

It is detected that the stop lamp switch cannot be


switched to ON/OFF.

Stop lamp switch (ON stuck or OFF


stuck)
Electric shift control module
Harness or connectors
(Each circuit is open or shorted.)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK


If another "DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" occurs just before, power switch OFF and wait for at least
10 seconds, then perform the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
Set the vehicle to READY.
Accelerate the vehicle up to 50 km/h (31 MPH) and then depress the brake pedal to decelerate and stop
the vehicle.
3. Repeat step 2 five more times.
4. Check DTC.
Is P0571 detected?
YES >> Go to TM-58, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007005974

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH SIGNAL


1.
2.
3.
4.

With CONSULT
Set the vehicle to READY.
Select Data Monitor in SHIFT.
Select BRAKE SWITCH and BRAKE SWITCH (CAN).
Identify an abnormal signal value.
Condition

Item
BRAKE SWITCH

BRAKE SWITCH (CAN)

Brake pedal is depressed

ON

ON

Brake pedal is released

OFF

OFF

Which signal value is abnormal?


BRAKE SWITCH>>GO TO 2.
BRAKE SWITCH (CAN)>>GO TO 5.

2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Power switch OFF.


Disconnect the stop lamp switch connector.
Check the voltage between stop lamp switch vehicle side harness connector terminal and ground.

Revision: 2010 November

TM-58

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0571 BRAKE SWITCH A


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >


Stop lamp switch vehicle side harness connector
Connector

Terminal

E102

Ground

Voltage

Ground

9 16 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> GO TO 3.

3.DETECTION OF MALFUNCTION ITEMS

Check the following items:


Harness open circuit or short circuit between the stop lamp switch vehicle side harness connector and 12V TM
battery.
12V battery
10A fuse (# 12)
E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO
>> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
F
CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH SIGNAL INPUT CIRCUIT

4.
1.
2.

Disconnect the electric shift control module connector.


Check the continuity between electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminal and
stop lamp switch vehicle side harness connector terminal.
Electric shift control module vehicle side harness
connector

3.

Stop lamp switch vehicle side harness connector

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

M58

14

E102

H
Continuity
Existed

Check the continuity between electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminal and
ground.
J
Electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector
Connector

Terminal

M58

14

Ground

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.

5.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH


Check the stop lamp switch. Refer to BRC-94, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the electric shift control module. Refer to TM-130, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Replace the stop lamp switch. Refer to BRC-9, "Component Parts Location".

Revision: 2010 November

TM-59

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0705 TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR A


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P0705 TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR A


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007005975

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

P0705

Transmission Range Sensor A


Circuit (PRNDL Input)

DTC detection condition

Possible cause

One of the electric shift sensors No. 1 to No.


6 is stuck at ON or OFF.

Electric shift sensor


Harness or connectors
(Each circuit is open or shorted.)

Position Pattern Table

Electric shift control module


recognition position

Selector lever position

Electric shift sensor


No. 1

No. 2

No. 3

No. 4

No. 5

No. 6

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

OFF

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK


If another "DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" occurs just before, power switch OFF and wait for at least
10 seconds, then perform the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Set the vehicle to READY.
2. Select Data Monitor in SHIFT.
3. Select RANGE POSITION.
4. Shift the selector lever as follows. (Hold the selector lever at each position for 2 seconds or more.)
HNRNDNH
5. Repeat step 4 five more times.
6. Check DTC.
Is P0705 detected?
YES >> Go to TM-60, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007005976

1.CHECK ELECTRIC SHIFT SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL


With CONSULT
Set the vehicle to READY.
Select Data Monitor in SHIFT.
Select SHIFT SENSOR 1, SHIFT SENSOR 2, SHIFT SENSOR 3, SHIFT SENSOR 4, SHIFT SENSOR 5, and SHIFT SENSOR 6.
4. Operate the selector lever to identify a electric shift sensor of which value does not change.
1.
2.
3.

Monitor item
SHIFT SENSOR 1

Revision: 2010 November

Condition

Value / Status

Selector lever is held in R position

ON

Other than the above

OFF

TM-60

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0705 TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR A


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >


Monitor item
SHIFT SENSOR 2

SHIFT SENSOR 3

SHIFT SENSOR 4

SHIFT SENSOR 5

SHIFT SENSOR 6

Condition

Value / Status

Selector lever is held in R and N positions

ON

Other than the above

OFF

Selector lever is held in H (Home) and N positions

ON

Other than the above

OFF

Selector lever is held in N and D positions

ON

Other than the above

OFF

Selector lever is held in D position

ON

Other than the above

OFF

Selector lever in H (Home) position

ON

Other than the above

OFF

TM

Without CONSULT
1. Set the vehicle to READY.
2. Operate the selector lever.
3. Check the voltage between electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminal and
ground.
Electric
shift sensor

Electric shift control module vehicle


side harness connector
Connector

34

35

36
M59

Ground
37

44

45

Voltage
(Approx.)

Selector lever is held in R position

0V

Other than the above

5V

Selector lever is held in R and N positions

0V

Other than the above

5V

Selector lever is held in H (Home) and N positions

0V

Other than the above

5V

Selector lever is held in N and D position

0V

Other than the above

5V

Selector lever is held in D position

0V

Other than the above

5V

Selector lever in H (Home) position

0V

Other than the above

5V

Condition

terminal

Ground

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE AND ELECTRIC SHIFT SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
4.

Power switch OFF.


Disconnect the electric shift control module connector.
Disconnect the electric shift sensor connector.
Check the continuity between the malfunctioning electric shift sensor identified at Step 1 and the harness
connector terminal located on the vehicle side of the electric shift control module.

Revision: 2010 November

TM-61

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0705 TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR A


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

Electric shift sensor

Electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector


Connector

terminal

Connector

34

11

35

M59

36

10

M57

37

Continuity

terminal

5.

Electric shift sensor vehicle side harness


connector

44

45

Existed

Check the continuity electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminal and ground.

Electric shift sensor

Electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector


Connector

34

35

M59

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

terminal

Ground

36
37

44

45

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace the electric shift sensor. Refer to TM-131, "Exploded View".
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: 2010 November

TM-62

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0706 TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR A


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P0706 TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR A

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007005977

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC detection condition

Possible cause

P0706

Transmission range sensor A Circuit


Range/Performance

Two or more sensors out of electric shift


sensors No. 1 to No. 6 are stuck at ON or
OFF.

Electric shift sensor


Harness or connectors
(Each circuit is open or shorted.)

TM

Position Pattern Table

Electric shift control module


recognition position

Selector lever position

Electric shift sensor


No. 1

No. 2

No. 3

No. 4

No. 5

No. 6

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

OFF

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK


If another "DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" occurs just before, power switch OFF and wait for at least
10 seconds, then perform the next test.

>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Set the vehicle to READY.
2. Select Data Monitor in SHIFT.
3. Select RANGE POSITION.
4. Shift the selector lever as follows. (Hold the selector lever at each position for 2 seconds or more.)
HNRNDNH
5. Repeat step 4 five more times.
6. Check DTC.
Is P0706 detected?
YES >> Go to TM-63, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007005978

1.CHECK ELECTRIC SHIFT SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL

With CONSULT
Set the vehicle to READY.
Select Data Monitor in SHIFT.
Select SHIFT SENSOR 1, SHIFT SENSOR 2, SHIFT SENSOR 3, SHIFT SENSOR 4, SHIFT SENSOR 5, and SHIFT SENSOR 6.
4. Operate the selector lever to identify a electric shift sensor of which value does not change.
1.
2.
3.

Monitor item
SHIFT SENSOR 1

Revision: 2010 November

Condition

Value / Status

Selector lever is held in R position

ON

Other than the above

OFF

TM-63

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0706 TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR A


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >


Monitor item
SHIFT SENSOR 2

SHIFT SENSOR 3

SHIFT SENSOR 4

SHIFT SENSOR 5

SHIFT SENSOR 6

1.
2.
3.

Condition

Value / Status

Selector lever is held in R and N positions

ON

Other than the above

OFF

Selector lever is held in H (Home) and N positions

ON

Other than the above

OFF

Selector lever is held in N and D positions

ON

Other than the above

OFF

Selector lever is held in D position

ON

Other than the above

OFF

Selector lever in H (Home) position

ON

Other than the above

OFF

Without CONSULT
Set the vehicle to READY.
Operate the selector lever.
Check the voltage between electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminal and
ground.

Electric
shift sensor

Electric shift control module vehicle


side harness connector
Connector

Ground

Condition

terminal

34

35

36
M59

Ground

37

44

45

Voltage
(Approx.)

Selector lever is held in R position

0V

Other than the above

5V

Selector lever is held in R and N positions

0V

Other than the above

5V

Selector lever is held in H (Home) and N positions

0V

Other than the above

5V

Selector lever is held in N and D position

0V

Other than the above

5V

Selector lever is held in D position

0V

Other than the above

5V

Selector lever in H (Home) position

0V

Other than the above

5V

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE AND ELECTRIC SHIFT SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
4.

Power switch OFF.


Disconnect the electric shift control module connector.
Disconnect the electric shift sensor connector.
Check the continuity between the malfunctioning electric shift sensor identified at Step 1 and the harness
connector terminal located on the vehicle side of the electric shift control module.

Revision: 2010 November

TM-64

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0706 TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR A


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

Electric shift sensor

Electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector


Connector

terminal

Connector

34

11

35

M59

36

10

M57

37

A
Continuity

terminal

5.

Electric shift sensor vehicle side harness


connector

44

45

Existed

TM

Check the continuity electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminal and ground.

Electric shift sensor

Electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector


Connector

34

35

M59

Continuity

terminal

E
Ground

36
37

44

45

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace the electric shift sensor. Refer to TM-131, "Exploded View".
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: 2010 November

TM-65

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P0780 SHIFT ERROR


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P0780 SHIFT ERROR


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007005979

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
P0780

Trouble diagnosis name


Shift Error

DTC detection condition


In spite of the command from the electric shift control module, the parking actuator does not complete the switching
to the designated position (P position or another position).

Possible cause
Parking actuator

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK


If another "DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" occurs just before, power switch OFF and wait for at least
10 seconds, then perform the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Set the vehicle to READY.
2. Shift the selector lever to N position and wait for 10 seconds or more.
3. Press the P position switch to shift to P position and wait for 10 seconds or more.
4. Check DTC.
Is P0780 detected?
YES >> Go to TM-66, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007005980

1.REPLACE REDUCTION GEAR


Replace the reduction gear due to malfunction in the parking actuator. Refer to TM-17, "Removal and Installation".
>> END

Revision: 2010 November

TM-66

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P1722 VEHICLE SPEED


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P1722 VEHICLE SPEED

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007005981

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

P1722

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC detection condition

Vehicle Speed Signal Circuit

The electric shift control module detects a malfunction in the CAN communication signal with
the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
The ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
detects a malfunction with the wheel sensor.

Possible cause
ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)
VCM
Electric shift control module
Harness or connectors
(Each circuit is open or shorted.)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

TM

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.

1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK

If another "DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" occurs just before, power switch OFF and wait for at least
10 seconds, then perform the next test.
G

>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

With CONSULT
1. Set the vehicle to READY.
2. Drive the vehicle at 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for 60 seconds.
3. Stop the vehicle.
4. Check DTC.
Is P1722 detected?
YES >> Go to TM-67, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007005982

1.CHECK DTC OF ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)


L

With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON.
2. Perform Self Diagnostic Results in ABS.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check DTC detected item. Refer to BRC-48, "DTC Index".
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC OF VCM

With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON.
2. Perform Self Diagnostic Results in EV/HEV.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check DTC detected item. Refer to EVC-78, "DTC Index".
NO
>> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the electric shift control module. Refer to TM-130, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: 2010 November

TM-67

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P1802 CONTROL MODULE


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P1802 CONTROL MODULE


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007005983

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
P1802

Trouble diagnosis name


Control Module (RAM)

DTC detection condition


A malfunction is detected in the electric shift
control module.

Possible cause
Electric shift control module

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK


If another "DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" occurs just before, power switch OFF and wait for at least
10 seconds, then perform the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Power switch OFF to ON and wait for 2 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC.
Is P1802 detected?
YES >> Go to TM-68, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007005984

1.REPLACE ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE


Replace the electric shift control module. Refer to TM-130, "Removal and Installation".
>> END

Revision: 2010 November

TM-68

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P1803 CONTROL MODULE


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P1803 CONTROL MODULE

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007005985

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
P1803

Trouble diagnosis name


Control Module (ROM)

DTC detection condition


A malfunction is detected in the electric shift
control module.

Possible cause

Electric shift control module

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

TM

1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK


If another "DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" occurs just before, power switch OFF and wait for at least
10 seconds, then perform the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
F

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Power switch OFF to ON and wait for 2 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC.
Is P1803 detected?
YES >> Go to TM-69, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

H
INFOID:0000000007005986

1.REPLACE ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE


Replace the electric shift control module. Refer to TM-130, "Removal and Installation".

>> END
K

Revision: 2010 November

TM-69

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P1804 CONTROL MODULE


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P1804 CONTROL MODULE


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007005987

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
P1804

Trouble diagnosis name


Control Module (EEPROM)

DTC detection condition


A malfunction is detected in the electric shift
control module.

Possible cause
Electric shift control module

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK


If another "DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" occurs just before, power switch OFF and wait for at least
10 seconds, then perform the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Power switch OFF to ON and wait for 2 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC.
Is P1804 detected?
YES >> Go to TM-70, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007005988

1.REPLACE ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE


Replace the electric shift control module. Refer to TM-130, "Removal and Installation".
>> END

Revision: 2010 November

TM-70

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P1811 ELECTRIC SHIFT POWER SUPPLY RELAY


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P1811 ELECTRIC SHIFT POWER SUPPLY RELAY

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007005989

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

P1811

Trouble diagnosis name

Electric Shift Power Supply Relay Circuit

DTC detection condition

Possible cause

Battery voltage from the electric shift power


supply relay is less than the specified value.

Electric shift power supply relay (OFF


stuck)
Harness or fuse (Open)

Electric shift power supply relay (ON


It is detected that the voltage from the elecstuck)
tric shift power supply relay does not lower
Harness
even though the electric shift power supply
- 12V battery short (Switch side)
relay is OFF.
- Ground short (Coil side)

TM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK

If another "DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" occurs just before, power switch OFF and wait for at least
10 seconds, then perform the next test.
G

>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 5 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC.
Is P1811 detected?
YES >> Go to TM-71, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007005990

1.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE AND ELECTRIC SHIFT POWER

SUPPLY RELAY
1. Disconnect the electric shift control module connector.
2. Disconnect the electric shift power supply relay.
3. Check the continuity between electric shift power supply relay vehicle side harness connector terminal
and ground.

M
Electric shift power supply relay vehicle side harness connector

4.

Connector

Terminal

E56

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Check the continuity between electric shift power supply relay vehicle side harness connector terminals
and electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminals.

Electric shift power supply relay vehicle side harness


connector
Connector

Terminal
2

E56

5.

Ground

Electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector


Connector
M58
M59

17
Existed

43

Check the voltage between electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminals and
ground.

Revision: 2010 November

TM-71

Continuity

Terminal

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P1811 ELECTRIC SHIFT POWER SUPPLY RELAY


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >


Electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector
Connector

Terminal

M58

M59

43

Ground

Voltage
(Approx.)

Ground

0V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

2.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT


Check the continuity between electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminals and
ground.
Electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector
Connector

Terminal
3

M58

Ground

Continuity

Ground

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3.CHECK ELECTRIC SHIFT POWER SUPPLY RELAY


Check the electric shift power supply relay. Refer to TM-72, "Component Inspection (Electric Shift Power Supply Relay)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Replace the electric shift power supply relay. Refer to TM-26, "Component Parts Location".

4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


Check the following.
Harness for short or open between 12V battery and electric shift power supply relay vehicle side harness
connector terminal 1 and 3.
12V battery
10A fuse (# 75)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Component Inspection (Electric Shift Power Supply Relay)

INFOID:0000000007005991

1.CHECK ELECTRIC SHIFT POWER SUPPLY RELAY


1.
2.

3.

Disconnect the electric shift power supply relay. Refer to TM-26, "Component Parts Location".
Apply 12 V direct current between electric shift power supply relay terminals 1 and 2.
CAUTION:
Never make the terminals short.
Connect the fuse between the terminals when applying the voltage.
Check the continuity between electric shift power supply relay terminals 3 and 5.
Electric shift power supply relay

Condition

Terminal
3

Apply 12 V direct current between terminals 1 and 2.


Does not apply 12 V direct current between terminals 1 and 2.

Continuity
Existed
Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
Revision: 2010 November

TM-72

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P1811 ELECTRIC SHIFT POWER SUPPLY RELAY


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
NO
>> Replace the electric shift power supply relay.

[ELECTRIC SHIFT]
A

TM

Revision: 2010 November

TM-73

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P1895 MOTOR SPEED


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P1895 MOTOR SPEED


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007005992

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

P1895

Trouble diagnosis name

Motor Speed Signal

DTC detection condition

The motor speed signal from the traction motor


inverter is not normal.

Possible cause

Traction motor
Traction motor inverter
Electric shift control module
Harness or connectors
(CAN communication line is
open or shorted.)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.

1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK


If another "DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" occurs just before, turn the power switch OFF and wait for
at least 10 seconds, then perform the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Set the vehicle to READY.
2. Drive the vehicle at 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for 60 seconds.
3. Stop the vehicle.
4. Check DTC.
Is P1895 detected?
YES >> Go to TM-74, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007005993

1.CHECK DTC OF TRACTION MOTOR INVERTER


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON.
2. Perform Self Diagnostic Results in MOTOR CONTROL.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check DTC detected item. Refer to TMS-35, "DTC Index".
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the electric shift control module. Refer to TM-130, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: 2010 November

TM-74

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P1896 SHIFT POWER SUPPLY


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P1896 SHIFT POWER SUPPLY

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007005994

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC detection condition


It is detected that electric shift sensors No. 1, 3, and
5 are stuck at OFF.

Electric Shift Sensor Power


Supply

P1896

Possible cause

It is detected that electric shift sensors No. 2, 4, and


6 are stuck at OFF.

Electric shift sensor


Electric shift control module
Harness or connectors
(Each circuit is open or shorted.)

TM

Position Pattern Table

Electric shift control module


recognition position

Selector lever position

Electric shift sensor

No. 1

No. 2

No. 3

No. 4

No. 5

No. 6

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

OFF

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK

If another "DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" occurs just before, power switch OFF and wait for at least
10 seconds, then perform the next test.

>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

With CONSULT
1. Set the vehicle to READY.
2. Select Data Monitor in SHIFT.
3. Select RANGE POSITION.
4. Shift the selector lever as follows. (Hold the selector lever at each position for 2 seconds or more.)
HNRNDNH
5. Repeat step 4 five times.
6. Check DTC.
Is P1896 detected?
YES >> Go to TM-75, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007005995

1.CHECK ELECTRIC SHIFT SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL


With CONSULT
1. Set the vehicle to READY.
2. Select Data Monitor in SHIFT.
3. Select SHIFT SENSOR 1, SHIFT SENSOR 2, SHIFT SENSOR 3, SHIFT SENSOR 4, SHIFT SENSOR 5, and SHIFT SENSOR 6.
4. Operate the selector lever to identify a electric shift sensor of which value does not change.
Monitor item
SHIFT SENSOR 1

Revision: 2010 November

Condition

Value / Status

Selector lever is held in R position

ON

Other than the above

OFF

TM-75

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P1896 SHIFT POWER SUPPLY


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >


Monitor item

Condition

SHIFT SENSOR 2

SHIFT SENSOR 3

SHIFT SENSOR 4

SHIFT SENSOR 5

SHIFT SENSOR 6

1.
2.
3.

Value / Status

Selector lever is held in R and N positions

ON

Other than the above

OFF

Selector lever is held in H (Home) and N positions

ON

Other than the above

OFF

Selector lever is held in N and D positions

ON

Other than the above

OFF

Selector lever is held in D position

ON

Other than the above

OFF

Selector lever in H (Home) position

ON

Other than the above

OFF

Without CONSULT
Set the vehicle to READY.
Operate the selector lever.
Check the voltage between electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminal and
ground.

Electric
shift sensor

Electric shift control module vehicle


side harness connector
Connector

Ground

Voltage
(Approx.)

Condition

terminal

34

35

36
M59

Ground

37

44

45

Selector lever is held in R position

0V

Other than the above

5V

Selector lever is held in R and N positions

0V

Other than the above

5V

Selector lever is held in H (Home) and N positions

0V

Other than the above

5V

Selector lever is held in N and D position

0V

Other than the above

5V

Selector lever is held in D position

0V

Other than the above

5V

Selector lever in H (Home) position

0V

Other than the above

5V

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK ELECTRIC SHIFT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Power switch OFF.


Disconnect the electric shift sensor connector.
Power switch ON.
Check the power circuit of the malfunctioning electric shift sensor identified at Step 1.
Check the voltage between electric shift sensor vehicle side harness connector terminal and ground.

Electric shift sensor

Electric shift sensor vehicle side harness connector

1, 3, 5
2, 4, 6

Connector
M57

Terminal
1
7

Ground

Voltage
(Approx.)

Ground

5V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> GO TO 3.
Revision: 2010 November

TM-76

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P1896 SHIFT POWER SUPPLY


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

3.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE AND ELECTRIC SHIFT SENSOR
1.
2.
3.

Power switch OFF.


Disconnect the electric shift control module connector.
Check the continuity between electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminal and
electric shift sensor vehicle side harness connector terminal.

Electric shift sensor

4.

Electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector


Connector

Terminal

1, 3, 5

M58

19

2, 4, 6

M59

48

Electric shift sensor vehicle side harness


connector
Connector

Existed

TM

Terminal
1

M57

Electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector


Connector

Terminal

1, 3, 5

M58

19

2, 4, 6

M59

48

Ground

F
Ground

Not existed

4.CHECK ELECTRIC SHIFT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT


Power switch OFF.
Disconnect the electric shift control module connector.
Check the continuity between electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminal and
electric shift sensor vehicle side harness connector terminal.

Electric shift sensor

Electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector


Connector

1, 3, 5

M59

2, 4, 6

4.

Electric shift sensor vehicle side harness


connector

Terminal

Connector

41

Electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector

1, 3, 5
2, 4, 6

Connector
M59

Terminal
41
50

Continuity

6
12

Existed

Check the continuity between electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminal and
ground.

Electric shift sensor

Terminal

M57

50

Continuity

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> 1. Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
2. If inspection result is OK, replace the electric shift control module. Refer to TM-130, "Removal
and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
1.
2.
3.

Continuity

Check the continuity between electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminal and
ground.

Electric shift sensor

Ground

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

5.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE AND ELECTRIC SHIFT SENSOR

1.

Check the continuity between electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminal and
electric shift sensor vehicle side harness connector terminal.

Revision: 2010 November

TM-77

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P1896 SHIFT POWER SUPPLY


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

Electric shift sensor

Electric shift control module vehicle side


harness connector
Connector

Terminal

Connector

34

11

35

M59

36

10

M57

37

Continuity

Terminal

2.

Electric shift sensor vehicle side harness


connector

44

45

Existed

Check the continuity between electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminals and
ground.

Electric shift sensor

Electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector


Connector

34

35

3
4

M59

Ground

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Terminal

36
37

44

45

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> 1. Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
2. If inspection result is OK, replace the electric shift sensor. Refer to TM-131, "Exploded View".
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: 2010 November

TM-78

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P1897 ENCODER ERROR


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P1897 ENCODER ERROR

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007005996

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

P1897

Encoder Error

DTC detection condition

Possible cause

Encoder signals are not transmitted despite the actuation of parking actuator by the electric shift control
module.

Encoder (Parking actuator)


Harness or connectors
(Each circuit is open or shorted.)

TM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.

1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK

If another "DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" occurs just before, power switch OFF and wait for at least
10 seconds, then perform the next test.

>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

With CONSULT
1. Set the vehicle to READY.
2. Shift the selector lever to N position and wait for 10 seconds or more.
3. Press the P position switch to shift to P position and wait for 10 seconds or more.
4. Check DTC.
Is P1897 detected?
YES >> Go to TM-79, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007005997

1.CHECK ENCODER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Power switch OFF.


Disconnect the parking actuator connector.
Check the voltage between parking actuator vehicle side harness connector terminal and ground.
Parking actuator vehicle side harness connector
Connector

Terminal

F4

Ground

Condition

Voltage
(Approx.)

M
Ground

Power switch ON

5V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> GO TO 4.

2.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE AND ENCODER


1.
2.
3.

Power switch OFF.


Disconnect the electric shift control module connector.
Check the continuity between electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminals and
parking actuator vehicle side harness connector terminals.

Revision: 2010 November

TM-79

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P1897 ENCODER ERROR


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >


Electric shift control module vehicle side harness
connector
Connector

Parking actuator vehicle side harness connector

Terminal

Connector

15
M58

Terminal
6

23

F4

24

4.

Continuity

Existed

Check the continuity between electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminals and
ground.
Electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector
Connector

Terminal

Ground

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

15
M58

23
24

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the reduction gear due to malfunction in the encoder (parking actuator). Refer to TM-17,
"Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE AND ENCODER


1.
2.
3.

Power switch OFF.


Disconnect the electric shift control module connector.
Check the continuity between electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminal and
parking actuator vehicle side harness connector terminal.
Electric shift control module vehicle side harness
connector

4.

Parking actuator vehicle side harness connector

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

M58

16

F4

Continuity
Existed

Check the continuity between electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminals and
ground.
Electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector
Connector

Terminal

M58

16

Ground

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: 2010 November

TM-80

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P1899 MOTOR A
[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P1899 MOTOR A

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007005998

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

P1899

DTC detection condition

Possible cause

When the power switch is ON, either of two energized phases is in the non-energized state.
NOTE:
Energized: Approx. 0 V, Non-energized: 9 16 V

Motor A Circuit High

Electric shift control module


Motor coil A (Parking actuator)
Harness (12V battery short)

TM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK


If another "DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" occurs just before, power switch OFF and wait for at least
10 seconds, then perform the next test.

>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


G

With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 2 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC.
Is P1899 detected?
YES >> Go to TM-81, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007005999

1.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE AND MOTOR COIL A
1.
2.
3.
4.

Power switch OFF.


Disconnect the electric shift control module connector.
Disconnect the parking actuator connector.
Check the voltage electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminals and ground.
Electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector
Connector

Terminal

Ground

Voltage
(Approx.)

Ground

0V

1
M58

2
5

5.

Check the continuity electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminals and parking
actuator vehicle side harness connector terminals.

Electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector


Connector

Terminal

Parking actuator vehicle side harness connector


Connector

1
M58

Continuity

Existed

Terminal
1

F4

2
3

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repaire or replace damaged parts.

2.CHECK MOTOR COIL A


Revision: 2010 November

TM-81

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P1899 MOTOR A
[ELECTRIC SHIFT]
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Check the motor coil A. Refer to TM-82, "Component Inspection (Motor Coil A)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO
>> Replace the reduction gear due to malfunction in the motor coil A (parking actuator). Refer to TM17, "Removal and Installation".

Component Inspection (Motor Coil A)

INFOID:0000000007006000

1.CHECK MOTOR COIL A


1.
2.

Disconnect the parking actuator connector.


Check the resistance between parking actuator connector terminals.
Parking actuator connector

Resistance

Terminal
1
4

2.3 2.8

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace the reduction gear due to malfunction in the motor coil A (parking actuator). Refer to TM17, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

TM-82

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P189A MOTOR A
[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P189A MOTOR A

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007006001

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

P189A

DTC detection condition

Possible cause

When the power switch is ON, one of the phases


is in the energized state even though motor coil A
all phases are not energized.
NOTE:
Energized: Approx. 0 V, Non-energized: 9 16 V

Motor A Circuit Low

Parking actuator relay A (OFF stuck)


Motor coil A (Parking actuator)
Electric shift control module
Harness or connectors
(Each circuit is open or ground shorted.)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

TM

1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK


If another "DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" occurs just before, key switch OFF and wait for at least 10
seconds, then perform the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 2 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC.
Is P189A detected?
YES >> Go to TM-83, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007006002

1.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE AND MOTOR COIL A
1.
2.
3.
4.

Power switch OFF.


Disconnect the electric shift control module connector.
Disconnect the parking actuator connector.
Check the continuity electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminals and parking
actuator vehicle side harness connector terminals.
Electric shift control module vehicle side harness
connector
Connector

Terminal

M58

Parking actuator vehicle side harness connector


Connector

Continuity

Existed

Terminal

2
3

Check the continuity electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminals and ground.
Electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector
Connector

Terminal

Ground

M58

P
Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

TM-83

Continuity

Revision: 2010 November

1
F4

5.

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P189A MOTOR A
[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

2.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT


Check the continuity electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminals and ground.
Electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector
Connector

Terminal
6

M58

25

Ground

Continuity

Ground

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3.CHECK PARKING ACTUATOR RELAY A


Check the parking actuator relay A. Refer to TM-85, "Component Inspection (Parking Actuator Relay A)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Replace the parking actuator relay A. Refer to TM-26, "Component Parts Location".

4.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN PARKING ACTUATOR RELAY A AND 12V BATTERY


Check the voltage parking actuator relay A vehicle side harness connector terminal and ground.
Parking actuator relay A vehicle side harness connector
Connector

Terminal
1

E54

Ground

Voltage

Ground

9 16 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> GO TO 5.

5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


Check the following.
Harness for short or open between parking actuator relay A and 12V battery
12V battery
20A fuse (# 76)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

6.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN PARKING ACTUATOR AND PARKING ACTUATOR RELAY A


Check the continuity parking actuator vehicle side harness connector terminal and parking actuator relay A
vehicle side harness connector terminal.
Parking actuator vehicle side harness connector

Parking actuator relay A vehicle side harness connector

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

F4

E54

Continuity
Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

7.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE AND PARKING ACTUATOR RELAY A
1. Check the continuity electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminal and parking
actuator relay A vehicle side harness connector terminal.

Revision: 2010 November

TM-84

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P189A MOTOR A
[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >


Electric shift control module vehicle side harness
connector

2.

Parking actuator relay A vehicle side harness connector

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

M58

18

E54

A
Continuity

Existed

Check the continuity electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminal and ground.
C

Electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector


Connector

Terminal

M58

18

Ground

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

8.CHECK MOTOR COIL A


Check the motor coil A (parking actuator). Refer to TM-85, "Component Inspection (Motor Coil A)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO
>> Replace the reduction gear due to malfunction in the motor coil A (parking actuator). Refer to TM17, "Removal and Installation".

Component Inspection (Parking Actuator Relay A)

3.

Parking actuator relay A

Condition

Terminal
5

Apply 12 V direct current between terminals 1 and 2.


Does not apply 12 V direct current between terminals 1 and 2.

Continuity

Existed
Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace the parking actuator relay A.

Component Inspection (Motor Coil A)

INFOID:0000000007006004

1.CHECK MOTOR COIL A


1.
2.

Disconnect the parking actuator connector.


Check the resistance between parking actuator connector terminals.
Parking actuator connector

O
Resistance

Terminal

1
4

2.3 2.8

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

Disconnect the parking actuator relay A. Refer to TM-26, "Component Parts Location".
Apply 12 V direct current between parking actuator relay A terminals 1 and 2.
CAUTION:
Never make the terminals short.
Connect the fuse between the terminals when applying the voltage.
Check the continuity between parking actuator relay A terminals 3 and 5.

INFOID:0000000007006003

1.CHECK PARKING ACTUATOR RELAY A


1.
2.

TM

TM-85

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P189A MOTOR A
[ELECTRIC SHIFT]
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
NO
>> Replace the reduction gear due to malfunction in the motor coil A (parking actuator). Refer to TM17, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

TM-86

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P189B MOTOR B
[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P189B MOTOR B

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007006005

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

P189B

DTC detection condition

Possible cause

When the power switch is ON, either of two energized phases is in the non-energized state.
NOTE:
Energized: Approx. 0 V, Non-energized: 9 16 V

Motor B Circuit High

Electric shift control module


Motor coil B (Parking actuator)
Harness (12V battery short)

TM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK


If another "DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" occurs just before, power switch OFF and wait for at least
10 seconds, then perform the next test.

>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


G

With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 2 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC.
Is P189B detected?
YES >> Go to TM-87, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007006006

1.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE AND MOTOR COIL B
1.
2.
3.
4.

Power switch OFF.


Disconnect the electric shift control module connector.
Disconnect the parking actuator connector.
Check the voltage electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminals and ground.
Electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector
Connector

Terminal

Ground

Voltage
(Approx.)

Ground

0V

27
M59

28
29

5.

Check the continuity electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminals and parking
actuator vehicle side harness connector terminals.

Electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector


Connector

Terminal

Parking actuator vehicle side harness connector


Connector

27
M59

28

Continuity

Existed

Terminal
11

F5

29

12
13

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repaire or replace damaged parts.

2.CHECK MOTOR COIL B


Revision: 2010 November

TM-87

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P189B MOTOR B
[ELECTRIC SHIFT]
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Check the motor coil B. Refer to TM-88, "Component Inspection (Motor Coil B)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO
>> Replace the reduction gear due to malfunction in the motor coil B (parking actuator). Refer to TM17, "Removal and Installation".

Component Inspection (Motor Coil B)

INFOID:0000000007006007

1.CHECK MOTOR COIL B


1.
2.

Disconnect the parking actuator connector.


Check the resistance between parking actuator connector terminals.
Parking actuator connector

Resistance

Terminal
11
14

12

2.3 2.8

13

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace the reduction gear due to malfunction in the motor coil B (parking actuator). Refer to TM17, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

TM-88

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P189C MOTOR B
[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P189C MOTOR B

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007006008

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

P189C

DTC detection condition

Possible cause

When the power switch is ON, one of the phases


is in the energized state even though motor coil
B all phases are not energized.
NOTE:
Energized: Approx. 0 V, Non-energized: 9 16 V

Motor B Circuit Low

Parking actuator relay B (OFF stuck)


Motor coil B (Parking actuator)
Electric shift control module
Harness or connectors
(Each circuit is open or ground shorted.)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

TM

1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK


If another "DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" occurs just before, power switch OFF and wait for at least
10 seconds, then perform the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 2 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC.
Is P189C detected?
YES >> Go to TM-89, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007006009

1.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE AND MOTOR COIL B
1.
2.
3.
4.

Power switch OFF.


Disconnect the electric shift control module connector.
Disconnect the parking actuator connector.
Check the continuity electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminals and parking
actuator vehicle side harness connector terminals.
Electric shift control module vehicle side harness
connector
Connector

Terminal

M59

28

Parking actuator vehicle side harness connector


Connector

Terminal

F5

12

27

Continuity

Existed

13

Check the continuity electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminals and ground.
Electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector
Connector

Terminal

Ground

M59

28

P
Ground

Not existed

29

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

TM-89

Continuity

27

Revision: 2010 November

11

29

5.

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P189C MOTOR B
[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

2.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT


Check the continuity electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminals and ground.
Electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector
Connector

Terminal
6

M58

25

Ground

Continuity

Ground

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3.CHECK PARKING ACTUATOR RELAY B


Check the parking actuator relay B. Refer to TM-91, "Component Inspection (Parking Actuator Relay B)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Replace the parking actuator relay B. Refer to TM-26, "Component Parts Location".

4.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN PARKING ACTUATOR RELAY B AND 12V BATTERY


Check the voltage parking actuator relay B vehicle side harness connector terminal and ground.
Parking actuator relay B vehicle side harness connector
Connector

Terminal
1

E55

Ground

Voltage

Ground

9 16 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> GO TO 5.

5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


Check the following.
Harness for short or open between parking actuator relay B and 12V battery
12V battery
20A fuse (# 77)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

6.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN PARKING ACTUATOR AND PARKING ACTUATOR RELAY B


Check the continuity parking actuator vehicle side harness connector terminal and parking actuator relay A
vehicle side harness connector terminal.
Parking actuator vehicle side harness connector

Parking actuator relay B vehicle side harness connector

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

F5

14

E55

Continuity
Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

7.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE AND PARKING ACTUATOR RELAY B
1. Check the continuity electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminal and parking
actuator relay B vehicle side harness connector terminal.

Revision: 2010 November

TM-90

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P189C MOTOR B
[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >


Electric shift control module vehicle side harness
connector

2.

Parking actuator relay A vehicle side harness connector

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

M59

33

E55

A
Continuity

Existed

Check the continuity electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminal and ground.
C

Electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector


Connector

Terminal

M59

33

Ground

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

8.CHECK MOTOR COIL B


Check the motor coil B (parking actuator). Refer to TM-91, "Component Inspection (Motor Coil B)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident"
NO
>> Replace the reduction gear due to malfunction in the motor coil B (parking actuator). Refer to TM17, "Removal and Installation".

Component Inspection (Parking Actuator Relay B)

3.

Parking actuator relay B

Condition

Terminal
5

Apply 12 V direct current between terminals 1 and 2.


Does not apply 12 V direct current between terminals 1 and 2.

Continuity

Existed
Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace the parking actuator relay B.

Component Inspection (Motor Coil B)

INFOID:0000000007006011

1.CHECK MOTOR COIL B


1.
2.

Disconnect the parking actuator connector.


Check the resistance between parking actuator connector terminals.
Parking actuator connector

O
Resistance

Terminal

11
14

12

2.3 2.8

13

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

Disconnect the parking actuator relay B. Refer to TM-26, "Component Parts Location".
Apply 12 V direct current between parking actuator relay B terminals 1 and 2.
CAUTION:
Never make the terminals short.
Connect the fuse between the terminals when applying the voltage.
Check the continuity between parking actuator relay B terminals 3 and 5.

INFOID:0000000007006010

1.CHECK PARKING ACTUATOR RELAY B


1.
2.

TM

TM-91

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P189C MOTOR B
[ELECTRIC SHIFT]
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
NO
>> Replace the reduction gear due to malfunction in the motor coil B (parking actuator). Refer to TM17, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

TM-92

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P189D BACK UP VOLTAGE


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P189D BACK UP VOLTAGE

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007006012

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC detection condition

Possible cause

P189D

Memory Back Up Power Supply

It is detected that the memory backup power


supply voltage is specified value or less.

Electric shift control module


Harness, fuse, or connectors
(Each circuit is open or shorted.)

TM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK


If another "DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" occurs just before, power switch OFF and wait for at least
10 seconds, then perform the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 5 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC.
Is P189D detected?
YES >> Go to TM-93, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007006013

Power switch OFF.


Disconnect the electric shift control module connector.
Check the voltage between electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminal and
ground.

1.CHECK MEMORY BACK UP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector


Connector

Terminal

M58

Ground

Voltage
(Approx.)

Ground

9 16 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> GO TO 3.

2.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT


Check the continuity between electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminals and
ground.
Electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector
Connector
M58

Terminal
3
4

TM-93

O
Ground

Continuity

Ground

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> 1. Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
2. If inspection result is OK, replace the electric shift control module. Refer to TM-130, "Removal
and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: 2010 November

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P189D BACK UP VOLTAGE


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


Check the following.
Harness for short or open between electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector and 12V battery.
12V battery
10A fuse (# 12)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: 2010 November

TM-94

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P189E ACTUATOR LOCK


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P189E ACTUATOR LOCK

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007006014

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

P189E

Parking Actuator Lock

DTC detection condition


The parking actuator has a mechanical
malfunction.

Possible cause

Parking Actuator
(Parking mechanism)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

TM

1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK


If another "DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" occurs just before, power switch OFF and wait for at least
10 seconds, then perform the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
F

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Set the vehicle to READY.
2. Press the P position switch to shift to P position and wait for 5 seconds or more.
3. Shift the selector lever to N position and wait for 5 seconds or more.
4. Check DTC.
Is P189E detected?
YES >> Go to TM-95, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

I
INFOID:0000000007006015

1.REPLACE REDUCTION GEAR

Replace the reduction gear due to malfunction in the parking actuator. Refer to TM-17, "Removal and Installation".
K

>> END
L

Revision: 2010 November

TM-95

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P189F ANGLE SENSOR 1


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P189F ANGLE SENSOR 1


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007006016

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
P189F

Trouble diagnosis name


Angle Sensor 1

DTC detection condition

Possible cause

Output value of angle sensor 1 is out of the specified value.

Angle sensor 1 (Parking actuator)


Electric shift control module
Harness (Open or short)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK


If another "DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" occurs just before, power switch OFF and wait for at least
10 seconds, then perform the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 5 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC.
Is P189F detected?
YES >> Go to TM-96, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007006017

1.CHECK ANGLE SENSOR 1 SIGNAL


1.
2.

Check the voltage between electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminal and
ground.
Set the vehicle to READY.
Electric shift control module vehicle side harness
connector
Connector

Ground

Condition

Voltage

Terminal

M58

11

Ground

Selector lever in P position


(Manual plate: P position)

1.42 2.20 V

Other than the above


(Manual plate: Not P position)

2.85 3.56 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> 1. Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
2. If inspection result is OK, replace the electric shift control module. Refer to TM-130, "Removal
and Installation".
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK ANGLE SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Power switch OFF.


Disconnect the parking actuator connector.
Check the voltage between parking actuator vehicle side harness connector terminal and ground.
Parking actuator vehicle side harness connector
Connector

Terminal

F6

17

Ground

Condition

Ground

Power switch ON

Voltage
(Approx.)
5V

Is the inspection result normal?


Revision: 2010 November

TM-96

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P189F ANGLE SENSOR 1


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >


YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> GO TO 4.

3.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE AND PARKING ACTUATOR
1.
2.
3.

Power switch OFF.


Disconnect the electric shift control module connector.
Check the continuity between electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminals and
parking actuator vehicle side harness connector terminals.

C
Electric shift control module vehicle side harness
connector
Connector

Terminal

Connector

11

M58

4.

Parking actuator vehicle side harness connector

F6

21

Continuity

TM

Terminal
15
16

Existed

Check the continuity between electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminals and
ground.
Electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector
Connector

Terminal
11

M58

21

F
Ground

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> 1. Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
2. If inspection result is OK, replace the reduction gear due to malfunction in the angle sensor 1
(parking actuator). Refer to TM-17, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE AND PARKING ACTUATOR
1.
2.
3.

Power switch OFF.


Disconnect the electric shift control module connector.
Check the continuity between electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminal and
parking actuator vehicle side harness connector terminal.

K
Electric shift control module vehicle side harness
connector

4.

Parking actuator vehicle side harness connector

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

M58

10

F6

17

Continuity

L
Existed

Check the continuity between electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminals and
ground.
Electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector
Connector

Terminal

M58

10

Ground

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> 1. Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
2. If inspection result is OK, replace the electric shift control module. Refer to TM-130, "Removal
and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: 2010 November

TM-97

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P18A0 ANGLE SENSOR 2


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P18A0 ANGLE SENSOR 2


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007006018

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

P18A0

Angle Sensor 2

DTC detection condition

Possible cause

Output value of angle sensor 2 is out of the specified value

Angle sensor 2 (Parking actuator)


Electric shift control module
Harness (Open or short)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK


If another "DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" occurs just before, power switch OFF and wait for at least
10 seconds, then perform the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 5 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC.
Is P18A0 detected?
YES >> Go to TM-98, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007006019

1.CHECK ANGLE SENSOR 2 SIGNAL


1.
2.

Check the voltage between electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminal and
ground.
Set the vehicle to READY.
Electric shift control module vehicle side harness
connector
Connector

Ground

Condition

Voltage

Terminal

M59

40

Ground

Selector lever in P position


(Manual plate: P position)

1.42 2.20 V

Other than the above


(Manual plate: Not P position)

2.85 3.56 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> 1. Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
2. If inspection result is OK, replace the electric shift control module. Refer to TM-130, "Removal
and Installation".
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK ANGLE SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Power switch OFF.


Disconnect the parking actuator connector.
Check the voltage between parking actuator vehicle side harness connector terminal and ground.
Parking actuator vehicle side harness connector
Connector

Terminal

F6

20

Ground

Condition

Ground

Power switch ON

Voltage
(Approx.)
5V

Is the inspection result normal?


Revision: 2010 November

TM-98

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P18A0 ANGLE SENSOR 2


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >


YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> GO TO 4.

3.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE AND PARKING ACTUATOR
1.
2.
3.

Power switch OFF.


Disconnect the electric shift control module connector.
Check the continuity between electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminals and
parking actuator vehicle side harness connector terminals.

C
Electric shift control module vehicle side harness
connector
Connector

Terminal

Connector

40

M59

4.

Parking actuator vehicle side harness connector

F6

49

Continuity

TM

Terminal
18
19

Existed

Check the continuity between electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminals and
ground.
Electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector
Connector

Terminal
40

M59

49

F
Ground

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> 1. Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
2. If inspection result is OK, replace the reduction gear due to malfunction in the angle sensor 2
(parking actuator). Refer to TM-17, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE AND PARKING ACTUATOR
1.
2.
3.

Power switch OFF.


Disconnect the electric shift control module connector.
Check the continuity between electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminal and
parking actuator vehicle side harness connector terminal.

K
Electric shift control module vehicle side harness
connector

4.

Parking actuator vehicle side harness connector

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

M59

39

F6

20

Continuity

L
Existed

Check the continuity between electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminals and
ground.
Electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector
Connector

Terminal

M59

39

Ground

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> 1. Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
2. If inspection result is OK, replace the electric shift control module. Refer to TM-130, "Removal
and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: 2010 November

TM-99

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P18A1 ANGLE SENSOR 1


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P18A1 ANGLE SENSOR 1


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007006020

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
P18A1

Trouble diagnosis name


Angle Sensor 1 Performance
Error

DTC detection condition

Possible cause

A malfunction is detected in the performance of


angle sensor 1.

Angle sensor 1 (Parking actuator)


Electric shift control module
Harness (Open or short)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK


If another "DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" occurs just before, power switch OFF and wait for at least
10 seconds, then perform the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 2 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC.
Is P18A1 detected?
YES >> Go to TM-100, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007006021

1.CHECK ANGLE SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Power switch OFF.


Disconnect the parking actuator connector.
Check the voltage between parking actuator vehicle side harness connector terminal and ground.
Parking actuator vehicle side harness connector
Connector

Terminal

F6

17

Ground

Condition

Ground

Power switch ON

Voltage
(Approx.)
5V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> GO TO 3.

2.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE AND PARKING ACTUATOR
1.
2.
3.

Power switch OFF.


Disconnect the electric shift control module connector.
Check the continuity between electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminals and
parking actuator vehicle side harness connector terminals.
Electric shift control module vehicle side harness
connector
Connector
M58

4.

Terminal
11
21

Parking actuator vehicle side harness connector


Connector
F6

Continuity

Terminal
15
16

Existed

Check the continuity between electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminals and
ground.

Revision: 2010 November

TM-100

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P18A1 ANGLE SENSOR 1


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >


Electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector
Connector

Terminal
11

M58

21

Ground

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> 1. Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
2. If inspection result is OK, replace the reduction gear due to malfunction in the angle sensor 1
(parking actuator). Refer to TM-17, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE AND PARKING ACTUATOR
1.
2.
3.

Power switch OFF.


Disconnect the electric shift control module connector.
Check the continuity between electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminal and
parking actuator vehicle side harness connector terminal.
Electric shift control module vehicle side harness
connector

4.

TM

F
Parking actuator vehicle side harness connector

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

M58

10

F6

17

Continuity

Existed

Check the continuity between electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminals and
ground.
Electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector
Connector

Terminal

M58

10

Ground

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> 1. Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
2. If inspection result is OK, replace the electric shift control module. Refer to TM-130, "Removal
and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: 2010 November

TM-101

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P18A2 ANGLE SENSOR 2


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P18A2 ANGLE SENSOR 2


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007006022

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
P18A2

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC detection condition

Angle Sensor 2 Performance


Error

Possible cause

A malfunction is detected in the performance of


angle sensor 2.

Angle sensor 2 (Parking actuator)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK


If another "DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" occurs just before, power switch OFF and wait for at least
10 seconds, then perform the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait 2 seconds or more.
2. Perform Self Diagnostic Results in SHIFT.
Is P18A2 detected?
YES >> Go to TM-102, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007006023

1.CHECK ANGLE SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Power switch OFF.


Disconnect the parking actuator connector.
Check the voltage between parking actuator vehicle side harness connector terminal and ground.
Parking actuator vehicle side harness connector
Connector

Terminal

F6

20

Ground

Condition

Ground

Power switch ON

Voltage
(Approx.)
5V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> GO TO 3.

2.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE AND PARKING ACTUATOR
1.
2.
3.

Power switch OFF.


Disconnect the electric shift control module connector.
Check the continuity between electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminals and
parking actuator vehicle side harness connector terminals.
Electric shift control module vehicle side harness
connector
Connector
M59

4.

Terminal
40
49

Parking actuator vehicle side harness connector


Connector
F6

Continuity

Terminal
18
19

Existed

Check the continuity between electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminals and
ground.

Revision: 2010 November

TM-102

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P18A2 ANGLE SENSOR 2


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >


Electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector
Connector

Terminal
40

M59

49

Ground

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> 1. Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
2. If inspection result is OK, replace the reduction gear due to malfunction in the angle sensor 2
(parking actuator). Refer to TM-17, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE AND PARKING ACTUATOR
1.
2.
3.

Power switch OFF.


Disconnect the electric shift control module connector.
Check the continuity between electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminal and
parking actuator vehicle side harness connector terminal.
Electric shift control module vehicle side harness
connector

4.

TM

F
Parking actuator vehicle side harness connector

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

M59

39

F6

20

Continuity

Existed

Check the continuity between electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminals and
ground.
Electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector
Connector

Terminal

M59

39

Ground

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> 1. Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
2. If inspection result is OK, replace the electric shift control module. Refer to TM-130, "Removal
and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: 2010 November

TM-103

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P18A3 CONTROL MODULE


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P18A3 CONTROL MODULE


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007006024

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC detection condition

P18A3

Control Module (Program Manipulation)


Error

A malfunction is detected in the electric shift control module.

Possible cause
Electric shift control module

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK


If another "DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" occurs just before, power switch OFF and wait for at least
10 seconds, then perform the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Power switch OFF to ON and wait for 2 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC.
Is P18A3 detected?
YES >> Go to TM-104, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007006025

1.REPLACE ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE


Replace the electric shift control module. Refer to TM-130, "Removal and Installation".
>> END

Revision: 2010 November

TM-104

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P18A4 CONTROL MODULE


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P18A4 CONTROL MODULE

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007006026

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
P18A4

Trouble diagnosis name


Control Module (CPU) Error

DTC detection condition


A malfunction is detected in the electric shift
control module.

Possible cause

Electric shift control module

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

TM

1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK


If another "DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" occurs just before, power switch OFF and wait for at least
10 seconds, then perform the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
F

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Power switch OFF to ON and wait for 2 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC.
Is P18A4 detected?
YES >> Go to TM-105, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

H
INFOID:0000000007006027

1.REPLACE ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE


Replace the electric shift control module. Refer to TM-130, "Removal and Installation".

>> END
K

Revision: 2010 November

TM-105

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P18A6 WAKE UP SIGNAL


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P18A6 WAKE UP SIGNAL


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007006028

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

P18A6

Wake Up Signal Circuit

DTC detection condition

Possible cause
BCM
Harness or connectors
(Each circuit is open or shorted.)

No wake-up signal is transmitted from


BCM when the power switch is ON.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK


If another "DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" occurs just before, power switch OFF and wait for at least
10 seconds, then perform the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 4 minutes or more.
2. Check DTC.
Is P18A6 detected?
YES >> Go to TM-106, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007006029

1.CHECK WAKE UP SIGNAL


Check the voltage between electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminal and ground.
Electric shift control module vehicle side harness
connector
Connector

Terminal

M58

20

Ground
Ground

Condition
Power switch ON

Voltage
9 16 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> 1. Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
2. If inspection result is OK, replace the electric shift control module. Refer to TM-130, "Removal
and Installation".
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE AND BCM


1.
2.
3.
4.

Power switch OFF.


Disconnect the electric shift control module connector.
Disconnect the BCM connector.
Check the continuity between electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminal and
BCM vehicle side harness connector terminal.

Electric shift control module vehicle side harness


connector

5.

BCM vehicle side harness connector

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

M58

20

M70

104

Continuity
Existed

Check the continuity between electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminal and
ground.

Revision: 2010 November

TM-106

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P18A6 WAKE UP SIGNAL


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >


Electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector
Connector

Terminal

M58

20

Ground

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Check the BCM. Refer to BCS-32, "Reference Value".
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

TM

Revision: 2010 November

TM-107

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P18A7 SHIFT SIGNAL OFF


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P18A7 SHIFT SIGNAL OFF


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007006030

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

P18A7

DTC detection condition

Possible cause

It is detected that the states of all electric shift


sensors No. 1 to No. 6 are OFF.

Electric Shift Sensor Circuit

Electric shift sensor


Electric shift control module
Harness or connectors
(Each circuit is open or shorted.)

Position Pattern Table

Electric shift control module


recognition position

Selector lever position

Electric shift sensor


No. 1

No. 2

No. 3

No. 4

No. 5

No. 6

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

OFF

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK


If another "DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" occurs just before, power switch OFF and wait for at least
10 seconds, then perform the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Set the vehicle to READY and wait for 5 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC.
Is P18A7 detected?
YES >> Go to TM-108, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007006031

1.CHECK ELECTRIC SHIFT SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL


With CONSULT
Set the vehicle to READY.
Select Data Monitor in SHIFT.
Select SHIFT SENSOR 1, SHIFT SENSOR 2, SHIFT SENSOR 3, SHIFT SENSOR 4, SHIFT SENSOR 5, and SHIFT SENSOR 6.
4. Operate the selector lever to identify a electric shift sensor of which value does not change.
1.
2.
3.

Monitor item
SHIFT SENSOR 1

SHIFT SENSOR 2

SHIFT SENSOR 3

Revision: 2010 November

Condition

Value / Status

Selector lever is held in R position

ON

Other than the above

OFF

Selector lever is held in R and N positions

ON

Other than the above

OFF

Selector lever is held in H (Home) and N positions

ON

Other than the above

OFF

TM-108

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P18A7 SHIFT SIGNAL OFF


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >


Monitor item

Condition

SHIFT SENSOR 4

SHIFT SENSOR 5

SHIFT SENSOR 6

1.
2.
3.

Value / Status

Selector lever is held in N and D positions

ON

Other than the above

OFF

Selector lever is held in D position

ON

Other than the above

OFF

Selector lever in H (Home) position

ON

Other than the above

OFF

Without CONSULT
Set the vehicle to READY.
TM
Operate the selector lever.
Check the voltage between electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminal and
ground.
E
Electric shift control module vehicle
side harness connector

Electric
shift sensor

Connector

Ground

Voltage
(Approx.)

Condition

terminal

34

35

36
M59

Ground

37

44

45

Selector lever is held in R position

0V

Other than the above

5V

Selector lever is held in R and N positions

0V

Other than the above

5V

Selector lever is held in H (Home) and N positions

0V

Other than the above

5V

Selector lever is held in N and D position

0V

Other than the above

5V

Selector lever is held in D position

0V

Other than the above

5V

Selector lever in H (Home) position

0V

Other than the above

5V

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK ELECTRIC SHIFT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Power switch OFF.


Disconnect the electric shift sensor connector.
Power switch ON.
Check the power circuit of the malfunctioning electric shift sensor identified at Step 1.
Check the voltage between electric shift sensor vehicle side harness connector terminal and ground.

N
Electric shift sensor

Electric shift sensor vehicle side harness connector

1, 3, 5
2, 4, 6

Connector
M57

Terminal
1
7

Ground

Voltage
(Approx.)

Ground

5V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE AND ELECTRIC SHIFT SENSOR
1.
2.

Power switch OFF.


Disconnect the electric shift control module connector.

Revision: 2010 November

TM-109

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P18A7 SHIFT SIGNAL OFF


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
3. Check the continuity between electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminal and
electric shift sensor vehicle side harness connector terminal.

Electric shift sensor

4.

Electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector


Connector

Terminal

1, 3, 5

M58

19

2, 4, 6

M59

48

Electric shift sensor vehicle side harness


connector
Connector

Continuity

Terminal
1

M57

Existed

Check the continuity between electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminal and
ground.

Electric shift sensor

Electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector


Connector

Terminal

1, 3, 5

M58

19

2, 4, 6

M59

48

Ground

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> 1. Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
2. If inspection result is OK, replace the electric shift control module. Refer to TM-130, "Removal
and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4.CHECK ELECTRIC SHIFT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Power switch OFF.


Disconnect the electric shift control module connector.
Check the continuity between electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminal and
electric shift sensor vehicle side harness connector terminal.

Electric shift sensor

Electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector


Connector

1, 3, 5

4.

Terminal

M59

2, 4, 6

Electric shift sensor vehicle side harness


connector
Connector

41

M57

50

Continuity

Terminal

12

Existed

Check the continuity between electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminal and
ground.

Electric shift sensor

Electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector

1, 3, 5
2, 4, 6

Connector
M59

Terminal
41
50

Ground

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

5.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE AND ELECTRIC SHIFT SENSOR
1.

Check the continuity between electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminal and
electric shift sensor vehicle side harness connector terminal.

Revision: 2010 November

TM-110

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P18A7 SHIFT SIGNAL OFF


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

Electric shift sensor

Electric shift control module vehicle side


harness connector
Connector

Terminal

Connector

34

11

35

M59

36

10

M57

37

A
Continuity

Terminal

2.

Electric shift sensor vehicle side harness


connector

44

45

Existed

TM

Check the continuity between electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminals and
ground.
E

Electric shift sensor

Electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector


Connector

34

35

3
4

M59

Ground

Continuity

Terminal

36
37

44

45

G
Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> 1. Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
2. If inspection result is OK, replace the electric shift sensor. Refer to TM-131, "Exploded View".
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: 2010 November

TM-111

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P18A8 P POSITION SWITCH


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P18A8 P POSITION SWITCH


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007006032

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

P18A8

DTC detection condition

Possible cause

P position switches No. 7 and No. 8 are


stuck at OFF.

P Position Switch Error

P position switch No. 7 is stuck at ON and


P position switch No. 8 is stuck at OFF.

P position switch
Harness
(Each circuit is open or shorted.)

P Position Switch Pattern Table

Electric shift control


module recognition
position

Selector lever
position

P position
SW

Electric shift sensor

P position SW

No. 1

No. 2

No. 3

No. 4

No. 5

No. 6

No. 7

No. 8

No push

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

Push

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

OFF

No push

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

No push

OFF

ON

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

No push

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK


If another "DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" occurs just before, power switch OFF and wait for at least
10 seconds, then perform the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
Set the vehicle to READY.
Press the P position switch to shift to P position and wait for 5 seconds or more. (Be sure to press the P
position switch for 1 second or more.)
3. Shift the selector lever to N position and wait for 5 minutes or more.
4. Check DTC.
Is P18A8 detected?
YES >> Go to TM-112, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007006033

1.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE AND ELECTRIC SHIFT SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
4.

Power switch OFF.


Disconnect the electric shift control module connector.
Disconnect the electric shift sensor connector.
Check the continuity between electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminals and
electric shift sensor vehicle side harness connector terminals.

Electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector


Connector
M59

Revision: 2010 November

Terminal
46
47

Electric shift sensor vehicle side harness connector


Connector
M57

TM-112

Continuity

Terminal
2
8

Existed

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P18A8 P POSITION SWITCH


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
5. Check the continuity between electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminals and
ground.
Electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector
Connector

Terminal
46

M59

47

Ground

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

TM

2.CHECK P POSITION SWITCH


Check the P position switch. Refer to TM-113, "Component Inspection (P Position Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the electric shift sensor. Refer to TM-131, "Exploded View".
NO
>> Replace the selector lever knob due to malfunction in the P position switch. Refer to TM-131,
"Removal and Installation".

Component Inspection (P Position Switch)

INFOID:0000000007006034

1.CHECK P POSITION SWITCH


1.
2.

Disconnect the P position switch connector.


Check the continuity between P position swiitch connector terminal.
P position switch connector

Condition

Terminal

H
Continuity

When P position switch is depressed

Existed

When P position switch is released

Not existed

When P position switch is depressed

Not existed

When P position switch is released

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace the selector lever knob due to malfunction in the P position switch. Refer to TM-131,
"Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

TM-113

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P18A9 PARKING ACTUATOR FUNCTION


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P18A9 PARKING ACTUATOR FUNCTION


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007006035

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
P18A9

Trouble diagnosis name


Parking Actuator Function

DTC detection condition


It is detected that the output of the parking actuator does not stop.

Possible cause
Parking actuator

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK


If another "DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" occurs just before, power switch OFF and wait for at least
10 seconds, then perform the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Set the vehicle to READY.
2. Shift the selector lever to N position and wait for 10 seconds or more.
3. Press the P position switch to shift to P position and wait for 10 seconds or more.
4. Check DTC.
Is P18A9 detected?
YES >> Go to TM-114, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007006036

1.P POSITION LEARNING


Perform P position learning. Refer to TM-57, "Work Procedure".
>> GO TO 2.

2.SELF DIADNOSTIC
Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. Refer to TM-114, "DTC Logic".
Is P18A9 detected?
YES >> Replace the reduction gear due to malfunction in the parking actuator. Refer to TM-17, "Removal
and Installation".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

TM-114

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P18AA P POSITION LEARNING ERROR


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P18AA P POSITION LEARNING ERROR

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007006037

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
P18AA

Trouble diagnosis name


P Position Learning Error

B
DTC detection condition
Voltage of angle sensor is out of the specified
value while learning P position.

Possible cause

Parking actuator

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

TM

1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK


If another "DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" occurs just before, power switch OFF and wait for at least
10 seconds, then perform the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
F

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Perform P position learning. Refer to TM-57, "Work Procedure".
2. Check DTC.
Is P18AA detected?
YES >> Go to TM-115, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

H
INFOID:0000000007006038

1.REPLACE REDUCTION GEAR


Replace the reduction gear due to malfunction in the parking actuator. Refer to TM-17, "Removal and Installation".
>> END

Revision: 2010 November

TM-115

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P18AB IGNITION SWITCH


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P18AB IGNITION SWITCH


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007006039

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

P18AB

DTC detection condition

Possible cause
Power switch
Harness, fuse, or connectors
(Each circuit is open or shorted.)

It is detected that the power switch input terminal


values from the 2 lines do not match each other.

IGN switch Circuit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK


If another "DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" occurs just before, power switch OFF and wait for at least
10 seconds, then perform the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 5 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC.
Is P18AB detected?
YES >> Go to TM-116, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007006040

1.CHECK ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Power switch OFF.


Disconnect the electric shift control module connector.
Check the voltage between electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminals and
ground.

Electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector


Connector

Terminal

M58

Ground

Ground
M59

42

Condition

Voltage
(Approx.)

Power switch ON

9 16 V

Power switch OFF

0V

Power switch ON

9 16 V

Power switch OFF

0V

Which terminal value is abnormal?


Terminal 9>>GO TO 2.
Terminal 42>>GO TO 4.

2.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN IPDM E/R AND ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE
1.
2.

Disconnect the IPDM E/R connector.


Check the continuity between IPDM E/R vehicle side harness connector terminal and electric shift control
module vehicle side harness connector terminal.
Electric shift control module vehicle side harness
connector

IPDM E/R vehicle side harness connector

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

M58

E15

61

Revision: 2010 November

TM-116

Continuity
Existed

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P18AB IGNITION SWITCH


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
3. Check the continuity between electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminals and
ground.
Electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector
Connector

Terminal

M58

Ground

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3.DETECT MALFUNCTION ITEMS

TM

Check the following items.


Harness for short or open between power switch and IPDM E/R.
Power switch
Ignition relay
15A fuse (# 61, IPDM E/R)
IPDM E/R
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4.DETECT MALFUNCTION ITEMS


Check the following items.
Harness for short or open between power switch and electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminal 42.
Power switch
Ignition relay
15A fuse (# 6)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: 2010 November

TM-117

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P18AC PARKING ACTUATOR RELAY A


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P18AC PARKING ACTUATOR RELAY A


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007006041

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

P18AC

Parking Actuator Relay A Circuit

DTC detection condition

Possible cause

In spite of the parking actuator relay A OFF,


voltage is detected from the U phase, V
phase and W phase of motor coil A.

Parking actuator relay A (ON


stuck)
Electric shift control module
Harness (Ground short)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK


If another "DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" occurs just before, power switch OFF and wait for at least
10 seconds, then perform the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 2 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC.
Is P18AC detected?
YES >> Go to TM-118, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007006042

1.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE AND PARKING ACTUATOR RELAY A
1. Disconnect the electric shift control module connector.
2. Disconnect the parking actuator relay A.
3. Check the continuity between parking actuator relay A vehicle side harness connector terminal and
ground.
Parking actuator relay A vehicle side harness connector
Connector

Terminal

E54

Ground

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

2.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN PARKING ACTUATOR AND PARKING ACTUATOR RELAY A


1.
2.

Disconnect the parking actuator connector.


Check the voltage between parking actuator vehicle side harness connector terminal and ground.
Parking actuator vehicle side harness connector
Connector

Terminal

F4

Ground

Voltage
(Approx.)

Ground

0V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE AND PARKING ACTUATOR
Revision: 2010 November

TM-118

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P18AC PARKING ACTUATOR RELAY A


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Check the voltage between electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminals and ground.
A
Electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector
Connector

Ground

Terminal

Voltage
(Approx.)

1
M58

Ground

0V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

TM

4.CHECK PARKING ACTUATOR RELAY A


Check the parking actuator relay A. Refer to TM-119, "Component Inspection (Parking Actuator Relay A)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the electric shift control module. Refer to TM-130, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Replace the parking actuator relay A. Refer to TM-26, "Component Parts Location".

Component Inspection (Parking Actuator Relay A)

3.

Disconnect the parking actuator relay A. Refer to TM-26, "Component Parts Location".
Apply 12 V direct current between parking actuator relay A terminals 1 and 2.
CAUTION:
Never make the terminals short.
Connect the fuse between the terminals when applying the voltage.
Check the continuity between parking actuator relay A terminals 3 and 5.
Parking actuator relay A

Condition

Terminal
3

INFOID:0000000007006043

1.CHECK PARKING ACTUATOR RELAY A


1.
2.

I
Continuity

J
5

Apply 12 V direct current between terminals 1 and 2.


Does not apply 12 V direct current between terminals 1 and 2.

Existed
Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace the parking actuator relay A.

Revision: 2010 November

TM-119

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P18AD PARKING ACTUATOR RELAY B


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P18AD PARKING ACTUATOR RELAY B


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007006044

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

P18AD

Parking Actuator Relay B Circuit

DTC detection condition

Possible cause

In spite of the parking actuator relay B OFF,


voltage is detected from the U phase, V
phase and W phase of motor coil B.

Parking actuator relay B (ON


stuck)
Electric shift control module
Harness (Ground short)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK


If another "DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" occurs just before, power switch OFF and wait for at least
10 seconds, then perform the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 2 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC.
Is P18AD detected?
YES >> Go to TM-120, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007006045

1.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE AND PARKING ACTUATOR RELAY B
1. Disconnect the electric shift control module connector.
2. Disconnect the parking actuator relay B.
3. Check the continuity between parking actuator relay B vehicle side harness connector terminal and
ground.
Parking actuator relay B vehicle side harness connector
Connector

Terminal

E55

Ground

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

2.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN PARKING ACTUATOR AND PARKING ACTUATOR RELAY B


1.
2.

Disconnect the parking actuator connector.


Check the voltage between parking actuator vehicle side harness connector terminal and ground.
Parking actuator vehicle side harness connector
Connector

Terminal

F5

14

Ground

Voltage
(Approx.)

Ground

0V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE AND PARKING ACTUATOR
Revision: 2010 November

TM-120

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P18AD PARKING ACTUATOR RELAY B


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Check the voltage between electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminals and ground.
A
Electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector
Connector

Ground

Terminal

Voltage
(Approx.)

27
M59

28

Ground

0V

29

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

TM

4.CHECK PARKING ACTUATOR RELAY B


Check the parking actuator relay B. Refer to TM-121, "Component Inspection (Parking Actuator Relay B)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the electric shift control module. Refer to TM-130, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Replace the parking actuator relay B. Refer to TM-26, "Component Parts Location".

Component Inspection (Parking Actuator Relay B)

3.

Disconnect the parking actuator relay B. Refer to TM-26, "Component Parts Location".
Apply 12 V direct current between parking actuator relay B terminals 1 and 2.
CAUTION:
Never make the terminals short.
Connect the fuse between the terminals when applying the voltage.
Check the continuity between parking actuator relay B terminals 3 and 5.
Parking actuator relay B

Condition

Terminal
3

INFOID:0000000007006046

1.CHECK PARKING ACTUATOR RELAY B


1.
2.

I
Continuity

J
5

Apply 12 V direct current between terminals 1 and 2.


Does not apply 12 V direct current between terminals 1 and 2.

Existed
Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace the parking actuator relay B.

Revision: 2010 November

TM-121

LEAF

http://vnx.su

P18AE STUCK IN SHIFT


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

P18AE STUCK IN SHIFT


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007006047

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

P18AE

Medium Stuck In Shift

DTC detection condition


It is detected that the parking actuator does not move
at the midpoint of the manual plate after the parking
actuator stops the operation.

Possible cause
Parking actuator
(Parking mechanism)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


CAUTION:
TM-122, "Diagnosis Procedure" must be performed before starting "DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" .

1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK


If another "DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" occurs just before, power switch OFF and wait for at least
10 seconds, then perform the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Set the vehicle to READY.
2. Select Data Monitor in SHIFT.
3. Select RANGE POSITION.
4. Shift the selector lever as follows.
PNP
5. Repeat step 4 five more times.
6. Check DTC.
Is P18AE detected?
YES >> Go to TM-122, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007006048

1.REPLACE REDUCTION GEAR


Replace the reduction gear due to malfunction in the parking actuator. Refer to TM-17, "Removal and Installation".
>> END

Revision: 2010 November

TM-122

LEAF

http://vnx.su

U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007006049

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

U1000

CAN communication line

B
DTC detection condition
Electric shift control module cannot transmit or receive
CAN communication signals when the power switch is
ON.

Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(CAN communication line is
open or shorted.)

TM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK


If another "DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" occurs just before, power switch OFF and wait for at least
10 seconds, then perform the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON and wait for 5 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC.
Is U1000 detected?
YES >> Go to TM-123, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007006050

Go to LAN-15, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".


J

Revision: 2010 November

TM-123

LEAF

http://vnx.su

U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007006051

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC detection condition

U1010

Control Module Malfunction

Malfunction is detected in the CAN communication


initial diagnosis (control module malfunction).

Possible cause
Electric shift control module

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK


If another "DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" occurs just before, power switch OFF and wait for at least
10 seconds, then perform the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Power switch OFF to ON and wait for 5 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC.
Is U1010 detected?
YES >> Go to TM-124, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007006052

1.REPLACE ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE


Replace the electric shift control module. Refer to TM-130, "Removal and Installation".
>> END

Revision: 2010 November

TM-124

LEAF

http://vnx.su

U1086 CAN ERROR


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

U1086 CAN ERROR

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000007006053

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Trouble diagnosis name

U1086

Control Module Malfunction

DTC detection condition


The inability to transmit or receive data is detected after the power switch is turned OFF.

Possible cause

Electric shift control module

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

TM

1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK


If another "DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" occurs just before, power switch OFF and wait for at least
10 seconds, then perform the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
F

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Power switch OFF to ON and wait for 5 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC.
Is U1086 detected?
YES >> Go to TM-125, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

H
INFOID:0000000007006054

Go to LAN-15, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".


J

Revision: 2010 November

TM-125

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SELECTOR INDICATOR CIRCUIT


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

SELECTOR INDICATOR CIRCUIT


Component Function Check

INFOID:0000000007006055

1.CHECK SELECTOR INDICATOR


1.
2.
3.

Set the vehicle to READY.


Shift the selector lever.
Check that the illuminated position of the selector indicator in the finisher area corresponds to the selected
shift position.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Go to TM-126, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007006056

1.CHECK SELECTOR INDICATOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.

Disconnect the selector indicator connector.


Check the voltage between selector indicator vehicle side harness connector terminal and ground.
Selector indicator vehicle side harness connector
Connector

Terminal

M56

Ground

Voltage

Ground

9 16 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM


Check the following.
Harness for short or open between selector indicator vehicle side harness connector and 12V battery.
12V battery
10A fuse (# 12)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE AND SELECTOR INDICATOR
1.
2.

Disconnect the electric shift control module connector.


Check the continuity between electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminals and
selector indicator vehicle side harness connector terminals.

Electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector


Connector

Terminal

M58

22
26

M59

30

Selector indicator vehicle side harness connector


Connector

7
M56

38

3.

Continuity

Terminal

8
1

Existed

Check the continuity between electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminals and
ground.

Revision: 2010 November

TM-126

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SELECTOR INDICATOR CIRCUIT


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >


Electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector
Connector

Terminal

M58

22
26

M59

30

Ground

Continuity

B
Ground

Not existed

38

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

TM

4.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT


Check the continuity between electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector terminals and
ground.
Electric shift control module vehicle side harness connector
Connector
M58

Terminal
3
4

Ground

Continuity

Ground

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> 1. Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
2. If inspection result is OK, replace the selector indicator. Refer to TM-134, "Removal and
Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: 2010 November

TM-127

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR CIRCUIT


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR CIRCUIT


Component Function Check

INFOID:0000000007006057

1.CHECK SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR


1.
2.
3.

Set the vehicle to READY.


Shift the selector lever.
Check that the indication of the shift position indicator in the combination meter corresponds to the
selected shift position.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Go to TM-128, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007006058

1.CHECK DTC OF ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON.
2. Perform Self Diagnostic Results in SHIFT.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check DTC detected item. Refer to TM-44, "DTC Index".
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC OF VCM


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON.
2. Perform Self Diagnostic Results in EV/HEV.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check DTC detected item. Refer to EVC-78, "DTC Index".
NO
>> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK DTC OF COMBINATION METER


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON.
2. Perform Self Diagnostic Results in METER.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check DTC detected item. Refer to MWI-61, "DTC Index".
NO
>> 1. Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
2. If inspection result is OK, replace the combination meter. Refer to MWI-89, "Removal and
Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

TM-128

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ELECTRIC SHIFT WARNING LAMP


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

ELECTRIC SHIFT WARNING LAMP

Component Function Check

INFOID:0000000007006059

1.CHECK ELECTRIC SHIFT WARNING LAMP

Check that electric shift warning lamp turns ON for approx. 2 seconds after power switch is ON.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Go to TM-129, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000007006060

TM

1.CHECK DTC OF ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE


With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON.
2. Perform Self Diagnostic Results in SHIFT.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check DTC detected item. Refer to TM-44, "DTC Index".
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC OF VCM

With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON.
2. Perform Self Diagnostic Results in EV/HEV.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check DTC detected item. Refer to EVC-78, "DTC Index".
NO
>> 1. Check input/output signals of VCM. Refer to EVC-60, "Reference Value".
2. If inspection result is OK, go to 3.

3.CHECK DTC OF COMBINATION METER

With CONSULT
1. Power switch ON.
2. Perform Self Diagnostic Results in METER.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check DTC detected item. Refer to MWI-61, "DTC Index".
NO
>> 1. Check input/output signals of combination meter. Refer to MWI-52, "Reference Value".
2. If inspection result is OK, go to 4.

4.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN VCM AND COMBINATION METER


1.
2.
3.

Disconnect the combination meter connector.


Disconnect the VCM connector.
Check the continuity between combination meter vehicle side harness connector terminal and VCM vehicle side harness connector terminal.

Combination meter vehicle side harness connector

4.

VCM vehicle side harness connector

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

M34

E63

91

Continuity

O
Existed

Check the continuity between combination meter vehicle side harness connector terminal and ground.
P
Combination meter vehicle side harness connector
Connector

Terminal

M34

Ground

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: 2010 November

TM-129

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION


ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE
Exploded View

INFOID:0000000007006061

JSDIA2038GB

1.

Electric shift control module


: Vehicle front
: Nm (kg-m, ft-lb)

Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000007006062

CAUTION:
Never subject the electric shift control module to impact or load.

REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.

Disconnect the negative cable from 12V battery.


Remove the console body assembly. Refer to IP-23, "Exploded View".
Disconnect the electric shift control module connector.
Remove the electric shift control module with bracket from the vehicle.

INSTALLATION
Installation is the reverse order of removal.

Revision: 2010 November

TM-130

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ELECTRIC SHIFT SELECTOR


[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

ELECTRIC SHIFT SELECTOR

Exploded View

INFOID:0000000007006063

TM

M
JSDIA2050GB

N
1.

Selector lever knob

2.

Lock pin

3.

Shift gate

4.

Slider plate

5.

Spring

6.

Electric shift sensor

7.

Collar

8.

Body bracket

A.

P position switch harness

: Vehicle front

: Nm (kg-m, in-lb)
: Nm (kg-m, ft-lb)

Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000007006064

CAUTION:

Revision: 2010 November

TM-131

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ELECTRIC SHIFT SELECTOR


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
As part A in the figure contains a strong magnet, persons with
an electro-medical apparatus should keep it away from his/her
body. Otherwise it may cause the electro-medical apparatus
to malfunction.
Keep it away from magnetic objects such as magnetic cards
and metal products (e.g. watches).
Never subject the electric shift selector to impact by dropping
or hitting, water splash or high humidity.

[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

JSDIA2207ZZ

REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

9.

Disconnect the negative cable from 12V battery.


Remove the console finisher assembly. Refer to IP-23, "Exploded View".
Disconnect the selector indicator connector.
Disconnect the electric parking brake connector.
Remove the console body assembly. Refer to IP-23, "Exploded View".
Remove body harness clip from electric shift selector.
Remove electric shift selector fix bolts.
Disconnect the electric shift sensor connector.
CAUTION:
Never disconnect the P position switch connector.
Remove the electric shift selector from the vehicle.

INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
Check the orientation instruction on the side of the body bracket
and install the part so that the direction of the arrow points toward
the vehicle front.

JSDIA2051ZZ

Disassembly and Assembly

INFOID:0000000007006065

CAUTION:
As part B in the figure contains a strong magnet, persons with
an electro-medical apparatus should keep it away from his/her
body. Otherwise it may cause the electro-medical apparatus
to malfunction.
Keep it away from magnetic objects such as magnetic cards
and metal products (e.g. watches).
When holding the electric shift sensor, hold part A in the figure.
Never disassemble parts A or B shown in the figure.
Never subject the electric shift sensor to impact by dropping
or hitting, water splash or high humidity.

JSDIA2024ZZ

DISASSEMBLY
1.

Put a mark at the hook position of the P position switch harness.


CAUTION:
Memorize how the P position switch harness is routed.

Revision: 2010 November

TM-132

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ELECTRIC SHIFT SELECTOR


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
2. Disconnect the P position switch connector.
3. Pull the lock pin out of the selector lever using long-nose pliers.
NOTE:
Tilting of the selector lever knob in the N position direction
allows easier work.
4. Remove P position switch harness from hook.
5. Pull the selector lever knob upward out of the vehicle.
6. Remove the shift gate from body bracket.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the joint (pawl).
7. Remove the slider plate.
8. Remove the spring.
9. Remove electric shift sensor fix bolts.
10. Remove the electric shift sensor from body bracket.

[ELECTRIC SHIFT]
A

JSDIA2421ZZ

TM

ASSEMBLY
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
Install the lock pin to the selector knob before assembly.
Check that lock pin is securely installed.
To install slide plate, face the arrow (harness hook) shown in the
figure toward the front of the vehicle.
Hook the P position switch harness at the marked position.

I
JSDIA2347ZZ

Adjust the redundant part of the P position switch harness in the


position shown in the figure.
K

M
JSDIA2052ZZ

Inspection

INFOID:0000000007006066

INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION


Pull the selector lever knob upward to check that it does not come off.
Shift the selector lever and check that the indication of the selector indicator (in the finisher area) and the
shift position indicator (in the combination meter) correspond to the actual shift position.
Check that a buzzer sounds and shifting is not possible when an attempt is made to shift the selector lever
from the P position to another position with the pwer switch ON and the brake pedal not depressed.
NOTE:
If the brake pedal is depressed, the gear shifts to the N position irrespective of the position to which the lever
is shifted.
Check that a buzzer sounds and that shifting is not possible when an attempt is made to shift the selector
lever from the P position to another position in the READY status, and with the brake pedal not depressed.
NOTE:
Shifting is possible if the brake pedal is depressed.
Revision: 2010 November

TM-133

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SELECTOR INDICATOR
[ELECTRIC SHIFT]

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

SELECTOR INDICATOR
Exploded View

INFOID:0000000007006067

JSDIA2037ZZ

1.

Console finisher assembly

2.

Selector indicator

Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000007006068

REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.

Remove the console finisher assembly. Refer to IP-23, "Exploded View".


Disconnect the selector indicator connector.
Disconnect the electric parking brake connector.
Remove the selector indicator from the console finisher assembly.

INSTALLATION
Installation is the reverse order of removal.

Inspection

INFOID:0000000007006069

INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION


Shift the selector lever and check that the light position of the selector indicator corresponds to the actual shift
position.

Revision: 2010 November

TM-134

LEAF

http://vnx.su

TRANSMISSION & DRIVELINE

SECTION

FAX

FRONT AXLE

FAX

CONTENTS
PRECAUTION ............................................... 2

Inspection ................................................................11

PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 2

FRONT DRIVE SHAFT BOOT .......................... 13

Precaution for Technicians Using Medical Electric...... 2


Point to Be Checked Before Starting Maintenance
Work .......................................................................... 2
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 2
Precaution for Removing 12V Battery ....................... 3
Precautions for Drive Shaft ....................................... 3

Exploded View .........................................................13

PREPARATION ............................................ 4
PREPARATION ................................................... 4

REDUCTION GEAR SIDE .........................................17


REDUCTION GEAR SIDE : Removal and Installation ...........................................................................17
Inspection ................................................................17
Exploded View .........................................................18

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................... 6

RIGHT SIDE ...............................................................20


RIGHT SIDE : Removal and Installation ..................20

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE .......................... 7


FRONT WHEEL HUB AND KNUCKLE .............. 7
Inspection .................................................................. 7

FRONT DRIVE SHAFT ........................................ 8


Inspection .................................................................. 8

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ................ 9


FRONT WHEEL HUB AND KNUCKLE .............. 9
Exploded View .......................................................... 9
Removal and Installation ........................................... 9

Revision: 2010 November

FRONT DRIVE SHAFT ..................................... 18


LEFT SIDE .................................................................19
LEFT SIDE : Removal and Installation ....................19

NVH Troubleshooting Chart ...................................... 6

WHEEL SIDE .............................................................14


WHEEL SIDE : Removal and Installation ................14

Special Service Tools ................................................ 4


Commercial Service Tools ........................................ 5

NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS


(NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING ............................. 6

WHEEL SIDE .............................................................22


WHEEL SIDE : Disassembly and Assembly ...........22
REDUCTION GEAR SIDE .........................................24
REDUCTION GEAR SIDE : Disassembly and Assembly .....................................................................24
Inspection ................................................................30

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS


(SDS) ............................................................ 31
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS) ................................................................. 31
Wheel Bearing .........................................................31
Drive Shaft ...............................................................31

FAX-1

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >

PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Technicians Using Medical Electric

INFOID:0000000007073068

OPERATION PROHIBITION
WARNING:
Parts with strong magnet is used in this vehicle.
Technicians using a medical electric device such as pacemaker must never perform operation on the
vehicle, as magnetic field can affect the device function by approaching to such parts.

NORMAL CHARGE PRECAUTION


WARNING:
If a technician uses a medical electric device such as an implantable cardiac pacemaker or an
implantable cardioverter defibrillator, the possible effects on the devices must be checked with the
device manufacturer before starting the charge operation.
As radiated electromagnetic wave generated by on board charger at normal charge operation may
effect medical electric devices, a technician using a medical electric device such as implantable cardiac pacemaker or an implantable cardioverter defibrillator must not enter the vehicle compartment
(including luggage room) during normal charge operation.

Precaution at telematics system operation


WARNING:
If a technician uses implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD),
avoid the device implanted part from approaching within approximately 220 mm (8.66 in) from interior/exterior antenna.
The electromagnetic wave of TCU might affect the function of the implantable cardiac pacemaker or
the implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), when using the service, etc.
If a technician uses other medical electric devices than implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator(ICD), the electromagnetic wave of TCU might affect the function of the
device. The possible effects on the devices must be checked with the device manufacturer before
TCU use.

Precaution at intelligent key system operation


WARNING:
If a technician uses implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD),
avoid the device implanted part from approaching within approximately 220 mm (8.66 in) from interior/exterior antenna.
The electromagnetic wave of intelligent key might affect the function of the implantable cardiac
pacemaker or the implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), at door operation, at each request
switch operation, or at engine starting.
If a technician uses other medical electric devices than implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), the electromagnetic wave of intelligent key might affect the function of the device. The possible effects on the devices must be checked with the device
manufacturer before intelligent key use.

Point to Be Checked Before Starting Maintenance Work

INFOID:0000000007080020

The high voltage system may starts automatically. It is required to check that the timer air conditioner
and timer charge (during EVSE connection) are not set before starting maintenance work.
NOTE:
If the timer air conditioner or timer charge (during EVSE connection) is set, the high voltage system starts
automatically even when the power switch is in OFF state.

Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"

INFOID:0000000007006568

The Supplemental Restraint System such as AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
Revision: 2010 November

FAX-2

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
A
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS AIR BAG and SEAT BELT of this
Service Manual.
WARNING:
B
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
C
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see SRS AIR BAG.
FAX
Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors.
E

PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS


WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
power switch ON, never use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer.
Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious
injury.
When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the power switch OFF, disconnect
the 12V battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.

Precaution for Removing 12V Battery

INFOID:0000000007006518

When removing the 12V battery, turn ON/OFF the power switch and check that the charging status indicator
does not blink. The 12V battery must be removed within one hour after checking the indicator lamp.
NOTE:
The automatic 12V battery charge control may start even when the power switch is in OFF state.
The automatic 12V battery charge control does not start within approximately one hour when the power
switch is turned ON/OFF.

Precautions for Drive Shaft

INFOID:0000000007006073

Observe the following precautions when disassembling and assembling drive shaft.
Never disassemble joint sub-assembly because it is non-overhaul parts.
Perform work in a location which is as dust-free as possible.
Clean the parts, before disassembling and assembling.
Prevent the entry of foreign objects during disassembly of the service location.
Reassemble disassembled parts carefully in the correct order. If work is interrupted, a clean cover must be
placed over parts.
Use paper waste. Fabric shop cloths must not be used because of the danger of lint adhering to parts.
Clean disassembled parts (except for rubber parts) with kerosene which shall be removed by blowing with
air or wiping with paper waste.

Revision: 2010 November

FAX-3

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PREPARATION
< PREPARATION >

PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools

INFOID:0000000007006074

The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.

Tool number
Tool name

Description

KV40104000
(

)
Hub lock nut wrench
a: 85 mm (3.35 in)
b: 65 mm (2.56 in)

Removing and Installing wheel hub lock nut.

ZZA0802D

KV40107300
(

)
Boot band crimping tool

Installing boot band

ZZA1229D

KV40107500
(

)
Drive shaft attachment

Removing drive shaft

ZZA1230D

KV38107900
(

)
Protector
a: 32 mm (1.26 in) dia.

Installing drive shaft

PDIA1183J

Revision: 2010 November

FAX-4

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PREPARATION
< PREPARATION >

Commercial Service Tools

INFOID:0000000007006075

A
Tool name

Description

Drive shaft puller

Remove drive shaft joint sub assembly

FAX

JPDIG0152ZZ

Sliding hammer

Remove drive shaft

F
ZZA0023D

Ball joint remover

Removing hub bolt

NT146

Power tool

Loosening bolts and nuts

K
PBIC0190E

Revision: 2010 November

FAX-5

LEAF

http://vnx.su

NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING


< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
NVH Troubleshooting Chart

INFOID:0000000007006076

Symptom
FRONT
AXLE

NVH in WT section

NVH in WT section

Refer to DRIVE SHAFT in this chart

NVH in BR section

NVH in ST section

TIRE

ROAD WHEEL

DRIVE SHAFT

BRAKE

STEERING

Refer to FRONT AXLE in this chart


FRONT AXLE

NVH in FAX and FSU sections


FRONT AXLE AND FRONT SUSPENSION

FAX-7, "Inspection"

Parts interference

Shake

FAX-9, "Exploded View"

Wheel bearing damage

DRIVE
SHAFT

Improper installation, looseness

Possible cause and SUSPECTED PARTS

FAX-30, "Inspection"
Joint sliding resistance

Noise

Reference page

Imbalance

Excessive joint angle

Use chart below to find the cause of the symptom. If necessary, repair or replace these parts.

Noise

Shake

Vibration

Shimmy

Judder

Poor quality ride or handling

: Applicable

Revision: 2010 November

FAX-6

LEAF

http://vnx.su

FRONT WHEEL HUB AND KNUCKLE


< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE

FRONT WHEEL HUB AND KNUCKLE


Inspection

INFOID:0000000007006077

Check that the mounting conditions (looseness, backlash) of each component and component conditions
(wear, damage) are normal.

COMPONENT PART

WHEEL HUB ASSEMBLY (BEARING-INTEGRATED TYPE)


Check the following items, and replace the part if necessary.
Move wheel hub assembly in the axial direction by hand. Check there is no looseness of wheel bearing.
Axial end play

: Refer to FAX-31, "Wheel Bearing".

FAX

Rotate wheel hub assembly and check there is no unusual noise or other irregular conditions. If there is any
of irregular conditions, replace wheel hub assembly.
F

Revision: 2010 November

FAX-7

LEAF

http://vnx.su

FRONT DRIVE SHAFT


< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >

FRONT DRIVE SHAFT


Inspection

INFOID:0000000007006078

Check the following items, and replace the part if necessary.


Check drive shaft mounting point and joint for looseness and other damage.
CAUTION:
Replace entire drive shaft assembly when noise or vibration occurs from drive shaft.
Check boot for cracks and other damage.

Revision: 2010 November

FAX-8

LEAF

http://vnx.su

FRONT WHEEL HUB AND KNUCKLE


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

FRONT WHEEL HUB AND KNUCKLE


Exploded View

INFOID:0000000007006079

FAX

G
JPDIF0293GB

H
1.

Steering knuckle

2.

Splash guard

3.

Hub bolt

4.

Wheel hub assembly (Bearing-integrated type)

5.

Disc rotor

6.

Wheel hub lock nut

7.

Adjusting cap

8.

Cotter pin

A.

Tightening must be done following the installation procedure. Refer to FAX-9, "Removal and Installation".

: Always replace after every disassembly.


: Nm (kg-m, ft-lb)

Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000007006080

REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.

5.

Remove tires with power tool. Refer to WT-45, "Exploded View".


Remove wheel sensor and sensor harness. Refer to BRC-148, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and
Installation".
Remove lock plate from strut assembly. Refer to BR-214, "FRONT : Exploded View".
Remove caliper assembly. Hang caliper assembly not to interfere with work. Refer to BR-227, "BRAKE
CALIPER ASSEMBLY : Removal and Installation".
CAUTION:
Never depress brake pedal while brake caliper is removed.
Remove disc rotor.
CAUTION:

Revision: 2010 November

FAX-9

LEAF

http://vnx.su

FRONT WHEEL HUB AND KNUCKLE


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
Put matching marks (A) on the wheel hub assembly and
the disc rotor before removing the disc rotor.
Never drop disc rotor.

JPDIG0066ZZ

6.

Remove cotter pin and adjusting cap, and then loosen wheel
hub lock nut, using a hub lock nut wrench (A) [SST:
KV40104000 ( )].

PDIA1180J

7.

8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.

15.

Patch wheel hub lock nut with a piece of wood. Hammer the
wood to disengage wheel hub assembly from drive shaft.
CAUTION:
Never place drive shaft joint at an extreme angle. Also be
careful not to overextend slide joint.
Never allow drive shaft to hang down without support for
joint sub-assembly, shaft and the other parts.
NOTE:
Use suitable puller, if wheel hub assembly and drive shaft cannot be separated even after performing the above procedure.
Remove wheel hub lock nut.
JPDIG0070ZZ
Separete steering knuckle from transverse link with power tool.
Suspend the drive shaft with suitable wire.
Remove wheel hub assembly and splash guard from steering knuckle with power tool.
Remove steering outer socket from steering knuckle. Refer to ST-16, "Removal and Installation".
Remove strut assembly from steering knuckle with power tool. Refer to FSU-12, "Removal and Installation".
Remove hub bolts (1) from wheel hub assembly, using the ball
joint remover (A) (commercial service tool).
CAUTION:
Remove hub bolt only when necessary.
Never hammer the hub bolt to avoid impact to the wheel
hub assembly.
Pull out the hub bolt in a direction perpendicular to the
wheel hub assembly.
Perform inspection after removal. Refer to FAX-11, "Inspection".
JPDIF0299ZZ

INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of the removal.

Revision: 2010 November

FAX-10

LEAF

http://vnx.su

FRONT WHEEL HUB AND KNUCKLE


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
Place a washer (A) as shown in the figure to install the hub bolts
(1) by using the tightening force of the nut (B).
CAUTION:
Check that there is no clearance between wheel hub assembly, and hub bolt.
Never reuse hub bolt.
Never reuse steering knuckle and transverse link fixing nut.
Clean the matching surface of wheel hub lock nut and wheel hub
assembly.
CAUTION:
Never apply lubricating oil to these matching surface.

C
JPDIF0300ZZ

FAX

Clean the matching surface of drive shaft, wheel hub assembly.


And then apply paste [service parts (440037S000)] to surface (A)
of joint sub-assembly of drive shaft.
CAUTION:
Apply paste to cover entire flat surface of joint sub-assembly
of drive shaft.
Amount paste

: 1.0 3.0 g (0.04 0.10 oz)


G
JPDIG0122ZZ

Use the following torque range for tightening the wheel hub lock nut.
: 180 185 Nm (18.4 18.8 kg-m, 133 136 ft-lb)

CAUTION:
Since the drive shaft is assembled by press-fitting, use the tightening torque range for the wheel
hub lock nut.
Be sure to use torque wrench to tighten the wheel hub lock nut. Never use a power tool.
Never reuse wheel hub lock nut.
NOTE:
Wheel hub lock nut tightening torque does not over torque for avoiding axle noise, and does not less than
torque for avoiding looseness.
Align the matching marks that have been made during removal when reusing the disc rotor.
When installing a cotter pin (1) and adjusting cap (2), securely
bend the basal portion to prevent rattles.
CAUTION:
Never reuse cotter pin.
Perform the final tightening of each of parts under unladen conditions, which were removed when removing wheel hub assembly
and steering knuckle.
Perform inspection after installation. Refer to FAX-11, "Inspection".

JPDIF0295ZZ

Inspection

INFOID:0000000007006081

INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL

Check the following items, and replace the part if necessary.


Check components for deformation, cracks, and other damage.
Check boots of transverse link and steering outer socket ball joint for breakage, axial end play, and swing
torque.
- Transverse link: Refer to FSU-16, "Inspection".
- Steering outer socket: Refer to ST-19, "Inspection".

INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION


Revision: 2010 November

FAX-11

LEAF

http://vnx.su

FRONT WHEEL HUB AND KNUCKLE


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
1. Check wheel sensor harness for proper connection. Refer to BRC-148, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR :
Exploded View".
2. Check the wheel alignment. Refer to FSU-11, "Inspection".
3. Adjust neutral position of steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-59, "Work Procedure".

Revision: 2010 November

FAX-12

LEAF

http://vnx.su

FRONT DRIVE SHAFT BOOT


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

FRONT DRIVE SHAFT BOOT

Exploded View

INFOID:0000000007006082

LEFT SIDE

FAX

G
JPDIF0316GB

1.

Circular clip

2.

Dust shield

3.

Housing

4.

Snap ring

5.

Spider assembly

6.

Boot band

Boot

8.

Shaft

9.

Joint sub-assembly

7.

: Wheel side
: Fill NISSAN Genuine grease or equivalent.

: Always replace after every disassembly.

RIGHT SIDE
K

P
JPDIF0317GB

1.

Joint sub-assembly

2.

Circular clip

3.

Boot band

4.

Boot

5.

Shaft

6.

Spider assembly

7.

Snap ring

8.

Housing

9.

Dust shield

10. Support bearing

11. Retainer

12. Support bearing bracket

: Wheel side

Revision: 2010 November

FAX-13

LEAF

http://vnx.su

FRONT DRIVE SHAFT BOOT


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
: Fill NISSAN Genuine grease or equivalent.
: Always replace after every disassembly.
: Nm (kg-m, ft-lb)

WHEEL SIDE
WHEEL SIDE : Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000007006083

REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.

4.
5.
6.
7.

8.
9.

Remove tires with power tool. Refer to WT-45, "Exploded View".


Remove cotter pin and adjusting cap, and then loosen wheel hub lock nut. Refer to FAX-9, "Removal and
Installation".
Patch wheel hub lock nut with a piece of wood. Hammer the
wood to disengage wheel hub assembly from drive shaft.
NOTE:
Use suitable puller, if wheel hub assembly and drive shaft cannot be separated even after performing the above procedure.
Remove wheel hub lock nut. Refer to FAX-9, "Exploded View".
Remove steering outer socket from steering knuckle. Refer to
ST-16, "Removal and Installation".
Remove transverse link from steering knuckle with power tool.
Refer to FAX-9, "Exploded View".
JPDIF0320ZZ
Remove drive shaft from wheel hub assembly.
CAUTION:
Never place drive shaft joint at an extreme angle. Also be careful not to overextend slide joint.
Never allow drive shaft to hang down without support for joint sub-assembly, shaft and the other
parts.
Remove boot bands, and then remove boot from joint sub-assembly.
Screw drive shaft puller (A) (commercial service tool) into joint
sub-assembly screw part to a length of 30 mm (1.18 in) or more.
Support drive shaft with one hand and pull out joint sub-assembly from shaft.
CAUTION:
Align drive shaft puller and drive shaft and remove them
by pulling firmly and uniformly.
If joint sub-assembly cannot be pulled out, try after
removing drive shaft from vehicle. Refer to FAX-22,
"WHEEL SIDE : Disassembly and Assembly".
JPDIF0258ZZ

10. Remove circular clip (1) from shaft.


11. Remove boot from shaft.

JPDIF0007ZZ

INSTALLATION
1.

Clean the old grease on joint sub-assembly with paper waste.

Revision: 2010 November

FAX-14

LEAF

http://vnx.su

FRONT DRIVE SHAFT BOOT


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
2. Fill serration slot joint sub-assembly (1) with NISSAN genuine
grease or equivalent until the serration slot and ball groove
become full to the brim.
CAUTION:
After applying grease, use a paper waste to wipe off old
grease that has oozed out.
3. Install boot and boot bands to shaft.
CAUTION:
Wrap serration on shaft with tape to protect the boot from
damage.
Never reuse boot and boot band.
4. Remove the tape wrapped around the serration on shaft.
5. Position the circular clip (1) on groove at the shaft edge.
CAUTION:
Never reuse circular clip.
NOTE:
Drive joint inserter is recommended when installing circular clip.
6. Align both center axles of the shaft edge and joint sub-assembly.
Then assemble shaft with joint sub-assembly holding circular
clip.

C
JPDIF0008ZZ

FAX

G
JPDIF0007ZZ

7.

8.

Install joint sub-assembly (1) to shaft using plastic hammer.


CAUTION:
Check circular clip is properly positioned on groove of the
joint sub-assembly.
Confirm that joint sub-assembly is correctly engaged
while rotating drive shaft.
Apply the specified amount of grease into the boot inside from
large diameter side of boot.
Grease amount

: Refer to FAX-31, "Drive Shaft".


JPDIF0011ZZ

9.

Install the boot securely into grooves (indicated by * marks)


shown in the figure.
L

: Boot installation length

CAUTION:
If grease adheres to the boot mounting surface (indicated
by * marks) on the shaft or joint sub-assembly, boot may
be removed. Remove all grease from the boot mounting
surface.
10. To prevent the deformation of the boot, adjust the boot installation length to the specified value by inserting the suitable tool
into inside of the boot from the large diameter side of the boot
and discharging the inside air.

N
JSDIA2261ZZ

Boot installation length : Refer to FAX-31, "Drive Shaft".

CAUTION:
If the boot installation length exceeds the standard, it may cause breakage of the boot.
Be careful not to touch the inside of the boot with a tip of tool.

Revision: 2010 November

FAX-15

LEAF

http://vnx.su

FRONT DRIVE SHAFT BOOT


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
11. Secure the large and small ends of the boot with boot bands
using the boot band crimping tool (A) [SST: KV40107300 (
)].
CAUTION:
Never reuse boot band.

JPDIF0012ZZ

Secure boot band so that dimension (A) meets the specification as shown in the figure.
A

: 7.0 mm (0.276 in) or less.

12. Check that displacement does not occur when boot is rotated
with the joint sub-assembly and shaft fixed.
CAUTION:
Reinstall them using boot bands when boot installation
positions become incorrect.
Never reuse boot band.
13. Clean the matching surface of wheel hub lock nut and wheel
hub assembly.
CAUTION:
Never apply lubricating oil to these matching surface.
14. Clean the matching surface of drive shaft, wheel hub assembly.
And then apply paste [service parts (440037S000)] to surface
(A) of joint sub-assembly of drive shaft.
CAUTION:
Apply paste to cover entire flat surface of joint sub-assembly of drive shaft.
Amount paste

JPDIF0268ZZ

: 1.0 3.0 g (0.04 0.10 oz)

15. Insert drive shaft to wheel hub assembly, and then temporarily
tighten wheel hub lock nut.
JPDIG0122ZZ
CAUTION:
Be sure to use torque wrench to tighten the wheel hub lock nut. Never use a power tool.
Never reuse wheel hub lock nut.
16. Install transverse link to steering knuckle. Refer to FAX-9, "Exploded View".
17. Install steering outer socket to steering knuckle. Refer to ST-16, "Removal and Installation".
18. Use the following torque range for tightening the wheel hub lock nut.
: 180 185 Nm (18.4 18.8 kg-m, 133 136 ft-lb)
CAUTION:
Since the drive shaft is assembled by press-fitting, use the tightening torque range for the wheel
hub lock nut.
Be sure to use torque wrench to tighten the wheel hub lock nut. Never use a power tool.
NOTE:
Wheel hub lock nut tightening torque does not over torque for avoiding axle noise, and does not less than
torque for avoiding looseness.

Revision: 2010 November

FAX-16

LEAF

http://vnx.su

FRONT DRIVE SHAFT BOOT


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
19. When installing a cotter pin (1) and adjusting cap (2), securely
bend the basal portion to prevent rattles.
CAUTION:
Never reuse cotter pin.
20. Install tires. Refer to WT-45, "Exploded View".
21. Perform inspection after installation. Refer to FAX-17, "Inspection".

C
JPDIF0295ZZ

FAX

REDUCTION GEAR SIDE


REDUCTION GEAR SIDE : Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000007006084

Remove boot after drive shaft is removed from the vehicle.


For drive shaft removal and installation, follow the instructions bellow.
- Left side: Refer to FAX-19, "LEFT SIDE : Removal and Installation".
- Right side: Refer to FAX-20, "RIGHT SIDE : Removal and Installation".
For drive shaft disassembly and assembly, refer to FAX-24, "REDUCTION GEAR SIDE : Disassembly and
Assembly".

Inspection

INFOID:0000000007006085

INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION


1.
2.
3.

Check wheel sensor harness for proper connection. Refer to BRC-148, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR :
Exploded View".
Check the wheel alignment. Refer to FSU-11, "Inspection".
Adjust neutral position of steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-59, "Work Procedure".

Revision: 2010 November

FAX-17

LEAF

http://vnx.su

FRONT DRIVE SHAFT


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

FRONT DRIVE SHAFT


Exploded View

INFOID:0000000007006086

LEFT SIDE

JPDIF0316GB

1.

Circular clip

2.

Dust shield

3.

Housing

4.

Snap ring

5.

Spider assembly

6.

Boot band

7.

Boot

8.

Shaft

9.

Joint sub-assembly

: Wheel side
: Fill NISSAN Genuine grease or equivalent.
: Always replace after every disassembly.

RIGHT SIDE

JPDIF0317GB

1.

Joint sub-assembly

2.

Circular clip

4.

Boot

5.

Shaft

6.

Spider assembly

7.

Snap ring

8.

Housing

9.

Dust shield

10. Support bearing

11. Retainer

3.

Boot band

12. Support bearing bracket

: Wheel side

Revision: 2010 November

FAX-18

LEAF

http://vnx.su

FRONT DRIVE SHAFT


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
: Fill NISSAN Genuine grease or equivalent.

A
: Always replace after every disassembly.
: Nm (kg-m, ft-lb)

LEFT SIDE
LEFT SIDE : Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000007006087

REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.

4.
5.
6.
7.

8.

9.

Remove tires with power tool. Refer to WT-45, "Exploded View".


FAX
Remove cotter pin and adjusting cap, and then loosen wheel hub lock nut. Refer to FAX-9, "Removal and
Installation".
Patch wheel hub lock nut with a piece of wood. Hammer the
E
wood to disengage wheel hub assembly from drive shaft.
NOTE:
Use suitable puller, if wheel hub assembly and drive shaft canF
not be separated even after performing the above procedure.
Remove wheel hub lock nut. Refer to FAX-9, "Exploded View".
Remove steering outer socket from steering knuckle. Refer to
G
ST-16, "Removal and Installation".
Remove transverse link from steering knuckle with power tool.
Refer to FAX-9, "Exploded View".
JPDIF0320ZZ
H
Remove shaft assembly from wheel hub assembly.
CAUTION:
Never place drive shaft joint at an extreme angle. Also be careful not to overextend slide joint.
Never allow drive shaft to hang down without support for joint sub-assembly, shaft and the other
I
parts.
Use the drive shaft attachment (A) [SST: KV40107500 ( )]
and a sliding hammer (B) (commercial service tool) while insertJ
ing tip of the drive shaft attachment between shaft and reduction
gear assembly, and then remove drive shaft from reduction gear
assembly.
K
CAUTION:
Never place drive shaft joint at an extreme angle when
removing drive shaft. Also be careful not to overextend
slide joint.
L
Confirm that the circular clip is attached to the drive shaft.
Perform inspection after removal. Refer to FAX-30, "Inspection".
JPDIF0004ZZ
M

INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
Reduction Gear Side
Place the protector (A) [SST: KV38107900 ( )] onto reduction
gear assembly to prevent damage to the oil seal while inserting
drive shaft. Slide drive shaft sliding joint and tap with a hammer to
install securely.
CAUTION:
Check that circular clip is completely engaged.
Perform inspection after installation. Refer to FAX-30, "Inspection".

JPDIF0023ZZ

Wheel Hub Side


Clean the matching surface of wheel hub lock nut and wheel hub assembly.
CAUTION:

Revision: 2010 November

FAX-19

LEAF

http://vnx.su

FRONT DRIVE SHAFT


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
Never apply lubricating oil to these matching surface.
Clean the matching surface of drive shaft and wheel hub assembly.
And then apply paste [service parts (440037S000)] to surface (A)
of joint sub-assembly of drive shaft.
CAUTION:
Apply paste to cover entire flat surface of joint sub-assembly
of drive shaft.
Amount paste

: 1.0 3.0 g (0.04 0.10 oz)

Use the following torque range for tightening the wheel hub lock
nut.
JPDIG0122ZZ

: 180 185 Nm (18.4 18.8 kg-m, 133 136 ft-lb)

CAUTION:
Since the drive shaft is assembled by press-fitting, use the tightening torque range for the wheel
hub lock nut.
Be sure to use torque wrench to tighten the wheel hub lock nut. Never use a power tool.
Never reuse wheel hub lock nut.
NOTE:
Wheel hub lock nut tightening torque does not over torque for avoiding axle noise, and does not less than
torque for avoiding looseness.
Align the matching marks that have been made during removal when reusing the disc rotor.
When installing a cotter pin (1) and adjusting cap (2), securely
bend the basal portion to prevent rattles.
CAUTION:
Never reuse cotter pin.
Perform the final tightening of each of parts under unladen conditions, which were removed when removing wheel hub assembly
and steering knuckle.
Perform inspection after installation. Refer to FAX-30, "Inspection".

JPDIF0295ZZ

RIGHT SIDE
RIGHT SIDE : Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000007006088

REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.

4.
5.
6.
7.

Remove tires with power tool. Refer to WT-45, "Exploded View".


Remove cotter pin and adjusting cap, and then loosen wheel hub lock nut. Refer to FAX-9, "Removal and
Installation".
Patch wheel hub lock nut with a piece of wood. Hammer the
wood to disengage wheel hub assembly from drive shaft.
NOTE:
Use suitable puller, if wheel hub assembly and drive shaft cannot be separated even after performing the above procedure.
Remove wheel hub lock nut. Refer to FAX-9, "Exploded View".
Remove steering outer socket from steering knuckle. Refer to
ST-16, "Removal and Installation".
Remove transverse link from steering knuckle with power tool.
Refer to FAX-9, "Exploded View".
JPDIF0320ZZ
Remove drive shaft from wheel hub assembly.
CAUTION:
Never place drive shaft joint at an extreme angle. Also be careful not to overextend slide joint.
Never allow drive shaft to hang down without support for joint sub-assembly, shaft and the other
parts.

Revision: 2010 November

FAX-20

LEAF

http://vnx.su

FRONT DRIVE SHAFT


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
8. Remove retainer.
9. Remove drive shaft assembly from reduction gear assembly.
CAUTION:
Never place drive shaft joint at an extreme angle when removing drive shaft. Also be careful not to
overextend slide joint.
10. Remove support bearing bracket.
11. Perform inspection after removal. Refer to FAX-30, "Inspection".

INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
Reduction Gear Side
Install support bearing bracket in following procedure.
- Temporarily tighten support bearing bracket (1) mounting bolts in
the numerical order as shown in the figure, then tighten them to
specified torque.

FAX

G
JPDIF0318ZZ

- Set retainer (1) so that notch (A) becomes upper side. Temporarily
tighten mounting bolts in the numerical order as shown in the figure, then tighten them to specified torque.
CAUTION:
Never reuse retainer.

K
JPDIF0319ZZ

Place the protector (A) [SST: KV38107900 ( )] onto reduction


gear assembly to prevent damage to the oil seal while inserting
drive shaft. Slide drive shaft sliding joint and tap with a hammer to
install securely.
Perform inspection after installation. Refer to FAX-30, "Inspection".

JPDIF0049ZZ

Wheel Hub Side


Clean the matching surface of wheel hub lock nut and wheel hub assembly.
CAUTION:
Never apply lubricating oil to these matching surface.

Revision: 2010 November

FAX-21

LEAF

http://vnx.su

FRONT DRIVE SHAFT


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
Clean the matching surface of drive shaft and wheel hub assembly.
And then apply paste [service parts (440037S000)] to surface (A)
of joint sub-assembly of drive shaft.
CAUTION:
Apply paste to cover entire flat surface of joint sub-assembly
of drive shaft.
Amount paste

: 1.0 3.0 g (0.04 0.10 oz)

Use the following torque range for tightening the wheel hub lock
nut.
JPDIG0122ZZ

: 180 185 Nm (18.4 18.8 kg-m, 133 136 ft-lb)

CAUTION:
Since the drive shaft is assembled by press-fitting, use the tightening torque range for the wheel
hub lock nut.
Be sure to use torque wrench to tighten the wheel hub lock nut. Never use a power tool.
Never reuse wheel hub lock nut.
NOTE:
Wheel hub lock nut tightening torque does not over torque for avoiding axle noise, and does not less than
torque for avoiding looseness.
Align the matching marks that have been made during removal when reusing the disc rotor.
When installing a cotter pin (1) and adjusting cap (2), securely
bend the basal portion to prevent rattles.
CAUTION:
Never reuse cotter pin.
Perform the final tightening of each of parts under unladen conditions, which were removed when removing wheel hub assembly
and steering knuckle.
Perform inspection after installation. Refer to FAX-30, "Inspection".

JPDIF0295ZZ

WHEEL SIDE
WHEEL SIDE : Disassembly and Assembly

INFOID:0000000007006089

DISASSEMBLY
1.

2.
3.

4.
5.
6.

Fix shaft with a vise.


CAUTION:
Protect shaft when fixing with a vise using aluminum or copper plates.
Remove boot bands, and then remove boot from joint sub-assembly.
Screw drive shaft puller (A) (commercial service tool) into joint
sub-assembly screw part to a length of 30 mm (1.18 in) or more.
Support drive shaft with one hand and pull out joint sub-assembly from shaft.
CAUTION:
Align drive shaft puller and drive shaft and remove them
by pulling firmly and uniformly.
If joint sub-assembly cannot be removed after five or
more unsuccessful attempts, replace shaft and joint sub
assembly as a set.
Remove circular clip from shaft.
Remove boot from shaft.
Perform inspection after disassembly. Refer to FAX-30, "Inspection".

JPDIG0151ZZ

ASSEMBLY
1.

Clean the old grease on joint sub-assembly with paper waste.

Revision: 2010 November

FAX-22

LEAF

http://vnx.su

FRONT DRIVE SHAFT


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
2. Fill serration slot joint sub-assembly (1) with NISSAN genuine
grease or equivalent until the serration slot and ball groove
become full to the brim.
CAUTION:
After applying grease, use a paper waste to wipe off old
grease that has oozed out.

C
JPDIF0008ZZ

FAX

3.

4.

Install boot and boot bands to shaft.


CAUTION:
Wrap serration on shaft with tape (A) to protect the boot
from damage.
Never reuse boot and boot band.
Remove the tape wrapped around the serration on shaft.

JPDIF0009ZZ

5.

6.

Position the circular clip (1) on groove at the shaft edge.


CAUTION:
Never reuse circular clip.
NOTE:
Drive joint inserter is recommended when installing circular clip.
Align both center axles of the shaft edge and joint sub-assembly.
Then assemble shaft with joint sub-assembly holding circular
clip.

K
JPDIF0305ZZ

7.

8.

Install joint sub-assembly to shaft using plastic hammer.


CAUTION:
Check circular clip is properly positioned on groove of the
joint sub-assembly.
Confirm that joint sub-assembly is correctly engaged
while rotating drive shaft.
Apply the specified amount of grease into the boot inside from
large diameter side of boot.
Grease amount

: Refer to FAX-31, "Drive Shaft".


RAC0049D

Revision: 2010 November

FAX-23

LEAF

http://vnx.su

FRONT DRIVE SHAFT


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
9. Install the boot securely into grooves (indicated by * marks)
shown in the figure.
L

: Boot installation length

CAUTION:
If grease adheres to the boot mounting surface (indicated
by * marks) on the shaft or joint sub-assembly, boot may
be removed. Remove all grease from the boot mounting
surface.
10. To prevent the deformation of the boot, adjust the boot installation length to the specified value by inserting the suitable tool
into inside of the boot from the large diameter side of the boot
and discharging the inside air.

JSDIA2261ZZ

Boot installation length : Refer to FAX-31, "Drive Shaft".


CAUTION:
If the boot installation length exceeds the standard, it may cause breakage of the boot.
Be careful not to touch the inside of the boot with a tip of tool.
11. Secure the large and small ends of the boot with boot bands
using the boot band crimping tool (A) [SST: KV40107300 (
)].
CAUTION:
Never reuse boot band.

JPDIF0012ZZ

Secure boot band so that dimension (A) meets the specification as shown in the figure.
A

: 7.0 mm (0.276 in) or less.

12. Check that displacement does not occur when boot is rotated
with the joint sub-assembly and shaft fixed.
CAUTION:
Reinstall them using boot bands when boot installation
positions become incorrect.
Never reuse boot band.
JPDIF0268ZZ

REDUCTION GEAR SIDE


REDUCTION GEAR SIDE : Disassembly and Assembly

INFOID:0000000007006090

DISASSEMBLY
Left Side

1.

2.
3.

Fix shaft with a vise.


CAUTION:
Protect shaft using aluminum or copper plates when fixing with a vise.
Remove boot bands, and then remove boot from housing.
Put matching marks on housing and shaft, and then pull out housing from shaft.
CAUTION:
Use paint or an equivalent for matching marks. Never scratch the surfaces.

Revision: 2010 November

FAX-24

LEAF

http://vnx.su

FRONT DRIVE SHAFT


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
4. Put matching marks (A) on the spider assembly and shaft.
CAUTION:
Use paint or an equivalent for matching marks. Never
scratch the surfaces.

C
JPDIF0006ZZ

FAX

5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Remove snap ring (1), and then remove spider assembly from
shaft.
Remove boot from shaft.
Remove dust shield from housing.
Remove circular clip from housing.
Perform inspection after disassembly. Refer to FAX-30, "Inspection".

G
JPDIF0014ZZ

Right Side

1.

2.
3.

4.

Fix shaft with a vise.


CAUTION:
Protect shaft using aluminum or copper plates when fixing with a vise.
Remove boot bands, and then remove boot from housing.
Put matching marks on housing and shaft, and then pull out housing from shaft.
CAUTION:
Use paint or an equivalent for matching marks. Never scratch the surfaces.
Put matching marks (A) on the spider assembly and shaft.
CAUTION:
Use paint or an equivalent for matching marks. Never
scratch the surfaces.

M
JPDIF0006ZZ

5.
6.
7.

Remove snap ring (1), and then remove spider assembly from
shaft.
Remove boot from shaft.
Remove circular clip from housing.

JPDIF0014ZZ

8.

Remove support bearing, follow the procedure described below.

Revision: 2010 November

FAX-25

LEAF

http://vnx.su

FRONT DRIVE SHAFT


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
a. Remove dust shield from housing.

YAX002

b.

Remove snap ring (1).

JPDIF0106ZZ

c.
d.
9.

Press out support bearing from housing.


Remove dust shield from housing.
Perform inspection after disassembly. Refer to FAX-30, "Inspection".

YAX004

ASSEMBLY
Left Side

1.
2.

3.

4.

5.

Clean the old grease on housing assembly with paper waste.


Install dust shield to housing.
CAUTION:
Never reuse dust shield.
Install circular clip to housing.
CAUTION:
Never reuse circular clip.
Install new boot and boot bands to shaft.
CAUTION:
Wrap serration on shaft with tape (A) to protect boot from
damage.
Never reuse boot and boot bands.
Remove the tape wrapped around the serration on shaft.

JPDIF0009ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

FAX-26

LEAF

http://vnx.su

FRONT DRIVE SHAFT


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
6.

To install the spider assembly (1), align it with the matching


marks (A) on the shaft (2) during the removal, and direct the serration mounting surface (B) to the shaft.

JPDIF0017ZZ

7.

8.
9.

Secure spider assembly onto shaft with snap ring (1).


CAUTION:
Never reuse snap ring.
Apply the appropriate amount of grease to spider assembly and
sliding surface.
Assemble the housing onto spider assembly, and apply the balance of the specified amount grease.
Grease amount

: Refer to FAX-31, "Drive Shaft".

10. Align matching marks put during the removal of housing.

G
JPDIF0014ZZ

11. Install boot securely into grooves (indicated by * marks) shown


in the figure.
L

: Boot installation length

CAUTION:
If grease adheres to the boot mounting surface (with *
marks) on shaft or housing, boot may be removed. Remove
all grease from the surface.
12. To prevent the deformation of the boot, adjust the boot installation length to the value by inserting the suitable tool into the
inside of boot from the large diameter side of boot and discharging inside air.

FAX

JSDIA2063ZZ

Boot installation length : Refer to FAX-31, "Drive Shaft".

CAUTION:
If the boot installation length exceeds the standard, it may cause breakage of the boot.
Be careful not to touch the inside of the boot with the tip of tool.
13. Install boot bands securely.
CAUTION:
Never reuse boot bands.
a. Put boot band in the groove on drive shaft boot. Then fit pawls into holes to temporary installation.
NOTE:
For the large diameter side, fit projection (A) and guide slit (B) at
first.
b. Pinch projection on the band with suitable pliers to tighten band.

JPDIF0157ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

FAX-27

LEAF

http://vnx.su

FRONT DRIVE SHAFT


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
c. Insert the tip of band into the lower part of pawl (marked with
dotted circle) as shown in the figure.
14. Check that displacement does not occur when boot is rotated
with the housing assembly fixed.
CAUTION:
If displacement occurs, reinstall band.
Never reuse boot band.

JPDIF0158ZZ

Right Side

1.
a.

b.

Install support bearing, follow the procedure described below.


Install dust shield to housing.
CAUTION:
Never reuse dust shield.
Press support bearing (1) onto housing to using the suitable tool
(A).
CAUTION:
Never reuse support bearing.

JPDIF0056ZZ

c.

Install snap ring (1).


CAUTION:
Never reuse snap ring.

JPDIF0106ZZ

d.

Install dust shields.


CAUTION:
Never reuse dust shields.

JPDIF0127ZZ

2.
3.

Clean the old grease on housing assembly with paper waste.


Install new boot and boot bands to shaft.
CAUTION:

Revision: 2010 November

FAX-28

LEAF

http://vnx.su

FRONT DRIVE SHAFT


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
Wrap serration on shaft with tape (A) to protect boot from
damage.
Never reuse boot and boot bands.
4. Remove the tape wrapped around the serration on shaft.

C
JPDIF0009ZZ

FAX

5.

To install the spider assembly (1), align it with the matching


marks (A) on the shaft (2) during the removal, and direct the serration mounting surface (B) to the shaft.

G
JPDIF0017ZZ

6.

7.
8.

Secure spider assembly onto shaft with snap ring (1).


CAUTION:
Never reuse snap ring.
Apply the appropriate amount of grease to spider assembly and
sliding surface.
Assemble the housing onto spider assembly, and apply the balance of the specified amount grease.

Grease amount
9.

: Refer to FAX-31, "Drive Shaft".

Align matching marks put during the removal of housing.

JPDIF0014ZZ

10. Install boot securely into grooves (indicated by * marks) shown


in the figure.
L
L

: Boot installation length

CAUTION:
If grease adheres to the boot mounting surface (with *
marks) on shaft or housing, boot may be removed. Remove
all grease from the surface.
11. To prevent the deformation of the boot, adjust the boot installation length to the value by inserting the suitable tool into the
inside of boot from the large diameter side of boot and discharging inside air.

N
JSDIA2063ZZ

Boot installation length : Refer to FAX-31, "Drive Shaft".


CAUTION:
If the boot installation length exceeds the standard, it may cause breakage of the boot.
Be careful not to touch the inside of the boot with the tip of tool.
12. Install boot bands securely.
CAUTION:
Never reuse boot bands.
a. Put boot band in the groove on drive shaft boot. Then fit pawls into holes to temporary installation.
NOTE:
Revision: 2010 November

FAX-29

LEAF

http://vnx.su

FRONT DRIVE SHAFT


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
For the large diameter side, fit projection (A) and guide slit (B) at
first.
b. Pinch projection on the band with suitable pliers to tighten band.

JPDIF0157ZZ

c.

Insert the tip of band into the lower part of pawl (marked with
dotted circle) as shown in the figure.
13. Check that displacement does not occur when boot is rotated
with the housing assembly fixed.
CAUTION:
If displacement occurs, reinstall band.
Never reuse boot band.

JPDIF0158ZZ

Inspection

INFOID:0000000007006091

INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL


Check the following items, and replace the part if necessary.
Move joint up/down, left/right, and in the axial directions. Check for motion that is not smooth and for significant looseness.
Check boot for cracks, damage, and leakage of grease.
Check the support bearing bracket for cracks, deformation and other damage.

INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY


Check the following items, and replace the part if necessary.
Shaft
Check shaft for runout, cracks, or other damage.
Joint Sub-Assembly
Check the following:
Joint sub-assembly for rough rotation and excessive axial looseness.
The inside of the joint sub-assembly for entry of foreign material.
Joint sub-assembly for compression scars, cracks, and fractures inside of joint sub-assembly.
Replace joint sub-assembly if there are any non-standard conditions of components.
Housing and spider assembly
Replace housing and spider assembly if there is scratching or wear of housing roller contact surface or spider
roller contact surface.
NOTE:
Housing and spider assembly are used in a set.
Support Bearing (Right Side)
Check bearing rolls freely and is free from noise, cracks, pitting or wear. Replace support bearing if there are
any non-standard conditions.
Support Bearing Bracket (Right Side)
Check for support bearing bracket, cracks, or damage. Replace support bearing bracket if there are any nonstandard conditions.

INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION


1.
2.

Check the wheel alignment. Refer to FSU-11, "Inspection".


Adjust neutral position of steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-59, "Work Procedure".

Revision: 2010 November

FAX-30

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)


< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)


Wheel Bearing

INFOID:0000000007006092

Item

Standard

Axial end play

0.05 mm (0.002 in) or less

Drive Shaft

INFOID:0000000007006093

FAX
Item
Grease quantity
Boots installed length*

Standard
Wheel side

Reduction gear side

88 108 g (3.11 3.80 oz)

153 166 g (5.40 5.85 oz)

95.4 mm (3.756 in)

94 mm (3.70 in)

*: For measuring position, refer to FAX-22, "WHEEL SIDE : Disassembly and Assembly" (Wheel side), FAX24, "REDUCTION GEAR SIDE : Disassembly and Assembly" (Reduction gear side).

Revision: 2010 November

FAX-31

LEAF

http://vnx.su

TRANSMISSION & DRIVELINE

SECTION

RAX

REAR AXLE

RAX

CONTENTS

PRECAUTION ............................................... 2

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ......................... 5

PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 2

REAR WHEEL HUB ........................................... 5

Precaution for Technicians Using Medical Electric...... 2


Point to Be Checked Before Starting Maintenance
Work .......................................................................... 2

Inspection ................................................................. 5

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ................ 6

PREPARATION ............................................ 3

REAR WHEEL HUB ........................................... 6

PREPARATION ................................................... 3

Exploded View .......................................................... 6


Removal and Installation .......................................... 6
Inspection ................................................................. 7

Commercial Service Tools ........................................ 3

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................... 4


NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS
(NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING ............................. 4
NVH Troubleshooting Chart ...................................... 4

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS


(SDS) ............................................................. 8

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS


(SDS) .................................................................. 8
Wheel Bearing .....................................................

Revision: 2010 November

RAX-1

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >

PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Technicians Using Medical Electric

INFOID:0000000007073070

OPERATION PROHIBITION
WARNING:
Parts with strong magnet is used in this vehicle.
Technicians using a medical electric device such as pacemaker must never perform operation on the
vehicle, as magnetic field can affect the device function by approaching to such parts.

NORMAL CHARGE PRECAUTION


WARNING:
If a technician uses a medical electric device such as an implantable cardiac pacemaker or an
implantable cardioverter defibrillator, the possible effects on the devices must be checked with the
device manufacturer before starting the charge operation.
As radiated electromagnetic wave generated by on board charger at normal charge operation may
effect medical electric devices, a technician using a medical electric device such as implantable cardiac pacemaker or an implantable cardioverter defibrillator must not enter the vehicle compartment
(including luggage room) during normal charge operation.

Precaution at telematics system operation


WARNING:
If a technician uses implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD),
avoid the device implanted part from approaching within approximately 220 mm (8.66 in) from interior/exterior antenna.
The electromagnetic wave of TCU might affect the function of the implantable cardiac pacemaker or
the implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), when using the service, etc.
If a technician uses other medical electric devices than implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator(ICD), the electromagnetic wave of TCU might affect the function of the
device. The possible effects on the devices must be checked with the device manufacturer before
TCU use.

Precaution at intelligent key system operation


WARNING:
If a technician uses implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD),
avoid the device implanted part from approaching within approximately 220 mm (8.66 in) from interior/exterior antenna.
The electromagnetic wave of intelligent key might affect the function of the implantable cardiac
pacemaker or the implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), at door operation, at each request
switch operation, or at engine starting.
If a technician uses other medical electric devices than implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), the electromagnetic wave of intelligent key might affect the function of the device. The possible effects on the devices must be checked with the device
manufacturer before intelligent key use.

Point to Be Checked Before Starting Maintenance Work

INFOID:0000000007080023

The high voltage system may starts automatically. It is required to check that the timer air conditioner
and timer charge (during EVSE connection) are not set before starting maintenance work.
NOTE:
If the timer air conditioner or timer charge (during EVSE connection) is set, the high voltage system starts
automatically even when the power switch is in OFF state.

Revision: 2010 November

RAX-2

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PREPARATION
< PREPARATION >

PREPARATION

PREPARATION
Commercial Service Tools

INFOID:0000000007006100

Tool name

Description

Ball joint remover

Removing hub bolt

RAX

E
NT146

Power tool

Loosening bolts and nuts

G
PBIC0190E

Revision: 2010 November

RAX-3

LEAF

http://vnx.su

NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING


< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
NVH Troubleshooting Chart

INFOID:0000000007006101

NVH in WT section

NVH in WT section

NVH in BR section

REAR AXLE AND REAR SUSPENSION

TIRE

ROAD WHEEL

BRAKE

Shake

REAR AXLE

Vibration

Shimmy

Judder

Poor quality ride or handling

RAX-5
Wheel bearing damage

Possible cause and SUSPECTED PARTS

Parts interference

RAX-6
Improper installation, looseness
Noise

Reference page

Symptom

NVH in RAX and RSU sections

Use chart below to find the cause of the symptom. If necessary, repair or replace these parts.

: Applicable

Revision: 2010 November

RAX-4

LEAF

http://vnx.su

REAR WHEEL HUB


< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE

REAR WHEEL HUB


Inspection

INFOID:0000000007006102

Check the mounting conditions (looseness, back lash) of each component and component conditions (wear,
damage) are normal.

COMPONENT PART

WHEEL HUB ASSEMBLY (BEARING-INTEGRATED TYPE)


Check the following items, and replace the part it necessary.
Move wheel hub assembly in the axial direction by hand. Check there is no looseness of wheel bearing.
Axial end play

: Refer to RAX-8, "Wheel Bearing".

RAX

Rotate wheel hub assembly and check there is no unusual noise or other irregular conditions. If there is any
of irregular conditions, replace wheel hub assembly.
F

Revision: 2010 November

RAX-5

LEAF

http://vnx.su

REAR WHEEL HUB


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION


REAR WHEEL HUB
Exploded View

INFOID:0000000007006103

JSDIA2467GB

1.

Rear suspension beam

2.

Parking brake shoe assembly

3.

Hub bolt

4.

Wheel hub assembly (Bearing-integrated type)

5.

Disc rotor

6.

Plug

: Always replace after every disassembly.


: Nm (kg-m, ft-lb)

Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000007006104

REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.

4.

a.

Remove tires with power tool. Refer to WT-45, "Exploded View".


Remove wheel sensor. Refer to BRC-149, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
Remove caliper assembly. Hang caliper assembly in a place where it will not interfere with work. Refer to
BR-236, "BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY : Removal and Installation".
CAUTION:
Never depress brake pedal while brake caliper is removed.
Remove disc rotor. If disc rotor cannot be removed, remove as follows.
CAUTION:
Parking brake completely in the released position.
Put matching marks (A) on the wheel hub assembly and
the disc rotor before removing the disc rotor.
Never drop disc rotor.
Fix the disc rotor with wheel nuts and remove the adjusting hole
plug.

JPDIG0066ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

RAX-6

LEAF

http://vnx.su

REAR WHEEL HUB


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
b. Using suitable tool, rotate adjuster (1) in the direction (A) to
retract and loosen brake shoe.
5. Remove wheel hub assembly with power tool.
CAUTION:
Never remove parking brake shoe assembly. Protect it from
falling.

C
JPDIG0204ZZ

RAX

6.

7.

Remove hub bolts (1) from wheel hub assembly, using the ball
joint remover (A) (commercial service tool).
CAUTION:
Remove hub bolt only when necessary.
Never hammer the hub bolt to avoid impact to the wheel
bearing.
Pull out the hub bolt in a direction perpendicular to the
wheel hub assembly.
Perform inspection after removal. Refer to RAX-7, "Inspection".

G
JPDIF0299ZZ

INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
Place a washer (A) as shown in the figure to install the hub bolts
(1) by using the tightening force of the nut (B).
CAUTION:
Check that there is no clearance between wheel hub assembly and hub bolt.
Never reuse hub bolt.
Fit the pin of rear brake assembly to hole of rear suspension beam
when install rear brake assembly.
Align the matching marks that have been made during removal
when reusing the disc rotor.
Perform inspection after installation. Refer to RAX-7, "Inspection".

Inspection

K
JPDIF0300ZZ

INFOID:0000000007006105

INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL


Check the wheel hub assembly for wear, cracks, and damage. Replace if necessary.

INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION


1.
2.
3.
4.

Check wheel sensor harness for proper connection. BRC-149, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded
View".
Adjust parking brake operation (stroke). Refer to PB-81, "Inspection and Adjustment".
Check wheel alignment. Refer to RSU-7, "Inspection".
Adjust neutral position of steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-59, "Work Procedure".

Revision: 2010 November

RAX-7

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)


< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)


SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Wheel Bearing

INFOID:0000000007006106

Item

Standard

Axial end play

Revision: 2010 November

0.05 mm (0.002 in) or less

RAX-8

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SUSPENSION

SECTION

FSU

FRONT SUSPENSION

FSU

CONTENTS
PRECAUTION ............................................... 2

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............... 12

PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 2

FRONT COIL SPRING AND STRUT ................ 12

Precaution for Technicians Using Medical Electric...... 2


Point to Be Checked Before Starting Maintenance
Work .......................................................................... 2
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 2
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...... 3
High Voltage Precautions .......................................... 3
Precaution for Removing 12V Battery ....................... 5
Precautions for Suspension ...................................... 6

Exploded View .........................................................12


Removal and Installation .........................................12
Disassembly and Assembly .....................................13
Inspection ................................................................15
Disposal ...................................................................15

PREPARATION ............................................ 7
PREPARATION ................................................... 7
Special Service Tools ................................................ 7
Commercial Service Tools ........................................ 7

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................... 9


NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS
(NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING ............................. 9
NVH Troubleshooting Chart ...................................... 9

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ......................... 10


FRONT SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY ..................10
Inspection ................................................................ 10

WHEEL ALIGNMENT .........................................11


Inspection ................................................................ 11

TRANSVERSE LINK ......................................... 16


Exploded View .........................................................16
Removal and Installation .........................................16
Inspection ................................................................16

FRONT STABILIZER ........................................ 18

Exploded View .........................................................18


Removal and Installation .........................................18
Inspection ................................................................20

FRONT SUSPENSION MEMBER ..................... 21


Exploded View .........................................................21
Removal and Installation .........................................21
Inspection ................................................................26

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS


(SDS) ............................................................ 27
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS) ................................................................. 27
Wheel Alignment .....................................................27
Ball Joint ..................................................................27
Wheelarch Height ....................................................27

Revision: 2010 November

FSU-1

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >

PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Technicians Using Medical Electric

INFOID:0000000007073083

OPERATION PROHIBITION
WARNING:
Parts with strong magnet is used in this vehicle.
Technicians using a medical electric device such as pacemaker must never perform operation on the
vehicle, as magnetic field can affect the device function by approaching to such parts.

NORMAL CHARGE PRECAUTION


WARNING:
If a technician uses a medical electric device such as an implantable cardiac pacemaker or an
implantable cardioverter defibrillator, the possible effects on the devices must be checked with the
device manufacturer before starting the charge operation.
As radiated electromagnetic wave generated by on board charger at normal charge operation may
effect medical electric devices, a technician using a medical electric device such as implantable cardiac pacemaker or an implantable cardioverter defibrillator must not enter the vehicle compartment
(including luggage room) during normal charge operation.

Precaution at telematics system operation


WARNING:
If a technician uses implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD),
avoid the device implanted part from approaching within approximately 220 mm (8.66 in) from interior/exterior antenna.
The electromagnetic wave of TCU might affect the function of the implantable cardiac pacemaker or
the implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), when using the service, etc.
If a technician uses other medical electric devices than implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator(ICD), the electromagnetic wave of TCU might affect the function of the
device. The possible effects on the devices must be checked with the device manufacturer before
TCU use.

Precaution at intelligent key system operation


WARNING:
If a technician uses implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD),
avoid the device implanted part from approaching within approximately 220 mm (8.66 in) from interior/exterior antenna.
The electromagnetic wave of intelligent key might affect the function of the implantable cardiac
pacemaker or the implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), at door operation, at each request
switch operation, or at engine starting.
If a technician uses other medical electric devices than implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), the electromagnetic wave of intelligent key might affect the function of the device. The possible effects on the devices must be checked with the device
manufacturer before intelligent key use.

Point to Be Checked Before Starting Maintenance Work

INFOID:0000000007080018

The high voltage system may starts automatically. It is required to check that the timer air conditioner
and timer charge (during EVSE connection) are not set before starting maintenance work.
NOTE:
If the timer air conditioner or timer charge (during EVSE connection) is set, the high voltage system starts
automatically even when the power switch is in OFF state.

Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"

INFOID:0000000007009694

The Supplemental Restraint System such as AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
Revision: 2010 November

FSU-2

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS AIR BAG and SEAT BELT of this
Service Manual.
WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see SRS AIR BAG.
Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors.

FSU

PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS


WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
power switch ON, never use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer.
Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious
injury.
When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the power switch OFF, disconnect
the 12V battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.

Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover

H
INFOID:0000000007009695

When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc to prevent damage to
windshield.

PIIB3706J

High Voltage Precautions

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective equipment consisting of glove, shoes and face shield before
beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while the
service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed to do
so in the Service Manual.

Revision: 2010 November

INFOID:0000000007009736

FSU-3

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >
HIGH VOLTAGE HARNESS AND EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION
The colors of the high voltage harnesses and connectors are all orange. Orange "High Voltage" labels are
applied to the Li-ion battery and other high voltage devices. Do not carelessly touch these harnesses and
parts.

HANDLING OF HIGH VOLTAGE HARNESS AND TERMINALS


Immediately insulate disconnected high voltage connectors and terminals with insulating tape.

REGULATIONS ON WORKERS WITH MEDICAL ELECTRONICS


WARNING:
The vehicle contains parts that contain powerful magnets. If a person who is wearing a pacemaker or
other medical device is close to these parts, the medical device may be affected by the magnets. Such
persons must not perform work on the vehicle.

PROHIBITED ITEMS TO CARRY DURING THE WORK


Because this vehicle uses components that contain high voltage and powerful magnetism, due not carry any
metal products which may cause short circuits, or any magnetic media (cash cards, prepaid cards, etc.) which
may be damaged on your person when working.

POSTING A SIGN OF DANGER! HIGH VOLTAGE AREA. KEEP OUT

Revision: 2010 November

FSU-4

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >
To call the attention of other workers, indicate "High voltage work in progress. Do not touch!" on vehicles
where work is being performed on the high voltage systems.

FSU

JSAIA1600GB

Precaution for Removing 12V Battery

INFOID:0000000007009696

When removing the 12V battery, turn ON/OFF the power switch and check that the charging status indicator
does not blink. The 12V battery must be removed within one hour after checking the indicator lamp.
NOTE:
The automatic 12V battery charge control may start even when the power switch is in OFF state.
Revision: 2010 November

FSU-5

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >
The automatic 12V battery charge control does not start within approximately one hour when the power
switch is turned ON/OFF.

Precautions for Suspension

INFOID:0000000006832473

When installing rubber bushings, the final tightening must be carried out under unladen conditions with tires
on ground. Spilled oil might shorten the life of rubber bushings. Be sure to wipe off any spilled oil.
- Unladen conditions mean that fuel, engine coolant and lubricant are full. Spare tire, jack, hand tools and
mats are in designated positions.
After servicing suspension parts, be sure to check wheel alignment.
Self-lock nuts are not reusable. Always use new ones when installing. Since new self-lock nuts are pre-oiled,
tighten as they are.
The tightening surface must be kept free from oil/grease.
When jacking up the vehicle with a floor jack, never hang the jack on the torque rod.

Revision: 2010 November

FSU-6

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PREPARATION
< PREPARATION >

PREPARATION

PREPARATION
Special Service Tools

INFOID:0000000006832474

The actual shapes of Kent-More tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.

Tool number
(Kent-More No.)
Tool name

Description

ST35652000
( )
Strut attachment

Disassembling and assembling strut

FSU
ZZA0807D

Commercial Service Tools

INFOID:0000000006832475

Tool name

Description

Spring compressor

Removing and installing coil spring

I
S-NT717

Insulated gloves
[Guaranteed insulation performance for
1000V/300A]

Removing and installing high voltage components

JMCIA0149ZZ

Insulated safety shoes

Removing and installing high voltage components

N
JPCIA0011ZZ

Safety glasses
[ANSI Z87.1]

Removing and installing high voltage


components
To protect face from the spatter on the
work to electric line

P
JPCIA0012ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

FSU-7

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PREPARATION
< PREPARATION >
Tool name

Description

Insulated helmet

Removing and installing high voltage components

JPCIA0013ZZ

Power tool

Loosening bolts and nuts

PBIC0190E

Revision: 2010 November

FSU-8

LEAF

http://vnx.su

NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING


< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS

NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING


NVH Troubleshooting Chart

INFOID:0000000006832476

Vibration

Shimmy

Judder

Poor quality ride or


handling

NVH in ST section

NVH in BR section

NVH in FAX section

NVH in WT section

NVH in WT section

NVH in FAX and FSU sections

FSU-18

FSU-11

STEERING

Shake

BRAKE

I
DRIVE SHAFT

FSU

ROAD WHEEL

TIRE

FRONT AXLE AND FRONT SUSPENSION

Stabilizer bar fatigue

Suspension looseness

Incorrect wheel alignment

Spring fatigue

FSU-12, FSU-16, FSU-18, FSU-21

Parts interference

FSU-15

Bushing or mounting deterioration

FRONT SUSPENSION

Shock absorber deformation, damage or deflection

Noise

Possible cause and SUSPECTED PARTS

Symptom

Improper installation, looseness

Reference page

FSU-15

FSU-12, FSU-16, FSU-18, FSU-21

Use chart below to find the cause of the symptom. If necessary, repair or replace these parts.

: Applicable

Revision: 2010 November

FSU-9

LEAF

http://vnx.su

FRONT SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY


< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
FRONT SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY
Inspection

INFOID:0000000006832496

COMPONENT PART
Check the mounting conditions (looseness, backlash) of each component and component conditions (wear,
damage) are normal.

BALL JOINT AXIAL END PLAY


1.
2.

Set front wheels in a straight-ahead position.


Measure axial end play by prying it up/down with iron bar or equivalent between transverse link and steering knuckle.
Axial end play

: Refer to FSU-27, "Ball Joint".

CAUTION:
Never depress brake pedal when measuring.
Never perform with tires on level ground.
Be careful not to damage ball joint boot. Never damage the installation position by applying
excessive force.

STRUT ASSEMBLY
Check for oil leakage, damage, and replace if necessary.

Revision: 2010 November

FSU-10

LEAF

http://vnx.su

WHEEL ALIGNMENT
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >

WHEEL ALIGNMENT

Inspection

INFOID:0000000006832497

DESCRIPTION

CAUTION:
The adjustment mechanisms of camber, caster, and kingpin inclination angles are not included.
If camber, caster, or kingpin inclination angle is outside the standard, check front suspension parts
for wear and damage. Replace suspect parts if a malfunction is detected.
Kingpin inclination angle is reference value, no inspection is required.
Measure wheel alignment under unladen conditions.
NOTE:
Unladen conditions means that fuel, engine coolant, and lubricant are full. Spare tire, jack, hand tools and
mats are in designated positions.

FSU

PRELIMINARY CHECK
Check the following:
Tires for improper air pressure and wear. Refer to WT-50, "Tire Air Pressure".
Road wheels for runout.
Wheel bearing axial end play. Refer to FAX-7, "Inspection".
Transverse link ball joint axial end play.
Strut operation.
Each mounting part of axle and suspension for looseness and deformation.
Each of suspension member, strut assembly and transverse link for cracks, deformation and other damage.
Vehicle height (posture).

GENERAL INFORMATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS


A four-wheel thrust alignment should be performed.
- This type of alignment is recommended for any NISSAN/INFINITI vehicle.
- The four-wheel thrust process helps ensure that the vehicle is properly aligned and the steering wheel is
centered.
- The alignment rack itself should be capable of accepting any NISSAN/INFINITI vehicle.
- The rack should be checked to ensure that it is level.
Check the machine is properly calibrated.
- Your alignment equipment should be regularly calibrated in order to give correct information.
- Check with the manufacturer of your specific equipment for their recommended Service/Calibration Schedule.

ALIGNMENT PROCESS
IMPORTANT:
Use only the alignment specifications listed in this Service Manual.
When displaying the alignment settings, many alignment machines use indicators: (Green/red, plus or
minus, Go/No Go). Never use these indicators.
- The alignment specifications programmed into your machine that operate these indicators may not be correct.
- This may result in an ERROR.
Some newer alignment machines are equipped with an optional Rolling Compensation method to compensate the sensors (alignment targets or head units). Never use this Rolling Compensation method.
- Use the Jacking Compensation Method. After installing the alignment targets or head units, raise the vehicle and rotate the wheels 1/2 turn both ways.
- See Instructions in the alignment machine you're using for more information on this.

Revision: 2010 November

FSU-11

LEAF

http://vnx.su

FRONT COIL SPRING AND STRUT


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION


FRONT COIL SPRING AND STRUT
Exploded View

INFOID:0000000006832479

JPEIA0276GB

1.

Cap

2.

Piston rod lock nut

3.

Mounting insulator

4.

Mounting bearing

5.

Bound bumper

6.

Coil spring

7.

Lower rubber seat

8.

Strut

9.

Steering knuckle

: Nm (kg-m, ft-lb)
: Always replace after every disassembly.

Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006832480

REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Remove tires with power tool. Refer to WT-45, "Exploded View".


Remove lock plate from strut assembly. Refer to BR-214, "FRONT : Exploded View".
Remove wheel sensor. Refer to BRC-148, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
Remove stabilizer connecting rod from strut assembly. Refer to FSU-18, "Removal and Installation".
Remove strut mounting bolts and nuts from steering knuckle
with power tool.
Remove cowl top cover. Refer to EXT-17, "Removal and Installation".
Remove mounting bolt of mounting insulator, and then remove
strut assembly.

WEIA0179E

INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: 2010 November

FSU-12

LEAF

http://vnx.su

FRONT COIL SPRING AND STRUT


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
Install strut assembly with the identification mark (A) of mounting
insulator faced forward of the vehicle and the arrow (B) faced outside.
NOTE:
The identification mark "0" shows the right mounting insulator and
"1" shows left.
Never reuse strut mounting nut.
Perform final tightening of fixing parts at the vehicle installation
position (rubber bushing), under unladen conditions with tires on
level ground.
Perform inspection after installation. Refer to FSU-15, "Inspection".
After replacing the strut absorber, always follow the disposal procedure to discard the strut absorber. Refer to FSU-15, "Disposal".

Disassembly and Assembly

C
JPEIA0246ZZ

D
INFOID:0000000006832481

FSU

DISASSEMBLY
CAUTION:
Never damage strut assembly piston rod when removing components from strut assembly.
1. Remove the cap.
2. Install strut attachment (A) [SST: ST35652000 ( )] to strut
assembly and secure it in a vise.
CAUTION:
When installing the strut attachment to strut assembly,
wrap a shop cloth around strut to protect from damage.

I
JPEIA0006ZZ

3.

4.

5.
6.

7.
8.

Using a spring compressor (A) (commercial service tool), compress coil spring between spring upper seat and lower seat
(strut assembly) until coil spring with a spring compressor is
free.
CAUTION:
Be sure a spring compressor is securely attached to coil
spring. Compress coil spring.
Check coil spring with a spring compressor between spring
upper seat and lower seat (strut assembly) is free. And then
remove piston rod lock nut while securing the piston rod tip so
that piston rod does not turn.
JPEIA0007ZZ
Remove mounting insulator, mounting bearing, and bound
bumper from strut.
After removing coil spring with a spring compressor, then gradually release a spring compressor.
CAUTION:
Loosen while making sure coil spring attachment position does not move.
Remove lower rubber seat.
Perform inspection after disassembly. Refer to FSU-15, "Inspection".

ASSEMBLY

CAUTION:
Never damage strut assembly piston rod when installing components from strut assembly.
1. Install strut attachment [SST: ST35652000 ( )] to strut and secure it in a vise.
CAUTION:
When installing the strut attachment to strut assembly, wrap a shop cloth around strut to protect
from damage.
2. Install lower rubber seat.
Revision: 2010 November

FSU-13

LEAF

http://vnx.su

FRONT COIL SPRING AND STRUT


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
3. Compress coil spring using a spring compressor (commercial service tool), and install it onto strut assembly.
CAUTION:
Be sure a compressor is securely attached to coil spring. Compress coil spring.
Be careful with the vertical direction of the coil spring.
: Upper side

JPEIA0253ZZ

4.

5.
6.

Align the lower end of coil spring (1) with (A) of lower rubber seat (2) as shown in the figure.
Apply soapy water to bound bumper.
CAUTION:
Never use machine oil.
Insert bound bumper into mounting insulator.
Install mounting bearing.
CAUTION:
Never apply oils, such as grease, when installing the
mounting bearing.
JPEIA0247ZZ

7.

8.

Check the location of identification mark (A) of the mounting


insulator and install it with the arrow (B) faced outside of the
vehicle to the strut.
NOTE:
The identification mark "0" shows right mounting insulator and
"1" shows left.
Secure piston rod tip so that piston rod does not turn, then
tighten piston rod lock nut with specified torque.
CAUTION:
Never reuse piston rod lock nut.
JPEIA0246ZZ

9.

Gradually release a spring compressor (A), and remove coil


spring.
CAUTION:
Loosen while making sure coil spring attachment position
does not move.

JPEIA0007ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

FSU-14

LEAF

http://vnx.su

FRONT COIL SPRING AND STRUT


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
10. Remove the strut attachment (A) from strut assembly.
11. Install the cap.

C
JPEIA0006ZZ

Inspection

INFOID:0000000006832482

INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY

FSU

Check the following items, and replace the parts if necessary.


Strut
Strut for deformation, cracks or damage
Piston rod for damage, uneven wear or distortion
Oil leakage

Strut Mounting Insulator and bound bumper


Check strut mounting insulator and bound bumper for cracks, wear or damage.

Coil Spring
Check coil spring for cracks, wear or damage.

INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION


1.
2.
3.

Check wheel sensor harness for proper connector. Refer to BRC-148, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR :
Exploded View".
Check wheel alignment. Refer to FSU-11, "Inspection".
Adjust neutral position of steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-59, "Work Procedure".

Disposal
Set strut assembly horizontally to the ground with the piston rod fully extracted.

2.

Drill 2 3 mm (0.08 0.12 in) dia. hole at the position ( ) from


top as shown in the figure to release gas gradually.
CAUTION:
Wear eye protection (safety glass).
Wear gloves.
Be careful with metal chips or oil blown out by the compressed gas.
NOTE:
Drill vertically in the direction show by arrow.
Directly to the outer tube avoiding brackets.
The gas is clear, colorless, odorless, and harmless.

3.

INFOID:0000000006832483

1.

N
JPEIA0160ZZ

: 20 30 mm (0.79 1.18 in)

Position the drilled hole downward and drain oil by moving the piston rod several times.
CAUTION:
Dispose of drained oil according to the law and local regulations.

Revision: 2010 November

FSU-15

LEAF

http://vnx.su

TRANSVERSE LINK
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

TRANSVERSE LINK
Exploded View

INFOID:0000000006832484

JPEIA0286GB

1.

Front suspension member

2.

Transverse link

: Always replace after every disassembly.


: Nm (kg-m, ft-lb)

Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006832485

REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Remove tires with power tool. Refer to WT-45, "Exploded View".


Separate stabilizer connecting rod from strut assembly. Refer to FSU-18, "Removal and Installation".
Separate steering outer socket from steering knuckle. Refer to ST-16, "Removal and Installation".
Remove transverse link from steering knuckle with power tool. Refer to FAX-9, "Removal and Installation".
Remove transverse link from suspension member with power tool.
NOTE:
To remove transverse link mounting nut, move stabilizer bar.

INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
Never reuse transverse link mounting nut.
Perform final tightening of fixing parts at the vehicle installation position (rubber bushing), under unladen
conditions with tires on level ground.
Perform inspection after installation. Refer to FSU-16, "Inspection".

Inspection

INFOID:0000000006832486

INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL


Check the following items, and replace the parts if necessary.
Transverse Link
Transverse link and bushing for deformation, cracks or damage.
Ball joint boot for cracks or other damage, and also for grease leakage.
Swing Torque

1.
2.

Manually move ball stud to confirm it moves smoothly with no binding.


Move ball stud at least ten times by hand to check for smooth movement.

Revision: 2010 November

FSU-16

LEAF

http://vnx.su

TRANSVERSE LINK
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
3. Hook a spring balance (A) at cutout on ball stud (B). Confirm
spring balance measurement value is within specifications when
ball stud begins moving.
Swing torque
Measurement on
spring balance

: Refer to FSU-27, "Ball Joint".


: Refer to FSU-27, "Ball Joint"

If swing torque exceeds standard range, replace transverse link


assembly.
JPEIA0138ZZ

Axial End Play

1.
2.

Move ball stud at least ten times by hand to check for smooth movement.
Move tip of ball stud in axial direction to check for looseness.
Axial end play

FSU

: Refer to FSU-27, "Ball Joint".


F

If axial end play exceeds the standard value, replace transverse link assembly.

INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION


1.
2.

Check wheel alignment. Refer to FSU-11, "Inspection".


Adjust neutral position of steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-59, "Work Procedure".

Revision: 2010 November

FSU-17

LEAF

http://vnx.su

FRONT STABILIZER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

FRONT STABILIZER
Exploded View

INFOID:0000000006832487

JPEIA0287GB

1.

Stabilizer bar

2.

Stabilizer clamp

3.

Stabilizer bushing

4.

Stabilizer connecting rod

5.

Strut assembly

6.

Front suspension member

: Nm (kg-m, ft-lb)

Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006832488

REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Remove tires with power tool. Refer to WT-45, "Exploded View".


Separate intermediate shaft from steering gear assembly. Refer to ST-13, "Removal and Installation".
Remove front under cover. Refer to EXT-21, "FRONT UNDER COVER : Removal and Installation".
Remove battery under cover (front). Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and Installation".
Remove fender protector. Refer to EXT-19, "FENDER PROTECTOR : Removal and Installation".
Remove stabilizer connecting rod.
Separate steering outer socket from steering knuckle. Refer to ST-16, "Removal and Installation".
Separate transverse link from steering knuckle with power tool. Refer to FAX-9, "Exploded View".
Set suitable jack under reduction gear and traction motor.
CAUTION:
Never damage the reduction gear and traction motor with
a jack.
Check the stable condition when using a jack.

JSEIA0333ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

FSU-18

LEAF

http://vnx.su

FRONT STABILIZER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
10. Separate high voltage harness clip from bracket.
A
: Vehicle front

C
JSEIA0331ZZ

11. Remove motor mounting rear mounting bolt. Refer to TMS-123,


"Removal and Installation".

FSU

: Vehicle front

12. Remove motor mounting (LH and RH) mounting bolts from front
suspension member. Refer to TMS-123, "Removal and Installation".
13. Remove member stay and rebound stopper with power tool.
Refer to FSU-21, "Exploded View".
14. Remove suspension member mounting bolts, washer, and
rebound stopper rubber with power tool. Refer to FSU-21,
"Exploded View".
15. Remove front suspension member from vehicle body.
CAUTION:
Check the stable condition when using a jack.

G
JSEIA0332ZZ

16. Remove mounting bolts ( ) of stabilizer clamp, and then


remove stabilizer clamp and stabilizer bushing from front suspension member with power tool.
17. Remove stabilizer bar.
18. Perform inspection after removal. Refer to FSU-20, "Inspection".

L
WEIA0182E

INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
Install stabilizer clamp and stabilizer bush with notch (A) and slit
(B) faced forward of the vehicle ( ).

P
JPEIA0058ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

FSU-19

LEAF

http://vnx.su

FRONT STABILIZER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
To install stabilizer clamp mounting bolt, follow the tightening
method and the numerical order shown below:
Manual tightening

:1

Temporary tightening

:2 3

Final tightening (Specified torque)

:4 5

: Vehicle front

JPEIA0245GB

To install stabilizer connecting rod (1), tighten the mounting nut


with the hexagonal part (A) on the stabilizer connecting rod side
fixed.
Perform final tightening of fixing parts at the vehicle installation
position (rubber bushing), under unladen conditions with tires on
level ground.
Perform inspection after installation. Refer to FSU-16, "Inspection".

JPEIA0252ZZ

Inspection

INFOID:0000000006832489

INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL


Check stabilizer bar, stabilizer connecting rod, stabilizer bushing and stabilizer clamp for deformation, cracks
or damage. Replace it if necessary.

INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION


1.
2.

Check wheel alignment. Refer to FSU-11, "Inspection".


Adjust neutral position of steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-59, "Work Procedure".

Revision: 2010 November

FSU-20

LEAF

http://vnx.su

FRONT SUSPENSION MEMBER


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

FRONT SUSPENSION MEMBER

Exploded View

INFOID:0000000006832490

FSU

G
JPEIA0275GB

1.

Front suspension member

2.

Rebound stopper rubber

4.

Member stay

5.

Rebound stopper

3.

Insulator

: Nm (kg-m, ft-lb)

Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006832491

WARNING:
Because hybrid vehicles and electric vehicles contain a high voltage battery, there is the risk of electric shock, electric leakage, or similar accidents if the high voltage component and vehicle are handled incorrectly. Be sure to follow the correct work procedures when performing inspection and
maintenance.
Be sure to remove the service plug in order to shut off the high voltage circuits before performing
inspection or maintenance of high voltage system harnesses and parts.
Be sure to put the removed service plug in your pocket and carry it with you so that another person
does not accidentally connect it while work is in progress.
Be sure to wear insulating protective equipment consisting of glove, shoes and glasses/face shield
before beginning work on the high voltage system.
Clearly identify the persons responsible for high voltage work and ensure that other persons do not
touch the vehicle. When not working, cover high voltage parts with an insulating cover sheet or similar item to prevent other persons from contacting them.
Refer to FSU-3, "High Voltage Precautions".
CAUTION:
There is the possibility of a malfunction occurring if the vehicle is changed to READY status while the
service plug is removed. Therefore do not change the vehicle to READY status unless instructed to do
so in the Service Manual.

REMOVAL
WARNING:
Shut off high voltage circuit. Refer to FSU-3, "High Voltage Precautions".
1. Check voltage in high voltage circuit. (Check that condenser are discharged.)
a. Remove Li-ion battery under cover.
WARNING:

Be sure to put on insulating protective gear before beginning work on the high voltage system.
Revision: 2010 November

FSU-21

LEAF

http://vnx.su

FRONT SUSPENSION MEMBER


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

b.

Disconnect high voltage connector from front side of Li-ion battery.


DANGER:
Touching high voltage components without using the appropriate protective equipment will
cause electrocution.

c.

Measure voltage between high voltage harness terminals.


DANGER:
Touching high voltage components without using the
appropriate protective equipment will cause electrocution.

Standard

: 5 V or less

CAUTION:
For voltage measurements, use a tester which can measure to 500V or higher.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

JSAIA1362ZZ

Remove 12V battery. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".


Remove front under cover. Refer to EXT-21, "FRONT UNDER COVER : Removal and Installation".
Remove battery under cover (front). Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and Installation".
Remove traction motor inverter. Refer to TMS-115, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the mounting bolts (A), then remove the compressor
stay (1).
WARNING:
Be sure to put on insulating protective gear before
beginning work on the high voltage system.

JPIIA1763ZZ

7.

Disconnect the high voltage harness connector (A) from electric


compressor.
WARNING:

Be sure to put on insulating protective gear before


beginning work on the high voltage system.

Protect the terminals of disconnected high voltage harness connector with insulation tape so that they are not
exposed.

Revision: 2010 November

FSU-22

JPIIA1764ZZ

LEAF

http://vnx.su

FRONT SUSPENSION MEMBER


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
Follow the procedure below and disconnect the high voltage harness connector.
A

C
JPCIA0037ZZ

8.

Disconnect the low voltage harness connector (A) from electric


compressor.
WARNING:

FSU

Be sure to put on insulating protective gear before


beginning work on the high voltage system.
F

G
JPIIA1765ZZ

9.

Remove electric compressor (1). Hang electric compressor not


to interfere with work.
WARNING:

Be sure to put on insulating protective gear before


beginning work on the high voltage system.

CAUTION:
Never apply excessive stress to high-pressure flexible hose
and low-pressure flexible hose.

JPEIA0278ZZ

: Vehicle front

10. Remove ground cable (1) from compressor bracket (2).


: Vehicle front

WARNING:
Be sure to put on insulating protective gear before
beginning work on the high voltage system.

O
JPEIA0279ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

FSU-23

LEAF

http://vnx.su

FRONT SUSPENSION MEMBER


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
11. Remove traction motor harness connector (1).
2

: Water hose (lower side)


: Vehicle front

WARNING:
Be sure to put on insulating protective gear before
beginning work on the high voltage system.
JPEIA0280ZZ

12. Remove low voltage harness connectors from parking actuator


(1).
: Vehicle front

JPEIA0281ZZ

13. Remove water hose (upper side) (1) from traction motor.
: Vehicle front

WARNING:
Be sure to put on insulating protective gear before
beginning work on the high voltage system.

JPEIA0282ZZ
CAUTION:
Take care that coolant does not contact the high voltage
harness connectors.
If coolant contacts a high voltage harness connector, immediately use an air blow and fully
remove the liquid.

14. Remove water hose (lower side) (1) from traction motor.
: Vehicle front

WARNING:
Be sure to put on insulating protective gear before
beginning work on the high voltage system.

JPEIA0283ZZ
CAUTION:
Take care that coolant does not contact the high voltage
harness connectors.
If coolant contacts a high voltage harness connector, immediately use an air blow and fully
remove the liquid.

15. Remove tires with power tool. Refer to WT-45, "Exploded View".
Revision: 2010 November

FSU-24

LEAF

http://vnx.su

FRONT SUSPENSION MEMBER


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
16. Remove ground cable (1) from traction motor (2).
A
: Vehicle front

WARNING:

Be sure to put on insulating protective gear before


beginning work on the high voltage system.
C
JPEIA0284ZZ

17. Remove drive shaft.


Left side: Refer to FAX-19, "LEFT SIDE : Removal and Installation".
Right side: Refer to FAX-20, "RIGHT SIDE : Removal and Installation".
18. Separate stabilizer connecting rod from strut assembly. Refer to FSU-18, "Removal and Installation".
19. Separate intermediate shaft from steering gear assembly. Refer to ST-16, "Removal and Installation".
20. Set suitable jack under front suspension member.
CAUTION:
Never damage the front suspension member with a jack.
Check the stable condition when using a jack.
21. Remove member stay and rebound stopper with power tool.
22. Remove suspension member mounting bolts, insulator, and
rebound stopper rubber with power tool.
23. Gradually lower the jack to remove front suspension member
from vehicle body.
CAUTION:
JPEIA0285ZZ
Operate while checking that jack supporting status is stable.
NOTE:
Remove it with each component parts.
24. Remove the following parts from front suspension member.
Reduction gear: Refer to TM-17, "Removal and Installation".
Traction motor: Refer to TMS-123, "Removal and Installation".
Steering gear assembly: Refer to ST-16, "Removal and Installation".
Stabilizer bar: Refer to FSU-18, "Removal and Installation".
Transverse link: Refer to FSU-16, "Removal and Installation".
25. Perform inspection after removal. Refer to FSU-16, "Inspection".

FSU

INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
WARNING:

Be sure to put on insulating protective gear before beginning work on the high voltage system.
N

CAUTION:
Be sure to reinstall high voltage harness clips in their original positions. If a clip is damaged, replace it
with a new clip before installing.

Revision: 2010 November

FSU-25

LEAF

http://vnx.su

FRONT SUSPENSION MEMBER


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
Follow the procedure below and connect the high voltage harness connector.

JPCIA0038ZZ

To install rebound stopper (1), insert it with the protrusion aligned


with the hole of member stay (2).

JPEIA0288ZZ

To install member stay and mounting bolts of front suspension


member, temporarily tighten the bolts before tightening to the
specified torque, referring to the tightening method and the numerical order shown below:
Temporary tightening

:12

Final tightening
(Specified torque)

: 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

: Vehicle front

Perform final tightening of fixing parts at the vehicle installation


position (rubber bushing), under unladen conditions with tires on level ground.
Perform inspection after installation. Refer to FSU-16, "Inspection".

Inspection

JPEIA0277GB

INFOID:0000000006832492

INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL


Check front suspension member for cracks, wear or damage. Replace it if necessary.

INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION


1.

2.
3.

When all parts are installed, be sure to check equipotential of traction motor, electric compressor, and
traction motor inverter.
Traction motor: Refer to TMS-127, "Inspection".
Electric compressor: Refer to HA-49, "Inspection".
Traction motor inverter: Refer to TMS-121, "Inspection".
Check wheel alignment. Refer to FSU-11, "Inspection".
Adjust neutral position of steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-59, "Work Procedure".

Revision: 2010 November

FSU-26

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)


< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)


Wheel Alignment

INFOID:0000000006832493

Item

Camber
Degree minute (Decimal degree)

Standard
Minimum

1 10 (1.16)

Nominal

0 25 (0.42)

Maximum

Caster
Degree minute (Decimal degree)

Total toe-in
Distance
Toe-in

Toe angle (left wheel or right


wheel)
Degree minute (Decimal degree)

0 45 (0.75) - 0 45 (0.75)

Minimum

4 05 (4.09)

Nominal

4 50 (4.83)

Maximum

5 35 (5.58)

Left and right difference*1


Kingpin inclination
Degree minute (Decimal degree)

0 20 (0.33)

Left and right difference*1

FSU

0 45 (0.75) - 0 45 (0.75)

Minimum

11 10 (11.17)

Nominal

11 55 (11.92)

Maximum

12 40 (12.66)

Minimum

In 1 mm (0.04 in)

Nominal

In 2 mm (0.08 in)

Maximum

In 3 mm (0.12 in)

Minimum

In 0 02 46 (0.046)

Nominal

In 0 05 28 (0.091)

Maximum

In 0 08 09 (0.136)

Measure value under unladen*2 conditions.

*1: A difference when assuming the left side a standard.


*2: Fuel, engine coolant and lubricant are full. Spare tire, jack, hand tools and mats are in designated positions.

Ball Joint

INFOID:0000000006832494

Item
Swing torque

Standard
0.5 4.9 Nm (0.06 0.49 kg-m, 5 43 in-lb)

Measurement on spring balance

15.4 150.8 N (1.6 15.3 kg, 3.5 33.8 lb)

Axial end play

0 mm (0 in)

Wheelarch Height

INFOID:0000000007010358

Item

Standard

Front (Hf)

707 mm (27.83 in)

Revision: 2010 November

FSU-27

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)


< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Item

Standard

Rear (Hr)

708 mm (27.87 in)

WEIA0030E

Measure value under unladen* conditions.


*: Fuel, engine coolant and lubricant are full. Spare tire, jack, hand tools and mats are in designated positions.

Revision: 2010 November

FSU-28

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SUSPENSION

SECTION

RSU

REAR SUSPENSION

RSU

CONTENTS
PRECAUTION ............................................... 2

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ................ 8

PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 2

REAR SHOCK ABSORBER .............................. 8

Precaution for Technicians Using Medical Electric...... 2


Point to Be Checked Before Starting Maintenance
Work .......................................................................... 2
Precautions for Suspension ...................................... 2

Exploded View .......................................................... 8


Removal and Installation .......................................... 8
Inspection ................................................................10
Disposal ...................................................................10

PREPARATION ............................................ 4

COIL SPRING ................................................... 11

PREPARATION ................................................... 4
Commercial Service Tools ........................................ 4

Exploded View .........................................................11


Removal and Installation .........................................11
Inspection ................................................................12

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................... 5

REAR SUSPENSION BEAM ............................ 13

NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS


(NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING ............................. 5

Exploded View .........................................................13


Removal and Installation .........................................13
Inspection ................................................................14

NVH Troubleshooting Chart ...................................... 5

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE .......................... 6


REAR SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY ..................... 6

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS


(SDS) ............................................................ 15

Inspection .................................................................. 6

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS


(SDS) ................................................................. 15

WHEEL ALIGNMENT .......................................... 7

Wheel Alignment .....................................................15


Wheelarch Height ....................................................15

Inspection .................................................................. 7

Revision: 2010 November

RSU-1

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >

PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Technicians Using Medical Electric

INFOID:0000000007073116

OPERATION PROHIBITION
WARNING:
Parts with strong magnet is used in this vehicle.
Technicians using a medical electric device such as pacemaker must never perform operation on the
vehicle, as magnetic field can affect the device function by approaching to such parts.

NORMAL CHARGE PRECAUTION


WARNING:
If a technician uses a medical electric device such as an implantable cardiac pacemaker or an
implantable cardioverter defibrillator, the possible effects on the devices must be checked with the
device manufacturer before starting the charge operation.
As radiated electromagnetic wave generated by on board charger at normal charge operation may
effect medical electric devices, a technician using a medical electric device such as implantable cardiac pacemaker or an implantable cardioverter defibrillator must not enter the vehicle compartment
(including luggage room) during normal charge operation.

Precaution at telematics system operation


WARNING:
If a technician uses implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD),
avoid the device implanted part from approaching within approximately 220 mm (8.66 in) from interior/exterior antenna.
The electromagnetic wave of TCU might affect the function of the implantable cardiac pacemaker or
the implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), when using the service, etc.
If a technician uses other medical electric devices than implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator(ICD), the electromagnetic wave of TCU might affect the function of the
device. The possible effects on the devices must be checked with the device manufacturer before
TCU use.

Precaution at intelligent key system operation


WARNING:
If a technician uses implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD),
avoid the device implanted part from approaching within approximately 220 mm (8.66 in) from interior/exterior antenna.
The electromagnetic wave of intelligent key might affect the function of the implantable cardiac
pacemaker or the implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), at door operation, at each request
switch operation, or at engine starting.
If a technician uses other medical electric devices than implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), the electromagnetic wave of intelligent key might affect the function of the device. The possible effects on the devices must be checked with the device
manufacturer before intelligent key use.

Point to Be Checked Before Starting Maintenance Work

INFOID:0000000007080019

The high voltage system may starts automatically. It is required to check that the timer air conditioner
and timer charge (during EVSE connection) are not set before starting maintenance work.
NOTE:
If the timer air conditioner or timer charge (during EVSE connection) is set, the high voltage system starts
automatically even when the power switch is in OFF state.

Precautions for Suspension

INFOID:0000000006827777

When installing rubber bushings, the final tightening must be carried out under unladen conditions with tires
on ground. Spilled oil might shorten the life of rubber bushings. Be sure to wipe off any spilled oil.
- Unladen conditions mean that fuel, engine coolant and lubricant are full. Spare tire, jack, hand tools and
mats are in designated positions.
Revision: 2010 November

RSU-2

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >
After servicing suspension parts, be sure to check wheel alignment.
Self-lock nuts are not reusable. Always use new ones when installing. Since new self-lock nuts are pre-oiled,
tighten as they are.
The tightening surface must be kept free from oil/grease.
When jacking up the vehicle with a floor jack, never hang the jack on the suspension beam.

RSU

Revision: 2010 November

RSU-3

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PREPARATION
< PREPARATION >

PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Commercial Service Tools

INFOID:0000000007022685

Tool name

Description

Power tool

Loosening bolts and nuts

PBIC0190E

Revision: 2010 November

RSU-4

LEAF

http://vnx.su

NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING


< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS

NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING


NVH Troubleshooting Chart

INFOID:0000000006827778

Bushing or mounting deterioration

Parts interference

Shake

Vibration

Shimmy

Judder

Poor quality ride or handling

NVH in BR section

NVH in WT section

NVH in WT section

NVH in RAX and RSU sections

RSU-7

RSU-8, RSU-11, RSU-13

RSU-12

RSU

TIRE

ROAD WHEEL

BRAKE

Incorrect wheel alignment

REAR AXLE AND REAR SUSPENSION

Suspension looseness

Spring fatigue

REAR SUSPENSION

Shock absorber deformation, damage or deflection

Noise

Possible cause and SUSPECTED PARTS

Symptom

Improper installation, looseness

Reference page

RSU-8

RSU-8, RSU-11, RSU-13

Use chart below to find the cause of the symptom. If necessary, repair or replace these parts.

: Applicable

Revision: 2010 November

RSU-5

LEAF

http://vnx.su

REAR SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY


< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
REAR SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY
Inspection

INFOID:0000000006827795

COMPONENT PART
Check the mounting conditions (looseness, backlash) of each component and component conditions (wear,
damage) are normal.

SHOCK ABSORBER ASSEMBLY


Check for oil leakage, damage, and replace if necessary.

Revision: 2010 November

RSU-6

LEAF

http://vnx.su

WHEEL ALIGNMENT
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >

WHEEL ALIGNMENT

Inspection

INFOID:0000000006827796

DESCRIPTION

CAUTION:
The adjustment mechanisms of camber and toe-in are not included.
If camber and toe-in is outside the standard, check front suspension parts for wear and damage.
Replace suspect parts if a malfunction is detected.
Measure wheel alignment under unladen conditions.
NOTE:
Unladen conditions means that fuel, engine coolant, and lubricant are full. Spare tire, jack, hand tools and
mats are in designated positions.

PRELIMINARY CHECK

RSU

Check the following:


Tires for improper air pressure and wear. Refer to WT-50, "Tire Air Pressure".
Road wheels for runout.
Wheel bearing axial end play. Refer to RAX-5, "Inspection".
Shock absorber operation.
Each mounting point of axle and suspension for looseness and deformation.
Each of rear suspension beam and shock absorber for cracks, deformation, and other damage.
Vehicle height (posture).

GENERAL INFORMATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS


A four-wheel thrust alignment should be performed.
- This type of alignment is recommended for any NISSAN/INFINITI vehicle.
- The four-wheel thrust process helps ensure that the vehicle is properly aligned and the steering wheel is
centered.
- The alignment rack itself should be capable of accepting any NISSAN/INFINITI vehicle.
- The rack should be checked to ensure that it is level.
Check the machine is properly calibrated.
- Your alignment equipment should be regularly calibrated in order to give correct information.
- Check with the manufacturer of your specific equipment for their recommended Service/Calibration Schedule.

ALIGNMENT PROCESS

IMPORTANT:
Use only the alignment specifications listed in this Service Manual.
When displaying the alignment settings, many alignment machines use indicators: (Green/red, plus or
minus, Go/No Go). Never use these indicators.
- The alignment specifications programmed into your machine that operate these indicators may not be correct.
- This may result in an ERROR.
Some newer alignment machines are equipped with an optional Rolling Compensation method to compensate the sensors (alignment targets or head units). Never use this Rolling Compensation method.
- Use the Jacking Compensation Method. After installing the alignment targets or head units, raise the vehicle and rotate the wheels 1/2 turn both ways.
- See Instructions in the alignment machine you're using for more information on this.

Revision: 2010 November

RSU-7

LEAF

http://vnx.su

REAR SHOCK ABSORBER


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION


REAR SHOCK ABSORBER
Exploded View

INFOID:0000000006827781

JPEIB0270GB

1.

Rear suspension beam

2.

Shock absorber

3.

Bound bumper

4.

Bound bumper cover

5.

Washer

6.

Bushing

7.

Distance tube

8.

Piston rod lock nut

9.

Cap

: Always replace after every disassembly.


: Nm (kg-m, ft-lb)

Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006827782

REMOVAL
1.
2.

3.
4.
5.

Remove tires with power tool. Refer to WT-45, "Exploded View".


Set suitable jack under rear suspension beam.
CAUTION:
Never damage the suspension beam with a jack.
Check the stable condition when using a jack.
Remove shock absorber mounting bolt (lower side) (1) with
power tool.
Remove shock absorber mask. Refer to INT-32, "Exploded
View".
Remove cap.

JPEIB0239ZZ

6.

Remove piston rod lock nut, and then remove washer and bushing.
NOTE:

Revision: 2010 November

RSU-8

LEAF

http://vnx.su

REAR SHOCK ABSORBER


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
To loosen piston rod lock nut (1), fix the tip (A) of the piston rod.
7. Remove shock absorber assembly.
8. Remove bushing, distance tube, washer, bound bumper cover,
and bound bumper from shock absorber.
9. Perform inspection after removal. Refer to RSU-10, "Inspection".

C
JPEIB0241ZZ

INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
To install bushings (1), securely insert protrusion (A) into the hole
on the vehicle body side.

RSU

JPEIB0240ZZ

Install washer (1) in the direction shown in the figure.


I

: Bushing side

Perform final tightening of bolts and nuts at the shock absorber


lower side (rubber bushing), under unladen conditions with tires on
level ground.

K
JPEIB0248ZZ

Hold a head (A) of shock absorber piston rod not to have it rotate,
then tighten the piston rod lock nut (1) to the specified torque.
CAUTION:
Never reuse piston rod lock nut.

O
JPEIB0241ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

RSU-9

LEAF

http://vnx.su

REAR SHOCK ABSORBER


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
When installing the cap, securely engage the cap groove (A) with
the flange on the vehicle side.
Perform inspection after installation. Refer to RSU-10, "Inspection".
After replacing the shock absorber, always follow the disposal procedure to discard the shock absorber. Refer to RSU-10, "Inspection".

JPEIB0244ZZ

Inspection

INFOID:0000000006827783

INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL


Shock Absorber
Check the following items, and replace the part if necessary.
Shock absorber for deformation, cracks, and other damage.
Piston rod for damage, uneven wear, and distortion.
Oil leakage
Bound Bumper, Bushing
Check for cracks and damage. Replace it if necessary.
Washer, Bound Bumper Cover, Distance Tube
Check for cracks and damage. Replace it if necessary.

INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION


1.
2.

Check wheel alignment. Refer to RSU-7, "Inspection".


Adjust neutral position of steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-59, "Work Procedure".

Disposal

INFOID:0000000006827784

1.

Set shock absorber horizontally to the ground with the piston rod fully extracted.

2.

Drill 2 3 mm (0.08 0.12 in) dia. hole at the position ( ) from


top as shown in the figure to release gas gradually.
CAUTION:
Wear eye protection (safety glass).
Wear gloves.
Be careful with metal chips or oil blown out by the compressed gas.
NOTE:
Drill vertically in the direction show by arrow.
Directly to the outer tube avoiding brackets.
The gas is clear, colorless, odorless, and harmless.
A

3.

JPEIA0161ZZ

: 20 30 mm (0.79 1.18 in)

Position the drilled hole downward and drain oil by moving the piston rod several times.
CAUTION:
Dispose of drained oil according to the law and local regulations.

Revision: 2010 November

RSU-10

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COIL SPRING
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

COIL SPRING

Exploded View

INFOID:0000000006827785

RSU

G
JPEIB0242ZZ

1.

Upper rubber seat

4.

Rear suspension beam

2.

Coil spring

3.

Lower rubber seat

Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006827786

REMOVAL
1.
2.

3.
4.

5.

Remove tires with power tool. Refer to WT-45, "Exploded View".


Set jack under rear suspension beam.
CAUTION:
Never damage the suspension beam with a jack.
Check the stable condition when using a jack.
Remove rear shock absorber mounting bolts (lower side) (1).
Refer to RSU-8, "Exploded View".
Slowly lower jack, then remove upper rubber seat, coil spring
and lower rubber seat from rear suspension beam.
CAUTION:
Operate while checking that jack supporting status is stable.
Perform inspection after removal. Refer to RSU-12, "Inspection".

N
JPEIB0239ZZ

INSTALLATION

Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: 2010 November

RSU-11

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COIL SPRING
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
Install lower rubber seat with its protrusion (A) on the lower area
aligned with the hole of rear suspension beam.
B

: Coil spring lower end

Securely install coil spring with the lower end of the major diameter
aligned with the steps of lower rubber seat.
Perform inspection after installation. Refer to RSU-12, "Inspection".

JPEIB0272ZZ

Inspection

INFOID:0000000006827787

INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL


Check lubber seat and coil spring for deformation, crack, and damage. Replace it if necessary.

INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION


1.
2.

Check wheel alignment. Refer to RSU-7, "Inspection".


Adjust neutral position of steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-59, "Work Procedure".

Revision: 2010 November

RSU-12

LEAF

http://vnx.su

REAR SUSPENSION BEAM


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

REAR SUSPENSION BEAM

Exploded View

INFOID:0000000006827788

RSU

G
JPEIB0271GB

1.

Rear suspension beam

: Always replace after every disassembly.


: Nm (kg-m, ft-lb)

Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006827789

REMOVAL

1.
2.
3.

4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Remove tires with power tool. Refer to WT-45, "Exploded View".


Drain brake fluid. Refer to BR-204, "Draining".
Remove wheel sensor and sensor harness. Refer to BRC-149, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and
Installation".
Remove brake caliper assembly. Refer to BR-236, "BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY : Removal and Installation".
Remove disc rotor. Refer to RAX-6, "Removal and Installation".
Remove parking brake shoe assembly. Refer to PB-91, "Removal and Installation".
Remove parking brake cable from back plate and rear suspension beam. Refer to PB-87, "Removal and
Installation".
Separate brake hose and brake tube. Refer to BR-218, "REAR : Removal and Installation".
Set suitable jack under rear suspension beam.
CAUTION:
Never damage the suspension beam with a jack.
Check the stable condition when using a jack.

Revision: 2010 November

RSU-13

LEAF

http://vnx.su

REAR SUSPENSION BEAM


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
10. Remove shock absorber mounting bolts (lower side) (1) with
power tool. Refer to RSU-8, "Removal and Installation".
11. Remove coil spring. Refer to RSU-11, "Removal and Installation".
12. Remove rear suspension beam mounting bolts and nuts.
13. Slowly lower jack, remove rear suspension beam from vehicle.
CAUTION:
Operate while checking that jack supporting status is stable.
14. Remove wheel hub assembly with power tool. Refer to RAX-6,
"Removal and Installation".
15. Perform inspection after removal. Refer to RSU-14, "Inspection".

JPEIB0239ZZ

INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
Never reuse rear suspension beam mounting nut.
Perform final tightening of rear suspension beam installation position (rubber bushing), under unladen conditions with tires on level ground.
Perform inspection after installation. Refer to RSU-14, "Inspection".

Inspection

INFOID:0000000006827790

INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL


Check rear suspension beam for deformation, cracks or damage. Replace the part if necessary.

INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION


1.
2.
3.
4.

Check wheel sensor harness for proper connection. Refer to BRC-149, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR :
Exploded View".
Adjust parking brake. Refer to PB-81, "Inspection and Adjustment".
Check wheel alignment. Refer to RSU-7, "Inspection".
Adjust neutral position of steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-59, "Work Procedure".

Revision: 2010 November

RSU-14

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)


< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)


Wheel Alignment

INFOID:0000000006827791

Item
Camber
Degree minute (Decimal degree)

Total toe-in
Distance
Toe-in
Toe angle (left wheel or right wheel)
Degree minute (Decimal degree)

Standard

Minimum

1 59 (1.98)

Nominal

1 29 (1.48)

Maximum

0 59 (0.99)

Minimum

In 1.5 mm (In 0.06 in)

Nominal

In 5.5 mm (In 0.22 in)

Maximum

In 9.5 mm (In 0.37 in)

Minimum

In 0 04 05 (In 0.068)

Nominal

In 0 14 56 (In 0.249)

Maximum

In 0 25 48 (In 0.43)

RSU

Measure value under unladen* conditions.


*: Fuel, engine coolant and lubricant are full. Spare tire, jack, hand tools and mats are in designated positions.

Wheelarch Height

INFOID:0000000007010359

H
Item

Standard

Front (Hf)

707 mm (27.83 in)

Rear (Hr)

708 mm (27.87 in)

WEIA0030E

Measure value under unladen* conditions.


*: Fuel, engine coolant and lubricant are full. Spare tire, jack, hand tools and mats are in designated positions.

Revision: 2010 November

RSU-15

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SUSPENSION

SECTION

WT

ROAD WHEELS & TIRES

WT

CONTENTS
PRECAUTION ............................................... 3
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 3

BCM ................................................................... 16

List of ECU Reference .............................................16

Precaution for Technicians Using Medical Electric...... 3


Point to Be Checked Before Starting Maintenance
Work .......................................................................... 3
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 3
Service Notice and Precautions for TPMS ................ 4
Service Notice and Precautions for Road Wheel ...... 4

WIRING DIAGRAM ...................................... 17

Work Flow ................................................................20

PREPARATION ............................................ 6

ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING


BCM ................................................................... 22

PREPARATION ................................................... 6
Special Service Tool ................................................. 6
Commercial Service Tool .......................................... 6

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM ...... 17


Wiring Diagram ........................................................17
H

BASIC INSPECTION ................................... 20


DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ....... 20

Description ...............................................................22
Work Procedure .......................................................22

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .............................. 7

TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR ID REGISTRATION .................................................................. 23

COMPONENT PARTS ........................................ 7

Description ...............................................................23
Work Procedure .......................................................23

Component Parts Location ........................................ 7


BCM .......................................................................... 7
Tire Pressure Sensor ................................................ 7
Tire Pressure Receiver ............................................. 8

TPMS ................................................................... 9
System Description ................................................... 9
Schematic ............................................................... 10
Tire Inflation Indicator Function ............................... 10

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) ............................12


COMMON ITEM ......................................................... 12
COMMON ITEM : CONSULT Function (BCM COMMON ITEM) ..................................................... 12
AIR PRESSURE MONITOR ...................................... 13
AIR PRESSURE MONITOR : CONSULT Function
(BCM - AIR PRESSURE MONITOR) ...................... 14

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION .............. 16

Revision: 2010 November

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ......................... 25


C1704, C1705, C1706, C1707 LOW TIRE
PRESSURE ....................................................... 25

DTC Logic ................................................................25


Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................25

C1708, C1709, C1710, C1711 TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR ................................................. 27

DTC Logic ................................................................27


Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................27

C1716, C1717, C1718, C1719 TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR ................................................. 29


DTC Logic ................................................................29
Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................29

C1729 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL .................... 31


DTC Logic ................................................................31

WT-1

LEAF

http://vnx.su

Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 31

NVH Troubleshooting Chart .................................... 41

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ..... 32

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ....................... 42

Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 32

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................. 33


TPMS ................................................................. 33
Symptom Table ...................................................... 33

LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LAMP


DOES NOT TURN ON ....................................... 36
Description .............................................................. 36
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 36

LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LAMP


DOES NOT TURN OFF ..................................... 37
Description .............................................................. 37
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 37

TIRE INFLATION INDICATOR DOES NOT


ACTIVATE ......................................................... 38
Description .............................................................. 38
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 38

TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR ID REGISTRATION CANNOT BE COMPLETED ..................... 40


Description .............................................................. 40
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 40

NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS


(NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING ............................ 41

Revision: 2010 November

ROAD WHEEL ................................................... 42


Inspection ................................................................ 42
Wheel Balance Adjustment ..................................... 42
Tire Rotation ........................................................... 44

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION .............. 45


ROAD WHEEL TIRE ASSEMBLY .................... 45
Exploded View ........................................................ 45
Removal and Installation ......................................... 45
Inspection ................................................................ 45
How to Handle Puncture Repair Agent ................... 45

TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR .............................. 47


Exploded View ........................................................ 47
Removal and Installation ......................................... 47

TIRE PRESSURE RECEIVER ........................... 49


Removal and Installation ......................................... 49

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS


(SDS) .......................................................... 50
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS) ................................................................. 50
Road Wheel ............................................................ 50
Tire Air Pressure ..................................................... 50

WT-2

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >

PRECAUTION

PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Technicians Using Medical Electric

INFOID:0000000007072221

WARNING:
Parts with strong magnet is used in this vehicle.
Technicians using a medical electric device such as pacemaker must never perform operation on the
vehicle, as magnetic field can affect the device function by approaching to such parts.

OPERATION PROHIBITION

NORMAL CHARGE PRECAUTION


WARNING:
If a technician uses a medical electric device such as an implantable cardiac pacemaker or an WT
implantable cardioverter defibrillator, the possible effects on the devices must be checked with the
device manufacturer before starting the charge operation.
As radiated electromagnetic wave generated by on board charger at normal charge operation may
F
effect medical electric devices, a technician using a medical electric device such as implantable cardiac pacemaker or an implantable cardioverter defibrillator must not enter the vehicle compartment
(including luggage room) during normal charge operation.
G

Precaution at telematics system operation

WARNING:
If a technician uses implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD),
avoid the device implanted part from approaching within approximately 220 mm (8.66 in) from interior/exterior antenna.
The electromagnetic wave of TCU might affect the function of the implantable cardiac pacemaker or
the implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), when using the service, etc.
If a technician uses other medical electric devices than implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator(ICD), the electromagnetic wave of TCU might affect the function of the
device. The possible effects on the devices must be checked with the device manufacturer before
TCU use.

Precaution at intelligent key system operation


WARNING:
If a technician uses implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD),
avoid the device implanted part from approaching within approximately 220 mm (8.66 in) from interior/exterior antenna.
The electromagnetic wave of intelligent key might affect the function of the implantable cardiac
pacemaker or the implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), at door operation, at each request
switch operation, or at engine starting.
If a technician uses other medical electric devices than implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), the electromagnetic wave of intelligent key might affect the function of the device. The possible effects on the devices must be checked with the device
manufacturer before intelligent key use.

Point to Be Checked Before Starting Maintenance Work

Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"

INFOID:0000000006891857

The Supplemental Restraint System such as AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS

WT-3

INFOID:0000000007079416

The high voltage system may starts automatically. It is required to check that the timer air conditioner
and timer charge (during EVSE connection) are not set before starting maintenance work.
NOTE:
If the timer air conditioner or timer charge (during EVSE connection) is set, the high voltage system starts
automatically even when the power switch is in OFF state.

Revision: 2010 November

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS AIR BAG and SEAT BELT of this
Service Manual.
WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see SRS AIR BAG.
Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors.

PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS


WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
power switch ON, never use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer.
Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious
injury.
When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the power switch OFF, disconnect
the 12V battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.

Service Notice and Precautions for TPMS

INFOID:0000000006889810

Low tire pressure warning lamp blinks for 1min, then turns ON when occurring any malfunction except low
tire pressure. Erase the self-diagnosis memories for Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS), or register
the ID to turn low tire pressure warning lamp OFF. For ID registration, refer to WT-23, "Work Procedure".
ID registration is required when replacing or rotating wheels, replacing tire pressure sensor or BCM. Refer to
WT-23, "Work Procedure".
Replace grommet seal, valve core and valve cap of tire pressure sensor in TPMS, when replacing each tire
by reaching the wear limit. Refer to WT-47, "Exploded View".
For tire inflation indicator function, refer to the following.
- When inflating the tires, park the vehicle in the safe area and ensure the safety of the working area.
- Read and understand the tire inflation indicator function prior to use.
- Inflate the tires one at a time.
- If there is no response for approximately 15 seconds or more after inflating the tires, cancel the use of the
tire inflation indicator function or move the vehicle approximately 1 m (3.2 ft) backward or forward to try
again. The air filler pressure may be weak or out of service area.
- Despite the high-precision TPMS pressure sensor, an indicated value may differ from that of the pressure
gauge.
- Air pressure is measured rather high due to the rise in tire air temperature after driving.
- If TPMS is malfunctioning, the tire inflation indicator is unusable.
Because the tire pressure sensor conforms to North America radio law, the following items must be
observed.
- The sensor may be used only in North America.
- It may not be used in any method other than the specified method.
- It must not be disassembled or modified.

Service Notice and Precautions for Road Wheel

INFOID:0000000006889811

Genuine NISSAN aluminum wheel is designed for each type of vehicle. Use it on the specified vehicle only.
Use Genuine NISSAN parts for the road wheels, valve caps and wheel nuts.
Always use them after adjusting the wheel balance. For the balance weights, use Genuine NISSAN aluminum wheel weights.
Use caution when handling the aluminum wheels, because they can be easily scratched. When removing
dirt, do not use any abrasives, a wire brush, or other items that may scratch the coating. Use a neutral detergent if a detergent is needed.
After driving on roads scattered with anti-icing salts, wash off the wheels completely.
Revision: 2010 November

WT-4

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >
When installing road wheels onto the vehicle, always wipe off any dirt or foreign substances to prevent them
from being trapped between the contact surfaces of wheel.
Never apply oil to nut and bolt threads.
When tightening the valve cap there is a risk of damaging the valve cap if a tool is used. Tighten by hand.

WT

Revision: 2010 November

WT-5

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PREPARATION
< PREPARATION >

PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Special Service Tool

INFOID:0000000006889812

The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.

Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name

Description

KV48105500
(J-45295)
Activation tool

ID registration

NNEIC0019ZZ

Commercial Service Tool

INFOID:0000000006889813

Tool name

Description

Power tool

Loosening bolts and nuts

PBIC0190E

Revision: 2010 November

WT-6

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

COMPONENT PARTS
Component Parts Location

INFOID:0000000006889814

WT

JSEIA0318ZZ

A.

View with the glove box assembly re- B.


moved

Wheel

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
No.

Component parts

Function

1.

Low tire pressure warning lamp


(in combination meter)

WT-9, "System Description"

2.

BCM

WT-7, "BCM"

3.

Remote keyless entry receiver


(tire pressure receiver)

WT-8, "Tire Pressure Receiver"

4.

Tire pressure sensor

WT-7, "Tire Pressure Sensor"

BCM

N
INFOID:0000000006889815

The BCM reads the air pressure signal received by the tire pressure receiver, controls the low tire pressure
warning lamp, hazard warning lamp, and horn operation. It also has a judgment function to detect a system
malfunction.
Controls tire inflation indicator function. Refer to WT-10, "Tire Inflation Indicator Function".

Tire Pressure Sensor

INFOID:0000000006889816

The tire pressure sensor integrated with a valve is installed on a wheel, and transmits a detected air pressure
signal by radio wave.

Revision: 2010 November

WT-7

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

Tire Pressure Receiver

INFOID:0000000006889817

Tire pressure receiver is incorporated into remote keyless entry receiver.


The tire pressure receiver receives the air pressure signal transmitted by the tire pressure sensor in each
wheel.

Revision: 2010 November

WT-8

LEAF

http://vnx.su

TPMS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

TPMS

System Description

INFOID:0000000006889818

During driving, the TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) receives the signal transmitted from tire pressure sensor installed in each wheel. The BCM (Body Control Module) of this system has pressure judgment
and trouble diagnosis functions. When the tire pressure monitoring system detects low inflation pressure or
another unusual symptom, the low tire pressure warning lamps in the combination meter comes on.
If the tire pressure is less than the specified value, the low tire pressure warning lamp illuminates that the tire
pressure is less than the specified value.
Activates the TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) when the vehicle speed is 40 km/h (25 MPH) or
more.
Added tire inflation indicator function to TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System). Refer to WT-10, "Tire
Inflation Indicator Function".

SYSTEM DIAGRAM

WT

JSEIA0326GB

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL
Major signal transmission between each unit via communication lines is shown in the following table.
K
Component parts

Signal item

Combination meter

Mainly receives the following signals from BCM via CAN communication.
Low tire pressure warning lamp signal
TPMS warning lamp signal

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Mainly transmits the following signals to BCM via CAN communication.


Vehicle speed signal (ABS)

VCM

Mainly transmits the following signals to BCM via CAN communication.


P range signal

LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LAMP INDICATION CONDITION


Uses CAN communication from the BCM to illuminate the low tire pressure warning lamp on the combination
meter.

O
Condition

Low tire pressure warning lamp

Power switch OFF

OFF

Power switch ON
(system normal)

Warning lamp turns on for 1second, then turns off.

Low tire pressure

ON

Tire pressure sensor ID not registered in BCM


Tire pressure monitoring system malfunction
(Other diagnostic item)

Revision: 2010 November

Warning lamp blinks 1 min, then turns on.

WT-9

LEAF

http://vnx.su

TPMS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
HAZARD WARNING LAMP INDICATION CONDITION
The hazard warning lamp blinks under the following conditions.
When ID registration is completed. Refer to WT-23, "Work Procedure".
During the use of the tire inflation indicator function.

HORN CONTROL CONDITION


During the use of tire inflation indicator function.

Schematic

INFOID:0000000006889819

JSEIA0325GB

Tire Inflation Indicator Function

INFOID:0000000006889820

This function operates only when the select lever position is in P-range with the power switch ON or with the
set the vehicle to READY.
NOTE:
The tire inflation indicator function is recommended to use with the power switch ON.
This function informs the driver of the satisfaction of the recommended COLD tire pressure.
The hazard warning lamp blinks when reaching the recommended
COLD tire pressure during radio wave reception. After reaching the
recommended COLD tire pressure, the horn sounds once and the
hazard warning lamp stops blinking.
When tire pressure becomes a value equal to or more than 30 kPa
(0.31 kg/cm2, 4 psi) more than the recommended COLD tire pressure, the hazard warning lamp and the horn operates three times.
After deflating the tire and reaching the recommended COLD tire
pressure, the horn sounds only once and the hazard warning lamp
JSEIA0214GB
stops blinking.
NOTE:
After starting to inflate the tire, it takes a few seconds for the tire inflation indicator to function.

Revision: 2010 November

WT-10

LEAF

http://vnx.su

TPMS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
If there is no response for approximately 15 seconds or more after inflating the tires, cancel the use of the
tire inflation indicator function or move the vehicle approximately 1 m (3.2 ft) backward or forward to try
again. The air filler pressure may be weak or out of service area.

WT

Revision: 2010 November

WT-11

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)


COMMON ITEM
COMMON ITEM : CONSULT Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)

INFOID:0000000007080743

APPLICATION ITEM
CONSULT performs the following functions via CAN communication with BCM.
Diagnosis mode

Function Description

Work Support

Changes the setting for each system function.

Self Diagnostic Result

Displays the diagnosis results judged by BCM.

CAN Diag Support Monitor

Monitors the reception status of CAN communication viewed from BCM.

Data Monitor

The BCM input/output signals are displayed.

Active Test

The signals used to activate each device are forcibly supplied from BCM.

Ecu Identification

The BCM part number is displayed.

Configuration

Read and save the vehicle specification.


Write the vehicle specification when replacing BCM.

SYSTEM APPLICATION
BCM can perform the following functions for each system.
NOTE:
It can perform the diagnosis modes except the following for all sub system selection items.
: Applicable item

System

Sub system selection item

Diagnosis mode
Work Support

Data Monitor

Active Test

Door lock

DOOR LOCK

Rear window defogger

REAR DEFOGGER

Warning chime

BUZZER

Interior room lamp timer

INT LAMP

Exterior lamp

HEAD LAMP

Wiper and washer

WIPER

Turn signal and hazard warning lamps

FLASHER

AIR CONDITONER*

Intelligent Key system

INTELLIGENT KEY

Combination switch

COMB SW

Body control system

BCM

NVIS - NATS

IMMU

Interior room lamp battery saver

BATTERY SAVER

Back door open

TRUNK

Theft warning alarm

THEFT ALM

RAP system

RETAINED PWR

Signal buffer system

SIGNAL BUFFER

TPMS

AIR PRESSURE MONITOR

*: This item is displayed, but not used.

FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)


The BCM records the following vehicle condition at the time a particular DTC is detected, and displays on
CONSULT.

Revision: 2010 November

WT-12

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
CONSULT screen item

Indication/Unit

Description

Vehicle Speed

km/h

Vehicle speed of the moment a particular DTC is detected

Odo/Trip Meter

km

Total mileage (Odometer value) of the moment a particular DTC is detected

SLEEP>LOCK

While turning BCM status from low power consumption mode to


normal mode [Power supply position is OFF (LOCK)]

SLEEP>OFF

While turning BCM status from low power consumption mode to


normal mode [Power supply position is OFF (OFF)]

LOCK>ACC

While turning power supply position from OFF (LOCK) to ACC

ACC>ON

While turning power supply position from ACC to ON

RUN>ACC

While turning power supply position from READY (RUN) to ACC


(Except emergency stop operation)

CRANK>RUN

While turning power supply position from READY (CRANK) to


READY (RUN)

RUN>URGENT

While turning power supply position from READY (RUN) to ACC


(Emergency stop operation)

ACC>OFF
Vehicle Condition

OFF>LOCK
OFF>ACC

IGN Counter

Power supply position


status of the moment a
particular DTC is detected*

While turning power supply position from ACC to OFF (OFF)


While turning power supply position from OFF (OFF) to OFF
(LOCK)

WT

While turning power supply position from OFF (OFF) to ACC

ON>CRANK

While turning power supply position from ON to READY (CRANK)

OFF>SLEEP

While turning BCM status from normal mode [Power supply position is OFF (OFF)] to low power consumption mode

LOCK>SLEEP

While turning BCM status from normal mode [Power supply position is OFF (LOCK)] to low power consumption mode

LOCK

Power supply position is OFF (LOCK)

OFF

Power supply position is OFF (OFF)

ACC

Power supply position is ACC

ON

Power supply position is ON

ENGINE RUN

Power supply position is READY (RUN)

CRANKING

Power supply position is READY (CRANK)

0 - 39

The number of times that power switch is turned ON after DTC is detected
The number is 0 when a malfunction is detected now.
The number increases like 1 2 3...38 39 after returning to the normal condition
whenever power switch OFF ON.
The number is fixed to 39 until the self-diagnosis results are erased if it is over 39.

NOTE:
*: Refer to the following for details of the power supply position.
OFF (OFF, LOCK): Power switch OFF

ACC: Power switch ACC


ON: Power switch ON
READY (CRANK): Shifting to vehicle condition READY (Transmitting the READY signal from BCM to VCM)

READY (RUN): Vehicle condition READY


Power supply position shifts to OFF (LOCK) from OFF (OFF), when power switch is in the OFF position, shift position is in the P position, and any of the following conditions are met.

Closing door
Opening door
Door is locked using door request switch
Door is locked using Intelligent Key
The power supply position shifts to ACC when the power switch (push switch) is pushed at OFF (LOCK).

AIR PRESSURE MONITOR


Revision: 2010 November

WT-13

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

AIR PRESSURE MONITOR : CONSULT Function (BCM - AIR PRESSURE MONITOR)

INFOID:0000000006889822

APPLICATION ITEM
CONSULT performs the following functions via CAN communication with BCM.
Diagnosis mode

Function Description

Self Diagnostic Result

Retrieve DTC from ECU and display diagnostic items.

Data Monitor

Monitor the input/output signal of the control unit in real time.

Active Test

Send the drive signal from CONSULT to the actuator.The operation check can be performed.

Work Support

This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately.

SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT


Refer to BCS-54, "DTC Index".

DATA MONITOR MODE


Monitor item (Unit)

Remarks

AIR PRESS FL
(kPa, bar, kg/cm2 or Psi)
AIR PRESS FR
(kPa, bar, kg/cm2 or Psi)
AIR PRESS RR
(kPa, bar, kg/cm2 or Psi)

Tire pressure

AIR PRESS RL
(kPa, bar, kg/cm2 or Psi)
ID REGST FL1
(Yet, Done)
ID REGST FR1
(Yet, Done)

Registration ID

ID REGST RR1
(Yet, Done)
ID REGST RL1
(Yet, Done)
WARNING LAMP
(On/Off)

Low tire pressure warning lamp

BUZZER
(On/Off)

NOTE:
This item is displayed, but cannot be use this item.

ACTIVE TEST MODE


NOTE:
After completing the work below, perform an active test.
1. Check ID registration state and perform self-diagnosis.
2. Erase the self-diagnosis result history.
Item

Description

WARNING LAMP

Low tire pressure warning lamp can be turned ON arbitrarily.

ID REGIST WARNING

NOTE:
Displayed but not used in TPMS.

RUN FLAT TIRE W/L

NOTE:
Displayed but not used in TPMS.

RUN FLAT/T WARN BUZZER

NOTE:
Displayed but not used in TPMS.

Revision: 2010 November

WT-14

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
Item

Description

FLASHER

Turn signal lamps can be turned ON arbitrarily.

HORN

This test is able to check to check that the horn sounds.

WORK SUPPORT
Item

Description

ID READ

Registered tire pressure sensor ID can be displayed.

ID REGIST

Tire pressure sensor ID can be registered.

WT

Revision: 2010 November

WT-15

LEAF

http://vnx.su

BCM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION


BCM
List of ECU Reference

INFOID:0000000006889823

ECU

Reference
BCS-32, "Reference Value"

BCM

BCS-52, "Fail-safe"
BCS-53, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart"
BCS-54, "DTC Index"

Revision: 2010 November

WT-16

LEAF

http://vnx.su

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM


< WIRING DIAGRAM >

WIRING DIAGRAM

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM


Wiring Diagram

INFOID:0000000006889824

WT

JCEWA0217GB

Revision: 2010 November

WT-17

LEAF

http://vnx.su

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM


< WIRING DIAGRAM >

JCEWA0218GB

Revision: 2010 November

WT-18

LEAF

http://vnx.su

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM


< WIRING DIAGRAM >
A

WT

O
JCEWA0219GB

Revision: 2010 November

WT-19

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW


< BASIC INSPECTION >

BASIC INSPECTION
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
Work Flow

INFOID:0000000006889825

DETAILED FLOW

1.COLLECT THE INFORMATION FROM THE CUSTOMER


It is also important to clarify customer concerns before starting the inspection. Reproduce the symptom, and
understand it fully. Interview the customer about the concerns carefully. In some cases, it is necessary to
check the symptoms by driving the vehicle with the customer.
CAUTION:
Customers are not professionals. Never assumemaybe the customer means... or maybe the customer mentioned this symptom.
>> GO TO 2.

2.BASIC INSPECTION
1.

Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never set the vehicle to READY.
2. Check the tire pressure for all wheels and adjust to the specified value. Refer to WT-50, "Tire Air Pressure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Inspect or repair the tires or wheels.

3.CHECK LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LAMP


Check low tire pressure warning lamp display.
Does not low tire pressure warning lamp turn OFF?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> GO TO 8.

4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT
Perform SELF-DIAG RESULTS in AIR PRESSURE MONITOR of BCM.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> GO TO 7.

5.RECHECK THE SYMPTOM


With CONSULT
Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE with recorded DTC.
If two or more DTCs are detected, refer to BCS-54, "DTC Index" and determine trouble diagnosis order.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> GO TO 7.

6.REPAIR OR REPLACE ERROR-DETECTED PART


Repair or replace error-detected parts.
Reconnect part or connector after repairing or replacing.
When DTC is detected, erase self-diagnostic result in AIR PRESSURE MONITOR of BCM.
>> GO TO 9.

7.CRUISE FOR SYMPTOM CHECK


Revision: 2010 November

WT-20

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW


< BASIC INSPECTION >
1. Set the vehicle to READY.
2. Drive for 10 minutes at a speed of 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more, then stop the vehicle.
CAUTION:
Total time driving at a speed of 40 km/h or more must be 10 minutes.

>> GO TO 8.

8.IDENTIFY ERROR-DETECTED SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS


C

Estimate error-detected system based on symptom diagnosis.


>> GO TO 10.

9.FINAL CHECK (WHEN DTC WAS DETECTED)


With CONSULT
Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE with displayed DTC.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

WT

10.FINAL CHECK (WHEN SYMPTOM OCCURRED)


Make sure that the symptom is not detected.
Does symptom remain?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

WT-21

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING BCM


< BASIC INSPECTION >

ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING BCM


Description

INFOID:0000000006889826

When replacing BCM, tire pressure sensor ID registration is required.

Work Procedure

INFOID:0000000006889827

1.PERFORM TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR ID REGISTRATION


Perform tire pressure sensor ID registration.
>> Refer to WT-23, "Work Procedure".

Revision: 2010 November

WT-22

LEAF

http://vnx.su

TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR ID REGISTRATION


< BASIC INSPECTION >

TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR ID REGISTRATION

Description

INFOID:0000000006889828

This procedure must be done after replacing or rotating wheels, replacing tire pressure sensor or BCM.

Work Procedure

INFOID:0000000006889829

1.TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR ID REGISTRATION PROCEDURE

With CONSULT
1. Display the WORK SUPPORT screen and select ID REGIST.
Is the activation tool [KV48105500 (J-45295)] used for the tire pressure sensor ID registration procedure?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> GO TO 3.

2.TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR ID REGISTRATION PROCEDURE (WITH ACTIVATION TOOL)


1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn the power switch ON.


Select the start button on the ID REGIST screen.
Contact the activation tool [KV48105500 (J-45295)] (1) to the
side of the tire at the location to the tire pressure sensor.
Press and hold the activation tool button while pushing the tool
to the tire surface. (approximately for 5 seconds)
CAUTION:
Perform the ID registration procedure starting from the
vehicle front left wheel, then repeat the procedure in the
order of the front right wheel, rear right wheel, and rear left
wheel.

WT

I
NNEIC0020ZZ

5.

When ID registration is completed, check the following pattern at each wheel.


Sequence

ID registration position

Front left wheel

Front right wheel

Rear right wheel

Rear left wheel

Turn signal lamp

J
CONSULT

K
Red

Green

2 blinks

6.

After the ID registration procedure for all wheels is completed, press END to end ID registration, and
check that ID registration for all wheels is completed.
Is the check result normal?
YES >> ID registration END.
NO
>> Performs trouble-diagnosis of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS).

3.TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR ID REGISTRATION PROCEDURE (WITHOUT ACTIVATION TOOL)


1.

2.

Adjust the tire pressure for all wheels to match the list below.

Tire position

Tire pressure kPa (kg/cm2, psi)

Front LH

240 (2.4, 35)

Front RH

220 (2.2, 31)

Rear RH

200 (2.0, 29)

Rear LH

180 (1.8, 26)

Drive the vehicle at a speed at more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) for 3 minutes or more, then perform the tire
pressure sensor ID registration procedure.

Revision: 2010 November

WT-23

LEAF

http://vnx.su

TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR ID REGISTRATION


< BASIC INSPECTION >
3. After ID registration for all wheels is completed, press END to end ID registration.
ID registration position

CONSULT

Front LH
Red

Green

Front RH
Rear RH
Rear LH

4. Adjust the tire pressures for all wheels to the specified value. Refer to WT-50, "Tire Air Pressure".
Is ID registrations for all wheels completed?
YES >> ID registration END.
NO
>> Performs trouble-diagnosis of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS).

Revision: 2010 November

WT-24

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1704, C1705, C1706, C1707 LOW TIRE PRESSURE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS

C1704, C1705, C1706, C1707 LOW TIRE PRESSURE


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006889830

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


C
DTC

Display Item

Malfunction detected condition

C1704

LOW PRESSURE FL

Front LH tire pressure drops to * kPa (* kg/cm2, * psi) or less.

C1705

LOW PRESSURE FR

Front RH tire pressure drops to * kPa (* kg/cm2, * psi) or less.

C1706

LOW PRESSURE RR

Rear RH tire pressure drops to * kPa (* kg/cm2, * psi) or less.

C1707

LOW PRESSURE RL

Rear LH tire pressure drops to * kPa (* kg/cm2, * psi) or less.

Possible causes

D
Low tire pressure

WT

*:196.5 kPa (2.0 kg/cm2, 28 psi) [Standard air pressure is for 250 kPa (2.5 kg/cm2,36 psi) vehicles.]

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never set the vehicle to READY.
2. Check the tire pressure for all wheels and adjust to the specified value. Refer to WT-50, "Tire Air Pressure".
3. Perform self-diagnosis for AIR PRESSURE MONITOR.
Is DTC C1704, C1705, C1706, or C1707 detected?
YES >> Proceed to WT-25, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

1.

INFOID:0000000006889831

1.TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR ID REGISTRATION

Perform tire pressure sensor ID registration. Refer to WT-23, "Work Procedure".


Is tire pressure sensor ID registration completed?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace applicable tire pressure sensor. Refer to WT-47, "Removal and Installation".

2.CHECK TIRE PRESSURE


Check the air pressure of all wheels. Refer to WT-50, "Tire Air Pressure".
CAUTION:
If the checked value is close to the standard, reduce the tire pressure, and then with the ignition
switch ON, adjust the tire pressure again so that it is within the standard.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (self-diagnosis) again. Refer to BCS-54,
"DTC Index".
NO
>> After adjusting the air pressure, GO TO 3

3.CHECK TIRE PRESSURE SIGNAL


P

With CONSULT
1. Select DATA MONITOR in AIR PRESSURE MONITOR of BCM.
2. Check that the tire pressures match the standard value.
Monitor item

Displayed value

AIR PRESS FL

Approximately equal to the indication on tire gauge value for front LH tire

AIR PRESS FR

Approximately equal to the indication on tire gauge value for front RH tire

Revision: 2010 November

WT-25

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1704, C1705, C1706, C1707 LOW TIRE PRESSURE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Monitor item

Displayed value

AIR PRESS RR

Approximately equal to the indication on tire gauge value for rear RH tire

AIR PRESS RL

Approximately equal to the indication on tire gauge value for rear LH tire

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> After erasing DTC record, INSPECTION END.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: 2010 November

WT-26

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1708, C1709, C1710, C1711 TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

C1708, C1709, C1710, C1711 TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR


DTC Logic

A
INFOID:0000000006889832

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Display Item

Malfunction detected condition

Possible causes
Harness or connector
(Tire pressure receiver, BCM)
Tire pressure sensor ID registration incomplete
Tire pressure sensor
Tire pressure sensor battery
voltage
Driving in area where radio
wave cannot be transmitted/received.

C1708

[NO DATA] FL

Tire pressure data signal from the front LH wheel


tire pressure sensor cannot be detected.

C1709

[NO DATA] FR

Tire pressure data signal from the front RH wheel


tire pressure sensor cannot be detected.

C1710

[NO DATA] RR

Tire pressure data signal from the rear RH wheel


tire pressure sensor cannot be detected.

C1711

[NO DATA] RL

Tire pressure data signal from the rear LH wheel


tire pressure sensor cannot be detected.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

WT

1.TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR ID REGISTRATION


Perform tire pressure sensor ID registration. Refer to WT-23, "Work Procedure".

>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION

With CONSULT
Drive the vehicle at 40 km/h or more for 10 minutes.
CAUTION:
Total time driving at a speed of 40 km/h or more must be 10 minutes.
NOTE:
Avoid driving in area where radio wave cannot be transmitted/received.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for AIR PRESSURE MONITOR of BCM.
Is DTC C1708, C1709, C1710 or C1711 detected?
YES >> Proceed to WT-27, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006889833

1.CHECK TIRE PRESSURE SIGNAL


With CONSULT-III
1. Select DATA MONITOR in AIR PRESSURE MONITOR of BCM.
2. Check the values that are displayed for AIR PRESS FL, AIR PRESS FR, AIR PRESS RR, and AIR
PRESS RL.
Are all tire pressures displayed 0 kPa (psi)?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace applicable tire pressure sensor. Refer to WT-47, "Removal and Installation".

2.CHECK RECEIVER CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Remove 10A fuse (#7).
Disconnect BCM harness connector and tire pressure receiver harness connector.
Check the continuity between BCM harness connector and tire pressure receiver harness connector.

Revision: 2010 November

WT-27

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1708, C1709, C1710, C1711 TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
BCM
Connector

Tire pressure receiver


Terminal
18

M68

5.

Connector

Terminal
4

M75

38

Continuity

Existed

Check the continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.


BCM
Connector

Terminal
18

M68

38

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

3.CHECK TIRE PRESSURE RECEIVER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.

3.

Connect tire pressure receiver harness connector.


Install 10A fuse (#7).
CAUTION:
Check that the fuse is not blown, that there are no other abnormalities, and that the fuse is of the
specified capacity.
Check the voltage between tire pressure receiver harness connector and the ground when the ignition
switch is turned ON and OFF.
CAUTION:
Never set the vehicle to READY.
Tire pressure receiver
Connector

Terminal

M75

Voltage

Ground

9 16 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

4.CHECK TIRE PRESSURE SIGNAL


Check the function tire pressure receiver. Refer to DLK-99, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the BCM.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: 2010 November

WT-28

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1716, C1717, C1718, C1719 TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

C1716, C1717, C1718, C1719 TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006889834

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Display Item

B
Malfunction detected condition

C1716

[PRESSDATA ERR] FL

Malfunction in the tire pressure data from the


front LH wheel tire pressure sensor.

C1717

[PRESSDATA ERR] FR

Malfunction in the tire pressure data from the


front RH wheel tire pressure sensor.

C1718

[PRESSDATA ERR] RR

Malfunction in the tire pressure data from the


rear RH wheel tire pressure sensor.

C1719

[PRESSDATA ERR] RL

Malfunction in the tire pressure data from the


rear LH wheel tire pressure sensor.

Possible causes

C
Excessive tire pressure
Tire pressure sensor ID registration incomplete
Tire pressure sensor

WT

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never set the vehicle to READY.
2. Check the tire pressure for all wheels and adjust to the specified value. Refer to WT-50, "Tire Air Pressure".
CAUTION:
If the tire pressure before adjustment is close to the standard, reduce the tire pressure, and then
with the power switch ON, adjust the tire pressure again so that it is within the standard.
3. Perform self-diagnosis in AIR PRESSURE MONITOR of BCM.
Is DTC C1716, C1717, C1718, or C1719 detected?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.

2.CHECK LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LAMP


Check that after the power switch is turned ON, the low tire pressure warning lamp illuminates for approximately 1 second and then turns OFF.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> After erase DTC, INSPECTION END.
NO
>> Leave the power switch ON and proceed to WT-29, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006889835

1.PERFORM TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR ID REGISTRATION


N

Perform tire pressure sensor ID registration for all wheels. Refer to WT-23, "Work Procedure".
Is tire pressure sensor ID registration completed?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace tire pressure sensor. Refer to WT-47, "Removal and Installation".

2.CHECK TIRE PRESSURE SIGNAL


With CONSULT
Check the tire pressure for all wheels and adjust to the specified value. Refer to WT-50, "Tire Air Pressure".
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Select DATA MONITOR in AIR PRESSURE MONITOR of BCM.
4. Within 15 minutes after vehicle stopped, read the values that are displayed for AIR PRESS FL, AIR
PRESS FR, AIR PRESS RR, and AIR PRESS RL.
1.

Which tire pressures is displayed as 438.60 kPa (4.38 bar, 4.47 kg/cm2, 63.60 psi)?
Revision: 2010 November

WT-29

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1716, C1717, C1718, C1719 TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> Replace tire pressure sensor the tire pressure as 438.60 kPa (4.38 bar, 4.47 kg/cm2, 63.60 psi)
displayed. Refer to WT-47, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (self-diagnosis) again. Refer to BCS-54,
"DTC Index".

Revision: 2010 November

WT-30

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1729 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

C1729 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006889836

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

C1729

Display Item

VHCL SPEED SIG ERR

B
Malfunction detected condition

Vehicle speed signal not detected.

Possible causes

With intelligent key

CAN communication
BCM
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
malfunction

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

WT

With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis in AIR PRESSURE MONITOR of BCM.
Is DTC C1729 detected?
YES >> Proceed to WT-31, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006889837

1.PERFORM ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) SELF-DIAGNOSIS


With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is any DTCs detected?
YES >> Check the DTCs.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK BCM INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL

Check BCM input/output signal values. Refer to BCS-32, "Reference Value".


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check pin terminal and connection of each harness connector for malfunctioning conditions.
NO
>> Replace the BCM. Refer to BCS-76, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

WT-31

LEAF

http://vnx.su

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006889838

1.CHECK BCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


Check BCM power supply and ground. Refer to BCS-70, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

Revision: 2010 November

WT-32

LEAF

http://vnx.su

TPMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS

TPMS
Symptom Table

INFOID:0000000006889841

LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LAMP SYMPTOM CHART


C

WT

Revision: 2010 November

WT-33

LEAF

http://vnx.su

TPMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
Diagnosis
items

Symptom
(Power switch ON)

Low tire pressure warning lamp

The low tire pressure warning lamp


illuminates for 1
second, then turns
OFF.

Cause

Action

Wake-up operation for


all tire pressure sensors
at wheels is completed.

No system malfunctions

Wake-up operation for


all tire pressure sensors
at wheels is not completed.

Perform the ID registration


for all tire pressure sensors
at wheels. Refer to WT-23,
"Work Procedure".

The front left tire pressure sensor is not activated.

Perform the ID registration


for the tire pressure sensor
at front left wheel. Refer to
WT-23, "Work Procedure".

The front right tire pressure sensor is not activated.

Perform the ID registration


for the tire pressure sensor
at front right wheel. Refer
to WT-23, "Work Procedure".

The rear right tire pressure sensor is not activated.

Perform the ID registration


for the tire pressure sensor
at rear right wheel. Refer to
WT-23, "Work Procedure".

The rear left tire pressure sensor is not activated.

Perform the ID registration


for the tire pressure sensor
at rear left wheel. Refer to
WT-23, "Work Procedure".

Low tire pressure

Check the tire pressure for


all wheels and adjust to the
specified value. Refer to
WT-50, "Tire Air Pressure".

SEIA0592E

The low tire pressure warning lamp


repeats blinking
ON for 2 seconds
and OFF for 0.2
seconds.
SEIA0593E

The low tire pressure warning lamp


blinks once.

JPEIC0090GB

Low tire pressure warning


lamp

The low tire pressure warning lamp


repeats blinking
twice.
SEIA0595E

The low tire pressure warning lamp


repeats blinking
for 3 times.
SEIA0596E

The low tire pressure warning lamp


repeats blinking
for 4 times.
SEIA0597E

The low tire pressure warning lamp


turns ON and
stays illuminated.
SEIA0598E

Revision: 2010 November

WT-34

LEAF

http://vnx.su

TPMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
Diagnosis
items

Low tire pressure warning


lamp

Symptom
(Power switch ON)

Low tire pressure warning lamp

The low tire pressure warning lamp


repeats blinking at
0.5-second intervals for 1 minute,
and then stays illuminated.
SEIA0788E

Cause

Action

The combination meter


fuse is open or removed
(or pulled out).

Check and install the combination meter fuse. If necessary, replace the fuse.

The BCM harness connector is removed.

Check the connection conditions of the BCM harness


connector, and repair if
necessary.

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) malfunction.

Perform CONSULT selfdiagnosis. Refer to WT14, "AIR PRESSURE


MONITOR : CONSULT
Function (BCM - AIR
PRESSURE MONITOR)".
If necessary, perform tire
pressure sensor ID registration. Refer to WT-23,
"Work Procedure".

NOTE:
If tire pressure sensor wake-up operation is not completed for two or more tire pressure sensors, the applicable low tire pressure warning lamp blinking patterns are displayed continuously.
(Example: Blinks once/OFF/blinks 3 times = Wake-up operation is not completed at the front left wheel and
rear right wheel tire pressure sensors.)

WT

Revision: 2010 November

WT-35

LEAF

http://vnx.su

LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON


< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >

LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON


Description

INFOID:0000000006889842

The low tire pressure warning lamp does not illuminate when the power switch is turned ON.
NOTE:
The low tire pressure warning lamp illuminates for approximately 1 second and then turns OFF when the
power switch is turned ON. This is to check that no abnormal condition is present in the tire pressure monitoring system.
The lamp bulb may be burnt out or the tire pressure monitoring system may be malfunctioning if the low tire
pressure warning lamp does not illuminate when the power switch is turned ON.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006889843

1.CHECK LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LAMP SIGNAL


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never set the vehicle to READY.
2. Select ACTIVE TEST in AIR PRESSURE MONITOR of BCM.
3. Touch WARNING LAMP to turn ON the low tire pressure warning lamp.
When ACTIVE TEST is performed, does the low tire pressure warning lamp in the combination meter turn
ON?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> GO TO 3.
1.

2.CHECK LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LAMP OPERATION


Check that the low tire pressure warning lamp is turned OFF after turns ON for approximately 1 second, when
the power switch is turned ON.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".
NO
>> Replace the BCM. Refer to BCS-76, "Removal and Installation".

3.CHECK COMBINATION METER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


Perform the trouble diagnosis for combination meter power supply circuit. Refer to WT-32, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: 2010 November

WT-36

LEAF

http://vnx.su

LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN OFF


< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >

LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN OFF


Description

A
INFOID:0000000006889844

The low tire pressure warning lamp does not turn OFF after several seconds is passed after set the vehicle to
READY.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006889845

1.CHECK TIRE PRESSURE


1.

Turn the power switch ON.


D
CAUTION:
Never set the vehicle to READY.
2. Check the tire pressure for all wheels and adjust to the specified value. Refer to WT-50, "Tire Air Pressure".
WT
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Inspect or repair the tires or wheels.
F
CHECK LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LAMP

2.

Check low tire pressure warning lamp display.


Does not low tire pressure warning lamp turn OFF?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

3.CHECK BCM
With CONSULT
Perform SELF-DIAG RESULTS in AIR PRESSURE MONITOR of BCM.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BCS-54, "DTC Index".
NO
>> GO TO 4.

4.CHECK BCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply and ground circuit. Refer to WT-32, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the BCM. Refer to BCS-76, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: 2010 November

WT-37

LEAF

http://vnx.su

TIRE INFLATION INDICATOR DOES NOT ACTIVATE


< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >

TIRE INFLATION INDICATOR DOES NOT ACTIVATE


Description

INFOID:0000000006889846

The tire inflation indicator does not function while inflating a tire when the select lever position is in P-range
with the power switch ON or with the set the vehicle to READY.
NOTE:
After starting to inflate the tire, it takes a few seconds for the tire inflation indicator to function.
If there is no response for approximately 15 seconds or more after inflating the tires, cancel the use of the
tire inflation indicator function or move the vehicle approximately 1 m (3.2 ft) backward or forward to try
again. The air filler pressure may be weak or out of service area.
For tire inflation indicator, Refer to WT-10, "Tire Inflation Indicator Function".

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006889847

1. LOCATION CHANGE
Move the vehicle to other area and repeat the procedure of the tire inflation indicator function. Refer to WT-10,
"Tire Inflation Indicator Function".
Is the function normal?
YES >> Normal (the tire inflation indicator may not operate, depending on reception condition.)
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING CONTROL UNIT SELF-DIAGNOSIS


With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for AIR PRESSURE MONITOR.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for detected DTC. Refer to BCS-54, "DTC Index".
NO
>> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK HAZARD WARNING LAMP OPERATION


Check hazard warning lamp operation with hazard switch.
Does the hazard warning lamp blink?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for the hazard warning lamp. Refer to EXL-53, "Diagnosis Procedure".

4.PERFORM ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL MODULE SELF-DIAGNOSIS


With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for SHIFT.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check malfunctioning circuit. Refer to TM-44, "DTC Index".
NO
>> GO TO 5.

5.CHECK HORN OPERATION


Check horn operation. Refer to EXL-70, "Component Function Check".
Is the operation normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

6.PERFORM BCM SELF-DIAGNOSIS


With CONSULT
Drive for 10 minutes at a speed of 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more.
CAUTION:
Total time driving at a speed of 40 km/h or more must be 10 minutes.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for AIR PRESSURE MONITOR.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check malfunctioning circuit. Refer to BCS-54, "DTC Index".
1.

Revision: 2010 November

WT-38

LEAF

http://vnx.su

TIRE INFLATION INDICATOR DOES NOT ACTIVATE


< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
NO
>> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-76, "Removal and Installation".
A

WT

Revision: 2010 November

WT-39

LEAF

http://vnx.su

TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR ID REGISTRATION CANNOT BE COMPLETED


< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >

TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR ID REGISTRATION CANNOT BE COMPLETED


Description

INFOID:0000000006889848

The ID of the tire pressure sensor installed in each wheel cannot be registered in the tire pressure monitoring
system. Inspect the tire pressure sensor or the tire pressure monitoring system circuit.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006889849

1.CHECK ACTIVATION TOOL


Check activation tool.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace battery for activation tool, or repair or replace activation tool.

2.TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR ID REGISTRATION


Perform tire pressure sensor ID registration. Refer to WT-23, "Work Procedure".
Is tire pressure sensor ID registration completed?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK TIRE PRESSURE SIGNAL


Change the work location and perform ID registration again.
When ID registration is performed, which wheels do not react?
All wheels react and ID registration is possible.>>INSPECTION END
Only certain wheel(s) do not react.>>Replace applicable tire pressure sensor. Refer to WT-47, "Removal and
Installation".
All wheels do not react.>>Check the tire pressure receiver. Refer to DLK-99, "Component Function Check".

Revision: 2010 November

WT-40

LEAF

http://vnx.su

NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING


< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >

NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING


NVH Troubleshooting Chart

INFOID:0000000006889850

ROAD
WHEEL

NVH in ST section.

NVH in BR section.

NVH in FAX, RAX section.

Refer to TIRE in this chart.

NVH in RAX and RSU sections.

NVH in DLN section.

WT-50, "Tire Air Pressure"

Refer to ROAD WHEEL in this chart.

STEERING

BRAKE

Shimmy

Judder

Poor quality ride or


handling

Noise

Shake

Shimmy, Judder

Poor quality ride or


handling

WT

H
DRIVE SHAFT

ROAD WHEELS

TIRE

Shake

REAR AXLE AND REAR SUSPENSION

NVH in FAX and FSU sections.

FRONT AXLE AND FRONT SUSPENSION

NVH in DLN section.

DIFFERENTIAL

PROPELLER SHAFT

Non-uniformity

Incorrect tire size

Deformation or damage

Uneven tire wear

Incorrect tire pressure

Vibration

Symptom

WT-42, "Inspection"

Unbalance

Noise

Possible cause and SUSPECTED PARTS

TIRE

WT-50, "Tire Air Pressure"

Out-of-round

WT-42, "Wheel Balance Adjustment"

Improper installation, looseness

Reference page

WT-45, "Inspection"

WT-45, "Exploded View"

Use the chart below to find the cause of the symptom. If necessary, repair or replace these parts.

: Applicable

Revision: 2010 November

WT-41

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ROAD WHEEL
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
ROAD WHEEL
Inspection

INFOID:0000000006889854

APPEARANCE
Check the road wheel for bend, damage, crack or wear.

Wheel Balance Adjustment

INFOID:0000000006889855

PREPARATION BEFORE ADJUSTMENT


Using releasing agent, remove double-faced adhesive tape from the road wheel.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to scratch the road wheel during removal.
After removing double-faced adhesive tape, wipe clean traces of releasing agent from the road
wheel.

ADJUSTMENT
The details of the adjustment procedure are different for each model of wheel balancer. Therefore, refer to
each instruction manual.
If a tire balance machine has adhesion balance weight mode settings and drive-in weight mode setting,
select and adjust a drive-in weight mode suitable for aluminum wheels.
1. Set road wheel on tire balance machine using the center hole as a guide. Start the tire balance machine.
2. When inner and outer unbalance values are shown on the tire balance machine indicator, multiply outer
unbalance value by 5/3 to determine balance weight that should be used. Select the outer balance weight
with a value closest to the calculated value above and install to the designated outer position of, or at the
designated angle in relation to the road wheel.
CAUTION:
Never install the inner balance weight before installing the outer balance weight.
Before installing the balance weight, always to clean the mating surface of the road wheel.
a. Indicated unbalance value 5/3 = balance weight to be installed
Calculation example:
23 g (0.81 oz) 5/3 = 38.33 g (1.35 oz) 40 g (1.41 oz) balance weight (closer to calculated balance weight value)
NOTE:
Note that balance weight value must be closer to the calculated
balance weight value.
Example:
37.4 35 g (1.23 oz)
37.5 40 g (1.41 oz)
SMA054D

b.

Installed balance weight in the position.

Revision: 2010 November

WT-42

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ROAD WHEEL
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >
When installing balance weight (1) to road wheels, set it into
the grooved area (A) on the inner wall of the road wheel as
shown in the figure so that the balance weight center (B) is
aligned with the tire balance machine indication position
(angle) (C).
CAUTION:
Always use genuine NISSAN balance weights.
Balance weights are non-reusable; always replace with
new ones.
Never install three or more sheets of balance weight.

WT

G
JPEIC0040ZZ

c.

If calculated balance weight value exceeds 50 g (1.76 oz), install


two balance weight sheets in line with each other as shown in
the figure.
CAUTION:
Never install one balance weight sheet on top of another.

PEIA0033E

3.
4.

5.

Start the tire balance machine again.


Install drive-in balance weight on inner side of road wheel in the tire balance machine indication position
(angle).
CAUTION:
Never install three or more balance weight.
Start the tire balance machine. Check that the inner and outer residual unbalance value is within the
allowable unbalance value.
CAUTION:
If either residual unbalance value exceeds limit, repeat installation procedures.
Allowable unbalance value
Dynamic (At flange) : Refer to WT-50, "Road Wheel".
Static (At flange)
: Refer to WT-50, "Road Wheel".

Revision: 2010 November

WT-43

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ROAD WHEEL
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >

Tire Rotation

INFOID:0000000006889856

Follow the maintenance schedule for tire rotation service intervals.


Refer to MA-4, "Explanation of General Maintenance".
When installing the wheel, tighten wheel nuts to the specified
torque. Refer to WT-45, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
Never include the T-type spare tire when rotating the tires.
When installing wheels, tighten them diagonally by dividing
the work two to three times in order to prevent the wheels
from developing any distortion.
Be careful not to tighten wheel nut at torque exceeding the
criteria.
Use NISSAN genuine wheel nut.
Perform the ID registration, after tire rotation. Refer to WT-23, "Work Procedure".

Revision: 2010 November

WT-44

SMA829C

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ROAD WHEEL TIRE ASSEMBLY


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

ROAD WHEEL TIRE ASSEMBLY


Exploded View

INFOID:0000000006889861

WT

JSGIA0639GB

1.

Tire assembly

H
: Nm (kg-m, ft-lb)

Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006889862

REMOVAL
1.
2.

Remove wheel nuts.


Remove tire assembly.

INSTALLATION

Note the following, install in the reverse order of removal.


When replacing or rotating wheels, perform the ID registration. Refer to WT-23, "Work Procedure".

Inspection
1.
2.
a.
b.
c.

INFOID:0000000006889863

Check tires for wear and improper inflation.


Check wheels for deformation, cracks and other damage. If deformed, remove wheel and check wheel
runout.
Remove tire from aluminum wheel and mount on a tire balance machine.
Set dial indicator as shown in the figure.
Check radial runout, if the lateral deflection (A) or vertical deflection (B) for radial runout value exceeds the limit, replace aluminum wheel.
Limit
Lateral deflection (A)
Vertical deflection (B)

: Refer to WT-50, "Road Wheel".


: Refer to WT-50, "Road Wheel".

INFOID:0000000006889864

CAUTION:
Revision: 2010 November

WT-45

SEIA0737E

How to Handle Puncture Repair Agent

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ROAD WHEEL TIRE ASSEMBLY


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
Never spill the sealant in the tire during repair.
If the sealant spills, wipe it out with a waste cloth.
Never reuse the repair kit hose used for a temporary repair of a flat tire because some of the puncture repair agent remains in the hose.
After using a puncture repair agent, replace tire pressure sensor with a new one.
1. Remove tires from the vehicle.
2. Remove tire from road wheel, using a tire changer.
CAUTION:
When deflating a tire, cover the tire pressure sensor with a waste cloth to prevent the sealant
from splattering.
Never spill the sealant in the tire during repair.
3. Dispose of sealant in the removed tire.
CAUTION:
Wipe out sealant spilled on the road wheel, tire, tire changer, and floor with a waste cloth.
Drained sealant or expired sealant returned by the customer must be disposed according to the
law and local regulations.
Fix a tire blowout, if repairable.
NOTE:
Sealant blocks holes caused by blowouts. These holes may not be found and repaired, depending on
the level of blowout. Therefore, it is necessary to check tire air pressure frequently and replace tire with
a new one, if the air pressure is decreasing.
Replace tire with a new one, if not repairable.
CAUTION:
Never dispose of tires with the sealant contained.

Revision: 2010 November

WT-46

LEAF

http://vnx.su

TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR

Exploded View

INFOID:0000000006889865

WT

F
JSEIA0324GB

1.

Tire pressure sensor

2.

Grommet seal

4.

Valve core

5.

Valve cap

3.

Valve nut

H
: Nm (kg-m, in-lb)
: Always replace after every disassembly.

: Parts that are replaced as a set when the tire is replaced.

Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006889866

REMOVAL
1.
2.

3.
4.

5.
6.

Remove tire assembly. Refer to WT-45, "Removal and Installation".


Remove valve cap, valve core and then deflate tire.
NOTE:
If the tire is reused, apply a matching mark to the position of the tire road wheel valve hole for the purpose
of wheel balance adjustment after installation.
Remove valve nut retaining tire pressure sensor and allow tire pressure sensor to fall into tire.
Use the tire changer and disengage the tire beads.
CAUTION:
Verify that the tire pressure sensor (1) is at the bottom of
the tire while performing the above.
Be sure not to damage the road wheel or tire pressure
sensor.
Apply bead cream or an equivalent to the tire beads.
Set tire onto the tire changer turntable so that the tire pressure
sensor inside the tire is located close to the road wheel valve
hole.

P
JPEIC0104ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

WT-47

LEAF

http://vnx.su

TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
7. Turn tire so that valve hole is at bottom and bounce so that tire
pressure sensor (1) is near valve hole. Carefully lift tire onto
turntable and position valve hole (and tire pressure sensor) 270
degree from mounting/dismounting head (2).
CAUTION:
Be sure not to damage the road wheel and tire pressure
sensor.
8. Remove tire pressure sensor from tire.
9. Remove the grommet seal.
JPEIC0014GB

INSTALLATION
1.
2.
3.

4.

Apply bead cream or an equivalent to the tire beads.


Install the tire inside beads (1) onto the road wheel (2) in the
position shown in the figure.
Install grommet seal to the tire pressure sensor.
CAUTION:
Never reuse grommet seal.
Install the tire pressure sensor onto the road wheel, and tighten
the valve nut to the specified torque.
CAUTION:
Never reuse valve core and valve cap.
Never use a power tool to avoid impact.
JPEIC0105ZZ

5.

6.

7.

8.
9.

Set the tire onto the turntable so that the tire changer arm (2) is
at a position approximately 270 from the tire pressure sensor
(1).
CAUTION:
Be sure that the arm does not contact the tire pressure sensor.
Install the tire outer side beads onto the road wheel.
CAUTION:
When installing, check that the tire does not turn together
with the road wheel.
JPEIC0014GB
Check the tire pressure for all wheels and adjust to the specified
value. Refer to WT-50, "Tire Air Pressure".
NOTE:
Before adding air, align the tire with the position of the matching mark applied at the time of removal.
Install tire to the vehicle. Refer to WT-45, "Removal and Installation".
Perform tire pressure sensor ID registration. Refer to WT-23, "Work Procedure".

Revision: 2010 November

WT-48

LEAF

http://vnx.su

TIRE PRESSURE RECEIVER


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

TIRE PRESSURE RECEIVER

Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006889867

REMOVAL
1.

Remove the remote keyless entry receiver. (The tire pressure receiver is incorporated into remote keyless
entry receiver.) Refer to DLK-190, "Removal and Installation".
C

INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

WT

Revision: 2010 November

WT-49

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)


< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)


SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Road Wheel

INFOID:0000000006889870

Item

Limit
Lateral deflection

Radial runout

Less than 0.3 mm (0.012 in)

Vertical deflection
Dynamic (At flange)

Allowable unbalance

Less than 10 g (0.35 oz) (one side)

Static (At flange)

Less than 20 g (0.70 oz)

Tire Air Pressure

INFOID:0000000006889871

Unit: kPa (kgf/cm2, psi)

Standard

Item

Front

P205/55R16 89H

Revision: 2010 November

Rear
250 (2.5, 36)

WT-50

LEAF

http://vnx.su

BRAKES

SECTION

BR

BRAKE SYSTEM

CONTENTS
PRECAUTION ............................................... 4

Reference Value ......................................................23


Fail-Safe ..................................................................25
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ..................................26
DTC Index ...............................................................27

PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 4
Precaution for Technicians Using Medical Electric...... 4
Point to Be Checked Before Starting Maintenance
Work .......................................................................... 4
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 4
Precaution for Removing 12V Battery ....................... 5
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...... 5
Precaution for Brake System .................................... 5
Precaution for Harness Repair .................................. 6

Commercial Service Tools ........................................ 8

BRAKE SYSTEM .............................................. 28

BASIC INSPECTION ................................... 33


Work Flow ................................................................33
Diagnostic Work Sheet ............................................34

ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING


ELECTRICALLY-DRIVEN INTELLIGENT
BRAKE UNIT ..................................................... 36

COMPONENT PARTS ........................................ 9

STROKE SENSOR 0 POINT LEARNING ......... 37

Component Parts Location ........................................ 9


Electrically-driven Intelligent Brake ......................... 10
Master Cylinder Pressure Sensor 1 ........................ 11
Pedal Stroke Sensor ............................................... 11
Warning Buzzer ....................................................... 11
Brake Power Supply Backup Unit ........................... 11

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ......................... 39

Description ...............................................................37
Work Procedure .......................................................37
M

C1A60 CONTROL MODULE ............................ 39


DTC Logic ................................................................39
Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................39

SYSTEM .............................................................12
System Description ................................................. 12
Schematic ............................................................... 18
Fail-Safe .................................................................. 18

C1A61 MOTOR ................................................. 45

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ELECTRICALLYDRIVEN INTELLIGENT BRAKE UNIT) .............20

C1A62 CONTROL MODULE ............................ 51

DTC Logic ................................................................45


Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................45
DTC Logic ................................................................51
Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................51

CONSULT Function ................................................ 20

Revision: 2010 November

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ....... 33

Description ...............................................................36

ELECTRICALLY-DRIVEN INTELLIGENT
BRAKE UNIT ......................................................23

Wiring Diagram ........................................................28

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .............................. 9

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION .............. 23

WIRING DIAGRAM ...................................... 28

PREPARATION ............................................ 8
PREPARATION ................................................... 8

BR

C1A63 BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP


UNIT .................................................................. 58

BR-1

DTC Logic ................................................................58


Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................58

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A64 STROKE SENSOR ................................ 66


DTC Logic ............................................................... 66
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 66

C1A65 INCOMPLETE STROKE SENSOR ....... 76


DTC Logic ............................................................... 76
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 76

C1A66 PRESSURE SENSOR ........................... 85

Description ............................................................ 170


DTC Logic ............................................................. 170
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 170

U1510 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC


UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) COMMUNICATION .. 172
DTC Logic ............................................................. 172
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 172

DTC Logic ............................................................... 85


Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 85

U1511 BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP


UNIT COMMUNICATION ................................. 179

C1A67 STOP LAMP SWITCH ........................... 94

DTC Logic ............................................................. 179


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 179

DTC Logic ............................................................... 94


Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 94
Component Inspection ...........................................102

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .... 187

C1A69 MOTOR ................................................ 104

WARNING BUZZER ......................................... 190

DTC Logic ..............................................................104


Diagnosis Procedure .............................................104

Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 190


Component Inspection .......................................... 190

C1A6A CONTROL MODULE .......................... 111

BRAKE WARNING LAMP ................................ 191

DTC Logic ..............................................................111


Diagnosis Procedure .............................................111

Component Function Check ................................. 191


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 191

C1A6B BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP


UNIT ................................................................. 118

BRAKE SYSTEM WARNING LAMP ................ 192

DTC Logic ..............................................................118


Diagnosis Procedure .............................................118

C1A6C BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP


UNIT ................................................................. 127

Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 187

Component Function Check ................................. 192


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 192

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ........................... 193


UNEXPECTED BRAKE PEDAL REACTION .. 193

DTC Logic ..............................................................127


Diagnosis Procedure .............................................127

Description ............................................................ 193


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 193

C1A6D BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP


UNIT ................................................................. 134

THE BRAKING DISTANCE IS LONG .............. 194

DTC Logic ..............................................................134


Diagnosis Procedure .............................................134

C1A6E EV SYSTEM ........................................ 141

Description ............................................................ 194


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 194

VEHICLE JERKS DURING .............................. 200


Description ............................................................ 200
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 200

DTC Logic ..............................................................141


Diagnosis Procedure .............................................141

NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............... 201

C1A6F VCMSYSTEM ...................................... 148

Description ............................................................ 201

DTC Logic ..............................................................148


Diagnosis Procedure .............................................148

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ...................... 202

C1A70 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM .............. 155


DTC Logic ..............................................................155
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................155

C1A74 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR ............. 162


DTC Logic ..............................................................162
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................162

U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT .......................... 169


Description .............................................................169
DTC Logic ..............................................................169
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................169

U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) ....................... 170


Revision: 2010 November

BRAKE PEDAL ................................................ 202


Inspection and Adjustment .................................... 202

BRAKE FLUID .................................................. 204


Inspection .............................................................. 204
Draining ................................................................. 204
Refilling ................................................................. 204
Bleeding Brake System ......................................... 205

ELECTRICALLY-DRIVEN INTELLIGENT
BRAKE UNIT .................................................... 206
Inspection .............................................................. 206

FRONT DISC BRAKE ...................................... 207

BR-2

LEAF

http://vnx.su

BRAKE PAD ............................................................ 207


BRAKE PAD : Inspection and Adjustment ............ 207
DISC ROTOR ........................................................... 207
DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment .......... 207

REAR DISC BRAKE ........................................ 209


BRAKE PAD ............................................................ 209
BRAKE PAD : Inspection and Adjustment ............ 209
DISC ROTOR ........................................................... 209
DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment .......... 209

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 211


BRAKE PEDAL ................................................ 211
Exploded View ...................................................... 211
Removal and Installation ....................................... 211
Inspection and Adjustment .................................... 212

BRAKE PIPING ................................................ 214


FRONT ..................................................................... 214
FRONT : Exploded View ....................................... 214
FRONT : Hydraulic Piping ..................................... 215
FRONT : Removal and Installation ....................... 215
FRONT : Inspection .............................................. 217
REAR ....................................................................... 217
REAR : Exploded View ......................................... 217
REAR : Hydraulic Piping ....................................... 218
REAR : Removal and Installation .......................... 218
REAR : Inspection ................................................. 220

ELECTRICALLY-DRIVEN INTELLIGENT
BRAKE UNIT .................................................... 221
Exploded View ...................................................... 221
Removal and installation ....................................... 221
Inspection and Adjustment .................................... 222

Removal and Installation ....................................... 223

FRONT DISC BRAKE ..................................... 224


BRAKE PAD ............................................................ 224
BRAKE PAD : Exploded View ............................... 224
BRAKE PAD : Removal and Installation ................ 224
BRAKE PAD : Inspection ....................................... 226
BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY ............................... 226
BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY : Exploded View .. 226
BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY : Removal and Installation ................................................................ 227
BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY : Disassembly and
Assembly ............................................................... 229
BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY : Inspection .......... 231

REAR DISC BRAKE ....................................... 232


BRAKE PAD ............................................................ 232
BRAKE PAD : Exploded View ............................... 232
BRAKE PAD : Removal and Installation ................ 232
BRAKE PAD : Inspection ....................................... 234
BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY ............................... 234
BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY : Exploded View .. 234
BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY : Removal and Installation ................................................................ 236
BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY : Disassembly and
Assembly ............................................................... 237
BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY : Inspection .......... 239

BR

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS


(SDS) .......................................................... 240

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS


(SDS) ............................................................... 240

BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT ..... 223


Exploded View ...................................................... 223

General Specifications ........................................... 240


Brake Pedal ........................................................... 240
Electrically-driven Intelligent Brake ........................ 240
Front Disc Brake .................................................... 240
Rear Disc Brake .................................................... 240

Revision: 2010 November

BR-3

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >

PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Technicians Using Medical Electric

INFOID:0000000007071889

OPERATION PROHIBITION
WARNING:
Parts with strong magnet is used in this vehicle.
Technicians using a medical electric device such as pacemaker must never perform operation on the
vehicle, as magnetic field can affect the device function by approaching to such parts.

NORMAL CHARGE PRECAUTION


WARNING:
If a technician uses a medical electric device such as an implantable cardiac pacemaker or an
implantable cardioverter defibrillator, the possible effects on the devices must be checked with the
device manufacturer before starting the charge operation.
As radiated electromagnetic wave generated by on board charger at normal charge operation may
effect medical electric devices, a technician using a medical electric device such as implantable cardiac pacemaker or an implantable cardioverter defibrillator must not enter the vehicle compartment
(including luggage room) during normal charge operation.

Precaution at telematics system operation


WARNING:
If a technician uses implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD),
avoid the device implanted part from approaching within approximately 220 mm (8.66 in) from interior/exterior antenna.
The electromagnetic wave of TCU might affect the function of the implantable cardiac pacemaker or
the implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), when using the service, etc.
If a technician uses other medical electric devices than implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator(ICD), the electromagnetic wave of TCU might affect the function of the
device. The possible effects on the devices must be checked with the device manufacturer before
TCU use.

Precaution at intelligent key system operation


WARNING:
If a technician uses implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD),
avoid the device implanted part from approaching within approximately 220 mm (8.66 in) from interior/exterior antenna.
The electromagnetic wave of intelligent key might affect the function of the implantable cardiac
pacemaker or the implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), at door operation, at each request
switch operation, or at engine starting.
If a technician uses other medical electric devices than implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), the electromagnetic wave of intelligent key might affect the function of the device. The possible effects on the devices must be checked with the device
manufacturer before intelligent key use.

Point to Be Checked Before Starting Maintenance Work

INFOID:0000000007079420

The high voltage system may starts automatically. It is required to check that the timer air conditioner
and timer charge (during EVSE connection) are not set before starting maintenance work.
NOTE:
If the timer air conditioner or timer charge (during EVSE connection) is set, the high voltage system starts
automatically even when the power switch is in OFF state.

Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"

INFOID:0000000006991374

The Supplemental Restraint System such as AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
Revision: 2010 November

BR-4

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS AIR BAG and SEAT BELT of this
Service Manual.
WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see SRS AIR BAG.
Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors.

PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS


WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
BR
When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
power switch ON, never use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer.
Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious
G
injury.
When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the power switch OFF, disconnect
the 12V battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
H

Precaution for Removing 12V Battery

INFOID:0000000006991375

When removing the 12V battery, turn ON/OFF the power switch and check that the charging status indicator
does not blink. The 12V battery must be removed within one hour after checking the indicator lamp.
NOTE:
The automatic 12V battery charge control may start even when the power switch is in OFF state.
The automatic 12V battery charge control does not start within approximately one hour when the power
switch is turned ON/OFF.

Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover

INFOID:0000000006991376

When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc to prevent damage to
windshield.

N
PIIB3706J

Precaution for Brake System

INFOID:0000000006960634

WARNING:
Since dust covering the front and rear brakes has an affect on human body, the dust must be removed
with a dust collector. Never splatter the dust with an air blow gun.
Brake fluid use refer to MA-9, "Fluids and Lubricants".
Never reuse drained brake fluid.
Never spill or splash brake fluid on painted surfaces. Brake fluid may seriously damage paint. Wipe it off
immediately and wash with water if it gets on a painted surface. For brake component parts, never wash
them with water.
Always confirm the specified tightening torque when installing the brake pipes.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-5

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >
After pressing the brake pedal more deeply or harder than normal driving, such as air bleeding, check each
item of brake pedal. Adjust brake pedal if it is outside the standard value.
Always clean with new brake fluid when cleaning the brake caliper and other components.
Never use mineral oils such as gasoline or light oil to clean. They may damage rubber parts and cause
improper operation.
Always loosen the brake tube flare nut with a flare nut wrench.
Tighten the brake tube flare nut to the specified torque with a crowfoot (A) and torque wrench (B).
Turn the power switch OFF and disconnect the ABS actuator and
electric unit (control unit) harness connector or the 12 V battery
negative terminal before performing the work.
Check that no brake fluid leakage is present after replacing theparts.
Burnish the brake contact surfaces after refinishing or replacing
rotors, after replacing pads, or if a soft pedal occurs at very low
mileage.
- Front brake pad: Refer to BR-207, "BRAKE PAD : Inspection and
JPFIA0001ZZ
Adjustment".
- Front disc rotor: Refer to BR-207, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment".
- Rear brake pad: Refer to BR-209, "BRAKE PAD : Inspection and Adjustment".
- Rear disc rotor: Refer to BR-209, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment".
When the brake pedal is operated, an operating sound may be heard from the electrically-driven intelligent
brake unit. This occurs when the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit is operating normally and is not a
malfunction.
When the brake pedal is depressed when the EV system is not started, the brake pedal will feel heavy and
the stroke will be shorter. When the unfamiliar feeling disappears and the brake warning lamp is OFF after
the brake pedal was depressed, then this is not a malfunction. When the brake warning lamp is ON, use
CONSULT and perform the BRAKE self diagnosis.
When there is a malfunction in the power system of the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit (no voltage is
generated), voltage is temporarily supplied to the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit from the brake
power supply backup unit. At the same time, the brake warning lamp (red) and brake system warning lamp
(yellow) turn ON, and the warning buzzer sounds.
When a malfunction occurs in the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit, the VDC function performs control
(boost operation).
When a malfunction occurs in the DC/DC-J-B and 12V battery, the braking force is determined by the force
pressing on the brake pedal (no boost operation). At the same time, the brake warning lamp (red) and the
brake system warning lamp (yellow) turns ON.
When a malfunction occurs in the electrically-driven intelligent brake and in the VDC function, the braking
force is determined by the force pressing on the brake pedal (no boost operation). At the same time, the
brake warning lamp (red) and brake system warning lamp (yellow) turn ON.
When a malfunction occurs in the electrically-driven intelligent brake, VDC function, and power system, then
cooperative regenerative brake control is not performed.
When a malfunction occurs in the brake power supply backup unit, the brake system warning lamp (yellow)
turns ON.

Precaution for Harness Repair

INFOID:0000000006960635

Solder the repair part, and wrap it with tape. [Twisted wire fray
must be 110 mm (4.33 in) or less.]

SKIB8766E

Revision: 2010 November

BR-6

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >
Never bypass the repair point with wire. (If it is bypassed, the turnout point cannot be separated and the twisted wire characteristics
are lost.)

C
SKIB8767E

BR

Revision: 2010 November

BR-7

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PREPARATION
< PREPARATION >

PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Commercial Service Tools

INFOID:0000000006960636

Tool name

Description

Power tool

Loosening bolts and nuts

PBIC0190E

Brake caliper wrench

Return the piston

NNFIA0040ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

BR-8

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

COMPONENT PARTS
Component Parts Location

INFOID:0000000006960637

BR

JSFIA0700ZZ

A.

View with the glove box assembly re- B.


moved

D.

Back of rear seat (left)

Brake pedal

C.

Inside motor room (left)

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
O

Revision: 2010 November

BR-9

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
No.

Component parts

Function

1.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control


unit)

Mainly transmits the following signals to electrically-driven intelligent brake unit via
CAN communication.
Stop lamp switch signal
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) control signal
Vehicle speed signal (ABS)
Decel G signal
Front LH wheel speed signal
Rear LH wheel speed signal
Front RH wheel speed signal
Rear RH wheel speed signal
Yaw rate signal
Side G signal
Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
via CAN communication.
Brake assist request signal
Brake backup operation signal
Brake fluid pressure command signal
Electrically-driven intelligent brake control signal

2.

VCM

Mainly transmits the following signals to electrically-driven intelligent brake unit via
CAN communication.
VCM control signal

Traction Motor Inverter

Mainly transmits the following signals to traction motor inverter via CAN communication.
Required braking force calculation signal
Mainly receives the following signals to traction motor inverter via CAN communication.
Regenerative braking force calculation signal

4.

BCM

Mainly transmits the following signals to traction motor inverter via CAN communication.
Power switch ON signal
Door switch signal

5.

Brake warning lamp (in combination


meter)
Brake system warning lamp (in combination meter)

BR-12, "System Description"

6.

Steering angle sensor

Mainly transmits the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit) to electrically-driven intelligent brake unit via CAN communication.
Steering angle sensor signal

7.

Warning buzzer

BR-11, "Warning Buzzer"

8.

Pedal stroke sensor

BR-11, "Pedal Stroke Sensor"

9.

Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit

BR-10, "Electrically-driven Intelligent Brake"

10.

Master cylinder pressure sensor1

BR-11, "Master Cylinder Pressure Sensor 1"

11.

Brake power supply backup unit

BR-11, "Brake Power Supply Backup Unit"

3.

Electrically-driven Intelligent Brake

INFOID:0000000006960638

Integrates the control module, master cylinder, and brake booster, and it controls the fluid pressure that is sent
to the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).

CONTROL MODULE
Controls the fluid pressure that is applied to the brake calipers, based on the signals from each sensor and
unit.
Performs cooperative regenerative brake control.
When a malfunction is detected, the system enters fail-safe mode.

MASTER CYLINDER
Generates brake fluid pressure according to the amount of piston movement.
The fluid pressure generated by the master cylinder is sent to the ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit).
Revision: 2010 November

BR-10

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
BRAKE BOOSTER
A

BR

H
JSFIA0782ZZ

1.

Motor

2.

Piston

Contains a motor and generates boost force according to the amount that the brake pedal is depressed and
the amount of cooperative regenerative brake control.
Uses the boost force to generate fluid pressure in the master cylinder.

Master Cylinder Pressure Sensor 1

INFOID:0000000006960639

Detects the brake fluid pressure and transmits signals to the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit.

Pedal Stroke Sensor

INFOID:0000000006960640

Detects the amount that the brake pedal is depressed and sends it to the electrically-driven intelligent brake
unit.

Warning Buzzer

INFOID:0000000006960641

The warning buzzer operates based on the signal from the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit to notify the
driver of the change in power supply circuits.

Brake Power Supply Backup Unit

INFOID:0000000006960642

When there is a malfunction in the power system of the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit (no voltage is
generated), this unit temporarily supplies voltage to the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-11

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

SYSTEM
System Description

INFOID:0000000006960643

An electrically-driven intelligent brake is a booster system that generates assist force by using an internal
motor to operate a piston inside the master cylinder.
When the brake pedal is depressed during driving, cooperative control of the braking force from the friction
brake (regular brake) and the regenerative brake from the traction motor is used.
The system performs cooperative control of the regenerative brake and friction brake (same brake as in conventional vehicles) and enables highly efficient energy recovery.
The fluid pressure which is applied to each brake caliper is controlled according to the amount of traction
motor regeneration.
The amount of brake pedal operation is detected by the pedal stroke sensor, and sent to the control module
of the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit.
Based on the commands from the control module of the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit, the motor
inside the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit is operated and presses the master cylinder piston.
Pressing the master cylinder piston, and brake fluid is sent to the ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit).
CONSULT can be used to diagnose the system diagnosis.
When there is a malfunction in the power system of the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit (no voltage is
generated), voltage is temporarily supplied to the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit from the brake
power supply backup unit. At the same time, the brake warning lamp (red) and brake system warning lamp
(yellow) turn ON, and the warning buzzer sounds.
When a malfunction occurs in the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit, the VDC function performs control
(boost operation). At the same time, the brake warning lamp (red) and brake system warning lamp (yellow)
turn ON.
When a malfunction occurs in the DC/DC-J-B and 12V battery, the braking force is determined by the force
pressing on the brake pedal (no boost operation). At the same time, the brake warning lamp (red) and the
brake system warning lamp (yellow) turns ON.
When a malfunction occurs in the brake power supply backup unit, the brake system warning lamp (yellow)
turns ON.
When a malfunction occurs in the electrically-driven intelligent brake and in the VDC function, the braking
force is determined by the force pressing on the brake pedal (no boost operation). At the same time, the
brake warning lamp (red) and brake system warning lamp (yellow) turn ON.
When a malfunction occurs in the electrically-driven intelligent brake, the VDC function, and the power system, then cooperative regenerative brake control is not performed.
A fail-safe function is available and is activated when a system malfunction occurs. Refer to BR-18, "FailSafe".

SYSTEM DIAGRAM

Revision: 2010 November

BR-12

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
A

BR

H
JSFIA0701GB

INPUT SIGNAL AND OUTOUT SIGNAL


Major signal transmission between each unit via communication lines is shown in the following table.

Component

Signal description

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Mainly transmits the following signals to electrically-driven intelligent brake unit via CAN
communication.
Stop lamp switch signal
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) control signal
Vehicle speed signal (ABS)
Decel G signal
Front LH wheel speed signal
Rear LH wheel speed signal
Front RH wheel speed signal
Rear RH wheel speed signal
Yaw rate signal
Side G signal
Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via
CAN communication.
Brake assist request signal
Brake backup operation signal
Brake fluid pressure command signal
Electrically-driven intelligent brake control signal

VCM

Mainly transmits the following signals to electrically-driven intelligent brake unit via CAN
communication.
VCM control signal

Traction Motor Inverter

Mainly transmits the following signals to traction motor inverter via CAN communication.
Required braking force calculation signal
Mainly receives the following signals to traction motor inverter via CAN communication.
Regenerative braking force calculation signal

Revision: 2010 November

BR-13

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
Component

Signal description

BCM

Mainly transmits the following signals to traction motor inverter via CAN communication.
Power switch ON signal
Door switch signal

Steering angle sensor

Mainly transmits the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) to
electrically-driven intelligent brake unit via CAN communication.
Steering angle sensor signal

COOPERATIVE REGENERATIVE BRAKE CONTROL

JSFIA0775GB

A regenerative brake drives the traction motor to act as an alternator, and converts the kinetic energy produced by rotation of the tires into electrical energy. The converted electrical energy charges the Li-ion battery. In the same way as engine braking, this can also reduce the load on the ordinary brakes.
When the brakes are operated (during driving), the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit calculates the
required braking force based on the input value from the stroke sensor (indicating the amount of brake pedal
operation), and it sends the result to the traction motor inverter. At the same time, it calculates the hydraulic
braking force needed to produce the required braking force.
The traction motor inverter calculates the regenerative braking force needed to produce the required braking
force, and it sends the result to the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit. At the same time, the traction
motor inverter uses the traction motor to perform regenerative braking.
The electrically-driven intelligent brake unit calculates the hydraulic braking force again based on the regenerative braking force result from the tracking motor inverter and the calculated result for hydraulic braking
force.
Based on the calculated result for hydraulic braking force, the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit uses
the motor inside the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit to move the master cylinder piston, adjusting the
fluid pressure inside the master cylinder to the master fluid pressure. It also performs adjustment so that the
fluid pressure that is actually applied matches the target fluid pressure.
NOTE:
The fluid pressure applied to the master cylinder is detected by master cylinder pressure sensor 1.
The fluid pressure generated by the master cylinder is sent to each brake caliper via the ABS actuator and
electric unit (control unit).
When the cooperative regenerative brake is operating, the motor inside the electrically-driven intelligent
brake unit moves the master cylinder piston according to the amount of regeneration.
Moving the master cylinder piston increases the fluid pressure applied to the ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit). (The brake pedal stroke does not change.)
Revision: 2010 November

BR-14

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
When brake control is stopped (immediately before vehicle stop or while vehicle is stopped), cooperative
regenerative brake control is not performed.

OPERATION
During Normal Braking

BR

I
JSFIA0783ZZ

J
1.

Motor

2.

Piston

The stroke sensor detects the brake pedal stroke, and the motor inside the electrically-driven intelligent brake
unit presses the master cylinder piston, generating boost operation (brake pedal assist force) and increasing
the fluid pressure.

When Cooperative Regenerative Brake Control Is Operating


L

Revision: 2010 November

BR-15

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

JSFIA0784ZZ

1.

Motor

2.

Piston

When the amount of regenerative braking increases, the motor inside the electrically-driven intelligent brake
unit returns the master cylinder piston, lowering the fluid pressure. While the vehicle is stopped, because the
amount of regenerative braking decreases, the motor inside the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
presses the master cylinder piston, increasing the fluid pressure.
When Control Is Stopped

JSFIA0785ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

BR-16

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
1.

Motor

2.

Piston

3.

Input rod

The input rod crosses the cooperative regenerative brake control gap and contacts the master cylinder piston,
generating fluid pressure. There is no boost force (assist force), and the braking force is determined by the
force pressing on the brake pedal.

CONDITION FOR TURN ON THE WARNING LAMP AND OPERATION THE WARNING BUZZER
Turns ON when Power switch ON and OFF when the system is normal, for bulb check purposes.
C
Brake warning lamp
(red)

Brake system warning lamp (yellow)

Warning buzzer

Power switch OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

For approx. 1 seconds after the power switch is ON

ON

ON

OFF

Approx. 1 seconds after power switch ON (when the system is in


normal operation)

OFF

OFF

OFF

When the power supply of the electrically-driven intelligent brake


is changed to the brake power supply backup unit

ON

ON

ON

Brake power supply backup unit is malfunctioning

OFF

ON

OFF

Electrically-driven intelligent brake is malfunctioning

ON

ON

OFF

Condition (status)

BR

Revision: 2010 November

BR-17

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

Schematic

INFOID:0000000006960644

JSFIA0891GB

Fail-Safe

INFOID:0000000006960645

When there is a malfunction in the power system of the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit (no voltage is
generated), voltage is temporarily supplied to the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit from the brake
power supply backup unit. At the same time, the brake warning lamp (red) and brake system warning lamp
(yellow) turn ON and the buzzer sounds.
When a malfunction occurs in the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit, the VDC function performs control
(boost operation).

Revision: 2010 November

BR-18

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
When a malfunction occurs in the DC/DC-J/B and 12V battery, the braking force is determined by the force
pressing on the brake pedal (no boost operation). At the same time, brake warning lamp (red) and the brake
system warning lamp (yellow) turns ON.
When a malfunction occurs in the brake power supply backup unit, the brake system warning lamp (yellow)
turns ON.
When a malfunction occurs in the electrically-driven intelligent brake and in the VDC function, the braking
force is determined by the force pressing on the brake pedal (no boost operation). At the same time, the
brake warning lamp (red) and brake system warning lamp (yellow) turn ON.
When a malfunction occurs in the electrically-driven intelligent brake, VDC function, and power system,
cooperative regenerative brake control is not performed.
DTC
C1A60
C1A61
C1A62
C1A63
C1A64
C1A65

Vehicle condition

The following functions are suspended.


Boost operation by the electrically-driven intelligent brake
Cooperative regenerative brake control
Power supply from the brake power supply backup unit

The following functions are suspended.


Power supply from the brake power supply backup unit

BR

The following functions are suspended.


Boost operation by the electrically-driven intelligent brake
Cooperative regenerative brake control
Power supply from the brake power supply backup unit

C1A66

The following functions are suspended.


Cooperative regenerative brake control

C1A67

Normal control

C1A69

The following functions are suspended.


Boost operation by the electrically-driven intelligent brake
Cooperative regenerative brake control
Power supply from the brake power supply backup unit

C1A6A

C1A6B
The following functions are suspended.
Backup power supply from the brake power supply backup unit

C1A6E

The following functions are suspended.


Cooperative regenerative brake control

C1A6F

Normal control

C1A70

The following functions are suspended.


Cooperative regenerative brake control

The following functions are suspended.


Cooperative regenerative brake control

C1A6C
C1A6D

C1A74
U1000
U1010
U1510
U1511

Normal control

Revision: 2010 November

BR-19

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ELECTRICALLY-DRIVEN INTELLIGENT BRAKE UNIT)


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ELECTRICALLY-DRIVEN INTELLIGENT BRAKE


UNIT)
CONSULT Function

INFOID:0000000006960646

APPLICATION ITEM
CONSULT can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes as follows.
Mode

Function description

ECU identification

Parts number of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit can be read.

Self Diagnostic Results

Self-diagnostic results and freeze frame data can be read and erased quickly.*

DATA MONITOR

Input/Output data in the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit can be read.

ACTIVE TEST

Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT drives some actuators apart from the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and also shifts some parameters in a specified range.

Work Support

Components can be quickly and accurately adjusted.

: The following diagnosis information is erased by erasing.

DTC
Freeze frame data (FFD)

ECU IDENTIFICATION
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit part number can be read.

SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT


Refer to BR-27, "DTC Index".
When CRNT is displayed on self-diagnosis result

The system is presently malfunctioning.


When PAST is displayed on self-diagnosis result

System malfunction in the past is detected, but the system is presently normal.
Freeze frame data (FFD)
When DTC is detected, a vehicle state shown below is recorded and displayed on CONSULT.
Item name

Display item

IGN counter
(0 39)

The number of times that power switch is ON after the DTC is detected is displayed.
When 0 is displayed: It indicates that the system is presently malfunctioning.
When except 0 is displayed: It indicates that system malfunction in the past is detected, but the
system is presently normal.
NOTE:
Each time when power switch is turned OFF to ON, numerical number increases in 1 2
3...38 39. When the operation number of times exceeds 39, the number do not increase and
39 is displayed until self-diagnosis is erased.

PEDAL STROKE VALUE

Displays the brake pedal stroke at the time the malfunction is detected.

MASTER CYL PRESSURE

Displays the brake fluid pressure generated in the master cylinder at the time the malfunction is
detected.

Q axis current

Displays the current at the motor inside the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit at the time the
malfunction is detected.

DATA MONITOR
Item (Unit)

Note:

MASTER CYL PRESSURE


(V)

Master cylinder pressure sensor 1 voltage is displayed.

MASTER CYL PRES (VDC)


(MPa)

Displays the master cylinder fluid pressure sensor 2 signal sent via CAN communication
from the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).

Revision: 2010 November

BR-20

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ELECTRICALLY-DRIVEN INTELLIGENT BRAKE UNIT)


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
Item (Unit)

Note:

MOTOR TEMPERATURE
(C)

Displays the temperature of the motor inside the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit.

CONTROL MODULE TEMP


(C)

Displays the temperature of the control module that is integrated with the electrically-driven
intelligent brake unit.

MST CYL PRES POWER VOLT


(V)

Master cylinder pressure sensor 1 power supply is displayed

STROKE SEN 1 POWER VOLT


(V)

Stroke sensor power supply is displayed

MOTOR POWER SUPPLY


(V)

Displays the power voltage of the motor inside the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit.

CONTROL MODULE POWER


(V)

Displays the power voltage of the control module that is integrated with the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit.

STROKE SEN 1 LEARN VALUE


(deg)

Displays the stroke sensor 1* learning value.

STROKE SEN 2 LEARN VALUE


(deg)

Displays the stroke sensor 2* learning value.

ALL SENSOR LEARNING


(INCOMP/COMP)

Displays the learning values of stroke sensor 1*, stroke sensor 2*, and master cylinder
pressure.

STROKE SEN 1 OUTPUT VOLT


(V)

Displays the stroke sensor 1* output voltage.

STEERING ANGLE SENSOR


(deg)

Displays the steering angle sensor signal sent via CAN communication from the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).

DECEL G SENSOR
(G)

Displays the decel G sensor signal sent via CAN communication from the ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit).

SIDE G SENSOR
(G)

Displays the side G sensor signal sent via CAN communication from the ABS actuator and
electric unit (control unit).

YAW RATE SENSOR SIGNAL


(G)

Displays the yaw rate sensor signal sent via CAN communication from the ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit).

WHEEL SENSOR FRONT RH


(rpm)

Displays the front RH wheel sensor signal sent via CAN communication from the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).

WHEEL SENSOR FRONT LH


(rpm)

Displays the front LH wheel sensor signal sent via CAN communication from the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).

WHEEL SENSOR REAR RH


(rpm)

Displays the rear RH wheel sensor signal sent via CAN communication from the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).

WHEEL SENSOR REAR LH


(rpm)

Displays the rear LH wheel sensor signal sent via CAN communication from the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).

VEHICLE SPEED
(km/h)

Displays the vehicle speed signal sent via CAN communication from the ABS actuator and
electric unit (control unit).

ACTUAL GEAR POSITION


[R/D/(N/R)]

Displays the shift position signal sent via CAN communication from the VCM.

BRAKE SWITCH
(On/Off)

Stop lamp switch signal input status is displayed.

COMMAND WAKE UP SLEEP


(sleep/wake-up)

Displays the wake up signal sent via CAN communication from the combination meter.

DOOR SWITCH (BACK DOOR)


(CLOSE/OPEN)

Displays the operating status of the door switch (back door), sent via CAN communication
from the BCM.

DOOR SWITCH (REAR RH)


(CLOSE/OPEN)

Displays the operating status of the door switch (rear RH), sent via CAN communication
from the BCM.

DOOR SWITCH (REAR LH)


(CLOSE/OPEN)

Displays the operating status of the door switch (rear LH), sent via CAN communication
from the BCM.

DOOR SWITCH (FRONT RH)


(CLOSE/OPEN)

Displays the operating status of the door switch (front RH), sent via CAN communication
from the BCM.

Revision: 2010 November

BR

BR-21

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ELECTRICALLY-DRIVEN INTELLIGENT BRAKE UNIT)


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
Item (Unit)

Note:

DOOR SWITCH (FRONT LH)


(CLOSE/OPEN)

Displays the operating status of the door switch (front LH), sent via CAN communication
from the BCM.

IGNITION SIGNAL
(On/Off)

Displays the operating status of the power switch, sent via CAN communication from the
BCM.

READY STATUS
(On/Off)

Displays the ready status, sent via CAN communication from the VCM.

BACKUP UNIT DIAG RESULT


(NORMAL/ERR1/ERR2/ERR3/ERR4/
ERR5/ERR6/ERR7/ERR8/ERR9/ERR10/
ERR11/ERR12/ERR13/ERR14/ERR15)

Displays the diagnosis results for the brake power supply backup unit.

BACKUP UNIT MODE

Displays the operating status of the brake power supply backup unit.

BACKUP UNIT CHAGE STATUS


(CHRG1/CHRG2/FULL)

Displays the charge status of the brake power supply backup unit.

The stroke sensor is composed of two circuits: stroke sensor 1 and stroke sensor 2.

WORK SUPPORT
Item
STROKE SENSOR 0 POINT LEARNING

Revision: 2010 November

Description
Perform stroke sensor learning.

BR-22

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ELECTRICALLY-DRIVEN INTELLIGENT BRAKE UNIT


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION

ELECTRICALLY-DRIVEN INTELLIGENT BRAKE UNIT


Reference Value

INFOID:0000000006960647

CONSULT DATA MONITOR STANDARD VALUE


C
Monitor item

Condition

Reference values in normal operation

MASTER CYL PRESSURE

Gradually depress the brake pedal

Resistance value increases between 0.5


4.5 V according to the depth of brake depression.

MASTER CYL PRES (VDC)

Gradually depress the brake pedal

Resistance value increases between 0


25.6 MPa according to the depth of brake
depression.

MOTOR TEMPERATURE

Always

115 C or less

CONTROL MODULE TEMP

Always

150 C or less

MST CYL PRES POWER VOLT

Always

5.00 5.22 V

STROKE SEN 1 POWER VOLT

Always

5.00 5.22 V

MOTOR POWER SUPPLY

Always

4.28 28.0 V

CONTROL MODULE POWER

Always

11.7 16.2 V

STROKE SEN 1 LEARN VALUE*1

Always

0.68 14.78 deg

STROKE SEN 2 LEARN VALUE*1

Always

0.68 14.78 deg

Learning not completed

INCOMP

Learning completed

COMP

Gradually depress the brake pedal

Resistance value increases between 0.51


4.59 V according to the depth of brake depression.

ALL SENSOR LEARNING*2

STROKE SEN 1 OUTPUT VOLT*1

STEERING ANGLE SENSOR

DECEL G SENSOR

SIDE G SENSOR

YAW RATE SENSOR SIGNAL

WHEEL SENSOR FRONT RH

WHEEL SENSOR FRONT LH

Revision: 2010 November

When driving straight

03.5

When steering wheel is steered to RH


by 90

Approx. 90

When steering wheel is steered to LH


by 90

Approx. +90

Vehicle stopped

Approx. 0 G

During acceleration

Positive value

During deceleration

Negative value

Vehicle stopped

Approx. 0 m/s2

BR

Right turn

Negative value

Left turn

Positive value

Vehicle stopped

Approx. 0 d/s

Right turn

Negative value

Left turn

Positive value

Vehicle stopped

0.00 km/h

Driving*3

Almost same reading as speedometer (within 10%)

Vehicle stopped

0.00 km/h

Driving*3

Almost same reading as speedometer (within 10%)

BR-23

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ELECTRICALLY-DRIVEN INTELLIGENT BRAKE UNIT


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Monitor item
WHEEL SENSOR REAR RH

WHEEL SENSOR REAR LH

VEHICLE SPEED

ACTUAL GEAR POSITION

BRAKE SWITCH

COMMAND WAKE UP SLEEP

DOOR SWITCH (BACK DOOR)

DOOR SWITCH (REAR RH)

DOOR SWITCH (REAR LH)

DOOR SWITCH (FRONT RH)

DOOR SWITCH (FRONT LH)

IGNITION SIGNAL

READY STATUS

Revision: 2010 November

Condition

Reference values in normal operation

Vehicle stopped

0.00 km/h

Driving*3

Almost same reading as speedometer (within 10%)

Vehicle stopped

0.00 km/h

Driving*3

Almost same reading as speedometer (within 10%)

Vehicle stopped

0.00 km/h

Driving*3

Almost same reading as speedometer (within 10%)

D position

R position

N or P position

N/P

Brake pedal is depressed.

On

Brake pedal is not depressed.

OFF

When command is not input from


BCM

SLEEP

When command is input from BCM

WAKEUP

Back door closed

CLOSE

Back door open

OPEN

Rear RH door closed

CLOSE

Rear RH door open

OPEN

Rear LH door closed

CLOSE

Rear LH door open

OPEN

Front RH door closed

CLOSE

Front RH door open

OPEN

Front LH door closed

CLOSE

Front LH door open

OPEN

Power switch ON

ON

Power switch other than ON

OFF

READY status

On

Other than READY status

Off

BR-24

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ELECTRICALLY-DRIVEN INTELLIGENT BRAKE UNIT


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Monitor item

BACKUP UNIT DIAG RESULT

BACKUP UNIT MODE

BACKUP UNIT CHAGE STATUS

Condition

Reference values in normal operation

Normal

NOMAL

Overvoltage

ERR1

Communications malfunction

ERR2

Charging circuit malfunction

ERR3

Discharge circuit open

ERR4

Discharge circuit shorted

ERR5

Cell malfunction

ERR6

Backup power circuit malfunction

ERR7

Start signal malfunction

ERR8

The control part is in abnormal condition

ERR9

Monitor circuit malfunction

ERR10

Insulation malfunction

ERR11

Output circuit malfunction (other than


discharge circuit)

ERR12

Temperature detection circuit malfunction

ERR13

Deteriorated

ERR14

Outside the reference voltage

ERR15

Backup power supply mode is active

On

Backup power supply mode is not activated

Off

80% or less (backup power supply not


possible)

CHRG1

80 - 99%(backup power supply possible)

CHRG2

100% (backup power supply possible)

FULL

BR

*1: The stroke sensor contains two circuits: stroke sensor 1 and stroke sensor 2.
*2: Learning for stroke sensor 1, stroke sensor 2, and master cylinder fluid pressure
*3: Check tire pressure under normal conditions.

Fail-Safe

INFOID:0000000006960648

When there is a malfunction in the power system of the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit (no voltage is
generated), voltage is temporarily supplied to the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit from the brake
power supply backup unit. At the same time, the brake warning lamp (red) and brake system warning lamp
(yellow) turn ON and the buzzer sounds.
When a malfunction occurs in the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit, the VDC function performs control
(boost operation).
When a malfunction occurs in the DC/DC-J/B and 12V battery, the braking force is determined by the force
pressing on the brake pedal (no boost operation). At the same time, the brake warning lamp (red) and the
brake system warning lamp (yellow) turns ON.
When a malfunction occurs in the brake power supply backup unit, the brake system warning lamp (yellow)
turns ON.
When a malfunction occurs in the electrically-driven intelligent brake and in the VDC function, the braking
force is determined by the force pressing on the brake pedal (no boost operation). At the same time, the
brake warning lamp (red) and brake system warning lamp (yellow) turn ON.
When a malfunction occurs in the electrically-driven intelligent brake, VDC function, and power system,
cooperative regenerative brake control is not performed.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-25

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ELECTRICALLY-DRIVEN INTELLIGENT BRAKE UNIT


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
DTC
C1A60
C1A61
C1A62
C1A63
C1A64
C1A65

Vehicle condition
The following functions are suspended.
Boost operation by the electrically-driven intelligent brake
Cooperative regenerative brake control
Power supply from the brake power supply backup unit
The following functions are suspended.
Power supply from the brake power supply backup unit
The following functions are suspended.
Boost operation by the electrically-driven intelligent brake
Cooperative regenerative brake control
Power supply from the brake power supply backup unit

C1A66

The following functions are suspended.


Cooperative regenerative brake control

C1A67

Normal control

C1A69

The following functions are suspended.


Boost operation by the electrically-driven intelligent brake
Cooperative regenerative brake control
Power supply from the brake power supply backup unit

C1A6A
C1A6B
C1A6C

The following functions are suspended.


Backup power supply from the brake power supply backup unit

C1A6D
C1A6E

The following functions are suspended.


Cooperative regenerative brake control

C1A6F

Normal control

C1A70

The following functions are suspended.


Cooperative regenerative brake control

C1A74
U1000

The following functions are suspended.


Cooperative regenerative brake control

U1010
U1510
U1511

Normal control

DTC Inspection Priority Chart

INFOID:0000000006960649

When multiple DTCs are displayed simultaneously, check them one by one according to the following priority
list.
Priority

Detected item (DTC)

U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT


U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
U1510 BRAKE CONTROL COMMUNICATION
U1511 POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT COMM

C1A60 CONTROL MODULE


C1A6B POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT

C1A6E EV/HEV SYSTEM


C1A6F TCM/VCM SYSTEM
C1A70 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
C1A74 ST ANG SEN CIRCUIT

Revision: 2010 November

BR-26

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ELECTRICALLY-DRIVEN INTELLIGENT BRAKE UNIT


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Priority

Detected item (DTC)

C1A61 MOTOR POWER SUPPLY


C1A62 CONTROL MODULE POWER SUPPLY
C1A63 BACKUP POWER SUPPLY
C1A6C POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT VOLT

C1A64 STROKE SENSOR


C1A65 STROKE SENSOR SET
C1A66 MASTER PRESSURE SENSOR
C1A67 STOP LAMP SWITCH
C1A69 MOTOR
C1A6A CONTROL MODULE TEMPERRATURE
C1A6D POWERSUPPLY BACKUP UNIT OUTPUT

DTC Index

INFOID:0000000006960650

E
DTC

Display item

Refer to

C1A60

CONTROL MODULE

BR-39, "DTC Logic"

C1A61

MOTOR POWER SUPPLY

BR-45, "DTC Logic"

C1A62

CONTROL MODULE POWER SUPPLY

BR-51, "DTC Logic"

C1A63

BACKUP POWER SUPPLY

BR-58, "DTC Logic"

C1A64

STROKE SENSOR

BR-66, "DTC Logic"

C1A65

STROKE SENSOR SET

BR-76, "DTC Logic"

C1A66

MASTER PRESSURE SENSOR

BR-85, "DTC Logic"

C1A67

STOP LAMP SWITCH

BR-94, "DTC Logic"

C1A69

MOTOR

BR-104, "DTC Logic"

C1A6A

CONTROL MODULE TEMPERRATURE

BR-111, "DTC Logic"

C1A6B

POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT

BR-118, "DTC Logic"

C1A6C

POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT VOLT

BR-127, "DTC Logic"

C1A6D

POWERSUPPLY BACKUP UNIT OUTPUT

BR-134, "DTC Logic"

C1A6E

EV/HEV SYSTEM

BR-141, "DTC Logic"

C1A6F

TCM/VCM SYSTEM

BR-148, "DTC Logic"

C1A70

BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

BR-155, "DTC Logic"

C1A74

ST ANG SEN CIRCUIT

BR-162, "DTC Logic"

U1000

CAN COMM CIRCUIT

BR-169, "DTC Logic"

U1010

CONTROL UNIT (CAN)

BR-170, "DTC Logic"

U1510

BRAKE CONTROL COMMUNICATION

BR-172, "DTC Logic"

U1511

POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT COMM

BR-179, "DTC Logic"

BR

Revision: 2010 November

BR-27

LEAF

http://vnx.su

BRAKE SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM >

WIRING DIAGRAM
BRAKE SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram

INFOID:0000000006960651

JCFWA0387GB

Revision: 2010 November

BR-28

LEAF

http://vnx.su

BRAKE SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM >
A

BR

O
JCFWA0388GB

Revision: 2010 November

BR-29

LEAF

http://vnx.su

BRAKE SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM >

JCFWA0389GB

Revision: 2010 November

BR-30

LEAF

http://vnx.su

BRAKE SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM >
A

BR

O
JCFWA0390GB

Revision: 2010 November

BR-31

LEAF

http://vnx.su

BRAKE SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM >

JCFWA0391GB

Revision: 2010 November

BR-32

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW


< BASIC INSPECTION >

BASIC INSPECTION

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW


Work Flow

INFOID:0000000006960652

DETAILS OF TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FLOWCHART

1.COLLECT THE INFORMATION FROM THE CUSTOMER

It is also important to clarify customer concerns before starting the inspection. First of all, perform an interview
utilizing BR-34, "Diagnostic Work Sheet" and reproduce the symptom as well as fully understand it. Depending
on the situations, drive the vehicle with the customer and check the symptom.
CAUTION:
Customers are not professional. Never guess easily like maybe the customer means that..., or
maybe the customer mentions this symptom.

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK SYMPTOM

BR

Reproduce the symptom that is indicated by the customer, based on the information from the customer
obtained by the interview. Also check that the symptom is not caused by fail-safe mode. Refer to BR-25, "FailSafe".
CAUTION:
When the symptom is caused by normal operation, fully inspect each portion and obtain the understanding of customer that the symptom is not caused by a malfunction.

>> GO TO 3.

3.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS

With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY status.
2. Repeat step 1 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
3. Turn the power switch OFF.
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
5. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY status.
Never depress brake pedal.
6. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
7. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
8. Release brake pedal.
9. Repeat steps 7 to 8 for 3 times.
10. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Record or print self-diagnosis results. GO TO 4.
NO
>> GO TO 6.
1.

4.RECHECK THE SYMPTOM


With CONSULT
Erase self-diagnosis results from the memory.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
2. Perform DTC reproduction procedures for the system that is malfunctioning.
1.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-33

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW


< BASIC INSPECTION >
NOTE:
When multiple DTCs are detected, refer to BR-26, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" and then determine the
order for performing the diagnosis.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Check harness and connectors based on the information obtained by the interview. Refer to GI51, "Intermittent Incident".

5.REPAIR OR REPLACE MALFUNCTIONING PART


Repair or replace the part that is malfunctioning. Reconnect part or connector after repairing or replacing.
Erase DTC from the memory when DTC is detected.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
>> GO TO 7.

6.IDENTIFY MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS


Estimate which system is malfunctioning according to the possible symptoms based on symptom diagnosis
and perform check.
Can the malfunctioning part be identified?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> Check harness and connectors based on the information obtained by the interview. Refer to GI51, "Intermittent Incident".

7.FINAL CHECK
With CONSULT
Check the reference value for BRAKE. Refer to BR-23, "Reference Value".
Perform the operation check. Check that the symptom is not reproduced under the same conditions as
when the symptom is reproduced before.
Is the symptom reproduced?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

1.
2.

Diagnostic Work Sheet

INFOID:0000000006960653

Description
In general, customers have their own criteria for a symptom. Therefore, it is important to understand the
symptom and status well enough by interviewing the customer about the symptom carefully. To systemize all
the information for the diagnosis, prepare the interview sheet referring to the interview points.
In some cases, multiple conditions that appear simultaneously may cause a DTC to be detected.

INTERVIEW SHEET SAMPLE


Interview sheet
Customer
name
Storage date

MR/MS

Registration
number

Initial year
registration

Vehicle type

VIN

Traction motor

Mileage

km (

Does not operate (

) function

Warning lamp for (


Symptom

Noise

) turns ON.
Vibration

Other
(
First occurrence

Recently

Frequency of occurrence

Always

Revision: 2010 November

Mile)

)
Other (
Under a certain conditions of

BR-34

)
Sometimes (

time(s)/day)

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW


< BASIC INSPECTION >
Interview sheet
Customer
name

MR/MS

Storage date

Registration
number

Initial year
registration

Vehicle type

VIN

Traction motor

Mileage

B
km (

Mile)

Irrelevant
Climate conditions

Weather

Fine

Temperature

Hot

Relative humidity

High

Cloud
Warm

Rain
Cool

Snow
Cold

Moderate

Others (

Temperature [Approx.

)
C (

F)]

Low

Road conditions

Urban area
Suburb area
Mountainous road (uphill or downhill)

Operating condition, etc.

Irrelevant
When traction motor starts
During idling
During driving
During acceleration
At constant speed driving
During deceleration
During cornering (right curve or left curve)
When steering wheel is steered (to right or to left)

Highway
Rough road

BR

Other conditions
Memo

Revision: 2010 November

BR-35

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ELECTRICALLY-DRIVEN INTELLIGENT BRAKE UNIT


< BASIC INSPECTION >

ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ELECTRICALLY-DRIVEN INTELLIGENT BRAKE UNIT


Description

INFOID:0000000006960654

When the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit was replaced, perform stroke sensor 0 point learning. BR-37,
"Work Procedure".

Revision: 2010 November

BR-36

LEAF

http://vnx.su

STROKE SENSOR 0 POINT LEARNING


< BASIC INSPECTION >

STROKE SENSOR 0 POINT LEARNING

Description

INFOID:0000000006960655

CAUTION:
Always perform stroke sensor 0 point learning before driving after any of the following operations is
performed.
: Necessary, -: Not necessary

Procedure

Stroke sensor 0 point learning

Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit is removed.

Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit is replaced.

Stroke sensor is removed.

Stroke sensor is replaced.

Brake pedal is removed.

Brake pedal is replaced.

Brake pedal heights are adjusted.

Work Procedure

BR
INFOID:0000000006960656

CAUTION:
Make sure to use CONSULT when performing stroke sensor 0 point learning. (It cannot be performed
by any means other than CONSULT.)

1.VEHICLE CONDITION

Stop the vehicle.


Turn the power switch OFF.
I

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK 12V BATTERY

Check the 12V battery.Refer to PG-101, "Work Flow".


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Charge or replace the 12V battery. Refer to PG-101, "Work Flow". GO TO 3.

3.CHECKING INSTALLATION CONDITIONS OF BRAKE COMPONENTS

Check the installation conditions of brake components.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts and GO TO 4.

4.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL


N

Check each brake pedal height. Refer to BR-202, "Inspection and Adjustment".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Adjust each brake pedal height. Refer to BR-202, "Inspection and Adjustment". GO TO 5.

5.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS


P

With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY status.
2. Repeat step 1 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
3. Turn the power switch OFF.
1.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-37

LEAF

http://vnx.su

STROKE SENSOR 0 POINT LEARNING


< BASIC INSPECTION >
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
5. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY status.
6. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
7. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
8. Release brake pedal.
9. Repeat steps 7 to 8 for 3 times.
10. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is a malfunction detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BR-27, "DTC Index". GO TO 6.
NO
>> GO TO 6.

6.PERFORM PEDAL STROKE SENSOR 0 POINT LEARNING


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds.
Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY status.
3. Select BRAKE, WORK SUPPORT and STROKE SENSOR 0 POINT LEARNING according to this
order.
CAUTION:
Never depress brake pedal.
4. Touch START.
Was either COMPLETED or The operation is incomplete. Try again after confirming the operation condition. displayed?
COMPLETED>>Touch the END. GO TO 7.
The operation is incomplete. Try again after confirming the operation condition.>>GO TO 2.
1.
2.

7.CHECK DATA MONITOR


With CONSULT
Select BRAKE, DATA MONITOR and STROKE SEN 1 OUTPUT VOLT according to this order. Check that
this signal is within the specified value.
STROKE SEN 1 OUTPUT VOLT

: 0.84 2.38 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> GO TO 1.

8.ERASE SELF-DIAGNOSIS MEMORY


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF, and then turn it ON again.
CAUTION:
Be sure to perform the operation above.
2. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
Are the memories erased?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Check the items indicated by the self-diagnosis.
1.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-38

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A60 CONTROL MODULE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS

C1A60 CONTROL MODULE


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006960657

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


C
DTC

Display item

C1A60

CONTROL MODULE

Malfunction detection condition


A malfunction is detected control module that is integrated with the electrically-driven intelligent brake
unit.

Possible causes
Electrically-driven intelligent
brake unit

DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING

If another DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE is performed just before, turn the power switch OFF and
wait for at least and wait for 10 seconds or more, then perform the next test.
BR
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION

With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
2. Repeat step 1 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
3. Turn the power switch OFF.
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
5. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
6. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
7. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
8. Release brake pedal.
9. Repeat steps 7 to 8 for 3 times.
10. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A60 detected?
YES >> Proceed to BR-39, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006960658

1.CHECK 12V BATTERY

1. Turn the power switch OFF.


2. Check the 12V battery terminal connections. Refer to PG-101, "Work Flow".
3. Check the 12V battery. Refer to PG-101, "Work Flow".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1)


1.

With CONSULT
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

BR-39

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A60 CONTROL MODULE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
2. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
3. Repeat step 2 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
4. Turn the power switch OFF.
5. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
6. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
7. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
8. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
9. Release brake pedal.
10. Repeat steps 8 to 9 for 3 times.
11. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A60 detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

3.CHECK CONNECTOR TERMINALS


1.

Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
CAUTION:
Never depress brake pedal.
2. Disconnect 12V battery cable from negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
3. Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector, then check for failures of pin
terminals and connections.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 4.

4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2)


With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Turn the power switch OFF.
6. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
7. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
8. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
9. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
10. Release brake pedal.
11. Repeat steps 9 to 10 for 3 times.
12. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A60 detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.
3.

5.CHECK POWER SWITCH ON POWER SUPPLY


Revision: 2010 November

BR-40

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A60 CONTROL MODULE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
1. Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
2. Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
3. Turn the power switch OFF.
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
CAUTION:
Never depress brake pedal.
5. Disconnect 12V battery cable from negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
6. Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
7. Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
8. Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Voltage

Ground

Approximately 0 V

9.

Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
10. Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Voltage

Ground

10 16 V

BR

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> GO TO 6.

6.CHECK POWER SWITCH ON POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect 12V battery cable from negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check 15A fuse (#62).
Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and IPDM E/R.

K
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit

6.

IPDM E/R

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E34

26

E15

62

Continuity

Existed

Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
M
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Perform diagnosis of power system with power switch ON. Refer to PG-59, "Wiring Diagram - ON
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 7.

7.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (3)

With CONSULT
1. Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
2. Connect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
4. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
Revision: 2010 November

BR-41

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A60 CONTROL MODULE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
5. Repeat step 4 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
6. Turn the power switch OFF.
7. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
8. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
9. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
10. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
11. Release brake pedal.
12. Repeat steps 10 to 11 for 3 times.
13. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A60 detected?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

8.CHECK 12V BATTERY POWER SUPPLY


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector terminals.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

Voltage

1 31
E34

2 31

10 16 V

11 31

6.
7.

Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector terminals.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

Voltage

1 31
E34

2 31

10 16 V

11 31

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 11.
NO
>> GO TO 9.

9.CHECK 12V BATTERY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check 60A fusible link (#F).
Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 1 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 60A fusible link (#F).
Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 2 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 60A fusible link (#F).
Check 10A fuse (#78).
Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 11 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 10A fuse (#78).

Revision: 2010 November

BR-42

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A60 CONTROL MODULE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform diagnosis for 12V battery power supply. Refer to PG-15, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 10.

10.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (4)

With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Turn the power switch OFF.
6. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
7. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
8. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
9. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
10. Release brake pedal.
11. Repeat steps 9 to 10 for 3 times.
12. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A60 detected?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.
3.

BR

11.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

31

Continuity

Ground

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 13.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 12.

12.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (5)

With CONSULT
1. Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
2. Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
3. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Turn the power switch OFF.
6. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
7. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
Revision: 2010 November

BR-43

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A60 CONTROL MODULE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
8. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
9. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
10. Release brake pedal.
11. Repeat steps 9 to 10 for 3 times.
12. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A60 detected?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

13.CHECK DATA MONITOR


With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Select BRAKE and DATA MONITOR according this order.
6. Check MOTOR POWER SUPPLY and CONTROL MODULE POWER. Refer to BR-23, "Reference
Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO
>> Replace the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit. Refer to BR-221, "Removal and installation".
1.
2.
3.

14.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (6)


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
2. Repeat step 1 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
3. Turn the power switch OFF.
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
5. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
6. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
7. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
8. Release brake pedal.
9. Repeat steps 7 to 8 for 3 times.
10. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A60 detected?
YES >> Replace the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit. Refer to BR-221, "Removal and installation".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-44

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A61 MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

C1A61 MOTOR

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006960659

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

C1A61

Display item

MOTOR POWER SUPPLY

Malfunction detection condition

Possible causes

Power voltage of motor inside electrically-driven intel Connector or harness


ligent brake unit is as shown below.
Electrically-driven intelligent
Motor power voltage 9 V Motor power voltage
brake unit
Motor power voltage: 16 V Motor power voltage

DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING

If another DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE was performed just before, turn OFF and wait for at least
and wait for 10 seconds or more, then perform the next test.
BR

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


G

With CONSULT
1. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
2. Repeat step 1 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
3. Turn the power switch OFF.
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
5. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
6. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
7. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
8. Release brake pedal.
9. Repeat steps 7 to 8 for 3 times.
10. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1161 detected?
YES >> Proceed to BR-45, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006960660

1.CHECK 12V BATTERY


1. Turn the power switch OFF.
2. Check the 12V battery terminal connections. Refer to PG-101, "Work Flow".
3. Check the 12V battery. Refer to PG-101, "Work Flow".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1)


1.
2.

With CONSULT
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-45

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A61 MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
3. Repeat step 2 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
4. Turn the power switch OFF.
5. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
6. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
7. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
8. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
9. Release brake pedal.
10. Repeat steps 9 to 10 for 3 times.
11. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A61 detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

3.CHECK CONNECTOR TERMINALS


1.

Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
CAUTION:
Never depress brake pedal.
2. Disconnect 12V battery cable from negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
3. Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector, then check for failures of pin
terminals and connections.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 4.

4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2)


With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Turn the power switch OFF.
6. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
7. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
8. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
9. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
10. Release brake pedal.
11. Repeat steps 9 to 10 for 3 times.
12. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A61 detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.
3.

5.CHECK POWER SWITCH ON POWER SUPPLY


1.

Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-46

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A61 MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
2. Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
3. Turn the power switch OFF.
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
CAUTION:
Never depress brake pedal.
5. Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
6. Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
7. Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
8. Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Voltage

Ground

Approximately 0 V

9.

Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
10. Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Voltage

Ground

10 16 V

BR

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> GO TO 6.

6.CHECK POWER SWITCH ON POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit

6.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check 15A fuse (#62).
Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and IPDM E/R.

IPDM E/R

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E34

26

E15

62

Continuity
Existed

Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Perform diagnosis of power system with power switch ON. Refer to PG-59, "Wiring Diagram - ON
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 7.

7.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (3)


P

With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
5. Repeat step 4 for 2 times or more.

1.
2.
3.
4.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-47

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A61 MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
6. Turn the power switch OFF.
7. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
8. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
9. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
10. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
11. Release brake pedal.
12. Repeat steps 10 to 11 for 3 times.
13. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A61 detected?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

8.CHECK 12V BATTERY POWER SUPPLY


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector terminals.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

Voltage

1 31
E34

2 31

10 16 V

11 31

6.
7.

Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector terminals
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

Voltage

1 31
E34

2 31

10 16 V

11 31

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 11.
NO
>> GO TO 9.

9.CHECK 12V BATTERY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check 60A fusible link (#F).
Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 1 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 60A fusible link (#F).
5. Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 2 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 60A fusible link (#F).
6. Check 10A fuse (#78).
7. Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 11 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 10A fuse (#78).
Is the inspection result normal?

Revision: 2010 November

BR-48

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A61 MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> Perform diagnosis for 12V battery power supply. Refer to PG-15, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 10.

10.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (4)


B

With CONSULT
1. Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
2. Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
3. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Turn the power switch OFF.
6. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
7. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
8. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
9. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
10. Release brake pedal.
11. Repeat steps 9 to 10 for 3 times.
12. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A61 detected?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

BR

11.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

31

Continuity

Ground

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 13.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 12.

12.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (5)


With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Turn the power switch OFF.
6. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
7. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
8. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:

1.
2.
3.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-49

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A61 MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
9. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
10. Release brake pedal.
11. Repeat steps 9 to 10 for 3 times.
12. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A61 detected?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

13.CHECK DATA MONITOR


With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Select BRAKE and DATA MONITOR according this order.
6. Check MOTOR POWER SUPPLY and CONTROL MODULE POWER. Refer to BR-23, "Reference
Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO
>> Replace the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit. Refer to BR-221, "Removal and installation".
1.
2.
3.

14.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (6)


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
2. Repeat step 1 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
3. Turn the power switch OFF.
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
5. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
6. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
7. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
8. Release brake pedal.
9. Repeat steps 7 to 8 for 3 times.
10. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A61 detected?
YES >> Replace the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit. Refer to BR-221, "Removal and installation".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-50

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A62 CONTROL MODULE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

C1A62 CONTROL MODULE

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006960661

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

C1A62

Display item

CONTROL MODULE POWER


SUPPLY

Malfunction detection condition


Power voltage of control module that is integrated
with electrically-driven intelligent brake unit is as
shown below.
Control module power voltage: 9 V Control
module power voltage
Control module power voltage: 16 V Control
module power voltage

Possible causes

C
Harness or connector
Electrically-driven intelligent
brake unit

DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If another DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE was performed just before, turn the power switch OFF and BR
wait for at least and wait for 10 seconds or more, then perform the next test.
G

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
2. Repeat step 1 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
3. Turn the power switch OFF.
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
5. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
6. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
7. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
8. Release brake pedal.
9. Repeat steps 7 to 8 for 3 times.
10. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A62 detected?
YES >> Proceed to BR-51, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

1.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006960662

1.CHECK 12V BATTERY


1. Turn the power switch OFF.
2. Check the 12V battery terminal connections. Refer to PG-101, "Work Flow".
3. Check the 12V battery. Refer to PG-101, "Work Flow".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1)


Revision: 2010 November

BR-51

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A62 CONTROL MODULE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
With CONSULT
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
3. Repeat step 2 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
4. Turn the power switch OFF.
5. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
6. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
7. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
8. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
9. Release brake pedal.
10. Repeat steps 8 to 9 for 3 times.
11. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A62 detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

3.CHECK CONNECTOR TERMINALS


1.

Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
CAUTION:
Never depress brake pedal.
2. Disconnect 12V battery cable from negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
3. Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector, then check for failures of pin
terminals and connections.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 4.

4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2)


With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Turn the power switch OFF.
6. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
7. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
8. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
9. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
10. Release brake pedal.
11. Repeat steps 9 to 10 for 3 times.
12. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A62 detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.
1.
2.
3.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-52

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A62 CONTROL MODULE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
NO
>> INSPECTION END

5.CHECK POWER SWITCH ON POWER SUPPLY

1.
2.
3.
4.

5.
6.
7.
8.

Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.


Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF.
Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
CAUTION:
Never depress brake pedal.
Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Voltage

Ground

Approximately 0 V

BR

9.

Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
10. Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Voltage

Ground

10 16 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> GO TO 6.

6.CHECK POWER SWITCH ON POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check 15A fuse (#62).
Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and IPDM E/R.

L
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit

6.

IPDM E/R

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E34

26

E15

62

Continuity

Existed

Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Perform diagnosis of power system with power switch ON. Refer to PG-59, "Wiring Diagram - ON
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 7.

7.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (3)


1.
2.
3.

With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect IPDM E/R harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

BR-53

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A62 CONTROL MODULE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
4. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
5. Repeat step 4 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
6. Turn the power switch OFF.
7. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
8. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
9. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
10. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
11. Release brake pedal.
12. Repeat steps 10 to 11 for 3 times.
13. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A62 detected?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

8.CHECK 12V BATTERY POWER SUPPLY


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector terminals.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

Voltage

1 31
E34

2 31

10 16 V

11 31

6.
7.

Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector terminals.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

Voltage

1 31
E34

2 31

10 16 V

11 31

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 11.
NO
>> GO TO 9.

9.CHECK 12V BATTERY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check 60A fusible link (#F).
Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 1 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 60A fusible link (#F).
Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 2 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 60A fusible link (#F).

Revision: 2010 November

BR-54

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A62 CONTROL MODULE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
6. Check 10A fuse (#78).
7. Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 11 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 10A fuse (#78).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform diagnosis for 12V battery power supply. Refer to PG-15, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 10.

10.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (4)

With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Turn the power switch OFF.
6. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
7. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
8. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
9. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
10. Release brake pedal.
11. Repeat steps 9 to 10 for 3 times.
12. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A62 detected?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.
3.

BR

11.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and ground.

L
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

31

Continuity

Ground

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 13.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 12.

12.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (5)


O

With CONSULT
1. Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
2. Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
3. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Turn the power switch OFF.
6. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
Revision: 2010 November

BR-55

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A62 CONTROL MODULE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
7. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
8. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
9. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
10. Release brake pedal.
11. Repeat steps 9 to 10 for 3 times.
12. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A62 detected?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

13.CHECK DATA MONITOR


With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Select BRAKE and DATA MONITOR according this order.
6. Check MOTOR POWER SUPPLY and CONTROL MODULE POWER. Refer to BR-23, "Reference
Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO
>> Replace the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit. Refer to BR-221, "Removal and installation".
1.
2.
3.

14.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (6)


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
2. Repeat step 1 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
3. Turn the power switch OFF.
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
5. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
6. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
7. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
8. Release brake pedal.
9. Repeat steps 7 to 8 for 3 times.
10. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A62 detected?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.

15.CHECK BCM SYSTEM


With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for BCM. Refer to BCS-26, "BCM : CONSULT Function (BCM - BCM)".
Is any DTC detected?
Revision: 2010 November

BR-56

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A62 CONTROL MODULE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BCS-54, "DTC Index".
NO
>> GO TO 16.

16.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (7)


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
2. Repeat step 1 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
3. Turn the power switch OFF.
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
5. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
6. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
7. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
8. Release brake pedal.
9. Repeat steps 7 to 8 for 3 times.
10. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A62 detected?
YES >> Replace the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit. Refer to BR-221, "Removal and installation".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.

BR

Revision: 2010 November

BR-57

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A63 BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

C1A63 BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006960663

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
C1A63

Display item
BACKUP POWER SUPPLY

Malfunction detection condition


Malfunction in the backup power circuit is detected.

Possible causes
Harness or connector
Electrically-driven intelligent
brake unit

DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If another DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE was performed just before, turn the power switch OFF and
wait for at least and wait for 10 seconds or more, then perform the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
2. Repeat step 1 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
3. Turn the power switch OFF.
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
5. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
6. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
7. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
8. Release brake pedal.
9. Repeat steps 7 to 8 for 3 times.
10. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A63 detected?
YES >> Proceed to BR-58, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006960664

1.CHECK 12V BATTERY


1. Turn the power switch OFF.
2. Check the 12V battery terminal connections. Refer to PG-101, "Work Flow".
3. Check the 12V battery. Refer to PG-101, "Work Flow".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1)


1.
2.

With CONSULT
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:

Revision: 2010 November

BR-58

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A63 BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Never engage READY state.
3. Repeat step 2 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
4. Turn the power switch OFF.
5. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
6. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
7. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
8. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
9. Release brake pedal.
10. Repeat steps 8 to 9 for 3 times.
11. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A63 detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

BR

3.CHECK CONNECTOR TERMINALS


1.

Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
CAUTION:
Never depress brake pedal.
2. Disconnect 12V battery cable from negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
3. Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector, then check for failures of pin
terminals and connections.
4. Disconnect the brake power supply backup unit harness connector, then check for failures of pin terminals
and connections.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 4.

4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2)


With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect the brake power supply backup unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
5. Repeat step 4 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
6. Turn the power switch OFF.
7. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
8. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
9. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
10. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
11. Release brake pedal.
12. Repeat steps 10 to 11 for 3 times.
13. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A63 detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

1.
2.
3.
4.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-59

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A63 BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

5.CHECK POWER SWITCH ON POWER SUPPLY


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.


Connect the brake power supply backup unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF.
Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
CAUTION:
Never depress brake pedal.
Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Voltage

Ground

Approximately 0 V

10. Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
11. Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Voltage

Ground

10 16 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> GO TO 6.

6.CHECK POWER SWITCH ON POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check 15A fuse (#62).
Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and IPDM E/R.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit

6.

IPDM E/R

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E34

26

E15

62

Continuity
Existed

Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Perform diagnosis of power system with power switch ON. Refer to PG-59, "Wiring Diagram - ON
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 7.

7.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (3)


1.
2.
3.

With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect IPDM E/R harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

BR-60

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A63 BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
4. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
5. Repeat step 4 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
6. Turn the power switch OFF.
7. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
8. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
9. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
10. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
11. Release brake pedal.
12. Repeat steps 10 to 11 for 3 times.
13. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A63 detected?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

BR

8.CHECK 12V BATTERY POWER SUPPLY

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector terminals.

I
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

Voltage

1 31
E34

2 31

10 16 V

11 31

6.
7.

Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector terminals.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

Voltage

1 31
E34

2 31

10 16 V

11 31

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 11.
NO
>> GO TO 9.

9.CHECK 12V BATTERY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check 60A fusible link (#F).
Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 1 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 60A fusible link (#F).
Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 2 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 60A fusible link (#F).

Revision: 2010 November

BR-61

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A63 BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
6. Check 10A fuse (#78).
7. Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 11 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 10A fuse (#78).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform diagnosis for 12V battery power supply. Refer to PG-15, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 10.

10.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (4)


With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Turn the power switch OFF.
6. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
7. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
8. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
9. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
10. Release brake pedal.
11. Repeat steps 9 to 10 for 3 times.
12. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A63 detected?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.
3.

11.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

31

Continuity

Ground

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 13.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 12.

12.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (5)


With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Turn the power switch OFF.
6. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
1.
2.
3.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-62

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A63 BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
7. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
8. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
9. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
10. Release brake pedal.
11. Repeat steps 9 to 10 for 3 times.
12. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A63 detected?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

13.CHECK DATA MONITOR

E
With CONSULT
1. Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
2. Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
BR
3. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 2 for 2 times or more.
G
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Select BRAKE and DATA MONITOR according this order.
6. Check MOTOR POWER SUPPLY and CONTROL MODULE POWER. Refer to BR-23, "Reference H
Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
I
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO
>> Replace the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit. Refer to BR-221, "Removal and installation".

14.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (6)

With CONSULT
1. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
2. Repeat step 1 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
3. Turn the power switch OFF.
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
5. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
6. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
7. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
8. Release brake pedal.
9. Repeat steps 7 to 8 for 3 times.
10. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A63, C1A6B, C1A6C or C1A6D detected?
YES (C1A63)>>GO TO 15.
YES (C1A6B)>>Refer to BR-118, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES (C1A6C)>>Refer to BR-127, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES (C1A6D)>>Refer to BR-134, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

15.CHECK

CIRCUIT BETWEEN ELECTRICALLY-DRIVEN INTELLIGENT BRAKE UNIT AND BRAKE

Revision: 2010 November

BR-63

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A63 BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT
1. Turn the power switch OFF.
2. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
3. Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
4. Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
5. Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit

6.

Connector

Terminal

E34

31

Continuity

Ground

Existed

Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and ground.


Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit

7.
8.

Connector

Terminal

E34

32

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Disconnect the brake power supply backup unit harness connector.


Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and brake power supply backup unit.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit

Brake power supply backup unit

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E34

32

B15

Continuity
Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 16.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 16.

16.CHECK BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT GROUND CIRCUIT


Check continuity between brake power supply backup unit and ground.
Brake power supply backup unit
Connector

Terminal

B15

Continuity

Ground

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 17.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 17.

17.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (7)


With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect the brake power supply backup unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
5. Repeat step 4 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
6. Turn the power switch OFF.
7. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
8. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
9. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
1.
2.
3.
4.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-64

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A63 BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
10. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
11. Release brake pedal.
12. Repeat steps 10 to 11 for 3 times.
13. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A63 detected?
YES >> Replace the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit. Refer to BR-221, "Removal and installation".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

BR

Revision: 2010 November

BR-65

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A64 STROKE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

C1A64 STROKE SENSOR


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006960665

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

C1A64

Display item

STROKE SENSOR

Malfunction detection condition


Open circuit is detected in rear stroke sensor circuit.
Short circuit is detected in stroke sensor circuit.
Malfunction is detected in stroke sensor circuit.

Possible causes
Harness or connector
Stroke sensor
Electrically-driven intelligent
brake unit
Stroke sensor improper installation

DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If another DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE was performed just before, turn the power switch OFF and
wait for at least and wait for 10 seconds or more, then perform the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
2. Repeat step 1 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
3. Turn the power switch OFF.
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
5. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
6. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
7. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
8. Release brake pedal.
9. Repeat steps 7 to 8 for 3 times.
10. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A64 detected?
YES >> Proceed to BR-66, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006960666

1.CHECK 12V BATTERY


1. Turn the power switch OFF.
2. Check the 12V battery terminal connections. Refer to PG-101, "Work Flow".
3. Check the 12V battery. Refer to PG-101, "Work Flow".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1)


With CONSULT
Revision: 2010 November

BR-66

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A64 STROKE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
1. Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
2. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
3. Repeat step 2 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
4. Turn the power switch OFF.
5. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
6. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
7. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
8. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
9. Release brake pedal.
10. Repeat steps 8 to 9 for 3 times.
11. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A64 detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

BR

3.CHECK CONNECTOR TERMINALS


1.

Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
CAUTION:
Never depress brake pedal.
2. Disconnect 12V battery cable from negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
3. Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector, then check for failures of pin
terminals and connections.
4. Check that there is no malfunction in pin terminals and connection of stroke sensor harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 4.

4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2)

With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect stroke sensor harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
5. Repeat step 4 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
6. Turn the power switch OFF.
7. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
8. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
9. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
10. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
11. Release brake pedal.
12. Repeat steps 10 to 11 for 3 times.
13. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A64 detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.

1.
2.
3.
4.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-67

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A64 STROKE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
NO
>> INSPECTION END

5.CHECK POWER SWITCH ON POWER SUPPLY


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.


Connect stroke sensor harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF.
Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
CAUTION:
Never depress brake pedal.
Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Voltage

Ground

Approximately 0 V

10. Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
11. Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Voltage

Ground

10 16 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> GO TO 6.

6.CHECK POWER SWITCH ON POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check 15A fuse (#62).
Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and IPDM E/R.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit

6.

IPDM E/R

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E34

26

E15

62

Continuity
Existed

Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Perform diagnosis of power system with power switch ON. Refer to PG-59, "Wiring Diagram - ON
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 7.

7.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (3)


1.
2.

With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect IPDM E/R harness connector.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-68

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A64 STROKE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
3. Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
4. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
5. Repeat step 4 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
6. Turn the power switch OFF.
7. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
8. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
9. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
10. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
11. Release brake pedal.
12. Repeat steps 10 to 11 for 3 times.
13. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A64 detected?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

BR

8.CHECK 12V BATTERY POWER SUPPLY


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector terminals.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

Voltage

1 31
E34

2 31

10 16 V

11 31

6.
7.

Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector terminal.

M
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

Voltage

1 31
E34

2 31

N
10 16 V

11 31

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 11.
NO
>> GO TO 9.

9.CHECK 12V BATTERY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check 60A fusible link (#F).
Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 1 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 60A fusible link (#F).

Revision: 2010 November

BR-69

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A64 STROKE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
5. Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 2 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 60A fusible link (#F).
6. Check 10A fuse (#78).
7. Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 11 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 10A fuse (#78).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform diagnosis for 12V battery power supply. Refer to PG-15, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 10.

10.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (4)


With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Turn the power switch OFF.
6. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
7. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
8. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
9. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
10. Release brake pedal.
11. Repeat steps 9 to 10 for 3 times.
12. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A64 detected?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.
3.

11.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

31

Continuity

Ground

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 13.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 12.

12.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (5)


With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
1.
2.
3.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-70

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A64 STROKE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
5. Turn the power switch OFF.
6. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
7. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
8. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
9. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
10. Release brake pedal.
11. Repeat steps 9 to 10 for 3 times.
12. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A64 detected?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

13.CHECK DATA MONITOR

With CONSULT
BR
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
G
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
H
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Select BRAKEADATA MONITOR according this order.
6. Check MOTOR POWER SUPPLY and CONTROL MODULE POWER. Refer to BR-23, "Reference
Value".
I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
J
NO
>> Replace the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit. Refer to BR-221, "Removal and installation"
1.
2.
3.

14.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (6)


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
2. Repeat step 1 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
3. Turn the power switch OFF.
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
5. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
6. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
7. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
8. Release brake pedal.
9. Repeat steps 7 to 8 for 3 times.
10. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A64 detected?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

1.

15.STROKE SENSOR 0 POINT LEARNING (1)


With CONSULT
Revision: 2010 November

BR-71

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A64 STROKE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Perform stroke sensor 0 point learning. Refer to BR-37, "Work Procedure".
Was either COMPLETED or The operation is incomplete. Try again after confirming the operation condition. displayed?
COMPLETED>>GO TO 16.
The operation is incomplete. Try again after confirming the operation condition.>>GO TO 17.

16.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (7)


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
2. Repeat step 1 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
3. Turn the power switch OFF.
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
5. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
6. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
7. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
8. Release brake pedal.
9. Repeat steps 7 to 8 for 3 times.
10. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A64 detected?
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.

17.VISUALLY CHECK STROKE SENSOR


Check the stroke sensor for damage.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 18.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts and GO TO 21.

18.CHECK STROKE SENSOR INSTALLATION


Check the stroke sensor for looseness and disconnection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts and GO TO 21.

19.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL HEIGHT


Check each brake pedal height. Refer to BR-202, "Inspection and Adjustment".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 20.
NO
>> Adjust each height. Refer to BR-202, "Inspection and Adjustment". GO TO 21.

20.STROKE SENOR 0 POINT LEARNING (2)


Perform stroke sensor 0 point learning. Refer to BR-37, "Work Procedure".
>> GO TO 21.

21.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (8)


1.

With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-72

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A64 STROKE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
2. Repeat step 1 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
3. Turn the power switch OFF.
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
5. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
6. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
7. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
8. Release brake pedal.
9. Repeat steps 7 to 8 for 3 times.
10. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A64 detected?
YES >> GO TO 22.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

BR

22.CHECK STROKE SENSOR CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
Disconnect the stroke sensor harness connector.
Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Check continuity between stroke sensor harness connector and electrically-driven intelligent brake unit.
Stroke sensor
Connector

Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit


Terminal

E36

Connector

Terminal

Continuity

19

Existed

35

Not existed

Not existed

19

Not existed

35

Existed

Not existed

19

Not existed

35

Not existed

Existed

E34

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 23.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 25.

23.CHECK STROKE SENSOR POWER

1.
2.
3.
4.

5.

Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.


Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
Check the stroke sensor power voltage.
Stroke sensor
Connector

Terminal

E36

Revision: 2010 November

Voltage

Ground

4.75 5.25 V

BR-73

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A64 STROKE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 24.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 25.

24.CHECK STROKE SENSOR RESISTANCE


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Connect stroke sensor harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Check resistance between stroke sensor connector pin terminals.

Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit


Connector

Condition

Terminal
35 5

E34
37 5

Gradually depress
the brake pedal.

Resistance
Resistance value decreases between 0.1 1.33 k, according to
the depth of brake depression.
Resistance value increases between 0.1 1.33 k, according to
the depth of brake depression.

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 26.
NO
>> GO TO 25.

25.REPLACE STROKE SENSOR


Replace the stroke sensor. Refer to BR-211, "Removal and Installation".
>> GO TO 26.

26.STROKE SENOR 0 POINT LEARNING (3)


1.
2.

Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.


Perform stroke sensor 0 point learning. Refer to BR-37, "Work Procedure".
>> GO TO 27.

27.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (9)


With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
3. Repeat step 2 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
4. Turn the power switch OFF.
5. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
6. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
7. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
8. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
9. Release brake pedal.
10. Repeat steps 8 to 9 for 3 times.
11. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A64 detected?
YES >> GO TO 22.
1.
2.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-74

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A64 STROKE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
NO
>> INSPECTION END
A

BR

Revision: 2010 November

BR-75

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A65 INCOMPLETE STROKE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

C1A65 INCOMPLETE STROKE SENSOR


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006960667

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
C1A65

Display item
STROKE SENSOR SET

Malfunction detection condition


Stroke sensor 0 point learning has not been completed.

Possible causes
Stroke sensor 0 point learning
has not been performed.

DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If another DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE was performed just before, turn the power switch OFF and
wait for at least and wait for 10 seconds or more, then perform the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
2. Repeat step 1 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
3. Turn the power switch OFF.
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
5. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
6. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
7. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
8. Release brake pedal.
9. Repeat steps 7 to 8 for 3 times.
10. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A65 detected?
YES >> Proceed to BR-76, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006960668

1.CHECK 12V BATTERY


1. Turn the power switch OFF.
2. Check the 12V battery terminal connections. Refer to PG-101, "Work Flow".
3. Check the 12V battery. Refer to PG-101, "Work Flow".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1)


1.
2.

With CONSULT
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-76

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A65 INCOMPLETE STROKE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
3. Repeat step 2 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
4. Turn the power switch OFF.
5. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
6. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
7. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
8. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
9. Release brake pedal.
10. Repeat steps 8 to 9 for 3 times.
11. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A65 detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

BR

3.CHECK CONNECTOR TERMINALS


1.

Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
CAUTION:
Never depress brake pedal.
2. Disconnect 12V battery cable from negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
3. Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector, then check for failures of pin
terminals and connections.
4. Check that there is no malfunction in pin terminals and connection of stroke sensor harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 4.

4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2)

5.CHECK POWER SWITCH ON POWER SUPPLY


Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.

Revision: 2010 November

With CONSULT
1. Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
2. Connect stroke sensor harness connector.
3. Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
4. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
5. Repeat step 4 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
6. Turn the power switch OFF.
7. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
8. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
9. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
10. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
11. Release brake pedal.
12. Repeat steps 10 to 11 for 3 times.
13. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A65 detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.

BR-77

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A65 INCOMPLETE STROKE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
2. Connect stroke sensor harness connector.
3. Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
4. Turn the power switch OFF.
5. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
CAUTION:
Never depress brake pedal.
6. Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
7. Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
8. Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
9. Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Voltage

Ground

Approximately 0 V

10. Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
11. Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Voltage

Ground

10 16 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> GO TO 6.

6.CHECK POWER SWITCH ON POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check 15A fuse (#62).
Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and IPDM E/R.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit

6.

IPDM E/R

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E34

26

E15

62

Continuity
Existed

Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Perform diagnosis of power system with power switch ON. Refer to PG-59, "Wiring Diagram - ON
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 7.

7.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (3)


1.
2.
3.
4.

With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect IPDM E/R harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-78

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A65 INCOMPLETE STROKE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
5. Repeat step 4 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
6. Turn the power switch OFF.
7. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
8. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
9. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
10. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
11. Release brake pedal.
12. Repeat steps 10 to 11 for 3 times.
13. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A65 detected?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

BR

8.CHECK 12V BATTERY POWER SUPPLY


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector terminals.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

Voltage

1 31
E34

2 31

10 16 V

11 31

6.
7.

Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector terminals.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

L
Voltage

1 31
E34

2 31

10 16 V

11 31

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 11.
NO
>> GO TO 9.

9.CHECK 12V BATTERY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1.
2.
3.
4.

5.
6.
7.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check 60A fusible link (#F).
Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 1 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 60A fusible link (#F).
Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 2 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 60A fusible link (#F).
Check 10A fuse (#78).
Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 11 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 10A fuse (#78).

Revision: 2010 November

BR-79

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A65 INCOMPLETE STROKE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform diagnosis for 12V battery power supply. Refer to PG-15, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 10.

10.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (4)


With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Turn the power switch OFF.
6. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
7. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
8. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
9. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
10. Release brake pedal.
11. Repeat steps 9 to 10 for 3 times.
12. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A65 detected?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.
3.

11.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

31

Continuity

Ground

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 13.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 12.

12.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (5)


With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 1 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Turn the power switch OFF.
6. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
7. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
1.
2.
3.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-80

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A65 INCOMPLETE STROKE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
8. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
9. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
10. Release brake pedal.
11. Repeat steps 7 to 8 for 3 times.
12. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A65 detected?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

13.CHECK DATA MONITOR

With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
E
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
BR
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Select BRAKEADATA MONITOR according this order.
G
6. Check MOTOR POWER SUPPLY and CONTROL MODULE POWER. Refer to BR-23, "Reference
Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
H
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO
>> Replace the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit. Refer to BR-221, "Removal and installation"
1.
2.
3.

14.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (6)

With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
2. Repeat step 1 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
3. Turn the power switch OFF.
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
5. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
6. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
7. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
8. Release brake pedal.
9. Repeat steps 7 to 8 for 3 times.
10. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A65 detected?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.

15.STROKE SENSOR 0 POINT LEARNING (1)

With CONSULT
Perform stroke sensor 0 point learning. Refer to BR-37, "Work Procedure".
Was either COMPLETED or The operation is incomplete. Try again after confirming the operation condition. displayed?
COMPLETED>>GO TO 16.
The operation is incomplete. Try again after confirming the operation condition.>>GO TO 17.
Revision: 2010 November

BR-81

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A65 INCOMPLETE STROKE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

16.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (7)


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
2. Repeat step 1 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
3. Turn the power switch OFF.
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
5. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
6. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
7. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
8. Release brake pedal.
9. Repeat steps 7 to 8 for 3 times.
10. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A65 detected?
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.

17.VISUALLY CHECK STROKE SENSOR


Check the stroke sensor for damage.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 18.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts and GO TO 21.

18.CHECK STROKE SENSOR INSTALLATION


Check the stroke sensor for looseness and disconnection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts and GO TO 21.

19.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL HEIGHT


Check each brake pedal height. Refer to BR-202, "Inspection and Adjustment".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 20.
NO
>> Adjust each height. Refer to BR-202, "Inspection and Adjustment". GO TO 21.

20.STROKE SENOR 0 POINT LEARNING (2)


Perform stroke sensor 0 point learning. Refer to BR-37, "Work Procedure".
>> GO TO 21.

21.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (8)


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
2. Repeat step 1 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
3. Turn the power switch OFF.
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
1.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-82

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A65 INCOMPLETE STROKE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
5. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
6. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
7. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
8. Release brake pedal.
9. Repeat steps 7 to 8 for 3 times.
10. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A65 detected?
YES >> GO TO 22.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

22.CHECK STROKE SENSOR CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
Disconnect the stroke sensor harness connector.
Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Check continuity between stroke sensor harness connector and electrically-driven intelligent brake unit.

BR

G
Stroke sensor
Connector

Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit


Terminal

E36

Connector

Terminal

Continuity

19

Existed

35

Not existed

Not existed

19

Not existed

35

Existed

Not existed

19

Not existed

35

Not existed

Existed

E34

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 23.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 25.

23.CHECK STROKE SENSOR POWER


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.


Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
Check the stroke sensor power voltage.
Stroke sensor
Connector

Terminal

E36

Voltage

Ground

4.75 5.25 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 24.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 25.

24.CHECK STROKE SENSOR RESISTANCE


Revision: 2010 November

BR-83

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A65 INCOMPLETE STROKE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
1. Turn the power switch OFF.
2. Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
3. Connect stroke sensor harness connector.
4. Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
5. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
6. Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
7. Check resistance between stroke sensor connector pin terminals.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Condition

Terminal
35 5

E34
37 5

Gradually depress
the brake pedal.

Resistance
Resistance value decreases between 0.1 1.33 k, according to
the depth of brake depression.
Resistance value increases between 0.1 1.33 k, according to
the depth of brake depression.

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 26.
NO
>> GO TO 25.

25.REPLACE STROKE SENSOR


Replace the stroke sensor. Refer to BR-211, "Removal and Installation".
>> GO TO 26.

26.STROKE SENOR 0 POINT LEARNING (3)


1.
2.

Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.


Perform stroke sensor 0 point learning. Refer to BR-37, "Work Procedure".
>> GO TO 27.

27.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (9)


With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
3. Repeat step 2 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
4. Turn the power switch OFF.
5. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
6. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
7. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
8. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
9. Release brake pedal.
10. Repeat steps 8 to 9 for 3 times.
11. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A65 detected?
YES >> GO TO 22.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-84

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A66 PRESSURE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

C1A66 PRESSURE SENSOR

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006960669

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

C1A66

Display item

MASTER PRESSURE SENSOR

Malfunction detection condition


Open circuit is detected in master cylinder fluid
pressure sensor 1 circuit.
Short circuit is detected in master cylinder fluid
pressure sensor 1 circuit.
Malfunction is detected in master cylinder fluid
pressure sensor 1.

Possible causes
Harness or connector
Master cylinder fluid pressure
sensor 1 improper installation
Master cylinder fluid pressure
sensor 1
Electrically-driven intelligent
brake unit

DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If another DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE was performed just before, turn the power switch OFF and BR
wait for at least and wait for 10 seconds or more, then perform the next test.
G

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
2. Repeat step 1 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
3. Turn the power switch OFF.
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
5. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
6. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
7. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
8. Release brake pedal.
9. Repeat steps 7 to 8 for 3 times.
10. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A66 detected?
YES >> Proceed to BR-85, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

1.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006960670

1.CHECK 12V BATTERY


1. Turn the power switch OFF.
2. Check the 12V battery terminal connections. Refer to PG-101, "Work Flow".
3. Check the 12V battery. Refer to PG-101, "Work Flow".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1)


Revision: 2010 November

BR-85

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A66 PRESSURE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
With CONSULT
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
3. Repeat step 1 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
4. Turn the power switch OFF.
5. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
6. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
7. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
8. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
9. Release brake pedal.
10. Repeat steps 8 to 9 for 3 times.
11. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A66 detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

3.CHECK CONNECTOR TERMINALS


1.

Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
CAUTION:
Never depress brake pedal.
2. Disconnect 12V battery cable from negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
3. Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector, then check for failures of pin
terminals and connections.
4. Check that there is no malfunction in pin terminals and connection of master cylinder fluid pressure sensor
1 harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 4.

4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2)


With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect master cylinder fluid pressure sensor 1 harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
5. Repeat step 4 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
6. Turn the power switch OFF.
7. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
8. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
9. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
10. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
11. Release brake pedal.
12. Repeat steps 10 to 11 for 3 times.
13. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
1.
2.
3.
4.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-86

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A66 PRESSURE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is DTC C1A66 detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

5.CHECK POWER SWITCH ON POWER SUPPLY


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.


Connect master cylinder fluid pressure sensor 1 harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF.
Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
CAUTION:
Never depress brake pedal.
Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Voltage

Ground

Approximately 0 V

BR

10. Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
11. Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Voltage

Ground

10 16 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> GO TO 6.

6.CHECK POWER SWITCH ON POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit

6.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check 15A fuse (#62).
Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and IPDM E/R.

IPDM E/R

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E34

26

E15

62

Continuity
Existed

Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Perform diagnosis of power system with power switch ON. Refer to PG-59, "Wiring Diagram - ON
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 7.

7.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (3)


With CONSULT
Revision: 2010 November

BR-87

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A66 PRESSURE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
1. Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
2. Connect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
4. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
5. Repeat step 4 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
6. Turn the power switch OFF.
7. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
8. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
9. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
10. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
11. Release brake pedal.
12. Repeat steps 10 to 11 for 3 times.
13. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A66 detected?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

8.CHECK 12V BATTERY POWER SUPPLY


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector terminal.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

Voltage

1 31
E34

2 31

10 16 V

11 31

6.
7.

Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector terminal
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

Voltage

1 31
E34

2 31

10 16 V

11 31

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 11.
NO
>> GO TO 9.

9.CHECK 12V BATTERY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check 60A fusible link (#F).

Revision: 2010 November

BR-88

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A66 PRESSURE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
4. Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 1 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 60A fusible link (#F).
5. Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 2 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 60A fusible link (#F).
6. Check 10A fuse (#78).
7. Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 11 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 10A fuse (#68).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform diagnosis for 12V battery power supply. Refer to PG-15, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 10.
With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Turn the power switch OFF.
6. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
7. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
8. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
9. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
10. Release brake pedal.
11. Repeat steps 9 to 10 for 3 times.
12. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A66 detected?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.
3.

BR

Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and ground.

Connector

Terminal

E34

31

Continuity

Ground

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 13.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 12.

12.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (5)

With CONSULT
1. Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
2. Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
3. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
Revision: 2010 November

11.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT

Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit

10.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (4)

1.
2.
3.

BR-89

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A66 PRESSURE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Turn the power switch OFF.
6. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
7. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
8. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
9. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
10. Release brake pedal.
11. Repeat steps 9 to 10 for 3 times.
12. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A66 detected?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

13.CHECK DATA MONITOR (1)


With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Select BRAKE and DATA MONITOR according this order.
6. Check MOTOR POWER SUPPLY and CONTROL MODULE POWER. Refer to BR-23, "Reference
Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO
>> Replace the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit. Refer to BR-221, "Removal and installation".
1.
2.
3.

14.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (6)


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
2. Repeat step 1 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
3. Turn the power switch OFF.
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
5. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
6. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
7. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
8. Release brake pedal.
9. Repeat steps 7 to 8 for 3 times.
10. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A66 detected?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-90

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A66 PRESSURE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

15.CHECK MASTER CYLINDER FLUID PRESSURE SENSOR 1 INSTALLATION

1. Turn the power switch OFF.


2. Check master cylinder fluid pressure sensor 1 for looseness and disconnection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 16.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 16.

16.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (7)

With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
2. Repeat step 1 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
3. Turn the power switch OFF.
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
5. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
6. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
7. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
8. Release brake pedal.
9. Repeat steps 7 to 8 for 3 times.
10. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A66 detected?
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.

BR

17.CHECK MASTER CYLINDER FLUID PRESSURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect master cylinder fluid pressure sensor 1 harness connector.
Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Check continuity between master cylinder fluid pressure sensor 1 harness connector and electricallydriven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Master cylinder fluid pressure sensor 1
Connector

E31

Terminal

Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit


Connector

Terminal

21

Existed

Not existed

38

Not existed

21

Not existed

Existed

38

Not existed

21

Not existed

Not existed

38

Existed

E34

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 18.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 20.
Revision: 2010 November

BR-91

Continuity

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A66 PRESSURE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

18.CHECK MASTER CYLINDER FLUID PRESSURE SENSOR 1 POWER CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
Check the master cylinder fluid pressure sensor 1 power voltage.
Master cylinder fluid pressure sensor 1
Connector

Terminal

E31

Voltage

Ground

4.75 5.25V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 19.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 19.

19.CHECK DATA MONITOR (2)


With CONSULT
Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Connect master cylinder fluid pressure sensor 1 harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
5. Repeat step 4 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
6. Select BRAKE and DATA MONITOR according this order.
7. Check MASTER CYL PRESSURE. Refer to BR-23, "Reference Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 20.
NO
>> Replace the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit. Refer to BR-221, "Removal and installation".
1.
2.
3.
4.

20.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (8)


With CONSULT
Connect master cylinder fluid pressure sensor 1 harness connector.
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
3. Repeat step 2 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
4. Turn the power switch OFF.
5. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
6. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
7. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
8. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
9. Release brake pedal.
10. Repeat steps 8 to 9 for 3 times.
11. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A66 detected?
1.
2.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-92

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A66 PRESSURE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> GO TO 21.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

21.CHECK MASTER CYLINDER PRESSURE SENSOR1


1.
2.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Connect following terminals between master cylinder pressure sensor1 and harness connector (test harness).
Master cylinder pressure
sensor1

Harness connector
Connector

Terminal

E31

4.

3.

E
Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
Check that the voltage between master cylinder pressure sensor1 harness connector changes with the BR
depth of pedal depression.
CAUTION:
Never short out the terminals while measuring voltages.
G
Master cylinder pressure sensor1
Connector

Terminal

E31

12

Voltage

H
0.5 4.5 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit. Refer to BR-221, "Removal and installation".
NO
>> Replace the master cylinder pressure sensor1. Refer to BR-221, "Removal and installation".

Revision: 2010 November

BR-93

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A67 STOP LAMP SWITCH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

C1A67 STOP LAMP SWITCH


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006960671

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

C1A67

Display item

STOP LAMP SWITCH

Malfunction detection condition


Stop lamp switch signal is not input when brake pedal
operates.

Possible causes
Harness or connector
Stop lamp switch
Electrically-driven intelligent
brake unit

DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If another DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE was performed just before, turn the power switch OFF and
wait for at least and wait for 10 seconds or more, then perform the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
2. Repeat step 1 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
3. Turn the power switch OFF.
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
5. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
6. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
7. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
8. Release brake pedal.
9. Repeat steps 7 to 8 for 3 times.
10. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A67 detected?
YES >> Proceed to BR-94, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006960672

1.CHECK STOP LAMP FOR ILLUMINATION (1)


Depress the brake pedal to a depth of 100 mm or more and maintain the brake depression for 5 seconds or
more to check that the stop lamp turns ON.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 4.

2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT (1)


1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-94

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A67 STOP LAMP SWITCH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
5. Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
6. Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit

7.
8.

Connector

Terminal

E34

13

Ground

Test condition

Voltage

Brake pedal is depressed.


Brake pedal is not depressed.

10 16 V
Approximately 0 V

Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.

Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit


Connector

Terminal

E34

13

Ground

Test condition

Voltage

Brake pedal is depressed.


Brake pedal is not depressed.

10 16 V

BR

Approximately 0 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> GO TO 4.

3.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT (2)


1.
2.
3.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and stop lamp switch harness connector.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit

Stop lamp switch

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E34

13

E102

Continuity

J
Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Perform diagnosis for 12V battery power supply. Refer to PG-15, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 4.

4.CHECK 12V BATTERY

1. Turn the power switch OFF.


2. Check the 12V battery terminal connections. Refer to PG-101, "Work Flow".
3. Check the 12V battery. Refer to PG-101, "Work Flow".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 5.

5.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1)


O

With CONSULT
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
3. Repeat step 2 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
4. Turn the power switch OFF.
5. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
6. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:

1.
2.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-95

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A67 STOP LAMP SWITCH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Never engage READY state.
7. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
8. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
9. Release brake pedal.
10. Repeat steps 8 to 9 for 3 times.
11. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A67 detected?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

6.CHECK CONNECTOR TERMINALS


1.

Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
CAUTION:
Never depress brake pedal.
2. Disconnect 12V battery cable from negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
3. Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector, then check for failures of pin
terminals and connections.
4. Check that there is no malfunction in pin terminals and connection of stop lamp switch harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 7.

7.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2)


With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect stop lamp switch harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
5. Repeat step 4 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
6. Turn the power switch OFF.
7. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
8. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
9. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
10. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
11. Release brake pedal.
12. Repeat steps 10 to 11 for 3 times.
13. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A67 detected?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.
3.
4.

8.CHECK POWER SWITCH ON POWER SUPPLY


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.


Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF.
Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
CAUTION:
Never depress brake pedal.
Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-96

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A67 STOP LAMP SWITCH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
7. Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
8. Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Voltage

Ground

Approximately 0 V

9.

Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
10. Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.

D
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Voltage

Ground

10 16 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 11.
NO
>> GO TO 9.

BR

9.CHECK POWER SWITCH ON POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit

6.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check 15A fuse (#62).
Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and IPDM E/R.

IPDM E/R

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E34

26

E15

62

Continuity
Existed

Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Perform diagnosis of power system with power switch ON. Refer to PG-59, "Wiring Diagram - ON
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 10.

10.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (3)


N

With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect IPDM E/R harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
5. Repeat step 4 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
6. Turn the power switch OFF.
7. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
8. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
1.
2.
3.
4.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-97

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A67 STOP LAMP SWITCH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
9. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
10. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
11. Release brake pedal.
12. Repeat steps 10 to 11 for 3 times.
13. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A67 detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

11.CHECK 12V BATTERY POWER SUPPLY


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector terminal.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

Voltage

1 31
E34

2 31

10 16 V

11 31

6.
7.

Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector terminal
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

Voltage

1 31
E34

2 31

10 16 V

11 31

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 15.
NO
>> GO TO 12.

12.CHECK 12V BATTERY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check 60A fusible link (#F).
Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 1 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 60A fusible link (#F).
5. Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 2 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 60A fusible link (#F).
6. Check 10A fuse (#78).
7. Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 11 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 10A fuse (#78).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform diagnosis for 12V battery power supply. Refer to PG-15, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 13.

13.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (4)


With CONSULT
Revision: 2010 November

BR-98

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A67 STOP LAMP SWITCH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
1. Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
2. Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
3. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Turn the power switch OFF.
6. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
7. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
8. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
9. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
10. Release brake pedal.
11. Repeat steps 9 to 10 for 3 times.
12. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A67 detected?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

BR

14.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and ground.

I
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

31

Continuity

Ground

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 17.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 15.

15.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (5)


L

With CONSULT
1. Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
2. Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
3. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Turn the power switch OFF.
6. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
7. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
8. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
9. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
10. Release brake pedal.
11. Repeat steps 9 to 10 for 3 times.
12. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Revision: 2010 November

BR-99

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A67 STOP LAMP SWITCH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is DTC C1A67 detected?
YES >> GO TO 16.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

16.CHECK DATA MONITOR


With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Select BRAKE and DATA MONITOR according this order.
6. Check MOTOR POWER SUPPLY and CONTROL MODULE POWER. Refer to BR-23, "Reference
Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO
>> Replace the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit. Refer to BR-221, "Removal and installation".
1.
2.
3.

17.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (6)


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
2. Repeat step 1 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
3. Turn the power switch OFF.
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
5. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
6. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
7. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
8. Release brake pedal.
9. Repeat steps 7 to 8 for 3 times.
10. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A67 detected?
YES >> GO TO 18.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.

18.VISUALLY CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH


Check the stop lamp switch for damage.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts and GO TO 28.

19.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INSTALLATION


Check stop lamp switch for looseness and disconnection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 20.
NO
>> Correct stop lamp switch installation or replace stop lamp switch. GO TO 28.

20.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL HEIGHT


Check each brake pedal height. Refer to BR-202, "Inspection and Adjustment".
Revision: 2010 November

BR-100

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A67 STOP LAMP SWITCH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 21.
NO
>> Adjust each brake pedal height. Refer to BR-202, "Inspection and Adjustment". GO TO 28.

21.STROKE SENOR 0 POINT LEARNING

Perform stroke sensor 0 point learning. Refer to BR-37, "Work Procedure".


>> GO TO 22.

22.CHECK STOP LAMP FOR ILLUMINATION (2)


Depress the brake pedal to a depth of 100 mm or more and maintain the brake depression for 5 seconds or
more to check that the stop lamp turns ON.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 28.
NO
>> GO TO 23.

23.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CLEARANCE


1. Turn the power switch OFF.
2. Check stop lamp clearance. Refer to BR-202, "Inspection and Adjustment".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 24.
NO
>> Adjust stop lamp switch clearance. Refer to BR-202, "Inspection and Adjustment". GO TO 28.

BR

24.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT (3)


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.

J
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit

7.
8.

Connector

Terminal

E34

13

Ground

Test condition
Brake pedal is depressed.
Brake pedal is not depressed.

Voltage

10 16 V
Approximately 0 V

Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.

Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit


Connector
E34

Terminal
13

Test condition

Voltage

N
Ground

Brake pedal is depressed.


Brake pedal is not depressed.

10 16 V
Approximately 0 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 26.
NO
>> GO TO 25.

25.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT (4)

1.
2.
3.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and stop lamp switch harness connector.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-101

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A67 STOP LAMP SWITCH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit

Stop lamp switch

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E34

13

E102

Continuity
Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Perform diagnosis for 12V battery power supply. Refer to PG-15, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 26.

26.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH


Check the stop lamp switch.Refer to BR-102, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 27.
NO
>> Replace the stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-211, "Removal and Installation". GO TO 28.

27.CHECK STOP LAMP FOR ILLUMINATION (3)


Depress the brake pedal to a depth of 100 mm or more and maintain the brake depression for 5 seconds or
more to check that the stop lamp turns ON.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 28.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 28.

28.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (3)


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
2. Repeat step 1 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
3. Turn the power switch OFF.
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
5. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
6. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
7. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
8. Release brake pedal.
9. Repeat steps 7 to 8 for 3 times.
10. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A67 detected?
YES >> GO TO 24.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.

Component Inspection

INFOID:0000000006960673

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH


1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
Check continuity when stop lamp switch is operated.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-102

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A67 STOP LAMP SWITCH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Stop lamp switch
Terminal

12

A
Test condition

Continuity

When stop lamp switch is released


(when brake pedal is depressed)

Existed

When stop lamp switch is pressed


(when brake pedal is released)

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace the stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-211, "Removal and Installation".

BR

Revision: 2010 November

BR-103

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A69 MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

C1A69 MOTOR
DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006960674

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
C1A69

Display item
MOTOR

Malfunction detection condition


A malfunction has occurred in the motor inside the
electrically-driven intelligent brake unit.

Possible causes
Electrically-driven intelligent
brake unit

DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If another DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE was performed just before, turn the power switch OFF and
wait for at least and wait for 10 seconds or more, then perform the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
2. Repeat step 1 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
3. Turn the power switch OFF.
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
5. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
6. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
7. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
8. Release brake pedal.
9. Repeat steps 7 to 8 for 3 times.
10. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A69 detected?
YES >> Proceed to BR-104, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006960675

1.CHECK 12V BATTERY


1. Turn the power switch OFF.
2. Check the 12V battery terminal connections. Refer to PG-101, "Work Flow".
3. Check the 12V battery. Refer to PG-101, "Work Flow".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part and GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1)


1.
2.

With CONSULT
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-104

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A69 MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
3. Repeat step 2 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
4. Turn the power switch OFF.
5. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
6. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
7. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
8. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
9. Release brake pedal.
10. Repeat steps 8 to 9 for 3 times.
11. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Was DTC C1A69 detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

BR

3.CHECK CONNECTOR TERMINALS


1.

Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
CAUTION:
Never depress the brake pedal.
2. Disconnect 12V battery cable from negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
3. Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector, then check for failures of pin
terminals and connections.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part and GO TO 4.

4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2)


With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Turn the power switch OFF.
6. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
7. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
8. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
9. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
10. Release brake pedal.
11. Repeat steps 9 to 10 for 3 times.
12. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Was DTC C1A69 detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

1.
2.
3.

5.CHECK POWER SWITCH ON POWER SUPPLY


1.
2.
3.

Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.


Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-105

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A69 MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
CAUTION:
Never depress the brake pedal.
5. Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
6. Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
7. Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
8. Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Voltage

Ground

Approximately 0 V

9.

Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
10. Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Voltage

Ground

10 16 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> GO TO 6.

6.CHECK POWER SWITCH ON POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check 15A fuse (#62).
Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and IPDM E/R.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit

6.

IPDM E/R

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E34

26

E15

62

Continuity
Existed

Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Perform diagnosis of power system with power switch ON. Refer to PG-59, "Wiring Diagram - ON
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part and GO TO 7.

7.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (3)


With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect IPDM E/R harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
5. Repeat step 4 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
1.
2.
3.
4.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-106

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A69 MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
6. Turn the power switch OFF.
7. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
8. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
9. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
10. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
11. Release brake pedal.
12. Repeat steps 10 to 11 for 3 times.
13. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Was DTC C1A69 detected?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

8.CHECK 12V BATTERY POWER SUPPLY


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector terminal.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

BR

Voltage

1 31
E34

2 31

10 16 V

11 31

6.
7.

Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector terminal.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

K
Voltage

1 31
E34

2 31

L
10 16 V

11 31

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 11.
NO
>> GO TO 9.

9.CHECK 12V BATTERY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check 60A fusible link (#F).
Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 1 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 60A fusible link (#F).
5. Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 2 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 60A fusible link (#F).
6. Check 10A fuse (#78).
7. Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 11 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 10A fuse (#78).
Is the inspection result normal?

Revision: 2010 November

BR-107

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A69 MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> Perform diagnosis for 12V battery power supply. Refer to PG-15, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts and GO TO 10.

10.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (4)


With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Turn the power switch OFF.
6. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
7. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
8. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
9. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
10. Release brake pedal.
11. Repeat steps 9 to 10 for 3 times.
12. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Was DTC C1A69 detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.
3.

11.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

31

Continuity

Ground

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 13.
NO
>> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts and GO TO 12.

12.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (5)


With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Turn the power switch OFF.
6. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
7. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
8. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
1.
2.
3.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-108

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A69 MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
9. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
10. Release brake pedal.
11. Repeat steps 9 to 10 for 3 times.
12. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Was DTC C1A69 detected?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

13.CHECK DATA MONITOR (1)

With CONSULT
D
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
E
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
BR
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Select BRAKE, DATA MONITOR according this order.
6. Check MOTOR POWER SUPPLY and CONTROL MODULE POWER. Refer to BR-23, "Reference
Value".
G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO
>> Replace the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit. Refer to BR-221, "Removal and installation".
H
1.
2.
3.

14.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (6)


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
2. Repeat step 1 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
3. Turn the power switch OFF.
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
5. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
6. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
7. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
8. Release brake pedal.
9. Repeat steps 7 to 8 for 3 times.
10. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Was DTC C1A69 detected?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

1.

15.CHECK DATA MONITOR (2)


With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
3. Repeat step 1 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.

1.
2.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-109

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A69 MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
4. Select BRAKE, DATA MONITOR according this order.
5. Check MOTOR TEMPERATURE. Refer to BR-23, "Reference Value".
MOTOR TEMPERATURE is 125 C (257 F) or more?
YES >> GO TO 16.
NO
>> Replace the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit. Refer to BR-221, "Removal and installation".

16.CHECK MOTOR ROOM


Check for any locations of abnormal heating around the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit.
Are there any heated locations?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of the heated locations, and wait for the temperature to fall. GO TO 17.
NO
>> Replace the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit. Refer to BR-221, "Removal and installation".

17.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (7)


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
2. Repeat step 1 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
3. Turn the power switch OFF.
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
5. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
6. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
7. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
8. Release brake pedal.
9. Repeat steps 7 to 8 for 3 times.
10. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Was DTC C1A69 detected?
YES >> Replace the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit. Refer to BR-221, "Removal and installation".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-110

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A6A CONTROL MODULE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

C1A6A CONTROL MODULE

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006960676

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

C1A6A

Display item

Malfunction detection condition

CONTROL MODULE TEMPERATURE

Temperature of control module that is integrated


with electrically-driven intelligent brake unit is as
shown below.
- Control module temperature: 150 C (302 F)
Control module
A malfunction is detected in the temperature detection circuit of the control module that is integrated with the electrically-driven intelligent
brake unit.

Possible causes

C
Harness or connector
Electrically-driven intelligent
brake unit

DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING

BR

If another DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE was performed just before, turn the power switch OFF and
wait for at least and wait for 10 seconds or more, then perform the next test.

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION

With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
2. Repeat step 1 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
3. Turn the power switch OFF.
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
5. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
6. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
7. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
8. Release brake pedal.
9. Repeat steps 7 to 8 for 3 times.
10. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A6A detected?
YES >> Proceed to BR-111, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006960677

1.CHECK 12V BATTERY

1. Turn the power switch OFF.


2. Check the 12V battery terminal connections. Refer to PG-101, "Work Flow".
3. Check the 12V battery. Refer to PG-101, "Work Flow".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 2.
Revision: 2010 November

BR-111

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A6A CONTROL MODULE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1)


With CONSULT
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
3. Repeat step 2 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
4. Turn the power switch OFF.
5. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
6. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
7. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
8. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
9. Release brake pedal.
10. Repeat steps 8 to 9 for 3 times.
11. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A6A detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

3.CHECK CONNECTOR TERMINALS


1.

Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
CAUTION:
Never depress brake pedal.
2. Disconnect 12V battery cable from negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
3. Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector, then check for failures of pin
terminals and connections.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 4.

4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2)


With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Turn the power switch OFF.
6. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
7. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
8. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
9. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
10. Release brake pedal.
11. Repeat steps 9 to 10 for 3 times.
12. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A6A detected?
1.
2.
3.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-112

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A6A CONTROL MODULE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

5.CHECK POWER SWITCH ON POWER SUPPLY


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.


Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF.
Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
CAUTION:
Never depress brake pedal.
Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Voltage

Ground

Approximately 0 V

BR

9.

Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
10. Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Voltage

Ground

10 16 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> GO TO 6.

6.CHECK POWER SWITCH ON POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check 15A fuse (#62).
Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and IPDM E/R.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit

6.

IPDM E/R

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E34

26

E15

62

Continuity

M
Existed

Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
N
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Perform diagnosis of power system with power switch ON. Refer to PG-59, "Wiring Diagram - ON
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 7.

7.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (3)


1.
2.

With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect IPDM E/R harness connector.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-113

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A6A CONTROL MODULE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
3. Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
4. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
5. Repeat step 4 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
6. Turn the power switch OFF.
7. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
8. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
9. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
10. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
11. Release brake pedal.
12. Repeat steps 10 to 11 for 3 times.
13. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A6A detected?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

8.CHECK 12V BATTERY POWER SUPPLY


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector terminal.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

Voltage

1 31
E34

2 31

10 16 V

11 31

6.
7.

Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector terminal.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

Voltage

1 31
E34

2 31

10 16 V

11 31

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 11.
NO
>> GO TO 9.

9.CHECK 12V BATTERY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check 60A fusible link (#F).
Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 1 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 60A fusible link (#F).

Revision: 2010 November

BR-114

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A6A CONTROL MODULE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
5. Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 2 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 60A fusible link (#F).
6. Check 10A fuse (#78).
7. Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 11 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 10A fuse (#78).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform diagnosis for 12V battery power supply. Refer to PG-15, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 10.

10.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1)


D

With CONSULT
1. Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
2. Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
3. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Turn the power switch OFF.
6. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
7. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
8. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
9. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
10. Release brake pedal.
11. Repeat steps 9 to 10 for 3 times.
12. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A6A detected?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

BR

11.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

31

Continuity

Ground

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 13.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 12.

12.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (5)


With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.

1.
2.
3.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-115

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A6A CONTROL MODULE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
5. Turn the power switch OFF.
6. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
7. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
8. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
9. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
10. Release brake pedal.
11. Repeat steps 9 to 10 for 3 times.
12. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A6A detected?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

13.CHECK DATA MONITOR (1)


With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Select BRAKE and DATA MONITOR according this order.
6. Check MOTOR POWER SUPPLY and CONTROL MODULE POWER. Refer to BR-23, "Reference
Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO
>> Replace the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit. Refer to BR-221, "Removal and installation".
1.
2.
3.

14.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (6)


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
2. Repeat step 1 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
3. Turn the power switch OFF.
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
5. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
6. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
7. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
8. Release brake pedal.
9. Repeat steps 7 to 8 for 3 times.
10. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A6A detected?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.

15.CHECK DATA MONITOR (2)


With CONSULT
Revision: 2010 November

BR-116

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A6A CONTROL MODULE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
1. Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
2. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
3. Repeat step 1 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
4. Select BRAKE and DATA MONITOR according this order.
5. Check CONTROL MODULE TEMP. Refer to BR-23, "Reference Value".
CONTROL MODULE TEMP is 150 C (302 F) or more?
YES >> GO TO 16.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

16.CHECK MOTOR ROOM


Check for any locations of abnormal heating around the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit.
Are there any heated locations?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of the heated locations, and wait for the temperature to fall. GO TO 17.
NO
>> Replace the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit. Refer to BR-221, "Removal and installation"

17.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (7)


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
2. Repeat step 1 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
3. Turn the power switch OFF.
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
5. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
6. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
7. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
8. Release brake pedal.
9. Repeat steps 7 to 8 for 3 times.
10. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A6A detected?
YES >> Replace the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit. Refer to BR-221, "Removal and installation".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.

BR

Revision: 2010 November

BR-117

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A6B BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

C1A6B BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006960678

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

C1A6B

Display item

POWER SUPPLY BACKUP


UNIT

Malfunction detection condition

A malfunction of the brake power supply backup unit


is detected.

Possible causes
Harness or connector
Fuse
Brake power supply backup
unit
12V battery is low

DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If another DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE was performed just before, turn the power switch OFF and
wait for at least and wait for 10 seconds or more, then perform the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
2. Repeat step 1 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
3. Turn the power switch OFF.
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
5. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
6. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
7. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
8. Release brake pedal.
9. Repeat steps 7 to 8 for 3 times.
10. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A6B detected?
YES >> Proceed to BR-118, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006960679

1.CHECK 12V BATTERY


1. Turn the power switch OFF.
2. Check the 12V battery terminal connections. Refer to PG-101, "Work Flow".
3. Check the 12V battery. Refer to PG-101, "Work Flow".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1)


1.

With CONSULT
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

BR-118

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A6B BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
2. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
3. Repeat step 2 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
4. Turn the power switch OFF.
5. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
6. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
7. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
8. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
9. Release brake pedal.
10. Repeat steps 8 to 9 for 3 times.
11. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A6B detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

BR

3.CHECK CONNECTOR TERMINALS

1.

Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
CAUTION:
Never depress brake pedal.
2. Disconnect 12V battery cable from negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
3. Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector, then check for failures of pin
terminals and connections.
4. Disconnect the brake power supply backup unit harness connector, then check for failures of pin terminals
and connections.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 4.

4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2)

With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect the brake power supply backup unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
5. Repeat step 4 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
6. Turn the power switch OFF.
7. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
8. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
9. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
10. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
11. Release brake pedal.
12. Repeat steps 10 to 11 for 3 times.
13. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A6B detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.

1.
2.
3.
4.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-119

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A6B BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
NO
>> INSPECTION END

5.CHECK POWER SWITCH ON POWER SUPPLY


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.


Connect the brake power supply backup unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF.
Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
CAUTION:
Never depress brake pedal.
Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Voltage

Ground

Approximately 0 V

10. Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
11. Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Voltage

Ground

10 16 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> GO TO 6.

6.CHECK POWER SWITCH ON POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check 15A fuse (#62).
Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and IPDM E/R.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit

6.

IPDM E/R

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E34

26

E15

62

Continuity
Existed

Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Perform diagnosis of power system with power switch ON. Refer to PG-59, "Wiring Diagram - ON
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 7.

7.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (3)


1.
2.

With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect IPDM E/R harness connector.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-120

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A6B BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
3. Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
4. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
5. Repeat step 4 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
6. Turn the power switch OFF.
7. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
8. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
9. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
10. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
11. Release brake pedal.
12. Repeat steps 10 to 11 for 3 times.
13. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A6B detected?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

BR

8.CHECK 12V BATTERY POWER SUPPLY


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector terminal.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

Voltage

1 31
E34

2 31

10 16 V

11 31

6.
7.

Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector terminal.

M
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

Voltage

1 31
E34

2 31

N
10 16 V

11 31

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 11.
NO
>> GO TO 9.

9.CHECK 12V BATTERY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check 60A fusible link (#F).
Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 1 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 60A fusible link (#F).

Revision: 2010 November

BR-121

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A6B BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
5. Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 2 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 60A fusible link (#F).
6. Check 10A fuse (#78).
7. Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 11 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 10A fuse (#78).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform diagnosis for 12V battery power supply. Refer to PG-15, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 10.

10.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (4)


With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Turn the power switch OFF.
6. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
7. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
8. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
9. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
10. Release brake pedal.
11. Repeat steps 9 to 10 for 3 times.
12. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A6B detected?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.
3.

11.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

31

Continuity

Ground

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 13.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 12.

12.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (5)


With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
1.
2.
3.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-122

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A6B BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
5. Turn the power switch OFF.
6. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
7. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
8. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
9. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
10. Release brake pedal.
11. Repeat steps 9 to 10 for 3 times.
12. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A6B detected?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

13.CHECK DATA MONITOR (1)

With CONSULT
BR
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
G
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
H
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Select BRAKE, DATE MONITOR according this order.
6. Check MOTOR POWER SUPPLY and CONTROL MODULE POWER. Refer to BR-23, "Reference
Value".
I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
J
NO
>> Replace the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit. Refer to BR-221, "Removal and installation".
1.
2.
3.

14.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2)


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
2. Repeat step 1 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
3. Turn the power switch OFF.
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
5. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
6. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
7. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
8. Release brake pedal.
9. Repeat steps 7 to 8 for 3 times.
10. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A6B detected?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

1.

15.CHECK BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT CIRCUIT


1.

Turn the power switch OFF.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-123

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A6B BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
2. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
3. Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
4. Disconnect the brake power supply backup unit harness connector.
5. Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and brake power supply backup unit.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

Continuity

32

Existed

32

Not existed

32

Not existed

Not existed

Existed

Not existed

10

Not existed

10

Not existed

10

Existed

E34

6.

Brake power supply backup unit

B15

Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and ground.


Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

32
E34

8
10

Continuity
Not existed

Ground

31

Not existed
Not existed
Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 16.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 16.

16.CHECK DATA MONITOR (2)


With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect the brake power supply backup unit harness connector.
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Select BRAKE and DATA MONITOR according this order.
6. Check BACKUP UNIT DIAG RESULT. Refer to BR-23, "Reference Value".
What was the displayed data monitor result?
NORMAL>>INSPECTION END
ERR1 >> GO TO 17.
ERR2 >> GO TO 18.
ERR3 >> Replace the brake power supply backup unit. Refer to BR-223, "Removal and Installation".
ERR4 >> Replace the brake power supply backup unit. Refer to BR-223, "Removal and Installation".
ERR5 >> Replace the brake power supply backup unit. Refer to BR-223, "Removal and Installation".
ERR6 >> Replace the brake power supply backup unit. Refer to BR-223, "Removal and Installation".
ERR7 >> GO TO 19.
ERR8 >> GO TO 17.
ERR9 >> Replace the brake power supply backup unit. Refer to BR-223, "Removal and Installation".
ERR10>>Replace the brake power supply backup unit. Refer to BR-223, "Removal and Installation".
ERR11>>Replace the brake power supply backup unit. Refer to BR-223, "Removal and Installation".
1.
2.
3.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-124

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A6B BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
ERR12>>GO TO 17.
ERR13>>Replace the brake power supply backup unit. Refer to BR-223, "Removal and Installation".
ERR14>>Replace the brake power supply backup unit. Refer to BR-223, "Removal and Installation".
ERR15>>GO TO 20.

17.CHECK

CIRCUIT BETWEEN ELECTRICALLY-DRIVEN INTELLIGENT BRAKE UNIT AND BRAKE


POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT (1)
1. Turn the power switch OFF.
2. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
3. Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
4. Disconnect the brake power supply backup unit harness connector.
5. Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

BR

18.CHECK

CIRCUIT BETWEEN ELECTRICALLY-DRIVEN INTELLIGENT BRAKE UNIT AND BRAKE


POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT (2)
1. Turn the power switch OFF.
2. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
3. Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
4. Disconnect the brake power supply backup unit harness connector.
5. Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and brake power supply backup unit.

6.

Brake power supply backup unit

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E34

10

B15

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace the brake power supply backup unit. Refer to BR-223, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.

Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit

Continuity

J
Existed

Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and ground.


K
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

10

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace the brake power supply backup unit. Refer to BR-223, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.

19.CHECK

CIRCUIT BETWEEN ELECTRICALLY-DRIVEN INTELLIGENT BRAKE UNIT AND BRAKE


POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT (3)
1. Turn the power switch OFF.
2. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
3. Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
4. Disconnect the brake power supply backup unit harness connector.
5. Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and brake power supply backup unit.

P
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit

6.

Brake power supply backup unit

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E34

32

B15

Continuity
Existed

Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and ground.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-125

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A6B BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

32

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace the brake power supply backup unit. Refer to BR-223, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.

20.CHECK BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT POWER


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Close all doors including the trunk, and wait for 5 minutes or more.
Disconnect the brake power supply backup unit harness connector.
Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
Check voltage between brake power supply backup unit and ground.
Brake power supply backup unit
Connector

Terminal

B15

Voltage

Ground

Approx. 9 16 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace the brake power supply backup unit. Refer to BR-223, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> GO TO 21.

21.CHECK BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT POWER CIRCUIT


1.
2.

Check 15A fuse (#82).


Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 3 of brake power supply
backup unit and 15A fuse (#82).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform diagnosis for 12V battery power supply. Refer to PG-15, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-126

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A6C BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

C1A6C BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT


DTC Logic

A
INFOID:0000000006960680

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

C1A6C

Display item

POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT


VOLT

B
Malfunction detection condition

Possible causes

Power voltage of brake power supply backup


unit is as shown below.
Power voltage of brake power supply backup
unit: 9 V Power voltage of brake power supply backup unit
Power voltage of brake power supply backup
unit: 16 V Power voltage of brake power
supply backup unit

Harness or connector
Fuse
Brake power supply backup
unit
12V battery is low
DC/DC-J/B is overvoltage

DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING

BR

If another DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE was performed just before, turn the power switch OFF and
wait for at least and wait for 10 seconds or more, then perform the next test.
G

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION

With CONSULT
1. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
2. Repeat step 1 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
3. Turn the power switch OFF.
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
5. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
6. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
7. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
8. Release brake pedal.
9. Repeat steps 7 to 8 for 3 times.
10. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A6C detected?
YES >> Proceed to BR-127, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006960681

1.CHECK 12V BATTERY


P

1. Turn the power switch OFF.


2. Check the 12V battery terminal connections. Refer to PG-101, "Work Flow".
3. Check the 12V battery. Refer to PG-101, "Work Flow".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1)


Revision: 2010 November

BR-127

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A6C BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
With CONSULT
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
3. Repeat step 2 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
4. Turn the power switch OFF.
5. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
6. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
7. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
8. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
9. Release brake pedal.
10. Repeat steps 8 to 9 for 3 times.
11. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A6C detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

3.CHECK CONNECTOR TERMINALS


1.

Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
CAUTION:
Never depress brake pedal.
2. Disconnect 12V battery cable from negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
3. Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector, then check for failures of pin
terminals and connections.
4. Disconnect the brake power supply backup unit harness connector, then check for failures of pin terminals
and connections.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 4.

4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2)


With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect the brake power supply backup unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
5. Repeat step 4 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
6. Turn the power switch OFF.
7. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
8. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
9. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
10. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
11. Release brake pedal.
12. Repeat steps 10 to 11 for 3 times.
13. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
1.
2.
3.
4.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-128

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A6C BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is DTC C1A6C detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

5.CHECK POWER SWITCH ON POWER SUPPLY


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.


Connect the brake power supply backup unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF.
Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
CAUTION:
Never depress brake pedal.
Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Voltage

Ground

Approximately 0 V

BR

10. Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
11. Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Voltage

Ground

10 16 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> GO TO 6.

6.CHECK POWER SWITCH ON POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit

6.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check 15A fuse (#62).
Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and IPDM E/R.

IPDM E/R

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E34

26

E15

62

Continuity
Existed

Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Perform diagnosis of power system with power switch ON. Refer to PG-59, "Wiring Diagram - ON
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 7.

7.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (3)


With CONSULT
Revision: 2010 November

BR-129

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A6C BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
1. Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
2. Connect the IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
4. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
5. Repeat step 4 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
6. Turn the power switch OFF.
7. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
8. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
9. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
10. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
11. Release brake pedal.
12. Repeat steps 10 to 11 for 3 times.
13. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A6C detected?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

8.CHECK 12V BATTERY POWER SUPPLY


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector terminal.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

Voltage

1 31
E34

2 31

10 16 V

11 31

6.
7.

Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector terminal.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

Voltage

1 31
E34

2 31

10 16 V

11 31

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 11.
NO
>> GO TO 9.

9.CHECK 12V BATTERY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check 60A fusible link (#F).

Revision: 2010 November

BR-130

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A6C BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
4. Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 1 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 60A fusible link (#F).
5. Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 2 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 60A fusible link (#F).
6. Check 10A fuse (#78).
7. Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 11 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 10A fuse (#78).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform diagnosis for 12V battery power supply. Refer to PG-15, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 10.
With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Turn the power switch OFF.
6. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
7. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
8. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
9. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
10. Release brake pedal.
11. Repeat steps 9 to 10 for 3 times.
12. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A6C detected?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.
3.

BR

Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and ground.

Connector

Terminal

E34

31

Continuity

Ground

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 13.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 12.

12.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (5)

With CONSULT
1. Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
2. Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
3. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
Revision: 2010 November

11.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT

Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit

10.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (4)

1.
2.
3.

BR-131

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A6C BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Turn the power switch OFF.
6. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
7. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
8. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
9. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
10. Release brake pedal.
11. Repeat steps 9 to 10 for 3 times.
12. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A6C detected?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

13.CHECK DATA MONITOR


With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Select BRAKE, DATE MONITOR according this order.
6. Check MOTOR POWER SUPPLY and CONTROL MODULE POWER. Refer to BR-23, "Reference
Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO
>> Replace the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit. Refer to BR-221, "Removal and installation".
1.
2.
3.

14.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (6)


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
2. Repeat step 1 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
3. Turn the power switch OFF.
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
5. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
6. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
7. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
8. Release brake pedal.
9. Repeat steps 7 to 8 for 3 times.
10. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A6C detected?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-132

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A6C BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

15.CHECK BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT POWER


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Close all doors including the trunk, and wait for 5 minutes or more.
Disconnect the brake power supply backup unit harness connector.
Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
Check voltage between brake power supply backup unit and ground.
Brake power supply backup unit
Connector

Terminal

B15

Voltage

Ground

Approx. 9 16 V

Is the inspection result normal?


E
YES >> Replace the brake power supply backup unit. Refer to BR-223, "Removal and Installation".
NO (9 V or less) >>Perform diagnosis for 12V battery power supply. Refer to PG-15, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
BR
NO (16 V or more) >>Perform diagnosis of the DC/DC-J/B. Refer to EVC-51, "CONSULT Function".
G

Revision: 2010 November

BR-133

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A6D BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

C1A6D BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006960682

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

C1A6D

Display item

POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT


OUTPUT

Malfunction detection condition


Output current of brake power supply backup
unit backup line is as shown below.
Output current of brake power supply backup
unit: 60A Output current of brake power supply backup unit
Input current of brake power supply backup
unit: 30A Output current of brake power supply backup unit

Possible causes

Harness or connector
Brake power supply backup
unit

DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If another DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE was performed just before, turn the power switch OFF and
wait for at least and wait for 10 seconds or more, then perform the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
2. Repeat step 1 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
3. Turn the power switch OFF.
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
5. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
6. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
7. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
8. Release brake pedal.
9. Repeat steps 7 to 8 for 3 times.
10. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A6D detected?
YES >> Proceed to BR-134, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006960683

1.CHECK 12V BATTERY


1. Turn the power switch OFF.
2. Check the 12V battery terminal connections. Refer to PG-101, "Work Flow".
3. Check the 12V battery. Refer to PG-101, "Work Flow".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1)


Revision: 2010 November

BR-134

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A6D BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
With CONSULT
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
3. Repeat step 2 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
4. Turn the power switch OFF.
5. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
6. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
7. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
8. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
9. Release brake pedal.
10. Repeat steps 8 to 9 for 3 times.
11. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A6D detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

1.
2.

BR

3.CHECK CONNECTOR TERMINALS


1.

Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
CAUTION:
Never depress brake pedal.
2. Disconnect 12V battery cable from negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
3. Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector, then check for failures of pin
terminals and connections.
4. Disconnect the brake power supply backup unit harness connector, then check for failures of pin terminals
and connections.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 4.

4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2)


L

With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect the brake power supply backup unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
5. Repeat step 4 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
6. Turn the power switch OFF.
7. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
8. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
9. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
10. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
11. Release brake pedal.
12. Repeat steps 10 to 11 for 3 times.
13. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.

1.
2.
3.
4.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-135

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A6D BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is DTC C1A6D detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

5.CHECK POWER SWITCH ON POWER SUPPLY


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.


Connect the brake power supply backup unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF.
Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
CAUTION:
Never depress brake pedal.
Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Voltage

Ground

Approximately 0 V

10. Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
11. Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Voltage

Ground

10 16 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> GO TO 6.

6.CHECK POWER SWITCH ON POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check 15A fuse (#62).
Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and IPDM E/R.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit

6.

IPDM E/R

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E34

26

E15

62

Continuity
Existed

Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Perform diagnosis of power system with power switch ON. Refer to PG-59, "Wiring Diagram - ON
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 7.

7.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (3)


With CONSULT
Revision: 2010 November

BR-136

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A6D BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
1. Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
2. Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
3. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Turn the power switch OFF.
6. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
7. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
8. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
9. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
10. Release brake pedal.
11. Repeat steps 9 to 10 for 3 times.
12. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A6D detected?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

BR

8.CHECK 12V BATTERY POWER SUPPLY


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector terminal.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

Voltage

1 31
E34

2 31

10 16 V

11 31

6.
7.

Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector terminal.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

Voltage

1 31
E34

2 31

10 16 V

11 31

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 11.
NO
>> GO TO 9.

9.CHECK 12V BATTERY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check 60A fusible link (#F).
Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 1 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 60A fusible link (#F).

Revision: 2010 November

BR-137

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A6D BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
5. Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 2 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 60A fusible link (#F).
6. Check 10A fuse (#78).
7. Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 11 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 10A fuse (#78).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform diagnosis for 12V battery power supply. Refer to PG-15, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 10.

10.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (4)


With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Turn the power switch OFF.
6. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
7. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
8. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
9. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
10. Release brake pedal.
11. Repeat steps 9 to 10 for 3 times.
12. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A6D detected?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.
3.

11.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

31

Continuity

Ground

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 13.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 12.

12.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (5)


With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
1.
2.
3.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-138

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A6D BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
5. Turn the power switch OFF.
6. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
7. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
8. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
9. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
10. Release brake pedal.
11. Repeat steps 9 to 10 for 3 times.
12. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A6D detected?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

13.CHECK DATA MONITOR

With CONSULT
BR
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
G
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
H
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Select BRAKE, DATE MONITOR according this order.
6. Check MOTOR POWER SUPPLY and CONTROL MODULE POWER. Refer to BR-23, "Reference
Value".
I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
J
NO
>> Replace the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit. Refer to BR-221, "Removal and installation".
1.
2.
3.

14.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2)


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
2. Repeat step 1 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
3. Turn the power switch OFF.
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
5. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
6. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
7. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
8. Release brake pedal.
9. Repeat steps 7 to 8 for 3 times.
10. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A6D detected?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

1.

15.CHECK

CIRCUIT BETWEEN ELECTRICALLY-DRIVEN INTELLIGENT BRAKE UNIT AND BRAKE


POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT
Revision: 2010 November

BR-139

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A6D BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
1. Turn the power switch OFF.
2. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
3. Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
4. Disconnect the brake power supply backup unit harness connector.
5. Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

32

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace the brake power supply backup unit. Refer to BR-223, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-140

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A6E EV SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

C1A6E EV SYSTEM

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006960684

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
C1A6E

Display item
EV/HEV SYSTEM

Malfunction detection condition


Malfunction is detected in the VCM system.

Possible causes

Harness or connector
VCM

DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If another DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE was performed just before, turn the power switch OFF and
wait for at least and wait for 10 seconds or more, then perform the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
BR

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
2. Repeat step 1 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
3. Turn the power switch OFF.
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
5. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
6. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
7. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
8. Release brake pedal.
9. Repeat steps 7 to 8 for 3 times.
10. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A6E detected?
YES >> Proceed to BR-141, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006960685

1.CHECK 12V BATTERY

1. Turn the power switch OFF.


2. Check the 12V battery terminal connections. Refer to PG-101, "Work Flow".
3. Check the 12V battery. Refer to PG-101, "Work Flow".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1)


1.
2.

With CONSULT
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-141

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A6E EV SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
3. Repeat step 2 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
4. Turn the power switch OFF.
5. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
6. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
7. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
8. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
9. Release brake pedal.
10. Repeat steps 8 to 9 for 3 times.
11. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A6E detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

3.CHECK CONNECTOR TERMINALS


1.

Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
CAUTION:
Never depress brake pedal.
2. Disconnect 12V battery cable from negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
3. Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector, then check for failures of pin
terminals and connections.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 4.

4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2)


With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Turn the power switch OFF.
6. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
7. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
8. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
9. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
10. Release brake pedal.
11. Repeat steps 9 to 10 for 3 times.
12. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A6E detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.
3.

5.CHECK POWER SWITCH ON POWER SUPPLY


1.
2.
3.

Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.


Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-142

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A6E EV SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
CAUTION:
Never depress brake pedal.
5. Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
6. Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
7. Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
8. Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Voltage

Ground

Approximately 0 V

9.

Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
10. Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Voltage

Ground

10 16 V

BR

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> GO TO 6.

6.CHECK POWER SWITCH ON POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check 15A fuse (#62).
Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and IPDM E/R.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit

6.

IPDM E/R

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E34

26

E15

62

Continuity

K
Existed

Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
L
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Perform diagnosis of power system with power switch ON. Refer to PG-59, "Wiring Diagram - ON
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 7.

7.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (3)

With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect IPDM E/R harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
5. Repeat step 4 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.

1.
2.
3.
4.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-143

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A6E EV SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
6. Turn the power switch OFF.
7. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
8. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
9. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
10. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
11. Release brake pedal.
12. Repeat steps 10 to 11 for 3 times.
13. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A6E detected?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

8.CHECK 12V BATTERY POWER SUPPLY


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector terminal.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

Voltage

1 31
E34

2 31

10 16 V

11 31

6.
7.

Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector terminal.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

Voltage

1 31
E34

2 31

10 16 V

11 31

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 11.
NO
>> GO TO 9.

9.CHECK 12V BATTERY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check 60A fusible link (#F).
Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 1 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 60A fusible link (#F).
5. Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 2 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 60A fusible link (#F).
6. Check 10A fuse (#78).
7. Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 11 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 10A fuse (#78).
Is the inspection result normal?

Revision: 2010 November

BR-144

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A6E EV SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> Perform diagnosis for 12V battery power supply. Refer to PG-15, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 10.

10.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (4)


B

With CONSULT
1. Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
2. Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
3. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Turn the power switch OFF.
6. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
7. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
8. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
9. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
10. Release brake pedal.
11. Repeat steps 9 to 10 for 3 times.
12. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A6E detected?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

BR

11.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

31

Continuity

Ground

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 13.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 12.

12.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (5)


With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Turn the power switch OFF.
6. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
7. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
8. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:

1.
2.
3.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-145

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A6E EV SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
9. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
10. Release brake pedal.
11. Repeat steps 9 to 10 for 3 times.
12. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A6E detected?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

13.CHECK DATA MONITOR


With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Select BRAKE and DATA MONITOR according this order.
6. Check MOTOR POWER SUPPLY and CONTROL MODULE POWER. Refer to BR-23, "Reference
Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO
>> Replace the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit. Refer to BR-221, "Removal and installation".
1.
2.
3.

14.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (6)


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
2. Repeat step 1 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
3. Turn the power switch OFF.
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
5. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
6. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
7. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
8. Release brake pedal.
9. Repeat steps 7 to 8 for 3 times.
10. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is any DTC C1A6E or U1000 detected?
YES (C1A6E)>>GO TO 15.
YES (U1000)>>Refer to BR-170, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.

15.PERFORM VCM SELF DIAGNOSIS


Perform self-diagnosis for EV/HEV. Refer to EVC-51, "CONSULT Function".
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to EVC-78, "DTC Index". GO TO 16.
NO
>> GO TO 16.

16.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (7)


With CONSULT
Revision: 2010 November

BR-146

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A6E EV SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
1. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
2. Repeat step 1 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
3. Turn the power switch OFF.
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
5. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
6. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
7. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
8. Release brake pedal.
9. Repeat steps 7 to 8 for 3 times.
10. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A6E detected?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

BR

Revision: 2010 November

BR-147

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A6F VCMSYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

C1A6F VCMSYSTEM
DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006960686

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
C1A6F

Display item
TCM/VCM SYSTEM

Malfunction detection condition


Malfunction is detected in the VCM system.

Possible causes
Harness or connector
TCM

DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If another DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE was performed just before, turn the power switch OFF and
wait for at least and wait for 10 seconds or more, then perform the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
2. Repeat step 1 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
3. Turn the power switch OFF.
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
5. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
6. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
7. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
8. Release brake pedal.
9. Repeat steps 7 to 8 for 3 times.
10. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A6F detected?
YES >> Proceed to BR-148, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006960687

1.CHECK 12V BATTERY


1. Turn the power switch OFF.
2. Check the 12V battery terminal connections. Refer to PG-101, "Work Flow".
3. Check the 12V battery. Refer to PG-101, "Work Flow".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1)


1.
2.

With CONSULT
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-148

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A6F VCMSYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
3. Repeat step 2 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
4. Turn the power switch OFF.
5. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
6. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
7. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
8. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
9. Release brake pedal.
10. Repeat steps 8 to 9 for 3 times.
11. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A6F detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

BR

3.CHECK CONNECTOR TERMINALS


1.

Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
CAUTION:
Never depress brake pedal.
2. Disconnect 12V battery cable from negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
3. Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector, then check for failures of pin
terminals and connections.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 4.

4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2)


With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Turn the power switch OFF.
6. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
7. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
8. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
9. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
10. Release brake pedal.
11. Repeat steps 9 to 10 for 3 times.
12. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A6F detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

1.
2.
3.

5.CHECK POWER SWITCH ON POWER SUPPLY


1.
2.
3.

Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.


Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-149

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A6F VCMSYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
CAUTION:
Never depress brake pedal.
5. Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
6. Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
7. Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
8. Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Voltage

Ground

Approximately 0 V

9.

Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
10. Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Voltage

Ground

10 16 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> GO TO 6.

6.CHECK POWER SWITCH ON POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check 15A fuse (#62).
Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and IPDM E/R.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit

6.

IPDM E/R

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E34

26

E15

62

Continuity
Existed

Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Perform diagnosis of power system with power switch ON. PG-59, "Wiring Diagram - ON POWER
SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts GO TO 7.

7.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (3)


With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect IPDM E/R harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
5. Repeat step 4 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
1.
2.
3.
4.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-150

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A6F VCMSYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
6. Turn the power switch OFF.
7. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
8. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
9. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
10. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
11. Release brake pedal.
12. Repeat steps 10 to 11 for 3 times.
13. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A6F detected?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

8.CHECK 12V BATTERY POWER SUPPLY


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector terminal.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

BR

Voltage

1 31
E34

2 31

10 16 V

11 31

6.
7.

Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector terminal.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

K
Voltage

1 31
E34

2 31

L
10 16 V

11 31

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 11.
NO
>> GO TO 9.

9.CHECK 12V BATTERY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check 60A fusible link (#F).
Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 1 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 60A fusible link (#F).
5. Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 2 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 60A fusible link (#F).
6. Check 10A fuse (#78).
7. Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 11 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 10A fuse (#78).
Is the inspection result normal?

Revision: 2010 November

BR-151

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A6F VCMSYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> Perform diagnosis for 12V battery power supply. Refer to PG-15, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 10.

10.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (4)


With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Turn the power switch OFF.
6. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
7. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
8. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
9. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
10. Release brake pedal.
11. Repeat steps 9 to 10 for 3 times.
12. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A6F detected?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.
3.

11.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

31

Continuity

Ground

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 13.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 12.

12.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (5)


With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Turn the power switch OFF.
6. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
7. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
8. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
1.
2.
3.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-152

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A6F VCMSYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
9. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
10. Release brake pedal.
11. Repeat steps 9 to 10 for 3 times.
12. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A6F detected?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

13.CHECK DATA MONITOR

With CONSULT
D
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
E
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 2 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
BR
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Select BRAKE and DATA MONITOR according this order.
6. Check MOTOR POWER SUPPLY and CONTROL MODULE POWER. Refer to BR-23, "Reference
Value".
G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO
>> Replace the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit. Refer to BR-221, "Removal and installation".
H
1.
2.
3.

14.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (6)


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
2. Repeat step 1 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
3. Turn the power switch OFF.
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
5. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
6. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
7. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
8. Release brake pedal.
9. Repeat steps 7 to 8 for 3 times.
10. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is any DTC C1A6F or U1000 detected?
YES (C1A6F)>>GO TO 15.
YES (U1000)>>Refer to BR-170, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

1.

15.PERFORM VCM SELF DIAGNOSIS

Perform self-diagnosis for EV/HEV. Refer to EVC-51, "CONSULT Function".


Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to EVC-78, "DTC Index". GO TO 16.
NO
>> GO TO 16.

16.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (7)


With CONSULT
Revision: 2010 November

BR-153

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A6F VCMSYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
1. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
2. Repeat step 1 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
3. Turn the power switch OFF.
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
5. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
6. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
7. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
8. Release brake pedal.
9. Repeat steps 7 to 8 for 3 times.
10. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A6F detected?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

BR-154

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A70 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

C1A70 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM


DTC Logic

A
INFOID:0000000006960688

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
C1A70

Display item
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

B
Malfunction detection condition

Possible causes

Malfunction is detected in ABS actuator control


unit system.

Harness or connector
ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)

DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If another DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE was performed just before, turn the power switch OFF and
wait for at least and wait for 10 seconds or more, then perform the next test.

BR

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
2. Repeat step 1 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
3. Turn the power switch OFF.
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
5. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
6. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
7. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
8. Release brake pedal.
9. Repeat steps 7 to 8 for 3 times.
10. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A70 detected?
YES >> Proceed to BR-155, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

1.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006960689

1.CHECK 12V BATTERY


1. Turn the power switch OFF.
2. Check the 12V battery terminal connections. Refer to PG-101, "Work Flow".
3. Check the 12V battery. Refer to PG-101, "Work Flow".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1)


1.
2.

With CONSULT
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:

Revision: 2010 November

BR-155

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A70 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Never engage READY state.
3. Repeat step 2 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
4. Turn the power switch OFF.
5. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
6. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
7. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
8. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
9. Release brake pedal.
10. Repeat steps 8 to 9 for 3 times.
11. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A70 detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

3.CHECK CONNECTOR TERMINALS


1.

Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
CAUTION:
Never depress brake pedal.
2. Disconnect 12V battery cable from negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
3. Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector, then check for failures of pin
terminals and connections.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 4.

4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2)


With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Turn the power switch OFF.
6. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
7. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
8. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
9. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
10. Release brake pedal.
11. Repeat steps 9 to 10 for 3 times.
12. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A70 detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.
3.

5.CHECK POWER SWITCH ON POWER SUPPLY


1.
2.

Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.


Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

BR-156

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A70 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
3. Turn the power switch OFF.
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
CAUTION:
Never depress brake pedal.
5. Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
6. Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
7. Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
8. Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.

C
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Voltage

Ground

Approximately 0 V

9.

Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
10. Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.

BR
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Voltage

Ground

10 16 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> GO TO 6.

6.CHECK POWER SWITCH ON POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check 15A fuse (#62).
Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and IPDM E/R.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit

6.

IPDM E/R

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E34

26

E15

62

Continuity
Existed

Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Perform diagnosis of power system with power switch ON. Refer to PG-59, "Wiring Diagram - ON
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 7.

7.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (3)


With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect IPDM E/R harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
5. Repeat step 4 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:

BR-157

1.
2.
3.
4.

Revision: 2010 November

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A70 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
6. Turn the power switch OFF.
7. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
8. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
9. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
10. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
11. Release brake pedal.
12. Repeat steps 10 to 11 for 3 times.
13. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A70 detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

8.CHECK 12V BATTERY POWER SUPPLY


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector terminal.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

Voltage

1 31
E34

2 31

10 16 V

11 31

6.
7.

Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector terminal.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

Voltage

1 31
E34

2 31

10 16 V

11 31

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 11.
NO
>> GO TO 9.

9.CHECK 12V BATTERY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check 60A fusible link (#F).
Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 1 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 60A fusible link (#F).
5. Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 2 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 60A fusible link (#F).
6. Check 10A fuse (#78).
7. Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 11 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 10A fuse (#78).
Is the inspection result normal?

Revision: 2010 November

BR-158

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A70 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> Perform diagnosis for 12V battery power supply. Refer to PG-15, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 10.

10.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (4)


B

With CONSULT
1. Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
2. Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
3. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Turn the power switch OFF.
6. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
7. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
8. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
9. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
10. Release brake pedal.
11. Repeat steps 9 to 10 for 3 times.
12. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A70 detected?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

BR

11.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

31

Continuity

Ground

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 13.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 12.

12.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (5)


With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Turn the power switch OFF.
6. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
7. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
8. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:

1.
2.
3.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-159

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A70 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
9. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
10. Release brake pedal.
11. Repeat steps 9 to 10 for 3 times.
12. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A70 detected?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

13.CHECK DATA MONITOR


With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Select BRAKE and DATA MONITOR according this order.
6. Check MOTOR POWER SUPPLY and CONTROL MODULE POWER. Refer to BR-23, "Reference
Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO
>> Replace the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit. Refer to BR-221, "Removal and installation".
1.
2.
3.

14.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (6)


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
2. Repeat step 1 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
3. Turn the power switch OFF.
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
5. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
6. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
7. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
8. Release brake pedal.
9. Repeat steps 7 to 8 for 3 times.
10. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is any DTC C1A70 or U1000 detected?
YES (C1A70)>>GO TO 15.
YES (U1000)>>Refer to BR-170, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.

15.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF ABS ACTUATOR AND CONTROL UNIT


Perform self-diagnosis for ABS. Refer to BRC-38, "CONSULT Function".
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BRC-48, "DTC Index". GO TO 16.
NO
>> GO TO 16.

16.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (3)


With CONSULT
Revision: 2010 November

BR-160

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A70 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
1. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
2. Repeat step 1 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
3. Turn the power switch OFF.
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
5. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
6. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
7. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
8. Release brake pedal.
9. Repeat steps 7 to 8 for 3 times.
10. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A70 detected?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

BR

Revision: 2010 November

BR-161

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A74 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

C1A74 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006960690

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

C1A74

Display item

ST ANG SEN CIRCUIT

Malfunction detection condition


Malfunction is detected in the steering angle
sensor system.

Possible causes
Harness or connector
ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)
Steering angle sensor

DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If another DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE was performed just before, turn the power switch OFF and
wait for at least and wait for 10 seconds or more, then perform the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
2. Repeat step 1 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
3. Turn the power switch OFF.
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
5. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
6. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
7. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
8. Release brake pedal.
9. Repeat steps 7 to 8 for 3 times.
10. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A74 detected?
YES >> Proceed to BR-162, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006960691

1.CHECK 12V BATTERY


1. Turn the power switch OFF.
2. Check the 12V battery terminal connections. Refer to PG-101, "Work Flow".
3. Check the 12V battery. Refer to PG-101, "Work Flow".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1)


1.
2.

With CONSULT
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-162

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A74 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
3. Repeat step 2 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
4. Turn the power switch OFF.
5. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
6. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
7. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
8. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
9. Release brake pedal.
10. Repeat steps 8 to 9 for 3 times.
11. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A74 detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

BR

3.CHECK CONNECTOR TERMINALS


1.

Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
CAUTION:
Never depress brake pedal.
2. Disconnect 12V battery cable from negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
3. Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector, then check for failures of pin
terminals and connections.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 4.

4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2)


With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Turn the power switch OFF.
6. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
7. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
8. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
9. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
10. Release brake pedal.
11. Repeat steps 9 to 10 for 3 times.
12. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A74 detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

5.CHECK POWER SWITCH ON POWER SUPPLY


Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.

Revision: 2010 November

1.
2.
3.

1.

BR-163

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A74 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
2. Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
3. Turn the power switch OFF.
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
CAUTION:
Never depress brake pedal.
5. Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
6. Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
7. Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
8. Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Voltage

Ground

Approximately 0 V

9.

Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
10. Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Voltage

Ground

10 16 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> GO TO 6.

6.CHECK POWER SWITCH ON POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check 15A fuse (#62).
Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and IPDM E/R.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit

6.

IPDM E/R

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E34

26

E15

62

Continuity
Existed

Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Perform diagnosis of power system with power switch ON. PG-59, "Wiring Diagram - ON POWER
SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 7.

7.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (3)


With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect IPDM E/R harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
5. Repeat step 4 for 2 times or more.
1.
2.
3.
4.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-164

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A74 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
6. Turn the power switch OFF.
7. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
8. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
9. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
10. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
11. Release brake pedal.
12. Repeat steps 10 to 11 for 3 times.
13. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A74 detected?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

8.CHECK 12V BATTERY POWER SUPPLY


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

BR

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector terminal.

H
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

Voltage

1 31
E34

2 31

I
10 16 V

11 31

6.
7.

Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector terminal.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

Voltage

10 16 V

1 31
E34

2 31
11 31

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 11.
NO
>> GO TO 9.

9.CHECK 12V BATTERY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check 60A fusible link (#F).
Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 1 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 60A fusible link (#F).
5. Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 2 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 60A fusible link (#F).
6. Check 10A fuse (#78).
7. Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 11 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 10A fuse (#78).
Is the inspection result normal?
Revision: 2010 November

BR-165

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A74 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> Perform diagnosis for 12V battery power supply. Refer to PG-15, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 10.

10.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (4)


With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Turn the power switch OFF.
6. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
7. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
8. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
9. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
10. Release brake pedal.
11. Repeat steps 9 to 10 for 3 times.
12. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A74 detected?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.
3.

11.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

31

Continuity

Ground

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 13.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 12.

12.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (5)


With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Turn the power switch OFF.
6. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
7. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
8. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
1.
2.
3.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-166

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A74 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
9. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
10. Release brake pedal.
11. Repeat steps 9 to 10 for 3 times.
12. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A74 detected?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

13.CHECK DATA MONITOR

With CONSULT
D
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
E
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
BR
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Select BRAKE and DATA MONITOR according this order.
6. Check MOTOR POWER SUPPLY and CONTROL MODULE POWER. Refer to BR-23, "Reference
Value".
G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO
>> Replace the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit. Refer to BR-221, "Removal and installation".
H
1.
2.
3.

14.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (6)


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
2. Repeat step 1 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
3. Turn the power switch OFF.
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
5. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
6. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
7. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
8. Release brake pedal.
9. Repeat steps 7 to 8 for 3 times.
10. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is any DTC C1A74 or U1000 detected?
YES (C1A74)>>GO TO 15.
YES (U1000)>>Refer to BR-170, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

1.

15.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF ABS ACTUATOR AND CONTROL UNIT

Perform self-diagnosis for ABS. Refer to BRC-38, "CONSULT Function".


Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BRC-48, "DTC Index". GO TO 16.
NO
>> GO TO 16.

16.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (3)


With CONSULT
Revision: 2010 November

BR-167

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1A74 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
1. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
2. Repeat step 1 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
3. Turn the power switch OFF.
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
5. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
6. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
7. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
8. Release brake pedal.
9. Repeat steps 7 to 8 for 3 times.
10. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A74 detected?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

BR-168

LEAF

http://vnx.su

U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT

Description

INFOID:0000000006960692

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN-H line, CAN-L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006960693

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
U1000

Display item
CAN COMM CIRCUIT

Malfunction detection condition

Possible causes

Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit did not receive


/ transmit the CAN communication signal for 2 seconds or more.

CAN communication system malfunction

BR

DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING

If another DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE was performed just before, turn the power switch OFF and
wait for at least and wait for 10 seconds or more, then perform the next test.

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION

With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
2. Repeat step 1 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
3. Turn the power switch OFF.
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
5. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
6. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
7. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
8. Release brake pedal.
9. Repeat steps 7 to 8 for 3 times.
10. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC U1000 detected?
YES >> Proceed to BR-169, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006960694

Proceed to LAN-15, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".

Revision: 2010 November

BR-169

LEAF

http://vnx.su

U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)


Description

INFOID:0000000006960695

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN-H line, CAN-L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006960696

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
U1010

Display item
CONTROL UNIT (CAN)

Malfunction detection condition


A malfunction is detected at initial diagnosis of CAN
controller of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit.

Possible causes
Electrically-driven intelligent
brake unit

DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If another DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE was performed just before, turn the power switch OFF and
wait for at least and wait for 10 seconds or more, then perform the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
2. Repeat step 1 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
3. Turn the power switch OFF.
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
5. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
6. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
7. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
8. Release brake pedal.
9. Repeat steps 7 to 8 for 3 times.
10. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC U1010 detected?
YES >> Proceed to BR-170, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006960697

1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS


Check for failures in the pin terminals and connections of the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness
connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit. Refer to BR-221, "Removal and installation".
Revision: 2010 November

BR-170

LEAF

http://vnx.su

U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
A

BR

Revision: 2010 November

BR-171

LEAF

http://vnx.su

U1510 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) COMMUNICATION


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

U1510 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) COMMUNICATION


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006960698

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

U1510

Display item

BRAKE CONTROL COMMUNICATION

Malfunction detection condition

Possible causes

Signals from brake communications line* are not sent


or received continuously for 4 seconds or more.

Harness or connector
Electrically-driven intelligent
brake unit
ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)

Communications line between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and ABS actuator control unit

DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If another DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE was performed just before, turn the power switch OFF and
wait for at least and wait for 10 seconds or more, then perform the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
2. Repeat step 1 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
3. Turn the power switch OFF.
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
5. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
6. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
7. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
8. Release brake pedal.
9. Repeat steps 7 to 8 for 3 times.
10. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC U1510 detected?
YES >> Proceed to BR-172, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006960699

1.CHECK 12V BATTERY


1. Turn the power switch OFF.
2. Check the 12V battery terminal connections. Refer to PG-101, "Work Flow".
3. Check the 12V battery. Refer to PG-101, "Work Flow".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1)


Revision: 2010 November

BR-172

LEAF

http://vnx.su

U1510 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) COMMUNICATION


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
With CONSULT
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
3. Repeat step 2 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
4. Turn the power switch OFF.
5. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
6. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
7. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
8. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
9. Release brake pedal.
10. Repeat steps 8 to 9 for 3 times.
11. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC U1510 detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

1.
2.

BR

3.CHECK CONNECTOR TERMINALS


1.

Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
CAUTION:
Never depress brake pedal.
2. Disconnect 12V battery cable from negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
3. Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector, then check for failures of pin
terminals and connections.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 4.

4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2)

With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Turn the power switch OFF.
6. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
7. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
8. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
9. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
10. Release brake pedal.
11. Repeat steps 9 to 10 for 3 times.
12. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC U1510 detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.

1.
2.
3.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-173

LEAF

http://vnx.su

U1510 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) COMMUNICATION


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
NO
>> INSPECTION END

5.CHECK POWER SWITCH ON POWER SUPPLY


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.


Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF.
Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
CAUTION:
Never depress brake pedal.
Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Voltage

Ground

Approximately 0 V

9.

Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
10. Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Voltage

Ground

10 16 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> GO TO 6.

6.CHECK POWER SWITCH ON POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check 15A fuse (#62).
Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and IPDM E/R.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit

6.

IPDM E/R

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E34

26

E15

62

Continuity
Existed

Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Perform diagnosis of power system with power switch ON. Refer to PG-59, "Wiring Diagram - ON
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 7.

7.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (3)


1.
2.
3.

With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect IPDM E/R harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

BR-174

LEAF

http://vnx.su

U1510 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) COMMUNICATION


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
4. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
5. Repeat step 4 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
6. Turn the power switch OFF.
7. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
8. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
9. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
10. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
11. Release brake pedal.
12. Repeat steps 10 to 11 for 3 times.
13. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC U1510 detected?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

BR

8.CHECK 12V BATTERY POWER SUPPLY

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector terminal.

I
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

Voltage

1 31
E34

2 31

10 16 V

11 31

6.
7.

Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector terminal.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

Voltage

1 31
E34

2 31

10 16 V

11 31

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 11.
NO
>> GO TO 9.

9.CHECK 12V BATTERY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check 60A fusible link (#F).
Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 1 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 60A fusible link (#F).
Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 2 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 60A fusible link (#F).

Revision: 2010 November

BR-175

LEAF

http://vnx.su

U1510 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) COMMUNICATION


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
6. Check 10A fuse (#78).
7. Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 11 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 10A fuse (#78).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform diagnosis for 12V battery power supply. Refer to PG-15, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 10.

10.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1)


With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Turn the power switch OFF.
6. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
7. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
8. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
9. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
10. Release brake pedal.
11. Repeat steps 9 to 10 for 3 times.
12. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC U1510 detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.
3.

11.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

31

Continuity

Ground

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 13.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 12.

12.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (5)


With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Turn the power switch OFF.
6. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
1.
2.
3.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-176

LEAF

http://vnx.su

U1510 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) COMMUNICATION


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
7. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
8. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
9. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
10. Release brake pedal.
11. Repeat steps 9 to 10 for 3 times.
12. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC U1510 detected?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

13.CHECK DATA MONITOR

E
With CONSULT
1. Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
2. Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
BR
3. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
G
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Select BRAKE and DATA MONITOR according this order.
6. Check MOTOR POWER SUPPLY and CONTROL MODULE POWER. Refer to BR-23, "Reference H
Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
I
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO
>> Replace the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit. Refer to BR-221, "Removal and installation".

14.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (6)

With CONSULT
1. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
2. Repeat step 1 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
3. Turn the power switch OFF.
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
5. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
6. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
7. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
8. Release brake pedal.
9. Repeat steps 7 to 8 for 3 times.
10. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC U1510 detected?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

15.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF ABS ACTUATOR AND CONTROL UNIT


Perform self-diagnosis for ABS. Refer to BRC-38, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC U110D detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis. Refer to BRC-128, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: 2010 November

BR-177

LEAF

http://vnx.su

U1510 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) COMMUNICATION


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
NO
>> Replace the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit. Refer to BR-221, "Removal and installation".

Revision: 2010 November

BR-178

LEAF

http://vnx.su

U1511 BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT COMMUNICATION


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

U1511 BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT COMMUNICATION


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006960700

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

U1511

Display item

POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT


COMM

B
Malfunction detection condition
Signals from power backup communications
line* are not sent or received continuously for 4
seconds or more.

Possible causes
Harness or connector
Electrically-driven intelligent
brake unit
Brake power supply backup
unit

Communications line between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and brake power supply backup unit.

DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If another DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE was performed just before, turn the power switch OFF and BR
wait for at least and wait for 10 seconds or more, then perform the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
2. Repeat step 1 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
3. Turn the power switch OFF.
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
5. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
6. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
7. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
8. Release brake pedal.
9. Repeat steps 7 to 8 for 3 times.
10. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC U1511 detected?
YES >> Proceed to BR-179, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

1.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006960701

1.CHECK 12V BATTERY

1. Turn the power switch OFF.


2. Check the 12V battery terminal connections. Refer to PG-101, "Work Flow".
3. Check the 12V battery. Refer to PG-101, "Work Flow".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1)


With CONSULT
Revision: 2010 November

BR-179

LEAF

http://vnx.su

U1511 BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT COMMUNICATION


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
1. Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
2. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
3. Repeat step 2 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
4. Turn the power switch OFF.
5. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
6. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
7. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
8. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
9. Release brake pedal.
10. Repeat steps 8 to 9 for 3 times.
11. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC U1511 detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

3.CHECK CONNECTOR TERMINALS


1.

Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
CAUTION:
Never depress brake pedal.
2. Disconnect 12V battery cable from negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
3. Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector, then check for failures of pin
terminals and connections.
4. Disconnect the brake power supply backup unit harness connector, then check for failures of pin terminals
and connections.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 4.

4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2)


With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect the brake power supply backup unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
5. Repeat step 4 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
6. Turn the power switch OFF.
7. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
8. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
9. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
10. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
11. Release brake pedal.
12. Repeat steps 10 to 11 for 3 times.
13. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC U1511 detected?
1.
2.
3.
4.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-180

LEAF

http://vnx.su

U1511 BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT COMMUNICATION


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

5.CHECK POWER SWITCH ON POWER SUPPLY


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.


Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF.
Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
CAUTION:
Never depress brake pedal.
Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Voltage

Ground

Approximately 0 V

BR

9.

Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
10. Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Voltage

Ground

10 16 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> GO TO 6.

6.CHECK POWER SWITCH ON POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check 15A fuse (#62).
Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and IPDM E/R.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit

6.

IPDM E/R

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E34

26

E15

62

Continuity

M
Existed

Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
N
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Perform diagnosis of power system with power switch ON. Refer to PG-59, "Wiring Diagram - ON
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 7.

7.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (3)


1.
2.

With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect IPDM E/R harness connector.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-181

LEAF

http://vnx.su

U1511 BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT COMMUNICATION


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
3. Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
4. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
5. Repeat step 4 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
6. Turn the power switch OFF.
7. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
8. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
9. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
10. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
11. Release brake pedal.
12. Repeat steps 10 to 11 for 3 times.
13. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC U1511 detected?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

8.CHECK 12V BATTERY POWER SUPPLY


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector terminal.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

Voltage

1 31
E34

2 31

10 16 V

11 31

6.
7.

Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector terminal.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

Voltage

1 31
E34

2 31

10 16 V

11 31

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 11.
NO
>> GO TO 9.

9.CHECK 12V BATTERY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check 60A fusible link (#F).
Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 1 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 60A fusible link (#F).

Revision: 2010 November

BR-182

LEAF

http://vnx.su

U1511 BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT COMMUNICATION


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
5. Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 2 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 60A fusible link (#F).
6. Check 10A fuse (#78).
7. Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 11 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 10A fuse (#78).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform diagnosis for 12V battery power supply. Refer to PG-15, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 10.

10.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (4)


D

With CONSULT
1. Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
2. Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
3. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Turn the power switch OFF.
6. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
7. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
8. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
9. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
10. Release brake pedal.
11. Repeat steps 9 to 10 for 3 times.
12. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC U1511 detected?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

BR

11.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

31

Continuity

Ground

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 13.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 12.

12.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (5)


With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.

1.
2.
3.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-183

LEAF

http://vnx.su

U1511 BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT COMMUNICATION


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
5. Turn the power switch OFF.
6. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
7. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
8. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
9. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
10. Release brake pedal.
11. Repeat steps 9 to 10 for 3 times.
12. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC U1511 detected?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

13.CHECK DATA MONITOR (1)


With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Select BRAKE, DATE MONITOR according this order.
6. Check MOTOR POWER SUPPLY and CONTROL MODULE POWER. Refer to BR-23, "Reference
Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO
>> Replace the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit. Refer to BR-221, "Removal and installation".
1.
2.
3.

14.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (6)


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
2. Repeat step 1 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
3. Turn the power switch OFF.
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
5. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
6. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
7. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
8. Release brake pedal.
9. Repeat steps 7 to 8 for 3 times.
10. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC U1511 detected?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.

15.CHECK BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT CIRCUIT


1.

Turn the power switch OFF.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-184

LEAF

http://vnx.su

U1511 BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT COMMUNICATION


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
2. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
3. Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
4. Disconnect the brake power supply backup unit harness connector.
5. Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and brake power supply backup unit.

B
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

Continuity

32

Existed

32

Not existed

32

Not existed

Not existed

Existed

Not existed

10

Not existed

10

Not existed

10

Existed

E34

6.

Brake power supply backup unit

B15

BR

Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and ground.


G
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal
32

E34

8
10

Continuity

Not existed
Ground

31

Not existed
Not existed

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 16.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.

16.REPLACE BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT


With CONSULT
1. Replace the brake power supply backup unit. Refer to BR-223, "Removal and Installation".
2. Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
3. Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
4. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
5. Repeat step 4 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
6. Turn the power switch OFF.
7. Close back door and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
8. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
9. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
10. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
11. Release brake pedal.
12. Repeat steps 10 to 11 for 3 times.
13. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC U1511 detected?
YES >> Replace the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit. Refer to BR-221, "Removal and installation".
Revision: 2010 November

BR-185

LEAF

http://vnx.su

U1511 BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT COMMUNICATION


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

BR-186

LEAF

http://vnx.su

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006960702

1.CHECK POWER OF ELECTRICALLY-DRIVEN BRAKE UNIT WHEN POWER SWITCH IS ON


1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit

5.
6.

Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Voltage

Ground

Approximately 0 V

Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Voltage

Ground

10 16 V

BR

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK POWER CIRCUIT OF ELECTRICALLY-DRIVEN BRAKE UNIT WHEN POWER SWITCH IS ON

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
Check 15A fuse (#62).
Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

Electrically-driven intelligent brake


unit

6.

IPDM E/R

Continuity

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E34

26

E15

62

Existed

Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.

Electrically-driven intelligent brake


unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Perform power diagnosis when power switch is ON. PG-59, "Wiring Diagram - ON POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.

3.CHECK 12V BATTERY POWER SUPPLY OF ELECTRICALLY-DRIVEN INTELLIGENT BRAKE UNIT


1.
2.
3.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-187

LEAF

http://vnx.su

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Electrically-driven intelligent brake
unit
Connector

Voltage

Ground

Battery voltage

Terminal
1

E34

2
11

4.
5.

Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.

Electrically-driven intelligent brake


unit
Connector

Voltage

Ground

Battery voltage

Terminal
1

E34

2
11

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> GO TO 4.

4.CHECK 12V BATTERY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT OF ELECTRICALLY-DRIVEN INTELLIGENT BRAKE


UNIT
1. Turn the power switch OFF.
2. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
3. Check 60A fusible link (#F).
4. Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 1 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 60A fusible link (#F).
5. Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 2 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 60A fusible link (#F).
6. Check 10A fuse (#78).
7. Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 11 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 10A fuse (#78).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform diagnosis for 12V battery power supply. Refer to PG-15, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.

5.CHECK 12V BATTERY POWER SUPPLY OF BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT
1.
2.
3.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
Check voltage between brake power supply backup unit harness connector and ground.
Brake power supply backup unit

4.
5.

Connector

Terminal

B15

Voltage

Ground

Battery voltage

Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
Check voltage between brake power supply backup unit harness connector and ground.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-188

LEAF

http://vnx.su

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
A

Brake power supply backup unit


Connector

Terminal

B15

Voltage

Ground

Battery voltage

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> GO TO 7.

6.CHECK 12V BATTRY POWER CIRCUIT OF BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn the power switch OFF.


D
Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
Check 15A fuse (#82).
Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 3 of brake power supply
backup unit and 15A fuse (#82).
E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform diagnosis for 12V battery power supply. Refer to PG-15, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY -".
BR
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.

7.CHECK ELECTRICALLY-DRIVEN INTELLIGENT BRAKE UNIT GROUND


G

Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake
unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

31

Continuity

Ground

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.

8.CHECK BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT GROUND


Check continuity between brake power supply backup unit harness connector and ground.
Brake power supply backup unit
Connector

Terminal

B15

Continuity

Ground

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 9.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.

9.CHECK TERMINAL
Check for failures in the pin terminals and connections of the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness
connector.
Check that there is no malfunction in pin terminal and connection of IPDM E/R harness connector.
Check for failures of pin terminals and connections in brake power supply backup unit harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-189

LEAF

http://vnx.su

WARNING BUZZER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

WARNING BUZZER
Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006960703

1.CHECK POWER AND GROUND CIRCUITS OF ELECTRICALLY-DRIVEN INTELLIGENT BRAKE UNIT


Perform diagnosis of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit power and ground circuits. BR-187, "Diagnosis
Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.

2.CHECK WARNING BUZZER CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Disconnect buzzer harness connector.
Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and warning buzzer.

Electrically-driven intelligent brake


unit
Connector

Terminal

Warning buzzer
Connector

22
E34

25

M13

22

Continuity

Terminal

25

Existed

Not existed

Not existed

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.

3.WARNING BUZZER INSPECTION


Check warning buzzer. Refer to BR-190, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit. Refer to BR-221, "Removal and installation".
NO
>> Replace the warning buzzer.

Component Inspection

INFOID:0000000006960704

1.WARNING BUZZER INSPECTION


1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
Disconnect buzzer harness connector.
Apply voltage of 12 V between warning buzzer connector terminals 1 and 2.
Condition

Warning buzzer

Voltage applied
Voltage not applied

Sound
No sound

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace the warning buzzer.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-190

LEAF

http://vnx.su

BRAKE WARNING LAMP


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

BRAKE WARNING LAMP

Component Function Check

INFOID:0000000006960705

1.CHECK BRAKE WARNING LAMP FUNCTION (1)

Check that brake warning lamp turns ON for approximately several second after power switch is turned ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Refer to BR-191, "Diagnosis Procedure".

2.CHECK BRAKE WARNING LAMP FUNCTION (2)


Check that brake warning lamp in combination meter turns ON or OFF when brake fluid level switch is oper- E
ated while brake fluid level in reservoir tank is at the specified level.
NOTE:
Brake warning lamp turns ON when brake fluid is less than the specified level (when brake fluid level switch is
BR
ON).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
G
NO
>> Check brake fluid level switch system. Refer to BRC-109, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006960706

1.CHECK POWER AND GROUND CIRCUITS OF ELECTRICALLY-DRIVEN INTELLIGENT BRAKE UNIT


Perform diagnosis of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit power and ground circuits. Refer to BR-187,
"Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.

2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT
Perform BRAKE and ABS self-diagnosis.
Is malfunction detected?
YES >> Check malfunctioning system.
BRAKE: Refer to BR-27, "DTC Index".
ABS: Refer to BRC-48, "DTC Index".
NO
>> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK THAT BRAKE WARNING LAMP TURNS ON

Check combination meter. Refer to MWI-46, "CONSULT Function".


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit. Refer to BR-221, "Removal and installation".
NO
>> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-89, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

BR-191

LEAF

http://vnx.su

BRAKE SYSTEM WARNING LAMP


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

BRAKE SYSTEM WARNING LAMP


Component Function Check

INFOID:0000000006960707

1.CHECK BRAKE SYSTEM WARNING LAMP FUNCTION


Check that brake system warning lamp turns ON for approximately several second after power switch is
turned ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Proceed to BR-192, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006960708

1.CHECK POWER AND GROUND CIRCUITS OF ELECTRICALLY-DRIVEN INTELLIGENT BRAKE UNIT


Perform diagnosis of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit power and ground circuits. BR-187, "Diagnosis
Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.

2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT
Perform BRAKE and ABS self-diagnosis.
Is a malfunction detected?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system.
BRAKE: Refer to BR-27, "DTC Index".
ABS: Refer to BRC-48, "DTC Index".
NO
>> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK BRAKE SYSTEM WARNING LAMP ILLUMINATION


Check combination meter. Refer to MWI-46, "CONSULT Function".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit. Refer to BR-221, "Removal and installation".
NO
>> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-89, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

BR-192

LEAF

http://vnx.su

UNEXPECTED BRAKE PEDAL REACTION


< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS

UNEXPECTED BRAKE PEDAL REACTION


Description

INFOID:0000000006960709

A malfunction of brake pedal feel (height or others) is detected when the brake pedal is depressed.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006960710

1.CHECK AXLE
D

Check that there is no significant looseness of axle.


Front axle: Refer to FAX-7, "Inspection".
Rear axle: Refer to RAX-5, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.

2.CHECK DISC ROTOR

BR

Check disc rotor runout.


Front: Refer to BR-207, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment".
Rear: Refer to BR-209, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Grind disc rotor.

3.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEACKAGE


CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEKAGE
Front: Refer to BR-217, "FRONT : Inspection".
Rear: Refer to BR-220, "REAR : Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.

4.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL

Check the brake pedal items. Refer to BR-202, "Inspection and Adjustment".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Adjust the brake pedal items. Refer to BR-202, "Inspection and Adjustment".

5.CHECK BRAKING FORCE

Check the braking force.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> Check each component of brake system.

6.CHECK BRAKE PERFORMANCE


Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector so that ABS does not operate. Check that
brake force is normal in this condition. Connect harness connectors after checking.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Normal
NO
>> Check each component of brake system.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-193

LEAF

http://vnx.su

THE BRAKING DISTANCE IS LONG


< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >

THE BRAKING DISTANCE IS LONG


Description

INFOID:0000000006960711

Brake stopping distance is long when ABS function is operated.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006960712

CAUTION:
Brake stopping distance on slippery road like rough road, gravel road, or snowy road may become
longer when ABS is operated than when ABS is not operated.

1.CHECK 12V BATTERY


1. Turn the power switch OFF.
2. Check the 12V battery terminal connections. Refer to PG-101, "Work Flow".
3. Check the 12V battery. Refer to PG-101, "Work Flow".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1)


With CONSULT
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
3. Repeat step 2 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
4. Turn the power switch OFF.
5. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
6. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
7. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
8. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
9. Release brake pedal.
10. Repeat steps 8 to 9 for 3 times.
11. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1A74 detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

3.CHECK CONNECTOR TERMINALS


1.

Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
CAUTION:
Never depress brake pedal.
2. Disconnect 12V battery cable from negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
3. Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector, then check for failures of pin
terminals and connections.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 4.

4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2)


1.
2.

With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

BR-194

LEAF

http://vnx.su

THE BRAKING DISTANCE IS LONG


< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
3. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Turn the power switch OFF.
6. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
7. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
8. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
9. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
10. Release brake pedal.
11. Repeat steps 9 to 10 for 3 times.
12. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BR-27, "DTC Index". GO TO 5.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

BR

5.CHECK POWER SWITCH ON POWER SUPPLY

1.
2.
3.
4.

5.
6.
7.
8.

Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.


Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF.
Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
CAUTION:
Never depress brake pedal.
Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Voltage

Ground

Approximately 0 V

9.

Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
10. Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Voltage

Ground

10 16 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> GO TO 6.

6.CHECK POWER SWITCH ON POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check 15A fuse (#62).
Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and IPDM E/R.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-195

LEAF

http://vnx.su

THE BRAKING DISTANCE IS LONG


< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit

6.

IPDM E/R

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E34

26

E15

62

Continuity
Existed

Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector and ground.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

26

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Perform diagnosis of power system with power switch ON. Refer to PG-59, "Wiring Diagram - ON
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 7.

7.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (3)


With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect IPDM E/R harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
5. Repeat step 4 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
6. Turn the power switch OFF.
7. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
8. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
9. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
10. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
11. Release brake pedal.
12. Repeat steps 10 to 11 for 3 times.
13. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BR-27, "DTC Index". GO TO 8.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.
3.
4.

8.CHECK 12V BATTERY POWER SUPPLY


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector terminal.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

Voltage

1 31
E34

2 31

10 16 V

11 31

6.

Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:

Revision: 2010 November

BR-196

LEAF

http://vnx.su

THE BRAKING DISTANCE IS LONG


< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
Never engage READY state.
7. Check voltage between the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector terminal.
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

Voltage

1 31
E34

2 31

10 16 V

11 31

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 11.
NO
>> GO TO 9.

9.CHECK 12V BATTERY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

E
Turn the power switch OFF.
Check 60A fusible link (#F).
Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 1 of electrically-driven intelliBR
gent brake unit and 60A fusible link (#F).
4. Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 2 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 60A fusible link (#F).
5. Check 10A fuse (#78).
G
6. Check continuity and for short circuit between harness connector terminal 11 of electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and 10A fuse (#78).
Is the inspection result normal?
H
YES >> Perform diagnosis for 12V battery power supply. Refer to PG-15, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 10.
I
PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (4)

1.
2.
3.

10.

With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Turn the power switch OFF.
6. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
7. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
8. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
9. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
10. Release brake pedal.
11. Repeat steps 9 to 10 for 3 times.
12. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BR-27, "DTC Index". GO TO 11.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

1.
2.
3.

11.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Disconnect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Check continuity between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and ground.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-197

LEAF

http://vnx.su

THE BRAKING DISTANCE IS LONG


< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit
Connector

Terminal

E34

31

Continuity

Ground

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 13.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and GO TO 12.

12.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (5)


With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Turn the power switch OFF.
6. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
7. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
8. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
9. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
10. Release brake pedal.
11. Repeat steps 9 to 10 for 3 times.
12. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BR-27, "DTC Index". GO TO 13.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.
3.

13.CHECK DATA MONITOR


With CONSULT
Connect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
Connect 12V battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
4. Repeat step 3 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
5. Select BRAKE and DATA MONITOR according this order.
6. Check MOTOR POWER SUPPLY and CONTROL MODULE POWER. Refer to BR-23, "Reference
Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO
>> Replace the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit. Refer to BR-221, "Removal and installation".
1.
2.
3.

14.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (6)


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
2. Repeat step 1 for 2 times or more.
CAUTION:
1.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-198

LEAF

http://vnx.su

THE BRAKING DISTANCE IS LONG


< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
Be sure to wait for 5 seconds or more after turning the power switch OFF.
3. Turn the power switch OFF.
4. Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for 5 minutes or more.
5. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never engage READY state.
6. Erase self-diagnosis result of BRAKE.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 5 minutes or more after erase self-diagnosis result.
7. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm (3.94 in) or more, and hold the position for 5 seconds or more.
8. Release brake pedal.
9. Repeat steps 7 to 8 for 3 times.
10. Perform BRAKE self-diagnosis.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BR-27, "DTC Index".
NO
>> GO TO 15.

15.CHECK BRAKING FORCE


BR

Check the braking force.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 16.
NO
>> Check each component of brake system.

16.CHECK BRAKE PERFORMANCE


Turn the power switch OFF. Disconnect ABS actuator control unit harness connector so that ABS does not
operate. Check brake stopping distance in this condition. Connect harness connectors after checking.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Normal
NO
>> Check each component of brake system.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-199

LEAF

http://vnx.su

VEHICLE JERKS DURING


< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >

VEHICLE JERKS DURING


Description

INFOID:0000000006960713

The vehicle jerks when VDC function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function, or brake LSD function operates.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006960714

1.CHECK SYMPTOM
Check whether or not the vehicle jerks when VDC function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function, or
brake LSD function operates.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Normal
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for BRAKE and ABS.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC.
BRAKE: Refer to BR-27, "DTC Index".
ABS: Refer to BRC-48, "DTC Index"
NO
>> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK CONNECTOR
With CONSULT
1. Turn the power switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Disconnect the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.
4. Check connector terminal for deformation, disconnection, or looseness.
5. Connect harness connector and perform self-diagnosis for ABS again.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Poor connection of connector terminal. Repair or replace connector terminal.

4.CHECK VCM SELF DIAGNOSIS RESULT ITEMS


With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for EV/HEV. Refer to EVC-51, "CONSULT Function".
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to EVC-78, "DTC Index".
NO
>> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-152, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

BR-200

LEAF

http://vnx.su

NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION


< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >

NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION

Description

INFOID:0000000006960715

B
Symptom

Result

The brake pedal may move during braking.

When the brake pedal is depressed while the power switch is OFF, an operating sound may
occur or the pedal stroke may feel short.
This occurs when the electrically-driven
There may be an operating noise or the brake pedal may move after the brake pedal is opintelligent brake unit is operating normally
erated.
and is not a malfunction.
An operating noise may occur when the power switch is turned OFF (system stop sound).
The brake pedal may move when ABS is activated immediately after the READY state of
the vehicle.

BR

Revision: 2010 November

BR-201

LEAF

http://vnx.su

BRAKE PEDAL
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
BRAKE PEDAL
Inspection and Adjustment

INFOID:0000000006960716

INSPECTION
Brake Pedal Height
Check the height from the dash lower panel (1) to the top face of the
brake pedal (H1).

: Refer to BR-240, "Brake Pedal".

H1

CAUTION:
Perform with the floor trim pulled up.

JPFIA0065ZZ

Stop Lamp Switch and ASCD Brake Switch


Check the clearance (C) between brake pedal lever (1) and the
threaded end of stop lamp switch and ACSD brake switch (2).

: Refer to BR-240, "Brake Pedal".

CAUTION:
The stop lamp must turn OFF when the brake pedal is released.
NOTE:
When checking the clearance between the brake pedal lever and
threaded end of stop lamp switch and ACSD brake switch, check
with the brake pedal (pad) pulled gently toward you.
PFIA0813J

Pedal Height When Depressed


Check the height from the dash lower panel (1) to the top face of the
brake pedal (H2) when depressing the brake pedal with a force of
196 N (20 kg, 44 lb) while the vehicle is in READY state.

H2

: Refer to BR-240, "Brake Pedal".

CAUTION:
Perform with the floor trim pulled up.

JPFIA0068ZZ

ADJUSTMENT
Brake Pedal Height

1.
2.
3.

Remove the instrument lower panel. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the stop lamp switch and ASCD brake switch harness connectors.
Rotate the stop lamp switch and ASCD brake switch counterclockwise by 45 to loosen them.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-202

LEAF

http://vnx.su

BRAKE PEDAL
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >
4. Loosen the input rod lock nut (1).
5. Rotate the input rod (2), and adjust the brake pedal to the specified height (H1).
CAUTION:
The threaded part of the input rod end must project to the
inside of the crevice (3).

C
JPFIA0662ZZ

H1
6.
7.

8.

: Refer to BR-240, "Brake Pedal".

Tighten the lock nut to the specified torque. BR-221, "Exploded


View".
After adjusting the brake pedal height, adjust the clearance
between the stopper rubber and threaded end of stop lamp
switch and ASCD brake switch.
Perform stroke sensor 0 point learning when the brake pedal
assembly is removed and installed, or replaced. Refer to BR-37,
"Work Procedure".

BR

G
JPFIA0279ZZ

Stop Lamp Switch and ASCD Brake Switch

1.
2.
3.
4.

Remove the instrument lower panel. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the stop lamp switch and ASCD brake switch harness connectors.
Rotate the stop lamp switch and ASCD brake switch counterclockwise by 45 to loosen them.
With the brake pedal (pad) pulled gently toward you, press in
until the threaded end of stop lamp switch and ASCD brake
switch (2) contacts the brake pedal lever (1). Under those conditions, rotate 45 to the right to fasten it in place.
CAUTION:
Clearance (C) between the brake pedal lever and threaded
end of stop lamp switch and ASCD brake switch must be
the specified value.
C

: Refer to BR-240, "Brake Pedal".

The stop lamp must turn OFF when the brake pedal is
released.
Perform stroke sensor 0 point learning when the brake pedal assembly is removed and installed, or
replaced. Refer to BR-37, "Work Procedure".
PFIA0813J

5.

Pedal Height When Depressed

1.
2.

3.
4.

Perform air bleeding. BR-205, "Bleeding Brake System".


Check the height from the dash lower panel (1) to the top face of
the brake pedal (H2) when depressing the brake pedal with a
force of 196 N (20 kg, 44 lb) while the vehicle is in READY state.
H2

: Refer to BR-240, "Brake Pedal".

CAUTION:
Perform with the floor trim pulled up.
Adjust the brake pedal height, and the clearance with the stop
lamp switch and ASCD brake switch.
Perform stroke sensor 0 point learning when the brake pedal
assembly is removed and installed, or replaced. Refer to BR-37,
"Work Procedure".

Revision: 2010 November

BR-203

JPFIA0068ZZ

LEAF

http://vnx.su

BRAKE FLUID
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >

BRAKE FLUID
Inspection

INFOID:0000000006960717

CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL


Check that the brake fluid level in the reservoir tank is within the standard (between MAX MIN lines).
Visually check around the reservoir tank for brake fluid leakage.
If the brake fluid level is extremely low (below the MIN line), check the amount of brake fluid and check for
brake fluid leaks in the brake system.
Check for dirt or other foreign material inside the reservoir tank, and check that no oil other than the designated brake fluid has entered the system.

BRAKE PIPING
1.
2.

Check for cracking and damage to brake piping (tubes and hoses). If any abnormality is found, replace
the pipe.
With the vehicle in READY state, depress the brake pedal with a
force of 785 N (80 kg) and hold down the pedal for approximately 5 seconds. Check for any brake fluid leakage.
CAUTION:
If brake fluid leakage has occurred, retighten all parts to the
specified torque. If any abnormalities are found, replace the
part.

SBR389C

Draining

INFOID:0000000006960718

CAUTION:
Never allow brake fluid to contact the body or other painted surfaces. Brake fluid may damage paint.
If it contacts a painted surface, wipe it off immediately and wash with water. However avoid washing
brake components with water.
Before performing work, turn the power switch OFF and disconnect the ABS actuator control unit
harness connector or disconnect the 12V battery cable from the negative terminal. Refer to PG-104,
"Removal and Installation".
If brake fluid contacts the disc rotor or brake caliper assembly, wipe it off immediately.
1. Connect a vinyl tube to air bleeder.
2. Depress the brake pedal and loosen the air bleeder to gradually
discharge brake fluid.

BRA0007D

Refilling

INFOID:0000000006960719

CAUTION:
Before performing work, turn the power switch OFF and disconnect the ABS actuator control unit
harness connector or disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
If brake fluid contacts the disc rotor or brake caliper assembly, wipe it off immediately.
1. Make sure that there is no foreign material in the reservoir tank, and refill with new brake fluid.
CAUTION:
Never reuse drained brake fluid.
Never allow any oils other than the designated brake fluid to enter the system.
Revision: 2010 November

BR-204

LEAF

http://vnx.su

BRAKE FLUID
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >
2. Loosen the air bleeder, slowly depress the brake pedal to the full stroke, and then release the pedal.
Repeat this operation at intervals of 2 or 3 seconds until all of the brake fluid is discharged. Then close the
air bleeder with the brake pedal depressed. Repeat the same work on each wheel.
3. Perform air bleeding. BR-205, "Bleeding Brake System".

Bleeding Brake System

INFOID:0000000006960720

CAUTION:
Turn ON the power switch when performing the procedure.
C
Monitor the brake fluid level in the reservoir tank while performing the air bleeding.
Never allow brake fluid to contact the body or other painted surfaces. Brake fluid may damage paint.
If it contacts a painted surface, wipe it off immediately and wash with water. However avoid washing
D
brake components with water.
If brake fluid contacts the disc rotor or brake caliper assembly, wipe it off immediately.
1. Make sure that there is no foreign material in the reservoir tank, and refill with new brake fluid.
E
CAUTION:
Never reuse drained brake fluid.
Never allow any oils other than the designated brake fluid to enter the system.
BR
2. Connect a vinyl tube to the rear left wheel air bleeder.
3. Fully depress the brake pedal 4 to 5 times.
4. Loosen the air bleeder and bleed air with the brake pedal depressed, then quickly tighten the bleeder
G
valve.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 3 until all of the air is out of the brake line.
6. Tighten the air bleeder to the specified torque.
H
Front disc brake: Refer to BR-226, "BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY : Exploded View".
Rear disc brake: Refer to BR-234, "BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY : Exploded View".
7. Perform steps 2 to 6. Occasionally fill with the brake fluid in order to keep it in the reservoir tank to at least
I
half of the MAX line. Bleed air in the following order: rear right brake front left brake rear left brake
front right brake.
8. Check that the brake fluid level in the reservoir tank is within the specified range after air bleeding.
9. Check the brake pedal items, and adjust if any are not within the standard values. Refer to BR-202, J
"Inspection and Adjustment".
K

Revision: 2010 November

BR-205

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ELECTRICALLY-DRIVEN INTELLIGENT BRAKE UNIT


< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >

ELECTRICALLY-DRIVEN INTELLIGENT BRAKE UNIT


Inspection

INFOID:0000000006960721

Brake fluid leakage


Check for brake fluid leakage from the brake tube connections and the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-206

LEAF

http://vnx.su

FRONT DISC BRAKE


< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >

FRONT DISC BRAKE

BRAKE PAD
BRAKE PAD : Inspection and Adjustment

INFOID:0000000006960722

Brake pad wear inspection


Check the brake pad thickness from the inspection hole in the cylinder body. Use a scale to check if necessary.
Wear limit
thickness

: Refer to BR-240, "Front Disc


Brake".

MAA0439D

BR

ADJUSTMENT
If the brake pad is ground or replaced, or if there is an abnormal feel to the braking force, follow the procedure
below and perform break-in work.
CAUTION:
Because the brake effectiveness is reduced, pay sufficient attention to the vehicle speed.
Perform checks on a safe road and be careful of the traffic conditions.
1. Drive on straight and flat roads.
2. Stop the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal to generate braking force that stops the vehicle in 3 to 5
seconds.
3. Cool the brakes.
4. Repeat steps 1 to 3 until the abnormal feel in braking force disappears.

DISC ROTOR

DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment

INFOID:0000000006960723

Visual inspection
Check surface of the disc rotor for uneven wear, cracks, and serious damage. Replace if necessary. Refer to
FAX-9, "Removal and Installation".

RUNOUT INSPECTION
1.
2.
3.

Use the wheel nuts and fasten the disc rotor to the wheel hub assembly (minimum 2 positions).
Check axial end play of wheel hub assembly. FAX-7, "Inspection".
Check runout using a dial indicator (at 10 mm from outer edge of
disc rotor).

Maximum runout
(vehicle stopped)
4.

5.

: Refer to BR-240, "Front Disc


Brake".

If runout is outside the specified value, find the minimum runout


point by shifting mounting positions of the disc rotor and wheel
hub by one hole.
Perform grinding of disc rotor if runout is outside the specified
value after performing the above operation.
SBR019B
CAUTION:
Perform grinding of disc rotor if disc rotor thickness is 0.3 mm or more above the wear limit
thickness.
Replace disc rotor if disc rotor thickness is less than 0.3 mm above the wear limit thickness.
Refer to FAX-9, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

BR-207

LEAF

http://vnx.su

FRONT DISC BRAKE


< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >
Wear limit
thickness

: Refer to BR-240, "Front Disc Brake".

THICKNESS INSPECTION
Check thickness of the disc rotor using a micrometer. Replace disc
rotor if thickness is under the wear limit. FAX-9, "Removal and Installation".
Wear limit
thickness

: Refer to BR-240, "Front Disc


Brake".

SBR020B

ADJUSTMENT
If the brake pad is ground or replaced, or if there is an abnormal feel to the braking force, follow the procedure
below and perform break-in work.
CAUTION:
Because the brake effectiveness is reduced, pay sufficient attention to the vehicle speed.
Perform checks on a safe road and be careful of the traffic conditions.
1. Drive on straight and flat roads.
2. Stop the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal to generate braking force that stops the vehicle in 3 to 5
seconds.
3. Cool the brakes.
4. Repeat steps 1 to 3 until the abnormal feel in braking force disappears.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-208

LEAF

http://vnx.su

REAR DISC BRAKE


< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >

REAR DISC BRAKE

BRAKE PAD
BRAKE PAD : Inspection and Adjustment

INFOID:0000000006960724

Brake pad wear inspection


Check the brake pad thickness from the inspection hole in the cylinder body. Use a scale to check it if necessary.
Wear limit
thickness

: Refer to BR-240, "Rear Disc Brake".


D

BRA0010D

BR

ADJUSTMENT
If the brake pad is ground or replaced, or if there is an abnormal feel to the braking force, follow the procedure
below and perform break-in work.
CAUTION:
Because the brake effectiveness is reduced, pay sufficient attention to the vehicle speed.
Perform checks on a safe road and be careful of the traffic conditions.
1. Drive on straight and flat roads.
2. Stop the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal to generate braking force that stops the vehicle in 3 to 5
seconds.
3. Cool the brakes.
4. Repeat steps 1 to 3 until the abnormal feel in braking force disappears.

DISC ROTOR

DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment

INFOID:0000000006960725

Visual inspection
Check surface of the disc rotor for uneven wear, cracks, and serious damage. Replace if necessary. Refer to
RAX-6, "Removal and Installation".

RUNOUT INSPECTION
1.
2.
3.

Use the wheel nuts and fasten the disc rotor to the wheel hub assembly (minimum 2 positions).
Check axial end play of wheel hub assembly. RAX-5, "Inspection".
Check runout using a dial indicator (at 10 mm from outer edge of
disc rotor).

Maximum runout (vehicle stopped)


4.

5.

: Refer to BR-240, "Rear Disc


Brake".

If runout is outside the specified value, find the minimum runout


point by shifting mounting positions of the disc rotor and wheel
hub by one hole.
Perform grinding of disc rotor if runout is outside the specified
value after performing the above operation.
SBR019B
CAUTION:
Perform grinding of disc rotor if disc rotor thickness is 0.3 mm or more above the wear limit
thickness.
Replace disc rotor if disc rotor thickness is less than 0.3 mm above the wear limit thickness.
Refer to RAX-6, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

BR-209

LEAF

http://vnx.su

REAR DISC BRAKE


< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >
Wear limit
thickness

: Refer to BR-240, "Rear Disc Brake".

THICKNESS INSPECTION
Check thickness of the disc rotor using a micrometer. Replace disc
rotor if thickness is under the wear limit. Refer to RAX-6, "Removal
and Installation".
Wear limit
thickness

: Refer to BR-240, "Rear Disc Brake".

SBR020B

ADJUSTMENT
If the brake pad is ground or replaced, or if there is an abnormal feel to the braking force, follow the procedure
below and perform break-in work.
CAUTION:
Because the brake effectiveness is reduced, pay sufficient attention to the vehicle speed.
Perform checks on a safe road and be careful of the traffic conditions.
1. Drive on straight and flat roads.
2. Stop the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal to generate braking force that stops the vehicle in 3 to 5
seconds.
3. Cool the brakes.
4. Repeat steps 1 to 3 until the abnormal feel in braking force disappears.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-210

LEAF

http://vnx.su

BRAKE PEDAL
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

BRAKE PEDAL
Exploded View

INFOID:0000000006960726

BR

JSFIA0614GB

1.

Brake pedal assembly

2.

Hysteresis unit assembly

3.

Snap pin

4.

Brake pedal pad

5.

Clip

6.

ASCD brake switch

7.

Stop lamp switch

8.

Clevis pin

9.

Pedal stroke sensor

: Apply multi-purpose grease.

: Always replace after every disassembly.


: Nm (kg-m, ft-lb)

Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006960727

REMOVAL
CAUTION:
Prevent impact on brake pedal assembly. To prevent damage to the parts, never drop brake pedal
assembly.
1. Remove instrument lower panel. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation".
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch and ASCD brake switch harness connector.
3. Disconnect stop pedal stroke sensor harness connector.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-211

LEAF

http://vnx.su

BRAKE PEDAL
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
4. Rotate the stop lamp switch and the ASCD brake switch (1)
counter clockwise to remove.

JPFIA0815ZZ

5.

Remove snap pin (1) and clevis pin (2) from clevis (3) of electrically-driven intelligent brake.
6. Disconnect the accelerator pedal harness connector.
7. Slide the steering column assembly downward. Refer to ST-10,
"Removal and Installation".
8. Remove the brake pedal assembly.
CAUTION:
To prevent damage to the parts, hold the electricallydriven intelligent brake unit so as not to drop out or contact them other parts.
JPFIA0816ZZ
To prevent damage to the parts, never full stroke the brake
pedal assembly. Replace brake pedal assembly when
brake pedal was full stroke.
9. Remove hysteresis unit assembly from brake pedal assembly.
CAUTION:
To prevent damage to the parts, never drop hysteresis unit assembly.
10. Remove the stroke sensor from brake pedal assembly.
CAUTION:
To prevent damage to the parts, never drop stroke sensor.
11. Remove accelerator pedal from brake pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-4, "Removal and Installation".
12. Perform inspection after removal. Refer to BR-212, "Inspection and Adjustment".

INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
Never full stroke the brake pedal assembly. Replace brake pedal assembly when brake pedal was full
stroke.
Never reuse the clevis pin.
Brake pedal assembly must be replaced after an impact.
Apply the multi-purpose grease to the clevis pin and the mating faces. (Not necessary if grease has been
already applied)
NOTE:
The clevis pin may be inserted in either direction.
Perform adjustment after installation. Refer to BR-212, "Inspection and Adjustment".
Perform stroke sensor 0 point learning when brake pedal assembly removed and installed, or replaced.
Refer to BR-37, "Work Procedure".

Inspection and Adjustment

INFOID:0000000006960728

INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL


Check the brake pedal assembly for bend, damage, and cracks on the welded parts. If any is found, replace
brake pedal assembly.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-212

LEAF

http://vnx.su

BRAKE PEDAL
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
Check clevis pin and plastic stopper (A) for damage and deformation. If any is found, replace clevis pin.

C
PFIA0756J

ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION


Adjust each item of brake pedal after installing the brake pedal assembly to the vehicle. Refer to BR-202,
"Inspection and Adjustment".
Perform the release position learning of the accelerator pedal. Refer to EVC-102, "Work Procedure".

BR

Revision: 2010 November

BR-213

LEAF

http://vnx.su

BRAKE PIPING
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

BRAKE PIPING
FRONT
FRONT : Exploded View

INFOID:0000000006960729

JSFIA0616GB

1.

Brake tube

2.

Lock plate

3.

Brake hose

4.

Copper washer

5.

Union bolt

6.

Connector

7.

Connector bracket

8.

Electrically-driven intelligent brake


unit

9.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

A.

To rear brake tube


: Nm (kg-m, ft-lb)
: Nm (kg-m, in-lb)
: Always replace after every disassembly.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-214

LEAF

http://vnx.su

BRAKE PIPING
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

FRONT : Hydraulic Piping

INFOID:0000000006960730

BR
JSFIA0702ZZ

1.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

2.

Front disc brake

4.
A.

Connector

5.

Rear disc brake

Brake tube

B.

Brake hose

3.

Electrically-driven intelligent brake


unit

: Flare nut
: Union bolt

FRONT : Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006960731

REMOVAL
CAUTION:
Never spill or splash brake fluid on painted surfaces. Brake fluid may seriously damage paint. Wipe it
off immediately and wash with water if it gets on a painted surface. For brake component parts,
never wash them with water.
Never depress brake pedal. while removing the brake hose or brake tube. If this is not complied with,
brake fluid may splash.
1. Remove tires with power tool.
2. Drain brake fluid. Refer to BR-204, "Draining".
3. Loosen the flare nut (1) with a flare nut wrench (A) and separate
the brake tube (2) from the brake hose (3).
CAUTION:
To prevent damage to the parts, never scratch the flare
nut and the brake tube.
To prevent damage to the parts, never bend sharply, twist
or strongly pull out the brake hoses and tubes.
To prevent the inclusion of foreign matter, cover open end
of brake tubes and hoses when disconnecting to prevent
entrance of dirt.
JPFIA0847ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

BR-215

LEAF

http://vnx.su

BRAKE PIPING
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
4. Remove the union bolt (1) and copper washers (2), and remove
the brake hose (3) from the brake caliper assembly.
5. Remove the lock plate (4) and remove the brake hose.

JPFIA0819ZZ

INSTALLATION
CAUTION:
Never spill or splash brake fluid on painted surfaces. Brake fluid may seriously damage paint. Wipe it
off immediately and wash with water if it gets on a painted surface. For brake component parts,
never wash them with water.
Never depress brake pedal.while removing the brake hose or brake tube. If this is not complied with,
brake fluid may splash.
1. Assemble the union bolt (1) and the copper washer (2) to the
brake hose.
CAUTION:
To prevent leakage of brake fluid, never reuse the copper
washer.
2. Align the brake hose pin (A) with the brake caliper assembly
projection (B), and tighten the union bolt (1) to the specified
torque.

JPFIA0820ZZ

3.

Install the brake tube (2) to the brake hose (1), temporarily
tighten the flare nut (3) by hand until it does not rotate further,
and fix the brake hose to the bracket (5) with the lock plate (4).
CAUTION:
To prevent leakage of brake fluid, check that all brake hoses
and brake tubes are not twisted and bent.

JPFIA0821ZZ

4.

5.

6.
7.

Tighten the flare nut to the specified torque with a crowfoot (A)
and torque wrench (B).
CAUTION:
To prevent damage to the parts, never scratch the flare nut
and the brake tube.
Refill with new brake fluid and perform the air bleeding. Refer to
BR-205, "Bleeding Brake System".
CAUTION:
Never reuse drained brake fluid.
Install tires with power tool. Refer to WT-45, "Removal and
Installation".
Perform inspection after installation. Refer to BR-217, "FRONT :
Inspection".

Revision: 2010 November

BR-216

JPFIA0001ZZ

LEAF

http://vnx.su

BRAKE PIPING
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

FRONT : Inspection

INFOID:0000000006960732

INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION


1.
2.

Check the brake hoses and tubes for the following: no scratches; no twist and deformation; no interference with other components when steering the steering wheel; no looseness at connections.
Depress the brake pedal with a force of 785 N (80 kg, 176 lb) and hold down the pedal for approximately
5 seconds with set the vehicle to READY. Check for any fluid leakage.
CAUTION:
Retighten the applicable connection to the specified torque and repair any abnormal (damaged,
worn or deformed) part if any brake fluid leakage is present.

REAR

REAR : Exploded View

INFOID:0000000006960733

BR

L
JSFIA0617GB

M
1.

Union bolt

2.

Brake hose A

3.

Lock plate

4.

Copper washer

5.

Brake tube A

6.

Brake hose B

7.

Brake tube B

A.

To connector

: Nm (kg-m, ft-lb)

: Always replace after every disassembly.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-217

LEAF

http://vnx.su

BRAKE PIPING
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

REAR : Hydraulic Piping

INFOID:0000000006960734

JSFIA0702ZZ

1.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

2.

Front disc brake

4.

Connector

5.

Rear disc brake

A.

Brake tube

B.

Brake hose

3.

Electrically-driven intelligent brake


unit

: Flare nut
: Union bolt

REAR : Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006960735

REMOVAL
CAUTION:
Never spill or splash brake fluid on painted surfaces. Brake fluid may seriously damage paint. Wipe it
off immediately and wash with water if it gets on a painted surface. For brake component parts,
never wash them with water.
Never depress brake pedal.while removing the brake hose or brake tube. If this is not complied with,
brake fluid may splash.
1. Remove tires with power tool.
2. Drain brake fluid. Refer to BR-204, "Draining".
3. Loosen the flare nut (1) with a flare nut wrench (A) and separate
the brake tube (2) from the hose A (3).
CAUTION:
Never scratch the flare nut and the brake tube.
Never bend sharply, twist or strongly pull out the brake
hoses and tubes.
Cover open end of brake tubes and hoses when disconnecting to prevent entrance of dirt.
4. Remove the lock plate (4) and remove the brake hose A.
JSFIA0469ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

BR-218

LEAF

http://vnx.su

BRAKE PIPING
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
5. Loosen the flare nut (1) with a flare nut wrench (A) and separate
the brake tube (2) from the hose B (3).
CAUTION:
To prevent damage to the parts, never scratch the flare
nut and the brake tube.
To prevent damage to the parts, never bend sharply, twist
or strongly pull out the brake hoses and tubes.
To prevent leakage of brake fluid, cover open end of brake
tubes and hoses when disconnecting to prevent entrance
of dirt.
6. Remove the lock plate (4) from brake hose bracket (5).

C
JSFIA0470ZZ

7.

Remove the union bolt (1) and copper washers (2), and remove
the brake hose B (3) from the brake caliper assembly.
E

BR

G
JSFIA0471ZZ

INSTALLATION
CAUTION:
Never spill or splash brake fluid on painted surfaces. Brake fluid may seriously damage paint. Wipe it
off immediately and wash with water if it gets on a painted surface. For brake component parts,
never wash them with water.
Never depress brake pedal.while removing the brake hose or brake tube. If this is not complied with,
brake fluid may splash.
1. Assemble the union bolt (1) and the copper washer (2) to the
brake hose B.
CAUTION:
To prevent leakage of brake fluid, ever reuse the copper
washer.
2. Align the brake hose B L-pin (A) with the brake caliper assembly
hole (B), and tighten the union bolt (1) to the specified torque.

JSFIA0472ZZ

3.

Install the brake tube (2) to the brake hose B (1), temporarily
tighten the flare nut (3) by hand until it does not rotate further,
and fix the brake hose B to the brake hose bracket (5) with the
lock plate (4).
CAUTION:
To prevent leakage of brake fluid, check that all brake hoses
and brake tubes are not twisted and bent.

P
JSFIA0473ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

BR-219

LEAF

http://vnx.su

BRAKE PIPING
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
4. Tighten the flare nut to the specified torque with a crowfoot (A)
and torque wrench (B).
CAUTION:
To prevent damage to the parts, never scratch the flare nut
and the brake tube.

JPFIA0001ZZ

5.

Install the brake tube (2) to the brake hose A (3), temporarily
tighten the flare nut (1) by hand until it does not rotate further,
and fix the brake hose A to the bracket with the lock plate (4).
CAUTION:
To prevent leakage of brake fluid, check that all brake hoses
and brake tubes are not twisted and bent.

JSFIA0474ZZ

6.

7.

8.
9.

Tighten the flare nut to the specified torque with a crowfoot (A)
and torque wrench (B).
CAUTION:
To prevent damage to the parts, never scratch the flare nut
and the brake tube.
Refill with new brake fluid and perform the air bleeding. Refer to
BR-205, "Bleeding Brake System".
CAUTION:
Never reuse drained brake fluid.
Install tires with power tool. Refer to WT-45, "Removal and
Installation".
Perform inspection after installation. Refer to BR-220, "REAR :
Inspection".

REAR : Inspection

JPFIA0001ZZ

INFOID:0000000006960736

INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION


1.
2.

Check the brake hoses and tubes for the following: no scratches; no twist and deformation; no looseness
at connections.
Depress the brake pedal with a force of 785 N (80kg, 176 lb) and hold down the pedal for approximately 5
seconds with set the vehicle to READY. Check for any fluid leakage.
CAUTION:
Retighten the applicable connection to the specified torque and repair any abnormal (damaged,
worn or deformed) part if any brake fluid leakage is present.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-220

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ELECTRICALLY-DRIVEN INTELLIGENT BRAKE UNIT


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

ELECTRICALLY-DRIVEN INTELLIGENT BRAKE UNIT


Exploded View

A
INFOID:0000000006960737

BR

I
JSFIA0606GB

1.

Reservoir cap

2.

Oil stainer

3.

Reservoir tank

4.

Clamp

5.

Reservoir tank bracket

6.

Hose

7.

Clamp

8.

Master cylinder pressure sensor2

9.

Master cylinder pressure sensor 1

10. Lock nut

11. Clevis

12. Electrically-driven intelligent brake


unit

13. Hose bracket

: Nm (kg-m, ft-lb)
: Nm (kg-m, in-lb)

Removal and installation

INFOID:0000000006960738

CAUTION:
Never disassemble the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit.

REMOVAL
CAUTION:
Never spill or splash brake fluid on painted surfaces. Brake fluid may seriously damage paint. Wipe it
off immediately and wash with water if it gets on a painted surface. For brake component parts,
never wash them with water.
Never depress brake pedal.while removing the brake tube. If this is not complied with, brake fluid
may splash.
1. Perform inspection before removal. Refer to BR-222, "Inspection and Adjustment".
2. Remove 12 V battery. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
3. Move the fuse box.
4. Drain brake fluid. Refer to BR-204, "Draining".
5. Disconnect the brake fluid level switch harness connector.
Revision: 2010 November

BR-221

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ELECTRICALLY-DRIVEN INTELLIGENT BRAKE UNIT


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
6. Separate the brake tube from master cylinder assembly with a flare nut wrench.
CAUTION:
To prevent damage to the parts, never scratch the flare nut and the brake tube.
7. Remove snap pin (1) and clevis pin (2). Refer to BR-211,
"Removal and Installation".
8. Remove nuts on electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and
brake pedal assembly.
CAUTION:
To prevent damage to the parts, hold the electricallydriven intelligent brake unit so as to avoid dropping out.
To prevent damage to the parts, never deform or bend the
brake tubes.
9. Perform inspection after removal. Refer to BR-222, "Inspection
and Adjustment".

JPFIA0019ZZ

INSTALLATION
CAUTION:
Never spill or splash brake fluid on painted surfaces. Brake fluid may seriously damage paint. Wipe it
off immediately and wash with water if it gets on a painted surface. For brake component parts,
never wash them with water.
Never depress brake pedal.while removing the brake tube. If this is not complied with, brake fluid
may splash.
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
Be careful not to damage electrically-driven intelligent brake unit stud bolt threads. If electrically-driven intelligent brake unit is tilted during installation, the dash panel may damage the threads.
Never deform or bend the brake tubes when installing the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit.
Temporarily tighten the brake tube flare nut to the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit by hand. Then
tighten it to the specified torque with a crowfoot and torque wrench.
Replace the clevis pin if it is damaged. Refer to BR-212, "Inspection and Adjustment".
Perform the air bleeding. Refer to BR-205, "Bleeding Brake System".
Check each item of brake pedal. Adjust it if the measurement value is not the standard. Refer to BR-202,
"Inspection and Adjustment".
Perform stroke sensor 0 point learning when electrically-driven intelligent brake unit is removed and
installed, or replaced. Refer to BR-37, "Work Procedure".

Inspection and Adjustment

INFOID:0000000006960739

INSPECTION BEFORE REMOVAL


Check the brake fluid level switch. Refer to BRC-111, "Component Inspection".

INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL


Input Rod Length Inspection

1.

Loosen the lock nut (1) and adjust the input rod (2) to the specified length (A).
A

2.

: Refer to BR-240, "Electrically-driven Intelligent Brake".

Tighten the lock nut to the specified torque.

JSFIA0786ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

BR-222

LEAF

http://vnx.su

BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

BRAKE POWER SUPPLY BACKUP UNIT

Exploded View

INFOID:0000000006960740

BR

G
JSFIA0607GB

1.

Bracket

2.

Brake power supply backup unit

3.

Brake power supply backup unit


bracket

: Nm (kg-m, ft-lb)

: Nm (kg-m, in-lb)

Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006960741

REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.

4.

Remove electric parking control module. Refer to PB-83, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect brake power supply backup unit harness connector.
Remove brake power supply backup unit, bracket and brake power supply backup unit bracket.
CAUTION:
To prevent damage to the parts, never drop removed parts.
Remove bracket and brake power supply backup unit bracket from brake power supply backup unit.

INSTALLATION

Install in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-223

LEAF

http://vnx.su

FRONT DISC BRAKE


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

FRONT DISC BRAKE


BRAKE PAD
BRAKE PAD : Exploded View

INFOID:0000000006960742

JSFIA0704GB

1.

Cylinder body

2.

Inner shim cover

3.

inner shim

4.

Inner pad (with pad wear sensor)

5.

Pad retainer

6.

Torque member

7.

Outer pad

8.

Outer shim

9.

Outer shim cover

1: Apply

MOLYKOTE

AS880N or silicone-based grease.

2: Apply MOLYKOTE 7439 or equivalent.


: Nm (kg-m, ft-lb)

BRAKE PAD : Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006960743

REMOVAL
WARNING:
Since dust covering the front and rear brakes has an affect on human body, the dust must be removed
with a dust collector. Never splatter the dust with an air blow gun.
CAUTION:
Never depress brake pedal.while removing the brake pads because the piston may pop out.
Never spill or splash brake fluid on the disc rotor.
If the brake fluid or grease adheres to the disc rotor, quickly wipe it off.
1. Remove tires with power tool.
2. Remove lower sliding pin bolt.

JSFIA0579ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

BR-224

LEAF

http://vnx.su

FRONT DISC BRAKE


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
3. Remove cylinder body from torque member, and suspend the
cylinder body with suitable wire so that the brake hose will not
stretch.

C
JSFIA0580ZZ

4.

5.

Remove the brake pads, shims, shim covers and pad retainers from the torque member.
CAUTION:
Never deform the pad retainer (2) when removing the pad
retainer from the torque member (1).
Never damage the piston boot.
Never drop the brake pads, shims, and the shim covers.
Remember each position of the removed brake pads.
Perform inspection after removal. Refer to BR-226, "BRAKE
PAD : Inspection".

BR

JPFIA0118ZZ

INSTALLATION
WARNING:
Since dust covering the front and rear brakes has an affect on human body, the dust must be removed
with a dust collector. Never splatter the dust with an air blow gun.
CAUTION:
Never depress brake pedal.while removing the brake pads or the cylinder body because the piston
may pop out.
Never spill or splash brake fluid on the disc rotor.
If the brake fluid or grease adheres to the disc rotor, quickly wipe it off.
1. Install the pad retainers (1) to the torque member (2) if the pad
retainers has been removed.
CAUTION:
Securely assemble the pad retainers so that it will not be
lifted up from the torque member.
Never deform the pad retainers.

N
PFIA0763J

2.

3.

Apply MOLYKOTE AS880N or silicone-based grease to the


mating faces (A) between the inner pad and the inner shim, and
install the inner shim and inner shim cover to the inner pad.
CAUTION:
Always replace the shim together with the shim cover when
replacing the brake pad.

Apply MOLYKOTE 7439 or equivalent to the mating faces (B)


between the inner pad and the pad retainers.
JSFIA0484ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

BR-225

LEAF

http://vnx.su

FRONT DISC BRAKE


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
4.

Apply MOLYKOTE AS880N or silicone-based grease to the


mating faces (A) between the outer shim cover and the outer
shim, and install the outer shim and outer shim cover to the
outer pad.
CAUTION:
Always replace the shim together with the shim cover when
replacing the brake pad.

5.

Apply MOLYKOTE 7439 or equivalent to the mating faces (B)


between the outer pad and the pad retainers.
JSFIA0642ZZ

6.

Install the brake pads to the torque member.


CAUTION:
Never deform the pad retainers.
7. Install cylinder body to torque member.
CAUTION:
Never damage the piston boot.
When replacing brake pad with new one, check a brake fluid level in the reservoir tank because
brake fluid returns to reservoir tank when pressing piston in.
NOTE:
Use a disc brake piston tool to easily press piston.
8. Install the lower sliding pin bolt and tighten it to the specified
torque.
9. Depress the brake pedal several times to check that no drag feel
is present for the front disc brake. Refer to BR-226, "BRAKE
PAD : Inspection".
10. Install tires with power tool. Refer to WT-45, "Removal and
Installation".

JSFIA0579ZZ

BRAKE PAD : Inspection

INFOID:0000000006960744

INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL


Replace the shims and the shim covers if rust is excessively attached.
Eliminate rust on the pad retainers and the torque member. Replace them if rust is excessively attached.

INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION


Check a drag of rear disc brake. If any drag is found, follow the procedure described below.
1. Remove brake pads. Refer to BR-232, "BRAKE PAD : Removal and Installation".
2. Press the pistons. Refer to BR-232, "BRAKE PAD : Removal and Installation".
3. Install brake pads. Refer to BR-232, "BRAKE PAD : Removal and Installation".
4. Securely depress the brake pedal several times.
5. Check a drag of rear disc brake again. If any drag is found, disassemble the cylinder body and replace if
necessary. Refer to BR-237, "BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY : Disassembly and Assembly"
Burnish contact surfaces brake pads and disc rotor after refinishing or replacing brake pads, or if a soft pedal
occurs at very low mileage. Refer to BR-207, "BRAKE PAD : Inspection and Adjustment".

BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY


BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY : Exploded View

INFOID:0000000006960745

REMOVAL

Revision: 2010 November

BR-226

LEAF

http://vnx.su

FRONT DISC BRAKE


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
A

BR

JPFIA0422GB

1.

Brake caliper assembly

: Nm (kg-m, ft-lb)

DISASSEMBLY
H

M
JPFIA0329GB

1.

Cap

2.

Bleeder valve

3.

Cylinder body

4.

Sliding pin

5.

Sliding pin boot

6.

Bushing

7.

Piston seal

8.

Piston

9.

Piston boot

10. Torque member

: Apply rubber grease.


: Apply brake fluid.

: Nm (kg-m, in-lb)
: Always replace after every disassembly.

BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY : Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006960746

REMOVAL
WARNING:
Revision: 2010 November

BR-227

LEAF

http://vnx.su

FRONT DISC BRAKE


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
Since dust covering the front and rear brakes has an affect on human body, the dust must be removed
with a dust collector. Never splatter the dust with an air blow gun.
CAUTION:
Never spill or splash brake fluid on painted surfaces. Brake fluid may seriously damage paint. Wipe it
out immediately and wash with water if it gets on a protect surface. For brake component parts,
never wash them with water.
Never depress brake pedal.while removing the brake hose. If this is not complied with, brake fluid
may splash.
Never drop removed parts.
Never spill or splash brake fluid on the disc rotor.
If the brake fluid or grease adheres to the disc rotor, quickly wipe it off.
1. Remove tires with power tool.
2. Fix the disc rotor using wheel nuts.
3. Drain brake fluid. Refer to BR-204, "Draining".
4. Separate brake hose from caliper assembly. Refer to BR-215, "FRONT : Removal and Installation".
5. Remove torque member mounting bolts, and remove brake caliper assembly.
CAUTION:
Never drop brake pad and caliper assembly.
6. When removing disc rotor. Refer to FAX-9, "Removal and Installation".

JSFIA0585ZZ

INSTALLATION
WARNING:
Since dust covering the front and rear brakes has an affect on human body, the dust must be removed
with a dust collector. Never splatter the dust with an air blow gun.
CAUTION:
Never spill or splash brake fluid on painted surfaces. Brake fluid may seriously damage paint. Wipe it
out immediately and wash with water if it gets on a protect surface. For brake component parts,
never wash them with water.
Never depress brake pedal.while removing the brake hose. If this is not complied with, brake fluid
may splash.
Never spill or splash brake fluid on the disc rotor.
If the brake fluid or grease adheres to the disc rotor, quickly wipe it off.
1. Install disc rotor. Refer to FAX-9, "Removal and Installation".
2. Install the brake caliper assembly to the steering knuckle and
tighten the torque member mounting bolts to the specified
torque.
CAUTION:
Never spill or splash any grease and moisture on the brake
caliper assembly mounting face, threads, mounting bolts
and washers. Wipe out any grease and moisture.
3. Install brake hose. Refer to BR-215, "FRONT : Removal and
Installation".
4. Perform the air bleeding. Refer to BR-205, "Bleeding Brake SysJSFIA0585ZZ
tem".
5. Check a drag of front disc brake. If any drag is found, refer to
BR-231, "BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY : Inspection".
6. Install tires with power tool. Refer to WT-45, "Removal and Installation".
7. Perform inspection after installation. Refer to BR-231, "BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY : Inspection".

Revision: 2010 November

BR-228

LEAF

http://vnx.su

FRONT DISC BRAKE


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY : Disassembly and Assembly

INFOID:0000000006960747

DISASSEMBLY
NOTE:
Never remove the torque member, brake pad and pad retainers when disassembling and assembling the cylinder body.
1. Remove the sliding pin bolt, and remove the cylinder body from the torque member. Refer to BR-224,
"BRAKE PAD : Removal and Installation".
CAUTION:
Fix the brake pad at suitable tape so that the brake pad will not drop.
2. Remove sliding pins and sliding pin boots from torque member.
3. Remove bushing (1) from sliding pin (2).

BR

G
JSFIA0496ZZ

4.

Place a wooden block as shown in the figure, and blow air from
union bolt mounting hole to remove pistons and piston boots.
CAUTION:
To prevent injury, never get fingers caught in the pistons.

BRB0032D

5.

6.
7.

Remove piston seal from cylinder body using seal pick tool.
CAUTION:
To prevent damage to the parts, be careful not to damage a
cylinder inner wall.
Remove bleeder valve and cap.
Perform inspection after disassembly. Refer to BR-231, "BRAKE
CALIPER ASSEMBLY : Inspection".

N
SFIA0141E

ASSEMBLY
1.

Install bleeder valve and cap.


P

Revision: 2010 November

BR-229

LEAF

http://vnx.su

FRONT DISC BRAKE


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
2. Apply rubber grease to piston seals (1), and install them to cylinder body.
CAUTION:
Never reuse piston seals.

JPFIA0032ZZ

3.

Apply rubber grease to piston boots (1). Cover the piston (2) end
with piston boot, and then install cylinder side lip on piston boot
securely into a groove on cylinder body.
CAUTION:
Never reuse piston boots.

JPFIA0033ZZ

4.

Apply new brake fluid to pistons (1). Push piston into cylinder
body by hand and push piston boot (2) piston-side lip into the
piston groove.
CAUTION:
Press the pistons evenly and vary the pressing point to prevent cylinder inner wall from being rubbed.

JPFIA0034ZZ

5.

Apply rubber grease to mating faces (A) between sliding pin (1)
and bushing (2), and install bushing to sliding pin.

JSFIA0497ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

BR-230

LEAF

http://vnx.su

FRONT DISC BRAKE


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
6. Apply rubber grease to mating faces (A) between sliding pin (1)
and sliding pin boot (2), and install sliding pin and sliding pin
boot to sliding torque member.
7. Install the cylinder body to tighten cylinder body mounting bolts
to the specified torque. Refer to BR-224, "BRAKE PAD :
Exploded View".

C
JSFIA0498ZZ

BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY : Inspection

D
INFOID:0000000006960748

INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY

Check the following items and replace if necessary.


Cylinder Body
Check the inner wall of the cylinder for rust, wear, cracks or damage.
CAUTION:
Always clean with new brake fluid. Never clean with mineral oil such as gasoline and light oil.

BR

Torque Member
Check the torque member for rust, wear, cracks or damage.

Pistons
Check the surface of the piston for rust, wear, cracks or damage.
CAUTION:
A piston sliding surface is plated. Never polish with sandpaper.

Sliding Pin, Sliding Pin Boot and Bushing


Check the sliding pins, sliding boots and bushing for rust, wear, cracks or damage.

INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION


Check a drag of front disc brake. If any drag is found, follow the procedure described below.
1. Remove brake pads. Refer to BR-224, "BRAKE PAD : Removal and Installation".
2. Press the pistons. Refer to BR-224, "BRAKE PAD : Removal and Installation".
3. Install brake pads. Refer to BR-224, "BRAKE PAD : Removal and Installation".
4. Securely depress the brake pedal several times.
5. Check a drag of front disc brake again. If any drag is found, disassemble the cylinder body and replace if
necessary. Refer to BR-229, "BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY : Disassembly and Assembly".
Burnish contact surface between disc rotor and brake pads after refinishing or replacing disc rotor, or if a soft
pedal occurs at very low mileage. Refer to BR-207, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment".

Revision: 2010 November

BR-231

LEAF

http://vnx.su

REAR DISC BRAKE


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

REAR DISC BRAKE


BRAKE PAD
BRAKE PAD : Exploded View

INFOID:0000000006960749

JSFIA0780GB

1.

Sliding pin bolt

2.

Cylinder body

3.

Inner shim cover

4.

Inner shim

5.

Inner pad (with pad wear sensor)

6.

Pad retainer

7.

Torque member

8.

Outer pad

9.

Outer shim

10. Outer shim cover


1 Apply rubber grease.
2: Apply MOLYKOTE AS880N or silicone-based grease.
3: Apply MOLYKOTE 7439 or equivalent
: Nm (kg-m, ft-lb)

BRAKE PAD : Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006960750

REMOVAL
WARNING:
Since dust covering the front and rear brakes has an affect on human body, the dust must be removed
with a dust collector. Never splatter the dust with an air blow gun.
CAUTION:
Never depress brake pedal.while removing the brake pads because the piston may pop out.
Never spill or splash brake fluid on the disc rotor.
If the brake fluid or grease adheres to the disc rotor, quickly wipe it off.
1. Remove tires with power tool.
2. Remove lower sliding pin bolt.

JSFIA0491ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

BR-232

LEAF

http://vnx.su

REAR DISC BRAKE


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
3.

Remove cylinder body from torque member, and suspend the


cylinder body with suitable wire so that the brake hose will not
stretch.

JSFIA0492ZZ

4.

5.

Remove the brake pads, shims, shim covers and pad retainers from the torque member.
CAUTION:
Never deform the pad retainer (2) when removing the pad
retainer from the torque member (1).
Never damage the piston boot.
Never drop the brake pads, shims, and the shim covers.
Remember each position of the removed brake pads.
Perform inspection after removal. Refer to BR-226, "BRAKE
PAD : Inspection".

BR

H
JPFIA0118ZZ

INSTALLATION
WARNING:
Since dust covering the front and rear brakes has an affect on human body, the dust must be removed
with a dust collector. Never splatter the dust with an air blow gun.
CAUTION:
Never depress brake pedal.while removing the brake pads or the cylinder body because the piston
may pop out.
Never spill or splash brake fluid on the disc rotor.
If the brake fluid or grease adheres to the disc rotor, quickly wipe it off.
1. Install the pad retainers (1) to the torque member (2) if the pad
retainers has been removed.
CAUTION:
Securely assemble the pad retainers so that it will not be
lifted up from the torque member.
Never deform the pad retainers.

N
PFIA0763J

2.

3.
4.
5.

Apply MOLYKOTE AS880N or silicone-based grease to the


mating faces (A) between the brake pads and the shims, and
install the shims to the brake pad.
CAUTION:
Always replace the shim together with the shim cover when
replacing the brake pad.
Apply MOLYKOTE 7439 or equivalent to the mating faces (B)
between the brake pads and the pad retainers.
Install the brake pads to the torque member.
Install cylinder body to torque member.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-233

JSFIA0589ZZ

LEAF

http://vnx.su

REAR DISC BRAKE


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
CAUTION:
Never damage the piston boot.
When replacing brake pad with new one, check a brake fluid level in the reservoir tank because
brake fluid returns to master cylinder reservoir tank when pressing piston in.
NOTE:
Use a disc brake piston tool to easily press piston.
6.
7.

8.

Install the lower sliding pin bolt and tighten it to the specified
torque.
Depress the brake pedal several times to check that no drag feel
is present for the front disc brake. Refer to BR-226, "BRAKE
PAD : Inspection".
Install tires with power tool. Refer to WT-45, "Removal and
Installation".

JSFIA0491ZZ

BRAKE PAD : Inspection

INFOID:0000000006960751

INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL


Replace the shims and the shim covers if rust is excessively attached.
Eliminate rust on the pad retainers and the torque member. Replace them if rust is excessively attached.

INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION


Check a drag of front disc brake. If any drag is found, follow the procedure described below.
1. Remove brake pads. Refer to BR-232, "BRAKE PAD : Removal and Installation".
2. Press the pistons. Refer to BR-232, "BRAKE PAD : Removal and Installation".
3. Install brake pads. Refer to BR-232, "BRAKE PAD : Removal and Installation".
4. Securely depress the brake pedal several times.
5. Check a drag of front disc brake again. If any drag is found, disassemble the cylinder body and replace if
necessary. Refer to BR-237, "BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY : Disassembly and Assembly"
Burnish contact surfaces brake pads and disc rotor after refinishing or replacing brake pads, or if a soft pedal
occurs at very low mileage. Refer to BR-209, "BRAKE PAD : Inspection and Adjustment".

BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY


BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY : Exploded View

INFOID:0000000006960752

REMOVAL

Revision: 2010 November

BR-234

LEAF

http://vnx.su

REAR DISC BRAKE


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
A

BR

JPFIA0677GB

1.

Brake caliper assembly

: Nm (kg-m, ft-lb)

DISASSEMBLY
H

M
JSFIA0494GB

1.

Sliding pin bolt

2.

Bushing

3.

Cap

4.

Bleeder valve

5.

Cylinder body

6.

Piston seal

7.

Piston

8.

Piston boot

9.

Sliding pin boot

10. Torque member

: Apply rubber grease.


: Apply brake fluid.

: Nm (kg-m, ft-lb)
: Nm (kg-m, in-lb)
: Always replace after every disassembly.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-235

LEAF

http://vnx.su

REAR DISC BRAKE


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY : Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006960753

REMOVAL
WARNING:
Since dust covering the front and rear brakes has an affect on human body, the dust must be removed
with a dust collector. Never splatter the dust with an air blow gun.
CAUTION:
Never spill or splash brake fluid on painted surfaces. Brake fluid may seriously damage paint. Wipe it
out immediately and wash with water if it gets on a protect surface. For brake component parts,
never wash them with water.
Never depress brake pedal.while removing the brake hose. If this is not complied with, brake fluid
may splash.
Never drop removed parts.
Never spill or splash brake fluid on the disc rotor.
If the brake fluid or grease adheres to the disc rotor, quickly wipe it off.
1. Remove tires with power tool.
2. Fix the disc rotor using wheel nuts.
3. Drain brake fluid. Refer to BR-204, "Draining".
4. Separate brake hose from caliper assembly. Refer to BR-218, "REAR : Removal and Installation".
5. Remove torque member mounting bolts, and remove brake caliper assembly.
CAUTION:
Never drop brake pad and caliper assembly.
6. When removing disc rotor. Refer to RAX-6, "Removal and Installation".

JSFIA0495ZZ

INSTALLATION
WARNING:
Since dust covering the front and rear brakes has an affect on human body, the dust must be removed
with a dust collector. Never splatter the dust with an air blow gun.
CAUTION:
Never spill or splash brake fluid on painted surfaces. Brake fluid may seriously damage paint. Wipe it
out immediately and wash with water if it gets on a protect surface. For brake component parts,
never wash them with water.
Never depress brake pedal.while removing the brake hose. If this is not complied with, brake fluid
may splash.
Never spill or splash brake fluid on the disc rotor.
If the brake fluid or grease adheres to the disc rotor, quickly wipe it off.
1. Install disc rotor. Refer to RAX-6, "Removal and Installation".
2. Install the brake caliper assembly to the axle housing and
tighten the torque member mounting bolts to the specified
torque.
CAUTION:
Never spill or splash any grease and moisture on the brake
caliper assembly mounting face, threads, mounting bolts
and washers. Wipe out any grease and moisture.
3. Install brake hose. Refer to BR-218, "REAR : Removal and
Installation".
4. Perform the air bleeding. Refer to BR-205, "Bleeding Brake SysJSFIA0495ZZ
tem".
5. Check a drag of rear disc brake. If any drag is found, refer to
BR-234, "BRAKE PAD : Inspection".
Revision: 2010 November

BR-236

LEAF

http://vnx.su

REAR DISC BRAKE


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
6. Install tires with power tool. Refer to WT-45, "Removal and Installation".
7. Perform inspection after installation. Refer to BR-239, "BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY : Inspection".

BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY : Disassembly and Assembly

INFOID:0000000006960754

DISASSEMBLY
NOTE:
Never remove the torque member, brake pad and pad retainers when disassembling and assembling the cylinder body.
1. Remove the sliding pin bolt, and remove the cylinder body from the torque member. Refer to BR-232,
"BRAKE PAD : Removal and Installation".
CAUTION:
Fix the brake pad at suitable tape so that the brake pad will not drop.
2. Remove sliding pin boots from torque member.
3. Remove bushing (1) from sliding pin bolt (2).

BR

JSFIA0496ZZ

4.

Place a wooden block as shown in the figure, and blow air from
union bolt mounting hole to remove pistons and piston boots.
CAUTION:
To prevent injury, never get fingers caught in the pistons.

MAA0272D

5.

6.
7.

Remove piston seal from cylinder body using seal pick tool.
CAUTION:
To prevent damage to the parts, be careful not to damage a
cylinder inner wall.
Remove bleeder valve and cap.
Perform inspection after disassembly. Refer to BR-231, "BRAKE
CALIPER ASSEMBLY : Inspection".

O
JPFIA0738ZZ

ASSEMBLY
1.

Install bleeder valve and cap.

Revision: 2010 November

BR-237

LEAF

http://vnx.su

REAR DISC BRAKE


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
2. Apply rubber grease to piston seals (1), and install them to cylinder body.
CAUTION:
Never reuse piston seals.

JPFIA0039ZZ

3.

Apply rubber grease to piston boots (1). Cover the piston (2) end
with piston boot, and then install cylinder side lip on piston boot
securely into a groove on cylinder body.
CAUTION:
Never reuse piston boots.

JPFIA0739ZZ

4.

Apply new brake fluid to pistons (1). Push piston into cylinder
body by hand and push piston boot (2) piston-side lip into the
piston groove.
CAUTION:
Press the pistons evenly and vary the pressing point to prevent cylinder inner wall from being rubbed.

JPFIA0034ZZ

5.

Apply rubber grease to mating faces (A) between sliding pin bolt
(1) and bushing (2), and install bushing to sliding pin.

JSFIA0497ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

BR-238

LEAF

http://vnx.su

REAR DISC BRAKE


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
6. Apply rubber grease to mating faces (A) between sliding pin bolt
(1) and sliding pin boot (2), and install sliding pin and sliding pin
boot to sliding torque member.
7. Install the cylinder body to tighten sliding pin bolts to the specified torque. Refer to BR-232, "BRAKE PAD : Exploded View".

C
JSFIA0498ZZ

BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY : Inspection

D
INFOID:0000000006960755

INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY

Check the following items and replace if necessary.


Cylinder Body
Check the inner wall of the cylinder for rust, wear, cracks or damage.
CAUTION:
Always clean with new brake fluid. Never clean with mineral oil such as gasoline and light oil.

BR

Torque Member
Check the torque member for rust, wear, cracks or damage.

Pistons
Check the surface of the piston for rust, wear, cracks or damage.
CAUTION:
A piston sliding surface is plated. Never polish with sandpaper.

Sliding Pin, Sliding Pin Boot and Bushing


Check the sliding pins, sliding boots and bushing for rust, wear, cracks or damage.

INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION


Check a drag of front disc brake. If any drag is found, follow the procedure described below.
1. Remove brake pads. Refer to BR-224, "BRAKE PAD : Removal and Installation".
2. Press the pistons. Refer to BR-224, "BRAKE PAD : Removal and Installation".
3. Install brake pads. Refer to BR-224, "BRAKE PAD : Removal and Installation".
4. Securely depress the brake pedal several times.
5. Check a drag of front disc brake again. If any drag is found, disassemble the cylinder body and replace if
necessary. Refer to BR-229, "BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY : Disassembly and Assembly".
Burnish contact surface between disc rotor and brake pads after refinishing or replacing disc rotor, or if a soft
pedal occurs at very low mileage. Refer to BR-209, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment".

Revision: 2010 November

BR-239

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)


< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)


SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
General Specifications

INFOID:0000000006960756

Unit: mm (in)

45.0 (1.772) 2

Cylinder bore diameter


Front brake

Pad length width thickness


Rotor outer diameter thickness
Cylinder bore diameter

Rear brake

Rotor outer diameter thickness


Cylinder bore diameter

Control valve

Valve type

283 28.0 (11.14 1.102)


38.1 (1.500)

Pad length width thickness

Master cylinder

140.0 48.0 9.5 (5.51 1.890 0.374)

83.0 31.9 8.5 (3.268 1.265 0.355)


292 16.0 (11.50 0.630)
25.4
Electric brake force distribution
Refer to MA-9, "Fluids and Lubricants".

Recommended brake fluid

Brake Pedal

INFOID:0000000006960757

Unit: mm (in)

Item

Standard

Brake pedal height

159.9 169.9 (6.30 6.69)

Depressed brake pedal height


Depressing 196 N (20 kg, 44 lb) while set the vehicle to READY]
Clearance between stop lamp switch and ASCD brake switch threaded end and
the brake pedal lever
Brake pedal play

93.0 (3.661) or more


0.74 1.96
3 11

Electrically-driven Intelligent Brake

INFOID:0000000006960758

Unit: mm (in)

Item

Standard
154.5 155.5 (6.08 6.12)

Input rod length

Front Disc Brake

INFOID:0000000006960759

Unit: mm (in)

Item
Brake pad

Limit

Wear thickness

2.0 (0.079)

Wear thickness
Disc rotor

26.0 (1.024)

Thickness variation (measured at 8 positions)

0.015 (0.0006)

Runout (with it attached to the vehicle)

0.035 (0.0014)

Rear Disc Brake

INFOID:0000000006960760

Unit: mm (in)

Item
Brake pad

Disc rotor

Limit

Wear thickness

2.0 (0.079)

Wear thickness

14.0 (0.051)

Thickness variation (measured at 8 positions)


Runout (with it attached to the vehicle)

Revision: 2010 November

BR-240

0.015 (0.0006)
0.1 (0.04)

LEAF

http://vnx.su

BRAKES

SECTION

PB

PARKING BRAKE SYSTEM

CONTENTS
PRECAUTION ............................................... 4

Fail-Safe ..................................................................27
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ..................................28
DTC Index ...............................................................29

PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 4
Precaution for Technicians Using Medical Electric...... 4
Point to Be Checked Before Starting Maintenance
Work .......................................................................... 4
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 4
Precaution for Removing 12V Battery ....................... 5
Precaution for Parking Brake System ....................... 5

WIRING DIAGRAM ...................................... 30


Wiring Diagram ........................................................30

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ....... 33

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .............................. 7

Description ...............................................................37

DESCRIPTION .................................................... 7

PARKING BRAKE ACTUATOR 0 POINT


LEARNING ........................................................ 38
Description ...............................................................38
Work Procedure .......................................................38

COMPONENT PARTS ........................................ 8

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ......................... 40

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ELECTRIC PARKING


BRAKE CONTROL MODULE) ...........................24
CONSULT Function ................................................ 24

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION .............. 26


ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE CONTROL
MODULE ............................................................26
Reference Value ..................................................... 26

Revision: 2010 November

C10C8 ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE CONTROL MODULE ................................................ 40

SYSTEM .............................................................14
System Description ................................................. 14
Schematic ............................................................... 22
Fail-Safe .................................................................. 22

Work Flow ................................................................33


Diagnostic Work Sheet ............................................34

Commercial Service Tools ........................................ 6

Component Parts Location ........................................ 8


Electric Parking Brake Control Module ..................... 9
Parking Brake Switch ................................................ 9
Parking Brake Actuator ............................................. 9

BASIC INSPECTION ................................... 33

ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING


BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL ................... 37

Description ................................................................ 7

PARKING BRAKE SYSTEM ............................. 30

PREPARATION ............................................ 6
PREPARATION ................................................... 6

PB

DTC Logic ................................................................40


SYSTEM INTERNAL MALFUNCTION ......................40
SYSTEM INTERNAL MALFUNCTION : Diagnosis
Procedure ................................................................40
INTERNAL ELECTRIC MALFUNCTN .......................40
INTERNAL ELECTRIC MALFUNCTN : Diagnosis
Procedure ................................................................40

C10E0 PARKING BRAKE ACTUATOR ........... 42


DTC Logic ................................................................42
ACTUATOR SLIPPING ..............................................42
ACTUATOR SLIPPING : Diagnosis Procedure .......42

PB-1

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COMMANDED POS NOT REACH ............................ 44


COMMANDED POS NOT REACH : Diagnosis
Procedure ............................................................... 44
MECHANICAL LINKAGE MALFNCTN .................... 45
MECHANICAL LINKAGE MALFNCTN : Diagnosis
Procedure ............................................................... 45
PERFORMANCE/INCRRCT OPERAT ..................... 47
PERFORMANCE/INCRRCT OPERAT : Diagnosis Procedure .......................................................... 47
UNEXPECTED OPERATION .................................... 48
UNEXPECTED OPERATION : Diagnosis Procedure ........................................................................ 48

C10E1 MOTOR CIRCUIT .................................. 50

U0140 BCM COMMUNICATION ....................... 67


Description .............................................................. 67
DTC Logic ............................................................... 67
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 67

U0155 METER COMMUNICATION ................... 68


Description .............................................................. 68
DTC Logic ............................................................... 68
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 68

U0401 VCM SIGNAL ......................................... 69


DTC Logic ............................................................... 69
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 69

U0418 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC


UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) SIGNAL ...................... 70

DTC Logic ............................................................... 50


Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 50

DTC Logic ............................................................... 70


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 70

C10E2 MOTOR .................................................. 52

U0422 BCM SIGNAL ......................................... 71

DTC Logic ............................................................... 52


Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 52

DTC Logic ............................................................... 71


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 71

C10E3 PARKING BRAKE SWITCH .................. 54

U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ............................ 72

DTC Logic ............................................................... 54


Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 54
Component Inspection ............................................ 55

Description .............................................................. 72
DTC Logic ............................................................... 72
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 72

C10E4 TENSION SENSOR ............................... 57

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ..... 73

DTC Logic ............................................................... 57


Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 57

C10E5 ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE CONTROL MODULE ................................................. 59


DTC Logic ............................................................... 59
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 59

C10E6 IGNITION SWITCH ................................ 61


DTC Logic ............................................................... 61
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 61

C10E7 OVER HEAT .......................................... 63


DTC Logic ............................................................... 63
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 63

U0100 VCM COMMUNICATION ....................... 64


Description .............................................................. 64
DTC Logic ............................................................... 64
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 64

U0111 IPDM COMMUNICATION ...................... 65


Description .............................................................. 65
DTC Logic ............................................................... 65
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 65

U0129 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC


UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) COMMUNICATION ... 66
Description .............................................................. 66
DTC Logic ............................................................... 66
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 66

Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 73

ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE INDICATION


LAMP ................................................................. 76
Component Function Check ................................... 76
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 76

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 77


PARKING BRAKE DOES NOT RELEASE ....... 77
Description .............................................................. 77
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 77

PARKING BRAKE DOES NOT OPERATE ....... 78


Description .............................................................. 78
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 78

THE BRAKING FORCE OF PARKING


BRAKE IS LOW ................................................. 79
Description .............................................................. 79
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 79

THE BRAKING FORCE OF PARKING


BRAKE IS HIGH ................................................ 80
Description .............................................................. 80
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 80

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ....................... 81


PARKING BRAKE SYSTEM ............................. 81
Inspection and Adjustment ...................................... 81

PARKING BRAKE SHOE .................................. 82


Revision: 2010 November

PB-2

LEAF

http://vnx.su

Adjustment .............................................................. 82

Inspection ................................................................88

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............... 83

PARKING BRAKE SWITCH ............................. 90

Removal and Installation .........................................90

ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE CONTROL


MODULE ............................................................83

PARKING BRAKE SHOE ................................. 91

Exploded View ........................................................ 83


Removal and Installation ......................................... 83
Inspection ................................................................ 83

Exploded View .........................................................91


Removal and Installation .........................................91
Inspection and Adjustment ......................................93

PARKING BRAKE ACTUATOR ........................85

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS


(SDS) ............................................................ 95

Exploded View ........................................................ 85


Removal and Installation ......................................... 85
Inspection ................................................................ 86

PARKING BRAKE REAR CABLE .....................87

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS


(SDS) ................................................................. 95
Parking Drum Brake ................................................95

Exploded View ........................................................ 87


Removal and Installation ......................................... 87
PB

Revision: 2010 November

PB-3

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >

PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Technicians Using Medical Electric

INFOID:0000000007071893

OPERATION PROHIBITION
WARNING:
Parts with strong magnet is used in this vehicle.
Technicians using a medical electric device such as pacemaker must never perform operation on the
vehicle, as magnetic field can affect the device function by approaching to such parts.

NORMAL CHARGE PRECAUTION


WARNING:
If a technician uses a medical electric device such as an implantable cardiac pacemaker or an
implantable cardioverter defibrillator, the possible effects on the devices must be checked with the
device manufacturer before starting the charge operation.
As radiated electromagnetic wave generated by on board charger at normal charge operation may
effect medical electric devices, a technician using a medical electric device such as implantable cardiac pacemaker or an implantable cardioverter defibrillator must not enter the vehicle compartment
(including luggage room) during normal charge operation.

Precaution at telematics system operation


WARNING:
If a technician uses implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD),
avoid the device implanted part from approaching within approximately 220 mm (8.66 in) from interior/exterior antenna.
The electromagnetic wave of TCU might affect the function of the implantable cardiac pacemaker or
the implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), when using the service, etc.
If a technician uses other medical electric devices than implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator(ICD), the electromagnetic wave of TCU might affect the function of the
device. The possible effects on the devices must be checked with the device manufacturer before
TCU use.

Precaution at intelligent key system operation


WARNING:
If a technician uses implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD),
avoid the device implanted part from approaching within approximately 220 mm (8.66 in) from interior/exterior antenna.
The electromagnetic wave of intelligent key might affect the function of the implantable cardiac
pacemaker or the implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), at door operation, at each request
switch operation, or at engine starting.
If a technician uses other medical electric devices than implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), the electromagnetic wave of intelligent key might affect the function of the device. The possible effects on the devices must be checked with the device
manufacturer before intelligent key use.

Point to Be Checked Before Starting Maintenance Work

INFOID:0000000007079423

The high voltage system may starts automatically. It is required to check that the timer air conditioner
and timer charge (during EVSE connection) are not set before starting maintenance work.
NOTE:
If the timer air conditioner or timer charge (during EVSE connection) is set, the high voltage system starts
automatically even when the power switch is in OFF state.

Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"

INFOID:0000000007080035

The Supplemental Restraint System such as AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
Revision: 2010 November

PB-4

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS AIR BAG and SEAT BELT of this
Service Manual.
WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see SRS AIR BAG.
Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors.

PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS


WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
PB
When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
power switch ON, never use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer.
Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious
G
injury.
When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the power switch OFF, disconnect
the 12V battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
H

Precaution for Removing 12V Battery

INFOID:0000000007071894

When removing the 12V battery, turn ON/OFF the power switch and check that the charging status indicator
does not blink. The 12V battery must be removed within one hour after checking the indicator lamp.
NOTE:
The automatic 12V battery charge control may start even when the power switch is in OFF state.
The automatic 12V battery charge control does not start within approximately one hour when the power
switch is turned ON/OFF.

Precaution for Parking Brake System

INFOID:0000000006960874

WARNING:
Since dust covering the parking brake shoe has an affect on human body, the dust must be removed
with a dust collector. Never splatter the dust with an air blow gun.
The electric parking brake indicator lamp turns ON while the electric parking brake is operating.
When a malfunction occurs in the electric parking brake system, master warning (yellow) turns ON.
CAUTION:
When vehicle is parked, press the select lever P range position switch into the P range.
When parking brake switch is pulled/pushed under electric parking brake system malfunction, master warning (red) turns ON when electric parking brake cannot be operated.
When a malfunction occurs that prevents the parking brake from being released and the parking brake must
be released, manually release it. PB-9, "Parking Brake Actuator".
When parking brake must be released while the 12V battery negative terminal is disconnected, manually
release it. PB-9, "Parking Brake Actuator".
When parking brake shoe is ground or replaced, perform break-in operation. Refer to PB-86, "Inspection".

Revision: 2010 November

PB-5

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PREPARATION
< PREPARATION >

PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Commercial Service Tools

INFOID:0000000006961533

Tool name

Description

Power tool

Loosening bolts and nuts.

PBIC0190E

Revision: 2010 November

PB-6

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DESCRIPTION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

DESCRIPTION
Description

INFOID:0000000006960875

The electric parking brake system is adopted.


The electric parking brake system uses the signal from the parking brake switch to have the electric parking
brake control module operate the parking brake actuator to apply and release the parking brake.
The parking brake switch is placed in the center console so that it can be operated close at hand (applied/
released).
An emergency release cable is employed so that the parking brake can be manually released when electric
parking brake malfunctions. In addition, the vehicle is equipped with a tool for releasing the parking brake.

PB

Revision: 2010 November

PB-7

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

COMPONENT PARTS
Component Parts Location

INFOID:0000000006960876

JSFIA0722GB

A.

Center console

B.

Back of rear seat (left)

C.

Rear under floor

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
No.

Component part

Function

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Mainly transmits the following signals to electric parking brake control module via
CAN communication.
Decel G signal
Rear LH Wheel speed signal
Rear RH Wheel speed signal
Vehicle speed signal (ABS)

2.

VCM

Mainly transmits the following signals to electric parking brake control module via
CAN communication.
Sift position signal
Accelerator pedal position signal
VCM status signal

3.

IPDM E/R

Mainly transmits the following signals to electric parking brake control module via
CAN communication.
Power switch signal

4.

BCM

Mainly transmits the following signals to electric parking brake control module via
CAN communication.
Stop lamp switch signal

5.

Electric parking brake indication lamp (in


combination meter)
Master warning (yellow)
Master warning (red)

PB-14, "System Description"

1.

Revision: 2010 November

PB-8

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
No.

Component part

Function

6.

Combination meter

Mainly transmits the following signals to electric parking brake control module via
CAN communication.
Seat belt buckle switch signal (driver side)
Mainly receives the following signals from electric parking brake control module
via CAN communication.
Master warning signal
Electric parking brake indication lamp signal

7.

Parking brake switch

PB-9, "Parking Brake Switch"

8.

Electric parking brake control module

PB-9, "Electric Parking Brake Control Module"

9.

Emergency release cable

10.

Parking brake actuator

INFOID:0000000006960877

The parking brake actuator is controlled by the signals from the parking brake switch, sensors, and units.
NOTE:
The parking brake is released and applied by controlling the parking brake actuator.
When a malfunction is detected, the system enters fail-safe mode.

Parking Brake Switch

PB-9, "Parking Brake Actuator"

Electric Parking Brake Control Module

PB

INFOID:0000000006960878

Pulling the parking brake switch applies the parking brake.


Pressing the parking brake switch releases the parking brake.
When the parking brake is applied, the parking brake switch indicator turns ON. In addition, it turns OFF
when the parking brake is released.

Parking Brake Actuator

INFOID:0000000006960879

The signal from the electric parking brake control module applies and releases the parking brake.
The following components are integrated with parking brake actuator.

Emergency release cable

- When there is a malfunction that prevents the parking brake from being released, use the tool in the luggage
room to manually turn and release the parking brake.
- When the emergency release cable is rotated counterclockwise while pressing it to parallel direction to axis
with the cap removed, deceleration gear is rotated through release gear, which results in electric parking
brake release.
CAUTION:
After manual release, perform EHS/PKB self diagnosis. When a malfunction is detected, erase self
diagnosis result for EHS/PKB.

Revision: 2010 November

PB-9

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

JSFIA0724ZZ

1.

Emergency release cable

4.

Release gear

A.

Luggage room

2.

Cap

B.

Hand tool

3.

Reduction gear

Motor

- Generates rotation starting torque using electric parking brake control module.

JSFIA0726ZZ

1.

Motor

Reduction gear

- Decreases rotation speed and increases motor rotating torque.

Revision: 2010 November

PB-10

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
A

PB

H
JSFIA0725ZZ

1.

Reduction gear

I
Clutch

- Maintains shaft rotating torque.


J

JSFIA0727ZZ

1.

Clutch

Revision: 2010 November

PB-11

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
Shaft

- The shaft is screw shaped and the equalizer is nut shaped. Rotating torque loaded to shaft is converted to
cable tension through equalizer.

JSFIA0728ZZ

1.

Shaft

2.

Equalizer (tension sensor)

Equalizer (tension sensor)

- The equalizer and tension sensor are integrated.


- Equalize left and right cable tensions.
- This detects the tension applied to the rear cable and sends it to the electric parking brake control module.

Revision: 2010 November

PB-12

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
A

PB

H
JSFIA0729ZZ

1.

Equalizer

2.

Tension sensor

Revision: 2010 November

PB-13

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

SYSTEM
System Description

INFOID:0000000006960880

When the parking brake is being operated, the electric parking brake indicator lamp in the combination meter
and the parking brake switch indicator turn ON.
When the parking brake is released, electric parking brake indicator lamp in the combination meter and the
parking brake switch indicator turn OFF.
This sends the parking brake switch operation signal to the electric parking brake control module.
The electric parking brake control module drives the motor in the parking brake actuator.
The motor generates the rotational starting torque, which is transmitted to the reduction gear clutch
shaft equalizer (tension sensor) rear cable parking brake shoe to apply and release the parking
brake.

JSFIA0723ZZ

1.

Motor

2.

Reduction gear

3.

Clutch

4.

Shaft

5.

Equalizer (tension sensor)

6.

Emergency release cable

When a malfunction occurs with the system, the master warning (yellow and red) turn ON and the function
for entering the fail-safe status is held.
When a malfunction occurs with the system and the parking brake cannot be released, release the parking
brake manually. To release, remove the cap on release hole in luggage floor, press and rotate counterclockwise the emergency release cable until it locks.

SYSTEM DIAGRAM

Revision: 2010 November

PB-14

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
A

PB

JSFIA0730GB

INPUT SIGNAL AND AUTPUT SIGNAL


Major signal transmission between each unit via communication lines is shown in the following table.
G
Component

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Signal description
Mainly transmits the following signals to electric parking brake control module via CAN
communication.
Decel G signal
Rear LH Wheel speed signal
Rear RH Wheel speed signal
Vehicle speed signal (ABS)

VCM

Mainly transmits the following signals to electric parking brake control module via CAN
communication.
Shift position signal
Accelerator pedal position signal
VCM status signal

IPDM E/R

Mainly transmits the following signals to electric parking brake control module via CAN
communication.
Power switch signal

BCM

Mainly transmits the following signals to electric parking brake control module via CAN
communication.
Stop lamp switch signal

Combination meter

Mainly transmits the following signals to electric parking brake control module via CAN
communication.
Seat belt buckle switch signal (driver side)
Mainly receives the following signals from electric parking brake control module via
CAN communication.
Master warning signal
Electric parking brake indicator lamp signal

ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE OPERATION

Normal Operation
P

Revision: 2010 November

PB-15

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

JSFIA0731GB

When the parking brake switch is pulled while the vehicle is stopped, the parking brake begins to be applied
(tensile force begins to be applied to the rear cable).
When the parking brake braking force reaches the prescribed value (rear cable tensile force), the electric
parking brake indicator lamp turns ON.
When the power switch is turned OFF, the electric parking brake indicator lamp turns OFF.
NOTE:
Braking force of the parking brake is held.
Pull Twice

Revision: 2010 November

PB-16

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
A

PB

H
JSFIA0732GB

When the parking brake switch is pulled while the vehicle is stopped, the parking brake begins to be applied
(tensile force begins to be applied to the rear cable).
When the parking brake braking force reaches the prescribed value (rear cable tensile force), the electric
parking brake indicator lamp turns ON.
Pulling the parking brake switch again increases the parking brake braking force (increases the rear cable
tensile force).
NOTE:
Use this when you feel the parking brake braking force is insufficient, such as when parking on a slope, etc.
When the power switch is turned OFF, the electric parking brake indicator lamp turns OFF.
NOTE:
Braking force of the parking brake is held.
Normal Release (power switch ON)

Revision: 2010 November

PB-17

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

JSFIA0733GB

When the parking brake switch is pressed while the brake pedal is depressed, the power switch is ON and
the parking brake is operating the parking brake is released.
NOTE:
Just pressing the parking brake switch does not release the parking brake.
When release of the parking brake is completed (tensile force on the rear cable disappears), the electric
parking brake indicator lamp turns OFF.
Normal Release (power switch OFF)

JSFIA0734GB

Revision: 2010 November

PB-18

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
The parking brake cannot be released by just pushing the parking brake switch while the power switch is
OFF, the parking brake is applied, and the brake pedal is being depressed.
NOTE:
Just pressing the parking brake switch does not release the parking brake.
The parking brake can be released by turning ON the power switch and pressing the parking brake switch
while depressing the brake pedal.
The electric parking brake indicator lamp turns OFF.
NOTE:
Braking force of the parking brake is in the hold status.

Automatic Release
D

PB

K
JSFIA0735GB

The parking brake automatically releases When vehicle is driving under the following conditions.
Vehicle READY status
The seat belt (driver side) is fastened.
The select lever is in the D, R, ECO position.
The accelerator pedal is depressed.
When release of the parking brake is completed (tensile force on the rear cable disappears), the electric
parking brake indicator lamp turns OFF.

Driving
N

Revision: 2010 November

PB-19

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

JSFIA0736GB

When parking brake switch is pulled while running, parking brake starts to operate (tension is loaded to rear
cable), and electric parking brake indicator lamp illuminates. When pulling operation is stopped, the parking
brake operation is canceled and electric parking brake indicator lamp turns OFF.
When parking brake is pulled while driving immediately before the vehicle stops, the parking brake begins to
be applied (tensile force begins being applied to the rear cable) and the electric parking brake indicator lamp
turns ON.
NOTE:
The parking brake braking force is weaker than when the vehicle is stopped until the vehicle comes to a
stop.
When parking brake switch is pulled after vehicle stop, parking brake starts to operate again (tension is
loaded to rear cable), and electric parking brake indicator lamp turns OFF.
When the parking brake braking force reaches the prescribed value (rear cable tensile force), the electric
parking brake indicator lamp turns ON.

CONDITION FOR TURN THE INDICATION LAMP AND WARNING LAMP


Turns ON when Power switch ON and OFF when the system is normal, for bulb check purposes.
Electric parking
brake indicator lamp

Master warning (yellow)

Master warning (red)

Meter text

Parking brake is operating

ON

OFF

ON

When the parking brake switch is


pressed without depressing the
brake pedal.

ON

ON

ON

Press brake pedal

When automatic release is performed while the seat belt is not fastened.

ON

OFF

ON

Release parking brake

When the parking brake is dragging


while driving.

ON

OFF

ON

Release parking brake

When the parking brake braking


force is insufficient (vehicle is moving backward).

ON

OFF

ON

Press brake pedal

Condition (status)

Revision: 2010 November

PB-20

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
Condition (status)

Electric parking
brake indicator lamp

Master warning (yellow)

Master warning (red)

Meter text

When the electric parking brake system is overheated. (When the electric parking brake is being operated.)

ON

OFF

ON

Parking brake not available

When the electric parking brake system is overheated. (When the electric parking brake is released.)

OFF

When the electric parking brake system is overheated. (When the parking brake switch is pulled.)

Blinking

OFF

ON

Parking brake not available

C
OFF

ON

Parking brake not available

When a malfunction with the electric


parking brake system is detected.
(When the electric parking brake is
being operated.)

ON

When a malfunction with the electric


parking brake system is detected.
(When the electric parking brake is
released.)

OFF

When parking brake switch is pulled/


pushed under system malfunction
and electric parking brake cannot be
operated.

Blinking

ON

ON

Visit dealer

When a malfunction with the electric


parking brake system is detected. (it
is unclear when it is operating or released)

Blinking

ON

ON

Visit dealer

ON

ON

Visit dealer

E
ON

OFF

Visit dealer

PB

Revision: 2010 November

PB-21

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

Schematic

INFOID:0000000006960881

JSFIA0718GB

Fail-Safe

INFOID:0000000006960882

The master warning (yellow) turns ON when a malfunction with the system occurs.
When parking brake switch is pulled/pushed under system malfunction, electric parking brake indicator lamp
blinks and master warning (red) turns ON when electric parking brake cannot be operated. It restricts braking and release operations of electric parking brake.
NOTE:
The parking brake can be manually released.

Revision: 2010 November

PB-22

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
DTC

C10C8

Monitor item
CONTROL MODULE SYSTEM INTERNAL MALFUNCTION
CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL ELECTRIC MALFUNCTN

Vehicle condition

Applying the brake is prohibited.


Release using the parking brake switch is prohibited. (It can be released
only once or it can be released manually.)
Prohibits automatic cancel. (Manual release can be performed.)

ACTUATOR ACTUATOR SLIPPING


ACTUATOR COMMANDED POS NOT
REACH
C10E0

ACTUATOR MECHANICAL LINKAGE


MALFNCTN

C
Applying the brake is prohibited.
Release using the parking brake switch is prohibited. (It can be released
only once or it can be released manually.)

ACTUATOR PERFORMANCE/INCRRCT
OPERAT

ACTUATOR UNEXPECTED OPERATION

Applying the brake is prohibited.


Prohibits automatic cancel. (Manual release can be performed.)

C10E1

MOTOR CIRCUIT

Applying the brake is prohibited.


Release using the parking brake switch is prohibited. (It can be released
manually.)

C10E2

MOTOR POWER SUPPLY

Applying the brake is prohibited.


Release using the parking brake switch is prohibited. (It can be released
manually.)

C10E3

PARKING BRAKE SWITCH

Applying the brake is prohibited.


Release using the parking brake switch is prohibited. (It can be released
automatically or manually.)

C10E4

TENSION SENSOR

Applying the brake is prohibited.


Release using the parking brake switch is prohibited. (It can be released
only once or it can be released manually.)

C10E5

POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE

Applying the brake is prohibited. (It can be released using the parking
brake switch or automatically.)

C10E6

IGNITION SWITCH

C10E7

OVER HEAT

Applying the brake is prohibited. (It can be released using the parking
brake switch or automatically.)

U0100

ECM/PCM A

Automatic release is prohibited.

U0111

BATTERY ENERGY CONTROL MODULE A

BRAKE SYSTEM CONTROL MODULE

Automatic release is prohibited.


Perform operation of stopped condition while driving

U0129
U0140

BCM

U0155

IPC CONTROL MODULE

Automatic release is prohibited.

U0401

VCM

Automatic release is prohibited.

U0418

BRAKE SYSTEM CONTROL MODULE

Automatic release is prohibited.


Perform operation of stopped condition while driving

U0422

BCM

U1000

CAN COMM CIRCUIT

Automatic release is prohibited.


Perform operation of stopped condition while driving

PB

Revision: 2010 November

PB-23

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE CONTROL MODULE)


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE CONTROL MODULE)


CONSULT Function

INFOID:0000000006960883

APPLICATION ITEM
CONSULT can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes as follows.
Mode

Function description

ECU identification

Parts number of electric parking brake control module can be read.

Self Diagnostic Results

Self-diagnostic results and freeze frame data can be read and erased quickly.*

DATA MONITOR

Input/Output data in the electric parking brake control module can be read.

Work support

Components can be quickly and accurately adjusted.

: The following diagnosis information is erased by erasing.

DTC
Freeze frame data (FFD)

ECU IDENTIFICATION
Electric parking brake control module part number can be read.

SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT


Refer to PB-29, "DTC Index".
When CRNT is displayed on self-diagnosis result

The system is presently malfunctioning.


When PAST is displayed on self-diagnosis result

System malfunction in the past is detected, but the system is presently normal.
Freeze Frame Data (FFD)
When DTC is detected, a vehicle status shown below is recorded and displayed on CONSULT.
Item name

Display item
The number of times that power switch is ON after the DTC is detected is displayed.
When 0 is displayed: It indicates that the system is presently malfunctioning.
When except 0 is displayed: It indicates that system malfunction in the past is detected, but the
system is presently normal.
NOTE:
Each time when power switch is turned OFF to ON, numerical number increases in 1 2
3...38 39. When the operation number of times exceeds 39, the number do not increase and
39 is displayed until self-diagnosis is erased.

IGN counter
(0 39)

DATA MONITOR
Item (Unit)

Note:

STATIC OPE FREQUENCY

Displays the number of times the electric parking brake is applied while the vehicle is
stopped

DYNAMIC OPE FREQUENCY

Displays the number of times the electric parking brake is applied while the vehicle is being
driven

TENSION SENSOR 1
(V)

Displays output voltage value of the tension sensor 1*

TENSION SENSOR 2
(V)

Displays output voltage value of the tension sensor 2*

POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE


(V)

Displays power supply voltage of the electric parking brake control module

TENSION SEN 1 MONITOR


(N)

Displays the tensile force applied to the tension sensor 1*

TENSION SEN 2 MONITOR


(N)

Displays the tensile force applied to the tension sensor 2*

Revision: 2010 November

PB-24

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE CONTROL MODULE)


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
Item (Unit)

Note:

TARGET LOAD
(N)

Displays the target tensile force

BRAKE SWITCH
(ON/OFF)

Displayed when the parking brake switch is pulled

RELEASE SWITCH
(ON/OFF)

Displayed when the parking brake switch is pressed

ANALOG SWITCH
(V)

Displays power supply voltage of the parking brake switch

MALFUNCTION STATUS
(NORMAL/DEFECT/SEVERE)

Displays malfunction status of the electric parking brake system

PARKING BRAKE SATUS


(NO DTR/RELEAS/LOCK/DR/LCK DR
RLS)

Displays the electric parking brake system status

IGNITION SWITCH FROM IPDM


(ON/OFF)

Displays the power switch ON signal from the IPDM E/R via CAN communication

BRAKE SWITCH FROM BCM


(On/Off/INVALID)

Displays the stop lamp switch signal from the BCM via CAN communication

WHEEL SENSOR REAR RH


(rpm)

Displays the rear RH wheel sensor signal from the ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit) via CAN communication

WHEEL SENSOR REAR LH


(rpm)

Displays the rear LH wheel sensor signal from the ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit) via CAN communication

DECEL G SENSOR
(G)

Displays the rear decel G signal from the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via
CAN communication

VEHICLE SPEED
(km/h)

Displays the vehicle speed signal from the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via
CAN communication

ACCELE OPEN ANGLE


(%)

Displays the accelerator pedal position signal from the VCM via CAN communication

ENGINE STATUS
(STOP/Run)

Displays the traction motor status from the VCM via CAN communication

DIAG PROHIBIT
(On/Off)

Displays the diagnostic status via CONSULT

SHIFT RANGE
(LIMP/P/R/N/D)

Displays the shift position status from the VCM via CAN communication

BUCKLE SWITCH
(ON/OFF)

Displays the seat belt buckle switch signal (driver side) signal from the combination meter
via CAN communication

PB

*: tension sensor has the tension sensor 1 and tension sensor 2 circuits.
M

WORK SUPPORT
Item
ACTUATOR 0 POINT LEARNING

Description

This conducts parking brake actuator 0 point learning.

Revision: 2010 November

PB-25

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE CONTROL MODULE


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION


ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE CONTROL MODULE
Reference Value

INFOID:0000000006960884

CONSULT DATA MONITOR STANDARD VALUE


Monitor item

Condition

Reference values in normal operation

STATIC OPE FREQUENCY

Always

Times applied while vehicle stopped

DYNAMIC OPE FREQUENCY

Always

Times applied while vehicle being driven

TENSION SENSOR 1 *1

Always

0.35 4.5 V

2*1

Always

0.35 4.5 V

POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE

Always

11 14 V

TENSION SEN 1 MONITOR *1

Always

0 1500 N

TENSION SEN 2 MONITOR *1

Always

0 1500 N

TARGET LOAD

Always

0 1040 N

Pull the parking brake switch

ON

TENSION SENSOR

BRAKE SWITCH

RELEASE SWITCH

ANALOG SWITCH

MALFUNCTION STATUS

PARKING BRAKE STATUS

IGNITION SWITCH FROM IPDM

BRAKE SWITCH FROM BCM

WHEEL SENSOR REAR RH

WHEEL SENSOR REAR LH

Revision: 2010 November

Other than the above

OFF

Press the parking brake switch

ON

Other than the above

OFF

Active (When battery voltage is 11 16


V)

0 0.8 V

Not activated (When battery voltage is


11 16 V)

2.8 5.5 V

Normal

NORMAL

When there is a malfunction with


some functions

DEFECT

When the system cannot operate

SEVERE

Unconfirmed

NO DTR

Released status

RELEAS

Operation status

LOCK

Operate

DR LCK

Being released

DR RLS

When the power switch is ON

ON

Other than when power switch is ON

OFF

Brake pedal depressed

On

Brake pedal not depressed

Off

When there is a stop lamp switch malfunction

INVALID

Vehicle stopped

0.00 rpm

While driving*2

Almost same reading as speedometer (within 10%)

Vehicle stopped

0.00 rpm

While driving*2

Almost same reading as speedometer (within 10%)

PB-26

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE CONTROL MODULE


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Monitor item

Condition

DECEL G SENSOR

VEHICLE SPEED

ACCELE OPEN ANGLE

ENGINE STATUS

DIAG PROHIBIT

SHIFT RANGE

BUCKLE SWITCH

Reference values in normal operation

Vehicle stopped

Approx. 0 G

During acceleration

Positive value

During deceleration

Negative value

When stopped

0.00 km/h

While driving*2

Almost same reading as speedometer (within 10%)

Do not depress the accelerator pedal


(power switch ON)

0%

Depress the accelerator pedal (power


switch ON)

0 100%

When the traction motor is stopped

STOP

When the traction motor is operating

Run

When diagnostic allowed

On

When diagnostic prohibited

Off

When there is a sift position signal


malfunction

LIMP

When in the P position

When in the R position

When in the N position

When in the D position

When the seat belt (driver side) is fastened

ON

When the seat belt (driver side) is not


fastened

OPEN

PB

*1: The tension sensor has the tension sensor 1 and tension sensor 2 circuits.
*2: Check that tire pressure is standard value.

Fail-Safe

J
INFOID:0000000006960885

The master warning (yellow) turns ON when a malfunction with the system occurs.
When parking brake switch is pulled/pushed under system malfunction, electric parking brake indicator lamp
blinks and master warning (red) turns ON when electric parking brake cannot be operated. It restricts braking and release operations of electric parking brake.
NOTE:
The parking brake can be manually released.
DTC

C10C8

Monitor item
CONTROL MODULE SYSTEM INTERNAL MALFUNCTION

Applying the brake is prohibited.


Release using the parking brake switch is prohibited. (It can be released
only once or it can be released manually.)

CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL ELECTRIC MALFUNCTN

Prohibits automatic cancel. (Manual release can be performed.)

ACTUATOR COMMANDED POS NOT


REACH
ACTUATOR MECHANICAL LINKAGE
MALFNCTN

Revision: 2010 November

Applying the brake is prohibited.


Release using the parking brake switch is prohibited. (It can be released
only once or it can be released manually.)

ACTUATOR PERFORMANCE/INCRRCT
OPERAT
ACTUATOR UNEXPECTED OPERATION

Vehicle condition

ACTUATOR ACTUATOR SLIPPING

C10E0

Applying the brake is prohibited.


Prohibits automatic cancel. (Manual release can be performed.)

PB-27

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE CONTROL MODULE


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
DTC

Monitor item

Vehicle condition

C10E1

MOTOR CIRCUIT

Applying the brake is prohibited.


Release using the parking brake switch is prohibited. (It can be released
manually.)

C10E2

MOTOR POWER SUPPLY

Applying the brake is prohibited.


Release using the parking brake switch is prohibited. (It can be released
manually.)

C10E3

PARKING BRAKE SWITCH

Applying the brake is prohibited.


Release using the parking brake switch is prohibited. (It can be released
automatically or manually.)

C10E4

TENSION SENSOR

Applying the brake is prohibited.


Release using the parking brake switch is prohibited. (It can be released
only once or it can be released manually.)

C10E5

POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE

Applying the brake is prohibited. (It can be released using the parking
brake switch or automatically.)

C10E6

IGNITION SWITCH

C10E7

OVER HEAT

Applying the brake is prohibited. (It can be released using the parking
brake switch or automatically.)

U0100

ECM/PCM A

Automatic release is prohibited.

U0111

BATTERY ENERGY CONTROL MODULE A

U0129

BRAKE SYSTEM CONTROL MODULE

Automatic release is prohibited.


Perform operation of stopped condition while driving

U0140

BCM

U0155

IPC CONTROL MODULE

Automatic release is prohibited.

U0401

VCM

Automatic release is prohibited.

U0418

BRAKE SYSTEM CONTROL MODULE

Automatic release is prohibited.


Perform operation of stopped condition while driving

U0422

BCM

U1000

CAN COMM CIRCUIT

Automatic release is prohibited.


Perform operation of stopped condition while driving

DTC Inspection Priority Chart

INFOID:0000000006960886

When multiple DTCs are displayed simultaneously, check one by one according to the following priority list.
Priority

Detected item (DTC)

C10C8 CONTROL MODULE

C10E3 PARKING BRAKE SWITCH

C10E0 ACTUATOR
C10E4 TENSION SENSOR
C10E7 OVER HEAT

U0100 ECM/PCM A
U0111 BATTERY ENERGY CONTROL MODULE A
U0129 BRAKE SYSTEM CONTROL MODULE
U0140 BCM
U0155 IPC CONTROL MODULE
U0401 VCM
U0418 BRAKE SYSTEM CONTROL MODULE
U0422 BCM
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT

C10E1 MOTOR CIRCUIT


C10E2 MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
C10E5 POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE
C10E6 IGNITION SWITCH

Revision: 2010 November

PB-28

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE CONTROL MODULE


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >

DTC Index

INFOID:0000000006960887

A
DTC

Display item

Refer to

C10C8

CONTROL MODULE

PB-40, "DTC Logic"

C10E0

ACTUATOR

PB-42, "DTC Logic"

C10E1

MOTOR CIRCUIT

PB-50, "DTC Logic"

C10E2

MOTOR POWER SUPPLY

PB-52, "DTC Logic"

C10E3

PARKING BRAKE SWITCH

PB-54, "DTC Logic"

C10E4

TENSION SENSOR

PB-57, "DTC Logic"

C10E5

POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE

PB-59, "DTC Logic"

C10E6

IGNITION SWITCH

PB-61, "DTC Logic"

C10E7

OVER HEAT

PB-63, "DTC Logic"

U0100

ECM/PCM A

PB-64, "DTC Logic"

U0111

BATTERY ENERGY CONTROL MODULE A

PB-65, "DTC Logic"

U0129

BRAKE SYSTEM CONTROL MODULE

PB-66, "DTC Logic"

U0140

BCM

PB-67, "DTC Logic"

U0155

IPC CONTROL MODULE

PB-68, "DTC Logic"

U0401

VCM

PB-69, "DTC Logic"

U0418

BRAKE SYSTEM CONTROL MODULE

PB-70, "DTC Logic"

U0422

BCM

PB-71, "DTC Logic"

U1000

CAN COMM CIRCUIT

PB-72, "DTC Logic"

PB

Revision: 2010 November

PB-29

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PARKING BRAKE SYSTEM


< WIRING DIAGRAM >

WIRING DIAGRAM
PARKING BRAKE SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram

INFOID:0000000006960888

JCFWA0397GB

Revision: 2010 November

PB-30

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PARKING BRAKE SYSTEM


< WIRING DIAGRAM >
A

PB

O
JCFWA0398GB

Revision: 2010 November

PB-31

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PARKING BRAKE SYSTEM


< WIRING DIAGRAM >

JCFWA0399GB

Revision: 2010 November

PB-32

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW


< BASIC INSPECTION >

BASIC INSPECTION

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW


Work Flow

INFOID:0000000006960889

DETAILS OF TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FLOWCHART

1.COLLECT THE INFORMATION FROM THE CUSTOMER

It is also important to clarify customer concerns before starting the inspection. First of all, perform an interview
utilizing PB-34, "Diagnostic Work Sheet" and reproduce the symptom as well as fully understand it. Depending
on the situations, drive the vehicle with the customer and check the symptom.
CAUTION:
Customers are not professionals. Never guess easily like maybe the customer means that..., or
maybe the customer mentions this symptom.

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK SYMPTOM

PB

Reproduce the symptom that is indicated by the customer, based on the information from the customer
obtained by interview. Also check that the symptom is not caused by fail-safe mode. Refer to PB-27, "FailSafe".
CAUTION:
When the symptom is caused by normal operation, fully inspect each portion and obtain the understanding of customer that the symptom is not caused by a malfunction.

>> GO TO 3.

3.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS

With CONSULT
Perform EHS/PKBself-diagnosis
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Record or print self-diagnosis results. GO TO 4.
NO
>> GO TO 6.

4.RECHECK THE SYMPTOM


With CONSULT
Erase self-diagnosis results from the memory.
Perform DTC reproduction procedures for the system that is malfunctioning.
NOTE:
If multiple DTCs are detected, refer to PB-28, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" and determine the order for
performing the diagnosis.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Check harness and connectors based on the information obtained by interview. Refer to GI-51,
"Intermittent Incident".
1.
2.

5.REPAIR OR REPLACE MALFUNCTIONING PART

Repair or replace the part that is malfunctioning. Reconnect part or connector after repairing or replacing.
Erase DTC from the memory when DTC is detected.
P

>> GO TO 6.

6.IDENTIFY MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS


Determine malfunctioning system according to the possible symptoms based on symptom diagnosis and perform check.
Can the malfunctioning part be identified?
Revision: 2010 November

PB-33

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW


< BASIC INSPECTION >
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> Check harness and connectors based on the information obtained by interview. Refer to GI-51,
"Intermittent Incident".

7.FINAL CHECK
With CONSULT
Check the reference value for EHS/PKB. Refer to PB-26, "Reference Value".
Check the operation. Check that the symptom is not reproduced under the same conditions that reproduced the symptom before.
Is the symptom reproduced?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnostic Work Sheet

INFOID:0000000006960890

DESCRIPTION
In general, customers have their own criteria for a problem. Therefore, it is important to understand the
symptom and status well enough by asking the customer about his/her concerns carefully. To systemize all
the information for the diagnosis, prepare the interview sheet referring to the interview points.
In some cases, multiple conditions that appear simultaneously may cause a DTC to be detected.

INTERVIEW SHEET SAMPLE

Revision: 2010 November

PB-34

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW


< BASIC INSPECTION >
Interview sheet
Customer
name

MR/MS

Storage date

Malfunction category

Registration number

Initial year
registration

Vehicle type

VIN

Traction motor

Mileage

km (

Mile)

Unable to brake
Unable to release
Generates abnormal sound
Vehicle does not stop despite braking operation
Parking brake continues breaking despite release operation
Hooked at automatic release operation
Vehicle slides down at automatic release operation
Electric parking brake indicator lamp does not turns ON
Electric parking brake indicator lamp keep turns ON
Electric parking brake indicator lamp blinks
Master warning turns ON
A text displayed on combination meter

Detailed symptom
Detailed abnormal sound

Situation
where malfunction is
occurred

PB

Select lever position

Seat belt operation

OFF

Brake pedal status

Not depress

Electric parking brake status

At release operation
During braking

Vehicle status

Power switch OFF

Vehicle running status

At start with shift in D-range


While driving with shift in D-range
When stopped with shift in D-range
At start with shift in R-range
While driving with shift in R-range
When stopped with shift in R-range
When stopped with shift in N-range
When stopped with shift in P-range
Low speed (while driving)
Normal speed (while driving)
High speed (while driving)

Road condition
Number of occupants

ON

Depress
At braking operation
Continuously
Power switch ACC

Steep downhill road


Flat road
Gentle uphill road
5

During release

Power switch ON

READY

Gentle downhill road

Steep uphill road


2

Vehicle loading condition


(quantity)

Manual release history

Revision: 2010 November

PB-35

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW


< BASIC INSPECTION >
Interview sheet
Customer
name

MR/MS

Storage date

Registration number

Initial year
registration

Vehicle type

VIN

Traction motor

Mileage

km (

Mile)

Self-diagnosis result

Inspection result

12V battery condition

Normal

Abnormal (

Not confirmed

Harness and connector


condition

Normal

Abnormal (

Not confirmed

Parking brake cable


mounting condition

Normal

Abnormal (

Not confirmed

Bracket deformed condition

Normal

Abnormal (

Not confirmed

Parking brake shoe wear


condition

Normal

Abnormal (

Not confirmed

Other condition

Revision: 2010 November

PB-36

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL


< BASIC INSPECTION >

ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL


Description

INFOID:0000000006960891

Disconnecting the 12V battery negative terminal with the parking brake on, prevents the parking brake from
releasing. To release, remove the cap on release hole in luggage floor, press and rotate counterclockwise the
emergency release cable until it locks.

PB

Revision: 2010 November

PB-37

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PARKING BRAKE ACTUATOR 0 POINT LEARNING


< BASIC INSPECTION >

PARKING BRAKE ACTUATOR 0 POINT LEARNING


Description

INFOID:0000000006960893

CAUTION:
When following operations are performed, always perform parking brake actuator 0 point learning
before driving.
: Required

Procedure

: not required

Parking brake actuator 0 point learning

When electric parking brake control module is removed and reinstalled

When electric parking brake control module is replaced

When parking brake actuator is removed and reinstalled

When parking brake actuator is replaced

When parking brake shoe is removed and reinstalled

When parking brake shoe is replaced

When parking brake switch is removed and reinstalled

When parking brake switch is replaced

Work Procedure

INFOID:0000000006960894

CAUTION:
Be sure to use CONSULT to perform parking brake actuator 0 point learning. (Learning is not possible
without CONSULT.)

1.VEHICLE CONDITION
1.
2.

Stop the vehicle.


Turn the power switch OFF.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE COMPONENTS INSTALLATION STATUS CHECK


Check the installation status of the electric parking brake components.
Is the check result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> For repair or replacement of defective parts, GO TO 3.

3.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1)


With CONSULT
Perform EHS/PKB self-diagnosis
Is malfunction detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to PB-29, "DTC Index". GO TO 4.
NO
>> GO TO 4.

4.PERFORM PARKING BRAKE ACTUATOR 0 POINT LEARNING.


With CONSULT
Select EHS/PKB, WORK SUPPORT and ACTUATOR 0 POINT LEARNING according this order.
CAUTION:
Never operate the parking brake switch.
2. Touch START

1.

>> GO TO 5.

5.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2)


1.
2.

With CONSULT
Pull parking brake switch to activate electric parking brake.
Push parking brake switch to release electric parking brake.

Revision: 2010 November

PB-38

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PARKING BRAKE ACTUATOR 0 POINT LEARNING


< BASIC INSPECTION >
3. Perform EHS/PKB self-diagnosis
Is malfunction detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to PB-29, "DTC Index". GO TO 6.
NO
>> Check harnesses and connectors based on information obtained by interview sheet. Refer to PB34, "Diagnostic Work Sheet".

6.CHECK DATA MONITOR


With CONSULT
Select EHS/PKB, DATA MONITOR, TENSION SEN 1 MONITOR and TENSION SENSOR 2 MONITOR
according to this order. Check that signals are within specified value.
TENSION SEN 1 MONITOR
TENSION SEN 1 MONITOR

:0N
:0N

Is the check result normal?


YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> GO TO 1.

7.ERASE SELF-DIAGNOSIS MEMORY

PB

With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF and then ON again.
CAUTION:
Be sure to perform the above operation.
2. Erase self-diagnosis results memory of EHS/PKB
Is the memory erased?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Check the items indicated by the self-diagnosis.
1.

Revision: 2010 November

PB-39

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C10C8 ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE CONTROL MODULE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
C10C8 ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE CONTROL MODULE
DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006960895

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Display Item
CONTROL MODULE SYSTEM
INTERNAL MALFUNCTION

C10C8

CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL


ELECTRIC MALFUNCTN

Malfunction detected condition

Possible causes

When there is an internal malfunction in the electric parking brake control module.

Harness and connector


Electric parking brake
control module
Parking brake switch

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn power switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
1. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for EHS/PKB.
Is DTC C10C8 detected?
YES (CONTROL MODULE SYSTEM INTERNAL MALFUNCTION)>>Proceed to PB-40, "SYSTEM INTERNAL MALFUNCTION : Diagnosis Procedure".
YES (CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL ELECTRIC MALFUNCTN)>>Proceed to PB-40, "INTERNAL ELECTRIC MALFUNCTN : Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

SYSTEM INTERNAL MALFUNCTION


SYSTEM INTERNAL MALFUNCTION : Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006960896

1.REPLACE PARKING BRAKE CONTROL MODULE


Replace electric parking brake control module even if other display than C10C8 (CONTROL MODULE SYSTEM INTERNAL MALFUNCTION) is displayed in self-diagnosis for EHS/PKB.
>> Replace electric parking brake control module. Refer to PB-83, "Removal and Installation".

INTERNAL ELECTRIC MALFUNCTN


INTERNAL ELECTRIC MALFUNCTN : Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006960897

1.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH


Check the parking brake switch. Refer to PB-54, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
MO
>> Replace the parking brake switch. Refer to PB-90, "Removal and Installation".

2.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect electric parking brake control module harness connector.
Disconnect parking brake switch harness connector.

Revision: 2010 November

PB-40

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C10C8 ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE CONTROL MODULE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
4. Check continuity between electric parking brake control module harness connector and parking brake
switch harness connector.
Electric parking brake control module

5.

Parking brake switch

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

B21

13

B20

Continuity

Existed

Check continuity between electric parking brake control module harness connector and ground.
Electric parking brake control module
Connector

Terminal

B21

13

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace electric parking brake control module. Refer to PB-83, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

PB

Revision: 2010 November

PB-41

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C10E0 PARKING BRAKE ACTUATOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

C10E0 PARKING BRAKE ACTUATOR


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006960898

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

C10E0

Display Item

Malfunction detected condition

ACTUATOR ACTUATOR SLIPPING

When motor and reduction gear within parking brake actuator is spinning.

ACTUATOR COMMANDED
POS NOT REACH

When motor and reduction gear within parking brake actuator is locked.

ACTUATOR MECHANICAL
LINKAGE MALFNCTN

When parking brake control is not completed.

ACTUATOR PERFORMANCE/
INCRRCT OPERAT

When cable is stuck.


When cable is broken.

ACTUATOR UNEXPECTED OPERATION

When re-pull is repeated due to insufficient tension.

Possible causes

parking brake actuator


Cable

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn power switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
Press the parking brake switch.
CAUTION:
Put the select lever in the P position.
Depress the brake pedal.
3. Pull the parking brake switch.
4. Perform self-diagnosis for EHS/PKB.
Is DTC C10E0 detected?
YES (ACTUATOR ACTUATOR SLIPPING)>>Proceed to PB-42, "ACTUATOR SLIPPING : Diagnosis Procedure".
YES (ACTUATOR COMMANDED POS NOT REACH)>>Proceed to PB-44, "COMMANDED POS NOT
REACH : Diagnosis Procedure".
YES (ACTUATOR MECHANICAL LINKAGE MALFNCTN)>>Proceed to PB-45, "MECHANICAL LINKAGE
MALFNCTN : Diagnosis Procedure".
YES (ACTUATOR PERFORMANCE/INCRRCT OPERAT)>>Proceed to PB-47, "PERFORMANCE/INCRRCT OPERAT : Diagnosis Procedure".
YES (ACTUATOR UNEXPECTED OPERATION)>>Proceed to PB-48, "UNEXPECTED OPERATION : Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

ACTUATOR SLIPPING
ACTUATOR SLIPPING : Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006960899

1.CHECK THE CABLE


1. Turn the power switch OFF.
2. Check each cable to see if it is stuck or broken.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace the parking brake actuator or parking brake rear cable.
Revision: 2010 November

PB-42

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C10E0 PARKING BRAKE ACTUATOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Parking brake actuator: Refer to PB-85, "Removal and Installation".
Parking brake rear cable: PB-87, "Removal and Installation".

2.CHECK PARKING BRAKE ACTUATOR CIRCUIT (1)


1.
2.
3.

Disconnect parking brake actuator harness connector.


Disconnect electric parking brake control module harness connector.
Check continuity between parking brake actuator and electric parking brake control module harness connector.

C
Parking brake actuator
Connector

B23

4.

Electric parking brake control module

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

11

B21

15

Continuity

Existed

PB

Check continuity between parking brake actuator and ground.


Parking brake actuator
Connector

Terminal

Continuity

3
B23

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

3.CHECK PARKING BRAKE ACTUATOR CIRCUIT (2)


1.

Check continuity between parking brake actuator and electric parking brake control module harness connector.
Parking brake actuator
Connector

Terminal

Connector

13

B23

2.

Electric parking brake control module

B22

14

Terminal
23
21

L
Continuity

Existed

Check continuity between parking brake actuator and ground.


N
Parking brake actuator
Connector
B23

Terminal

Continuity

13

Ground

14

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS


1.
2.

With CONSULT
Connect parking brake actuator harness connector.
Connect electric parking brake control module harness connector.

Revision: 2010 November

PB-43

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C10E0 PARKING BRAKE ACTUATOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
3. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to perform the operation above.
4. Erase Self-diagnosis result for EHS/PKB.
5. Turn the power switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
6. Turn the power switch ON.
7. Pull parking brake switch to activate electric parking brake.
8. Push parking brake switch to release electric parking brake.
9. Perform self-diagnosis for EHS/PKB.
Is any DTC detected?
YES (C11E0)>>Replace parking brake actuator. Refer to PB-85, "Removal and Installation".
YES (Except C11E0)>>Check the DTC. Refer to PB-29, "DTC Index".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

COMMANDED POS NOT REACH


COMMANDED POS NOT REACH : Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006960900

1.CHECK THE CABLE


1. Turn the power switch OFF.
2. Check each cable to see if it is stuck or broken.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace the parking brake actuator or parking brake rear cable.
Parking brake actuator: Refer to PB-85, "Removal and Installation".
Parking brake rear cable: PB-87, "Removal and Installation".

2.CHECK PARKING BRAKE ACTUATOR CIRCUIT (1)


1.
2.
3.

Disconnect parking brake actuator harness connector.


Disconnect electric parking brake control module harness connector.
Check continuity between parking brake actuator and electric parking brake control module harness connector.
Parking brake actuator
Connector

Terminal

B23

4.

Electric parking brake control module


Connector

Terminal

11

B21

15

Continuity

Existed

Check continuity between parking brake actuator and ground.


Parking brake actuator
Connector

Terminal

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

2
3
B23

4
7
8

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

3.CHECK PARKING BRAKE ACTUATOR CIRCUIT (2)


Revision: 2010 November

PB-44

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C10E0 PARKING BRAKE ACTUATOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
1. Check continuity between parking brake actuator and electric parking brake control module harness connector.
Parking brake actuator
Connector

Terminal

Connector

13

B23

2.

Electric parking brake control module

B22

14

Terminal
23
21

Continuity

Existed

Check continuity between parking brake actuator and ground.


Parking brake actuator
Connector
B23

Terminal
13
14

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

PB

4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS


With CONSULT
1. Connect parking brake actuator harness connector.
2. Connect electric parking brake control module harness connector.
3. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to perform the operation above.
4. Erase Self-diagnosis result for EHS/PKB.
5. Turn the power switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
6. Turn the power switch ON.
7. Pull parking brake switch to activate electric parking brake.
8. Push parking brake switch to release electric parking brake.
9. Perform self-diagnosis for EHS/PKB.
Is any DTC detected?
YES (C11E0)>>Replace parking brake actuator. Refer to PB-85, "Removal and Installation".
YES (Except C11E0)>>Check the DTC. Refer to PB-29, "DTC Index".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

MECHANICAL LINKAGE MALFNCTN

MECHANICAL LINKAGE MALFNCTN : Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006960901

1.CHECK THE CABLE


1. Turn the power switch OFF.
2. Check each cable to see if it is stuck or broken.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace the parking brake actuator or parking brake rear cable.
Parking brake actuator: Refer to PB-85, "Removal and Installation".
Parking brake rear cable: PB-87, "Removal and Installation".

2.CHECK PARKING BRAKE ACTUATOR CIRCUIT (1)


1.
2.
3.

Disconnect parking brake actuator harness connector.


Disconnect electric parking brake control module harness connector.
Check continuity between parking brake actuator and electric parking brake control module harness connector.

Revision: 2010 November

PB-45

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C10E0 PARKING BRAKE ACTUATOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Parking brake actuator
Connector

Terminal

B23

4.

Electric parking brake control module


Connector

Terminal

11

B21

15

Continuity

Existed

Check continuity between parking brake actuator and ground.


Parking brake actuator
Connector

Terminal

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

2
3
B23

4
7
8

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

3.CHECK PARKING BRAKE ACTUATOR CIRCUIT (2)


1.

Check continuity between parking brake actuator and electric parking brake control module harness connector.
Parking brake actuator
Connector

Terminal
13

B23

2.

Electric parking brake control module

14

Connector
B22

Terminal
23
21

Continuity

Existed

Check continuity between parking brake actuator and ground.


Parking brake actuator
Connector
B23

Terminal
13
14

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS


With CONSULT
Connect parking brake actuator harness connector.
Connect electric parking brake control module harness connector.
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to perform the operation above.
4. Erase Self-diagnosis result for EHS/PKB.
5. Turn the power switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
6. Turn the power switch ON.
7. Pull parking brake switch to activate electric parking brake.
8. Push parking brake switch to release electric parking brake.
1.
2.
3.

Revision: 2010 November

PB-46

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C10E0 PARKING BRAKE ACTUATOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
9. Perform self-diagnosis for EHS/PKB.
Is any DTC detected?
YES (C11E0)>>Replace parking brake actuator. Refer to PB-85, "Removal and Installation".
YES (Except C11E0)>>Check the DTC. Refer to PB-29, "DTC Index".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

PERFORMANCE/INCRRCT OPERAT
PERFORMANCE/INCRRCT OPERAT : Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006960902

1.CHECK THE CABLE


1. Turn the power switch OFF.
2. Check each cable to see if it is stuck or broken.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace the parking brake actuator or parking brake rear cable.
Parking brake actuator: Refer to PB-85, "Removal and Installation".
Parking brake rear cable: PB-87, "Removal and Installation".

PB

2.CHECK PARKING BRAKE ACTUATOR CIRCUIT (1)


1.
2.
3.

Disconnect parking brake actuator harness connector.


Disconnect electric parking brake control module harness connector.
Check continuity between parking brake actuator and electric parking brake control module harness connector.

H
Parking brake actuator
Connector

Terminal

B23

4.

Electric parking brake control module


Connector

Terminal

11

B21

15

Continuity

Existed

Check continuity between parking brake actuator and ground.


Parking brake actuator
Connector

Terminal

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

2
3
B23

4
7

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

3.CHECK PARKING BRAKE ACTUATOR CIRCUIT (2)


1.

Check continuity between parking brake actuator and electric parking brake control module harness connector.
Parking brake actuator
Connector

Revision: 2010 November

Terminal

Electric parking brake control module


Connector

PB-47

Terminal

Continuity

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C10E0 PARKING BRAKE ACTUATOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
13

B23

2.

14

B22

23
21

Existed

Check continuity between parking brake actuator and ground.


Parking brake actuator
Connector

Terminal
13

B23

14

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS


With CONSULT
Connect parking brake actuator harness connector.
Connect electric parking brake control module harness connector.
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to perform the operation above.
4. Erase Self-diagnosis result for EHS/PKB.
5. Turn the power switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
6. Turn the power switch ON.
7. Pull parking brake switch to activate electric parking brake.
8. Push parking brake switch to release electric parking brake.
9. Perform self-diagnosis for EHS/PKB.
Is any DTC detected?
YES (C11E0)>>Replace parking brake actuator. Refer to PB-85, "Removal and Installation".
YES (Except C11E0)>>Check the DTC. Refer to PB-29, "DTC Index".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.
3.

UNEXPECTED OPERATION
UNEXPECTED OPERATION : Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006960903

1.CHECK THE CABLE


1. Turn the power switch OFF.
2. Check each cable to see if it is stuck or broken.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the parking brake actuator or parking brake rear cable.
Parking brake actuator: Refer to PB-85, "Removal and Installation".
Parking brake rear cable: PB-87, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK PARKING BRAKE ACTUATOR CIRCUIT (1)


1.
2.
3.

Disconnect parking brake actuator harness connector.


Disconnect electric parking brake control module harness connector.
Check continuity between parking brake actuator and electric parking brake control module harness connector.
Parking brake actuator
Connector

Revision: 2010 November

Terminal

Electric parking brake control module


Connector

PB-48

Terminal

Continuity

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C10E0 PARKING BRAKE ACTUATOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B23

4.

11

B21

15

A
Existed

Check continuity between parking brake actuator and ground.


C
Parking brake actuator
Connector

Terminal

Continuity

2
3
B23

Ground

Not existed

7
8

PB

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

3.CHECK PARKING BRAKE ACTUATOR CIRCUIT (2)


1.

Check continuity between parking brake actuator and electric parking brake control module harness connector.
Parking brake actuator
Connector

Terminal
13

B23

2.

Electric parking brake control module

14

Connector
B22

Terminal
23
21

Continuity

Existed

Check continuity between parking brake actuator and ground.


K

Parking brake actuator


Connector
B23

Terminal
13
14

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace parking brake actuator. Refer to PB-85, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: 2010 November

PB-49

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C10E1 MOTOR CIRCUIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

C10E1 MOTOR CIRCUIT


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006960904

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
C10E1

Display Item

Malfunction detected condition


When an open circuit is detected in the motor.
When a short-circuit is detected in the motor.

CONTROL MODULE

Possible causes
Harness or connector
electric parking brake
control module

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn power switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
1. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for EHS/PKB.
Is DTC C10E1 detected?
YES >> Proceed to PB-50, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006960905

1.CHECK MOTOR CIRCUIT (1)


1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect electric parking brake control module harness connector.
Disconnect parking brake actuator harness connector.
Check continuity between electric parking brake control module harness connector and parking brake
actuator harness connector.
Electric parking brake control module
Connector
B22

5.

Terminal
21
23

Parking brake actuator


Connector
B23

Terminal
14
13

Continuity

Existed

Check continuity between electric parking brake control module harness connector and ground.
Electric parking brake control module
Connector
B22

Terminal
21
23

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

2.CHECK MOTOR CIRCUIT (2)


Check resistance between parking brake actuator connector terminals.

Revision: 2010 November

PB-50

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C10E1 MOTOR CIRCUIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Parking brake actuator
Terminal
13 14

A
Resistance
4 or less

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace electric parking brake control module. Refer to PB-83, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Replace parking brake actuator. Refer to PB-85, "Removal and Installation".

PB

Revision: 2010 November

PB-51

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C10E2 MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

C10E2 MOTOR
DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006960906

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Display Item

C10E2

MOTOR POWER SUPPLY

Malfunction detected condition

Possible causes

When the motor power supply voltage is in the following


status.
Motor power supply voltage: 11 V Motor power supply
voltage

Harness or connector
Electric parking brake
control module

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn power switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
1. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for EHS/PKB.
Is DTC C10E2 detected?
YES >> Proceed to PB-52, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006960907

1.CHECK MOTOR POWER SUPPLY


1.
2.
3.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect electric parking brake control module harness connector.
Check voltage between electric parking brake control module harness connector and ground.
Electric parking brake control module

4.
5.

Connector

Terminal

B22

22

Voltage

Ground

11 14 V

Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never set the vehicle to READY.
Check voltage between electric parking brake control module harness connector and ground.
Electric parking brake control module
Connector

Terminal

B22

22

Voltage

Ground

11 14 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK MOTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Check 30A fuse (#36).
Check continuity and short circuit between electric parking brake control module harness connector terminal (22) and 30A fuse (#36).

Revision: 2010 November

PB-52

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C10E2 MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for 12V battery power supply. Refer to PG-15, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

3.CHECK MOTOR GROUND CIRCUIT

1.
2.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Check continuity between electric parking brake control module harness connector and ground.
Electric parking brake control module
Connector

Terminal

B22

24

Continuity

Ground

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace electric parking brake control module. Refer to PB-83, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

PB

Revision: 2010 November

PB-53

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C10E3 PARKING BRAKE SWITCH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

C10E3 PARKING BRAKE SWITCH


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006960908

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

C10E3

Display Item

PARKING BRAKE SWITCH

Malfunction detected condition

Possible causes

When the signal is not input even when the parking brake
switch is operated.

Harness or connector
Parking brake switch
Electric parking brake
control module

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn power switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
Press the parking brake switch.
CAUTION:
Put the select lever in the P position.
Depress the brake pedal.
3. Pull the parking brake switch.
4. Perform self-diagnosis for EHS/PKB.
Is DTC C10E3 detected?
YES >> Proceed to PB-54, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006960909

1.CHECK DATA MONITOR


With CONSULT
Select EHS/PKB, DATA MONITOR, BRAKE SWITCH and RELEASE SWITCH according to this order.
Check that data monitor displays ON or OFF when parking brake switch is pull or push. Refer to PB-26,
"Reference Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> GO TO 3.

2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT
1. Erase Self-diagnosis result for EHS/PKB.
2. Repeat the parking brake switch operation (pull and push) 5 times.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for EHS/PKB.
Is DTC C10E3 detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

3.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect electric parking brake control module harness connector.
Disconnect parking brake switch harness connector.

Revision: 2010 November

PB-54

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C10E3 PARKING BRAKE SWITCH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
4. Check continuity between electric parking brake control module harness connector and parking brake
switch harness connector.
Electric parking brake control module
Connector

Terminal

B21

Connector

Terminal

10

12

B22

5.

Parking brake switch

B20

13

18

Continuity

C
Existed

Check continuity between electric parking brake control module harness connector and ground.
E

Electric parking brake control module


Connector

Terminal

Continuity

PB

10

B21

12

Ground

Not existed

13
B22

18

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

4.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH

Check parking brake switch. Refer to PB-55, "Component Inspection".


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the electric parking brake control module. Refer to PB-83, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Replace the parking brake switch. Refer to PB-90, "Removal and Installation".

Component Inspection

INFOID:0000000006960910

1.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH (1)


1.
2.
3.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect parking brake switch harness connector.
Check continuity when parking brake switch is operated.

M
Parking brake switch
Terminal
1 3 (Release switch)
2 3 (Brake switch)

Condition

Continuity

When parking brake switch is pull

Existed

When parking brake switch is push

Not existed

When parking brake switch is pull

Not existed

When parking brake switch is push

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace the parking brake switch. Refer to PB-90, "Removal and Installation".

2.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH (2)


Check resistance when parking brake switch is operated.

Revision: 2010 November

PB-55

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C10E3 PARKING BRAKE SWITCH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Parking brake switch
Terminal

Condition

Resistance

When parking brake switch is pull


7 8 (Analog switch)

When parking brake switch is push


When parking brake is neutral position

159 176
2565 2835

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace the parking brake switch. Refer to PB-90, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

PB-56

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C10E4 TENSION SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

C10E4 TENSION SENSOR

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006960911

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Display Item

C10E4

TENSION SENSOR

Malfunction detected condition

Possible causes
Harness or connector
Parking brake actuator

When a tension sensor malfunction is detected.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn power switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

PB

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
Press the parking brake switch.
CAUTION:
Put the select lever in the P position.
Depress the brake pedal.
3. Repeat step 2 to 3 three times
4. Pull the parking brake switch.
5. Perform self-diagnosis for EHS/PKB.
Is DTC C10E4 detected?
YES >> Proceed to PB-57, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006960912

1.CHECK PARKING BRAKE ACTUATOR CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect parking brake actuator harness connector.
Disconnect electric parking brake control module harness connector.
Check continuity between parking brake actuator and electric parking brake control module harness connector.
Parking brake actuator
Connector

B23

5.

Electric parking brake control module

Terminal

Connector

11

Continuity

Terminal

B21

Existed

Check continuity between parking brake actuator harness connector and ground.
Parking brake actuator
Connector

Revision: 2010 November

Terminal

PB-57

15

Continuity

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C10E4 TENSION SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
2
3
B23

Ground

Not existed

7
8

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

2.CHECK TENSION SENSOR


1.
2.
3.

Connect electric parking brake control module harness connector.


Turn the power switch ON.
Check voltage between parking brake actuator harness connector terminals.
Parking brake actuator
Terminal
32
82

Voltage

4.75 5.25 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace parking brake actuator. Refer to PB-85, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Replace electric parking brake control module. Refer to PB-83, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

PB-58

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C10E5 ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE CONTROL MODULE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

C10E5 ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE CONTROL MODULE


DTC Logic

A
INFOID:0000000006960913

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Display Item

C10E5

Malfunction detected condition

POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE

Possible causes

When power supply voltage is in following status.


Power supply voltage: 10.5 V Power supply voltage

Harness or connector
Electric parking brake
control module

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn power switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

PB

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
1. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for EHS/PKB.
Is DTC C10E5 detected?
YES >> Proceed to PB-59, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006960914

1.CHECK 12V BATTERY


J

1. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.


2. Check 12V battery. Refer to PG-101, "Work Flow".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace the 12V battery. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".

2.CHECK ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE CONTROL MODULE POWER SUPPLY


1.
2.
3.

Electric parking brake control module

4.
5.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect electric parking brake control module harness connector.
Check voltage between electric parking brake control module harness connector and ground.

Connector

Terminal

B21

Voltage

Ground

11 14 V

Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never set the vehicle to READY.
Check voltage between electric parking brake control module harness connector and ground.

P
Electric parking brake control module
Connector

Terminal

B21

Voltage

Ground

11 14 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> GO TO 3.
Revision: 2010 November

PB-59

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C10E5 ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE CONTROL MODULE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

3.CHECK ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE CONTROL MODULE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Check 10A fuse (#18).
Check continuity and short circuit between electric parking brake control module harness connector terminal (7) and 10A fuse (#18).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for 12V battery power supply. Refer to PG-15, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

4.CHECK ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE CONTROL MODULE GROUND CIRCUIT


1.
2.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Check continuity between electric parking brake control module harness connector and ground.
Electric parking brake control module
Connector

Terminal

B22

24

Continuity

Ground

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: 2010 November

PB-60

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C10E6 IGNITION SWITCH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

C10E6 IGNITION SWITCH

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006960915

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Display Item

C10E6

Malfunction detected condition

Possible causes

When a malfunction is detected in the power switch system.

IGNITION SWITCH

Harness or connector
Electric parking brake
control module
Power switch system

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING

If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn power switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PB

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


G

With CONSULT
1. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for EHS/PKB.
Is DTC C10E6 detected?
YES >> Proceed to PB-61, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006960916

1.CHECK ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE CONTROL MODULE POWER ON POWER SUPPLY

1.
2.
3.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect electric parking brake control module harness connector.
Check voltage between electric parking brake control module harness connector and ground.
Electric parking brake control module

4.
5.

Connector

Terminal

B21

Voltage

Ground

0V

Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never set the vehicle to READY.
Check voltage between electric parking brake control module harness connector and ground.

N
Electric parking brake control module
Connector

Terminal

B21

Voltage

Ground

11 14 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE CONTROL MODULE POWER ON POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Check 10A fuse (#3).
Check continuity and short circuit between electric parking brake control module harness connector terminal (5) and 10A fuse (#3).

Revision: 2010 November

PB-61

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C10E6 IGNITION SWITCH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power ON power supply. Refer to PG-59, "Wiring Diagram - ON
POWER SUPPLY -"
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

3.CHECK DATA MONITOR


With CONSULT
Select EHS/PKB, DATA MONITOR, IGNITION SWITCH FROM IPDM according to this order. Check that
data monitor displays when power switch is ON or OFF. Refer to PB-26, "Reference Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Check the BCM. Refer to BCS-26, "BCM : CONSULT Function (BCM - BCM)".

Revision: 2010 November

PB-62

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C10E7 OVER HEAT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

C10E7 OVER HEAT

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006960917

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

C10E7

Display Item

OVER HEAT

Malfunction detected condition

Possible causes

When braking application and release is repeated and the


electric parking brake system is hot.

Electric parking brake


control module
Parking brake actuator
Cable

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING

If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn power switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

PB

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION

With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
Press the parking brake switch.
CAUTION:
Put the select lever in the P position.
Depress the brake pedal.
3. Pull the parking brake switch.
4. Perform self-diagnosis for EHS/PKB.
Is DTC C10E7 detected?
YES >> Proceed to PB-63, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006960918

1.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1)


L

With CONSULT
1. Erase Self-diagnosis result for EHS/PKB.
2. Conduct parking brake switch operation (pull and push) after leaving approximately 1 minute.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for EHS/PKB.
Is DTC C10E7 detected?
YES >> Check When parking brake actuator and parking brake rear cable are stuck.
Parking brake actuator: Refer to PB-86, "Inspection".
Parking brake rear cable: Refer to PB-88, "Inspection".
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2)

With CONSULT
1. Repeat the parking brake switch operation (pull and push) 5 times.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for EHS/PKB.
Is DTC C10E7 detected?
YES >> Replace parking brake actuator. Refer to PB-85, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

PB-63

LEAF

http://vnx.su

U0100 VCM COMMUNICATION


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

U0100 VCM COMMUNICATION


Description

INFOID:0000000006960919

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN-H line, CAN-L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006960920

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

U0100

Display Item

ECM/PCM A

Malfunction detected condition

Possible causes

When CAN communication signal with VCM is not continuously received for 2 seconds or more.

CAN communication
line
Electric parking brake
control module

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn power switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
1. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for EHS/PKB.
Is DTC U0100 detected?
YES >> Proceed to PB-64, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006960921

1.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for EV/HEV. Refer to EVC-51, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC U1000 detected?
YES >> Proceed to LAN-15, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE


Check EHS/PKB BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT. Refer to LAN-59, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the electric parking brake control module. Refer to PB-83, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace error- detected parts. Refer to LAN-25, "Precautions for Harness Repair".

Revision: 2010 November

PB-64

LEAF

http://vnx.su

U0111 IPDM COMMUNICATION


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

U0111 IPDM COMMUNICATION

Description

INFOID:0000000006960922

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN-H line, CAN-L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006960923

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Display Item

U0111

BATTERY ENERGY CONTROL


MODULU A

Malfunction detected condition


When CAN communication signal with IPDM E/R is not
continuously received for 2 seconds or more.

Possible causes
CAN communication
line
Electric parking brake
control module

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

PB

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn power switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
1. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for EHS/PKB.
Is DTC U0111 detected?
YES >> Proceed to PB-65, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006960924

1.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-10, "Diagnosis Description".
Is DTC U1000 detected?
YES >> Proceed to LAN-15, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE


Check EHS/PKB BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT. Refer to LAN-59, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the electric parking brake control module. Refer to PB-83, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace error- detected parts. Refer to LAN-25, "Precautions for Harness Repair".

Revision: 2010 November

PB-65

LEAF

http://vnx.su

U0129 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) COMMUNICATION


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

U0129 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) COMMUNICATION


Description

INFOID:0000000006960925

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN-H line, CAN-L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006960926

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

U0129

Display Item
BRAKE SYSTEM CONTROL
MODULE

Malfunction detected condition

Possible causes

When CAN communication signal with ABS actuator and


electric unit (control unit) is not continuously received for 2
seconds or more.

CAN communication
line
Electric parking brake
control module

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn power switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
1. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for EHS/PKB.
Is DTC U0129 detected?
YES >> Proceed to PB-66, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006960927

1.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for ABS. Refer to BRC-38, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC U1000 detected?
YES >> Proceed to LAN-15, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE


Check EHS/PKB BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT. Refer to LAN-59, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the electric parking brake control module. Refer to PB-83, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace error- detected parts. Refer to LAN-25, "Precautions for Harness Repair".

Revision: 2010 November

PB-66

LEAF

http://vnx.su

U0140 BCM COMMUNICATION


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

U0140 BCM COMMUNICATION

Description

INFOID:0000000006960928

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN-H line, CAN-L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006960929

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

U0140

Display Item

BCM

Malfunction detected condition

Possible causes

When CAN communication signal with BCM is not continuously received for 2 seconds or more.

CAN communication
line
Electric parking brake
control module

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

PB

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn power switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
1. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for EHS/PKB.
Is DTC U0140 detected?
YES >> Proceed to PB-67, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006960930

1.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for BCM. Refer to BCS-13, "COMMON ITEM : CONSULT Function (BCM - COMMON
ITEM)".
Is DTC U1000 detected?
YES >> Proceed to LAN-15, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE

Check EHS/PKB BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT. Refer to LAN-59, "Diagnosis Procedure".


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the electric parking brake control module. Refer to PB-83, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace error- detected parts. Refer to LAN-25, "Precautions for Harness Repair".

Revision: 2010 November

PB-67

LEAF

http://vnx.su

U0155 METER COMMUNICATION


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

U0155 METER COMMUNICATION


Description

INFOID:0000000006960931

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN-H line, CAN-L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006960932

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

U0155

Display Item

IPC CONTROL MODULE

Malfunction detected condition

Possible causes

When CAN communication signal with combination meter


is not continuously received for 2 seconds or more.

CAN communication
line
Electric parking brake
control module

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn power switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
1. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for EHS/PKB.
Is DTC U0155 detected?
YES >> Proceed to PB-68, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006960933

1.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for METER M&A. Refer to MWI-46, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC U1000 detected?
YES >> Proceed to LAN-15, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE


Check EHS/PKB BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT. Refer to LAN-59, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the electric parking brake control module. Refer to PB-83, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace error- detected parts. Refer to LAN-25, "Precautions for Harness Repair".

Revision: 2010 November

PB-68

LEAF

http://vnx.su

U0401 VCM SIGNAL


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

U0401 VCM SIGNAL

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006960935

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
U0401

Display Item
VCM

Malfunction detected condition


When a VCM error is detected.

Possible causes

VCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING

If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn power switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION

PB

With CONSULT
1. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for EHS/PKB.
Is DTC U0401 detected?
YES >> Proceed to PB-69, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

H
INFOID:0000000006960936

1.CHECK DATA MONITOR

With CONSULT
Select EHS/PKB, DATA MONITOR according to this order.
Select ACCELE OPEN ANGLE and SHIFT RANGE, and check that data monitor displays. Refer to
PB-26, "Reference Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Check the VCM. Refer to EVC-51, "CONSULT Function".
1.
2.

Revision: 2010 November

PB-69

LEAF

http://vnx.su

U0418 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) SIGNAL


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

U0418 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) SIGNAL


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006960938

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
U0418

Display Item
BRAKE SYSTEM CONTROL
MODULE

Malfunction detected condition

Possible causes

When an ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) error


is detected.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn power switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
1. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for EHS/PKB.
Is DTC U0418 detected?
YES >> Proceed to PB-70, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006960939

1.CHECK DATA MONITOR


With CONSULT
Select EHS/PKB, DATA MONITOR according to this order.
Select WHEEL SENSOR REAR RH, WHEEL SENSOR REAR LH, DECEL G SENSOR and VEHICLE SPEED, and check that data monitor displays. Refer to PB-26, "Reference Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Check the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-38, "CONSULT Function".
1.
2.

Revision: 2010 November

PB-70

LEAF

http://vnx.su

U0422 BCM SIGNAL


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

U0422 BCM SIGNAL

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006960941

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
U0422

Display Item
BCM

Malfunction detected condition


When a BCM error is detected.

Possible causes

BCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING

If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn power switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION

PB

With CONSULT
1. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for EHS/PKB.
Is DTC U0422 detected?
YES >> Proceed to PB-71, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

H
INFOID:0000000006960942

1.CHECK DATA MONITOR

With CONSULT
Select EHS/PKB, DATA MONITOR according to this order.
Select BRAKE SWITCH FROM BCM, and check that data monitor displays. Refer to PB-26, "Reference
Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Check the BCM. Refer to BCS-13, "COMMON ITEM : CONSULT Function (BCM - COMMON
ITEM)".

1.
2.

Revision: 2010 November

PB-71

LEAF

http://vnx.su

U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT


Description

INFOID:0000000006960943

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN-H line, CAN-L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006960944

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
U1000

Display Item
CAN COMM CIRCUIT

Malfunction detected condition


When CAN communication signal is not continuously
transmitted or received for 2 seconds or more.

Possible causes
CAN communication
system malfunction

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn power switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
1. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for EHS/PKB.
Is DTC C1000 detected?
YES >> Proceed to PB-72, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006960945

Proceed to LAN-15, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".

Revision: 2010 November

PB-72

LEAF

http://vnx.su

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006960946

1.CHECK ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE CONTROL MODULE POWER SWITCH ON POWER SUPPLY

1.
2.
3.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect electric parking brake control module harness connector.
Check voltage between electric parking brake control module harness connector and ground.
Electric parking brake control module

4.
5.

Connector

Terminal

B21

Voltage

Ground

Approx. 0 V

Turn the power switch ON


CAUTION:
Never set the vehicle to READY.
Check voltage between electric parking brake control module harness connector and ground.
Electric parking brake control module
Connector

Terminal

B21

Voltage

Ground

11 14 V

PB

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE CONTROL MODULE POWER SWITCH ON POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn the power switch OFF.
2. Check 10A fuse (#3).
3. Check continuity and short circuit between electric parking brake control module harness connector terminal (5) and 10A fuse (#3).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power switch ON power supply. Refer to PG-59, "Wiring Diagram ON POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

3.CHECK MOTOR POWER SUPPLY


1.
2.

3.
4.

Connector

Terminal

B22

22

Turn the power switch OFF.


Check voltage between electric parking brake control module harness connector and ground.
Electric parking brake control module

Voltage

Ground

11 14 V

Turn the power switch ON


CAUTION:
Never set the vehicle to READY.
Check voltage between electric parking brake control module harness connector and ground.

P
Electric parking brake control module
Connector

Terminal

B22

22

Voltage

Ground

11 14 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> GO TO 4.
Revision: 2010 November

PB-73

LEAF

http://vnx.su

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

4.CHECK MOTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Check 30A fuse (#36).
Check continuity and short circuit between electric parking brake control module harness connector terminal (22) and 30A fuse (#36).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for 12V battery power supply. Refer to PG-15, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

5.CHECK ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE CONTROL MODULE 12V BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
1.
2.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Check voltage between electric parking brake control module harness connector and ground.
Electric parking brake control module

3.
4.

Connector

Terminal

B21

Voltage

Ground

11 14 V

Turn the power switch ON


CAUTION:
Never set the vehicle to READY.
Check voltage between electric parking brake control module harness connector and ground.
Electric parking brake control module
Connector

Terminal

B21

Voltage

Ground

11 14 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> GO TO 6.

6.CHECK ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE CONTROL MODULE 12V BATTERY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Check 10A fuse (#18).
Check continuity and short circuit between electric parking brake control module harness connector terminal (7) and 10A fuse (#18).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for 12V battery power supply. Refer to PG-15, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

7.CHECK ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE CONTROL MODULE GROUND CIRCUIT


Check for continuity between electric parking brake control module harness connector and the ground.
Electric parking brake control module
Connector

Terminal

B22

24

Continuity

Ground

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

8.CHECK TERMINAL
Check electric parking brake control module pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
Revision: 2010 November

PB-74

LEAF

http://vnx.su

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

PB

Revision: 2010 November

PB-75

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE INDICATION LAMP


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE INDICATION LAMP


Component Function Check

INFOID:0000000006960947

1.CHECK ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE INDICATOR LAMP FUNCTION


Check that electric parking brake indicator lamp in combination meter turns ON/OFF when parking brake is
operated.
NOTE:
Electric parking brake indicator lamp turns ON when parking brake is operated (when parking brake switch is
pull).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Proceed to PB-76, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006960948

1.CHECK ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE CONTROL MODULE POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Perform the trouble diagnosis for electric parking brake control module power supply and ground circuit. Refer
to PB-73, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

2.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS


With CONSULT
1. Perform self-diagnosis for EHS/PKB.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to PB-29, "DTC Index".
NO
>> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK COMBINATION METER


Check combination meter. Refer to MWI-46, "CONSULT Function".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace electric parking brake control module. Refer to PB-83, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-89, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

PB-76

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PARKING BRAKE DOES NOT RELEASE


< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS

PARKING BRAKE DOES NOT RELEASE


Description

INFOID:0000000006960949

INFOID:0000000006960950

When the parking brake cannot be released by the parking brake switch.

Diagnosis Procedure

1.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS


D

With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for EHS/PKB.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to PB-29, "DTC Index".
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK THE CABLE

PB

Check each cable to see if it is stuck.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

3.CHECK PARKING BRAKE DRAG


H

Check if the parking brake is dragging. PB-82, "Adjustment".


Is the parking brake dragging?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Replace the parking brake actuator. Refer to PB-85, "Removal and Installation".

4.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SHOE INSTALLATION STATUS


J

Check the parking brake shoe installation status.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the parking brake actuator. Refer to PB-85, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: 2010 November

PB-77

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PARKING BRAKE DOES NOT OPERATE


< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >

PARKING BRAKE DOES NOT OPERATE


Description

INFOID:0000000006960951

The parking brake is not applied even when the parking brake switch is pulled.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006960952

1.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS


With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for EHS/PKB.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to PB-29, "DTC Index".
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK THE CABLE


Check each cable to see if it is broken or installed incorrectly.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

3.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SHOE INSTALLATION STATUS


Check installation and wear conditions of parking brake shoe.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the parking brake actuator. Refer to PB-85, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: 2010 November

PB-78

LEAF

http://vnx.su

THE BRAKING FORCE OF PARKING BRAKE IS LOW


< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >

THE BRAKING FORCE OF PARKING BRAKE IS LOW


Description

A
INFOID:0000000006960953

The parking brake braking force is low and the vehicle moves backward when parked on an incline.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006960954

1.REAPPLY THE PARKING BRAKE (1)

Pull the parking brake switch again.


Is the vehicle moving backward?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> NORMAL

2.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS

With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for EHS/PKB.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to PB-29, "DTC Index".
NO
>> GO TO 3.

PB

3.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SHOE INSTALLATION STATUS

Check installation and wear conditions of parking brake shoe.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

4.REPLACE PARKING BRAKE ACTUATOR

1. Replace the parking brake actuator. Refer to PB-85, "Removal and Installation".
2. Apply the parking brake.
Is the vehicle moving backward?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> NORMAL

5.REAPPLY THE PARKING BRAKE (2)

Pull the parking brake switch again.


Is the vehicle moving backward?
YES >> Replace electric parking brake control module. Refer to PB-83, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> NORMAL

Revision: 2010 November

PB-79

LEAF

http://vnx.su

THE BRAKING FORCE OF PARKING BRAKE IS HIGH


< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >

THE BRAKING FORCE OF PARKING BRAKE IS HIGH


Description

INFOID:0000000006960955

The parking brake breaking force is too high.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006960956

1.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS


With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for EHS/PKB.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to PB-29, "DTC Index".
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK THE CABLE


Check each cable to see if it is stuck.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

3.CHECK PARKING BRAKE DRAG


Check if the parking brake is dragging. PB-82, "Adjustment".
Is the parking brake dragging?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Replace the parking brake actuator. Refer to PB-85, "Removal and Installation".

4.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SHOE INSTALLATION STATUS


Check the parking brake shoe installation status.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the parking brake actuator. Refer to PB-85, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: 2010 November

PB-80

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PARKING BRAKE SYSTEM


< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE

PARKING BRAKE SYSTEM


Inspection and Adjustment

INFOID:0000000006960957

INSPECTION
Inspect Components
Check each component for installation condition such as looseness.
Check the cables and parking brake actuator for wear, damage and cracks. Replace if necessary.

ADJUSTMENT

1.
2.
3.
4.

5.
6.
7.

Adjust the adjust nut. Refer to PB-87, "Removal and Installation".


Remove rear tires with power tool.
Fix the disc rotor using wheel nut.
Remove the adjusting hole plug from the disc rotor. Turn the
adjuster (1) in the direction (A) as shown in the figure using a
suitable tool until the disc rotor is locked.
Turn back the adjuster 7 notches from the locked position.
Rotate the disc rotor to check that there is no drag. Install the
adjuster hole plug. Refer to PB-93, "Inspection and Adjustment".
Perform parking brake actuator 0 point learning. Refer to PB-38,
"Work Procedure".

PB

H
JPFIB0088ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

PB-81

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PARKING BRAKE SHOE


< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >

PARKING BRAKE SHOE


Adjustment
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

INFOID:0000000006960958

Set the vehicle to READY.


Drive the vehicle at approx. 40 km/h (25 MPH).
Pull the parking brake switch, and stop the vehicle
Release the parking brake switch.
Release the parking brake.
Repeat step 2 to 5 two times.
Check the braking force.
Release the parking brake.
CAUTION:
The parking brake cannot be released unless the brake pedal is depressed and the parking brake
switch is pressed.
There is a danger the tire locks when using the brake tester, so perform release operation
quickly.

Revision: 2010 November

PB-82

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE CONTROL MODULE


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE CONTROL MODULE


Exploded View

INFOID:0000000006960959

PB

G
JSFIA0610GB

H
1.

Electric parking brake control module

2.

Electric parking brake control module bracket

: Nm (kg-m, ft-lb)

Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006960960

REMOVAL
1.

2.

3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never set the vehicle to READY.
Release the parking brake.
CAUTION:
If the brake cannot be released, release it manually. Refer to PB-9, "Parking Brake Actuator".
Turn the power switch OFF.
Disconnect 12V battery negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the luggage floor front finisher. Refer to INT-34, "LUGGAGE FLOOR FRONT FINISHER :
Removal and Installation".
Disconnect electric parking brake control module harness connector.
Remove electric parking brake control module.
CAUTION:
To prevent damage to the parts, never drop removed parts.

INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
Perform inspection after installation. Refer to PB-83, "Inspection".

Inspection

P
INFOID:0000000006960961

INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION


1.

Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never set the vehicle to READY.

Revision: 2010 November

PB-83

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE CONTROL MODULE


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
2. Pull the parking brake switch.
3. Confirm that the electric parking brake indicator in combination meter turns ON.
4. Push parking brake switch to release electric parking brake.
5. Confirm that the electric parking brake indicator in combination meter turns OFF.

Revision: 2010 November

PB-84

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PARKING BRAKE ACTUATOR


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

PARKING BRAKE ACTUATOR

Exploded View

INFOID:0000000006960962

PB

J
JSFIA0608GB

1.

Parking brake actuator

A.

To rear cable

: Vehicle front

: Apply multi-purpose grease.


: Nm (kg-m, ft-lb)

: Nm (kg-m, in-lb)

Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006960963

REMOVAL
1.

2.

3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never set the vehicle to READY.
Release the parking brake.
CAUTION:
If the brake cannot be released, release it manually. Refer to PB-9, "Parking Brake Actuator".
Turn the power switch OFF.
Disconnect 12V battery negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".
Remove rear diffuser. Refer to EXT-22, "REAR DIFFUSER : Removal and Installation".
Disconnect parking brake actuator harness connector.
Remove cable of parking brake actuator mounting nut from vehicle.

Revision: 2010 November

PB-85

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PARKING BRAKE ACTUATOR


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
8. Loosen adjust nut. Refer to PB-87, "Removal and Installation".
9. Remove cable of parking brake actuator with the following procedure.
a. Pull equalizer (1) in rearward direction.
b. Pull cable (2) of parking brake actuator downward to remove
cable of parking brake actuator from equalizer.

JSFIA0754ZZ

c.

Press the paw (1) to remove cable of parking brake actuator


from bracket.

JPFIB0130ZZ

10. Remove emergency release cable (A) of parking brake actuator


from vehicle.
11. Remove parking brake actuator from vehicle.
CAUTION:
To prevent damage to the parts, never drop remove parts.

JSFIA0755ZZ

INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
Perform parking brake actuator 0 point learning when electric parking brake control module is removed and
installed, or replaced. Refer to PB-38, "Work Procedure".
Perform adjustment after installation. Refer to PB-86, "Inspection".

Inspection

INFOID:0000000006960964

ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION


1.
2.
3.

4.
5.
6.

Pull the parking brake switch 2 times and check that the electric parking brake indicator in combination
meter turns ON.
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 20 minutes.
Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never set the vehicle to READY.
Check that the electric parking brake indicator in combination meter turns ON.
Push parking brake switch to release electric parking brake.
Check that the electric parking brake indicator in combination meter turns OFF.

Revision: 2010 November

PB-86

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PARKING BRAKE REAR CABLE


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

PARKING BRAKE REAR CABLE

Exploded View

INFOID:0000000006960965

PB

I
JSFIA0609GB

1.

Equalizer

4.

Bracket

2.

Rear cable (RH)

3.

Rear cable (LH)

: Vehicle front

: Apply multi-purpose grease.


: Nm (kg-m, ft-lb)

Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006960966

REMOVAL
1.

2.

3.
4.

Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never set the vehicle to READY.
Release the parking brake.
CAUTION:
If the brake cannot be released, release it manually. Refer to PB-9, "Parking Brake Actuator".
Turn the power switch OFF.
Disconnect 12V battery negative terminal. Refer to PG-104, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

PB-87

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PARKING BRAKE REAR CABLE


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
5. Loosen adjust nut (1).

JSFIA0753ZZ

6.
a.
b.

Remove rear cable with the following procedure.


Pull equalizer (1) in forward direction.
Pull rear cable (2) downward to remove rear cable from equalizer.

JSFIA0757ZZ

c.
d.

Press the paw (1) to remove cable from bracket.


Remove bracket from vehicle.

JPFIB0130ZZ

INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
Tighten the adjust nut (1) so that the bolt (A) is within dimension B.
B

: 13 15 mm (0.51 0.59 in)

Perform parking brake actuator 0 point learning when parking


brake actuator, parking brake rear cables and parking brake shoe
are removed and installed, or replaced. Refer to PB-38, "Work Procedure".
Perform adjustment after installation. Refer to PB-88, "Inspection".

JSFIA0758ZZ

Inspection

INFOID:0000000006960967

ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION


1.
2.
3.

Pull the parking brake switch 2 times and confirm the electric parking brake indicator in combination meter
turns ON.
Turn the power switch OFF and wait 20 minutes.
Turn the power switch ON.

Revision: 2010 November

PB-88

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PARKING BRAKE REAR CABLE


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
CAUTION:
Never set the vehicle to READY.
4. Check that the electric parking brake indicator in combination meter turns ON.
5. Push parking brake switch to release electric parking brake.
6. Check that the electric parking brake indicator in combination meter turns OFF.

PB

Revision: 2010 November

PB-89

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PARKING BRAKE SWITCH


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

PARKING BRAKE SWITCH


Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006960968

REMOVAL
1.
2.

Remove the console finisher assembly. Refer to IP-23, "Removal and Installation".
Remove parking brake switch.

INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: 2010 November

PB-90

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PARKING BRAKE SHOE


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

PARKING BRAKE SHOE

Exploded View

INFOID:0000000006960969

PB

I
JPFIB0086ZZ

1.

Anti-rattle pin

2.

Back plate

3.

Toggle lever

4.

Parking brake shoe

5.

Brake strut

6.

Return spring

7.

Spring

8.

Adjuster

: Apply PBC (Poly Butyl Cuprysil) grease or silicone-based grease.

Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006960970

REMOVAL
WARNING:
Since dust covering the parking brake shoes has an affect on human body, the dust must be removed
with a dust collector. Never splatter the dust with an air blow gun.
1. Remove rear tires with power tool.
2. Remove disc rotor. Refer to RAX-6, "Removal and Installation".
CAUTION:
Parking brake completely in the released position.
3. Remove return spring (1) of the upper side.

JSFIA0485ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

PB-91

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PARKING BRAKE SHOE


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
4. Remove return spring (1) of the lower side.

JSFIA0486ZZ

5.

6.

7.

8.

Remove spring (1) and anti-rattle pin.


CAUTION:
To prevent damage to the parts, never drop the removed
parts.
Remove parking brake shoes, adjuster, brake strut and toggle
lever.
CAUTION:
The parking brake shoes for the front wheels are made of
different materials from those for the rear wheels. Never
misidentify them when removing.
To prevent damage to the parts, never drop the removed
parts.

JSFIA0487ZZ

Press the rear cable spring (1) against spring tension to remove
rear cable (3) from the clamp (A) of toggle lever (2).
CAUTION:
To prevent damage to the parts, never bend rear cable.
For the removal of back plate. Refer to RAX-6, "Removal and
Installation".

JSFIA0488ZZ

INSTALLATION
Note the following, install in the reverse order of removal.
Apply PBC (Poly Butyl Cuprysil) grease or silicone-based grease to the back plate and brake shoe.
CAUTION:
The parking brake shoes for the front wheels are made of different materials from those for the rear
wheels. Never misidentify them when removing and replacing.
Assemble adjusters so that threaded part is expanded when rotating it in the direction shown by arrow.
A : For right side brake
B : For left side brake
: Vehicle front
: Adjuster expands

Shorten adjuster by rotating it.


When disassembling apply PBC (Poly Butyl Cuprysil) grease or silicone-based grease to threads.

Revision: 2010 November

PB-92

JPFIB0087ZZ

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PARKING BRAKE SHOE


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
Check that the component parts of the parking brake shoe are
properly installed.
Check brake shoe sliding surface and drum inner surface for
grease. Wipe it off if it adhere on the surfaces.

C
JSFIA0489ZZ

Inspection and Adjustment

INFOID:0000000006960971

INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL

Lining Thickness Inspection


Check thickness (A) of lining.
PB

: Refer to PB-95, "Parking Drum Brake".


G

H
SBR021A

Drum Inner Diameter Inspection


Check inner diameter (B) of drum.

: Refer to PB-95, "Parking Drum Brake".

L
JPFIB0008ZZ

Other Inspections
Check the following items, and replace the parts if necessary.
Lining for excessive wear, damage, and peeling.
Brake shoe sliding surface for excessive wear and damage.
Anti-rattle pin for excessive wear, damage and rust.
Return spring and spring for settling, excessive wear, damage, and rust.
Adjuster for smoothness.
Toggle lever and brake strut for excessive wear, damage and rust.
Visually check inside of the drum for excessive wear, cracks, and damage with a pair of vernier calipers.

ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION


1.
a.
b.
2.
3.

Rotate the disc rotor to check that there is no drag. Install the plug. If any drag is found, follow the procedure described below.
Adjust parking brake stroke again.
Check rear disc brake. Refer to BR-239, "BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY : Inspection".
Adjust the parking brake shoe. Refer to PB-82, "Adjustment".
Perform parking brake actuator 0 point learning. Refer to PB-38, "Work Procedure".

Revision: 2010 November

PB-93

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PARKING BRAKE SHOE


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
4. Pull the parking brake switch and confirm the electric parking brake indicator in combination meter turns
ON.
5. Push parking brake switch to release electric parking brake.
6. Check that the electric parking brake indicator in combination meter turns OFF.

Revision: 2010 November

PB-94

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)


< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)


Parking Drum Brake

INFOID:0000000006960972

Unit: mm (in.)

Item

Limit

Brake lining

1.5 (0.059)

Drum (disc of inner diameter)

173 (6.81)

PB

Revision: 2010 November

PB-95

LEAF

http://vnx.su

BRAKES

SECTION

BRC

BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

CONTENTS
WITH VDC

VDC FUNCTION ........................................................27


VDC FUNCTION : System Description ...................27

PRECAUTION ............................................... 4
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 4
Precaution for Technicians Using Medical Electric...... 4
Point to Be Checked Before Starting Maintenance
Work .......................................................................... 4
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 4
Precaution for Removing 12V Battery ....................... 5
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...... 5
Precaution for Brake System .................................... 5
Precaution for Brake Control system ........................ 6
Precaution for Harness Repair .................................. 7

TCS FUNCTION .........................................................29


TCS FUNCTION : System Description ....................30
ABS FUNCTION ........................................................31
ABS FUNCTION : System Description ....................31

BRC

EBD FUNCTION ........................................................33


EBD FUNCTION : System Description ....................33
I
BRAKE LIMITED SLIP DIFFERENTIAL (BLSD)
FUNCTION .................................................................34
BRAKE LIMITED SLIP DIFFERENTIAL (BLSD)
FUNCTION : System Description ............................34

BRAKE ASSIST FUNCTION .....................................35


BRAKE ASSIST FUNCTION : System Description
....36

Commercial Service Tools ........................................ 8

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR


AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)] ....... 38

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .............................. 9

CONSULT Function .................................................38

COMPONENT PARTS ........................................ 9

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION .............. 43

PREPARATION ............................................ 8
PREPARATION ................................................... 8

Component Parts Location ........................................ 9


Wheel Sensor and Sensor Rotor ............................ 10
ABS Actuator and Electric Unit (Control Unit) ......... 11
Master Cylinder Pressure Sensor2 ......................... 11
Stop Lamp Switch ................................................... 12
ASCD Brake Switch ................................................ 12
Steering Angle Sensor ............................................ 12
Yaw Rate/Side/Decel G Sensor .............................. 12
Brake Fluid Level Switch ......................................... 12
Parking Brake Switch .............................................. 12
VDC OFF Switch ..................................................... 12

SYSTEM .............................................................13
System Description ................................................. 13
Schematic ............................................................... 24
Fail-safe .................................................................. 24

Revision: 2010 November

ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT


(CONTROL UNIT) ............................................. 43
Reference Value ......................................................43
Fail-safe ...................................................................45
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ..................................47
DTC Index ...............................................................48

WIRING DIAGRAM ...................................... 50


BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM ........................... 50
Wiring Diagram ........................................................50

BASIC INSPECTION ................................... 55


DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ....... 55
Work Flow ................................................................55

BRC-1

LEAF

http://vnx.su

Diagnostic Work Sheet ........................................... 56

ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING


ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT
(CONTROL UNIT) .............................................. 58
Description .............................................................. 58

C1140 ACTUATOR RELAY SYSTEM .............. 99


DTC Logic ............................................................... 99
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 99

C1142 PRESS SENSOR .................................. 101


DTC Logic ............................................................. 101
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 101

ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION ............................... 59

C1143 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR .............. 104

Description .............................................................. 59
Work Procedure ...................................................... 59

DTC Logic ............................................................. 104


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 104

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ......................... 62

C1144 INCOMPLETE STEERING ANGLE


SENSOR ADJUSTMENT ................................. 107

C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SENSOR .................................................................... 62

DTC Logic ............................................................. 107


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 107

DTC Logic ............................................................... 62


Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 62

C1155 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH .......... 109

C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR .................................................................... 66

DTC Logic ............................................................. 109


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 109
Component Inspection .......................................... 111

DTC Logic ............................................................... 66


Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 67

C1164, C1165 CV SYSTEM ............................. 113

C1109 POWER AND GROUND SYSTEM ......... 73

DTC Logic ............................................................. 113


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 113

DTC Logic ............................................................... 73


Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 73

C1166, C1167 SV SYSTEM ............................. 115

C1110 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC


UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) .................................... 75
DTC Logic ............................................................... 75
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 75

C1111 ABS MOTOR, MOTOR RELAY SYSTEM .................................................................... 76


DTC Logic ............................................................... 76
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 76

C1113, C1145, C1146 YAW RATE/SIDE/DECEL G SENSOR ................................................ 79


DTC Logic ............................................................... 79
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 79

C1115 WHEEL SENSOR ................................... 83


DTC Logic ............................................................... 83
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 83

C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCH ............................ 90


DTC Logic ............................................................... 90
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 90
Component Inspection ............................................ 94

C1120, C1122, C1124, C1126 ABS IN VALVE


SYSTEM ............................................................. 95
DTC Logic ............................................................... 95
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 95

C1121, C1123, C1125, C1127 ABS OUT


VALVE SYSTEM ................................................ 97
DTC Logic ............................................................... 97
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 97

Revision: 2010 November

DTC Logic ............................................................. 115


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 115

C1176 STOP LAMP SW2 ................................. 117


DTC Logic ............................................................. 117
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 117
Component Inspection .......................................... 120

C118A ELECTRICALLY-DRIVEN INTELLIGENT BRAKE SYSTEM ................................... 122


DTC Logic ............................................................. 122
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 122

C118C EV SYSTEM ......................................... 124


DTC Logic ............................................................. 124
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 124

U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ........................... 126


Description ............................................................ 126
DTC Logic ............................................................. 126
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 126

U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) ........................ 127


Description ............................................................ 127
DTC Logic ............................................................. 127
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 127

U110D ELECTRICALLY-DRIVEN INTELLIGENT BRAKE COMMUNICATION .................. 128


Description ............................................................ 128
DTC Logic ............................................................. 128
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 128

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .... 130


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 130

BRC-2

LEAF

http://vnx.su

VDC OFF SWITCH ........................................... 133


Component Function Check .................................. 133
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 133
Component Inspection .......................................... 134

THE DRIVING WHEELS SKID GREATLY ON


ACCELERATION ............................................ 146

ABS WARNING LAMP ..................................... 135

NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............. 147

Component Function Check .................................. 135


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 135

Description ............................................................. 147

BRAKE WARNING LAMP ............................... 136


Component Function Check .................................. 136
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 136

VDC WARNING LAMP ..................................... 137


Component Function Check .................................. 137
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 137

VDC OFF INDICATOR LAMP .......................... 138


Component Function Check .................................. 138
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 138

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 139


EXCESSIVE OPERATION FREQUENCY ........ 139
Description ............................................................ 139
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 139

UNEXPECTED BRAKE PEDAL REACTION .. 141


Description ............................................................ 141
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 141

THE BRAKING DISTANCE IS LONG .............. 142


Description ............................................................ 142
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 142

DOES NOT OPERATE ..................................... 143


Description ............................................................ 143
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 143

BRAKE PEDAL VIBRATION OR OPERATION SOUND OCCURS ................................... 144


Description ............................................................ 144
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 144

VEHICLE JERKS DURING .............................. 145


Description ............................................................ 145
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 145

System Description ................................................ 146


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 146

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 148

WHEEL SENSOR ............................................ 148


FRONT WHEEL SENSOR ....................................... 148
FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View ......... 148
FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation ...................................................................... 148
REAR WHEEL SENSOR ......................................... 149
REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View ............ 149
REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation ......................................................................... 149

BRC

SENSOR ROTOR ............................................ 151

FRONT SENSOR ROTOR ....................................... 151


FRONT SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation ...................................................................... 151

REAR SENSOR ROTOR ......................................... 151


REAR SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation ......................................................................... 151

ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT


(CONTROL UNIT) ........................................... 152

Exploded View ....................................................... 152


Removal and Installation ....................................... 152

YAW RATE/SIDE/DECEL G SENSOR ........... 154

Exploded View ....................................................... 154


Removal and Installation ....................................... 154

STEERING ANGLE SENSOR ......................... 155

Removal and Installation ....................................... 155

VDC OFF SWITCH .......................................... 156

Removal and Installation ....................................... 156


N

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-3

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
[WITH VDC]

< PRECAUTION >

PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Technicians Using Medical Electric

INFOID:0000000007071898

OPERATION PROHIBITION
WARNING:
Parts with strong magnet is used in this vehicle.
Technicians using a medical electric device such as pacemaker must never perform operation on the
vehicle, as magnetic field can affect the device function by approaching to such parts.

NORMAL CHARGE PRECAUTION


WARNING:
If a technician uses a medical electric device such as an implantable cardiac pacemaker or an
implantable cardioverter defibrillator, the possible effects on the devices must be checked with the
device manufacturer before starting the charge operation.
As radiated electromagnetic wave generated by on board charger at normal charge operation may
effect medical electric devices, a technician using a medical electric device such as implantable cardiac pacemaker or an implantable cardioverter defibrillator must not enter the vehicle compartment
(including luggage room) during normal charge operation.

Precaution at telematics system operation


WARNING:
If a technician uses implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD),
avoid the device implanted part from approaching within approximately 220 mm (8.66 in) from interior/exterior antenna.
The electromagnetic wave of TCU might affect the function of the implantable cardiac pacemaker or
the implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), when using the service, etc.
If a technician uses other medical electric devices than implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator(ICD), the electromagnetic wave of TCU might affect the function of the
device. The possible effects on the devices must be checked with the device manufacturer before
TCU use.

Precaution at intelligent key system operation


WARNING:
If a technician uses implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD),
avoid the device implanted part from approaching within approximately 220 mm (8.66 in) from interior/exterior antenna.
The electromagnetic wave of intelligent key might affect the function of the implantable cardiac
pacemaker or the implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), at door operation, at each request
switch operation, or at engine starting.
If a technician uses other medical electric devices than implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), the electromagnetic wave of intelligent key might affect the function of the device. The possible effects on the devices must be checked with the device
manufacturer before intelligent key use.

Point to Be Checked Before Starting Maintenance Work

INFOID:0000000007079429

The high voltage system may starts automatically. It is required to check that the timer air conditioner
and timer charge (during EVSE connection) are not set before starting maintenance work.
NOTE:
If the timer air conditioner or timer charge (during EVSE connection) is set, the high voltage system starts
automatically even when the power switch is in OFF state.

Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"

INFOID:0000000006996285

The Supplemental Restraint System such as AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
Revision: 2010 November

BRC-4

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
[WITH VDC]
< PRECAUTION >
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS AIR BAG and SEAT BELT of this
Service Manual.
WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see SRS AIR BAG.
Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors.

PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS


WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
BRC
When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
power switch ON, never use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer.
Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious
G
injury.
When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the power switch OFF, disconnect
the 12V battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
H

Precaution for Removing 12V Battery

INFOID:0000000006996286

When removing the 12V battery, turn ON/OFF the power switch and check that the charging status indicator
does not blink. The 12V battery must be removed within one hour after checking the indicator lamp.
NOTE:
The automatic 12V battery charge control may start even when the power switch is in OFF state.
The automatic 12V battery charge control does not start within approximately one hour when the power
switch is turned ON/OFF.

Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover

INFOID:0000000006996287

When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc to prevent damage to
windshield.

N
PIIB3706J

Precaution for Brake System

INFOID:0000000006961248

WARNING:
Since dust covering the front and rear brakes has an affect on human body, the dust must be removed
with a dust collector. Never splatter the dust with an air blow gun.
Brake fluid use refer to MA-9, "Fluids and Lubricants".
Never reuse drained brake fluid.
Never spill or splash brake fluid on painted surfaces. Brake fluid may seriously damage paint. Wipe it off
immediately and wash with water if it gets on a painted surface.
Always confirm the specified tightening torque when installing the brake pipes.
After pressing the brake pedal more deeply or harder than normal driving, such as air bleeding, check each
item of brake pedal. Adjust brake pedal if it is outside the standard value.
Revision: 2010 November

BRC-5

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
[WITH VDC]
< PRECAUTION >
Never use mineral oils such as gasoline or light oil to clean. They may damage rubber parts and cause
improper operation.
Always loosen the brake tube flare nut with a flare nut wrench.
Tighten the brake tube flare nut to the specified torque with a crowfoot (A) and torque wrench (B).
Turn the power switch OFF and disconnect the ABS actuator and
electric unit (control unit) harness connector or the 12V battery
negative terminal before performing the work.
Check that no brake fluid leakage is present after replacing the
parts.

JPFIA0001ZZ

Precaution for Brake Control system

INFOID:0000000006961249

Always perform a pre-driving check to drive the vehicle.


Always check speed and safety while driving the vehicle.
To operate CONSULT while driving, more than one person is required to be in the vehicle to avoid interference to driving and ensure safety.
Slight vibrations are felt on the brake pedal and the operation noises occur, when VDC function, TCS function, ABS function EBD function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function or brake assist function operates. This is not a malfunction because it is caused by VDC function, TCS function, ABS function EBD
function brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function or brake assist function that is normally operated.
When power switch ON or when starting vehicle just after power switch ON, brake pedal may vibrate or
motor operating noise may be heard from traction motor compartment. This is normal condition.
Brake stopping distance may become longer than models without ABS function depending on the road conditions, when ABS function is operated on slippery road like rough road, gravel road or snowy road.
When a malfunction is indicated, always collect information from the customer about conditions of occurrence, estimate cause and perform operation. Check brake booster operation, brake fluid level and brake
fluid leakage, as well as electrical system.
The optimum performance is achieved by control for VDC function, TCS function, ABS function EBD function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function and brake assist function when all of brakes, suspensions
and tires installed on the vehicle are the specified size and parts. Brake performance and controllability may
be negatively affected when other parts than the specified are installed.
Brake stopping distance may become longer and steering stability may be negatively affected, when tires in
different size and combination or other parts than the specified are used.
When a radio (including wiring), antenna and antenna lead line are located near ABS actuator and electric
unit (control unit), a malfunction or improper operation may occur for the control of VDC function, TCS function, ABS function EBD function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function and brake assist function.
When the following items are replaced by other parts than genuine parts or modified, ABS warning lamp,
brake warning lamp and VDC warning lamp may turn ON, and the control may not operate normally for VDC
function, TCS function, ABS function EBD function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function and brake
assist function.
- Suspension component parts (shock absorber, spring, bushing and others)
- Tire and wheel (other than the specified size)
- Brake component parts (brake pad, disc rotor, brake caliper and others)
- Traction motor component parts (VCM, traction motor inverter)
- Body reinforcement component parts (rollover bar, tower bar and others)
When suspension, tire and brake component parts are excessively worn or deteriorated and the vehicle is
driven, ABS warning lamp, brake warning lamp and VDC warning lamp may turn ON, and the control may
not operate normally for VDC function, TCS function, ABS function EBD function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function and brake assist function.
ABS warning lamp, brake warning lamp and VDC warning lamp may turn ON, when only front wheel or rear
wheel is rotated using a free roller. This is not a malfunction, because it is caused by wheel speed difference
between wheel that is rotated and wheel that is not rotated. In this case, perform self-diagnosis, check selfdiagnosis results, and erase memory.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Turn power switch from OFF ON before self-diagnosis. Repeat two or more times.
Revision: 2010 November

BRC-6

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
[WITH VDC]
< PRECAUTION >
Set the vehicle to READY.
Turn the power switch OFF ON OFF after erase self-diagnosis result.
A
When power supply voltage is not normal, ABS warning lamp, brake warning lamp and VDC warning lamp
turn ON. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) stops control for VDC function, TCS function, ABS function EBD function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function and brake assist function. Ordinary brake
B
operates. After power supply returns to normal, ABS warning lamp, brake warning lamp and VDC warning
lamp turn OFF. The control becomes operative for VDC function, TCS function, ABS function EBD function,
brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function and brake assist function.
Brake pedal vibrates and operation sound occurs during sudden acceleration and cornering, when VDC C
function, TCS function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function or brake assist function is operated.
This is not a malfunction because it is caused by VDC function, TCS function, brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function or brake assist function that is operated normally.
D
VDC warning lamp may turn ON and VDC function, TCS function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function and brake assist function may not normally operate, when driving on a special road the is extremely
slanted (bank in a circuit course). This is not a malfunction if the status returns to normal for VDC function,
TCS function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function and brake assist function after the traction motor E
is started again. In this case, perform self-diagnosis, check self-diagnosis results, and erase memory.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
BRC
Turn power switch from OFF ON before self-diagnosis. Repeat two or more times.
Set the vehicle to READY.
Turn the power switch OFF ON OFF after erase self-diagnosis result.
A malfunction in yaw rate/side/decel G sensor system may be detected when the vehicle sharply turns dur- G
ing a spin turn, acceleration turn or drift driving while VDC function, TCS function and brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function are OFF (VDC OFF switch is pressed and VDC OFF indicator lamp is in ON
status). This is not a malfunction if the status returns to normal for VDC function, TCS function and brake H
limited slip differential (BLSD) function after the traction motor is started again. In this case, perform selfdiagnosis, check self-diagnosis results, and erase memory.
CAUTION:
I
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Turn power switch from OFF ON before self-diagnosis. Repeat two or more times.
Set the vehicle to READY.
Turn the power switch OFF ON OFF after erase self-diagnosis result.
J

Precaution for Harness Repair

INFOID:0000000006961250

Solder the repair part, and wrap it with tape. [Twisted wire fray
must be 110 mm (4.33 in) or less.]

SKIB8766E

Never bypass the repair point with wire. (If it is bypassed, the turnout point cannot be separated and the twisted wire characteristics
are lost.)

SKIB8767E

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-7

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PREPARATION
[WITH VDC]

< PREPARATION >

PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Commercial Service Tools

INFOID:0000000006961525

Tool name

Description

Power tool

Loosening bolts and nuts.

PBIC0190E

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-8

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COMPONENT PARTS
[WITH VDC]

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

COMPONENT PARTS
Component Parts Location

INFOID:0000000006961251

BRC

N
JSFIA0685GB

A.

Console body assembly

B.

Inside motor room (right)

C.

Inside motor room (left)

D.

Steering knuckle

E.

Brake pedal

F.

Back of spiral cable assembly

G.

Rear wheel hub and bearing assembly

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-9

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COMPONENT PARTS
[WITH VDC]

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >


No.

Component parts

Function

1.

VCM

Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric


unit (control unit) via CAN communication.
Accelerator pedal position signal
Motor torque control signal
VCM control signal
Shift position signal

2.

ABS warning lamp (in combination meter)


Brake warning lamp (in combination meter)
VDC warning lamp (in combination meter)
VDC OFF indicator lamp (in combination meter)

BRC-13, "System Description"

3.

Combination meter

Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric


unit (control unit) via CAN communication.
Brake fluid level switch signal
Parking brake switch signal
Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN communication.
ABS warning lamp signal
Brake warning lamp signal
VDC warning lamp signal
VDC OFF indicator lamp signal

4.

VDC OFF switch

BRC-12, "VDC OFF Switch"

5.

Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor

BRC-12, "Yaw Rate/Side/Decel G Sensor"

6.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

BRC-11, "ABS Actuator and Electric Unit (Control Unit)"

7.

Electrically-driven intelligent brake

Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric


unit (control unit) via CAN communication and brake communication line*
Electrically-driven intelligent brake control signal

8.

Master cylinder pressure sensor2

BRC-11, "Master Cylinder Pressure Sensor2"

9.

Front wheel sensor

BRC-10, "Wheel Sensor and Sensor Rotor"

10.

ASCD brake switch

BRC-12, "ASCD Brake Switch"

11.

Stop lamp switch

BRC-12, "Stop Lamp Switch"

12.

Steering angle sensor

BRC-12, "Steering Angle Sensor"

13.

Rear wheel sensor

BRC-10, "Wheel Sensor and Sensor Rotor"

*: Brake communication line between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and ABS actuator and electric
unit (control unit)

Wheel Sensor and Sensor Rotor

INFOID:0000000006961252

NOTE:
Wheel sensor of front wheel is installed on steering knuckle.
Sensor rotor of front wheel is integrated in wheel hub and bearing assembly.
Wheel sensor of rear wheel is installed on wheel hub and bearing assembly.
Sensor rotor of rear wheel is integrated in wheel hub and bearing assembly.
Never measure resistance and voltage value using a tester because sensor is active sensor.
Downsize and weight reduction is aimed. IC for detection portion
and magnet for sensor rotor are adopted.
Power supply is supplied to detection portion so that magnetic field
line is read. Magnetic field that is detected is converted to current
signal.
When sensor rotor rotates, magnetic field changes. Magnetic field
change is converted to current signals (rectangular wave) and is
transmitted to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Change
of magnetic field is proportional to wheel speed.
JPFIC0131GB

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-10

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COMPONENT PARTS
[WITH VDC]

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

ABS Actuator and Electric Unit (Control Unit)

INFOID:0000000006961253

Electric unit (control unit) is integrated with actuator and comprehensively controls VDC function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function and brake assist function.
B

ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)


Brake fluid pressure and traction motor are controlled according to signals from each sensor.
If malfunction is detected, the system enters fail-safe mode.

ACTUATOR
The following components are integrated with ABS actuator.
Pump
Returns the brake fluid reserved in reservoir to electrically-driven intelligent brake unit by reducing pressure.
Motor
Activates the pump according to signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).

Motor Relay
Operates the motor ON/OFF according to signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
BRC

Actuator Relay (Main Relay)


Operates each valve ON/OFF according to signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
ABS IN Valve
Switches the fluid pressure line to increase or hold according to signals from ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit).
NOTE:
Valve is a solenoid valve.
ABS OUT Valve
Switches the fluid pressure line to increase, hold or decrease according to signals from ABS actuator and
electric unit (control unit).
NOTE:
Valve is a solenoid valve.

Cut Valve 1, Cut Valve2


Shuts off the ordinary brake line from electrically-driven intelligent brake unit, when VDC function, TCS function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function and brake assist function are activated.

Suction Valve 1, Suction Valve 2


Supplies the brake fluid from electrically-driven intelligent brake unit to the pump, when VDC function, TCS
function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function and brake assist function are activated.

Inlet Valve
Brake fluid sucked from the reservoir by the pump does not backflow.
NOTE:
Valve is a check valve.

Outlet Valve
Brake fluid discharged from the pump does not backflow.
NOTE:
Valve is a check valve.

Return Check Valve


Returns the brake fluid from brake caliper to electrically-driven intelligent brake unit by bypassing orifice of
each valve when brake is released.

Reservoir
Temporarily reserves the brake fluid drained from brake caliper, so that pressure efficiently decreases when
decreasing pressure of brake caliper.

Master Cylinder Pressure Sensor2

INFOID:0000000006961254

Detects the brake fluid pressure and transmits signal to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-11

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COMPONENT PARTS
[WITH VDC]

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

Stop Lamp Switch

INFOID:0000000006961255

Detects the operation status of brake pedal and transmits converted electric signal to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).

ASCD Brake Switch

INFOID:0000000006961256

Detects the operation status of brake pedal and transmits converted electric signal to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).

Steering Angle Sensor

INFOID:0000000006961257

Detects the following information and transmits steering angle signal to ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit) via CAN communication.
Steering wheel rotation amount
Steering wheel rotation angular velocity
Steering wheel rotation direction

Yaw Rate/Side/Decel G Sensor

INFOID:0000000006961258

Calculates the following information that affects the vehicle, and transmits a signal to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via communication lines.
Vehicle rotation angular velocity (yaw rate signal)
Vehicle lateral acceleration (side G signal) and longitudinal acceleration (decel G signal)

Brake Fluid Level Switch

INFOID:0000000006961259

Detects the brake fluid level in reservoir tank and transmits converted electric signal from combination meter to
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN communication, when brake fluid level is the specified
level or less.

Parking Brake Switch

INFOID:0000000006961260

Detects the operation status of parking brake switch and transmits converted electric signal from combination
meter to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).

VDC OFF Switch

INFOID:0000000006961261

Non-operational status or standby status of the following functions can be selected using VDC OFF switch.
VDC OFF indicator lamp indicates the operation status of function. (ON: Non-operational status, OFF:
Standby status)
- VDC function
NOTE:
Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function control operates.
- TCS function
VDC OFF indicator lamp turns OFF (standby status) when the READY is started again after it is stopped
once while VDC OFF indicator lamp is ON (non-operational status).

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-12

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
[WITH VDC]

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

SYSTEM

System Description

INFOID:0000000006961262

The system switches fluid pressure of each brake caliper to increase, to hold or to decrease according to
signals from control unit in ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). This control system is applied to
VDC function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function and
brake assist function.
If a malfunction occurs in the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit, the VDC function performs control
(boost operation).
Fail-safe function is available for each function and is activated by each function when system malfunction
occurs.

SYSTEM DIAGRAM
E

BRC

JSFIA0892GB

INPUT SIGNAL AND OUTPUT SIGNAL


Major signal transmission between each unit via communication lines is shown in the following table.
M
Component

Signal description
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via com-

Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor

VCM

munication line*1
Yaw rate signal
Side G sensor signal
Decel G sensor signal

Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
Accelerator pedal position signal
Motor torque control signal
VCM control signal
Shift position signal
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN

Electrically-driven intelligent brake

Revision: 2010 November

communication and brake communication line*2


Electrically-driven intelligent brake control signal

BRC-13

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
[WITH VDC]

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >


Component

Signal description

Steering angle sensor

Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
Steering angle sensor signal

Combination meter

Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
Brake fluid level switch signal
Parking brake switch signal
Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
ABS warning lamp signal
Brake warning lamp signal
VDC warning lamp signal
VDC OFF indicator lamp signal

*1: Communication line between yaw rate/side/decel G sensor and ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
*2: Communication line between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)

VALVE OPERATION [VDC FUNCTION, TCS FUNCTION, BRAKE LIMITED SLIP DIFFERENTIAL
(BLSD) FUNCTION AND BRAKE ASSIST FUNCTION
The control unit built in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) controls fluid pressure of the brake calipers, respectively, by operating each valve.
When VDC Function, TSC Function, Brake Limited Slip Differential (BLSD) Function and Brake Assist Function are
in Operation (During Pressure Increases)

JSFIA0705GB

Not activated

During pressure increases

Cut valve 1

Name

Power supply is not supplied (open)

Power supply is supplied (close)

Cut valve 2

Power supply is not supplied (open)

Power supply is supplied (close)

Suction valve 1

Power supply is not supplied (close)

Power supply is supplied (open)

Suction valve 2

Power supply is not supplied (close)

Power supply is supplied (open)

ABS IN valve

Power supply is not supplied (open)

Power supply is not supplied (open)

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-14

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
[WITH VDC]

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >


Name
ABS OUT valve

Not activated

During pressure increases

Power supply is not supplied (close)

Power supply is not supplied (close)

Pressure increases

Each brake caliper (fluid pressure)

B
During pressure front RH brake caliper increases

Brake fluid is conveyed to the pump from the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit through suction valve 2
and is pressurized by the pump operation. The pressurized brake fluid is supplied to the front RH brake caliper through the ABS IN valve. For the left caliper, brake fluid pressure is maintained because the pressurization is unnecessary. The pressurization for the left caliper is controlled separately from the right caliper.

During pressure front LH brake caliper increases

Brake fluid is conveyed to the pump from the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit through suction valve 1
and is pressurized by the pump operation. The pressurized brake fluid is supplied to the front LH brake caliper through the ABS IN valve. For the right caliper, brake fluid pressure is maintained because the pressurization is unnecessary. The pressurization for the right caliper is controlled separately from the left caliper.

During pressure rear RH brake caliper increases

Brake fluid is conveyed to the pump from the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit through suction valve 1 BRC
and is pressurized by the pump operation. The pressurized brake fluid is supplied to the rear RH brake caliper through the ABS IN valve. For the left caliper, brake fluid pressure is maintained because the pressurization is unnecessary. The pressurization for the left caliper is controlled separately from the right caliper.
G
During pressure rear LH brake caliper increases

Brake fluid is conveyed to the pump from the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit through suction valve 2
and is pressurized by the pump operation. The pressurized brake fluid is supplied to the rear LH brake caliper through the ABS IN valve. For the right caliper, brake fluid pressure is maintained because the pressurization is unnecessary. The pressurization for the right caliper is controlled separately from the left caliper.

When VDC Function, TSC Function, Brake Limited Slip Differential (BLSD) Function Brake Assist Function are Starts
Operating (During Pressure Holds)

P
JSFIA0706GB

Name

Not activated

During pressure holds

Cut valve 1

Power supply is not supplied (open)

Power supply is supplied (close)

Cut valve 2

Power supply is not supplied (open)

Power supply is supplied (close)

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-15

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
[WITH VDC]

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >


Name

Not activated

During pressure holds

Suction valve 1

Power supply is not supplied (close)

Power supply is not supplied (close)

Suction valve 2

Power supply is not supplied (close)

Power supply is not supplied (close)

ABS IN valve

Power supply is not supplied (open)

Power supply is not supplied (open)

ABS OUT valve

Power supply is not supplied (close)

Power supply is not supplied (close)

Pressure holds

Each brake caliper (fluid pressure)

During pressure front RH brake caliper holds

Since the cut valve 2 and the suction valve 2 are closed, the front RH brake caliper, electrically-driven intelligent brake unit, and reservoir are blocked. This maintains fluid pressure applied on the front RH brake caliper. The pressurization for the left caliper is controlled separately from the right caliper.
During pressure front LH brake caliper holds

Since the cut valve 1 and the suction valve 1 are closed, the front LH brake caliper, electrically-driven intelligent brake unit, and reservoir are blocked. This maintains fluid pressure applied on the front LH brake caliper. The pressurization for the right caliper is controlled separately from the left caliper.
During pressure rear RH brake caliper holds

Since the cut valve 1 and the suction valve 1 are closed, the rear RH brake caliper, electrically-driven intelligent brake unit, and reservoir are blocked. This maintains fluid pressure applied on the rear RH brake caliper. The pressurization for the left caliper is controlled separately from the right caliper.
During pressure rear LH brake caliper holds

Since the cut valve 2 and the suction valve 2 are closed, the rear LH brake caliper, electrically-driven intelligent brake unit, and reservoir are blocked. This maintains fluid pressure applied on the rear LH brake caliper. The pressurization for the right caliper is controlled separately from the left caliper.
When VDC Function, TSC Function, Brake Limited Slip Differential (BLSD) Function and Brake Assist Function are
in Operation (During Pressure Decreases)

JSFIA0707GB

Name

Not activated

During pressure decreases

Cut valve 1

Power supply is not supplied (open)

Power supply is not supplied (open)

Cut valve 2

Power supply is not supplied (open)

Power supply is not supplied (open)

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-16

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
[WITH VDC]

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >


Name

Not activated

During pressure decreases

Suction valve 1

Power supply is not supplied (close)

Power supply is not supplied (close)

Suction valve 2

Power supply is not supplied (close)

Power supply is not supplied (close)

ABS IN valve

Power supply is not supplied (open)

Power supply is not supplied (open)

ABS OUT valve

Power supply is not supplied (close)

Power supply is not supplied (close)

Pressure decreases

Each brake caliper (fluid pressure)

C
During pressure front RH brake caliper decreases

Since the suction valve 2 and the ABS OUT valve close and the cut valve 2 and the ABS IN valve open, the
fluid pressure applied on the front RH brake caliper is reduced by supplying the fluid pressure to the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit via the ABS IN valve and the cut valve 2. The pressurization for the right
caliper is controlled separately from the left caliper.

During pressure front LH brake caliper decreases

Since the suction valve 1 and the ABS OUT valve close and the cut valve 1 and the ABS IN valve open, the
fluid pressure applied on the front LH brake caliper is reduced by supplying the fluid pressure to the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit via the ABS IN valve and the cut valve 2. The pressurization for the left cal- BRC
iper is controlled separately from the right caliper.
During pressure rear RH brake caliper decreases

Since the suction valve 1 and the ABS OUT valve close and the cut valve 1 and the ABS IN valve open, the
fluid pressure applied on the rear RH brake caliper is reduced by supplying the fluid pressure to the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit via the ABS IN valve and the cut valve 2. The pressurization for the right
caliper is controlled separately from the left caliper.

During pressure rear LH brake caliper decreases

Since the suction valve 2 and the ABS OUT valve close and the cut valve 2 and the ABS IN valve open, the
fluid pressure applied on the rear LH brake caliper is reduced by supplying the fluid pressure to the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit via the ABS IN valve and the cut valve 2. The pressurization for the left caliper is controlled separately from the right caliper.

Component Parts and Function


Component

Function

Pump

Returns the brake fluid reserved in reservoir to electrically-driven intelligent brake unit by reducing
pressure.

Motor

Activates the pump according to signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).

Cut valve 1
Cut valve 2

Shuts off the ordinary brake line from electrically-driven intelligent brake unit.

Suction valve 1
Suction valve 2

Supplies the brake fluid from electrically-driven intelligent brake unit to the pump.

ABS IN valve

Switches the fluid pressure line to increase or hold according to signals from control unit.

ABS OUT valve

Switches the fluid pressure line to increase, hold or decrease according to signals from control unit.

Inlet valve

Brake fluid sucked from the reservoir by the pump does not backflow.

Outlet valve

Brake fluid discharged from the pump does not backflow.

Return check valve

Returns the brake fluid from brake caliper and wheel cylinder to electrically-driven intelligent brake
unit by bypassing orifice of each valve when brake is released.

Reservoir

Temporarily reserves the brake fluid drained from brake caliper, so that pressure efficiently decreases when decreasing pressure of brake caliper and wheel cylinder.

Master cylinder pressure sensor2

Detects the brake fluid pressure and transmits signal to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).

The control unit built in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) controls fluid pressure of the brake calipers, respectively, by operating each valve.

BRC-17

VALVE OPERATION (ABS FUNCTION AND EBD FUNCTION)

Revision: 2010 November

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
[WITH VDC]

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >


When Brake Pedal is Applied or ABS Function is in Operation (During Pressure Increases)

JSFIA0708GB

Name

Not activated

During pressure increases

Cut valve 1

Power supply is not supplied (open)

Power supply is not supplied (open)

Cut valve 2

Power supply is not supplied (open)

Power supply is not supplied (open)

Suction valve 1

Power supply is not supplied (close)

Power supply is not supplied (close)

Suction valve 2

Power supply is not supplied (close)

Power supply is not supplied (close)

ABS IN valve

Power supply is not supplied (open)

Power supply is not supplied (open)

ABS OUT valve

Power supply is not supplied (close)

Power supply is not supplied (close)

Pressure increases

Each brake caliper (fluid pressure)

During pressure front RH brake caliper increases

When the cut valve 2 and the ABS IN valve opens, brake fluid is supplied to the front RH brake caliper from
the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit through the ABS IN valve. Brake fluid does not flow into the reservoir because the ABS OUT valve is closed.
During pressure front LH brake caliper increases

When the cut valve 1 and the ABS IN valve opens, brake fluid is supplied to the front LH brake caliper from
the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit through the ABS IN valve. Brake fluid does not flow into the reservoir because the ABS OUT valve is closed.
During pressure rear RH brake caliper increases

When the cut valve 1 and the ABS IN valve opens, brake fluid is supplied to the rear RH brake caliper from
the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit through the ABS IN valve. Brake fluid does not flow into the reservoir because the ABS OUT valve is closed.
During pressure rear LH brake caliper increases

When the cut valve 2 and the ABS IN valve opens, brake fluid is supplied to the rear LH brake caliper from
the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit through the ABS IN valve. Brake fluid does not flow into the reservoir because the ABS OUT valve is closed.

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-18

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
[WITH VDC]

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >


When ABS Function is Starts Operating (During Pressure Holds)

BRC

H
JSFIA0709GB

Name

Not activated

During pressure holds

Cut valve 1

Power supply is not supplied (open)

Power supply is not supplied (open)

Cut valve 2

Power supply is not supplied (open)

Power supply is not supplied (open)

Suction valve 1

Power supply is not supplied (close)

Power supply is not supplied (close)

Suction valve 2

Power supply is not supplied (close)

Power supply is not supplied (close)

ABS IN valve

Power supply is not supplied (open)

Power supply is supplied (close)

ABS OUT valve

Power supply is not supplied (close)

Power supply is not supplied (close)

Pressure holds

Each brake caliper (fluid pressure)

L
During pressure front RH brake caliper holds

Since the ABS IN valve and the ABS OUT valve are closed, the front RH brake caliper, electrically-driven
intelligent brake unit, and reservoir are blocked. This maintains fluid pressure applied on the front RH brake
caliper.

During pressure front LH brake caliper holds

Since the ABS IN valve and the ABS OUT valve are closed, the front LH brake caliper, electrically-driven
intelligent brake unit, and reservoir are blocked. This maintains fluid pressure applied on the front LH brake
caliper.

During pressure rear RH brake caliper holds

Since the ABS IN valve and the ABS OUT valve are closed, the rear RH brake caliper, electrically-driven
intelligent brake unit, and reservoir are blocked. This maintains fluid pressure applied on the rear RH brake
caliper.

During pressure rear LH brake caliper holds

Since the ABS IN valve and the ABS OUT valve are closed, the rear LH brake caliper, electrically-driven
intelligent brake unit, and reservoir are blocked. This maintains fluid pressure applied on the rear LH brake
caliper.

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-19

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
[WITH VDC]

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >


When ABS Function is in Operation (During Pressure Decreases)

JSFIA0710GB

Name

Not activated

During pressure decreases

Cut valve 1

Power supply is not supplied (open)

Power supply is not supplied (open)

Cut valve 2

Power supply is not supplied (open)

Power supply is not supplied (open)

Suction valve 1

Power supply is not supplied (close)

Power supply is not supplied (close)

Suction valve 2

Power supply is not supplied (close)

Power supply is not supplied (close)

ABS IN valve

Power supply is not supplied (open)

Power supply is supplied (close)

ABS OUT valve

Power supply is not supplied (close)

Power supply is supplied (open)

Pressure decreases

Each brake caliper (fluid pressure)

During pressure front RH brake caliper decreases

Since the ABS IN valve is closed and the ABS OUT valve is opened, fluid pressure applied on the front RH
brake caliper is supplied to the reservoir through the ABS OUT valve. This fluid pressure decreases when
sent to the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit by the pump.
During pressure front LH brake caliper decreases

Since the ABS IN valve is closed and the ABS OUT valve is opened, fluid pressure applied on the front LH
brake caliper is supplied to the reservoir through the ABS OUT valve. This fluid pressure decreases when
sent to the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit by the pump.
During pressure rear RH brake caliper decreases

Since the ABS IN valve is closed and the ABS OUT valve is opened, fluid pressure applied on the rear RH
brake caliper is supplied to the reservoir through the ABS OUT valve. This fluid pressure decreases when
sent to the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit by the pump.
During pressure rear LH brake caliper decreases

Since the ABS IN valve is closed and the ABS OUT valve is opened, fluid pressure applied on the rear LH
brake caliper is supplied to the reservoir through the ABS OUT valve. This fluid pressure decreases when
sent to the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit by the pump.

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-20

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
[WITH VDC]

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >


When ABS Function is in Operation (During Pressure Increases)

BRC

H
JSFIA0708GB

Name

Not activated

During pressure increases

Cut valve 1

Power supply is not supplied (open)

Power supply is not supplied (open)

Cut valve 2

Power supply is not supplied (open)

Power supply is not supplied (open)

Suction valve 1

Power supply is not supplied (close)

Power supply is not supplied (close)

Suction valve 2

Power supply is not supplied (close)

Power supply is not supplied (close)

ABS IN valve

Power supply is not supplied (open)

Power supply is not supplied (open)

ABS OUT valve

Power supply is not supplied (close)

Power supply is not supplied (close)

Pressure increases

Each brake caliper (fluid pressure)

L
During pressure front RH brake caliper increases

Brake fluid is supplied to the front RH brake caliper from the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit through
the cut valve 2 and the ABS IN valve. Since the suction valve 2 and the ABS OUT valve is closed, the fluid
does not flow into the reservoir. The amount of brake fluid supplied to the front RH brake caliper from the
electrically-driven intelligent brake unit is controlled according to time that the ABS IN valve is not energized
(time that the ABS IN valve is open).

During pressure front LH brake caliper increases

Brake fluid is supplied to the front LH brake caliper from the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit through
the cut valve 1 and the ABS IN valve. Since the suction valve 1 and the ABS OUT valve is closed, the fluid
does not flow into the reservoir. The amount of brake fluid supplied to the front LH brake caliper from the
electrically-driven intelligent brake unit is controlled according to time that the ABS IN valve is not energized
(time that the ABS IN valve is open).

P
During pressure rear RH brake caliper increases

Brake fluid is supplied to the rear RH brake caliper from the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit through
the cut valve 1 and the ABS IN valve. Since the suction valve 1 and the ABS OUT valve is closed, the fluid
does not flow into the reservoir. The amount of brake fluid supplied to the rear RH brake caliper from the
electrically-driven intelligent brake unit is controlled according to time that the ABS IN valve is not energized
(time that the ABS IN valve is open).
During pressure rear LH brake caliper increases

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-21

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
[WITH VDC]
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
Brake fluid is supplied to the rear LH brake caliper from the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit through
the cut valve 2 and the ABS IN valve. Since the suction valve 2 and the ABS OUT valve is closed, the fluid
does not flow into the reservoir. The amount of brake fluid supplied to the rear LH brake caliper from the
electrically-driven intelligent brake unit is controlled according to time that the ABS IN valve is not energized
(time that the ABS IN valve is open).
When Brake Release

JSFIA0711GB

Name

Not activated

During brake release

Cut valve 1

Power supply is not supplied (open)

Power supply is not supplied (open)

Cut valve 2

Power supply is not supplied (open)

Power supply is not supplied (open)

Suction valve 1

Power supply is not supplied (close)

Power supply is not supplied (close)

Suction valve 2

Power supply is not supplied (close)

Power supply is not supplied (close)

ABS IN valve

Power supply is not supplied (open)

Power supply is not supplied (open)

ABS OUT valve

Power supply is not supplied (close)

Power supply is not supplied (close)

Pressure decreases

Each brake caliper (fluid pressure)

During front RH brake caliper release

Brake fluid is supplied to the front RH brake caliper through the return check valve of the ABS IN valve and
the cut valve 2, and returns to the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit.
During front LH brake caliper release

Brake fluid is supplied to the front LH brake caliper through the return check valve of the ABS IN valve and
the cut valve 1, and returns to the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit.
During rear RH brake caliper release

Brake fluid is supplied to the rear RH brake caliper through the return check valve of the ABS IN valve and
the cut valve 1, and returns to the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit.
During rear LH brake caliper release

Brake fluid is supplied to the rear LH brake caliper through the return check valve of the ABS IN valve and
the cut valve 2, and returns to the electrically-driven intelligent brake unit.
Component Parts and Function

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-22

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
[WITH VDC]

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >


Component

Function

Pump

Returns the brake fluid reserved in reservoir to electrically-driven intelligent brake unit by reducing
pressure.

Motor

Activates the pump according to signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).

Cut valve 1
Cut valve 2

Shuts off the ordinary brake line from electrically-driven intelligent brake unit.

Suction valve 1
Suction valve 2

Supplies the brake fluid from electrically-driven intelligent brake unit to the pump.

ABS IN valve

Switches the fluid pressure line to increase or hold according to signals from control unit.

ABS OUT valve

Switches the fluid pressure line to increase, hold or decrease according to signals from control unit.

Inlet valve

Brake fluid sucked from the reservoir by the pump does not backflow.

Outlet valve

Brake fluid discharged from the pump does not backflow.

Return check valve

Returns the brake fluid from brake caliper and wheel cylinder to electrically-driven intelligent brake
unit by bypassing orifice of each valve when brake is released.

Reservoir

Temporarily reserves the brake fluid drained from brake caliper, so that pressure efficiently decreases when decreasing pressure of brake caliper and wheel cylinder.

Master cylinder pressure sensor2

Detects the brake fluid pressure and transmits signal to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).

BRC

CONDITION FOR TURN ON THE WARNING LAMP


Turns ON when power switch turns ON and turns OFF when the system is normal, for bulb check purposes.
Condition (status)

ABS warning lamp

Brake warning lamp

VDC warning lamp

Power switch OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

For several seconds after the power switch is turned ON

ON

ON

ON

Several seconds after power switch is turned ON (when the system


is in normal operation)

OFF

OFF

OFF

Set the vehicle READY

OFF

OFF

OFF

When brake fluid is less than the specified level (brake fluid level
switch ON)

OFF

ON

OFF

VDC function is malfunctioning

OFF

OFF

ON

TCS function is malfunctioning

OFF

OFF

ON

ABS function is malfunctioning

ON

OFF

ON

EBD function is malfunctioning

ON

ON

ON

Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit function is malfunctioning

ON

ON

ON

Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function is malfunctioning

OFF

OFF

ON

Brake assist function is malfunctioning

OFF

OFF

ON

VDC function is operating

OFF

OFF

Blinking

TCS function is operating

OFF

OFF

Blinking

CONDITION FOR TURN ON THE INDICATOR LAMP


Turns ON when VDC function and TCS function are switched to non-operational status (OFF) by VDC OFF
switch.
Turns ON when power switch turns ON and turns OFF when the system is normal, for bulb check purposes.
Condition (status)

OFF

For several seconds after the power switch is turned ON

ON

Several seconds after power switch is turned ON (when the system


is in normal operation)

OFF

When VDC OFF switch is ON (VDC function and TCS function are
OFF)

ON

Revision: 2010 November

VDC indicator lamp

Power switch OFF

BRC-23

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
[WITH VDC]

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

Schematic

INFOID:0000000006961263

JSFIA0893GB

Fail-safe

INFOID:0000000006961595

VDC FUNCTION, TCS FUNCTION, BRAKE LIMITED SLIP DIFFERENTIAL (BLSD) FUNCTION,
BRAKE ASSIST FUNCTION
Revision: 2010 November

BRC-24

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
[WITH VDC]
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
VDC warning lamp in combination meter turn ON when a malfunction occurs in system [ABS actuator and
electric unit (control unit)]. The control is suspended for VDC function, TCS function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function and brake assist function. The vehicle status becomes the same as models without VDC
function, TCS function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function and brake assist function. However, ABS
function and EBD function are operated normally.

ABS FUNCTION
ABS warning lamp and VDC warning lamp in combination meter turn ON when a malfunction occurs in system
[ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)]. The control is suspended for VDC function, TCS function, ABS
function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function and brake assist function. The vehicle status becomes
the same as models without VDC function, TCS function, ABS function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD)
function and brake assist function. However, EBD function is operated normally.
NOTE:
ABS self-diagnosis sound may be heard the same as in the normal condition, because self-diagnosis is performed when power switch turns ON and when vehicle initially starts.

EBD FUNCTION

ABS warning lamp, brake warning lamp and VDC warning lamp in combination meter turn ON when a malfunction occurs in system [ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)]. The control is suspended for VDC
function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function and brake BRC
assist function. The vehicle status becomes the same as models without VDC function, TCS function, ABS
function, EBD function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function and brake assist function.
DTC

Vehicle condition

C1101
C1102
C1103
C1104
C1105
C1106
C1107

The following functions are suspended.


VDC function
TCS function
ABS function
EBD function (only when both 2 rear wheels are malfunctioning)
Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
Brake assist function

C1108
C1109

C1110

The following functions are suspended.


VDC function
TCS function
ABS function
EBD function
Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
Brake assist function

C1111

The following functions are suspended.


VDC function
TCS function
ABS function
Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
Brake assist function

C1113

The following functions are suspended.


VDC function
TCS function
Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
Brake assist function

C1115

The following functions are suspended.


VDC function
TCS function
ABS function
EBD function
Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
Brake assist function

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-25

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
[WITH VDC]

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >


DTC

C1116

Vehicle condition
The following functions are suspended.
VDC function
TCS function
Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
Brake assist function

C1120
C1121
C1122
C1123
C1124
C1125
C1126

The following functions are suspended.


VDC function
TCS function
ABS function
EBD function
Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
Brake assist function

C1127
C1140
C1142
C1143
C1144
C1145
C1146

C1155

C1164
C1165
C1166
C1167

The following functions are suspended.


VDC function
TCS function
Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
Brake assist function
The following functions are suspended.
VDC function
TCS function
ABS function
Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
Brake assist function
The following functions are suspended.
VDC function
TCS function
ABS function
EBD function
Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
Brake assist function

C1176

The following functions are suspended.


VDC function
TCS function
Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
Brake assist function

C118A

The following functions are suspended.


VDC function
TCS function
ABS function
EBD function
Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
Brake assist function

C118C
U1000
U1010

U110D

The following functions are suspended.


VDC function
TCS function
Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
Brake assist function
The following functions are suspended.
VDC function
TCS function
ABS function
EBD function
Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
Brake assist function

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-26

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
[WITH VDC]

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

VDC FUNCTION
A

VDC FUNCTION : System Description

INFOID:0000000006961265

Side slip or tail slip may occur while driving on a slippery road or intending an urgent evasive driving. VDC
function detects side slip status using each sensor when side slip or tail slip is about to occur and improves
vehicle stability by brake control and motor torque control during driving.
In addition to ABS function, EBD function and TCS function, target side slip amount is calculated according
to steering operation amount from steering angle sensor. By comparing this information with vehicle side slip
amount that is calculated from information from yaw rate/side/decel G sensor and wheel sensor, vehicle driving conditions (conditions of understeer or oversteer) are judged and vehicle stability is improved by brake
force control on all 4 wheels and motor torque control.

BRC

JSFIA0894GB

VDC function can be switched to non-operational status (OFF) by operating VDC OFF switch. In this case,
VDC OFF indicator lamp turns ON.
Control unit portion automatically improves driving stability by performing brake force control as well as
motor torque control, by transmitting drive signal to actuator portion according to difference between target
side slip amount and vehicle side slip amount
VDC warning lamp blinks while VDC function is in operation and indicates to the driver that the function is in
operation.
CONSULT can be used to diagnose the system diagnosis.
Fail-safe function is adopted. When a malfunction occurs in VDC function, the control is suspended for VDC
function, TCS function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function and brake assist function. The vehicle
status becomes the same as models without VDC function, TCS function, brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function and brake assist function. However, ABS function and EBD function are operated normally.
Refer to BRC-45, "Fail-safe".
NOTE:
VDC has the characteristic as described here, This is not the device that helps reckless driving.

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-27

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
[WITH VDC]

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >


SYSTEM DIAGRAM

JSFIA0688GB

INPUT SIGNAL AND OUTPUT SIGNAL


Major signal transmission between each unit via communication lines is shown in the following table.
Component

Signal description
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via com-

Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor

VCM

munication line*1
Yaw rate signal
Side G sensor signal
Decel G sensor signal
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
Accelerator pedal position signal
Motor torque control signal
VCM control signal
Shift position signal
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via com-

Electrically-driven intelligent brake

munication line*2
Electrically-driven intelligent brake control signal

Steering angle sensor

Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
Steering angle sensor signal

Combination meter

Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
Brake fluid level switch signal
Parking brake switch signal
Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
ABS warning lamp signal
Brake warning lamp signal
VDC warning lamp signal
VDC OFF indicator lamp signal

*1: Communication line between yaw rate/side/decel G sensor and ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Revision: 2010 November

BRC-28

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
[WITH VDC]
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
*2: Communication line between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)

OPERATION CHARACTERISTICS
VDC Function That Prevents Oversteer Tendency
During a cornering, brake force (brake fluid pressure) is applied on front wheel and rear wheel on the outer
side of turn. Moment directing towards the outer side of turn is generated. Oversteer is prevented.

E
JPFIC0135GB

Changing driving lane on a slippery road, when oversteer tendency is judged large, motor torque is con- BRC
trolled as well as brake force (brake fluid pressure) of 4 wheels. Oversteer tendency decreases.
G

I
JPFIC0136GB

VDC Function That Prevents Understeer Tendency


During a cornering, brake force (brake fluid pressure) is applied on front wheel and rear wheel on the inner
side of turn. Moment directing towards the inner side of turn is generated. Understeer is prevented.

M
JPFIC0137GB

Applying braking during a cornering on a slippery road, when understeer tendency is judged large, motor
torque is controlled as well as brake force (brake fluid pressure) of four wheels. Understeer tendency
decreases.

JPFIC0138GB

TCS FUNCTION
Revision: 2010 November

BRC-29

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
[WITH VDC]

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

TCS FUNCTION : System Description

INFOID:0000000006961266

Wheel spin status of drive wheel is detected by wheel sensor of 4


wheels. Motor torque and transmission shift status is controlled so
that slip rate of drive wheels is in appropriate level. When wheel
spin occurs on drive wheel, ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit) perform brake force control of LH and RH drive wheels (apply
brake force by increasing brake fluid pressure of drive wheel) and
decrease motor torque by motor torque control. Wheel spin
amount decreases. Motor torque is controlled to appropriate level.
TCS function can be switched to non-operational status (OFF) by
operating VDC OFF switch. In this case, VDC OFF indicator lamp
turns ON.
JSFIA0781GB
VDC warning lamp blinks while TCS function is in operation and
indicates to the driver that the function is in operation.
CONSULT can be used to diagnose the system diagnosis.
Fail-safe function is adopted. When a malfunction occurs in TCS function, the control is suspended for VDC
function, TCS function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function and brake assist function. The vehicle
status becomes the same as models without VDC function, TCS function, brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function and brake assist function. However, ABS function and EBD function are operated normally.
Refer to BRC-45, "Fail-safe".

SYSTEM DIAGRAM

JSFIA0688GB

INPUT SIGNAL AND OUTPUT SIGNAL


Major signal transmission between each unit via communication lines is shown in the following table.

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-30

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
[WITH VDC]

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >


Component

Signal description

Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via comYaw rate/side/decel G sensor

VCM

Combination meter

Steering angle sensor

munication line*1
Yaw rate signal
Side G sensor signal
Decel G sensor signal

Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
Accelerator pedal position signal
Motor torque control signal
VCM control signal
Shift position signal
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
Brake fluid level switch signal
Parking brake switch signal
Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
ABS warning lamp signal
Brake warning lamp signal
VDC warning lamp signal
VDC OFF indicator lamp signal
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
Steering angle sensor signal

BRC

Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via comElectrically-driven intelligent brake

munication line*2
Electrically-driven intelligent brake control signal

*1: Communication line between yaw rate/side/decel G sensor and ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
*2: Communication line between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)

ABS FUNCTION
ABS FUNCTION : System Description

INFOID:0000000006961267

By preventing wheel lock through brake force (brake fluid pressure) control that is electronically controlled by
detecting wheel speed during braking, stability during emergency braking is improved so that obstacles can
be easily bypassed by steering operation.
During braking, control units calculates wheel speed and pseudo-vehicle speed, and transmits pressure
increase, hold or decrease signals to actuator portion according to wheel slip status.

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-31

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
[WITH VDC]
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
The following effects are obtained by preventing wheel lock during
braking.
- Vehicle tail slip is prevented during braking when driving straight.
- Understeer and oversteer tendencies are moderated during braking driving on a corner.
- Obstacles may be easily bypassed by steering operation during
braking.
CONSULT can be used to diagnose the system diagnosis.
Fail-safe function is adopted. When a malfunction occurs in ABS
function, the control is suspended for VDC function, TCS function,
ABS function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function and
brake assist function. The vehicle status becomes the same as
models without VDC function, TCS function, ABS function, brake
limited slip differential (BLSD) function and brake assist function.
However, EBD function is operated normally. Refer to BRC-45,
"Fail-safe".
NOTE:
ABS has the characteristic as described here, but it is not the
device that helps reckless driving.
To stop vehicle efficiently, ABS does not operate and ordinary
brake operates at low speed [approx. 5 to 10 km/h (3.1 to 6.2
MPH) or less, but differs subject to road conditions).
Self-diagnosis is performed immediately after when motor starts
JPFIC0140GB
and when vehicle initially is driven [by vehicle speed approx. 15
km/h (9.3 MPH)]. Motor sounds are generated during self-diagnosis. In addition, brake pedal may be felt
heavy when depressing brake pedal lightly. These symptoms are not malfunctions.

SYSTEM DIAGRAM

JPFIC0144GB

INPUT SIGNAL AND OUTPUT SIGNAL


Major signal transmission between each unit via communication lines is shown in the following table.
Component
Combination meter

Revision: 2010 November

Signal description
Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
ABS warning lamp signal

BRC-32

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
[WITH VDC]

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

EBD FUNCTION
A

EBD FUNCTION : System Description

INFOID:0000000006961268

By preventing rear wheel slip increase through rear wheel brake force (brake fluid pressure) control that is
electronically controlled when slight skip on front and rear wheels are detected during braking, stability during braking is improved.
EBD function is expanded and developed from conventional ABS function and corrects rear wheel brake
force to appropriate level by electronic control according to load weight (number of passengers).

BRC

JPFIC0142GB

During braking, control unit portion compares slight slip on front


and rear wheels by wheel speed sensor signal, transmits drive signal to actuator portion when rear wheel slip exceeds front wheel
slip for the specified value or more, and controls rear wheel brake
force (brake fluid pressure) so that increase of rear wheel slip is
prevented and slips on front wheel and rear wheel are nearly
equalized. ABS control is applied when slip on each wheel
increases and wheel speed is the threshold value of ABS control or
less.
CONSULT can be used to diagnose the system diagnosis.
Fail-safe function is adopted. When a malfunction occurs in EBD
function, the control is suspended for VDC function, TCS function,
ABS function, EBD function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD)
function and brake assist function. The vehicle status becomes the
same as models without VDC function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
and brake assist function. Refer to BRC-45, "Fail-safe".

M
JPFIC0143GB

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-33

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
[WITH VDC]

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >


SYSTEM DIAGRAM

JPFIC0144GB

INPUT SIGNAL AND OUTPUT SIGNAL


Major signal transmission between each unit via communication lines is shown in the following table.
Component
Combination meter

Signal description
Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
Brake warning lamp signal

BRAKE LIMITED SLIP DIFFERENTIAL (BLSD) FUNCTION


BRAKE LIMITED SLIP DIFFERENTIAL (BLSD) FUNCTION : System Description
INFOID:0000000006961269

LH and RH driving wheel spin is always monitored. If necessary, appropriate brake force is independently
applied to LH or RH driving wheel so that one-sided wheel spin is avoided and traction is maintained. Mainly
starting ability is improved.
Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function operates while VDC function is in non-operational status (OFF)
by VDC OFF switch.
VDC warning lamp blinking while brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function is in operation and indicates
to the driver that the function is in operation.
Slight vibrations are felt on the brake pedal and the operation noises occur, when brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function operates. This is not a malfunction because it is caused by brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function that is normally operated.
Fail-safe function is adopted. When a malfunction occurs in brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function,
the control is suspended for VDC function, TCS function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function and
brake assist function. The vehicle status becomes the same as models without VDC function, TCS function,
brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function and brake assist function. However, ABS function and EBD
function are operated normally. Refer to BRC-45, "Fail-safe".

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-34

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
[WITH VDC]

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >


SYSTEM DIAGRAM

BRC

H
JSFIA0688GB

INPUT SIGNAL AND OUTPUT SIGNAL


Major signal transmission between each unit via communication lines is shown in the following table.
Component

Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor

VCM

Signal description
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via com-

munication line*1
Yaw rate signal
Side G sensor signal
Decel G sensor signal

Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
Accelerator pedal position signal
Motor torque control signal
VCM control signal
Shift position signal
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via com-

Electrically-driven intelligent brake

munication line*2
Electrically-driven intelligent brake control signal

Steering angle sensor

Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
Steering angle sensor signal

Combination meter

Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
VDC warning lamp signal
VDC OFF indicator lamp signal

*1: Communication line between yaw rate/side/decel G sensor and ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
*2: Communication line between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)

BRAKE ASSIST FUNCTION

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-35

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
[WITH VDC]

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

BRAKE ASSIST FUNCTION : System Description

INFOID:0000000006961270

When the driver brakes hard in an emergency, the stopping distance is reduced by increasing brake fluid
pressure.
Fail-safe function is adopted. When a malfunction occurs in brake assist function, the control is suspended
for VDC function, TCS function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function and brake assist function. The
vehicle status becomes the same as models without VDC function, TCS function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function and brake assist function. However, ABS function and EBD function are operated normally. Refer to BRC-45, "Fail-safe".

SYSTEM DIAGRAM

JSFIA0688GB

INPUT SIGNAL AND OUTPUT SIGNAL


Major signal transmission between each unit via communication lines is shown in the following table.
Component

Signal description
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via com-

Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor

VCM

munication line*1
Yaw rate signal
Side G sensor signal
Decel G sensor signal
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
Accelerator pedal position signal
Motor torque control signal
VCM control signal
Shift position signal
Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via com-

Electrically-driven intelligent brake

Revision: 2010 November

munication line*2
Electrically-driven intelligent brake control signal

BRC-36

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
[WITH VDC]

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >


Component

Signal description

Steering angle sensor

Mainly transmits the following signals to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
Steering angle sensor signal

Combination meter

Mainly receives the following signals from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication.
VDC warning lamp signal
VDC OFF indicator lamp signal

*1: Communication line between yaw rate/side/decel G sensor and ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
*2: Communication line between electrically-driven intelligent brake unit and ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)

BRC

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-37

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL


UNIT)]
[WITH VDC]

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL


UNIT)]
CONSULT Function

INFOID:0000000006961271

APPLICATION ITEMS
CONSULT can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes as follows.
Mode

Function description

ECU identification

Parts number of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) can be read.

Self Diagnostic Result

Self-diagnostic results and freeze frame data can be read and erased quickly.*1

DATA MONITOR

Input/Output data in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) can be read.

ACTIVE TEST

Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT drives some actuators apart from the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and also shifts some parameters in a specified range.

Function Test*2

This mode can show results of self-diagnosis of ECU with either OK or NG. More practical tests regarding sensors/switches and/or actuators are available.

Work support

Components can be quickly and accurately adjusted.

*1: The following diagnosis information is erased by erasing.


DTC
Freeze frame data (FFD)
*2: Although Function Test is selectable, do not use its.

ECU IDENTIFICATION
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) part number can be read.

SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT


Refer to BRC-48, "DTC Index".
When CRNT is displayed on self-diagnosis result

The system is presently malfunctioning.


When PAST is displayed on self-diagnosis result

System malfunction in the past is detected, but the system is presently normal.
Freeze frame data (FFD)
When DTC is detected, a vehicle state shown below is recorded and displayed on CONSULT.
Item name

IGN COUNTER
(0 256)

Display item
The number of times that power switch is turned ON after the DTC is detected is displayed.
When 0 is displayed: It indicates that the system is presently malfunctioning.
When except 0 is displayed: It indicates that system malfunction in the past is detected, but the system is presently normal.
NOTE:
Each time when power switch is turned OFF ON, numerical number increases in 1 2 3...255 256.
When the operation number of times exceeds 39, the number do not increase and 39 is displayed until selfdiagnosis is erased.

DATA MONITOR
: Applicable

Item (Unit)

Monitor item selection

Note

ECU INPUT SIGNALS

MAIN SIGNALS

FR LH SENSOR
[km/h (MPH)]

Wheel speed calculated by front LH wheel sensor is displayed.

RR LH SENSOR
[km/h (MPH)]

Wheel speed calculated by rear LH wheel sensor is displayed.

FR RH SENSOR
[km/h (MPH)]

Wheel speed calculated by front RH wheel sensor is displayed.

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-38

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL


UNIT)]
[WITH VDC]

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >


Item (Unit)

Monitor item selection

Note

ECU INPUT SIGNALS

MAIN SIGNALS

RR RH SENSOR
[km/h (MPH)]

ACCEL POS SIG


(%)

Displays the Accelerator pedal position

SIDE G-SENSOR
(m/s2)

Side G detected by side G sensor is displayed.

BATTERY VOLT
(V)

Voltage supplied to ABS actuator and electric unit (control


unit) is displayed.

DECEL G-SEN
(G)

Decel G detected by decel G sensor is displayed.

STR ANGLE SIG


(deg)

Steering angle detected by steering angle sensor is displayed.

PRESS SENSOR
(bar)

Brake fluid pressure detected by pressure sensor is displayed.

YAW RATE SEN


(d/s)

Wheel speed calculated by rear RH wheel sensor is displayed.

Yaw rate detected by yaw rate sensor is displayed.

FR RH IN SOL
(On/Off)

Operation status of front RH wheel ABS IN valve is displayed.

FR RH OUT SOL
(On/Off)

Operation status of front RH wheel ABS OUT valve is displayed.

FR LH IN SOL
(On/Off)

Operation status of front LH wheel ABS IN valve is displayed.

FR LH OUT SOL
(On/Off)

Operation status of front LH wheel ABS OUT valve is displayed.

RR RH IN SOL
(On/Off)

Operation status of rear RH wheel ABS IN valve is displayed

RR RH OUT SOL
(On/Off)

Operation status of rear RH wheel ABS OUT valve is displayed.

RR LH IN SOL
(On/Off)

Operation status of rear LH wheel ABS IN valve is displayed.

Operation status of rear LH wheel ABS OUT valve is displayed.

RR LH OUT SOL
(On/Off)
EBD WARN LAMP
(On/Off)

Stop lamp switch signal input status is displayed.

ABS WARN LAMP


(On/Off)

ABS warning lamp ON/OFF status is displayed.

MOTOR RELAY
(On/Off)

ABS motor and motor relay status is displayed.

ACTUATOR RLY
(On/Off)

ABS actuator relay status is displayed.

OFF LAMP
(On/Off)

VDC OFF indicator lamp ON/OFF status is displayed.

VDC OFF switch signal input status is displayed.

warning lamp ON/OFF status is displayed. *

OFF SW
(On/Off)
SLIP/VDC LAMP
(On/Off)

EBD SIGNAL
(On/Off)

EBD operation status is displayed.

ABS SIGNAL
(On/Off)

ABS operation status is displayed.

Revision: 2010 November

Brake warning lamp ON/OFF status is displayed. *

BRC

STOP LAMP SW
(On/Off)

BRC-39

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL


UNIT)]
[WITH VDC]

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >


Item (Unit)

Monitor item selection


ECU INPUT SIGNALS

MAIN SIGNALS

Note

TCS SIGNAL
(On/Off)

TCS operation status is displayed.

VDC SIGNAL
(On/Off)

VDC operation status is displayed.

EBD FAIL SIG


(On/Off)

EBD fail-safe signal status is displayed.

ABS FAIL SIG


(On/Off)

ABS fail-safe signal status is displayed.

TCS FAIL SIG


(On/Off)

TCS fail-safe signal status is displayed.

VDC FAIL SIG


(On/Off)

VDC fail-safe signal status is displayed.

GEAR

Current gear position judged from current gear position


signal is displayed

N POSI SIG
(On/Off)

N range signal input status judged from N range signal is


displayed.

P POSI SIG
(On/Off)

P range signal input status judged from P range signal is


displayed.

R POSI SIG
(On/Off)

R range signal input status judged from R range signal is


displayed.

FLUID LEV SW
(On/Off)

Brake fluid level signal input status via CAN communication is displayed.

CV1
(On/Off)

Cut valve 1 operation status is displayed.

CV2
(On/Off)

Cut valve 2 operation status is displayed.

SV1
(On/Off)

Suction valve 1 operation status is displayed.

SV2
(On/Off)

Suction valve 1 operation status is displayed.

STOP LAMP SW2


(On/Off)

ASCD brake switch operation status is displayed.

*: Refer to BRC-13, "System Description" for ON/OFF conditions of each warning lamp.

ACTIVE TEST
The active test is used to determine and identify details of a malfunction, based on self-diagnosis test result
sand data obtained in the DATA MONITOR. In response to instructions from CONSULT, instead of those from
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) on the vehicle, a drive signal is sent to the actuator to check its
operation.
CAUTION:
Never perform ACTIVE TEST while driving the vehicle.
Always bleed air from brake system before ACTIVE TEST.
Never perform ACTIVE TEST when system is malfunctioning.
NOTE:
When active test is performed while depressing the pedal, the pedal depressing stroke may change. This is
not a malfunction.
TEST IS STOPPED is displayed approx. 10 seconds after operation start.
When performing active test again after TEST IS STOPPED is displayed, select BACK.
ABS warning lamp and brake warning lamp may turn ON during active test. This is not a malfunction.
ABS IN Valve and ABS OUT Valve
When Up, Keep or Down is selected on display screen, the following items are displayed when system is
normal.

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-40

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL


UNIT)]
[WITH VDC]

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >


Test item

Display

Display item

FR RH SOL

FR LH SOL

RR RH SOL

RR LH SOL

Up

Keep

Down

FR RH IN SOL

Off

On

On

FR RH OUT SOL

Off

Off

On*

FRLH IN SOL

Off

On

On

FR LH OUT SOL

Off

Off

On*

RR RH IN SOL

Off

On

On

RR RH OUT SOL

Off

Off

On*

RR LH IN SOL

Off

On

On

RR LH OUT SOL

Off

Off

On*

*: Immediately after being selected, status is On. Status changes to Off after approx. 2 seconds.

ABS Motor
When On or Off is selected on display screen, the following items are displayed when system is normal.
BRC
Test item

ABS MOTOR

Display item

Display
On

Off

MOTOR RELAY

On

Off

ACTUATOR RLY

On

On

ABS IN Valve (ACT) and ABS OUT Valve (ACT)


When Up, ACT KEEP or ACT UP is selected on display screen, the following items are displayed when
system is normal.

I
Test item

FR RH ABS SOLENOID (ACT)

FR LH ABS SOLENOID (ACT)

RR RH ABS SOLENOID (ACT)

Display item

Display
Up

ACT KEEP

ACT UP

FR RH IN SOL

Off

Off

Off

FR RH OUT SOL

Off

Off

Off

CV1

Off

Off

Off

CV2

Off

On

On

SV1

Off

Off

Off

SV2

Off

Off

On*

FRLH IN SOL

Off

Off

Off

FR LH OUT SOL

Off

Off

Off

CV1

Off

On

On

CV2

Off

Off

Off

SV1

Off

Off

On*

SV2

Off

Off

Off

RR RH IN SOL

Off

Off

Off

RR RH OUT SOL

Off

Off

Off

CV1

Off

On

On

CV2

Off

Off

Off

SV1

Off

Off

On*

SV2

Off

Off

Off

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-41

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL


UNIT)]
[WITH VDC]

< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >


Test item

Display item

RR LH ABS SOLENOID (ACT)

Display
Up

ACT KEEP

ACT UP

RR LH IN SOL

Off

Off

Off

RR LH OUT SOL

Off

Off

Off

CV1

Off

Off

Off

CV2

Off

On

On

SV1

Off

Off

Off

SV2

Off

Off

On*

*: Immediately after being selected, status is On. Status changes to Off after approx. 2 seconds.

WORK SUPPORT
Item
ST ANGLE SENSOR ADJUSTMENT

Revision: 2010 November

Description
Perform neutral position adjustment of steering angle sensor.

BRC-42

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)


[WITH VDC]

< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION

ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)


Reference Value

INFOID:0000000006961272

CONSULT DATA MONITOR STANDARD VALUE


C
Monitor item
FR LH SENSOR

FR RH SENSOR

RR LH SENSOR

RR RH SENSOR

ACCEL POS SIG

SIDE G-SENSOR

BATTERY VOLT

DECEL G-SEN

STR ANGLE SIG

PRESS SENSOR

YAW RATE SEN

FR RH IN SOL*2
FR RH OUT SOL*2
FR LH IN SOL*2
FR LH OUT SOL*2

Revision: 2010 November

Condition

Reference values in normal operation

Vehicle stopped

0.00 km/h (MPH)

When driving straight ahead*1

Nearly matches the speedometer display (within 10%)

Vehicle stopped

0.00 km/h (MPH)

When driving straight ahead*1

Nearly matches the speedometer display (within 10%)

Vehicle stopped

0.00 km/h (MPH)

When driving straight ahead*1

Nearly matches the speedometer display (within 10%)

Vehicle stopped

0.00 km/h (MPH)

When driving straight ahead*1

Nearly matches the speedometer display (within 10%)

Never depress accelerator pedal (with power switch


ON)

0%

Depress accelerator pedal (with power switch ON)

0 100%

Vehicle stopped

Approx. 0 m/s2

Turning right

Negative value

Turning left

Positive value

Power switch ON

10 16 V

When stopped

0.11 0.11 G

During acceleration

Negative value

During deceleration

Positive value

When driving straight

02.5

When steering wheel is steered to LH by 90

Approx. +90

When steering wheel is steered to RH by 90

Approx. 90

Brake pedal not depressed

Approx. 0 bar

Brake pedal depressed

0 255 bar

Vehicle stopped

Approx. 0 d/s

Turning right

Negative value

Turning left

Positive value

Active

On

Not activated

Off

Active

On

Not activated

Off

Active

On

Not activated

Off

Active

On

Not activated

Off

BRC-43

BRC

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)


[WITH VDC]

< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >


Monitor item
RR RH IN SOL*2
RR RH OUT SOL*2
RR LH IN SOL*2
RR LH OUT SOL*2

EBD WARN LAMP

STOP LAMP SW

ABS WARN LAMP

MOTOR RELAY

ACTUATOR RLY

OFF LAMP

OFF SW

SLIP/VDC LAMP

EBD SIGNAL

ABS SIGNAL

TCS SIGNAL

VDC SIGNAL

EBD FAIL SIG

ABS FAIL SIG

TCS FAIL SIG

VDC FAIL SIG


GEAR
N POSI SIG

Revision: 2010 November

Condition

Reference values in normal operation

Active

On

Not activated

Off

Active

On

Not activated

Off

Active

On

Not activated

Off

Active

On

Not activated

Off

When brake warning lamp is ON*3

On

When brake warning lamp is OFF*3

Off

Brake pedal depressed

On

Brake pedal not depressed


When ABS warning lamp is ON

Off
*3

On

When brake warning lamp is OFF*3

Off

Active

On

Not activated

Off

Active

On

Not activated (in fail-safe mode)

Off

When VDC OFF indicator lamp is ON*3

On

When VDC OFF indicator lamp is OFF*3

Off

VDC OFF switch ON

On

VDC OFF switch OFF


When VDC warning lamp is ON

Off
*3

On

When VDC warning lamp is OFF*3

Off

EBD is activated

On

EBD is not activated

Off

ABS is activated

On

ABS is not activated

Off

TCS is activated

On

TCS is not activated

Off

VDC is activated

On

VDC is not activated

Off

In EBD fail-safe

On

EBD is normal

Off

In ABS fail-safe

On

ABS is normal

Off

In TCS fail-safe

On

TCS is normal

Off

In VDC fail-safe

On

VDC is normal

Off

Driving

D, R, N/P

When selector lever is in the N position

On

When selector lever is in the other position than N

Off

BRC-44

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)


[WITH VDC]

< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >


Monitor item
P POSI SIG

R POSI SIG

FLUID LEV SW

CV1*2
CV2*2
SV1*2
SV2*2

STOP LAMP SW2

Condition

Reference values in normal operation

When selector lever is in the P position

On

When selector lever is in the other position than P

Off

When selector lever is in the R position

On

When selector lever is in the other position than R

Off

When brake fluid level switch is ON (brake fluid level


is less than the specified level)

On

When brake fluid level switch is OFF

Off

Active

On

Not activated

Off

Active

On

Not activated

Off

Active

On

Not activated

Off

Active

On

Not activated

Off

Brake pedal depressed

On

Brake pedal not depressed

Off

BRC

*1: Confirm tire pressure is standard value.


*2: Refer to valve operation in BRC-13, "System Description" for valve operation of each valve.
*3: Refer to BRC-13, "System Description" for ON/OFF conditions of each warning lamp and indicator lamp.

Fail-safe

INFOID:0000000006961273

VDC FUNCTION, TCS FUNCTION, BRAKE LIMITED SLIP DIFFERENTIAL (BLSD) FUNCTION,
BRAKE ASSIST FUNCTION
VDC warning lamp in combination meter turn ON when a malfunction occurs in system [ABS actuator and
electric unit (control unit)]. The control is suspended for VDC function, TCS function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function and brake assist function. The vehicle status becomes the same as models without VDC
function, TCS function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function and brake assist function. However, ABS
function and EBD function are operated normally.

ABS FUNCTION
ABS warning lamp and VDC warning lamp in combination meter turn ON when a malfunction occurs in system
[ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)]. The control is suspended for VDC function, TCS function, ABS
function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function and brake assist function. The vehicle status becomes
the same as models without VDC function, TCS function, ABS function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD)
function and brake assist function. However, EBD function is operated normally.
NOTE:
ABS self-diagnosis sound may be heard the same as in the normal condition, because self-diagnosis is performed when power switch turns ON and when vehicle initially starts.

EBD FUNCTION
ABS warning lamp, brake warning lamp and VDC warning lamp in combination meter turn ON when a malfunction occurs in system [ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)]. The control is suspended for VDC
function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function and brake
assist function. The vehicle status becomes the same as models without VDC function, TCS function, ABS
function, EBD function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function and brake assist function.

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-45

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)


[WITH VDC]

< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >


DTC

Vehicle condition

C1101
C1102
C1103
C1104
C1105
C1106
C1107

The following functions are suspended.


VDC function
TCS function
ABS function
EBD function (only when both 2 rear wheels are malfunctioning)
Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
Brake assist function

C1108
C1109

C1110

The following functions are suspended.


VDC function
TCS function
ABS function
EBD function
Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
Brake assist function

C1111

The following functions are suspended.


VDC function
TCS function
ABS function
Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
Brake assist function

C1113

The following functions are suspended.


VDC function
TCS function
Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
Brake assist function

C1115

The following functions are suspended.


VDC function
TCS function
ABS function
EBD function
Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
Brake assist function

C1116

The following functions are suspended.


VDC function
TCS function
Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
Brake assist function

C1120
C1121
C1122
C1123
C1124
C1125
C1126

The following functions are suspended.


VDC function
TCS function
ABS function
EBD function
Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
Brake assist function

C1127
C1140
C1142
C1143
C1144
C1145

The following functions are suspended.


VDC function
TCS function
Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
Brake assist function

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-46

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)


[WITH VDC]

< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >


DTC
C1146

C1155

C1164
C1165
C1166
C1167

Vehicle condition

C1176

C118A

The following functions are suspended.


VDC function
TCS function
ABS function
EBD function
Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
Brake assist function

U1000
U1010

U110D

The following functions are suspended.


VDC function
TCS function
ABS function
EBD function
Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
Brake assist function
The following functions are suspended.
VDC function
TCS function
Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
Brake assist function

C118C

The following functions are suspended.


VDC function
TCS function
ABS function
Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
Brake assist function

BRC

The following functions are suspended.


VDC function
TCS function
Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
Brake assist function

The following functions are suspended.


VDC function
TCS function
ABS function
EBD function
Brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function
Brake assist function

DTC Inspection Priority Chart

INFOID:0000000006961274

When multiple DTCs are displayed simultaneously, check one by one depending on the following priority list.
Priority

Detected item (DTC)

U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT


U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
U110D E-DRIVEN INTELLIGENT BRAKE COMM

C1110 CONTROLLER FAILURE

C1144 ST ANG SEN SIGNAL


C118A E-DRIVEN INTELLIGENT BRAKE SYSTEM
C118C EV/HEV SYSTEM

C1109 BATTERY VOLTAGE [ABNORMAL]


C1111 PUMP MOTOR
C1140 ACTUATOR RLY

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-47

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)


[WITH VDC]

< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >


Priority

Detected item (DTC)

C1101 RR RH SENSOR-1
C1102 RR LH SENSOR-1
C1103 FR RH SENSOR-1
C1104 FR LH SENSOR-1
C1105 RR RH SENSOR-2
C1106 RR LH SENSOR-2
C1107 FR RH SENSOR-2
C1108 FR LH SENSOR-2
C1113 G-SENSOR
C1115 ABS SENSOR [ABNORMAL SIGNAL]
C1116 STOP LAMP SW
C1120 FR LH IN ABS SOL
C1121 FR LH OUT ABS SOL
C1122 FR RH IN ABS SOL
C1123 FR RH OUT ABS SOL
C1124 RR LH IN ABS SOL
C1125 RR LH OUT ABS SOL
C1126 RR RH IN ABS SOL
C1127 RR RH OUT ABS SOL
C1142 PRESS SEN CIRCUIT
C1143 ST ANG SEN CIRCUIT
C1145 YAW RATE SENSOR
C1146 SIDE G SEN CIRCUIT
C1164 CV 1
C1165 CV 2
C1166 SV 1
C1167 SV 2
C1176 STOP LAMP SW2

C1155 BR FLUID LEVEL LOW

DTC Index

INFOID:0000000006961275

DTC

Display Item

C1101

RR RH SENSOR-1

C1102

RR LH SENSOR-1

C1103

FR RH SENSOR-1

C1104

FR LH SENSOR-1

Reference

BRC-62, "DTC Logic"

C1105

RR RH SENSOR-2

C1106

RR LH SENSOR-2

C1107

FR RH SENSOR-2

C1108

FR LH SENSOR-2

C1109

BATTERY VOLTAGE [ABNORMAL]

BRC-73, "DTC Logic"

C1110

CONTROLLER FAILURE

BRC-75, "DTC Logic"

C1111

PUMP MOTOR

BRC-76, "DTC Logic"

C1113

G-SENSOR

BRC-79, "DTC Logic"

C1115

ABS SENSOR [ABNORMAL SIGNAL]

BRC-83, "DTC Logic"

C1116

STOP LAMP SW

BRC-90, "DTC Logic"

C1120

FR LH IN ABS SOL

BRC-95, "DTC Logic"

C1121

FR LH OUT ABS SOL

BRC-97, "DTC Logic"

C1122

FR RH IN ABS SOL

BRC-95, "DTC Logic"

C1123

FR RH OUT ABS SOL

BRC-97, "DTC Logic"

C1124

RR LH IN ABS SOL

BRC-95, "DTC Logic"

C1125

RR LH OUT ABS SOL

BRC-97, "DTC Logic"

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-66, "DTC Logic"

BRC-48

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)


[WITH VDC]

< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >


DTC

Display Item

Reference

C1126

RR RH IN ABS SOL

BRC-95, "DTC Logic"

C1127

RR RH OUT ABS SOL

BRC-97, "DTC Logic"

C1140

ACTUATOR RLY

BRC-99, "DTC Logic"

C1142

PRESS SEN CIRCUIT

BRC-101, "DTC Logic"

C1143

ST ANG SEN CIRCUIT

BRC-104, "DTC Logic"

C1144

ST ANG SEN SIGNAL

BRC-107, "DTC Logic"

C1145

YAW RATE SENSOR

C1146

SIDE G SEN CIRCUIT

C1155

BR FLUID LEVEL LOW

C1164

CV 1

C1165

CV 2

C1166

SV 1

C1167

SV 2

C1176

STOP LAMP SW2

BRC-117, "DTC Logic"

C118A

E-DRIVEN INTELLIGENT BRAKE SYSTEM

BRC-122, "DTC Logic"

C118C

EV/HEV SYSTEM

BRC-124, "DTC Logic"

U1000

CAN COMM CIRCUIT

BRC-126, "DTC Logic"

U1010

CONTROL UNIT (CAN)

BRC-127, "DTC Logic"

U110D

E-DRIVEN INTELLIGENT BRAKE COMM

BRC-128, "DTC Logic"

BRC-79, "DTC Logic"

D
BRC-109, "DTC Logic"
BRC-113, "DTC Logic"

BRC-115, "DTC Logic"

BRC

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-49

LEAF

http://vnx.su

BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM


[WITH VDC]

< WIRING DIAGRAM >

WIRING DIAGRAM
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram

INFOID:0000000006961276

JCFWA0392GB

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-50

LEAF

http://vnx.su

BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM


[WITH VDC]

< WIRING DIAGRAM >

BRC

O
JCFWA0393GB

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-51

LEAF

http://vnx.su

BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM


[WITH VDC]

< WIRING DIAGRAM >

JCFWA0394GB

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-52

LEAF

http://vnx.su

BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM


[WITH VDC]

< WIRING DIAGRAM >

BRC

O
JCFWA0395GB

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-53

LEAF

http://vnx.su

BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM


[WITH VDC]

< WIRING DIAGRAM >

JCFWA0396GB

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-54

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW


[WITH VDC]

< BASIC INSPECTION >

BASIC INSPECTION

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW


Work Flow

INFOID:0000000006961277

DETAILED FLOW

1.INTERVIEW FROM THE CUSTOMER

Clarify customer complaints before inspection. First of all, perform an interview utilizing BRC-56, "Diagnostic
Work Sheet" and reproduce the symptom as well as fully understand it. Ask customer about his/her complaints
carefully.Check symptoms by driving vehicle with customer, if necessary.
CAUTION:
Customers are not professional. Never guess easily like maybe the customer means that..., or
maybe the customer mentions this symptom.

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK SYMPTOM

BRC

Reproduce the symptom that is indicated by the customer, based on the information from the customer
obtained by interview. Also check that the symptom is not caused by fail-safe mode. Refer to BRC-45, "Failsafe".
CAUTION:
When the symptom is caused by normal operation, fully inspect each portion and obtain the understanding of customer that the symptom is not caused by a malfunction.

>> GO TO 3.

3.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS

With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
2. Repeat step 1 two or more times.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Record or print self-diagnosis results and GO TO 4.
NO
>> GO TO 6.
1.

4.RECHECK THE SYMPTOM

With CONSULT
1. Erase self-diagnostic results for ABS.
2. Turn the power switch OFF ON OFF.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedures for the error-detected system.
NOTE:
If some DTCs are detected at the some time, determine the order for performing the diagnosis based on
BRC-47, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" [ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)].
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Check harness and connectors based on the information obtained by interview. Refer to GI-51,
"Intermittent Incident".

5.REPAIR OR REPLACE ERROR-DETECTED PART


Repair or replace error-detected parts.
Reconnect part or connector after repairing or replacing.
Revision: 2010 November

BRC-55

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW


< BASIC INSPECTION >
When DTC is detected, erase self-diagnostic result for ABS.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF ON OFF after erase self-diagnosis result.
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.

[WITH VDC]

>> GO TO 7.

6.IDENTIFY ERROR-DETECTED SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS


Estimate error-detected system based on symptom diagnosis and perform inspection.
Can the error-detected system be identified?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> Check harness and connectors based on the information obtained by interview. Refer to GI-51,
"Intermittent Incident".

7.FINAL CHECK
With CONSULT
1. Check the reference value for ABS.
2. Recheck the symptom and check that the symptom is not reproduced on the same conditions.
Is the symptom reproduced?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnostic Work Sheet

INFOID:0000000006961278

Description
In general, customers have their own criteria for a problem. Therefore, it is important to understand the
symptom and status well enough by asking the customer about his/her concerns carefully. To systemize all
the information for the diagnosis, prepare the interview sheet referring to the interview points.
In some cases, multiple conditions that appear simultaneously may cause a DTC to be detected.

INTERVIEW SHEET SAMPLE


Interview sheet
Customer
name

MR/MS

Storage date

Symptom

Registration
number

Initial year
registration

Vehicle type

VIN

Traction Motor

Mileage

km (

Mile)

Does not operate (

) function

Warning lamp for (

) turns ON.

Noise

Vibration

Other
(

First occurrence

Recently

Frequency of occurrence

Always

Other (

Under a certain conditions of

Sometimes (

time(s)/day)

Irrelevant
Climate conditions

Weather

Fine

Temperature

Hot

Relative humidity

High

Cloud
Warm

Rain
Cool

Snow
Cold

Moderate

Others (

Temperature [Approx.

)
C (

Road conditions

Urban area
Suburb area
Mountainous road (uphill or downhill)

Operating condition, etc.

Irrelevant
During driving
During acceleration
At constant speed driving
During deceleration
During cornering (right curve or left curve)
When steering wheel is steered (to right or to left)

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-56

F)]

Low
Highway
Rough road

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW


[WITH VDC]

< BASIC INSPECTION >


Interview sheet
Customer
name
Storage date

MR/MS

Registration
number

Initial year
registration

Vehicle type

VIN

Traction Motor

Mileage

km (

Mile)

Other conditions

Memo

BRC

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-57

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC


UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
[WITH VDC]

< BASIC INSPECTION >

ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Description

INFOID:0000000006961279

When replaced the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit), Perform steering angle sensor neutral position. Refer to BRC-59, "Work Procedure".

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-58

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION


[WITH VDC]

< BASIC INSPECTION >

ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION


Description

INFOID:0000000006961280

Always adjust the neutral position of steering angle sensor before driving when the following operation is performed.

: Required : Not required

Procedure

Adjust the neutral position of steering angle sensor

Removing/ installing ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Replacing ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Removing/installing steering angle sensor

Replacing steering angle sensor

Removing/installing steering components

Replacing steering components

Removing/installing suspension components

Replacing suspension components

Removing/installing tire

Replacing tire

Tire rotation

Adjusting wheel alignment.

Work Procedure

BRC

INFOID:0000000006961281

ADJUST THE NEUTRAL POSITION OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR

CAUTION:
Always use CONSULT when adjusting the neutral position of steering angle sensor. (It cannot be
adjusted other than with CONSULT.)

1. CHECK THE VEHICLE STATUS (1)

Stop vehicle with front wheels in the straight-ahead position.


Does the vehicle stay in the straight-ahead position?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Steer the steering wheel to the straight-ahead position. Stop the vehicle.

2.ADJUST NEUTRAL POSITION OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR

With CONSULT
Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never set the vehicle to READY.
2. Select ABS, WORK SUPPORT and ST ANGLE SENSOR ADJUSTMENT in this order.
3. Select START.
CAUTION:
Never touch steering wheel while adjusting steering angle sensor.
4. After approx. 10 seconds, select END.
5. Turn power switch OFF, and then turn it ON again.
CAUTION:
Be sure to perform the operation above.
1.

>> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK DATA MONITOR (1)


1.

With CONSULT
The vehicle is either pointing straight ahead, or the vehicle needs to be moved. Stop when it is pointing
straight ahead.

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-59

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION


[WITH VDC]
< BASIC INSPECTION >
2. Select ABS, DATA MONITOR, ECU INPUT SIGNALS and STR ANGLE SIG in the order. Check that
the signal is within the specified value.
STR ANGLE SIG

: 02.5

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 10.
NO
>> GO TO 4.

4.CHECK STEERING COMPONENT PARTS


Check the installation conditions of steering component parts. Refer to ST-8, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts. GO TO 5.

5.CHECK SUSPENSION COMPONENT PARTS


Check the installation conditions of suspension component parts.
Front: Refer to FSU-10, "Inspection".
Rear: Refer to RSU-6, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts. GO TO 6.

6.CHECK WHEEL ALIGNMENT


Check the wheel alignment.
Front: Refer to FSU-11, "Inspection".
Rear: Refer to RSU-7, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts. GO TO 7.

7.CHECK THE VEHICLE STATUS (2)


Check the vehicle stay in the straight-ahead position. Refer to ST-5, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> Adjust the vehicle stay in the straight-ahead position. GO TO 8.

8.CHECK DATA MONITOR (2)


With CONSULT
The vehicle is either pointing straight ahead, or the vehicle needs to be moved again. Stop when it is
pointing straight ahead.
2. Select ABS, DATA MONITOR, ECU INPUT SIGNALS and STR ANGLE SIG in the order. Check that
the signal is within the specified value.

1.

STR ANGLE SIG

: 02.5

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 10.
NO
>> GO TO 9.

9.CHECK DATA MONITOR (3)


With CONSULT
The vehicle is either pointing straight ahead, or the vehicle needs to be moved.
CAUTION:
Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for 300 m (985 ft) or more.
Never use tester.
2. Stop when it is pointing straight ahead.
3. Select ABS, DATA MONITOR, ECU INPUT SIGNALS and STR ANGLE SIG in the order. Check that
the signal is within the specified value.

1.

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-60

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION


[WITH VDC]

< BASIC INSPECTION >


STR ANGLE SIG

: 02.5

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 10.
NO
>> GO TO 1.

10.ERASE SELF-DIAGNOSIS MEMORY


With CONSULT
Erase Self-diagnosis result of ABS.
Turn the power switch OFF ON OFF.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Are the memories erased?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Check the items indicated by the self-diagnosis.

1.
2.

BRC

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-61

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SENSOR


[WITH VDC]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SENSOR
DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006961282

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Display Item

Malfunction detected condition

C1101

RR RH SENSOR-1

When an open circuit is detected in rear RH wheel


sensor circuit.

C1102

RR LH SENSOR-1

When an open circuit is detected in rear LH wheel


sensor circuit.

C1103

FR RH SENSOR-1

When an open circuit is detected in front RH wheel


sensor circuit.

C1104

FR LH SENSOR-1

When an open circuit is detected in front LH wheel


sensor circuit.

Possible causes

Harness or connector
Wheel sensor
ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn power switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
Set the vehicle to READY.
Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
Stop the vehicle.
Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
5. Repeat step 4 two or more times.
6. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is any DTC C1101, C1102, C1103 or C1104 detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-62, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.
3.
4.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006961283

CAUTION:
Never check between wheel sensor harness connector terminals.

1.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR


1. Turn the power switch OFF.
2. Check wheel sensor for damage.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.REPLACE WHEEL SENSOR (1)


1.
-

With CONSULT
Replace wheel sensor.
Front: Refer to BRC-148, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
Rear: Refer to BRC-149, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-62

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
2. Erase Self-diagnosis result for ABS.
3. Turn the power switch OFF ON OFF.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
4. Set the vehicle to READY.
5. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
6. Stop the vehicle.
7. Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
8. Repeat step 7 two or more times.
9. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is any DTC C1101, C1102, C1103 or C1104 detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

[WITH VDC]
A

3.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the power switch OFF.
2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
3. Check wheel sensor harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 4.

4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1)


With CONSULT
Erase Self-diagnosis result for ABS.
Turn the power switch OFF ON OFF.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
3. Set the vehicle to READY.
4. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
5. Stop the vehicle.
6. Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
7. Repeat step 6 two or more times.
8. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is any DTC C1101, C1102, C1103 or C1104 detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

5.CHECK TERMINAL
1.
2.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and then check ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
3. Disconnect wheel sensor harness connector and check each wheel sensor pin terminals for damage or
loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts and GO TO 6.

6.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2)


With CONSULT
Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
Connect wheel sensor harness connector.
Erase Self-diagnosis result for ABS.

Revision: 2010 November

1.
2.

1.
2.
3.

BRC

BRC-63

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
4. Turn the power switch OFF ON OFF.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
5. Set the vehicle to READY.
6. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
7. Stop the vehicle.
8. Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
9. Repeat step 8 two or more times.
10. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is any DTC C1101, C1102, C1103 or C1104 detected?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

[WITH VDC]

7.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR HARNESS


1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
Disconnect wheel sensor harness connector.
Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and wheel sensor harness connector. (Check continuity when steering wheel is steered to RH and LH, or center harness
in wheel housing is moved.)
Measurement connector and terminal for power supply circuit

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


Connector

E35

Wheel sensor

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

23

E22

(Front LH wheel)

21

E39

(Front RH wheel)

26

B101

(Rear LH wheel)

11

B102

(Rear RH wheel)

Continuity

Existed

Measurement connector and terminal for signal circuit

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


Connector

E35

Wheel sensor

Terminal

Connector

27

E22

(Front LH wheel)

12

E39

(Front RH wheel)

30

B101

(Rear LH wheel)

15

B102

(Rear RH wheel)

Terminal

Continuity

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 9.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts and GO TO 8.

8.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (3)


With CONSULT
Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
Connect wheel sensor harness connector.
Erase Self-diagnosis result for ABS.
Turn the power switch OFF ON OFF.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
5. Set the vehicle to READY.
6. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
7. Stop the vehicle.
8. Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
1.
2.
3.
4.

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-64

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Set the vehicle to READY.
9. Repeat step 8 two or more times.
10. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is any DTC C1101, C1102, C1103 or C1104 detected?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

[WITH VDC]
A

9.REPLACE WHEEL SENSOR


C
With CONSULT
1. Replace wheel sensor.
Front: Refer to BRC-148, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
D
Rear: Refer to BRC-149, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Erase Self-diagnosis result for ABS.
3. Turn the power switch OFF ON OFF.
CAUTION:
E
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
4. Set the vehicle to READY.
5. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
BRC
6. Stop the vehicle.
7. Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
G
Set the vehicle to READY.
8. Repeat step 7 two or more times.
9. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
H
Is any DTC C1101, C1102, C1103 or C1104 detected?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-152, "Removal and Installation".
I
NO
>> INSPECTION END
J

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-65

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR


[WITH VDC]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006961284

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

C1105

C1106

C1107

C1108

Display Item

Malfunction detected condition

RR RH SENSOR-2

When a short circuit is detected in rear RH wheel


sensor circuit.
When power supply voltage of rear RH wheel sensor is in following state.
- Rear RH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.5 V
Rear RH wheel sensor power supply voltage
- Rear RH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 16 V
Rear RH wheel sensor power supply voltage
When distance between rear RH wheel sensor and
rear RH wheel sensor rotor is large.
When installation of rear RH wheel sensor or rear
RH wheel sensor rotor is not normal.

RR LH SENSOR-2

When a short circuit is detected in rear LH wheel


sensor circuit.
When power supply voltage of rear LH wheel sensor is in following state.
- Rear LH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.5 V
Rear LH wheel sensor power supply voltage
- Rear LH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 16 V
Rear LH wheel sensor power supply voltage
When distance between rear LH wheel sensor and
rear LH wheel sensor rotor is large.
When installation of rear LH wheel sensor or rear
LH wheel sensor rotor is not normal.

FR RH SENSOR-2

When a short circuit is detected in front RH wheel


sensor circuit.
When power supply voltage of front RH wheel sensor is in following state.
- Front RH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.5
V Front RH wheel sensor power supply voltage
- Front RH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 16 V
Front RH wheel sensor power supply voltage
When distance between front RH wheel sensor
and front RH wheel sensor rotor is large.
When installation of front RH wheel sensor or front
RH wheel sensor rotor is not normal.

FR LH SENSOR-2

When a short circuit is detected in front LH wheel


sensor circuit.
When power supply voltage of front LH wheel sensor is in following state.
- Front LH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 7.5 V
Front LH wheel sensor power supply voltage
- Front LH wheel sensor power supply voltage: 16 V
Front LH wheel sensor power supply voltage
When distance between front LH wheel sensor and
front LH wheel sensor rotor is large.
When installation of front LH wheel sensor or front
LH wheel sensor rotor is not normal.

Possible causes

Harness or connector
Wheel sensor
ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)
Sensor rotor
Tire

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn power switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
Revision: 2010 November

BRC-66

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR


[WITH VDC]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION

With CONSULT
1. Set the vehicle to READY.
2. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
3. Stop the vehicle.
4. Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
5. Repeat step 4 two or more times.
6. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is any DTC C1105, C1106, C1107 or C1108 detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-67, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

E
INFOID:0000000006961285

CAUTION:
Never check between wheel sensor harness connector terminals.

BRC

1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) power supply system. Refer to BRC-130, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

2.CHECK TIRE

1. Turn the power switch OFF.


2. Check tire air pressure, wear and size. Refer to WT-50, "Tire Air Pressure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Adjust air pressure or replace tire and GO TO 3.

3.CHECK DATA MONITOR (1)

With CONSULT
Erase Self-diagnosis result for ABS.
Turn the power switch OFF ON OFF.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
3. Set the vehicle to READY.
4. Select ABS and DATA MONITOR, check FR LH SENSOR, FR RH SENSOR, RR LH SENSOR
and RR RH SENSOR.
NOTE:
Set the DATA MONITOR recording speed to 10 msec.
5. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the difference within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> GO TO 5.
1.
2.

4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1)


1.
2.
3.

With CONSULT
Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
Stop the vehicle.
Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-67

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
4. Repeat step 3 two or more times.
5. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is any DTC C1105, C1106, C1107 or C1108 detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

[WITH VDC]

5.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR


1.
2.
3.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Check wheel sensor for damage.
Remove dust and foreign matter adhered to the sensor rotor with a vacuum dust collector through the
wheel sensor mounting hole.
CAUTION:
Install wheel sensor with no backlash and float, and tighten the mounting bolt to the specified
torque.
Front: Refer to BRC-148, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View".
Rear: Refer to BRC-149, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> GO TO 6.

6.REPLACE WHEEL SENSOR (1)


With CONSULT
Replace wheel sensor.
Front: Refer to BRC-148, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
Rear: Refer to BRC-149, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
Erase Self-diagnosis result for ABS.
Turn the power switch OFF ON OFF.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
4. Set the vehicle to READY.
5. Select ABS and DATA MONITOR, check FR LH SENSOR, FR RH SENSOR, RR LH SENSOR
and RR RH SENSOR.
NOTE:
Set the DATA MONITOR recording speed to 10 msec.
6. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the difference within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> GO TO 19.
1.
2.
3.

7.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2)


With CONSULT
Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
Stop the vehicle.
Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
4. Repeat step 3 two or more times.
5. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is any DTC C1105, C1106, C1107 or C1108 detected?
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.
3.

8.CHECK CONNECTOR
1.

Turn the power switch OFF.

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-68

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR


[WITH VDC]
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
3. Check wheel sensor harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 9.

9.CHECK DATA MONITOR (2)


With CONSULT
C
Erase Self-diagnosis result for ABS.
Turn the power switch OFF ON OFF.
CAUTION:
D
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
3. Set the vehicle to READY.
4. Select ABS and DATA MONITOR, check FR LH SENSOR, FR RH SENSOR, RR LH SENSOR
and RR RH SENSOR.
E
NOTE:
Set the DATA MONITOR recording speed to 10 msec.
5. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
BRC
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the difference within 5%, respectively?
G
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO
>> GO TO 11.
1.
2.

10.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (3)

With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
4. Repeat step 3 two or more times.
5. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is any DTC C1105, C1106, C1107 or C1108 detected?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

11.CHECK TERMINAL

1.
2.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and then check ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
3. Disconnect wheel sensor harness connector and check each wheel sensor pin terminals for damage or
loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts and GO TO 12.

12.CHECK DATA MONITOR (3)

With CONSULT
Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
Connect wheel sensor harness connector.
Erase Self-diagnosis result for ABS.
Turn the power switch OFF ON OFF.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
5. Set the vehicle to READY.
6. Select ABS and DATA MONITOR, check FR LH SENSOR, FR RH SENSOR, RR LH SENSOR
and RR RH SENSOR.
1.
2.
3.
4.

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-69

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR


[WITH VDC]
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
NOTE:
Set the DATA MONITOR recording speed to 10 msec.
7. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the difference within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO
>> GO TO 14.

13.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (4)


With CONSULT
Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
Stop the vehicle.
Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
4. Repeat step 3 two or more times.
5. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is any DTC C1105, C1106, C1107 or C1108 detected?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.
3.

14.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR HARNESS


1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
Disconnect wheel sensor harness connector.
Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Connector

Terminal

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

23, 27
E35

21, 12
26, 30
11, 15

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 15.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts and GO TO 15.

15.CHECK DATA MONITOR (4)


With CONSULT
Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
Connect wheel sensor harness connector.
Erase Self-diagnosis result for ABS.
Turn the power switch OFF ON OFF.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
5. Set the vehicle to READY.
6. Select ABS and DATA MONITOR, check FR LH SENSOR, FR RH SENSOR, RR LH SENSOR
and RR RH SENSOR.
NOTE:
Set the DATA MONITOR recording speed to 10 msec.
7. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the difference within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 16.
1.
2.
3.
4.

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-70

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR


[WITH VDC]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >


NO
>> GO TO 17.

16.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (5)

With CONSULT
Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
Stop the vehicle.
Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
4. Repeat step 3 two or more times.
5. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is any DTC C1105, C1106, C1107 or C1108 detected?
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.
3.

17.REPLACE WHEEL SENSOR (2)

With CONSULT
BRC
Replace wheel sensor.
Front: Refer to BRC-148, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
Rear: Refer to BRC-149, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
Erase Self-diagnosis result for ABS.
G
Turn the power switch OFF ON OFF.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
H
4. Set the vehicle to READY.
5. Select ABS and DATA MONITOR, check FR LH SENSOR, FR RH SENSOR, RR LH SENSOR
and RR RH SENSOR.
I
NOTE:
Set the DATA MONITOR recording speed to 10 msec.
6. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting J
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the difference within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 18.
K
NO
>> GO TO 19.
1.
2.
3.

18.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (6)


L

With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
4. Repeat step 3 two or more times.
5. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is any DTC C1105, C1106, C1107 or C1108 detected?
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

19.REPLACE SENSOR ROTOR

With CONSULT
1. Replace sensor rotor.
Front: Refer to BRC-148, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
Rear: Refer to BRC-149, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Erase Self-diagnosis result for ABS.
3. Turn the power switch OFF ON OFF.
CAUTION:
Revision: 2010 November

BRC-71

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR


[WITH VDC]
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
4. Set the vehicle to READY.
5. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
6. Stop the vehicle.
7. Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
8. Repeat step 7 two or more times.
9. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is any DTC C1105, C1106, C1107 or C1108 detected?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-152, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-72

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1109 POWER AND GROUND SYSTEM


[WITH VDC]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

C1109 POWER AND GROUND SYSTEM


DTC Logic

A
INFOID:0000000006961286

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

C1109

Display Item

BATTERY VOLTAGE
[ABNORMAL]

Malfunction detected condition


When power switch ON power supply voltage is in
following state.
Power switch ON power supply voltage: 10 V
Power switch ON power supply voltage.
Power switch ON power supply voltage: 16 V
Power switch ON power supply voltage.

Possible causes
Harness or connector
ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)
Fuse
Power switch ON power supply
system
12V battery

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn power switch OFF and BRC
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
G

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
2. Repeat step 1 two or more times.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is DTC C1109 detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-73, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

1.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006961287

1.CHECK CONNECTOR

1. Turn the power switch OFF.


2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS

Turn the power switch OFF ON.


CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
2. Repeat step 1 two or more times.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is DTC C1109 detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.

3.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) POWER SWITCH ON POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn the power switch OFF.
Revision: 2010 November

BRC-73

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1109 POWER AND GROUND SYSTEM


[WITH VDC]
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

4.
5.

Connector

Terminal

E35

16

Voltage

Ground

Approx. 0 V

Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never set the vehicle to READY.
Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Connector

Terminal

E35

16

Voltage

Ground

10 16 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> GO TO 4.

4.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) POWER SWITCH ON POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn the power switch OFF.
2. Check 10A fuse (#4).
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (16) and 10A fuse (#4).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power switch ON power supply. Refer to PG-59, "Wiring Diagram ON POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

5.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) GROUND CIRCUIT
1.
2.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


Connector
E35

Terminal
3
4

Continuity

Ground

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

6.CHECK TERMINAL
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-152, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-74

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1110 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)


[WITH VDC]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

C1110 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)


DTC Logic

A
INFOID:0000000006961288

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
C1110

Display Item
CONTROLLER FAILURE

Malfunction detected condition


When there is an internal malfunction in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).

Possible causes
ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn power switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION

BRC

With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
2. Repeat step 1 two or more times.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is DTC C1110 detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-75, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006961289

1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS


Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) even if other display than C1110 is displayed in selfdiagnosis for ABS.

>> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-152, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-75

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1111 ABS MOTOR, MOTOR RELAY SYSTEM


[WITH VDC]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

C1111 ABS MOTOR, MOTOR RELAY SYSTEM


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006961290

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

C1111

Display Item

PUMP MOTOR

Malfunction detected condition

Possible causes

When a malfunction is detected in motor or motor relay.

Harness or connector
ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)
Fusible link
12V battery power supply system

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn power switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF ON, and wait 30 seconds.
Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
Stop the vehicle.
Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
5. Repeat step 4 two or more times.
6. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is DTC C1111 detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-76, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.
3.
4.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006961291

1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the power switch OFF.
2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF ON, and wait 30 seconds.
Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
Stop the vehicle.
Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
5. Repeat step 4 two or more times.
6. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is DTC C1111 detected?
1.
2.
3.
4.

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-76

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1111 ABS MOTOR, MOTOR RELAY SYSTEM


[WITH VDC]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >


YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

3.CHECK ABS MOTOR AND MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY


1.
2.
3.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

4.
5.

Connector

Terminal

E35

Voltage

Ground

10 16 V

Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never set the vehicle to READY.
Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


Connector

Terminal

E35

Voltage

Ground

10 16 V

BRC

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> GO TO 4.

4.CHECK ABS MOTOR AND MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Check 30A fusible link (#L).
Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (1) and 30A fusible link (#L).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for 12V battery power supply. Refer to PG-15, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts. GO TO 5.

5.ERASE SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT (1)


1.
2.
3.
4.

With CONSULT
Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
Stop the vehicle.
Erase Self-diagnosis result for ABS.
Turn the power switch OFF ON OFF.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.

>> INSPECTION END

6.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) GROUND CIRCUIT
1.
2.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


Connector
E35

Terminal
3
4

Continuity

Ground

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 8.
Revision: 2010 November

BRC-77

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1111 ABS MOTOR, MOTOR RELAY SYSTEM


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.GO TO 7.

[WITH VDC]

7.ERASE SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT (2)


1.
2.
3.
4.

With CONSULT
Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
Stop the vehicle.
Erase Self-diagnosis result for ABS.
Turn the power switch OFF ON OFF.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
>> INSPECTION END

8.CHECK TERMINAL
1.
2.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-152, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.GO TO 9.

9.ERASE SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT (3)


1.
2.
3.
4.

With CONSULT
Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
Stop the vehicle.
Erase Self-diagnosis result for ABS.
Turn the power switch OFF ON OFF.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-78

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1113, C1145, C1146 YAW RATE/SIDE/DECEL G SENSOR


[WITH VDC]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

C1113, C1145, C1146 YAW RATE/SIDE/DECEL G SENSOR


DTC Logic

A
INFOID:0000000006961292

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
C1113

C1145

C1146

Display item

Malfunction detected condition

G SENSOR

When a malfunction is detected in decel G signal.

YAW RATE SENSOR

When a malfunction is detected in yaw rate signal.


When a signal line of yaw rate/side/decel G sensor is
open or shorted.
When power supply voltage of yaw rate/side/decel G
sensor is in following state.
- Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor power supply voltage:
4.8 V yaw rate/side/decel G sensor power supply
voltage
- Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor power supply voltage:
5.2 V yaw rate/side/decel G sensor power supply
voltage

SIDE G-SEN CIRCUIT

Possible cause

D
Harness or connector
Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor
ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)

BRC

When a malfunction is detected in side G signal.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn power switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
2. Repeat step 1 two or more times.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is any DTC C1113 C1145 or C1146 detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-79, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

1.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006961293

1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) power supply system. Refer to BRC-130, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

2.CHECK CONNECTOR

1. Turn the power switch OFF.


2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
3. Check yaw rate/side/decel G sensor harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 3.
Revision: 2010 November

BRC-79

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1113, C1145, C1146 YAW RATE/SIDE/DECEL G SENSOR


[WITH VDC]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

3.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
2. Repeat step 1 two or more times.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is any DTCC1113, C1145 or C1146 detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.

4.CHECK YAW RATE/SIDE/DECEL G SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
Disconnect yaw rate/side/decel G sensor harness connector.
Check continuity between yaw rate/side/decel G sensor harness connector and ABS actuator and electric
unit (control unit) harness connector.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E35

13

B38

Continuity
Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

5.CHECK YAW RATE/SIDE/DECEL G SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT


Check continuity between yaw rate/side/decel G sensor harness connector and ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit) harness connector.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E35

28

B38

Continuity
Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

6.CHECK YAW RATE/SIDE/DECEL G SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT


Check continuity between yaw rate/side/decel G sensor harness connector and ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit) harness connector.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Connector
E35

Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor

Terminal

Connector

14

B38

29

Terminal
5
6

Continuity

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

7.CHECK YAW RATE/SIDE/DECEL G SENSOR CIRCUIT


Check continuity between each terminals of yaw rate/side/decel G sensor harness connector.

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-80

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1113, C1145, C1146 YAW RATE/SIDE/DECEL G SENSOR


[WITH VDC]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor


Connector

Continuity

Terminal
24

25
26

B38

Not existed

45

46
56

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

8.CHECK YAW RATE/SIDE/DECEL G SENSOR (1)


With CONSULT
Connect yaw rate/side/decel G sensor harness connector.
Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never set the vehicle to READY.
4. Select ABS, DATA MONITOR and DECEL G-SEN in order.
5. Move yaw rate/side/decel G sensor as shown in the figure to
check the output of before and after moving the sensor.

BRC

1.
2.
3.

Condition

DATA MONITOR

Horizontal

Approx. 0 G

Vertical

Approx. +1 G

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 9.
NO
>> Replace yaw rate/side/decel G sensor. Refer to BRC154, "Removal and Installation".

JSFIA0098ZZ

9.CHECK YAW RATE/SIDE/DECEL G SENSOR (2)


1.
2.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Connect following terminals between yaw rate/side/decel G sensor and harness connector (test harness).
Yaw rate/side/decel G
sensor

Harness connector
Connector

2
4
5
6

3.
4.

Terminal
2

B38

5
6

Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never set the vehicle to READY.
Check voltage between yaw rate/side/decel G sensor harness connector terminals.
CAUTION:
Never short out the terminals while measuring voltages.

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-81

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1113, C1145, C1146 YAW RATE/SIDE/DECEL G SENSOR


[WITH VDC]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >


Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor
connector
B38

Terminal

Voltage

52

2.5 4.5 V

62

0.5 2.5 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace ABS actuator end electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-152, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Replace yaw rate/side/decel G sensor. Refer to BRC-154, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-82

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1115 WHEEL SENSOR


[WITH VDC]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

C1115 WHEEL SENSOR

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006961294

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

C1115

Display Item

ABS SENSOR
[ABNORMAL SIGNAL]

Malfunction detected condition

When difference in wheel speed between any wheel


and others is detected the vehicle is driven, because
of installation of other tires than specified.

Possible causes

Harness or connector
Wheel sensor
Sensor rotor
ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)
Tire

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING

If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn power switch OFF and
BRC
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
G

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
Set the vehicle to READY.
Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
Stop the vehicle.
Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
5. Repeat step 4 two or more times.
6. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is DTC C1115 detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-83, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.
3.
4.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006961295

CAUTION:
For wheel sensor, never check between terminals.

1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM

Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) power supply system. Refer to BRC-130, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

2.CHECK TIRE
1. Turn the power switch OFF.
2. Check tire air pressure, wear and size. Refer to WT-50, "Tire Air Pressure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Adjust air pressure or replace tire and GO TO 3.

With CONSULT
Erase Self-diagnosis result for ABS.

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-83

3.CHECK DATA MONITOR (1)


1.

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1115 WHEEL SENSOR


[WITH VDC]
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
2. Turn the power switch OFF ON OFF.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
3. Set the vehicle to READY.
4. Select ABS and DATA MONITOR, check FR LH SENSOR, FR RH SENSOR, RR LH SENSOR
and RR RH SENSOR.
NOTE:
Set the DATA MONITOR recording speed to 10 msec.
5. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the difference within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> GO TO 5.

4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1)


With CONSULT
Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
Stop the vehicle.
Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
4. Repeat step 3 two or more times.
5. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is DTC C1115 detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.
3.

5.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR


1.
2.
3.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Check wheel sensor for damage.
Remove dust and foreign matter adhered to the sensor rotor with a vacuum dust collector through the
wheel sensor mounting hole.
CAUTION:
Install wheel sensor with no backlash and float, and tighten the mounting bolt to the specified
torque.
Front: Refer to BRC-148, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View".
Rear: Refer to BRC-149, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> GO TO 6.

6.REPLACE WHEEL SENSOR (1)


With CONSULT
Replace wheel sensor.
Front: Refer to BRC-148, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
Rear: Refer to BRC-149, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
Erase Self-diagnosis result for ABS.
Turn the power switch OFF ON OFF.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
4. Set the vehicle to READY.
5. Select ABS and DATA MONITOR, check FR LH SENSOR, FR RH SENSOR, RR LH SENSOR
and RR RH SENSOR.
NOTE:
Set the DATA MONITOR recording speed to 10 msec.
6. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
1.
2.
3.

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-84

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1115 WHEEL SENSOR


[WITH VDC]
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the difference within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> GO TO 19.

7.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2)


With CONSULT
Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
Stop the vehicle.
Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
4. Repeat step 3 two or more times.
5. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is DTC C1115 detected?
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

1.
2.
3.

BRC

8.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the power switch OFF.
2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
3. Check wheel sensor harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 9.

9.CHECK DATA MONITOR (2)

With CONSULT
Erase Self-diagnosis result for ABS.
Turn the power switch OFF ON OFF.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
3. Set the vehicle to READY.
4. Select ABS and DATA MONITOR, check FR LH SENSOR, FR RH SENSOR, RR LH SENSOR
and RR RH SENSOR.
NOTE:
Set the DATA MONITOR recording speed to 10 msec.
5. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the difference within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO
>> GO TO 11.
1.
2.

10.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (3)


With CONSULT
Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
Stop the vehicle.
Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
4. Repeat step 3 two or more times.
5. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is DTC C1115 detected?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

1.
2.
3.

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-85

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1115 WHEEL SENSOR


[WITH VDC]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

11.CHECK TERMINAL
1.
2.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and then check ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
3. Disconnect wheel sensor harness connector and check each wheel sensor pin terminals for damage or
loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts and GO TO 12.

12.CHECK DATA MONITOR (3)


With CONSULT
Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
Connect wheel sensor harness connector.
Erase Self-diagnosis result for ABS.
Turn the power switch OFF ON OFF.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
5. Set the vehicle to READY.
6. Select ABS and DATA MONITOR, check FR LH SENSOR, FR RH SENSOR, RR LH SENSOR
and RR RH SENSOR.
NOTE:
Set the DATA MONITOR recording speed to 10 msec.
7. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the difference within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO
>> GO TO 14.
1.
2.
3.
4.

13.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (4)


With CONSULT
Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
Stop the vehicle.
Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
4. Repeat step 3 two or more times.
5. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is DTC C1115 detected?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.
3.

14.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR HARNESS


1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
Disconnect wheel sensor harness connector.
Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and wheel sensor harness connector. (Check continuity when steering wheel is steered to RH and LH, or center harness
in wheel housing is moved.)

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-86

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1115 WHEEL SENSOR


[WITH VDC]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >


Measurement connector and terminal for power supply circuit

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


Connector

E35

Wheel sensor

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

23

E22

(Front LH wheel)

21

E39

(Front RH wheel)

26

B101

(Rear LH wheel)

11

B102

(Rear RH wheel)

Continuity

B
2

Existed

Measurement connector and terminal for signal circuit

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


Connector

E35

5.

Wheel sensor

Terminal

Connector

27

E22

(Front LH wheel)

12

E39

(Front RH wheel)

30

B101

(Rear LH wheel)

15

B102

(Rear RH wheel)

Terminal

Continuity

E
1

Existed

Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Connector

Terminal

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

BRC

23, 27
E35

21, 12
26, 30

11, 15

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 15.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts and GO TO 15.

15.CHECK DATA MONITOR (4)


With CONSULT
Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
Connect wheel sensor harness connector.
Erase Self-diagnosis result for ABS.
Turn the power switch OFF ON OFF.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
5. Set the vehicle to READY.
6. Select ABS and DATA MONITOR, check FR LH SENSOR, FR RH SENSOR, RR LH SENSOR
and RR RH SENSOR.
NOTE:
Set the DATA MONITOR recording speed to 10 msec.
7. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the difference within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 16.
NO
>> GO TO 17.
1.
2.
3.
4.

16.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (5)


1.
2.
3.

With CONSULT
Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
Stop the vehicle.
Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-87

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1115 WHEEL SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
4. Repeat step 3 two or more times.
5. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is DTC C1115 detected?
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

[WITH VDC]

17.REPLACE WHEEL SENSOR


With CONSULT
Replace wheel sensor.
Front: Refer to BRC-148, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
Rear: Refer to BRC-149, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
Erase Self-diagnosis result for ABS.
Turn the power switch OFF ON OFF.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
4. Set the vehicle to READY.
5. Select ABS and DATA MONITOR, check FR LH SENSOR, FR RH SENSOR, RR LH SENSOR
and RR RH SENSOR.
NOTE:
Set the DATA MONITOR recording speed to 10 msec.
6. Read a value (wheel speed) of both normal wheel sensors and error-detecting wheel sensor.
Regarding the deference at 30 km/h (19 MPH) between the wheel speed detected by the error detecting
wheel sensor and the maximum/minimum wheel speed detected by the normal wheel sensors, is the difference within 5%, respectively?
YES >> GO TO 18.
NO
>> GO TO 19.
1.
2.
3.

18.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (6)


With CONSULT
Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
Stop the vehicle.
Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
4. Repeat step 3 two or more times.
5. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is DTC C1115 detected?
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.
3.

19.REPLACE SENSOR ROTOR


With CONSULT
Replace sensor rotor.
Front: Refer to BRC-151, "FRONT SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation".
Rear: Refer to BRC-151, "REAR SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation".
Erase Self-diagnosis result for ABS.
Turn the power switch OFF ON OFF.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
4. Set the vehicle to READY.
5. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
6. Stop the vehicle.
7. Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
1.
2.
3.

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-88

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1115 WHEEL SENSOR


[WITH VDC]
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
8. Repeat step 7 two or more times.
9. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is DTC C1115 detected?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-130, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

BRC

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-89

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCH


[WITH VDC]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCH


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006961296

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

C1116

Display Item

STOP LAMP SW

Malfunction detected condition

Possible causes

When stop lamp switch signal is not input when brake


pedal operates.

Harness or connector
Stop lamp switch
ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)
12V battery power supply system

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn power switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
Set the vehicle to READY.
CAUTION:
Stop the vehicle.
3. Wait 1 minute or more.
CAUTION:
Never depress brake pedal.
4. Depress brake pedal by 100 mm or more, and maintain at that position for a minimum of 1 minute or
more.
5. Release brake pedal, and wait 1 minute or more.
6. Repeat step 4 5 ten or more times.
7. Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
8. Repeat step 4 two or more times.
9. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is DTC C1116 detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-90, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006961297

NOTE:
DTC C1116 may be detected when the brake pedal and the accelerator pedal are simultaneously depressed
for 1 minute or more while driving the vehicle. This is not a malfunction.

1.INTERVIEW FROM THE CUSTOMER


Check if the brake pedal and the accelerator pedal are simultaneously depressed for 1 minute or more while
driving the vehicle.
Is there such a history?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> GO TO 3.

2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Revision: 2010 November

BRC-90

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCH


[WITH VDC]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >


With CONSULT
Erase Self-diagnosis result for ABS.
Turn the power switch OFF ON OFF.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
3. Set the vehicle to READY.
CAUTION:
Stop the vehicle.
4. Depress the brake pedal several times.
5. Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
6. Repeat step 5 two or more times.
7. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is DTC C1116 detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

1.
2.

BRC

3.STOP LAMP FOR ILLUMINATION


Depress brake pedal and check that stop lamp turns ON.
Does stop lamp turn ON?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Check stop lamp system. Refer to EXL-33, "Wiring Diagram". GO TO 4.

4.CHECK DATA MONITOR (1)

With CONSULT
Erase Self-diagnosis result for ABS.
Turn the power switch OFF ON OFF.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
3. Set the vehicle to READY.
CAUTION:
Stop the vehicle.
4. Select ABS, DATA MONITOR and STOP LAMP SW according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays On or Off when brake pedal is depress or release. Refer to BRC-43, "Reference Value".
5. Select ABS, DATA MONITOR and PRESSURE SENSOR according to this order. Check that data
monitor displays 5 bar or less when brake pedal is depress. Refer to BRC-43, "Reference Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> GO TO 5.
1.
2.

5.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CLEARANCE


1. Turn the power switch OFF.
2. Check stop lamp switch clearance. Refer to BR-202, "Inspection and Adjustment".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> Adjust stop lamp switch clearance. Refer to BR-202, "Inspection and Adjustment". GO TO 6.

6.CHECK DATA MONITOR (2)


With CONSULT
Erase Self-diagnosis result for ABS.
Turn the power switch OFF ON OFF.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
3. Set the vehicle to READY.
CAUTION:
Stop the vehicle.

1.
2.

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-91

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCH


[WITH VDC]
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
4. Select ABS, DATA MONITOR and STOP LAMP SW according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays On or Off when brake pedal is depress or release. Refer to BRC-43, "Reference Value".
5. Select ABS, DATA MONITOR and PRESSURE SENSOR according to this order. Check that data
monitor displays 5 bar or less when brake pedal is depress. Refer to BRC-43, "Reference Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> GO TO 7.

7.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH


Check stop lamp switch. Refer to BRC-94, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO
>> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-211, "Removal and Installation". GO TO 8.

8.CHECK DATA MONITOR (3)


With CONSULT
Erase Self-diagnosis result for ABS.
Turn the power switch OFF ON OFF.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
3. Set the vehicle to READY.
CAUTION:
Stop the vehicle.
4. Select ABS, DATA MONITOR and STOP LAMP SW according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays On or Off when brake pedal is depress or release. Refer to BRC-43, "Reference Value".
5. Select ABS, DATA MONITOR and PRESSURE SENSOR according to this order. Check that data
monitor displays 5 bar or less when brake pedal is depress. Refer to BRC-43, "Reference Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> GO TO 9.
1.
2.

9.CHECK CONNECTOR AND TERMINAL


1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
5. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
6. Check stop lamp switch harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
7. Check stop lamp switch pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts. GO TO 10.

10.CHECK DATA MONITOR (4)


With CONSULT
Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
Connect stop lamp switch harness connector.
Erase Self-diagnosis result for ABS.
Turn the power switch OFF ON OFF.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
5. Set the vehicle to READY.
CAUTION:
Stop the vehicle.
6. Select ABS, DATA MONITOR and STOP LAMP SW according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays On or Off when brake pedal is depress or release. Refer to BRC-43, "Reference Value".
7. Select ABS, DATA MONITOR and PRESSURE SENSOR according to this order. Check that data
monitor displays 5 bar or less when brake pedal is depress. Refer to BRC-43, "Reference Value".
1.
2.
3.
4.

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-92

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCH


[WITH VDC]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> GO TO 11.

11.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT (1)


1.
2.
3.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


Connector

Terminal

E35

4.
5.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

Condition

Voltage

Brake pedal depressed

Battery voltage

Brake pedal not depressed

Approx. 0 V

D
Ground

Turn the power switch ON.


Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


Connector

Terminal

E35

BRC

Ground

Condition

Voltage

Brake pedal depressed

Battery voltage

Brake pedal not depressed

Approx. 0 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-152, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts. GO TO 12.

12.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT (2)

1.
2.
3.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and stop lamp
switch harness connector.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

4.

Stop lamp switch

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E35

E102

Continuity
Existed

Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Connector

Terminal

E35

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-152, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts. GO TO 13.

13.CHECK DATA MONITOR (5)


P

With CONSULT
Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
Erase Self-diagnosis result for ABS.
Turn the power switch OFF ON OFF.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
4. Set the vehicle to READY.
CAUTION:
1.
2.
3.

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-93

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCH


[WITH VDC]
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Stop the vehicle.
5. Select ABS, DATA MONITOR and STOP LAMP SW according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays On or Off when brake pedal is depress or release. Refer to BRC-43, "Reference Value".
6. Select ABS, DATA MONITOR and PRESSURE SENSOR according to this order. Check that data
monitor displays 5 bar or less when brake pedal is depress. Refer to BRC-43, "Reference Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-152, "Removal and Installation".

Component Inspection

INFOID:0000000006961298

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH


1.
2.
3.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
Check continuity when stop lamp switch is operated.
Stop lamp switch
Terminal

12

Condition

Continuity

When stop lamp switch is released


(When brake pedal is depressed)

Existed

When stop lamp switch is pressed


(When brake pedal is released)

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-211, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-94

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1120, C1122, C1124, C1126 ABS IN VALVE SYSTEM


[WITH VDC]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

C1120, C1122, C1124, C1126 ABS IN VALVE SYSTEM


DTC Logic

A
INFOID:0000000006961299

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Display Item

Malfunction detected condition

FR LH IN ABS SOL

When a malfunction is detected in front LH ABS IN


valve.

C1122

FR RH IN ABS SOL

When a malfunction is detected in front RH ABS IN


valve.

C1124

RR LH IN ABS SOL

When a malfunction is detected in rear LH ABS IN


valve.

C1126

RR RH IN ABS SOL

When a malfunction is detected in rear RH ABS IN


valve.

C1120

Possible causes

C
Harness or connector
ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)
Fusible link
12V battery power supply system

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

BRC

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn power switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION

With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
2. Repeat step 1 two or more times.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is any DTC C1120, C1122, C1124 or C1126 detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-95, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006961300

1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the power switch OFF.
2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
O

Turn the power switch OFF ON.


CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
2. Repeat step 1 two or more times.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is any DTC C1120, C1122, C1124 or C1126 detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.

3.CHECK ABS IN VALVE POWER SUPPLY


Revision: 2010 November

BRC-95

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1120, C1122, C1124, C1126 ABS IN VALVE SYSTEM


[WITH VDC]
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
1. Turn the power switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

4.
5.

Connector

Terminal

E35

Voltage

Ground

10 16 V

Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never set the vehicle to READY.
Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


Connector

Terminal

E35

Voltage

Ground

10 16 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> GO TO 4.

4.CHECK ABS IN VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Check 50A fusible link (#J).
Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (2) and 50A fusible link (#J).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for 12V battery power supply. Refer to PG-15, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

5.CHECK ABS IN VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT


1.
2.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


Connector

Terminal

E35

3
4

Continuity

Ground

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

6.CHECK TERMINAL
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-152, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-96

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1121, C1123, C1125, C1127 ABS OUT VALVE SYSTEM


[WITH VDC]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

C1121, C1123, C1125, C1127 ABS OUT VALVE SYSTEM


DTC Logic

A
INFOID:0000000006961301

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Display Item

Malfunction detected condition

FR LH OUT ABS SOL

When a malfunction is detected in front LH ABS OUT


valve.

C1123

FR RH OUT ABS SOL

When a malfunction is detected in front RH ABS OUT


valve.

C1125

RR LH OUT ABS SOL

When a malfunction is detected in rear LH ABS OUT


valve.

C1127

RR RH OUT ABS SOL

When a malfunction is detected in rear RH ABS OUT


valve.

C1121

Possible causes

C
Harness or connector
ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)
Fusible link
12V battery power supply system

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

BRC

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn power switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION

With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
2. Repeat step 1 two or more times.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is any DTC C1121, C1123, C1125 or C1127 detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-97, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006961302

1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the power switch OFF.
2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
O

Turn the power switch OFF ON.


CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
2. Repeat step 1 two or more times.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is any DTC C1121, C1123, C1125 or C1127 detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.

3.CHECK ABS OUT VALVE POWER SUPPLY


Revision: 2010 November

BRC-97

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1121, C1123, C1125, C1127 ABS OUT VALVE SYSTEM


[WITH VDC]
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
1. Turn the power switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

4.
5.

Connector

Terminal

E35

Voltage

Ground

10 16 V

Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never set the vehicle to READY.
Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


Connector

Terminal

E35

Voltage

Ground

10 16 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> GO TO 4.

4.CHECK ABS OUT VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Check 50A fusible link (#J).
Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (2) and 50A fusible link (#J).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for 12V battery power supply. Refer to PG-15, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

5.CHECK ABS OUT VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT


1.
2.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


Connector
E35

Terminal
3
4

Continuity

Ground

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

6.CHECK TERMINAL
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-152, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-98

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1140 ACTUATOR RELAY SYSTEM


[WITH VDC]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

C1140 ACTUATOR RELAY SYSTEM


DTC Logic

A
INFOID:0000000006961303

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

C1140

Display Item

ACTUATOR RLY

Malfunction detected condition

When a malfunction is detected in actuator relay.

Possible causes
Harness or connector
ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)
Fusible link
12V battery power supply system

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING

If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn power switch OFF and
BRC
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
G

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
2. Repeat step 1 two or more times.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is DTC C1140 detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-99, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006961304

1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the power switch OFF.
2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
N

Turn the power switch OFF ON.


CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
2. Repeat step 1 two or more times.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is DTC C1140 detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.

3.CHECK ACTUATOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY


1.
2.
3.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-99

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1140 ACTUATOR RELAY SYSTEM


[WITH VDC]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >


ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

4.
5.

Connector

Terminal

E35

Voltage

Ground

10 16 V

Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never set the vehicle to READY.
Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


Connector

Terminal

E35

Voltage

Ground

10 16 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> GO TO 4.

4.CHECK ACTUATOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Check 50A fusible link (#J).
Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (2) and 50A fusible link (#J).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for 12V battery power supply. Refer to PG-15, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

5.CHECK ACTUATOR RELAY GROUND CIRCUIT


1.
2.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


Connector
E35

Terminal
3
4

Continuity

Ground

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

6.CHECK TERMINAL
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-152, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-100

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1142 PRESS SENSOR


[WITH VDC]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

C1142 PRESS SENSOR

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006961305

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

C1142

Display Item

PRESS SEN CIRCUIT

Malfunction detected condition

When a malfunction is detected in master cylinder


pressure sensor2.

Possible causes
Stop lamp switch system
ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)
Master cylinder pressure
sensor2

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING

If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn power switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

BRC

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION

With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
2. Repeat step 1 two or more times.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is DTC C1142 detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-101, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.

Diagnosis Procedure

J
INFOID:0000000006961306

1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the power switch OFF
2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
3. Check master cylinder pressure sensor2 harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1)

3.CHECK MASTER CYLINDER PRESSURE SENSOR2 CIRCUIT


Turn the power switch OFF
Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
Disconnect master cylinder pressure sensor2 harness connector.

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-101

Turn the power switch OFF ON.


CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
2. Repeat step 1 two or more times.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is DTCC1142 detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.

1.
2.
3.

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1142 PRESS SENSOR


[WITH VDC]
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
4. Check continuity between master cylinder pressure sensor2 harness connector and ABS actuator and
electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Connector

E35

Master cylinder pressure sensor2

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

Continuity

10

Not existed

10

Not existed

10

Existed

Not existed

E32

Existed

Not existed

32

Existed

32

Not existed

32

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

4.CHECK MASTER CYLINDER PRESSURE SENSOR2 POWER SUPPLY


1.
2.
3.

Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never set the vehicle to READY.
Check voltage master cylinder pressure sensor2 harness connector terminals.
Master cylinder pressure sensor2
Connector

Terminal

E32

12

Voltage
Approx. 5 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-152, "Removal and Installation".

5.CHECK DATA MONITOR


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF.
Connect master cylinder pressure sensor2 harness connector.
ABS, DATA MONITOR and PRESSURE SENSOR according to this order.
Check that the indication changes with the depth of pedal depression. Refer to BRC-43, "Reference
Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> GO TO 7.
1.
2.
3.
4.

6.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2)


Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
2. Repeat step 1 two or more times.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is DTCC1142 detected?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-152, "Removal and Installation".
1.

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-102

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1142 PRESS SENSOR


[WITH VDC]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >


NO
>> INSPECTION END

7.CHECK MASTER CYLINDER PRESSURE SENSOR2


1.
2.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Connect following terminals between master cylinder pressure sensor2 and harness connector (test harness).

Master cylinder pressure


sensor2

Harness connector
Connector

1
2

4.

C
Terminal
1

E32

3.

2
3

Turn the power switch ON.


E
CAUTION:
Never set the vehicle to READY.
Chedk that the voltage between master cylinder pressure sensor2 harness connectors changes with the
depth of pedal depression.
BRC
CAUTION:
Never short out the terminals while measuring voltages.
G
Master cylinder pressure sensor2
Connector

Terminal

E32

12

Voltage

0.5 4.5 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace ABS actuator end electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-152, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Replace master cylinder pressure sensor2. Refer to BR-221, "Removal and installation".

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-103

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1143 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR


[WITH VDC]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

C1143 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006961307

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

C1143

Display Item

ST ANG SEN CIRCUIT

Malfunction detected condition

Possible causes

When a malfunction is detected in steering angle sensor.

Harness or connector
Steering angle sensor
ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)
Fuse
Power switch ON power supply
system
CAN communication line

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn power switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
2. Repeat step 1 two or more times.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is DTC C1143 detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-104, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006961308

1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the power switch OFF.
2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
3. Check steering angle sensor harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
2. Repeat step 1 two or more times.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is DTC C1143 detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-104

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1143 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR


[WITH VDC]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

3.CHECK STEERING ANGLE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY


1.
2.
3.

Steering angle sensor

4.
5.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect steering angle sensor harness connector.
Check voltage between steering angle sensor harness connector and ground.

Connector

Terminal

M30

Voltage

C
Ground

Approx. 0 V

Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never set the vehicle to READY.
Check voltage between steering angle sensor harness connector and ground.

E
Steering angle sensor
Connector

Terminal

M30

Voltage

Ground

10 16 V

BRC

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> GO TO 4.

4.CHECK STEERING ANGLE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Check 10A fuse (#4).
Check continuity and short circuit between steering angle sensor harness connector terminal (4) and 10A
fuse (#4).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power switch ON power supply. Refer to PG-59, "Wiring Diagram ON POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

5.CHECK STEERING ANGLE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT


1.
2.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Check continuity between steering angle sensor harness connector and ground.
Steering angle sensor
Connector

Terminal

M30

Continuity

Ground

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

6.CHECK TERMINAL
Check steering angle sensor pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

7.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE


Check STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT. Refer to LAN-65, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts. Refer to LAN-25, "Precautions for Harness Repair".

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-105

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1143 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR


[WITH VDC]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

8.CHECK DATA MONITOR


With CONSULT
ABS, DATA MONITOR and STR ANGLE SIG according to this order.
Check that the indication changes with the steering angle when the steering wheel is turned left/right from
the neutral position. Refer to BRC-43, "Reference Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-152, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Replace steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-155, "Removal and Installation".
1.
2.

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-106

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1144 INCOMPLETE STEERING ANGLE SENSOR ADJUSTMENT


[WITH VDC]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

C1144 INCOMPLETE STEERING ANGLE SENSOR ADJUSTMENT


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006961309

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

C1144

Display Item

ST ANG SEN SIGNAL

Malfunction detected condition

When neutral position adjustment of steering angle


sensor is not complete.

Possible causes
Harness or connector
Steering angle sensor
ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)
Incomplete neutral position adjustment of steering angle sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn power switch OFF and BRC
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
G

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
2. Repeat step 1 two or more times.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is DTC C1144 detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-107, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

1.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006961310

1.ADJUST THE NEUTRAL POSITION OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR

Perform neutral position adjustment of steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-59, "Work Procedure".
M

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ERECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
2. Repeat step 1 two or more times.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is DTC C1144 detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

1.

3.CHECK STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SYSTEM


1. Turn the power switch OFF.
2. Check steering angle sensor system. Refer to BRC-104, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
Revision: 2010 November

BRC-107

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1144 INCOMPLETE STEERING ANGLE SENSOR ADJUSTMENT


[WITH VDC]
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-152, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-108

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1155 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH


[WITH VDC]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

C1155 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH


DTC Logic

A
INFOID:0000000006961311

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

C1155

Display Item

BR FLUID LEVEL LOW

Malfunction detected condition

Possible causes

When brake fluid level low signal is detected.


When an open circuit is detected in brake fluid level
switch circuit.

Harness or connector
ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)
Brake fluid level switch
Combination meter

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING

If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn power switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

BRC

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION

With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
2. Repeat step 1 two or more times.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is DTC C1155 detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-109, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.

Diagnosis Procedure

J
INFOID:0000000006961312

1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the power switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Disconnect brake fluid level switch harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts. GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1)

With CONSULT
1. Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
2. Repeat step 1 two or more times.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is DTC C1155 detected?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL


1.
2.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Check brake fluid level. Refer to BR-204, "Inspection".

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-109

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1155 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Refill brake fluid. Refer to BR-204, "Refilling". GO TO 4.

[WITH VDC]

4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2)


With CONSULT
Erase Self-diagnosis result for ABS.
Turn the power switch OFF ON OFF.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
3. Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
4. Repeat step 3 two or more times.
5. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is DTC C1155 detected?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> GO TO 5.
1.
2.

5.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH


Check brake fluids level switch. Refer to BRC-111, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> Replace electrically-driven intelligent brake unit. Refer to BR-221, "Removal and installation". GO
TO 6.

6.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (3)


With CONSULT
Erase Self-diagnosis result for ABS.
Turn the power switch OFF ON OFF.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
3. Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
4. Repeat step 3 two or more times.
5. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is DTC C1155 detected?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

7.CHECK CONNECTOR AND TERMINAL


1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
5. Disconnect brake fluid level switch harness connector.
6. Check brake fluid level switch harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
7. Check brake fluid level switch pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts. GO TO 8.

8.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (4)


1.

With CONSULT
Erase Self-diagnosis result for ABS.

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-110

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1155 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
2. Turn the power switch OFF ON OFF.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
3. Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
4. Repeat step 3 two or more times.
5. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is DTC C1155 detected?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

[WITH VDC]
A

9.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH HARNESS


1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn the power switch OFF.


E
Disconnect brake fluid level switch harness connector.
Disconnect combination meter harness connector.
Check continuity between brake fluid level switch harness connector and combination meter harness conBRC
nector.
Brake fluid level switch

5.

Combination meter

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

M37

M34

25

Continuity

Existed

Check continuity between brake fluid level switch harness connector and ground.
Brake fluid level switch
Connector

Terminal

M37

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 10.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts. GO TO 8.

10.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH GROUND

Check continuity between brake fluid level switch harness connector and ground.
L

Brake fluid level switch


Connector

Terminal

M37

Continuity

Ground

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 11.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts. GO TO 11.

11.CHECK COMBINATION METER


Check combination meter. Refer to MWI-46, "CONSULT Function".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-152, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-89, "Removal and Installation".

Component Inspection

INFOID:0000000006961313

1.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH


1.
2.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect brake fluid level switch harness connector.

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-111

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1155 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH


[WITH VDC]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >


3. Check continuity between terminals of brake fluid level switch.
Brake fluid level switch

Condition

Continuity

When brake fluid level in reservoir tank is within the specified level.

Not existed

Terminal
12

When brake fluid level in reservoir tank is less than the specified
level.

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace electrically-driven intelligent brake unit. Refer to BR-221, "Removal and installation".

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-112

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1164, C1165 CV SYSTEM


[WITH VDC]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

C1164, C1165 CV SYSTEM

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006961314

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Display Item

Malfunction detected condition

C1164

CV 1

When a malfunction is detected in cut valve 1.

C1165

CV 2

When a malfunction is detected in cut valve 2.

Possible causes
Harness or connector
ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)
Fusible link
12V battery power supply system

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING

If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn power switch OFF and
BRC
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
2. Repeat step 1 two or more times.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is any DTC C1164 or C1165 detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-113, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

1.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006961315

1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the power switch OFF.
2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1)

3.CHECK CUT VALVE POWER SUPPLY


Turn the power switch OFF.
Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.

Revision: 2010 November

With CONSULT
1. Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
2. Repeat step 1 two or more times.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is any C1164 or C1165 detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

BRC-113

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1164, C1165 CV SYSTEM


[WITH VDC]
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

4.
5.

Connector

Terminal

M35

Voltage

Ground

10 16 V

Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never set the vehicle to READY.
Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


Connector

Terminal

M35

Voltage

Ground

10 16 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> GO TO 4.

4.CHECK CUT VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Check 50A fusible link (#J).
Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (2) and 50A fusible link (#J).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for 12V battery power supply. Refer to PG-15, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

5.CHECK CUT VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT


1.
2.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Connector
M35

Terminal
3
4

Continuity

Ground

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

6.CHECK TERMINAL
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-152, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-114

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1166, C1167 SV SYSTEM


[WITH VDC]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

C1166, C1167 SV SYSTEM

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006961316

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Display Item

Malfunction detected condition

C1166

SV 1

When a malfunction is detected in suction valve 1.

C1167

SV 2

When a malfunction is detected in suction valve 2.

Possible causes
Harness or connector
ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)
Fusible link
12V battery power supply system

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING

If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn power switch OFF and
BRC
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
2. Repeat step 1 two or more times.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is any DTC C1166 or C1167 detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-115, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

1.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006961317

1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the power switch OFF.
2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1)

3.CHECK SUCTION VALVE POWER SUPPLY


Turn the power switch OFF.
Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.

Revision: 2010 November

With CONSULT
1. Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
2. Repeat step 1 two or more times.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is any C1166 or C1167 detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

BRC-115

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1166, C1167 SV SYSTEM


[WITH VDC]
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

4.
5.

Connector

Terminal

M35

Voltage

Ground

Battery voltage

Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never set the vehicle to READY.
Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


Connector

Terminal

M35

Voltage

Ground

Battery voltage

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> GO TO 4.

4.CHECK SUCTION VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Check 50A fusible link (#J).
Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (2) and 50A fusible link (#J).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for 12V battery power supply. Refer to PG-15, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

5.CHECK SUCTION VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT


1.
2.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Connector
M35

Terminal
3
4

Continuity

Ground

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

6.CHECK TERMINAL
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-152, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-116

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1176 STOP LAMP SW2


[WITH VDC]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

C1176 STOP LAMP SW2

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006961318

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

C1176

Display item

STOP LAMP SW2

Malfunction detected condition

Possible cause

When ASCD brake switch signal is not input when brake


pedal operates.

Harness or connector
ASCD brake switch
ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)
Power switch ON power supply system

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING

If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn power switch OFF and
BRC
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
G

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
Set the vehicle to READY.
CAUTION:
Stop the vehicle.
3. Depress the brake pedal several time.
4. Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
5. Repeat step 4 two or more times.
6. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is DTC C1176 detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-117, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

L
INFOID:0000000006961319

NOTE:
DTC C1176 may be detected when the brake pedal and the accelerator pedal are simultaneously depressed
for 1 minute or more while driving the vehicle. This is not a malfunction.

1.INTERVIEW FROM THE CUSTOMER

Check if the brake pedal and the accelerator pedal are simultaneously depressed for 1 minute or more while
driving the vehicle.
Is there such a history?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> GO TO 3.

2.CHECK CONNECTOR

1. Turn the power switch OFF.


2. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts. GO TO 3.
Revision: 2010 November

BRC-117

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1176 STOP LAMP SW2


[WITH VDC]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

3.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT
Erase Self-diagnosis result for ABS.
Turn the power switch OFF ON OFF.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
3. Set the vehicle to READY.
CAUTION:
Stop the vehicle.
4. Depress the brake pedal several times.
5. Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
6. Repeat step 5 two or more times.
7. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is DTC C1176 detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

4.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH CLEARANCE


1. Turn the power switch OFF.
2. Check ASCD brake switch clearance. Refer to BR-202, "Inspection and Adjustment".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> Adjust ASCD brake switch clearance. Refer to BR-202, "Inspection and Adjustment". GO TO 5.

5.CHECK DATA MONITOR (1)


With CONSULT
Erase Self-diagnosis result for ABS.
Turn the power switch OFF ON OFF.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
3. Set the vehicle to READY.
CAUTION:
Stop the vehicle.
4. Select ABS, DATA MONITOR and STOP LAMP SW2 according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays On or Off when brake pedal is depress or release. Refer to BRC-43, "Reference Value".
5. Select ABS, DATA MONITOR and PRESSURE SENSOR according to this order. Check that data
monitor displays 5 bar or less when brake pedal is depress. Refer to BRC-43, "Reference Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> GO TO 6.
1.
2.

6.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH


Check ASCD brake switch. Refer to BRC-94, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> Replace ASCD brake switch. Refer to BR-211, "Removal and Installation". GO TO 7.

7.CHECK DATA MONITOR (2)


1.
2.
3.

With CONSULT
Erase Self-diagnosis result for ABS.
Turn the power switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds or more.
Set the vehicle to READY.
CAUTION:
Stop the vehicle.

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-118

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1176 STOP LAMP SW2


[WITH VDC]
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
4. Select ABS, DATA MONITOR and STOP LAMP SW2 according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays On or Off when brake pedal is depress or release. Refer to BRC-43, "Reference Value".
5. Select ABS, DATA MONITOR and PRESSURE SENSOR according to this order. Check that data
monitor displays 5 bar or less when brake pedal is depress. Refer to BRC-43, "Reference Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> GO TO 8.

8.CHECK CONNECTOR AND TERMINAL

1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
D
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
5. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
E
6. Check ASCD brake switch harness connector for disconnection or looseness.
7. Check ASCD brake switch pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
BRC
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts. GO TO 9.

9.CHECK DATA MONITOR (3)

With CONSULT
Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
Connect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
Erase Self-diagnosis result for ABS.
Turn the power switch OFF ON OFF.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
5. Turn the power switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never set the vehicle to READY.
6. Select ABS, DATA MONITOR and STOP LAMP SW2 according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays On or Off when brake pedal is depress or release. Refer to BRC-43, "Reference Value".
7. Select ABS, DATA MONITOR and PRESSURE SENSOR according to this order. Check that data
monitor displays 5 bar or less when brake pedal is depress. Refer to BRC-43, "Reference Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> GO TO 10.
1.
2.
3.
4.

10.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT (1)


1.
2.
3.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

N
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

4.
5.

Connector

Terminal

E35

Ground

Condition

Voltage

Brake pedal depressed

Approx. 0 V

Brake pedal not depressed

Approx. 0 V

Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never set the vehicle to READY.
Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-119

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1176 STOP LAMP SW2


[WITH VDC]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >


ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Connector

Terminal

E35

Ground

Condition

Voltage

Brake pedal depressed

Approx. 0 V

Brake pedal not depressed

10 16 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-152, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts. GO TO 11.

11.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT (2)


1.
2.
3.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ASCD
brake switch harness connector.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

4.

brake switch/brake pedal position switch

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E35

E112

Continuity
Existed

Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Connector

Terminal

E35

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-152, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts. GO TO 12.

12.CHECK DATA MONITOR (4)


With CONSULT
Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
Connect brake switch/brake pedal position switch harness connector.
Erase Self-diagnosis result for ABS.
Turn the power switch OFF ON OFF.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
5. Set the vehicle to READY.
CAUTION:
Stop the vehicle.
6. Select ABS, DATA MONITOR and STOP LAMP SW2 according to this order. Check that data monitor
displays On or Off when brake pedal is depress or release. Refer to BRC-43, "Reference Value".
7. Select ABS, DATA MONITOR and PRESSURE SENSOR according to this order. Check that data
monitor displays 5 bar or less when brake pedal is depress. Refer to BRC-43, "Reference Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-152, "Removal and Installation".
1.
2.
3.
4.

Component Inspection

INFOID:0000000006961320

1.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH


1.
2.
3.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
Check continuity between ASCD brake switch harness connector terminals.

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-120

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1176 STOP LAMP SW2


[WITH VDC]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >


ASCD brake switch
Terminal

12

A
Condition

Continuity

When ASCD brake switch is release.


(When brake pedal is slightly depressed.)

Not existed

When ASCD brake switch is pressed.


(When brake pedal is fully released.)

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace ASCD brake switch. Refer to BR-211, "Removal and Installation".

BRC

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-121

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C118A ELECTRICALLY-DRIVEN INTELLIGENT BRAKE SYSTEM


[WITH VDC]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

C118A ELECTRICALLY-DRIVEN INTELLIGENT BRAKE SYSTEM


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006961321

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

C118A

Display Item

E-DRIVEN INTELLIGENT
BRAKE SYSTEM

Malfunction detected condition

Possible causes

When a malfunction is detected in electrically-driven


intelligent brake system.

Electrically-driven intelligent
brake
ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)
CAN communication line

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn power switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
2. Repeat step 1 two or more times.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is DTC C118A detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-122, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006961322

1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the power switch OFF.
2. Close all doors including the back door, and wait for a minimum of 5 minutes.
3. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
4. Disconnect electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness.
5. Check connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2.

2.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) (1)


With CONSULT
Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
Connect electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness.
Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
4. Repeat step 3 two or more times.
5. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is DTC C118A detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.
3.

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-122

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C118A ELECTRICALLY-DRIVEN INTELLIGENT BRAKE SYSTEM


[WITH VDC]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

3.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION

Check CAN communication line. Refer to LAN-15, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
>> GO TO 4.

4.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) (2)


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
2. Repeat step 1 two or more times.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is DTC C118A detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

1.

5.CHECK ELECTRICALLY-DRIVEN INTELLIGENT BRAKE SYSTEM

BRC

With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for BRAKE.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BR-27, "DTC Index".
NO
>> GO TO 6.

6.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) (3)


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
2. Repeat step 1 two or more times.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is DTC C118A detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

1.

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-123

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C118C EV SYSTEM
[WITH VDC]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

C118C EV SYSTEM
DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006961323

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

C118C

Display Item

EV/HEV SYSTEM

Malfunction detected condition

When a malfunction is detected in VCM system.

Possible causes
VCM
ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)
CAN communication line

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn power switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
2. Repeat step 1 two or more times.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is DTC C118C detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-124, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006961324

1.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION


Check CAN communication line. Refer to LAN-15, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)


With CONSULT
Erase Self-diagnosis result for ABS.
Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
3. Repeat step 2 two or more times.
4. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is any DTC C118C or U1000 detected?
YES (C118C)>>GO TO 3.
YES (U1000)>>Refer to LAN-15, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
NO
>> INSPETTION END
1.
2.

3.CHECK EV SYSTEM
With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for EV/HEV.
Is any DTC detected?
Revision: 2010 November

BRC-124

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C118C EV SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to EVC-51, "CONSULT Function".
NO
>> GO TO 4.

[WITH VDC]
A

4.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
2. Repeat step 1 two or more times.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is DTC C118C detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> INSPETTION END

1.

BRC

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-125

LEAF

http://vnx.su

U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT


[WITH VDC]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT


Description

INFOID:0000000006961325

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN-H line, CAN-L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006961326

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
U1000

Display Item
CAN COMM CIRCUIT

Malfunction detected condition

Possible causes

When CAN communication signal is not continuously


transmitted or received for 2 seconds or more.

CAN communication system malfunction

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn power switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
2. Repeat step 1 two or more times.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is DTC U1000 detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-126, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006961327

Proceed to LAN-15, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-126

LEAF

http://vnx.su

U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)


[WITH VDC]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)

Description

INFOID:0000000006961328

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN-H line, CAN-L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006961329

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
U1010

Display item
CONTROL UNIT (CAN)

Malfunction detected condition

Possible causes

When detecting error during the initial diagnosis of


ABS actuator and electric unit
CAN controller of ABS actuator and electric unit (con(control unit)
trol unit).

BRC

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING

If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn power switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION

With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
2. Repeat step 1 two or more times.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is DTC U1010 detected?
YES >> Proceed to BRC-127, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.

Diagnosis Procedure

L
INFOID:0000000006961330

1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)


Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector for disconnection and deformation.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-152, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-127

LEAF

http://vnx.su

U110D ELECTRICALLY-DRIVEN INTELLIGENT BRAKE COMMUNICATION


[WITH VDC]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

U110D ELECTRICALLY-DRIVEN INTELLIGENT BRAKE COMMUNICATION


Description

INFOID:0000000006961331

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and electrically-driven intelligent brake unit transmit/receive information to/from each other for optimum control of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) with the specified brake communication line.

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006961332

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

U110D

Display Item

E-DRIVEN INTELLIGENT
BRAKE COMM

Malfunction detected condition

Possible causes

When ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) is


not transmitting or receiving brake communication
signal for 4 seconds or more.

ABS actuator and electric unit


(control unit)
Brake communication line*
Electrically-driven intelligent
brake unit

*:Brake communication line between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and electrically-driven intelligent brake unit.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn power switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK DTC DETECTION


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
2. Repeat step 1 two or more times.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is DTC U110D detected?
YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-128, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006961333

1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn the power switch OFF.
2. Close all doors including the back door, and wait for a minimum of 5 minutes.
3. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
4. Disconnect electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness.
5. Check connector for disconnection or looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the connector, and GO TO 2.

2.CHECK BRAKE COMMUNICATION LINE (1)


1.

Check the continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness connector.

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-128

LEAF

http://vnx.su

U110D ELECTRICALLY-DRIVEN INTELLIGENT BRAKE COMMUNICATION


[WITH VDC]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >


ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

2.

Electrically-driven intelligent brake unit

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E35

20

E34

24

A
Continuity
Existed

Check the continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


Connector

Terminal

E35

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace the harnesses and connectors. Refer to BRC-7, "Precaution for Harness
Repair". GO TO 3.

3.PERFORM ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1)
BRC

With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF.
Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
Connect electrically-driven intelligent brake unit harness.
Close all doors including the back door, and wait outside of vehicle for a minimum of 5 minutes.
Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
6. Repeat step 5 two or more times.
7. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is DTC C118A, U1000 or U110D detected?
YES (C118A)>>Refer to BRC-122, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES (U1000)>>Refer to BRC-126, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES (U110D)>>GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

4.PERFORM ELECTRICALLY-DRIVEN INTELLIGENT BRAKE UNIT SELF-DIAGNOSIS

With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for BRAKE.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BR-27, "DTC Index".
NO
>> GO TO 5.

5.PERFORM ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2)

With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
2. Repeat step 1 two or more times.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is DTC U110D detected?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-152, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-129

LEAF

http://vnx.su

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


[WITH VDC]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006961334

1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) POWER SWITCH ON POWER SUPPLY (1)
1. Turn the power switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

4.
5.

Connector

Terminal

E35

16

Voltage

Ground

Approx. 0 V

Turn the power switch ON


CAUTION:
Never set the vehicle to READY.
Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Connector

Terminal

E35

16

Voltage

Ground

10 16 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) POWER SWITCH ON POWER SUPPLY (2)
1. Turn the power switch OFF.
2. Check 10A fuse (#4).
3. Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (16) and 10A fuse (#4).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power switch ON power supply. Refer to PG-59, "Wiring Diagram ON POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

3.CHECK MOTOR AND MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY


1.
2.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

3.
4.

Connector

Terminal

E35

Voltage

Ground

10 16 V

Turn the power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never set the vehicle to READY.
Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


Connector

Terminal

E35

Voltage

Ground

10 16 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 5.
Revision: 2010 November

BRC-130

LEAF

http://vnx.su

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


[WITH VDC]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >


NO
>> GO TO 4.

4.CHECK MOTOR AND MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1.
2.
3.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Check 30A fusible link (#L).
Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (1) and 30A fusible link (#L).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for 12V battery power supply. Refer to PG-15, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

5.CHECK ACTUATOR RELAY, ABS IN VALVE, ABS OUT VALVE POWER SUPPLY
1.
2.

3.
4.

Connector

Terminal

E35

Voltage

Ground

10 16 V

Turn the power switch OFF.


Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

BRC

Turn the power switch ON


CAUTION:
Never set the vehicle to READY.
Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.

H
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Connector

Terminal

E35

Voltage

Ground

10 16 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> GO TO 6.

6.CHECK ACTUATOR RELAY, ABS IN VALVE, ABS OUT VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Check 50A fusible link (#J).
Check continuity and short circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector
terminal (2) and 50A fusible link (#J).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for 12V battery power supply. Refer to PG-15, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

7.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) GROUND CIRCUIT
Check for continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the ground.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Connector
E35

Terminal
3
4

Continuity

Ground

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

8.CHECK TERMINAL
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
Revision: 2010 November

BRC-131

LEAF

http://vnx.su

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-132

[WITH VDC]

LEAF

http://vnx.su

VDC OFF SWITCH


[WITH VDC]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

VDC OFF SWITCH

Component Function Check

INFOID:0000000006961335

1.CHECK VDC OFF SWITCH OPERATION

Check that VDC OFF indicator lamp in combination meter turns ON/OFF when VDC OFF switch is operated.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-133, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006961336

1.CHECK VDC OFF SWITCH CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn the power switch OFF.


E
Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
Disconnect VDC OFF switch harness connector.
Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and VDC OFF
BRC
switch harness connector.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

5.

VDC OFF switch

Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

E35

M28

Continuity
Existed

Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and ground.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Connector

Terminal

E35

Continuity

Ground

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

2.CHECK VDC OFF SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT

Check continuity between VDC OFF switch harness connector and ground.
L
VDC OFF switch
Connector

Terminal

M28

Continuity

Ground

Existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

3.CHECK VDC OFF SWITCH


Check VDC OFF switch. Refer to BRC-134, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Replace VDC OFF switch. Refer to BRC-156, "Removal and Installation".

4.CHECK VDC OFF SWITCH SIGNAL


1.
2.
3.

With CONSULT
Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
Connect VDC OFF switch harness connector.
Select ABS, DATA MONITOR and OFF SW according to this order. Check VDC OFF switch signal.

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-133

LEAF

http://vnx.su

VDC OFF SWITCH


[WITH VDC]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >


Condition

DATA MONITOR

When VDC OFF switch is pressed and VDC OFF indicator


lamp in combination meter is in ON status

On

When VDC OFF switch is pressed and VDC OFF indicator


lamp in combination meter is in OFF status

Off

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> GO TO 5.

5.CHECK TERMINAL
Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Check VDC OFF switch pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-152, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Component Inspection

INFOID:0000000006961337

1.CHECK VDC OFF SWITCH


1.
2.
3.

Turn the power switch OFF.


Disconnect triple switch harness connector.
Check continuity between terminals of VDC OFF switch connector.
VDC OFF switch
Terminal
12

Condition
When VDC OFF switch is pressed
When VDC OFF switch is not pressed

Continuity
Existed
Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Replace VDC OFF switch. Refer to BRC-156, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-134

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ABS WARNING LAMP


[WITH VDC]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

ABS WARNING LAMP

Component Function Check

INFOID:0000000006961338

1.CHECK ABS WARNING LAMP FUNCTION

Check that ABS warning lamp in combination meter turns ON for several seconds after power switch is turned
ON.
CAUTION:
Never set the vehicle to READY.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Proceed to BRC-135, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006961339

1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
BRC
Perform the trouble diagnosis for ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) power supply and ground circuit.
Refer to BRC-130, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
G
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS

With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
2. Repeat step 1 two or more times.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BRC-48, "DTC Index".
NO
>> GO TO 3.
1.

3.CHECK ABS WARNING LAMP SIGNAL


With CONSULT
Select ABS, DATA MONITOR and ABS WARN LAMP according to this order.
Turn the power switch OFF.
Check that data monitor displays On for several seconds after power switch is turned ON and then
changes to Off.
CAUTION:
Never set the vehicle to READY.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check combination meter. Refer to MWI-46, "CONSULT Function".
NO
>> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-152, "Removal and Installation".
1.
2.
3.

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-135

LEAF

http://vnx.su

BRAKE WARNING LAMP


[WITH VDC]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

BRAKE WARNING LAMP


Component Function Check

INFOID:0000000006961340

1.CHECK BRAKE WARNING LAMP FUNCTION (1)


Check that brake warning lamp in combination meter turns ON for several seconds after power switch is
turned ON.
CAUTION:
Never set the vehicle to READY.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Proceed to BRC-136, "Diagnosis Procedure".

2.CHECK BRAKE WARNING LAMP FUNCTION (2)


Check that brake warning lamp in combination meter turns ON/OFF when brake fluid level switch is operated
while brake fluid level in reservoir tank is with the specified level.
NOTE:
Brake warning lamp turns ON when brake fluid is less than the specified level (when brake fluid level switch is
ON).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Check brake fluid level switch system. Refer to BRC-109, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006961341

1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Perform the trouble diagnosis for ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) power supply and ground circuit.
Refer to BRC-130, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

2.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
2. Repeat step 1 two or more times.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BRC-48, "DTC Index".
NO
>> GO TO 3.
1.

3.CHECK COMBINATION METER


Check combination meter. Refer to MWI-46, "CONSULT Function".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-152, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-89, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-136

LEAF

http://vnx.su

VDC WARNING LAMP


[WITH VDC]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

VDC WARNING LAMP

Component Function Check

INFOID:0000000006961342

1.CHECK VDC WARNING LAMP FUNCTION

Check that VDC warning lamp in combination meter turns ON for several seconds after power switch is turned
ON.
CAUTION:
Never set the vehicle to READY.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-137, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006961343

1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
BRC
Perform the trouble diagnosis for ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) power supply and ground circuit.
Refer to BRC-130, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
G
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

2.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS

With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
2. Repeat step 1 two or more times.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BRC-48, "DTC Index".
NO
>> GO TO 3.
1.

3.CHECK VDC WARNING LAMP SIGNAL


With CONSULT
Select ABS, DATA MONITOR and SLIP/VDC LAMP according to this order.
Turn the power switch OFF.
Check that data monitor displays On for approx. several seconds after power switch is turned ON, and
then changes to Off.
CAUTION:
Never set the vehicle to READY.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check combination meter. Refer to MWI-46, "CONSULT Function".
NO
>> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-152, "Removal and Installation".
1.
2.
3.

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-137

LEAF

http://vnx.su

VDC OFF INDICATOR LAMP


[WITH VDC]

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

VDC OFF INDICATOR LAMP


Component Function Check

INFOID:0000000006961344

1.CHECK VDC OFF INDICATOR LAMP FUNCTION (1)


Check that VDC OFF indicator lamp in combination meter turns ON for several seconds after power switch is
turned ON.
CAUTION:
Never set the vehicle to READY.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-138, "Diagnosis Procedure".

2.CHECK VDC INDICATOR LAMP FUNCTION (2)


Check that VDC OFF indicator lamp in combination meter turns ON/OFF when VDC OFF switch is operated.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Check VDC OFF switch system. Refer to BRC-133, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006961345

1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Perform the trouble diagnosis for ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) power supply and ground circuit.
Refer to BRC-130, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

2.CHECK VDC OFF INDICATOR LAMP SIGNAL (1)


With CONSULT
Select ABS, DATA MONITOR and OFF LAMP according to this order.
Turn the power switch OFF.
Check that data monitor displays On for several seconds after power switch is turned ON, and then
changes to Off.
CAUTION:
Never set the vehicle to READY.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-152, "Removal and Installation".
1.
2.
3.

3.CHECK VDC OFF INDICATOR LAMP SIGNAL (2)


With CONSULT
1. Select ABS, DATA MONITOR and OFF LAMP according to this order.
2. Check that data monitor displays On or Off each time when VDC OFF switch is operated.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check combination meter. Refer to MWI-46, "CONSULT Function".
NO
>> Check VDC OFF switch system. Refer to BRC-133, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-138

LEAF

http://vnx.su

EXCESSIVE OPERATION FREQUENCY


[WITH VDC]

< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS

EXCESSIVE OPERATION FREQUENCY


Description

INFOID:0000000006961346

VDC function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function and
brake assist function operates in excessive operation frequency.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006961347

1.CHECK BRAKING FORCE

Check brake force using a brake tester.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Check brake system.

2.CHECK AXLE

BRC

Check that there is no excessive looseness in front axle and rear axle.
Front axle: Refer to FAX-7, "Inspection".
Rear axle: Refer to RAX-5, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

3.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR


Check wheel sensor.
Check installation and damage of wheel sensor.
Check connection of wheel sensor harness connector.
Check terminal of wheel sensor harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair or replace wheel sensor.
Front wheel sensor: Refer to BRC-148, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
Rear wheel sensor: Refer to BRC-149, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".

4.CHECK SENSOR ROTOR


Check that there is no looseness, damage or foreign material on sensor rotor.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Repair installation or replace sensor rotor.
Front sensor rotor: Refer to BRC-151, "FRONT SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation".
Rear sensor rotor. Refer to BRC-149, "REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation".

5.CHECK WARNING LAMP TURNS OFF

6.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:

Revision: 2010 November

Check that ABS warning lamp, brake warning lamp and VDC warning lamp turn OFF approx. 1 second after
power switch is turned ON and stay in OFF status during driving.
CAUTION:
Brake warning lamp turns ON when brake fluid is less than the specified level (brake fluid level switch
is ON).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Normal
NO
>> GO TO 6.

1.

BRC-139

LEAF

http://vnx.su

EXCESSIVE OPERATION FREQUENCY


< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
2. Repeat step 1 two or more times.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BRC-48, "DTC Index".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-140

[WITH VDC]

LEAF

http://vnx.su

UNEXPECTED BRAKE PEDAL REACTION


[WITH VDC]

< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >

UNEXPECTED BRAKE PEDAL REACTION


Description

A
INFOID:0000000006961348

A malfunction of brake pedal feel (height or others) is detected when brake pedal is depressed.

Diagnosis Procedure

B
INFOID:0000000006961349

1.CHECK FRONT AXLE AND REAR AXLE

Check that there is no excessive looseness in front axle and rear axle.
Front axle: Refer to FAX-7, "Inspection".
REar axle: Refer to RAX-5, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

2.CHECK DISC ROTOR


Check disc rotor runout.
Front: Refer to BR-207, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment".
Rear: Refer to BR-209, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Refinish disc rotor.
Front: Refer to BR-207, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment".
Rear: Refer to BR-209, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment".

BRC

3.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEACKAGE


Check fluid leakage.
Front: Refer to BR-217, "FRONT : Inspection".
Rear: Refer to BR-220, "REAR : Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

4.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL

Check each item of brake pedal. Refer to BR-202, "Inspection and Adjustment".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Adjust each item of brake pedal. Refer to BR-202, "Inspection and Adjustment".

5.CHECK BRAKING FORCE

Check brake force using a brake tester.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> Check each components of brake system.

6.CHECK BRAKE PERFORMANCE


Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector so that ABS does not operate. Check that
brake force is normal in this condition. Connect harness connectors after checking.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Normal
NO
>> Check each components of brake system.

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-141

LEAF

http://vnx.su

THE BRAKING DISTANCE IS LONG


[WITH VDC]

< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >

THE BRAKING DISTANCE IS LONG


Description

INFOID:0000000006961350

Brake stopping distance is long when ABS function is operated.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006961351

CAUTION:
Brake stopping distance on slippery road like rough road, gravel road or snowy road may become
longer when ABS is operated than when ABS is not operated.

1.CHECK BRAKING FORCE


Check brake force using a brake tester.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Check each components of brake system.

2.CHECK BRAKE PERFORMANCE


Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector so that ABS does not operate. Check brake
stopping distance in this condition. Connect harness connectors after checking.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Normal
NO
>> Check each components of brake system.

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-142

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DOES NOT OPERATE


[WITH VDC]

< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >

DOES NOT OPERATE

Description

INFOID:0000000006961352

VDC function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function and
brake assist function does not operate.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006961353

CAUTION:
VDC function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function and brake assist function never operate
when the vehicle speed is 10 km/h (6.2 MPH) or less.
VDC function and TCS function never operate when VDC OFF switch is operated (when VDC OFF
indicator lamp turns ON).

1.CHECK WARNING LAMP

E
Check that ABS warning lamp, brake warning lamp and VDC warning lamp turn ON and turn OFF approx. 1
second after power switch is turned ON. Check that ABS warning lamp, brake warning lamp and VDC warning
lamp and stay in OFF status during driving.
BRC
CAUTION:
Brake warning lamp turns ON when brake fluid is less than the specified level (brake fluid level switch
is ON).
G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Normal
NO
>> GO TO 2.
H
PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS

2.

With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
2. Repeat step 1 two or more times.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BRC-48, "DTC Index".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-143

LEAF

http://vnx.su

BRAKE PEDAL VIBRATION OR OPERATION SOUND OCCURS


[WITH VDC]

< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >

BRAKE PEDAL VIBRATION OR OPERATION SOUND OCCURS


Description

INFOID:0000000006961354

Brake pedal vibrates and motor sound from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) occurs, when the
engine starts.
Brake pedal vibrates during braking.
CAUTION:
Vibration may be felt during brake pedal is lightly depressed (just placing a foot on it) in the following
conditions. This is normal.
When shifting gears
When driving on slippery road
During cornering at high speed
When passing over bumps or grooves [Approx. 50 mm (1.97 in) or more]
When pulling away just after starting engine [at approx. 10 km/h (6.2 MPH) or higher]

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006961355

1.SYMPTOM CHECK 1
Check that there are pedal vibrations when the vehicle to READY.
Do vibrations occur?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Check brake pedal. Refer to BR-202, "Inspection and Adjustment".

2.SYMPTOM CHECK 2
Check that motor noise from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) occurs when the vehicle to READY.
Does the operation sound occur?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> GO TO 4.

3.SYMPTOM CHECK 3
Check symptoms when electrical component (headlamps, etc.) switches are operated.
Does the symptom occur?
YES >> Check that radio (including wiring), antenna and antenna lead-in wires are not located near ABS
actuator and electric unit (control unit). Move them if they are located near ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
NO
>> GO TO 4.

4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
2. Repeat step 1 two or more times.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BRC-48, "DTC Index".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-144

LEAF

http://vnx.su

VEHICLE JERKS DURING


[WITH VDC]

< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >

VEHICLE JERKS DURING

Description

INFOID:0000000006961356

The vehicle jerks when VDC function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function, brake limited slip differential
(BLSD) function or brake assist function operates.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006961357

1.CHECK SYMPTOM
Check that the vehicle jerks when VDC function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function or brake limited
slip differential (BLSD) function operates.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Normal
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (1)


With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
2. Repeat step 1 two or more times.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BRC-48, "DTC Index".
NO
>> GO TO 3.

BRC

1.

3.CHECK CONNECTOR

With CONSULT
1. Turn the power switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check connector terminal for deformation, disconnection and looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Poor connection of connector terminal. Repair or replace connector terminal.

4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (2)

With CONSULT
Connect harness connector.
Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
3. Repeat step 2 two or more times.
4. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BRC-48, "DTC Index".
NO
>> GO TO 5.
1.
2.

5.CHECK ECM AND MOTOR CONTROL SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS

With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for EV/HEV and MOTOR CONTROL.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC.
NO
>> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-152, "Removal and Installation".
Revision: 2010 November

BRC-145

LEAF

http://vnx.su

THE DRIVING WHEELS SKID GREATLY ON ACCELERATION


[WITH VDC]

< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >

THE DRIVING WHEELS SKID GREATLY ON ACCELERATION


System Description

INFOID:0000000006961358

The driving wheels skid greatly on acceleration.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006961359

1.STOP LAMP FOR ILLUMINATION


Depress brake pedal and check that stop lamp turns ON.
Does stop lamp turn ON?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Check stop lamp system. Refer to EXL-33, "Wiring Diagram".

2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT
Turn the power switch OFF ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning power switch OFF or ON.
Set the vehicle to READY.
2. Repeat step 1 two or more times.
3. Perform self-diagnosis for ABS.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BRC-48, "DTC Index".
NO
>> Normal
1.

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-146

LEAF

http://vnx.su

NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION


[WITH VDC]

< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >

NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION

Description

INFOID:0000000006961360

B
Symptom

Result

Brake pedal slightly vibrates and operation sound (motor sound and sound from suspension) occurs when VDC function, TCS function, ABS function, EBD function, brake limited
differential (BLSD) function or brake assist function operates.
Brake stopping distance may become longer than models without ABS function depending
on the road conditions, when ABS function is operated on slippery road like rough road,
gravel road or snowy road.
Brake pedal vibrates and operation sound occurs during sudden acceleration and cornering, when VDC function, TCS function, brake limited slip differential (BLSD) function or
brake assist function is operated.
Brake pedal vibrates and motor sound from the motor room occurs, when the traction motor
starts or the vehicle starts just after starting the traction motor.
Acceleration may be felt insufficient depending on the road conditions.
TCS function may operate momentarily, while driving on a road where friction coefficient
varies, or when downshifting, or fully depressing accelerator pedal.
ABS warning lamp and VDC warning lamp may turn ON, when the vehicle is on a rotating
turntable or is given a strong shaking or large vibrations on a ship while the traction motor
is running.
VDC warning lamp may turn ON and VDC function and TCS function may not normally operate, when driving on a special road the is extremely slanted (bank in a circuit course).
A malfunction in yaw rate/side/decel G sensor system may be detected when the vehicle
sharply turns during a spin turn, acceleration turn or drift driving while VDC function and
TCS function are OFF (VDC OFF switch is pressed and VDC OFF indicator lamp is in ON
status).

The vehicle speed does not increase, when the accelerator pedal is depressed while the
vehicle is on a 2-wheel chassis dynamometer for speedometer check.

C
This is not a malfunction, The symptom
occurs VDC function, TCS function, ABS
function, EBD function, brake limited differential (BLSD) function and brake assist function that are normally operated.

E
This is not a malfunction, because it is
caused by operation check of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
This is not a malfunction, because it is
caused by TCS function that puts the
highest priority to obtain the optimum
traction (stability).
In this case, restart the traction motor on
a normal road. If the normal condition is
restored, there is no malfunction. In that
case, erase ABS self-diagnosis result
memory with CONSULT.
CAUTION:
Turn the power switch OFF ON
OFF after erase self-diagnosis result.
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after
turning power switch OFF or ON.
This is not a malfunction. (When checking
the vehicle on a chassis dynamometer,
operate VDC OFF switch so that TCS
function is OFF.)

BRC

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-147

LEAF

http://vnx.su

WHEEL SENSOR
[WITH VDC]

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION


WHEEL SENSOR
FRONT WHEEL SENSOR
FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View

INFOID:0000000006961361

JPFIC0191GB

1.

Front LH wheel sensor

2.

Front LH wheel sensor harness connector

: Vehicle front
: Nm (kg-m, in-lb)

NOTE:
Front RH wheel sensor is symmetrically opposite of LH.

FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006961362

REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.

4.

Remove with power tool.


Remove the fender protector (front). Refer to EXT-19, "FENDER PROTECTOR : Removal and Installation".
Remove front wheel sensor from steering knuckle.
CAUTION:
To prevent damage to the parts, never rotate and never pull front wheel sensor as much as possible, when pulling out.
Remove front wheel sensor harness from the vehicle.
CAUTION:
To prevent damage to the parts, never twist or pull front wheel sensor harness, when removing.

INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of the removal.
Revision: 2010 November

BRC-148

LEAF

http://vnx.su

WHEEL SENSOR
[WITH VDC]
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
Check that there is no foreign material like iron powder or damage on inner surface of front wheel sensor
mounting hole of steering knuckle and sensor rotor. Install after cleaning when there are foreign material like
iron powder, or replace when there is a malfunction.
Never twist front wheel sensor harness when installing front wheel
sensor. Check that grommet (2) is fully inserted to bracket (1).
Check that front wheel sensor harness is not twisted after installation.

D
JPFIC0209ZZ

REAR WHEEL SENSOR

REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View

INFOID:0000000006961363

BRC

M
JPFIC0192GB

1.

Rear LH wheel sensor

2.

Rear LH wheel sensor harness connector

: Vehicle front

: Nm (kg-m, in-lb)

NOTE:
Rear RH wheel sensor is symmetrically opposite of LH.

REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation

P
INFOID:0000000006961364

REMOVAL
1.

Remove rear wheel sensor from wheel hub and bearing assembly.
CAUTION:

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-149

LEAF

http://vnx.su

WHEEL SENSOR
[WITH VDC]
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
To prevent damage to the parts, never rotate or pull rear wheel sensor as much as possible, when
pulling out.
2. Remove rear wheel sensor harness from the vehicle.
CAUTION:
To prevent damage to the parts, never twist and never pull rear wheel sensor harness, when
removing.

INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of the removal.
Check that there is no foreign material like iron powder or damage on inner surface of rear wheel sensor
mounting hole of wheel hub and bearing assembly and sensor rotor. Install after cleaning when there are foreign material like iron powder, or replace when there is a malfunction.
Never twist rear wheel sensor harness when installing rear wheel
sensor. Check that grommet (2) is fully inserted to bracket (1).
Check that rear wheel sensor harness is not twisted after installation.

JPFIC0209ZZ

CAUTION:
Check that the identification line (A) of the rear wheel sensor
is faced upward.

JPFIC0198ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-150

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SENSOR ROTOR
[WITH VDC]

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

SENSOR ROTOR

FRONT SENSOR ROTOR


FRONT SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006961365

REMOVAL
Replace wheel hub as an assembly when replacing because sensor rotor cannot be disassembled. Refer to
FAX-9, "Removal and Installation".

INSTALLATION
Replace wheel hub as an assembly when replacing because sensor rotor cannot be disassembled. Refer to
FAX-9, "Removal and Installation".

REAR SENSOR ROTOR


REAR SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006961366

REMOVAL
Replace wheel hub as an assembly when replacing because sensor rotor cannot be disassembled. Refer to BRC
RAX-6, "Removal and Installation".

INSTALLATION
Replace wheel hub as an assembly when replacing because sensor rotor cannot be disassembled. Refer to
RAX-6, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-151

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)


[WITH VDC]

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)


Exploded View

INFOID:0000000006961367

JSFIA0698GB

1.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

2.

A.

To electrically-driven intelligent brake B.


unit secondary side

To electrically-driven intelligent brake C.


unit primary side

To front LH caliper

D.

To rear RH caliper

To rear LH caliper

To front RH caliper

E.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector

3.

F.

Bracket

: Vehicle front
: Nm (kg-m, ft-lb)
: Nm (kg-m, in-lb)

Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006961368

REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
a.
b.
c.
4.

Disconnect 12V battery cable from negative terminal.


Drain brake fluid. Refer to BR-204, "Draining".
Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness
connector (1), follow the procedure described below.
Push the pawl (A).
Move the lever (B) in the direction (C) until locked.
Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness
connector.
Loosen flare nut of brake tube using a flare nut wrench, and then
remove brake tube from ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit). Refer to BR-214, "FRONT : Exploded View".
JPFIC0194ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-152

LEAF

http://vnx.su

ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)


[WITH VDC]
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
5. Remove ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and bracket.
CAUTION:
To prevent damage to the parts, never remove and never install ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit) by holding harness connector.
To prevent damage to the parts, be careful not to drop ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit) and apply excessive impact to it.
6. Remove bracket and bushing from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).

INSTALLATION

C
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
When replacing with a new ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit), never remove the protector of the
brake tube mounting hole until right before the brake tube is installed.
D
When installing brake tube, tighten to the specified torque using a crowfoot and torque wrench so that flare
nut and brake tube are not damaged. Refer to BR-214, "FRONT : Exploded View".
Never remove and install ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) by holding actuator harness.
E
Bleed air from brake piping after installation. Refer to BR-205, "Bleeding Brake System".
Never apply excessive impact to actuator, such as by dropping it.
After installing the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector (1), move the lever (A) in the direction (B) to
BRC
secure the locking.
Perform steering angle sensor neutral position adjustment when
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) is replaced. Refer to
G
BRC-59, "Work Procedure".

H
JPFIC0195ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-153

LEAF

http://vnx.su

YAW RATE/SIDE/DECEL G SENSOR


[WITH VDC]

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

YAW RATE/SIDE/DECEL G SENSOR


Exploded View

INFOID:0000000006961369

JSFIA0699GB

1.

Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor

2.

Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor harness connector

: Vehicle front
: Nm (kg-m, in-lb)

Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006961370

REMOVAL
CAUTION:
To prevent damage to the parts, never drop or strike yaw rate/side/decel G sensor, because it has little
endurance to impact. Never use a pneumatic tool.
1. Remove instrument lower cover LH and instrument lower cover RH. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation".
2. Disconnect yaw rate/side/decel G sensor harness connector.
3. Remove yaw rate/side/decel G sensor.

INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
Never drop or strike yaw rate/transverse/decel G sensor, because it has little endurance to impact. Never
use a power tool.

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-154

LEAF

http://vnx.su

STEERING ANGLE SENSOR


[WITH VDC]

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

STEERING ANGLE SENSOR

Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006961371

REMOVAL
1.
2.

Remove spiral cable assembly. Refer to SR-14, "Removal and Installation".


Remove steering angle sensor.
C

INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
Perform steering angle sensor neutral position adjustment when steering angle sensor is removed and
installed, or replaced. Refer to BRC-59, "Work Procedure".

BRC

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-155

LEAF

http://vnx.su

VDC OFF SWITCH


[WITH VDC]

< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

VDC OFF SWITCH


Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006961372

REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.

Remove lower instrument panel. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation".


Remove switch panel. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation".
Push the pawl of VDC OFF switch (1) and remove VDC OFF
switch from switch panel.

JSGIA0900ZZ

INSTALLATION
Installation is the reverse order of removal.

Revision: 2010 November

BRC-156

LEAF

http://vnx.su

STEERING

SECTION

ST

STEERING SYSTEM

CONTENTS
PRECAUTION ............................................... 2

STEERING WHEEL ........................................... 9

PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 2

Exploded View .......................................................... 9


Removal and Installation .......................................... 9

Precaution for Technicians Using Medical Electric...... 2


Point to Be Checked Before Starting Maintenance
Work .......................................................................... 2
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 2
Precaution for Removing 12V Battery ....................... 3
Service Notice or Precautions for Steering System
...... 3

PREPARATION ............................................ 4

STEERING COLUMN ........................................ 10


Exploded View .........................................................10
Removal and Installation .........................................10
Inspection ................................................................11

Exploded View .........................................................13


Removal and Installation .........................................13
Inspection ................................................................14

STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE ................... 15

Exploded View .........................................................15


Removal and Installation .........................................16
Disassembly and Assembly .....................................18
Inspection ................................................................19

Special Service Tools ................................................ 4


Commercial Service Tools ........................................ 4

STEERING WHEEL ............................................. 5

ST

STEERING SHAFT ........................................... 13

PREPARATION ................................................... 4

BASIC INSPECTION .................................... 5

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS


(SDS) ............................................................ 21

Inspection .................................................................. 5

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................... 7

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS


(SDS) ................................................................. 21

NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS


(NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING ............................. 7
NVH Troubleshooting Chart ...................................... 7

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE .......................... 8


STEERING WHEEL ............................................. 8
Inspection .................................................................. 8

General Specifications .............................................21


Steering Wheel Axial End Play and Play .................21
Steering Wheel Turning Force .................................21
Steering Angle .........................................................21
Steering Column Operating Range .........................21
Rack Stroke .............................................................21
Ball Joint Swinging Force ........................................21
Ball Joint Axial End Play ..........................................22
Inner Socket Length ................................................22

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ................ 9

Revision: 2010 November

ST-1

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >

PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Technicians Using Medical Electric

INFOID:0000000007073117

OPERATION PROHIBITION
WARNING:
Parts with strong magnet is used in this vehicle.
Technicians using a medical electric device such as pacemaker must never perform operation on the
vehicle, as magnetic field can affect the device function by approaching to such parts.

NORMAL CHARGE PRECAUTION


WARNING:
If a technician uses a medical electric device such as an implantable cardiac pacemaker or an
implantable cardioverter defibrillator, the possible effects on the devices must be checked with the
device manufacturer before starting the charge operation.
As radiated electromagnetic wave generated by on board charger at normal charge operation may
effect medical electric devices, a technician using a medical electric device such as implantable cardiac pacemaker or an implantable cardioverter defibrillator must not enter the vehicle compartment
(including luggage room) during normal charge operation.

Precaution at telematics system operation


WARNING:
If a technician uses implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD),
avoid the device implanted part from approaching within approximately 220 mm (8.66 in) from interior/exterior antenna.
The electromagnetic wave of TCU might affect the function of the implantable cardiac pacemaker or
the implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), when using the service, etc.
If a technician uses other medical electric devices than implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator(ICD), the electromagnetic wave of TCU might affect the function of the
device. The possible effects on the devices must be checked with the device manufacturer before
TCU use.

Precaution at intelligent key system operation


WARNING:
If a technician uses implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD),
avoid the device implanted part from approaching within approximately 220 mm (8.66 in) from interior/exterior antenna.
The electromagnetic wave of intelligent key might affect the function of the implantable cardiac
pacemaker or the implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), at door operation, at each request
switch operation, or at engine starting.
If a technician uses other medical electric devices than implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), the electromagnetic wave of intelligent key might affect the function of the device. The possible effects on the devices must be checked with the device
manufacturer before intelligent key use.

Point to Be Checked Before Starting Maintenance Work

INFOID:0000000007080017

The high voltage system may starts automatically. It is required to check that the timer air conditioner
and timer charge (during EVSE connection) are not set before starting maintenance work.
NOTE:
If the timer air conditioner or timer charge (during EVSE connection) is set, the high voltage system starts
automatically even when the power switch is in OFF state.

Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"

INFOID:0000000007011212

The Supplemental Restraint System such as AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
Revision: 2010 November

ST-2

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS AIR BAG and SEAT BELT of this
Service Manual.
WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see SRS AIR BAG.
Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors.

PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS


WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
F
When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
power switch ON, never use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer.
Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious
ST
injury.
When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the power switch OFF, disconnect
the 12V battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
H

Precaution for Removing 12V Battery

INFOID:0000000007011213

When removing the 12V battery, turn ON/OFF the power switch and check that the charging status indicator
does not blink. The 12V battery must be removed within one hour after checking the indicator lamp.
NOTE:
The automatic 12V battery charge control may start even when the power switch is in OFF state.
The automatic 12V battery charge control does not start within approximately one hour when the power
switch is turned ON/OFF.

Service Notice or Precautions for Steering System

INFOID:0000000006827852

In case of removing steering gear assembly, make the final tightening with grounded and unloaded vehicle
condition, and then check wheel alignment.
Observe the following precautions when disassembling.
- Before disassembly, thoroughly clean the outside of the unit.
- Disassembly should be done in a clean work area. It is important to prevent the internal parts from becoming
contaminated by dirt or other foreign matter.
- For easier and proper assembly, place disassembled parts in order on a parts rack.
- Use nylon cloth or paper towels to clean the parts; common shop rags can leave lint that might interfere with
their operation.
- Never reuse non-reusable parts.
- Before assembling, apply the specified grease to the directed parts.
During quick steering, rasping noise may be heard from around the steering wheel. This is not a malfunction.
The noise is an operating noise of the EPS system under normal conditions. If the rasping noise occurs during slow steering, this may not be an operating noise of the system. In this case, it is necessary to find out
the location of the noise and repair, if necessary.
Never repeat static steering. (Motor and EPS control unit could be heated.)

Revision: 2010 November

ST-3

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PREPARATION
< PREPARATION >

PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools

INFOID:0000000006827853

The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.

Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name

Description

ST3127S000
(J-25765-A)
Preload gauge

Inspecting steering column assembly rotating


torque

ZZA0806D

ST27180001
(J-25726-A)
Steering wheel puller

Removing steering wheel

ZZA0819D

KV40107300
(

)
Boot band crimping tool

Installing boot clamp (large diameter)

ZZA1229D

Commercial Service Tools

INFOID:0000000006827854

Tool name

Description

Ball joint remover

Remove steering outer socket

S-NT146

Power tool

Loosening bolts and nuts

PBIC0190E

Revision: 2010 November

ST-4

LEAF

http://vnx.su

STEERING WHEEL
< BASIC INSPECTION >

BASIC INSPECTION

STEERING WHEEL
Inspection

INFOID:0000000006827855

Make sure that steering gear assembly, steering column assembly and steering wheel are installed in the
correct position.
Perform neutral position inspection after wheel alignment. Refer to FSU-11, "Inspection".
Set vehicle to the straight-ahead position and confirm steering wheel is in the neutral position.
Loosen outer socket lock nut and turn inner socket to left and right equally to make fine adjustments if
steering wheel is not in the neutral position.

NEUTRAL POSITION STEERING WHEEL


1.
2.
3.
4.

STEERING WHEEL TURNING FORCE

1.
2.
3.
4.

Park vehicle on a level and dry surface, set parking brake.


Tires need to be inflated normal pressure. Refer to WT-50, "Tire Air Pressure".
Set the vehicle to READY.
Check steering wheel turning force when steering wheel has
been turned 360 from neutral position.
Steering wheel turning
force
L

ST

: Refer to ST-21, "Steering


Wheel Turning Force".

: 185 mm (7.28 in)


I
JSGIA0027ZZ

FRONT WHEEL TURNING ANGLE

1.
2.

3.

Check front wheel turning angle after toe-in inspection. Refer to FSU-11, "Inspection".
Place front wheels on turning radius gauges and rear wheels on
stands, so that vehicle can be level.
Check the maximum inner and outer wheel turning angles for LH
and RH road wheels.

FAA0016D

4.

Set the vehicle to READY and fully steer right and left to check
the steering angle (maximum inner race steering angle and
maximum outer race steering angle).
Inner wheel (Angle: A)
Outer wheel (Angle: B)

: Refer to ST-21, "Steering


Angle".
: Refer to ST-21, "Steering
Angle".

SGIA0055E

Revision: 2010 November

ST-5

LEAF

http://vnx.su

STEERING WHEEL
< BASIC INSPECTION >
5. Check the following items when turning angle is out of the standard.
a. Check rack stroke (L).
L
b.

: Refer to ST-21, "Rack Stroke".

If rack stroke is out of specification, replace steering gear


assembly.
Steering angles are not adjustable. Check steering gear
assembly, steering column assembly, and front suspension
components for wear or damage if any of the turning angles
are different from the specified value. Replace any of them, if
any non-standard condition exists.

Revision: 2010 November

ST-6

JSGIA0272ZZ

LEAF

Symptom
Steering

Revision: 2010 November

Judder

ST-7

Shake

Vibration

Shimmy

TIRE
ROAD WHEEL
DRIVE SHAFT
BRAKE

AXLE and SUSPENSION

NVH in BR section

NVH in FAX section

NVH Troubleshooting Chart

NVH in WT section

NVH in WT section

NVH in FAX, RAX, FSU, RSU section

ST-15, "Exploded View"

ST-10, "Exploded View"

Improper installation or looseness of steering column

Steering linkage looseness

ST-11, "Inspection"

ST-15, "Exploded View"

ST-8, "Inspection"

ST-8, "Inspection"

ST-19, "Inspection"

ST-19, "Inspection"

Steering column deformation or damage

Mounting looseness

Improper installation or looseness of tilt lock lever

Improper steering wheel

Steering wheel play

Noise
Outer/inner socket ball joint end play

Possible cause and SUSPECTED PARTS


Outer/inner socket ball joint rotating torque

ST-19, "Inspection"

Reference

Outer/inner socket ball joint swinging torque

http://vnx.su

NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING

< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS

NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING


A

INFOID:0000000006827856

: Applicable

LEAF

Use the chart below to find the cause of the symptom. If necessary, repair or replace these parts.

ST

http://vnx.su

STEERING WHEEL
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
STEERING WHEEL
Inspection

INFOID:0000000006827857

STEERING WHEEL AXIAL END PLAY


1.
2.

Check installation conditions of steering gear assembly, front suspension assembly, axle and steering column assembly.
Check if movement exists when steering wheel is moved up and down, to the left and right and to the axial
direction.
Steering wheel axial end play : Refer to ST-21, "Steering Wheel Axial End Play and Play".

3.

Check the following items when steering wheel axial end play is out of the standard.
Check the steering column assembly mounting condition. Refer to ST-10, "Exploded View".
Check steering gear assembly mounting condition for looseness. Refer to ST-15, "Exploded View".

STEERING WHEEL PLAY


1.
2.
3.

Turn steering wheel so that front wheels come to the straight-ahead position.
Set the vehicle to READY and lightly turn steering wheel to the left and right until front wheels start to
move.
Measure steering wheel movement on the outer circumference.
Steering wheel play on the
outer circumference

4.

: Refer to ST-21, "Steering Wheel Axial End Play and Play".

Check the following items when steering wheel play is out of the standard.
Check backlash for each joint of steering column assembly.
Check installation condition of steering gear assembly.

Revision: 2010 November

ST-8

LEAF

http://vnx.su

STEERING WHEEL
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

STEERING WHEEL
Exploded View

INFOID:0000000006827858

E
JSGIA0704GB

1.

Steering wheel
: Always replace after every disassembly.
: Nm (kg-m, ft-lb)

ST

Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006827859

REMOVAL
NOTE:
When reconnecting spiral cable, fix cable with a tape so that fixing case and rotating part keep aligned. This
will omit neutral position alignment procedure during spiral cable installation.
1. Set vehicle to the straight-ahead position.
2. Remove driver air bag module. Refer to SR-11, "Removal and Installation".
3. Remove steering wheel lock nut after steering is locked.
4. Remove steering wheel with the steering wheel puller (A) [SST:
ST27180001 (J-25726-A)].

M
SGIA1524J

INSTALLATION

Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.


Check the spiral cable neutral position after replacing or rotating spiral cable. Refer to SR-14, "Removal and
Installation".
CAUTION:
Never twist spiral cable excessively after it becomes tight. (Twisting may cause the cable to be torn
off.)
Never reuse steering wheel lock nut.

Revision: 2010 November

ST-9

LEAF

http://vnx.su

STEERING COLUMN
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

STEERING COLUMN
Exploded View

INFOID:0000000006827880

JSGIA0898GB

1.

Cover

2.

Sub-harness

3.

Band

4.

Steering column assembly

5.

Slide plate (inner)

6.

Slide plate (outer)

7.

Bracket
: Always replace after every disassembly.
: Nm (kg-m, in-lb)
: Nm (kg-m, ft-lb)

Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006827861

REMOVAL
CAUTION:
While removing the steering column assembly, never unlock the tilt lever.
Never impact on the axis when removing steering column assembly.
Be careful when removing steering column assembly from the vehicle because it is heavy.
Keep steering column assembly away from magnetic sources.
Never disassemble steering column assembly. It is not separable.
While removing the steering column assembly, never move the steering gear.
When removing the steering column assembly, be careful not to allow the intermediate shaft to turn.
1. Set vehicle to the straight-ahead position.
2. Place the tilt to the lowest level.
CAUTION:
Securely lock the tilt lever.
3. Remove instrument lower panel. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation".
4. Remove driver air bag module. Refer to SR-11, "Removal and Installation".
5. Remove steering wheel. Refer to ST-9, "Removal and Installation".
6. Remove steering column cover. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation".
7. Remove spiral cable. Refer to SR-14, "Removal and Installation".
8. Remove combination switch. Refer to BCS-77, "Removal and Installation".
9. Remove knee protector.
10. Disconnect each switch harness connectors installed to steering column assembly.

Revision: 2010 November

ST-10

LEAF

http://vnx.su

STEERING COLUMN
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
11. Remove intermediate shaft mounting bolt (steering column side), and separate intermediate shaft from
steering column assembly. Refer to ST-13, "Removal and Installation".
CAUTION:
Place a matching mark on both intermediate shaft and steering column assembly before removing intermediate shaft.
When removing intermediate shaft, never insert a tool, such as a screwdriver, into the yoke
groove to pull out the intermediate shaft. In case of the violation of the above, replace intermediate shaft with a new one.
12. Disconnect EPS control unit connectors.
13. Remove steering column assembly.
CAUTION:
When removing the mounting, be careful not to drop the steering column assembly.
14. Remove slide plate (outer and inner) from steering column assembly.
15. Remove cover, sub-harness, band, and bracket from steering column assembly.
CAUTION:
Remove cover, sub-harness, band, and bracket only when necessary.
16. Perform inspection after removal. Refer to ST-11, "Inspection".

INSTALLATION
CAUTION:
Never impact on the axis when removing steering column assembly.
When installing the steering column cover, check that the vehicle harness is not stuck in the cover.
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
After tightening mounting nut (A) of the steering column assembly,
press in slide plate (outer and inner) (1) to tighten mounting nut
(B).
CAUTION:
The slide plate must be securely pressed in before tightening
the nut of slide plate (outer and inner).
For intermediate shaft mounting bolt direction, refer to ST-13,
"Exploded View". (Do not insert it from the other side.)
CAUTION:
Never reuse intermediate mounting bolt.

ST

JSGIA0837ZZ

When connecting intermediate shaft upper side (1) and column


shaft, make sure the bolt is securely seated in groove (A) of column shaft (A) before final tightening.
After installing steering column assembly, perform self-diagnosis
with CONSULT to ensure correct operation. Refer to STC-10,
"CONSULT Function".
Never reuse band.
Perform inspection after installation. Refer to ST-11, "Inspection".

N
SGIA1295E

Inspection

INFOID:0000000006827862

INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL


Check each part of steering column assembly for damage or other malfunctions. Replace if there are any
abnormal conditions.

Revision: 2010 November

ST-11

LEAF

http://vnx.su

STEERING COLUMN
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
Measure steering column assembly rotating torque using a preload
gauge (A) [SST: ST3127S000 (J-25765-A)]. Replace steering column assembly if the rotating torque is outside the standard.
Rotating torque

: Refer to ST-21, "Steering Column Operating Range".

JPGIA0085ZZ

Measure the length L shown in the figure, if vehicle has been


involved in a minor collision. Replace steering column assembly
(with motor, reduction gear, sensor) if L is outside the standard.
L

: Refer to ST-21, "Steering Column Operating


Range".

JPGIA0174ZZ

INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION


Check each part of steering column assembly for damage or other malfunctions. Replace if there are any
abnormal conditions.
Check the steering wheel play, neutral position steering wheel, steering wheel turning force, and front wheel
turning angle.
- Steering wheel play: Refer to ST-8, "Inspection".
- Neutral position steering wheel, steering wheel turning force, and front wheel turning angle: Refer to ST-5,
"Inspection".
Check tilt mechanism operating range T shown in the figure.
T

: Refer to ST-21, "Steering Column Operating


Range".

Adjust neutral position of steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-59,


"Work Procedure".

JPGIA0175ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

ST-12

LEAF

http://vnx.su

STEERING SHAFT
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

STEERING SHAFT

Exploded View

INFOID:0000000006827863

ST
JPGIA0189GB

1.

Steering column assembly

2.

Intermediate shaft

3.

Guide*

: Always replace after every disassembly.


: Nm (kg-m, ft-lb)

*: If reinstalling, this part is not required.

Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006827864

REMOVAL
CAUTION:
Spiral cable may be cut if steering wheel turns while separating steering column assembly and steering gear assembly. Be sure to secure steering wheel using string to avoid turning.
1. Set vehicle to the straight-ahead position.
2. Place the tilt to the lowest level.
CAUTION:
Securely lock the tilt lever.
3. Remove instrument lower panel. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation".
4. Remove intermediate shaft mounting bolt (steering gear side), and separate intermediate shaft from steering gear assembly.
CAUTION:
Place a matching mark on both intermediate shaft and steering gear assembly before removing
intermediate shaft.
When removing intermediate shaft, never insert a tool, such as a screwdriver, into the yoke
groove to pull out the intermediate shaft. In case of the violation of the above, replace intermediate shaft with a new one.
5. Remove intermediate shaft mounting bolt (steering column side), and remove intermediate shaft from
steering column assembly.
CAUTION:
Place a matching mark on both intermediate shaft and steering column assembly before removing intermediate shaft.
When removing intermediate shaft, never insert a tool, such as a screwdriver, into the yoke
groove to pull out the intermediate shaft. In case of the violation of the above, replace intermediate shaft with a new one.
6. Remove guide from intermediate shaft.
Revision: 2010 November

ST-13

LEAF

http://vnx.su

STEERING SHAFT
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
CAUTION:
Remove guide only when necessary.
7. Perform inspection after removal. Refer to ST-14, "Inspection".

INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Spiral cable may be cut if steering wheel turns while separating steering column assembly and steering gear assembly. Be sure to secure steering wheel using string to avoid turning.
Follow the instructions below to install intermediate shaft to steering gear assembly.
- Insert intermediate shaft into steering gear assembly. Align groove of the steering gear assembly with the
bolt hole of the intermediate shaft.
CAUTION:
The guide protrusion is not required to be reinstalled.
- Check for galling while hand-tightening the mounting bolt of intermediate shaft (steering gear assembly
side). After checking that the bolt is inserted in the groove of steering gear assembly, tighten the bolt to the
specified torque.
For intermediate shaft mounting bolt direction, refer to ST-13, "Exploded View". (Do not insert it from the
other side.)
CAUTION:
Never reuse intermediate mounting bolt.
When connecting intermediate shaft upper side (1) and column
shaft, make sure the bolt is securely seated in groove (A) of column shaft (A) before final tightening.
Perform inspection after installation. Refer to ST-14, "Inspection".

SGIA1295E

Inspection

INFOID:0000000006827865

INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL


Check each part of intermediate shaft for damage or other malfunctions. Replace if there are any abnormal
conditions.

INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION


Check each part of intermediate shaft for damage or other malfunctions. Replace if there are any abnormal
conditions.
Rotate steering wheel to check for decentered condition, binding, noise, or excessive steering effort.
Check the steering wheel play, neutral position steering wheel, steering wheel turning force, and front wheel
turning angle.
- Steering wheel play: Refer to ST-8, "Inspection".
- Neutral position steering wheel, steering wheel turning force, and front wheel turning angle: Refer to ST-5,
"Inspection".
Adjust neutral position of steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-59, "Work Procedure".

Revision: 2010 November

ST-14

LEAF

http://vnx.su

STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE

Exploded View

INFOID:0000000006827866

REMOVAL

ST

JPGIA0178GB

1.

Steering gear assembly

2.

Front suspension member

: Vehicle front

: Always replace after every disassembly.


: Nm (kg-m, ft-lb)

DISASSEMBLY

Revision: 2010 November

ST-15

LEAF

http://vnx.su

STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

JPGIA0179GB

1.

Outer socket

2.

Boot clamp (small diameter)

3.

Boot

4.

Boot clamp (large diameter)

5.

Gear housing assembly

6.

Fire wall seal

: Always replace after every disassembly.


: Nm (kg-m, ft-lb)
: Apply Genuine Lithium Soap, Autorex A (manufactured by Kyodo yushi) or equivalent.

Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006827867

REMOVAL
1.
2.

3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Set vehicle to the straight-ahead position.


Remove intermediate shaft mounting bolt (steering gear assembly side). Refer to ST-13, "Removal and
Installation".
CAUTION:
Spiral cable may be cut if steering wheel turns while separating steering column assembly and
steering gear assembly. Always fix the steering wheel using string to avoid turning.
Place a matching mark on both intermediate shaft and steering gear assembly before removing
intermediate shaft.
When removing intermediate shaft, never insert a tool, such as a screwdriver, into the yoke
groove to pull out the intermediate shaft. In case of the violation of the above, replace intermediate shaft with a new one.
Remove tires with power tool. Refer to WT-45, "Exploded View".
Remove front under cover. Refer to EXT-21, "FRONT UNDER COVER : Exploded View".
Remove battery under cover (front). Refer to EVB-136, "Removal and Installation".
Remove fender protector. Refer to EXT-19, "FENDER PROTECTOR : Exploded View".
Remove stabilizer connecting rod. Refer to FSU-18, "Exploded View".

Revision: 2010 November

ST-16

LEAF

http://vnx.su

STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
8. Remove steering outer socket from steering knuckle so as not to
damage ball joint boot using suitable ball joint remover (commercial service tool).
CAUTION:
Temporarily tighten the nut to prevent damage to threads
and to prevent the ball joint remover from sudden drop
turning.
9. Separate transverse link from steering knuckle with power tool.
Refer to FAX-9, "Exploded View".

C
SGIA0184J

10. Set suitable jack under reduction gear and traction motor.
CAUTION:
Never damage the reduction gear and traction motor with
a jack.
Check the stable condition when using a jack.

ST
JSEIA0333ZZ

11. Separate high voltage harness clip from bracket.

: Vehicle front

JSEIA0331ZZ

12. Remove motor mounting rear mounting bolt. Refer to TMS-123,


"Removal and Installation".
L
: Vehicle front

13. Remove motor mounting (LH and RH) mounting bolts from front
suspension member. Refer to TMS-123, "Removal and Installation".
14. Remove member stay and rebound stopper with power tool.
Refer to FSU-21, "Exploded View".
15. Remove suspension member mounting bolts, washer, and
rebound stopper rubber with power tool. Refer to FSU-21,
"Exploded View".
16. Remove front suspension member from vehicle body.
CAUTION:
Check the stable condition when using a jack.
17. Remove steering gear assembly with power tool.
18. Perform inspection after removal. Refer to ST-19, "Inspection".

N
JSEIA0332ZZ

INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:

Revision: 2010 November

ST-17

LEAF

http://vnx.su

STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
Spiral cable may be cut if steering wheel turns while separating steering column assembly and steering gear assembly. Always fix the steering wheel using string to avoid turning.
Perform final tightening of nuts and bolts on each part under unladen conditions with tires on level ground
when removing steering gear assembly. Check wheel alignment. Refer to FSU-11, "Inspection".
Rotate steering wheel to check for decentered condition, binding, noise or excessive steering effort.
Never reuse steering outer socket fixing nut and steering gear assembly mounting nut.
Perform inspection after installation. Refer to ST-19, "Inspection".

Disassembly and Assembly

INFOID:0000000006827868

DISASSEMBLY
1.

2.

3.
4.

Loosen outer socket lock nut, and remove outer socket.


CAUTION:
When loosening lock nut, be sure to fix outer socket with a wrench or an equivalent.
Remove boot clamps, and then remove boot from inner socket.
CAUTION:
Never damage inner socket part of gear housing assembly when removing boot. Steering gear
assembly must be replaced if gear housing assembly are damaged because it may cause foreign
material interfusion.
Remove fire wall seal.
Perform inspection after disassembly. Refer to ST-19, "Inspection".

ASSEMBLY
1.

Install fire wall seal to gear housing assembly.


CAUTION:
Install fire wall seal (1) so that the groove (A) for locating is
securely set to gear housing assembly (2) protrusion (B).

JPGIA0180ZZ

2.

Apply recommended grease to inner socket part (A) of gear


housing assembly, and install boot to gear housing assembly.
Use Genuine Lithium Soap, Autorex A (manufactured by
Kyodo yushi) or equivalent.
CAUTION:
Never reuse boot.
Grease application position (Reference)
B

: 10 mm (0.39 in)
JPGIA0102ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

ST-18

LEAF

http://vnx.su

STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
3. Install boot clamp (large diameter) (1) to boot using boot band
crimping tool (A) [SST: KV40107300 (

)].
CAUTION:
Never reuse boot clamp (large diameter).
Install boot clamp (large diameter) (1) securely to boot
groove, and crimp it so as to have clearance (B) of 3 mm
(0.12 in) or less as shown.
4. Install boot clamp (small diameter) to boot.
CAUTION:
Never reuse boot clamp (small diameter).

C
JSGIA0140ZZ

5.

Adjust inner socket to standard length (L), and then tighten lock
nut (1) to the specified torque. Check length again after tightening lock nut.
L

: Refer to ST-22, "Inner Socket Length".


F

ST
JPGIA0187ZZ

CAUTION:
When tightening the lock nut (1), be sure to fix outer
socket (2) with a wrench or an equivalent to prevent the
ball joint from getting contact with the knuckle.
Adjust toe-in. Refer to FSU-11, "Inspection". Length
achieved after toe-in adjustment is not necessarily the
above value.

K
JSGIA0538ZZ

Inspection

INFOID:0000000006827869

INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY


Boot
Check boot for cracks, and replace it if a malfunction is detected.

Gear housing Assembly


Check gear housing assembly for damage and scratches. Replace if there are any abnormal conditions.

Outer Socket and Inner Socket


Check the following items and replace the component if it does not meet the standard.
O

BALL JOINT SWINGING FORCE

Revision: 2010 November

ST-19

LEAF

http://vnx.su

STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
Hook a spring balance at the point and pull the spring balance.
Make sure that the spring balance reads the specified value when
ball stud and inner socket start to move. Replace outer socket or
steering gear assembly (inner socket) if they are outside the standard.
Measuring point of outer socket (1)

: Ball stud upper side (A)

Measuring point of inner socket (2)

: Point (B) shown in the figure

Swinging force

: Refer to ST-21, "Ball Joint Swinging Force".

JPGIA0188ZZ

BALL JOINT AXIAL END PLAY

Apply an axial load of 490 N (50 kg, 110 lb) to ball stud. Using a
dial gauge, measure amount of stud movement, and then make
sure that the value is within the following specified range. Replace
outer socket (1) or steering gear assembly (inner socket) (2) if the
measured value is outside the standard.
Axial end play

: Refer to ST-22, "Ball Joint Axial End


Play".

JSGIA0109ZZ

INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION


Check if steering wheel turns smoothly when it is turned several times fully to the end of the left and right.
Check the steering wheel play, neutral position steering wheel, steering wheel turning force, and front wheel
turning angle.
- Steering wheel play: Refer to ST-8, "Inspection".
- Neutral position steering wheel, steering wheel turning force, and front wheel turning angle: Refer to ST-5,
"Inspection".
Adjust neutral position of steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-59, "Work Procedure".

Revision: 2010 November

ST-20

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)


< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)


General Specifications

INFOID:0000000006827870

Steering gear model

R25N

Steering Wheel Axial End Play and Play

C
INFOID:0000000006827871

Unit: mm (in)

Item

0 (0)

Steering wheel play on the outer circumference

0 - 35 (0 - 1.38)

Steering Wheel Turning Force

INFOID:0000000006827872

Unit: N (kg-f, lb-f)

Item

Standard

Steering wheel turning force

ST

36 (3.7, 8.09) or less

Steering Angle

INFOID:0000000006827873

Unit: Degree minute (Decimal degree)

Item

Outer wheel

Standard

Steering wheel axial end play

Inner wheel

Standard

Minimum

37 00 (37.0)

Nominal

40 00 (40.0)

Maximum

41 00 (41.0)

Nominal

33 00 (33.0)

Steering Column Operating Range

J
INFOID:0000000006827874

K
Tilt operating range*

40.0 mm (1.575 in)

Rotating torque

0 2.1 Nm (0 0.21 kg-m, 0 2 in-lb)

Steering column length*

438.5 440.5 mm (17.26 17.34 in)

*: For measuring position, refer to ST-11, "Inspection".

Rack Stroke

INFOID:0000000006827875

Unit: mm (in)

Item
Rack stroke neutral position

73 (2.87)

Ball Joint Swinging Force

INFOID:0000000006827876

Item

Standard

Outer socket

Spring balance measurement*

6.0 58 N (0.61 5.9 kg-f, 1.35 13.03 lb-f)

Inner socket

Spring balance measurement*

4.3 43.1 N (0.44 4.39 kg-f, 0.97 9.68 lb-f)

*: For measuring position, refer to ST-19, "Inspection".

Revision: 2010 November

Standard

ST-21

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)


< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)

Ball Joint Axial End Play

INFOID:0000000006827877

Item

Standard

Outer socket

0.5 mm (0.020 in) or less

Inner socket

0.2 mm (0.008 in) or less

Inner Socket Length

INFOID:0000000006827878

Unit: mm (in)

Item

Standard

Rack neutral position, dimension

Revision: 2010 November

82.4 (3.244)

ST-22

LEAF

http://vnx.su

STEERING

SECTION

STC

STEERING CONTROL SYSTEM

CONTENTS
PRECAUTION ............................................... 3

Wiring Diagram ........................................................14

PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 3

BASIC INSPECTION ................................... 17

Precaution for Technicians Using Medical Electric...... 3


Point to Be Checked Before Starting Maintenance
Work .......................................................................... 3
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 3
Service Notice and Precautions for EPS System ...... 4

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .............................. 6


COMPONENT PARTS ........................................ 6
Component Parts Location ........................................ 6
EPS Control Unit ....................................................... 7
EPS Motor, Torque Sensor, Reduction Gear ............ 7

SYSTEM .............................................................. 8
EPS SYSTEM .............................................................. 8
EPS SYSTEM : System Description ......................... 8
EPS SYSTEM : Schematic ....................................... 9
EPS SYSTEM : Fail-Safe .......................................... 9
EPS SYSTEM : Protection Function ......................... 9

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (EPS CONTROL UNIT)


....10
CONSULT Function ................................................ 10

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION .............. 12


EPS CONTROL UNIT .........................................12
Reference Value ..................................................... 12
Fail-Safe .................................................................. 13
Protection Function ................................................. 13
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ................................. 13
DTC Index ............................................................... 13

WIRING DIAGRAM ...................................... 14


EPS SYSTEM .....................................................14

Revision: 2010 November

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ....... 17 STC


Work Flow ................................................................17
Diagnostic Work Sheet ............................................18

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ......................... 20


C1601 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY ................ 20

DTC Logic ................................................................20


Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................20

C1604 TORQUE SENSOR ................................ 22

DTC Logic ................................................................22


Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................22

C1606 EPS MOTOR .......................................... 23

DTC Logic ................................................................23


Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................23

C1607, C1608 EPS CONTROL UNIT ............... 24


DTC Logic ................................................................24
Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................24

C1609 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL .................... 25


DTC Logic ................................................................25
Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................25

U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ........................... 26


Description ...............................................................26
DTC Logic ................................................................26
Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................26

EPS WARNING LAMP ...................................... 27

Component Function Check ....................................27


Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................27

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS .............................. 28


EPS WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON... 28
Description ...............................................................28

STC-1

LEAF

http://vnx.su

Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 28

EPS WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN


OFF .................................................................... 29
Description .............................................................. 29
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 29

Description .............................................................. 32
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 32

UNBALANCE STEERING WHEEL TURNING


FORCE (TORQUE VARIATION) ....................... 33
Description .............................................................. 33
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 33

STEERING WHEEL TURNING FORCE IS


HEAVY OR LIGHT ............................................. 30

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION .............. 35

Description .............................................................. 30
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 30

EPS CONTROL UNIT ........................................ 35


Removal and Installation ......................................... 35

UNBALANCE STEERING WHEEL TURNING


FORCE AND RETURN BETWEEN RIGHT
AND LEFT .......................................................... 32

Revision: 2010 November

STC-2

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >

PRECAUTION

PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Technicians Using Medical Electric

INFOID:0000000007071897

WARNING:
Parts with strong magnet is used in this vehicle.
Technicians using a medical electric device such as pacemaker must never perform operation on the
vehicle, as magnetic field can affect the device function by approaching to such parts.

OPERATION PROHIBITION

NORMAL CHARGE PRECAUTION


WARNING:
If a technician uses a medical electric device such as an implantable cardiac pacemaker or an
implantable cardioverter defibrillator, the possible effects on the devices must be checked with the
device manufacturer before starting the charge operation.
As radiated electromagnetic wave generated by on board charger at normal charge operation may
effect medical electric devices, a technician using a medical electric device such as implantable cardiac pacemaker or an implantable cardioverter defibrillator must not enter the vehicle compartment
(including luggage room) during normal charge operation.

STC

Precaution at telematics system operation


WARNING:
If a technician uses implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD),
avoid the device implanted part from approaching within approximately 220 mm (8.66 in) from interior/exterior antenna.
The electromagnetic wave of TCU might affect the function of the implantable cardiac pacemaker or
the implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), when using the service, etc.
If a technician uses other medical electric devices than implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator(ICD), the electromagnetic wave of TCU might affect the function of the
device. The possible effects on the devices must be checked with the device manufacturer before
TCU use.

Precaution at intelligent key system operation


WARNING:
If a technician uses implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD),
avoid the device implanted part from approaching within approximately 220 mm (8.66 in) from interior/exterior antenna.
The electromagnetic wave of intelligent key might affect the function of the implantable cardiac
pacemaker or the implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), at door operation, at each request
switch operation, or at engine starting.
If a technician uses other medical electric devices than implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), the electromagnetic wave of intelligent key might affect the function of the device. The possible effects on the devices must be checked with the device
manufacturer before intelligent key use.

Point to Be Checked Before Starting Maintenance Work

Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"

INFOID:0000000006880448

The Supplemental Restraint System such as AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS

STC-3

INFOID:0000000007079448

The high voltage system may starts automatically. It is required to check that the timer air conditioner
and timer charge (during EVSE connection) are not set before starting maintenance work.
NOTE:
If the timer air conditioner or timer charge (during EVSE connection) is set, the high voltage system starts
automatically even when the power switch is in OFF state.

Revision: 2010 November

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS AIR BAG and SEAT BELT of this
Service Manual.
WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see SRS AIR BAG.
Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors.

PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS


WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
power switch ON, never use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer.
Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious
injury.
When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the power switch OFF, disconnect
the 12V battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.

Service Notice and Precautions for EPS System

INFOID:0000000006867375

Check the following item when performing the trouble diagnosis.


- Check any possible causes by interviewing the symptom and its condition from the customer if any malfunction, such as EPS warning lamp is turned ON, occurs.
- Check if air pressure and size of tires are proper, the specified part is used for the steering wheel, and control unit is genuine part.
- Check if the connection of steering column assembly and steering gear assembly is proper (there is not
looseness of mounting bolts, damage of rods, boots or sealants, and leakage of grease, etc).
- Check if the wheel alignment is adjusted properly.
- Check if there is any damage or modification to suspension or body resulting in increased weight or altered
ground clearance.
- Check if installation conditions of each link and suspension are proper.
- Check if the battery voltage is proper.
- Check connection conditions of each connector are proper.
- Before connecting or disconnecting the EPS control unit harness
connector, turn power switch OFF and disconnect 12V battery
ground cable. Because battery voltage is applied to EPS control
unit even if power switch is turned OFF.

SEF289H

Revision: 2010 November

STC-4

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >
- When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or from
EPS control unit, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or
break).
- When connecting pin connectors, make sure that there are no
bends or breaks on EPS control unit pin terminal.
During quick steering, rasping noise may be heard from around the
steering wheel. This is not a malfunction. The noise is an operating
noise of the EPS system under normal conditions. If the rasping
noise occurs during slow steering, this may not be an operating
noise of the system. In this case, it is necessary to find out the
location of the noise and repair, if necessary.

C
SEF291H

STC

Revision: 2010 November

STC-5

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
COMPONENT PARTS
Component Parts Location

INFOID:0000000006867376

JSGIA0847GB

A.

Steering column assembly

No.

Component

Function

VCM

Transmits mainly the following signals to EPS control unit via


CAN communication.
- Power steering start activation request signal

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

Transmits mainly the following signal to EPS control unit via


CAN communication.
- Vehicle speed signal

Combination meter

Transmits mainly the following signal to EPS control unit via


CAN communication.
- Vehicle speed signal
Turns ON the EPS warning lamp according to the signal from
EPS control unit via CAN communication.

EPS warning lamp

STC-8, "EPS SYSTEM : System Description"

EPS motor

STC-7, "EPS Motor, Torque Sensor, Reduction Gear"

EPS control unit

STC-7, "EPS Control Unit"

Reduction gear

STC-7, "EPS Motor, Torque Sensor, Reduction Gear"

Torque sensor

STC-7, "EPS Motor, Torque Sensor, Reduction Gear"

Revision: 2010 November

STC-6

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

EPS Control Unit

INFOID:0000000006867377

EPS control unit (1) is installed to steering column assembly.


EPS control unit performs an arithmetical operation on data, such
as steering wheel turning force (sensor signal) from the torque
sensor, vehicle speed signal, etc. Then it generates an optimum
assist torque signal to the EPS motor according to the driving condition.
EPS control unit decreases the output signal to EPS motor while
extremely using the power steering function (e.g., full steering)
consecutively for protecting EPS motor and EPS control unit
(Overload protection control).

D
JSGIA0852ZZ

EPS Motor, Torque Sensor, Reduction Gear

INFOID:0000000006867378

EPS motor (1), torque sensor (2) and reduction gear (3) are installed
to steering column assembly.
F

STC

H
JSGIA0853ZZ

EPS MOTOR

EPS motor provides the assist torque by the control signal from EPS control unit.

TORQUE SENSOR
Torque sensor detects the steering torque, and transmits the signal to EPS control unit.

REDUCTION GEAR
Reduction gear increases the assist torque provided from EPS motor with worm gears, and outputs to the column shaft.

Revision: 2010 November

STC-7

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

SYSTEM
EPS SYSTEM
EPS SYSTEM : System Description

INFOID:0000000006867379

SYSTEM DIAGRAM

JSGIA0848GB

DESCRIPTION
EPS control unit performs an arithmetical operation on data, such
as steering wheel turning force (sensor signal) from the torque
sensor, vehicle speed signal, etc. Then it generates an optimum
assist torque signal to the EPS motor according to the driving condition.
In case of an error in the electrical system, the fail-safe function
stops output signals to the EPS motor. Refer to STC-9, "EPS SYSTEM : Fail-Safe".
EPS control unit decreases the output signal to EPS motor while
extremely using the power steering function (e.g., full steering)
consecutively for protecting EPS motor and EPS control unit
(Overload protection control). Refer to STC-9, "EPS SYSTEM :
Protection Function".
EPS control unit will decrease assistance under the following condition.
- Extensive steering at low speed will cause the EPS control unit
and EPS motor to heat up, once temperature reaches critical point
EPS control unit will reduce current to reduce heat up. System will
recover as temperature lowers (reduced or no assistance).

JSGIA0849GB

EPS WARNING LAMP INDICATION


Turn ON when there is a malfunction in EPS system. If indicates that fail-safe mode is engaged and enters a
manual steering state (Control turning force steering wheel becomes heavy).
Also turns ON when power switch is turned ON, for purpose of lamp check. Turns OFF after the vehicle is
READY state, if system is normal.
Condition

EPS warning lamp

Power switch ON (Lamp check)

Revision: 2010 November

ON

STC-8

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
Condition

EPS warning lamp

When vehicle is READY state

OFF

EPS system malfunction [Other diagnostic item]

ON

CAUTION:
EPS warning lamp also turns ON due to data reception error, CAN communication error etc.

EPS SYSTEM : Schematic

INFOID:0000000006867380

STC

JSGIA0850GB

EPS SYSTEM : Fail-Safe

INFOID:0000000007006097

If any malfunction occurs in the system and control unit detects the malfunction, EPS warning lamp on combination meter turns ON to indicate system malfunction.
When EPS warning lamp is ON, the system enters into a manual steering state. (Control turning force steering wheel becomes heavy.)
Under abnormal vehicle speed signal conditions, vehicle speed is judged as constant.

EPS SYSTEM : Protection Function

INFOID:0000000007006098

EPS control unit decreases the output signal to EPS motor while extremely using the power steering function
(e.g., full steering) consecutively for protecting EPS motor and EPS control unit (Overload protection control).
While activating overload protection control, the assist torque gradually decreases, and the steering wheel
turning force becomes heavy. The normal assist torque is recovered if the steering wheel is not turned for a
while.

Revision: 2010 November

STC-9

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (EPS CONTROL UNIT)


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (EPS CONTROL UNIT)


CONSULT Function

INFOID:0000000006867383

APPLICATION ITEMS
CONSULT can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following.
Diagnostic mode

Function

ECU identification

The part number stored in the control unit can be read.

Self diagnostic result

Self-diagnostic results and freeze frame data can be read and erased quickly.*

Data monitor

Input/Output data in the EPS control unit can be read.

*: The following diagnosis information is erased by erasing.


DTC
Freeze frame data (FFD)

ECU IDENTIFICATION
Displays the part number stored in the control unit.

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT
Refer to STC-13, "DTC Index".
When CRNT is displayed on self-diagnosis result.

The system is presently malfunctioning.


When PAST is displayed on self-diagnosis result.

System malfunction in the past is detected, but the system is presently normal.
FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)
The following vehicle status is recorded when DTC is detected and is displayed on CONSULT.
Item name

Display item
The number of times that power switch is turned ON after the DTC is detected is displayed.
When 0 is displayed: It indicates that the system is presently malfunctioning.
When except 0 is displayed: It indicates that system malfunction in the past is detected, but the system is presently normal.
NOTE:
Each time when power switch is turned OFF to ON, numerical number increases in 123...3839.
When the operation number of times exceeds 39, the number do not increase and 39 is displayed until selfdiagnosis is erased.

IGN COUNTER
(0 39)

DATA MONITOR
Monitor item (Unit)

Remarks

BATTERY VOLT (V)

Displays the power supply voltage for EPS control unit.

STEERING ASSIST REQUEST (On/Off)

Condition of steering assist request is displayed from power steering start activation signal via CAN communication.

TORQUE SENSOR (Nm)

Displays steering wheel turning force detected by torque sensor.

MOTOR CURRENT (A)

Displays the current value consumed by EPS motor.*1

MOTOR SIG (A)

Displays the current commanded value to EPS motor.

ASSIST TORQUE (Nm)

Displays assist torque of EPS motor being output by the electric power steering.

C/U TEMP (C)

Displays the temperature of inside of the EPS control unit.

ASSIST LEVEL (%)

Normally displays 100%. In case of an excessive stationary steering, the assist


curvature gradually falls. However, it returns to 100% when left standing.*2

VEHICLE SPEED (km/h) or (MPH)

Vehicle speed is displayed from vehicle speed signal via CAN communication.*3

WARNING LAMP (On/Off)

EPS warning lamp control status is displayed.

Revision: 2010 November

STC-10

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (EPS CONTROL UNIT)


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
*1: Almost in accordance with the value of MOTOR SIG. It is not a malfunction though these values are not
accorded when steering quickly.
*2: Normally displays 100%. In case of an excessive stationary steering, the assist curvature gradually falls.
However, it returns to 100% when left standing.
*3: It is not a malfunction, though it might not be corresponding just after power switch in turned ON.

STC

Revision: 2010 November

STC-11

LEAF

http://vnx.su

EPS CONTROL UNIT


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION


EPS CONTROL UNIT
Reference Value

INFOID:0000000006867384

VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL


Monitor item

Condition

Value / Status

BATTERY VOLT

Power switch: ON

9 18.2 V

STEERING ASSIST REQUEST

Vehicle state: Except READY

Off

Vehicle state: READY

On

TORQUE SENSOR

MOTOR CURRENT

Vehicle state: READY

Steering wheel: Not steering (There is


no steering force)

Approx. 0 Nm

Steering wheel: Right turn

Positive value (Nm)

Steering wheel: Left turn

Negative value (Nm)

Steering wheel: Not steering (There is


no steering force)

Approx. 0 A

Vehicle state: READY


Steering wheel: Right or left turn

MOTOR SIG

ASSIST TORQUE

Vehicle state: READY

Vehicle state: READY

Displays consumption current of


EPS motor (A)*1

Steering wheel: Not steering (There is


no steering force)

Approx. 0 A

Steering wheel: Right turn

Positive value (A)

Steering wheel: Left turn

Negative value (A)

Steering wheel: Not steering (There is


no steering force)

Approx. 0 Nm

Steering wheel: Right or left turn

Displays assist torque of EPS motor


(Nm)

C/U TEMP

Power switch: ON or Vehicle state: READY

Displays temperature of inside of


EPS control unit (C)

ASSIST LEVEL

Vehicle state: READY

100 % *2

Vehicle stopped

0 km/h (0 mph)

VEHICLE SPEED

WARNING LAMP

Approximately equal to the indication


on speedometer*3
(inside of 10%)

While driving
EPS warning lamp: ON

On

EPS warning lamp: OFF

Off

*1: Almost in accordance with the value of MOTOR SIG. It is not a malfunction though these values are not
accorded when steering quickly.
*2: Normally displays 100%. In case of an excessive stationary steering, the assist curvature gradually falls.
However, it returns to 100% when left standing.
*3: It is not a malfunction, though it might not be corresponding just after power switch in turned ON.

TERMINAL LAYOUT

JSGIA0851ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

STC-12

LEAF

http://vnx.su

EPS CONTROL UNIT


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
PHYSICAL VALUES
A
Terminal No.
(Wire Color)

Description

Value
(Approx.)

Condition

1
(P)

CAN-L

Input/Output

2
(L)

CAN-H

Input/Output

4
(V)

Ground

Power supply (Power


switch)

Input

9
(R)

Ground

Power supply (12V


Battery)

Input

Always

9 18.2 V

10
(B)

Ground

Ground

Always

0V

Signal name

Input/Output

Power switch: ON

9 18.2 V

Power switch: OFF

0V

Fail-Safe

INFOID:0000000006867385

If any malfunction occurs in the system and control unit detects the malfunction, EPS warning lamp on combination meter turns ON to indicate system malfunction.
When EPS warning lamp is ON, the system enters into a manual steering state. (Control turning force steer- STC
ing wheel becomes heavy.)
Under abnormal vehicle speed signal conditions, vehicle speed is judged as constant.
H

Protection Function

INFOID:0000000006867386

EPS control unit decreases the output signal to EPS motor while extremely using the power steering function
(e.g., full steering) consecutively for protecting EPS motor and EPS control unit (Overload protection control).
While activating overload protection control, the assist torque gradually decreases, and the steering wheel
turning force becomes heavy. The normal assist torque is recovered if the steering wheel is not turned for a
while.

DTC Inspection Priority Chart

INFOID:0000000006867387

When multiple DTCs are detected simultaneously, check one by one depending on the following priority list.
Priority

Priority order item (DTC)

U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT

C1609 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL

C1601 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY

Other than the above

DTC Index

INFOID:0000000006867388

N
DTC

Items (CONSULT screen terms)

Reference

C1601

BATTERY VOLT

STC-20, "DTC Logic"

C1604

TORQUE SENSOR

STC-22, "DTC Logic"

C1606

EPS MOTOR

STC-23, "DTC Logic"

C1607

EEPROM

STC-24, "DTC Logic"

C1608

CONTROL UNIT

STC-24, "DTC Logic"

C1609

CAN VHCL SPEED

STC-25, "DTC Logic"

U1000

CAN COMM CIRCUIT

STC-26, "DTC Logic"

NOTE:
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, refer to STC-13, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart".
Revision: 2010 November

STC-13

LEAF

http://vnx.su

EPS SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM >

WIRING DIAGRAM
EPS SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram

INFOID:0000000006867389

JCGWA0296GB

Revision: 2010 November

STC-14

LEAF

http://vnx.su

EPS SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM >
A

STC

O
JCGWA0297GB

Revision: 2010 November

STC-15

LEAF

http://vnx.su

EPS SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM >

JCGWA0298GB

Revision: 2010 November

STC-16

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW


< BASIC INSPECTION >

BASIC INSPECTION

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW


Work Flow

INFOID:0000000006867390

DETAILED FLOW

1.INTERVIEW FROM THE CUSTOMER

Clarify customer complaints before inspection. First of all, perform an interview utilizing STC-18, "Diagnostic
Work Sheet" and reproduce symptoms as well as fully understand it. Ask customer about his/her complaints
carefully. Check symptoms by driving vehicle with customer, if necessary.
CAUTION:
Customers are not professional. Never guess easily like maybe the customer means that..., or
maybe the customer mentions this symptom.

>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK SYMPTOM

Reproduce the symptom that is indicated by the customer, based on the information from the customer
obtained by interview. Also check that the symptom is not caused by protection function. Refer to STC-13,
STC
"Protection Function".
CAUTION:
When the symptom is caused by normal operation, fully inspect each portion and obtain the understanding of customer that the symptom is not caused by a malfunction.
H
>> GO TO 3.

3.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS

With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for EPS.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Record or print self-diagnosis results. GO TO 4.
NO
>> GO TO 6.

4.RECHECK SYMPTOM
With CONSULT
1. Erase self-diagnostic results for EPS.
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedures for the error detected system.
NOTE:
If some DTCs are detected at the same time, determine the order for performing the diagnosis based on STC13, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart".
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Check harness and connectors based on the information obtained by interview. Refer to GI-51,
"Intermittent Incident".

5.REPAIR OR REPLACE ERROR-DETECTED PARTS

Repair or replace error-detected parts.


Reconnect part or connector after repairing or replacing.
When DTC is detected, erase self-diagnostic results for EPS.

>> GO TO 7.

6.IDENTIFY ERROR-DETECTED SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS


Estimate error-detected system based on symptom diagnosis and perform inspection.
Can the error-detected system be identified?
Revision: 2010 November

STC-17

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW


< BASIC INSPECTION >
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> Check harness and connectors based on the information obtained by interview. Refer to GI-51,
"Intermittent Incident".

7.FINAL CHECK
With CONSULT
1. Check the reference value for EPS control unit.
2. Recheck the symptom and check that symptom is not reproduced on the same conditions.
Is the symptom reproduced?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnostic Work Sheet

INFOID:0000000006867391

Description
In general, customers have their own criteria for a problem. Therefore, it is important to understand the
symptom and status well enough by asking the customer about his/her concerns carefully. To systemize all
the information for the diagnosis, prepare the interview sheet referring to the interview points.
In some cases, multiple conditions that appear simultaneously may cause a DTC to be detected.

Interview sheet sample


Interview sheet
Customer
name

MR/MS

Registration
number

Initial year
registration

Vehicle type

Storage date

VIN

Mileage

km (Mile)

The steering wheel position (center) is in the wrong position.


EPS warning lamp turns on.
Symptom

Noise

Vibration

Others
(

First occurrence

Recently

Frequency of occurrence

Always

Others (

Under a certain conditions of

Sometimes (time(s)/day)

Irrelevant
Climate conditions

Weather

Fine

Temperature

Hot

Relative humidity

High

Cloud
Warm

Rain
Cool

Moderate

Snow
Cold

Others (
Temperature (Approx.

C)

Low

Road conditions

Urban area
Suburb area
High way
Mounting road (uphill or down hill)
Rough road

Operation conditions, etc.

Irrelevant
During driving
During acceleration
At constant speed driving
During deceleration
During cornering (right curve or left curve)
During steering

Revision: 2010 November

STC-18

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW


< BASIC INSPECTION >
Interview sheet
Customer
name
Storage date

MR/MS

Registration
number

Initial year
registration

Vehicle type

VIN

Mileage

km (Mile)

Other conditions

Memo

STC

Revision: 2010 November

STC-19

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1601 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
C1601 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006867392

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Display item

C1601

Malfunction detected condition


When a power supply voltage to the EPS control unit
is maintained at 18.2 V or more or at less than 9 V
continuously for five second or more.

BATTERY VOLT

Possible cause

Harness or connector
EPS control unit
Fuse
Power supply system
12V Battery

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn power switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform EPS self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1601 detected?
YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to STC-20, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006867393

1.CHECK EPS CONTROL UNIT GROUND CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect EPS control unit harness connector.
Check continuity between EPS control unit harness connector terminal and ground.
EPS control unit
Connector

Terminal

M38

10

Continuity

Ground

Existed

4. Connect EPS control unit harness connector.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

2.CHECK EPS CONTROL UNIT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (1)


1.

Check voltage between EPS control unit harness connector terminals and ground.
EPS control unit

2.

Connector

Terminal

M37

Voltage

Ground

Approx. 0 V

Turn power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never set the vehicle to READY.

Revision: 2010 November

STC-20

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1601 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
3. Check voltage between EPS control unit harness connector and ground.
A
EPS control unit
Connector

Terminal

M37

Voltage

Ground

9 18.2 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK EPS CONTROL UNIT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (2)


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Check the 10A fuse (#3).
Check the harness for open or short between EPS control unit harness connector No.4 terminal and the
10A fuse (#3).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power switch ON power supply. Refer to PG-59, "Wiring Diagram - ON POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

4.CHECK EPS CONTROL UNIT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (3)


1.
2.

EPS control unit

3.
4.

STC

Turn power switch OFF.


Check voltage between EPS control unit harness connector terminals and ground.

Connector

Terminal

M38

Voltage

Ground

9 18.2 V

Turn power switch ON.


CAUTION:
Never set the vehicle to READY.
Check voltage between EPS control unit harness connector and ground.
EPS control unit
Connector

Terminal

M38

Voltage

Ground

9 18.2 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> GO TO 5.

5.CHECK EPS CONTROL UNIT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (4)


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Check the 60A fusible link (N).
Check the harness for open or short between EPS control unit harness connector No.9 terminal and the
60A fusible link (N).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for 12V battery power supply. Refer to PG-15, "Wiring Diagram BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

6.CHECK TERMINALS AND HARNESS CONECTORS


Check the EPS control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> EPS control unit is malfunctioning. Replace steering column assembly. Refer to ST-10, "Removal
and Installation".
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
Revision: 2010 November

STC-21

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1604 TORQUE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

C1604 TORQUE SENSOR


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006867394

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
C1604

Display item
TORQUE SENSOR

Malfunction detected condition


When torque sensor output signal is malfunctioning.

Possible cause
Harness or connector
Torque sensor
EPS control unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn power switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform EPS self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1604 detected?
YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to STC-22, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006867395

1.CHECK TERMINALS AND HARNESS CONECTORS


Check EPS control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. If any items are
damaged, repair or replace error-detected parts.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT
1. Erase self-diagnostic results for EPS.
2. Turn the power switch OFF, and then wait 10 seconds and more.
3. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
4. Perform self-diagnosis for EPS.
Is DTC C1604 detected?
YES >> Torque sensor is malfunctioning. Replace steering column assembly. Refer to ST-10, "Removal
and Installation".
NO
>> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".

Revision: 2010 November

STC-22

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1606 EPS MOTOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

C1606 EPS MOTOR

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006867396

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
C1606

Display item
EPS MOTOR

Malfunction detected condition


When the motor driver malfunction of EPS control
unit or EPS motor malfunction is detected.

Possible cause

Harness or connector
EPS motor
EPS control unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn power switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform EPS self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1606 detected?
YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to STC-23, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

STC

INFOID:0000000006867397

1.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT
1. Erase self-diagnostic results for EPS.
2. Turn the power switch OFF, and then wait 10 seconds and more.
3. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
4. Perform self-diagnosis for EPS.
Is DTC C1606 detected?
YES >> EPS motor is malfunctioning. Replace steering column assembly. Refer to ST-10, "Removal and
Installation".
NO
>> Check EPS control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. If
any items are damaged, repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: 2010 November

STC-23

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1607, C1608 EPS CONTROL UNIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

C1607, C1608 EPS CONTROL UNIT


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006867398

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
C1607
C1608

Display item

Malfunction detected condition

EEPROM

When the memory (EEPROM) system malfunction is


detected in EPS control unit.

CONTROL UNIT

When the internal malfunction is detected in EPS


control unit.

Possible cause

EPS control unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn power switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform EPS self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1607 or C1608 detected?
YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to STC-24, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006867399

1.CHECK TERMINALS AND HARNESS CONECTORS


Check EPS control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. If any items are
damaged, repair or replace error-detected parts.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT
1. Erase self-diagnostic results for EPS.
2. Turn the power switch OFF, and then wait 10 seconds and more.
3. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
4. Perform self-diagnosis for EPS.
Is DTC C1607 or C1608 detected?
YES >> EPS control unit is malfunctioning. Replace steering column assembly. Refer to ST-10, "Removal
and Installation".
NO
>> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".

Revision: 2010 November

STC-24

LEAF

http://vnx.su

C1609 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

C1609 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006867400

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

C1609

Display item

CAN VHCL SPEED

Malfunction detected condition


Malfunction is detected in vehicle speed signal that
is output from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN communication.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) input
signal error is detected.

Possible cause

Harness or connector
CAN communication line
EPS control unit
ABS malfunction
Vehicle speed signal error

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING

If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn power switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.

2.DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE

STC

With CONSULT
1. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform EPS self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1609 detected?
YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to STC-25, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

I
INFOID:0000000006867401

1.PERFORM ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) SELF-DIAGNOSIS


With CONSULT
1. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform ABS self-diagnosis.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BRC-48, "DTC Index".
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT
Perform EPS self-diagnosis.
Is DTC C1609 detected?
YES >> EPS control unit is malfunctioning. Replace steering column assembly. Refer to ST-10, "Removal
and Installation".
NO
>> Check EPS control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. If
any item are damaged, repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: 2010 November

STC-25

LEAF

http://vnx.su

U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT


Description

INFOID:0000000006867402

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN-H line, CAN-L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit communicate data but selectively reads required data only.

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006867403

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
U1000

Display item
CAN COMM CIRCUIT

Malfunction detected condition


EPS control unit is not transmitting/receiving CAN communication signal for 2
seconds or more.

Possible cause
CAN communication error
EPS control unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always turn power switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.

2.DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE


With CONSULT
1. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform EPS self-diagnosis.
Is DTC U1000 detected?
YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to STC-26, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006867404

Proceed to LAN-15, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".

Revision: 2010 November

STC-26

LEAF

http://vnx.su

EPS WARNING LAMP


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

EPS WARNING LAMP

Component Function Check

INFOID:0000000006867405

1.CHECK THE ILLUMINATION OF THE EPS WARNING LAMP

Check that the EPS warning lamp turns ON when power switch turns ON. Then, EPS warning lamp turns OFF
after the vehicle is READY state.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Perform trouble diagnosis. Refer to STC-27, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006867406

1.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS

With CONSULT
1. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform EPS self-diagnosis.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to STC-13, "DTC Index".
NO
>> GO TO 2.

STC

2.CHECK EPS WARNING LAMP SIGNAL


With CONSULT
Select DATA MONITOR of EPS and select WARNING LAMP.
Check that the item in DATA MONITOR is On.
Set the vehicle to READY.
CAUTION:
Never drive the vehicle.
4. Check that the item in DATA MONITOR is Off.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for combination meter power supply circuit. Refer to MWI-81,
"COMBINATION METER : Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> EPS control unit is malfunctioning. Replace steering column assembly. Refer to ST-10, "Removal
and Installation".
1.
2.
3.

Revision: 2010 November

STC-27

LEAF

http://vnx.su

EPS WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON


< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
EPS WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON
Description

INFOID:0000000006867407

EPS warning lamp does not turn ON when turning power switch ON from OFF. (Check the illumination of the
EPS warning lamp.)

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006867408

1.CHECK EPS WARNING LAMP


Perform the trouble diagnosis of EPS warning lamp. Refer to STC-27, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check that there is no malfunction in each harness connector pin terminal or disconnection.
NO
>> Repair or replace the specific malfunctioning part.

Revision: 2010 November

STC-28

LEAF

http://vnx.su

EPS WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN OFF


< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >

EPS WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN OFF


Description

A
INFOID:0000000006867409

EPS warning lamp does not turn OFF several seconds after the vehicle is READY state.

Diagnosis Procedure

B
INFOID:0000000006867410

1.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS

With CONSULT
1. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform EPS self-diagnosis.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to STC-13, "DTC Index".
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK EPS WARNING LAMP


Perform the trouble diagnosis of EPS warning lamp. Refer to STC-27, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace the specific malfunctioning part.

STC

3.CHECK EPS CONTROL UNIT POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


Perform the trouble diagnosis of EPS control unit power supply and ground. Refer to STC-20, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check that there is no malfunction in each harness connector pin terminal or disconnection.
NO
>> Repair or replace the specific malfunctioning part.

Revision: 2010 November

STC-29

LEAF

http://vnx.su

STEERING WHEEL TURNING FORCE IS HEAVY OR LIGHT


< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >

STEERING WHEEL TURNING FORCE IS HEAVY OR LIGHT


Description

INFOID:0000000006867411

Steering wheel turning force is heavy or light.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006867412

1.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT
1. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform EPS self-diagnosis.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to STC-13, "DTC Index".
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK THE ILLUMINATION OF THE EPS WARNING LAMP


Check that the EPS warning lamp turns ON when power switch turns ON. Then, EPS warning lamp turns OFF
after the vehicle is READY state.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Perform trouble diagnosis of EPS warning lamp. Refer to STC-27, "Diagnosis Procedure".

3.CHECK EPS CONTROL UNIT SIGNAL (1)


With CONSULT
1. Set the vehicle to READY.
2. Select ASSIST LEVEL in DATA MONITOR in EPS.
Dose the item in DATA MONITOR indicate 100%?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> GO TO 4.

4.CHECK EPS CONTROL UNIT SIGNAL (2)


With CONSULT
Select BATTERY VOLT in DATA MONITOR in EPS.
Dose the item in DATA MONITOR indicate 10.5 V or more?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Perform trouble diagnosis of EPS control unit power supply and ground. Refer to STC-20, "Diagnosis Procedure".

5.CHECK EPS CONTROL UNIT SIGNAL (3)


With CONSULT
Select C/U TEMP in DATA MONITOR in EPS.
Stop the EPS system until the item in DATA MONITOR becomes 85C or less.
NOTE:
While stopping the EPS system, do not turn steering wheel.
3. Check that the symptom continues.
Dose the symptom continue?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> The assist torque decreases because of protection function. This is not malfunction. INSPECTION END
1.
2.

6.CHECK EPS CONTROL UNIT SIGNAL (4)


With CONSULT
Set the vehicle to READY.
CAUTION:
Never drive the vehicle.
2. Turn steering wheel from full left stop to full right stop.
1.

Revision: 2010 November

STC-30

LEAF

http://vnx.su

STEERING WHEEL TURNING FORCE IS HEAVY OR LIGHT


< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
3. Select TORQUE SENSOR in DATA MONITOR in EPS.
A
Monitor item

TORQUE SENSOR

Condition

Display value

Steering wheel: Not steering (There is no steering


force)

Approx. 0 Nm

Steering wheel: Right turn

Positive value (Nm)

Steering wheel: Left turn

Negative value (Nm)

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> GO TO 7.

7.CHECK EPS MOTOR


E

Perform the trouble diagnosis of EPS motor. Refer to STC-23, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> Repair or replace the specific malfunctioning part.

8.CHECK STEERING WHEEL TURNING FORCE


Check the steering wheel turning force. Refer to ST-8, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Check the steering wheel turning force for mechanical malfunction. Refer to ST-19, "Inspection".

STC

Revision: 2010 November

STC-31

LEAF

http://vnx.su

UNBALANCE STEERING WHEEL TURNING FORCE AND RETURN BETWEEN


RIGHT AND LEFT
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >

UNBALANCE STEERING WHEEL TURNING FORCE AND RETURN BETWEEN RIGHT AND LEFT
Description

INFOID:0000000006867413

Unbalance steering wheel turning force and return between right and left.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006867414

1.CHECK THE ILLUMINATION OF THE EPS WARNING LAMP


Check the EPS warning lamp while the vehicle is READY state.
Does the EPS warning lamp turn OFF?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Refer to STC-29, "Diagnosis Procedure".

2.CHECK WHEEL ALIGNMENT


1. Check the wheel alignment. Refer to FSU-11, "Inspection".
2. Perform EPS self-diagnosis.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Adjustment of wheel alignment. Refer to FSU-11, "Inspection".

3.CHECK EPS CONTROL UNIT SIGNAL


With CONSULT
Set the vehicle to READY.
CAUTION:
Never drive the vehicle.
2. Turn steering wheel from full left stop to full right stop.
3. Select TORQUE SENSOR in DATA MONITOR in EPS.
4. Perform the torque sensor inspection.
1.

Monitor item

TORQUE SENSOR

Condition
Steering wheel: Not steering (There is no steering
force)

Display value
Approx. 0 Nm

Steering wheel: Right turn

Positive value (Nm)

Steering wheel: Left turn

Negative value (Nm)

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> GO TO 4.

4.CHECK EPS MOTOR


Perform the trouble diagnosis of EPS motor. Refer to STC-23, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Repair or replace the specific malfunctioning part.

5.CHECK STEERING WHEEL TURNING FORCE


Check the steering wheel turning force. Refer to ST-8, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Check the steering wheel turning force for mechanical malfunction. Refer to ST-19, "Inspection".

Revision: 2010 November

STC-32

LEAF

http://vnx.su

UNBALANCE STEERING WHEEL TURNING FORCE (TORQUE VARIATION)


< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >

UNBALANCE STEERING WHEEL TURNING FORCE (TORQUE VARIATION)


Description

INFOID:0000000006867415

Unbalance steering wheel turning force (torque variation).

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006867416

1.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT
1. Turn the power switch OFF to ON.
2. Perform EPS self-diagnosis.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to STC-13, "DTC Index".
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK THE ILLUMINATION OF THE EPS WARNING LAMP

Check the EPS warning lamp while the vehicle is READY state.
Does the EPS warning lamp turn OFF?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Refer to STC-29, "Diagnosis Procedure".

STC

3.CHECK STEERING COLUMN AND STEERING GEAR

Check the steering column assembly and steering gear assembly.


Steering column assembly. Refer to ST-10, "Exploded View".
Steering gear assembly. Refer to ST-15, "Exploded View".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair or replace the specific malfunctioning part.

4.CHECK EPS CONTROL UNIT SIGNAL (1)


With CONSULT
Set the vehicle to READY.
CAUTION:
Never drive the vehicle.
2. Turn steering wheel from full left stop to full right stop.
3. Select ASSIST LEVEL in DATA MONITOR in EPS.
Dose the item in DATA MONITOR maintain 100%?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> GO TO 5.

1.

5.CHECK EPS CONTROL UNIT SIGNAL (2)


With CONSULT
Select BATTERY VOLT in DATA MONITOR in EPS.
Dose the item in DATA MONITOR indicate 10.5 V or more?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> Perform trouble diagnosis of EPS control unit power supply and ground. Refer to STC-20, "Diagnosis Procedure".

6.CHECK EPS CONTROL UNIT SIGNAL (3)


With CONSULT
Select C/U TEMP in DATA MONITOR in EPS.
Stop the EPS system until the item in DATA MONITOR becomes 85C or less.
NOTE:
While stopping the EPS system, do not turn steering wheel.
3. Check that the symptom continues.
1.
2.

Revision: 2010 November

STC-33

LEAF

http://vnx.su

UNBALANCE STEERING WHEEL TURNING FORCE (TORQUE VARIATION)


< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
Dose the symptom continue?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> The assist torque decreases because of protection function. This is not malfunction. INSPECTION END

7.CHECK EPS CONTROL UNIT SIGNAL (4)


With CONSULT
Set the vehicle to READY.
CAUTION:
Never drive the vehicle.
2. Turn steering wheel from full left stop to full right stop.
3. Select TORQUE SENSOR in DATA MONITOR in EPS.
4. Perform the torque sensor inspection.
1.

Monitor item

TORQUE SENSOR

Condition

Display value

Steering wheel: Not steering (There is no steering


force)

Approx. 0 Nm

Steering wheel: Right turn

Positive value (Nm)

Steering wheel: Left turn

Negative value (Nm)

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 9.
NO
>> GO TO 8.

8.CHECK EPS MOTOR


Perform the trouble diagnosis of EPS motor. Refer to STC-23, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO
>> Repair or replace the specific malfunctioning part.

9.CHECK STEERING WHEEL TURNING FORCE


Check the steering wheel turning force. Refer to ST-8, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Check the steering wheel turning force for mechanical malfunction. Refer to ST-19, "Inspection".

Revision: 2010 November

STC-34

LEAF

http://vnx.su

EPS CONTROL UNIT


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

EPS CONTROL UNIT


Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006867417

CAUTION:
Disconnect 12V battery negative terminal before starting operations.
Never remove EPS control unit from steering column assembly. When replacing EPS control unit, replace
steering column assembly. Refer to ST-10, "Removal and Installation".

STC

Revision: 2010 November

STC-35

LEAF

http://vnx.su

RESTRAINTS

SECTION

SB

SEAT BELT

CONTENTS
PRECAUTION ............................................... 2
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 2
Precaution for Technicians Using Medical Electric...... 2
Point to Be Checked Before Starting Maintenance
Work .......................................................................... 2
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 2
Precaution for Seat Belt Service ............................... 3

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ................ 4


FRONT SEAT BELT ............................................ 4
Exploded View .......................................................... 4
SEAT BELT RETRACTOR .......................................... 5
SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Removal and Installation .......................................................................... 5
SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Inspection .................... 8

SEAT BELT BUCKLE ................................................10


SEAT BELT BUCKLE : Removal and Installation....10
SEAT BELT BUCKLE : Inspection ..........................10

REAR SEAT BELT ............................................ 11

Exploded View .........................................................11


SEAT BELT RETRACTOR ........................................12
SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Removal and Installation ........................................................................12
SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Inspection ..................13
SEAT BELT BUCKLE ................................................15
SEAT BELT BUCKLE : Removal and Installation....15
SEAT BELT BUCKLE : Inspection ..........................15
SEAT BELT HOOK ....................................................15
SEAT BELT HOOK : Removal and Installation .......15

SB

Revision: 2010 November

SB-1

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >

PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Technicians Using Medical Electric

INFOID:0000000007071862

OPERATION PROHIBITION
WARNING:
Parts with strong magnet is used in this vehicle.
Technicians using a medical electric device such as pacemaker must never perform operation on the
vehicle, as magnetic field can affect the device function by approaching to such parts.

NORMAL CHARGE PRECAUTION


WARNING:
If a technician uses a medical electric device such as an implantable cardiac pacemaker or an
implantable cardioverter defibrillator, the possible effects on the devices must be checked with the
device manufacturer before starting the charge operation.
As radiated electromagnetic wave generated by on board charger at normal charge operation may
effect medical electric devices, a technician using a medical electric device such as implantable cardiac pacemaker or an implantable cardioverter defibrillator must not enter the vehicle compartment
(including luggage room) during normal charge operation.

Precaution at telematics system operation


WARNING:
If a technician uses implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD),
avoid the device implanted part from approaching within approximately 220 mm (8.66 in) from interior/exterior antenna.
The electromagnetic wave of TCU might affect the function of the implantable cardiac pacemaker or
the implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), when using the service, etc.
If a technician uses other medical electric devices than implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator(ICD), the electromagnetic wave of TCU might affect the function of the
device. The possible effects on the devices must be checked with the device manufacturer before
TCU use.

Precaution at intelligent key system operation


WARNING:
If a technician uses implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD),
avoid the device implanted part from approaching within approximately 220 mm (8.66 in) from interior/exterior antenna.
The electromagnetic wave of intelligent key might affect the function of the implantable cardiac
pacemaker or the implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), at door operation, at each request
switch operation, or at engine starting.
If a technician uses other medical electric devices than implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), the electromagnetic wave of intelligent key might affect the function of the device. The possible effects on the devices must be checked with the device
manufacturer before intelligent key use.

Point to Be Checked Before Starting Maintenance Work

INFOID:0000000007079449

The high voltage system may starts automatically. It is required to check that the timer air conditioner
and timer charge (during EVSE connection) are not set before starting maintenance work.
NOTE:
If the timer air conditioner or timer charge (during EVSE connection) is set, the high voltage system starts
automatically even when the power switch is in OFF state.

Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"

INFOID:0000000006959171

The Supplemental Restraint System such as AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
Revision: 2010 November

SB-2

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS AIR BAG and SEAT BELT of this
Service Manual.
WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see SRS AIR BAG.
Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors.

PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS


WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
power switch ON, never use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer.
Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious
injury.
When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the power switch OFF, disconnect
the 12V battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.

SB

Precaution for Seat Belt Service

INFOID:0000000006962092

CAUTION:
Before removing the front seat belt pre-tensioner assembly, push the power switch off, disconnect
12V battery negative terminal and wait at least 3 minutes.
Do not use electrical test equipment for front seat belt pre-tensioner connector.
After replacing or reinstalling front seat belt pre-tensioner assembly, or reconnecting front seat belt
pre-tensioner connector, check the system function. Refer to SRC-13, "Description".
Do not use disassembled buckle or seat belt assembly.
Replace anchor bolts if they are deformed or worn out.
Never oil tongue and buckle.
If any component of seat belt assembly is questionable, do not repair. Replace the entire seat belt
assembly.
If webbing is cut, frayed or damaged, replace seat belt assembly.
When replacing seat belt assembly, use a genuine NISSAN seat belt assembly.

AFTER A COLLISION
WARNING:
Inspect all seat belt assemblies including retractors and attached hardware after any collision.
NISSAN recommends that all seat belt assemblies in use during a collision be replaced unless the collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly. Failure to do so
could result in serious personal injury in an accident. Seat belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted. Seat belt pre-tensioners
should be replaced even if the seat belts are not in use during a frontal collision in which the air bags
are deployed.
Replace any seat belt assembly (including anchor bolts) if:
The seat belt was in use at the time of a collision (except for minor collisions and the belts, retractors and
buckles show no damage and continue to operate properly).
The seat belt was damaged in an accident (i.e. torn webbing, bent retractor or guide).
The seat belt attaching point was damaged in an accident. Inspect the seat belt attaching area for damage
or distortion and repair as necessary before installing a new seat belt assembly.
Anchor bolts are deformed or worn out.
The front seat belt pre-tensioner should be replaced even if the seat belts are not in use during the collision
in which the air bags are deployed.

Revision: 2010 November

SB-3

LEAF

http://vnx.su

FRONT SEAT BELT


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION


FRONT SEAT BELT
Exploded View

INFOID:0000000006959144

JMHIA2009GB

Revision: 2010 November

SB-4

LEAF

http://vnx.su

FRONT SEAT BELT


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
1.

Adjuster cover

2.

Anchor bolt

3.

Shoulder anchor

4.

Spacer

5.

Retaining washer

6.

Seat belt adjuster

7.

Fiber washer

8.

Seat belt pre-tensioner retractor


(Passenger side)

9.

Seat belt pre-tensioner retractor


(Driver side)

10. Outer anchor

11. Joint bracket assembly RH

12. Seat belt buckle

13. Plastic washer

14. Wave washer

15. Joint bracket assembly LH

16. Lap pre-tensioner seat belt garnish

17. Lap pre-tensioner

: Pawl
: Nm (kg-m, in-lb)

D
: Nm (kg-m, ft-lb)

SEAT BELT RETRACTOR

SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006959145

REMOVAL

WARNING:
Before servicing, push power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal and wait 3 minutes or more.

Driver side

1.

Remove shoulder anchor.


1. Slide driver seat to the frontmost position.
2. Pull adjuster cover in direction indicated by arrows as
shown in the figure. Remove adjuster cover.

SB

I
: Pawl

K
JMHIA1630ZZ

2.

3. Remove shoulder anchor mounting anchor bolt.


Remove lap pre-tensioner.
1. Remove front kicking plate inner and rear kicking plate inner.
Refer to INT-21, "KICKING PLATE INNER : Removal and Installation".
2. Remove center pillar lower garnish.
Refer to INT-23, "CENTER PILLAR LOWER GARNISH : Removal and Installation".
3. Remove driver seat from the vehicle.
Refer to SE-16, "Removal and Installation".
CAUTION:
When removing and installing, use shop cloths to protect parts from damage.
4. Lift up lap pre-tensioner seat belt garnish, disengage pawls,
and remove lap pre-tensioner seat belt garnish.

: Pawl

JMHIA1631ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

SB-5

LEAF

http://vnx.su

FRONT SEAT BELT


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
5. Pull up floor carpet.
6. Remove front floor spacer and rear floor spacer.
7. Disconnect lap pre-tensioner seat belt harness connector.
CAUTION:
For installing/removing lap pre-tensioner connector,
insert thin screwdriver wrapped in tape into notch, lift
lock and remove connector.
Install connector with lock raised, and push lock into
connector.
After installing the connector, check that the lock is
pushed securely into it.

PHIA0953J

8.

Remove joint bracket assembly LH mounting bolts (A).


Vehicle front

JMHIA1801ZZ

9.

3.

Remove mounting anchor bolt of lap pre-tensioner, and then remove lap pre-tensioner from joint
bracket assembly LH.
Remove seat belt pre-tensioner retractor.
1. Remove seat belt pre-tensioner retractor mounting anchor bolt and screw.
2. Disconnect seat belt pre-tensioner harness connector.
CAUTION:
For installing/removing seat belt pre-tensioner connector, insert thin screwdriver wrapped in tape into
notch, lift lock and remove connector.
Install connector with lock raised, and push lock into
connector.
After installing the connector, check that the lock is
pushed securely into it.

PHIA0953J

4.

Never place pre-tensioner seat belt in an area where the temperature reaches 80C or more.
Remove seat belt adjuster.
1. Remove center pillar upper garnish.
Refer to INT-24, "CENTER PILLAR UPPER GARNISH : Removal and Installation".
2. Remove seat belt adjuster mounting anchor bolts.

Passenger side

1.

Remove shoulder anchor.


1. Slide passenger seat to the frontmost position.

Revision: 2010 November

SB-6

LEAF

http://vnx.su

FRONT SEAT BELT


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
2. Pull adjuster cover in direction indicated by arrows as
shown in the figure. Remove adjuster cover.

: Pawl

C
JMHIA1630ZZ

2.

3. Remove shoulder anchor mounting anchor bolt.


Remove outer anchor.
1. Remove front kicking plate inner and rear kicking plate inner.
Refer to INT-21, "KICKING PLATE INNER : Removal and Installation".
2. Remove center pillar lower garnish.
Refer to INT-23, "CENTER PILLAR LOWER GARNISH : Removal and Installation" .
3. Remove driver seat from the vehicle.
Refer to SE-16, "Removal and Installation".
CAUTION:
When removing and installing, use shop cloths to protect parts from damage.
4. Pull up floor carpet.
5. Remove front floor spacer and rear floor spacer.
6. Remove joint bracket assembly RH mounting bolts (A).

SB

Vehicle front

JMHIA1802ZZ

7.

3.

Remove mounting anchor bolt of outer anchor, and then remove outer anchor from joint bracket
assembly RH.
Remove seat belt pre-tensioner retractor.
1. Disconnect seat belt pre-tensioner harness connector.
CAUTION:
For installing/removing seat belt pre-tensioner connector, insert thin screwdriver wrapped in tape into
notch, lift lock and remove connector.
Install connector with lock raised, and push lock into
connector.
After installing the connector, check that the lock is
pushed securely into it.

PHIA0953J

2.

4.

Remove seat belt pre-tensioner retractor mounting anchor bolt and screw.
CAUTION:
Never place pre-tensioner seat belt in an area where the temperature reaches 80C or more.
Remove seat belt adjuster.
1. Remove center pillar upper garnish.

Revision: 2010 November

SB-7

LEAF

http://vnx.su

FRONT SEAT BELT


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
Refer to INT-24, "CENTER PILLAR UPPER GARNISH : Removal and Installation".
2. Remove seat belt adjuster mounting anchor bolts.

INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Inspection

INFOID:0000000006959146

AFTER A COLLISION
WARNING:
Inspect all seat belt assemblies including retractors and attached hardware after any collision.
NISSAN/INFINITI recommends that all seat belt assemblies in use during a collision be replaced
unless the collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly. Failure to do so could result in serious personal injury in an accident. Seat belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be replaced if either damage or improper operation was noted. Seat belt
pre-tensioners should be replaced even if the seat belts were not in use during a frontal collision in
which the air bags were deployed.
Replace any seat belt assembly (including anchor bolts) if:
The seat belt is in use at the time of a collision (except for minor collisions and the belts, retractors and buckles show no damage and continue to operate properly).
The seat belt is damaged in an accident (i.e. torn webbing, bent retractor or guide, etc.).
The seat belt attaching point is damaged in an accident. Inspect the seat belt attaching area for damage or
distortion and repair if necessary before installing a new seat belt assembly.
Anchor bolts are deformed or worn out.
The seat belt pre-tensioners must be replaced even if the seat belts were not in use during the collision in
which the air bags were deployed.

PRELIMINARY CHECKS
1.
a.
b.
2.
3.
4.

5.
a.
b.

c.

Check the seat belt warning lamp for proper operation as per the following:
Turn power switch ON. The seat belt warning lamp should illuminate.
Fasten driver seat belt. The seat belt warning lamp should turn OFF.
If the air bag warning lamp is blinking, perform self-diagnosis with CONSULT and air bag warning lamp.
Refer to SRC-13, "Description".
Check that the seat belt retractor, seat belt anchor and buckle bolts are tightened firmly.
Check the shoulder seat belt guide and shoulder belt height adjuster for front seats. Check that guide
swivels freely and that webbing lays flat and does not bind in guide. Check that height adjuster operates
properly and holds securely.
Check retractor operation:
Fully extend the seat belt webbing and check for twists, tears or other damage.
Allow the seat belt to retract. Check that webbing returns smoothly and completely into the retractor. If the
seat belt does not return smoothly, wipe the inside of the loops with a clean paper cloth. Dirt build-up in the
loops of the upper anchors can cause the seat belts to retract slowly.
Fasten the seat belt. Check that seat belt returns smoothly and completely to the retractor. If the webbing
does not return smoothly, the cause may be an accumulation of dust or dirt. Use the SEAT BELT TAPE
SET and perform the following steps.
Inspect the front seat belt through-anchor

1.
2.
3.

6.

Pull the seat belt out to a length of 500 mm (19.69 in) or more.
Fix the seat belt at the center pillar webbing opening with a clip or other device.
Pass a thin wire through the through-anchor webbing opening. Hold both ends of the wire and pull it
tightly while moving it up and down several times along the webbing opening surface to remove dirt
stuck there.
4. Any dirt that cannot be removed with the wire can be removed by cleaning the opening with a clean
cloth.
5. Apply tape at the point where the webbing contacts the through-anchor webbing opening.
NOTE:
Apply the tape so that there is no slack or wrinkling.
6. Remove the clip fixing the seat belt and check that the webbing returns smoothly.
Repeat steps above if necessary to check the other seat belts.

Revision: 2010 November

SB-8

LEAF

http://vnx.su

FRONT SEAT BELT


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

SEAT BELT RETRACTOR ON-VEHICLE CHECK

Emergency Locking Retractors (ELR) and Automatic Locking Retractors (ALR)


NOTE:
All seat belt retractors are Emergency Locking Retractors (ELR) type. In an emergency (sudden stop) the
retractor will lock and prevent the webbing from extending any further. All 3-point type seat belt retractors
except the driver seat belt also have an Automatic Locking Retractors (ALR) mode. The ALR mode (also
called child restraint mode) is used when installing child seats. The ALR mode is activated when the seat belt
is fully extended. When the webbing is then retracted partially, the ALR mode automatically locks the seat belt
in a specific position so the webbing cannot be extended any further. To cancel the ALR mode, allow the seat
belt to fully wind back into the retractor.
Check the seat belt retractors with the following test(s) to determine if a retractor assembly is operating properly.
ELR Function Stationary Check
Grasp the shoulder webbing and pull forward quickly. The retractor should lock and prevent the belt from
extending further.

ALR Function Stationary Check

1.
2.
3.
4.

Pull out the entire length of seat belt from retractor until a click is heard.
Retract the webbing partially. A clicking noise should be heard as the webbing retracts indicating that the
retractor is in the Automatic Locking Retractors (ALR) mode.
Grasp the seat belt and try to pull out the retractor. The webbing must lock and not extend any further. If it
does not operate normally, replace the retractor assembly.
Allow the entire length of the webbing to retract to cancel the automatic locking mode.

ELR Function Moving Check

WARNING:
Perform the following test in a safe, open area clear of other vehicles and obstructions (for example, a
large, empty parking lot). Road surface must be paved and dry. Never perform the following test on
wet or gravel roads or on public streets and highways. This could result in an accident and serious
personal injury. The driver and passenger must be prepared to brace themselves in the event that the
retractor does not lock.
1. Fasten driver seat belt. Buckle a passenger into the seat for the belt that is to be tested.
2. Proceed to the designated safe area.
3. Drive the vehicle at approximately 16 km/h (10 MPH). Notify any passengers of a pending sudden stop
and the driver and passenger must be prepared to brace themselves in the event that the retractor does
not lock. Apply brakes firmly and make a very hard stop.
During stopping, seat belts should lock and not be extended. If the seat belt retractor assembly does not lock,
perform the retractor off-vehicle check.

SEAT BELT RETRACTOR OFF-VEHICLE CHECK


1.
2.

Remove the front seat belt retractor. Refer to SB-5, "SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Removal and Installation".
Slowly pull out webbing while tilting the retractor assembly forward from the mounted position without
twisting the retractor assembly as shown in the figure.
The webbing can be pulled out when the angle (A) is 10
degrees or less.
The webbing cannot be pulled out when the angle (B) is 30
degrees or more.
A and B

: Tilting angles

JMHIA1056ZZ

Replace the seat belt assembly if it does not operate normally.

Revision: 2010 November

SB

: Vehicle front

3.

SB-9

LEAF

http://vnx.su

FRONT SEAT BELT


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

SEAT BELT BUCKLE


SEAT BELT BUCKLE : Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006959147

REMOVAL
WARNING:
Before servicing, push power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal and wait 3 minutes or more.
1. Remove front seat from the vehicle.
Refer to SE-16, "Removal and Installation".
CAUTION:
When removing and installing, use shop cloths to protect parts from damage.
2. Remove harness fixing clamps of seat belt buckle and connector fixing clip that are installed on seat.
3. Remove seat cushion inner finisher. Refer to SE-20, "SEAT CUSHION : Disassembly and Assembly".
4. Remove seatback trim and seatback pad. Refer to SE-17, "SEATBACK : Disassembly and Assembly".
5. Remove seat belt buckle mounting anchor bolt, and then remove seat belt buckle from seat.

INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

SEAT BELT BUCKLE : Inspection

INFOID:0000000006959148

AFTER A COLLISION
WARNING:
Inspect all seat belt assemblies including retractors and attached hardware after any collision.
NISSAN/INFINITI recommends that all seat belt assemblies in use during a collision be replaced
unless the collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly. Failure to do so could result in serious personal injury in an accident. Seat belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be replaced if either damage or improper operation was noted. Seat belt
pre-tensioners should be replaced even if the seat belts were not in use during a frontal collision in
which the air bags were deployed.
Replace any seat belt assembly (including anchor bolts) if:
The seat belt is in use at the time of a collision (except for minor collisions and the belts, retractors and buckles show no damage and continue to operate properly).
The seat belt is damaged in an accident (i.e. torn webbing, bent retractor or guide, etc.).
The seat belt attaching point is damaged in an accident. Inspect the seat belt attaching area for damage or
distortion and repair if necessary before installing a new seat belt assembly.
Anchor bolts are deformed or worn out.
The seat belt pre-tensioner must be replaced even if the seat belts were not in use during the collision in
which the air bags were deployed.

PRELIMINARY CHECKS
1.
a.
b.
2.
3.
4.

Check the seat belt warning lamp for proper operation as pen the following:
Turn power switch ON. The seat belt warning lamp should illuminate.
Fasten driver seat belt. The seat belt warning lamp should turn OFF.
If the air bag warning lamp is blinking, perform self-diagnosis using CONSULT and air bag warning lamp.
Refer to SRC-13, "Description".
Check that the seat belt retractor, seat belt anchor and buckle bolts are tightened firmly.
Repeat steps above if necessary to check the other seat belts.

Revision: 2010 November

SB-10

LEAF

http://vnx.su

REAR SEAT BELT


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

REAR SEAT BELT

Exploded View

INFOID:0000000006959149

SB

JMHIA1736GB

1.

Anchor bolt

2.

Shoulder anchor

3.

4.

Retaining washer

5.

Seat belt hook

6.

Outer seat belt retractor RH

7.

Outer anchor

8.

Retaining washer

9.

Outer seat belt retractor LH

Revision: 2010 November

SB-11

Space

LEAF

http://vnx.su

REAR SEAT BELT


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
10. Center seat belt cover

11. Center seat belt finisher

12. Seat belt buckle RH

13. Center seat belt buckle

14. Seat belt buckle LH

15. Center anchor

16. Center seat belt retractor


: Pawl
: Nm (kg-m, ft-lb)

SEAT BELT RETRACTOR


SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006959150

REMOVAL
Outer seat belt retractor

1.

2.

3.

Remove outer anchor.


1. Remove rear seat cushion from the vehicle.
Refer to SE-23, "SEAT CUSHION : Removal and Installation".
2. Remove outer anchor mounting anchor bolt.
Remove shoulder anchor.
1. Remove rear seatback from the vehicle.
Refer to SE-24, "SEATBACK : Removal and Installation".
2. Remove luggage side lower finisher.
Refer to INT-35, "LUGGAGE SIDE LOWER FINISHER : Removal and Installation".
3. Remove luggage floor upper finisher.
Refer to INT-34, "LUGGAGE FLOOR FRONT FINISHER : Removal and Installation".
4. Remove shoulder anchor mounting anchor bolt.
Remove outer seat belt retractor mounting anchor bolt, and then remove outer seat belt retractor.

Center seat belt retractor

1.

2.
3.
4.
5.

Remove center anchor.


1. Remove rear seat cushion from the vehicle.
Refer to SE-23, "SEAT CUSHION : Removal and Installation".
2. Remove center anchor mounting anchor bolt.
Remove rear seatback LH from the vehicle.
Refer to SE-24, "SEATBACK : Removal and Installation".
Remove seatback trim and seatback pad from seatback frame.
Refer to SE-24, "SEATBACK : Disassembly and Assembly".
Remove seatback silencer from seatback frame.
Remove center seat belt retractor.

Revision: 2010 November

SB-12

LEAF

http://vnx.su

REAR SEAT BELT


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
1. Remove mounting bolts (A) of upper webbing guide (1).
Remove upper webbing guide from seatback frame.
2. Disengage pawls of lower webbing guide (2). Remove lower
webbing guide in direction indicated by arrow as shown in
the figure.
3. Remove mounting anchor nut (B) of center seat belt retractor (3) from seatback frame.

: Pawl

G
JMHIA1803ZZ

INATALLATION
SB

Install in the reverse order of removal.

SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Inspection

INFOID:0000000006959151

AFTER A COLLISION
WARNING:
Inspect all seat belt assemblies including retractors and attached hardware after any collision.
NISSAN/INFINITI recommends that all seat belt assemblies in use during a collision be replaced
unless the collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly. Failure to do so could result in serious personal injury in an accident. Seat belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be replaced if either damage or improper operation was noted. Seat belt
pre-tensioners should be replaced even if the seat belts were not in use during a frontal collision in
which the air bags were deployed.
Replace any seat belt assembly (including anchor bolts) if:
The seat belt is in use at the time of a collision (except for minor collisions and the belts, retractors and buckles show no damage and continue to operate properly).
The seat belt is damaged in an accident (i.e. torn webbing, bent retractor or guide, etc.).
The seat belt attaching point is damaged in an accident. Inspect the seat belt attaching area for damage or
distortion and repair if necessary before installing a new seat belt assembly.
Anchor bolts are deformed or worn out.
The seat belt pre-tensioners must be replaced even if the seat belts were not in use during the collision in
which the air bags were deployed.

PRELIMINARY CHECKS
1.
2.
a.
b.

c.

3.

Check that the seat belt retractor, seat belt anchor and buckle bolts are tightened firmly.
Check retractor operation:
Fully extend the seat belt webbing and check for twists, tears or other damage.
Allow the seat belt to retract. Check that webbing returns smoothly and completely into the retractor. If the
seat belt does not return smoothly, wipe the inside of the loops with a clean paper cloth. Dirt build-up in the
loops of that upper anchors can cause the seat belts to retract slowly.
Fasten the seat belt. Check that seat belt returns smoothly and completely to the retractor. If the webbing
does not return smoothly, the cause may be an accumulation of dust or dirt. Use the SEAT BELT TAPE
SET and perform the following steps.
Repeat steps above if necessary to check the other seat belts.

Revision: 2010 November

SB-13

LEAF

http://vnx.su

REAR SEAT BELT


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

SEAT BELT RETRACTOR ON-VEHICLE CHECK


Emergency Locking Retractors (ELR) and Automatic Locking Retractors (ALR)
NOTE:
All seat belt retractors are Emergency Locking Retractors (ELR) type. In an emergency (sudden stop) the
retractor will lock and prevent the webbing from extending any further. All 3-point type seat belt retractors
except the driver seat belt also have an Automatic Locking Retractors (ALR) mode. The ALR mode (also
called child restraint mode) is used when installing child seats. The ALR mode is activated when the seat belt
is fully extended. When the webbing is then retracted partially, the ALR mode automatically locks the seat belt
in a specific position so the webbing cannot be extended any further. To cancel the ALR mode, allow the seat
belt to fully wind back into the retractor.
Check the seat belt retractors with the following test(s) to determine if a retractor assembly is operating properly.
ELR Function Stationary Check
Grasp the shoulder webbing and pull forward quickly. The retractor should lock and prevent the belt from
extending further.
ALR Function Stationary Check

1.
2.
3.
4.

Pull out the entire length of seat belt from retractor until a click is heard.
Retract the webbing partially. A clicking noise should be heard as the webbing retracts indicating that the
retractor is in the Automatic Locking Retractors (ALR) mode.
Grasp the seat belt and try to pull out the retractor. The webbing must lock and not extend any further. If it
does not operate normally, replace the retractor assembly.
Allow the entire length of the webbing to retract to cancel the automatic locking mode.

ELR Function Moving Check

WARNING:
Perform the following test in a safe, open area clear of other vehicles and obstructions (for example, a
large, empty parking lot). Road surface must be paved and dry. Never perform the following test on
wet or gravel roads or on public streets and highways. This could result in an accident and serious
personal injury. The driver and passenger must be prepared to brace themselves in the event that the
retractor does not lock.
1. Fasten driver seat belt. Buckle a passenger into the seat for the belt that is to be tested.
2. Proceed to the designated safe area.
3. Drive the vehicle at approximately 16 km/h (10 MPH). Notify any passengers of a pending sudden stop
and the driver and passenger must be prepared to brace themselves in the event that the retractor does
not lock. Apply brakes firmly and make a very hard stop.
During stopping, seat belts should lock and not be extended. If the seat belt retractor assembly does not lock,
perform the retractor off-vehicle check.

SEAT BELT RETRACTOR OFF-VEHICLE CHECK


1.
2.
a.

Remove the rear seat belt retractor. Refer to SB-12, "SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Removal and Installation".
Slowly pull out webbing while tilting the retractor assembly forward from the mounted position without
twisting the retractor assembly as shown in the figure.
Outer seat belt retractor
The webbing can be pulled out when the angle (A) is 17
degrees or less.
The webbing cannot be pulled out when the angle (B) is 37
degrees or more.
A and B

: Tilting angles
: Vehicle front

JMHIA1064ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

SB-14

LEAF

http://vnx.su

REAR SEAT BELT


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
b. Center seat belt retractor
The webbing can be pulled out when the angle (A) is 25
degrees or less.
The webbing cannot be pulled out when the angle (B) is 45
degrees or more.
A and B

: Tilting angles
: Vehicle front

JMHIA0561ZZ

3.

Replace the seat belt assembly if it does not operate normally.

SEAT BELT BUCKLE

SEAT BELT BUCKLE : Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006959152

REMOVAL
1.
2.

Remove rear seat cushion from the vehicle.


Refer to SE-23, "SEAT CUSHION : Removal and Installation".
Remove seat belt buckle mounting anchor bolt, and then remove seat belt buckle.

INSTALLATION

SB

Install in the reverse order of removal.

SEAT BELT BUCKLE : Inspection

INFOID:0000000006959153

AFTER A COLLISION
WARNING:
Inspect all seat belt assemblies including retractors and attached hardware after any collision.
NISSAN/INFINITI recommends that all seat belt assemblies in use during a collision be replaced
unless the collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly. Failure to do so could result in serious personal injury in an accident. Seat belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be replaced if either damage or improper operation was noted. Seat belt
pre-tensioners should be replaced even if the seat belts were not in use during a frontal collision in
which the air bags were deployed.
Replace any seat belt assembly (including anchor bolts) if:
The seat belt is in use at the time of a collision (except for minor collisions and the belts, retractors and buckles show no damage and continue to operate properly).
The seat belt is damaged in an accident. (i.e. torn webbing, bent retractor or guide, etc.)
The seat belt attaching point is damaged in an accident. Inspect the seat belt attaching area for damage or
distortion and repair if necessary before installing a new seat belt assembly.
Anchor bolts are deformed or worn out.
The seat belt pre-tensioner must be replaced even if the seat belts were not in use during the collision in
which the air bags are deployed.

PRELIMINARY CHECKS
1.
2.

Check that the seat belt retractor, seat belt anchor and buckle bolts are tightened firmly.
Repeat step above if necessary to check the other seat belts.

SEAT BELT HOOK


SEAT BELT HOOK : Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006959154

REMOVAL
1.

Remove rear seatback from the vehicle.


Refer to SE-24, "SEATBACK : Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

SB-15

LEAF

http://vnx.su

REAR SEAT BELT


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
2. Remove rear seat cushion from the vehicle.
Refer to SE-23, "SEAT CUSHION : Removal and Installation".
3. Remove luggage side lower finisher.
Refer to INT-35, "LUGGAGE SIDE LOWER FINISHER : Removal and Installation".
4. From back of luggage side lower finisher, press pawls indicated
by arrows as shown in the figure and remove seat belt hook
from luggage side lower finisher.

JMHIA1638ZZ

INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: 2010 November

SB-16

LEAF

http://vnx.su

RESTRAINTS

SECTION

SR

SRS AIRBAG

CONTENTS
PRECAUTION ............................................... 2

Removal and Installation .........................................11

PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 2

SPIRAL CABLE ................................................ 14

Precaution for Technicians Using Medical Electric...... 2


Point to Be Checked Before Starting Maintenance
Work .......................................................................... 2
Precaution for Removing 12V Battery ....................... 2
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 3
Occupant Classification System .............................. 3
Precaution for Work .................................................. 3

Exploded View .........................................................14


Removal and Installation .........................................14

PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE ................... 17


Exploded View .........................................................17
Removal and Installation .........................................17

CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE .......................... 20

SR

Exploded View .........................................................20


Removal and Installation .........................................20

PREPARATION ............................................ 4

CRASH ZONE SENSOR ................................... 22

PREPARATION ................................................... 4

Exploded View .........................................................22


Removal and Installation .........................................22

Commercial Service Tools ........................................ 4

BASIC INSPECTION .................................... 5

SATELLITE SENSOR ....................................... 24


Exploded View .........................................................24
Removal and Installation .........................................24

COLLISION DIAGNOSIS .................................... 5


FOR FRONTAL COLLISION ....................................... 5
FOR FRONTAL COLLISION : When SRS is activated in a collision ..................................................... 5
FOR FRONTAL COLLISION : When SRS is not
activated in a collision ............................................... 6
FOR SIDE AND ROLLOVER COLLISION .................. 7
FOR SIDE AND ROLLOVER COLLISION : When
SRS is activated in a collision ................................... 7
FOR SIDE AND ROLLOVER COLLISION : When
SRS is not activated in a collision ............................. 8

DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT ............................. 27


Exploded View .........................................................27
Removal and Installation .........................................27

SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER ........................ 29


Exploded View .........................................................29
Removal and Installation .........................................29

LAP PRE-TENSIONER ..................................... 30


Exploded View .........................................................30
Removal and Installation .........................................30

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............... 11

OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM


CONTROL UNIT ................................................ 31

DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE ..............................11

Exploded View .........................................................31


Removal and Installation .........................................31

Exploded View ........................................................ 11

Revision: 2010 November

SR-1

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >

PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Technicians Using Medical Electric

INFOID:0000000007075274

OPERATION PROHIBITION
WARNING:
Parts with strong magnet is used in this vehicle.
Technicians using a medical electric device such as pacemaker must never perform operation on the
vehicle, as magnetic field can affect the device function by approaching to such parts.

NORMAL CHARGE PRECAUTION


WARNING:
If a technician uses a medical electric device such as an implantable cardiac pacemaker or an
implantable cardioverter defibrillator, the possible effects on the devices must be checked with the
device manufacturer before starting the charge operation.
As radiated electromagnetic wave generated by on board charger at normal charge operation may
effect medical electric devices, a technician using a medical electric device such as implantable cardiac pacemaker or an implantable cardioverter defibrillator must not enter the vehicle compartment
(including luggage room) during normal charge operation.

Precaution at telematics system operation


WARNING:
If a technician uses implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD),
avoid the device implanted part from approaching within approximately 220 mm (8.66 in) from interior/exterior antenna.
The electromagnetic wave of TCU might affect the function of the implantable cardiac pacemaker or
the implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), when using the service, etc.
If a technician uses other medical electric devices than implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator(ICD), the electromagnetic wave of TCU might affect the function of the
device. The possible effects on the devices must be checked with the device manufacturer before
TCU use.

Precaution at intelligent key system operation


WARNING:
If a technician uses implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD),
avoid the device implanted part from approaching within approximately 220 mm (8.66 in) from interior/exterior antenna.
The electromagnetic wave of intelligent key might affect the function of the implantable cardiac
pacemaker or the implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), at door operation, at each request
switch operation, or at engine starting.
If a technician uses other medical electric devices than implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), the electromagnetic wave of intelligent key might affect the function of the device. The possible effects on the devices must be checked with the device
manufacturer before intelligent key use.

Point to Be Checked Before Starting Maintenance Work

INFOID:0000000007079484

The high voltage system may starts automatically. It is required to check that the timer air conditioner
and timer charge (during EVSE connection) are not set before starting maintenance work.
NOTE:
If the timer air conditioner or timer charge (during EVSE connection) is set, the high voltage system starts
automatically even when the power switch is in OFF state.

Precaution for Removing 12V Battery

INFOID:0000000006952037

When removing the 12V battery, turn ON/OFF the power switch and check that the charging status indicator
does not blink. The 12V battery must be removed within one hour after checking the indicator lamp.
NOTE:
The automatic 12V battery charge control may start even when the power switch is in OFF state.
Revision: 2010 November

SR-2

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >
The automatic 12V battery charge control does not start within approximately one hour when the power
switch is turned ON/OFF.

Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"

INFOID:0000000006892173

The Supplemental Restraint System such as AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS AIR BAG and SEAT BELT of this
Service Manual.
WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see SRS AIR BAG.
Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors.

PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS

SR

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
power switch ON, never use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer.
Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious
injury.
When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the power switch OFF, disconnect
the 12V battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.

Occupant Classification System

INFOID:0000000006892149

Replace occupant classification system control unit and passenger front seat cushion as an assembly.
Refer to SE-13, "Exploded View".
L

Precaution for Work

INFOID:0000000006892150

Never use electrical test equipment to check SRS circuits unless instructed to in this Service Manual.
Before servicing the SRS, turn ignition switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal and wait 3 minutes or more.
For approximately 3 minutes after the cables are removed, it is still possible for the air bag and seat belt pretensioner to deploy. Therefore, never work on any SRS connectors or wires until at least 3 minutes have
elapsed.
Diagnosis sensor unit must always be installed with their arrow marks pointing towards the front of the
vehicle for proper operation. Also check diagnosis sensor unit for cracks, deformities or rust before installation and replace as required.
The spiral cable must be aligned in the neutral position since its rotations are limited. Never turn steering
wheel and column after removal of steering gear.
Handle air bag module carefully. Always place driver and front passenger air bag modules with the pad side
facing upward and seat mounted front side air bag module standing with the stud bolt side facing down.
Conduct self-diagnosis to check entire SRS for proper functioning after replacing any components.
After air bag inflates, the instrument panel assembly should be replaced if damaged.

Revision: 2010 November

SR-3

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PREPARATION
< PREPARATION >

PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Commercial Service Tools

INFOID:0000000006892151

Tool name

Description

Removes tool of driver air bag module and/or


Diagnosis sensor unit

Tamper resistant TORX bit

S-NT757

Remover tool

Removes clips, pawls and metal clips

JMKIA3050ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

SR-4

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COLLISION DIAGNOSIS
< BASIC INSPECTION >

BASIC INSPECTION

COLLISION DIAGNOSIS
FOR FRONTAL COLLISION

FOR FRONTAL COLLISION : When SRS is activated in a collision

INFOID:0000000006892110

CAUTION:
Due to varying models and option levels, not all parts listed in the chart below apply to all vehicles.

WORK PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Before performing any of the following steps, ensure that all vehicle body and structural repairs have been
completed.
Replace the diagnosis sensor unit.
Remove the front air bag modules, crash zone sensor, bracket and seat belt pre-tensioner assemblies.
Check the SRS components using the table below:
Replace any SRS components showing visible signs of damage. (dents, cracks and deformation, etc.)
Install new front air bag modules, crash zone sensor assembly, bracket and seat belt pre-tensioner
assemblies.
Perform self-diagnosis using CONSULT or AIR BAG warning lamp. Refer to SRC-17, "CONSULT Function" or SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function" for details. Ensure entire SRS operates properly.
After the work is completed, perform self-diagnosis to check that no malfunction is detected. Refer to
SRC-13, "Description".

Inspection

Driver air bag module

If the driver air bag has deployed:


REPLACE
Install with new fasteners.

Passengerair bag module (if


equipped)

If the passengerair bag has deployed:


REPLACE
Install with new fasteners.

Crash zone sensor

If any of the front air bags or seat belt pre-tensioners* have been activated:
REPLACE the crash zone sensor and bracket with new fasteners.
*: Confirm seat belt pre-tensioner activation using CONSULT only.

Seat belt pre-tensioner assemblies


(All applicable locations: buckle,
retractor, lap outer)

If either the driver or passenger seat belt pre-tensioner* has been activated:
REPLACE all seat belt pre-tensioner assemblies with new fasteners.
*: Confirm seat belt pre-tensioner activation using CONSULT only.

Diagnosis sensor unit

If any of the SRS components have been activated:


REPLACE the diagnosis sensor unit.
Install with new fasteners.
1.
2.

Steering wheel

3.
4.
5.
6.

If the driver front air bag has deployed:


REPLACE the spiral cable.

Occupant classification system


(Passenger seat)

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Revision: 2010 November

Remove passenger seat assembly.


Check control unit case for dents, cracks of deformities.
Check connectors and pressure sensor tube for damage, and terminals for deformities.
Check seat frame and cushion pan for dents or deformities.
If no damage is found, reinstall seat with new fasteners.
If damaged REPLACE seat cushion assembly with new fasteners.

SR-5

Visually check steering wheel for deformities.


Check harness (built into steering wheel) and connectors for damage, and terminals for deformities.
Install driver air bag module into the steering wheel to check fit and alignment with the wheel.
Check steering wheel for excessive free play.
If no damage is found, reinstall.
If damaged REPLACE.

Spiral cable

SR

SRS INSPECTION (FOR FRONTAL COLLISION)


Part

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COLLISION DIAGNOSIS
< BASIC INSPECTION >
Part

Harness and connectors

Instrument panel assembly

Inspection
1.
2.
3.
4.

Check connectors for poor connection, damage, and terminals for deformities.
Check harness for binding, chafing, cuts, or deformities.
If no damage is found, reinstall the harness and connectors.
If damaged REPLACE the damaged harness. Do not attempt to repair, splice or modify any
SRS harness.

If the passengerair bag has deployed:


REPLACE the instrument panel assembly. (integrated type)

FOR FRONTAL COLLISION : When SRS is not activated in a collision

INFOID:0000000006892111

CAUTION:
Due to varying models and option levels, not all parts listed in the chart below apply to all vehicles.

WORK PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
4.

Before performing any of the following steps, ensure that all vehicle body and structural repairs have been
completed.
Check the SRS components using the table below:
Replace any SRS components showing visible signs of damage. (dents, cracks and deformation, etc.)
Perform self-diagnosis using CONSULT or warning lamp. Refer to SRC-17, "CONSULT Function" or
SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function" for details. Ensure entire SRS operates properly.
After the work is completed, perform self-diagnosis to check that no malfunction is detected. Refer to
SRC-13, "Description".

SRS INSPECTION (FOR FRONTAL COLLISION)


Part

Inspection

Driver air bag module

If the driver air bag has NOT been deployed:


1.
Remove driver air bag module. Check harness cover and connectors for damage, terminals for
deformities, and harness for binding.
2.
Install driver air bag module into the steering wheel to check fit and alignment with the wheel.
3.
If no damage is found, reinstall with new fasteners.
4.
If damaged REPLACE. Install driver air bag module with new fasteners.

Passengerair bag module (if


equipped)

If the passengerair bag has NOT been deployed:


1.
Remove passengerair bag module. Check harness cover and connectors for damage, terminals
for deformities, and harness for binding.
2.
Install passengerair bag module into the instrument panel to check fit with the instrument panel.
3.
If no damage is found, reinstall with new fasteners.
4.
If damaged REPLACE. Install passengerair bag modules with new fasteners.

Crash zone sensor

If the front air bags or seat belt pre-tensioners have NOT been activated:
1.
Remove the crash zone sensor. Check harness connectors for damage, terminals for deformities, and harness for binding.
2.
Check for visible signs of damage (dents, cracks, deformation, etc.) of the crash zone sensor
and bracket.
3.
Install the crash zone sensor to check fit.
4.
If no damage is found, reinstall with new fasteners.
5.
If damaged REPLACE the crash zone sensor and bracket with new fasteners.

Seat belt pre-tensioner assemblies


(All applicable locations: buckle,
retractor, lap outer)

If the pre-tensioners have NOT been activated:


1.
Remove seat belt pre-tensioners.
Check harness cover and connectors for damage, terminals for deformities, and harness for
binding.
2.
Check belts for damage and anchors for loose mounting.
3.
Check retractor for smooth operation.
4.
Check seat belt adjuster for damage.
5.
Check for deformities of the center pillar inner.
6.
If the center pillar inner has no damage, REPLACE the seat belt pre-tensioner assembly.
7.
If no damage is found, reinstall seat belt pre-tensioner assembly.
8.
If damaged REPLACE. Install the seat belt pre-tensioners with new fasteners.

Revision: 2010 November

SR-6

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COLLISION DIAGNOSIS
< BASIC INSPECTION >
Part

Diagnosis sensor unit

Inspection

1.
2.
Steering wheel

If none of the SRS components have been activated:


1.
Check case for dents, cracks or deformities.
2.
Check connectors for damage, and terminals for deformities.
3.
If no damage is found, reinstall with new fasteners.
4.
If damaged REPLACE. Install diagnosis sensor unit with new fasteners.

3.
4.
5.
6.

Visually check steering wheel for deformities.


Check harness (built into steering wheel) and connectors for damage, and terminals for deformities.
Install driver air bag module into the steering wheel to check fit and alignment with the wheel.
Check steering wheel for excessive free play.
If no damage is found, reinstall.
If damaged REPLACE.

Spiral cable

If the driver front air bag has not deployed:


1.
Visually check spiral cable and combination switch for damage.
2.
Check connectors and protective tape for damage.
3.
Check steering wheel for noise, binding or heavy operation.
4.
If no damage is found, reinstall.
5.
If damaged REPLACE.

Occupant classification system


(Passenger seat)

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Remove passenger seat assembly.


Check control unit case for dents, cracks of deformities.
Check connectors and pressure sensor tube for damage, and terminals for deformities.
Check seat frame and cushion pan for dents or deformities.
If no damage is found, reinstall seat with new fasteners.
If damaged REPLACE seat cushion assembly with new fasteners.

1.
2.
3.
4.

Check connectors for poor connection, damage, and terminals for deformities.
Check harness for binding, chafing, cuts, or deformities.
If no damage is found, reinstall the harness and connectors.
If damaged REPLACE the damaged harness. Do not attempt to repair, splice or modify any
SRS harness.

Harness and connectors

Instrument panel assembly

If the passengerair bag has NOT deployed:


1.
Visually check instrument panel assembly for damage.
2.
If no damage is found, reinstall the instrument panel assembly.
3.
If damaged REPLACE the instrument panel assembly.

SR

FOR SIDE AND ROLLOVER COLLISION


K

FOR SIDE AND ROLLOVER COLLISION : When SRS is activated in a collision


INFOID:0000000006892112

CAUTION:
Due to varying models and option levels, not all parts listed in the chart below apply to all vehicles.

WORK PROCEDURE
1.
2.

3.

4.
5.

Before performing any of the following steps, ensure that all vehicle body and structural repairs have been
completed.
Replace the following components:
Front seat back assembly (on the side on which side air bag is activated)
Door finisher (on the side on which door-mounted curtain air bag is activated)
Pop-up roll bar assemblies and pop-up roll bar covers
Satellite sensor LH/RH (on the side on which side air bag is activated)
Diagnosis sensor unit
Seat belt pre-tensioner assemblies
Check the SRS components and the related parts using the following table.
Replace any SRS components and the related parts showing visible signs of damage. (dents, cracks,
deformation, etc.)
Perform self-diagnosis using CONSULT and AIR BAG warning lamp. Refer to SRC-17, "CONSULT
Function" or SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function" for details. Make sure entire SRS operates properly.
After the work is completed, perform self-diagnosis to check that no malfunction is detected. Refer to
SRC-13, "Description".

Revision: 2010 November

SR-7

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COLLISION DIAGNOSIS
< BASIC INSPECTION >
SRS INSPECTION (FOR SIDE AND ROLLOVER COLLISION)
Part

Inspection

Curtain air bag module LH

If the curtain air bag LH has deployed:


REPLACE the curtain air bag module LH.
Install with new fasteners.

Curtain air bag module RH

If the curtain air bag RH has deployed:


REPLACE the curtain air bag module RH.
Install with new fasteners.

Side air bag module LH

If the side air bag LH has deployed:


REPLACE front seatback assembly LH.

Side air bag module RH

If the side air bag RH has deployed:


REPLACE front seatback assembly RH.

Satellite sensor (LH or RH)

If any of the SRS components have deployed:


REPLACE the satellite sensor on the collision side with new fasteners.

Diagnosis sensor unit

If any of the SRS components have deployed:


REPLACE the diagnosis sensor unit with new fasteners.

Seat belt pre-tensioner assemblies


(All applicable locations: buckle,
retractor, lap outer)

If either the driver or passenger seat belt pre-tensioner* has been activated:
REPLACE all seat belt pre-tensioner assemblies with new fasteners.
*: Confirm seat belt pre-tensioner activation using CONSULT only.

Center inner pillar

1.
2.

Check the center inner pillar on the collision side for damage (dents, cracks, deformation, etc.).
If damaged REPAIR the center inner pillar.

1.

Check for visible signs of damage (dents, cracks, deformation, etc.) of the interior trim on the
collision side.
If damaged REPLACE the damaged trim parts.

Trim/headlining
2.
Door-mounted curtain air bag
module LH

If the door-mounted curtain air bag module LH has deployed:


REPLACE the door finisher LH and door-mounted curtain air bag module.
Install with new fasteners.

Door-mounted curtain air bag


module RH

If the door-mounted curtain air bag module RH has deployed:


REPLACE the door finisher RH and door-mounted curtain air bag module.
Install with new fasteners.

Pop-up roll bar assemblies

If the pop-up roll bar has deployed:


REPLACE pop-up roll bar assemblies and pop-up roll bar covers.
Install with new fasteners.

FOR SIDE AND ROLLOVER COLLISION : When SRS is not activated in a collision
INFOID:0000000006892113

CAUTION:
Due to varying models and option levels, not all parts listed in the chart below apply to all vehicles.

WORK PROCEDURE
1.
2.

3.
4.

Before performing any of the following steps, ensure that all vehicle body and structural repairs have been
completed.
Check the SRS components and the related parts using the following table.
If the front seat back assembly is damaged, the front seat back assembly must be replaced.
If the door finisher assembly is damaged, the door finisher assembly and door-mounted curtain air bag
module must be replaced.
Perform self-diagnosis using CONSULT and AIR BAG warning lamp. Refer to SRC-17, "CONSULT
Function" or SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function" for details. Make sure entire SRS operates properly.
After the work is completed, perform self-diagnosis to check that no malfunction is detected. Refer to
SRC-13, "Description".

SRS INSPECTION (FOR SIDE AND ROLLOVER COLLISION)

Revision: 2010 November

SR-8

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COLLISION DIAGNOSIS
< BASIC INSPECTION >
Part

Curtain air bag module LH

Curtain air bag module RH

Inspection
If the curtain air bag LH has NOT deployed:
1.
Check for visible signs of damage (dents, tears, deformation, etc.) of the center pillar on the collision side.
2.
If damaged Remove the curtain air bag module LH.
3.
Check for visible signs of damage (tears etc.) of the curtain air bag module LH.
4.
Check harness and connectors for damage, and terminals for deformities.
5.
If no damage is found, reinstall the curtain air bag module LH with new fasteners.
6.
If damaged REPLACE the curtain air bag module LH with new fasteners.
If the curtain air bag RH has NOT deployed:
1.
Check for visible signs of damage (dents, tears, deformation, etc.) of the center pillar on the collision side.
2.
If damaged Remove the curtain air bag module RH.
3.
Check for visible signs of damage (tears etc.) of the curtain air bag module RH.
4.
Check harness and connectors for damage, and terminals for deformities.
5.
If no damage is found, reinstall the curtain air bag module RH with new fasteners.
6.
If damaged REPLACE the curtain air bag module RH with new fasteners.

Side air bag module LH

If the side air bag LH has NOT deployed:


1.
Check for visible signs of damage (dents, tears, deformation, etc.) of the seat back on the collision side.
2.
Check harness and connectors for damage, and terminals for deformities.
3.
If damaged REPLACE the front seatback assembly LH.

Side air bag module RH

If the side air bag RH has NOT deployed:


1.
Check for visible signs of damage (dents, tears, deformation, etc.) of the seat back on the collision side.
2.
Check harness and connectors for damage, and terminals for deformities.
3.
If damaged REPLACE the front seatback assembly RH.

Satellite sensor (LH or RH)

If none of the SRS components have been activated:


1.
Remove the satellite sensor (LH or RH) on the collision side. Check harness connectors for
damage, terminals for deformities, and harness for binding.
2.
Check for visible signs of damage (dents, cracks, deformation, etc.) of the satellite sensor (LH
or RH).
3.
Install the satellite sensor (LH or RH) to check fit.
4.
If no damage is found, reinstall the satellite sensor (LH or RH) with new fasteners.
5.
If damaged REPLACE the satellite sensor (LH or RH) with new fasteners.

Diagnosis sensor unit

If none of the SRS components have been activated:


1.
Check case and bracket for dents, cracks or deformities.
2.
Check connectors for damage, and terminals for deformities.
3.
If no damage is found, reinstall the diagnosis sensor unit with new fasteners.
4.
If damaged REPLACE the diagnosis sensor unit with new fasteners.

Seat belt pre-tensioner assemblies


(All applicable locations: buckle,
retractor, lap outer)

If the pre-tensioners have NOT been activated:


1.
Remove seat belt pre-tensioners.
Check harness cover and connectors for damage, terminals for deformities, and harness for
binding.
2.
Check belts for damage and anchors for loose mounting.
3.
Check retractor for smooth operation.
4.
Check seat belt adjuster for damage.
5.
Check for deformities of the center pillar inner.
6.
If the center pillar inner has no damage, REPLACE the seat belt pre-tensioner assembly.
7.
If no damage is found, reinstall seat belt pre-tensioner assembly.
8.
If damaged REPLACE. Install the seat belt pre-tensioners with new fasteners.

Seat (with side air bag)

If the front LH or front RH side air bag modules have NOT deployed:
1.
Visually check the seat on the collision side.
2.
Remove the seat on the collision side and check the following for damage and deformities.
Harness, connectors and terminals
Frame and recliner (for front and rear seat), and also adjuster and slides (for front seat)
3.
If no damage is found, reinstall the seat.
4.
If damaged REPLACE the damaged seat parts using new fasteners. If the front seat back is
damaged, the front seat back assembly must be replaced.

Center inner pillar

1.
2.

Revision: 2010 November

SR

Check the center inner pillar on the collision side for damage (dents, cracks, deformation, etc.).
If damaged REPAIR the center inner pillar.

SR-9

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COLLISION DIAGNOSIS
< BASIC INSPECTION >
Part

Inspection
1.

Trim/headlining
2.

Check for visible signs of damage (dents, cracks, deformation, etc.) of the interior trim on the
collision side.
If damaged REPLACE the damaged trim parts.

Door-mounted curtain air bag


module LH

If the door-mounted curtain air bag LH has NOT deployed:


1.
Check for visible signs of damage (dents, tears, deformation, etc.) of the door finisher on the
collision side.
2.
If damaged REPLACE the door finisher LH with new fasteners.
3.
Check for visible signs of damaged (tears etc.) of the door-mounted curtain air bag module LH.
4.
Check harness and connectors for damage, and terminals for deformities.
5.
If no damage is found, reinstall door finisher.
CAUTION:
When removing door-mounted curtain air bag module from door finisher, never reuse
door finisher.
6.
If damaged REPLACE the door finisher LH and door-mounted curtain air bag module LH with
new fasteners.

Door-mounted curtain air bag


module RH

If the door-mounted curtain air bag RH has NOT deployed:


1.
Check for visible signs of damage (dents, tears, deformation, etc.) of the door finisher on the
collision side.
2.
If damaged REPLACE the door finisher RH with new fasteners.
3.
Check for visible signs of damage (tears etc.) of the door-mounted curtain air bag module RH.
4.
Check harness and connectors for damage, and terminals for deformities.
5.
If no damage is found, reinstall door finisher.
CAUTION:
When removing door-mounted curtain air bag module from door finisher, never reuse
door finisher.
6.
If damaged REPLACE the door finisher RH and door-mounted curtain air bag module RH with
new fasteners.

Pop-up roll bar

If the pop-up roll bar has NOT deployed:


1.
Check for visible signs of damage (dents, tears, deformation, etc.) of the pop-up roll bar.
2.
If damaged REPLACE the pop-up roll bar with new fasteners.
3.
Check harness and connectors for damage, and terminals for deformities.
4.
If no damage is found, reinstall the pop-up roll bar with new fasteners.
5.
Check for visible signs of damage (dents, cracks, deformation, etc.) of the seatback support
brace assembly.
6.
If damaged REPAIR the seatback support brace assembly.

Revision: 2010 November

SR-10

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE


Exploded View

INFOID:0000000006892114

SR

JMHIA1737GB

1.

Steering column upper cover

2.

Steering column assembly

3.

Steering column lower cover

4.

Side lid LH

5.

TORX bolt

6.

Steering wheel

7.

Steering switch

8.

Driver air bag module

9.

TORX bolt

10. Side lid RH

11. Spiral cable

12. Steering angle sensor

13. Combination switch


: Pawl
: Always replace after every disassembly.

N
: Nm (kg-m, in-lb)
: Nm (kg-m, ft-lb)

Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006892115

WARNING:
Before servicing, turn ignition switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal and wait 3 minutes or more.
Always work from the side of air bag module. Never work in front of it.
Never use the air tools or electric tools for servicing.

REMOVAL

Revision: 2010 November

SR-11

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
1. Remove side lid (LH and RH).
Insert flat-bladed screwdriver between side lid and steering
wheel to disengage pawls as shown in the figure.
: Pawl

JMHIA1605ZZ

2.
3.
4.
5.

Remove TORX bolts (LH and RH) from the steering wheel lower side.
Pull out driver air bag module.
Disconnect steering switch harness connector (A).
Disconnect driver air bag harness connectors (B).

JMHIA1989ZZ

CAUTION:
For installing/removing the driver air bag module harness
connector, insert thin screwdriver wrapped in tape into
notch, lift lock and remove the connector.
Install the connector with lock raised, and push lock into
the connector.
After installing the connector, check that the lock is
pushed securely into it.

PHIA0953J

6. Remove driver air bag module.


CAUTION:
Always place the driver air bag module with pad side facing
upward.
: Upward

JMHIA1744ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

SR-12

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
Never impact the driver air bag module.
Replace the driver air bag module if it has been dropped or
sustained an impact.

C
JMHIA0009ZZ

Never insert any foreign objects (screwdriver, etc.) into the driver air bag module.
Never disassemble the driver air bag module.
Never expose the driver air bag module to temperatures exceeding 90 C (194 F).
Never allow oil, grease, detergent, or water to come in contact with the driver air bag module.

INSTALLATION
F

Note the following items, and then install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Never use the old TORX bolts after removal, replace with the new TORX bolts.
Fix the driver air bag module harnesses to the harness fixing
hook (A).

SR

JMHIA1745ZZ

Never damage the harness while installing.


Tighten the TORX bolts after completely adjusting the centers of fixing holes on the driver air bag
module side and the steering wheel side. If the holes are misaligned, the bolt threads are damaged
and the module is not installed securely.
If malfunction is detected by the air bag warning lamp, after repair or replacement of the malfunctioning parts, reset the memory using self-diagnosis or CONSULT. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function" or SRC-17, "CONSULT Function".
After the work is complete, check that no system malfunction is detected by air bag warning lamp.

Revision: 2010 November

SR-13

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SPIRAL CABLE
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

SPIRAL CABLE
Exploded View

INFOID:0000000006892116

JMHIA1737GB

1.

Steering column upper cover

4.

Side lid LH

7.

Steering switch

10. Side lid RH

2.

Steering column assembly

3.

5.

TORX bolt

6.

Steering wheel

8.

Driver air bag module

9.

TORX bolt

11. Spiral cable

Steering column lower cover

12. Steering angle sensor

13. Combination switch


: Pawl
: Always replace after every disassembly.
: Nm (kg-m, in-lb)
: Nm (kg-m, ft-lb)

Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006892117

WARNING:
Before servicing, turn ignition switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal and wait 3 minutes or more.
Never use the air tools or electric tools for servicing.

REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.

Remove driver air bag module. Refer to SR-11, "Removal and Installation".
Remove steering wheel. Refer to ST-9, "Removal and Installation".
Remove steering column upper cover and steering column lower cover. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and
Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

SR-14

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SPIRAL CABLE
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
4. Disconnect the spiral cable body side harness connectors (A),
(B) and steering angle sensor harness connectors (C).
NOTE:
Disconnect the spiral cable body side harness connector (B)
after removing the spiral cable (A).

C
JMHIA1656ZZ

5.
6.

Remove the spiral cable fixing screws.


Remove the spiral cable fixing pawls with remover tool (A).
E

G
JMHIA1610ZZ

SR
: Pawl

CAUTION:
Remove pawls slowly so that they are not damaged.

7. Remove the steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-155, "Removal and Installation".
CAUTION:
Never impact the spiral cable.
Replace the spiral cable if it is dropped or sustains an impact.

M
JMHIA0009ZZ

Never disassemble the spiral cable.


Never apply lubricant to the spiral cable.
Never allow oil, grease, detergent, or water to come in contact with the spiral cable.

INSTALLATION

Note the following items, and then install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
P

Revision: 2010 November

SR-15

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SPIRAL CABLE
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
The spiral cable may snap during steering operation if the
cable is installed in an improper position.
The neutral position is set as per the following.
Carefully turn the spiral cable clockwise to the end position.
Then turn it counterclockwise (about 2 and a half turns) and
stop turning at the mark (B) when the stopper insertion holes
are in the same position.
The service part is installed in the neutral position by the
stopper and can be set without adjusting after the stopper is
removed.
Never over turn the spiral cable or go beyond the number of
turns required. (This causes the cable to snap)
Adjust the spiral cable locating pin (A) to the steering wheel
locating pin hole (C).

JMHIA0879ZZ

Fix the driver air bag module harnesses to the harness fixing
hook (A).

JMHIA1745ZZ

If malfunction is detected by the air bag warning lamp, after repair or replacement of the malfunctioning parts, reset the memory using self-diagnosis or CONSULT. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function" or SRC-17, "CONSULT Function".
After the work is completed, check that no system malfunction is detected by air bag warning lamp.

Revision: 2010 November

SR-16

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE

Exploded View

INFOID:0000000006892118

SR

J
JMHIA1738GB

1.

Instrument panel assembly

2.

Passenger air bag module

3.

Steering member assembly

: Pawl
: Always replace after every disassembly.

: Nm (kg-m, ft-lb)

Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006892119

WARNING:
Before servicing, turn ignition switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal and wait 3 minutes or more.
Always work from the side of air bag module. Never work in front of it.
Never use the air tools or electric tools for servicing.

REMOVAL
1.

Remove the instrument panel assembly. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation".
P

Revision: 2010 November

SR-17

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
2. Remove the passenger air bag module fixing screws (A).

JMHIA1990ZZ

3.
4.

Move the passenger air bag module, and disengage the pawl as
shown in the figure.
Lift up passenger air bag module, and then remove passenger
air bag module.

JMHIA1991ZZ

CAUTION:
Always place the passenger air bag module with pad side facing upward.
: Upward

JMHIA0661ZZ

Never impact the passenger air bag module.


Replace the passenger air bag module if it has been dropped
or sustained an impact.

JMHIA0009ZZ

Never insert any foreign objects (screwdriver, etc.) into the passenger air bag module.
Never disassemble the passenger air bag module.
Never expose the passenger air bag module to temperatures exceeding 90 C (194 F).
Never allow oil, grease, detergent, or water to come in contact with the passenger air bag module.

INSTALLATION
Note the following item, and install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Never use the old fixing bolts after removal, replace with the new bolts.
Never damage the harness while installing.
Revision: 2010 November

SR-18

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
If malfunction is detected by the air bag warning lamp, after repair or replacement of the malfunctioning parts, reset the memory using self-diagnosis or CONSULT. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function" or SRC-17, "CONSULT Function".
After the work is completed, check that no system malfunction is detected by air bag warning lamp.

SR

Revision: 2010 November

SR-19

LEAF

http://vnx.su

CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE


Exploded View

INFOID:0000000006892122

JMHIA1740GB

1.

Curtain air bag module


: Metal clip
: Nm (kg-m, ft-lb)

Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006892123

WARNING:
Before servicing, turn ignition switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal and wait 3 minutes or more.
Always work from the side of curtain air bag module. Never work in front of it.
Never use the air tools or electric tools for servicing.

REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.

Remove headlining assembly. Refer to INT-29, "Removal and Installation".


Remove the curtain air bag module mounting bolt that is located on the front pillar.
Disengage metal clips on the front roof.

JMHIA1615ZZ

1.

Fully insert a flat-bladed screwdriver (A) into center of metal clip.

Revision: 2010 November

SR-20

LEAF

http://vnx.su

CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
2. Lift the flat-bladed screwdriver upward as shown in the figure and disengage upper side of metal clip.
3. Rotate the flat-bladed screwdriver as shown in the figure and disengage lower side of metal clip.

: Metal clip

4.

CAUTION:
Never deform metal clip.

Disconnect curtain air bag module harness connector.


CAUTION:
For installing/removing the curtain air bag harness connector, insert thin screwdriver wrapped in tape into notch,
lift lock and remove the connector.
Install the connector with lock raised, and push lock into
the connector.
After installing the connector, check that the lock is
pushed securely into it.

F
PHIA0953J

G
Remove the curtain air bag module mounting bolts that are located on the rear pillar.
Remove the curtain air bag module mounting bolts that are located on the inflator, and then remove curtain air bag module.
SR
CAUTION:
Never impact the curtain air bag module.
Replace the curtain air bag module if it has been dropped or
sustained an impact.
I

5.
6.

K
JMHIA0009ZZ

Never insert any foreign objects (screwdriver, etc.) into the curtain air bag module.
Never disassemble the curtain air bag module.
Never expose the curtain air bag module to temperatures exceeding 90 C (194 F).
Never allow oil, grease, detergent, or water to come in contact with the curtain air bag module.

INSTALLATION
Note the following items, and then install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Insert metal clips of front roof until a locking sound is heard. Pull metal clips and check that it is fully
locked to the vehicle body.
Check perforation of curtain air bag module to check that curtain air bag module is not twisted.
Never damage the harness while installing.
If malfunction is detected by the air bag warning lamp, after repair or replacement of the malfunctioning parts, reset the memory using self-diagnosis or CONSULT. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function" or SRC-17, "CONSULT Function".
After the work is completed, check that no system malfunction is detected by air bag warning lamp.

Revision: 2010 November

SR-21

LEAF

http://vnx.su

CRASH ZONE SENSOR


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

CRASH ZONE SENSOR


Exploded View

INFOID:0000000006892124

JMHIA1741GB

1.

Crash zone sensor

2.

Bracket

: Always replace after every disassembly.


: Nm (kg-m, ft-lb)

Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006892125

WARNING:
Before servicing, turn ignition switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal and wait 3 minutes or more.
Never use the air tools or electric tools for servicing.

REMOVAL
1.
2.

Remove charge port cover. Refer to DLK-143, "CHARGE PORT COVER : Removal and Installation".
Remove charge port lid lock. Refer to DLK-173, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

SR-22

LEAF

http://vnx.su

CRASH ZONE SENSOR


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
3. Remove the crash zone sensor fixing nut (A), and then pull the
bracket (1) and crash zone sensor (2) for vehicle front.

: Vehicle front

C
JMHIA1749ZZ

4. Disconnect the crash zone sensor harness connector, and then remove crash zone sensor.
CAUTION:
Never impact the crash zone sensor.
Replace the crash zone sensor if it has been dropped or sustained an impact.

JMHIA0009ZZ

Replace the crash zone sensor of deployed driver air bag, deployed passenger air bag, seat belt pretensioner and deployed lap pre-tensioner.

SR

INSTALLATION
Note the following items, and then install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Never use the old fixing nut after removal, replace with the new nut.
Never damage the harness while installing.
Always install normally aligning to the cutout hole, because performance of the crash zone sensor
excessively fluctuates according to the installation position.
If malfunction is detected by the air bag warning lamp, after repair or replacement of the malfunctioning parts, reset the memory using self-diagnosis or CONSULT. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function" or SRC-17, "CONSULT Function".
After the work is completed, check that no system malfunction is detected by air bag warning lamp.

Revision: 2010 November

SR-23

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SATELLITE SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

SATELLITE SENSOR
Exploded View

INFOID:0000000006892126

JMHIA1992GB

1.

Front door panel

4.

Rear satellite sensor

2.

Front satellite sensor

3.

Center pillar outer panel

: Vehicle front
: Always replace after every disassembly.
: Nm (kg-m, ft-lb)

Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006892127

WARNING:
Before servicing, turn ignition switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal and wait 3 minutes or more.
Never use the air tools or electric tools for servicing.

FRONT SATELLITE SENSOR


Removal

1.
2.

Remove the front door finisher. Refer to INT-13, "Removal and Installation".
Remove sealing screen partially.
NOTE:
Cut the butyl-tape with utility knives so that some parts of the butyl-tape do not remain on the sealing
screen, if the sealing screen is reused.

Revision: 2010 November

SR-24

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SATELLITE SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
3. Remove the front satellite sensor mounting bolts (A), and then
pull the front satellite sensor (1).

: Vehicle front

C
JMHIA1993ZZ

4.

Disconnect the harness connector and then remove the front satellite sensor.

CAUTION:
Never impact the front satellite sensor.
Replace the front satellite sensor if it has been dropped or
sustained an impact.

JMHIA0009ZZ

Replace the front satellite sensor of deployed SRS side air bag module and deployed SRS curtain air
bag module.
Installation
Note the following items, and then install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Never use the old fixing bolts after removal, replace with the new bolts.
Never damage the harness while installing.
Always install normally aligning to the cutout hole, because performance of the front satellite sensor
excessively fluctuates according to the installation position.
If malfunction is detected by the air bag warning lamp, after repair or replacement of the malfunctioning parts, reset the memory using self-diagnosis or CONSULT. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function" or SRC-17, "CONSULT Function".
After the work is completed, check that no system malfunction is detected by air bag warning lamp.

REAR SATELLITE SENSOR

SR

Removal

1.
2.

Remove the center pillar lower garnish. Refer to INT-24, "CENTER PILLAR UPPER GARNISH : Removal
and Installation".
Remove the rear satellite sensor fixing nut (A), and then pull the
rear satellite sensor (1).

O
: Vehicle front

JMHIA1750ZZ

3.

Disconnect the harness connector and then remove the rear satellite sensor.

Revision: 2010 November

SR-25

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SATELLITE SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
CAUTION:
Never impact the rear satellite sensor.
Replace the rear satellite sensor if it has been dropped or sustained an impact.

JMHIA0009ZZ

Replace the rear satellite sensor of deployed SRS side air bag module and deployed SRS curtain air
bag module.
Installation
Note the following items, and then install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Never use the old fixing nut after removal, replace with the new nut.
Never damage the harness while installing.
Always install normally aligning to the cutout hole, because performance of the rear satellite sensor
excessively fluctuates according to the installation position.
If malfunction is detected by the air bag warning lamp, after repair or replacement of the malfunctioning parts, reset the memory using self-diagnosis or CONSULT. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function" or SRC-17, "CONSULT Function".
After the work is completed, check that no system malfunction is detected by air bag warning lamp.

Revision: 2010 November

SR-26

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT

Exploded View

INFOID:0000000006892128

SR

J
JMHIA1743GB

1.

Diagnosis sensor unit


: Always replace after every disassembly.
: Nm (kg-m, ft-lb)

: Nm (kg-m, in-lb)

Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006892129

WARNING:
Before servicing, turn ignition switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal and wait 3 minutes or more.
Before disconnecting the air bag sensor unit harness connector, be sure to disconnect the each harness connector of the air bag module and pre-tensioner seat belt to prevent air bag deployment by
static electricity and pre-tensioner seat belt operation.
Never use the air tools or electric tools for servicing.
When replacing the air bag diagnosis sensor unit, always check with the parts department for the latest parts information. Installing an incorrect air bag diagnosis sensor unit may or may not cause the
air bag warning lamp to illuminate and may cause incorrect deployment of the supplemental air bags
and seat belt pre-tensioners in a collision resulting in serious personal injury or death.

REMOVAL
1.
2.

Always check the air bag diagnosis sensor unit ECU discriminated number (identification number) using
CONSULT.
Disconnect the each connector of all air bag modules and pre-tensioner seat belts.

Revision: 2010 November

SR-27

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
3. Remove the center console assembly. Refer to IP-23, "Removal and Installation".
4. Disconnect the diagnosis sensor unit harness connectors (A).
5. Remove the diagnosis sensor unit mounting bolts (B), and then
remove the diagnosis sensor unit.
: Vehicle front

JMHIA1751ZZ

CAUTION:
Never impact the diagnosis sensor unit.
Replace the diagnosis sensor unit if it has been dropped or
sustained an impact.

JMHIA0009ZZ

Replace the diagnosis sensor unit of deployed SRS air bag and deployed SRS front seat belt pre-tensioner.

INSTALLATION
Note the following items, and then install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Never use the old bolts after removal, replace with the new bolts.
Never damage the harness while installing.
If malfunction is detected by the air bag warning lamp, after repair or replacement of the malfunctioning parts, reset the memory using self-diagnosis or CONSULT. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function" or SRC-17, "CONSULT Function".
After the work is completed, check that no system malfunction is detected by air bag warning lamp.
After replacing the air bag diagnosis sensor unit, confirm using CONSULT that the ECU discriminated number (identification number) of the new replacement air bag sensor unit matches the ECU
discriminated number (identification number) of the replaced (old) air bag diagnosis sensor unit.
NOTE:
If the ECU discriminated number of the new replacement air bag diagnosis sensor unit differs from the ECU
discriminated number of the replaced air bag diagnosis sensor unit, reconfirm the parts information and verify
that the correct air bag diagnosis sensor unit was installed.

Revision: 2010 November

SR-28

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER

Exploded View

INFOID:0000000006892130

Refer to SB-4, "Exploded View".

Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006892131

For removal and installation procedures, refer to SB-5, "SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Removal and Installation".

SR

Revision: 2010 November

SR-29

LEAF

http://vnx.su

LAP PRE-TENSIONER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

LAP PRE-TENSIONER
Exploded View

INFOID:0000000006892132

Refer to SB-4, "Exploded View".

Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006892133

For removal and installation procedures, refer to SB-5, "SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

SR-30

LEAF

http://vnx.su

OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM CONTROL UNIT


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM CONTROL UNIT


Exploded View

A
INFOID:0000000006892155

Refer to SE-13, "Exploded View".

Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006892156

For removal and installation

The occupant classification system control unit and seat sensor mat are an integral part of the front passenger
seat cushion and are replaced as an assembly. Refer to SE-20, "SEAT CUSHION : Disassembly and Assembly".

SR

Revision: 2010 November

SR-31

LEAF

http://vnx.su

RESTRAINTS

SECTION

SRC

SRS AIRBAG CONTROL SYSTEM

CONTENTS
PRECAUTION ............................................... 5

U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ........................... 34

PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 5

Description ...............................................................34
DTC Logic ................................................................34
Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................34

Precaution for Technicians Using Medical Electric...... 5


Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 5
Point to Be Checked Before Starting Maintenance
Work .......................................................................... 6
Service ...................................................................... 6
Precaution for Removing 12V Battery ....................... 6

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .............................. 7

U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) ......................... 35


DTC Logic ................................................................35
Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................35

B1001, B1002, B1003, B1004, B1005 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT ...................................... 36

SRC

DTC Logic ................................................................36


Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................36
J

Component Parts Location ........................................ 7

B1006, B1007, B1008, B1009, B1010 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT ...................................... 37

SYSTEM .............................................................10

DTC Logic ................................................................37


Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................37

B1011, B1012, B1013, B1014, B1015 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT ...................................... 38

COMPONENT PARTS ........................................ 7

System Description ................................................. 10


Schematic ............................................................... 12

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AIR BAG) .....................13


Description .............................................................. 13
On Board Diagnosis Function ................................. 13
CONSULT Function ................................................ 17

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION .............. 19

DTC Logic ................................................................38


Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................38

B1017, B1020, B1021 OCCUPANT SENS C/U


... 39

DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT ..............................19

DTC Logic ................................................................39


Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................39

DTC Index .............................................................. 19

B1018 OCCUPANT SENS ................................ 41

WIRING DIAGRAM ...................................... 23

DTC Logic ................................................................41


Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................41

SRS AIR BAG SYSTEM .....................................23


Wiring Diagram ....................................................... 23

BASIC INSPECTION ................................... 31


DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ........31
Work Flow ............................................................... 31

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ......................... 34

Revision: 2010 November

B1022 OCCUPANT SENS C/U ......................... 43


DTC Logic ................................................................43
Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................43

B1023 PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF INDICATOR ................................................................... 45


DTC Logic ................................................................45
Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................45

SRC-1

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1025, B1032, B1048 OCS SENSOR ............... 47


DTC Logic ............................................................... 47
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 47

B1026, B1027, B1028, B1029, B1030, B1031


DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT .............................. 49
DTC Logic ............................................................... 49
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 49

B1033, B1034 CRASH ZONE SENSOR ........... 50

B1067, B1072 PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE .................................................................... 72


DTC Logic ............................................................... 72
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 72

B1068, B1073 PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE .................................................................... 74


DTC Logic ............................................................... 74
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 74

DTC Logic ............................................................... 50


Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 50

B1074, B1075, B1076, B1077, B1078, B1079


DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT ............................. 76

B1035 CRASH ZONE SENSOR ........................ 52

DTC Logic ............................................................... 76


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 76

DTC Logic ............................................................... 52


Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 52

B1036 CRASH ZONE SENSOR ........................ 54


DTC Logic ............................................................... 54
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 54

B1037, B1039, B1041 CRASH ZONE SENSOR .................................................................... 56


DTC Logic ............................................................... 56
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 56

B1080, B1096 DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE ..... 77


DTC Logic ............................................................... 77
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 77

B1081 SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER RH ....... 79


DTC Logic ............................................................... 79
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 79

B1082 SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER RH ....... 81


DTC Logic ............................................................... 81
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 81

B1042, B1043, B1044, B1045, B1046, B1047


DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT .............................. 58

B1083 SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER RH ....... 83

DTC Logic ............................................................... 58


Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 58

DTC Logic ............................................................... 83


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 83

B1049, B1054 DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE ..... 59

B1084 SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER RH ....... 85

DTC Logic ............................................................... 59


Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 59

DTC Logic ............................................................... 85


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 85

B1050, B1055 DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE ..... 61

B1086 SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER LH ....... 87

DTC Logic ............................................................... 61


Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 61

DTC Logic ............................................................... 87


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 87

B1051, B1056 DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE ..... 63

B1087 SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER LH ....... 89

DTC Logic ............................................................... 63


Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 63

DTC Logic ............................................................... 89


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 89

B1052, B1057 DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE ..... 65

B1088 SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER LH ....... 91

DTC Logic ............................................................... 65


Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 65

DTC Logic ............................................................... 91


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 91

B1058, B1059, B1060, B1061, B1062, B1063


DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT .............................. 67

B1089 SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER LH ....... 93

DTC Logic ............................................................... 67


Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 67

B1065, B1070 PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE .................................................................... 68


DTC Logic ............................................................... 68
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 68

B1066, B1071 PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE .................................................................... 70


DTC Logic ............................................................... 70
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 70

Revision: 2010 November

DTC Logic ............................................................... 93


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 93

B1090, B1091, B1092, B1093, B1094, B1095


DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT ............................. 95
DTC Logic ............................................................... 95
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 95

B1106, B1107, B1108, B1109, B1110, B1111


DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT ............................. 96
DTC Logic ............................................................... 96
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 96

B1113, B1114 SATELLITE SENSOR RH ......... 97

SRC-2

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DTC Logic ............................................................... 97


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 97

DTC Logic .............................................................. 126


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 126

B1115 SATELLITE SENSOR RH ......................99

B1144 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT ............... 127

DTC Logic ............................................................... 99


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 99

DTC Logic .............................................................. 127


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 127

B1116 SATELLITE SENSOR RH .................... 101

B1145 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE RH ...... 128

DTC Logic ............................................................. 101


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 101

DTC Logic .............................................................. 128


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 128

B1118, B1119 SATELLITE SENSOR LH ........ 103

B1146 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE RH ...... 130

DTC Logic ............................................................. 103


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 103

DTC Logic .............................................................. 130


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 130

B1120 SATELLITE SENSOR LH ..................... 105

B1147 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE RH ...... 132

DTC Logic ............................................................. 105


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 105

DTC Logic .............................................................. 132


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 132

B1121 SATELLITE SENSOR LH ..................... 107

B1148 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE RH ...... 134

DTC Logic ............................................................. 107


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 107

DTC Logic .............................................................. 134


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 134

B1122, B1123, B1124, B1125, B1126, B1127


DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT ............................ 109

B1150 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE LH ...... 136

DTC Logic ............................................................. 109


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 109

B1129 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE RH ............... 110


DTC Logic ............................................................. 110
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 110

B1130 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE RH ............... 112


DTC Logic ............................................................. 112
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 112

B1131 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE RH ............... 114


DTC Logic ............................................................. 114
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 114

DTC Logic .............................................................. 136


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 136
DTC Logic .............................................................. 138
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 138
DTC Logic .............................................................. 140
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 140
DTC Logic .............................................................. 142
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 142

DTC Logic .............................................................. 144


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 144

B1134 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE LH ............... 118

B1170, B1171, B1172, B1173, B1174, B1175


DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT ........................... 145

B1136 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE LH ............... 122


DTC Logic ............................................................. 122
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 122

B1137 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE LH ............... 124


DTC Logic ............................................................. 124
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 124

B1138, B1139, B1140, B1141, B1142, B1143


DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT ............................ 126
Revision: 2010 November

SRC

B1153 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE LH ...... 142

DTC Logic ............................................................. 116


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 116

DTC Logic ............................................................. 120


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 120

B1152 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE LH ...... 140

B1154, B1155, B1156, B1157, B1158, B1159


DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT ........................... 144

B1135 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE LH ............... 120

B1151 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE LH ...... 138

B1132 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE RH ............... 116

DTC Logic ............................................................. 118


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 118

DTC Logic .............................................................. 145


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 145

B1182 LAP PRE-TENSIONER LH .................. 146


DTC Logic .............................................................. 146
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 146

B1183 LAP PRE-TENSIONER LH .................. 148


DTC Logic .............................................................. 148
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 148

B1184 LAP PRE-TENSIONER LH .................. 150


DTC Logic .............................................................. 150
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 150

B1185 LAP PRE-TENSIONER LH .................. 152

SRC-3

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DTC Logic ..............................................................152


Diagnosis Procedure .............................................152

B1186, B1187, B1188, B1189, B1190, B1191


DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT ............................ 154
DTC Logic ..............................................................154
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................154

B1336, B1337 SATELLITE SENSOR RH ........ 164


DTC Logic ............................................................. 164
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 164

B1338, B1340, B1341, B1342 SATELLITE


SENSOR RH ..................................................... 166
DTC Logic ............................................................. 166
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 166

B1202, B1203, B1204, B1205, B1206, B1207


DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT ............................ 155

B1339 SATELLITE SENSOR RH ..................... 168

DTC Logic ..............................................................155


Diagnosis Procedure .............................................155

DTC Logic ............................................................. 168


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 168

B1209 FRONTAL COLLISION DETECTION . 156

B1343, B1344 SATELLITE SENSOR LH ........ 169

Description .............................................................156
DTC Logic ..............................................................156
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................156

DTC Logic ............................................................. 169


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 169

B1210 SIDE COLLISION DETECTION ........... 157


Description .............................................................157
DTC Logic ..............................................................157
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................157

B1345, B1347, B1348, B1349 SATELLITE


SENSOR LH ..................................................... 171
DTC Logic ............................................................. 171
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 171

B1346 SATELLITE SENSOR LH ..................... 173

B1212, B1213, B1214 SATELLITE SENSOR


RH .................................................................... 158

DTC Logic ............................................................. 173


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 173

DTC Logic ..............................................................158


Diagnosis Procedure .............................................158

B1350, B1351 SATELLITE SENSOR .............. 174

B1215, B1216, B1217 SATELLITE SENSOR


LH ..................................................................... 160
DTC Logic ..............................................................160
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................160

B1218, B1219, B1220, B1221, B1222, B1223


DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT ............................ 162

DTC Logic ............................................................. 174


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 174

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ........................... 175


SRS AIR BAG WARNING LAMP DOES NOT
TURN OFF ........................................................ 175
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 175

DTC Logic ..............................................................162


Diagnosis Procedure .............................................162

SRS AIR BAG WARNING LAMP DOES NOT


TURN ON .......................................................... 176

B1234, B1235, B1236, B1237, B1238, B1239


DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT ............................ 163

Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 176

DTC Logic ..............................................................163


Diagnosis Procedure .............................................163

Revision: 2010 November

SRS AIR BAG WARNING LAMP BLINKS ...... 177


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 177

SRC-4

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >

PRECAUTION

PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Technicians Using Medical Electric

INFOID:0000000007071896

WARNING:
Parts with strong magnet is used in this vehicle.
Technicians using a medical electric device such as pacemaker must never perform operation on the
vehicle, as magnetic field can affect the device function by approaching to such parts.

OPERATION PROHIBITION

NORMAL CHARGE PRECAUTION


WARNING:
If a technician uses a medical electric device such as an implantable cardiac pacemaker or an
implantable cardioverter defibrillator, the possible effects on the devices must be checked with the
device manufacturer before starting the charge operation.
As radiated electromagnetic wave generated by on board charger at normal charge operation may
effect medical electric devices, a technician using a medical electric device such as implantable cardiac pacemaker or an implantable cardioverter defibrillator must not enter the vehicle compartment
(including luggage room) during normal charge operation.

Precaution at telematics system operation

WARNING:
If a technician uses implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), SRC
avoid the device implanted part from approaching within approximately 220 mm (8.66 in) from interior/exterior antenna.
The electromagnetic wave of TCU might affect the function of the implantable cardiac pacemaker or
I
the implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), when using the service, etc.
If a technician uses other medical electric devices than implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator(ICD), the electromagnetic wave of TCU might affect the function of the
device. The possible effects on the devices must be checked with the device manufacturer before J
TCU use.

Precaution at intelligent key system operation


WARNING:
If a technician uses implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD),
avoid the device implanted part from approaching within approximately 220 mm (8.66 in) from interior/exterior antenna.
The electromagnetic wave of intelligent key might affect the function of the implantable cardiac
pacemaker or the implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), at door operation, at each request
switch operation, or at engine starting.
If a technician uses other medical electric devices than implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD), the electromagnetic wave of intelligent key might affect the function of the device. The possible effects on the devices must be checked with the device
manufacturer before intelligent key use.

Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"

INFOID:0000000006935826

The Supplemental Restraint System such as AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS AIR BAG and SEAT BELT of this
Service Manual.
WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-5

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see SRS AIR BAG.
Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors.

PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS


WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
power switch ON, never use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer.
Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious
injury.
When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the power switch OFF, disconnect
the 12V battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.

Point to Be Checked Before Starting Maintenance Work

INFOID:0000000007079422

The high voltage system may starts automatically. It is required to check that the timer air conditioner
and timer charge (during EVSE connection) are not set before starting maintenance work.
NOTE:
If the timer air conditioner or timer charge (during EVSE connection) is set, the high voltage system starts
automatically even when the power switch is in OFF state.

Service

INFOID:0000000006922380

Never use electrical test equipment to check SRS circuits unless instructed to in this Service Manual.
Before servicing the SRS, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal and wait 3 minutes or more.
For approximately 3 minutes after the cables are removed, it is still possible for the air bag and seat belt pretensioner to deploy. Therefore, never work on any SRS connectors or wires until at least 3 minutes have
passed.
Diagnosis sensor unit must always be installed with their arrow marks pointing towards the front of the
vehicle for proper operation. Also check diagnosis sensor unit for cracks, deformities or rust before installation and replace as required.
The spiral cable must be aligned with the neutral position since its rotations are limited. Never turn steering
wheel and column after removal of steering gear.
Handle air bag module carefully. Always place driver and front passenger air bag modules with the pad side
facing upward and seat mounted front side air bag module standing with the stud bolt side facing down.
Conduct self-diagnosis to check entire SRS for proper function after replacing any components.
After air bag inflates, the front instrument panel assembly should be replaced if damaged.
Always replace instrument panel pad following front passenger air bag deployment.
Never solder the harness when making repairs. Check that harness is not pinched and that there is no contact with other components.
Never allow harness to come in contact with oil, grease, waste oil, or water.
Never insert foreign materials, such as a screwdriver, into the harness connector. (This is to prevent accidental activation caused by static electricity.)
Always use CONSULT or SRS air bag warning lamp to perform the circuit diagnosis. (Never use an electric
tester such as a circuit tester.)

Precaution for Removing 12V Battery

INFOID:0000000006935828

When removing the 12V battery, turn ON/OFF the power switch and check that the charging status indicator
does not blink. The 12V battery must be removed within one hour after checking the indicator lamp.
NOTE:
The automatic 12V battery charge control may start even when the power switch is in OFF state.
The automatic 12V battery charge control does not start within approximately one hour when the power
switch is turned ON/OFF.
Revision: 2010 November

SRC-6

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

COMPONENT PARTS
Component Parts Location

INFOID:0000000006922382

SRC

P
JMHIA1856ZZ

A.

View with door finisher removed

B.

Behind center pillar lower garnish

C.

View with headlining assembly removed

D.

View with center console assembly


removed

E.

Passenger seat

F.

View with charge port lid open

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-7

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
No.

Component

Function

1.

Combination meter (air bag warning


lamp)

Indicates air bag malfunctioning and deployment by blinking and illuminating


air bag warning lamp.

2.

Combination switch (spiral cable)

Supplies power supply to driver air bag module on steering wheel.

3.

Driver air bag module

Receives signal from air bag diagnosis sensor unit and deploys air bag.
In case of frontal collision where acceleration is more than the specified level, the ignition materials are ignited by electric ignition system. The system
burns the gas generating materials resulting in a chemical reaction. This
generates hot gases that flow into the air bag through a filter and expand
the bag.

4.

Front passenger air bag OFF indicator

Turns the front passenger air bag OFF indicator lamp ON when the front passenger seat is occupied by a child or a child-seat

Passenger air bag module

Receives signal from air bag diagnosis sensor unit and deploys air bag.
In case of frontal collision where acceleration is more than the specified level, the ignition materials are ignited by electric ignition system. The system
burns the gas generating materials resulting in a chemical reaction. This
generates hot gases that flow into the air bag through a filter and expand
the bag.

VCM

Receive the collision detection signal when air bag diagnosis sensor unit detects collision.
Refer to EVC-14, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation location.

Front door satellite sensor LH

Transmits signal to air bag diagnosis sensor unit when a side collision occurs.
When air bag diagnosis sensor unit defines both signal voltage of the G
sensor, pressure sensor and the safing algorithm to be that of collision
which is more than the specified level, the driving circuit switches on and
feeds the electric ignitor of both the side air bag, curtain air bag and pretensioner.

Seat belt pre-tensioner LH

Receives signal from air bag diagnosis sensor unit and deploys seat belt
pre-tensioner.
In the case of a frontal collision or side collision that exceeds specified impact level, the air bag diagnosis sensor unit detects the deceleration
caused by collision. It restrains the passenger with seat belt easing the
stress on passengers chest with load limiter.

Satellite sensor LH

Transmits signal to air bag diagnosis sensor unit when a side collision occurs.
When air bag diagnosis sensor unit defines both signal voltage of the G
sensor and the saving algorithm to be that of collision which is more than
the specified level, the driving circuit switches on and feeds the electric ignitor of both the side air bag and curtain air bag and seat belt pre-tensioner.

Lap pre-tensioner LH

Receives signal from air bag diagnosis sensor unit and deploys lap pre-tensioner.
In the case of a frontal collision or side collision that exceeds specified impact level, the air bag diagnosis sensor unit detects the deceleration
caused by collision. It restrains the passenger with seat belt easing the
stress on passengers chest with load limiter.
Lap pre-tensioner upgrades passenger restrain function by reducing movement of lumber during a frontal collision.

Curtain air bag module LH

Deploys according to collision judgment of G sensor and safing sensor.


Receives collision signal from air bag diagnosis sensor unit, ignites, and
burns ignition material by electric ignition system, when side collision exceeds setting limit of the vehicle. Gas is generated by chemical reaction of
ignition material, passes filter, and deploys air bag.
Air bag module mainly consists of air bag and inflator that deploys air bag.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-8

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
No.

12.

13.

Component

Air bag diagnosis sensor unit

Side air bag module RH

Function
Detects a collision and supplies power supply for deployment to air bag
module and pre-tensioner seat belt.
It contains the G sensors for both frontal and side collisions and spare battery function in case of 12V battery damage in collision.
Performs the deploy judgement of passenger air bag based on the information from Occupant Classification System control unit.
Front passenger air bag OFF indicator turns ON turns OFF when passenger state signal detected by Occupant Classification System control unit is
received.
Receives signal from air bag diagnosis sensor unit and deploys air bag.
In case of side collision where acceleration is more than the specified level,
the ignition materials are ignited by electric ignition system. The system
burns the gas generating materials resulting in a chemical reaction. This
generates hot gases that flow into the air bag through a filter and expand
the bag.

14.

Occupant classification system control


unit

Transmits the passenger seat status (occupied or empty) to air bag diagnosis
sensor unit.It is installed in the passenger seat cushion.

15.

Seat belt buckle switch (passenger side)

Controls deployment timing depending on the seat belt condition that is fastened or unfastened.

Crash zone sensor

Transmits signal to air bag diagnosis sensor unit when a frontal collision occurs.
Crash zone sensor is a G sensor that outputs voltage signal during deceleration at the time of a vehicle frontal collision that is more than the specified limit is detected.

16.

SRC

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-9

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

SYSTEM
System Description

INFOID:0000000006923464

SYSTEN DIAGRAM

JMHIA1857GB

DESCRIPTION
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) activates air bag module and seat belt pre-tensioner when it detects a
frontal collision or a side collision that is more than the specified limit.
Together with other safety devices, it reduces the impact that occupant receives when vehicle collision occurs.
Air bag diagnosis sensor unit supplies power supply to air bag module and pre-tensioner seat belt when deceleration that is more than the specified limit is detected by G sensor in air bag diagnosis sensor unit, crash
zone sensor, satellite sensor, or front door satellite sensor.
Air bag module is composed of electric igniter (squib), filter, pyrotechnic material, and gas generating material.
When air bag module receives a signal from air bag diagnosis sensor unit, air bag module ignites pyrotechnic
material using electric igniter (squib) so that gas generating material generates high temperature nitrogen gas.
The gas through filter activates air bag. At the same time, pre-tensioner seat belt receives power supply from
air bag diagnosis sensor unit, gas generator is activated, and then gas is generated.
Balls in pipe are moved according to generated gas pressure and strike pinion gear on ELR shaft.
ELR shaft rotates and retracts seat belt.
Revision: 2010 November

SRC-10

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT FUNCTIONS
Air bag diagnosis sensor unit has the following functions.
Detects a collision and supplies the energy for deploying air bag and seat belt pre-tensioner.
Detects and records electrical malfunction in air bag system and seat belt pre-tensioner system, and blinking
air bag warning lamp.
Detects and records the deployment of air bag and seat belt pre-tensioner, and turns ON air bag warning
lamp.
Indicates malfunctioning portion via the number of blinks from the air bag warning lamp in the diagnosis
mode.
Indicates the malfunction record via CONSULT.
Suppresses the deployment of passenger air bag when passenger seat is empty or occupied by child or
child-seat.
When passenger seat is occupied by child or child seat, turns ON passenger air bag OFF indicator.
When judges that passenger seat is occupied by a adult or a child and passenger seat belt is not fasten,
turns ON seat belt warning lamp. Further information for the seat belt warning system.
When collision is detected, collision signal is transmitted to VCM (collision detection function).

COLLISION MODES
The operation of SRS is different depending on the collision modes applications. For example, the driver air
bag module, passenger air bag module, and seat belt pre-tensioner are activated in a frontal collision or side
collision.
SRS configurations that are activated for the following collision modes.
: Apply : Not apply

SRS configuration

Frontal collision

Left side collision

Right side collision

Driver air bag module

Passenger air bag module

Seat belt pre-tensioner LH

Seat belt pre-tensioner RH

Lap pre-tensioner LH

Side air bag module LH

Side air bag module RH

Curtain air bag module LH

Curtain air bag module RH

SRC

OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM


Occupant Classification System has the following functions.
Suppresses the deployment of passenger air bag when passenger seat is empty, or when occupied by child
and child-seat.
Turns on front passenger air bag OFF indicator when passenger seat is occupied by child-seat and child.
Indicates malfunction portion via the number of blinks from the air bag warning lamp in the diagnosis mode.
Indicates the malfunctioning record via CONSULT.
NOTE:
Operation of air bag diagnosis sensor unit when air bag diagnosis sensor unit receives information from Occupant Classification System.
Status
(front passenger seat)

Passenger air bag

Front passenger air


bag OFF indicator

Air bag warning lamp

Empty

Suppress

OFF

OFF

OFF

Child/ child-seat

Suppress

ON

OFF

ON

Adult

Enable to deploy

OFF

OFF

ON

Malfunction

Suppress

ON

Blinking

OFF

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-11

Seat belt warning lamp


(when front passenger
seat is unbuckled)

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

Schematic

INFOID:0000000006922384

JMHIA1858GB

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-12

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AIR BAG)


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AIR BAG)

Description

INFOID:0000000006935346

CAUTION:
Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors.
Never repair, splice or modify the SRS wiring harness. If the harness is damaged, replace it with a
new one.
Keep ground portion clean.

DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION

The SRS self-diagnostic results can be read with air bag warning lamp and/or CONSULT.
The user mode is exclusively prepared for the customer (driver). This mode warns the driver of a system
malfunction through the operation of the air bag warning lamp.
The diagnosis mode allows the technician to locate and inspect the malfunctioning part.
The mode applications for the air bag warning lamp and CONSULT are as per the following items.

: Application, : Not application

Diagnosis tool

User mode

Diagnosis mode

Air bag warning lamp

CONSULT

On Board Diagnosis Function

G
INFOID:0000000006935347

SRC

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS
There are two self diagnosis functions with air bag warning lamp per the following items.
USER MODE
DIAGNOSIS MODE

METHOD OF STARTING
Diagnosis mode changes from user mode to diagnosis mode when changing operation is performed.
In user mode, when SRS air bag warning lamp is not blinking, changing to diagnosis mode by power switch
operation is not possible.
In diagnosis mode, when repair is complete and system is normal, the mode changes to user mode when
power switch is turned from OFF to ON.
Procedure to Change Diagnosis Mode
1. Turn power switch from OFF to ON.
2. SRS air bag lamp turns ON for 7 second and turns OFF, then turn power switch OFF within 1second after
the lamp turns OFF.
3. After turning power switch OFF, wait for 3 seconds or more.
4. Repeat operation 1 to 3 for 2 times so that operation 1 to 3 is repeated for 3times in total.
5. Turn power switch from OFF to ON. Diagnosis mode changes.

USER MODE
In USER MODE, air bag warning lamp on combination meter blinks when a malfunction is detected and warns
the customer (driver).
How to Read Air Bag Warning Lamp

1.
2.

Turn the power switch from OFF to ON, and check that the air bag warning lamp blinks.
Compare the air bag warning lamp blinking pattern with the examples.

Air Bag Warning Lamp Examples

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-13

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AIR BAG)


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
Air bag warning lamp operation (user mode)

SRS condition

No malfunction is detected
No further action is necessary

Reference item

JMHIA1846GB

JMHIA1847GB

The system is malfunctioning


Self diagnostic result is not erased after repair

Erase Self Diagnostic Result


Refer to SRC-17, "CONSULT Function", How to Erase Self-diagnostic
Result

Low battery voltage (Less than 9 V) or


high battery voltage (more than 16V)

Check CAUSE OF WARNING in


Special Function with CONSULT
Refer to SRC-17, "CONSULT Function"

Occupant classification function is disabled

Refer to SRC-177, "Diagnosis Procedure"

Intermittent malfunction is detected in


the past

Go to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident"

Air bag is deployed


Seat belt pre-tensioner is deployed

Go to SRC-156, "Diagnosis Procedure" or SRC-157, "Diagnosis Procedure"

Air bag diagnosis sensor unit is malfunctioning


Air bag power supply circuit is malfunctioning
Air bag warning lamp circuit is malfunctioning

Go to SRC-175, "Diagnosis Procedure"

Air bag diagnosis sensor unit is malfunctioning


Air bag warning lamp circuit is malfunctioning

Go to SRC-176, "Diagnosis Procedure"

JMHIA1848GB

JMHIA1849GB

DIAGNOSIS MODE
The diagnosis mode can only be switched when a malfunction is detected in the user mode. Malfunctioning
system is indicated according to blinking pattern of air bag warning lamp.
How to Read Air Bag Warning Lamp

1.
2.

Follow the procedures of PROCEDURE TO CHANGE DIAGNOSIS MODE, and switch to the diagnosis
mode.
Turn power switch ON. Check the blinking pattern of air bag warning lamp.
There are 2 blinking patterns for the air bag warning lamp as per the following items.
Front air bag system: 3 second blink followed by a 0.5 second blink repeated.

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-14

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AIR BAG)


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
Side air bag system: Two 1.5 second blinks followed by a 0.5 second blink repeated.
A

Front air bag system

Number of 0.5 second blinks

Malfunctioning items

Self-diagnostic result is not erased after repair


Intermittent malfunction is detected in the past

Seat belt pre-tensioner RH

Driver air bag module

Seat belt pre-tensioner LH

Occupant Classificetion System control unit

Crash zone sensor

Air bag diagnosis sensor unit

Passenger air bag module

11

Front passenger air bag OFF indicator

13

Lap pre-tensioner LH

17

Air bag diagnosis sensor unit

Side air bag system

Number of 0.5-second blinks

Malfunctioning items

Side air bag module RH

Side air bag module LH

Satellite sensor RH

Satellite sensor LH

Curtain air bag module RH

Curtain air bag module LH

Front door satellite sensor RH

10

Front door satellite sensor LH

20

Front door satellite sensor LH/RH

SRC

How to Erase Self-diagnostic Result


After a malfunction is repaired, turn the power switch OFF for one second or more, then turn power switch ON.
The diagnosis mode returns to the user mode. At that time the self-diagnostic result is cleared.

EXAMPLE OF AIR BAG WARNING LAMP OPERATION IN THE DIAGNOSIS MODE


L

System Normal
When system is normal.

O
JMHIA1850GB

Single System Malfunction


Front air bag system

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-15

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AIR BAG)


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
When air bag diagnosis sensor unit system (Item display 1) is malfunctioning.

JMHIA1851GB

Side air bag system


When curtain air bag module LH system (Item display 1) is malfunctioning.

JMHIA1852GB

Multiple Systems Malfunction


Front air bag system
When driver air bag module (Item display 1) and air bag diagnosis sensor unit system (Item display 2) are
malfunctioning.

JMHIA1853GB

Side air bag system


When satellite sensor LH (Item display1) and curtain air bag module LH system (Item display 2) are malfunctioning.

JMHIA1854GB

Front air bag system and side air bag system

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-16

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AIR BAG)


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
When driver air bag module (Item display 1) and satellite sensor RH (Item display2) are malfunctioning.
A

C
JMHIA1855GB

CONSULT Function

INFOID:0000000006935348

APPLICATION ITEM

CONSULT performs the following functions.


Diagnosis mode

Function description

Ecu Identification

ECU identification number can be read.

Self Diagnostic Result

Self-diagnosis result is displayed.


Refer to SRC-19, "DTC Index".
No DTC is displayed when repair is completed by part replacement or other operations.
SELF-DIAG RESULT [MEMORY] is displayed until Erase is performed.
CAUTION:
When No DTC is displayed after repair, always perform Erase. If this is not done
SRS air bag warning lamp remains blinking when user mode is resumed.

SELF-DIAG [PAST]

Record of DTC, which is memorized in air bag diagnosis sensor unit in the past, is displayed.

SELF-DIAG RESULT [CAN]

This item is displayed, but cannot be supported.

CAUSE OF WARNING

Cause of warning lamp illumination, which is not recorded in DTC memory, is displayed.

SRC

Cause of warning lamp illumination


The SRS air bag warning lamp blinks when the ignition voltage is a voltage value (9V or less, or 16 V or more)
at which the SRS air bag cannot operate normally.After blinking, if the ignition voltage returns to normal, SRS
air bag warning lamp turns OFF.DTC memory is not performed while the abnormal ignition voltage is
detected.The mode cannot be switched to trouble diagnosis mode when the power switch is operated.No
DTC is displayed when checking Self-diagnosis result using CONSULT.
NOTE:
SRS air bag warning may blink when the condition is out of detection area* of the satellite sensor in door.
The system is normal if SRS air bag warning lamp turns OFF after the condition returns within detection area
of the satellite sensor in door.
SRS air bag warning lamp blinks when the zero point reset is incomplete after replacing the occupant detection system control unit.(SRS air bag warning lamp turns OFF after the zero point reset is complete.)
*: Pressure inside of door is excessively low and air bag system cannot be operated normally (example: altitude is approximately 4,000 m or more).

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-17

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AIR BAG)


< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
Display item

IGN VOLT COND

Display content
The ignition voltage recognized by air bag system (air bag
control unit and occupant detection system control unit) is
displayed or a message stating that condition is out of detection range of satellite sensor in door is displayed.
OK: Normal
LOW: The ignition voltage is low, high, or out of detection range of satellite sensor in door

IGN VOLT TIME

Total number of times is displayed, summing up the number of times ignition voltage error is detected and the number of times that out of detection range of satellite sensor
in door is detected.
(Detection record is erased and counter returns to 0 by
ERASE MEMORY in Self-diagnosis results using CONSULT.)

LOW V RECORED

Number of times power switch ON is displayed after ignition voltage error or out of detection range of satellite sensor in door is detected.
(Detection record is erased and counter returns to 0 by
ERASE MEMORY in Self-diagnosis results using CONSULT.)

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-18

Actions by worker

Perform the check at an altitude of 4,000 m or


less.
Check battery voltage if the ignition voltage
status is displayed as LOW.
Check battery voltage if the ignition voltage
status isOK and the number of times detected is 1 or more. This is because an ignition
voltage error may be detected in the past.
NOTE:
If battery voltage is normal, the cause may be
that out of detection range of satellite sensor
in door is detected.

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION

DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


DTC Index
DTC

INFOID:0000000006922388

Diagnostic item

NO DTC IS DETECTED.

When malfunction is
indicated by the AIR
BAG warning lamp in
the user mode

Explanation

Reference page

Low battery voltage (Less than 9 V) or


high battery voltage (more than 16V)

SRC-17, "CONSULT Function"

Occupant classification function is


disabled

SRC-177, "Diagnosis Procedure"

Self-diagnostic result is not erased after repair

SRC-13, "On
Board Diagnosis
Function", SRC17, "CONSULT
Function"

Intermittent malfunction is detected in


the past

GI-51, "Intermittent Incident"

No malfunction is detected

CONTROL UNIT

Air bag diagnosis sensor unit is malfunctioning

B1017
B1020
B1021

OCCUPANT SENS C/U


[UNIT FAIL]

Malfunction occurs in occupant classification system control


unit

SRC-39, "DTC
Logic"

B1018

OCCUPANT SENS
[UNIT FAIL]

Malfunction occurs in occupant classification system seat sensor

SRC-41, "DTC
Logic"

B1022

OCCUPANT SENS C/U


[COMM FAIL]

Malfunction occurs in occupant classification system control


unit, circuit of occupant classification system control unit, or air
bag diagnosis sensor unit

SRC-43, "DTC
Logic"

B1023

PASS A/B INDCTR CKT

Front passenger air bag OFF indicator circuit is open or shorted to ground or the circuits are shorted each other

SRC-45, "DTC
Logic"

B1025
B1032
B1048

OCS SENSOR

Malfunction occurs in occupant classification system control


unit, circuit of occupant classification system control unit, or air
bag diagnosis sensor unit

SRC-47, "DTC
Logic"

CONTROL UNIT

Air bag diagnosis sensor unit is malfunctioning

SRC-49, "DTC
Logic"

B1033
B1034

CRASH ZONE SEN


[UNIT FAIL]

Crash zone sensor is malfunctioning

SRC-50, "DTC
Logic"

B1035

CRASH ZONE SEN


[COMM FAIL]

Crash zone sensor is malfunctioning

SRC-52, "DTC
Logic"

B1036

CRASH ZONE SEN


[UNMATCH]

Crash zone sensor is out of the specified specification

SRC-54, "DTC
Logic"

B1037
B1039
B1041

CRASH ZONE SENS1

Crash zone sensor is malfunctioning

SRC-56, "DTC
Logic"

CONTROL UNIT

Air bag diagnosis sensor unit is malfunctioning

SRC-58, "DTC
Logic"

B1049
B1054

DRIVER AIRBAG MODULE


[OPEN]

Driver air bag module circuit is open (including the spiral cable)

SRC-59, "DTC
Logic"

B1050
B1055

DRIVER AIRBAG MODULE


[VB-SHORT]

Driver air bag module circuit is shorted to power supply circuit


(including the spiral cable)

SRC-61, "DTC
Logic"

B1026-B1031

B1042-B1047

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-19

SRC-36,
"DTC Logic"
SRC-37,
"DTC Logic"
SRC-38,
"DTC Logic"

B1001-B1015

SRC

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
DTC

Diagnostic item

Explanation

Reference page

B1051
B1056

DRIVER AIRBAG MODULE


[GND-SHORT]

Driver air bag module circuit is shorted to ground (including the


spiral cable)

SRC-63, "DTC
Logic"

B1052
B1057

DRIVER AIRBAG MODULE


[SHORT]

Driver air bag module circuits are shorted to each other (including spiral cable)

SRC-65, "DTC
Logic"

CONTROL UNIT

Air bag diagnosis sensor unit is malfunctioning

SRC-67, "DTC
Logic"

B1065
B1070

ASSIST A/B MODULE


[OPEN]

Passenger air bag module circuit is open

SRC-68, "DTC
Logic"

B1066
B1071

ASSIST A/B MODULE


[VB-SHORT]

Passenger air bag module circuit is shorted to power supply


circuit

SRC-70, "DTC
Logic"

B1067
B1072

ASSIST A/B MODULE


[GND-SHORT]

Passenger air bag module circuit is shorted to ground

SRC-72, "DTC
Logic"

B1068
B1073

ASSIST A/B MODULE


[SHORT]

Passenger air bag module circuits are shorted to each other

SRC-74, "DTC
Logic"

CONTROL UNIT

Air bag diagnosis sensor unit is malfunctioning

SRC-76, "DTC
Logic"

B1080
B1096

DRIVER AIRBAG MODULE


[SHORT]

Driver air bag module circuits are shorted to each other (including spiral cable)

SRC-77, "DTC
Logic"

B1081

PRE-TEN FRONT RH
[OPEN]

Front seat belt pre-tensioner RH circuit is open

SRC-79, "DTC
Logic"

B1082

PRE-TEN FRONT RH
[VB-SHORT]

Seat belt pre-tensioner RH circuit is shorted to power supply


circuit

SRC-81, "DTC
Logic"

B1083

PRE-TEN FRONT RH
[GND-SHORT]

Seat belt pre-tensioner RH circuit is shorted to ground

SRC-83, "DTC
Logic"

B1084

PRE-TEN FRONT RH
[SHORT]

Seat belt pre-tensioner RH circuits are shorted to each other

SRC-85, "DTC
Logic"

B1086

PRE-TEN FRONT LH
[OPEN]

Seat belt pre-tensioner LH circuit is open

SRC-87, "DTC
Logic"

B1087

PRE-TEN FRONT LH
[VB-SHORT]

Seat belt pre-tensioner LH circuit is shorted to power supply


circuit

SRC-89, "DTC
Logic"

B1088

PRE-TEN FRONT LH
[GND-SHORT]

Seat belt pre-tensioner LH circuit is shorted to ground

SRC-91, "DTC
Logic"

B1089

PRE-TEN FRONT LH
[SHORT]

Seat belt pre-tensioner LH circuits are shorted to each other

SRC-93, "DTC
Logic"

B1090-B1095

CONTROL UNIT

Air bag diagnosis sensor unit is malfunctioning

SRC-95, "DTC
Logic"

B1106-B1111

CONTROL UNIT

Air bag diagnosis sensor unit is malfunctioning

SRC-96, "DTC
Logic"

B1113
B1114

SATELLITE SENS RH
[UNIT FAIL]

Satellite sensor RH is malfunctioning

SRC-97, "DTC
Logic"

B1115

SATELLITE SENS RH
[COMM FAIL]

Satellite sensor RH is malfunctioning

SRC-99, "DTC
Logic"

B1116

SATELLITE SENS RH
[UNMATCH]

Satellite sensor RH is out of the specified specification

SRC-101, "DTC
Logic"

B1118
B1119

SATELLITE SENS LH
[UNIT FAIL]

Satellite sensor LH is malfunctioning

SRC-103, "DTC
Logic"

B1120

SATELLITE SENS LH
[COMM FAIL]

Satellite sensor LH is malfunctioning

SRC-105, "DTC
Logic"

B1121

SATELLITE SENS LH
[UNMATCH]

Satellite sensor LH is out of the specified specification

SRC-107, "DTC
Logic"

CONTROL UNIT

Air bag diagnosis sensor unit is malfunctioning

SRC-109, "DTC
Logic"

B1058-B1063

B1074-B1079

B1122-B1127

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-20

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
DTC

Diagnostic item

Explanation

Reference page

B1129

SIDE MODULE RH
[OPEN]

Side air bag module RH circuit is open

SRC-110, "DTC
Logic"

B1130

SIDE MODULE RH
[VB-SHORT]

Side air bag module RH circuit is shorted to power supply circuit

SRC-112, "DTC
Logic"

B1131

SIDE MODULE RH
[GND-SHORT]

Side air bag module RH circuit is shorted to ground

SRC-114, "DTC
Logic"

B1132

SIDE MODULE RH
[SHORT]

Side air bag module RH circuits are shorted to each other

SRC-116, "DTC
Logic"

B1134

SIDE MODULE LH
[OPEN]

Side air bag module LH circuit is open

SRC-118, "DTC
Logic"

B1135

SIDE MODULE LH
[VB-SHORT]

Side air bag module LH circuit is shorted to power supply circuit

SRC-120, "DTC
Logic"

B1136

SIDE MODULE LH
[GND-SHORT]

Side air bag module LH circuit is shorted to ground

SRC-122, "DTC
Logic"

B1137

SIDE MODULE LH
[SHORT]

Side air bag module LH circuits are shorted to each other

SRC-124, "DTC
Logic"

CONTROL UNIT

Air bag diagnosis sensor unit is malfunctioning

SRC-126, "DTC
Logic"

B1144

CONTROL UNIT
[MISS INSTALLATION]

Air bag diagnosis sensor unit is malfunctioning or out of the


specified specification

SRC-127, "DTC
Logic"

B1145

CURTAIN MODULE RH
[OPEN]

Curtain air bag module RH circuit is open

SRC-128, "DTC
Logic"

B1146

CURTAIN MODULE RH
[VB-SHORT]

Curtain air bag module RH circuit is shorted to power supply


circuit

SRC-130, "DTC
Logic"

B1147

CURTAIN MODULE RH
[GND-SHORT]

Curtain air bag module RH circuit is shorted to ground

SRC-132, "DTC
Logic"

B1148

CURTAIN MODULE RH
[SHORT]

Curtain air bag module RH circuits are shorted to each other

SRC-134, "DTC
Logic"

B1150

CURTAIN MODULE LH
[OPEN]

Curtain air bag module LH circuit is open

SRC-136, "DTC
Logic"

B1151

CURTAIN MODULE LH
[VB-SHORT]

Curtain air bag module LH circuit is shorted to power supply circuits

SRC-138, "DTC
Logic"

B1152

CURTAIN MODULE LH
[GND-SHORT]

Curtain air bag module LH circuit is shorted to ground

SRC-140, "DTC
Logic"

B1153

CURTAIN MODULE LH
[SHORT]

Curtain air bag module LH circuits are shorted to each other

SRC-142, "DTC
Logic"

B1154-B1159

CONTROL UNIT

Air bag diagnosis sensor unit is malfunctioning

SRC-144, "DTC
Logic"

B1170-B1175

CONTROL UNIT

Air bag diagnosis sensor unit is malfunctioning

SRC-145, "DTC
Logic"

B1182

PRE-TEN2 FRONT LH
[OPEN]

Lap pre-tensioner LH circuit is open

SRC-146, "DTC
Logic"

B1183

PRE-TEN2 FRONT LH
[VB-SHORT]

Lap pre-tensioner LH circuit is shorted to power supply circuit

SRC-148, "DTC
Logic"

B1184

PRE-TEN2 FRONT LH
[GND-SHORT]

Lap pre-tensioner LH circuit is shorted to ground

SRC-150, "DTC
Logic"

B1185

PRE-TEN2 FRONT LH
[SHORT]

Lap pre-tensioner LH circuits are shorted to each other

SRC-152, "DTC
Logic"

B1186-B1191

CONTROL UNIT

Air bag diagnosis sensor unit is malfunctioning

SRC-154, "DTC
Logic"

B1202-B1207

CONTROL UNIT

Air bag diagnosis sensor unit is malfunctioning

SRC-155, "DTC
Logic"

B1138-B1143

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-21

LEAF

SRC

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
DTC

Diagnostic item

B1209

FRONTAL COLLISION DETECTION

Seat belt pre-tensioner, driver air bag and passenger air bag
are deployed

SRC-156, "Description"

B1210

SIDE COLLISION DETECTION

Side air bag, curtain air bag and seat belt pre-tensioner are deployed

SRC-157, "DTC
Logic"

B1212-B1214

RH1 SAT-SENS

Satellite sensor RH is malfunctioning

SRC-158, "DTC
Logic"

B1215-B1217

LH1 SAT-SENS

Satellite sensor LH is malfunctioning

SRC-160, "DTC
Logic"

B1218-B1223

CONTROL UNIT

Air bag diagnosis sensor unit is malfunctioning

SRC-162, "DTC
Logic"

B1234-B1239

CONTROL UNIT

Air bag diagnosis sensor unit is malfunctioning

SRC-163, "DTC
Logic"

B1336
B1337

FR-RH DOOR SATEL SENS


[SENSOR MALFUNCTION]

Front door satellite sensor RH is malfunctioning

SRC-164, "DTC
Logic"

B1338
B1340
B1341
B1342

FR-RH DOOR SATEL SENS


[COMM MALFUNCTION]

Front door satellite sensor RH is malfunctioning

SRC-166, "DTC
Logic"

B1339

FR-RH DOOR SATEL SENS


[MIS-INSTALLATION]

Front door satellite sensor RH is out of the specified specification

SRC-168, "DTC
Logic"

B1343
B1344

FR-LH DOOR SATEL SENS


[SENSOR MALFUNCTION]

Front door satellite sensor LH is malfunctioning

SRC-169, "DTC
Logic"

B1345
B1347
B1348
B1349

FR-LH DOOR SATEL SENS


[COMM MALFUNCTION]

Front door satellite sensor LH is malfunctioning

SRC-171, "DTC
Logic"

B1346

FR-LH DOOR SATEL SENS


[MIS-INSTALLATION]

Front door satellite sensor LH is out of the specified specification

SRC-173, "DTC
Logic"

B1350
B1351

FR DOOR SATEL SENS

Front door satellite sensor is malfunctioning

SRC-174, "DTC
Logic"

Revision: 2010 November

Explanation

SRC-22

Reference page

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SRS AIR BAG SYSTEM


< WIRING DIAGRAM >

WIRING DIAGRAM

SRS AIR BAG SYSTEM


Wiring Diagram

INFOID:0000000006922389

SRC

JCHWA0541GB

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-23

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SRS AIR BAG SYSTEM


< WIRING DIAGRAM >

JCHWA0542GB

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-24

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SRS AIR BAG SYSTEM


< WIRING DIAGRAM >
A

SRC

O
JCHWA0543GB

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-25

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SRS AIR BAG SYSTEM


< WIRING DIAGRAM >

JCHWA0544GB

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-26

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SRS AIR BAG SYSTEM


< WIRING DIAGRAM >
A

SRC

O
JCHWA0545GB

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-27

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SRS AIR BAG SYSTEM


< WIRING DIAGRAM >

JCHWA0546GB

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-28

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SRS AIR BAG SYSTEM


< WIRING DIAGRAM >
A

SRC

O
JCHWA0547GB

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-29

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SRS AIR BAG SYSTEM


< WIRING DIAGRAM >

JCHWA0548GB

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-30

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW


< BASIC INSPECTION >

BASIC INSPECTION

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW


Work Flow

INFOID:0000000006922390

OVERALL SEQUENCE
C

SRC

JMHIA1324GB

DETAILED FLOW
Revision: 2010 November

SRC-31

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW


< BASIC INSPECTION >

1.INTERVIEW THE CUSTOMER FOR THE SYMPTOM


Interview the customer for the symptom (the condition and the environment when the incident/malfunction
occurs).
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK SYMPTOM
Check the symptom from the customer information.
>> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK WARNING LAMP OPERATION


Check air bag warning lamp operation in the user mode. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
Are any malfunction detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> GO TO 4.

4.CHECK LOW VOLTAGE


Check low voltage with CONSULT (Special function). Refer to SRC-17, "CONSULT Function".
Are any malfunction detected?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO
>> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".

5.CHECK SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS


Check self diagnostic result with CONSULT or diagnosis mode.
If it is impossible to switch to diagnosis mode, follow the same procedure that DTC is not detected.
NOTE:
Perform the following procedure if DTC is detected.
Record DTC (Print them out with CONSULT.)
Erase self diagnostic result.
Study the relationship between the malfunction that DTC or air bag warning lamp indicates and the symptom
that the customer describes.
Check related service bulletins for information.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> GO TO 7.

6.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for the DTC.
>> GO TO 8.

7.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS ACCORDING TO WARNING LAMP OPERATION


1.
2.

Check air bag warning lamp operation in the user mode. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
Perform Diagnosis Procedure for the air bag warning lamp operation. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function" (USER MODE).
>> GO TO 9.

8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE


Inspect according to Diagnostic Procedure of the DTC.
>> GO TO 9.

9.REPAIR OR REPLACE MALFUNCTION PART


Revision: 2010 November

SRC-32

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW


< BASIC INSPECTION >
Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
A

>> GO TO 10.

10.FINAL CHECK

Check self diagnostic result and air bag warning lamp operation in the user mode.
Is the malfunction repaired?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> GO TO 2.

SRC

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-33

LEAF

http://vnx.su

U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
Description

INFOID:0000000006922391

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time applications. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Modern
vehicle is equipped with many electronic control unit, and each control unit shares information and links with
other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected
with 2 communication lines (CAN H-line, CAN L-line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less
wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
CAN Communication Signal Chart. Refer to LAN-33, "CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM : CAN Communication Signal Chart".

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922392

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Display contents of
CONSULT

U1000

CAN COMM CIRCUIT

DTC detection condition


When air bag diagnosis sensor unit cannot
communicate CAN communication signal
continuously for 2 seconds or more.

Possible cause

CAN communication system

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006922393

1.PERFORM SELF DIAGNOSTIC


1. Turn power switch ON and wait for 2 seconds or more.
2. Check SELF-DIAG [CAN] in special function of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Is DTC U1000 displayed?
YES >> Refer to LAN-15, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
NO
>> Refer to GI-51, "Intermittent Incident".

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-34

LEAF

http://vnx.su

U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922394

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
U1010

Display contents of
CONSULT

DTC detection condition

CONTROL UNIT (CAN)

Air bag diagnosis sensor unit detected internal CAN communication circuit malfunction.

Possible cause

C
Air bag diagnosis sensor unit

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006922395

1.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


E

When DTC U1010 is detected, replace Air bag diagnosis sensor unit.
>> Replace Air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".

SRC

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-35

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1001, B1002, B1003, B1004, B1005 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1001, B1002, B1003, B1004, B1005 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922396

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
B1001
B1002
B1003
B1004
B1005

Display contents of
CONSULT

CONTROL UNIT

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

Air bag diagnosis sensor unit is malfunctioning

Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT


With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-36, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006922397

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait 3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connectors.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS


Check the wiring harness externals.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-36, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-36

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1006, B1007, B1008, B1009, B1010 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1006, B1007, B1008, B1009, B1010 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


DTC Logic

A
INFOID:0000000006922398

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
B1006
B1007
B1008
B1009
B1010

Display contents of
CONSULT

CONTROL UNIT

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

C
Air bag diagnosis sensor unit is malfunctioning

Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT


With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-37, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

SRC

I
INFOID:0000000006922399

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait 3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR


L

Check the harness connector.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connectors.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS


Check the wiring harness externals.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-37, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-37

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1011, B1012, B1013, B1014, B1015 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1011, B1012, B1013, B1014, B1015 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922400

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
B1011
B1012
B1013
B1014
B1015

Display contents of
CONSULT

CONTROL UNIT

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

Air bag diagnosis sensor unit is malfunctioning

Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT


With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-38, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006922401

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait 3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connectors.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS


Check the wiring harness externals.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-38, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-38

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1017, B1020, B1021 OCCUPANT SENS C/U


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1017, B1020, B1021 OCCUPANT SENS C/U

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006938567

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
B1017
B1020
B1021

Display contents of
CONSULT
OCCUPANT SENS C/U
[UNIT FAIL]

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

C
Occupant Classification System control
unit is malfunctioning

Disconnection of wiring harness


Malfunction in Occupant Classification System
control unit
Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT

With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform AIR BAG Self Diagnostic Result with CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-39, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

SRC

INFOID:0000000006938568

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait 3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

Check the connection of harness connector.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connectors.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS

Check the wiring harness externals.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM CONTROL UNIT


P

1. Replace passenger seat cushion assembly. Refer to SR-31, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-39, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

4.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


1.

Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-39

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1017, B1020, B1021 OCCUPANT SENS C/U


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-39, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-40

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1018 OCCUPANT SENS


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1018 OCCUPANT SENS

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006938570

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

B1018

Display contents of
CONSULT
OCCUPANT SENS
[UNIT FAIL]

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

C
Occupant Classification System
sensor is malfunctioning

Disconnection of wiring harness


Malfunction in Occupant Classification System sensor
Malfunction in Occupant Classification System control unit
Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT

With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform AIR BAG Self Diagnostic Result with CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-41, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

SRC

INFOID:0000000006938571

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait 3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

Check the connection of harness connector.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connectors.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS

Check the wiring harness externals.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM CONTROL UNIT


P

1. Replace passenger seat cushion assembly. Refer to SR-31, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-41, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

4.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


1.

Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-41

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1018 OCCUPANT SENS


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-41, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-42

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1022 OCCUPANT SENS C/U


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1022 OCCUPANT SENS C/U

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006938573

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

B1022

Display contents of
CONSULT

DTC detecting condition

OCCUPANT SENS C/U


[COMM FAIL]

Malfunction occurs in Occupant Classification System control unit, circuit between


Occupant Classification System control
unit and Air bag diagnosis sensor unit, or
Air bag diagnosis sensor unit

Possible cause

C
Disconnection of wiring harness
Malfunction in Occupant Classification System
control unit
Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT


With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform AIR BAG Self Diagnostic Result with CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-43, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

SRC

I
INFOID:0000000006938574

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait 3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

Check the connection of harness connector.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connectors.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS

Check the wiring harness externals.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM CONTROL UNIT

1. Replace passenger seat cushion assembly. Refer to SR-31, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-43, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

4.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


Revision: 2010 November

SRC-43

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1022 OCCUPANT SENS C/U


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-43, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-44

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1023 PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF INDICATOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1023 PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF INDICATOR

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922402

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

B1023

Display contents of
CONSULT

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

PASS A/B INDCTR CKT

Front passenger air bag OFF indicator


circuit is open or shorted to ground or
the circuits are shorted each other

Harness or connectors
Malfunction in front passenger air bag OFF indicator
Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT

With CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-45, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

SRC

INFOID:0000000006922403

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait 3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR


L

Check the connection of harness connector.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connectors.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS


Check the wiring harness externals.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE FRONT PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF INDICATOR


1. Replace front passenger air bag OFF indicator.
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-45, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

4.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


1.

Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-45

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1023 PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF INDICATOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-45, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-46

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1025, B1032, B1048 OCS SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1025, B1032, B1048 OCS SENSOR

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006938582

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

B1025
B1032
B1048

Display contents of
CONSULT

OCS SENSOR

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

C
Malfunction occurs in Occupant Classifica Disconnection of wiring harness
tion System control unit, circuit between
Internal breakdown in Occupant Classification
Occupant Classification System control
System control unit
unit and Air bag diagnosis sensor unit, or
Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit
Air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT


With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform AIR BAG Self Diagnostic Result with CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-47, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

SRC

I
INFOID:0000000006938583

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait 3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

Check the connection of harness connector.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connectors.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS

Check the wiring harness externals.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE OCCUPANT DETECTION SYSTEM CONTROL UNIT

1. Replace passenger seat cushion assembly. Refer to SR-31, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-47, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

4.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


Revision: 2010 November

SRC-47

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1025, B1032, B1048 OCS SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-47, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-48

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1026, B1027, B1028, B1029, B1030, B1031 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1026, B1027, B1028, B1029, B1030, B1031 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
B1026
B1027
B1028
B1029
B1030
B1031

INFOID:0000000006922406

Display contents of
CONSULT

CONTROL UNIT

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

Air bag diagnosis sensor unit is malfunctioning

Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT


F

With CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-49, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

SRC

I
INFOID:0000000006922407

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait 3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

Check the harness connector.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connectors.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS

Check the wiring harness externals.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


P

1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-49, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-49

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1033, B1034 CRASH ZONE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1033, B1034 CRASH ZONE SENSOR


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922408

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
B1033
B1034

Display contents of
CONSULT
CRASH ZONE SEN
[UNIT FAIL]

DTC detecting condition

Crash zone sensor is malfunctioning

Possible cause
Harness or connectors
Malfunction in crash zone sensor
Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT


With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-50, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006922409

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait 3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connectors.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS


Check the wiring harness externals.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE CRASH ZONE SENSOR


1. Replace crash zone sensor. Refer to SR-22, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-50, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

4.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-50, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
Revision: 2010 November

SRC-50

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1033, B1034 CRASH ZONE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

SRC

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-51

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1035 CRASH ZONE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1035 CRASH ZONE SENSOR


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922410

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

B1035

Display contents of
CONSULT
CRASH ZONE SEN
[COMM FAIL]

DTC detecting condition


Crash zone sensor is malfunctioning or out of
the specified specification

Possible cause
Harness or connectors
Malfunction in crash zone sensor
Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT


With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-52, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006922411

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait 3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connectors.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS


Check the wiring harness externals.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE CRASH ZONE SENSOR


1. Replace crash zone sensor. Refer to SR-22, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-52, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

4.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-52, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
Revision: 2010 November

SRC-52

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1035 CRASH ZONE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

SRC

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-53

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1036 CRASH ZONE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1036 CRASH ZONE SENSOR


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922412

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
B1036

Display contents of
CONSULT
CRASH ZONE SEN
[UNMATCH]

DTC detecting condition


Crash zone sensor is out of the specified specification

Possible cause
Air bag diagnosis sensor unit or crash zone
sensor is different from the part specified

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT


With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-54, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006922413

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait 3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connectors.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS


Check the wiring harness externals.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE CRASH ZONE SENSOR


1. Replace crash zone sensor. Refer to SR-22, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-54, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

4.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-54, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
Revision: 2010 November

SRC-54

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1036 CRASH ZONE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
NO
>> INSPECTION END
A

SRC

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-55

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1037, B1039, B1041 CRASH ZONE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1037, B1039, B1041 CRASH ZONE SENSOR


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922414

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Display contents of
CONSULT

B1037
B1039
B1041

CRASH ZONE SENS1

DTC detecting condition

Crash zone sensor is malfunctioning

Possible cause
Malfunction in crash zone sensor
Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT


With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-56, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006922415

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait 3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connectors.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS


Check the wiring harness externals.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE CRASH ZONE SENSOR


1. Replace crash zone sensor. Refer to SR-22, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-56, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

4.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-56, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
Revision: 2010 November

SRC-56

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1037, B1039, B1041 CRASH ZONE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

SRC

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-57

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1042, B1043, B1044, B1045, B1046, B1047 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1042, B1043, B1044, B1045, B1046, B1047 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922416

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
B1042
B1043
B1044
B1045
B1046
B1047

Display contents of
CONSULT

CONTROL UNIT

DTC detecting condition

Air bag diagnosis sensor unit is malfunctioning

Possible cause

Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT


With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-58, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006922417

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait 3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connectors.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS


Check the wiring harness externals.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-58, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-58

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1049, B1054 DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1049, B1054 DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922418

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

B1049
B1054

Display contents of
CONSULT
DRIVER AIRBAG
MODULE
[OPEN]

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

C
Driver air bag module circuit is open
(including the spiral cable)

Harness or connectors
(The module circuit is open.)
Malfunction in driver air bag module
Malfunction in spiral cable
Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT


With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-59, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

SRC

I
INFOID:0000000006938886

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait 3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR


L

Check the harness connector.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connector.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS


Check the wiring harness externals.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.CHECK SPIRAL CABLE CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect driver air bag module harness connector and combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector.
Check continuity between driver air bag module harness connector and combination switch (spiral cable)
harness connector.

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-59

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1049, B1054 DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Driver air bag module
Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

10

M301

Continuity

28

11

30

M32

12

M304

4.

Combination switch (spiral cable)

29

Existed

30

Check continuity between driver air bag module harness connector and ground.
Driver side air bag module
Connector
M301

M304

Continuity

Terminal
10

Ground

11

Not existed

12
9

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Replace combination switch (spiral cable). Refer to SR-14, "Removal and Installation".

4.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-59, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

5.REPLACE DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE


1. Replace driver air bag module. Refer to SR-11, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-59, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-60

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1050, B1055 DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1050, B1055 DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922420

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

B1050
B1055

Display contents of
CONSULT
DRIVER AIRBAG
MODULE
[VB-SHORT]

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

C
Driver air bag module circuit is shorted to
power supply circuit
(including the spiral cable)

Harness or connectors
(The module circuit is shorted.)
Malfunction in driver air bag module
Malfunction in spiral cable
Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT


With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-61, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

SRC

I
INFOID:0000000006922421

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait 3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR


L

Check the harness connector.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connector.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS


Check the wiring harness externals.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE SPIRAL CABLE


1. Replace combination switch (spiral cable). Refer to SR-14, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-61, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

4.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


1.
2.

Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-61, "DTC Logic".

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-61

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1050, B1055 DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

5.REPLACE DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE


1. Replace driver air bag module. Refer to SR-11, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-61, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-62

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1051, B1056 DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1051, B1056 DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922422

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

B1051
B1056

Display contents of
CONSULT
DRIVER AIRBAG
MODULE
[GND-SHORT]

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

C
Harness or connectors
(The module circuit is shorted.)
Driver air bag module circuit is shorted to ground
Malfunction in driver air bag module
(including the spiral cable)
Malfunction in spiral cable
Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT


With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-63, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

SRC

I
INFOID:0000000006938887

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait 3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR


L

Check the harness connector.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connector.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS


Check the wiring harness externals.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.CHECK SPIRAL CABLE CIRCUIT


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect driver air bag module harness connector and combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector.
Check continuity between driver air bag module harness connector and combination switch (spiral cable)
harness connector.

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-63

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1051, B1056 DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Driver air bag module
Connector

Terminal

Connector

Terminal

10

M301

Continuity

28

11

30

M32

12

M304

4.

Combination switch (spiral cable)

29

Existed

30

Check continuity between driver air bag module harness connector and ground.
Driver side air bag module
Connector
M301

M304

Continuity

Terminal
10

Ground

11

Not existed

12
9

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Replace combination switch (spiral cable). Refer to SR-14, "Removal and Installation".

4.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-138, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

5.REPLACE DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE


1. Replace driver air bag module. Refer to SR-11, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-138, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-64

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1052, B1057 DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1052, B1057 DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922424

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

B1052
B1057

Display contents of
CONSULT
DRIVER AIRBAG
MODULE
[SHORT]

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

C
Driver air bag module circuits are shorted to
each other
(including the spiral cable)

Harness or connectors
(The module circuit is shorted.)
Malfunction in driver air bag module
Malfunction in spiral cable
Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT


With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-65, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

SRC

I
INFOID:0000000006938888

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait 3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR


L

Check the harness connector.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connector.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS


Check the wiring harness externals.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.CHECK SPIRAL CABLE CIRCUIT-I


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect driver air bag module harness connector and combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector.
Check continuity between combination switch (spiral cable) terminals.

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-65

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1052, B1057 DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Combination switch (spiral cable)
Connector

M301

Terminal

10

Connector

Terminal

M301

11
9

M304

Continuity

Not existed

12

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Replace combination switch (spiral cable). Refer to SR-14, "Removal and Installation".

4.CHECK SPIRAL CABLE CIRCUIT-II


Check continuity between combination switch (spiral cable) terminals.
Combination switch (spiral cable)
Connector

Terminal

M32

28

Terminal
29
30

Continuity

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Replace combination switch (spiral cable). Refer to SR-14, "Removal and Installation".

5.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-65, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

6.REPLACE DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE


1. Replace driver air bag module. Refer to SR-11, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-65, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-66

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1058, B1059, B1060, B1061, B1062, B1063 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1058, B1059, B1060, B1061, B1062, B1063 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
B1058
B1059
B1060
B1061
B1062
B1063

Display contents of
CONSULT

CONTROL UNIT

INFOID:0000000006922426

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

Air bag diagnosis sensor unit is malfunctioning

Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT


F

With CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-67, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

SRC

I
INFOID:0000000006922427

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait 3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

Check the harness connector.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connectors.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS

Check the wiring harness externals.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


P

1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-67, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-67

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1065, B1070 PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1065, B1070 PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922428

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

B1065
B1070

Display contents of
CONSULT
ASSIST A/B MODULE
[OPEN]

DTC detecting condition

Passenger air bag module circuit is open

Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The module circuit is open.)
Malfunction in passenger air bag module
Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT


With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-68, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006922429

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait at least
3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connector.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS


Check the wiring harness externals.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-68, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

4.REPLACE PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE


1.
2.

Replace passenger air bag module. Refer to SR-17, "Removal and Installation".
Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-68, "DTC Logic".

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-68

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1065, B1070 PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

SRC

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-69

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1066, B1071 PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1066, B1071 PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922430

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

B1066
B1071

Display contents of CONSULT


ASSIST A/B MODULE
[VB-SHORT]

DTC detecting condition

Passenger air bag module circuit is


shorted to power supply circuit

Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The module circuit is shorted.)
Malfunction in passenger air bag module
Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT


With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-70, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006922431

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait at least
3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connector.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS


Check the wiring harness externals.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-70, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

4.REPLACE PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE


1.
2.

Replace passenger air bag module. Refer to SR-17, "Removal and Installation".
Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-70, "DTC Logic".

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-70

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1066, B1071 PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

SRC

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-71

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1067, B1072 PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1067, B1072 PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922432

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

B1067
B1072

Display contents of
CONSULT
ASSIST A/B MODULE
[GND-SHORT]

DTC detecting condition

Passenger air bag module circuit is


shorted to ground

Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The module circuit is shorted.)
Malfunction in passenger air bag module
Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT


With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-72, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006922433

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait at least
3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connector.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS


Check the wiring harness externals.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-72, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

4.REPLACE PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE


1.
2.

Replace passenger air bag module. Refer to SR-17, "Removal and Installation".
Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-72, "DTC Logic".

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-72

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1067, B1072 PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

SRC

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-73

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1068, B1073 PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1068, B1073 PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922434

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

B1068
B1073

Display contents of
CONSULT
ASSIST A/B MODULE
[SHORT]

DTC detecting condition

Passenger air bag module circuits are


shorted to each other

Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The module circuit is shorted.)
Malfunction in passenger air bag module
Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT


With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-74, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006922435

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait at least
3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connector.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS


Check the wiring harness externals.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-74, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

4.REPLACE PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE


1.
2.

Replace passenger air bag module. Refer to SR-17, "Removal and Installation".
Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-74, "DTC Logic".

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-74

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1068, B1073 PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

SRC

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-75

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1074, B1075, B1076, B1077, B1078, B1079 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1074, B1075, B1076, B1077, B1078, B1079 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922436

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
B1074
B1075
B1076
B1077
B1078
B1079

Display contents of
CONSULT

CONTROL UNIT

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

Air bag diagnosis sensor unit is malfunctioning

Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT


With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-76, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006922437

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait at least
3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connectors.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS


Check the wiring harness externals.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-76, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-76

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1080, B1096 DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1080, B1096 DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922438

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

B1080
B1096

Display contents of
CONSULT
DRIVER AIRBAG
MODULE
[SHORT]

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

C
Driver air bag module circuits are shorted to
each other
(including the spiral cable)

Harness or connectors
(The module circuit is shorted.)
Malfunction in driver air bag module
Malfunction in spiral cable
Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT


With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-77, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

SRC

I
INFOID:0000000006938891

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait at least
3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR


L

Check the harness connector.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connector.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS


Check the wiring harness externals.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.CHECK SPIRAL CABLE CIRCUIT-I


1.
2.
3.

Turn power switch OFF.


Disconnect driver air bag module harness connector and combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector.
Check continuity between combination switch (spiral cable) terminals.

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-77

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1080, B1096 DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Combination switch (spiral cable)
Connector

M301

Terminal

10

Connector

Terminal

M301

11
9

M304

Continuity

Not existed

12

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Replace combination switch (spiral cable). Refer to SR-14, "Removal and Installation".

4.CHECK SPIRAL CABLE CIRCUIT-II


Check continuity between combination switch (spiral cable) terminals.
Combination switch (spiral cable)
Connector

Terminal

M32

28

Terminal
29
30

Continuity

Not existed

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Replace combination switch (spiral cable). Refer to SR-14, "Removal and Installation".

5.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-77, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

6.REPLACE DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE


1. Replace driver air bag module. Refer to SR-11, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-77, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-78

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1081 SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER RH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1081 SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER RH

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922440

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

B1081

Display contents of
CONSULT
PRE-TEN FRONT RH
[OPEN]

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

C
Seat belt pre-tensioner RH circuit is open

Harness or connectors
(The pre-tensioner circuit is open.)
Malfunction in seat belt pre-tensioner RH
Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT

With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-79, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

SRC

INFOID:0000000006922441

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait at least
3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connector.

Check the wiring harness externals.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER

1. Replace seat belt pre-tensioner RH. Refer to SR-29, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-79, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

4.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-79, "DTC Logic".

Revision: 2010 November

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS

1.
2.

SRC-79

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1081 SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER RH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-80

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1082 SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER RH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1082 SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER RH

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922442

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

B1082

Display contents of
CONSULT
PRE-TEN FRONT RH
[VB-SHORT]

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

C
Seat belt pre-tensioner RH circuit is
shorted to power supply circuit

Harness or connectors
(The pre-tensioner circuit is shorted.)
Malfunction in seat belt pre-tensioner RH
Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT

With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-81, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

SRC

INFOID:0000000006922443

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait at least
3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connector.

Check the wiring harness externals.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER

1. Replace seat belt pre-tensioner RH. Refer to SR-29, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-81, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

4.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-81, "DTC Logic".

Revision: 2010 November

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS

1.
2.

SRC-81

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1082 SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER RH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-82

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1083 SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER RH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1083 SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER RH

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922444

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

B1083

Display contents of
CONSULT
PRE-TEN FRONT RH
[GND-SHORT]

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

C
Seat belt pre-tensioner RH circuit is
shorted to ground

Harness or connectors
(The pre-tensioner circuit is shorted.)
Malfunction in seat belt pre-tensioner RH
Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT

With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-83, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

SRC

INFOID:0000000006922445

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait at least
3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connector.

Check the wiring harness externals.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER

1. Replace seat belt pre-tensioner RH. Refer to SR-29, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-83, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

4.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-83, "DTC Logic".

Revision: 2010 November

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS

1.
2.

SRC-83

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1083 SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER RH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-84

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1084 SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER RH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1084 SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER RH

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922446

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

B1084

Display contents of
CONSULT
PRE-TEN FRONT RH
[SHORT]

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

C
Seat belt pre-tensioner RH circuits are
shorted to each other

Harness or connectors
(The pre-tensioner circuit is shorted.)
Malfunction in seat belt pre-tensioner RH
Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT

With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-85, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

SRC

INFOID:0000000006922447

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait at least
3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connector.

Check the wiring harness externals.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER

1. Replace seat belt pre-tensioner RH. Refer to SR-29, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-85, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

4.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-85, "DTC Logic".

Revision: 2010 November

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS

1.
2.

SRC-85

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1084 SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER RH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-86

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1086 SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER LH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1086 SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER LH

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922448

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

B1086

Display contents of
CONSULT
PRE-TEN FRONT LH
[OPEN]

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

C
Seat belt pre-tensioner LH circuit is open

Harness or connectors
(The pre-tensioner circuit is open.)
Malfunction in seat belt pre-tensioner LH
Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT

With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-87, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

SRC

INFOID:0000000006922449

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait at least
3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connector.

Check the wiring harness externals.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER

1. Replace seat belt pre-tensioner LH. Refer to SR-29, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-87, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

4.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-87, "DTC Logic".

Revision: 2010 November

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS

1.
2.

SRC-87

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1086 SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER LH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-88

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1087 SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER LH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1087 SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER LH

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922450

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

B1087

Display contents of
CONSULT
PRE-TEN FRONT LH
[VB-SHORT]

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

C
Seat belt pre-tensioner LH circuit is
shorted to power supply circuit

Harness or connectors
(The pre-tensioner circuit is shorted.)
Malfunction in seat belt pre-tensioner LH
Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT

With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-89, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

SRC

INFOID:0000000006922451

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait at least
3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connector.

Check the wiring harness externals.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER

1. Replace seat belt pre-tensioner LH. Refer to SR-29, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-89, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

4.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-89, "DTC Logic".

Revision: 2010 November

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS

1.
2.

SRC-89

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1087 SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER LH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-90

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1088 SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER LH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1088 SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER LH

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922452

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

B1088

Display contents of
CONSULT
PRE-TEN FRONT LH
[GND-SHORT]

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

C
Seat belt pre-tensioner LH circuit is
shorted to ground

Harness or connectors
(The pre-tensioner circuit is shorted.)
Malfunction in seat belt pre-tensioner LH
Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT

With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-91, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

SRC

INFOID:0000000006922453

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait at least
3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connector.

Check the wiring harness externals.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER

1. Replace seat belt pre-tensioner LH. Refer to SR-29, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-91, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

4.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-91, "DTC Logic".

Revision: 2010 November

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS

1.
2.

SRC-91

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1088 SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER LH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-92

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1089 SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER LH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1089 SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER LH

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922454

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

B1089

Display contents of
CONSULT
PRE-TEN FRONT LH
[SHORT]

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

C
Seat belt pre-tensioner LH circuits are
shorted to each other

Harness or connectors
(The pre-tensioner circuit is shorted.)
Malfunction in seat belt pre-tensioner LH
Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT

With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-93, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

SRC

INFOID:0000000006922455

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait at least
3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connector.

Check the wiring harness externals.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER

1. Replace seat belt pre-tensioner LH. Refer to SR-29, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-93, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

4.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-93, "DTC Logic".

Revision: 2010 November

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS

1.
2.

SRC-93

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1089 SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER LH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-94

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1090, B1091, B1092, B1093, B1094, B1095 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1090, B1091, B1092, B1093, B1094, B1095 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
B1090
B1091
B1092
B1093
B0194
B1095

Display contents of
CONSULT

CONTROL UNIT

INFOID:0000000006922456

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

Air bag diagnosis sensor unit is malfunctioning

Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT


F

With CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-95, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

SRC

I
INFOID:0000000006922457

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait at least
3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

Check the harness connector.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connectors.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS

Check the wiring harness externals.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


P

1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-95, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-95

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1106, B1107, B1108, B1109, B1110, B1111 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1106, B1107, B1108, B1109, B1110, B1111 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922458

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
B1106
B1107
B1108
B1109
B1110
B1111

Display contents of
CONSULT

CONTROL UNIT

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

Air bag diagnosis sensor unit is malfunctioning

Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT


With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-96, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006922459

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait at least
3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connectors.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS


Check the wiring harness externals.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-96, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-96

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1113, B1114 SATELLITE SENSOR RH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1113, B1114 SATELLITE SENSOR RH

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922460

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
B1113
B1114

Display contents of
CONSULT
SATELLITE SENS RH
[UNIT FAIL]

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

C
Satellite sensor RH is malfunctioning

Harness or connectors
Malfunction in satellite sensor RH
Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT

With CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-97, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

SRC

INFOID:0000000006922461

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait at least
3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

Check the harness connector.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connector.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS

Check the wiring harness externals.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE SATELLITE SENSOR

1. Replace satellite sensor RH. Refer to SR-24, "Removal and Installation".


2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-97, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

4.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-97, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
Revision: 2010 November

SRC-97

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1113, B1114 SATELLITE SENSOR RH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-98

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1115 SATELLITE SENSOR RH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1115 SATELLITE SENSOR RH

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922462

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

B1115

Display contents of
CONSULT
SATELLITE SENS RH
[COMM FAIL]

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

C
Satellite sensor RH is malfunctioning or out
of the specified specification

Harness or connectors
Malfunction in satellite sensor RH
Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT

With CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-99, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

SRC

INFOID:0000000006922463

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait at least
3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

Check the harness connector.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connector.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS

Check the wiring harness externals.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE SATELLITE SENSOR

1. Replace satellite sensor RH. Refer to SR-24, "Removal and Installation".


2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-99, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

4.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-99, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
Revision: 2010 November

SRC-99

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1115 SATELLITE SENSOR RH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-100

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1116 SATELLITE SENSOR RH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1116 SATELLITE SENSOR RH

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922464

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
B1116

Display contents of
CONSULT
SATELLITE SENS RH
[UNMATCH]

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

C
Satellite sensor RH is out of the specified
specification

Diagnosis sensor unit or satellite sensor RH is different from the part specified

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT


E

With CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-101, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

SRC
INFOID:0000000006922465

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait at least
3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

Check the harness connector.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connector.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS


M

Check the wiring harness externals.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE SATELLITE SENSOR


O

1. Replace satellite sensor RH. Refer to SR-24, "Removal and Installation".


2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-101, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

4.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-101, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
Revision: 2010 November

SRC-101

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1116 SATELLITE SENSOR RH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-102

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1118, B1119 SATELLITE SENSOR LH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1118, B1119 SATELLITE SENSOR LH

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922466

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
B1118
B1119

Display contents of
CONSULT
SATELLITE SENS LH
[UNIT FAIL]

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

C
Satellite sensor LH is malfunctioning

Harness or connectors
Malfunction in satellite sensor LH
Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT

With CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-103, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

SRC

INFOID:0000000006922467

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait at least
3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

Check the harness connector.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connector.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS

Check the wiring harness externals.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE SATELLITE SENSOR

1. Replace satellite sensor LH. Refer to SR-24, "Removal and Installation".


2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-103, "DTC Logic"
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

4.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-103, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
Revision: 2010 November

SRC-103

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1118, B1119 SATELLITE SENSOR LH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-104

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1120 SATELLITE SENSOR LH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1120 SATELLITE SENSOR LH

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922468

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

B1120

Display contents of
CONSULT
SATELLITE SENS LH
[COMM FAIL]

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

C
Satellite sensor LH is malfunctioning or out
of the specified specification

Harness or connectors
Malfunction in satellite sensor LH
Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT

With CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-105, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

SRC

INFOID:0000000006922469

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait at least
3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

Check the harness connector.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connector.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS

Check the wiring harness externals.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE SATELLITE SENSOR

1. Replace satellite sensor LH. Refer to SR-24, "Removal and Installation".


2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-105, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

4.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-105, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
Revision: 2010 November

SRC-105

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1120 SATELLITE SENSOR LH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-106

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1121 SATELLITE SENSOR LH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1121 SATELLITE SENSOR LH

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922470

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
B1121

Display contents of
CONSULT
SATELLITE SENS LH
[UNMATCH]

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

C
Satellite sensor LH is out of the specified
specification

Diagnosis sensor unit or satellite sensor RH is different from the part specified

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT


With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-107, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

SRC
INFOID:0000000006922471

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait at least
3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

Check the harness connector.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connector.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS


M

Check the wiring harness externals.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE SATELLITE SENSOR


1. Replace satellite sensor LH. Refer to SR-24, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-107, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

4.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-107, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
Revision: 2010 November

SRC-107

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1121 SATELLITE SENSOR LH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-108

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1122, B1123, B1124, B1125, B1126, B1127 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1122, B1123, B1124, B1125, B1126, B1127 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
B1122
B1123
B1124
B1125
B1126
B1127

INFOID:0000000006922472

Display contents of
CONSULT

CONTROL UNIT

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

Air bag diagnosis sensor unit is malfunctioning

Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT


F

With CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-109, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

SRC

I
INFOID:0000000006922473

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait at least
3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

Check the harness connector.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connectors.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS


N

Check the wiring harness externals.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


P

1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-109, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-109

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1129 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE RH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1129 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE RH


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922474

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

B1129

Display contents of
CONSULT
SIDE MODULE RH
[OPEN]

DTC detecting condition

Side air bag module RH circuit is open

Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The module circuit is open.)
Malfunction in side air bag module RH
Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT


With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status.SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function"
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-110, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006922475

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait at least
3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connector.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS


Check the wiring harness externals.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-110, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

4.REPLACE SIDE AIR BAG MODULE


1.
2.

Replace side air bag module RH. Refer to SE-16, "Removal and Installation".
Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-110, "DTC Logic".

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-110

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1129 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE RH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

SRC

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-111

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1130 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE RH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1130 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE RH


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922476

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

B1130

Display contents of
CONSULT
SIDE MODULE RH
[VB-SHORT]

DTC detecting condition

Side air bag module RH circuit is shorted


to power supply circuit

Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The module circuit is shorted.)
Malfunction in side air bag module RH
Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT


With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-112, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006922477

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait at least
3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connector.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS


Check the wiring harness externals.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-112, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

4.REPLACE SIDE AIR BAG MODULE


1.
2.

Replace side air bag module RH. Refer to SE-16, "Removal and Installation".
Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-112, "DTC Logic".

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-112

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1130 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE RH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

SRC

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-113

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1131 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE RH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1131 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE RH


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922478

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

B1131

Display contents of
CONSULT
SIDE MODULE RH
[GND-SHORT]

DTC detecting condition

Side air bag module RH circuit is shorted


to ground

Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The module circuit is shorted.)
Malfunction in side air bag module RH
Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT


With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-114, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006922479

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait at least
3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connector.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS


Check the wiring harness externals.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-114, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

4.REPLACE SIDE AIR BAG MODULE


1.
2.

Replace side air bag module RH. Refer to SE-16, "Removal and Installation".
Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-114, "DTC Logic".

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-114

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1131 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE RH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

SRC

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-115

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1132 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE RH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1132 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE RH


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922480

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

B1132

Display contents of
CONSULT
SIDE MODULE RH
[SHORT]

DTC detecting condition

Side air bag module RH circuits are shorted to each other

Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The module circuit is shorted.)
Malfunction in side air bag module RH
Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT


With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-116, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006922481

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait at least
3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connector.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS


Check the wiring harness externals.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-116, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

4.REPLACE SIDE AIR BAG MODULE


1.
2.

Replace side air bag module RH. Refer to SE-16, "Removal and Installation".
Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-116, "DTC Logic".

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-116

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1132 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE RH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

SRC

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-117

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1134 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE LH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1134 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE LH


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922482

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

B1134

Display contents of CONSULT


SIDE MODULE LH
[OPEN]

DTC detecting condition

Side air bag module LH circuit is open

Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The module circuit is open.)
Malfunction in side air bag module LH
Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT


With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-118, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006922483

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait at least
3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connector.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS


Check the wiring harness externals.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-118, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

4.REPLACE SIDE AIR BAG MODULE


1.
2.

Replace side air bag module LH. Refer to SE-16, "Removal and Installation".
Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-118, "DTC Logic".

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-118

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1134 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE LH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

SRC

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-119

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1135 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE LH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1135 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE LH


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922484

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

B1135

Display contents of
CONSULT
SIDE MODULE LH
[VB-SHORT]

DTC detecting condition

Side air bag module LH circuit is shorted to


power supply circuit

Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The module circuit is shorted.)
Malfunction in side air bag module LH
Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT


With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-120, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006922485

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait at least
3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connector.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS


Check the wiring harness externals.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-120, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

4.REPLACE SIDE AIR BAG MODULE


1.
2.

Replace side air bag module LH. Refer to SE-16, "Removal and Installation".
Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-120, "DTC Logic".

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-120

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1135 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE LH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

SRC

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-121

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1136 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE LH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1136 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE LH


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922486

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

B1136

Display contents of
CONSULT
SIDE MODULE LH
[GND-SHORT]

DTC detecting condition

Side air bag module LH circuit is shorted to


ground

Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The module circuit is shorted.)
Malfunction in side air bag module LH
Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT


With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-122, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006922487

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait at least
3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connector.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS


Check the wiring harness externals.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-122, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

4.REPLACE SIDE AIR BAG MODULE


1.
2.

Replace side air bag module LH. Refer to SE-16, "Removal and Installation".
Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-122, "DTC Logic".

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-122

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1136 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE LH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

SRC

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-123

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1137 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE LH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1137 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE LH


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922488

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

B1137

Display contents of
CONSULT
SIDE MODULE LH
[SHORT]

DTC detecting condition

Side air bag module LH circuits are shorted


to each other

Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The module circuit is shorted.)
Malfunction in side air bag module LH
Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT


With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-124, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006922489

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait at least
3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connector.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS


Check the wiring harness externals.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-124, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

4.REPLACE SIDE AIR BAG MODULE


1.
2.

Replace side air bag module LH. Refer to SE-16, "Removal and Installation".
Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-124, "DTC Logic".

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-124

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1137 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE LH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

SRC

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-125

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1138, B1139, B1140, B1141, B1142, B1143 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1138, B1139, B1140, B1141, B1142, B1143 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922490

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
B1138
B1139
B1140
B1141
B1142
B1143

Display contents of
CONSULT

CONTROL UNIT

DTC detecting condition

Air bag diagnosis sensor unit is malfunctioning

Possible cause

Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT


With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-126, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006922491

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait at least
3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connectors.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS


Check the wiring harness externals.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-126, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-126

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1144 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1144 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922492

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

B1144

Display contents of CONSULT


CONTROL UNIT
[MISS INSTALLATION]

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

Air bag diagnosis sensor unit is malfunctioning


or out of the specification

Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit


Configuration in air bag diagnosis sensor unit
does not match the vehicles specification

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT

With CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-127, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

SRC

INFOID:0000000006922493

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait at least
3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

Check the harness connector.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connectors.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS

Check the wiring harness externals.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT

1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-127, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-127

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1145 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE RH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1145 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE RH


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922494

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Display contents of
CONSULT

B1145

CURTAIN MODULE RH
[OPEN]

DTC detecting condition

Curtain air bag module RH circuit is open

Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The module circuit is open.)
Malfunction in side curtain air bag module RH
Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT


With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-128, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006922495

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait at least
3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connector.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS


Check the wiring harness externals.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-128, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

4.REPLACE CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE


1.
2.

Replace curtain air bag module RH. Refer to SR-20, "Removal and Installation".
Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-128, "DTC Logic".

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-128

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1145 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE RH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

SRC

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-129

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1146 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE RH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1146 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE RH


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922496

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

B1146

Display contents of
CONSULT
CURTAIN MODULE RH
[VB-SHORT]

DTC detecting condition

Curtain air bag module RH circuit is


shorted to power supply circuit

Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The module circuit is shorted.)
Malfunction in curtain air bag module RH
Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT


With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-130, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006922497

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait at least
3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connector.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS


Check the wiring harness externals.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-130, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

4.REPLACE CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE


1.
2.

Replace curtain air bag module RH. Refer to SR-20, "Removal and Installation".
Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-130, "DTC Logic".

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-130

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1146 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE RH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

SRC

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-131

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1147 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE RH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1147 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE RH


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922498

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

B1147

Display contents of
CONSULT
CURTAIN MODULE
RH
[GND-SHORT]

DTC detecting condition

Curtain air bag module RH circuit is shorted


to ground

Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The module circuit is shorted.)
Malfunction in curtain air bag module RH
Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT


With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-132, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006922499

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait at least
3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connector.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS


Check the wiring harness externals.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-132, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

4.REPLACE CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE


1.
2.

Replace curtain air bag module RH. Refer to SR-20, "Removal and Installation".
Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-132, "DTC Logic".

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-132

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1147 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE RH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

SRC

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-133

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1148 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE RH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1148 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE RH


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922500

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

B1148

Display contents of
CONSULT

DTC detecting condition

CURTAIN MODULE RH
[SHORT]

Curtain air bag module RH circuits are shorted


to each other

Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The module circuit is shorted.)
Malfunction in curtain air bag module RH
Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT


With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-134, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006922501

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait at least
3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connector.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS


Check the wiring harness externals.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-134, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

4.REPLACE CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE


1.
2.

Replace curtain air bag module RH. Refer to SR-20, "Removal and Installation".
Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-134, "DTC Logic".

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-134

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1148 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE RH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

SRC

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-135

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1150 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE LH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1150 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE LH


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922502

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

Display contents of
CONSULT

B1150

CURTAIN MODULE LH
[OPEN]

DTC detecting condition

Curtain air bag module LH circuit is open

Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The module circuit is open.)
Malfunction in curtain air bag module LH
Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT


With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-136, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006922503

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait at least
3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connector.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS


Check the wiring harness externals.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-136, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

4.REPLACE CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE


1.
2.

Replace curtain air bag module LH. Refer to SR-20, "Removal and Installation".
Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-136, "DTC Logic".

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-136

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1150 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE LH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

SRC

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-137

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1151 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE LH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1151 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE LH


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922504

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

B1151

Display contents of
CONSULT

DTC detecting condition

CURTAIN MODULE LH
[VB-SHORT]

Curtain air bag module LH circuit is shorted


to power supply circuit

Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The module circuit is shorted.)
Malfunction in curtain air bag module LH
Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT


With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-138, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006922505

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait at least
3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connector.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS


Check the wiring harness externals.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-138, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

4.REPLACE CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE


1.
2.

Replace curtain air bag module LH. Refer to SR-20, "Removal and Installation".
Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-138, "DTC Logic".

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-138

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1151 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE LH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

SRC

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-139

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1152 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE LH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1152 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE LH


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922506

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

B1152

Display contents of
CONSULT

DTC detecting condition

CURTAIN MODULE LH
[GND-SHORT]

Curtain air bag module LH circuit is shorted


to ground

Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The module circuit is shorted.)
Malfunction in curtain air bag module LH
Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT


With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-140, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006922507

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait at least
3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connector.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS


Check the wiring harness externals.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-140, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

4.REPLACE CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE


1.
2.

Replace curtain air bag module LH. Refer to SR-20, "Removal and Installation".
Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-140, "DTC Logic".

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-140

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1152 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE LH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

SRC

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-141

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1153 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE LH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1153 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE LH


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922508

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

B1153

Display contents of
CONSULT
CURTAIN MODULE
LH
[SHORT]

DTC detecting condition

Curtain air bag module LH circuits are shorted


to each other

Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The module circuit is shorted.)
Malfunction in curtain air bag module LH
Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT


With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-142, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006922509

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait at least
3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connector.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS


Check the wiring harness externals.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-142, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

4.REPLACE CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE


1.
2.

Replace curtain air bag module LH. Refer to SR-20, "Removal and Installation".
Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-142, "DTC Logic".

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-142

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1153 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE LH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

SRC

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-143

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1154, B1155, B1156, B1157, B1158, B1159 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1154, B1155, B1156, B1157, B1158, B1159 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922510

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
B1154
B1155
B1156
B1157
B1158
B1159

Display contents of
CONSULT

CONTROL UNIT

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

Air bag diagnosis sensor unit is malfunctioning

Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT


With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-144, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006922511

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait at least
3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connectors.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS


Check the wiring harness externals.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-144, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-144

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1170, B1171, B1172, B1173, B1174, B1175 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1170, B1171, B1172, B1173, B1174, B1175 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
B1170
B1171
B1172
B1173
B1174
B1175

Display contents of
CONSULT

CONTROL UNIT

INFOID:0000000006922512

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

Air bag diagnosis sensor unit is malfunctioning

Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT


F

With CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-145, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

SRC

I
INFOID:0000000006922513

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait at least
3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

Check the harness connector.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connectors.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS

Check the wiring harness externals.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


P

1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-145, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-145

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1182 LAP PRE-TENSIONER LH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1182 LAP PRE-TENSIONER LH


DTC Logic
DTC

B1182

INFOID:0000000006922514

Display contents of CONSULT


PRE-TEN2 FRONT LH
[OPEN]

DTC detecting condition

Lap pre-tensioner LH circuit is open

Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The pre-tensioner circuit is open.)
Malfunction in lap pre-tensioner LH
Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT


With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-146, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006922515

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal and wait at least 3
minutes. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connector.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS


Check the wiring harness externals.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE LAP PRE-TENSIONER LH


1. Replace lap pre-tensioner LH. Refer to SR-30, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-146, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

4.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-146, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
Revision: 2010 November

SRC-146

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1182 LAP PRE-TENSIONER LH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

SRC

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-147

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1183 LAP PRE-TENSIONER LH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1183 LAP PRE-TENSIONER LH


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922516

DTC

Display contents of
CONSULT

DTC detecting condition

B1183

PRE-TEN2 FRONT LH
[VB-SHORT]

Lap pre-tensioner LH circuit is shorted


to some power supply circuit

Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The pre-tensioner circuit is shorted.)
Malfunction in lap pre-tensioner LH
Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT


With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-148, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006922517

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal and wait at least 3
minutes. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connector.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS


Check the wiring harness externals.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE LAP PRE-TENSIONER LH


1. Replace lap pre-tensioner LH. Refer to SR-30, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-148, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

4.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-148, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
Revision: 2010 November

SRC-148

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1183 LAP PRE-TENSIONER LH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

SRC

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-149

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1184 LAP PRE-TENSIONER LH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1184 LAP PRE-TENSIONER LH


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922518

DTC

Display contents of
CONSULT

DTC detecting condition

B1184

PRE-TEN2 FRONT LH
[GND-SHORT]

Lap pre-tensioner LH circuit is shorted to


ground

Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The pre-tensioner circuit is shorted.)
Malfunction in lap pre-tensioner LH
Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT


With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-150, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006922519

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal and wait at least 3
minutes. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connector.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS


Check the wiring harness externals.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE LAP PRE-TENSIONER LH


1. Replace lap pre-tensioner LH. Refer to SR-30, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-150, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

4.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-150, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
Revision: 2010 November

SRC-150

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1184 LAP PRE-TENSIONER LH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

SRC

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-151

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1185 LAP PRE-TENSIONER LH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1185 LAP PRE-TENSIONER LH


DTC Logic
DTC

B1185

INFOID:0000000006922520

Display contents of
CONSULT
PRE-TEN2 FRONT LH
[SHORT]

DTC detecting condition

Lap pre-tensioner LH circuit are shorted


to each other

Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The pre-tensioner circuit is shorted.)
Malfunction in lap pre-tensioner LH
Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT


With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-152, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006922521

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal and wait at least 3
minutes. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connector.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS


Check the wiring harness externals.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE LAP PRE-TENSIONER LH


1. Replace lap pre-tensioner LH. Refer to SR-30, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-152, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

4.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-152, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
Revision: 2010 November

SRC-152

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1185 LAP PRE-TENSIONER LH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

SRC

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-153

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1186, B1187, B1188, B1189, B1190, B1191 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1186, B1187, B1188, B1189, B1190, B1191 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922522

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
B1186
B1187
B1188
B1189
B1190
B1191

Display contents of
CONSULT

CONTROL UNIT

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

Air bag diagnosis sensor unit is malfunctioning

Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT


With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-154, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006922523

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait at least
3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connectors.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS


Check the wiring harness externals.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-154, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-154

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1202, B1203, B1204, B1205, B1206, B1207 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1202, B1203, B1204, B1205, B1206, B1207 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
B1202
B1203
B1204
B1205
B1206
B1207

Display contents of
CONSULT

CONTROL UNIT

INFOID:0000000006922524

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

Air bag diagnosis sensor unit is malfunctioning

Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT


F

With CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-155, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

SRC

I
INFOID:0000000006922525

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait at least
3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

Check the harness connector.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connectors.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS

Check the wiring harness externals.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


P

1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-155, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-155

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1209 FRONTAL COLLISION DETECTION


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1209 FRONTAL COLLISION DETECTION


Description

INFOID:0000000006922526

The air bags and seat belt pre-tensioners for driver and passenger are activated by the air bag diagnosis sensor unit signal transmitted at the time of the frontal collision.

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922527

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
B1209

Display contents of
CONSULT
FRONTAL COLLISION DETECTION

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

Seat belt pre-tensioner, driver side air bag and passenger air bag are deployed

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT


With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-156, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006922528

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait at least
3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.PERFORM COLLISION DIAGNOSIS


Perform collision diagnosis.Refer to SR-5, "FOR FRONTAL COLLISION : When SRS is activated in a collision" or SR-6, "FOR FRONTAL COLLISION : When SRS is not activated in a collision".
Is collision diagnosis complete?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

2.FINAL INSPECTION
Perform AIR BAG Self Diagnostic Result.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Perform diagnosis of applicable DTC.Refer to SRC-19, "DTC Index".

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-156

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1210 SIDE COLLISION DETECTION


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1210 SIDE COLLISION DETECTION

Description

INFOID:0000000006922529

The side air bag and curtain air bag are activated by the air bag diagnosis sensor unit signal transmitted at the
time of side collision.

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922530

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
B1210

Display contents of
CONSULT
SIDE COLLISION
DETECTION

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

Side air bag, curtain air bag and seat belt pre-tensioner are deployed

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT

With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-157, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

SRC

INFOID:0000000006922531

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait at least
3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.PERFORM COLLISION DIAGNOSIS


Perform collision diagnosis.Refer to SR-7, "FOR SIDE AND ROLLOVER COLLISION : When SRS is activated
in a collision" or SR-8, "FOR SIDE AND ROLLOVER COLLISION : When SRS is not activated in a collision".
Is collision diagnosis complete?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

2.FINAL INSPECTION
Perform AIR BAG Self Diagnostic Result.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> Perform diagnosis of applicable DTC.Refer to SRC-19, "DTC Index".

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-157

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1212, B1213, B1214 SATELLITE SENSOR RH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1212, B1213, B1214 SATELLITE SENSOR RH


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922532

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
B1212
B1213
B1214

Display contents of
CONSULT
RH1 SAT-SENS

DTC detecting condition

Satellite sensor RH is malfunctioning

Possible cause
Harness or connectors
Malfunction in satellite sensor RH
Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT


With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-158, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006922533

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait at least
3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connector.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS


Check the wiring harness externals.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE SATELLITE SENSOR


1. Replace satellite sensor RH. Refer to SR-24, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-158, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

4.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-158, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
Revision: 2010 November

SRC-158

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1212, B1213, B1214 SATELLITE SENSOR RH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

SRC

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-159

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1215, B1216, B1217 SATELLITE SENSOR LH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1215, B1216, B1217 SATELLITE SENSOR LH


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922534

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
B1215
B1216
B1217

Display contents of
CONSULT
LH1 SAT-SENS

DTC detecting condition

Satellite sensor LH is malfunctioning

Possible cause
Harness or connectors
Malfunction in satellite sensor LH
Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT


With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-160, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006922535

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait at least
3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connector.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS


Check the wiring harness externals.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE SATELLITE SENSOR


1. Replace satellite sensor LH. Refer to SR-24, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-160, "DTC Logic"
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

4.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-160, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
Revision: 2010 November

SRC-160

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1215, B1216, B1217 SATELLITE SENSOR LH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

SRC

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-161

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1218, B1219, B1220, B1221, B1222, B1223 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1218, B1219, B1220, B1221, B1222, B1223 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006922536

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
B1218
B1219
B1220
B1221
B1222
B1223

Display contents of
CONSULT

CONTROL UNIT

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

Air bag diagnosis sensor unit is malfunctioning

Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT


With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-162, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006922537

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait at least
3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connectors.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS


Check the wiring harness externals.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-162, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-162

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1234, B1235, B1236, B1237, B1238, B1239 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1234, B1235, B1236, B1237, B1238, B1239 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
B1234
B1235
B1236
B1237
B1238
B1239

INFOID:0000000006922538

Display contents of
CONSULT

CONTROL UNIT

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

Air bag diagnosis sensor unit is malfunctioning

Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT


F

With CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-163, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

SRC

I
INFOID:0000000006922539

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait at least
3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

Check the harness connector.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connectors.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS

Check the wiring harness externals.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


P

1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-163, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-163

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1336, B1337 SATELLITE SENSOR RH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1336, B1337 SATELLITE SENSOR RH


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006935330

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

B1336
B1337

Display contents of CONSULT


FR-RH DOOR SATEL
SENS
[SENSOR MALFUNCTION]

DTC detecting condition

Front door satellite sensor RH is malfunctioning

Possible cause
Harness or connectors
Malfunction in front door satellite sensor RH
Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT


With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-164, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006935331

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait at least
3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connector.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS


Check the wiring harness externals.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE FRONT DOOR SATELLITE SENSOR


1. Replace front door satellite sensor RH. Refer to SR-24, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-164, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

4.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


1.
2.

Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-164, "DTC Logic".

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-164

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1336, B1337 SATELLITE SENSOR RH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

SRC

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-165

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1338, B1340, B1341, B1342 SATELLITE SENSOR RH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1338, B1340, B1341, B1342 SATELLITE SENSOR RH


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006935332

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
B1338
B1340
B1341
B1342

Display contents of
CONSULT
FR-RH DOOR SATEL
SENS
[COMM MALFUNCTION]

DTC detecting condition

Front door satellite sensor RH is malfunctioning

Possible cause
Harness or connectors
Malfunction in front door satellite sensor RH
Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT


With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-166, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006935333

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait at least
3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connector.

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS


Check the wiring harness externals.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE FRONT DOOR SATELLITE SENSOR


1. Replace front door satellite sensor RH. Refer to SR-24, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-166, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

4.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


1.
2.

Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-166, "DTC Logic".

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-166

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1338, B1340, B1341, B1342 SATELLITE SENSOR RH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

SRC

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-167

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1339 SATELLITE SENSOR RH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1339 SATELLITE SENSOR RH


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006935334

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

B1339

Display contents of
CONSULT
FR-RH DOOR SATEL
SENS
[MIS-INSTALLATION]

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

Front door satellite sensor RH is out of the


specified specification

Diagnosis sensor unit or front door satellite sensor RH is different from the part specified

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT


With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-168, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006935335

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait at least
3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.REPLACE FRONT DOOR SATELLITE SENSOR


1. Replace front door satellite sensor RH. Refer to SR-24, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-168, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

2.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-168, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-168

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1343, B1344 SATELLITE SENSOR LH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1343, B1344 SATELLITE SENSOR LH

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006935336

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

B1343
B1344

Display contents of
CONSULT
FR-LH DOOR SATEL
SENS
[SENSOR MALFUNCTION]

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

C
Front door satellite sensor LH is malfunctioning

Harness or connectors
Malfunction in front door satellite sensor LH
Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT

With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-169, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

SRC

INFOID:0000000006935337

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait at least
3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connector.

Check the wiring harness externals.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE FRONT DOOR SATELLITE SENSOR

1. Replace front door satellite sensor LH. Refer to SR-24, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-169, "DTC Logic"
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

4.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-169, "DTC Logic".

Revision: 2010 November

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS

1.
2.

SRC-169

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1343, B1344 SATELLITE SENSOR LH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-170

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1345, B1347, B1348, B1349 SATELLITE SENSOR LH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1345, B1347, B1348, B1349 SATELLITE SENSOR LH

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006935338

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
B1345
B1347
B1348
B1349

Display contents of
CONSULT
FR-LH DOOR SATEL
SENS
[COMM MALFUNCTION]

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

C
Front door satellite sensor LH is malfunctioning

Harness or connectors
Malfunction in front door satellite sensor LH
Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT

With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-174, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

SRC

INFOID:0000000006935339

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait at least
3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Replace harness connector.

Check the wiring harness externals.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

3.REPLACE SATELLITE SENSOR

1. Replace front door satellite sensor LH. Refer to SR-24, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-174, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

4.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-174, "DTC Logic".

Revision: 2010 November

2.CHECK WIRING HARNESS

1.
2.

SRC-171

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1345, B1347, B1348, B1349 SATELLITE SENSOR LH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-172

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1346 SATELLITE SENSOR LH


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1346 SATELLITE SENSOR LH

DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006935340

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC

B1346

Display contents of
CONSULT
FR-LH DOOR SATEL
SENS
[MIS-INSTALLATION]

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

C
Front door satellite sensor LH is out of the
specified specification

Diagnosis sensor unit or front door satellite sensor LH is different from the part specified

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT

With CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-173, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure

SRC

INFOID:0000000006935341

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait at least
3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.REPLACE FRONT DOOR SATELLITE SENSOR

1. Replace front door satellite sensor LH. Refer to SR-24, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-173, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

2.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-173, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-173

LEAF

http://vnx.su

B1350, B1351 SATELLITE SENSOR


< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >

B1350, B1351 SATELLITE SENSOR


DTC Logic

INFOID:0000000006935342

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


DTC
B1350
B1351

Display contents of
CONSULT

DTC detecting condition

Possible cause

FR DOOR SATEL SENS

Front door satellite sensor is malfunctioning or out of the specified specification

Malfunction in front door satellite sensor LH/RH


Malfunction in air bag diagnosis sensor unit

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK SELF-DIAG RESULT


With CONSULT
Turn power switch ON.
Perform Self Diagnostic Result mode of AIR BAG using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn power switch ON.
2. Check the air bag warning lamp status. Refer to SRC-13, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NOTE:
SRS does not enter the diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in the user mode.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> Refer to SRC-174, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.

Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006935343

WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
Before servicing, turn power switch OFF, disconnect 12V battery negative terminal, and wait at least
3 minutes or more. (To discharge backup capacitor.)
Never use unspecified tester or other measuring device.

1.REPLACE BOTH OF FRONT DOOR SATELLITE SENSOR


1. Replace both of front door satellite sensor. Refer to SR-24, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-174, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

2.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SRC-174, "DTC Logic".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-174

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SRS AIR BAG WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN OFF


< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS

SRS AIR BAG WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN OFF


Diagnosis Procedure

INFOID:0000000006922540

1.CHECK AIR BAG MODULE AND SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER


Check the deployment of air bag module.
Is air bag module deployed?
YES >> Replace the malfunctioning parts.
NO
>> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK AIR BAG FUSE


Check 10 A fuse [No.1, located in fuse block (J/B)].
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace the fuse.

3.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Replace harness connectors.

SRC

4.CHECK WIRING HARNESS


Check the wiring harness externals.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

5.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT

1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Check air bag warning lamp operation.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> GO TO 6.

6.REPLACE COMBINATION METER


1. Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-89, "Removal and Installation".
2. Check air bag warning lamp operation.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> GO TO 1.

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-175

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SRS AIR BAG WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON


< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >

SRS AIR BAG WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON


Diagnosis Procedure

1.CHECK

INFOID:0000000006922541

COMBINATION METER POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

Check conbination meter unit power supply and ground circuit. Refer to MWI-81, "COMBINATION METER :
Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.

2.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR


Check the harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Replace harness connectors.

3.CHECK WIRING HARNESS


Check the wiring harness externals.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Replace wiring harness.

4.CHECK AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT


Disconnect air bag diagnosis sensor unit connector and turn power switch ON.
Does air bag warning lamp turn ON?
YES >> Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-89, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-176

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SRS AIR BAG WARNING LAMP BLINKS


< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >

SRS AIR BAG WARNING LAMP BLINKS


Diagnosis Procedure

A
INFOID:0000000006935500

1.CHECK BATTERY

Check battery. Refer to PG-99, "How to Handle 12V Battery".


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.

2.REPLACE OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM CONTROL UNIT

1. Replace occupant classification system control unit. Refer to SR-31, "Removal and Installation".
2. Check air bag warning lamp operation.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> GO TO 3.

3.REPLACE AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT

1. Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SR-27, "Removal and Installation".
2. Check air bag warning lamp operation.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO
>> GO TO 1.

SRC

Revision: 2010 November

SRC-177

LEAF

http://vnx.su

VENTILATION, HEATER & AIR CONDITIONER

SECTION

VTL

VENTILATION SYSTEM

CONTENTS
PRECAUTION ............................................... 3
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 3
Normal Charge Precaution ........................................ 3
Point to Be Checked Before Starting Maintenance
Work .......................................................................... 3
Precaution for Removing 12V Battery ....................... 3
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 3
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...... 4

PREPARATION ............................................ 5
PREPARATION ................................................... 5
Commercial Service Tool .......................................... 5

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .............................. 6


DESCRIPTION .................................................... 6
Description ................................................................ 6

COMPONENT PARTS ........................................ 7


Outlets and Drafters .................................................. 7
Blower Fan Motor ...................................................... 8
In-cabin Micro Filter ................................................... 8

SIDE VENTILATOR GRILLE : Removal and Installation ..................................................................14


SIDE DEFROSTER GRILLE ......................................15
SIDE DEFROSTER GRILLE : Removal and Installation ..................................................................15

SIDE VENTILATOR DUCT ........................................16


SIDE VENTILATOR DUCT : Removal and Installation ........................................................................16

VTL

FRONT DEFROSTER NOZZLE .................................16


FRONT DEFROSTER NOZZLE : Removal and Installation ..................................................................16

SIDE DEFROSTER NOZZLE 2 ..................................17


SIDE DEFROSTER NOZZLE 2 : Removal and Installation ..................................................................17

VENTILATION SYSTEM ........................................... 10


VENTILATION SYSTEM : System Description ....... 10

BLOWER MOTOR ............................................ 19

Exploded View ........................................................ 13


CENTER VENTILATOR GRILLE .............................. 13
CENTER VENTILATOR GRILLE : Removal and
Installation ............................................................... 14

Exploded View .........................................................19


Removal and Installation .........................................19

IN-CABIN MICROFILTER ................................. 20


Exploded View .........................................................20
Removal and Installation .........................................20
Replacement ...........................................................21

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS


(SDS) ............................................................ 22

SIDE VENTILATOR GRILLE ..................................... 14

Revision: 2010 November

SIDE DEFROSTER NOZZLE 1 ..................................16


SIDE DEFROSTER NOZZLE 1 : Removal and Installation ..................................................................17

FOOT DUCT ...............................................................17


FOOT DUCT : Removal and Installation .................17

DUCT AND GRILLE ...........................................13

CENTER VENTILATOR DUCT ..................................15


CENTER VENTILATOR DUCT : Removal and Installation ..................................................................15

SYSTEM .............................................................10

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............... 13

VTL-1

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS


(SDS) .................................................................. 22

Revision: 2010 November

In-cabin Micro Filter ................................................ 22

VTL-2

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >

PRECAUTION

PRECAUTIONS
Normal Charge Precaution

INFOID:0000000007080040

WARNING:
If a technician uses a medical electric device such as an implantable cardiac pacemaker or an
implantable cardioverter defibrillator, the possible effects on the devices must be checked with the
device manufacturer before starting the charge operation.
As radiated electromagnetic wave generated by on board charger at normal charge operation may
effect medical electric devices, a technician using a medical electric device such as implantable cardiac pacemaker or an implantable cardioverter defibrillator must not enter the vehicle compartment
(including luggage room) during normal charge operation.

Point to Be Checked Before Starting Maintenance Work

INFOID:0000000007080041

The high voltage system may starts automatically. It is required to check that the timer air conditioner
and timer charge (during EVSE connection) are not set before starting maintenance work.
NOTE:
If the timer air conditioner or timer charge (during EVSE connection) is set, the high voltage system starts
automatically even when the power switch is in OFF state.

Precaution for Removing 12V Battery

INFOID:0000000007080623

When removing the 12V battery, turn ON/OFF the power switch and check that the charging status indicator H
does not blink. The 12V battery must be removed within one hour after checking the indicator lamp.
NOTE:
The automatic 12V battery charge control may start even when the power switch is in OFF state.
The automatic 12V battery charge control does not start within approximately one hour when the power VTL
switch is turned ON/OFF.

Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"

INFOID:0000000007080624

The Supplemental Restraint System such as AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS AIR BAG and SEAT BELT of this
Service Manual.
WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see SRS AIR BAG.
Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors.
WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
power switch ON, never use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer.
Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious
injury.

VTL-3

PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS

Revision: 2010 November

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >
When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the power switch OFF, disconnect
the 12V battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.

Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover

INFOID:0000000007080625

When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc to prevent damage to
windshield.

PIIB3706J

Revision: 2010 November

VTL-4

LEAF

http://vnx.su

PREPARATION
< PREPARATION >

PREPARATION

PREPARATION
Commercial Service Tool

INFOID:0000000006961220

Tool name

Description

Remover tool

Removes clips, pawls, and metal clips

E
JMKIA3050ZZ

VTL

Revision: 2010 November

VTL-5

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DESCRIPTION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
DESCRIPTION
Description

INFOID:0000000006997022

This system utilizes an A/C unit that combines the blower unit, heater unit, and cooling unit.
An in-cabin microfilter is installed downstream of the blower fan motor.

Revision: 2010 November

VTL-6

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

COMPONENT PARTS

Outlets and Drafters

INFOID:0000000006997023

VENTILATORS

A grille with shutter is installed on the center ventilators (1) and side ventilators (2). The air direction can be
adjusted by opening and closing the grille.
C

E
JPIIA1853ZZ

DEFROSTERS
A front defroster (1) is used for defogging the front window and side defrosters (2) are used for defogging the
driver and passenger seat door windows.

VTL

K
JPIIA1854ZZ

FOOT OUTLET

Front
Outlets (1) are installed in order to equalize the distribution of temperatures at the foot area of the front seats
during heating.

JPIIA1855ZZ

DRAFTERS

Revision: 2010 November

VTL-7

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
Drafters (1) are installed on the rear of the vehicle body (reverse side
of rear bumper).

JPIIA1856ZZ

Blower Fan Motor

INFOID:0000000006997024

The front fan motor is installed on the right side of the A/C unit.
It uses a one-touch structure that does not require screws for
installation.

JPIIA1575ZZ

In-cabin Micro Filter

INFOID:0000000006997025

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
For improving visibility during work to replace the in-cabin microfilter, a glove box mask is adopted inside the glove box.

JPIIA1857ZZ

The A/C unit utilizes a filter cover (1) and in-cabin microfilter.

JPIIA1882ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

VTL-8

LEAF

http://vnx.su

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
The in-cabin microfilter used can remove dust, pollen, and dirt that
is approximately 10 micrometers in size or larger.

C
JSIIA0231GB

The in-cabin microfilter is replaced regularly at the following times. However, the filter lifetime may be lower
depending on the region of use and how often the A/C is used. If the discharged air flow significantly
decreases or glass fogging occur more often when the A/C is used, the filter needs to be replaced.
Replacement Interval

: Refer to MA-6, "Schedule 1" and MA-7, "Schedule 2".


F

VTL

Revision: 2010 November

VTL-9

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

SYSTEM
VENTILATION SYSTEM
VENTILATION SYSTEM : System Description

INFOID:0000000006997026

DESCRIPTION
The ventilation system is controlled by the A/C auto amplifier. For system control, refer to HAC-14, "AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : System Description".

OUTLETS AND AIR MIX RATIO

JPIIA1837ZZ

Air mix ratio (%)


MOD/DEF
setting

Ventilators

Foot

Defrosters

Left side (1)

Left center
(2)

Right center
(3)

Right side
(4)

Right
(5)

LH
(6)

Front
(7)

Side
(8)

22.6

26.7

25.9

24.7

13.4

17.0

17.0

14.3

19.8

18.6

9.1

10.0

29.3

28.6

18.9

4.1

6.6

6.9

21.9

20.5

36.5

7.6

7.8

8.5

69.7

14.1

RELATIONSHIP OF SWITCH POSITIONS AND DOOR POSITIONS

Revision: 2010 November

VTL-10

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
A

VTL
JSIIA1651ZZ

1.

Intake door

2.

Blower fan motor

3.

Clean filter

4.

Evaporator

5.

Upper air mix door

6.

Lower air mix door

7.

Heater core

8.

Foot door

9.

Side ventilator door

10. Sub defroster door

11. Center ventilator defroster door

Fresh air intake

Recirculation

Defrosters

Center ventilator

Side ventilator

Foot

AUTO switch

Revision: 2010 November

Lower air mix door

Upper air mix door

Intake door

Foot door

Side ventilator door

M
Sub defroster door

Switch operation

Center ventilator defroster door

Door position

Automatic control

VTL-11

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >

B/L

FOOT

Lower air mix door

Foot door

VENT

Upper air mix door

Side ventilator door

Switch operation

Intake door

Sub defroster door

Center ventilator defroster door

Door position

D position

Automatic
control

Automatic
control

P
MODE switch

I
D/F

DEF switch

FRE switch*

REC switch*

B
18.0C (60F
61F)
(FULL COLD)

Temperature control switches

18.5C 31.5C
(62F 88F)

32.0C (89F
90F)
(FULL HOT)
ON/OFF switch

OFF

ON

Returns to status before OFF switch is pressed.

*: Status is also displayed during automatic control.

Revision: 2010 November

VTL-12

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DUCT AND GRILLE


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

DUCT AND GRILLE


Exploded View

INFOID:0000000006961226

VTL

JPIIA1797ZZ

1.

Side defroster nozzle 2 LH


(Instrument side panel LH)

2.

Side defroster nozzle 1 LH

3.

Side ventilator duct LH

4.

Side defroster grille LH

5.

Instrument panel assembly

6.

Side ventilator grille LH

7.

Cluster lid C

8.

Center ventilator grille LH

9.

Center ventilator grille RH

10. Side ventilator grille RH

11. Side defroster grille RH

12. Side ventilator duct RH

13. Side defroster nozzle 2 RH


(Instrument side panel RH)

14. Foot duct RH

15. Foot duct LH

16. A/C unit assembly

17. Side defroster nozzle 1 RH

18. Center ventilator duct

19. Front defroster nozzle


: Pawl
: Metal clip

CENTER VENTILATOR GRILLE

Revision: 2010 November

VTL-13

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DUCT AND GRILLE


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

CENTER VENTILATOR GRILLE : Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006961227

REMOVAL
1.
2.

Remove cluster lid C. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation".


Disengage fixing pawls to remove center ventilator grille (1) from
cluster lid C.
: Pawl

JPIIA1822ZZ

INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

SIDE VENTILATOR GRILLE


SIDE VENTILATOR GRILLE : Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006961228

REMOVAL
Driver side

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Remove instrument mask LH. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation".


Remove instrument side panel LH. Refer to INT-19, "INSTRUMENT SIDE PANEL : Removal and Installation".
Remove front pillar garnish LH. Refer to INT-20, "FRONT PILLAR GARNISH : Removal and Installation".
Remove instrument lower panel LH. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation".
Disengage side ventilator grille LH (1) fixing pawl and metal
clips.
: Pawl
: Metal clip

JPIIA1892ZZ

6.

Disconnect switch connector to remove side ventilator grille LH from instrument panel assembly.

Passenger side

1.
2.
3.

Remove instrument mask RH. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation".


Remove instrument side panel RH. Refer to INT-19, "INSTRUMENT SIDE PANEL : Removal and Installation".
Remove front pillar garnish RH. Refer to INT-20, "FRONT PILLAR GARNISH : Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

VTL-14

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DUCT AND GRILLE


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
4. Remove fixing screw (A) from side ventilator grille RH (1).
A

C
JPIIA1824ZZ

5.

Disengage side ventilator grille RH (1) fixing pawl with a


remover tool (A).
E

: Pawl

CAUTION:
Apply protective tape (B) on the part to protect it from damage.

G
JPIIA1839ZZ

6.

Remove side ventilator grille RH from instrument panel assembly.

INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

VTL

SIDE DEFROSTER GRILLE


SIDE DEFROSTER GRILLE : Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006961229

REMOVAL
1.
2.

Remove side defroster nozzle 1. Refer to VTL-17, "SIDE DEFROSTER NOZZLE 1 : Removal and Installation".
Remove fixing screw (A) to remove side defroster grille (1) from
instrument panel assembly.

N
JPIIA1825ZZ

INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

CENTER VENTILATOR DUCT

CENTER VENTILATOR DUCT : Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006961230

REMOVAL
1.

Remove front defroster nozzle. Refer to VTL-16, "FRONT DEFROSTER NOZZLE : Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 November

VTL-15

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DUCT AND GRILLE


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
2. Remove fixing screws (A) to remove center ventilator duct (1)
from instrument panel assembly.

JPIIA1826ZZ

INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

SIDE VENTILATOR DUCT


SIDE VENTILATOR DUCT : Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006961231

REMOVAL
1.
2.

Remove instrument panel assembly. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation".


Remove fixing screws (A) to remove side ventilator duct (1) from the vehicle.

JPIIA1827ZZ

INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

FRONT DEFROSTER NOZZLE


FRONT DEFROSTER NOZZLE : Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006961232

REMOVAL
1.
2.

Remove side defroster nozzle 1. Refer to VTL-17, "SIDE DEFROSTER NOZZLE 1 : Removal and Installation".
Remove fixing screw (A) to remove front defroster nozzle (1)
from instrument panel assembly.

JPIIA1828ZZ

INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

SIDE DEFROSTER NOZZLE 1


Revision: 2010 November

VTL-16

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DUCT AND GRILLE


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

SIDE DEFROSTER NOZZLE 1 : Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006961233

REMOVAL
Driver side

1.
2.

Remove instrument panel assembly. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation".


Remove fixing screws (A) to remove side defroster nozzle 1 (1)
from instrument panel assembly.

E
JPIIA1829ZZ

F
Passenger side

1.
2.

Remove instrument panel assembly. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation".


Remove fixing screws (A) and harness clip (B) to remove side
defroster nozzle 1 (1) from instrument panel assembly.

VTL

JPIIA1830ZZ

INSTALLATION
K

Install in the reverse order of removal.

SIDE DEFROSTER NOZZLE 2


SIDE DEFROSTER NOZZLE 2 : Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006961234

REMOVAL
Remove instrument side panel. Refer to INT-19, "INSTRUMENT SIDE PANEL : Removal and Installation".

INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

FOOT DUCT

FOOT DUCT : Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006961235

REMOVAL
Driver side

1.
2.

Remove instrument lower panel LH. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation".
Remove knee protector.

Revision: 2010 November

VTL-17

LEAF

http://vnx.su

DUCT AND GRILLE


< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
3. Remove mounting nuts (A), then remove knee protector bracket
(1).

JPIIA1891ZZ

4.
5.
6.

Disconnect harness connector.


Remove harness connector mounting clamp.
Remove fixing screws (A) to remove foot duct (1).

JPIIA1841ZZ

Passenger side

1.
2.

Remove A/C unit assembly. Refer to HA-60, "A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Removal and Installation".
Remove fixing screws (A) to remove foot duct (1).

JPIIA1842ZZ

INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: 2010 November

VTL-18

LEAF

http://vnx.su

BLOWER MOTOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

BLOWER MOTOR

Exploded View

INFOID:0000000006961236

G
JPIIA1798ZZ

1.

A/C unit assembly

4.

Blower motor

2.

Power transistor

3.

Sub harness

Removal and Installation

INFOID:0000000006961237

VTL

REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.

Remove glove box cover assembly. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect blower motor harness connector.
Press flange holding hook (A), and then turn blower motor (1)
clockwise.

M
JPIIA1893ZZ

4.

Remove blower motor from A/C unit assembly.

INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: 2010 November

VTL-19

LEAF

http://vnx.su

IN-CABIN MICROFILTER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >

IN-CABIN MICROFILTER
Exploded View

INFOID:0000000006961238

JPIIA1807ZZ

1.

A/C unit assembly

2.

In-cabin microfilter

Removal and Installation

3.

Filter cover
INFOID:0000000006961239

REMOVAL
NOTE:
When removing in-cabin microfilter, visually check the operation through glove box mask opening.
1. Remove instrument under cover RH. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation".
2. Open glove box lid. Remove glove box mask (1).
: Pawl

JPIIA1844ZZ

3.

Disengage fixing pawl to remove filter cover (1) from A/C unit
assembly.
: Pawl

JPIIA1845ZZ

Revision: 2010 November

VTL-20

LEAF

http://vnx.su

IN-CABIN MICROFILTER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
4. Pull out in-cabin microfilter from A/C unit assembly, then remove
in-cabin microfilter through bottom of glove box.
CAUTION:
If the filter is deformed/damaged when removing, replace it
with a new one. Deformed/damaged filter may deteriorate
the dust collecting performance.

C
JPIIA1846ZZ

INSTALLATION
NOTE:
When installing in-cabin microfilter, visually check the operation through glove box mask opening.
Note the following item, and install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
When installing, handle the filter with extreme care to avoid deforming/damaging.

Replacement

INFOID:0000000006961240

Replace in-cabin microfilter.


Refer to VTL-20, "Removal and Installation".

VTL

Revision: 2010 November

VTL-21

LEAF

http://vnx.su

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)


< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)


SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
In-cabin Micro Filter
Replacement interval

Revision: 2010 November

INFOID:0000000006961241

: Refer to MA-6, "Schedule 1" and MA-7, "Schedule 2".

VTL-22

LEAF

You might also like